Skip to main content

Full text of "Proceedings"

See other formats 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 
to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 
to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 
are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  marginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 
publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  have  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 

We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  from  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attribution  The  Google  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liability  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.  Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 


at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/ 


■,   >     >    > 


i 


X^U^ 


^>'4  !^' 


J'^^/^^^%%^/:^^%^.^ 


STAl^IFO: 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF  THE 


SCIENTIFIC  MEETINGS 


OF  THE 


ZOOLOGICAL  SOCIETY 

OF  LONDON 


FOR  THE  YEAR 


1869. 


PRINTED  FOR  THE  SOCIETY, 
AND  SOLD  AT  THEIR  HOUSE  IN  HANOVER  SQUARE. 

LONDON: 
MESSRS.    LONGMANS,    GREEN,    READER,    AND    DYER, 

PATERNOSTER  ROW. 


PRINTED    BY    TAYLOR    AND    FRANCIS, 
kEO  LIO!(  eOVRT,  FLKRT  STREET. 


LIST 


CONTRIBUTORS, 

Jf'ith  References  to  the  9et>eral  Articlea  contributed  by  each. 


AoAM8>  Henry,  F.L.S. 

Descriptions  of  a  New  Genus  and  Fourteen  New  Species  of 
Marine  Shells.     (Plate  XIX.) 272 

Allport,  Morton,  F.Z.S. 

Letter  from,  on  the  Introduction  of  Salmon  into  Tasmania .  4  73 

Andersok,  Dr.  John>  C.M.Z.S. 

Letter  from,  relating  to  his  trarels  in  Yunan  and  Upper 
fiurmah Ill 

Letter  from,  concerning  his  recent  Expedition  to  Yunan, 
and  Animals  destined  for  the  Society's  Menagerie 277 

Letter  from,  relating  to  living  Specimens  of  Ailurua  fulgent  278 
Letter  from,  relating  to  Indian  Animals  (Parcula  salvania 
and  Budorcas  taxicolor)    470 

Angas,  George  French,  F.L.S.,  C.M.Z.S.,  &c. 

Descriptions  of  Twelve  New  Species  of  Land  and  Marine 
Shells  from  Australia  and  the  Solomon  Islands.     (Plate  II.)     4r> 

Descriptions  of  Eight  New  Species  of  Helicidee  from  the 
Western  Pacific  Islands.     (Plate  XLVIII.) 624 


Page 
lUiRD,  William,  M.D.,  F.R.S. 

Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Earthworm  {Megascolex 
diffringens)  found  in  North  Wales    40 

Descriptions  of  some  New  Suctorial  Annelides  in  the  Col- 
.ection  of  the  British  Museum 310 

Additional  Remarks  on  the  MegaBcolex  diffringena 387 

Barboza  du  Bocage,  Prof.  Jos6  Vicente,  F.M.Z.S. 

Oiseaux  Nouveaux de TAfrique occidentale.  (Plate XXIX.)  436 

Bartlktt,  a.  D.,  Superintendent  of  the  Society's  Gardens. 

Remarks  upon  the  Hahits  of  the  Hornhills  {Bvceros)    . .    142 

Bennett,  George,  M.D.,  F.Z.S. 

Letter  from,  concerning  the  Tuatera  Lizard 227 

Letter  from,  relating  to  the  Zoology  of  Lord  Howe's  Island  .471 

Blanford,  William  T.,  C.M.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of  Heads  o^ Rhinoceros  keitloa  and  Phacochoerus 
(Eliani,  and  of  some  Skins  of  Hgraces 432 

Exhibition  of  some  rare  Indian  Birds   432 

Descriptions  of  New  Land  and  Freshwater  Molluscan  Spe- 
cies collected  by  Dr.  John  Anderson  in  Upper  Burma  and 
Yunan 444 

On  the  Species  of  Hyrax  inhabiting  Abyssinia  and  the 
Neighbouring  Countries 638 

Blyth,  Edward,  C.M.Z.S. 

Notice  of  two  overlooked  Species  of  Antelope .51 

Exhibition  of  a  Pair  of  Horns  of  Sirepsiceros  imberbU    . .      58 

On  the  Hybrid  between  the  Chamois  and  the  Domestic 
Goat   134 

Bowbrbank,  James  Scott,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.  &c. 

A  Monograph  of  the  Siliceo-fibrous  Sponges. — Part  I. 
(Plates  III.-VI.)   6G 


V 

Page 
A  Monograph  of  the  SiUceo-fibrous  Sponges. — Part  II. 

(Plates  XXI.-XXV.)    323 

On  Dr.  Gray's  Genus  Theonella   389 

Brazier,  John,  C.M.Z.S. 

Observations  on  the  Distribution  of  Bulimus  miUocheilus 
in  the  Solomon's  Archipelago    162 

Notes  on  an  Egg  of  a  Species  of  Megapodiu9    528 

Notes  on  the  Localities  of  two  Species  of  Land-Shells  and 
three  Species  of  Volutes 560 

List  of  Species  of  Cones  found  in  Port  Jackson,  New  South 
Wales,  with  Notes  on  their  Habitats  and  Distribution 561 

Bulger,  Major  George  Ernest,  C.M.Z.S. 

Note  on  Corvus  splendens OOJ 

Notes  on  the  Habits  of  Myrmecocichla  formicivora,  as 
observed  near  Windvogelberg,  S.  Africa    637 

Busk,  George,  F.R.S.,  V.P.Z.S. 

Notice  of  the  Discovery  at   Sarawak,  in   Borneo,   of  the 
Fossilized  Teeth  of  Rhinoceros  and  of  a  Cervine  Ruminant .  .    409 

Butler,  Arthur  G.,  F.Z.S.,  Assistant,  Zoological  Depart- 
ment, British  Museum. 

Description  of  a  New  Genus  of  Heterocerous  Lepidoptera, 
founded  upon  the  PapUio  charmione  of  Fabricius   43 

Cambridge,  Rev.  O.  Pickaro. 

Notes  on  some  Spiders  and  Scorpions  from  St.  Ilelenn, 
with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.     (Plate  XLIL)    53  J 

Campbell,  Dr.  A.,  late  Superintendent  of  Darjecling. 

Notes  on  the  Mode  of  Capture  of  Elephants  in  Assam    .  .     136 

Clark,  George,  C.M.Z.S. 

On  the  Squill  of  Mauritius  (Sqnilla  stijiifera) 3 


▼I 
Ct-AMM,  lone  W^  F,Z,S. 


of  Skdctow  of  DidmM  mepitu  aad  Fampkmpt 
473 

Cox,  Jaus  C^  MJ)^  C.M.Z^. 

Ob  a  Xev  Species  of  fTcfib^firooiXevSoatli  Wales  ..      49 

Ob  Thiee  New  Species  of  AnstnlkB  Marine  Sheik.    (Plate 
XXVI.) 358 

Day,  Swigeoa  Frahcu»  F^&,  F.IuS^  &c 

OBtbeFishesorOriflaa.— PkrtI 296 

OnUieFidiesorOriflaa.— Pkrtll 369 

Beaarks  on  some  of  the  Kahes  in  the  Calcutta  Mn- 

aeooi.— PmL 511 

Beaarks  on  some  of  the  Fishes  in  the  Cakntta  Mu- 
seum.—Pkrt  H 548 

Onsome  oTtheFishesin  the  Calcutta  Mnseam.—Pkrt  III.  611 
OBtheFreahintcrFishesofBanDa.— Part  I.. 614 

Dk  CmcspiGirr,  lieuU  C.  C. 

Notes  on  the  Friendship  existing  between  the  Malacoptery- 
gian  Fish  Prewmms  bimemlemtms  and  the  AetimiM  crmsticomis    248 

Da£86EK,  Hkhrt  £.,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibitionof  some  eggs  of  the  little  Gull  (£«rMfliui«/iw)  530 

EixiOT,  Danikl  G.,  F.L.S.,  FJS.S. 

A  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Pe/ec«mw.     (Plate  XUY.). .    571 

Ei^wn,  HsNRT  John,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of  a  pair  of  Horas  of  the  Sinaitic  Ibex  {Otprm 
mmmU%em) 530 

FiNscH,  Dr,  Otto,  C.M.Z.S, 

On  a  Teiy  rare  FiiTotfVom  the  Solomon  Islands.  (Plate  XI.)  126 
Notice  of  a  Memoir  on  the  Collection  of  Birds  Ibrawd  bj 
Mr.  W.  Jesse  in  Abjssinia   , 430 


Page 
FiNSCH,  Dr.OTTO,C.M.Z.S.,  and  Hartlatjb,  Dr.G.,F.M.Z.S. 

On  a  small  Collection  of  Birds  from  the  Tonga  Islands  . .    544 


Flower,  William  Henry,F.R.S.,F.L.S.,F.Z.S.,  Conservator 
of  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  Collie  of  Surgeons. 

On  the  Value  of  the  Characters  of  the  Base  of  the  Cranium 
in  the  Classification  of  the  Order  Carnivora,  and  on  the  Sys- 
tematic Position  of  Bassaris  and  other  disputed  Forma  ....       4 

Note  on  a  Substance  ejected  from  the  Stomach  of  a  Horn- 
bill  {Buceros  cormgaius) 150 

Notice  of  a  Memoir  on  the  White  Dolphin  (DelphinuM  «t- 
netms) 430 

On  the  Anatomy  of  the  Proteles,  Proteles  cristatus  (Sparr- 
man).     (Plate  XXXVI.) 474 

Exhibition  of  the  Skull  of  a  Hyrax  with  abnormal  dentition, 
obtained  by  Mr.  Blanford 603 

Notes  on  four  Specimens  of  the  Common  Fin-whale 
(Physalus  antiquorum,  Gray ;  BaUenoptera  mtisculus,  auct.) 
stranded  on  the  South  Coast  of  England.  (Plate  XLVIL). .    604 

Fraser,  Charles,  M.A.,  F.6.S. 

Letter  from,  relating  to  a  Species  of  Seal  {Stenorhynchus) 
captured  in  New  Zealand 2 

Frasrr,  William  T.,  C.M.Z.S. 

Letter  regarding  the  existence  of  the  Rhinoceros  in  Borneo  .  529 

Gould,  John,  F.R.S.,  V.P.Z.S. 

Description  of  a  new  Genus  and  Species  of  the  Family 
TrocAUida 2D5 

Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Daeelo  from  North-western 
Australia 602 

Gray,  Dr.  John  Edward,  F.R.S.,  V.P.Z.S. 

Note  on  lanthella,  a  new  Genus  of  Keratose  Sponges    . .      40 


▼Ul 

Notes  on  the  Families  and  Genera  of  Tortoises  (Testudi^ 
nata),  and  on  the  Characters  afforded  by  the  study  of  their 
Skulls.    (PUteXV.)    165 

On  the  Incisor  Teeth  of  the  African  Rhinoceros 225 

On  the  Bony  Dorsal  Shield  of  the  Male  Tragulw  kanchil    226 

Note  on  the  Young  of  the  Spotted  Hyeena  (Crocuta  ma^ 
cufata)    245 

On  the  Guemul  or  Roebuck  of  Southern  Peru 496 

Description  of  Mauremys  laniaria,  a  new  Freshwater 
Tortoise.     (Plate  XXXVII.)    499 

Description  of  Emys  flavipcB,     (Plate  L.)   643 

Gulliver,  George,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S. 

On  the  Muscular  Sheath  of  the  Cardiac  End  of  the  CEso- 
phagus  of  the  Aye- Aye  (Chiromys  madapascariensis)     ....    249 

Gt7NTHER,  Dr.  Albert,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S. 

Report  of  a  Second  Collection  of  Fishes  made  at  St.  He- 
lena by  J.  C.  Melliss,  Esq.     (Plate  XVI.) 238 

Note  on  the  Ichthyology  of  Zanzibar   24 1 

Descriptions  of  some  Species  of  Fishes  from  the  Peruvian 
Amazons 423 

Contribution  to  the  Ichthyology  of  Tasmania 429 

Report  on  two  Collections  of  Indian  Reptiles.  (Plates 
XXXVIII.,  XXXIX.,  XL.) 500 

Habkl,  Dr.  (of  New  York). 

Exhibition  of  some  Birds  from  the  Galapagos  Islands 433 

Hamilton,  Dr.  Edward,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S. 

On  a  Variety  of  the  Canis  vulpe*  (Fulpes  vulgaris,  Bris- 
son)  found  in  the  Forest  of  the  Ardennes,  Belgium     24  7 

Hartino,  James  Edmund,  F.Z.S. 

Remarks  upon  the  Protection  of  Sea-fowl  during  the  Breed- 
ing-season      135 


Page 
Exhibition  of^  and  Remarks  upon,  a  rare  Wading-Bird 

(Anarhynchua  frontalU)  from  New  Zealand    360 

Hartlaub,  Dr.  Gustav,  F.M.Z.S. 

On  Anarhynchus    433 

Hartlaub>  Dr.  6.,  and  Finsch,  Dr.  O.     (See  Finsch  and 
Hartlaub.) 

HoRNE>  Charles,  F.Z.S. 

Notes  on  the  Ck)mmon  Grey  Hombill  of  India  (Meniceros 
bicamis) 24 1 

Notes  on  Pheeut  baya  and  its  Nest.     (Plate  XVII.)    . .    243 

Notice  of  a  Memoir  on  the  Hymenopterous  Insects  of  the 
North-western  Provinces  of  India 430 

Hudson,  William  H. 

Extract  of  Letter  from,  respecting  Lichenopsperspicillatus  432 

Button,  Capt.  Thomas,  C.M.Z.S. 

Notes  upon  Certain  Indian  Mammals   58 

Huxley,  Prof.  Thomas  Henry,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

On  the  Representative  of  the  Malleus  and  the  Incus  of  the 
Mammalia  in  the  other  Vertebrata 391 

Jesse,  William,  C.M.Z.  S. 

Report  of  Proceedings  in  connexion  with  the  Abyssinian 
Expedition ill 

Kent,  William  S.,  F.Z.S. 

On  a  new  British  Nudibranch  {Embletonia  grayi),  (Plate 
VIII.)     109 

Krefft,  Gerard,  F.L.S.,  C.M.Z.S.,  Curator  and  Secretary  of 
the  Australian  Museum  at  Sydney,  N.  S.W. 

Descriptions  of  new  Australian  Snakes 318 


X 

P*ge 
Latard,  Eimsar  Leopold^  F.Z.S. 

Letter  from,  relating  to  a  Ribbonfish  lately  cast  ashore 
at  Simon's  Bay 135 

Letter  from,  relating  to  the  habits  during  Nidification  of 
the  Hombills  (Bueeros)    529 

Legoe,  W.  Vincent,  F.Z.S. 

Notes  on  the  Habits  of  the  Collared  Plain- Wanderer 
(Pedionomus  torquatus,  Goold)    236 

Macalister,  Alexander,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy,  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons,  Ireland. 

Note  on  Gyropua  dicotylis,  a  new  Species  of  Parasite 420 

Macdonald,  John  Denis,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  C.M.Z.S.,  Suff 

Surgeon,  R.N. 

On  the  Characters  of  a  Type  of  a  proposed  new  Grenus  of 

of  MugUida  inhabiting  the  Fresh  Waters  of  Viti  Levu, 

Feejee  Group ;  with  a  brief  Account  of  the  Native  Mode  of 

capturing  it.     (Plate  I.)    38 

On  an  apparently  new  Grenus  of  minute  Parasitic  Cirnpeds, 
between  I^<M  and  2>tcA<;/<MpM.  (Plates  XXXIIL,  XXXIV.).  440 

Milne-Edwards,  Alphonse,  C.M.Z.S. 

Letter  from,  relating  to  M.  Grandidier's  discoveries  in  Ma- 
dagascar         1 

MivART,  St.  George,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S. 

Note  on  Pachybatrachus  robustus    227 

Notes  on  the  Myology  of  Menopoma  alleyhaniense 254 

On  the  Classification  of  the  Anurous  Batrachians    280 

Notes  on  the  Myology  of  Menobranchus  lateralis   450 

Monteiro,  J.  J.     (See  Sharpe,  R.  B.) 

Mueller,  Dr.  Ferdinand  von,  F.R.S.,  C.M.Z.S. 

Communication  from,  containing  a  List  of  Birds  occurring 
in  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Melbourne 279 


Page 
MuRiE,  James,  M.D.»  F.G.S.,  &c.,  Prosector  to  the  Society. 

Exhibition  of,  and  remarks  upon,  two  Malformed  Hoofs  of 
Cattle 59 

Report  on  the  Eared  Seals  collected  hy  the  Society's  Keeper 
Frangois  Lecomte  in  the  Falkland  Islands.  (Plate  VII.)    . .    100 

Note  on  the  Sublingual  Aperture  and  Spincter  of  the 
Gular  Pouch  in  Oiis  tarda   140 

Murray,  Andrew,  F.L.S. 

Exhibition  of  some  articles  sold  as  food  in  the  market  of 
Old  Calabar    530 

Nation,  Professor  William,  of  Lima,  C.M.Z.S. 

On  the  Birds  of  the  Vicinity  of  Lima,  Peru.  By  P.  L. 
ScLATER,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.  With  Notes  on  their  Habits, 
by  Prof.  W.  Nation Part  III.  (Plate  XII.) 146 

Nevill,  Geoffrey,  C.M.Z.S. 

Additional  Notes  on  the  Land-SheUs  of  the  Seychelles 
Islands    61 

Owen,  Prof.  Richard,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

Notice  of  the  Fourteenth  Fart  of  his  series  of  Memoirs  on 
Dinomis  •  • 59 

Pascoe,  Francis  P.,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of  Taphroderea  distortus  from  Natal 429 

Pease,  Harper,  C.M.Z.S. 

Descriptions  of  the  Animals  of  certain  Genera  of  AurictUidte,     59 
On  the  Classification  of  the  Helicterifue 644 

Playfair,  Lieut.-Colonel,  R.  L.,  H.B.M.  Consul-General  in 
Algeria,  F.Z.S. 
Further  Contributions  to  the  Ichthyology  of  Zanzibar. . . .    239 

Ponton,  Thomas  Graham,  F.Z.S. 

Communication  from,  concerning  the  arrangement  of  the 
Shells  of  the  Genus  Mangelia 249 


xu 

Page 
QUBLCH,  T.  J. 

Exhibition  of  a  supposed  hybrid  fish  of  the  Geoos  Rhombus  473 

Ramsay.  Edward  P.,  C.M.Z.S. 

Some  farther  Remarks  on  the  Cuckoos  found  in  the 
Neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  and  their  Foster-parents.  (Plate 
XXVII.)    351) 

RBiNHAmDT,  Prof.  J.,  F.M.Z.S. 

Letter  from«  relating  to  Potamoekotnu  poreus  and  Pte- 
rommra  samdbaekii 55 

RowLKT,  George  Dawson,  M.A.,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of,  and  Remarks  upon,  a  rare  Asiatic  Turush 
(Turdms  airiguUtrU)  shot  near  Lewes -4 

Exhibition  of,  and  Obserrations  on,  some  British-killed 
Pipita 249 

Saltin,  Osbkrt,  F.Z.S.     (See  Sclater  and  Saltin.) 

Saunders,  Howard,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of  some  Flamingo's  £^s    •I3*J 

ScLATBR,  Philip  Lvtley,  M.A.,  PhJ).,  F.R.S.,  Secretary  to 
the  Society. 

Exhibition  of  a  Skin  of  Spizaitm*  from  Japan 1 

Exhibition  of,  and  Remarks  upon,  some  Specimens  of  the 
Potto  {Perodictieu* potto) 1 

On  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  the  Solomon  Islands.  (Plates 
IX.&X.) 118 

Exhibinon  of  some  Reptiles  transmitted  to  the  Society  by 
Mr.  G.  Wilks,  of  Buenos  Ayres,  C.M.Z.S 135 

On  the  Birds  of  the  Vicinity  of  Lima,  Peru.  With  Notes  on 
thdr  Ilabits,  by  Prof.  W.  Nation.— Part  III.     (Plate  XII.)  146 

Exhibition  of  some  New  Australian  Birds  lately  described 
by  Mr.  E.  P.  Ramsay 149 

Notices  of  Additions  to  the  Society*s  Menagerie  during 
the  months  of  January  and  February 149 


XIU 

Page 
Exhibition  of  a  Hybrid  Pheasant 149 

Notice  of  Additions  to  the  Society's  Menagerie.     (Plate 

XX.) 276 

Exhibition  of  Drawings  illustratiye  of  Wart-bogs  ......  277 

Notices  of  recent  Additions  to  the  Menagerie 407 

Notices  of  recent  Additions  to  the  Menagerie 430 

Exhibition  of  Snakes  from  Buenos  Ayres. 432 

Exhibition  of  some  Drawings  of  Hippocampi 432 

Notices  of  recent  Additions  to  the  Menagerie 467 

Characters  of  a  new  Species  of  Oeyt^romu^.  (Plate  XXXV.)  472 
Remarks  on  Animals  observed  in  Tarious  Zoological  Gar- 
dens on  the  Continent 527 

Exhibition  of  and  Remarks  upon  the  Egg  of  a  Species  of 

Megapode 528 

Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Mexican  Wren.     (Plate 

XLV.)    591 

Remarks  on  two  Species  of  Mammals  described  from  Speci- 
mens recently  living  in  the  Society's  Gardens.   (Plate  XL VI.)  592 
Remarks  on  the  recent  Additions  to  the  Society's  Menagerie  602 
On  the  Breeding  of  Birds  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoological 

Society  of  London  during  the  past  Twenty  Years    626 

On  some  new  Species  of  Synallaxina.     (Plate  XLIX.). .  636 

ScLATER,  P.  L.,  F.E.S.,  and  Salvin,  Osbert,  M.A.,  F.Z.S. 

Notes  on  the  Species  of  the  Genus  Aaturina    1 29 

On  Peruvian  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  Whitely.— Part  IV. 
(Plate  XIII.) 151 

Second  List  of  Birds  collected  at  Conchitas,  Argentine 
Republic,  by  Mr.  William  H.  Hudson ;  together  with  some 
Notes  upon  another  Collection  from  the  same  locality 158 

On  Venezuelan  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  A.  Goering. — Part 
III.     (Plate  XVIII.)   250 

On  a  Collection  of  Birds  made  by  Mr.  H.  S.  le  Strange 
near  the  City  of  Mexico 36 1 

Notes  on  the  Species  of  the  Genus  Micrastur 364 


XIV 

Page 
Descriptions  of  six  new  Species  of  American  Birds  of  the 

Families  Tanagrida^  Dendrocolapiida,  Formieariida,  Tyran- 

nida,  and  Seolopacida.     (Plate  XXVIII.) 416 

On  two  new  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  £.  Bartlett  in  Eastern 
Peru.     (PlateXXX.)    437 

Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Tanagers  fromVeragua. 
(Plates  XXXI.,  XXXII.) 439 

On  Peruvian  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  Whitely.— Part  V. . .    596 

Third  List  of  Birds  collected  at  Conchitas,  Argentine  Re- 
public, by  Mr.  William  H.  Hudson 631 

Sharpe,  R.  B. 

On  the  Genus  CA«/o/w.     (Plate  XIV.) 163 

On  the  Genus  Alcyone 351 

Additional  Notes  on  the  Genus  Ceyx 507 

Exhibition  of  a  rare  Indian  Kingfisher  (Jlcedo  grandis).  530 
On  the  Birds  of  Angola.— Part  I.    With  Notes  by  the 

Collector,  J.  J.  Monteiro.     (Plate  XLIII.)    563 

On  a  New  Kingfisher,  belonging  to  the  Genus  Tanynpiera .  630 

Simpson,  B.,  M.D. 

Note  on  Jiiurusjklgens.    (Plate  XLI.) 507 

SwiNHOE,  Robert,  F.Z.S.,  H.B.M.  Consul*  Amoy. 

On  the  Cervine  Animab  of  the  Island  of  Hainan  (China)    652 

TSGETIIBISR,  WlIXIAll  BeRKHARD,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of  some  Horns  of  the  Cape  Buffalo  (Bm  cqfi^er) 
and  of  the  Domestic  Goat Ill 

Ward,  Edwin,  F.Z.S. 

Exhibition  of  a  Variety  of  Scolapax  rmHieula 473 

Welch,  Francis  H.,  Assistant-Surgeon  22nd  Regiment, 

Obserrations  on  Lepu*  amerieanu^  especially  with  re- 
ference to  the  Modifications  in  the  Fur  consequent  on  the 
rotation  of  the  Seasons,  and  the  Change  of  Colour  on  the 
adrent  of  Winter  ;  based  on  Specimens  obtained  in  the  pro- 
Tince  of  New  Brunswick,  North  America. 228 


LIST   OF   PLATES. 


PI«te  Page 

I.  (xonostomyanu  loa-loa 38 

II.  New  Shells  from  Australia  and  the  Solomon  Isknds  . .  45 
III. 


■'•1. 


y  ^Siliceo-fihroot  Sponges 66 

VI.J 

VIL     Otariajubata 100 

VIII.     Embletonia  grayu  109 

IX.     Gracula  kreffti    I 

X.     Rallus  intactus   |  "^ 

XL    Domicella  cardinalis 126 

XII.     Neorhynchus  nasesus*    146 

XIII.  PoospUa  C(B$ar  151 

XIV.  Chetops  grayii   163 

TV  /^'^-  ^'  T'rionyxformosw -i 

^^•tFig.2.  Baikiea  elegans /  ^^ 

XVI.     Ch4Btodon  dichrous 238 

XVII.     ^ests  of  Ploceus  baya    243 

XVIII.    Brachygalba  goeringi 250 

XIX.    New  Marine  Shells 272 

XX.     Phacocharus  aliani,  $ 276 

XXI. 
XXII. 

XXIII.  f>Siliceo-fibrous  Sponges 323 

XXIV. 
XXV. 

XXVI.    New  Australian  Shells  358 

XXVII.    Eggs  of  Australian  Cnckoos  and  their  Foster-parents  .  359 

XXVIII.     Callisteflorida    416 

XXIX.    Buccanodon  onchiettB '. 436 

VYY  /^g«-  ^'  2-  Euphonia  chrysopasta,  c?  et  ?   -i 

'^*^*^- 1  Rg.  3.  Neapipo  rubicunda    /  ^'^' 

XXXI.    Buthraupis  arctsi    -i 

XXXII.     Tachyphonus  chrysomelas J  "* 

*  Err.  moietis  on  Plate. 


PUte  Page 

XXXIII  J 

XXXIV  [  ^^^^^^^  neptuni  440 

XXXV.     Ocydromus  sylvestris 472 

XXXVI.    Proteles  cristatus    •. 474 

XXXVII.     Mauremys  laniaria 499 

XXXVIII.    Emys  grayi -. 

XXXIX.     P$ammophis  leithii !  ^^ 

I  Fig.  1 .  Dendrophis  caudolineolata    [ 

^"^'  I  Fig.  2.  Dipfos  bamesii J 

XLI.    Ailurusfulgens 607 

XLII.    New  Spiders  of  St.  Helena 631 

XLIII.    Hirundo  angolensis 663 

XLIV.     Pelecanus  molitue 671 

XLV.     Thryothorus  nisorius   691 

XLVI.     Cephalophus  dorsalis 692 

XLVII.     Physalus  antiquorum 604 

XLVIII.    New  Helices  from  the  Western  Pacific  Islands    624 

VTTY    i'P'^' ^'  SynallaxU  curtata I 

AL.LZL.  jpjg  2    Leptasthenuraandicola f  ^^ 

L.    Emysflavipes 643 


PROCEEDINGS 


SCIENTIFIC    MEETINGS 


ZOOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 


Janaarj  14,  186D. 

George  Busk,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  in  the  Chair. 

Mr.  ScUter  exhibited  a  skia  of  a  Spizaeius,  which  had  been  for- 
warded to  him  by  Mr.  Charles  Rivington  of  Hong  Kong,  and  which 
Mr.  Riyington  had  had  two  years  in  captivity.  The  specimen  ap- 
peared to  be  identical  with  that  figured  in  Temminck  and  Schlegers 
'Fauna  Japonica'  as  Spuaetus  orientalist  but  was  considered  by 
Mr.  J.  H.  Gurney,  to  whom  Mr.  Sclater  had  shown  it,  to  be  merely 
one  of  the  numerous  stages  of  plumage  of  Spitaeius  mpalensis. 


An  extract  was  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  the  Secretary  by 
M.  Alphonse  Milne-Edwards,  C.M.Z.S.,  relating  to  some  interesting 
discoveries  made  by  M.  Grandidier,  C.M.Z.S.,  in  Madagascar:-^ 
"In  digging  in  a  little  marsh  in  Amboulitsate  (Ranou-b^)  M. 
Grandidier  had  found  a  great  number  of  bones  belonging  to  a  species 
of  Hippopotamus  much  smaller  than  H,  amphibius.  He  had  found 
also  bones  of  JEpyomis  and  of  new  species  of  Crocodiles  and  Tor- 
toises."   

Mr.  Sclater  exhibited  specimens  in  spirits  of  a  female  and  young 
Potto  {Perodictieus  potto),  which  Mr.  Frederick  M.  Skues  had  ob- 
tained living  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  and  had  endeavoured  to 
bring  home  for  the  Society's  Menagerie.     Mr.  Sclater  read  the  fol- 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  I. 


2  LETTER  FROM  MR.  C.  FRASER.  [Jan.  H, 

lowing  extract  from  a  letter  addressed  to  him  bj  Mr.  Skaes  relating 
to  this  animal : — 

**  The  large  Potto  (the  mother)  was  offered  to  me  for  sale,  at  Cape 
Coast,  by  a  native,  about  the  commencement  of  this  year ;  but  I 
declined  it.  On  the  3l8t  March  he  brought  it  again  to  me,  with  a 
young  one  which  it  had  given  birth  to  on  the  8th  February ;  and  I 
bought  them,  and  they  remained  in  my  rooms  till  the  end  of  April, 
when  I  went  to  Accra.  All  the  time  at  Cape-Coast  Castle  they  kept 
in  excellent  condition,  but  I  could  not  succeed  in  taming  either  of 
them.  They  used  to  sleep  all  day,  the  mother  usually  perched  on 
the  top  of  a  door,  with  the  young  one  hanging  in  front  of  her  belly, 
clasping  her  with  both  fore  and  hind  extremities.  As  soon  as  it  was 
dusk  they  came  down,  and  wandered  about  the  room  all  night. 
For  some  time  the  mother  carried  the  young  one  about  at  night 
hanging  to  her  belly,  but  afterwards  it  used  to  travel  about  by  itself. 

I  fed  them  on  pine-apples  and  bananas,  with  water ;  milk  and  bread 
thev  would  not  eat.  Though  there  were  insects  about  the  room,  as 
is  the  case  always  in  tropical  climates,  I  never  detected  them  eating 
them ;  but  one  day  I  found  the  large  Potto  busily  munching  at  a  tray 
of  beetles  I  had  drying,  and  before  I  detected  her  she  had  eaten  a 
good  many.  At  Accra  I  was  unable  to  afford  them  the  same  hberty 
as  at  Cape- Coast  Castle,  and,  moreover,  being  constantly  ill  with 
fever,  was  unable  to  pay  them  as  much  attention  as  formerly.  On 
the  9th  July  the  young  one  died,  seed  21^  weeks,  with  all  the 
symptoms  oi  intermittent  fever,  of  which  it  had  experienced  several 
previous  attacks.  The  mother  I  took  on  board  the  steamer  on  the 
7th  August  in  tolerable  condition ;  but  being  an  invalid  I  was  unable 
to  look  properly  after  her,  and  she  died  on  the  20th,  a  little  before 
we  reacned  Teneriffe.  The  natives  call  the  Potto  '*Apo9oro,^*  and 
seem  much  afraid  of  it."  

A  note  was  read  from  Mr.  Charles  Fraser,  M.A.,  F.G.S.,  Christ- 
church,  Canterbury,  New  Zealand,  dated  Sept.  5,  1868,  relating  to 

a  female  Seal  {Stenorhynchua ?)  caught  in  the  harbour  of  Lyt- 

telton,  Canterbury,  New  Zealand,  in  the  month  of  August  1868. 
The  worn  state  of  the  teeth  indicated  that  it  was  an  aged  animal. 
Incisors  |,  canmes  j^,  molars  ^,  in  all  32.    The  total  length  was 

I I  feet  8  inches,  and  the  girth  at  the  thickest  part  of  the  body 
6  feet.  The  nails  were  very  small  on  the  fore  paws,  and  very  small, 
but  still  present,  on  the  hinder  extremities.  The  whole  body  was 
covered  with  thin,  sparse,  longish  hairs  lying  close  to  the  skin.  In 
colour  the  animal  was  grey  above,  with  black  flakes,  and  a  brownish 
tinge  all  over  the  central  part.  On  the  sides  the  black  spots  were 
replaced  by  white  flakes  or  spots ;  while  the  underpart  of  the  body 
was  light  grey.  The  fore  paws  were  white,  with  light  grey  flakes ; 
the  hinder  extremities  black,  with  light  grey  flakes.  There  was  no 
tail,  nor  rudiment  of  one;  the  vertebral  column  terminated  in  a 
round  compressed  manner  under  the  skin,  which  extended  about 

3  inches  beyond  it,  so  as  to  form  the  curve  uniting  the  hinder  extre- 
mities. 


1869.]  LKTTER  FROM  MR.  6.  CLARK.  3 

A  commiiniottioii  was  rend  from  Mr.  Georee  Clark,  of  Mah^arg, 
Mauritiua,  Corr.  Memb.,  on  the  Squill  of  Mauritius  {Squilla  siyU" 
/erm).  Afler  a  detailed  account  of  the  external  characters  of  this 
group.  Mr.  Clark  proceeded  to  observe  as  follows  :•— 

^  The  Squills  are  mostly  nocturnal  animals,  living  in  holes ;  hence 
it  is  not  surprising  that  thej  are  little  known.  It  is  evident  at  a 
^ance  that  the  position  of  their  branchial  apparatus  renders  it  im- 
possible for  them  to  carry  their  eggs  as  Lobsters  and  Shrimps  do ; 
such  an  arrangement  would  stop  their  breathing.  Cuvier  states 
that  he  never  saw  one  bearing  eggs ;  and  it  was  with  no  small  satis* 
faction  that,  while  making  researches  on  the  history  and  habits  9f 
these  creatures,  I  learnt  from  Dr.  Power  he  had  seen  this ;  and  a  few 
days  after  I  had  the  satisfaction  of  witnessing  it  myself.  The  roe 
of  the  Squill  is  very  curious,  and  occupies  the  whole  length  of  the 
body^  The  eggs  when  first  extruded  form  a  compact  mass,  which 
the  female  holds  between  the  three  pairs  of  jaw-feet.  As  this  mass 
expands  it  forms  a  loose  kind  of  tissue,  somewhat  similar  to  a  fleece 
of  wool.  Little  by  little,  as  the  eggs  enlarge,  the  texture  of  the 
mass  becomes  looser,  until  the  larvae  are  hatched  and  swim  o£f  to 
shift  for  themselves.  In  the  first  period  of  incubation,  if  I  may  so 
call  it,  the  female  will  hold  her  eggs  even  when  caught ;  but  the 
further  advanced  they  are  the  more  readily  does  she  drop  them, 
possibly  on  account  of  their  cohering  less  firmly.  I  believe  the 
female  must  fast  while  carrying  her  eggs ;  for  I  have  found  the  sto- 
machs of  those  taken  at  that  period  quite  empty,  but  generally  full 
at  other  times.  When  first  hatched  the  larvtt  are  of  a  delicate  yel- 
lowish green,  and  are  very  active.  As  they  grow  they  assume  a 
mottled  grey,  and  the  swimmerets  and  legs  become  pea-green.  The 
green  graidually  increases  in  brightness ;  but  it  is  not  till  they  have 
reached  a  length  of  three  inches  that  the  colours  of  the  adult  appear. 
The  male  is  then  of  a  beautiful  bluish  green,  with  the  jaw-feet,  the 
swimmerets,  and  the  branchiss,  as  well  as  the  antennse  and  the  fim- 
bria which  border  the  different  organs,  of  a  cherry-red.  The  female 
is  clouded  with  brown  and  grey,  presenting  much  the  appearance  of 
tortoiseshell,  and  the  red  about  her  is  much  less  vivid  than  in  the 
male.  The  young  Squills  inhabit  holes  in  the  sand,  near  low- water 
mark.  The  old  ones  are  never  found  here,  but  reside  in  the  patches 
of  coral  which  are  scattered  over  the  shallows.  Both  old  and  young 
have  invariably  two  entrances  to  their  holes ;  and  the  adults  always 
stop  these  witn  a  ping  of  fine  seaweed.  They  do  not  swim  swiftly ; 
and  in  places  where  the  water  is  not  deep  enough  for  them  to  swim 
iheir  principal  organs  of  progression  are  their  large  jaw-feet,  which 
they  thrust  forward  as  a  man  would  do  striving  to  get  along  on  the 
points  of  his  elbows.  I  believe  these  limbs  also  serve  them  to  make 
their  holes,  as  they  are  often  considerably  worn  on  the  joints.  The 
motions  of  the  Squill  are  very  different  from  those  of  a  Shrimp  or  a 
Lobster,  being  much  more  like  those  of  a  caterpillar ;  hence  the 
little  Creoles  call  the  young  ones  '  Chenilles  de  mer,'  The  extensor 
muscles  seem  to  act  much  more  powerfully  than  the  flexors ;  and  it 
b  by  the  former  that  the  vigorous  motion  is  produced  which  inflicts 


4  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jan.  M, 

sacb  terrible  wounds  with  the  tail.  I  have  seen  one  literally  split 
the  end  of  a  person's  finger,  and  another  wound  the  hand  through 
a  thick  leather  glove.  I  believe  the  Squills  to  be,  as  Cuvier  sup- 
posed, carnivorous.  I  have  carefully  examined  the  stomachs  of 
some,  and  have  always  found  them  to  contain  the  remains  of  small 
orustaceans,  but  no  vegetable  matter.  Their  flesh  is  excellent ;  but 
the  great  strength  of  their  integument  renders  it  difficult  to  detach 
it.  The  most  extraordinary  circumstance  in  the  distribution  of  the 
branches  of  the  heart  is  that  it  has  no  apparent  connexion  with  the 
antennae  or  the  eyes. 

"  This  beautiful  creature  would  be  a  great  ornament  to  an  aaua- 
rium ;  but,  unfortunately,  I  have  never  been  able  to  keep  an  aault 
specimen  alive  more  than  a  few  hours  after  it  was  caught,  though 
using  every  precaution — placing  it  in  a  vessel  as  soon  as  it  was  taken 
from  the  sea,  and  renewing  the  water  at  short  intervals.  When 
young  I  have  preserved  them  for  days,  and  might,  perhaps,  have 
preserved  them  indefinitely  had  I  persevered  in  the  attempt.  I  have 
Known  them  exist  in  full  vitality  tor  twelve  or  fifteen  hours  without 
water."  

Mr.  George  Dawson  Rowley,  F.Z.S.,  exhibited,  and  read  the  fol- 
lowing  remarks  upon,  a  specimen  of  a. rare  Asiatic  Thrush  (Turdus 
atroffularis,  Temminck)  recently  killed  in  this  country,  this  being 
its  first  recorded  appearance  in  the  British  islands : — 

"The  specimen  of  Turdus  atrogularU  was  shot  near  Lewes, 
Sussex,  on  December  23rd,  1868.  It  is  a  young  male,  as  shown  by 
its  plumage ;  dissection  also  confirmed  the  fact.  I  saw  the  bird  ia 
the  flesh,  and  took  particular  care  to  ascertain  its  history,  because 
it  belongs  to  the  fauna  of  Central  Asia,  and  is  only  an  accidental 
visitor  to  Europe.  To  find  such  a  species  on  the  south  coast  of 
England  appears  to  me  a  matter  of  considerable  interest.  It  is  now 
in  the  collection  of  T.  J.  Monk,  Esqi,  of  Mountfield  House,  near 
Lewes,  who  purchased  it  for  a  trifle  of  a  working-man." 


The  following  papers  were  read : — 

I.  On  the  Value  of  the  Characters  of  the  Base  of  the 
Cranium  in  the  Classification  of  the  Order  Carnivora, 
and  on  the  Systematic  Position  of  Bassaris  and  other 
disputed  Forms.  By  William  Henry  Flower,  F.R.S., 
F.Z.S.,  &c..  Conservator  of  the  Museum  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons. 

The  Order  Camivora  has  always  been  an  attractive  one  to  zoolo- 
gists ;  and  consequently  nearly  all  the  important  structural  modifi- 
cations which  occur  among  its  members  are  so  well  known  that  it 
is  surprising  that  there  is  not  yet  a  more  universal  accord  of  opinion 
upon  their  arrangement  and  mutual  affinities. 


1869.]  CLASStPICATION  OT  TBB  CARNIVORA.  5 

Too  exclusire  attention  baa  been  paid  to  tbe  characters  of  tbe  teeth 
in  defining  the  family  divisions  of  the  order.  The  difficulty  in  the 
tazonomic  use  of  these  organs  arises  from  tbe  fact  that  the  teeth 
of  all  the  members  of  such  a  limited  and  well-defined  group  as  the 
terrestrial  or  fissipedal  Camivora  are  formed  on  the  same  general 
type,  bat  with  infinite  modifications  of  this  type.  And  as  these  mo- 
difications are  mainly  adaptive  and  not  essentially  indicative  of  affi- 
nity,  they  reappear  m  various  degrees  and  combinations  in  many  of 
the  great  natural  divisions  of  the  order.  Thus,  as  will  be  shown 
farther  on,  teeth  alone  afford  us  no  satisfactory  means  of  diagnosis 
between  the  very  distinct  groups  of  the  ProeyonuUt  and  the  Fiverrida. 
The  teeth  of  Protelet,  though  demonstrating  undeniably  its  right 
to  a  place  in  the  order,  are  so  rudimentary  or  generalised  that  they 
afford  no  help  whatever  to  determine  its  special  position.  Again  the 
teeth  of  OuU}  are  so  similar  to  those  of  Hyana,  that  if  this  character 
alone  were  used,  these  two  otherwise  widely  differentiated  forms  would 
be  placed  in  the  closest  proximity.  Enhydria^  amon^  the  MusteUd«B, 
and  Oynogale,  among  the  Vivemdse,  might  also  be  cited  as  examples 
of  strangely  modified  dentition,  with  comparatively  little  correspond* 
ing  chan^  in  other  parts. 

Rather  more  than  twenty  years  ago  the  late  Mr.  H.  N.  Turner*, 
in  a  paper  read  before  this  Society,  pointed  out  the  importance  of 
certain  structural  peculiarities  of  the  base  of  the  cranium  in  the 
classification  of  the  Mammalia,  and  especially  demonstrated  the  con- 
stancy of  these  characters  in  the  various  members  of  the  natural 
divisions  of  the  order  Camivoraf.  Very  few  subsequent  zoological 
writers,  however,  have  followed  out  the  indications  sug^^ted  in  that 
communication  ;  and  Mr.  Turner's  views  as  to  the  position  of  certain 
disputed  forms,  and  the  general  relationship  of  the  groups  one  to 
another,  have  not  by  any  means  met  with  universal  acceptance. 

It  seems  desirable  therefore  to  test  whether  the  characters  chiefly 
relied  upon  by  Mr.  Turner  really  have  the  value  which  he  attributed 
to  them.  In  endeavouring  to  do  this  I  shall  find  it  necessary  to 
give  a  more  detailed  description  than  the  Umits  of  his  paper  allowed, 
to  supply  a  larger  number  of  illustrative  examples,  and,  while  fully 
recognizing  the  great  merit  of  his  observations,  may  find  myself 
occasionally  obliged  to  differ  from  the  conclusions  which  he  deduced  * 
from  them. 

It  may  be  objected  at  the  outset  that  such  an  investigation  cannot 
be  worth  the  pains  bestowed  upon  it,  as  any  classification  founded 
solely  or  even  mainly  on  one  limited  portion  of  the  organization 
must  necessarily  be  an  artificial  one.  But  if  it  can  be  proved  that 
the  modifications  of  any  one  part  are  always  correlated  with  impor- 
tant variations  in  several  other  and  quite  unconnected  portions  of  the 
organization,  it  is  obvious  that  its  study  will  become  of  great  practical 

*  This  original  and  accurate  observer  fell  a  victim  to  his  zeal  for  his  favourite 
tdence,  having  died  in  1851  from  the  eflTects  of  a  dissection.wound. 

t  "  Observations  relating  to  some  of  the  Foramina  in  the  Base  of  the  Skull  in 
Mammalia,  and  on  the  Classification  of  the  Order  Camivora/'  by  H.  N.  Turner, 
jun.  (P.  Z.  S.  1848,  p.  63). 


6  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWKR  ON  THK  [JftO.  14, 

Utility  to  the  zoologist ;  and  this  will  be  more  especiall j  the  case  when 
the  part  in  question  is  one  so  imperishable,  so  easy  of  examination, 
and  affording  indications  so  clear  and  capable  of  ready  definition  and 
description,  as  the  base  of  the  skull. 

In  order  not  to  extend  this  communication  to  too  great  length,  or 
oyer  too  great  a  variety  of  subjects,  I  propose  to  limit  my  observa- 
tions on  the  present  occasion  mainly  to  the  terrestrial  or  fissipedal 
Carnivora,  and  only  to  those  genera  now  existing.  My  reason  for 
this  last  restriction  is,  that  it  is  only  in  these  that  we  have  the  oppor- 
tunity of  thoroughly  working  out  all  the  important  points  of  struc- 
tural modification  throughout  the  system,  and  thus  definitely  assign- 
ing their  position ;  and  from  these  only  can  we  hope  to  estabUsh 
any  correlation  between  the  structure  of  the  hard  and  imperishable 
parts  and  the  viscera.  When  such  a  correlation  has  been  established, 
then  the  examination  of  the  fragmentary  remains  of  the  extinct  forms 
can  be  made  with  much  greater  advantage,  and  the  work  of  tracing 
the  stages  by  which  the  present  condition  of  the  order  has  come  into 
being  can  be  approached  with  more  probability  of  a  satisfactory 
result. 

The  region  to  which  attention  will  now  be  especially  direeted  is  the 
posterior  part  of  the  base  of  the  cranium,  the  most  conspicuous  fea- 
ture in  which,  in  all  Carnivora,  is  the  auditory  bulla ;  and  it  is  mainly 
the  characters  of  this  bulla,  and  the  structures  immediately  surround- 
ing it,  which  will  be  described  in  the  principal  genera  of  the  order. 

Following  Mr.  Turner's  example,  I  will  first  take  one  of  the  ex- 
treme forms  of  existing  terrestrial  Carnivores,  the  Bear. 

Figures  1  and  2  (pp.  7  &  8)  are  taken  from  the  skull  of  a  not  quite 
adult  Ursus  ferox  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeona 
(No.  4016). 

The  aucUtory  bulla  is  comparatively  little  inflated.  It  consists  of 
a  single  bone,  readily  detached  from  the  cranium  in  skulls  of  young 
animals.  Its  form  is  more  or  less  triangular,  being  broad  and  nearly 
straight  at  the  inner  edge,  and  prolonged  outwards  into  the  much 
produced  floor  of  the  external  auditory  meatus  (in.a).  Its  greatest 
prominence  is  along  the  inner  border ;  from  this  it  sradually  slopes 
away  towards  the  meatus.  Near  the  hinder  part  of  the  inner  edge 
is  a  considerable  circular  foramen  (car),  which  pierces  the  bone 
obliquely,  leading  to  a  canal  which  runs  forwards  in  an  arched  direc- 
tion, in  its  inner  wall.  This  is  the  carotid  canal.  In  old  Bears  the 
entrance  is  partly  concealed  by  the  prominent  lip  of  the  basiocci- 
pita],  which  abuts  against  the  inner  edge  of  the  bulla ;  and  by  the 
growth  of  this  and  of  the  parocdpital  process  it  beccmies  almost  in- 
cluded in  the  deep  fossa  leadine  to  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum  (/). 
Anteriorly  the  carotid  canal  of  the  bulla  ends  close  to  the  inner  ude 
of  the  groove  for  the  eustachian  tube;  and  the  artery  quitting  it 
takes  a  sudden  turn  upwards  and  backwards  and  enters  the  cranmm 
through  the  foramen  lacerum  medium. 

When  a  section  is  made  through  the  auditory  bulla  (see  ^g,  2,  p.  8) 
it  is  seen  to  be  a  simple  thin-wdled  bony  cu>sule,  imperfect  above, 
where  it  fits  on  to  the  petrosal  and  squamosal  bones,  and  prolonged 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNIVORA. 


extemally  into  the  much  thickened  spout-like  floor  of  the  meatus 
externos.  At  the  inner  extremity  of  this  floor  is  a  freely  projecting 
oral  lip  (i)t  which  gires  attachment  to  the  memhrana  tympani,  and 

Fig.  I. 


Fart  of  the  baw  of  the  skull  of  the  Griezly  Bear  (  Ureua  ferox), 

e.  The  condyloid  foramen.  /.  The  foramen  laoerum  posticam.  car.  The  carotid 
canal,  t.  The  eustachian  canal,  o.  The  foramen  ovale,  a,  the  posterior, 
and  of  the  anterior,  opening  of  the  alisphenoid  canal,  p.  The  paroccipital 
proceee.  m.  The  mastoid  process,  s.  The  stjlo-mastoid  foramen,  tn.  a.  The 
external  auditory  meatus,    g.  The  ^enoid  foramen*. 

*  This  and  all  the  figures,  except  figs.  9, 10,  and  14,  are  taken  from  specimens 
in  the  Museam  of  the  Royil  College  of  Surgeons.  All  are  of  the  natorti  size, 
except  fig.  4,  which  is  enlarged. 


8  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jan.  14, 

which  is  the  original  and  first  ossified  ring-like  portion  of  the  tym- 
panic hone.  In  the  front  of  the  floor  of  the  hulla  is  the  groove  for  the 
eustachian  canal  {e) ;  between  this  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  tym- 
panic ring,  a  loyr  and  thin  ridge  of  bone  with  a  concave  free  margin 
rises  from  the  floor  of  the  cavity.  This  is  the  only  indication  of  any 
septum  or  dirision  of  the  cavity  of  the  bulla.  Whether  the  whole 
of  this  bone  is  dereloped  from  the  original  tympanic,  or  whether  the 
bullate  inner  portion  is  (as  will  be  shown  to  be  the  case  in  some  other 
Carniyora)  ossified  from  a  distinct  cartilage  of  its  own,  I  am  not  at 
present  able  to  determine.  In  the  youngest  Bears'  skulls  that  I  have 
examined,  the  ossification  of  the  whole  bulla  is  continuous  with  that 
of  the  tympanic  ring  and  floor  of  the  meatus. 

Fig.  2. 


Tti^ 


Section  through  the  auditory  bulla  of  Ursits  ferM. 

Sq.  Squamosal  bone.  T.  Tympanic  bone.  BO.  BaBioocipital.  ff.  Glenoid 
canal,  a.m.  External  auditory  meatus,  i.  Tympanic  ring.  e.  Eostaohian 
canaL    car.  Carotid  oanaL 

Behind  the  bulla  (6g.  1,  p.  7)  the  prominent  and  tuberous  paroc- 
cipital  process  (p)  projects  downwards,  outwards  and  backwards, 
standing  quite  off  from  the  bulla,  and  only  connected  with  it  by  a  low 
laterally  compressed  ridge*  Between  the  paroccipital  process  and 
the  occipital  condyle  is  a  smooth  concave  surface,  the  front  of  which 
is  excavated  into  a  deep  notch,  the  posterior  boundary  of  the  foramen 
lacerum  posticum  (I),  between  which  and  the  condyle  is  the  distinct 
subcircular  foramen  condyloideum  (c),  which  transmits  the  hypo- 
glossal nerve. 

At  the  outer  side  of  the  bulla,  just  behind  the  meatus  auditorius 
externus,  the  mastoid  process  (tn)  is  distinct  and  prominent,  and 
widely  separated  from  the  paroccipital.     At  the  bottom  of  a  deep 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OP  THE  CARNITOKA.  9 

hollow  between  these  processes  and  tlie  balls  is  placed  the  stylo- 
mastoid foramen  (s),  through  which  the  facial  nerre  makes  its  exit 
from  the  cranium*. 

Immediately  in  front  of  the  commencement  of  the  meatal  prolon- 
gation of  the  tympanic,  at  the  base  of  the  postglenoid  process  of  the 
Moamosal  is  a  conspicuous  opening  called  foramen  glenoidenm  (ff), 
which  leads  to  a  renous  canal  which  runs  upwards  and  backwards 
into  the  lateral  sinus. 

Still  more  forward,  immediately  to  the  inner  side  of  the  glenoid 
fossa,  is  the  foramen  ovale  of  the  alisphenoid  (o),  transmitting  the 
third  branch  of  the  fifth  nerye,  and  bounded  and  partly  covered  on 
the  inner  side  by  a  strong  ridge  of  bone.  Close  in  front  of  this  is 
the  hinder  aperture  of  the  large  canal  (a),  bridged  over  by  a  lamina 
of  bone  from  the  alisphenoid,  to  which  Mr.  Turner  has  particularly 
directed  attention  under  the  name  of  "  alisphenoid  canal."  Through 
this  the  ectocarotid  artery  runs  for  a  part  of  its  course.  It  opens  in 
front  by  a  common  aperture  with  the  foramen  rotundum  (a'). 

With  this  the  list  of  the  parts  to  which  it  is  necessary  to  refer  at 
present  concludes.  The  description  just  given  will  apply,  with 
trifling  modifications,  to  all  known  species  of  the  genus  Ursus,  in- 
cluding the  subgenera  ThaloMorcios^  Helarctos,  and  Prochilue. 

Passing  to  the  animals  usually  considered  most  nearly  allied  to 
the  Bears,  Proeyon  (fig.  3,  p.  10)  has  the  auditory  bulla  more  dilated 
and  prominent,  it  is  true,  than  in  Vrtua,  but  with  the  same  general 
form,  t.  e.  rising  abruptly  on  the  inner  side,  most  prominent  near  the 
middle  of  the  inner  edge,  sloping  o£f  behind  and  before  this  point,  and 
flattened  at  the  outer  side,  where  it  is  continued  into  the  prolonged 
under  lip  of  the  auditory  meatus.  Moreover  it  is  simple  witmn, 
undivided  by  any  distinct  septum ;  on  looking  into  the  meatus  the 
opposite  wall  can  be  distinctly  seen,  or  a  probe  can  be  passed  to  it 
without  meeting  with  any  impediment. 

The  aperture  of  the  carotid  canal  {car)  is  large,  and  rather  more 
advanced  and  more  distinct  from  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum  (/) 
than  in  the  Bears.  The  paroccipital  process  (p)  stands  away  from 
the  bulla ;  the  mastoid  (m)  is  very  distinct.  The  condyloid  foramen 
(e)  is  freely  exposed  on  the  surface,  and  quite  distinct  from  the 
foramen  lacerum  posticum.  The  glenoid  foramen  (^)  is  large  and 
conspicuous,  thondh  somewhat  overlapped  by  the  margin  of  the 
tympanic  bone.  The  alisphenoid  canal  is  completely  wanting ;  this 
is  the  most  important  distmction  from  the  true  Bears. 

In  Nasua  the  bulla  is  still  more  rounded  and  prominent ;  indeed 
its  resemblance  to  that  of  the  Bear  is  chiefly  in  its  simplicity,  and  in 
the  prolongation  of  the  auditory  meatus.  The  carotid  foramen  is 
advanced  to  the  middle  of  the  bulla.  The  paroccipital  and  mastoid 
processes,  and  condyloid  foramina,  are  as  in  Proeyon,  The  glenoid 
foramen  is  more  conspicuous.     There  is  no  alisphenoid  canal. 

Cereolepies  presents  a  great  difference  from  Ntuua  and  Proeyon 

*  The  modifications  of  this  foramen  in  situation  will  not  be  noticed  hereafter, 
as  they  depend  simply  on  the  amount  of  inflation  of  the  external  portion  of  the 
bnlla. 


10 


MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  TBR 


[Jan.  U, 


in  the  form  of  the  auditory  bulla — it  being  more  like  that  of  Urnta, 
except  that  it  is  rather  longer  from  before  backwards,  and  slightly 
more  bullate.  The  carotid  foramen,  however,  differs  widely  in  its 
position  from  that  of  the  Bear,  being  placed  very .  conspicuously 
rather  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the  inner  edge  of  the  holla.  The 
paroccipital  and  mastoid  processes  are  not  mu^  developed,  partaking 
of  the  general  flattening  that  the  base  of  the  cranium  seems  to  have 
undergone,  but  they  occupy  the  same  relative  position  as  in  the 


Fig.  3. 


Fig.  3  a. 


Fig.  3.  Under  surface  of  the  skull  of  the  Raccoon  (Procyon  iotcr). 
3rt.  Under  surfiice  of  the  skull  of  Bassari*  ashita. 
(The  letters  as  in  fig.  1.) 

foregoing  genera.  The  first-named  is  much  compressed  and  turned 
backwards.  The  condyloid  foramen  is  conspicuous ;  but  the  glenoid 
foramen,  though  present,  is  reduced  to  a  mere  slit  by  the  overlapping 
of  the  tympanic  bone  and  shortness  of  the  postglenoid  process. 
The  alisphenoid  canal  is  absent. 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNIVORA.  11 

In  the  singular  genus  Ailurus  the  auditory  hulU  is  very  small  and 
simple,  prominent  and  rounded  on  the  inner  side,  with  a  very  pro- 
longed hony  floor  to  the  external  auditory  meatus.  The  carotid  canal 
is  liffge  and  distinct,  rather  behind  the  middle  of  the  inner  edge  of  the 
bulla.  Paroccipital  process  long  and  trigonal,  standing  backwards 
and  outwards,  quite  unconnected  with  the  bulla,  curved  inwards  at 
the  extremity  in  old  animals.  The  condyloid  foramen  is  distinct  in 
a  flat  exposed  smrface  between  the  paroccipital  and  condyle.  There 
is  a  well-developed  rounded  mastoid  process,  quite  distinct  from  the 
paroccipital.  The  glenoid  foramen  is  lai^,  situated  between  the 
inner  end  of  the  tympanic  meatus  and  the  most  prominent  part  of 
the  lai^  postglenoid  process.    There  is  a  dbtinct  alisphenoid  canal. 

To  pass  to  the  Mustelid^B : — Lutra  is  extremely  Ursine  in  the  base 
of  its  skull,  although  all  the  bones  (including  the  auditory  bulla)  are 
remarkably  thinned-out  and  flattened.  The  meatus  is  much  pro- 
longed. The  carotid  foramen  is  placed  rather  nearer  the  anterior 
than  the  posterior  part  of  the  inner  edge  of  the  bulla.  The  glenoid 
foramen  is  very  distinct.  The  cavity  of  the  auditory  bulla  (as  is  the 
ease  with  many  of  the  Mustelida)  is  divided  into  several  freely  in- 
teroommunicatiBg  cells  by  thin  incomplete  bony  septa  placed  trans- 
versely across  the  floor  of  the  bulla,  and  connected  at  their  outer 
end  with  the  tympanic  ring.  The  paroccipital  process  is  greatly 
comfHressed  from  before  backwards.  The  mastoids  are  prominent 
laterally.  The  foramen  lacerum  posticum  very  large.  There  is  no 
alisphenoid  canal. 

Enhydrii  differs  from  Lutra  chiefly  in  the  large  size  and  more 
posterior  position  of  the  carotid  foramen,  and  the  very  small  size  of 
the  g^md  foramen. 

Mde$  presents,  in  the  most  characteristic  manner,  the  form  of 
auditory  bulla  assigned  by  Mr.  Turner  to  this  group,  "  rising  sud- 
denly on  its  inner  side,  and  flattened  off  towards  the  meatus."  In- 
ternally it  has  two  transverse  imperfect  septa  rising  from  the  floor. 
The  meatus  is  considerably  prolonged.  The  paroccipital  and  mastoid 
processes  are  very  well  develop^  and  far  apart,  the  former  rather 
compressed  and  pointed,  the  latter  tuberous.  The  carotid  foramen 
is  placed  rather  behind  the  middle  of  the  bulla.  The  condyloid 
foramen  is  small,  its  hindw  border  partially  overlapped  by  a  slight 
ridge  of  bone  passing  from  the  paroccipital  process  to  the  condyle ; 
but  it  isquite  superficial  and  distinct  from  the  foramen  lacerum  pos- 
ticum.  The  glenoid  foramen  is  distinct,  though  not  very  large.  There 
is  no  alisphenoid  canal. 

Taxidea  differa  from  Meles  in  the  remarkably  inflated  condition  of 
the  auditory  bulk.  Essentially,  however,  its  characters  are  much 
the  same ;  the  bulla  is  not  so  dilated  at  its  hinder  part  as  to  come  into 
contact  with  the  parocdpital  process,  though  in  front  it  reaches  to 
such  an  extent  as  to  overlap  and  obscure  the  glenoid  foramen.  It 
has  several  partial  transverse  septa. 

In  Mephitis,  oh  the  other  hand,  this  renon  of  the  skull  is  nearly 
as  much  expanded  and  flattened  as  in  the  Ottera.  The  bulla  forms  a 
very  small  prominence.    The  paroccipital  process  is  widely  separated 


12  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jftll.  14, 

from  it ;  and  the  mastoid  projects  directly  outwards.  The  bony 
meatus  is  of  considerable  length.  The  carotid  foramen  is  large, 
placed  at  the  middle  of  the  inner  border  of  the  bulla.  The  condyloid 
foramen  is  large  and  quite  exposed.  The  glenoid  foramen  is  repre- 
sented by  a  small  hole  just  above  the  superior  anterior  angle  of  the 
meatus  extemus. 

In  HelictU  the  auditory  bulla  is  elongated  from  before  backwards, 
the  hinder  part,  near  the  paroccipital  process,  being  more  inflated 
than  usual ;  consequently  this  process,  which  is  but  feebly  developed, 
does  not  stand  so  far  off  from  the  bulla  as  is  usual  in  the  group.  The 
meatus  is  moderately  produced.  The  carotid  foramen  is  conspicuous 
at  the  middle  of  the  inner  border  of  the  bulla.  The  condyloid  foramen 
is  partially  concealed  and  thrown  forwards  by  the  ridee  extending 
inwards  from  the  paroccipital  process.  The  glenoid  foramen  is 
placed  above  the  auditory  meatus.  On  the  whole  these  parts  exhibit 
a  more  generalized  and  less  characteristic  form  than  in  most  other 
members  of  the  group. 

Arctonyx  has  the  oase  of  the  skull  very  flat  and  expanded  late- 
rally. The  bulla  small,  but  elevated  and  rounded  near  the  inner 
edge.  Floor  of  meatus  very  long,  wide,  and  flat.  Canal  of  meatus 
large,  directed  somewhat  downwards  and  forwards  as  well  as  outwards. 
Carotid  foramen  large,  placed  near  the  hinder  part  of  the  bulla. 
Paroccipital  process  well  developed,  quite  distinct  from  the  bulla, 
flattened  from  before  backwards,  curving  forwards  at  the  extremity. 
Mastoid  very  large,  flattened  and  rough  behind,  rounded  and  smooth 
in  front,  projecting  outwards,  downwards,  and  forwards.  Glenoid 
foramen  distmct.  Postglenoid  process  rather  small.  No  alisphenoid 
canal.  Great  peculiarities  in  the  base  of  the  skull  are  the  remark- 
able extension  of  the  bony  palate  backwards,  reaching  as  far  as  the 
glenoid  fossae,  and  the  lateral  bullat«  expansion  of  the  palate-bones 
behind  the  last  molar  tooth. 

Mydaus  presents  the  same  general  characters  as  Arctonyx;  but, 
as  might  be  expected  in  a  smidler  animal,  the  bulla  is  rather  more 
inflated,  the  paroccipital  and  mastoid  processes  less  developed,  and 
the  meatus  less  elongated.  The  palate  also  does  not  extend  so  far 
backwards,  and  wants  the  peculiar  lateral  dilatation. 

In  Gulo  the  auditory  bulla  is  like  that  of  the  Bear,  but  rather  more 
dilated.  It  contains  several  partial  transverse  septa.  The  meatus 
is  much  prolonged.  The  carotid  canal  is  rather  behind  the  middle, 
and  almost  completely  concealed  by  the  thickened  edge  of  the  basi- 
occipital.  The  condyloid  foramen  has  a  strong  ridge  behind  it,  and 
approaches  very  near  to  the  foramen  lacerum.  The  paroccipital  pro- 
cess is  compressed  and  triangular.  The  mastoid  is  very  strong,  and 
directed  laterally,  though  turned  downwards  at  the  extremity.  The 
glenoid  foramen  is  conspicuous.    There  is  no  alisphenoid  cuud. 

All  the  remaining  genera  have  the  auditory  bulla  rather  large,  and 
the  floor  of  the  meatus,  though  forming  a  dbtinct  prolongation  from 
the  bulla,  comparatively  short. 

In  Mellivora  the  bulla  is  very  prominent,  oval,  thick-walled,  and 
rough  on  the  surface.     The  paroccipital  process  is  stout  and  trian* 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THB  CARNIVORA.  13 

gular,  the  mastoid  process  stroiijB;  and  rounded.  The  carotid  foramen 
conspicuous,  near  the  middle  of  the  inner  border  of  the  bulla.  The 
condyloid  foramen  not  bounded  posteriorly  by  a  ridge.  The  glenoid 
foramen  large,  close  to  the  anterior  edge  of  the  meatus  extemus. 

In  Galera  the  bulla  is  less  prominent,  the  carotid  foramen  partly 
concealed  by  the  basioccipital.  The  glenoid  foramen  large,  and 
rather  more  internally  placed  than  in  the  last. 

In  Martes  the  bidla  is  elongated  from  before  backwards.  The 
paroccipital  and  mastoid  processes  are  small.  The  carotid  foramen  is 
[>artly  concealed  by  the  basiocdpital.  The  condyloid  foramen  par- 
tially overhung  posteriorly  by  the  ridge  from  the  paroccipital.  The 
glenoid  foramen  large,  situated  at  the  upper  anterior  angle  of  the 
auditory  meatus. 

In  Mustela  the  dilatation  and  elongation  of  the  bulla  is  carried  to 
a  great  extent.  The  meatus  b  directed  much  forwards,  and  appears 
externally  to  be  Tery  short ;  but  this  is  occasioned  (as  shown  in  the 
transrerse  section,  fig.  4)  by  its  inferior  lip  being  covered  up  by  a 
thick  layer  of  cancellous  tissue,  of  which  the  whole  parietes  of  the 
bulla  are  to  a  great  extent  composed,  and  which  adds  much  to  its 
external  bulk.  But  for  this  peculiarity,  the  general  form  of  the 
cavity  is  not  unlike  that  of  Ursus.  In  addition  to  this  cancellous 
structure  in  the  wall,  a  considerable  portion  of  the  interior,  especially 
of  the  inner  and  lower  parts,  is  pervaded  ^y  numerous  fine  osseous 
septa  and  trabeculae.  The  paroccipital  and  mastoid  processes  are 
very  feebly  developed,  especially  in  the  smallest  members  of  the 
group,  where  they  are  flattened  and  lost  on  the  expanded  posterior 
end  of  the  bulla.  The  carotid  foramen  b  placed  conspicuously  at, 
or  rather  injfront  of,  the  middle  of  the  long  straight  mner  wall  of 
the  bulla.  The  condyloid  foramen  is  quite  exposed,  and  distinct 
from  the  foramen  lacerum.  The  glenoid  foramen  b  tolerably  larg^e, 
and  situated  just  in  front  of  the  external  auditory  meatus.  As  in 
the  preceding  genera,  there  b  no  albphenoid  canal. 

Fig.  4. 


0m 


Section  throagh  the  auditory  bulla  of  the  Polecat  {Mustela  putorius).    Twice 

the  size  of  nature. 

(The  letters  as  in  fig.  2.)    Pt,  The  petrosal. 

In  Kkabdogale  the  form  of  the  auditory  bulla  externally  much 
resembles  that  of  Mustela,  though  rather  less  inflated  ;  but  a  section 
shows  that  its  walls  want  the  peculiar  cancellous  structure  noticed  in 


14  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jail.  14, 

that  genus.  There  are  only  a  few  partial  septal  bands  across  the 
floor,  as  in  the  Badgers.  The  anterior  inferior  extremity  of  the 
bulla  is  pointed,  and  commonly  united  to  the  prolonged  hamular 
process  of  the  pterygoid. 

The  whole  of  the  genera  above  described  are  united  by  Mr.  Turner 
into  one  family,  Ursida ;  and  that  they  constitute  a  natural  group, 
T  think  no  one  should  doubt,  even  on  grounds  independent  of  their 
cranial  characters.  They  all  agree  in  having  the  intestinal  canal 
without  a  csecum,  all  other  known  Camivora  possessing  this  appen- 
dage. Moreover  they  all  agree  together,  and  differ  from  all  other 
Carnivora,  in  the  structure  of  the  ^nerative  organs  of  the  male, 
parts  of  considerable  value  in  determining  affinities.  They  all  have 
a  large  penis,  with  a  very  considerable  bone,  which  is  usually  more 
or  less  curved,  somewhat  compressed,  not  grooved,  dilated  posteriorly, 
and  often  bifurcated,  or  rather  bilobed,  in  front.  They  are  all  desti- 
tute of  Cowper's  glands.  All  have  the  prostate  rudimentary,  or  con- 
sisting only  of  a  thickening  of  the  wall  of  the  urethra  and  forming 
no  distinct  prominence. 

Among  all  the  diversity  that  has  been  shown  to  exist  in  the  cha- 
racters of  the  base  of  the  cranium,  especially  in  the  form  of  the 
auditory  bulla,  the  following  points  of  general  agreement  are  to  be 
found : — 

1.  The  cavity  of  the* bulla  is  simple  ^as  compared  with  another 
form  to  be  described  presently).  That  is,  although  there  are  fre- 
quently trabeculae  or  partial  septa  passing  mostly  transversely  across 
the  lower  part,  and  generally  connected  with  the  tympanic  ring, 
there  is  no  distinct  and  definite  septum  dividing  it  into  a  separate 
outer  and  inner  character.  In  all  cases,  on  looking  into  the  external 
auditory  meatus  (in  the  dried  skull  when  the  membrana  tympani  is 
removed)  the  opposite  wall  of  the  bulla  can  be  seen  ;  or  if  a  probe 
is  passed  into  the  meatus,  no  obstacle  will  prevent  its  touching  the 
inner  wall.  Whatever  the  diversity  of  development  of  the  bulla,  it 
always  has  its  greatest  prominence  near  the  middle  of  the  inner 
border,  and  slopes  away  from  that  point,  not  only  externally,  but 
also  forwards  and  backwards. 

2.  The  inferior  lip  of  the  external  auditory  meatus  is  always  con- 
siderably prolonged. 

3.  The  paroccipital  process  is  more  or  less  triangular,  and  directed 
backwards,  outwards,  and  downwards,  standing  quite  aloof  from  the 
bulla.  This  relation  depends  chiefly  on  the  want  of  development  of 
the  posterior  portion  of  the  bulla;  and  is  absent,  or  obscure,  in 
Mustela  alone. 

4.  The  mastoid  process  is  widely  separated  from  the  paroccipital, 
and  generally  very  prominent. 

5.  The  carotid  foramen  is  always  large,  and  placed  usually  near 
the  middle,  but  sometimes  more  posteriorly,  on  the  inner  margin  of 
the  bulla.  It  is  generally  very  conspicuous,  but  sometimes  partially 
concealed  by  the  projecting  lip  of  the  basioccipital. 

6.  The  condyloid  foramen  is  distinct  and  exposed ;  and  although 
sometimes  partially  overlapped  posteriorly  by  a  ridge  of  bone  passing 


1869.]  CLASSiriCATlON  OF  THE  CARNIVORA.  15 

from  the  paroccipital  to  the  condyle,  it  is  never  sunk  into  a  common 
opening  with  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum. 

7.  Tlie  glenoid  foramen  is  always  present,  and  generally  very  con* 
spicuons.     In  Enhydris  it  is  least  so. 

8.  The  alisphenoid  canal  is  present  in  the  true  Bears  and  Ailurus^ 
absent  in  all  the  others.  Hence  it  cannot  be  used  to  characterise  the 
entire  group,  though  useful  in  aiding  its  subdivision. 

The  group  thus  defined  is,  I  think,  too  extensive,  and  presents  too 
great  variation  among  its  members,  in  dentition  and  external  cha- 
racters, to  constitute  a  Family,  as  proposed  by  Mr.  Turner.  I 
would  rather  regard  it  as  a  primary  section  of  the  fissipedal  Cami- 
vora,  to  which  the  name  of  Arctoidea  might  be  given. 

I  perfectly  agree  with  Mr.  Turner  that  it  is  further  divisible  into 
four  chief  sections,  or  families,  as  1  should  call  them — the  UrsicUe, 
Ailurida,  Procyonida,  and  the  Mustelidoi.  The  further  considera- 
tion of  these  divisions  must  be  reserved  for  the  present,  my  purpose 
now  being  to  establish  the  group  Arctoidea  upon  a  perfectly  secure 
basis. 

I  will  uow'pass  to  a  genus  as  far  removed  from  the  Bear  in  its 
general  struciure  as  it  will  be  seen  to  be  in  the  construction  of  the 
base  of  its  skull,  Felia,  Figs.  5  and  6  (pp.  16  &  17)  are  taken  from 
the  Tiger  {F.  tigris). 

The  auditory  bulla  is  very  prominent,  rounded  and  smooth  on  the 
surface,  rather  longer  from  before  backwards  than  transversely,  its 
greatest  prominence  being  rather  to  the  inner  side  of  the  centre.  The 
lower  lip  of  the  external  auditory  meatus  (a.m)  is  extremely  short ; 
the  meatus,  in  fact,  looks  like  a  large  hole  opening  directly  into  the 
side  of  the  bulla.  On  looking  into  this  hole,  at  a  very  short  distance 
(in  fact,  just  beyond  the  tympanic  ring)  a  wall  of  bone  is  seen,  quite 
impeding  the  view  or  the  passage  of  any  instrument  into  the  greater 
part  of  the  bulla.  On  making  a  section  (fig.  6),  it  will  be  seen  that 
this  wall  is  a  septum  («)  which  rises  from  the  floor  of  the  bulla,  along 
its  outer  side,  and  divides  it  almost  completely  into  two  distinct  cham- 
bers ;  one  (p.c),  outer  and  anterior,  is  the  true  tympanic  chamber,  and 
contains  the  tympanic  ring,  membrane,  and  ossicula,  and  has  at  its 
anterior  extremity  the  opening  of  the  Eustachian  tube  {e)  ;  while  the 
other  (t.c),  internal  and  posterior,  is  a  simple  but  much  larger  cavity, 
having  no  aperture  except  a  long  but  very  narrow  fissure  («)  left 
between  the  hinder  part  of  the  top  of  the  septum  and  the  promon- 
tory of  the  petrosal,  which  fissure  expands  posteriorly,  or  rather  at 
its  outer  end,  into  a  triangular  space,  placed  just  over  the  fenestra 
rotunda  or  cochlearea  (r),  so  that  the  opening  of  this  fenestra  is  partly 
in  the  outer  and  partly  in  the  inner  chamber  of  the  bulla.  This 
chamber  is  formed  by  a  simple  capsule  of  very  thin  but  dense  bone, 
deficient  only  at  a  small  oval  space  in  the  roof,  where  the  petrosal 
projects  into  and  fills  up  the  gap,  except  such  portion  of  it  as  is  left 
to  form  the  aperture  of  communication  with  the  outer  chamber. 

Not  only  are  these  two  chambers  thus  dbtinct,  but  they  are 
originally  developed  in  a  totally  different  manner.  At  birth  the  only 
ossification  in  the  whole  structure  is  the  incomplete  ring  of  bone  sup- 


( 


16 


MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE 


[Jan.  14, 


porting  the  membrana  tympani,  and  developed  originally  in  mem- 
brane. Ossification  extends  from  this,  so  as  to  complete  the  outer 
chamber  and  the  very  limited  lip  of  the  meatus  auditorios  extemus. 
The  inner  chamber  is  formed  from  a  distinct  piece  of  hyaline  carti- 
lage, which  at  birth  is  a  narrow  slip,  pointed  at  each  end,  lying  be- 
tween the  tympanic  ring  and  the  basioccipital,  applied  close^  to 

Fig.  5. 


A  portion  of  the  audi- 
The  cayity  of  the  inner 


Part  of  the  base  of  the  akull  of  the  Tiger  {Felts  tigris). 
tory  bulhi  haa  been  remoTed  to  snow  its  interior, 
or  posterior  chamber  is  exposed. 

r.  The  fenestra  rotunda  in  the  petrosal,  s.  The  septum  between  the  chambers. 
•  The  aperture  of  communication.  The  other  letters  as  in  the  preceding 
flguren. 


1869.] 


CLASSIPrCATION  OF  THE  CARNIVORA. 


17 


the  surface  of  the  already  ossified  petrosal,  and  forming  no  distinct 
prominence  on  the  under  surface  of  the  skull  *.  Soon  after  birth  this 
mcreases  in  size,  and  gradually  assumes  the  bullate  form  of  the  wall 
of  the  inner  chamber.  In  young  animals,  even  some  time  after  the 
ossification  of  the  bulla  is  complete,  the  distinction  between  the  two 
parts  is  clearly  seen  externally ;  not  only  are  they  marked  off  by  a 
groove,  but  the  tympanic  portion  has  a  more  opaque  appearance  than 
the  other. 

Fig.  6. 


Section  of  the  auditory  bulla  of  the  Tiger. 

0  c.  The  oater  chamber,  ic.  The  inner  chamber.  9.  The  septum.  •  The  aper- 
ture of  communication  between  the  chambers.  The  other  letters  as  in  the 
preceding  figures. 

The  septum  is  formed  by  an  inversion  of  the  walls  of  both,  applied 
together  and  ultimately  perfectly  fused  in  Felia,  although,  as  will  be 
seen,  permanently  distinct  in  some  other  allied  formsf. 

No  indication  of  a  carotid  foramen  can  be  seen  anywhere  on  the 

*  The  cartilage  from  which  the  auditory  bulla  of  the  Pelidm  is  developed  evi« 
dently  corresponds  with  that  lamella  of  the  ''opisthotic"  of  Man  which  "gra- 
dually  wraps  itself  roand  the  carotid,  and  so  con? erts  the  primiti? e  groove  for  the 
vessel  into  a  complete  tube,  at  the  same  time  furnishing  the  inner  part  of  its  floor 
to  the  tympanum''  (Huxley»  Elements  Comp.  Anatomy  (1864),  p.  155). 

t  These  parts  are  all  described  in  great  detail  in  Straus-Durckheim's  *  Ana* 
tomie  dn  Chat'  (1845\  voLi.  pp.  409  et  9eq,  He  calls  the  outer  chamber  the 
"  caisse  du  tympan,  the  inner  one  the  '*  cavit^  mastoidienne, '  or  *'  seconde 
cbambre  de  la  timbale,"  regarding  it  as  the  ''  analogue  "  of  the  mastoid  cells  of 
man.  This  part,  he  says,  '*  ne  commence  que  par  un  seul  point  d'ossification  qui 
ne  parait  meme  que  quinze  jours  apres  la  naissance ;  et  k  six  semaines  il  est  en- 
tiereroent  forme,  et  a  articule  avec  tons  les  os  voisins."  The  septum,  or  **  cloison," 
is  "  commnne  aux  deux  os,  form^  par  deux  lames  adoss^s  et  soudees  entre  elles." 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  II. 


tS  MR.  W.  H.  rLOWER  ON  THE  [JaO.  14, 

inner  side  of  the  bulla,  where  it  waa  so  conapicaoos  in  raoat  of  the 
Arctoidea,  but  it  is  represented  by  a  minute  groove  (ear)  deep  in 
the  recess  of  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum.  In  the  smaller  members 
of  the  genus  this  groove  is  more  superficial,  but  alwajs  very  minute, 
and  apparently  never  converted  into  an  actual  foramen  except  by  the 
contiguous  widl  of  the  basioccipital. 

The  paroccipital  process  (p)  is  flattened  out  over  the  back  of  the 
bulla,  being  applied  closely  to  the  whole  of  its  prominent  rounded 
hinder  end,  and  projecting,  as  a  rough  tubercle,  sliehtly  beyond  it. 
From  the  inner  side  of  thb  process  a  strong  sharp  ridge  runs  towards 
the  occipital  condyle.  This  forms  the  posterior  boundary  of  a  deep 
fossa,  at  the  bottom  of  which  is  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum  (/), 
and  in  the  hinder  part  of  which,  under  cover  of  the  aforesaid  ridge, 
the  foramen  condyloideum  (c)  opens. 

The  mastoid  process  (m)  is  a  moderately  conspicuous  rough  pro- 
minence, not  very  widely  separated  from  the  paroccipital. 

There  is  no  distinct  glenoid  fossa,  nor  is  there  an  alisphenoid  canal. 

This  description  applies  equally  well  to  all  the  true  cats  (genus 
Felis\  including  the  slightly  aberrant  Cheetah,  but  not  to  any  other 
members  of  the  Order. 

I  pass  next  to  the  Fiverrida. 

In  the  African  Civet  (Fiverra  civetta)  (fig.  7^  p.  19)  the  auditory 
bulla  b  very  prominent,  smooth  and  oval,  broader  behind  than  before. 
The  meatus  has  scarcely  any  inferior  Up,  its  orifice  (a  m)  being  dose 
to  the  tympanic  ring.  The  part  of  the  bulla  immediately  surround- 
ing the  meatus  is  separated  by  a  distinct  groove  from  the  much  larger, 
more  inflated,  and  more  transparent  inner,  or,  rather,  posterior  part, 
as  it  is  in  this  animal.  There  is  a  septum  within,  disposed  exactly 
as  in  Felis,  but  very  short,  owing  to  the  small  space  it  has  to  fill 
up,  occasioned  by  the  slight  dilatation  of  the  outer  chamber.  It  is 
applied  closely  to  the  petrosal  above,  leaving  a  mere  linear  fissure, 
probably  closed  in  the  living  animal,  expanded  at  one  end  into  a 
small  tnangular  space,  situated  just  over  the  fenestra  rotunda. 

Instead  of  a  carotid  canal,  there  is  a  groove  (ear)  on  the  inner 
side  of  the  bulla,  near  its  anterior  end. 

The  paroccipital  (p)  is  triangular,  spread  very  evenly  over  the 
hinder  part  of  the  bulla,  applied  to  it  "  like  the  capsule  of  the  acorn 
to  the  seed"*,  and  projecting  slightly  beyond  it,  as  a  rough  pointed 
process.  The  rid&;e  running  from  its  inner  side  bounds  the  common 
fossa  into  which  the  condyloid  foramen  (e)  and  the  foramen  lacerum 
posticum  (/)  open. 

The  mastoid  process  can  be  scarcely  said  to  exist.  An  extremely 
minute  aperture  near  the  hinder  end  of  the  postglenoid  process 
may  represent  the  glenoid  foramen.  There  is  a  distinct  alisphenoid 
canal  Ta). 

In  tne  Rasse  (Fiverra  malaceehsii)  the  bulla  is  large,  as  wide  in 

front  as  behind,  much  elongated,  narrow,  and  compressed  laterally, 

corresponding,  in  fact,  with  the  proportions  of  the  entire  cranium. 

Otherwise  its  structure  is  essentially  the  same  as  that  of  the  Civet. 

*  Owen,  Cat.  Otteological  Series  in  Mas.  Roy.  Coll.  Surg.  vol.  it.  p.  680. 


IS69.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OP  THB  CARNITORA. 


19 


The  anterior  chamber  h  rather  more  dereloped,  and  less  distinctly 
marked  off  extemallj  from  the  posterior.  The  orifice  of  the  meatus 
is  very  large,  and  opens  directly  into  the  tympanic  cavity.  The 
carotid  enters  by  a  distinct  groove  near  the  middle  of  the  inner  wall 
of  the  bulla,  partially  concealed  and  converted  into  a  canal  by  the  h'p 
of  the  basioGcipital. 

The  paroccipital  process  is  smoothly  expanded  over  the  posterior 
part  of  the  bulla,  but  does  not  project  beyond  it.  The  mastoid  pro- 
cess is  not  very  distinct.  The  condyloid  foramen  is  much  overhung 
by  the  ridge  from  the  paroccipital.  The  glenoid  foramen  is  very 
minute. 

Fig.  7. 

Fig.  8. 


Fig.  7.  Civet  (  Viverra  civetta). 

8.  Paradoxure  {Paradoxurus  hondar). 
(The  letters  as  in  the  preceding  figures.) 

Mr.  Turner  remarked  that  in  this  species  the  alisphenoid  canal  is 
not  developed ;  but  I  find,  on  examining  a  series  of  seven  skulls  in 
the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  that  in  one  this  canal 
exists  on  both  sides,  and  in  another  on  one  side  only  ;  in  the  remainder 
it  is  absent. 

In  the  true  Genettes,  which  otherwise  closely  correspond  to  the 
Basse  in  cranial  characters,  the  alisphenoid  canal  appears  to  be  always 
present. 

In  the  Paradoxures  (fig.  8)  the  external  form  of  the  bulla  is  more 
like  that  of  the  Civet  than  the  Genette ;  but  the  inner  or  posterior 
chamber  presents,  in  some  species  at  least,  the  peculiarity  of  being 


20  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWRR  ON  THE  [Jan.  14, 

permanentlj  distinct  and  moTeable,  not  only  from  the  other  cranial 
Dones,  but  also  from  the  tympanic  portion  of  the  bulla.  In  form  it 
is  conical,  broad  and  truncated  behind,  pointed  in  front,  and  rather 
compressed  at  the  sides,  which  meet  in  a  ridge.  The  orifice  between 
the  two  cavities  of  the  bulla  is  reiy  minute,  and  the  septum  perma- 
nently double,  receiving  a  stratum  n-om  the  wall  of  each  cavity.  The 
carotid  canal  is  distinct,  situated  near  the  anterior  end  of  the  inner 
wall  of  the  posterior  chamber  of  the  bulla ;  but  it  appears  to  be 
never  completely  closed  on  the  inner  side,  except  by  the  contiguous 
basiocdpital.  The  parocdpital  and  mastoid  processes  are  as  in  the 
Civet.  The  condyloid  foramen  is  even  more  concealed.  The  glenoid 
foramen  is  very  minute.    The  alisphenoid  canal  is  distinct. 

In  a  specimen  of  Nandinia  binotata  in  the  CoU^e  Museum,  which 
otherwise  agrees  generally  with  Paradoxunu,  the  posterior  chamber 
is  entirely  cartilaginous,  although  the  cranium  appears  to  be  adult  or 
nearly  so,  and  the  tympanic  portion  of  the  bulla  is  completely  ossified. 

Cynoffole,  which  has  a  singularly  modified  dentition,  closely  resem- 
bles the  Paradozures  in  its  cranial  characters,  even  to  the  permanent 
want  of  union  of  the  two  portions  of  the  bulla.  The  anterior  cham- 
ber is  very  small  and  fiat ;  the  posterior  rather  more  infiated  and 
conical  than  in  Paradoxurus,  being  more  like  that  of  Viverra.  The 
carotid  canal  forms  a  deep  groove,  converted  into  a  foramen  by  the 
lip  of  the  basiocdpital,  placed  rather  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the 
posterior  chamber.  The  parocdpital  process  projects  beyond  the 
bulla.    There  is  no  alisphenoid  canal. 

All  the  Herpestine  members  of  the  Fiverrida  {Cynopoda,  Gray) 
present  certain  common  characters  of  thb  region  by  which  they  can 
be  readily  recognized.  The  bulla  (fig.  9,  p.  2 1 )  is  very  prominent  and 
somewhat  pear-shaped,  the  larger,  rounded  end  being  turned  back- 
wards and  somewhat  outwards ;  a  well-marked  transverse  constriction 
separates  the  chambers,  which  are  now  directly  anterior  and  posterior. 
In  front  of  the  constriction  the  anterior  (true  tympanic)  chamber  is 
somewhat  dilated  again,  much  more  than  in  the  Civet-Uke  Yiverrines. 
The  aperture  of  communication  between  the  two  chambers  is  rather 
larger.  The  carotid  canal  (car)  is  very  dbtinct,  situated  quite  at  the 
front  of  the  posterior  chamber.  The  paroccipital  process  (j»)  does 
not  project  beyond  the  bulla,  but  is  spread  out  and  lost  (in  adult 
animals)  on  its  posterior  surface.  The  condyloid  foramen  (c)  is 
concealed ;  the  glenoid  foramen  is  very  minute  or  absent.  The  ali- 
sphenoid canal  appears  to  be  always  present. 

The  Suricate  (RhyztJtna  zenik)  presents  the  same  essential  charac- 
ters in  a  very  modified  form,  caused  by  the  general  lateral  expansion 
of  the  posterior  part  of  the  cranium.  Here,  and  here  alone  among 
the  Fwerrida,  there  is  a  prolonged  auditory  meatus ;  but  it  presents 
the  peculiarity  of  being  fissured  along  the  whole  extent  of  the  middle 
of  its  floor*.  The  anterior  chamber  is  remarkably  prominent,  even 
more  than  the  posterior.  Externally  these  parts  have  some  resem- 
blance to  those  of  the  Arctoidea,  but  show  their  adherence  to  the 
Viverroid  type  in  the  two  distinct  chambers  of  the  bulla,  the  ex- 
*  The  slightly  produced  floor  of  the  meatus  of  Urva  it  also  fissured. 


1869.J 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNIVORA. 


21 


panded  and  applied  paroccipital  process,  the  concealed  condyloid, 
and  absent  glenoid  foramen.  The  carotid  foramen  is  distinct,  situated 
at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  posterior  chamber ;  and,  as  in  the 
other  Herpestines,  the  alisphenoid  canal  is  present. 

Fig.  9. 


Herpestes  ichneumon.    From  a  speciuen  in  the  British  Museum. 
(Tbe  letters  at  in  the  preceding  figures.) 

The  Felidse  and  the  Viverridde  have  thus  the  auditory  bulla  and 
surrounding  portions  of  the  cranium  formed  upon  a  common  plan  dis- 
tinct from  that  of  the  Arctoidea,  the  essential  features  of  which  are: — 

1 .  The  bulla  is  greatly  dilated,  rounded,  smooth,  thin-walled,  and 
divided  by  a  septum  into  two  distinct  portions,  communicating  only  by 
a  narrow  aperture — an  outer  or  true  tympanic  portion,  into  which 
the  meatus  extemus  and  the  eustachian  tube  open,  and  a  simple  resi- 
cular  inner  chamber. 

2.  The  bony  meatus  is  extremely  short ;  or  when  prolonged  (as 
in  Bhyz€Bna\  the  inferior  wall  is  imperfect. 

3.  The  paroccipital  process  is  closely  applied  to,  and,  as  it  were^ 
spread  o?er  the  hmder  part  of  the  bulla. 

4.  The  mastoid  process  is  never  very  salient,  and  often  obsolete. 

5.  The  carotid  canal  is  small,  sometimes  very  inconspicuous,  and 
rarely,  if  ever,  a  true  canal  excavated  in  the  substance  of  the  wall  of 
the  bulla,  but  a  groove  converted  into  a  canal  by  the  basioccipital 
bone  applied  to  its  inner  side. 

6.  A  ridge  from  the  paroccipital  process  to  the  condyle  encloses 
the  condyloid  foramen  in  a  common  fossa  with  the  opening  of  the 
foramen  lacerum  posticum. 

7.  The  glenoid  foramen  is  extremely  minute,  or  absent. 

The  animals  which  possess  these  characters  show  their  affinity  to 


22  MR.  w.  H.  FLOWBR  ON  THE  [Jan.  14, 

each  other  in  other  parts  of  their  organisation,  especially  in  those 
which  were  made  nse  of  in  defining  the  Arctoidea.  They  all  have  a 
short  simple  ceecum.  They  all  have  a  comparatively  small  penis, 
with  a  more  or  less  conical  termination,  and  of  which  the  hone  is 
small,  irregular  in  shape,  or  not  unfrequently  altogether  wanting. 
They  all  possess  Cowper's  glands,  and  a  distinct  lobed  prostate. 

The  Felida  and  Viverridte  may  therefore  be  united  mto  another 
primary  group,  for  which  I  would  propose  the  name  ^luroidea. 

The  two  fanodlies  have  been  chiefly  distinguished  by  tbe  well-known 
differences  in  their  dentition  ;  but  they  also  show  characteristic  cra- 
nial distinctions.  In  the  Felidm  the  auditory  bulla  is  more  globular, 
and  the  inner  chamber  is  placed  really  to  the  inner  side,  as  well  as 
somewhat  posterior  to  the  tympanic.  The  carotid  canal  is  repre- 
sented by  a  very  minute  groove  placed  far  back  on  the  inner  side  of 
the  bulla,  often  quite  concealed  in  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum. 
There  is  no  alispbenoid  canal. 

In  the  Viverrida  the  bulla  is  more  elongated,  and  the  inner  cham- 
ber is  placed  more  posteriorly,  usually  entirely  behind  the  tympanic. 
Tbe  distinction  between  the  two  parts  of  the  bulla  is  better  marked 
externally.  The  carotid  canal  is  larger  and  placed  more  conspicu- 
ously and  nearer  the  anterTor  part  of  the  bulla.  The  alispbenoid 
canal  is  almost  always  present. 

Cryptoprocta  is  a  member  of  the  ^luroid  group,  which,  as  long 
as  it  was  known  only  by  a  single  immature  individual,  was  placed 
among  the  Viverridce.  The  recent  examination  of  a  complete  ske- 
leton of  an  adult  animal  has  led  MM.  A.  Milne-Edwards  and  Gran- 
didier  to  remove  it  completely  from  that  group,  and  to  ally  it  closely 
to  the  Cats — ^not  indeed  in  the  same  family ;  for  they  form  a  tribe 
containing  Felu  and  Cryptoprocta  alone,  each  genus  constituting  a 
family  by  itself,  the  first  di^tigrade,  the  second  plantigrade,  ^e 
teeth  are  certainly  more  Feline  than  Yiverrine,  and  so  is  the  general 
appearance  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  skull ;  but  I  cannot  alto- 
gether agree  in  the  remarks  that ''  la  conformation  de  la  tdte  osseuse 
du  Cryptoprocta  rappelle  le  type  f^,  plus  que  le  type  viverrien," 
and  **  en  effet,  s'il  y  avait  &  chaque  mftchoire  nne  pr^olaire  de 
moins,  son  cr&ne  ne  diffdrerait  en  rien  de  celui  des  Chats ''  *. 

On  examining  the  base  of  the  cranium  of  the  adult  Cryptoprocta 
lately  received  at  the  British  Museum  (fig.  10,  p.  23),  I  find  that  it 
possesses  all  the  characters  above  shown  to  be  eommcm  to  the  FeHda 
and  FiverrieUe,  but  that  it  has  a  distinct  alispbenoid  canal  (a  a'),  a 
distinct  carotid  foramen  (car)  near  the  front  part  of  the  inner  side  of 
the  bulla,  and  the  bulla  itself  constructed  more  on  the  vivenine  than 
the  fehne  type.  The  inner  chamber  is  quite  behind  the  other  ;  it  is 
flattened  at  the  sides,  ridged  and  very  prominent  posteriorly,  and  low 
in  front.  The  paroccipital  process  does  not  extend  beyond  the  bulla. 
As  the  dentition  and  the  general  ostedogical  characters  pointed 
out  by  tbe  authors  just  quotedf  forbid  us  to  place  it  among  the  Fi- 

*  Annales  des  Sciences  Natorelles,  1867. 

t  The  form  of  the  scapula  of  the  specimen  at  the  British  Museom  appears  to 
me  decidedly  more  viverrine  than  feline. 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNIVORA. 


23 


Fig.  10, 


Cryptoprocta  ferox.  From  a  specimen  in  the  British  Museum.  Tlie  foramen 
b^ween  e  and  the  occipital  condyle  is  an  accidental  vacuity,  existing  only 
on  one  side  of  the  skull.    (The  letters  as  in  the  preceding  figures.) 

verrida  as  crdinarilj  constituted,  I  think,  with  them,  that  it  must 
form  a  family  bj  itself;  but  I  look  upon  it  as  a  perfectly  annecteni 
form,  as  nearly  allied  to  the  Vwerrithe  on  the  one  hand  as  to  the 
Felidm  on  the  other. 

Therisceral  anat6mr  of  Cryptoprocta  is  at  present  almost  entirely 
unknown ;  but  the  little  information  we  possess  shows  that  in  one  re- 
spect it  departs  widely  from  both  the  families  with  which  it  otherwise 
appears  so  nearly  connected — that  is,  in  the  possession  of  a  large  os 
penis.  In  the  British-Museum  skeleton  this  oone  is  2^"  long,  slen- 
der, compressed,  slightly  curved,  not  grooved  or  divided  anteriorly, 
rounded  and  slishtly  dilated  at  each  end,  but  thickest  posteriorly. 

Passing  over  for  the  present  the  consideration  of  several  somewhat 
doubtful  forms,  it  will  be  convenient  to  examine  Mr.  Turner's  third 
type  oi  Carnivorous  cranium,  that  of  the  Dog.  In  the  genus  CanU 
(figs.  11  &  12,  p.  25)  the  auditory  bulla  is  externally  simple,  smooth, 
and  evenly  rounded.  The  meatus  has  a  rather  prominent  under  lip^ 
though  less  so  than  in  the  Bears.  Interiorly  a  very  incomplete 
septum  («)  springs  from  its  anterior  wall  in  exactly  the  same  situation 
as  in  the  Felidie,  and  divides  the  front  part  of  the  chamber  into  an 


24  MR.  w.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jan.  14, 

outer  division,  in  which  is  the  opening  of  the  eustachian  tube  (e),  and 
an  inner  one,  of  which  the  anterior  end  is  a  cul-de-sacr  as  in  Felis ; 
but  this  septum  only  extends  through  about  one-fourth  or  one-third 
of  the  entire  cavitj,  so  that  the  two  chambers  communicate  most 
freely.  In  the  hinder  part  of  the  inner  chamber  are  a  few  irregular 
projecting  bony  ridges.  The  bulla  is  developed  as  in  the  Cats,  from 
two  parts,  an  outer  true  tympanic,  and  an  inner  cartilaginous  portion. 
At  birth  ossification  has  not  commenced  in  the  latter,  and  appears 
in  the  former  only  as  the  horseshoe-shaped  tympanic  rine. 

The  carotid  canal  (ear)  is  complete,  and  of  tolerable  dimensions ; 
but  its  external  opening  is  not  visible  on  the  surface  of  the  bulla,  being 
deep  in  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum  (/) ;  the  course  of  the  artery 
is  similar  to  that  which  it  takes  in  the  Bears.  The  paroccipital  pro- 
cess (j))  is  long  and  prominent ;  and  its  anterior  surface  is  applied 
closely  to  the  back  part  of  the  bulla,  but  to  a  less  extent  than  m  the 
Cats,  as  the  process  is  more  compressed.  The  mastoid  (m)  is  dis- 
tinct, but  slightly  developed.  Tne  condyloid  foramen  (c)  is  con- 
spicuously situated  on  the  ridge  passing  from  the  paroccipital  to  the 
condyle,  and  is  quite  distinct  from  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum 
(/).  The  glenoid  foramen  (ff)  is  very  large.  The  alisphenoid 
canal  (a  a')  is  present. 

It  is  clear  that,  with  these  cranial  characters,  which  are  found  dis- 
tinctly developed  (with  some  modifications  to  be  noticed  hereafter) 
in  all  the  members  of  the  family  Canida,  the  Dogs  cannot  be  placed 
in  either  of  the  great  primary  groups  as  above  defined.  They  are  in 
fact  as  nearly  as  possible  intermediate  between  the  two.  The  general 
form  of  the  bulla  and  the  presence  of  a  septum,  though  imperfect, 
incline  to  the  ^luroid  type ;  while  the  position  and  development  of 
the  carotid  canal,  of  the  condyloid  foramen,  and  of  the  glenoid  fora- 
men are  Arctoid  characters.  The  form  of  the  paroccipital  and 
mastoid  processes,  and  the  length  of  the  meatal  lip,  are  intermediate. 

Though  1  agree  with  Mr.  Turner  in  making  the  Dogs  a  distinct 
primary  group,  which  might  be  termed  Cynoidea,  I  differ  from  him 
in  placmg  them  at  one  end  of  the  series  and  the  Bears  at  the  other. 
The  Dog  appears  to  me  to  be  the  most  central  or  generalized  form  of 
the  whole  order  as  at  present  existing,  at  least  as  Sur  as  the  structure 
of  the  cranium  is  concerned.  The  comparative  length  of  the  folded 
c«ecum  is  a  special  peculiarity*.  The  reproductive  organs  belong 
neither  to  the  Arctoid  nor  to  the  iBluroid  type,  but  partake  of  some 
of  the  characters  of  each.     In  the  absence  of  Cowper's  glands,  and 

*  The  length  of  the  caecum  in  the  Dogs,  among  other  characters,  induced 
De  BlainviUe  to  place  them  at  the  end  of  the  series  of  which  the  Bears  were  at  the 
head,  the  Cats,  with  moderate  cscum,  intervening.  But  may  not  the  long  caecum 
he  rather  a  retention  of  general  mammalian  structure,  which  has  been  completely 
or  partially  deviated  from  in  the  Bears  on  the  one  hand,  and  the  Cats  on  the  other, 
both  more  specialized  groups  ? 

It  should  be  remarked  that  the  Dogs  retain  more  nearly  the  typical  number  of 
teeth  than  any  other  Carnivores,  and  that  some  of  the  earliest  known  forms  of  the 
order  appear,  as  far  as  can  be  gathered  from  their  fragmentary  remains,  to  belong 
to  the  group.  Thus  the  Early  Miocene  Amphiey<m  had  the  teeth  of  a  modem 
Dog,  with  an  additional  upper  molar,  completing  the  typical  mammalian  dentition. 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THIfi  CARNIYORA. 


25 


Fig.  11. 


Wolf  {Cants  lujms). 
(The  letters  as  in  the  preceding  figures.) 


Fig.  12. 


Section  of  auditory  bulla  of  Dog. 
(The  letters  as  in  the  preceding  figures. 


26  MR.  w.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jan.  \4, 

the  Urge  size  of  the  os  penis,  they  resemble  the  former,  though  the 
OS  is  of  a  different  form,  being  straight,  wide,  depressed,  and  grooved. 
In  the  distinctness  of  the  prostate  ^^and  they  approach  the  ^luroids. 
The  bulbous  dilatation  of  the  penis  during  erection  is  a  special  Cynoid 
peculiarity. 

The  above-described  cranial  characters  are  very  constant  in  all  the 
known  forms  of  dogs,  even  the  most  aberrant*.  The  principal  modi- 
fications are  in  the  size  of  the  meatus  and  amount  of  inflation  of  the 
bulla,  which  appear  to  be  in  direct  relation  to  the  development  of 
the  external  ear,  as  they  reach  their  maximum  in  Uie  Fennec.  The 
only  deviation  presenting  any  approximation  to  any  other  family 
that  I  have  observed  is  in  Lycaon,  in  which  the  condyloid  foramen  is 
partly  concealed  by  the  ridge  from  the  paroccipital  as  in  the  iElu- 
roids  and  the  Hyaena,  an  animal  with  which  it  has  been  supposed 
to  have  some  affinity.  But  for  this  slight*peculiarity,  it  presents 
no  other  deviation  from  the  true  Cynoid  type. 

Such  being  the  three  principal  types  of  Carnivora  as  indicated  by 
the  modifications  of  the  base  of  the  cranium,  I  will  next  consider 
the  position  of  certain  genera  about  the  affinities  of  which  there  has 
been  some  real  or  supposed  difficulty. 

First  the  Hyaenas,  which  are  placed  by  Mr.  Turner  without 
hesitation  in  bis  family  FelicUe,  equivalent,  it  must  be  remembered, 
to  the  group  here  called  ^luroidea,  as  they  present,  he  says,  **  the 
same  cranial  characters  as  the  cats.''  But  he  appears  not  to  have 
noticed  the  peculiar  septum,  which  forms  such  a  marked  character 
in  the  FelincB  or  FiverricUe,  and  which  is  completely  wanting  in  the 
Hysenast. 

The  cranial  characters  of  this  genus  (fig.  13,  p.  27)  are  as  follows : 
— Auditory  bulla  inflated,  smooth,  oval,  most  prominent  posteriorly, 
and  rather  pointed  in  front,  slightly  compressed  laterally.  Bony 
meatus  short,  but  its  anterior  lip  sliehtly  produced.  Bulla  perfectly 
simple  within,  without  trace  of  division  into  compartments.  Carotid 
foramen  (car)  distinct,  near  the  middle  of  the  inner  side  of  the  bulla. 
Paroccipital  process  (p)  spread  out  over  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
bulla,  and  forming  a  nodular  protuberance  beyond  it,  as  in  the  larger 
Felidte.  Mastoid  process  (m)  slightly  developed.  Condyloid  foramen 
(c)  quite  concealed  by  the  ridge  from  the  paroccipital  to  the  condyle. 
Glenoid  foramen  very  minute  or  absent.     No  alisphenoid  canal. 

These  characters  all  agree  with  the  ^luroid  type,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  the  absence  of  septum  to  the  bulla,  and  when  taken  toge- 
ther are  perhaps  rather  more  feline  than  viverrine.  The  other  parts 
of  the  system  which  have  previously  been  made  use  of  in  the  former 

*  I  should  mention  that  I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  the  ikull 
of  leiicyon  venatieut ;  hut  Burmeister's  figure  shows  its  true  cynoid  character. 

t  Mr.  Turner  says  of  the  f^sverrida,  *'  The  auditory  huUa  has  very  distinctly 
the  appearance  of  being  divided  into  two  portions,  of  which  the  posterior  is  much 
the  larger,  and  elongated  in  form :  the  more  anterior  division,  which  encloses  the 
meatus  auditorium  externus,  is  much  smaller,  and  partly  overlapped  hy  the  other." 
— Loe.  cit.  p.  78.  This  only  refers  to  the  external  appearance  of  the  bulla,  and  is 
given  as  diagnostic  of  the  bulla  of  the  Vwerrid4B  as  opposed  to  Uiat  of  the  Felid4g, 


i^ 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNITORA. 


27 


eases  lead  to  similar  conclusions*  In  the  presence  of  a  short  caBcum, 
and  of  Ck>wper's  glands,  and  a  dbtinct  prostate*  Hy»na  conforms 
with  the  ^uroids.  The  penb  is  of  a  form  unHke  that  characteristic 
of  that  group,  heing  large  and  pendulous  under  the  abdomen ;  but 
in  the  entire  absence  of  a  bone  it  agrees  with  some  of  the  Viverrid^e, 
and  differs  essentially  from  all  the  Arctoid  and  Cjnoid  Camivora. 
The  large  number  of  rib«bearing  vertebrse  (fifteen  or  sixteen)  of  the 
Hjaenas  is  a  special  peculiarity,  as  thirteen  is  the  most  usual  number 
in  the  iSluroids. 

Fig.  13. 


Hysena  (Hyana  striata). 
(The  letters  aa  in  the  preceding  figures.) 

The  Hyaenas  must  then  form  either  a  fourth  primary  division  of 
the  Camivora,  or  be  added,  as  rather  aberrant  members,  to  the  ^lu- 
roid  section.  On  the  whole  I  am  inclined  to  the  latter  arrangement, 
especially  as  it  will  be  seen  to  gain  support  from  the  examination  of 
the  singnlar  genus  next  to  be  spoken  of. 

ProieleM  was  considered  by  Uuvier  a  "  Genette  hy6no'ide*^     It  is 


^ 


28 


MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE 


[Jan.  14, 


placed  by  Dr.  Gray,  in  his  **  Revision  of  the  FiverrieUe "  (P.  Z.  S. 
1864),  close  to  the  genus  Fiverra,  De  Blainville  included  it  in  the 
genus  Cants,  where  it  is  also  placed,  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Osteo- 
logical  Series  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons,  by  Professor 
Owen.  Many  other  authors  have  placed  it  in  the  HytetuddB,  as  Dr. 
Gray  in  1868  (P.  Z.  S.  p.  525).  The  visceral  anatomy  of  this 
animal  appears  at  present  to  be  quite  unknown  ;  and  the  rudimentary 
molar  teeth  affora  no  indication  of  its  affinities.  Both  in  external 
appearance  and  in  the  general  characters  of  the  skeleton  it  closely 
resembles  the  Hyaenas*. 

The  examination  of  the  base  of  the  cranium  in  this  genus  is  fhere- 
fore  of  great  interest,  as  it  a£fords  in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge  the  only  true  guide  to  its  position. 

Its  characters  (see  fig.  14)  are  as  follows : — 

The  auditory  bulla  is  very  large,  pyriform,  and  everted  posteriorly, 
almost  exactly  as  in  the  larger  forms  of  Herpestes.  A  septum  divides 
it  into  two  chambers,  the  meatal  or  true  tympanic  chamber  being 
quite  in  front  of  the  other ;  externally  the  two  are  completely  fiised. 


Fig.  14. 


Proteles  lalandii.    From  a  Bpecixnen  in  the  British  Museum. 
(The  letters  as  in  the  preceding  figures.) 

*  The  Skeleton  of  Protelea  in  the  Leyden  Museum  has  15  rih-bearing  vertebne : 
Wagner  gives  U. 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OP  THE  CARN1TORA.  29 

The  anterior  Hp  of  the  meatus  is  considerably  prolonged  and  thickened, 
as  in  the  Hysenas.  Its  floor  is  not  split  as  in  Bhyemna  and  Urva,  The 
carotid  foramen  (ear)  is  yery  minute,  placed  near  the  middle  of  the 
inner  side  of  the  bulla.  The  paroccipital  (p)  and  mastoid  (m)  pro- 
cesses are  smoothly  spread  over  the  posterior  dilated  end  of  the  buUa, 
and  form  no  projection  beyond  it.  The  condyloid  foramen  (c)  is 
concealed.  There  is  no  glenoid  foramen ;  nor  is  there  an  alisphenoid 
canal. 

I  need  scarcely  comment  upon  the  value  of  these  characters  as 
affording  a  satisfactory  solution  to  the  guesses  that  have  hitherto 
been  made  as  to  the  affinities  of  Proteles.  In  the  first  place  they 
are  thoroughly  ^luroid,  but  they  do  not  exactly  agree  with  either  of 
the  families  of  that  group  as  hitherto  defined.  (^  the  whole  they 
approach  nearest  to  the  Herpestine  section  of  the  Fiverridte,  but 
deviate  from  this,  and  approximate  to  the  Hyanida^  in  two  points — 
the  development  of  the  anterior  rather  than  the  lower  portion  of  the 
lip  of  the  meatus,  and  the  absence  of  the  alisphenoid  canal.  These, 
in  conjunction  with  the  general  characters  of  the  skeleton  and  exterior, 
appear  to  be  sufficient,  as  in  the  case  of  Cryptnproeta^  to  warrant  tlie 
formation  of  a  distinct  family,  intermediate  between  the  ViverridtB 
and  the  Hy^enida^  approaching  nearest  to  the  former.  If  Cuvier 
had  called  Proteles  a  Hysenoid  Ichneumon,  instead  of  a  Hyeenoid 
Genette,  exception  could  scarcely  have  been  taken  to  the  description. 

Another  genus,  whose  characters  were  omitted  in  their  proper  place, 
on  account  of  the  p;reat  difference  of  opinion  that  has  existed  upon 
its  true  position,  is  Aretictis,  the  Binturong  of  the  East  Indies. 
Ever  since  its  discovery  this  animal  has  oscilkted  between  the  Ft- 
verridis  and  the  Urnda  without  any  conclusive  reasons  having  been 
given  for  either  position.  F.  Cuvier,  Mr.  Turner,  and  Dr.  Gray 
assign  it  a  place  among  the  former  group,  while  De  Blainville, 
Wagner,  Van  der  Hoeven,  Giebel,  Gervais,  Cams,  and  Owen  include 
it  in  the  Ursine  or  "Subursine"  group.  Dr.  Cantor  has  published 
some  details  of  its  anatomy,  including  the  statement  that  it  possesses 
a  short  caecum ;  but  no  mention  is  made  of  the  structure  of  the 
generative  organs*. 

The  pattern  of  the  teeth  when  closely  examined  is  clearly  that  of 
the  Paradoxures — modified,  it  is  true,  but  forming,  as  it  were,  a  third 
term  of  a  series  of  which  a  Civet  and  an  ordinary  Paradoxure  are  the 
first  and  second  terms.  Their  resemblance  to  the  teeth  of  Cerco- 
leptei,  so  often  insisted  on  by  zoologists,  appears  to  me  only  super- 
ficial or  adaptive,  and  affordls  an  instance  of  the  difficulty  of  dia- 
gnosing the  family  characters  of  the  Camivora  by  teeth  alone,  which 
I  mentioned  at  the  commencement  of  this  paper. 

Fortunately  an  examination  of  the  base  of  the  cranium  (fig.  1 5, 
p.  30)  gives  no  uncertain  indication  of  the  animal's  position.  The 
auditory  bulla  and  all  its  surrounding  parts  are  decidedly  and  essen- 
tially Viverrine,  most  resembling  in  form  those  of  Paradoxurus, 
though  the  walls  of  the  tympanic  and  inner  chambers  of  the  bulla  are 
completely  fused  together  as  in  nearly  all  the  other  members  of  the 
*  Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society,  1846,  p.  192. 


30 


MR.W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE 


[Jan.  14, 


family.  The  poaterior  chamber  of  the  bulla  is  much  inflated^  espe- 
cially the  anterior  part,  which  overlaps  the  tctj  small  tympanic  por- 
tion. The  meatus  extemus  (am)  is  very  contracted.  The  carotid 
canal  (car)  is  a  deep  groore  near  the  middle  of  the  inner  wall  of  the 
bulla.  The  paroccipital  (p)  is  closely  applied  to  the  bulla.  The 
alisphenoid  canal  (a)  is  distinct.  There  is  not  the  slightest  ap- 
proximation in  any  particular  to  the  arctoid  type.  I  feel,  therefore,, 
no  hesitation  in  placing  the  Binturong  among  the  Fiverridte^  eyen 
without  waiting  for  the  confirmation  which  the  examination  of  the 
structure  of  the  organs  of  generation  will  doubtless  afford. 

Pig.  15. 


Binturong  (Arcticiis  hinturong), 
(The  letters  as  in  the  preceding  figures.) 

A  comparison  of  Arctieiis  with  Cercoleptes  supplies  a  good  illus- 
tration of  superficial  and  adaptive  resemblance  masking  absence  of 
real  affinity — closer,  that  is  to  say,  than  ordinal  affinity.  They  belong 
to  two  different  types  of  the  Camivora,  both  mocUfied  in  the  same 
direction.  One  is  an  arboreal,  prehensile-tailed,  omnivorous,  Yiver- 
rine  ^luroid,  the  other  an  arboreal,  prehensile-tailed,  omnivorous, 
Procyonine  Arctoid.  Geographically,  each  is  confined  to  near  the 
headquarters  of  the  family  to  which  it  belongs ;  and  in  a  functional 
sense  onW  can  they  be  regarded  as  representatives  of  each  other  in 
these  different  regions  of  the  globe. 

If  the  study  of  the  cranial  characters  of  the  Binturong  has  com- 
pletely removed  it  from  all  suspicion  of  relationship  with  the  Bears, 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OP  THE  CARNITORA.  31 

and  established  its  true  position  among  the  Ftperritht,  the  same 
method  of  obsenration  has  resulted  in  affording  a  full  compensation 
to  the  former  group  by  assigning  to  it  the  interesting  httle  American 
CamiTore  the  Biusaris,  frequently  placed  among  the  Viverrida. 

When  this  animal  was  first  subjected  to  scientific  examination,  Uie 
distinctions  between  the  different  families  of  the  Gamirora  were  less 
understood  than  at  present ;  and  Lichtenstein,  who  named  it*,  and 
Wagler,  who  gare  a  description  of  its  external  characters  t>  were  con- 
tent with  pointing  out  that  it  showed  resemblances  on  the  one  hand 
to  the  Baccoons  and  Coatis,  and  on  the  other  hand  to  the  Genettes. 
^  The  first  and  hitherto  only  published  details  of  its  anatomy  were 
given  hy  M.  Paul  Gknrais,  in  his  description  of  the  mammals  collected 
by  MM.  Eydoux  and  Souleyet  in  the  voyage  of  the  "Bonite"  (1841). 
He  ffives  a  figure  of  the  skeleton,  and  a  brief  description  of  the  prin- 
cipal viscera,  including  the  important  statement,  apparently  since 
overlooked,  of  the  absence  of  a  cmeam  to  the  intestme.  He  also 
describes  the  very  lara;e  os  penis,  from  which  and  certain  other  minor 
characters  he  concludes  that  BoMorU  is  allied  to  the  Muitelida, 
although,  on  the  whole,  belonging  to  the  Fiverridaf  and  most  nearly 
approaching  the  "  Mai^ustes,"  more  especially  the  genera  Gahciis 
and  Galidia. 

In  his  more  recent '  Histoire  natnrelle  des  Mammif^es '  (1855), 
Prof.  Gkrvais  places  Basioris  in  the  Tribe  of  **  Yiverrines,"  between 
which  and  the  "  Mangustins''  it  is  said  to  establish  a  transition. 

De  Blainville,  giving  a  figure  of  the  same  skeleton,  places  it  among 
the  Mustelida,  it  being  evidently,  he  says,  a  "  Mustela  viverrin,  dont 
en  effet  le  syst^me  dentaire  est  Viverrin  et  le  reste  Mustela  "t 

Mr.  Waterhouse,  as  earlv  as  1839,  indicated  its  true  position  in  a 
note  to  his  paper  *'  On  tne  skulls  and  the  dentition  of  the  Car- 
nivora"$,  saying, ''  From  an  examination  of  the  external  characters 
of  Bassari*  astuta,  it  appears  to  me  that  it  belongs  to  this  group,*' 
t.  e.  that  division  of  the  Urndavrhich  includes  Procyon,  Nasua,  &c, 

Mr.  Blyth  in  his  translation  of  Cuvier's  'Ammal  Kingdom' 
(1840),  introduces  it  provisionally  afler  Cercoleptea,  saying,  in  a  note, 
"  Strong  presumptive  evidence  that  the  Basset  (BasBaria  astuta) 
does  not  appertain  to  the  ^^errine  group,  is  afforded  by  the  restric- 
tion of  the  geographical  range  of  the  latter  to  the  Eastern  Hemi- 
sphere in  every  other  instance.  The  presence  or  absence  of  a  ceecum 
would  decide  the  question." 

Mr.  Turner  ||,  after  quoting  Mr.  Blyth's  observation,  says,  "  I  am 
not  aware  whether  this  last-mentioned  point  has  ever  been  ascertained ; 
but,  from  the  characters  presented  by  the  cranium,  I  do  not  feel  the 
slightest  hesitation  in  referring  this  animal  to  the  Subursine  group." 
He,  however,  gives  no  description  of  these  characters ;  and  his  de- 

*  **  Brliatermigen  der  Nachrichien  des  Fran.  Hemtndes  von  den  vierfotsigeD 
Tbieren  Nenspanient/' Abh.  Berlin  Akad.  1827»p.89.  The  animal  was  mentioned 
hy  Hernandez  under  the  name  of  Tepe-MaxUaton  or  Cacamitztli,  meaning,  ac- 
cording to  Lichtenstein,  the  <<  Rnsh-Cat/' 

t  Ists,  1831,  p.  512.  X  Ost^ographie,  torn.  ii.  p.  65. 

§  P.  Z.  S.  1839,  p.  137.  I  Loc,  cii.  p.  81. 


32  MR.  w.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jan.  14, 

drion  does  not  appear  to  have  affected  the  judgment  of  any  subse- 
quent author.  On  the  contrary,  of  late  years,  BasaarU  seems  to  have 
completely  subsided  into  a  settled  position  among  the  Viverrid€e,  as 
all  the  undermentioned  systematic  authors  place  it  there,  with  scarcely 
a  qualifying  remark,  further  than  that  in  its  American  habitat  it 
forms  an  exception  to  the  remainder  of  the  group : — 

Wagner,  in  Schreber's  *Saugethiere*  (1841);  Giebel,  *  Die  Sange- 
thiere'  (1859);  Van  der  Hoeyen,  'Handbuch  der  Zoologie*  (ia56); 
Baird,  'Mammals  of  North  America'  (1859);  Gray,  "Revision  of 
the  Fiverridai'*  (P.  Z.  S.  1864);  Cams,  'Handbuch  der  Zoologie' 
(1868). 

The  external  characters  of  Bassaris  are  too  well  known  to  require 
further  description*.  They  really  afford  no  satisfactory  solution  of 
its  affinities,  simply  because  in  each  of  the  great  families  of  the  Car- 
nivora  there  is  considerable  variation  in  such  characters.  Either 
Fiverrida,  Mustelida,  or  ProcyonicUe  allow  of  sufficient  latitude 
in  structure  of  feet,  ears,  fur,  and  tail,  to  admit  of  this  genus  being 
ranged  among  them.  If  coloration  counts  for  anything,  except  in 
closely  affined  forms,  it  may  be  noted  that  it  approaches  Procyon  as 
much  as  any  other  known  Carnivore,  certainly  more  than  Galidia, 
with  which  G^rvais  compared  it  in  this  respect. 

In  placing  Bassaris  among  the  Viverridm  zoologists  have  chiefly 
relied  upon  the  characters  of  the  teeth.  The  dental  formula  is  pre- 
cisely identical  with  the  prevalent  one  in  that  group,  viz.  1. 1,  C.  j, 
P.  J,  M.  I :  total  40.  The  presence  of  a  second  upper  molar  dis- 
tinguishes it  from  all  the  known  MwtelitUe.  But  on  the  other  hand 
the  dental  formula  of  Procyon  and  Nasua  is  exactly  the  same.  Indeed 
it  is  extremely  difficult,  if  not  impossible,  to  find  any  substantial 
character  which  would  exclude  these  two  genera,  and  at  the  same 
time  comprehend  all  the  range  of  modifications  among  the  ViverricUe, 
from  the  slender  sharply  cusped  teeth  of  the  Genettes  and  smaller  Ich- 
neumons to  the  massive  teeth  of  the  African  Civet,  the  blunt  rounded 
molars  of  the  Paradoxures  and  Binturong,  or  the  square  tubercular 
hinder  teeth  of  Cynogale.  In  the  sole  distinctive  character  that  I 
have  been  able  to  find  (the  presence  of  a  second  cusp  on  the  inner 
lobe  of  the  upper  sectorial)  Bassaris  agrees  with  the  Proci/onidts. 

The  Procyonida  as  hitherto  established,  being  a  very  limited  group 
as  to  numbers,  offer  less  range  of  dental  characters ;  BassarU,  how- 
ever, if  included  among  them,  will  hold  precisely  the  same  relation  to 
Procyon  and  Noma  as  the  smaller  Genettes  and  Ichneumons  do  to 
the  Civets  and  Paradoxures,  the  teeth,  though  formed  on  the  same 
type,  having  a  slenderer  form  and  sharper  cusps,  being,  in  fact,  merely 
adapted  to  more  strictly  carnivorous  habits  (see  figs.  3  &  3a,  p.  10). 
Cercoleptes  deviates  in  its  dentition  from  the  more  typical  members 
of  the  group  far  more  than  Basaaris,  though  in  a  precisely  opposite 
direction. 

Gervais  gives  the  number  of  yertebrae  of  his  specimen  as  C.  7, 

♦  A  good  figure  from  life  is  given  in  Wolf  and  Sclatcr's  *  Zoological  Sketches,* 
vol.  i.  pi.  14. 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNIVORA.  33 

D.  12,  L.  6,  S.  3,  C.  22.  Such  a  formula  is  perfectly  exceptional, 
as  no  known  Carnivore  has  so  few  dorso-lumbar  vertebree  as  18. 
The  skeleton  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  has 
C.  7»  D.  13,  L.  7,  S.  3,  C.  23  or  more,  the  dorso-lumbar  vertebrae 
being  20,  the  most  usual  number  in  the  order.  Although  the  pre- 
vailing number  of  the  rib-bearing  vertebrae  of  the  Arctoid  group 
is  14  or  15,  and  of  the  ^luroid  and  Cynoid  13,  there  are  so  many 
exceptions  that  this  character  cannot  have  much  weight  in  deter- 
mining the  position  of  any  doubtful  form  *. 

The  skull  of  BaasarU  (fig.  3a,  p.  10)  in  its  general  form  presents 
a  nearer  approach  to  that  of  Procyon  than  to  any  other  known 
Carnivore,  allowing  for  the  considerable  difference  of  size  and  conse- 
quent alteration  in  proportion  of  brain-case  to  surrounding  parts. 
The  general  form  of  the  brain-case,  and  the  direction  and  develop- 
ment of  the  zygomatic  arches,  are  exceedingly  similar.  The  prin- 
cipal differences  are,  that  in  BtutsarU  the  muzzle  is  narrower  and 
more  pointed  in  front,  the  orbits  larger  and  more  sharply  defined 
from  the  temporal  fossae  by  the  larger  postorbital  processes,  and 
especially  that  the  bony  palate  is  very  much  shorter,  as  it  terminates 
at  the  level  of  the  hinder  border  of  the  last  molar  tooth,  while  in  the 
Raccoon  it  is  continued  as  far  as  the  anterior  end  of  the  pterygoid 
bones,  or  very  nearly  to  the  level  of  the  anterior  edge  of  the  glenoid 
fossa.  This  distinction  is  of  no  more  than  generic  importance,  as 
similar  variations  in  the  extension  of  the  palate  backwards  in  the 
middle  line  are  met  with  among  different,  and  otherwise  closely 
allied,  members  of  the  ViverridcB  and  of  the  MustelicUe.  The  form 
of  the  lateral  margins  of  the  palate  bones,  of  the  pterygoids,  and  of 
the  hinder  margin  of  the  palate  itself  is  precisely  the  same  in  both 
ProeyoH  and  Bassaris. 

The  mandible  of  Bassaris  differs  from  that  of  Procyon  only  in 
having  the  coronoid  process  less  recurved — ^a  very  common  character 
in  the  mandibles  of  smaller  species  both  of  the  FiverricUe  and  Mua- 
teUdUe,  In  the  special  part  of  the  skull  which  affords  the  most 
strongly  marked  distinctive  characters  between  Procyon  and  the  Vi- 
verrieUB,  Bassaris  agrees  in  every  point  with  the  former.  The  audi- 
tory bulla  is  almost  a  miniature  representation  of  that  of  Procyon ; 
it  is  quite  simple,  without  any  septum,  prominent  at  the  middle 
part,  but  falling  away  before  and  behind,  and  prolonged  externally 
mto  a  well-developed  bony  meatus  (am).  The  carotid  foramen 
(car^  is  large,  situated  rather  behind  the  middle  of  the  inner  border 
of  the  bulla.  The  paroccipital  (p)  and  mastoid  (w)  processes, 
though  more  feebly  developed  than  in  Procyon  (as  is  usually  the 
case  with  smaller  animals),  have  the  same  general  characters,  the 
former  especially  projecting  outwards  and  backwards,  quite  free  from 
the  bulla.  The  condyloid  foramen  (c)  is  exposed  on  a  flat  surface, 
quite  distinct  from  the  foramen  lacerum  posticum  (/).     The  glenoid 

♦  Among  the  other  Procyonida,  Cercoleptet  has  15,  Procyon  14,  and  NoMua 
13  pain  of  ribs,  though  in  each  instance  the  numbers  seem  occasionally  to  vary 
in  the  same  species,  to  judge  by  the  discrepancy  in  the  siatcmenta  of  different 
authors. 

PROC.  ZooL.  Soc— 1869,  No.  III. 


34  MR.  w.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THK  [Jan.  14, 

foramen  (g)  is  large,  and  occupies  precisely  the  same  position  as  io 
Procyon ;  and,  lastly,  there  is  no  alisphenoid  canal. 

There  is  therefore  nothing  questionable  in  the  characters  of  this 
region,  nothing  showing  even  the  sUghtest  indication  of  an  aberrant 
or  transitional  form. 

Such  other  parts  of  the  animal's  anatomy  as  are  known,  fully  con- 
firm the  cranial  evidences  as  to  its  position. 

Some  of  the  viscera  of  the  specimen  which  died  at  the  Gardens  of 
the  Society  in  1 854,  are  fortunately  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons  ;  and  among  others  a  special  preparation 
has  been  made  of  the  junction  of  the  ileum  with  the  colon,  confirming 
Gervais's  observation  of  the  total  absence  of  coecum.  Unfortunately 
I  have  not  been  able  to  find  the  organs  of  generation,  if  they  are 
preserved  ;  but  this  important  link  of  evidence  is  not  entirely  wanting. 
Gervais  and  De  Blainville  have  described  and  figured  the  os  penis  of 
the  Paris  specimen,  showing  that  it  conforms  to  the  Arctoid  type. 
The  former  says,  "  La  verge  est  soutenue  par  un  os  considerable, 
et  qui  a  0*050  en  longueur.  II  ofFre  &  sa  base  une  esp&ce  de  tete ;  en- 
suite  il  est  comprim^  dans  une  partie  de  sa  longueur  et  courb6  Incre- 
ment, puis  courb^  en  sens  inverse,  et  d^prim^  a  mesure  qu'il  approche 
de  son  extremite  libre,  dont  le  bout  est  ^argi  et  tres-deprime." 

It  will  be  very  interesting,  when  opportunity  offers,  to  complete  the 
description  of  these  parts,  because  the  presence  of  a  large  os  penis  in 
Cryptoprocta  shows  that  this  character  cannot  be  absolutely  relied 
on  as  distinctive  between  the  two  great  iEluroid  and  Arctoid  groups. 
The  absence  of  Cowper's  glands,  or  of  a  prominent  prostate  would 
be  more  decisive. 

Mr.  Gulliver,  in  reference  to  the  size  of  the  blood-corpuscules,  says 
'^Bassaris  has  been  alternately  associated  with  the  fiears  and  Viverras; 
as  far  as  regards  its  corpuscles  it  agrees  best  with  the  Bears"  ♦. 

On  the  whole  I  think  there  can  be  little  question  that  evidence 
enough  has  been  adduced  to  prove  that  BassarU  is  a  member  of  the 
Arctoid  subdivision  of  the  Camivora,  and  among  these  approaches 
most  nearly  to  Procyon  and  Nasua, 

With  regard  to  the  group  of  Seals,  which  I  look  upon  as  essentially 
belonging  to  the  same  ordinal  division  of  the  Mammalia  as  the  ani- 
mals hitherto  treated  of.  the  differences  of  the  cranial  characters  of 
the  three  natural  families  into  which  they  are  divisible,  Otariida, 
Trichechida,  and  PhocidcB,  are  so  well  described  by  Mr.  Turner  that 
I  need  only  refer  to  his  paper  for  them.  But  I  must  add  that  I  can- 
not agree  with  him  when  he  says,  "  I  have  not  seen  in  the  Seals  any- 
thing which,  in  my  opinion,  warrants  their  approximation  to  any  of  the 
other  families,  more  than  another,*'  or  in  his  placing  them  and  the 
three  divisions  of  the  terrestrial  Camivora  as  primary  groups  of  equal 
value.  The  differences  between  the  Seals  and  the  terrestrial  Car- 
nivora  both  in  teeth  and  hmbs  are  much  greater  than  any  found 
between  different  members  of  the  latter  group.  They  should  there- 
fore constitute  in  my  opinion  a  distinct  suborder,  the  uEluroid,  Co- 
noid, and  Arctoid  Camivora  being  united  to  form  the  other  suborder. 
»  P.  Z.  S.  1862,  p.  96.     See  also  P.  Z.  S.  1841,  p.  43. 


1859.]  CLASSIFICATION  OP  THE  CARNIVORA.  35 

I  think  moreover  that  there  is  not  the  slightest  question  that 
their  cranial  characters  indicate  most  strongly  their  approximation 
to  the  Arctoid  type,  as  has  often  been  noticed  before  on  other 
grounds^.  Indeed  their  skulls  seem  to  be  simply  a  further  modi- 
fication of  this  type,  showing  resemblances  to  the  true  Bears  on 
the  one  hand,  and  the  Otters  on  the  other ;  but  I  hope  to  take  some 
other  opportunity  of  examining  more  fully  into  these  relationships. 
The  presence  of  a  ccecum  in  this  group  is  a  circumstance  not  easy  to 
be  accounted  for. 

Conclusion. — Mr.  Turner  was  strongly  impressed  with  certain  re- 
semblances, which  appear  to  me  rather  superficial  or  accidental,  be-^ 
tweeii  the  Ichneumons  and  the  Weasels ;  and  it  was  in  order  to  bring 
these  groups  in  juxtaposition,  in  his  synoptical  table  of  the  Carni- 
▼ora,  that  he  commenced  with  the  Bears  and  ended  with  the  Dogs, 
placing  the  Felida  in  the  central  position ;  in  this  arrangement  I 
cannot,  as  I  have  said  before,  concur.  The  Dogs,  for  reasons  given 
ahoTc,  should  be  placed  in  the  central  position,  while  the  ^luroids 
occupy  one  flank  and  the  Arctoids  the  other. 

Of  the  former,  the  Felidte  are  perhaps  the  most  specialized,  and 
the  HytenidtB  the  least  so.  The  Viverrida  are  closely  connected  with 
the  Felid€B  on  the  one  hand,  especially  by  the  intervention  of  Cryp- 
toproeta,  and,  though  less  closely,  with  the  Hyanida  on  the  other, 
the  gap  being  partially  closed  by  the  annectent  Proteles.  The  /V- 
verrid(B  show  a  great  tendency  to  break  into  two  groups,  of  which 
Viverra,  Paradojcurus,  Jrctictis,  Cyno^ale,  and  Genetta  belong  to 
one,  and  Herpestes  and  its  various  modifications  to  the  other,  Rhy- 
zitna  being  an  aberrant  member  of  the  last.  The  distinction  between 
the  five  families  of  ^luroidea  is  founded  mainly  on  the  characters  of 
the  teeth,  too  well  known  to  need  recapitulation  here ;  but,  as  shown 
above,  the  cranial  characters  alone  would  suffice  to  distinguish  them. 
Africa  and  Southern  Asia  are  the  head  quarters  of  the  group,  all  the 
families  being  restricted  absolutely  or  very  nearly  (two  of  the  Fiver- 
ridiB  alone  passing  into  Southern  Europe)  to  these  regions,  except 
the  Felid€B,  which  are  almost  cosmopolitan. 

The  Cynoidea  admit  of  no  subdivision  into  families ;  and,  although 
there  is  a  considerable  tendency  to  variation  in  external  characters, 
they  are  remarkably  "  true  "  in  cranial  conformation.  They  are  per- 
haps the  most  universally  diffused  of  any  of  the  groups. 

Of  the  Arctoidea  the  true  Bears  are  the  most  specialized  or  aber- 
rant ;  they  form  a  very  compact  group,  distinguished  by  their  very 
characteristic  dentition  and  their  completely  plantigrade  mode  of 
progression.  They  have  a  very  wide  geographical  range.  On  the 
other  hand  the  Procyonidee,  though  few  in  numbers  and  restricted 
to  the  warmer  and  temperate  parts  of  the  American  continent,  are 
structurally  less  closely  connected,  at  least  if  the  singular  Cercoleptes 
is  truly  a  member  of  this  group.  Except  for  the  increased  number 
of  the  molar  teeth,  which  is  the  only  definite  character  by  which 
they  can  be  separated  from  the  Mustelidee,  I  see  no  reason  for  con- 
sidering the  Procyonida  more  nearly  allied  to  the  Ursida  than  are 

*  De  BUiaville  tays  **  I.et  Oun,  dont  les  rapports  avec  les  Phoqaes  ont  ete 
seniis  de  tout  temps  et  meme  par  Aristote  "  {op,  cit,  tome  ii.  p.  49). 


^^  MR.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Jan.  14, 

the  other  families  of  the  group,  or  of  speaking  of  them  as  specially 
"  subursine." 

AUuru9  (an  unfortunate  name  for  an  animal  so  essentially  Arctoid) 
appears  to  me  to  be  an  isolated  form ;  but  until  more  is  known  of  its 
anatomy,  a  very  definite  position  cannot  be  assigned  to  it.  Its  den- 
tition, though  remarkably  modified  in  character,  is  numerically  that 
of  the  Procyonidw ;  but  certain  cranial  peculiarities  already  pointed 
out,  and  its  Asiatic  habitat,  lead  me  to  concur  with  Mr.  Turner  in 
placing  it  in  a  distinct  family. 

T^®  AfiwWwte  constitute  a  large,  widely  diffused,  and  somewhat 
disjointed  group,  but  exceedingly  difficult  to  reduce  into  natural  sub- 
families, 'fhe  most  aberrant  or  specialized  are  the  Otters,  which,  end- 
ing with  Enhydris,  run  parallel  to  the  Bears  towards  the  Pionipedia. 

In  order  to  exhibit  at  one  glance  the  general  result  of  this  exami- 
nation, I  have  arranged  the  various  groups  of  the  Camivora  in  a  dia- 
grammaUc  plan  (see  p.  37),  which  has  obviously  a  great  advantage 
over  a  linear  series  in  showing  cross  relationships,  especially  as  it 
attempts  to  indicate,  by  the  distances  the  groups  are  placed  apart, 
the  amount  of  affinity  between  them*. 

A  tree  has  long  been  a  favourite  image  by  which  to  illustrate 
genealogical  descent ;  and  we  are  generally  accustomed  to  have  side- 
views  of  such  trees  presented  to  us,  with  the  stem,  main  boughs,  and 
smaller  branches  growing  from  them,  all  in  perfect  order.  But  the 
ancestral  records  of  our  existing  fauna  are  so  imperfect  that  it  would 
be  hopeless,  from  our  scattered  fragments  of  knowledge  of  them,  to 
attempt  at  present  to  construct  such  a  view  of  the  descent  of  any 
zoological  group.  What  we  may,  however,  do  with  tolerable  cer- 
tainty is  to  take  a  careful  survey  of  the  top  of  the  tree  (to  keep  up 
the  simile)  as  far  as  it  has  now  grown,  the  only  part  that  is  completely 
exposed  to  our  view,  and  make  out  the  mode  in  which  the  compo- 
nent branches  are  now  arranged.  The  diagram  is  intended  to  indi- 
cate the  general  outline  of  what  may  be  called  the  Carnivora  tree  at 
its  present  stage  of  growth,  seen  from  above ;  or  it  may  be  said  to 
represent  a  transverse  section  of  all  the  diverging  genetic  lines,  showing 
the  amount  of  differentiation  of  the  groups,  and  the  directions  they 
have  respectively  taken  at  this  particular  epoch.  Similar  sections, 
taken  at  different  geological  periods,  would  probably  present  very  dif- 
ferent appearances.  Groups  now  sharply  separated  might  in  other 
times  have  been  united  by  mtermediate  forms ;  and  other  highly  spe- 
cialized groups  would  be  seen  which  have  now  entirely  disappeared. 

The  value  of  this  plan  all  depends  upon  whether  that  great  zoolo- 
gical problem,  interpretation  of  true  affinity,  has  been  rightly  solved. 
It  is  probable  that  a  longer  and  more  minute  study  of  the  details  of 
the  organization  of  different  members  of  the  order  than  has  yet 
been  given  will  introduce  many  modifications  in  this  rough  sketch ; 
it  is  not  too  presumptuous,  however,  to  hope  that  ultimately  it  may 
be  so  perfected  that  ever^  genus  and  even  species  will  have  its  ap- 
propriate place  assigned  to  it. 

*  Prof.  Milne-Edwards  in  1844  (Annales  des  Sciences  Naturelles),  and  on  se- 
veral subsequent  occasions,  has  made  use  of  similar  plaus  to  illustrate  his  views 
of  classification. 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  CARNITORA. 


37 


38       DR.  MACDONALD  ON  A  NEW  GENUS  OF  MUGILIDiB.      [JoD.  14, 

2.  On  the  Characters  of  a  Tjpe  of  a  Proposed  new  Genus  of 
MvgilicUe  inhabiting  the  Fresh  Waters  of  Viti  Levu, 
Feejee  Group ;  with  a  brief  Account  of  the  Native  Mode 
of  capturing  it.  By  John  Denis  Macdonald,  M.D., 
F.R.S.,  StaflF-Surgeon,  R.N. 

(Plate  I.) 

The  fish  foniiing  the  subject  of  the  present  paper  is  found  in 
abundance  in  the  deeper  parts  of  the  Wai  Manu,  one  of  the  tribu- 
taries of  the  Rewa  River,  Na  Fiti  Levu  (Large  Feejee).  An  ordinary 
specimen  would  measure  eighteen  or  twenty  inches  from  the  tip  of 
the  snout  to  the  emargi nation  of  the  tail,  and  five  inches  vertically 
at  its  deepest  part.  The  native  name,  Tka  loa  (black  fish),  is  de- 
rived from  its  colour,  the  head  and  upper  part  of  the  body  being  of 
a  rich  black,  which  gradually  softens  on  the  sides  into  a  warm  brown, 
growing  paler  and  more  silvery  towards  the  white  belly.  My  friend 
the  Rev.  Samuel  Waterhouse,  Wesleyan  Missionary,  who  was  with 
me  when  the  first  specimens  were  obtained,  at  once  recognized  the 
famous  "  Black  Mullet" ;  but,  in  the  absence  of  all  works  of  reference, 
I  was  obliged  to  content  myself  with  drawings  and  notes  carefully 
taken  on  the  spot.  The  more  important  characters  of  Ika  loa  are 
the  following : — 

Head  thick,  convex,  and  rounded  above,  but  flattened  and  sucker« 
like  beneath,  where  the  lower  jaw  is  circumscribed  by  a  thin  promi- 
nent border,  angularly  produced  in  front  so  as  to  occupy  a  corre- 
sponding median  notch  in  the  upper  lip.  The  eye  is  of  moderate 
size,  with  a  yellowish- brown  iris,  the  snout  short  and  bluntly  pointed, 
and  the  mouth  protrusible  to  a  considerable  extent,  with  the  cleft  on 
each  side  reaching  a  line  drawn  perpendicularly  through  the  centre  of 
the  orbit.  The  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  are  minute,  recurved,  and 
disposed  in  a  single  series,  interrupted,  however,  in  front,  where  the 
lip  presents  the  angular  grooved  space  already  noticed.  Within  the 
dental  margin  a  crescentic  palate-like  membrane,  with  a  transverse 
oval  thickening  in  the  middle,  extends  across  the  roof  of  the  mouth. 
Behind  this  valvular  membrane,  and  to  the  right  and  left  of  the 
mesial  line,  the  vomer  bears  a  small  transverse  zigzag  row  of  teeth. 
In  the  lower  jaw  the  teeth  are  arranged  in  a  gently  curved,  yilliform 
cluster  on  either  side,  with  a  wide  median  interval.  A  horseshoe- 
shaped  series  of  delicate  transverse  sucker-like  folds  or  plica;  corre- 
sponds with  the  contour  of  the  mandible  inferiorly,  the  fore  part 
being  very  narrow,  like  an  isthmus  connecting  the  lateral  portions, 
which  gradually  increase  in  breadth  towards  their  posterior  end.  A 
similar  structure  is  present  in  Agono9toma  plicatile  ;  but  the  lateral 
portions  are  not  united  anteriorly  as  in  Ika  loa.  This  difference  evi- 
dently arises,  in  one  case,  from  the  angular  projection  of  the  man- 
dible anteriorly,  and,  in  the  other,  from  its  roundness  at  the  corre- 
sponding part. 

Operculum,  inter-,  and  prseoperculum  scaly ;  gill-rays  six  on  each 


1869.]      DR.  MACDONALD  ON  A  NEW  GENUS  OF  MUGILIDiC.  39 

side,  the  left  apparently  overlapping  the  right.  Dorsal  fins  two, 
distinct,  the  anterior  consisting  of  four  rigid  spines,  and  the  posterior 
of  eight  soft  rays  and  one  rigid  in  front.  Pectoral  fins  small  and 
scaly  to  the  tip.  Abdominal  fins  with  five  soft  rays,  fronted  by  one 
spinous.     Anal  with  ten  rays,  the  first  alone  of  which  is  spinous. 

No  lateral  line  visible  as  in  the  Mullets  generally.  Scales  large, 
both  the  longitudinal  and  transverse  measurements  reaching  -^  of 
an  inch,  with  a  mucus-groove  on  the  inner  surface  of  each,  fulfilling 
the  office  restricted  to  those  that  form  the  lateral  hne  in  other  fishes. 

On  reviewing  Dr.  Giinther*s  Synopsis  of  the  characters  of  the  three 
genera  of  Mu^dae,  viz.  Mugil^  Agonostoma,  and  Myxus,  I  find  that 
Ika  loa  is  not  strictly  conformable  to  any  of  them,  but  apparently  takes 
up  an  intermediate  place  between  Agonostoma  and  Myxus.  Thus  the 
cleft  of  the  mouth  extends  on  the  side  of  the  snout  to  the  orbit  as  in 
Agonostoma,  dissociating  it  from  Myxus ;  the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw, 
however,  are  in  a  single  series,  the  anterior  margin  of  the  lower 
jaw  is  sharp,  as  in  Mgxus,  and  the  upper  lip  is  notched  to  receive 
the  mesial  prolongation  of  the  lower,  still  further  distinguishing  it 
from  Agonostoma.  I  therefore  conceive  that  lAa  loa  deserves  a 
place  in  a  new  genus,  for  which  I  propose  the  name  of  Gonostomyxua^ 
retaining  the  native  word,  loa  loa  (black),  for  the  species.  The  fol- 
lowing diagnosis  of  the  genera  of  Mugilidse  may  be  given  to  illus- 
trate the  view  here  expressed,  adopting  Dr.  GUnther's  characters : — 

I.  Cleft  of  the  mouth  extending  on  the  sidee  of  the  snout,  but 

not  to  the  orbit 

a.  No  true  teeth  in  the  iaw8    MugU. 

b.  Small  teeth  in  a  mngle  series  in  the  upper  jaw,  and 

sometimes  in  the  lower  and  on  the  palate.  Anterior 
margin  of  the  mandible  sharp Myxu*. 

II.  Cleft  of  the  mouth  extending  on  the  aiaes  of  the  snout,  beyond, 

to,  or  nearly  to,  the  orbit 

a.  Small  teeth  in  a  single  series  in  the  upper  jaw,  in  two 

lateral  eresoentic  clusters  in  the  lower  jaw,  and  in 
a  short  irregular  transverse  row  on  either  side  of  the 
Tomer.    Anterior  margin  of  the  mandible  sharp  . . .  Gonosfomyxtis. 

b.  Small  teeth  at  least  in  one  of  the  jaws,  and  sometimes 

on  the  palate.      The  lower  lip  with  the  margin 

rounded,  not  sharp   Agonostoma. 

Of  coarse  the  further  discovery  of  species  referable  to  Gonosto- 
myxuM  may  suggest  some  modification  of  the  characters  above  given. 

I  shall  now  give  a  brief  description  of  /A:a-/oa-fishing  on  the  "Wai 
Manu. 

The  Maroons  of  Jamaica  capture  the  freshwater  Mullet  with  a 
pronged  spear,  pursuing  it  under  water ;  but  the  Feejeeans  take  the 
Ika  loa  very  skilfully  in  a  small  net,  assisted  by  outlying  divers  who 
decoy  the  fish  into  the  net,  cutting  ofi^  their  escape.  The  men  of 
Soloira,  under  the  Vuni  Chief  of  Vun  Mbua,  are  famous  for  their 
knowledge  of  the  habits  of  the  *' Black  Mullet"  and  their  success 
in  fishing  for  it. 

It  will  be  necessary  here  to  give  an  idea  of  the  construction  of  the 
net.     It  is  very  simple,  consisting  merely  of  a  piece  of  net  once 


40  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  A  NEV  EARTH-VORM.  [Jan.  14, 

doubled  upon  itself  so  as  to  make  a  peifect  square,  and  sewn  ap  so 
that  two  contiguous  sides  are  closed,  and  two  open,  the  closed  sides 
being  behind  and  below,  and  the  open  sides  abore  and  in  front. 
The  two  upper  free  borders  are  connected  with  strong  rods, 
moving  upon  one  another  at  the  angle  when  the  net  is  opened  or 
closed.  At  the  lower  and  anterior  angle  a  weight,  generally  consisting 
of  a  perforated  stone,  is  appended,  and  the  apparatus  is  complete. 
With  this  net  one  or  two  men  dive  into  a  deep  part  of  the  river,  near 
a  bold  shore ;  immediately  also  some  others  disappear,  and,  having 
remained  a  considerable  time  under  water,  pop  their  heads  up  one 
by  one,  after  which  the  net  is  drawn  up  on  a  shingly  bank  with  the 
Ika  loa  floundering  within  it. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PLATE  I. 

Fig.  1.  Lateral  view  of  Gonostomyxtas  loa  loa  (the  type  specimen  is  contained 
in  the  Haslar  Museum).     About  one-third  of  the  natural  size. 

2.  Inferior  aspect  of  the  head,  with  the  mouth  open  to  show  the  cresentic 

palatal  membrane  and  the  sucker-like  plicatea  band  within  the  border 
of  the  lower  lip. 

3.  A  scale  from  tne  shoulder,  magnified  about  8  diameters  to  show  its 

ctenoid  character  and  the  mucus-grooTe  on  its  deep  surface. 


3.  Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Earth-worm  (MegcLSColex 
diffringens)  found  in  North  Wales.  By  W.  Baird^  M.  D., 
F.R.S.,  &e. 

The  genus  Pertchata  was  formed  by  Schmarda  to  include  a  number 
of  species  of  earth-worms  differing  from  the  more  common  genera 
in  having  each  segment  of  the  body  marked  in  the  centre  by  a  narrow, 
raised  rim,  which  is  beset,  for  the  whole  circumference  of  the  body, 
by  a  row  of  spines  or  setae.  He  describes,  in  his  *  Neue  wirbellose 
Tliiere/  four  species,  all  natives  of  Ceylon.  In  1845  Dr.  Templeton 
characterized  a  new  genus  of  earth-worms,  natives  also  of  Ceylon, 
which  he  called  Megascolex.  This  genus  consisted  at  that  time  of 
only  one  species,  a  native  of  the  alpine  regions  of  that  island,  and  is 
distinguished,  like  Perichmta,  by  a  row  of  small  spines  or  setae  sur- 
rounding each  segment.  This  row,  however,  according  to  Dr. 
Templeton' 8  description  (see  Ann.  &  Mag.  of  Nat.  EUst.  vol.  xv.  p. 
60)  is  not  completely  circular,  the  setse  being  deficient  in  the  mesial 
line  of  the  back  for  about  the  tenth  of  an  inch.  Schmarda,  who 
considers  the  two  genera  distinct,  does  not  quote  Templeton's  de- 
scription accurately ;  for  he  seems  to  think  that  that  naturalist  de- 
scribes the  ridges  on  each  ring  as  occurring  only  on  the  baeA; 
whereas  he  distinctly  says  they  surround  the  body,  only  that  the 
rows  of  bristles  are  not  continued  round  the  whole  circumference, 
but  are  deficient  for  a  short  space  on  the  back. 

In  describing  the  genus  Perichceta^  Schmarda  says  that  the  species 
lie  describes  possess  no  cincture  or  girdle,  whereas  in  P.  cingulata 


1869.]  DR.W.  BAIRD  ON  A  NEW  EARTH-WORM.  41 

(plate  18.  fig.  162)  he  figures  very  distinctly  a  cincture  afler  the 
thirteenth  segment.  I  thought  that  perhaps  a  better  distinctiTe 
character  might  consist  in  the  form  of  the  setae  themselves.  Tem- 
pleton  describes  them  (in  Megtucolex)  as  about  100  in  number,  and 
as  being  in  the  form  of  small  mamillae,  each  surmounted  by  a  minute 
bristle  arched  backwards.  In  Perichata  these  bristles  are  bluntly 
lanceolate  in  form,  slightly  curved,  and  nearly  equal  in  size  at  each 
extremity.  Upon  examining  Megascolex  c<Bruleus,  of  which  we 
possess  several  specimens  in  the  Collection  of  Annelids  in  the  British 
Museum,  I  found  that  the  setae  or  spines  in  it  were  nearly  exactly 
the  same  in  form,  only  much  smaller ;  so  that  in  my  opinion,  these 
characters  fdl  to  constitute  a  distinct  genus.  I  have  now,  therefore, 
little  hesitation  in  referring  the  species  of  Perichata  described  by 
Schmarda  to  the  genus  Megaacolex  of  Templeton.  The  chief  difFer- 
ence  appears  to  me  to  consist  of  size,  the  species  described  by  this 
latter  author,  M.  agruleus,  being  from  20  to  40  inches  in  length, 
and  1  or  l^  inch  in  breadth,  wnile  the  species  of  Perieh^eta  de- 
scribed by  Schmarda  are  only  about  six  inches  long. 

Very  lately  my  attention  has  been  called  to  a  species  of  Earth-worm 
found  in  North  Wales,  which  evidently  belongs  to  the  same  group  as 
the  Perichata  of  Schmarda.  It  is  about  4  or  5  inches  in  leneth, 
3  lines  in  circumference,  and  is  very  lively  in  its  movements — ^wnen 
touched  by  the  hand,  or  laid  upon  it,  twisting  itself  into  a  variety  of 
violent  contortions  which  render  it  very  difficult  to  hold ;  or,  as' my 
correspondents  correctly  say,  the  motions  are  "  like  those  of  an  eel. 
After  the  thirteenth  ring  there  is  a  short  cincture  or  girdle,  which 
completely  conceals  from  view  the  segments  of  the  body  underneath. 
Beyond  this  the  worm  consists  of  about  ninety-one  or  ninety-two 
segments,  making  in  all  about  104  or  105  distinct  rings.  Near  the 
extremities,  both  superior  and  inferior,  the  rings  are  very  distinct ; 
the  ridges  which  run  round  them  are  very  prominent,  and  the  setae 
are  considerably,  even  positively,  longer  than  those  in  Mefftueolex, 
notwithstanding  the  difference  in  size  of  the  worms ;  they  are  of 
a  linear  lanceolate  form,  blunt  at  the  apex  and  slightly  bent,  and  are 
about  60  in  number  in  each  segment.  Towards  the  middle  of  the 
body,  these  rings  become  nearly  flat,  and  the  setae  are  not  so  dis- 
tinctly seen,  except  with  the  lens.  The  back  of  the  worm  is  of  a  brown 
colour,  and  the  belly  of  a  very  pale  yellow,  agreeing  in  this  respect 
with  the  Megascolex  c<eruleus.  The  mouth  is  also  like  that  organ 
in  Megascolex ;  and  the  anus  is  terminal,  round  in  shape  and  central 
in  position. 

These  worms  Hved  for  some  time  after  being  sent  to  me ;  but  they 
appear  to  be  very  brittle^  many  of  them  breaking  off  a  portion  of 
of  their  body  and  then  dying. 

I  have  named  it  Megascolex  {Perichmta)  diffringens^  from  this 
habit  of  breaking  into  pieces. 

In  the  beginning  of  last  December,  a  few  of  those  interesting  Worms 
were  sent  by  Mr.  Johnstone,  gardener  at  Plas  Machynlleth,  m  Mont- 
gomeryshire, North  Wales,  to  Mr.  Draper,  at  Seaham  Hall,  near 
Sunderland.     They  were  brought  before  the  Tyneside  Naturalists' 


42 


DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  A  NEW  EARTH-WORM.  [Jan.  14, 


Field  Club,  in  order  to  ascertain  their  name  and  history ;  and  two  of 
these  were  afterwards  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  Dinning,  Secretary  to  the 
Club,  for  identification.  They  evidently  did  not  belong  to  any  de- 
scribed British  species ;  nor  had  I  ever  seen  such  before,  as  occurring 
in  this  country.  Unfortunately  the  two  individuals  first  sent  to  me 
escaped  during  the  night  from  the  box  in  which  they  were  confined, 
before  I  could  ascertain  or  identify  the  species.  A  request,  however, 
to  Mr.  Draper  brought  me  two  more  alive ;  and  since  that  time  I 
have  had  several  others  sent  to  me  by  Mr.  Johnstone  direct.     They 


^ 


i\ 


VJ 


Fig.  1 .  Megoicolejc  diffringens^  natural  size. 

2.  Portion  of  body,  magnified. 

3.  Spinet  of  M.  diffringens,  magnified. 

4.  Spinet  of  M.  cindev^  magnified. 

are  found,  he  informs  me,  in  a  bed  of  tan  and  leaves  in  the  plant- 
stove,  mixed  up  and  living  with  others  of  the  common  sort. 

Upon  reference  to  the  description  of  Annelids  by  Schmarda,  I 


1869.]    MR.  A.  O.  BUTLER  ON  A  NEW  GENUS  OF  LEPIDOFTBRA.     43 

found  they  would  properly  belong  to  his  genus  Penc^^a,  which, 
however,  upon  more  mature  examination,  I  believe,  as  I  have  stated 
above,  to  be  synonymous  with  the  genus  Megtucolex  of  Templeton. 
The  species  hitherto  described  are  all  natives  of  Ceylon ;  but  in  the 
National  Collection  we  have  a  specimen  from  the  Dukhun  (Deccan), 
in  India,  and  two  or  three  from  New  Zealand,  midescribed ;  and  I 
wrote  to  Mr.  Johnstone  to  ask  if  there  was  anything  in  the  dung-bed 
which  came  from  that  island  or  from  India,  through  which  the 
Worms  could  have  been  introduced  into  this  country.  In  answer  he 
tells  me  that  "  he  does  not  know  of  any  matter,  in  the  bed,  from  the 
East  Indies."  There  are,  he  adds,  a  few  Orchids  amongst  the  plants ; 
and  the  bed  has  been  partially  emptied  annually  for  five  years,  the 
same  kind  of  worms  being  always  found  there.  Mixed  with  these 
worms,  in  the  same  bed,  are  numbers  of  a  common  British  species^ 
some  of  which  Mr.  Johnstone  kindly  sent  me,  and  which  upon  exa- 
mination I  found  to  be  the  Lumbricus  fcetidus  of  Dug^. 

Perhaps  upon  attention  being  called  to  these  Earth-worms  of  Indian 
form,  they  may  be  found  in  other  parts  of  the  country  in  similar 
situations. 


4.  Description  of  a  new  Genus  of  Heterocerous  Lepidoptera^ 
founded  upon  the  Papilio  charmione  of  Fabricius.  By 
Arthur  G.  Butler,  P.L.S.,  P.Z.S.,  fee. 

At  page  205  of  his  '  Entomologia  Systematica'  Fabricius  describes 
a  very  remarkable  species  of  Lepidopterous  insect  under  the  name 
of  Papilio  (Danais)  charmione,  the  characters  of  the  species  being 
probably  taken  from  a  figure  by  Mr.  Jones,  whose  '  Icones'  furnished 
Fabricius  with  many  of  his  new  species.  This  figure  was  copied  by 
Donovan  in  1827»  forming  the  subject  of  the  IJlst  plate  of  his 
*  Naturalist's  Repository,'  vol.  v. 

Fabricius  gives  the  Island  of  Johanna  as  the  locality  from  which 
charmione  was  obtained.  But  Donovan  remarks,  "We,  however, 
perceive  in  our  copy  of  the  'Entomologia  Systematica'  that  this 
habitat  is  erased,  a  correction  made  by  ourselves  many  years  ago 
upon  the  authority  of  Mr.  Jones  himself." 

In  his  'Species  G^n^ral  des  L^pidopt^res'  (published  1836)  M. 
Boisduval  referred  this  species  to  the  genus  Terias  (Pierina),  with 
the  following  observation : — "  Ne  Tayant  jamais  vue,  nous  n'afiinnons 
pas  qu'elle  appartienne  au  genre  Terias.  But  in  the  margin  of  the 
page  I  find  a  note  in  pencil  by  Mr.  £.  Doubleday — "  Not  even  a 
Butterfly." 

The  supposition  that  charmione  was  a  Rhopalocerous  insect  seems 
to  have  arisen  from  the  fact  that  it  is  represented  as  such  by  Dono- 
van. Whether  the  antennae  really  are  clubbed  or  not,  is  a  question 
that  can  only  be  decided  when  we  see  a  perfect  example  of  the  spe- 
cies ;  at  present  the  6nly  point  that  can  be  settled  is  that  the  species 
certainly  is  not  a  Butterfly ;  for  an  old  and  well-worn  specimen  in 


44    MR.  A.  G.  BUTLER  ON  A  NEW  GENUS  OF  LEPIDOPTERA.  [Jan.  14, 

the  national  collection  testifies  to  the  contrary.  This  indiTidual  was 
obtained  in  the  year  184 1 ;  and  on  turning  to  the  old  Register  I  find 
it  entered  as  Erycina  eharmione  (ex  Mas.  Milne),  and  in  pencil  a 
note — "  Not  a  Rhopaloc^re  at  all  I"  No  locality  is  given.  It  is  not 
impossible  that  this  is  actually  the  type  specimen  formerly  existing 
in  the  collection  of  Mr.  Dmry ;  for  it  seems  certain  that  at  least  one 
species  formerly  in  that  collection,  and  pinned  in  the  same  manner, 
now  exists  in  the  British  Museum*. 

Mr.  F.  Walker  has  kindly  referred  me  to  the  genus  Nyctemera, 
Hubn.,  which  he  considered  the  nearest  approach  to  the  eharmione 
type  of  coloration  and  general  form  ;  and  amongst  the  species  of  that 
eroup  I  detected  one  (N,  expandens.  Walker)  agreemg  with  the 
htter  in  every  structural  particular,  and  differing  from  the  remaining 
species  in  its  narrow  elongated  wings  and  different  neuration.  These 
two  species  will  therefore  form  a  new  genus  allied  to  Nyctemera. 


Fig.  1,  Amnemopsycht  ejrpanden»tW&\ker. 
2.  eharmione.  Fabric. 

Am  NEMO  PSYCHE,  gCU.  UOV. 

Typical  species  A,  eharmione,  Fabr. 

Corpus  sat  ffraeile,  subeylindrieum,  eapite  perparvo,  thoraee  brevi, 
abdomine  alas  non  superante,  ano  eonieo  ;  pedes  graciles,  aniici 
simplices,  medii  cafeari  una  tibialis  posHci  tribus  uno  sub- 
apicali  duobusque  terminalibus :  altB  elongattB,  ienues,  antics 
eosta  vix  areuata,  marline  externa  distincte  arcuato,  margine 
interiore  subrecto;  cella  discoidalis  perUmga,  vena  prima  di- 
scoidali  bi/ttrcata,  vena  superiore  disco-cellulari  obliqua  cum 
vena  secunda  discoidali  fere  continua,  vena  inferiore  disco- 
cellulari  transversa:  postica  subpyriformes,  area  apicali  Ion- 
giore ;  cella  discoidalis  perlonga,  venis  omnibus  distincte  sepa- 
ratis,  vena  superiore  disco-cellulari  obliqua,  inferiore  angulari 
transversa :  ala  plerumque  nigra  atboque  color  at  te. 

Sp.  1.  Amnemopsyche  charmione. 

Papilio  charmione,  Fabricius,  Ent.  Syst.  p.  205,  u.  641  (1793) ; 
Donovan,  Nat.  Rep.  v.  pi.  171  (1827). 

*  Namely  Strymon  titus,  Fabr.  (  ThecUn€B\  still  bearing  the  old  ticket  '*  TUta 
ISO,"  the  number  being  a  reference  to  the  '  Ent.  Syat.* 


1869.]         MR.  G.  F.  ANGAS  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SHELLS.  45 

Terias  dkarmume,  BoUdnval,  Spec.  Gr^.  Ldp.  i.  p.  677,  u.  40  ( 1 836). 

Hob.  ?  B.M. 

From  the  collection  of  Mr.  Milne. 

Sp.  2.  Ahnemopsyche  sxpandens. 

Nyctemera  expandens.  Walker^  Lep.  Het.  Brit.  Mus.  ii.  p.  398. 
n.  17(1854). 

Ha6.  ?  B.M. 

Presented  by  E.  Doubledaj,  Esq. 


5.  Descriptions  of  twelve  new  Species  of  Land  and  Marine 
Shells  from  Australia  and  the  Solomon  Islands.  By 
George  French  Anoas,  C.M.Z.S.,  P.L.S.,  P.R.G.S.,  &c. 

(Plate  II.) 

Haliotis  (Padollvs)  brazieri,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  1 .) 

Shell  oblong-ovate,  body-whorl  nearly  flat  above,  whorls  marked 
with  an  obscure  single  central  rib ;  perforations  peculiarly  tubiferous, 
standing  erect,  sis  open ;  spire  somewhat  elevated ;  sculptured 
throughout  with  striae  radiating  from  the  sutures,  with  a  few  spiral 
ridzes  on  the  first  and  second  whorls,  which  lose  themselves  on  the 
body-whorl  and  again  appear  on  the  outer  margin  of  the  Up ;  beau- 
tifully marbled  with  blotches  of  red  and  green  interrupted  here  and 
there  with  a  few  white  zigzag  markings  ;  base  of  body-whorl  some- 
what flattened  ;  interior  brilliantly  nacreous. 

Diam.  maj.  1^  inch,  min.  1  in.,  alt.  .5  lines. 

Had.  Lake  Macquarie,  New  South  Wales  {Brazier), 

A  beautiful  species,  remarkable  for  its  radiate  sculpture  and  large 
erect  elevated  perforations. 

Triton  bassi,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  2.) 

Shell  ovately  fusiform,  with  five  or  six  rounded  varices ;  spire 
moderately  raised,  one-third  the  length  of  the  shell,  apex  obtuse ; 
whorls  rounded,  closely  encircled  throughout  with  irregular  narrow 
flattened  ridges  beaded  alternately  here  and  there  and  especially 
towards  the  hase  with  small  inconspicuous  nodules,  the  interstices 
very  finely  longitudinally  crisped,  last  whorl  slightly  angled  at  the 
upper  part,  and  furnished  at  the  angle  with  a  few  rude  tubercles ; 
pale  purplish  brown,  the  nodules  here  and  there  whitish  occasionally 
interrupted  on  the  wider  ridges  with  small  chestnut  spots ;  columella 
white,  arcuate,  furnished  widb  a  small  callosity  at  the  upper  part,  and 
tooth-ridged  below  ;  canal  short,  recurved  ;  interior  of  the  aperture 
violet ;  outer  hp  thickened,  white,  closely  and  strongly  denticulated 
within. 

Length  13,  diam.  7^  lines. 

Hab.  Comer  Inlet,  Bass's  Straits  {Brazier), 


46  MR,  G.  F.  ANGAS  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SHELLS.      [Jan.  14, 

A  yerr  interesting  new  species,  which  I  have  dedicated  to  the  in- 
trepid voyager  who,  in  an  open  whale-boat,  first  explored  the  straits 
that  bear  his  name. 

Triton  (Epidromus)  brazieri,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  3.) 

Shell  eloneately  turreted,  thick,  with  about  twelve  rather  pro- 
minent rounded  varices ;  spire  very  slightly  twisted ;  whorls  nine, 
sculptured  with  regular  close- set  longitudinal  ridges  and  reticulated 
with  irregular  impressed  striee ;  light  brown,  paler  on  the  varices, 
with  a  broad  slightly  darker  fascia  on  the  middle  of  each  whorl,  and 
A  series  of  small  spots  at  the  lower  edge  of  the  fascia  of  the  last  whorl, 
the  fascia  darker  where  it  crosses  the  varices  ;  columella  excavated, 
smooth,  orange-coloured;  canal  very  short,  recurved;  outer  lip  orange, 
denticulated  within. 

JUength  2  in.,  breadth  7i  Hn. 

Hab.  Lake  Macquarie ;  and  Cape  Solander,  Butany  Bay,  New 
South  Wales. 

Named  after  its  discoverer,  Mr.  John  Brazier,  an  enthusiastic  and 
intelligent  conchologist,  who  has  contributed  much  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  Australian  moUusca. 

Helix  (Trochomorpha)  deiopeia,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  4.) 

Shell  deeply  umbilicated,  depressedly  and  convexly  conical,  mode- 
rately thin,  finely  obliquely  irregularly  striated,  upper  whorls  brown, 
last  whorl  black,  ornamented  with  numerous  pale  diaphanous  obHquc 
stripe-like  spots ;  spire  convexly  depressedly  conical,  apex  obtuse, 
sutnre  narrowly  margined ;  whorls  six,  rather  convex,  the  last  not 
descending,  keeled,  somewhat  flattened  at  the  base ;  umbilicus  co- 
nical, moderate,  partly  surrounded  by  a  faint  horn-coloured  band 
passing  into  the  interior  of  the  shell ;  aperture  oblique,  truncately 
oval;  peristome  non-continuous, pale  horn-colour, margins  converging, 
the  right  thin,  slightly  expanded,  the  basal  a  little  thickened,  sinuous, 
and  somewhat  reflexed. 

Biam.  maj.  8,  min.  7,  alt.  4|  lines. 

Hab.  Marau  Sound,  Guadalcanar,  Solomon  Islands. 

This  beautiful  species  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  H,  me- 
leagriSf  Pfr.,  and  H,  tnereiana  Pfr.  Five  specimens  were  obtained 
by  my  friend  Mr.  John  Brazier,  on  the  trunks  of  trees,  during  the 
visit  of  H. M.S.  "Cnra^oa'  to  Marau  Sound. 

Helix  (Corasia)  rossiteri,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  5.) 

Shell  imperforate,  globosely  conical,  very  thin,  obliquely  irregu- 
larly plicately  striated,  with  the  interstices  very  finely  transversely 
striated,  pale  straw-colour  encircled  with  numerous  narrow  white 
diaphanous  bands,  the  one  nearest  the  sutures  the  broadest ;  spire 
obtusely  conoidal,  somewhat  flattened  at  the  apex ;  whorls  four, 
convex,  the  last  descending,  acutely  keeled  at  the  periphery,  rounded 
at  the  base ;  columellar  margin  arcuate,  narrowly  excavated,  sharp 
within  ;  aperture  oblique,  rhoniboidal ;    peristome  not  continuous. 


1869.]         MR.  G.  F.  ANGAS  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SHELLS.  47 

white,  with  a  purplish  rose-coloured  spot  at  the  periphery,  and 
another  at  the  junction  of  the  right  margin  with  the  boay- whorl. 

Diam.  maj.  10,  min.  8«  alt.  7i  lines. 

Hab.  Ysabel  Island,  Solomon  group. 

This  species  belongs  to  the  same  group  as  H.  tricolor,  Pfr.>  and 
H,  purehasiy  Vit. ;  I  have  named  it  after  Mr.  Rossiter,  of  Sydney,  to 
the  kindness  of  whose  friend  Mr.  John  Brazier  I  am  indebted  for  a 
specimen  of  this  singularly  beautiful  shell. 

Helix  (Gbotrochus)  dampieri,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  6.) 

Shell  imperforate,  trochiform,  rather  solid,  obliquely  faintly  irre- 
gularly striated,  white,  with  a  narrow  pale  yellowish-brown  band 
just  below  the  suture,  a  broader  one  above  the  periphery  darker 
below  and  becoming  nearly  black  as  it  approaches  the  margin  of 
the  peristome,  and  a  still  broader  band  of  the  same  character  at 
the  base;  spire  conoidal;  whorls  4|,  slightly  convex,  the  last  de- 
scending, rounded  at  the  periphery,  flatly  convex  at  the  base; 
columella  sloping,  aperture  oblique,  truncately  oval ;  peristome 
expanded  and  slightly  reflexed,  the  right  margin  a  little  sinuous, 
the  columellar  margin  triangularly  dilated  and  furnished  within 
with  a  prominent  rounded  callus  terminating  abruptly  within  the 
aperture. 

Diam.  maj.  12,  min.  10,  alt.  9  lines. 

Hab.  Louisiade  archipelago. 

Helix  (Geotrochus)  donna-isabellje,  n.  s.  (Plate  IL  fig.  7.) 

Shell  perforate,  somewhat  depressedly  conical,  moderately  solid, 
very  finely  malleated  by  two  sets  of  oblique  striee  crossing  eacn  other 
at  right  angles  above  the  periphery,  whilst  below  it  the  malleations 
become  more  irregular  and  flowing,  pale  yellowish  brown  ornamented 
with  a  narrow  white  band  below  the  sutures  and  one  or  two  dark 
brown  bands  on  each  whorl,  the  upper  one  being  the  narrowest ; 
spire  conical,  apex  rather  obtuse ;  whorls  5^,  rather  convex,  the  last 
not  descending,  angled  at  the  periphery,  a  little  convex  at  the  base, 
which  has  a  single  broader  band  of  dark  brown  just  below  the  peri- 
phery ;  aperture  diagonal,  truncately  ovate ;  peristome  white,  the 
upper  margin  narrow,  expanded,  the  lower  margin  arcuate  and  re- 
flexed,  almost  covering  the  umbilicus. 

Diam.  maj.  12,  min.  ]0|,  alt.  10  lines. 

Hab.  Eddystone  Island,  Solomon  Group. 

Helix  (Trochomorpha)  eudora,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  8.) 

Shell  widely  and  profoundly  umbilicated,  depressedly  conoidal, 
moderately  solid,  obliquely  sculptured  with  sharp  close-set  somewhat 
irregular  raised  striae,  pale  chestnut-brown  ;  spire  convexly  conoidal, 
apex  obtuse  ;  whorls  6^,  slightly  convex,  the  last  carinated  at  the 
periphery,  not  descending,  convex  at  the  base ;  umbilicus  one-fifth  the 
diameter  of  the  shell ;  aperture  oblique,  subangular,  interior  violet ; 


i**  MH.  «.  r.  AN6A8  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SHELLS,       [Jan.  14, 

|«M«U(tMoe  white,  margins  converging  and  united  by  a  slight  callus, 
\\w  right  margin  thin,  the  basal  arcuate  and  thickened. 

nittiii.  maj.  Hi,  min.  10^,  alt.  5^  Unes. 

Halt.  New  Georgia,  on  trees. 

Uklix  (?  Plectotropis)  howardi,  n.  s.    (Phite  II.  fig.  9.) 
nhell  deeply  umbilicated,  lenticular,  moderately  solid,  obliquely 
|5^l*'^3^  striated,  and,  beneath  the  lens,  very  finely  granulated, 
yellowish  horn-colour  with  two  indistinct  chestnut  bauds  ;  spire  de- 
pressed, apex  obtuse  ;  whorls  4^,  rather  convex,  the  last  a  little  de- 
icending,  acutely  keeled,  slightly  convex  at  the  base,  which  is  with- 
out bands ;  aperture  narrowly  ovate ;  peristome  white  tinged  with 
brown  at  the  junction  of  the  margins  with  the  body- whorl,  margins 
converging  and  united  by  a  callus,  the  right  margin  slightly  expanded, 
the  basal  one  expanded  and  reflexed. 
Diam.  maj.  11,  min.  9,  alt.  4  lines. 
Hab.  Arrowie,  450  miles  north  of  Adelaide,  South  Australia. 

Minolia  PULCHER41IMA,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  10.) 

Shell  depressedly  conical,  rather  solid,  transversely  finely  ridged 
with  two  or  three  broader  ridges  forming  keels,  the  interstices  crossed 
everywhere  with  very  fine  close-set  oblique  striee,  pinkish  or  yellowish 
white  stained  on  the  body-whorl  with  bright  rose,  and  spotted  on  the 
keels  with  deep  purple  lake  ;  whorls  six,  angularly  convex,  sutures 
broadly  and  flatly  channelled,  last  whorl  tricarinate,  white,  and 
rounded  beneath  ;  umbilicus  wide,  perspective,  crenate  within ;  aper- 
ture circular,  pearly  inside;  peristome  continuous,  margins  thin, 
siinple. 

Diam.  maj.  4,  min.  3|,  alt.  2^  lines. 

Hab.  Brisbane  Water,  New  South  Wales  (Brazier). 

Minolia  bellula,  n.  s.     (Plate  II.  fig.  11.) 

Shell  somewhat  globosely  conical,  rather  solid,  polished,  obscurely 
obliquely  striated,  and  very  finely  spirally  ridged,  pale  straw-colour,  or- 
namented with  a  series  of  close-set  serpentine  descending  rose-coloured 
flames  on  each  whorl,  ceasing  on  the  last  whorl  at  the  periphery ; 
whorls  fij,  flatly  convex,  sutures  flatly  excavated,  channelled,  and 
narrowly  margined,  last  whorl  obtusely  angled  at  the  periphery, 
somewhat  rounded  at  the  base,  which  is  sUvery  white ;  umbilicus 
deep,  profound,  and  perspective,  surrounded  by  a  crenulated  keel, 
from  which  faint  striae  raciiate  towards  the  periphery  ;  aperture  cir- 
cular, pearly  within ;  peristome  simple,  margins  not  continuous,  but 
strongly  converging. 

Diam.  maj.  .5,  min.  4,  alt.  4  lines. 

Hab.  Brisbane  Water,  New  South  Wales  (Brazier). 

Thracia  sPECiosA,  u.  s,     (Plate  II.  fig.  12.) 

Shell  elongately  ovate,  thin,  white,  rather  compressed,  very  inequi- 
lateral, beaks  posterior,  irregularly  concentrically  striated,  beyond  the 


1869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  lANTHELLA.  49 

amboniil  ridges  closely  and  strongly  granulated  ;  anterior  side  semi- 
OTate  ;  posterior  side  obliquely  truncate  ;  dorsal  margin  posteriorly 
sloping,  anteriorly  slightly  convex  ;  umboual  ridge  raised,  obtusely 
angulate  and  slightly  curved ;  ventral  margin  a  little  arcuated ;  hinge 
with  the  cartilage-processes  small ;  pallial  sinus  deep,  extending  be- 
yond the  umbones  and  nearly  to  the  middle  of  the  shell. 

Long.  1 1  i,  alt.  6,  lat.  3  hnes. 

Hob.  Port  Jackson,  dredged  off  the  "  Sow  and  Pigs "  reef,  in 
four  fathoms  water  (Brazier). 


6.  On  a  new  Species  of  Halioiis  firom  New  South  Wales. 
By  J.  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  C.M.Z.S. 

HaLIOTIS  HARGRAVE8I,  CoX. 

Shell  orbicularly  ovate,  spire  much  raised,  rather  thin,  flatly  de- 
pressed in  the  centre  between  the  spire  and  the  perforations,  longi- 
tudinally strongly  ribbed,  with  nine  to  ten  ribs,  which  are  flat  and 
coarsely  lamellose  on  the  surface,  intercostal  spaces  scarcely  sca- 
brous, perforations  long  and  tubular,  five  open ;  internal  surface 
longitudinally  grooved,  the  depressions  corresponding  with  the  raised 
ribs  without ;  exterior  variegated  with  red  and  olive-green,  within 
silvery. 

Length  1^  inch,  breadth  -^  inch. 

Hob.  Broken-Bay  Heads,  north  coast  of  New  South  Wales. 


7.  Note  on  lanthelUiy  a  new  Genns  of  Keratose  Sponges. 
By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S*,  V.P.Z.S. 

Several  of  the  older  naturalbts,  as  Rnmphius  (Amb.  Bar.  t.  80. 
f.  1),  Seba  (Thesaurus,  iii.  t.  95.  f.  2-4),  and  perhaps  Petiver 
(Gazoph.  ii.  t.  32.  f.  1),  figure  a  horny  netted  marine  sponge,  for 
which  Pallas  (Zoophytes,  320)  adopted  the  name  of  SpongiaflabeU 
ii/ormis,  given  by  Seba  to  his  first  figure  (t.  95.  f.  2).  Under  this 
name  a  good  specimen  of  it  is  figured  by  Esper  in  his  '  Zoophytes,' 
t.  13. 

The  frond  looks  much  more  like  the  very  slender  netted  axis  of  a 
species  of  Yenus's  Fan  (Rhipidogorgid)  stripped  of  its  bark  than 
a  sponge. 

Cardfully  collected  and  well-preserved  specimens  of  this  sponge 
are  more  or  less  covered  with  a  quantity  of  dried  mucilaginous  sar- 
code,  that  fills  up  the  spaces  between  the  horny  network,  and  covers 
the  frond  with  a  black  polished  coat. 

It  is  doubtless  a  peculiar  form  of  keratose  sponges,  most  likely 
the  type  of  a  separate  family. 

Proc.  2kx)L.  Soc.— 1869,  No.  IV. 


50  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  lANTHBLLA.  [Jan.  14,. 

This  genus  and  the  sponges  which  I  described  at  a  preceding 
Meeting  under  the  name  of  Ceratella,  &c.,  are  peculiar  in  that  the 
skeleton,  though  formed  of  a  horny  substance,  is  so  dense  that  it 
does  not,  as  in  the  generality  of  homy  sponges,  become  softened  and 
more  flexible  by  being  soaked  in  water;  and,  unlike  the  common 
sponges  of  commerce,  they  do  not  imbibe  the  water.  But  I  suspect 
that  many  of  the  sponges  with  a  hard,  thick,  black,  horny  network 
will  be  found  to  be  unchanged  by  being  soaked. 

There  is  no  appearance  of  any  pores  for  inhaling  or  oscules  for 
emitting  the  water  in  the  dry  specimen. 

Being  desirous  of  having  it  more  carefully  examined  than  the 
state  of  my  e^es  allows  me  to  undertake,  I  sent  a  fragment  of  the 
specimen  received  from  Capt.  Sir  Everard  Home  to  Mr.  M.  C.  Cooke, 
of  the  India- House  Museum.     He  reports  to  me  as  follows ; — 

1 .  That  he  has  not  been  able  to  discover  any  trace  of  siliceous  or 
calcareous  spicules. 

2.  It  is  dissolved  away  by  acid. 

3.  In  liquor  potassa  it  gives  a  bright  violet-colour,  like  that  of 
Roccella  and  other  orchil-lichens. 

Ianthella. 

Sponge  frondose,  expanded  on  a  plane,  flat,  fan-like  or  funnel- 
shaped  ;  black,  when  dry  more  or  less  covered  with  dry,  black,  mu- 
cilaginous sarcode,  that  often  fills  up  the  spaces  between  the  horny 
network,  and  gives  it  a  black  polished  appearance.  Root  expanded ; 
stem  very  thick,  compressed,  formed  of  interlaced  filaments,  ex- 
'panded  above  into  a  broad  flat  frond  entirely  composed  of  rather 
thick^  compressed,  parallel  ribs  or  branches,  slightly  diverging  from 
the  base  towards  the  margin ;  some  of  these  are  once  or  twice  forked 
in  their  length.  These  ribs  or  branches  are  united  into  a  network 
with  a  square  mesh  by  very  short,  subcylindrical,  thinner,  equal- 
sized,  diverging,  compressed  branchlets. 

*  Frond  flat,  expanded,     Ianthella. 
1.  Ianthella  flabelliformis.  B.M. 

Sponge  flabellate,  expanded,  oblong,  fan-shaped,  with  a  single 
thick  stem  ;  fibres  of  the  network  slender. 

Flahellum  marinum,  Rumphius,  Herb.  Amb.  vi.  208,  t.  80.  f.  1 
(good). 

Sponffia  flabelliformis,  Seba,  Thes.  iii,  183,  t.  95.  f.  2;  Pallas, 
Zooph.  320;  Lamk.  Ann.  Mus.  xx.  380.  n.  35 ;  Esper,  t.  13. 

Far.  Network  much  finer. 

Spongia  erecta  subtilior,  Seba,  Thes.  iii.  t.  95.  f.  4. 
Hab,  Australia. 

The  figure  of  Petiver  (Gaz.  ii.  t.  32.  f.  I )  has  been  referred  to 
this  sponge ;  but  it  is  not  a  recognizable  figure  of  it. 


1869.]  MR.  E.  BLYTH  ON  TWO  NEW  ANTELOPES.  51 

**  Frond  brotid,  folded  tog  ether ^  more  or  less  completely  funnel- 
shaped.     Basta. 

2.  Ianthella  basta.  B.M. 

Sponge  broad,  the  sides  folded  together,  leaving  an  open  space 
below  near  the  root,  forming  an  incomplete  funnel,  which  is  more  or 
less  distorted  and  divided ;  the  network  slender. 

Basta  marina^  Rumph.  Herb.  Amb.  vi.  t.  89.  f.  1. 

Spongia  basta,  Pallas,  Zoop.  309 ;  Esper,  Zooph.  t.  25 ;  Lamk. 
Ann.  Mus.  xx.  442;  Lamx.  11,  f.  57. 

Spongia  Jlabelliformis,  E.  W.  Gray,  B.  M.  1804,  from  spec,  in 
Mus.  Sloane,  no.  996. 

Had.  Indian  Ocean,  Quail  Island ;  found  dead  attached  to  con- 
glomerate ironstone  (Rayner), 

3.  Ianthella  homei.  B.M. 

Sponge  fan- shaped,  expanded  laterally,  the  sides  bent  up,  with  a 
thick  single  stem  ;  fibres  of  the  network  thick,  strong. 

Hab.  Australia  (Capt.  Sir  Eoerard  Home), 

This  chiefly  differs  from  J.  basta  in  the  network  appearing  to  be 
thicker  and  stronger.  It  is  only  a  youn^,  partly  developed  specimen, 
and  may  become  more  funnel-shaped  when  it  grows  older. 


8.  Notice  of  two  overlooked  Species  of  Antelope. 
By  Edward  Blyth. 

In  or  about  the  year  1840  the  Society  possessed  a  fine  male  spe- 
cimen of  the  true  Jntilope  bubalis  of  Pallas,  of  which  individual  I 
still  possess  a  series  of  sketches  or  studies  from  life.  The  skin  of  it 
is  now  mounted  in  the  British  Museum.  I  have  lately  seen  one 
exactly  like  it  in  the  Antwerp  Zoological  Gardens ;  and  there  is  an 
admirable  portrait  of  one  of  the  same  kind  in  the  picture-gallery  at 
The  Hague,  in  the  same  apartment  (or  rather  landing-place  in  the 
Museum)  in  which  is  exhibited  the  celebrated  life-size  portrait  of  a 
young  bull  by  Paul  Potter.  Again,  the  same  species  is  figured  and 
described  by  Buffon  as  la  Bubale  (Hist.  Nat.  tome  xiii.  p.  294, 
t.  37),  and  its  skull,  together  with  that  of  the  Hartbeest  {Bos- 
elaphus  eaama),  showing  the  considerable  difference  of  size  of  the 
two,  in  the  following  plate.  It  is  also  figured  and  described  by  MM. 
Cuvier  and  Geoffroy  St.-Hilaire.  This  animal  is  much  smaller  than 
the  Hartbeest,  and  it  is  of  a  uniform  bright  chestnut-colour,  without 
any  markings  on  the  feet.  It  b  the  particular  species  figured  and 
described  as  the  Bubalis  of  North  Africa  in  every  work  that  I  have 
seen  which  treats  of  the  animal. 

At  the  same  time  that  the  Society  possessed  the  living  example 
before  referred  to,  I  saw  with  Mr.  Warwick,  of  the  Surrey  Zoological 
Gardens,  the  perfect  skin  of  what  I  at  once  recognized  to  be  that  of 
a  distinct  though  closely  allied  species,  differing  from  the  true  B. 


52  MR.  E.  BLYTH  ON  TWO  NEW  ANTELOPES.  [Jan.  14, 

hubalia  in  being  fullj  as  large  as  the  Hartbeest,  and  in  having 
black  markings  in  front  of  all  four  feet  above  the  hoofs.  In  the 
Museums  of  Amsterdam  and  of  Leydeu  there  are  mounted  specimens 
of  this  animal,  which  have  hitherto  been  supposed  to  exemplify  the 
true  B.  bubalia  (which  those  Museums  do  not  contain),  and  of 
which  I  repeat  that  I  lately  saw  a  living  adult  at  Antwerp  of  the 
usual  very  inferior  size.  I  have  also  recently  seen  several  frontlets 
of  the  larger  race,  some  of  which  were  received  (together  with  front- 
lets of  Ureas  derbianus)  from  the  west  coast  of  Africa;  but  the 
Boselaphus  bubalis,  var.  1,  of  Dr.  Gray  (P.  Z.  S.  1850,  p.  139),  which 
I  take  to  refer  to  the  same  animal,  is  stated  by  him  to  have  been 
brought  by  Mr.  Louis  Fraser  from  Tunis.  I  suspect  that  it  is  chiefly  a 
western  race,  though  more  or  less  diffused  also  in  the  region  tenanted 
by  the  smaller  and  more  familiarly  known  B.  bubalis ;  while  a  third 
and  eastern  representative  of  the  same  form  exists  in  the  Antilope 
liehtensteini  of  Dr.  Peters,  which  I  only  know  from  his  figures  and 
description  of  it  (Naturwissenschaflliche  Reise  nach  Mossambique, 
p.  190,  tt.  43,  44). 

By  the  kind  permission  of  Mr.  H.  Ward,  taxidermist,  of  Vere 
Street,  I  am  enabled  to  exhibit  a  pair  of  frontlets  (evidently  male  and 
female)  of  what  I  shall  now  designate  ks  Baselapkus  major,  received 
from  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  and  also  a  frontlet  of  B,  bubalis  (male) 
for  comparison ;  and  at  the  same  time  I  exhibit  a  characteristic  skull 
of  the  Uartbeest.  There  is  a  good  pair  of  frontlets  of  B,  major  in 
the  collection  of  Alfred  Denison,  Esq.,  which  I  refer  to  because  that 
of  the  male  retains  the  skin  of  the  forehead  with  its  hair  on,  the 
latter  being  of  a  bright  chestnut  hue  where  it  is  black  in  the  Hart- 
beest.  So  far  as  I  can  perceive,  the  horns  of  the  three  North- African 
species  are  similar  in  shape,  those  of  B,  major  being  only  distin- 
guishable by  their  superior  size ;  and  all  may  be  readily  told  from 
those  of  the  Hartbeest  by  the  difference  at  the  base  when  viewed  in 
front,  the  horns  of  the  latter  diverging  in  the  form  of  the  letter  V, 
those  of  the  others  in  the  form  of  the  letter  U.  The  specimen  (such 
as  it  is)  of  B.  major  in  the  national  collection  is  only  a  skin  without 
horns  or  hoofs. 

Another  animal  to  which  I  would  call  the  attention  of  the  Meet- 
ing is  the  Kudu,  figured  by  Sir  Andrew  Smith,  in  his  '  Zoology  of 
South  Africa,'  under  the  name  Damalis  kudu  (both  sexes  of  it),  as 
distinguished  from  the  ordinary  large  and  familiarly  known  Kudu,  the 
best  figure  of  which,  to  my  knowledge,  is  that  by  Sir  W.  Comwallis 
Harris  in  his  '  Portraits  of  the  Game  and  Wild  Animals  of  South 
Africa,'  pi.  20.  The  one  is  described  to  measure  4  feet  in  height 
at  the  shoulders,  the  other  5  feet.  The  male  of  the  large  species  b 
adorned  with  a  copious  fringe  of  long  hair  down  the  front  of  the  neck, 
of  which  the  mature  male  of  the  other  shows  not  a  trace.  There  is 
also  a  difference  in  the  character  of  the  markings  of  the  body,  which 
is  more  recognizable  to  the  eye  than  capable  of  satisfactory  descrip- 
tion. The  large  species  is  the  Condoma  of  Buffon  (Hist.  Nat. 
tome  xii.  p.  301,  and  t.  xxxix.)  and  of  authors  in  general.  Dr. 
RUppell,  however,  informs  us  that  the  Abyssinian  Kudu  is  one-third 


1869.] 


MR.  E.  DLYTH  ON  TWO  NEW  ANTELOPES. 


53 


Fig.  A. 


Figs.  1,  1«.  Boselapkus  mcfjor^  $,    Fig.  2.  Ditto,  9  • 

3,  3«. buhalii,  $ . 

4,  4*.  caama,  $ .    Fig.  5.  Ditto,  y . 


54 


MR.  E.  BLYTH  ON  l^O  MEW  ANTELOPES.  {Jan.  14, 


smaller  than  the  South-African  one,  bat  does  not  notice  the  absence 
of  long  hair  in  front  of  the  neck*.  There  is,  however,  an  Abyssi- 
nian specimen  of  an  adult  male  in  the  British  Museum,  which  was 
presented  by  the  Hon.  East-India  Company ;  and  it  agrees  in  every 
respect  with  the  animal  figured  by  Sir  Andrew  Smith.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  young  Abyssinian  Kudu  which  was  lately  living  in  the 
Society's  Gardens  was  of  the  large  kind,  as  indicated  not  only  by  its 
size,  but  by  the  incipient  appearance  of  the  fringe  of  hair  along  the 


Fig.  1 .  Strejmceros  kudu. 

2.  Ditto,  half-grown. 

3.  8.  imberbis^  two-thirds  grown. 

3*.  Ditto,  showing  the  straight  axial  line,  a  b. 


*  In  a  presentation  copy  of  the  *  Systematische  Uebersicht  der  Vogel  Nord- 
Ost-Africas,'  in  the  library  of  the  Asiatic  Society,  Calcutta,  there  is  bound  up  a 
Synopsis  of  the  Mammafia  of  the  same  region,  wherein  the  above  statement 
occurs ;  but  in  the  '  Neue  Wirbeltliiere'  &c.  (p.  20),  the  large  Koodoo  is  evidently 
the  species  referred  to,  as  the  fringe  of  hair  in  front  of  the  necV  is  mentioned. 


1869.]  LETTER  FROM  PROF.  J.  REINUARDT.  55 

front  of  its  neck.     It  follows  that  both  species  are  alike  met  with  in 
Eastern  and  in  Southern  Africa. 

By  the  kindness  of  Mr.  Knight  and  other  gentlemen  connected 
with  the  Ipswich  Museum,  I  am  enabled  to  exhibit  a  pair  of  loose 
horns  of  the  smaller  Kudu,  which  are  about  two-thirds  grown ;  that 
they  belong  to  a  different  species  from  the  other  is  at  once  percep- 
Uble  upon  comparison.  Those  upon  the  stuffed  specimen  in  the 
British  Museum  had  long  been  full-grown ;  and  their  much  abraded 
appearance  indicates  the  individual  to  haye  been  aged;  yet  from 
base  to  tip  they  measure  only  19^  inches  in  a  straight  line,  and  fol- 
lowing the  curve  24  inches;  greatest  width  apart  (at  the  tips) 
12  inches.  They  are  thus  only  two-fiflhs  of  the  size  of  the  horns 
of  the  other  species,  which  commonly  attain  to  4  feet  or  more  in  a 
straight  line  from  base  to  tip,  and  5|  feet  round  the  curvature; 
from  anterior  base  of  horn  to  nostril  (in  the  stuffed  specimen) 
7 1  inches,  and  ears  8  inches.  In  the  smaller  of  these  two  species  of 
Kudu  the  horns  are  more  prominently  angulated,  and  their  spirature 
is  considerably  more  tense  than  in  the  other ;  indeed  what  consti- 
tutes the  posterior  angle  of  the  horn  at  base,  and  appears  to  the 
front  about  the  middle  of  its  length,  hardly  deviates  from  a  straight 
axial  chord  (fig,  3%  a  b),  round  which  t&e  horn  twirls ;  while  in 
S.  kudu  the  spirature  is  invariably  much  more  apart — and  not 
varying,  as  it  does  so  remarkably  in  the  horn  of  the  Markhore  Goat 
{Copra  megaeeros).  The  horns  of  the  smaller  Kudu  are  extremely 
rare  in  collections,  the  reason  probably  being  that,  as  horns  of  this 
kind  are  chiefly  brought  as  trophies  of  the  chase,  the  smaller  have 
been  neglected  on  the  supposition  that  they  were  inferior  specimens ; 
and  the  only  pair  which  I  know  of  in  any  English  museum  (besides 
those  upon  the  head  of  the  stuffed  example  in  the  national  collection) 
consists  of  the  two  loose  horns  now  exhibited  from  the  museum  of 
Ipswich.  Dr.  Gray,  in  his  *  List  of  Specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the 
British  Museum'  (1850,  p.  143),  under  Strepticeros  kudu,  notices 
"  Var.  smaller.  Inhabits  Abyssinia ;  Mus.  E.  I.  C. ;  Mus.  Frankfort, 
adult  and  young."  I  consider  this  small  Kudu,  of  which  adults  of 
both  sexes  are  figured  and  described  by  Sir  Andrew  Smith,  to  be 
decidedly  a  well-marked  species ;  and  therefore  I  now  propose  for  it 
the  name  of  Strepticeros  imberbis. 


January  28,  1869. 
J.  Gould,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  extracts  were  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  the 
Secretary  by  Prof.  J.  Reinhardt,  F.M.Z.S.,  dated  Universitetets 
Zoologiske  Museum,  Copenhagen,  January  15th,  1869: — 

'*  Among  the  different  interesting  contributions  which  my  excel- 


56  LETTER  FROM  PROF.  J.  REINHAROT.  [Jan.  28, 

lent  friend  Dr.  Gray  has  communicated  to  the  *  Proceedings*  of  the 
Society  for  1868  there  are  two  on  which  I  beg  leave  to  write  a  few 
observations,  which  I  should  wish  you  to  communicate  to  the 
Zoological  Society. 

''  In  his  '  Synopsis  of  the  Species  of  Pigs,'  Dr.  Gray  remarks 
that,  according  to  Marcgrave's  statement,  Potamochcervs  poreua  was 
in  his  time  imported  by  the  negroes,  and  naturalized  in  Brazil ;  and 
then  adds  that  having  on  all  his  inquiries  received  the  answer  (which, 
by  the  way,  was  peHectly  correct)  that  this  Pig  is  at  present  kept 
nowhere  in  Brazil,  he  must  suppose  that  it  'has  not  been  found 
profitable,  or  was  not  fitted  for  the  American  climate,  as  the  breed- 
ing of  it  has  been  discontinued'  *,  As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to 
learn,  the  PotamochcBrus  porcus  has  not  been  domesticated  anywhere 
in  its  native  country.  West  Africa.  If  this  Pig,  accordingly,  can  be 
considered  identical  with  the  one  described  by  Marcgrave  by  the 
name  of  Porcua  guineeriM  (and  in  that  point  Dr.  Gray  is  certainly 
right),  and  if  further  it  really  was  the  case  that  the  Pig  of  Marc- 
grave at  his  time  was  domesticated  in  Brazil,  we  should  here  have 
an  instance  of  an  animal  having  been  brought  in  a  wild  state  from 
one  part  of  the  world  to  another,  and  of  its  having  been  made  a 
domestic  animal  there.  Now  this  would  certainly  be  an  interesting 
case,  which  would  deserve  considerable  attention ;  but  on  that  ac- 
count there  is  also  so  much  reason  to  examine  accurately  whether  such 
is  really  the  meaning  of  Marcgrave's  words ;  and  when  we  do  so  I 
think  it  will  appear  that  a  misunderstanding  has  taken  place.  For 
Marcgrave  does  not  state  at  all  in  plain  terms  that  his  Porcus  gut" 
neenna  is  kept  as  a  domesticated  animal  anywhere  in  Brazil.  He 
begins  his  description  of  it  in  the  following  way : — '  Porcus  ffuineeims 
^c.  e  Guinea  Braziliam  translatus,*  But  in  these  words  he  has  cer- 
tainly never  thought  of  saying  that  his  Pig  was  a  domestic  animal, 
but  only  that  in  Brazil  he  had  seen  such  a  Pig,  brought  thither 
from  Africa  and  being  quite  tame — that  is  to  say,  doing  no  harm, 
but  being  of  a  placid,  inoffensive  nature.  He  might,  indeed,  have 
occasion  to  point  out  these  qualities  distinctly,  especially  as  con- 
trasting with  the  well-known  fierce  and  headstrong  character  of  the 
European  Wild  Boars.  And  that  Marcgrave's  words  really  may  be 
justly  applied  to  the  said  African  Pig,  we  have  a  further  proof  in 
a  description  of  the  establishments  (formerly  Danish)  on  the  Grold 
Coast  t,  in  which  it  is  especially  remarked  that  the  hunting  of  the 
Red  and  Black  Boars  of  this  place  is  vnthout  danger,  that  these 
Pigs  do  not  show  the  least  inclination  to  attack  their  pursuers 
— nay,  that  they  do  not  turn  upon  them  when  wounded.  That 
Marcgrave  should  have  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing  such  a  Pota- 
mochcerus  porcua  in  Brazil,  even  though  it  has  never  been  domes- 
ticated there,  ought  not  to  surprise  us ;  and  more  especially  it  is 
no  more  startling  than  that  he  also  had  an  opportunity  of  seeing 
there,  and  of  sketching,  several  African  Monkeys.  It  is  easily  ex- 
plained when  we  remember  that  Prince  Maurice  of  Nassau,  in  whose 

*  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  37. 
-  t  Mourad,  H.  C., '  Bidrtg  til  en  Skildring  af  Gninea-Kysten.'  Kjobenhavn. 


1869. J  LETTCR  FROM  PROF.  J.  RBINHARDT.  57 

service  he  was,  caused  animals  to  be  fetched  from  man^  couDtries 
to  keep  them  alive  in  the  park  of  his  coantry«seat,  Freiburg,  near 
Recife  (Pernambnco) ;  and  that  some  of  these  animals  had  come 
from  Africa  is  so  much  more  probable,  as  a  lirelj  intercourse,  called 
forth  by  the  slave-trade,  took  place  between  the  then  Dutch  North 
Brazil  and  tbe  western  coast  of  Africa,  where  an  expedition,  sent 
out  by  the  Prince  Maurice  in  the  year  1641,  had  conquered  the 
possessions  of  the  Portuguese  in  Angola.  I  have  still  to  add  that 
if  the  said  Pig  had  really  been  a  domestic  animal  generally  found  in 
Brazil  in  Marcgrave's  time,  it  would  most  probably  have  also  been 
mentioned  by  the  not  much  older  author  Uabriel  Soares  de  Souza, 
who  has  left  us  a  very  detailed  and,  for  his  time,  excellent  descrip- 
tion of  the  condition  and  appearance  of  Brazil  at  the  close  of  the 
sixteenth  century.  But  it  is  not  mentioned  at  all  in  his  work 
among  the  domestic  animals  then  kept  in  that  country.  As  for  the 
rest.  Dr.  Gray  is  not  the  first  who  has  supposed  Marcgrave's  Sus 
poreus  to  be  not  a  breed  of  the  common  Pig,  but  a  peculiar  species, 
and  yet  a  domestic  animal  in  Brazil.  Already  in  Erxleben  we  find 
the  same  view ;  and  he  does  not  even  hesitate  to  state  that  it  was 
found  there  in  great  numbers  even  at  the  time  when  he  wrote  ('  ubi 
hodie  copiosissimus,'  Erxleben,  Syst.  Regni  Anim.  p.  184). 

*'  My  other  observation  relates  to  Dr.  Gray's  notice  about  Ptero- 
nura  9andbachii,  He  concludes  the  welcome  information  about  this 
rare  Otter  with  the  remark  that  Natterer's  Lutra  aolitaria  from 
South  Brazil  (Tpanema,  in  San  Paulo)  probably  forms  a  second  spe- 
cies of  the  genus  Pteronura,  This  supposition,  however,  is  scarcely 
well  found^ ;  for  in  the  short  original  description  given  by  A.  Wag- 
ner of  this  Otter  he  calls  our  particular  attention  to  the  naked 
muzzle  ('  die  nackte  Nasenkuppe')  as  one  of  the  most  essential  cha- 
racters of  this  species;  whereas  the  muzzle  of  Pteronura,  as  we 
know,  is  entirely  covered  with  hair.  But  even  though  Lutra  soli" 
tana,  Natt.,  according  to  all  that  we  know  about  it,  cannot  be  a 
Pteronura,  yet  I  consider  it  not  improbable  that  a  species  of  this 
genus  (or,  perhaps,  rather  subgenus)  is  hving  in  Brazil,  to  which  it 
may  be  useful  to  direct  the  attention  of  travelling  naturalists,  though 
it  is  only  very  insufficient  information  I  can  impart  about  it.  I  have 
sometimes  in  the  province  of  Minas  Geraes  seen  the  stretched  and 
tanned  skins  of  a  large  Otter,  and  also  myself  brought  home  such 
a  one,  which,  though  the  point  of  the  tail  is  wanting,  has  never- 
theless the  very  considerable  length  of  6  feet.  I  do  not  consider 
this  tnutilated  and  damaged  specimen  sufficient  for  definitively  de- 
ciding the  question ;  but  so  much  may  at  any  rate  be  stated,  that 
this  Otter  has  a  muzzle  entirely  covered  with  hair,  the  very  narrow 
edges  of  the  nostrils  only  excepted ;  and  on  the  tail  of  the  skin  we 
see  still  distinct  traces  of  a  lateral  ridge  (not  very  prominent,  to  be 
sure)  which  has  formed  the  limit  between  the  upper  and  the  under 
side,  and  which  it  has  been  impossible  to  efface  completely,  though 
the  skin  has  been  stretched  and  tanned.  Thus  it  is  at  least  very 
Ukely  that  this  skin  really  belongs  to  a  Pteronura ;  and  as  for  the 
colour  and  the  spots  on  the  throat,  it  seems  even  to  agree  so  well 


58  LETTER  FROM  CAPT.  T.  BUTTON.  [Jan.  28, 

with  Dr.  Gray's  description,  especially  of  Mr.  Bartlett's  specimen  of 
Pteronura  sandbachii,  that  I  do  not  even  consider  it  impossible  that 
my  Brazilian  Otter  may  be  of  that  species.  At  all  event*,  I  con- 
sider it  certain  that  it  is  different  from  the  considerably  smaller  Lutra 
brasiliensis ;  and  I  may  add  that  the  more  experienced  hunters  of 
the  province  Minas  Geraes  distinguish  clearly  between  two  Otters 
indigenous  there :  the  smaller  one  they  call  *  Lontra ;'  to  the  larger 
one  they  give  the  name  *Ariranha.'  Prof.  Burmeister  is  not  accu- 
rate when,  in  his  *  Uebersicht  der  Thiere  Brasiliens,'  he  states  that 
these  denominations  are  used  indiscriminately  for  the  same  animal, 
Lutra  brasiliejisis" 

Mr.  Blyth  exhibited  and  made  some  remarks  upon  a  pair  of  horns 
of  one  of  the  new  Antelopes  {Strepsiceros  imberbis)  described  by 
him  at  the  last  Meeting. 

A  communication  was  read  from  Capt.  Thomas  Hutton,  C.M.Z.S., 
containing  notes  upon  certain  Indian  Mammals,  principally  regard- 
ing their  habits  and  distribution  in  India.  The  species  alluded  to 
were  the  following : — 

1.  The  Indian  Bualoo  {Urnus  labiatua  of  Jerdon's  'Indian 
Mammals'). 

Capt.  Hutton  gave  a  full  description  of  the  variety  of  this  animal, 
met  with  in  the  north-western  provinces,  which  appeared  to  present 
some  points  of  difference,  and  gave  copious  notes  upon  its  habits, 
stating  in  particular  that,  although  it  can  climb  trees  readily  enough 
in  search  of  fruits,  it  finds  difficulty  in  doing  so  unless  the  trunk  of 
the  tree  is  gnarled  and  rough. 

2.  The  Snow-Bear  of  the  Himalaya  {Ursus  isabellinus). 

This  species  of  Bear  was  stated  to  be  entirely  confined  to  the 
snowy  region  of  the  northern  Himalaya  and  Tibet,  where  it  subsists 
upon  roots,  berries  gleaned  from  the  neighbouring  cultivated  spots, 
fruits  both  wild  and  cultivated,  and  such  small  animals  as  it  may 
occasionally  surprise.  Capt.  Hutton  was  of  opinion  that  this  spe- 
cies was  essentially  distinct  from  the  Syrian  Bear  {Ursus  syriacus), 
to  which  it  had  been  united  by  some  authors. 

3.  The  Ounce,  or  Snow-Leopard  (Felis  uncia). 

This  species  was  stated  to  be  resident  among  the  snows  in  the 
treeless  region  of  the  higher  Himalaya,  occurring  occasionally  on  the 
Indian  slope  of  the  snowy  range,  where  a  fine  living  female,  which 
had  come  into  Capt.  Hutton's  possestfion  in  1864  when  about  ^^e 
months  old,  had  been  captured  by  Mr.  Frederick  Wilson  and 
brought  into  Mussooree.  In  the  following  year  two  other  cubs  were 
seen  about  the  same  place,  but  were  not  captured.  Capt.  Hutton 
gave  a  full  description  of  the  first-mentioned  animal  when  about  six 
months  old  ;  its  length  at  that  time  was  about  2  feet  3^  inches,  and 


1869.]  MR.  HARPER  PEASE  ON  THE  AURICULIOiB.  59 

its  tail  about  2  feet  10  inches.     Full  particulars  about  this  animal  in 
a  state  of  captivity  were  also  given. 


Dr.  Murie  exhibited  two  malformed  hoofs  from  a  specimen  of  the 
feral  cattle  of  the  Falkland  Islands.  The  owner,  Capt.  Henry 
Payne,  stated  that  he  shot  the  animal  himself,  and  remarked  that 
such  an  instance  had  rarely,  if  ever,  been  seen  by  the  Falkland- 
Island  residents*.  The  hoofs  were  a  left  fore  and  a  right  hind  one. 
The  outer  half  or  segment  of  the  fore  hoof  was  considerably  length- 
ened and  expanded ;  the  inner  half,  on  the  contrary,  was  narrow, 
elongated,  and  very  convex  on  its  upper  surface.  This  latter,  inner, 
enormously  overgrown  portion  of  the  hoof  formed  a  complete  semi- 
circle, and  crossed  above  and  round  to  the  outside  of  the  outer  half. 
It  lay  like  a  section  of  a  quoit  over  its  neighbour.  The  outer  half 
of  the  hind  hoof  was  lengthened,  but  not  so  much  flattened  as  the 
corresponding  fore  one ;  its  point  had  a  tendency  to  turn  upwards. 
The  inner  half  of  the  hind  hoof  curved  outwards  and  over  its  neigh- 
boar,  but  somewhat  differently  from  the  front  one.  Instead  of  being 
quoit-shape,  it  twisted  like  a  Ram's  horn,  the  plantar  surface  turn- 
ing forwards  and  outwards. 

As  to  the  cause  of  this  peculiar  growth  of  the  hoof,  Mr.  Darwin 
remarks  of  the  Falkland-Island  Horses: — "From  the  soilness  of 
the  ground  their  hoofs  often  grow  irregularly  to  a  great  length,  and 
this  causes  lameness"  (Voy.  of  Beagle,  p.  192). 


A  communication  was  read  from  Prof.  Owen,  F.R.S.,  on  Dinomis, 
forming  the  fourteenth  part  of  his  series  of  memoirs  on  this  subject. 
The  present  paper  related  chiefly  to  the  craniology  of  the  genus,  but 
contained  also  the  description  of  a  fossil  cranium  from  the  London 
clay  of  Sheppey,  in  the  collection  of  the  Earl  of  Enniskillen,  F.R.8., 
which  Prof.  Owen  considered  to  present  combinations  of  Dinornithic 
and  modem  Struthious  characters,  and  characterized  under  the  name 
Dasornis  londinensis. 

This  paper  will  be  printed  in  the  Society's  'Transactions.' 


The  following  papers  were  read  :— 

1.  Descriptions  of  the  Animals  of  certain  Genera  of  Auri^ 
culidcs.    By  Harper  Pease^  C.M.Z.S. 

Genus  Plecotrema  (H.  &  A.  Ad.). 

The  animal  of  the  above  genus  appears  to  have  been  unknown  to 
Messrs.  H.  and  A.  Adams ;  and  I  find  no  description  of  it  published 
elsewhere.  That  of  P.  striata  (Phil.)  presents  the  following  cha- 
racters : — Proboscis  short,  very  broad,  slightly  emarginate  in  front, 
produced  laterally,  neck  long,  more  so  than  that  of  Melampus,  Foot 
»  See  another  case  recorded  by  Mr.  Selatcr,  P.  Z.  S.  1«61,  p.  44. 


60  MR.  HARPER  PEASE  ON  THE  AURICXJLIDiB.         [Jan.  28, 

entire,  short,  extending  bnt  a  short  distance  beyond  the  aperture, 
blantl^  rounded  behind.  Tentacles  short,  stout,  cylindrical,  obtuse 
at  their  ends ;  eyes  immersed  at  their  posterior  inner  bases. 

Grenus  Blauneria  (Shuttl.). 

The  animal  of  B.  gracilis,  Pease,  inhabiting  the  Sandwich  Islands, 
differs  so  widely  from  that  of  B.  pellueida,  as  described  by  Gund- 
lach  and  Binney*,  that  I  am  disposed  to  regard  it  as  a  distinct 
genus,  although  the  shells  can  scarcely  be  distinguished.  Mr. 
Binney  appears  to  have  been  acquainted  with  but  one  species.  Four 
have  been  described,  three  of  which  are  in  my  collection.  That  in- 
habiting the  Sandwich  Islands  is  the  largest,  attaining  to  8  mill,  in 
length. 

The  animal  of  B.  gracilis  is  small  in  proportion  to  the  size  of 
the  shell,  the  head  projecting  but  slightly  from  the  shell,  and  the 
foot  extending  just  beyond  the  aperture.  It  is  pellucid,  colourless, 
excepting  a  yellowish  tinge  around  the  mouth.  Tentacles  short, 
stout,  approximating  at  their  bases.  Head  narrow  above,  and  much 
dilated  below ;  mouth  a  simple  lon^tudinal  slit.  Foot  small,  short, 
bluntly  rounded  behind,  truncate  m  front,  divided  by  a  transverse 
groove,  the  posterior  segment  being  sli^htlv  the  loneer.  Eyes  con- 
spicuous, black,  immersed  at  the  posterior  bases  of  the  tentacles. 

B.  pellueida  is  reported  to  have  been  found  at  Washington  city 
in  gardens.  The  above  species  is  marine,  or  at  least  amphibious. 
Its  station  is  similar  to  that  of  Pedipes,  which  is  found  in  the  cre- 
vices of  stones  overflown  at  high  water.  I  have  never  found  B. 
graeilis  on  the  sides  or  tops  of  stones  when  the  tide  was  out,  but 
around  their  bases  where  the  water  stood  in  little  pools. 

Oenus  Tralia  (Gray). 

The  animals  of  the  two  species  of  this  genus  inhabiting  the  Sand- 
wich Islands  are  those  of  true  Melampi;  their  shells  are  strictly 
TVaUa,  being  furnished  with  three  internal  elevated  ridges  on  the 
outer  lip,  not  dentate  or  plicate  near  the  edge. 

Melampus  (Tralia)  semiplicata,  Pease,  P.  Z'.  S.  1860,  p.  146. 

Animal:  proboscis  rather  narrow,  emarginate  in  front,  finely 
wrinkled  transversely,  blackish  on  its  upperside.  Tentacles  when 
extended  elongate,  cylindrical,  somewhat  enlarged  near  the  base, 
obtuse,  terminating  in  a  slight  round  knob,  transversely  grooved, 
black  at  the  tips,  shading  off  into  cinereous  at  their  bases.  Foot 
divided  by  a  transverse  groove  at  about  one-third  of  its  length ; 
anterior  segment  bluntly  rounded  in  front,  concave  behind ;  poste- 
rior segment  bifid  at  its  termination  by  a  short  slit.  It  moves  by 
advancing  the  anterior  portion  of  the  foot,  and  then  drawing  up 
over  it  the  hinder  part.  Its  motion  is  regular,  similar  to  that  of  the 
Helices — ^gliding  along,  when  on  a  smooth  surface,  rather  quickly. 

*  Land  and  Freshwater  Shells  of  North  America  (Smiths.  Institution),  1865, 
part  2,  p.  20. 


1869.]  ON  THE  LAND-SHELLS  OV  THE  8SYCHELLK8.  61 

The  animal  of  Melampus  parvulus  (Natt.)  agrees  with  the  ahore 
in  all  respects  excepting  its  tentacles,  which  are  shorter  and  more 
stout  in  proportion. 

I  will  take  this  opportunity  of  correcting  an  error  in  the  habitat 
of  Melampus  pusillus  (Gra.).  It  does  not  occur  at  the  Sandwich 
Isbuids. 

The  abore  observations  show  that  Dr.  Cray's  opinion,  that  the 
shells  are  not  always  a  gaide  to  the  generic  relations  of  the  animal, 
is  correct. 


2.  Additional  Notes  on  the  Land-Shells  of  the  Seychelles 
Islands.     By  Geoffbey  Nevill^  C.M.Z.S. 

The  land-shells  of  the  Seychelles  are  not  only  remarkably  few  in 
number,  but  are  also,  generally  speaking,  local.  This  probably 
arises  from  the  nearly  complete  destruction  at  some  period  or  an- 
other of  the  original  flora ;  for  at  Mahe,  and  at  most  of  the  other 
islands  we  visited,  it  was  only  on  the  extreme  summit  of  one  of  the 
highest  passes  in  the  former,  and  on  the  top  of  the  mountain  at 
Silhouette,  that  I  could  perceive  anything  hke  a  peculiar  or  ancient 
flora.  Praslin,  it  is  true,  has  a  vast  number  of  the  Coco-de-mer  trees 
and  many  shrubs,  some  of  which  may  possibly  prove  peculiar  and 
of  interest  to  the  botanist ;  but  vegetation  seems  to  thrive  little  better 
under  them  than  under  the  ordinary  Cocoa-nut  or  Yacoa  Palm.  It 
seemed  to  me  evident  that  the  flora  at  Mah^  must  originally  have 
been  very  different.  Large  fires  have  probably  been  the  chief  cause 
of  the  destruction ;  and  the  cutting  down  tne  timber,  whether  for 
firewood  or  to  plant  Cocoa-nuts,  must  also  have  had  considerable  effect, 
and  have  enabled  the  Pine-apple,  Cinnamon,  Bamboo,  &c.,  and  even 
possibly  some  of  the  common  Mauritian  ferns  {Gleichenia  &c.)  to 
obtain  a  firm  footing.  These  introduced  plants  now  cover  large 
tracts  of  country,  killing  ail  the  more  delicate  indigenous  flowers 
and  ferns.  The  first  mentioned,  more  especially,  is  abundant  in  most 
of  the  islands,  and  grows  almost  up  to  the  tops  of  the  highest  moun- 
tains. Where  the  lar&;e  timber  has  been  thus  destroyed,  the  water, 
almost  as  soon  as  it  fiJls,  forms  for  itself  channels,  and,  running  off 
from  the  soil,  causes  it  in  a  short  time  to  become  dry  and  more  or 
less  arid.  This  is  clearly  perceptible  both  at  Mauritius  and  Bour- 
bon. In  such  situations  there  are  no  shells  to  be  found,  excepting, 
indeed,  some  two  or  three  species,  such  as  Achatina  fulica  &c. 
By  searching,  however,  where  the  trees  have  been  recently  cut  down, 
one  finds  quantities  of  dead  shells,  evidently  killed  by  want  of 
moisture  and  by  exposure  to  the  tropical  sun. 

Out  of  the  meagre  list  of  the  land-shells  I  found  at  the  Seychelles, 
I  beUeve  a  considerable  number  to  have  been  introduced.  It  does 
not  appear  diflicult  to  account  for  this  when  one  considers  that  such 
has  been  the  case  with  a  large  number  of  the  commonest  trees  and 


62  MR.  GEOFFREY  NEVILL  ON  THE  [Jan.  28> 

plants,  amongst  the  roots  &c,  of  which  they  could  easily  have  been 
brought.  I  have  always  noticed  that  the  species  having  the  sup- 
posed widest  ranges  are  principally  found  close  to  the  coast,  or  near 
some  town,  where,  generally,  the  chief  part  of  the  vegetation  has 
been  introduced.  In  these  places  one  rarely  finds  a  species  which 
can  confidently  be  pronounced  to  be  indigenous,  about  the  only 
exception  that  I  have  met  with  being  Gibbus  mauritianus,  which 
abounds  everywhere  in  the  sugar  plantations  near  Port  Louis.  The 
commonest  shell  in  the  Mascarene  Islands,  as  well  as  at  Mah^  and 
Praslin,  is  Helix  similarisy  which  I  believe  has  been  thus  introduced 
into  all  of  them,  either  from  India  or  Ceylon.  At  the  great  abun- 
dance of  most  of  these  species  one  cannot  be  surprised  when  one 
considers  the  vast  numbers  now  to  be  found  of  Achatina  panthera 
at  Mauritius,  and  Achatina  fulica  at  Calcutta,  both  of  which  have 
been  introduced  within  the  memory  of  many  of  the  present  inha- 
bitants of  those  places.  The  others,  of  course,  on  account  of  their 
small  size,  have  not  been  noticed,  and  consequently  their  introduc- 
tion cannot  be  so  easily  traced. 

The  following  are  species  which  I  believe,  from  the  localities  in 
which  I  found  them,  to  have  been  introduced  into  the  Seychelles : — 
Helix  similaria,  Ennea  bicolor,  Subulina  clavulus,  Carychiutn  mauri' 
tianum,  Acicula  mauritiana,  Succinea  striata,  and  Achatina  fulica, 

I  should  draw  a  very  different  deduction  from  the  apparent  affi- 
nities of  the  Seychelles  Pulmonata  to  that  which  my  friend  and 
companion  Mr.  E.  Newton,  in  his  admirable  paper  in  'The  Ibis'  of 
1867,  arrived  at  from  his  careful  study  of  the  ornithology  of  these 
islands,  where  he  states,  "As  regards  the  Ornis  of  the  Seychelles, 
its  Malagash  tendency  is  evident."  Now  the  land-shells  seem  to 
me  to  have  far  more  affinity  with  the  Indian  fauna  than  with  the 
Malagash  or  African.  Perhaps  it  would  be  more  correct  to  say 
that  the  Seychelles  fauna  forms  an  intermediate  and  connecting 
link  between  the  two,  rather  approximating  to  the  former  than  to 
the  latter. 

Five  genera  are  common  to  the  Indian  region  which  are  not  found 
in  the  Malagash,  viz.  Streptaxis,  Ct/athopoma,  Onchidium,  Helicina, 
and  Paluchmus,  the  reverse  being  the  case  with  only  two,  Tropi- 
dophora  and  Gibbus,  The  only  other  species  known  of  Stylodonta, 
as  restricted,  is  from  the  Philippines  {S,  cepoides,  Lea).  The  spe- 
cies of  Discus  and  Conulus  are  also  common  Indian  forms. 

The  only  land-shells  I  can  find  recorded  from  the  Seychelles 
which  I  did  not  myself  meet  with,  are  Helix  militaris,  Pfr.,  pro- 
bably a  variety  of  Stylodonta  unidentata,  and  Bulitnus  oimatuSy  Duf., 
probably  the  species  of  which  I  have  seen  two  specimens  in  the  fine 
local  collection  of  Mr.  Caldwell,  of  Mauritius ;  and  if  the  same,  it  is 
a  very  handsome  distinct  species  of  the  section  Leptomerus,  and 
must  be  extremely  rare. 

1.  Helix  (Dorcasia)  similaris,  F^r. 

From  Mah^  and  Praslin,  where  it  abounds,  but  always  near  cul- 
tivated land,  and  never  at  any  considerable  height.     The  shells  are 


1869.]  LAND-SHELLS  OP  THE  SEYCHELLES.  63 

a  smaller  thinner  variety  than  the  ordinary  Mascarene  ones,  very 
seldom  having  a  hrown  band  on  the  last  whorl. 

2.  Helix  (Conulus),  n.  sp.  ? 

From  Mahd,  F^icite,  and  Silhouette.  Rare ;  amongst  dead  leaves, 
&c.,  in  damp  places. 

3.  Helix  (Discus)  serratus,  H.  Ad.,  n.  sp. 

From  Mah^,  Praslin,  and  Silhouette.  Uncommon  ;  on  the  ground 
in  moist  places. 

4.  Helix  (Discus),  n.  sp. 
From  Silhouette.     Very  rare. 

5.  Helix  (Stylodonta)  unidentata,  Chemn. 

From  Mah^,  F^icite,  Silhouette,  and  Curieuse.  On  the  ground, 
amongst  decaying  leaves  of  the  ordinary  Cocoa-nut  tree,  &c.  This 
species  is  not  found  at  all  at  Praslin.  The  variety  from  the  three 
latter  localities^  as  given  above,  differs  from  the  Mah^  typical  form 
in  being  thicker,  more  produced,  with  a  strongly  marked  brown 
band  round  the  last  whorl,  and  in  odeu  being  deformed.  Thb  spe- 
cies, even  in  its  youngest  stages,  can  be  readily  distinguished  from 
Sfyl,  studerianot  the  spiral  striae  on  the  first  few  whorls  not  being 
cancellated,  as  is  the  case  with  the  latter  species ;  it  is  also  far  more 
globose,  &c.  &c.  The  animal  is  a  uniform  brown,  varying  in  shade  ; 
the  foot  underneath  is  greenish,  and  the  tentacles  a  purplish  grey. 

6.  Helix  (Sfylodonta)  studeriana,  F^r. 

From  Praslin  onli/.  This  species  is  remarkable  from  its  being 
restricted  to  one  island,  like  the  extraordinary  tree  the  Coco-de-mer, 
on  whose  leaves  and  trunk  it  lives ;  unlike  the  preceding  species,  I 
never  found  any  live  specimens  of  it  on  the  ground.  There  are  two 
varieties,  one  a  rich  brown  colour,  the  other  a  decided  yellow.  In 
shape  it  always  appeared  to  be  perfectly  constant ;  and  the  reflexed 
outer  lip  is  always  white,  whilst  in  StyL  unidentata  it  is  violet — 
although  I  procured  one  specimen  of  the  latter  in  which  it  also  was 
white. 

7.  Streptaxis  souleyetiana.  Petit. 

From  Mahe,  Praslin,  and  Silhouette.  In  damp  places,  on  the 
ground.  Animal  ash-colour,  the  posterior  part  greenish  yellow, 
stained  on  the  neck  with  maure  (varying  in  shade),  foot  (underneath) 
yellow,  tentacles  black. 

8.  Ennea  (Elma)  nevilli,  H.  Ad.,  n.  sp. 

From  Mahe  and  Silhouette.  Extremely  rare  at  the  first-men- 
tioned locality,  more  plentiful  at  the  latter ;  on  the  ground,  amongst 
dead  leaves  &c. 


64  MR.  GEOFFREY  NEVILL  ON  THE  [Jan.  28, 

9.  SUBULINA  MAURITIANA,  Pfr. 

From  Mah6  and  Silhouette.  Amongst  the  husks  of  Cocoa-nuts, 
under  stones,  &c.  This  shell,  as  well  as  the  following,  belongs  to  a 
most  perplexing  group ;  though  I  have  examined  a  great  manj  spe- 
cimens, from  every  place  where  I  have  been,  I  have  been  unable  to 
come  to  any  satisfactory  conclusion  concerning  them.  The  present 
species  I  take  to  be  the  same  as  one  from  Mauritius,  but  which  I 
did  not  find  at  Bourbon  ;  it  is,  if  not  the  same,  very  closely  allied  to 
the  common  S.  graeilU,  Hutt.,  of  Ceylon  and  India,  although  I 
have  never  seen  the  latter  at  all  approaching  it  in  size ;  the  striae 
also  are  a  shade  stronzer,  and  the  last  whorl  is  a  little  less  rounded 
and  more  angular  in  the  present  species.  It  is  very  variable  in  size, 
my  largest  specimen  having  ten  whorls  and  being  16  mill,  long, 
while  usually  they  have  eight  whorls  and  are  about  12-14  mill,  in 
length. 

10.  SUBULINA,  n.  8p.7 

From  Mah^,  Praslin,  Silhouette,  and  F^icite.  In  the  same  loca- 
lities as  the  preceding.  Certainly  distinct  from  S,  clavulus  and 
S,  mauritiana,  also  from  S,  gracilis,  being  more  nearly  allied  to 
S,  clavulina,  P.  &  M.,  from  which,  however,  it  seems  to  constantly 
differ  in  several  respects.  This  Seychelles  species  I  also  found  at 
Bourbon  and  Mauritius ;  S.  clavulina,  on  the  other  hand,  only  at 
Mauritius. 

11.  AcHATiNA  FULiCA,  Fer. 

From  Mah^,  Praslin,  and  (I  believe)  Silhouette.  A  smaller, 
thinner  variety  than  the  Mauritian  type ;  never  very  far  from  culti- 
vated land. 

12.  ACICULA  MAURITIANA,  H.  Ad.,  U.  Sp. 

From  Mah^.     Bare ;  under  stones  &c. 

13.  SUCCINEA  ? STRIATA,  Kf. 

From  Mah4  Praslin,  Silhouette,  and  F^icit^.  Amongst  decayed 
leaves  &c.,  on  the  ground.  This  is  certainly  the  same  as  the  Mas- 
carene  species. 

14.  GiBBUS  MORELETI,  H.  Ad.,  U.  Sp. 

From  Silhouette.  Extremely  scarce ;  I  only  found  one  specimen, 
at  a  great  height. 

15.  EnNEA  BiCOLORy  Hutt. 

From  Mah^,  near  Port  Victoria,  in  the  cinnamon  groves.  After 
a  very  careful  examination  of  a  large  number  of  specimens  from 
Mauritius,  Seychelles,  Ceylon,  and  India,  I  am  convinced  they  are 
all  one  and  the  same  species,  in  which  case  Pfeiffer's  E.  ceylaniea 
must  become  a  synonym.  I  have  examined  the  animals  both  at 
Mauritius  and  Ceylon,  which  are  perfectly  similar.    The  shell  varies 


1869.]  LAND-SHELLS  OF  THE  SEYCHELLES.  65 

slightly  as  regards  the  convexity  of  the  whorls,  the  striation,  and 
the  spiral  an^e ;  these  varieties  I  possess  from  all  the  above  locali- 
ties, occarring  in  all  instances  with  others  of  the  typical  form.  If 
E.  ceylaniea  is  to  remain  as  a  good  species,  I  have  three  or  four 
others  possessing  equal,  or  greater,  claims  to  be  distinguished. 

16.  Helicina ?. 

From  Mah4  Praslin,  and  Silhouette.  Amongst  decayed  leaves 
&c.,  on  the  ground.  The  shell  varies  somewhat  in  colour,  sometimes 
being  a  bright  red,  at  others  an  orange-yellow. 

17.  Onchidium 7 

From  Mah^.     Under  stones  &c.,  in  damp  places ;  common. 

18.  Omchidium 7 

From  Praslin.  On  the  stems  and  leaves  of  the  "  Coco-de-mer." 
The  differences  between  thb  and  the  preceding  species  afford  a  cu- 
rious parallel  to  those  between  Styl.  unidentata  and  Styl,  atuderiana. 
In  each  instance  the  Praslin  species  are  far  more  finely  developed 
than  their  Mah^  representatives:  whilst  the  latter  appear  to  live 
always  on  the  ground,  the  former  seem  to  prefer  a  different  habitat. 
Sometimes  one  sees  the  sea-cocoanut-trees  covered  with  shells,  not 
only  the  two  above  mentioned,  but  also  Bulimus /vlvicans,  Ct/elostO' 
mus  pulcher,  and  others.  On  the  common  cocoa-nut  tree  I  never  at 
any  place  found  any  shell  except  Bulimus  Julvicans.  This  species 
differs  from  the  preceding  in  being  considerably  larger,  in  not  pos- 
sessing the  oblong  blackish  spots,  but  in  being  covered  with  regular, 
small,  roughish  pustules,  of  the  same  colour  as  the  rest  of  the  animal, 
which  is  extremely  variable.  I  found  black,  brown,  and  pure-white 
varieties ;  the  underneath  part  also,  instead  of  being  a  pinkish  cho- 
colate colour,  is  darkish  yellow  (varying  in  shade,  sometimes  quite 
white). 

19.  Cyclostomus  (Tbopioophora)  pulcher.  Gray. 

From  Mah4  Praslin,  and  Silhouette.  On  the  Coco-de-mer, 
shrubs,  &c.    The  shell  varies  in  colour,  but  not,  apparently,  in  form. 

20.  Cyathopoma  blanforoi,  H.  Ad.,  n.  sp. 

Prom  Mah^.  Extremely  rare;  amongst  decayed  leaves  &c.,  on 
the  ground,  near  a  stream,  rather  high  up. 

21.  Carychium,  n.  sp.  7 

From  Praslin,  near  the  Protestant  church,  at  the  foot  of  a  common 
cocoa-nut  tree.  I  unfortunately  only  found  a  single  specimen, 
which  1  hardly  like  to  describe  as  new,  though  it  differs  from  C,  mau- 
ritianum  in  very  many  respects. 

22.  Melampus  livious,  Desh. 
From  Mah^  and  Praslin. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  V. 


66    DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

23.  Melampus  fasciatus,  Desh. 
From  the  same  islands  as  the  preceding. 

24.  Melampus  caffer,  Kust. 
From  Mah^. 

25.  Melampus  bridgesii.  Carp. 

From  Mah^     Under  damp  stones,  close  to  the  sea;  extremely 
local,  I  only  found  it  at  one  spot. 

26.  Plecotrema,  n.  sp.  ? 

From  Mah^.     Under  the  stones  of  an  old  jetty  at  Port  Victoria ; 
rare. 

27.  Neritina  gagates,  R&l. 

From  Praslin.     In  a  very  small  rapid  stream,  close  to  where  one 
crosses  to  go  to  Curieuse ;  yery  local. 

28.  Melania  (Melanoides)  tuberculata,  Mfill. 
From  Mah6,  Praslin,  and  Silhouette. 

29.  Pyrazus  palustris,  Linn. 

From  a  creek  at  Mahd,  near  Port  Victoria. 

30.  Paludomus  ajanensis,  Mori. 

From  a  rapid  stream,  rather  high  up,  at  Mah^ ;  rarely  coUected. 

31.  Paludomus,  n.  sp.  ? 

From  Silhouette.     Very  rare ;  in  a  small  stream,  very  high  up. 


3.  A  Monograph  of  the  Siliceo-fibrous  Sponges. 
By  J.  S.  Bowerbane,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  P.Z.S.,  &c.— Part  I. 

(Plates  III.,  IV.,  v.,  &  VI.) 

In  my  observations  on  Dr.  Gray's  "  Notes  on  the  Arrangement 
of  Sponges,*'  published  in  the  *  Proceedings'  of  this  Society  for  1868 
(pp.  124  &  125),  I  have  stated  my  objection  to  his  arrangement  of 
the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges,  several  species  of  which  he  has  named 
and  described  in  the  volumes  of  the  '  Proceedings.' '  His  descriptions 
are  very  brief,  and  are  mainly  dependent  on  the  characters  of 
external  form  and  the  peculiarities  of  their  surface ;  but  although 
describing  them  as  sponges,  he  appears  to  be  still  in  a  state  of  un- 
certainty regarding  their  real  nature.  In  his  descriptions  of  hia 
genera  MacAndreuna  and  Myliusia  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1859,  p.  437), 
throughout  the  whole  of  the  paper,  he  expresses  doubts  of  their 
spongeous  nature,  and  inclines  to  the  belief,  in  p.  440,  that  they, 
with  DactylocalyXf  might  "all  prove   to   be  a  peculiar  family  of 


1869.]      DR.  J.  8.  BOWKRBANK  ON  SILICBO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.      67 

zoophytes  rather  than  sponges.*'  In  his  '*  Notes  on  the  Arrangement 
of  Sponges  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  492)  he  arranges  them  as 
sponges ;  hut  in  his  description  of  his  genus  MacAndrewia  he  com- 
mences thus : — "The  coral  expanded,  cyathiform,"  &c.  This  con- 
fusion of  ideas  can  only  be  accounted  for  on  the  supposition  that 
Dr.  Gray  has  really  never  taken  the  trouble  to  ascertain  the  struc- 
tural characters  of  the  specimens  that  have  been  so  many  years  in 
his  possession. 

Although  differing  to  a  considerable  extent  from  the  general  mass 
of  the  SponffiadiB,  the  primary  design  of  sponge-life  in  the  siliceo- 
fibrous  species  is  in  perfect  accordance  with  the  great  mass  of  the 
sponges.  The  external  and  internal  defensive  systems  are  as  those 
of  other  sponges,  and  their  minute  organs,  as  in  other  species,  are 
exceedingly  various  in  form  and  strikingly  demonstrative  of  their 
specific  characters ;  in  truth  they  possess  in  perfection  every  essen- 
tial organ  of  the  Spongiada. 

Dr.  Gray,  in  his  **  Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of  Sponges"  (Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  505),  has  formed  an  order  to  receive  the  siliceo- 
fibrous  sponges,  which  he  has  designated  Coraliiospongia,  and  he 
thus  defiues  the  members  of  his  order : — **  Sponge  hard,  coral-like. 
Skeleton  entirely  formed  of  siHceous  spicules,  anchylosed  together 
by  siliceous  matter,  forming  a  netted  mass  covered  with  sarcode.*' 
Prof.  Wyville  Thomson,  in  the  'Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.'  for  Febniary 
1868,  p.  120,  in  describing  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges,  under  the 
head  of  tlie  "  siliceous  skeleton,"  says : — "  In  Habrodictyon  [^Alcyon- 
cellum  apeciosum,  Quoy  et  Gaimardj  and  Hycdonema  the  skeleton  is 
composed  entirely  of  separate  siliceous  spicules  of  various  forms,  in- 
terwoven in  fascicles  and  connected  bv  the  thin  sarcode  layer,  or 
scattered  irregularly  among  the  fascicles  of  spicules.  In  Euplec- 
tella,  Jphrocallistes,  Dactylocalyx,  and  Farrea,  certain  kinds  of 
these  spicules  are  more  or  less  completely  fused  together,  forming  a 
continuous  anastomosing  network." 

In  my  observations  on  Dr.  Gray's  "  Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of 
Sponges"  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1868,  p.  118),  I  have  already  pointed 
out  the  error  the  author  has  fallen  into  in  describing  Bactylocalyx  as 
*'  entirely  composed  of  siliceous  spicules  anchylosed  together  by  sili- 
ceous matter  into  a  network ;"  and  I  have  there  stated,  and  have  not 
since  seen  reason  to  alter  my  conviction,  that  the  description  of  Dr. 
Gray  is  eminently  incorrect,  as  no  one,  "  I  believe,  ever  saw  the  termi- 
nations of  spicula  united  into  a  network  through  the  morbid  action  of 
anchylosis  by  means  of  siliceous  matter ;"  and  I  may  add  that  I  have 
never  yet  seen  a  case  of  the  anastomosb  of  spiciUa.  The  normal 
condition  of  these  organs  is  never  to  anastomose,  however  closely  they 
may  be  packed  together,  while  that  of  siliceo-fibrous  structure  is  always 
to  anastomose  when  they  touch  each  other ;  and  this  law  is  abun- 
dantly illustrated  in  the  fibrous  structure  of  the  skeleton  of  Euplec- 
tella  asperyillum,  Owen,  now  so  common  a  specimen  in  the  cabinets 
of  collectors.  This  error  of  Dr.  Gray,  regarding  the  spicular  structure 
of  Bactylocalyx  and  other  siUceo-fibrous  sponges,  seems  to  have  been 
unhesitatingly  adopted  by  Prof  Wyville  Thomson,  and  without  any 


68     DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  81  LI  CEO- FIB  ROUS  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

effort  to  test  its  accuracy,  as  it  appears  to  me  to  be  impossible  that 
the  fibres  of  Dactylocalyx  pumiceus  should  be  seen  beneath  a  micro- 
scopical power  of  about  one  or  two  hundred  linear  without  the  con- 
viction being  immediately  arrived  at  that  the  tissue  was  purely 
fibrous;  and  sections  at  right  angles  to  their  axes  at  once  exhibit 
their  concentric  structure,  and  prove  that  they  are  not  compound 
structures  formed  of  '*  separate  siliceous  spicules  of  various  forms,  in- 
terwoven hi  fascicles."  This  description,  quoted  from  Prof.  W. 
Thomson's  paper  (Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Feb.  1868,  p.  120),  will 
apply  correctly  enough  to  Hyalonema,  but  certainly  not  to  "  Eu- 
pUctella,  Owen,  Aphroeallistes,  Dactylocalyx^  and  Farrea,^^  the 
latter  four  genera  having  purely  siliceo-fibrous  skeletons,  while 
Hyalonema  is  as  purely  a  spiculo-reticulate  structure. 

Prof.  Wyville  Thomson,  in  his  paper  in  the  *  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.'  for  Feb.  1868,  has  proposed  a  new  name  for  the  siliceo- 
fibrous  sponges;  but  a  new  name,  unless  it  be  more  significant 
than  the  old  one,  is  a  detriment  rather  than  an  advantage  to  science. 
He  designates  them  as  vitreous  sponges ;  this  is  an  erroneous  idea, 
inasmuch  as  the  fibres  are  not  inorganic  and  amorphous  in  their 
structure  like  fibres  of  glass,  but,  on  the  contrary,  they  are  highly 
organized,  consisting  of  concentric  layers  of  silex  and  keratode  com- 
bined, and  thus  are  totally  different  in  their  origin  and  structure  from 
an  artificial  amorphous  structure  like  glass.  The  term  vitreous 
naturally  supposes  an  origin  and  a  transparency  through  the  agency 
of  fire ;  but  if  we  submit  the  fibres  of  Dactyloccdyx  pumiceus  to  the 
action  of  that  element  by  making  a  small  portion  of  the  rigid  ske- 
leton red-hot  two  or  three  times  in  the  flame  of  a  spirit-lamp,  it 
comes  forth  from  the  trial  as  black  as  charcoal,  and  perfectly  opaque. 

If  the  term  vitreous  is  meant  to  represent  the  general  character 
and  appearance  of  these  sponges  in  their  natural  condition,  it  is  then 
still  more  inappropriate,  as  in  the  living  state  their  external  ap« 
pearance  is  that  of  an  ordinary  sponge  entirely  enveloped  in  a  more 
or  less  fleshy  dermal  envelope ;  if  at  all  applicable,  it  can  only  be  so 
when  the  animal  is  in  a  deteriorated  and  partially  decomposed  condi- 
tion ;  while  siliceo-fibrous  is  correctly  expressive  of  the  nature  of  their 
structure,  and  contrasts  well  with  the  terms  kerato-fibrous  and 
spiculo- fibrous.  For  these  reasons,  therefore,  I  feel  under  the  neces- 
sity of  rejecting  the  new  designation  proposed  by  the  learned  Pro- 
fessor. 

Prof.  Wyville  Thomson,  in  his  proposed  arrangement  of  the 
Sponyiada  "  Order  I.  (P.  silicea)  Vitrea,"  gives  the  following  as  the 
characters  of  his  proposed  new  order : — "  Sarcode  in  small  quantity, 
very  soft ;  never  containing  formed  homy  matter,  either  fibrous, 
membranous,  or  granular.  The  skeleton  consists  entirely  of  sili- 
ceous spicules,  either  separate  (in  fascicles  or  scattered)  or  anasto- 
mosing, and  combined  into  a  sUiceous  network.  The  sarcode  con- 
tains small  spicula  of  a  different  character  from  the  general  spicules 
of  the  skeletons,  and  of  complicated  forms.  The  spicules,  whether 
of  the  skeleton,  or  of  the  sarcode,  may  all  be  referred  to  the  hex- 
radiate  stellate  type.     Ex.  Hyalonema,  Dactylocalyx.''' 


1869.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWEEBANK  ON  8ILICBO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.      69 

Dr.  Wyville  Thomson'a  endearour,  bj  the  institution  of  his  pro- 
posed new  order  Yitrea,  and  his  description  of  its  characters,  nas, 
instead  of  elucidating  the  subject,  still  further  complicated  it.  All 
the  members  of  his  new  order  should  certainly  agree  io  a  series  of 
definite  structural  characters ;  but  this  is  not  the  case.  Thus  he 
gives,  as  examples  of  his  order,  Hyalonema  and  Dactyloealyx,  the 
sponge  of  the  first  having  a  skeleton  composed  of  spicula  cemented 
together  by  keratode,  as  in  the  great  mass  of  HaUchondroid  sponges, 
the  mass  of  the  skeleton  being  eminently  elastic  and  entirely  desti- 
tute of  siliceo- fibrous  structure,  while  in  the  latter  genus  the  skeleton 
is  perfectly  rigid,  being  composed  entirely  of  inelastic  siliceo-fibrous 
tissue. 

But  this  is  not  the  only  error  in  the  descriptions  of  the  characters 
of  his  proposed  new  order  Yitrea ;  thus  he  states  (Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.  p.  1 20)  of  the  sarcode : — "  It  is  small  in  quantity,  very  soft, 
probably  semifluid,  extending  in  a  thin  layer  over  the  fascicles  of 
siliceous  needles  and  over  the  siliceous  framework." 

Dr.  Thomson's  description  of  the  sarcode  in  this  tribe  of  sponges 
is  correctly  applicable  as  regards  quantity,  if,  as  appears  to  have 
been  the  case,  he  has  derived  his  conclusions  from  an  examination  of 
the  prepared  skeletons  of  the  sponges  in  the  Museum  of  the  Jardin 
des  Plantes  and  the  British  Museum  ;  but  it  is  a  mistake  to  imagine 
that  the  sarcode  is  deficient  in  quantity  when  in  their  natural  condi- 
tion. In  Dactyloealyx  heteroformU^  D.  M'Jndrevna,  D.  Prattii^ 
and  2).  Masoni  which  are  in  the  same  condition  as  when  taken  alive 
from  the  sea,  there  is  quite  as  much  of  that  vital  substance  in  their 
interstitial  cavities  as  we  find  in  the  greater  portion  of  siliceo-reticular 
sponges,  and  frequently  more  in  proportion  than  we  find  in  many  of 
them.  It  is  abo  an  error  to  conclude  that  there  are  no  membranous 
tissues  within  them.  The  usual  deUcate  interstitial  membranes  exist 
in  their  cavities  to  about  the  same  extent  as  in  other  sponges. 

The  author  also  says,  in  his  character  of  Yitrea,  '*  never  con- 
taining formed  homy  matter,  either  fibrous,  membranous,  or  gra- 
nular." Now  Hyalonema  contains  an  abundance  of  homy  matter, 
cementing  the  spicula  together  in  the  basal  mass  of  the  sponge,  and 
also  in  the  coriaceous  envelope  of  the  so-called  "  glass  rope  "  of  the 
sponge,  and  Dactyloealyx  has  plenty  of  membranes  in  the  interstices 
of  the  skeleton,  and  an  extensive  and  elastic  dermal  membrane  en- 
veloping the  whole  of  the  sponge. 

Ftof.  Thomson's  description  of  the  characters  of  his  proposed  new 
order  embraces  very  many  more  genera  than  he  could  possibly  have 
contemplated  when  he  wrote  it.  He  says,  *'  The  skeleton  consbts 
entirely  of  siliceous  spicules,  either  separate  (in  fascicles  or  scattered) 
or  anastomosing  and  combined  into  a  siliceous  network."  Let  us 
now  see  what  the  effect  of  this  very  sweeping  character  will  be : — 
1st,  under  the  head  of  spicules  "  separate,"  it  will  include  the  genera 
Hywumacidon  and  Hymeraphia ;  2nd,  *'  spicula  in  fascicles,"  it 
will  embrace  ten  other  genera,  viz.  Geodia,  Pachymatisma,  Eeio- 
nemia,  Dictyoeylindrus,  Polymastia,  Cioealypta,  Tethea,  Phakellia, 
Mierociona,  and  Hymedefmia ;  «3rd,  '*  combined  into  a  siliceous  net- 


70     DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SlLlCEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

work,"  it  will  include  six  other  geuera,  Haliehondria,  HyaUmetna, 
Isodictya,  Spongilla,  Diplodemia,  and  Desmacidon,  We  hare  thus 
no  less  than  eighteen  genera,  not  one  of  which  has  a  particle  of  true 
siliceo-fibrous  structure  in  their  skeletons,  incorporated  with  DactyUh- 
calyx  and  the  other  truly  siliceo-fibrous  species.  Such  a  character, 
instead  of  facilitating  the  discrimination  of  species,  is  calculated  to 
lead  us  unto  a  perfect  maze  of  doubt  and  uncertainty  ;  and  all  this 
while  he  entirely  ignores  the  existence  of  solid  siliceous  fibre. 

The  author's  application  of  negative  characters  in  his  description 
of  his  order  Yitrea  is  certainly  bad :  it  is  positive  characters  that 
lead  us  to  correct  discrimination  of  orders,  genera,  and  species ; 
it  is  what  they  are  that  must  be  our  guides,  not  what  they  are  not. 
If  Prof.  Wyville  Thomson  had  a  more  extensive  and  intimate  know- 
ledge of  the  species  of  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  than  he  appears  to 
possess,  I  can  readily  imagine  that  he  would  not  have  fallen  into  the 
errors  that  I  have  pointed  out. 

Dr.  Thomson,  in  his  highly  imaginative  paper  "  On  the  Vitreous 
Sponges,"  has  not  only  proposed  a  new  and  very  impracticable 
order  for  their  reception,  but  he  has  also,  contrary  to  all  the  esta- 
blished canons  of  nomenclature,  proposed  to  abrogate  the  established 
generic  names  of  the  working  naturalists  who  have  preceded  him  in 
writing  on  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges;  and,  after  criticising  their 
differences  of  opinion  very  freely,  he  at  once  proposes  that  they 
shall  all  be  abolished,  and  his  newly  concocted  name  Habrodictyon 
be  established  in  their  stead.  If  the  new  name  were  illustrative  of 
new  ideas,  or  of  new  facts,  it  might  be  entitled  to  consideration ; 
but  as  we  find  neither  the  one  nor  the  other  in  the  learned  pro- 
fessor's paper,  I  do  not  think  he  can  reasonably  expect  that  it  will 
be  adopted. 

Before  we  commence  the  descriptions  of  the  genera  and  species  of 
the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges,  it  will  be  as  well  to  ask,  what  is  a 
siliceo-fibrous  sponge  ?  and  in  what  important  points  of  structure 
does  it  differ  from  the  general  mass  of  the  Spongiadse  ?  In  the  ex- 
tensive order  Silicea  we  find  by  far  the  greater  number  of  genera  are 
characterized  by  the  existence  of  siliceous  spicula  in  their  skeletons, 
and  that  they  are  separated  from  each  other  by  peculiar  modes  of 
their  arrangement  in  the  structures.  In  all  the  genera  comprised  in 
the  siliceo-reticulate  and  spiculo-fibrous  sponges  nature  has  provided 
in  their  structure  for  their  capability  of  expanding  and  contract- 
ing their  skeletons  to  a  certain  limited  extent ;  and  this  power 
appears  to  be  inherent  in  all  parts  of  the  animal  mass.  We  there- 
fore find  the  dermal  integuments  closely  adherent  to  the  surface  of 
the  animal,  expanding  and  contracting  in  unison  with  the  general 
mass.  This  is  not  the  case  with  a  siliceo-fibrous  sponge.  The  whole 
mass  of  the  skeleton  is  formed  of  a  continuous  reticulation  of  solid 
siliceous  fibre,  which  renders  the  skeleton  perfectly  inexpansible  ;  but 
to  compensate  for  this  apparent  defect  in  its  economy,  these  sponges 
are  provided  with  a  peculiar  expansile  dermal  system,  the  dermal 
membrane  being  furnished  abundantly  with  connecting  spicula,  the 
distal  surfaces  of  which  are  closely  cemented  to  the  inner  surface  of 


1869.1     DR.  J.  6.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROUS  8PON6ES.       71 

the  membraue,  while  their  shafts  are  freely  suspended  in  the  interval 
existing  between  the  dermal  membrane  and  the  surface  of  the  rigid 
skeleton ;  so  that  when  the  animal  is  actively  inhaling  or  exhaling, 
the  expansile  dermal  system  expands  or  contracts  in  accordance  with 
necessities  of  its  vital  actions ;  but  when  in  a  state  of  inaction  or  re- 
pose, it  subsides  on  to  the  rigid  surface  of  the  skeleton,  and  the  long 
shafts  of  its  connecting  spicula  are  immersed  in  its  interstices.  This 
singular  and  beautiful  provision  of  nature  prevails  in  all  the  known 
siliceo-fibrous  sponges  which  are  in  the  condition  they  were  when 
aliye  in  their  native  element ;  it  also  readily  accounts  for  the  naked 
skeleton-like  structure  of  many  of  the  specimens  of  Dactylo- 
calyx  and  Iphiteon  which  are  preserved  in  the  museums  of  London 
and  Paris.  The  whole  of  this  beautiful  dermal  structure  is  held  to- 
gether in  life  by  the  tough  and  elastic  dermal  membrane ;  but  as 
soon  as  this  is  remored,  either  by  decomposition  or  maceration  in 
water,  the  remainder  is  the  skeleton  only  of  the  animal,  with  pro- 
bably a  few  of  the  retentive  and  interstitial  spicula  entangled  in  the 
interstices  of  the  skeleton.  I  have  not  seen  one  of  these  sponges 
taken  from  the  sea;  but  in  two  specimens  in  my  possession,  which 
were  dried  in  the  living  condition,  Dactyloealyx  Prattii  and  Masoni, 
their  external  appearance  is  that  of  being  enveloped  in  a  thin  brown 
leathery  or  parchment-like  skin,  and  not  the  slightest  indication  of 
the  beautifnl  rigid  siliceo-fibrous  skeleton  is  visible.  In  D,  Prattii 
the  expansile  dermal  membrane  in  its  present  condition  is  contracted 
into  folds  and  ridges  at  the  margin  of  the  sponge,  strongly  indica- 
ting its  lax  and  expansile  nature  when  in  the  living  state.  I  im- 
mersed one  end  of  my  specimen  of  D.  Masoni  in  water  for  about  half 
an  hour ;  on  removing  it  from  the  water,  the  dermal  surface  pre- 
sented a  smooth  and  slightly  glazed  appearance,  and  the  membrane 
was  readily  removeable  by  the  point  of  a  penknife  from  the  mass  of 
the  skeleton.  When  thus  removed,  I  submitted  it,  immersed  in 
water,  to  a  power  of  108  linear;  I  found  that  the  sarcode  lining  it 
was  so  abundant  and  so  much  expanded  by  the  water  it  had  imbibed, 
that  I  could  not  see  the  apices  of  the  numerous  connecting  spicula 
imbedded  in  it,  their  long  shafts  only  being  visible  on  its  inner  sur- 
face projecting  through  the  stratum  of  sarcode.  A  thin  slice  of  the 
rigid  skeleton  prepared  under  the  same  circumstances  presented  si- 
milar difficulties ;  the  siliceous  fibres  were  completely  obscured  by  the 
abundance  of  the  sarcode  present,  which  filled  all  the  interstitial 
cavities,  appearing  like  a  firm  gelatinous  matter  of  a  deep-brown 
colour ;  and  it  was  not  until  the  specimens  under  consideration  were 
dried,  the  sarcode  again  contracted  into  comparatively  a  thin  film, 
and  the  specimens  mounted  in  Canada  balsam,  that  any  of  the  sili- 
ceous structures  of  the  sponge  could  be  rendered  distinctly  visible. 
This  abundance  of  the  sarcode  and  its  capability  when  in  the  dried 
state  of  imbibing  water  with  great  avidity  are  not  peculiar  to  the 
siliceo-fibrous  sponges;  a  great  number  of  the  Halichondroid 
sponges,  under  simUar  circumstances,  present  precisely  the  same 
phenomena. 

If  we  make  sections  in  the  dried  state  of  either  of  the  sponges 


72    DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICfiO-FIBROUS  SPONGfift.  [Jan.  28, 

of  which  I  have  been  treating  at  right  angles  to  their  surfaces  and 
then  mount  them  in  Canada  balsam  without  previously  immersing 
them  in  water,  we  frequently  find  portions  of  their  surfaces  in  which 
the  expansile  dermal  membrane  has  dried  without  having  come  into 
close  contact  with  the  rigid  skeleton  beneath  it,  and  we  see  the  shafts 
of  the  connecting  spicula  pendent  from  the  inner  surface  of  the  der- 
mal membrane  and  freely  suspended  in  the  intervening  space  ;  and 
under  these  circumstances  we  also  frequently  see  a  secondary  thin 
brown  dermal  membrane  closely  adhering  to  the  surface  of  the  rigid 
skeleton.  Fig.  6,  Plate  V.,  represents  such  a  section  from  Dacty- 
localyx  Prat  tit. 

When  the  expansile  dermal  system  in  Dactylocalyx  Prattii  has 
been  removed,  we  find  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  closely  co- 
vered by  this  continuous  enveloping  membrane,  which  in  its  present 
condition  is  closely  adherent  to  the  external  surface  of  the  rigid  ske- 
leton :  while  this  membrane  is  in  its  natural  state  and  position,  no 
orifices  whatever  are  observable  in  it ;  but  when  it  is  removed,  we 
find  immediately  beneath  it,  on  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  a 
vast  number  of  incurrent  orifices  of  about  the  average  diameter  of 
one-third  of  a  line.  They  are  very  evenly  dispersed  at  about  three 
or  four  times  their  own  diameter  from  each  other.  That  the  enve- 
loping membrane  above  them  should  appear  imperforate  is  perfectly 
natural  while  the  spon^  is  in  a  quiescent  state ;  and  there  is  no 
doubt  that  when  requiring  nutriment,  imbibing-pores  would  be 
opened  above  each  of  the  incurrent  canals  of  the  skeleton,  in  the 
same  manner  as  in  Geodia  and  numerous  other  similarly  constructed 
sponges. 

From  the  lengths  of  the  shafts  of  the  connecting  spicula,  which 
vary  in  some  species  from  -j^  to  ^^  inch,  we  may  estimate  tole- 
rably closely  the  range  of  the  contractile  and  expansile  capabilities 
of  the  dermal  system ;  and  it  is  exceedingly  probable  that  this  space 
contains  the  aerating  organs  of  the  animcd,  and  is  truly  the  homo- 
logue  of  the  large  intermarginal  cavities  that  are  so  numerous  in  the 
dermal  crust  of  Geodia  Barret tii  and  other  closely  allied  sponges  (see 
Phil.  Trans,  for  1862,  pi.  32.  fig.  2,  a  a,  p.  788 ;  and  '  Monograph 
of  British  Spongiadee,'  vol.  i.  pi.  28.  fig.  354,  a  a,  p.  171^.  And  this 
idea  is  rendered  more  probable  by  the  existence  of  the  innumerable 
spherical  vesicles  on  the  corresponding  membrane  of  Iphiteon  Ingalli^ 
which  have  every  appearance  of  being  the  basal  celb  bearing  the 
vibratory  cilia  during  the  life  of  the  animal. 

The  most  decisive  and  valuable  specific  characters  are  those  de- 
rived from  the  connecting  spicula.  They  vary  to  a  very  consider- 
able extent  in  difierent  species  in  both  size  and  form  ;  but  whatever 
may  be  the  shape  of  their  apical  radii,  their  mutual  connexion  is 
always  so  ordered  that  not  only  is  there  abundant  means  for  their 
combined  mass  to  expand  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  the 
rigid  skeleton,  but  there  is  always  ample  room  for  a  great  amount  of 
expansion  and  contraction  in  a  lateral  direction  ;  and  however  com- 
plicated or  eccentric  may  be  the  radii  of  their  apices  when  seen 
separately,  when  in  situ  they  always  form   a  compact  reticula. 


1869.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK.  ON  8ILIC£0*FIBR0US  SPONGES.      73 

tion,  each  raj  being  so  adapted  to  the  structure  of  its  neighbour  as 
to  render  its  eccentricity  of  form,  when  separate,  no  longer  appa- 
rent when  in  combination  (Plate  Y.  fig.  8).  The  apices  of  the  con- 
necting spicula  are  exceedingly  varioos  in  their  forms,  but  they  are 
all  modifications  of  the  triradiate  one,  even  in  the  peltate  forms ;  the 
triradiate  canals  passing  from  the  distal  termination  of  the  central 
canal  of  the  shaft  at  once  indicate  the  connexion  with  the  normal 
structure,  as  represented  Plate  V.  figs.  9,  10, 1 1. 

The  general  mass  of  the  fibro-siliceous  skeleton  in  the  genera  DaC' 
tylocalyx  and  Iphiteon  varies  considerably  in  the  different  species. 
In  some  it  is  quite  smooth,  in  others  tuberculated  or  spinous  ;  but 
it  is  constant  in  its  characters  in  each  separate  species ;  and  besides 
its  generic  value,  it  very  frequently  affords  valuable  specific  charac- 
ters. Amidst  the  tissues  of  these  sponges  we  find  a  secondary  series 
of  skeleton-fibres  which  are  auxiliary  to  the  primary  ones,  from  which 
they  differ  in  form  and  character  to  a  very  considerable  extent. 
In  the  young  condition  they  assume  very  much  the  aspect  of  the 
rectangulated  hexradiate  spicula ;  but  they  differ  from  the  latter  in 
always  being  based  upon  the  skeleton-structure.  In  their  progres- 
sive development  thev  also  unite  readily  with  other  fibres  of  a  Uke 
description  with  which  they  may  come  in  contact,  a  habit  never  as- 
sumed by  true  spicula  of  a  similar  form ;  and  if  in  the  course  of 
their  projection  they  do  not  meet  with  other  similar  fibres,  they  oc- 
casionally produce  a  second  crop  of  rectangulating  radii,  a  habit 
which  has  never  yet  been  observed  to  occur  in  rectangulated  hexra- 
diate spicula ;  and  although  the  latter  are  frequently  intermixed 
with  the  auxihanr  fibres,  the  spicula  and  the  fibres  are  always  dis- 
tinctly separate  uom.  each  other. 

The  especial  office  of  the  auxiliary  fibres  is  evidently  that  of  afford- 
ing support  to  the  interstitial  membranes :  they  are  rarely  found  in 
the  compact  portions  of  the  rigid  skeleton ;  but  wherever  there  has 
been  a  large  vacant  space  in  those  structures,  there  we  find  them 
projected  into  the  space,  anastomosing  freely  with  each  other,  sup- 
porting thin  films  of  interstitial  membrane,  and  lUtimately  filHng 
up  spaces  in  the  skeleton  with  solid  fibrous  structure,  as  represented 
in  the  large  interstitial  spaces  (Plate  III.  fig.  1,  a,  a,  a).  AuxiUary 
fibres  are  frequently  found  in  the  interstitial  spaces  of  keratose 
sponges ;  but  in  this  class  they  always  assume  the  character  of  the 
common  skeleton-structure  of  the  sponge  in  which  they  occur,  the 
only  difference  being  that  they  are  very  much  more  slender  than  the 
surrounding  skeleton-structures. 

The  simple  rectangulated  hexradiate  spicula  occur,  either  singly  or 
in  fascicuh,  in  some  species  of  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  in  considerable 
numbers  ;  in  others  they  are  of  rare  occurrence,  or  entirely  absent. 
Their  office  is  evidently  purely  that  of  affording  support  and  exten- 
sion to  the  interstitial  membranes.  They  never  anastomose  with 
each  other,  or  unite  with  any  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton.  They 
are  generally  very  slender,  and  when  loosely  fasciculated  they  accord 
in  position.  Their  radii  are  frequently  incipiently  spinous  at  their 
apices,  apparently  for  the  purpose  of  affording  a  secure  attachment 


74     DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  S1LICEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

to  the  membranes  they  are  destined  to  support,  and  which,  in  well- 
preserved  specimens,  may  be  seen  stretching  from  point  to  point  of 
the  radii.  Fig.  2,  Plate  III.,  represents  a  spicnlum  of  this  form 
X  108  linear. 

In  some  species  of  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  there  is  a  paucity  or  a 
total  absence  of  the  rectangulated  auxiliary  fibres  and  of  the  simple 
rectangulated  hexradiate  spicula ;  in  such  cases  we  frequently  find 
their  places  supplied  by  numerous  long  acerate  interstitial  spicula 
dispersed  in  the  interstitial  spaces  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  their  office 
appearing  to  be  to  increase  the  surfaces  of  the  nutrimental  mem- 
branes. In  specimens  in  which  the  animal  matter  is  well  preserved, 
the  membranes  are  seen  stretching  from  point  to  point  of  each  spi- 
culum,  and  from  the  points  of  one  of  these  spicula  to  those  of  other 
similar  ones  in  its  neighbourhood ;  and  as  these  spicula  occur  grouped 
together  frequently  in  considerable  numbers,  it  may  be  readily  con- 
ceived that  tney  perform  an  important  office  in  thus  increasing  the 
amount  of  the  nutrimental  surfaces  within  the  animal.  The  inci- 
pient spination  of  the  radii,  so  prevalent  in  this  form  of  spicnlum, 
admirably  fits  them  to  maintain  their  hold  of  the  delicate  interstitial 
membranes  which  are  attached  to  them. 

The  spinulo-trifurcated  hexradiate  steUate  (Plate  III.  fig.  4)  and 
other  forms  of  those  spicula  appear  to  be  peculiar  to  the  siliceo- 
fibrous  sponges.  In  the  well-washed  specimens  they  do  not  seem 
to  be  very  numerous ;  but  in  cases  where  the  interstitial  membranes 
are  in  a  good  state  of  preservation,  they  are  occasionally  found  to  be 
so  abundant  and  so  closely  packed  together  as  to  completely  cover 
and  obscure  the  membrane  beneath  them.  Occasionally  the  hexra- 
diate stellate  forms  occur  with  the  radii  attenuated  and  acutely  ter- 
minated (Plate  III.  fig.  5). 

This  form  of  spiculum  is  abundant  in  the  type  specimen  of 
Dactylocalyx  putnicetts,  and  is  probably  either  an  abortive  or  an  im- 
mature development  of  the  spinulate  form  of  spiculum.  In  my  exami- 
nation of  the  corresponding  forms  of  spicula  in  Ipkiteon  IngaUi  I 
found  two  of  this  attenuating  form  of  spiculum  which,  under  a 
power  of  108  linear,  appeared  to  have  their  radii  acutely  terminated ; 
but  on  the  application  of  a  power  of  ^^^  linear  I  found  that  their 
apices  exhibited  incipient  spinulation ;  and  these  spicula  were  the 
only  two  that  I  could  find,  although  I  searched  for  other  specimens 
in  a  similar  condition  amidst  a  crowd  of  spinulate  ones  which  com- 
pletely covered  a  fragment  of  membrane  that  I  obtained  from  the 
sponge  while  in  the  possession  of  my  late  friend  Mr.  Ingall. 

The  situation  and  peculiarities  of  the  oscula  and  pores  afford  im- 
portant characters  in  the  determination  of  the  species  in  all  sponges. 
In  the  cup-shaped  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  the  oscula  are  situated  on 
the  surface  of  the  inside  of  the  cup,  and  the  pores  on  the  outer  sur- 
face. TI)e  same  law  obtains  in  the  cup-shaped  kerato-fibrous 
sponges  of  commerce  and  in  numerous  cup-shaped  Halichondraceous 
species.  In  coating  or  amorphously  massive  sponges  the  oscula  and 
pores  occupy  the  same  surface,  and  the  incurrent  and  excurrent  sys- 
tems of  canals  are  intermingled.     The  circulation  of  the  nutrient 


1869.]     DR.  J.  6.  BOWERBANK  ON  S1LICKO-PIBROU8  SPONGES.      75 

And  effete  fluids  of  the  animal  are  on  the  same  principle  as  artery  and 
vein  in  the  higher  animals,  the  excurrent  canals  hanng  their  minute 
origins  near  the  terminations  of  the  incurrent  canals.  But  this  dis- 
tribution of  the  two  systems  does  not  obtain  in  all  massive  sponges. 
In  some  species  of  symmetrically  oval  or  nearly  spherical  forms  we 
find  a  modification  of  the  system  that  obtains  in  the  cup-shaped 
sponges,  the  inner  portion  of  the  cup  being  replaced  bv  a  large  cen- 
tral cloacal  tube  into  which  the  effete  streams  firom  the  sponge  are 
poured,  and  from  the  mouth  of  which  they  are  projected,  in  many 
cases  with  a  considerable  d^pree  of  force. 

This  system  is  well  exemplified  in  the  genus  Grantia. 

Among  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges,  we  recognize  the  same  principle 
in  Iphiteon  Beatrix  (Jpkrocallistes  beatrup.  Gray),  which  in  every 
other  peculiarity  of  its  skeleton  is  truly  an  Iphiteon,  Thb  variation 
in  its  habit  from  the  cup-shaped  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  is  not  sufficient 
to  constitute  it  a  separate  genus,  as  we  frequently  find  in  the  same 
species  of  sponges  (as  in  HaUchondria  panicea)  that  one  individual  is 
massive  with  simple  surface-oscula,  while  larger  specimens,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  surface-oscula,  have  several  large  cloacal  appendages,  re- 
ceiving the  excurrent  streams  in  their  cavities  and  discharging  them 
from  a  common  orifice.  Such  modifications  of  the  excurrent  sys- 
tem prevail  to  a  very  considerable  extent  in  many  other  sponges ; 
but  the  type  of  the  skeleton-structure,  which  should  always  form 
the  basis  of  generic  characters,  is  never  found  to  vary  under  any 
circumstances. 

The  descrimination  of  the  genera  and  species  of  the  siliceo-fibrous 
sponges  b  by  no  means  a  difficult  task  if  we  address  ourselves  to  the 
operation  with  a  sufficient  degree  of  care  and  attention. 

In  our  determination  of  genera  it  is  necessary  that  the  skeleton- 
structures  should  be  examined  in  sections  parallel  to  the  surface  of 
sponge,  as  well  as  in  those  at  right  angles  to  it,  as  the  general  aspects 
of  these  two  sections  are  essentially  different.  Thus  in  Iphiteon 
eallocyathet  a  section  of  the  skeleton  at  right  angles  to  the  confluent 
radial  strata  presents  no  appearance  of  the  rotulate  arrangements  of 
the  fibre  that  are  so  characteristic  of  the  genus ;  and  in  Myliusia 
the  crypt-like  form  of  the  skeleton  is  only  distinctly  visible  in  a  sec- 
tion at  right  angles  to  its  surface. 

The  most  efficient  and  striking  specific  characters  are  to  be  found 
in  the  expansile  dermal  system,  in  the  spicula  of  the  dermal  mem- 
brane, and  in  the  peculiarities  of  the  structure  of  the  connecting 
spicula.  The  characters  derivable  from  the  skeleton-fibre  are  often 
very  effective ;  but  in  several  of  the  species  they  so  closely  resemble 
eacn  other  as  to  be  relatively  of  very  little  value  as  distinctive  cha- 
racters, while  in  no  two  of  the  known  species  of  siliceo-fibrous  sponge 
have  we  ever  seen  the  same  forms  of  connecting  spicula  and  spicula 
of  the  dermal  membrane  occurring  together.  In  the  discrimination 
of  species  we  should  especially  note  the  peculiarities  of  this  interest- 
ing and  beautiful  dermal  organism ;  and  a  portion  of  it  should  be 
boiled  in  nitric  acid  to  obtain  the  spicula  contained  in  it  in  a  sepa- 
rate state. 


7Q     DR.  J.  S.  BOWBRBANK.  ON  SILICEO-F1BROX78  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

When  the  expansile  dermal  system  is  present  wholly  or  in  part 
in  specimens  under  examination,  we  are  enabled  to  establish  specific 
characters  of  external  form  and  structural  peculiarities  of  the  most 
satisfactory  description  ;  but  when  that  important  portion  of  the 
organic  structure  of  the  sponge  is  absent,  the  characters  derived  from 
the  form  and  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  are  necessarily  provisional, 
and  can  maintain  their  places  in  its  description  only  unUl  a  specimen 
in  a  natural  and  perfect  state  can  be  procured.  When  in  the  denuded 
state,  the  form  and  surface  of  the  sponge  should  be  stated  as  those 
of  the  rigid  skeleton,  not  as  that  of  the  sponge. 

Genera, 
Dactylocalyx,  Stutchbury. 

Skeleton  siliceo- fibrous.  Fibres  solid,  cylindrical.  Reticulations 
unsymmetrical. 

Type  Dactylocalyx  pumiceus,  Stutchbury,  P.  Z.  S.  1841,  p.  86. 

Iphiteon,  Valenciennes. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Fibres  solid,  cylindrical.  Reticulations 
symmetrical.     Areas  rotulate,  confluent. 

Type  Iphiteon  panieea.  Museum  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  from 
Porto  Rico,  1799. 

Myliusia,  Gray. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Fibres  solid,  cylindrical.  Rete  sym- 
metrical, disposed  in  a  series  of  crypt-like  layers  parallel  with  the 
external  surface,  with  intervening  planes  of  perforated  siliceous 
tissue. 

Type  Myliusia  eallocyathes.  Gray,  from  the  Island  of  St.  Vin- 
cent, P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  439,  and  1867,  p.  506. 

Kaliapsis,  Bowerbank. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Basal  fibres  cylindrical  and  canalicu- 
lated ;  distal  fibres  non-canaliculated,  compressed.  Basal  reticula- 
tions symmetrical  and  reversedly  arcuate;  distal  reticulations  un- 
symmetrical and  continuously  ramifying. 

Type  Kaliapsis  cidaris,  Bowerbank. 

Farrsa,  Bowerbank. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.     Fibres  canaliculated,  canals  continuous. 
Rete  symmetrical ;  interstices  rectangulated. 
Type  Farrea  ocea,  Bowerbank. 

PuRisiPHONiA,  Bowerbank. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Fibres  canaliculated,  canals  continuous. 
Rete  unsymmetrical. 

Type  Purisiphonia  Clarkei,  Bowerbank. 


1869.]      DR.  J.  S.  BOWBRBANK  ON  8IL1CEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.       17 

Alcyoncsllum,  Quoj  et  Gaimard. 

Sponge  fistulate ;  fistula  single,  without  a  massive  base.  Skeleton 
siliceo-fibrous ;  primary  lines  radiatine  from  the  base  in  parallel 
straight  or  slightly  spiral  lines ;  secondary  lines  at  right  angles  to 
the  primary  ones.  Oscula  congregated,  with  or  without  a  marginal 
boundary  to  their  area. 

Type  Alcyoncellum  speciosum.  Museum  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris. 


Dacttlocalyx  pumiceus,  Stutchbory. 

Sponge  cyathiform,  slightly  pedicelled.  Surface  even.  Oscula 
and  pores  unknown.  Expansile  dermal  system — connecting  spi- 
cula  furcated,  attenuato-patento-temate,  and  dichotomo-patento- 
temate.  Dermal  membrane — tension-spicula  small  aeerate  and 
subequiangular  triradiate  spicula;  retentive  and  defensive  spicula 
aeerate  or  cylindrical  verticillately  spinous,  whorls  of  spines  nume- 
rous and  very  large ;  and  also  attenuato-stellate,  very  minute,  and 
numerous.  Skeleton  : — rete  irregular ;  fibre  stout,  irregularly  and 
abundantly  tuberculated,  apices  of  the  tubercles  minutely  papillous. 
Auxiliary  skeleton-fibres  more  or  less  rectangular  hexradiate,  pro- 
fusely spinous,  distal  terminations  clavate,  large  and  numerous. 
Tension-spicula  rectangular  hexradiate,  smooth,  long  and  slender, 
radii  subclavate.  Retentive  spicula  trifiircated  attenuato-hexra- 
diate  stellate ;  and  spinulo-trifurcated  hexradiate  stellate,  minute  and 
very  numerous.     Gemmules  membranous,  aspiculous. 

Colour  unknown  in  the  living  state. 

Hab.  Barbadoes  {Dr.  Cutting),  "  Martinique  par  M.  Plfe,  1829." 

Examined  in  the  state  of  skeleton. 

Stutchbury's  paper  descriptive  of  this  sponge  was  read  at  the 
Zoological  Society,  Oct.  26,  1841,  and  was  published  in  vol.  ix.  p.  86 
of  their  Proceedings.  A  full  account  of  the  paper  is  also  published 
in  the  '  Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History,'  vol.  ix.  p.  504. 
The  author  describes  the  sponge  as  being  ''  formed  entirely  of  silex, 
the  reticulate  structure  of  the  mass  being  composed  of  transparent 
vitreous  tubuli  without  any  admixture  of  keratose  or  calcareous  mat- 
ter." This  is  a  mistake,  as  the  adult  fibres  are  sohd  in  every  por- 
tion of  them  from  the  type  specimen  that  I  have  submitted  to  micro- 
scopical examination. 

Stutchbury  has  characterized  the  species  as  follows : — 

<* Sponge  fixed,  rigid,  siliceous;  incurrent canals  uniform  in  size  ; 
excurrent  canals  large^  forming  deep  sinuosities  on  the  outer  surface, 
radiating  from  the  root  to  the  outer  circumference." 

In  this  description  the  author  has  reversed  the  positions  of  the 
inhalant  and  exhalant  organs,  the  former  being  placed  on  the  outer 
surface  and  the  latter  on  the  inner  one. 

The  whole  of  these  characters  appertain  only  to  its  outward  appear- 
ance ;  and  the  description  would  serve  equally  well  for  several  other 
species  beside  the  one  to  which  he  has  applied  it.  I  have  therefore 
tnought  it  necessary  to  characterize  the  sponge  from  its  internal 


78     DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

Structure  as  well  as  from  its  external  aspect,  in  the  preceding  manner. 
The  type  specimen  was  a  widely  expanded  cup  1 6|  inches  in  dia- 
meter. It  was  divided  into  about  equal  parts ;  one  half  remains  in 
the  Bristol  Museum,  and  the  other  is  in  the  British  Museum  ;  the 
sides  rather  exceeded  an  inch  in  thickness. 

The  expansile  dermal  system,  which  usually  contains  the  most 
strikingly  characteristic  parts  of  such  sponges,  is  entirely  abseut  from 
the  general  mass  of  the  animal.  The  nature  of  the  dermal  mem- 
brane, the  pores,  and  the  oscula  are  therefore  unknown  to  us ;  but 
without  the  aid  of  these  organs  there  still  remain  sufficient  perma- 
nent specific  characters  to  enable  us  to  readily  separate  this  species 
from  its  nearly  allied  congeners,  in  their  present  denuded  state.  Of 
the  two  species  in  the  British  Museum,  Dactylocalyx  pumiceiu  and 
Iphiteon  IngaUi,  the  latter  has  been  figured  by  Dr.  Gray  in  the 
'Proceedings'  of  this  Society  for  1867  (plate  27.  fig.  2),  and  has 
been  erroneously  designated  Dactylocalyx  pumicea ;  and  this  error 
is  the  more  remarkable  as  the  surface-characters  of  the  two  spe- 
cimens differ  very  materially  from  each  other.  The  outer  surface 
of  D,  pumiceus  is  furnished  with  deep  channel-like  depressions,  dis< 
posed  in  irregular  lines  radiating  from  the  basal  portion  towards  the 
margin  of  the  sponge.  These  channels  or  large  interstitial  spaces 
penetrate  deeply  into  its  substance,  so  as  to  convey  within  it  the 
newly  imbibed  streams  from  the  inhalant  pores.  On  the  upper 
surface  of  the  sponge  these  channels  do  not  exist ;  but  in  lieu  of  them 
there  are  numerous  large  round  or  oval  orifices,  varying  in  diameter 
from  about  two  lines  to  nearly  half  an  inch.  There  is  a  slight  ten- 
dency to  an  arrangement  in  lines  radiating  from  the  centre  to  the  cir- 
cumference. There  can  be  little  doubt  of  these  orifices  being  the 
terminations  of  the  great  excurrent  system  of  the  sponge,  and  that 
above  each  of  them  in  the  living  state  there  would  be  the  true  oscula 
of  the  dermal  system  of  the  sponge.  /.  Ingalli  differs  materially  in  its 
surface-characters  from  D.  pumiceus.  The  inner  surface  of  the  cup 
is  furnished  with  numerous  deep  channels  or  depressions  with  sharp 
margins,  while  in  D.  pumiceus  the  corresponding  part  of  the  sponge 
is  occupied  with  numerous  circular  or  oval  orifices  with  rounded 
mai^ns;  the  outer  surface  of  /.  Ingalli  is  furnished  with  deep 
more  or  less  sinuous  channels  with  rounded  margins,  while  the  si- 
milar channels  in  D,  pumiceus  are  decidedly  arranged  in  nearly 
straight  lines.  Beside  these  differences  in  external  appearance,  the 
characters  of  their  respective  skeletons  at  once  separate  them  not 
only  as  species,  but  as  genera.  The  irregular  structure  of  D,  pu- 
miceus is  readily  to  be  distinguished  from  the  characteristic  symme- 
trical configuration  of  the  circular  confluent  areas  of  Iphiteon, 

There  is  also  in  the  British  Museum  a  piece  of  D,  pumiceus,  aboul 
2  inches  long  by  1 1|  inch  broad  and  about  \  inch  thick,  on  a  tablet, 
said  to  be  from  Barbadoes ;  this  is  probably  a  fragment  off  the  large 
specimen  from  the  Bristol  collection,  as  its  microscopical  characters 
agree  precisely  with  those  of  the  large  portions  which  I  have  exa- 
mined. 

There  is  also  a  small  specimen  of  the  species  in  the  Belfast  Mu- 


1869.]      DR.  J.  S.  BOWRRBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.       79 

seuin  in  about  the  same  degree  of  preseiration  as  the  type  one ;  but 
io  conaequeace,  probably,  of  not  naving  been  so  much  washed  to 
make  it  look  pretty,  it  abounds  in  the  beautiful  and  characteristic 
spinulo-trifurcate  hexradiate  stellate  retentive  spicula. 

The  fibre  in  the  skeleton  is  abundantly  but  irregularly  tuber- 
culated,  as  represented  in  ^^.  1,  Plate  III.,  from  a  section  of 
the  type  specimen  from  Barbadoes  in  the  British  Museum,  X  108 
linear. 

The  tuberculation  of  the  fibre  is  remarkable  and  very  character- 
istic ;  when  Tiewed  with  a  power  of  about  700  linear,  their  apices  are 
always  more  or  less  papillous  ;  in  some  the  papillae  are  numerous  and 
well  produced,  while  in  others  they  are  in  an  incipient  condition. 
Fig.  13,  Plate  III.,  represents  two  of  the  tubercles  on  the  side  of  a 
portion  of  skeleton-fibre  with  their  terminal  papillae,  X  666  linear. 

Beside  the  large  primary  fibres,  there  is  a  secondary  series  of 
skeleton-fibres,  which  are  evidently  auxiliary  to  the  larger  system. 
They  occur  especially  in  the  large  interstitial  spaces  of  the  sponge, 
their  office  being  apparently  that  of  filling  up  those  vacant  spaces 
when  no  longer  necessary  in  the  economy  of  the  animal,  and  to  sus- 
tain therein  the  multiplied  folds  of  the  interstitial  membrane  ;  their 
office  in  this  respect  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  large  rectangulated 
hexradiate  spicula  (PI.  III.  fig.  2)  which  occur  so  frequently  in  the 
interspaces  of  the  skeletons  of  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges,  and  their 
mode  of  development  very  closely  resembles  that  of  those  spicula. 
In  an  early  stage  of  their  growth  they  very  closely  simulate  the  form 
of  the  spicula ;  but  instead  of  being  freely  developed  amidst  the 
membranous  tissues,  they  are  always  based  on  the  primary  skeleton- 
fibres.  A  single  small  fibre  pullulates  from  some  part  of  one  of  the 
hirger  skeleton-ones,  and  is  projected  in  a  straight  hue  into  the  vacant 
space :  if  it  meets  with  none  other  in  its  progress,  at  some  distance 
from  its  origin  four  lateral  branches  are  thrown  out  at  right  angles 
to  the  axial  fibre  and  to  each  other,  and  the  axial  fibre  conti- 
nues its  progress  in  a  straight  line.  If  it  meets  no  other  fibre  in 
its  progress,  the  distal  ends  of  the  axial  fibre  and  of  the  lateral 
ones  b^me  clavated,  and  all  parts  of  the  shaft  and  radii  profusely 
spinous,  and  the  whole  constitutes  a  perfect  simulation,  in  form, 
of  a  rectangulated  hexradiate  spiculum.  But,  on  the  contrary, 
should  the  axial  or  the  radial  branches  meet  with  other  such  fibres, 
they  immediately  inosculate,  and  the  previously  straight  radii  are 
contorted  in  various  directions  to  meet  the  necessities  of  the  situa- 
tion; and,  as  is  frequenUy  the  case,  where  many  of  these  fibres 
are  projected  Ax)m  different  bases  into  the  same  space,  they  unite 
and  form  one  mass  of  small  contorted  fibres,  while  there  is  good 
reason,  from  the  gradual  increase  in  size  of  the  basal  portions  of 
some  of  them,  to  believe  that  they  are  ultimately  developed  into 
the  size  and  form  of  the  primary  skeleton-ones. 

The  primary  skeleton- fibre  averages  ^^  inch  in  diameter ;  the 
auxiliary  fibres  vary  from  y^^  to  -g^^  inch  in  diameter.     How 
ever  closely  they  may  simulate  the  form  of  true  hexradiate  spi- 
cuk,  they  may  always  be  distinguished  from  them  by  their  attach- 


80    DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28» 

ment  to  the  primary  skeleton-fibres  and  by  their  habit  of  inos- 
culation. 

Beside  the  auxiliary  fibres,  there  are  in  some  parts  of  the 
sponge  an  abundance  of  true  rectangular  hexradiate  spicula  (Plate 
III.  fig.  2) ;  but  they  are  rarelv  found  mixed  with  the  auxiliary 
fibres  or  in  the  same  spaces  mt\k  them.  Although  occurring  in 
closely  packed  groups,  they  never  unite  with  each  other,  nor  are 
they  even  attached  to  any  parts  of  the  surrounding  skeleton-fibre, 
and  they  always  preserve  their  normal  form.  They  are  slender, 
smooth,  and  their  radii  are  very  slightly  inclined  to  become  clavate. 
The  termination  of  the  elongated  basal  portion  of  the  spiculum  is 
frequently  incipiently  spinous.  Their  length  is  ^  inch,  the  expan- 
sion of  the  lateral  radii  yitu  ^^^\  A^d  the  diameter  of  the  axial  shaft 
varies  from  ^^j^  to  loioo  ^^^^' 

The  trifurcated  attenuato-hexradiate  stellate  (Plate  III.  fig.  .5)  and 
the  trifiircated  spinulo-hexradiate  stellate  spicula  (Plate  III.  fig.  4) 
are  both  very  abundant,  and  in  some  small  masses  of  sarcode  they 
are  so  numerous  and  so  closely  packed  together  as  to  render  it  quite 
impossible  to  count  them.  The  sarcode  appears  to  have  been  very 
abundant,  as  in  some  parts  it  completely  fills  up  the  reticulations 
of  the  skeleton ;  it  is  of  a  fiill  amber-yellow  colour. 

Thus  far  we  have  positive  characters  by  which  to  discriminate 
this  beautiful  species  of  sponge  from  its  nearly  allied  congeners ; 
but  I  have  been  fortunate  in  finding  other  characters,  which,  from 
the  mode  in  which  they  have  been  obtained,  although  not  so  deci- 
sive in  their  nature,  are  yet  of  such  importance  that  their  descrip- 
tion cannot  be  omitted  in  treating  of  this  species. 

I  carefully  examined  the  half  of  the  type  specimen  of  D,  ptimt- 
eeu9  that  is  in  the  British  Museum  in  the  hope  of  finding  a  small 
fragment  of  the  dermal  portion  of  the  sponge,  but  I  did  not  suc- 
ceed in  detecting  any  remains  of  it  on  the  cup-shaped  portion  of 
the  specimen ;  but  on  the  basal  surface  of  the  pedicel  there  were 
remains  of  what  appears  to  have  been  the  basal  membrane.  It 
consists  of  a  dense  yellow  incrustation,  closely  intermingled  with 
the  basal  skeleton-structure,  and  agreeing  in  colour  and  appearance 
with  a  few  very  minute  specks  of  the  animal  matter  of  the  external 
surface  of  the  sponge.  I  mounted  a  small  portion  of  this  basal  mat- 
ter in  Canada  balsam ;  but  this  material  did  not  render  the  fragments 
transparent ;  yet  there  were  at  some  portions  of  their  margins  unmis- 
takable evidences  of  their  containmg  spicula.  There  were  also 
fragments  of  the  skeleton-structure  of  the  base  of  the  sponge,  the 
reticulations  of  which  were,  as  might  be  expected  from  their  situa- 
tion, very  close  and  dense  (Plate  III.  figs.  14  and  15);  and  along 
with  these  fragments  there  was  a  group  of  three  large  and  very 
remarkable  verticillately  spined  cyHndric^  spicula,  very  closely  re- 
sembling in  their  structure  the  one  represented  by  fig.  69,  plate  3, 
vol.  i.,  *  Monograph  of  British  Sponges,'  and  also  by  fig.  23,  plate  36, 
Phil.  Trans,  for  1862,  but  differing  from  those  figures  in  being  much 
longer  in  their  proportions,  and  in  having  a  greater  number  of  circles 
of  spines  (Plate  III.  fig.  6).     Having  seen  thus  much  of  the  dermal 


1  ^09.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILIC£0»F1BR0US  SPONGES.      81 

-true  tares,  I  treated  the  remaining  portion  of  the  specimen  by  boil- 
ing it  ii)  nitric  acid,  and  obtained  not  only  numerous  specimens  of 
the  sy)icula  I  have  described  above,  but  others  of  an  exceedingly  in- 
teresting description,  which  I  shall  now  proceed  to  describe. 

The  large  verticillately  spined  spicula  are  very  numerous,  and  ex- 
ceedingly various  in  their  proportions.  They  are  usually  more  or 
less  curved,  and  vary  greatly  in  size  and  in  the  mode  of  their  spina- 
tion  :  some  of  the  larger  ones  are  acerate ;  that  is,  each  end  termi- 
nates in  a  well-produced  point ;  others  have  at  one  end  an  irregular 
aggregation  of  stout  spines,  while  the  other  is  acutely  terminated ; 
and  in  some  both  ends  are  crowded  with  stout  spines;  and  the  general 
character  of  the  shaft  is  that  of  a  cylindrical  spiculum.  They  occur 
in  every  imaginable  stage  of  development,  from  extremely  delicate 
diameters  with  the  whorls  of  spines  in  quite  an  incipient  condition 
(Plate  III.  ^g.  6  a)  up  to  the  fully  developed  spiculum  (fig.  6  6). 
The  number  of  whorls  of  spines  vary  from  9  to  1 6 ;  one  with  the 
latter  number  measured  -^  inch  in  length,  and  the  diameter  of  the 
fthaft  was  y|^  inch.  The  spines  are  large,  acutely  conical,  and  there 
are  seldom  more  than  five  or  six  in  each  whorl.  These  spicula  must 
have  been  very  numerous  and  closely  disposed  in  the  membrane. 
The  two  small  pieces  acted  upon  by  the  acid  would  not  have  exceeded 
the  space  of  a  quarter  of  a  superficial  square  inch,  while  the  results 
of  their  dissolution  by  the  acid  would  cover  more  than  a  superficial 
square  inch,  and  in  a  microscopic  field  of  view  -^  inch  in  diameter 
I  counted  as  many  as  twenty-one  of  them.  Under  all  these  circum- 
stances there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  of  these  spicula  being  those 
of  the  defensive  system  of  the  dermal  membrane  of  the  sponge ;  and 
such  spicula  are  usually  found  as  abundant  in  the  basal  membrane 
as  in  other  parts  of  the  dermal  system. 

I  found  also  a  considerable  number  of  small  equiangular  or  sub- 
inequiangular  triradiate  spicula  with  smooth  attenuated  radii,  varying 
in  size,  from  point  to  point  of  the  rays,  from  j^  to  -^^  uich  (Plate 
III.  fig.  7).  Such  spicula  are  usually  comparatively  few  in  number, 
and  are  dispersed  irregularly  on  the  surfaces  of  the  dermal  or  inter- 
stitial membranes  of  sponges.  At  the  margin  of  a  fragment  of  the 
sponge  from  very  near  the  basal  attachment,  which  was  mounted  in 
(knada  balsam  in  its  natural  condition,  I  found  the  small  equiangular 
spicula  and  little  acerate  ones  (Plate  III.  fig.  8)  imbedded  in  the  mem- 
brane amidst  minute  attenuato-stellate  ones.  In  thb  position  they 
may  therefore  be  regarded  as  tension-spicula  of  the  dermal  membrane. 

Amidst  the  other  spicula  resulting  from  the  dissolution  of  the 
fragments  from  the  base  of  the  sponge  by  nitric  acid  there  were 
several  furcated  attenuato-jpatento-temate  (Plate  III.  fig.  9)  and 
dichotomo-patento-temate  (fig.  10)  connecting  spicula.  One  large 
one  of  the  hst-named  form  measured  across  its  ternate  termination 
^  inch ;  and  all  of  them  had  lar^e  central  canals  in  their  radii. 
These  spicula  appear  to  vary  considerably  in  size ;  a  smaller  one 
measared  j^  inch  in  greatest  expansion.  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  they  belonged  to  the  expansile  dermal  system  of  the  sponge  ; 
and  the  small  number  of  them  found  may  be  accounted  for  by  their 

Paoc.  ZooL.  Soc— 1869,  No.  VI. 


82    DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICKO- FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

forming  no  part  of  the  economy  of  the  hasal  membrane,  although 
usually  abounding  in  the  dermal  one ;  and  their  presence  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  the  material  operated  on  was  princi- 
pally taken  from  the  margin  of  the  base  of  the  sponge,  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  membrane  of  the  pedicel  with  that  of  the  base. 

Imbedded  in  the  remains  of  the  membranous  structures  operated 
upon  by  nitric  acid,  there  were  a  few  very  minute  attenuato-stellate 
Bpicula  ;  and  I  subsequently  found  at  the  margin  of  a  fragment  of 
the  basal  portion  of  the  sponge,  mounted  in  Canada  balsam  in  its 
natural  condition,  several  dichotomo-patento-temate  connecting 
spicula  in  situ,  and  along  with  them  a  crowd  of  the  minute  attenuato- 
stellate  ones.  They  were  so  numerous  as  to  entirely  obscure  the 
small  portion  of  dermal  membrane  on  which  they  reposed.  The 
regular  mode  of  their  disposition  on  the  membrane,  and  the  contact 
of  the  latter  with  the  expanded  outer  surface  of  the  heads  of  the 
dichotomo-patento-temate  connecting  spicula,  unmistakably  indi- 
cates their  especial  office  and  true  position  in  the  sponge  as  reten- 
tive and  defensive  spicula  of  the  dermal  membrane. 

I  measured  several  of  these  minute  spicula.  The  largest  was 
la^gy  inch  from  the  opposite  points  of  their  radii ;  the  smdlest  was 
y/oa  inch  in  extreme  diameter ;  but  by  far  the  greater  number  were 
about  y  ^^^  0  inch  in  diameter,  and  the  largest  measurement  was  of  rare 
occurrence.  Occasionally,  but  very  rarely,  the  radii  were  cylindrical, 
instead  of  attenuating  to  an  acute  point* 

From  the  indications  afforded  by  the  spicula  I  have  described 
above  we  may  reasonably  predict  that,  when  a  specimen  of  D.  pumi- 
eeus  shall  have  been  found  in  a  living  state  and  perfectly  preserved, 
we  shall  find  it  to  be  furnished  with  a  beautiful  expansile  dermal 
system  similar  in  character  to  those  of  the  siliceo-fibrons  sponges 
which  are  well  known  to  us  in  a  perfect  state  of  preservation,  such 
as  D.  Prattii  and  Z).  Mtuani.  But  our  evidence  regarding  the 
structure  of  the  sponge  is  not  yet  exhausted ;  for  by  a  careful  exa- 
mination of  a  series  of  minute  fragments  which  I  subsequently  ob- 
tained fVom  the  margin  of  the  Iwse  of  the  type  spedmen  in  the 
British  Museum  and  mounted  in  Canada  balsam  in  their  natural 
conditions,  I  strengthened  the  evidence  obtained  from  the  spicula 
operated  on  by  nitric  acid.  In  several  cases  these  spicula  were  seen 
imbedded  together  in  the  same  membrane  at  the  transparent  edges 
of  the  fragments  under  examination.  In  one  such  case  the  membrane 
was  thickly  studded  with  the  minute  attenuato-stellate  spicula,  and 
amidst  them  was  imbedded  one  of  the  subequiangular  triradiate  and 
several  of  the  small  acerate  tension-spicula ;  from  the  edges  of  an- 
other fragment  the  temate  heads  of  two  connecting  spicula,  covered 
by  dermal  membrane  containing  innumerable  minute  attenuato-stel- 
late spicula,  were  projected,  thus  confirming  the  inferences  raised 
by  the  spicula  arising  from  the  dissolution  of  the  fragments  in  nitric 
acid. 

The  evidence  derived  from  the  dissolution  of  portions  of  the  basal 
part  of  the  sponge  in  nitric  acid  might  reasonably  be  questioned ; 
but  when  we  are  able  to  confirm  it  by  detecting  the  spicula  separated 


1869.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWBRBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROU8  8PONGE8.      83 

by  the  acid  imbedded  together  in  their  natural  conditions  in  the 
membranes  of  the  animal,  this  at  once  removes  all  doubts  respecting 
their  really  appertaining  to  the  animal  under  consideration. 

In  a  small  fragment  of  the  skeleton  from  the  inner  surface  of  the 
sponge  near  the  base  I  found  portions  of  the  interstitial  membranes 
filling  the  areas  of  the  network  of  the  skeleton  in  a  good  state  of 
preserration  ;  they  were  coated  with  dense  yellow  sarcode,  in  which 
were  a  considerable  number  of  trifurcated  hexradiate  stellate  spicula 
completely  imbedded ;  but  I  could  not  detect  any  of  the  minute 
attenuato-stellate,  the  equiangular  triradiate,  or  the  small  acerate 
spicula ;  it  may  therefore  be  fairly  inferred,  from  their  absence  in  the 
interstitial  membranes,  that  the  latter  three  forms  appertain  more 
especially  to  the  dermal  one,  in  which  they  occur  in  such  abundance. 

In  the  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  at  Paris  there  are  two 
Tery  interesting  specimens  of  Dactyloealyx  pumiceus;  one  is  a 
small  and  apparently  young  specimen,  the  other  a  tall  ewer-shaped 
specimen  in  a  well-developed  adult  condition.  The  first  of  these 
two  specimens,  I  was  inforaied,  had  not  been  in  the  possession  of 
Dr.  Lacaze-Duthiers  more  than  a  few  weeks  previously  to  my  seeing 
it.  It  was  labelled  "IpAiteon  panieea,  Valenciennes.  La  Marti- 
nique." It  is  2|  inches  in  height,  and  the  same  in  diameter  at  the 
top  of  the  cup.  It  is  based  on  the  edge  of  a  fiat  piece  of  what  is 
apparently  tufa.  In  form,  it  is  a  symmetrical  cup  without  a  pe- 
dSeel ;  the  base  is  about  H  inch  by  1  inch  in  diameter.  The  thick- 
ness of  the  cup  at  the  margin  varies  from  a  quarter  to  rather  exceed- 
ing half  an  inch.  On  the  outer  surface  there  are  deep  channels  run- 
ning most  frequently  in  a  longitudinal  direction,  varying  in  width 
from  about  1  to  2  lines,  and  in  length  from  i  inch  to  2  inches ;  and 
where  they  are  not  present,  their  places  are  supplied  by  round  or 
oval  deep  apertures.  On  the  interior  surface  there  are  also  9  or  10 
lines  of  large  round  or  oval  apertures  radiating  from  the  base  of  the 
cup  to  the  margin.  Many  of  these  deep  interstitial  cavities  pass 
entirely  through  the  sides  of  the  cup,  so  that  they  are  common  to 
both  internal  and  external  surfaces.  In  some  of  these  cavities  on 
the  inside  of  the  cup  there  were  one  or  two  long  slender  spicula,  the 
whole  lengths  of  which  could  not  be  seen. 

The  structural  peculiarities  of  the  skeleton  agree  perfectly  with 
those  of  the  type  specimen  of  Stutchbury's  genus  Dactyloealyx^  and 
the  specific  chmcters,  as  far  as  they  were  present,  with  the  species 
pumiceus.  The  specimen  has  been  too  well  washed,  to  make  it  look 
beautiful ;  but  notwithstanding  this  injudicious  treatment,  I  found, 
in  the  minute  section  of  the  skeleton,  made  at  right  angles  to  its  sur- 
face, several  little  groups  of  spinulo- trifurcated  hexradiate  spicula 
imbedded  in  the  remains  of  the  animal  matter. 

The  second  or  ewer-shaped  specimen  is  14  inches  in  height ;  its 
upper  margin  is  not  circular,  but  has  one  portion  of  its  circumfe- 
rence bent  outward  and  downward  like  the  lip  of  a  large  water-ewer. 
At  this  depressed  part  it  is  1 2|  inches  across ;  and  at  right  angles  to 
thb  line  the  measurement  is  10  inches.  It  is  labelled  "  Ipkiteon 
panicea  "  from  "  Martinique  par  M.  Pl^  1829."     It  has  no  part 


84     OR.  J.  6.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROU8  8PONGE8.  [Jan.  28, 

remaining  of  the  basal  membrane  or  true  surface  of  attachment,  and 
has  in  the  centre  of  its  present  base  a  hole  through  it  hie  enough  to 
receive  my  first  finger ;  and  it  is  probable  that  the  true  base  was  an 
inch  or  more  below  the  present  one.  On  its  external  surface  it  has 
numerous  wide  and  deep  channels,  radiating  irregularly  from  the  base 
towards  the  margin  of  the  cup.  The  ridges  between  these  channels 
have  rounded  edges,  and  they  have  frequently  round  or  oval  aper- 
tures irregularly  dispersed  upon  them.  Both  channels  and  round 
orifices  penetrate  deeply  into  the  substance  of  the  sponge.  The  in- 
terior surface  has  very  few  of  these  interstitial  channels ;  but  there 
are  an  abuudance  of  large  cavities  of  a  somewhat  funnel-shaped  form, 
their  lower  orifices  being  small  compared  with  their  surface  ones, 
many  of  which  are  i  inch  in  diameter.  There  is  a  very  slight 
tendency  towards  a  radial  arrangement  of  these  large  orifices. 

The  results  of  the  microscopical  examinations  of  fragments  of 
the  tissues  of  this  sponge  from  various  parts  were  exceedingly  satis- 
factory. From  the  part  of  the  base  of  the  sponge,  where  it  is  stained 
yellow  by  the  remains  of  the  animal  matter,  I  obtained  portions  of 
membranous  structure  containing  numerous  specimens  of  oichotomo- 
patento-temate  spicula,  like  those  in  the  basal  membrane  of  the  type 
specimen  in  the  British  Museum.  Dense  patches  of  small  acerate 
spiciUa  with  numerous  minute  simple  attenuato-stellate  ones  inter- 
mixed with  them,  precisely  similar  to  those  in  the  type  specimen, 
were  also  abundant  and  tn  ntu,  completely  covering  and  concealing 
comparatively  large  fragments  of  the  skeleton-tissues.  A  few  frag- 
ments of  a  basal  siliceous  reticulation  similar  to  that  in  the  type  spe- 
cimen were  also  observed. 

From  a  part  of  the  external  surface  of  the  sponge  near  its  upper 
margin,  which  was  stained  of  a  brown  colour  by  the  animal  matter,  I 
obtain  fragments  containing  numerous  patches  of  dark  amber- 
coloured  sarcode  and  a  considerable  number  of  gemmules  in  situ. 
They  are  globose  and  variable  in  size  (Plate  III,  fig.  12);  they 
are  membranous  and  aspiculous,  and  are  very  like  those  figured  in 
plate  25.  fig.  340,  'Monograph  of  British  Spongiadse,'  vol.  i.,  from 
Ipkiteon  panieea  in  the  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes.  Im- 
bedded in  the  patches  of  sarcode  there  were  trifurcated  attenuate 
and  spinulo- trifurcated  hexradiate  stellate  spicula  in  considerable 
quantities ;  and  in  some  dust  shaken  out  of  the  inside  of  the  sponge 
numerous  fine  specimens  of  the  large  fusiformi-acerate  spicula,  like 
those  of  the  type  specimens,  were  obtained.  The  discovery  in  the 
French  specimen  of  the  dichotomo-patento-temate  spicula,  and  the 
patches  of  the  small  acerate  and  simple  attenuato-stellate  spicula  in- 
termingled, is  highly  satisfactory,  as  it  places  beyond  a  reasonable 
doubt  their  true  positions  in  the  sponge,  and  that  they  were  not  ad- 
ventitious in  the  type  specimen,  but  were  really  characteristic  of  the 
species ;  and  at  the  same  time  it  marks  the  specific  identity  of  the 
French  specimen  with  the  type  one  of  Stutchbury's  genus. 

None  of  the  large  acerate  or  cylindrical  verticillately  spinous  spi- 
cula whidh  abound  in  the  basal  membrane  of  the  type  specimen, 
or  of  the  subequiangular  triradiate  spicule  of  the  dermal  membrane. 


1869.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWSRBANK  ON  8ILICBO-FIBROU8  8PONQE8.      85 

were  obsenred ;  but  their  absence  may  be  readilj  accounted  for  by 
the  condition  of  the  basal  portion  of  the  French  specimen  and  the 
apparently  total  destruction  of  its  dermal  membrane.  In  every 
other  specific  character  there  is  a  complete  agreement  between  the 
two  specimens  under  consideration. 

Among  the  spicula  resulting  from  the  dissolution  of  a  portion  of 
the  basal  structures  of  the  type  specimen  of  D.  pumieeus,  I  found  two 
triftircated  expando-temate  spicula,  which  are  represented  by  fig.  14, 
Plate  III.,  x666  linear.  They  are  very  minute,  and  probably 
belong  to  an  unknown  species  of  the  genus,  and  were  adherent  to  the 
basal  membrane  of  D.  pumiceua.  I  have  never  met  with  this  form 
of  spiculum  before;  I  have  therefore  thought  it  advisable  to  record 
its  occurrence. 

Dactylocalyx  hetsroformis,  Bowerbank. 

Co9cino9p<mgia  hetero/ormis,  Valenciennes. 

Sponge  sessile,  fan-shaped,  plicated  sinuously.  Surface  slightly 
undulating,  minutely  hispid.  Oscula  on  the  upper  surface  slightly 
elevated  and  marginated,  margins  rounded  ;  uniform  in  size  and 
very  numerous,  irregularly  dispersed,  rarely  exceeding  one-third  of  a 
line  in  diameter.  Pores  congregated  on  the  under  or  inhalant 
surface  ;  porous  areas  scarcely  visible  to  the  unassisted  eye,  slightly 
depressed,  very  numerous,  dispersed,  rarely  more  than  once  their 
own  diameter  from  each  other.  Expansile  dermal  system  exceed- 
ingly ramified  and  complicated  ;  inhalant  surface  furnished  abun- 
dantly with  long,  slender,  flexuous  spicula,  irregularly  dispersed  amid 
the  dermal  fibres.  Dermal  membrane  pellucid,  furnished  with  a  fine 
but  very  irregular  network  of  apparently  sihceous  fibres.  Skeleton 
— reticulations  close,  irregular,  and  very  much  ramified ;  fibre  smooth, 
slightly  compressed  ;  frequently  terminating  in  dense  short  tufts  of 
minutely  ramified  fibres. 

Colour  in  the  dried  state,  dark  brown. 
Hab.  Shanghai  (M.  Montigny,  1854). 
Examined  in  the  dried  condition. 

The  sponee  is  composed  of  numerous  sinuous  plications  or  folds 
from  3  to  4  lines  in  thickness  near  the  margin.  It  is  5  inches  in 
height,  4^  inches  in  breadth,  and,  including  the  plications,  from  3  to 
4  inches  from  back  to  front.  The  membranous  and  sarcodous  tis- 
sues are  apparently  in  the  same  state  of  preservation  as  when  taken 
from  the  sea  in  a  uving  condition.  The  surface  of  the  plications  is 
slightly  undulated.  The  hispidation  of  the  surface  is  not  visible  to 
the  unassuted  eye ;  but,  in  a  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface, 
beneath  the  microscope  it  is  distinctly  apparent.  The  integral  parts 
of  the  expansile  dermal  system  appear  to  be  inextricably  locked  to* 
gether ;  but  this  external  layer  of  tissue  is  distinctly  separated  from 
the  solid  mass  of  the  skeleton  beneath  it.  The  porous  system  on 
the  under  or  inhalant  surface  of  the  sponge  is  a  very  beautiful  mi- 
croficopical  object.  The  inhalant  areas  are  exceedingly  numerous 
and  closely  adjoining  each  other ;  they  vary  to  some  extent  in  their 


86    DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROVS  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28. 

'  form  from  circular  to  oval,  and  occasionally  they  are  nearly  oblong. 
They  are  protected  from  the  incursions  of  minute  annelids  and  other 
enemies  by  the  projection  into  their  areas  of  the  furcated  termina- 
tions of  the  skeleton-fibres  of  the  surface-tissues  (Plate  IV.  ^g.  2). 
This  beautiful  mode  of  defence  is  very  characteristic  of  the  species, 
and  is  an  excellent  substitute  for  the  usual  defensive  spicula  in  such 
organs.  Beside  this  mode  of  defence,  the  dermal  surface  is  fur- 
nished rather  abundantly  with  long  slender  flexuous  spicula,  which 
pass  over  the  inhalant  areas  in  various  directions. 

The  oscular  surface  of  the  sponge  is  not  furnished  with  the  same 
minute  slender  acerate  spicula  that  abound  on  the  inhalant  one,  but 
the  whole  of  the  former  surface  is  protected  by  a  modification  of  the 
style  of  defence  that  is  so  beautifully  exhibited  on  the  margins  of 
the  inhalant  areas.  The  oscular  membrane  which  closes  that  organ 
and  the  slightly  elevated  ring  whence  it  proceeds  have  not  the  same 
furcated  defences  that  are  so  abundant  at  the  margins  of  the  inha- 
lant areas ;  but  as  we  focus  downward  through  the  orifice  towards 
the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  the  sponge,  we  occasionally  ob- 
serve some  of  the  furcated  defences  projecting  from  the  parietes  of 
the  cavities.  The  oscular  membranes  at  several  of  these  orifices 
were  in  a  semicontracted  state ;  numerous  minute  grains  of  sand 
were  scattered  on  their  external  surfaces,  but  no  spicula  were  appa- 
rent in  any  of  the  membranes.  In  one  of  them  the  margin  was  in  a 
very  perfect  condition,  slightly  thickened ;  and  the  membrane  exhi- 
bited faint  concentric  lines  of  contraction  (Plate  IV.  fig.  3). 

The  dermal  membrane  is  pellucid,  and  is  furnished  with  a  fine  but 
very  irregular  network  or  stratum  of  slender  siliceous  fibres,  their  sili- 
ceous structure  being  well  characterized  by  the  frequency  of  their  frac- 
tures at  right  angles  to  their  axes  ;  they  do  not  appear  to  anastomose, 
but  to  overlie  each  other  without  any  approach  to  symmetry  in  the 
mode  of  their  disposition.  Plate  IV.  fig.  4  represents  a  small  por- 
tion of  this  tissue  beneath  a  power  of  308  linear. 

The  skeleton-tissue  is  exceedingly  irregular  and  intricate.  The 
fibres  of  which  it  is  composed  are  more  or  less  compressed ;  they 
are  ^uite  smooth,  but  frequently  throw  off  short  branches  which 
terminate  with  crowded  masses  of  minute  ramifications  of  siliceous 
structure. 

In  July  1861,  when  I  first  saw  this  sponge  in  the  collection  of  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes  at  Paris,  the  late  Professor  Valenciennes  told  me 
that  he  had  not  yet  described  it ;  and  on  the  occasion  of  my  last 
visit  to  Paris,  in  May  1 868, 1  could  not  learn  that  he  had  subsequently 
done  so.  I  am  therefore  quite  ignorant  of  the  characters  he  would 
have  assigned  to  his  genus  Coscina^ponpia ;  but  as  it  agrees  in  the 
structure  of  its  skeleton  with  Stutchbury's  previously  established 
Dactylocalyx,  I  have  assigned  it  to  that  genus  accordingly. 

Dactylocalyx  M^Andrewii,  Bowerbank. 
MacAndrewia  azorica.  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  438,  plate  xv. 
Sponge    pedicelled,    sinuously  cup-shaped.      Surface    even    or 
slightly  undulating.     Oscula  small,  evenly  dispersed  on  the  inner  or 


1869.]      DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROU8  8PONGB8.      87 

exhalant  surface ;  simple  or  slightly  elevated  and  marginated.  Pores 
inconspicuous,  evenly  dispersed  on  the  outer  or  inhalant  surface, 
furnished  with  a  protective  fringe  of  minute  short  acerate  spicula. 
Expansile  dermal  system — dermal  membrane  abundantly  furnished 
with  minute,  short,  stout,  acerate  spicula,  evenly  matted  together. 
Connecting  spicula  foHato-expando-temate ;  foliations  of  the  apex 
depressed,  very  elaborate  and  irregular,  shaft  rather  long.  Skeleton- 
surface  covered  by  a  secondary  dermal  membrane  ;  abundantly  fur- 
nished with  minute,  short,  acerate  spicula,  same  as  those  of  the  pri- 
mary dermal  membrane.  Skeleton-fibres  somewhat  compressed, 
smooth,  furnished  at  intervals  with  groups  of  large  spicular  attenu- 
ated spines.     Sarcode  in  the  dried  state  amber-coloured. 

Colour,  in  the  dried  state,  nut-brown. 

Hab,  St.  Michael's,  Azores  {Robert  M^Andrew,  Esq,), 

Examined  in  the  dried  state. 

This  sponge  was  described  by  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray  in  the  *  Proceedings' 
of  this  Society  for  1859,  p.  438,  plate  xv.  Badiata,  under  the 
name  of  MacAndrewia  azorica.  In  its  external  appearance  it  very 
closely  resembles  Dactylocalyx  heteroformis  of  the  Museum  of  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  and  Dactylocalyx  Prattii;  but  in  its 
structural  characters  it  differs  in  many  important  respects  from 
either  of  them. 

The  structure  of  the  skeleton  is  truly  that  of  a  Dactylocalyx,  and 
I  have  therefore  referred  it  to  that  genus. 

The  description  of  the  genus  in  the  *  Proceedings '  of  this  Society 
for  1859  refers  only  to  its  external  characters,  and  is  so  vague  that 
it  might  be  equally  well  applied  to  several  other  species  of  this 
tribe  of  sponges.  In  the  'Proceedings'  for  May  1867  Dr.  Gray 
gives  another  version  of  its  generic  characters,  in  which  he  designates 
the  sponge  as  a  coral,  thus : — "  The  coral  expanded,  cyath^orm ; 
the  upper  and  lower  surface  smooth,  the  upper  surface  with  small 
oscules ;  the  fibres  of  skeleton  small,  with  stellate  spicules  on  the 
dermal  surface.  The  stellate  spicules  three-rayed  ;  the  rays  forked 
and  reforked.  Bowerbank,  British  Sponges,  fis.  53."  This  de- 
scription is  not  only  quite  as  vague  as  the  originid  one,  but,  in  addi- 
tion, is  very  incorrect.  In  the  first  place,  the  specimen  is  undoubt- 
edly not  a  coral ;  and,  secondly,  there  are  no  stellate  spicula  on  the 
dermal  surface,  nor  have  the  connecting  spicula  "  the  rays  forked  and 
reforked."  And  the  reference  made  to  '  British  Sponees,'  fig.  53, 
is  a  mistake,  as  a  reference  to  that  work  will  prove,  the  spiculum 
there  represented  by  the  figure  quoted  being  ''  a  spiculated  dichotomo- 
patento-ternate  "  one  "  from  an  unknown  sponge."  And,  moreover, 
no  such  form  of  spiculum  is  to  be  found  in  Dr.  Gray's  MacAndrewia 
azorica.     The  specimen  is  in  the  British  Museum. 

The  sponge  is  elevated  on  a  short  stout  pedicel,  from  the  top  of 
which  it  expands  into  an  irregular  sinuously  shaped  cup  with  rounded 
margin.  The  external  or  inhalant  surface  is  smooth,  but  slightly 
undulating.  The  internal  or  exhalant  surface  is  slightly  roughened 
by  the  presence  of  the  oscula,  which  are  evenly  distributed  over  the 


88     DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICBO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28> 

whole  of  its  surface ;  they  rarely  exceed  a  line  in  diameter ;  the 
smaller  ones  are  frequently  simple  orifices^  the  larger  ones  are  slightly 
elevated  and  marginated.  The  pores  are  not  visible  without  the  aid 
of  considerable  microscopical  power;  with  about  100  linear  their 
structure  exhibits  an  exceedingly  beautiful  appearance.  They  each 
occupy  an  area  formed  by  the  intermingling  of  the  elegant  foliations 
of  the  temate  connecting  spicula  ;  and  each  little  porous  area  is  fur- 
nished with  a  regular  fnnge  composed  of  a  single  series  of  the  small 
dermal  tension-spicula,  which,  projected  from  its  margin  inwards^ 
meet  at  about  the  centre  of  the  space^  forming  a  complete  defence 
against  the  incursions  of  any  minute  enemy  ;  in  the  dermal  mem- 
brane around,  the  minute  tension-spicula  are  closely  and  irregularly 
matted  together  (Plate  IV.  fig.  5). 

When  we  view  a  section  of  the  sponge  made  at  right  angles  to  its 
surface,  the  structural  peculiarities  of  the  expansile  dermal  system 
of  this  tribe  of  sponges  are  very  beautifully  displaved.  The  outer 
surface  is  densely  covered  with  the  terminations  of  the  temate  spi- 
cula of  that  organ,  and  again  with  the  dermal  membrane  and  its 
closely  matted  tension-spicula.  Immediately  beneath  we  see  the 
pendent  shafts  of  the  temate  spicula,  more  or  less  clothed  with  minute 
acerate  spicula,  and  with  the  proximal  terminations  of  the  shafts 
cemented  by  keratode  to  projecting  portions  of  the  fibre  of  the  rigid 
skeleton,  the  surface  of  which  is  covered  by  a  stratum  of  membra- 
nous stracture,  abundantly  furnished  with  minute  acerate  spicula ; 
the  space  between  this  surface-membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton  and 
the  under  surface  of  the  expansile  dermal  system  forms  a  large  ca- 
vemous  or  crypt-like  cavity  supported  by  innumerable  pillars  at 
about  equal  distances  from  each  other. 

The  arrangement  of  the  fibres  of  the  rigid  skeleton  have  all  the 
complete  irregularity  of  a  Dactylocalgx,  and  there  is  not  the 
slightest  approach  in  any  part  to  the  confluent  radial  stracture  of  an 
Iphiteon,  There  are  a  few  comparativelv  large  acerate  spicula  dis- 
persed amid  the  reticulations  of  the  rigid  skeleton  ;  they  are  about 
four  or  five  times  the  length  of  the  dermal  ones,  and  they  are  not 
frequently  to  be  seen  in  situ.  The  connecting  spicula  are  exceedingly 
beautiful  objects.  They  are  very  variable  in  size  and  stracture ;  and 
no  two  of  them  are  alike  in  the  mode  of  the  foliations  of  their  ternate 
radii,  which  are  evidently  modified  to  meet  the  necessities  of  the  in- 
terminghng  of  their  terminations,  so  as  to  secure  a  strong  and  elastic 
covering  to  the  interstitial  cavity  beneath,  and  at  the  same  time  to 
produce  abundant  spaces  for  the  porous  areas  of  the  dermis  of  the 
inhalant  system.  The  structural  aspect  beneath  the  exhalant  sur- 
face is  very  difierent  from  that  of  the  inhalant  one  :  here  we  find,  aa 
might  be  expected,  large  cavemous  spaces  for  the  reception  of  the 
effete  streams  from  the  rigid  skeleton  beneath,  and,  instead  of  the 
regular  crypt-like  form  ^ith  its  numerous  minute  pillars,  we  have 
elongated  extensive  spaces,  the  sides  of  which  are,  to  a  great  extent, 
composed  of  irregularly  disposed  large  acerate  spicula  imbedded  in 
membranous  stracture ;  the  shafts  of  the  connecting  spicula  above 
are  some  of  them  connected  with  the  parietes  of  the  cavernous  spaces. 


1869.]     DR.  J.  6.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROUS  8PONGB8.      8^ 

while  others  appear  to  have  no  connexion  with  the  tissoes  beneath 
them. 

Dacttlocalyx  Prattii,  Bowerbank. 

Sponge  irregularly  cnp-shaped,  pedicelled ;  surface  eyen,  slightly 
undulating.  Oscula  simple,  small,  dispersed,  numerous.  Pores 
congregated  in  areas  formed  by  the  distal  terminations  of  the  ex- 
pando-temate  connecting  spicula,  numerous  and  large.  Expansile 
dermal  system — dermal  membrane  pellucid,  furnished  abundantly 
with  minute  entirely  spined  fusiformi-cylindrical  spicula,  short, 
frequently  semilunate  or  angulated,  irregularly  dispersed.  Con- 
necting spicula  irregularly  furcated  patento-ternate;  radii  slightly 
depre^ed,  apices  thin  and  expanded;  ternate  heads  combining  to 
form  a  dermal  network.  Enveloping  membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton 
abounding  with  the  same  minute  spicula  as  those  of  the  dermal 
membrane,  and  also  with  numerous  separate  flat  fasciculi  of  long 
and  slender  acerate  tension-spicula.  Skeleton — rete  compact ; 
fibres  smooth,  or  irregularly  and  slightly  spinous  ;  free  terminations 
of  fibres  ramose,  or  abundantly  tuberculated.  Interstitial  spicula 
acerate,  long,  slender,  and  frequently  flexuous,  mostly  disposed  in 
lines  at  right  angles  to  the  dermal  surface.  Interstitial  membranes 
pellucid,  furnished  with  the  same  form  of  retentive  spicula  as  the 
dermal  membrane. 

Colour  in  the  dried  state,  light  brown. 

Hab.  East-Indies  (5.  P.  Pratt^  Esq.) ;  off  the  island  of  Formosa 
(Mr,  Swinhoe), 
Examined  in  the  dried  state. 

I  am  indebted  to  my  late  friend  Mr.  S.  P.  Pratt  for  the  very  in- 
teresting specimen  under  consideration.  He  stated  that  he  was  not 
quite  certain  of  its  locality,  but  he  believed  he  had  received  it  from 
his  son,  who  was  then  in  India,  along  with  many  other  interesting 
marine  specimens.  The  form  of  the  sponge  is  that  of  an  irregularly 
shaped  cup,  the  rim  of  which  is  nearly  an  oblong,  4^  inches  long  and 
3^  inches  wide ;  and  at  one  comer  there  b  a  depression  of  the  mar- 
gin, so  as  to  form  a  lip  to  the  cup  of  rather  more  than  an  inch  in 
depth.  The  height  of  the  cup  in  its  present  state  is  4  inches.  It 
has  been  broken  away  from  its  natural  base ;  but,  from  the  indications 
remaining,  it  is  probable  that  it  wajs  elevated  on  a  short  pedestal. 
The  margin  of  the  cup  is  unequal  in  its  thickness,  varying  from  half 
an  inch  to  a  thin  sharp  edge.  The  specimen  was  e^dently  in  a  living 
state  when  taken  from  the  sea,  and  it  is  still  in  an  excellent  state  of 
preservation. 

The  oscula  are  simple  orifices,  without  any  especial  defensive  or- 
gans ;  they  have  the  usual  contractile  membrane  to  open  and  close 
them  in  accordance  with  the  necessities  of  the  amimal.  The  greater 
portion  of  them  were  closed,  while  others  were  more  or  less  open. 
Through  one  in  the  latter  condition,  in  a  slice  from  the  surface 
mounted  in  Canada  balsam,  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  was 
seen,  covered  by  the  enveloping  membrane,  which  was  closely  adhe- 


90     DR.  J.  8.  BOWBRBANK  ON  6ILICEO-FIBROVB  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

rent  to  the  outer  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton.  When  the  back  of  this 
specimen  was  presented  to  the  eye,  this  membrane  was  seen  to  be 
abundautlj  supplied  with  large,  long,  flat  fasciculi  of  slender  acerate 
tension-spicula.  The  minute  short  fUsiformi-cjlindrical  spicula  were 
as  profusely  scattered  over  the  surface  of  this  membrane  as  on  the 
external  dermal  one. 

The  porous  system,  especially  when  we  view  its  inner  surface,  is  a 
most  beautiful  object  for  the  microscope.  The  interlacing  radii  of 
the  large  patento-temate  connecting  spicula  form  a  beautiful  series 
of  round  or  oral  areas,  each  contaimng  from  one  to  four  or  five  large 
pores,, the  greater  portion  of  which  were  open ;  and  the  dermal  mem- 
brane on  which  they  exist  is  beautifully  freckled  with  innumerable 
minute,  entirely  spined  fusiformi-cylindrical  spicula,  so  closely  packed 
together  as  to  completely  obscure  the  surface  of  the  membrane,  while 
the  acutely  conical  shafts  of  the  connecting  spicula  are  seen  at  re- 
gular intervals  projected  towards  the  eye.  A  portion  of  this  beau- 
tiful membrane  is  represented  by  fig.  8,  Plate  V. 

The  expansile  dermal  system  is  admirably  displayed  in  this  sponge 
by  a  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  from  almost  any  part  of 
it.  In  some  portions  of  such  a  section  the  dermal  surface  is  closely 
pressed  on  to  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  while  in  others  it  is 
seen  more  or  less  separated  from  it,  forming  a  cavity  above  it,  into 
which  the  shafts  of  the  connecting  spicula  are  projected  towards  the 
surface  beneath,  as  represented  by  fig.  6,  Plate  V. 

The  irregularly  furcated  patento-ternate  connecting  spicnla  are 
singular  in  their  structure,  and  very  characteristic  of  the  species. 
No  two  of  them  are  precisely  aUke,  either  in  size  or  form  ;  the  ec- 
centricity with  which  the  radii  are  projected  from  the  head  of  the 
shaft  and  the  exceedingly  variable  mode  of  their  ramifications  are 
not  a  matter  of  chance,  but  they  are  evidently  influenced  by  the  ne- 
cessities of  their  combinations  with  each  other  in  forming  the  dermal 
network  and  porous  areas ;  for  if  we  view  them  in  situ,  we  observe 
no  points  straying  from  the  lines  of  combination,  but  the  whole  of 
their  radii  are  locked  together  so  as  to  form  a  compact  but  expansile 
network  for  the  support  of  the  dermal  membrane  and  the  formation 
of  the  porous  areas. 

The  interstitial  membranes  filling  the  areas  of  the  network  of  the 
skeleton  are  very  translucent,  and  would  scarcely  be  visible  when 
immersed  in  Canada  balsam,  if  it  were  not  for  the  minute,  short  fusi- 
formi-cylindrical spicula  which  are  dispersed  over  their  surfaces. 
These  spicula,  though  exceedingly  minute,  afford  very  decisive  spe- 
cific characters.  They  are  dispersed,  more  or  less,  over  every  part 
of  the  membranous  structures,  but  more  especially  on  the  dermal 
membrane  and  the  enveloping  membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  which 
tissues  they  completely  cover.  They  require  a  power  of  from  700 
to  1000  linear  to  define  their  structural  characters  in  a  satisfactory 
manner.  They  vary  considerably  in  size ;  one  of  the  largest  that 
I  measured  was  73V?  ^^^  ^^  length,  and  YT^e  6  ^^^  "^  diameter ; 
one  of  the  smallest  measured  -4^^  inch  in  length,  and  ^o^oo  ^^^^ 
in  diameter. 


1869.]     DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  8IL1CBO-FIBROV8  SPONGES.      91 

The  continuoas  reticulating  fibre  of  the  skeleton  is  smooth  and 
dightlj  compressed ;  but  there  are  numerous  stout  branches  pro- 
jected from  it  that  are  full  of  large  tuberculations,  so  that  they  very 
closely  resemble  the  young  budding  antlers  of  a  stag  which  are  being 
renewed  after  the  old  ones  have  been  shed.  There  are  also  occasion- 
ally small  short  groups  of  tubercles  on  the  angles  of  the  reticulating 
skeleton  ;  but  these  are  probably  an  incipient  state  of  the  large 
tuberculated  branches  which  are  projected  in  such  great  numbers 
into  the  interstitial  cayities  of  the  sponge.  These  organs  apparently 
supply  the  place  of  auxiliary  fibres  and  the  rectanguuited  hexradiate 
spicula  so  plentiful  in  other  species  of  Daetyloealyx^  but  which 
appear  to  be  totally  absent  in  this  one.  The  numerous  fasciculi  of 
long  slender  acerate  spicula  also  appear  to  replace  the  rectangulated 
hexradiate  ones  in  their  office  of  supplying  support  to  the  interstitial 
membranes  of  the  sponge  in  the  larger  spaces  within  the  skeleton  ; 
a  few  single  ones  are  frequently  seen  passing  amid  the  reticulations 
of  the  skeleton  in  directions  either  horizontal  or  diagonal  to  the 
surface. 

During  a  visit  to  the  British  Museum  on  the  23rd  of  October, 
1868,  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  find  a  second  specimen  of  this  spe- 
cies, from  Formosa  by  Mr.  Swinhoe.  It  differs  materially  in  form 
from  the  type  one  that  I  received  from  my  late  friend  Mr.  Pratt. 
It  is  a  much  less  developed  sponge ;  but  what  there  is  of  it  is  on  a 
larger  scale ;  and  fortunately  the  basal  attachment,  wanting  in  the 
type  specimen,  is  in  a  perfect  condition.  It  is  seated  on  one  end  of 
a  small  mass  of  what  appears  to  be  sandstone,  the  under  surface  of 
which  is  covered  by  serpulse.  On  the  sandstone  at  the  base  of  the 
sponge  there  is  a  cream-coloured  patch  of  a  compound  tunicated 
animal,  about  1 1  inch  in  length  and  |  inch  in  breadth.  The  base  of  the 
sponge  is  2  inches  by  H  iuch  in  diameter  ;  half  an  inch  above  the  at- 
tachment the  specimen  is  contracted  (and  at  that  part  the  development 
of  the  cup  commences),  and  it  expands  shghtly  upward ;  the  height 
of  the  specimen  is  about  3  inches.  The  sponge  is  fortunately  in 
very  nearly  as  fine  a  state  of  preservation  as  when  taken  from  the 
sea ;  and  eveir  organ  that  is  found  in  the  type  specimen  appears 
in  abundance  m  the  one  from  Formosa.  In  truth,  portions  of  the 
structures  taken  from  the  one  spedmen  cannot,  by  microscopical 
examination,  be  distinguished  from  those  mounted  from  the  other. 

There  are  some  points  in  the  state  of  the  two  specimens  that  are 
very  instructive.  Thus  in  the  type  specimen  the  porous  system  is 
in  a  beautiful  condition,  and  the  numerous  pores  in  the  areas  are  all 
open,  while  in  the  corresponding  portions  of  the  dermal  membrane 
in  the  specimen  from  Formosa  they  are  entirely  closed ;  so  that  the 
important  character  of  the  congregation  of  the  pores  in  areas  could 
not  have  been  determined  from  the  latter  specimen  alone. 

The  acquisition  of  this  specimen  from  Formosa  is  in  favour  of  Mr. 
Pratt* s  belief  that  the  type  one  was  really  an  East-Indian  specimen. 

Dactylocalyx  Masont,  Bowerbank. 

Sponge  sessile,   sinuously    fan-shaped;    surface    even,    margin 


92    DR.  J>  a«  SOWERBAHK  OS  SILICEO-FIBROKS  SPONGES*  [J&».  28, 

rounded.  O&cuk  small,  sUghtlr  elemted^  dispersed,  very  ntunerous* 
Pores  incoDspicuous,  dispersed*  Expansile  dennil  system — derical 
membrane  abundantly  spirulous.  Connecting  spicula  furcated,  at- 
tenaato-patento-teruate,  large  and  numerous;  heads  combining  to 
form  an  irregular  dermal  network.  Retentive  spicula  elongo-at- 
tenuato-stclkte  ;  radii  long  and  slender,  rather  numerous.  En- 
veloping membrane  of  rigid  skeleton — retentive  spicula  same  as 
those  or  the  dermal  membrane,  rather  numerous.  t?keleton — areas 
of  reticulation  round  or  oval,  nearly  equable  in  siie  ;  fibre  smooth, 
but  umbouated  at  intervals  ;  umbones  cylindrical,  smooth,  short ; 
apices  very  nearly  flat.  Gemmules  membranona,  smooth,  sub- 
globular. 

Colour,  in  the  dried  state,  imt-hrown. 
Had.  Madeira  (//,  N.  Ma^on,  Etq.). 

Examined  in  the  dried  state. 

The  form  of  this  sponge  is  that  of  a  broad,  irregularly  sinuous,  fan* 
shaped  plate  about  5  or  6  lines  in  thickness  ;  it  is  7i  inches  high, 
12i  inches  wido,  and  3|  inches  from  back  to  front.  On  the  Ja-ier,  or 
inhalant  surface,  at  about  the  middle  of  its  width,  there  are  three 
sinuously  fun-shapt^d  pktcs  given  off,  the  largest  one  from  aboat 
midway  betw^vn  the  base  and  top  of  the  sponge,  and  two  smaller 
ones  from  near  the  base  ;  the  upper  one  has  grown  on  a  plane  about 
parallel  to  that  of  the  parent  sponge,  and  its  iiihalant  And  exhalant 
surfaces  accord  with  those  of  that  portion  of  the  specimen.  The  two 
lower  ones  are  projected  from  the  large  sponge  at  nearly  right  angles 
to  its  inhalant  surface ;  and  they  have  their  inhaUnt  iurfaccs  on 
their  upper  sides,  and  their  exhdant  ones  within  the  foEds  of  titeir 
under  ones. 

The  sponge  has  evidently  been  sessile;  there  are  no  remains  of  an 
expanded  base,  but  the  attachment  has  Appareutly  been  near  the 
middle  of  the  basal  portion  of  the  specimen  ;  and  it  appears  to  have 
grown  on  a  sometrhat  elevated  piece  of  rock,  as  both  of  the  extreme 
ends  of  the  sponge  project  below  the  apparent  plane  of  attachment. 
It  isevidt'Utly  an  old  and  well- matured  specimen,  as  it  has  numerous 
parasites  attached  to  its  inhalant  surface,  among  which  are  several 
specimens  of  Vermclm,  and  three  of  what  is  apjiarently  CaryopktflHa 
Smithii,  two  of  which  are  full-grown,  and  one  of  them  has  numerous 
parasites  on  its  external  surface. 

The  condition  of  the  sponge  is  excellent ;  all  its  organs  are  evi- 
dently in  the  state  they  were  when  it  was  taken  aUve  from  the  sea  ; 
and  it  has  apparently  never  undergone  the  deterioration  of  immersion 
in  fresh  water,  as  a  cjuantity  of  salt  remains  in  crystals  on  its  surface. 

This  sneeinien  is  tlvcre'tbre  especially  valuable  as  leading  to  a 
natural  elucidation  of  the  general  clmracters  of  the  singular  snd 
beautiful  class  of  sponges  to  which  it  belongs. 

The  OHculft  prei^cnt  no  rery  striking  characters ;  the  margins  are 
slig^htly  elevated  and  rounded';  many  of  them  are  completely  closed, 
whde  otht  rs  are  only  partially  so  ;  and  through  the  central  orifice  on 
these  the  enveloping  membrane  ol  the  rigid  skeleton,  thickly  studded 


< 


1869.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWBRBANK  ON  SILICEO- FIBROUS  8PONOE8.      93 

with  elongo-attenaato-stellate  spicola,  may  frequently  be  seen  in  situ. 
The  connecting  spicula  are  very  numerous  beneath  the  dermal  mem- 
brane of  this  surface,  and  their  closely  intermingled  ternate  heads 
form  a  strong  and  Tery  complicated  dermal  network.  Occasionally 
the  oscula  run  from  two  or  three  to  six  or  seven  in  a  Une,  on  a 
slightly  elevated  ridge ;  but  in  other  respects  there  is  no  approxima- 
tion to  a  definite  arrangement.  The  pores  are  situated  each  in  a  single 
area,  the  margin  of  which  is  slightly  thickened  and  elevated ;  the 
areas  are  visible  by  the  aid  of  a  lens  of  2  inches  focus ;  they  are 
Tery  numerous,  and  about  equidistant  from  each  other ;  the  greater 
portion  of  them  were  in  a  closed  condition. 

The  expansile  dermal  system  of  this  sponge  affords  excellent 
specific  characters :  the  furcated  attenuato- paten to-ternate  connect- 
ing spicula  are  larze  and  strong,  and  their  shafts  comparatively 
long,  and  the  centnu  canals  in  both  the  shaft  and  the  radii  are  large 
and  well  defined ;  the  furcations  of  their  ternate  heads  are  closely  in- 
termingled, forming  a  fine  but  very  irregular  and  complex  dermal 
network.  They  vary  very  considerably  in  size  and  proportions: 
one  of  the  largest  measured  ^  inch  in  length,  and  ^  inch  in  the 
extreme  expansion  of  its  ternate  head ;  one  of  the  smdlest  measured 
j-J^  inch  in  length,  and  in  extreme  expansion  of  its  ternate  head 

The  elongo-attenuato-stellate  retentive  spicula  of  the  dermal  mem- 
brane are  very  minute ;  two  of  the  largest  measured  j^^  inch  and 
Yjfi^  inch  in  length.  Their  shafts  are  rarely  straight ;  they  have 
usuidly  two  or  three  angular  bends.  The-  radii  are  long,  slender, 
and  exceedingly  acutely  terminated.  Their  structure  and  profuse 
dispersion  on  the  surface  of  the  membrane  renders  them  a  most 
effective  protection  against  the  insidious  attacks  of  voracious  enemies 
on  that  organ.  Those  on  the  oscular  surface  are  larger  than  those 
of  the  inhfjjant  one. 

The  skeleton  is  also  strikingly  characteristic.  The  fibre  is  some- 
what  compressed;  it  is  perfectly  smooth  excepting  the  umbones 
with  which  it  is  studded  at  intervals ;  they  project  from  half  to  once 
their  own  diameter  from  its  surface,  are  nearly  cyhndrical  in  form, 
and  have  either  a  fiat  or  a  hemispherical  apex.  In  the  dried  con- 
dition of  the  sponge,  when  closely  adherent  to  the  inner  surface  of 
the  dermal  membrane,  they  may  at  first  sight  be  readily  mistaken 
for  pores  ;  their  form  and  general  appearance  is  unlike  any  cor- 
responding organs  of  a  similar  description  in  any  other  known  species 
of  this  tribe  of  sponges. 

A  few  gemmules  were  observed ;  they  were  somewhat  globular, 
with  a  broad  attachment ;  with  a  power  of  308  linear  they  appeared 
to  be  filled  with  minute  semitransparent  molecules.  Their  general 
character  is  very  much  that  of  the  similar  organs  in  Iphiteon  panieea 
of  the  Porto-Rico  specimen  in  the  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes. 

When  portions  of  the  interior  of  the  skeleton  of  this  sponge  are 
immersed  in  water,  and  examined  beneath  the  microscope,  the  sar- 
oode  is  found  to  be  abundant  in  the  interstices  of  the  skeleton,  some- 
completely  filling  the  interstitial  spaces,  and  quite  ignoring 


94    DB.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO- FIBROUS. SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

the  idea  that  it  occurs  in  but  very  small  quantities  in  the  siliceo- 
fibrous  sponges.  In  truth,  if  we  compare  the  abundance  of  its  pre- 
sence in  this  species,  as  well  as  in  D.  M'Andrewii  and  other  such 
sponges  which  have  been  preserved  in  their  natural  condition,  we 
cannot  come  to  any  other  conclusion  than  that  this  vital  substance 
is  as  abundant  in  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  as  it  is  in  the  Hali- 
chondroid  species,  and  even  in  the  true  Spongue, 

Dactylocalyx  Bowbrbankii,  Johnson. 

Sponge  sinuously  and  expansively  cup-shaped,  sessile.  Surface 
even ;  margin  flat  and  angulated.  Oscula  simple,  dispersed,  nu- 
merous. Pores  inconspicuous,  dispersed.  Expansile  dermal  system 
— dermal  membrane  abundantly  spiculous  ;  connecting  spicufa  fur- 
cated patento-temate,  and  rarely  dichotomo-patento-ternate,  large 
and  long ;  tension-spicula  fusiformi-acerate,  small  and  short,  few  in 
number ;  retentive  spicula  elongo-cylindro-stellate,  with  very  short 
radii,  minute,  exceedingly  numerous ;  and  elongo-attenuato  stellate 
few  in  number.  Skeleton — ^areas  round  or  oval,  irregular ;  fibre 
cylindrical,  smooth,  but  irregularly  nodulous  at  intervfds ;  nodules 
cylindrical,  short,  terminating  hemispherically.  Interstitial  mem- 
brane— interstitial  spicula  fusiformi-acerate,  long,  slender,  and  flexu- 
ous,  and  same  form  rather  short  and  stout;  retentive  spicula 
elongo-cylindro-stellate,  and  elongo-attenuato-stellate,  the  same  as 
those  of  the  dermal  membrane,  few  in  number. 

Colour,  alive,  white  (/.  T,  Johnson,  Esq,),  in  the  dried  state  light 
brown. 

Hab.  Deep  water  off  Madeira  (/.  T.  Johnson,  Esq,), 
Examined  in  the  dried  state. 

The  only  specimen  of  this  species  known  was  obtained  from  "  deep 
water  off  the  coast  of  Madeira,"  by  James  Yate  Johnson,  Esq.,  and 
was  described  and  named  by  him  in  P.  Z.  S.  1863,  p.  259.  The 
general  description  he  has  there  given  is  very  correct  as  far  as  it 
goes ;  but  he  nas  not  given  a  definite  specific  description  of  its  cha- 
racters.    The  specimen  is  now  in  the  British  Museum. 

Dr.  Gray,  in  his  "Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of  Sponges" 
(P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  507),  notices  the  specimen  as  a  synonym  of  his 
genus  and  species  MaeAndrewia  azorica,  in  the  following  terms : — 
«  The  specimen  which  Mr.  J.  Yate  Johnson  has  described  under 
the  name  of  D.  Bowerbankii  is  larger,  more  orbicular  and  expanded 
than  I  described  years  before  as  MaeAndrewia  azorica ;  but  I  cannot 
see  any  other  difference."  But  as  the  learned  author  has  nowhere,  that 
I  can  find,  given  any  particulars  of  the  structural  peculiarities  of  the 
specimen  as  compared  with  those  of  his  species  MaeAndrewia  azoriea, 
his  hasty  assignment  of  it  to  that  species  is  in  reality  devoid  of  any 
authority.  Half  an  hour's  microscopical  investigation  of  the  two 
specimens  which  are  in  his  possession  would  have  completely  satisfied 
him  that  they  were  very  distinct  species  of  animals,  as  the  reader 
may  readily  satisfy  himself  by  comparing  the  figures  illustrating  the 
species  under  consideration  m  Plate  V.  figs.  2,  3,  4,  &  5,  from  D. 


1869.]     DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  BILICBO-FIBROTJS  8PON6E8.      95 

M'Andrewih  with  those  representing  the  organization  of  D,  Bower- 
bankii  in  Plate  VI.  figs.  6,  7,  8. 

The  form  of  the  sponge  under  consideration  is  that  of  a  shallow 
cap  with  expansively  undulating  margin.  The  diameter  varies 
from  twelve  to  fourteen  inches,  and  its  thickness  from  half  to  very 
nearly  one  inch.  It  has  six  large  sinuous  doublings  of  its  margin, 
which  extend  as  much  beyond  the  general  plane  of  the  sponge  at  its 
under  as  at  its  upper  surface ;  two  of  these  foldings  of  its  substance 
have  met  at  its  under  surface,  and  have  become  cemented  together. 
The  greater  portion  of  the  sinuous  margin  of  the  sponge  is  flat,  the 
onter  and  inner  edges  in  some  parts  being  quite  sharply  defined. 

The  dermal  system  in  this  sponge  presents  very  important  specific 
characters.  In  some  sections  made  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  it 
was  evidently  in  a  state  of  complete  collapse ;  the  under  surfaces  of 
the  connecting  spicula  were  closely  in  contact  with  the  surface  of  the 
rigid  skeleton,  and  their  shafts  were  deeply  immersed  in  its  sub- 
stance. This  position  of  the  expansile  dermal  system  of  the  sponge 
is  probably  its  natural  one  while  the  animal  is  in  a  state  of  repose. 

The  connecting  spicula  vary  considerably  in  their  size,  form,  and 
degree  of  development.  The  primary  temate  rays  are  usually  short ; 
and  the  secondary  furcating  ones  are  five  or  six  times  the  length  of 
the  primary  ones,  and  without  any  secondary  furcations,  while  at 
other  times  one  or  more  of  the  furcating  rays  have  a  second  terminal 
furcation ;  these  terminal  radii  are  short,  and  are  frequently  pro- 
jected on  a  plane  at  right  angles  to  the  other  furcations;  these 
terminal  furcations  are  sometimes  very  irregular,  their  apices, 
instead  of  two  only,  having  three  or  four  small  branches  projected  in 
different  directions,  as  represented  by  fig.  7,  Plate  VI.  The  mode 
of  the  disposition  of  the  temate  heads  of  these  spicula  in  the  dermis 
is  remarkable:  they  are  not  arranged  so  that  their  temate  radii 
form  definite  inhalant  areas ;  but  the  rays  cross  each  other  in  every 
imaginable  direction,  and  the  pores  are  found  in  the  Uttle  irre- 
gular areas,  one,  or  rarely  two  together,  and  they  therefore  appear 
indiscriminately  scattered  over  the  whole  of  the  porous  surface. 
They  are  simple  orifices  without  any  defensive  spicula  such  as  we 
observe  in  Dactyloealyx  M'Andrewii.  The  dermal  membrane  is 
abundantly  supplied  with  retentive  spicula ;  they  are  so  numerous 
and  closely  packed  as  to  completely  obscure  it.  They  are  very 
minute,  and  no  two  are  alike  in  size  or  form ;  they  require  a  micro- 
scopical  power  of  about  700  linear  to  render  them  distinct  to  the 
the  eye.  Under  these  circumstances  they  present  remarkably  thick 
and  obtuse  proportions,  and  are  distinctly  different  from  any  others 
of  this  cUss  of  spicula  that  I  have  ever  seen.  Sometimes  the  shaft 
is  multiangulatea,  each  angle  producing  a  single  short  cylindrical 
ray,  while  m  other  eases  the  shaft  is  quite  straight,  and  the  radii  are 
projected  from  it  in  a  perfectly  irregular  manner.  Besides  these 
two  prevailing  forms,  they  assume  every  imaginable  variation  of 
shape  that  such  spicula  can  be  subjected  to.  One  of  the  largest 
and  most  regular  of  the  multiangulated  forms  that  I  measured  pre- 
sented the  following  proportions  : — ^length  of  spiculum  jjfin^  ^^  i 


96     DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICBO-FIBROUB  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

greatest  lateral  expansion  j^xj  ^^^^ '  diameter  of  shaft  ^J^g  inch  ; 
length  of  projection  of  a  ray  jj^  inch  ;  diameter  of  a  ray  jj^kq 
inch.  The  greatest  disparity  existing  between  them  is  not  in  the 
size  of  the  shaft,  or  in  the  length  of  the  projection  of  the  radii,  but 
in  the  length  of  the  spiculum  and  in  the  various  modes  of  its  struc- 
ture. I  have  been  thus  particular  in  its  description  because  it  is  a 
new  form  of  spiculum,  and  is  especially  characteristic  of  the  species 
of  the  sponge  m  which  it  occurs  (Plate  VI.  fig.  8  a). 

The  eloneo-attenuato-stellate  spicula  are  comparatively  few  in 
number,  and  very  different  in  their  general  aspect  to  the  elongo- 
cylindrical  ones.  They  vary  exceedingly  in  their  forms :  sometimes 
thev  assume  the  shape  of  spiculated  bitemate  ones ;  but  generally 
their  long,  slender  and  attenuated  radii  are  projected  without  anv 
approximation  to  regularity.  An  average-sized  one  measured,  length 
r^  inch,  length  of  a  ray  jtW  ii^ch,  diameter  of  shaft  f^^  inch 
(Plate  VI.  fig.  85). 

There  are  also  a  few  short  cylindrical  spicula,  with  an  irregular 
inflation  near  the  middle  ;  but  this  form  is  probably  an  undeveloped 
state  of  the  elongo-cylindro-stellate  spiculum. 

From  the  collapsed  state  of  the  expansile  dermal  system,  no  very 
clear  view  could  be  obtained  of  the  investing  membrane  of  the 
rigid  skeleton ;  but  in  sections  parallel  to  the  surface,  mounted  in 
Canada  balsam,  small  portions  of  it  were  occasionallv  visible ;  and 
these  appeared  to  be  rather  sparingly  supplied  with  the  elongo- 
cyUndro-stellate  and  elongo-attenuato-stellate  spicula  that  are  so 
abundant  in  the  dermal  membrane.  A  few  of  both  these  forms  of 
spicula  are  also  found  dispersed  on  the  interstitial  membranes. 

The  long,  slender  and  flexuous  interstitial  spicula  occur  either 
singly  or  in  bundles  of  four  or  five  together,  and  are  usually  disposed 
at  nearly  right  angles  to  the  surface,  immediately  beneath  the  in- 
vesting membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton.  They  are  very  long  and 
slender,  and  attenuate  to  extremely  acute  terminations. 

.  Short,  stout  fusiformi-acerate  spicula  in  considerable  quantities 
are  sometimes  found  intermixed  with  the  skeleton-fibre,  immediately 
beneath  the  enveloping  membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton ;  but  they 
are  not  found  in  such  quantities  in  all  parts  of  the  sponge ;  amid  the 
deeper  portions  of  the  skeleton  a  few  single  ones  only  are  occasionally 
found.  A  few  short,  stout  cylindrical  spicula  were  found  among 
the  spicula  obtained  by  the  dissolution  of  portions  of  the  sponge  in 
nitric  add ;  but  these  are  probably  cases  of^immature  development. 

The  sarcode  is  as  abundant  in  this  as  in  other  species  of  the  same 
genus.  Its  quantity  cannot  be  correctly  appreciated  in  its  dried 
condition,  or  when  mounted  in  Canada  bdsam ;  but  in  wet  prepara- 
tions of  portions  of  the  skeleton,  when  fully  expanded  by  moisture, 
it  is  in  many  cases  to  be  seen  completely  enveloping  the  skeleton- 
fibre,  and  filung  the  interstices  of  its  reticulations. 

Dactylocalyx  POLYDiscus,  Bowcrbauk. 

Sponge  irregularly  cup-shaped,  pedicel  short.  Surface  even; 
sides  of  cup  thick;  margin  rounded.    Surface  even.    Oscula  slightly 


1869.]     DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.      97 

elevated  and  margined,  dispersed.  Pores  inconspicuous.  Expansile 
dermal  system— >dermal  membrane  pellucid,  furnished  abundantly 
with  small  fusiformi-acerate  spicula  irregularly  dispersed.  Retentive 
spicula  fusiformi-cylindrical,  short  and  variable  in  size.  Connecting 
spicula — apices  discoid,  irregularly  circular  or  oval,  smooth  and 
thin  ;  margins  entire ;  shafts  short  and  conical.  Skeleton — fibres 
cylindrical,  smooth,  their  free  terminations  abundantly  tuberculated  ; 
tubercles  cylindrical,  short,  terminations  hemispherical.  Interstitial 
membranes — tension-spicula  fusiformi-acerate,  short,  rather  nume- 
rous, dispersed.     Gemmules  membranous,  spherical. 

Ck)lour  light  fawn-brown  in  the  dried  state. 
Hab,    Island   of  St.  Vincent,  West    Indies   {Rev,   Lansdowne 
Guilding). 
Examined  in  the  dried  condition. 

This  interesting  little  specimen  is  in  the  collection  of  the  British 
Museum.  It  was  obtained  by  the  Rev.  Lansdowne  Guilding  at  the 
Island  of  St.  Vincent,  West  Indies. 

The  specimen  is  a  small,  unequally  developed,  cup-shaped  sponge ; 
the  margin  is  nearly  oval,  with  an  average  diameter  of  seven-eighths 
of  an  inch,  and  it  is  about  five-eighths  of  an  inch  high  ;  the  thick- 
ness of  the  sponge  near  the  margin  is  about  three  lines.  From  its 
general  aspect  it  would  seem  that  the  specimen  was  a  young  one  in 
an  early  stage  of  development.  The  oscula  are  slightly  elevated, 
have  a  thin  margin,  and  are  about  one-third  of  a  line  in  diameter ; 
they  are  equally  dbtributed,  and  are  about  five  or  six  lines  apart, 
just  as  they  might  be  expected  to  appear  on  a  sponge  of  very  much 
larger  dimensions. 

The  pores  are  dispersed  on  the  outer  surface  of  the  cup ;  they  are 
not  readily  detected  even  in  a  piece  of  the  dermis  when  mounted  in 
Canada  balsam;  they  are  found  in  intervals  between  the  discoid 
plates,  which  frequently  have  semilunar  notches  to  afford  space  for 
the  passage  of  the  inhalant  streams. 

The  dermal  membrane  is  very  translucent ;  but  the  fusiformi- 
acerate  spicula  with  which  it  is  furnished  are  so  exceedingly  nume- 
rous that  they  render  the  discoid  heads  of  the  connecting  spicula 
immediately  beneath  them  perfectly  undistinguishable.  An  average- 
sized  one  measured  j^j-  inch  in  length  (Plate  VI.  fig.  12).  The 
retentive  spicula  are  comparatively  few  in  number ;  they  are  very 
much  smaller  than  the  tension  ones,  and  although  mixed  with  them 
are  readily  distinguished  by  their  fusiformi-cylindrical  shape  (Plate 
VI.  figs.  13  &  14). 

The  connecting  spicula  are  singular  in  their  form,  and  very  cha- 
ractenstic  of  the  species ;  the  normal  form  of  their  discoid  heads 
appears  to  be  nearly  circular,  but  they  vary  to  a  very  considerable 
extent  to  suit  the  circumstances  of  their  situation.  Their  margins 
lap  over  each  other  to  frequently  the  extent  of  one-third  or  one-half 
of  their  diameters,  so  that  they  not  only  form  a  secure  and  con- 
tinuous platform  for  the  support  of  the  dermal  membrane,  but  they 
also  admit  of  a  very  consiaerable  extent  of  lateral  expansion  and 

Pjt€>c.  Zooi..  Soc— 1869,  No.  VII. 


98     OR.  J.  8.  BOWRRBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.  [Jan.  28, 

eotitraction.  Their  margihs  are  entire^  and  their  surfaces  perfectly 
smooth  and  even. 

In  a  section  made  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  the  sponge,  a 
portion  of  the  expansile  dermal  tissue  remained  in  situt  and  the 
sharply  conical  shails  of  the  connecting  spicula  were  seen  projecting 
into  the  space  between  the  dermal  membrane  and  the  surface  of  the 
rigid  skeleton  of  the  sponge.  The  spaces  of  the  rete  of  the  skeleton 
are  tolerably  equable,  but  without  any  approximation  to  order  in 
their  arrangement.  The  fibres  of  the  skeleton  are  cylindrical  and 
quite  smooth,  excepting  at  their  free  terminations,  which  are  fre-. 
quently  abundantly  tuberculated*  The  tubercles  are  cylindrical, 
with  hemispherical  terminations,  and  are  usually  about  once  their 
own  diameter  in  height. 

The  interstitial  membranes  are  very  j>ellucid,  and  are  rather  abun- 
dantly supplied  with  the  same  description  of  tension*spicula  that  are 
so  abundant  in  the  dermal  membrane ;  and  they  may  also  frequently 
be  seen  imbedded  in  the  saroode  that  surrounds  the  skeleton-fibres. 

A  few  eemmules  were  observed ;  they  were  globular,  membranous, 
and  very  like  those  of  Iphiteon  panieea  ;  they  were  adherent  to  the 
inner  surface  of  the  dermal  system. 

When  sections  of  the  sponge  were  examined  in  water,  there  were 
numerous  moniliform  series  of  spherical  molecules,  varying  from 
three  or  four  to  six  or  eight  in  number,  on  the  inner  surfaces  of  the 
discoid  heads  of  the  connecting  spicula,  and  also  on  the  surfaces  of 
the  interstitial  membranes.  Such  molecules  in  moniliform  series  are 
not  uncommon  in  the  sarcode  of  the  interstitial  membranes  of  many 
species  of  Halichondroid  sponges :  and  this  arrangement  apparently 
aris^  from  axial  attraction.  It  is  the  first  case  of  their  occurrence 
that  I  have  observed  in  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  PLATES. 
Plate  III. 

Fig.  1.  Surface  of  tho  rigid  skeleton  of  the  type  specimen  of  Dactylocalyx  pu- 
miceus,  Stutchbury,  exhibiting  the  irregularity  of  the  skeleton-struc- 
ture and  the  auxiliary  skeleton-fibres  in  the  large  interstitial  cavities 
opposite,  a,  a,  a,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  2.  A  rectangulated  bexradiate  tension-spiculum,  magnified  106  linear. 

Fig.  3.  A  portion  of  one  of  the  large  fusiformi-acerate  spicula  from  amidst 
tne  rigid  skeleton  of  the  type  specimen  of  D.pumtceus,  magnified  108 
linear. 

Fig.  4.  A  trifurcated  spinulo-hexradiate  stellate  retentiye  spiculum,  magnified 
666  linear. 

Fig.  5.  A  trifurcated  attenuato-hexradiate  stellate  retentive  spiculum}  magnified 
666  linear. 

Fig.  6.  A  large  and  a  small  verticillately  spined  spiculum  from  the  basal  portion 
of  the  type  specimen  of  J),  pumicetis  m  the  British  Museum,  mag- 
nified 108  linear. 

Fig.  7.  Subequiangular  triradiate  tension-spioulum  from  the  type  spocimen, 
magnified  106  linear. 

Fig.  8.  Acerate  tension-spicidum  from  the  type  specimen,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  9.  A  furcated  atteniwto-patento-temate  connecting  spiculum  from  the  type 
specimen,  ntagnificd  108  linear. 


1869.]      DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICBO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.      99 

Fig.  10.  A  dichotomo-patento-tenuito  connecting  spiculum  from  the  tjpe  ipe- 
oimen,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  11.  Minute  attenuato-Btellate  retentive  and  defensire  spicula  from  the  tjpe 
specimen,  magnified  M6  linear. 

Fig.  12.  A  gemmule  adhering^  to  auxiliary  fibres  of  the  skeleton  from  the  large 
specimen  of  D.  pumiceus  (Iphittan  parUcea,  Valenciennes)  in  the  col- 
lection of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  13.  A  profile  yiew  of  two  of  the  tubercles  on  the  skeleton-fibre  of  the  tjrpe 
specimen  of  D.  pumicens,  exhibiting  the  papilladon  of  their  summiu, 
magnified  666  unear. 

Figs.  14  k  15.  Portions  of  the  denselj  reticulated  basal  skeleton-structure  from 
the  type  specimen,  magnified  106  linear. 

Fig.  16.  Trifurcated  expando-temate  connecting  spicula,  probably  belonging  to 
an  unknown  species  of  Dactylocalyx,  magnified  o66  linear. 

PlatbIV. 

Fig.  1.  A  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Dactylocalyx  heteroformU  (Coscino- 
apongia  heterqformis,  Valenciennes),  exhibiting  the  complicated  reticu- 
lations of  the  structure,  and  the  ramified  uee  terminations  of  the 
fibres,  magnified  175  linear. 

Fig.  2.  One  of  the  larse  incurrent  areas  of  the  inhalant  surface  of  the  same 
sponge,  exhibiting  the  protective  furcated  terminations  of  the  marginal 
fibres,  magnified  906  Imear. 

Fig.  3.  One  of  the  oscula  from  the  exhalant  surface  of  the  same  sponge,  exhibiting 
the  oscular  membrane  in  a  half-open  condition,  magnified  183  linear. 

Fig.  4.  A  portion  of  the  dermal  membrane  of  D.  heteroformU^  with  its  fine  but 
very  irregular  network  of  siliceous  fibre,  magnified  306  linear. 

Fig.  6.  A  portion  of  the  dermal  membrane  of  Vactylocalyx  M^AndrtftH  {Mac- 
Andrewia  (uoricOy  Otkj\  exhibiting  the  ramifications  of  the  foliato- 
expando-temate  oonneotmg  spicula  beneath,  and  one  of  the  inhalant 
pores  with  its  defensive  system  of  minute  acerate  dermal  spicula, 
magnified  183  linear. 

Plate  V. 

Fig.  1.  A  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Dactylocalyx  M^Andrevoiiy  magnified 
175  linear. 

Fig.  2.  A  foliato-expando-teniate  connecting  spiculum  from  the  expansile 
dermal  system  of  J).  M*Andremi,  with  the  inner  surfiM^e  towards  the 
eye  exhibiting  the  short  acutely  conical  shaft  of  the  spiculum,  magni- 
fied 175  linear. 

Fig.  3.  An  elongated  and  more  ramose  varieU  of  the  temate  head  of  the  same 
sort  of  spiculum  as  that  representea  by  fig.  2,  magnified  175  linear. 

Fig.  4.  A  view  in  profile  of  a  spiculum  of  the  same  form  as  those  that  are  re- 
presented by  flgs.  2  A  3,  ma^ified  175  linear. 

Fig.  5.  One  of  the  minute  fusiformi-acerate  tension-spicula  of  the  dermal 
membrane  of  D.  M'Andrewii,  magnified  666  linear. 

Fig.  6.  A  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  D.  Prattii,  exhibiting  a  portion 
of  the  expansile  system  (a)  in  a  state  of  separation  from  the  ri^id 
siliceo-fibrous  skeleton  beneath,  with  the  snails  of  tlie  connecting 
spicula  penden|  in  the  space  between  them,  and  also  the  primary 
dermal  membrane,  and  the  secondary  membrane  covering  the  external 
surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  filled  with  the  innumerable  retentive 
spicula  of  those  organs,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  7.  Two  of  the  retentive  spicula  of  the  dermal  membrane  and  the  investing 
membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  magnified  1250  linear. 

Fig.  8.  A  view  of  the  inner  siuface  of  a  portion  of  the  expansile  dermal  system, 
exhibiting  the  interlacing  of  the  radii  of  the  irregularly  furcated 
patento-temate  connecting  spicula  to  form  the  inhalant  areas,  in 
which  are  situated  the  pores  of  imbibition,  magnified  108  linear. 

Figs.  9, 10,  All.  Three  of  the  irregularly  furcated  patento-temate  connecting  spi- 
cula, exhibiting  their  extreme  diversity  of  form,  magnified  106  hnear. 


100       DR.  J.  MURIE  ON  THB  SEALS  OF  THE  FALKLANDS.    [Jan.  28, 

Platb  VI. 

Fig.  1.  A  piece  of  the  fibre  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Dactylocalyx  Matoni,  mag- 
nified 108  linear. 

Fig.  2.  A  view  of  the  inner  surface  of  part  of  the  expansile  dermal  sjrstem  of 
2).  Maaoniy  with  a  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  in  situ,  magnified 
108  linear. 

Fig.  3.  One  of  the  furcated  attenuato-patento-temate  connecting  spicula  of 
D.  Masoni,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  4.  A  minute  elongo-stellate  retentiye  spiculum  from  the  dermal  membrane 
of  D.  Masoni,  magnified  666  linear. 

Fig.  5.  A  piece  of  the  fibre  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  D.  Bowerbankii^  magnified 
108  linear. 

Fig.  6.  One  of  the  furcated  attenuato-patento-temate  connecting  spicula  of  the 
normal  form  from  the  expansile  dermal  system  of  D.  Bovoerhankii, 
magnified  175  linear. 

Fig.  7.  A  furcated  attenuato-patento-temate  connecting  spiculum  with  ramified 
terminations  to  the  furcations  of  the  radii.  This  form,  with  more  or 
less  ramified  terminations,  is  frequentlj  found  in  this  species.  Mag- 
nified 175  linear. 

Fig.  8.  Betentire  spicula  from  the  dermal  membrane  of  D,  Bowerbankiii  a,  a, 
the  elongo-ojlindro-stellate  form,  yariable  in  siase,  and  very  niunerous ; 
h,  the  elongo-attenuato-stellate  form,  few  in  number :  magnified  666 
linear. 

Fig.  9.  A  fragment  of  the  fibre  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  D.  polydiseus,  magnified 
108  linear. 

Fig.  10.  A  portion  of  the  expansile  dermal  system  of  D.  polydiacus^  with  the  dis- 
coid expando-temate  connecting  spicula  in  situ,  magnified  108  linear. 

Fig.  11.  Two  varieties  in  form  of  the  connecting  spicula  of  D.  polydiacus^  mag* 
nified  108  linear. 

Fig.  12.  A  fusiformi-aoerate  tension-spiculum  from  the  dermal  membrane  of 
D.  polydiscus,  magnified  666  linear. 

Figs.  13  &  14.  Two  of  the  retentiye  spicula  of  the  dermal  membrane  of  D.poly- 
diacusy  magnified  666  linear. 


4.  Report  on  the  Eared  Seals  collected  by  the  Society's  Keeper 
Fran9oi8  Lecomte  in  the  Falkland  Islands.  By  James 
MuRiE^  M.D.,  F.L.S.,  Prosector  to  the  Society. 

(Plate  VII.) 

An  accoant  of  the  Society*s  keeper  Lecointe*s  expedition  to  the 
Falkland  Islands  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  live  specimens  of 
Eared  Seals,  Penguins,  &c.,  has  already,  in  November  last,  been 
laid  before  the  Scientific  Meeting  by  our  Secretary,  Mr.  Sclater  (see 
P.  Z,  S.  1868,  p.  527).  It  devolves  upon  me  to  add  to  that  report 
memoranda  concerning  the  skins  and  skeletoif^  of  the  Pkoeidte  ob- 
tained during  Lecomte's  sojourn  at  the  above  islands.  The  speci- 
mens in  question,  owing  to  difiiculties  and  mishaps  in  the  way  of 
transport,  did  not  arrive  in  England  until  some  time  after  the  live 
stock,  brought  home  by  Lecomte  himself.  Furthermore,  I  regret  to 
mention  that,  from  a  variety  of  causes,  the  condition  of  the  objects 
is  not  so  perfect  as  could  be  wished ;  but,  under  the  adverse  circum- 
stances incident  to  the  voyage,  this  is  not  to  be  wondered  at.  I  am 
happy  to  add,  though,  that  some  points  in  connexion  with  the 


1869.]      DR.  J.  MURIB  ON  THB  SEALS  OF  THE  PALKLANDS.  101 

Ot4irikUe,  which  hitherto  have  heen  indefinite,  receive  elucidation, 
even  from  the  imperfect  supply  now  furnbhed. 

The  skins  were  preserved  in  a  salted  condition,  the  bones  roughly 
dried.  They  have  been  compared  and  identified  with  those  in  the 
British  Museum. 

The  total  number  of  animals  to  which  the  specimens  belong  is 
sixteen :  they  comprise  but  two  species,  namely,  the  Otaria  jubata^ 
Foster,  and  Oiaria  nigreMcem  {Arctoeephalus  nigreMcens,  Gray). 
Of  these,  fifteen  belong  to  the  first,  and  but  one  to  the  second 
species. 

I.  Otaria  jvbata. 

1 .  Skin  and  cranium  (tolerably  perfect)  of  an  adult  male,  but  not 
aged.  Sea-lion,  technically  called  by  the  traders  a  "  Bull ;"  shot  at 
Kelp  Island,  one  of  the  eastern  islets  of  the  group  of  the  Falkland 
Islands. 

Lecomte  states  that  there  were  altogether  about  40  Seals  com- 
posing the  herd  of  which  this  male  was  a  member.  Another,  much 
larger  and  maned  male  was  wounded  by  a  shot  at  the  same  time, 
but  it  managed  to  escape. 

The  above  skin,  in  its  present  moist  condition,  measures  96  inches 
from  the  muzzle  to  the  posterior  end  of  the  hind  flippers  as  they 
are  thrown  backwards  ;  from  the  muzzle  to  the  tip  of  tail  73  inches  ; 
from  point  to  point  of  the  outstretched  fore  flippers  76^  inches. 

The  pelage  on  the  back  and  belly  is  worn  ana  rubbed  ofl;  the  ani- 
mal evidently  having  been  just  shedding  its  coat  when  slain.  There 
is  a  very  slight  tendency  to  development  of  a  mane,  the  longbh  hairs 
here  being;  of  a  brindled  yellow-and-brown  shade.  The  throat  is 
lighter-coloured  and  with  shorter  hairs ;  but  towards  the  mandible 
they  are  longer,  darker,  and  beard-like.  The  upper  surface  of 
the  head,  almost  as  far  as  the  nose,  is  of  a  light  or  yellowish- 
brown  shade ;  the  two  cheeks  dark  brown ;  the  muzzle  black. 
The  fresh  undercoat  of  shorter  hairs  (not  the  underwool)  all  along 
the  back  inclines  to  a  yellowish  grey.  The  long  and  partially  abraded 
hairs  in  scattered  patches  are  dvdl  brown,  which  becomes  slightly 
redder  and  richer  in  tint  at  the  buttocks  and  posterior  tibial  regions. 
This  same  hue  is  apparently  the  original  one  previous  to  the  sheading 
of  the  outer  coat ;  it  is  well  seen  in  the  axillee.  The  belly,  with  very 
short  and  finely  set  hair,  is  of  a  brownish  yellow.  The  flippers  are 
black  where  bare  of  hair. 

The  skull  is  a  good  representative  of  the  species  during  middle 
life — that  is,  before  the  extraordinary  high  occipito-parietal  and  longi- 
tudinal parieto-frontal  crests  pecuUar  to  very  old  age  are  developed. 
These  efevations  have  just  commenced  to  show  themselves  in  a  raised 
narrow  plate  of  bone.  The  surface  of  the  cranium  is  altogether  rough . 
The  palate  is  broad,  and  but  moderately  deep  (see  fig.  1,  p.  103). 

The  teeth  exhibit  a  most  remarkable  condition,  and  such  as  I  have 
only  witnessed  (and  that  but  slight  in  comparison)  in  one  other  spe- 
cimen of  the  genus.  Not  only  the  whole  of  the  smaller-sized  molars 
and  premolai^  but  also  the  great  canines  of  both  upper  and  lower 


102       DR.  J.  MURIE  ON  THE  SEALS  OP  THE  FALKLAKDS.    [Jan.  28, 

jaws,  in  the  specimen  under  consideration,  are  worn  in  a  circular 
grooved  manner,  as  if  compassed  by  a  ring  in  their  middles.  The 
canines  are  not  so  grooved  roand  about,  but  rather  deeply  excavated 
behind.  The  crowns  of  the  canines  and  the  grinding-teeth  are  like- 
wise ground  down  and  flattened ;  but  this  is  of  less  moment  than 
the  way  in  which  the  dentine  is  grooved.  The  worn  surface  is  black- 
ened, but  smooth. 

Three  reasons  may  be  given  for  the  wearing  of  the  teeth  in  this 
uncommon  way : — 

(a)  It  is  possible  for  the  dental  apparatus  of  the  upper  and  lower 
jaws  to  effect  a  wearing  away  of  the  softer  dentine  by  their  unequally 
fitting  and  rubbing  against  each  other.  Examination,  however,  of 
the  maxillae  when  approximated  proves  this  to  have  been  unlikely — 
in  fact,  impossible. 

(b)  Again  it  may  be  suggested  that  granules  of  sand  and  pebbles, 
which  these  animals  swallow,  as  I  shall  afterwards  mention,  may  have 
ground  down  the  teeth  at  the  gums.  This  also  is  a  most  unlikely 
circumstancei  if  we  attentively  consider  the  nature  of  the  polishea 
surfaces  and  the  apparent  mode  in  which  they  are  eroded.  Besides, 
it  would  be  too  good  a  joke  to  admit  that  the  Sea-lion  possessed  a 
bad  dentifrice  and  tooth-brush. 

(c)  In  the  human  being,  cases  do  come  before  dentists  where 
circular  abrasion  occurs  such  as  we  have  here.  This  has  been  proved 
beyond  doubt  to  be  effected  by  an  altered  condition  of  the  glandular 
fluids  ejected  into  the  mouth.  The  tongue,  laving  the  surfaces  of 
the  teeth  with  the  changed  secretion,  by  degrees  abrades  the  den- 
tinal surface,  "wears  irregular  grooves,  and  leaves  the  harder  enamel 
comparatively  unchanged.  Such  may  likewise  happen  even  to  an 
Eared  Seal  for  aught  I  know  to  the  contrary. 

2.  Skin  and  skeleton  (the  cranium  considerably  injured)  of  a  preg- 
nant  female  Eared  Seal  (termed  "  Clapmatch").  This  was  killdi 
by  the  stroke  of  a  baton  at  Kelp  Island  on  the  8th  June  1868.  The 
sex  is  well  authenticated,  inasmuch  as  Lecomte  extracted  a  fcctus  of 
about  a  foot  long  from  the  womb.  This  foetus,  curious  to  say,  was 
pounced  upon  and  carried  off  by  a  Chimango  (?),  which  had  been  ho- 
vering overhead  watching  the  operation. 

Greatest  length  of  skin,  including  hind  extremities,  80|  inches  ; 
from  muzzle  to  end  of  tail  66j|  inches ;  tip  to  tip  of  fore  limbs  out- 
spread 58  inches. 

Teats  well  developed,  4  in  number  ;  front  ones  2  inches  from  the 
middle  line  of  abdomen,  and  distant  5  inches  behind  the  axillae ; 
hinder  ones  1  inch  outside  the  median  line,  and  9  inches  distant  from 
the  pectoral  ones. 

From  the  forehead,  along  the  whole  line  of  the  back  and  the  upper 
sides  of  the  body  to  as  far  as  the  tail,  the  colour  is  blackish  mingled 
with  grey,  the  tips  of  the  hairs  being  grey,  their  bases  black.  There 
is  a  black  streak  from  the  muzzle  to  the  forehead,  on  either  side  of 
which  and  above  the  eye  is  a  light  grey  patch,  the  cheeks  outside  of 
that  being  of  the  same  shade  as  the  back.  A  light  and  longer-haired 
beard  is  partially  developed ;  behind  is  a  moderate-sized  darker  patch  ; 


1869.]       DR.  J.  MURIB  ON  THE  SEALS  OF  THE  FALKLANDS. 


103 


and  then  the  throat  and  the  whole  of  the  abdomen  posteriorly  is  of  a 
jellowish-grey  or  light  drab  tint.  Around  each  eye  is  a  narrow  circlet 
of  brown.  The  hair  on  this  skin,  as  well  as  on  those  of  the  next  three 
females,  is  much  shorter  than  the  outer  coat  of  the  male  No.  1 ;  indeed 
it  resembles,  both  in  colour  and  texture,  the  inner  coat  of  the  said  male. 
The  skull  of  this  female  being  considerably  injured  in  the  maxil- 
lary and  premaxillary  regions,  I  shall  make  no  comments  on  it 
farther  than  to  mention  the  size — namely,  greatest  length  1 0*3  inches. 
The  skeleton  agrees  with  that  of  specimens  of  Otaria  jubata. 


Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


Under  riews  of  male  and  female  skulls  of  Otaria  juhaf a. 
Fig.  1.  Adult  male,  that  described  in  text  as  No.  1. 

2.  Adult  female,  the  specimen  referred  to  as  No.  3. 
(Both  reduced  to  one- third  of  nat.  size,) 


104       DR.  J.  MURIE  ON  THE  SEALS  OF  THE  FALKLANOS.     [Jan.  28, 

3.  Another  skin  and  skeleton  (in  better  condition)  of  an  adult 
and  pregnant  female,  killed  at  the  same  time  and  place  as  the  fore- 
going (No.  2).  The  foetus  found  in  this  specimen  corresponded  in 
size  to  the  other. 

The  colour  of  this  skin  corresponds  in  every  particular  with  that 
described  as  No.  2,  only  it  is  not  quite  so  dark. 

The  maxillary  and  premaxillarj  bones  of  this  skull  are  also  partly 
broken  by  the  fatal  blow  with  the  baton*  The  palate»  however,  a 
good  character  of  the  species,  is  entire.  This  demonstrates,  as  does 
the  whole  inferior  region  (compare  figs.  1  and  2),  that  the  cranium 
of  the  female  is  much  narrower  and  shallower  than  that  of  males  of 
the  same  age  and  size.  Especially  is  this  the  case  in  the  maxillary 
region  of  the  palate.  The  teeth  altogether  are  much  weaker  and 
more  sharply  pointed  than  in  the  male.  So  marked  is  this  that  the 
skull  of  a  female  can  at  a  glance,  and  by  this  character  alone,  be 
distinguished  from  that  of  a  male.  In  some  respects  the  female 
skull  approaches  that  of  Arctocephahu  hookeri  \  but  the  posterior 
nares  and  great  length  of  the  palatines  of  both  male  and  .female 
Otariajubata  readily  separate  them.  The  greatest  length  of  this 
cranium  is  10*5  inches,  the  greatest  breadth  (at  the  zygoma)  6  inches. 
The  crests  of  the  roof  are  but  feebly  developed. 

4.  Skin  and  skeleton  (not  perfectly  complete)  of  a  female  Otaria^ 
young  but  nearly  adult.  This  was  captured  alive  on  the  4th  June 
1868,  at  North-Point  Island,  situate  at  the  south-east  comer  of  the 
Falklands. 

In  markings  and  colour  this  younger  female  is  hardly  to  be  dis- 
tinguished from  the  older  pregnant  animals.  There  is  perhaps  a 
more  marbled  aspect,  produced  by  a  greater  and  more  irregular  dis- 
tribution of  the  light  upper  hairs. 

5.  Skin,  disarticulated  fragmentary  skull,  and  leg-bones  of  another 
female,  about  the  same  age  as  No.  4.  This  specimen  also  was  taken 
alive  at  North-Point  Island,  4th  June  18G8. 

No  difference  in  colour  and  hairy  covering  is  appreciable  between 
this  and  No.  4. 

6.  Skin,  leg-bones,  and  cranium,  with  imperfect  dentition  of  a 
young  but  considerable-sized  male  Sea-lion.  This  animal  was  taken 
alive  at  Kelp  Island  on  the  8th  June  1868,  and  said  to  have  been 
about  eighteen  months  old  at  date  of  capture. 

The  entire  head,  neck,  and  body  of  this  skin  is  clothed  with  short, 
fine,  smooth,  closely  set  hairs  of  a  nearly  uniform  chocolate  tint.  The 
nape  of  the  neck  and  the  belly  are  a  trine  lighter  than  the  other  parts. 

7.  Skin  only  of  a  very  young  male  Otaria,  technically  called  a 
•*pup."  Caught  alive,  16th  February  1868,  on  one  of  the  islets 
near  Kelp  Island.  This  and  the  three  succeeding  specimens  (Nos.  8, 
9,  and  10)  were  seized  at  one  raid.  They  shall  be  described  and 
commented  on  together. 

H.  Another  skin,  closely  resembling  the  last. 
\  0.  A  skin,  vertebral  column,  leg-bones,  and  feet  of  a  similar  very 

young  but  female  Seal. 
^      10.  Similar  skin  of  another  young  female. 


\ 


1869.]       DR.  J.  MVRIB  ON  THB  SEALS  OF  THE  FALKLANDS. 


105 


One  of  the  females  died  on  the  drd  of  March  1868,  the  other 
three  days  after,  namely,  on  the  6th.  One  of  the  males  lived  a  month 
longer,  to  the  9th  AprU ;  the  last  of  the  four  specimens  died  on  Good 
Friday  (April  10th). 

The  accompanying  admeasurements  of  three  of  their  bodies  were 
taken  in  centimetres  by  Lecomte  immediately  after  their  death.  I 
have  reduced  these  to  inches  and  decimab. 


? 

9 

S 

Tx'iwrtli  from  the  muzzlp  to  th©  tit>  of  th©  tail 

340      ^'^ 

371 
46-7 
12-9 

no 

Length  from  the  muzzle  to  the  turtheet  point  of  1 

the  hackwardly  stretched  hind  flipper J 

Greatest  length  of  the  pectoral  extremity  

47-7 

11-3 
90 

41-3 

11-7 
90 

The  hair  on  these  skins  is  short,  firm,  and  thick  in  the  pile. 
Beneath  is  a  reddish  underwool,  but  Tcry  sparsely  scattered.  The 
colour  of  one  and  all  is  a  very  rich  dark  brown,  approaching  black 
on  the  upper  parts,  and  appearing  quite  so  under  certain  lights  when 
the  skin  is  moist.  The  flippers  are  olack  only  where  bare.  Scarcely 
any  appreciable  difference  exists  between  the  males  and  the  females ; 
if  any,  the  males  are  darkest. 

By  way  of  comparison  with  the  adult  male  and  female  of  the  same 
species  (Nos.  1  and  2),  I  shall  here  give  the  diameters  of  the  soft 
skins  of  the  young  ones  (Nos.  7  and  10) — all  four,  adult  and  young, 
having  been  pickled  in  the  same  manner.  No.  7.  Greatest  length 
(from  the  muzzle  to  hinder  flipper)  50  inches,  to  the  end  of  the  tail 
40|^  inches ;  breadth  between  the  furthest  point  of  the  extended 
pectoral  members  32  inches.  No.  10  gives  these  cc(psecutive  mea- 
surements as  47,  39,  and  30|  inches. 

11.  Large  and  much  worn  skull  of  a  very  old  Sea-lion. 

12.  Large  and  much  worn  skuU,  also  old.  This  specimen  has  the 
left  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  attached. 

13.  Another  aged  cranium,  but  without  mandible. 

14.  Another  aged  cranium,  but  without  mandible. 

15.  Another  aged  cranium,  but  without  mandible. 

The  respective  proportions  of  the  above  venerable  cranial  remnants 
of  the  once  plentiful  race  of  Falkland-Island  Sea-lions  may  be 
tabulated  thus : — 


Kg.  11.  Lcmgth  14*8  inches. 

12.  „      141      „ 

13.  „       140     „ 

14.  „       13-9     „ 

15.  „      13-5     ,. 


Qi«atest  (fygomatio)  breadth  lOO  inches. 
..       lOO      „ 
t*  »»  »» 

8-7      ., 
»f  t»  »        9*0      ,, 


The  oocipito-parietal  crests  of  all  are  enormously  developed,  and  the 
extra  processes  in  No.  12  are  peculiarly  prominent.  The  mandible 
of  the  latter  specimen  measures  1 1  '5  inches  long,  and  it  is  6*5  inches 
in  vertical  height  at  the  coronoid  process. 

These  five  skulls,  evidently  much  worn  by  being  rolled  on  the 


lOG        OR.  J.  MURIE  ON  THE  SEALS  OF  THE  PALKLAND8.     [JaO.  28, 

shingle,  were  picked  up  on  the  heach  at  Elephant  Island,  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Falklands.  Lecomte  and  his  companions  beliered  these 
large  old  skulls  of  Of  aria  jubata  to  be  those  of  the  Elephant-Seal 
{Morunga  elephantina),  as  it  was  stated  hj  some  of  the  party  that 
these  animals  formerly  did  exist  on  this  island*.  One  of  the  pilots 
(Louis  Despreaux  by  name)  had  resided  thirty- two  years  on  the 
Falkland  Islands,  and  he  distinctly  remembered  shooting  many 
Elephant-Seals  in  the  neighboorhood  in  bygone  years ;  but  about 
twelve  years  ago  they  be^  to  get  scarce  and  disappear.  While 
Lecomte  was  absent  on  one  of  his  excursions,  a  report  was  current 
on  the  islands  that  a  young  Elephant-Seal,  about  8  feet  long,  had 
been  killed  with  a  baton  by  the  lighthouse-keeper  at  Cape  Pembroke. 
On  his  return  Lecomte  endeavoured  to  obtain  the  skeleton,  but  it 
had  in  th^  meantime  been  destroyed. 

IL    OtARIA  NI6RESCEN8. 

16.  Bones  of  the  two  pectoral  extremities  of  an  adult  male  Fur- 
Seal.  Specimen  shot  by  Mr.  Cobb  (the  Manager  of  the  Falkland- 
Island  Company)  on  the  Volunteer  Rocks,  north-east  of  the  Falkland- 
Island  group. 

Habits  and  Economy  of  the  Eared  Seals. — Under  this  heading  I 
append  chiefly  such  observations  as  I  have  received  verbally  from 
Lecomte  upon  interrogating  him  respecting  what  he  had  witnessed 
of  the  daily  life  of  these  creatures. 

He  corroborates  the  statements  of  the  older  voyagers  as  regards 
the  gregarious  habits  of  the  Eared  Seals.  At  various  times  he  has 
seen  families  of  six,  a  dozen,  and  even  up  to  twenty ;  but,  generally 
speaking,  he  supposes  from  ten  to  fifteen  to  be  the  average  number 
of  a  family  grdup.  Several  families^  again,  congregate  near  each 
other  in  the  same  creek  or  islet,  but,  notwithstanding,  they  do  not 
intermingle.  In  one  instance  he  calculated  there  would  be  about 
forty  individuals,  old  and  young,  in  the  herd.  This  was  when  the 
old  male  was  shot  and  the  four  youngsters  captured  alive.  On  an- 
other occasion,  that  on  which  the  two  adult  pr^nant  females  were 
killed,  he  reckoned  there  would  be  as  manv  as  100  in  the  herd,  dis- 
tributed, of  course,  hither  and  thither  in  clusters. 

They  seem  to  prefer  (it  may  be  through  a  wise  precaution  on  their 
part)  headlands  or  isthmuses,  and  choose  the  most  southern  locality 
thereon  as  a  resting-place.  One  of  the  old  males  guards  as  a  sen- 
tinel. Usually  he  is  seen  perched  on  an  eminence,  and  invariably, 
as  Lecomte  affirms,  with  outstretched  neck  and  upraised  head,  as  if 
sniffing  around  for  the  slightest  ominous  warning.  The  signal  of  a 
grunt  or  growl  sets  the  others  on  the  alert ;  and  on  any  real  approach 
of  danger  they  rush  all  helter-skelter  towards  the  water,  which  they 
never  wander  far  from. 

Their  daily  occupation  seems  divided  between  sleeping  and  pro- 
curing food.  They  lie  huddled  together  in  a  drowsy  condition,  or 
slumber,  for  a  great  part  of  their  time,  and  this  both  during  the  day 
and  night.     At  high  tides,  day  and  night,  they  take  to  fishing  near 


1869.]       OR.  J.  MURIE  ON  THE  8KALS  OF  THE  FALKLANDS.  107 

the  entrance  of  the  freshwater  rWulets  mto  the  sea.  At  such  tiihes 
thej  will  remain  a  whole  tide  dabbling  about  8ing;lj  after  food.  This 
consists  of  fish  and  crustaceans.  In  capturing  their  prey  they 
swallow  it  either  aboye  or  below  the  water.  Our  lire  Sea-lion  in 
the  Gardens,  as  a  rule,  comes  to  the  surface  during  the  process  of 
deglutition  ;  the  other  Seals  swallow  underneath  the  water.  Lecomte 
says  the  Eared  Seals  neyer  drink  water ;  and  he  substantiates  the  fact 
that  he  kept  the  first  animal  he  brought  to  this  country  for  a  year 
without  fluid,  except  such  as  adhered  to  the  fish  he  fed  it  with. 
He  tells  me,  moreover,  he  has  noticed  the  common  Seals  in  our  own 
collection  occasionally  suck  in  water  as  a  horse  would,  but  the  Otaria 
never.  Another  curious  circumstance  he  assures  me  of  is,  that  in 
the  stomach  of  every  one  he  has  examined,  with  the  single  exception 
of  a  young  animal,  there  existed  a  quantity  of  pebbles.  The  amount 
varied  in  individuals  from  a  feW  to  many.  Indeed  one  of  the  Falk- 
land-Island pilots  told  Lecomte  in  good  faith  that  he  himself  had 
removed  28  lb.  of  stones  from  the  digestive  cavity  of  an  Elephant* 
Seal,  an  old  Otaria  jubata  (1).  The  common  notion  among  the 
traders  and  hunters  is  that  these  Seals  swallow  the  stones  as  a  kind 
of  ballast  to  enable  them  to  dive  quickly  ?ifter  their  prey.  For  my 
own  part  I  cannot  at  all  accept  this  reason  on  the  evidence. 

The  voices  of  the  old  and  young  animals  difier  in  tone.  The  adult, 
and  more  particularly  the  old  ones  either  growl  in  an  undertone,  or, 
when  excited  during  the  breeding*  season,  heighten  this  to  a  volu- 
minous interrupted  roar.  The  young  cries  with  a  kind  of  bleat  like 
a  sheep.  In  the  first  Sea-lion  possessed  by  the  Society  the  pupils 
of  the  eyes  contracted  and  dilated  to  an  enormous  extent ;  and  when 
enlarged,  which  took  place  towards  sunset,  they  became  of  an  opaline 
hue.  The  live  Otaria  jubata  at  present  in  the  Gardens  also  mani- 
fests considerable  dilatability  of  the  pupils,  but  not  quite  the  same 
change  of  colour.  At  night  the  eye  of  Phoca  vitulina  appears  iri- 
descent, as  in  some  Carnivora.  As  regards  this  frequept  change  in 
the  diameter  of  the  pupil  in  Otaria,  this  may  have  relation  to  its 
nocturnal  habits  as  much  as  to  the  difference  of  medium  in  which 
the  animal  lives. 

The  sexual  season  lasts  for  about  a  month,  namely,  between  the 
latter  end  of  February  and  that  of  March.  As  has  been  described 
by  other  observers,  Lecomte  remarks  there  are  then  regular  pitched 
battles,  the  females  looking  on  but  not  interfering.  The  males  at 
such  times  are  savage,  and  if  attacked  do  not  run  away ;  but  the 
females  are  rather  timid  and  shy.  After  these  matches  are  adjusted, 
a  good  deal  of  playing  and  gambolling  in  the  water  occurs,  but  the 
act  of  coupling  takes  place  on  the  land.  When  a  male,  through  age 
or  otherwise,  is  driven  away,  he  leads  a  solitary  life,  and  then  often 
goes  further  inland. 

The  females  go  with  young  about  ten  months,  giving  birth  to  a 
single  one  about  Christmas  or  the  end  of  the  year,  equivalent  to  our 
midsummer  in  this  country.  Lecomte  says  there  is  no  great  interval 
between  parturition  in  the  females  of  a  herd,  as  the  young  range 
much  of  a  size.     They  rear  their  offspring  at  a  short  distance  from 


108       DR.  J.  MURIB  ON  THE  SEALS  OP  THE  FALKLANDS.    [Jan.  28, 

the  water's  edge ;  the  joung,  however,  does  not  enter  the  water  for 
some  time.  At  the  earliest  stage  the  bahy  Seels  are  like  so  many 
puppy  dogs,  fat,  plump,  and  shapeless.  They  play,  fight,  and  frisk 
about  in  twos  and  threes,  at  times  dabbling  and  floundering  in  the 
shallow  pools  left  by  the  receding  tide.  Sucklinfi;  continues  until 
they  are  about  three  months  old,  at  which  period  the  mother  entices 
them  by  degrees  towards  and  into  the  water.  From  that  time  the 
young  begin  to  cater  for  themselves.  In  youth,  as  has  been  shown, 
the  skin  is  of  a  dark  brown  hue.  This  changes  very  gradually,  and 
lightens  after  they  are  a  year  old ;  it  then  seems  sensibly  to  alter 
annually  by  a  partial  shedding  of  the  coat.  The  males  remain 
darkest,  and  have  always  the  longest  hair  throughout  life. 

No  lean  animals  are  ever  observed. 

There  appears  to  be  a  periodical  mimtion  towards  the  south.  In 
November  the  Sea-lions  come  to  the  Falkland  Islands,  where  they 
remain  till  June  or  Julv,  when  the  greater  number  depart ;  but  some 
remain  at  the  islands  the  whole  year  round. 

With  respect  to  certain  doubtful  specific  forms  of  the  genus 
Oiaria  which  Dr.  Peters  and  Dr.  Gray  have  named,  I  must  say  I 
do  not  entirely  agree  with  their  determination. 

I  differ  from  Dr.  Gray  in  ranking  the  skin  described  by  him  in  the 
'Annals  of  Natural  History,'  1868,  i.  p.  219,  as  a  distinct  species — 
his  ArctoeephaluM  nivosus.  This  I  believe  to  be  but  a  variety, 
seasonal,  sexual,  or  of  a  different  age  from  those  specimens  hithertb 
obtained. 

Also  I  do  not  acquiesce  in  his  critical  remark  that  Dr.  Peters's 
figured  skull  of  Oiaria  philippii  is  most  nearly  allied  to  O,  stelieri 
from  California,  inasmuch  as  I  consider  it  to  be  nothing  else  than 
O.  hookeri.  As  in  Dr.  Gray's  case,  I  have  not  seen  the  skull, 
but  base  my  judgment  on  a  careful  comparison  of  Dr.  Peters's 
figure  with  the  British- Museum  specimens  of  skulls  named  O. 
hookeri. 

On  the  other  hand,  I  unhesitatingly  agree  and  support  Dr.  Gray's 
criticisms  on  Dr.  Peters  as  regards  the  species  of  Sea-lions  termed 
respectively  O.  byronia,  O.  leonina,  O.  godeffroyi,  and  O.  ulloa,  as 
I  am  perfectly  convinced  they  are  but  differently  aged  specimens  of 
Foster's  Otaria  jubata.  From  the  manner  in  which  Dr.  Peters 
ranges  these  in  his  tabular  view,  I  have  no  doubt  that  he  has  arrived 
at  the  same  determination,  although  still  clinging  somewhat  to  his 
own  nomenclature. 

P.S. — The  fresh  information  gained,  and  the  clearing  of  dubious 
points,  in  connexion  with  the  Otariida,  which  the  preceding  report 
conveys,  may  be  summed  up  as  follows : — 

1.  The  young  of  both  sexes  of  Oiaria  jubata  are  aKke  of  a  dark 
brown  or  very  deep  chocolate  colour. 

2.  The  males  of  a  year  old  or  thereabout  retain  somewhat  of  the 
chocolate  tint  of  youth,  which,  however,  is  paler,  and  subsequently 
changes  annually  as  the  coat  is  shed. 

S.  The  females  of  equal  age  assume  a  dark  grey  hue  dorsally, 


1869.]  MR.  W.  S.  KRNT  ON  A  NEW  NUDIBRANCH.  109 

while  the  abdominal  parts  are  light  yellowish.     As  they  grow  older 
they  alter  little. 

4.  Males  a  couple  of  years  old  or  more  become  of  a  rich  brown 
shade  on  the  back  and  sides,  and  lighter  or  yellowish  beneath.  Old 
malen  alone  are  maned. 

5.  There  is  a  sparse  underwool  on  the  young,  which  sensibly  di* 
minishes  with  age. 

6.  The  skulls  of  the  adult  male  and  female  differ  considerably,  the 
latter  being  comparatively  the  narrower  of  the  two — the  former  pos- 
seting a  somewhat  different  form  of  teeth,  besides  proportionally 
immense  canines. 

7.  The  teeth  of  Otariajubata  are  occasionally  subject  to  a  pecu- 
liar wearing,  of  a  median  constricted  character. 

8.  The  sexes  differ  in  size,  the  males  attaining  far  the  largest  growth* 

9.  Between  the  female  and  male  of  this  species  there  is  a  wide 
difference  as  regards  the  stretch  of  the  pectoral  flippers.  In  the  skin 
of  the  male  the  breadth  from  tip  to  tip  of  the  fore  flippers  is  equal 
to  or  greater  than  the  length  of  the  body ;  in  the  female  the  reverse 
obtains.  This  fact  points  to  greater  strength  and  swimming-power 
in  the  former. 

10.  It  appears  that  the  Elephant-Seal  {Morunga  elepkantina)  is 
now  only  rarely  met  with  in  the  Falklands. 

11.  The  bones  of  the  pectoral  limb  of  the  Fur-Seal  of  commerce 
(Otaria  nigreseens.  Gray)  differ  from  those  of  the  Sea-lion  {Otaria 
jubatd). 

DESCBIPTION  OF  PLATE  VII. 

Fig.  1.  Adult  male  Otaria  juhata,  frony  the  skin  No.  1.    The  abraded  snrfaoe9 
have  not,  however,  been  delineated. 

2.  Adult  female  of  the  same  speoies,  from  the  skin  described  as  No.  2. 

3.  Young  Otaria  jubata,  about  four  months  old,  referred  to  as  No.  10  in 

the  preceding  list 


5.  On  a  new  British  Nudibranch  {Embletonia  grayi). 
By  W.  S.  Kent,  F.R.M.S. 

(Plate  VIII.) 

The  last  October  excursion  to  the  Victoria  Docks  of  the  Quekett 
Microscopical  Club  afforded  me  the  pleasure  of  capturing,  in  some 
quantity,  a  minute  representative  of  the  Nudibranchiate  Mollusca. 

It  belongs  to  Alder  and  Hancock's  genus  Embletonia,  which  is 
characterized  as  follows : — "  Head  terminal,  furnished  with  two  flat- 
tened lobes,  broadly  expanded  laterally.  Tentacles  two  in  number, 
linear.  Branchiae  papillose,  placed  in  a  single  or  double  row  down 
each  side  of  the  back,  alternating  posteriorly."  Three  species  are 
described  by  the  authors  above  quoted,  viz.  E,  pulchra,  E,  minuta, 
and  E.  pallida.    Of  these,  Embletonia  pallida  is  the  most  closely  allied 


I  10  MR.  W.  8.  KENT  ON  A  NEW  NUOIBRANCH.         f  Jan.  28, 

to  the  species  I  h^re  introduce,  it  being  the  only  one  possessing  a 
double  row  of  branchial  papillae  down  each  side  of  the  back. 

In  the  species  recently  obtained  from  the  docks,  and  for  which  I 
here  propose  the  name  of  Embletonia  grayit  the  branchial  papillae 
are  developed  to  a  still  further  extent,  three,  in  the  adult  specimens, 
entering  on  each  side  into  the  formation  of  the  second  anterior  fas- 
ciculus*. The  oral  lobes,  moreover,  are  highly  developed,  while  in 
Embletonia  pallida  they  are  described  as  being  small  and  indistinct. 
The  lingual  membrane,  or  odontophore,  again,  furnishes  points  of 
distinction,  the  median  denticles  surpassing  the  lateral  ones  in  size 
more  considerably  than  in  E,  pallida ;  and  the  odontophore  in  this 
respect  more  closely  approximates  to  that  of  Eolis  nana.  The  number 
of  Ihigual  plates  also  exceeds  that  possessed  by  Embletonia  pallida, 
being  not  fewer  than  thirty-five,  while  in  the  latter  there  are  said  to 
be  but  twenty-one. 

The  colour  of  the  little  Mollusk  is  a  semitransparent  white,  having 
the  integument  of  the  antero-dorsal  region  usually  more  or  less 
sprinkled  with  minute  ramifying  pigment-cells  of  a  blackish  hue, 
these  occasionally  extending  over  the  papillae.  The  eyes  are  deeply 
sunk  beneath  the  integument,  and  situated,  some  distance  apart, 
immediately  behind  the  tentacula ;  in  many  instances  these  organs 
are  scarcely  discernible,  more  especially  in  those  specimens  wherein 
the  superficial  pigment-cells  are  greatly  developed. 

It  is  particularTy  remarkable  that  this  Nudibranch  is  a  denizen  of 
water  containing  but  about  one-third  of  the  saline  constituents  of 
pure  sea-water.  Its  hftbits  are  gregarious ;  and  its  tastes  appear  to 
be  eminently  carnivorous,  the  luxuriant  masses  of  Cordylophora 
lacustris  clothing  the  submerged  timber-balks  in  the  docks  proving 
a  special  attraction,  and  serving  not  only  for  the  purpose  of  food, 
but  also  as  a  suitable  nidus  whereon  to  deposit  its  spawn.  The  ova, 
or  spawn,  on  being  extruded  are  enveloped  in  a  gelatinous  mucus, 
adherent  at  first  to  any  object  wherewith  it  may  be  brought  into 
contact ;  this  property,  however,  disappears  after  a  brief  exposure 
to  the  surrounding  medium.  The  spawn  masses  are  of  an  irregular 
oval  form,  each  mass  containing  from  five  or  six  to  as  many  as  forty 
or  fifty  ova. 

On  first  leaving  the  egg  the  young  are,  in  common  with  other 
Nudibranchiata,  furnished  with  a  delicate  nautiloid  shell,  and  propel 
themselves  through  the  water  with  great  activity  by  means  of  their 
ciliated  lobes,  or  epipodia.  Figs.  12  and  13  represent  the  animal 
about  one  month  after  quitting  the  egg ;  but  further  stages  of  deve- 
lopment remain  to  be  traced.  The  length  of  the  adult  animal  varies 
from  one  to  as  much  as  three  tenths  of  an  inch,  though  the  majority 
of  the  specimens  examined  have  not  exceeded  that  of  two  tenths  of 
an  inch, 

*  One  or  two  specimens  have  been  met  with  having  three  papillie  in  the  first 
anterior  (asciculuA  also. 

The  arrangement  of  the  papillic  also  holds  good  in  distinguisihing  this  spe- 
cies from  the  Calliopaa  beliuia  of  D'Orbignj,  figured  and  described  in  the  *  Mag. 
de  Zoologio*  for  1837. 


1869.]  LKTTER  PROM  DR.  J.  ANDERSON.  Ill 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  VIIL 

Fig.  L  ^nhletonia  ffrayij  nataral  sixe. 

2.  The  same,  magnified- 

3.  The  same,  viewed  donally  when  in  a  state  of  repose. 

4.  The  head,  seen  from  aboTe,  showing  the  expanded  oral  lobes. 

5.  A  portion  of  the  odontophore,  viewed  laterally. 

6.  The  same,  from  above. 

7.  A  single  lingual  plate  detached  and.  magnified  300  diametem. 

8.  A  mass  of  ova. 

9.  First  condition  of  the  emlnryo  on  quitting  the  eg^. 

10.  The  same  having  lost  its  ciliated  lobei^  or  epipodia. 

11.  The  cast  nautiloid  shell. 

12  &  13.  The  embryo  about  a  month  old,  showing  at  a  the  eyes,  at  b  tlie 
auditory  vesicles,  and  at  c  the  heart 


Febniary  11  th,  1869. 
Osbert  Salvin,  Esq.,  M.A.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  following  extract  was  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  the 
Secretary  by  Dr.  John  Anderson,  C.M.Z.S.,  dated  Calcutta,  Janu- 
ary 5th : — 

*'  I  have  brought  back  a  tolerably  large  collection  from  Yunan  and 
Upper  Burmah ;  but  I  had  great  mfficulties  to  contend  with,  and  it 
is  not  so  large  as  I  expected  it  would  be.  Once  across  the  Kak- 
hyen  Hills,  our  road  lay  through  paddy-fields  in  elevated  valleys 
(4000  to  5000  feet),  defined  by  long  ranges  of  high  mountains.  It 
was  unsafe  to  venture  on  the  hills ;  so  that  my  spoils  are  almost 
entirely  derived  from  a  cultivated  country.  Jilurus  abounds ;  and 
two,  if  not  three,  species  of  Manis  are  very  common.  Pheasants 
are  plentiful ;  and  Western  Yunan,  on  the  very  confines  of  Burmah^ 
is  apparently  rich  in  Thaumalea  amherstug.  If  I  could  have  ven- 
tured on  the  hills,  I  beUeve  I  could  have  made  good  bags  of  this 
splendid  bird.  On  our  way  through  the  Shan  states  we  saw  its 
handsome  tail- feathers  very  frequently  in  the  hands  of  the  natives, 
who  use  them  as  ornamental  flj-switches.  But  all  the  information 
gained  in  the  journey  will  be  given  in  the  Report  which  will  be  sub- 
mitted to  Government."  

Mr.  W.  B.  Tegetmeier  exhibited  a  pair  of  remarkably  large  horns 
of  the  Cape-Bufialo  {Bo$  coffer),  and  two  remarkable  pairs  of  horns 
of  the  Domestic  Goat.  _____ 

Mr.  William  Jesse  read  the  following  Report  to  the  Council  of  the 
Society  upon  his  proceedings  in  connexion  with  the  Abyssinian 
Expedition : — 

Gentlemen. — It  is  with  pleasure  that  I  find  myself  in  a  position 


1 12  RBPORT  OP  MR.  W.  JE88E.  [Feb.  1 1, 

to  lay  before  you  a  sketcb  of  my  proceedings  during  my  recent 
journey  with  the  late  expedition  in  Abyssinia. 

I  should  first  like  to  state  that,  my  late  arrival  on  the  scene  of 
action  having  prevented  me  from  accomplishipg  anything  like  the 
work  I  wished  to  carry  out,  I  eagerly  seized  upon  an  opportunity 
which  presented  itself,  after  the  close  of  the  campaign,  of  supplying 
the  deficiencies  thus  occasioned. 

I  heard  from  Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford,  Geographer  to  the  Expedition, 
that  he,  Capt.  Mokeler  (political  officer),  and  Mr.  Munzinger 
(H.B.M.  Consul  at  Massowah)  contemplated  an  excursion  into  the 
Bogos  country ;  and  I  therefore  wrote  to  the  Consul  begging  his  per- 
mission to  make  one  of  the  party.  This  permission  I  subsequently 
received,  and  under  these  auspices  found  means  to  fulfil  my  mission 
more  completely  than  I  had  anticipated. 

On  the  27th  of  January,  1868,  I  left  England,  and  on  the  24th 
of  February  we  cast  anchor  in  Annesley  Bay.  My  arrangements  on 
shore  not  being  completed,  I  obtained  a  boat  and  crew  from  the 
Captain  and  started  with  a  party  to  the  head  of  the  bay.  I  spent  a 
couple  of  days  here,  examining  the  surrounding  country  and  shooting. 
I  procured  specimens  of  the  Naked-necked  Francolin  of  the  plains, 
one  species  of  Hombill,  and  a  variety  of  other  birds,  the  most  im- 
portant of  which  were  eight  specimens  of  the  Dramas  ardeola.  These 
latter  I  especially  wished  to  bring  home,  both  as  skeletons  and  in 
spirits.  Unfortunately  I  could  not  carry  out  this  intention,  as,  instead 
of  returning  safely  in  about  two  hours*  trip  to  the  '  Great  Victoria,' 
we  were  nearly  wrecked  on  the  opposite  shore ;  and  the  energies  of 
our  crew  and  selves  were  so  severely  tried  by  wind  and  rain  that  we 
with  difficulty,  and  utterly  exhausted,  reached  the  fleet  at  the  end 
of  twenty-four  hours.  My  specimens  being  spoiled,  this  was  rather 
a  discouraging  commencement  of  my  duties.  I  may  here  remark 
that  I  did  not  again  obtain  specimens  of  this  bird  until  on  my  voyage 
home,  at  Suakim. 

On  the  27th  I  landed  at  ZouUa,  and  reported  myself  to  General 
Stuart,  there  awaiting  orders  from  the  Commander-in-Chief.  In  a 
few  days  I  received  an  intimation  from  his  Excellency  that  I  should 
find  ample  scope  for  my  researches  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Zoulla ; 
it  was,  however,  at  that  time  impossible  to  prosecute  them  with  any 
result,  on  account  of  the  country  being  utterly  devastated  of  wood 
and  grass,  offering  but  small  opportunities  for  the  zoologist.  I  ob- 
tained a  few  specimens,  when  an  attack  of  sickness  put  an  end  to  my 
endeavours,  and  compelled  me  to  go  on  board  the  hospital  ship. 
After  some  days  I  returned  ashore ;  but  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours 
I  had  a  relapse,  which  induced  me  to  leave  the  plain  and  move  up 
towards  the  highlands.  I  was  also  disappointed  m  not  meeting  at 
Zoulla  with  the  taxidermists  Lieut.  R.  C.  Beavan  had  given  me 
reason  to  expect  would  be  there ;  but  before  quitting  the  place  I 
was  fortunate  enough  to  find  a  man  who  eventually  proved  of  use  to 
me  in  this  department. 

The  country  lying  between  the  sea  and  the  foot  of  the  hills  at 
Koomayli  was  of  the  most  barren  description — to  the  seaward  sandy. 


1B69.]  REPORT  OP  MR.  W.  JESSE.  1 13 

and  nearer  the  hills  broken  ground,  bearing,  at  the  period  of  which 
I  speak,  but  few  traces  of  vegetation  beyond  those  of  low  thorny 
mimosas  and  a  stunted  species  of  cypress.  The  plain  is  intersected 
by  dry  watercourses,  running  from  the  hills  towards  the  sea.  The 
presence  of  salt  in  the  soil  is  to  be  detected  from  the  sea  even  up  to 
Koomayli.  Along  the  seashore  are  belts  of  mangroves,  affording 
shelter  for  many  species  of  waterfowl.  About  an  hour's  ride  from 
Zoulla  towards  the  head  of  the  bay  are  some  hot  springs,  near  a 
large  grove  of  tamarisks.  It  was  at  this  place  I  found  spoor  and 
dung  of  Elephants,  three  species  of  Antelope,  and  one  of  Bustard. 
The  tenants  of  these  bnrren  districts,  as  far  as  I  could  ascertain,  are 
Elephants  (during  the  wet  season),  three  species  of  Antelope,  Wart- 
Hogs,  a  small  Hare,  one  species  of  Hyena  (probably  the  spotted), 
one  of  Jackal  (probably  Cants  anthtts),  a  Jungle-Cat  (supposed  to 
be  identical  with  the  Syrian  Cat,  of  which  I  obtained  a  female  and 
cubs),  also  a  Jerboa-like  Rodent.  Scorpions  are  here  numerous  and 
large.  For  further  details  I  shall  refer  to  my  collections  at  a  later 
date.  The  character  of  the  fauna  of  the  plains  is  migratory,  chan- 
ging almost  monthly  from  the  hills  to  the  plains,  and  vice  versd. 

Proceeding  up  the  passes,  the  only  object  worthy  of  special  notice 
was  the  curious  Rodent  named  by  Mr.  Blyth  Pectinator  spekii,  the 
existence  of  which  was  made  known  to  me  by  Mr.  Blanford,  and  of 
which  I  obtained  specimens.  I  should  have  procured  more  speci- 
mens had  not  my  taxidermist  fallen  ill  with  fever,  and  my  own 
health  continued  nir  from  good. 

On  arriving  at  Benafe  1  made  that  place  my  headquarters ;  and 
health  rapidly  improving,  I  set  to  work  in  the  surrounding  neigh- 
bourhood. Here,  on  one  of  my  excursions,  a  companion  who  had 
separated  from  me  was  robbed  of  one  of  my  rifles,  and  returned  to 
camp  stripped.  Unfortunately,  this  happening  out  of  my  reach,  I 
lost  the  opportunity  of  procuring  a  skeleton  of  one  of  the  inhabitants 
for  our  investigation  in  England.  From  Senafe  I  made  a  short  trip 
to  Addigerat,  adding  somewhat  to  my  collection. 

The  rapid  and  successful  termination  of  the  Abyssinian  campaign 
brought  my  labours  to  an  unexpected  close ;  but  I  continued  work- 
ing until  Lord  Napier's  return  to  Senafe  obliged  me  to  return. 

I  here  found  the  list  of  birds  numerically  increased.  About 
Senafe  and  Rareguddi  the  **  Koodoo,"  or  "  Aggazin"  (Strepsiceros 
kudu),  was  found  in  small  herds,  and  a  fine  young  buck  came  into 
my  possession  alive — a  present  to  the  Society  from  Dr.  Knapp, 
surgeon  to  the  25th  Bengal  Native  Infantry.  Unfortunately,  two 
consecutive  attacks  of  dysentery  reduced  the  animal  to  such  a  state 
of  weakness  tiiat  it  was  impossible  to  save  it — a  fact  which  I  much 
regretted,  as  I  believe  at  that  time  the  Society  did  not  possess  a 
specimen  alive  in  their  gardens.  The  "  Klipp-springer "  Antelope 
existed  in  these  regions;  and  the  "Beni-e-Israer*  Antelope  I  found 
in  the  valleys  at  the  back  of  Senafe,  as  also  the  "  Wart-Hog." 

Two  species  of  "  Ground-Squirrel,"  one  striated,  the  other  not, 
and  one  species  of  Ichneumon  came  under  my  notice  up  the  passes. 

On  the  hills  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Senafe  I  found  another 
pRoc.  ZooL.  Soc— 1869,  No.  VIII. 


1 1 4  REPORT  OP  MR.  W.  JESSE.  [Feb.  1 1 , 

species  of  Hare,  about  equal  in  size  to  a  threequarter-grown  English 
Leveret,  and  of  the  same  colour.  A  small  sandy,  strong-haired  Rat 
I  also  procured  a  specimen  of,  which  was  unavoidably  lost. 

On  the  return  journey  I  spent  a  few  days  at  Undel  Wells,  with  a 
view  of  obtaining  a  more  specific  knowledge  of  the  fauna  of  that 
elevation,  having  reason  to  believe  it  differed  materially  from  that  of 
the  higher  and  lower  zones.  I  did  not,  however,  obtain  much  satis- 
factory information  until  my  subsequent  trip,  at  a  later  date,  into 
Northern  Abyssinia. 

I  arrived  with  the  rearguard  at  Zoulla,  where,  after  having  made 
some  additions  to  my  collection,  I  prepared  seven  cases  to  be  sent 
to  England.  As  I  have  before  stated,  I  obtained  permission  from 
H.B.M.  Consul  at  Massowah  to  join  him,  Capt.  Mokeler,  and  Mr. 
Blanford  in  an  expedition  into  the  Bogos  country,  which,  although 
already  explored  by  Brehm  and  Heuglin,  1  thought  worthy  of  atten- 
tion. Had  opportunity  offered,  I  should,  in  accordance  with  my  in- 
structions and  my  own  wishes,  have  visited  the  country  towards 
lake  Assal.  Dunng  the  third  week  in  June  we  were  occupied  in 
preparing  for  our  proposed  trip.  We  sent  our  baggage  and  pro- 
visions round  to  Massowah  by  bup;alow,  and  our  aniracds  by  land. 
We  ourselves  started  on  board  the  'General  Havelock*  for  Mas- 
sowah, where  we  had  to  remain  a  few  days  arranging  our  affairs. 

On  the  22nd  of  June  we  left  Massowah  for  the  mainland,  assem- 
bling our  caravan  at  about  four  miles  distance,  at  Monkooloo,  and 
started  the  next  morning  with  38  camels,  8  horses,  and  about  30  men. 
We  halted  at  Sahati,  en  route  for  Ailet,  and  heard  there  of  Lions,  but 
found  no  traces  of  them,  so  proceeded  to  Ailet  the  following  day. 
Our  camp  here  was  situated  on  the  banks  of  a  wild  nullah,  watered  by 
a  hot  spring  at  no  great  distance.  This  place  is  noted  but  too  truly 
for  its  man-eating  Lions  and  Panthers.  It  is  a  legend  in  the  village 
"  that  no  man  dies  in  his  bed."  During  one  or  two  days  I  accompa- 
nied Capt.  Mokeler  (Mr.  Blanford  being  lame)  in  pursuit  of  a  lioness, 
tracks  of  which  we  had  seen  close  to  our  tent,  but  with  no  succe&s, 
Capt.  Mokeler  only  obtaining  one  shot,  which  was  without  effect. 

On  the  27th  of  June,  after  some  premonitory  symptoms,  I  received 
a  sunstroke,  which  completely  put  an  end  to  my  researches.  My 
i'riend  Mr.  Blanford  was  more  fortunate,  and  laid  the  good  founda- 
tion of  his  subsequent  collection.  On  the  29th,  at  about  12  o'clock 
at  night,  I  was  awoke  from  a  sick  bed,  along  with  my  companions, 
by  shrieks  of  the  most  fearful  kind.  It  was  pitch  dark ;  and  we 
rushed  out  of  our  tents  with  our  arms  in  our  hands,  to  find  our  fd- 
lowers  in  a  state  of  most  dire  terror  and  confusion,  fiUins  the  air 
with  cries  of  "  the  Lion,  the  Lion ; "  and  then  a  dusky  form  was 
seen  to  bound  away  over  the  thorn  fence  and  disappear  in  the  dark- 
ness. After  having  in  some  degree  quieted  the  fears  of  our  people, 
we  called  the  roll,  ^and  fuund  that  one  of  my  sun-bearers,  a  Shunk- 
galla  of  huge  proportions,  lay  dead  in  the  midst  of  us,  his  throat 
bearing  but  too  terrible  marks  of  the  manner  in  which  the  poor  fel- 
low had  perished.  I  may  add  that,  only  the.  night  before,  Mr. 
Blanford's  butler  had  been  severely  wounded  in  the  head  by  the  claws 


1869.]  REPORT  OV  MR.  W.  JK88E.  1  15 

of  what  we  supposed  to  be  a  Panther,  lliese  brutes  had  passed  by 
our  camels,  horses,  milch-goats,  and  fires  without  harming  anything. 
In  the  morning,  after  a  useless  search  for  the  brute  of  the  preceding 
night,  on  which  we  naturally  desired  to  wreak  our  vengeance,  we 
buried  the  poor  victim,  covered  him  with  a  pile  of  stones,  and  left  for 
Asoos.    From  here  we  started  the  same  day,  and  h^alted  at  Kooserit. 

On  the  31st  we  left  Kooserit,  and,  halting  at  Anagully,  arrived  in 
the  evening  at  Ransal,  where  I  managed  to  stroll  out,  but  I  was 
still  very  ill.  I  fired  at  two  Panthers  without  effect.  At  6  p.m.  on 
the  4th  of  July  we  started  across  the  desert  to  Ain,  on  the  river 
Lebka,  which  rises  in  the  hills  and  flows  across  the  plains  to  the  sea. 
I  stopped  to  look  at  a  Bedouin  village,  consisting  of  about  100  mat 
huts.  The  inhabitants  were  a  portion  of  nomad  tribes  which  pas- 
ture their  flocks,  during  the  wet  season,  on  the  coast,  moving  up 
towards  the  highlands  as  the  pasturage  fails.  We  passed  through 
the  Ostrich-country,  but  we  did  not  see  any.  During  the  night,  the 
moon  being  up,  we  saw  several  herds  of  Antelopes. 

We  arrived  at  Ain  at  about  10  o'clock.  In  the  afternoon  I  went 
out,  and  succeeded  in  procuring  some  specimens.  This  place  is  very 
prettily  situated,  forming  quite  an  oasis  in  the  desert.  A  bright 
stream  runs  through  grass  and  high  reed  jungle,  bordered  with 
tamarisks  and  other  trees;  a  background  of  rugged  barren  hills, 
rising  tier  above  tier,  enhances  the  beauty  of  the  scene. 

On  the  7th  of  Juilv  we  left  Ain  for  Mahabar ;  and  when  there  I 
b^an  to  r^ain  my  health.  Between  Ain  and  Mahabar  we  found 
spoor  of  Elephants,  evidently  in  a  state  of  migration  from  the  low- 
huids  to  the  highlands.  At  Mahabar  I  added  considerably  to  my 
collection,  particularly  by  specimens  of  a  small  hawk,  which  I  take  to 
be  the  Nisu*  spkemunu  of  Kuppell.  Mr.  Blanford  obtained  several. 
The  night  before  our  arrival  a  native  had  been  killed  bv  a  Lion.  The 
animal  left  his  track  bv  the  waterside,  and  it  was  taken  up  by  Mr. 
Blanford  and  Capt.  Mokeler  without  effect.  I  took  up  the  track 
of  a  solitary  Elephant  with  a  like  result.  At  5  o'clock  a.m.  the 
next  day  we  continued  our  march,  halting  at  Gelamet  for  lunch,  and 
arrived  at  6  p.m.  at  Kokai,  or  the  City  of  the  Lions.  Between 
Gelamet  and  Kokai  the  scenery  improved  greatly,  exchanging  rather 
stunted  tamarinds  and  barren  mimosas  for  the  baba  tree,  or  Jdan- 
•omoy  the  cactus-like  Euphorbia,  and  a  dense  jungle,  with  a  strong 
undergrowth  of  rank  grass  and  aloes. 

Here  the  climate  was  truly  European,  and,  indeed,  at  night  in- 
tensely cold.  The  fauna  began  to  show  the  peculiarities  which  I  had 
expected  at  Undel  Wells,  and  in  which  I  was  disappointed;  the 
transition  was  so  sudden  that  on  the  first  day  I  procured  three 
species  of  "  Roller,"  a  Parrot,  and  several  other  birds. 

The  next  morning  we  found  on  inquiry  that  Elephants  were  in 
the  neighbourhood ;  so,  having  supplied  my  taxidermist  with  ma- 
terials for  his  day's  work,  I  joined  Capt.  Mokeler  and  Mr.  Blanford 
in  an  excursion  in  search  of  them. 

I  remained  two  days  longer  in  this  neighbourhood  collecting  with 
success,  and  then  proceeded  over  the  pass  to  Bejook  on  the  river 


1 16  REPORT  OF  MR.  W.  JESSE.  [Feb.  II, 

Anseba.  Here  I  had  a  good  week,  secaring  numj  speciiiieiis  I  had 
hitherto  failed  to  obtain.  On  the  14th  of  Jolj  we  went  oat  in  par- 
suit  of  a  Rhinoceros  we  had  heard  of  the  daj  before,  and  which  Mr. 
Blanford  and  I  had  the  good  fortune  to  shoot.  The  next  moming 
I  went  out  with  my  attendant:s  and  posse  cawdtatus  of  natiTes,  to 
bring  in  the  skeleton,  and  on  arriving  at  the  place  I  witnessed  a 
scene  precisely  similar  to  that  described  by  Sir  Samuel  Baker  as 
taking  place  over  the  carcass  of  a  Hippopotamus : — women,  old  and 
young,  the  former  hideous,  scratching,  screaming,  and  fighting  over 
the  entrails,  pulling  furiously  at  these  or  at  one  another's  hair,  it 
mattered  not  which  so  that  possession  of  the  prey  was  secured  ;  the 
men  jabbering  like  jackals,  fighting  with  sticks  and  knives,  one  and 
all  knee-deep  in  filth  and  blo<^  ;  so  that  between  them,  in  about  four 
hours,  the  skeleton  was  utterly  bared  of  meat  and  skin,  leaving  not 
an  atom  for  the  Vultures. 

On  the  18th  we  had  the  first  earnest  of  the  rainy  season,  which 
was  ushered  in  by  a  terrific  storm  of  rain  and  hail,  some  of  the  hail- 
stones being  as  large  as  small  walnuts.  The  Anseba,  an  affluent  of 
the  Barca,  from  a  dry  bed  with  an  occasional  waterhole  became  a 
splendid  river,  varying  from  50  to  100  yards  in  width,  and  flowing 
between  banks  of  dense  jungle  and  fine  forest  trees.  The  spoor  of 
Elephants,  Black  Rhinoceros,  and  Lions  were  plentiful  along  the 
banks,  so  much  so  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  a  place  frequented  by 
giant  rabbits.  The  valley  here  varied  from  15  to  20  miles  in  width, 
the  jungle  and  forest  limiting  itself  to  about  a  couple  of  miles  on 
each  side.  The  remamder  of  the  ground  was  stony  and  barren, 
rising  gradually  towards  the  hills,  and  intersected  by  numerous 
nullahs  running  into  the  Anseba.  Here  we  came  in  for  a  glimpse, 
on  two  occasions,  of  another  species  of  Antelope,  slightly  larger 
than  the  '*  Beni-e-Israel."  Unfortunately  I  had  but  a  momentary 
view  of  it.  and  never  succeeded  in  obtaining  a  specimen.  On  the 
1 9th  we  left  Bejook  for  Waliko,  seeing  on  the  road  plenty  of  spoor 
of  Elephants  and  Rhinoceros ;  from  the  dung  of  the  latter  I  collected 
a  few  Coleoptera.  While  at  WaUko,  finding  a  great  scarcity  of 
birds,  I  followed  up  more  closely  the  tracks  of  the  Rhinoceros,  pass- 
ing through  very  dense  jungle  that  is  never  penetrated  by  sun  or 
air,  by  means  of  their  paths,  which  are  from  2  to  3  feet  broad, 
and  formed  like  galleries  in  a  mine,  about  four  feet  high — and  so 
entering  their  dens,  which  are  very  curious,  having  the  appearance 
of  immense  arbours;  they  vary  in  size  from  13  to  20  feet  square, 
and  have  in  some  cases  a  smaller  retreat  adjoining. 

On  the  24th,  Mr.  Blanford  and  I  went  out  birding,  and  came 
upon  fresh  tracks  of  two  Lions ;  they  had  followed  Elephants'  spoor 
for  over  two  miles.  The  herd  consbted  of  three  old  ones  and  a 
voung  one.  The  next  day  we  left  for  Maragua^,  where  Capt. 
Mokclor  shot  a  doe  Koodoo,  and  I  procured  a  few  birds,  one  species 
of  **/i«(/ica/or.**  Mr.  Blanford  obtained  a  new  Kingfisher,  of  which 
1  also  acoureil  a  specimen  the  next  day.  I  also  shot  a  pair  of  fine 
Oround-Ilombills  {Butorax  abyuinicus)^  which  I  prepared  as  ske- 
Irtona,     The  rains  having  set  in,  and  the  term  of  our  excursion 


1869.]  REPORT  OF  MR.  W.  JES8E.  1 1 7 

drawing  to  a  close,  we  left  Maraguaj  on  the  Slst  of  July  on  our 
return  journey.  When  I  arrived  at  Waliko,  to  which  place  Capt. 
Mokeler  had  preceded  us,  I  found  that  he  had  been  charged  by 
a  herd  of  some  twenty  Elephants,  and  had  been  forced  to  make 
good  his  escape  into  a  tree,  after  hard  running,  and  having  left  a 
ballet  in  the  head  of  a  large  bull.  At  a  later  date  I  found  myself 
in  the  same  disagreeable  predicament,  and  under  a  like  disagreeable 
necessity.  At  Waliko  I  found  two  species  of  crested  Cuckoo  and 
the  English  Cuckoo.  I  also  obtained  a  Bateleur  Eagle,  two  species 
of  Tortoise,  and  a  small  Squirrel.  I  must  here  state  that  Waliko 
is  not,  as  represented  in  the  map,  on  the  right  side  of  the  river,  but 
on  the  left,  running  down  stream.  From  here  we  crossed  over  to 
Grabena  Weld  Gonfallon,  or  the  River-plain,  where  Mr.  Blanford 
and  Capt.  Mokeler  killed  a  Khinoceros.  We  returned  by  the  old 
route  to  Kokai  and  Gelamet,  and  then  branched  off  to  Rairo ;  here 
we  stopped  two  days  collecting.  On  the  15  th  of  August  we  moved 
on  again  to  Mombarharattby,  where  we  killed  a  Lioness,  one  out  of 
four,  the  others  running  away, — from  this  place  to  Ain  (where  we 
reentered  our  former  route),  which  we  quitted  on  the  1 7th  of  Au- 
gust for  Amba  and  Mai  Wallet.  Mr.  Blanford  and  I  stayed  in  Amba 
from  the  19th  to  the  21st,  trying  to  obtain  specimens  of  the  "  Oryx 
beisa,**  I  unfortunately  did  not  even  see  one ;  Mr.  Blanford  pro- 
cured four  specimens.  We  went  from  Amba  to  Massowah,  which  I 
left  on  the  27th  for  England. 

I  append  a  list  of  my  collections,  full  information  relative  to 
which  will  appear  at  a  later  date : — 

Skins  of  mammals,  about 24 

Skull  of  an  aboriginal    1 

Skull  of  African  Elephant 1 

Skeleton  of  Rhinoceros  . .  • 1 

Heads  of  Antelope 3 

Skeletons  of  other  mammals,  about  . .  8 

Skins  of  birds,  about 750 

Birds  and  Mammals  in  spirit,  about. .  20 

Reptiles  in  spirit,  about  . 6 

Tortoises  ana  Lizards,  about 6 

Fish,  about 30 

Crustacea,  about 50 

Lepidoptera,  about 150 

Coleoptera,  about 200 

Total  number  of  specimens,  about  .    1250 

The  following  living  specimens  were  also  forwarded  to  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society  from  Zoulla : — 

Young  Wild  Cats  *    2 

Jerboa-like  Land-Rats   2 

Guinea-fowls 2 

*  These  were  the  only  specimens  forwarded  b^  Mr.  Jesse  that  reached  the 
Society  alive.    They  were  the  young  of  Fdis  manundatat  Buppell. — P.  L.  S. 


1 18  MR.  P.  L.  8CLATER  ON  BIRDS  [Feb.  1 1, 

The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  On  a  Collection  of  Birds  firom  the  Solomon  Islands.  By 
P.  L.  ScLATER,  M.A.,  Ph,D.,  F.R.S.,  Secretary  to  the 
Society. 

(Plates  IX.  &  X.) 

Our  Corresponding  Member  Mr.  Gerard  KrefiPk,  the  active  Cnrator 
and  Secretary  of  the  Australian  Museum,  has  most  kindly  presented 
to  me  a  collection  of  birds  in  spirits,  made  by  the  captam  of  the 
^former)  yacht  •  Chance,'  owned  by  Mr.  J.  A.  Buttray  of  Bristol, 
during  a  voyage  to  the  Solomon  Islands*. 

The  collection  contains  thirty  specimens,  belonging  to  twenty-one 
species,  many  of  them  of  great  interest.  But  before  speaking  of 
them  I  will  say  a  few  words  upon  what  has  hitherto  been  recorded 
concerning  the  ornithology  of  this  group  of  islands. 

Our  present  authorities  upon  this  subject  are  few  in  number, 
namely : — 

(1)  The  "Zoologie"  of  the  voyage  of  the  French  ships  *L' As- 
trolabe' and  'La  Ziiie,'  under  the  command  of  Dumont-d'Urville, 
in  1837-1840,  commonly  known  as  the  •  Voyage  au  P61e  Sud.| 

The  "Atlas'*  to  this  voyage  contains  figures  of  ten  species  of 
birds  from  the  Solomon  Islands,  concerning  which  some  further 
details  are  given  in  the  letterpress  of  the  same  work,  subsequently 
written  by  Dr.  Pucheran  and  published  in  1853.  These  ten  species, 
which  are  all  described  as  new  to  science,  are : — 

ZooL  ToL  iii.     Atlas.  ex  ini. 

Athene  tantata  p.  50,  pL  3.  fig.  1.  S.  George. 

Pachycephala  arioloides    ...  p.  67,  pL  6.  fig.  3.  S.  George. 

Lampnieomisfulvipennis...  p.  81,  pL  14.  fig.  2.         Isabel. 

Dicaumaneum p.  97,  pL  22.  fig.  4.         S.  George. 

Mvzamela  lafargei    p.  98,  pi.  22.  fig.  5. 

M,  soHtaria    p.  99,  pL  22.  fig.  G. 

Lorms  cardinalis  p.  103,  pL  24Ws.  fig.  2. 

PUmua  heteroclitus    p.  103,  pL  256m.  fig.  1.    S.  George  and  Isabel. 

P.oyaniceps  p.  105,  pi.  25W«.  %.  2. 

Cacatua  ducorpsH p.  109,  pL  26.  fig.  f. 

(2)  Mr.  Gould's  notices  of  new  birds  collected  during  the  voyage 
of  the  « Rattlesnake'  (P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  136  et  seqq.).  The  species 
here  described  from  the  Solomons  are  :— 

1 .  Centropus  milo,  from  Guadalcanar. 

2.  T\irac(Bna  crasnrostris,  from  Guadalcanar. 

3.  Lorius  chlorocercus,  from  San  Cristoval. 

4.  lotreron  euffenia,  from  "the  Solomons." 

•  The  name  of  these  islands  is  variouslj  spelt  "Salomon**  and  "Solomon** 
Islands.  But  we  learn  from  Hakluyt  (iii.  p.  802)  that  the  discoverer  (Mendana) 
*•  named  tliom  the  Isles  of  Salomon  to  the  end  that  the  Spaniards,  supposing 
tliom  to  bo  those  isles  from  whence  Solomon  fetched  gold  to  adorn  the  Temple, 
might  bo  the  more  desirous  to  go  and  inhabit  the  same."  It  would  appear, 
therefore,  to  be  better  to  call  them  in  "RngliiiK  **  Solomcm  **  Islands,  aocoroing  to 
the  ordinary  English  orthography  of  Solomon*s  name. 


1869.]  FROM  THE  SOLOMON  ISLANDS.  119 

(3)  Mr.  G.  R.  Cray's  'Catalogae  of  the  Birds  of  the  Tropical 
Islaiuis  of  the  Pacific  Ocean'  (London,  1859),  which  mentions  seven 
species  as  occurring  in  the  Solomon  Islands,  besides  those  given  by 
the  two  already  quoted  authorities,  namely : — 

Halcyon  einnamomina,  Sw.  Carpaphaga  pisMnaria,  Bp. 

saneta,  Vig.  &  Horsf.  rubracera,  Bp. 

leueopygia  (Verr.).  Nycticorax  manilleim$, 

Trichoylosnu  massen€B,  Bp. 

Mr.  Gray  has  not  stated  his  authority  for  the  occurrence  of  these 
species  in  the  Solomon  Islands,  and  there  is  probably  some  error 
as  regards  the  first  two  of  them.  H,  leueopygia  is  described  by 
Verreaux  from  the  Solomons,  and  the  type  is  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum. Of  Trichogloasus  massena  and  the  two  CarpopfmgiB  there 
are  examples  from  San  Cristoyal  (collected  by  M^Gillivray)  in 
the  British  Museum.  The  Nycticorax  is  probably  given  on  the 
authority  of  Bonaparte's  'Conspectiis'  (ii.  p.  140),  but  must  be 
regarded  as  a  very  doubtful  denizen  of  the  Solomon  Islands  until 
the  statement  is  confirmed. 

(4)  My  description  of  the  new  Naaitema  from  the  Solomon 
Islands,  published  in  the  Society's  'Proceedings'  for  1865  (p.  620). 
For  this  interesting  representative  of  the  N.  pygmaa  of  New  Guinea 
I  was  likewise  indebted  to  Mr.  Krefft's  kindness.  When  I  described 
it  I  was  not  certain  from  what  island  it  came ;  but  a  subsequent 
communication  from  Mr.  Krefift  informed  me  that  it  was  obtained 
in  New  Georgia,  or  St.  George*  Island* 

The  present  collection  from  the  Solomon  Islands  contains  the  fol- 
lowing species : — 

1.  SaULOPROCTA  MELALEUCA. 

Muscipeta  melaleuea,  Q.  et  G.  Voy.  Astr.  Zool.  i.  p.  180«  Atlas, 
t.  4.  f.  4. 

Rkipidura  melanoUuea,  Bp.  Consp.  i.  p.  322. 

Saidoproeta  melanoleuca.  Cab.  Mus.  Hein.  i.  p.  57 • 

Originally  discovered  by  the  naturalists  of  the  *  Astrolabe'  expe- 
dition in  New  Irelimd.  A  specimen  from  the  same  island  (with 
which  my  example  agrees),  in  the  British  Museum,  was  obtained  in 
New  Ireiand  during  the  voyage  of  the  '  Sulphur.' 

A  fine  series  of  this  species  is  in  Mr.  Wallace's  collection,  from 
Bourn  and  other  Moluccan  and  Papuan  islands.  Rhipidura  atri- 
pennis,  G.  R.  Gray,  from  the  Aru  Islands,  appears  to  be  scarcely 
dbtinguishable. 

2.  DiCRURUS  MSGARHYNCHUS. 

Edolius  megarhynehus,  Q.  et  G.  Voy.  Astrol.  Zool.  i,  p.  184, 
Atl.  t.  6. 

My  single  specimen  of  this  Dierurus  seems  to  agree  with  a  mounted 
specimen  in  me  British  Museum,  received  from  "New  Ireland" 
»  C/.  Finsch,  Papag.  i.  p.  328. 


120  MR.  P.  L.  8CLATER  ON  BIRDS  [Feb.  1  1, 

through  the  late  Sir  Charles  Lemon,  F.R.S.  Messrs.  Quoy  and 
Graimard  give  Havre  Dorey,  New  Gninea,  as  the  habitat  of  this 
Drongo.  But  this  is  probably  an  error,  as  Mr.  Wallace  and  other 
collectors  who  have  since  visited  that  locality  have  never  met  with 
it,  and  Drongoes  are  mostly  abundant  individually,  and  not  easily 
missed  if  present.  The  species  is  probably  restricted  to  the  group 
of  New  Ireland  and  the  Solomon  Islands. 

3.  Philemon  vulturinus*. 

Tropidorhynchus  vulturinus^  Hombr.  et  Jacq.  Voy.  au  P.  S.  Zool. 
iii.  p.  88,  Atl.  t.  18.  f.  I. 

A  single  imperfect  skin  of  a  Honey-eater,  which  seems  to  agree 
generally  with  the  figure  above  referred  to.  Pucheran  gives  the 
locality  as  Raffles  Bay,  New  Holland ;  but  the  species  is  nut  known 
to  the  Australian  fauna,  and  it  is  more  than  probable  that  there  has 
been  some  error  in  M.  Jacquinot's  notes  as  to  the  locality. 

The  present  bird  is  generally  darker  above  than  is  represented  in 
the  figure,  and  has  the  apical  portion  of  the  bill  light  yellow.  It  is 
more  like  the  so-called  Tropidorhynchu9  diemenensis^  Lesson,  than 
any  other  species  I  am  acquainted  with,  but  has  not  the  bluish 
wing-patch  which  distinguishes  that  species. 

4.  Calornis  metallica  (Temm.). 

Lamprotomis  metallica,  Temm.  PI.  Col.  2G6. 

AplonU  metallica,  Gould,  B.  Austr.  Suppl.  pt.  1. 

Calornis  metallica,  Gould,  Handb.  B.  Austr.  i.  p.  477. 

Three  skins  (two  c^  and  one  $)  agree  with  marked  specimens 
in  the  British  Museum.  The  species  was  originally  described  by 
Tiemminck  from  Amboina,  but  seems  to  extend  over  the  whole  of 
the  Moluccan  and  Papuan  Islands,  including  the  northern  promon- 
tory of  New  Holland.  Mr.  Wallace  has  a  fine  series  from  many 
localities,  which  vary  but  little  inter  se. 

5.  Gracula  kreffti,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  IX.) 

JEneo-nigra  :  regione  oculari  late  denudata  Jlava :  cay  da  tectri- 
cibus  superioribus  et  inferioribus,  speculo  atari  et  ventre  imo 
albis,  hoc  yiavescente  tincto :  rostro  et  pedibus  aurantiacis : 
long,  tola  1 1' 0  poll.  Angl.,  al€B  6*3,  rostri  a  rictu  lin,  dir.  1*5, 
Cauda  4*2,  tarsi  1*45. 

Hab.  Inss.  Salomonenses. 

Obs.  Proxima  Graculce  dumonti,  sed  valde  major,  cauda  longiore, 
et  ventre  medio  non  flavo  differt. 

*  It  Ib  always  a  misfortune  to  be  obliged  to  change  well-established  names ; 
but  there  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  Tropidorhynchus  of  Vigors  and  HorKfield 
(1826)  must  Rive  place  to  Philemon  of  Vieillot  (1810).  The  first  type  given  by 
V  ieillot  (Anarf se,  p.  47)  is  Le  Polockiun  of  Buffon  =  Merops  moluccensi^  Latham. 
This  species  is  stated  to  inhabit  Bouru,  and  is  clearly  the  same  as  that  subse- 
quently described  by  Mr.  Wallace  (P.  Z.  S.  1863,  p.  31)  as  Tromdorlwnchv* 
oouruensis.  It  is  a  typical  species  of  the  genus,  and  should  be  called  Philemon 
moluccensis. 


1809.]  FROM  THE  80L0M0N  ISLANDS.  121 

This  fine  new  Graeula  is,  as  might  have  been  expected  from  its 
patriOf  nearest  to  Graeula  dumonti  of  New  Guinea  and  the  Am 
Islands,  of  which  I  exhibit  a  fine  skin  from  Mr.  Wallace's  collection 
for  comparison.  The  naked  space  round  the  eje  is  nearly,  though 
not  quite,  of  the  same  form.  There  is  also  a  narrow  naked  line 
along  the  lower  edge  of  the  mandible ;  but  this  is  not  nearly  so  broad 
as  in  (r.  dumonti,  and  is  almost  hidden  by  the  feathers  on  each  side. 
The  primaries  have  a  broad  white  bar  across  them,  about  halfway 
up  on  the  outer  primary,  but  descending  gradually  towards  the  apex 
on  the  inner  primaries.  This  forms  a  white  speculum,  as  in  G.  du- 
monti. All  the  dimensions  of  the  new  species  exceed  those  of  its 
ally ;  but  this  is  particularly  the  case  in  the  tail,  which  in  G.  dumonti 
is  rather  stumpy,  measuring  only  2*6  inches  from  the  insertion  of  the 
feathers  in  the  coccyx,  instead  of  4*2. 

I  have  great  pleasure  in  naming  this  new  Grackle  after  our  active 
Corresponding  Member  Mr.  Gerard  Krefft,  to  whose  kindness  I  am 
indebted  for  the  whole  of  the  very  interesting  series  of  which  it 
forms  a  part. 

The  stomach  of  the  single  specimen  in  the  collection  contained 
seeds  and  stones  of  semidigested  fruit. 

There  is  a  single  skin  of  this  Graeula  in  the  British  Museum, 
received  from  "  New  Ireland  "  through  the  late  Sir  Charles  Lemon, 
F.R.S.  It  agrees  very  well  with  the  present  specimen,  except  in 
having  the  lower  belly  rather  more  deeply  tinged  with  yellow. 

6.  EURYSTOMUS  CRA8SIROSTRI8,  Sp.  nOV. 

Similis  £.  pacifico,  sed  major,  rostro  latiore,  erassiore,  robuatiore; 
capite  supra  nigricante  nee  fuaeeacente :  dorso  toto  virideseenti" 
caruleo:  ventre  magis  eceruleo:  eauda  valde  longiore:  long, 
tola  11*5,  alee  7%  eauda  5'0,  roatri  ab  ang,  oris  lin,  dir,  1'6, 
ejusdem  lat,  1*2. 
Hab,  Inss.  Salomouenses. 

There  is  a  single  specimen  of  this  Roller  in  the  collection.  I  have 
compared  it  with  Mr.  Wallace's  series  of  E,  paeijieus,  from  which  it 
presents  readily  appreciable  differences,  and  with  other  Australian 
specimens.  The  strong  thick  bill  and  longer  tail  seem  to  render  it 
impossible  to  leave  it  as  a  variety  of  E,  paeijieus.  In  Mr.  Wallace's 
collection,  however,  is  a  single  skin  from  Waigiou  which  is  generally 
very  similar  to  the  present  example,  differing  principally  in  having 
the  wing-coverts  of  a  more  bluish  tinge.  The  wing-coverts  of  E. 
erassirostris  are  more  like  those  of  E,  paeijieus, 

7.  TODIRBAMPHUS  CHLORIS  (Bodd.). 

Jleedo  ehloris,  Bodd.  ex  Buff.  PI.  £nl.  783.  f.  2. 
A,  ehloroeephala,  Gm. 

One  specimen  apparently  referable  to  this  widely  distributed  spe- 
cies, which  is  diffused  from  the  north-east  coast  of  Africa  over  India, 
the  Malayan  archipelago,  and  the  Moluccan  and  Papuan  Islands. 
In  Australia  it  appears  to  be  represented  by  T.  sordidus. 


122  MR.  p.  L.  8CLATER  ON  BIRDS  [Feb.  ]  1« 

8.  BuCbros  ruficollis. 

Buceros  rufieollis,  Vieill.  Temm.  PI.  Col.  557. 
A  young  male  of  this  species,  which  is  the  only  one  of  the  family 
founa  in  the  Papuan  subregion. 

9.  Centropus  ateralbus. 

Centropus  ateralbus,  Less,  Voy.  Coq.  Zool.  i.  p.  620,  Atlas,  t.  33 ; 
Bp.  Consp.  i.  p.  108. 

One  example  of  this  Coucal,  which  was  originally  discovered  by 
Lesson,  during  the  voyage  of  the  *  Coquille,'  at  Port  Praslin,  New 
Ireland. 

10.  Cacatua  goffini. 

Plictolophus  goffini,  Finsch,  Papag.  i.  p.  308. 
A  single  skin  of  a  white  Cockatoo,  is  ttpparently  referable  to  this 
species,  of  which  the  exact  habitat  was  previously  unknown. 

11.  GeOFFROIUS  HETEROCLITUS. 

"Pionus  heteroclitm,  Hombr.  et  Jacq.  Voy.  au  P.  S.  t.  25 ;  Puch. 
ibid.  Zool.  iii.  p.  105. 

Pionias  heteroclitus,  Finsch,  Papag.  ii.  p.  390. 

Two  skins  apparently  referable  to  the  female  or  young  of  this 
species  as  represented  in  the  second  figure  of  the  Atlas  of  the  'Voyage 
au  P61e  Sua.'  Dr.  Pucheran  has  recognized  in  this  form  a  distinct 
species,  which  he  has  proposed  to  call  Pionus  cyanieepa,  but  Dr. 
Finsch  believes  him  to  be  in  error  on  this  point. 

Dr.  Finsch  has  examined  the  two  specimens  in  the  present  col- 
lection. One  of  them  has  had  its  wings  cut,  having  been  apparently 
in  captivity. 

12.  LORIUS  CHLOROCERCUS. 

Loriu9  eMoroeercus,  Gould,  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  137;  G.  R.  Gray, 
List  of  Psitt.  p.  49 ;  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  183,  pi.  xvi. 
DomkeUa  ehlorocerea,  Finsch,  Papag.  ii.  p.  767» 
Three  skins  of  this  splendid  species  are  in  the  collection. 

13.  LORIUS  HYPCENOCHROUS. 

Loriua  hypoinoehrous,  G.  R.  Gray,  List  of  Psitt.  p.  49  (1859). 

Domieella  hypoinochroa,  Finsch,  Papag.  ii.  p.  768. 

One  skin  of  this  fine  Lory  is  in  the  collection.  I  have  compared 
it  with  the  tyj^ical  example  in  the  British  Museum^  which  b,  as  far 
as  I  know,  unique. 

14.  Eos  CARDINALIS. 

Lorius  eardinalis,  Homb.  et  Jacq.  Voy.  au  P.  S.  Zool.  iii.  p.  101, 
t.  24  bu.  f.  2. 

Domieella  cardinalis,  Finsch,  Papag.  ii.  p.  785. 

Dr.  Finsch  has  kindly  undertaken  the  examination  of  this  rare 


1869.]  FROM  THB  60L01I0N  ISLANDS.  123 

Parrot,  and  his  notes  upon  it  will  be  read  to  the  MeeUug ;  so  I  need 
say  no  more*. 

15.  Trichoglossus  uasskvm. 

Triekoglo9mu  ma^sena,  Bp. ;  Finscb>  P^pag.  H.  p.  834. 
One  skin  agreeing  with  the  specimen  so  named  in  the  British 
Moseum  {ef.  Finschy  /.  c.  p.  826). 

16.  Athene  variegata. 

*  Koctua  variegata^  Quoj  et  Graim.  Voj.  Astr.  Zool.  i.  p.  166,  Atl. 
1. 1.  f.  2. 

Athene  variegata^  Bp.  Consp.  i.  p.  41. 

One  example  which  seems  to  agree  well  enoueh  with  Qaoj  and 
Gaimard's  figure  and  description.  These  natonuists  met  with  the 
species  in  New  Ireland. 

17.  Carpophaga  rubricbra. 

Globicera  ruhricera^  Bp.  Consp.  ii.  p.  31. 

Carpophaga  rubricerOf  G.  R.  Gray,  List  of  Colnmbse,  p.  18. 

C.  le^da,  Cassm,  Proc.  Acad.  Phil.  1854,  p.  230. 

I  hare  compared  this  with  the  type  specimen  in  the  British  Mu- 
seam.  Bonaparte  states  that  an  example  in  the  Paris  collection  is 
from  New  Ireland.  A  second  example  in  the  British  Museum  is 
from  San  Cristoval  {WGillivray). 

18.  Ralxus  INTACTU8,  sp.  nov.    (Plate  X.) 

Supra  olioaceO'hrwnneuB :  capite  eoUoque  toto  et  rendgibu*  pri- 
wutriis  extemis  rujU:  uropggio  et  eauda  nigrieanti-cinereU : 
9ubtu9  gula  albicante;  peetore  toto  ru/o,  eapite  eoneolori; 
ventre  ptumbeo^  criaao  nigricante :  hypochondriis  et  teetricibue 
eubalaribue  nigrieantibue,  albo  guttatu :  long,  iota  10*5,  aUe 
6*8,  eaudiB  1*8,  roetri  a  rietu  1*9,  iarei  2*5,  dig.  med.  e.  u.  2*0. 
Hab.  Inss.  Salomonenses. 

Obe.  Similis  R.  plumbeiventri  (G.  R.  Qray,  P.  Z.  S.  1861,  p.  432), 
sed  rostro  hreyiore,  capitis  et  pectoris  colore  mfo  ohscuriore,  Tentris 
autem  dilutiore  plumheo  distinguendus. 

The  collection  contains  only  a  single  skin  of  this  Rail,  which  is 
more  nearly  allied  to  Rallus  plumbeiventris  of  Mysol  and  Morty 
Island  than  to  any  other  species  known  to  me. 

19.  Ardba  sacra  (Gm.). 

Two  skins  of  this  wide-spread  and  variable  species : — one  in  uni- 
form nearly  black  plumage  (as  represented  by  Buffon,  PI.  Enl.  926), 
with  faint  indications  of  a  narrow  gular  stripe ;  the  other  white,  but 
showing  traces  of  the  black  plumage  gradually  making  its  appear- 
ance. Upon  this  species  consult  Hartlaub  and  Pelzeln  (Fauna 
Central- Polynesiens,  p.  201). 

»  See  below,  p.  12H. 


124  MR.  p.  L.  8CLATBR  ON  BIRDS  [Feb.  1  \, 

20.  Tringoides  htpoleucus  (Linn.). 

Three  skins  of  this  species,  or  of  the  Australian  form  of  it,  AcHtis 
empusa  (Gould,  B.  Austr.  vi.  pi.  35). 

21.  Sterna  lunata,  Peale;  Finsch  et  Hartl.  Fauna  Centr.  Pol. 
p.  231. 

A  skin  of  a  Tern  in  transition  plumage,  which  Dr.  Finsch  has 
kindly  determined  fdt  me. 

After  inserting  in  their  places  such  of  these  twentj-one  species  as 
have  not  been  previouslj  recorded  by  the  before-named  authorities 
upon  this  subject,  we  shall  have  the  following  list  of  well-authenti- 
cated species  of  birds  from  the  Solomon  Islands : — 

I.  Passbrm.  Distribution. 

1.  Sauioprocta  melalettea  Papuan  subregion. 

2.  Pachycephala  orioloidea Peculiar  to  Solomons. 

3.  Dicrurus  megarhynchus    New  Ireland. 

4.  Philemon  vtuturinua Probably  peculiar. 

6.  Ihcaum  teneum Peculiar. 

6.  Myzomela  lafargei Peculiar. 

7.  aolitaria    Peculiar. 

8.  Cahmia  metaUica Papuan  subregion. 

9.  fulvipennis Peculiar. 

10.  Qracula  krtffti New  Ireland. 

IT.  PiCARIiB. 

11.  Eutystomua  crassirostris  Probably  peculiar. 

12.  TbcHrhamphus  chloris   Papuan  subregion  and  India. 

13.  leucopygitu    Peculiar. 

14.  Buceroa  rifiooUiB    Papuan  subregion. 

16.  CefUropu8  aieralbui  New  Ireland. 

16. milo   Peculiar. 

m.  Pbittaci. 

17.  Cacatuagoffini  Probably  peculiar. 

18. dttcorpsii  Peculiar. 

19.  Naxitema  pudo Peculiar. 

20.  Geojfroiua  heteroclitu8  Peculiar. 

21.  Loriu3  chloroc^rcus    Peculiar. 

22.  hypcmochrous    Loiisiade  Islands. 

23.  Eos  cardinoHs Peculiar. 

24.  IHchoglo88U8  masaefUB  New  Caledonia  and  New  Hebrides. 

lY.  ACOIPITRBS. 

25.  Athene  variegata    New  Ireland. 

26.  taniata Peculiar. 

V.  OOLUMBJB. 

27.  Carpophaga  rubricera  New  Ireland. 

28.  pistrinaria Peculiar. 

29.  Macropygia  crassirostris  Peculiar. 

dO.  Philonapuseugenia  Peculiar. 

VI.  Grall^b. 

31.  RaUus  intactus  Peculiar. 

32.  IHngoides  hypoleucua  ^ Generally  distributed. 


1869.]  FROM  THE  SOLOMON  ISLANDS.  125 

Vn.  H»u>Dioici8.  DistribHtion. 

33.  Jrdea  $acra    India,  Aufl^anJia,  and  Polynesia. 

Vm.   QckTlM. 

34.  Aemalunata    Polynesia. 

It  thus  appears  that  of  the  thirty-foar  authenticallj  determined 
species  of  birds  of  the  Solomon  Islands  seventeen  are  certainly^  as 
far  as  is  hitherto  known,  and  three  others  probably,  peculiar  to  the 
group.  Of  the  remaining  fourteen,  fiye  have  likewise  been  met  with 
iD  New  Ireland,  which  is  one  of  a  neighbouring  group  of  islands 
probably  belongine  strictly  to  the  same  fauna ;  one  has  hitherto  only 
been  found  in  the  Lousiade  Islands ;  and  the  remainder  are  of  more 
or  less  extended  distribution,  being,  however,  mostly  restricted  to 
the  Papuan  Islands. 

But  to  obtain  a  better  idea  of  the  true  nature  of  the  avifauna  of 
the  Solomon  Islands  we  may  first  consider  very  shortly  what  are 
the  principal  divisions  of  the  great  region  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 
The  Australian  region  (Regio  australiana),  as  I  have  proposed  to 
call  this^,  appears  to  be  most  naturally  divisible  into  five  subregions, 
namely: — 

1.  The  Papuan  subregion  (JSuhregio  papuana),  or  Austro-Ma- 
layan  Subregion  of  Wallace  f. 

2.  The  true  Australian  subregion  (Subregio  australis),  comprising 
continental  Australia,  with,  perhaps,  the  exception  of  the  northern 
promontory  of  Cape  York,  which  has  been  overrun  by  Papuan  forms 
(such  as  Cuscus,  tamiarius,  Manucodia,  &c.). 

3.  The  New-Zealandian  or  Maorian  subregion  (Subreffio  mao- 
riana),  which  is  characterized  by  the  recently  extinct  Dinomithes, 
as  well  as  by  the  presence  of  numerous  peculiar  ornithic  types. 

4.  The  Polynesian  subregion  (Subregio  polynesica)^  comprising 
the  numerous  groups  of  Polynesian  islands  lying  between  the  Equator 
and  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

5.  The  Sandwich-Island  subregion  {Subregio  sandvicenM),  com- 
prising only  the  Sandwich  Islands,  which  are  so  very  peculiar  in 
their  zoology  that  they  must,  I  think,  stand  by  themselves. 

A  very  short  examination  of  the  foregoing  list  of  the  birds  of  the 
Solomon  Islands  will  be  sufficient  to  show  us  to  which  of  these  sub- 
regions  this  group  of  islands  properly  belongs.  One  of  the  principal 
features  which  distinguishes  the  Papuan  subregion  from  the  true 
Australian  subreeion  is  the  occurrence  in  the  former  of  numerous 
Indian  tvpes  which  do  not  extend  into  the  latter.  For  example,  the 
Hombilfs  (BuceroticUe)  %re  entirely  foreign  to  Australia,  but  are 
found  in  the  Papuan  and  Moluccan  Islands.  One  species  (Buceros 
rufieoUis)  only  has  yet  been  met  with  in  New  Guinea.  This  bird 
also  occurs  in  the  present  collection  from  the  Solomon  Islands. 
Agam,  the  genus  Chraeula  is  a  well-known  Indian  form,  but  extends 
also  over  the  Papuan  subregion  of  Regio  australiana^  being,  however, 

♦  Joum.  Proc.  linn.  8oc.  Zool.  ii.  p.  130. 

t  Cf.  Wallace,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  273,  et  Journ.  Geogr.  Soc.  xxriu.  p.  217. 


1  26  DR.  O.  FIN8CH  ON  A  RARE  PARROT.  [Feb.  1 1 , 

uon-exisient  in  Australia.  Two  species  of  it  occar  in  New  Grninea 
(G,  dumanti  and  G.  anais).  Of  the  former  of  these  we  meet  with  a 
beautifdl  representative  in  the  present  collection  from  the  Solomons. 

Again,  the  existence  in  the  Salomons  of  two  species  of  true  Lorius 
and  one  of  Geqfihnus  is  quite  sufficient  to  show  the  Papuan  tenden- 
cies of  the  fauna ;  and  from  these  facts  alone  Mr.  Wallace  has  already 
included  the  Solomon  Islands  in  his  Austro-Malajan  region*. 

The  subsequent  discovery  of  a  second  species  of  the  peculiar 
Papuan  type  N'asiiema  in  the  Solomons  has  materially  strengthened 
Mr.  Wallace's  argument  from  what  was  then  known  of  the  Psitta- 
cine  fauna  of  these  islands. 

On  the  whole,  therefore,  it  is  manifest  that  the  results  deriyable 
from  the  study  of  the  present  collection  serve  only  to  confirm  the 
views  Mr.  WiJlace  has  already  put  forward  upon  the  avifauna  of  the 
Solomons,  namely  that  these  iuands  constitute  an  eastern  outlier  of 
the  Papuan  subregion.  It  need  hardly  be  added  that  this  makes 
the  further  investigation  of  their  fauna  still  more  desirable.  Where 
such  forms  as  Nantema  puaio  and  Gracula  kreg^ti  occur,  it  is  rea- 
sonable to  expect  that  other  brilliant  representatives  of  Papuan  types 
likewise  remain  to  be  discovered.  It  would  not  be  surprismg  if  even 
new  species  of  Paradisea  were  yet  to  be  found  in  some  of  these 
islands,  or  in  the  adjacent  lands  of  New  Ireland  or  New  Britain,  the 
latter  of  which  has  already  produced  to  us  a  very  remarkable  form 
of  one  of  the  most  characteristic  of  Papuan  types  {Catuarius 
beimettii). 

Under  these  circumstances,  I  trust  that  our  Corresponding  Member 
Mr.  Krefft  and  other  numerous  friends  in  Sydney  will  use  their  best 
endeavours  to  persuade  the  owners  of  the  vesseb  which,  as  I  under- 
stand, are  trading  between  Sydney  and  these  islands  to  lose  no  oppor- 
tunity of  acquiring  specimens  of  their  natural  productions.  And  I 
trust  that  the  time  may  not  be  far  distant  when  it  may  be  possible 
to  fit  out  a  regular  expedition  for  the  investigation  of  this  rich  but 
hitherto  comparatively  neglected  district. 


2.  On  a  very  rare  Parrot  firom  the  Solomon  Islands. 
By  Dr.  O.  Pinsch,  C.M.Z.S. 

(Plate  XI.) 

Amongst  the  species  of  Parrots  which  are  more  or  less  obscure 
there  is  scarcely  one  rarer  than  the  Lori  cardinal  of  MM.  Hombron 
and  Jacouinot,  which  is  only  known  by  the  figure  published  in  the 
Athw  of  Dumont-d'Urville's  'Voyage  au  Pole  Sud'  (pi.  24  6w. 
fi^.  2)  in  the  year  1843.  This  plate  represents  a  Lory  belonging 
apparently  to  the  subgenus  Eo9^  Bp.,  being  throughout  of  a  brilUant 
scarlet,  therefore  an  unmistakable  species.  The  descriptive  part  of 
the  zoology  of  the  French  voyage,  published  ten  years  later,  by 
♦  Of,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  278. 


1869.]  DR.  O.  FIN8CH  ON  A  RARE  PARROT.  127 

M.  Jacquinot  and  Dr.  Pucheran,  gives  no  further  account  of  the 
Lorius  eardinalU  (page  103),  except  the  short  notice  that  the 
species  comes  from  the  Solomon  Islands.  If  I  am  right,  the  onlj 
specimen  collected  hj  the  French  naturalists  of  the  expedition  was, 
unfortunately,  lost  hj  the  shipwreck  of  the  *  Astrolabe.'  When  I 
was  working  out  my  Monograph  of  Parrots,  I  therefore  was  not 
able  to  give  more  than  a  description  taken  from  the  figure  in  the 
Tojage ;  all  my  endeavours  to  get  better  information  were  without 
success.  A  new  beam  of  hope  arose  when  I  was  reading  Prof. 
Rietmann's  '  Wanderungen  in  Australien  und  Polynesien'  (St. 
Gallon,  1868),  and  found  mentioned  in  that  amusing  and,  in  many 
respects,  interesting  book  (page  194)  "shining-red  Parrots,"  whicn 
were  offered  for  sale  by  the  natives  of  Ghiadalcanar  during  the  stay  of 
the  traveller  on  that  island.  In  the  belief  that  these  Red  Parrots 
could  be  nothing  more  than  Lorius  eardinalis,  I  wrote  a  letter  to 
Prof.  Reitmann  begging  for  more  special  information.  In  his  kind 
answer  the  traveller  was  sorry  to  say  that  he  was  not  sure  whether 
these  Parrots  were  quite  red  or  not,  not  having  brought  home  spe- 
cimens of  them ;  so  that  our  knowledge  of  the  Cardinal  Lory  re* 
mained  as  imperfect  as  before. 

Daring  my  recent  visit  to  London  Dr.  Sclater  kindly  showed  me 
a  very  interesting  collection  of  birds  from  the  Solomon  Islands,  for- 
warded to  him  by  Mr.  Gerard  Krefh  of  Sydney.  This  collection 
contained,  besides  two  or  three  new  species,  most  of  the  Parrots 
known  from  that  group  of  islands,  namely  PUctolophus  ducorjm, 
Hombr.  et  Jacq.,  Pionias  heieroefitua,  Hombr.  et  Jacq.,  Domicella 
kypcenochroat  Gray  (new  to  the  Solomon  Islands),  and  Domicella 
eklaroeerca,  Gould.  Amongst  them  was  a  species  of  Lorius,  which 
I,  to  my  greatest  pleasure  and  surprise,  recognized  immediately  as 
the  Lorius  eardinalis,  Hombr.  et  Jacq.  A  comparison  with  the 
plate  shows  some  differences,  in  the  specimen  not  being  throughout 
of  a  brilliant  scarlet,  but  having  the  upper  parts  decidedly  brownish 
red  and  the  feathers  of  I  he  body  beneath  margined  with  pale 
orange-yellow.  The  latter  peculiarity  may  be  perhaps  a  sign  of  the 
specimen  not  being  in  mature  state.  The  brilliancy  of  the  colours 
in  general  has  prolmbly  lost  somewhat  by  the  specimen  having  been 
preserved  in  spirits ;  but  in  any  case  one  may  say  that  the  coloration 
of  the  plate  in  the  'Voyage  au  P61e  Sud '  is  too  bright  and  a  little 
exaggerated. 

^iceming  the  generic  position  of  this  Parrot,  it  may  be  remarked 
that  it  belongs,  according  to  coloration,  along  with  Domicella  rubra, 
Gm.,  D.  ruhiginosay  Bp.,  and  the  allied  species,  to  the  subgene*ic 
division  E09  of  Prince  Bonaparte.  The  shape  of  the  bill,  and  the 
structure  of  the  quills  and  tail-feathers,  show  a  greater  affinity  to  the 
so-called  genus  Chalcopsitta,  Bp.  (based  upon  D.  scintillata  and  D. 
atra,  Scop.),  which  is  chiefly  distinguished  by  a  narrow,  naked,  black 
ring  round  the  mandible,  and  more  extended  naked  orbits. 

Before  describing  this  scarce  specimen,  I  must  remark  that  there 
are  a  few  more  Parrots  of-  a  more  or  less  uniform  red  plumage,  all 
being  nearly,  or  entirely,  unknown. 


128  DR.  O.  riNSCH  ON  A  RARE  PARROT.  [Feb.  11, 

The  first  is  the  beautiful  Ecleefus  eomeluBt  Bp.  (Finsch,  Parrots, 
ii.  p.  348),  well  described  and  figured  in  P.  Z.  S.  1849,  pi.  xi.,  and 
seen  once  or  twice  living  in  the  Zoological  Gardens  at  London  and 
Amsterdam,  but  without  any  information  about  the  dwelling-place 
— probably  from  one  of  the  islands  of  the  Malayan  archipelago. 

Another  uniform  red  one  is  the  Psittacus  unicolor  o(  Shaw 
(Finsch,  Parrots,  ii.  p.  924),  a  very  doubtful  species,  and  known 
only  from  the  descriptions  of  the  older  authors.  It  is  not  quite  im- 
possible that  the  P.  unicolor  may  be  related  to  the  Eclectua  cornelice^ 
being  evidently  a  short-tailed  Eclectus  or  Pionias,  and  not  an  Eos, 
as  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray  suggests  (List  Psitt.  p.  20) ;  but  it  differs  in 
having  all  the  quills  and  the  bill  red.  Levaillant  mentions  having 
seen  two  specimens  in  the  collection  of  M.  Temminck ;  but  that  1 
believe  is  one  of  his  mystifications,  and  his  figure  (pi.  1 25)  is  only 
copied  from  Shaw's ;  for  there  is  no  reference  to  the  Lori  unicolor 
in  Temminck's  *  Catalogue  Syst^matique  du  Cabinet  d'Omithologie,* 
of  the  year  1807.  If  that  species  really  exists,  I  believe  it  will  be 
found  also  in  the  Moluccan  region ;  but  I  consider  it  to  be  more 
probable  that  the  P.  unicolor  was  based  upon  a  manufactured  speci- 
men, and  never  will  be  found  again. 

A  third  thoroughly  red  Parrot  is  an  Arara,  mentioned  by  Alexander 
von  Humboldt  (Reise  in  die  Aequinoctial-Gegenden  des  neuen  Con- 
tinents, iv.  i860,  p.  6;  Finsch,  Parrots,  ii.  p.  935)  in  the  following 
short  note : — "  In  one  of  the  huts  of  the  Pacimonales  we  bought  an 
Ara,  being  a  species  of  Jras,  about  1 7''  long,  and  of  an  entirely 
purple  plumage,  like  the  Psittacus  macao^  The  celebrated  tra- 
veller made  this  notice  at  the  missionary  station  San  Francisco  So- 
lano, on  the  left  side  of  the  Casiquiare,  a  country  not  yet  explored 
by  zoological  collectors.  If  the  information  is  correct,  there  can  be 
no  doubt  that  the  Ara  might  be  certainly  new,  and  one  of  the  most 
wonderful  species  in  the  whole  tribe.  It  must  be  recollected,  how- 
ever, that  Yon  Humboldt  was  not  at  all  an  ornithologist ;  and  there 
may  have  happened  a  mistake,  as  in  the  case  of  the  celebrated  Ca- 
perote  of  Maaeira,  which  was  nothing  more  than  our  well-known 
Sylvia  atricapilla.  Lath. 

About  all  those  questionable  points  we  muat  wait  for  further  ex- 
planations. These  will  come,  perhaps,  as  unexpected  as  in  the  case 
of  Domicella  rubiginosa,  Bp.  (Finsch,  Parrots,  ii.  p.  781),  also  a 
red-coloured  species,  which  was  for  a  long  time  said  to  be  a  native 
of  New  Guinea,  but  was  found  by  the  Novara  expedition  on  the 
small  island  Puynipet,  of  the  Senjawin  group,  in  a  region  where 
nobody  would  have  expected  Parrots  at  all. 

Now  we  will  give  for  the  first  time  a  full  description  of  the  excellent 

Domicella  cardinalis.     (Plate  XI.) 

Lori  cardinal^  Hombr.  et  Jacq.  Voy.  au  P6le  Sud,  Atlas,  pi.  24  bis. 
f.  2  (1843). 

Lorius  cardinalis,  Jacq.  et  Pucher.  Voy.  au  P6le  Sud,  Zoologie,  iii. 
(1853)  p.  103 ;  Uartl.  Journ.  f.  Ornith.  (1854)  p.  165  ;  G.  R.  Gray, 
Gen.  of  B.  App.  p.  20. 


1869.]      MESSRS.  SCLATBR  AND  8ALVIN  ON  THE  ASTVRINiB.  129 

Eo9  cardinalU,  Bonap.  Compt.  Rend.  1837;  G.  R.  Graj,  List 
Spec.  Brit.  Mas.  PsitUc.  (1859)  p.  53. 

Eat  unicolor,  part.  Wall.  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  291. 

Sot  eardinalis,  G.  R.  Gray,  B.  of  Trop.  Isl.  p.  31. 

JDawneeUa  cardinalis,  Finsch,  Papageien,  ii.  (1868)  p.  785. 

Head  and  nape  deep  crimson,  the  under  parts  of  the  same  colour 
but  lighter,  and  each  feather  pale  orange-yellow-margined  at  the  end, 
giring  a  somewhat  undulated  appearance;  the  under  tail-coverts 
nnifonn  crimson;  back  and  other  upper  parts  purplish  brownish 
red,  darkest  on  the  shoulders  and  quitl-coverts,  lignter  and  more 
crimson  on  the  rump  and  upper  tau-coverts ;  on  the  mantle  some 
feathers  with  narrow  obsolete  yellow  margins;  primaries  on  the 
outer  web  reddish  brown,  with  olive-yellow  lustre  in  certain  lights ; 
on  the  inner  web  dark  reddish  brown;  secondaries  brownish  red, 
like  the  back,  the  tail  feathers  also;  quills  and  tail-feathers  beneath 
brownish  red,  in  some  light  shining  red. 

Bill  orange ;  cere,  a  naked  ring  round  the  mandible,  and  the  con  • 
aderably  extended  naked  orbits  black  ;  legs  and  claws  blackish. 

Long.  Corp.  Hi",  al.  6"  4'",  rectr.  intern.  5"  5'",  rectr.  ext.  3", 
culm.  9'",  alt.  rost.  ad  basin  9'",  tars.  9'"  (French  meas.). 

Hab,  Solomon  Islands. 


3.  Notes  on  the  Species  of  the  Genus  Asturina.  By  P.  L. 
ScLATEB^  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin, 
M.A.,  F.L.S. 

Recent  investigations  having  convinced  us  that  there  is  still  much 
confusion  amongst  the  American  species  of  Hawks  of  the  genus 
A»iwrina,  we  beg  leave  to  submit  to  the  Society  the  following  notes 
upon  the  subject. 

The  genus  Asturina,  founded  by  Vieillot  in  1816  upon  his  Attu- 
rina  cinerea  {Falco  mVt^/tM,  Lath.),  embraces  a  small  series  of  Ame- 
rican birds  closely  resembling  Buteo  in  structure,  but  in  habits  more 
nearly  approaching  Aceipiter.  The  most  noticeable  difference  be- 
tween Asturina  and  Buteo  consists  in  the  shorter  wings  of  the 
former ;  but  in  this  respect  Buteo  pennsylvanicus  (which  has  the 
habits  of  Asturina)  is  nearly  intermediate  between  the  two  genera. 
Putting  this  biid  aside  for  the  present,  we  have  left  seven  species  of 
true  Asturina,  which  may  be  separated  into  three  groups,  as  fol- 
lows:— 

(1)  The  species  allied  to  A.  niiida,  of  which  there  appear  to  be 
two  representative  forms, — one  occupying  Central  America  and 
Mexico,  which  has  been  named  A.  plagiata ;  the  other  the  true  A, 
nitida,  which,  commencing  its  range  at  Panama,  extends  itself  over 
the  greater  part  of  tropical  South  America. 

(2)  The  species  allied  to  A.  tnagnirostris,  which  is  the  type  of 
the  genus  Rupomis  of  Kaup.     These  are  four  in  number,  each 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  IX. 


130     MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  THE  A8TURINA.    [Feb.  1 1» 

occupying  a  dbtinct  area,  as  will  be  seen  by  reference  to  oar  notes 
below. 

(3)  Tbe  isolated  species  A.  leueorrhoa,  wbicb  appears  to  be  a  true 
AMturina  in  structure,  but  in  plumage  forcibly  calb  to  mind  the  Buteo 
brachyurus,  Vieill.  The  latter  bird  has  likewise  been  referred  by 
some  authors  to  Asturina — ^but,  from  its  lengthened  win^s,  should,  we 
think,  be  either  placed  with  Buieo  or  stand  by  itself  under  the  desig- 
nation JBuieola,  proposed  for  it  by  Bonaparte  from  Du  Bus's  MS. 

The  subjoined  table  may,  perhaps,  assist  in  dbtinguishing  the 
scTen  species  in  their  adult  dress : — 

A.  Supra  cineres  aut  fuacse :  subtus  plus  minusre  transfiuciato. 

a.  rem.  prim,  pogoniis  iDtemis  albis  nigro  transfasciatis : 

r  supra  transfaaciata    1.  nUida. 

[,  supra  unioolor  %  plagiata, 

h.  rem.  prim,  pogon.  int.  rufis  nigro  transfasoiatiH : 
(^.  caudffi  faaciis  cinereis : 

{tibiis  albis,  cinereo  transfasciatis 3.  magniro8tri$. 
tibiis  fulvis  rufo  transfasciatis 4.  nattereri, 

I/,  caudae  fasciis  rufis: 

{gula  et  pectore  cinereis 5   n^ficauda. 
gula  obscure  fusca,  pect.  albicante  6.  guUtrU. 

B.  Supra  et  subtus  unioolor  nigra 7.  leucorrhoa. 

1.  Asturina  nitida. 

Falco  nitidus,  Lath.  Ind.  Orn.  i.  p.  40. 

Asturina  cinerea,  Vieill.  Analyse,  p.  68 ;  N.  D.  iii.  p.  41 ;  E.  M. 
p.  1260,  et  Gal.  Ois.  t.  20. 

Falco  striolatus,  Max.  Beitr  iii.  p.  209 ;  Temm.  PI.  Col.  87  (ad.) 
et  294  (jr.). 

Asiur  nitidus,  D'Orb.  Voy.  Ois.  p.  95 ;  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  68 ; 
Leotaud,  Ois.  Trin.  p.  46. 

Asturina  nitida.  Cab.  in  Schomb.Guian.  iii.  p.  737;  Peb.  Oro. 
Bra8.  p.  3 ;  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  369,  1867,  p.  689,  1868, 
p.  173;  Lawr.  Ann.  L.  N.  Y.  vii.  p.  316;  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1860, 
p.  288. 

Supra  in  /undo  alba,  dorso  toto  et  alts  extus  griseseentioribus  ; 
schistaceo  frequenter  transfasciata  :  gula  alba.  Junior,  tibiis 
ru/escentibus  immaculatis, 

Hab,  Panama  (M'Cleannan) ;  Western  Ecuador  (Fraser) ;  Bogota 
(Mus,  S.'G,);  Venezuela  (Goering);  Trinidad  (Leotaud);  Cayenne 
{Buff,)',  British  Guiana  {SehombS\  Lower  Amayons  (fFallace) ; 
Barra,  Borba,  Cuyaba  et  Araguay  (Natterer);  Wood-reg;ion  of  S.E. 
Brazil  (Max.  et  Burnt.), 

This  well-known  species  is,  as  will  be  seen  from  our  list  of  loca- 
lities, widely  distributed  in  South  America.  The  most  northern  point 
from  which  we  haTC  seen  examples  is  the  isthmus  of  Panama,  where 
many  specimens  have  been  procured  by  M'Cleannan  and  Arc6.  In 
Costa  Rica  the  next  species  replaces  it. 

2.  Asturina  plagiata. 

Asturina  nitida,  Cassin,  in  Baird's  Birds  of  N.  Am.  p.  35 ;  Scl. 


1869.]      MESSRS.  SCLATKR  AND  SALVIN  ON  THE  ASTURINiB.  131 

et  Saly.  Ibis,  1S59,  p.  217;  Salvin,  Ibis,  1861,  p.  68;  Scl.  P.  Z.  S. 
1857,  pp.  201  et  227,  1859,  pp.  368  et  389,  1864,  p.  1/8;  Lawr. 
A.  N.Y.  Lycix.  p.  133. 

A$turina  plagiata,  Schl.  Mus.  d.  P.-B.  Asturina,  p.  1 ;  Scl.  et 
Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  173. 

Supra  schist acea /ere  unicolor :  gula  cinerea.  Junior y  tibiis  albi- 
eantibus  Jusco  transfasciatis. 

Hab,  Mexico,  New  Leon  {Couch)  \  Jalapa  {SalU);  Vera  Cruz 
{Mus.  BeroL) ;  Guatemala  {Salvin)  ;  Costa  Rica  {Arcf), 

This  northern  representative  of  A,  nitida  is  easily  distinguishable 
by  the  darker  and  uniform  slaty  plumage  above  in  the  adult  bird. 
In  A.  nitida  the  feathers  of  the  head  and  upper  neck  are  white, 
with  numerous  narrow  transverse  bars  of  slaty  grey.  On  the  back 
and  wings  externally  the  ground-colour  is  ashy,  but  the  darker 
transverse  bars,  though  wider,  are  numerous  and  very  conspicuous. 
In  the  present  bird  the  transverse  barring  is  wholly  absent,  leaving 
the  upper  surface  nearly  uniform,  though  traces  of  transverse  mark- 
ings are  apparent  in  some  places  beneath  on  raising  the  feathers,  and 
are  also  faintly  visible  on  the  wing-coverts  in  some  specimens.  The 
lower  of  the  two  white  tail-bands  is  narrower  in  the  present  bird 
than  in  A,  nitida,  but  the  upper  appears  to  be  usually  more  strongly 
shown  in  A,  plagiata. 

The  young  plumage  of  the  northern  bird  generally  resembles  that 
of  the  southern,  but,  as  appears  from  the  specimens  we  have  met 
with,  presents  a  constant  difference  in  having  the  tibise  distinctly 
marked  by  numerous  cross  bands.  In  the  young  of  A.  nitida  the 
thighs  are  of  a  uniform  ferruginous,  more  or  less  deep. 

The  most  southern  locality  we  have  yet  met  with  for  this  species 
is  Costa  Rica,  whence  Arc^  transmitted  a  single  immature  specimen 
in  1864. 

Dr.  peters  having  most  kindly  lent  to  us  the  type  of  Buteo  pla- 
giatus,  Licht.,  upon  which  Schlegel  established  his  Asturina  plagiata^ 
we  have  been  enabled  to  ascertain  without  doubt  that  it  is  the  young 
of  the  present  species. 

3.    ASTURINA  MAGNIROSTRIS. 

Viperoier  h  gros  bee  de  Cayenne,  Buff.  PI.  Enl.  464. 

Falco  magnirostri^,  Gm.  S.  N.  i.  p.  282. 

Nisus  magnirostris,  Tsch.  F.  P.  Aves,  p.  104. 

Bmpomis  magnirostris,  Cab.  in  Schomb.  Guian.  iii.  p.  737. 

Asturina  magnirostris,  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1857,  p.  261, 1858,  p.  451, 
1859,  p.  147,  1860,  p.  288;  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  198, 
1867,  pp.  589,  753. 

AMtur  maerorhynchus,  Pelz.  Orn.  Bras.  p.  6. 

Falco  insectivorus,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.  p.  1 7,  t.  8'  (partim). 

Sktpra  dare  cinerea :  subtus  gula  et  pectore  cinereis;  ventre  toto 
cum  tibiis  albo  et  rufescente  cinereo  frequenter  transfasciatis, 

Hab,  Cayenne  {Buffon)  ;  Brit.  Guiana  {Schomb.) ;  Rio  Negro, 
Rio  Brancho,  and  Rio  Madeira  {Natter er) ;  Venezuela  {Goering) ; 


132      MESSaS.  BCLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  THE  ASTURINiE.    [Feb.  11, 

Mexiana  {Wallace);  Eastern  Peru  {Bartlett  et  Tschudt);  New 
Granada,  Bogota  {Mus.  S.-G,) ;  Western  Ecuador  (Fraser), 

The  first  and,  indeed,  onlj  author  who  has  appreciated  the  dis- 
tinction between  the  present  species  and  its  Brazilian  representative 
is  Ton  Pelzeln,  who,  in  his  '  Omithologie  Brasiliens/  considers  the 
latter  the  true  Aslur  maffnirostris,  and  calls  the  present  bird 
Astur  macrorhynchu9  from  Natterer's  MS.  Of  this  being  the  case 
we  are  enabled  to  speak  with  some  confidence,  as  one  of  batterer's 
marked  specimens  from  San  Carlos  on  the  Rio  Negro,  iu  the  colo 
lection  of  Salvin  and  Godman,  is  undoubtedly  referable  to  this  species. 
But  Gmelin's  Faleo  magniroBtrit  is  based  entirelj^  upon  Buffon's 
Epervier  h  gro9  bee  de  Cayenne  (PI.  EoL  464).  This  figure,  leaving 
the  locality  out  of  the  question,  clearly  represents  the  northern  spe- 
cies, which  must  therefore  retain  the  name  AHurina  mayniroslrU. 

Comparing  a  considerable  series  of  specimens  of  these  two  allies 
together,  we  cannot  but  fully  agree  to  von  Pelzeln' s  separation  of 
them.  The  present  bird  may  be  readily  distinguished  from  the  next 
species  by  the  cinereous  colour  below,  slight  indications  of  rufescent 
tmge  being  only  seen  upon  the  darker  bands  of  the  belly  and  thighs. 
In  A.  nattereri  the  throat  is  darker  cinereous  and  distinctly  striped 
with  white  longitudinally ;  the  breast  is  rich  rufous  in  very  adult 
birds,  almost  without  cross  markings ;  the  belly  is  very  pale  fukous 
or  almost  cream-colour,  with  numerous  cross  bands  of  deep  ferrugi- 
nous ;  the  thighs  are  covered  by  minute  cross  bands  of  the  same 
colour.  In  A.  magniroatris  the  thighs  are  pure  white,  cross-banded 
with  pale  cinereous  with  merely  a  flight  rufescent  tinge. 

4.  AsrruRiNA  natterbri. 

Faleo  magnirostris,  Max.  Beitr.  iii.  p.  102;  Temm.  PI.  Col.  86 
(avis  jr.). 
Astvr  magniroelris,  Pelz.  Orn.  Bras.  p.  6. 
Nisus  tnagnirostris,  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  76. 
Faleo  magnirostris,  Spix,  Av.  Bras.  i.  p.  18  (partim). 

Supra  brunneseenti-einerea ;  subtus  gula  cinerea  albo  striata : 
pectore  ferrugineo :  ventre  toto  cum  tibm /errugineo^ruju  pal^ 
lido  fuhoo  trans/asciatis :  cauda  nigricante,  cinereo  trivittata 
et  termnata. 

Hab.  South-eastern  Brazil  {Max,  et  Burtneieter) ;  Bahia  (Wu- 
cherer)  ;  S.  Paolo  et  Mattogrosso  {Natterer). 

As  will  be  seen  from  yon  Pelzeln's  list,  Natterer  collected  a  laree 
number  of  this  species  in  various  parts  of  Southern  and  Inner  Brazil ; 
but  the  specimens  referred  to  as  obtained  by  him  at  Barra  do  Bio 
Negro  are  more  probably  referable  to  the  true  A,  magnirostris.  An 
excellent  series  of  examples  of  this  Hawk,  collected  in  the  yidnity 
of  Bahia,  has  lately  been  receiyed  by  Salvin  from  Dr.  Wuoherer. 
We  have  also  to  thank  the  authorities  of  the  Norfolk  and  Norwich 
Museum  for  the  loan  of  many  specimens  of  this  and  the  preceding 
species  from  their  tine  collection  of  Rapacious  birds. 

Haying  already  explained  why  the  name  magniroetris,  which  has 


]8r)9.]      MESSRS.  SCLATBR  AND  8ALYIN  ON  THK  ASTT^RINiB.  133 

alwaprs  been  applied  to  this  bird,  must  be  restricted  to  the  preceding 
species,  we  propose  to  call  it  after  the  naturalist  who  first  appreciated 
the  differences  betweei)  them. 

5.  ASTURINA  RUFICAUDA,  Sp.  O. 

ABturina  magnirostria,  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  285,  1859,  p.  368, 
1864,  p.  178. 

Aatyrina  maffniro9tris,  Sd.  et  Salv.  Ibis,  1859,  p.  217;  Lawr. 
Ann.  L.  N.  Y.  vii.  p.  316,  viii.  p.  178;  Moore,  P.  Z.  S.  1859. 
p.  52. 

Supra  obscure  cinerea :  subtui  gula  et  pectore  obscure  cinereis  : 
ventre  toto  cum  tibiis  ferrugineo  et  pallido  fulvo  frequenter 
tranM/asciatis :  eauda  nigra^  fhrrugineo  trivittata  et  terminata. 

Hab.  Cordora  {Salli) ;  Jalapa  {Be  Oca)  ;  Mexico  city  {White)  ; 
Omoa  {Ley land);  Guatemala  {Salvin);  Veragua  {Arci)\  David 
{Hicks). 

As  in  the  case  of  A,  nitida,  the  northern  representative  of  the 
present  group  of  Asturina  appears  in  its  adult  dress  to  be  readily 
distinguishable  from  the  southern  forms,  and  to  require  specific 
separation.  From  A.  magnirostris  and  A,  nattereri  it  differs  in  the 
deep-red  tail- bands,  the  corresponding  colour  in  the  two  last-men- 
tioned species  being  pale  cinereous.  In  younger  specimens  of  A, 
ruj!cauda  these  bands  are  likewise  cinereous,  but  in  nearly  every  case 
show  traces  of  rufescent  colouring  beginning  to  appear.  In  the 
general  colour  of  its  under  plumage  A.  ruficauda  more  nearly  resem- 
bles A.  nattereri  than  A.  magnirostris,  having  the  belly,  flauks,  and 
thighs  of  the  same  rich  ferruginous  tinge  which  distinguishes  A* 
nattereri;  but  in  the  present  bird  the  throat  and  chest  are  usually 
of  a  pale  cinereous,  thus  more  resembling  A.  magnirostris. 

We  have  examined  a  great  number  of  specimens  of  this  bird  from 
various  parts  of  Southern  Mexico  and  Central  America.  In  Guate- 
mala, where  it  is  one  of  the  commonest  species  of  Hawk,  Salvin 
obtained  examples  from  the  plains  of  Zacapa,  the  Pacific  coast- 
r^on,  the  valley  of  the  river  Polochic,  Choctum  in  the  forest-region 
of  Vera  Paz,  and  the  savannas  of  the  district  of  Peten.  We  have 
also  received  specimens  from  Costa  Rica,  Veragua,  and  Panama, 
besides  the  Mexican  series  obtained  by  Sall§  and  his  coadjutors. 

Asturina  ruficauda,  though  thus  widely  distributed,  is  not  found 
in  the  elevated  mountain  districts,  but  frequents  the  lowland  plains 
up  to  an  elevation  of  about  2500  feet  above  the  sea-level.  Its  food 
in  Guatemala  consists  almost  entirely  of  small  snakes  and  lizards. 

6.  Asturina  pucherani. 

Esparvero  indaye,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  131.  no.  30. 
Astur  magnirostris,  Hartl.  Ind.  Azara,  p.  2 ;  D'Orb.  Vov.  Ois. 
p.  91. 

Nisus  magnirostris,  Burm.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  623. 
Asturina  pucherani,  J.  et  £.  Verreaux,  R.  Z.  1855,  p.  350. 
Falco  gularis,  Licht.  in  Mus.  Berol. 


134  MR.  B.  BLYTH  ON  A  HYBRID  CHAMOIS.  [Feb.  11, 

Rupamis  ffularU,  licht.  NomencL  p.  3. 

Aiturina  ffularis,  Schlegel,  Mu3.  des  P.-B.  AHnrijut,  p.  4  (\S62). 

Supra  obscure  /usca :  capite  toto  cum  gutture  obscuriorilms : 
peeiore  et  ventre  toto  eum  tidiis  paliide  fulvU^  iineu  angu$iiM 
ferrugineis  parce  tran»fa$eiatU :  camda  mgrieante,  ru/o  late 
trivittata  et  terminata, 

Hab.  Bueoos  Ayres  (Schlegel) ;  Cornentes  (D" Orb.);  Paniguaj 
{Azara)  ;  Bolivia  {Bridges) ;  prov.  Tuogas  {If  Orb,), 

In  speaking  of  his  so-c^ed  Astur  tmagnirostriSy  D'Orbigny  (/.  s.  c.) 
calls  especial  attention  to  the  differences  between  his  series  of  this 
bird  from  Corrientes  and  Bolivia  and  that  in  the  Paris  Museum  from 
Brazil,  and  concludes  that  they  form  "two  distinct  and  constant 
Tarieties."  We  hare  little  doubt  that  it  is  to  this  so-called  variety 
that  Lichtenstein  applied  the  name  gularis^  afterwards  adopted  by 
Schlegel  in  his  '  Mus^  des  Pays-Bas.* 

But  this  term  must,  we  think,  give  way  to  that  of  puckerani, 
under  which  the  MM.  Verreaux  described  a  species  of  Asturina  in 
1855.  A  mounted  specimen  belonging  to  the  Norwich  Museum  is 
marked  as  the  original  of  this  description  in  the  handwriting  of  M. 
Jules  Verreaux,  and  perfectly  accords  with  the  characters  given. 
We  believe  we  are  correct  in  referring  it  to  the  immature  dress  of 
the  present  species.  A  nearly  similar  specimen  is  in  the  British 
Museum,  also  received  from  Verreaux,  under  the  name  Asturina 
pueherami^  but  with  «  Guatemala"  atUched  as  a  locality.  This  ia 
probably  an  error,  as  it  does  not  correspond  with  any  one  of  our  ex- 
tensive series  of  the  Central-American  form,  which  is  A.  ruficauda. 

The  only  adult  example  we  have  yet  seen  of  this  bird  is  in  the 
British  Museum.     It  was  obtained  in  BoUvia  by  Bridges. 

7.  Asturina  levcorrhoa. 

Faleo  leucorrkous,  Q.  et  G.  Voy.  Uranie,  Zool.  p.  91,  t.  13. 
Nisus  leucorrkous^  Tsch.  F.  P.  Aves,  pp.  18,  103. 
Asturina  leucorrhoa,  Bp.  Consp.  p.  oO ;  Raup,  Isis,  1847,  p.  199  } 
Schl^el,  Mus.  des  P.-B.  Asturina,  p.  5. 
Astur  leucorrkous,  Pelx.  Orn.  Bras.  p.  7. 

Nigra:  tectrieibus  caudaUbus supra  et  subtus  albis:  tibiis  rufis  : 
Cauda  ad  basin  alba,  inde  nigra  albo  bifasciata. 

Hab.  BraxU,  vie.  of  Rio  (Afii*.  Findob.  et  5.-G.);  Venezuela 
(Dyson  in  Mus.  Brit.,  et  Levraud  in  Mus.  Paris.)  ;  New  Granada, 
BogoU  (Mus.  S,-G.) ;  Peru  (Mus,  BeroL). 


4.  On  the  Hybrid  between  the  Chamois  and  the  Domestic 
Goat.     By  Edward  Blyth. 

Upon  a  recent  occasion  (cf.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  623)  I  exhibited 
four  pairs  of  horns  which  puxiled  me  exceedingly  at  first,  but  which 
I  learn  fVom  Mr.  Joseph  Wolf  are  those  of  hybrids  raised  from  the 


18G9.J  LtSTTKR  rROM  MR.  E.  L.  LAYARD.  135 


Honis  of  hybrid  Chamois. 
a.  Horn  of  pure  Chamois^  for  comparison. 

Chamois  and  the  Domestic  Goat.  It  appears  that  it  is  not  unusual 
for  a  tame  huck  Chamois  to  interbreed  with  domestic  she-Goats; 
and  as  the  horns  of  the  hybrid  so  produced  are  so  remarkable  that 
they  might  well  be  suspected  to  indicate  some  undescribed  species, 
intermediate  to  the  Chamois  and  the  Himalayan  Thar  (Uemitragu9 
JemUaicus),  I  now  submit  a  photograph  of  the  series,  considering  the 
figures  to  be  quite  worthy  of  publication,  in  order  to  prevent,  if 
possible,  any  mistake  of  the  kind.  For  comparison,  the  horn  of  a 
pure  Chamois  (a)  is  placed  along  with  them. 


February  25,  1869. 

W.  H.  Flower,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  in  the  Chair. 

A  letter  was  read  from  £.  L.  Layard,  Esq.,  F.Z.S.,  dated  Cape 
Town,  December  3l8t,  1868,  enclosing  a  drawing  of  another  species 
of  Ribbonfish  {Gymnetrut)^  which  had  come  ashore  in  rather  a  bad 
state  at  Simon's  Baj  on  the  2drd  of  December,  1865,  and  been 
drawn  on  the  spot  by  P.  D.  Martin,  Esq.  Mr.  Layard  believed  it 
to  be  perfectly  distinct  from  the  species  mentioned  in  a  former  com- 
munication to  the  Society  (P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  319),  and  could  not 
find  any  description  that  answered  to  it. 


The  Secretary  exhibited  specimens  of  some  Reptiles  which  had 
been  collected  for  the  Society's  Menagerie  by  Mr.  George  Wilks,  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  C.M.Z.S.,  but  had,  unfortunately,  died  before  reach- 
ing their  destination.  They  consisted  of  two  Snakes  taken  in  copuld, 
which  had  been  determined  by  Dr.  Gunther  to  be  Coronella  anomala, 
Giinth.  (Cat.  of  Snakes,  p.  57),  and  some  specimens  of  a  small 
Cayman  (Jacare  ocellata.  Gray). 


Mr.  J.  £.  Harting  called  the  attention  of  the  Meeting  to  the  steps 


136  DR.  A.  CAMPBELL  ON  THE  INDIAN  ELEPHANT.       [Feb.  25> 

now  beine  taken  to  protect  Sea-fowl  during  the  breeding-season, 
and  stated  that  it  was  proposed  to  bring  in  an  Act  of  Parliament  on 
the  subject  during  the  present  session. 


The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  Notes  on  the  mode  of  Capture  of  Elephants  in  Assam. 
By  Dr.  A.  Campbell^  late  Superintendent  of  Darjeeling. 

By  far  the  greater  number  of  the  Elephants  for  the  supply  of  the 
Bengal  markets  are  now  caught  in  Assam ;  the  Dooars  of  Bootan 
are  so  iniquitously  misgoverned  that  the  Elephant-catchers  nearly 
shun  them  altogether. 

The  Nipal  Tarai  furnishes  Elephants  for  the  marts  of  the  central 
and  western  provinces ;  Mymunsingh  and  Sylhet  for  lower  Bengal, 
&c.  &c. 

The  people  who  are  principally  engaged  in  catching  Elephants  for 
upper  Bengal  live  in  the  northern  parts  of  the  Pumeah  and  Rung- 
poor  districts.  Tital^a  is  the  most  central  position  for  the  col- 
lection of  Elephants  by  these  people,  and  it  is  close  to  all  the  routes 
from  the  Elephant-catching  districts*. 

The  Elephant-merchants  who  conduct  the  trade  between  the 
eastern  districts  and  other  parts  of  India  come  from  the  central  and 
western  provinces;  some  even  from  the  Punjab,  Cashmere,  and 
Cabool. 

The  men  who  keep  koonkis  and  supply  the  funds  for  catching 
Elephants  are  known  as  **  Keda  Walas."  They  often  take  their  own 
Elephants  for  sale  to  the  Hajipoor  Fair,  or  further  west;  but 
usually  look  to  the  merchants,  zemindars,  baboos,  &c.  of  their  own 
districts  as  purchasers.  At  the  Nek  Mured  Fair,  in  the  Dinajpoor 
district,  annually  held  in  April,  there  is  a  good  deal  of  business  done 
in  Elephants. 

An  Elephant- catcher  (or  keda  wala)'s  establishment  consists — 
1st,  of  ''  Koonkis,"  t.  e,  tame  Elephants  trained  to  hunting  and 
catching  wild  ones ;  2nd,  '*  Phanaits,"  or  noosemen ;  3rd,  Lohattias, 
or  Elephant-drivers,  who  sit  on  the  croup  and  urge  on  the  koonkis 
with  an  iron-spiked  mallet ;  4th,  mates,  or  under  drivers ;  and 
5th,  an  abundant  supply  of  ropes  and  cables  for  catching  and  tying 
up  their  gigantic  quarry. 

The  old  system  of  decoying  or  driving  wild  Elephants  on  pits  dug 
for  them  is  altogether  exploded  ;,  and  the  lassoo,  or  "phan,"  is  the 
only  mode  now  employ ea  to  catch  them. 

The  process  is  described  as  sufficiently  simple,  although  it  is 
attendea  with  some  danger.  It  is  very  extraordmary  to  hear  a  thin 
miserable-looking  fellow  (as  many  of  the  "  phanaits*'  are)  describing 
in  the  quietest  way  possible  how  he  has  caught  very  large  and  fierce 
Elephants. 

The  usual  mode  seems  to  be  to  form  the  '*  keda,'*  or  encampment, 
*  See  Hooker's  Himilayan  Journals,  vol.  i.  p.  181. 


1869.]  DR.  A.  CAMPBELL  ON  THK  INDIAN  ELEPHANT.  137 

at  a  likely  place  outside  the  forest  and  near  water,  generally  selected 
on  intelligence  of  its  being  the  haunt  of  wild  Elephants,  or  by  finding 
their  fresh  trail. 

From  this  you  take  out  the  koonkis,  three  or  four  together,  and 
reconnoitre  in  all  directions  in  the  open  places  at  early  morning  or 
in  the  afternoon  ;  for  the  wild  Elephants  always  keep  to  the  heavy 
forest  during  the  heat  of  the  day,  coming  into  the  more  open  spota 
morning  and  evening  only.  When  any  of  your  parties  have  found 
a  "  khanja,"  or  herd,  it  singles  out  one  and  gives  immediate  chase, 
sometimes  even  with  one  koonki  only,  if  you  have  no  more  in  your 
*'  keda,"  and  when  the  quarry  is  a  small  one ;  but  it  is  better  to  do 
80  with  two,  and  three  are  requisite  to  catch  and  master  a  large 
animal.  The  chase  is  kept  up  until  one  of  the  koonkis  gets  along- 
side the  wild  Elephant,  the  great  object  being  to  lay  a  koonki  on 
either  side  of  the  wild  one,  as  fast  as  possible.  When  alongside  and 
he  sees  his  opportunity,  the  ''phanait"  (nooseman),  who  drives  his 
£lephant  and  holds  the  open  noose  with  both  hands  above  his  head, 
lets  it  fall  over  the  wild  one's  head  and  on  the  trunk,  which  in  running 
is  pendent  to  the  ground.  Immediately  the  noose  touches  the  trunk, 
the  animal  by  an  instinct  which  is  fatal  to  its  liberty  coils  it  in- 
wards, and  by  this  movement  it  passes  at  once  under  the  neck. 
The  lohattia  who  holds  the  coil  of  the  lassoo  immediately  pulls  upon 
it,  and  the  koonki  is  kept  close  upon  the  wild  one  and  pressing 
against  it  until  another  koonki  comes  on  the  opposite  side  and  a 
second  noose  is  delivered.  When  this  is  done  both  koonkis  move  off 
in  opposite  directions,  and  thus  in  a  short  time  the  wild  Elephant  is 
suffocated  and  stretched  on  the  ground  between  them.  This  takes 
some  time,  however,  when  the  noosed  animal  is  a  powerful  one,  as  it 
sets  off  at  speed  and  struggles  long  and  violently  before  it  is  choked 
and  down.  As  soon  as  it  is,  the  running  nooses  are  loosed  to  give 
the  animal  breath,  and  a  stopper  put  on  each  to  prevent  tl^eir  run-^ 
ning.  The  two  koonkis  again  press  on  each  side ;  and  by  this  means 
and  one  or  two  more  pushing  from  behind,  the  captured  animal  is 
forcibly  dragged  away  to  the  keda,  where  it  is  strongly  picketed 
and  starved  into  tameness.  After  a  month  or  two  it  is  quiet  and 
tractable  enough  to  be  marched  homewards,  being  in  the  mean- 
time led  out  frequently  with  koonkis,  and  gradually  accustomed  to- 
a  rider. 

During  the  first  six  months  fresh  Elephants  become  thin  and 
weak-looking,  and  then  begin  to  pick  up  again.  During  the  first 
rainy  season  (or,  rather,  during  August,  September,  and  October  of 
the  first  year)  they  are  most  liable  to  illness  and  death.  The  risk 
decreases  the  second  season,  and  is  not  great  in  the  third,  after  which 
they  are  considered  "  pucka,"  t.  e.  safe  and  acclimatized. 

There  is  no  procuring  any  data  by  which  to  arrive  at  the  rates  of 
mortality  of  fresh  Elephants.  It  seems  to  depend  on  circumstances 
quite  ^unknown  to  the  catchers  (who  suffer  most  from  it),  and  is 
therefore  always  attributed  to  "kbmut,"  chance.  Sometimes  all 
the  catchings  of  a  season  will  die  in  one  man's  hands;  at  other 
times  he  will  have  a  succession  of  seasons  without  anv  losses.     The 


138  DR.  A.  CAMPBELL  ON  THE  INDIAN  ELEPHANT.      [Feb.  25, 

"  keda  wala"  is  emphaticiillj  described  as  always  being  in  tbe  way 
of  wealth  or  ruin.  He  is  an  "Ameer"  or  "  Fageer,"  t.  e.  a  "  prince 
or  a  begear ;"  so  proverbially  uncertain  are  his  gains,  and  his  trade 
so  full  of  risks. 

The  proportion  of  adult  females  caught  is  probably  as  eight  to 
one.  This  arises  from  two  causes.  They  are  less  violent  and  more 
easily  subdued ;  and  it  b  rare  to  find  more  than  one  male  with  a 
whole  herd  of  females,  and  he  is  always  an  immense  one  and  rarely 
to  be  mastered. 

The  catchers  and  dealers  give  numerous  divisions  or  varieties  of 
the  Elephant,  such  as  Muringi,  Kumnlia,  Kooji,  &c.  They  also 
notice  the  peculiarities  of  arched  and  straight  backs ;  but  it  is  suffi- 
cient  to  attend  to  the  following  for  practiod  purposes.  The  males 
are  tusked  or  tuskless,  t.  e.  "Dantal"  or  "Mukuna;"  one-tusked 
ones  are  prized  by  Hindoos.  One  with  the  left  tusk  is  a  **  Ganess," 
God  of  Wisdom  ;  with  the  right  a  "  Manik  dunta.*'  The  females 
are  maiden  or  mothers,  the  terms  being  "Sareen"  and  "Dohi;'*  a 
barren  one  is  also  a  **Sareen,"  and  the  Dohi  is  not  reckoned  of 
equal  value.  The  Sareen  is  distinguished  from  the  Dohi  by  the 
small  teats  and  undeveloped  mammae.  A  male  is  20  per  cent.,  at 
least,  more  prized  than  a  female,  on  account  of  his  greater  strength 
and  powers  of  endurance.  It  seems  difficult  to  ascertain  the  period 
required  for  the  full  growth  of  the  Elephant.  After  comparing 
many  opinions  and  statements,  I  make  it  twenty-five  years,  and  the 
known  age  eighty-five  in  the  same  manner.  The  female  goes  eighteen 
months  with  young,  and  gives  suck  for  two  years.  In  addition  to 
the  smaller  size,  youth  is  indicated  by  a  general  smoothness  and 
roundness  of  the  face  and  trunk,  with  an  almost  unmistakable 
expression  of  simplicity  and  innocence  as  you  examine  the  face 
standing  right  in  front.  The  central  depression  on  the  top  of  the 
head  is  but  faintly  developed  in  youth,  while  in  an  aged  animal  the 
coronal  protuberances  stand  up  prominently.  The  ears  in  youth 
and  middle  age  are  thin,  light,  and  unbroken  along  the  outer  margin ; 
in  age  they  are  large,  flapping,  thick,  and  jagged. 

There  is  no  particular  breeding-season.  "Elephants,  like  cows 
in  India,  have  young  all  the  year  round.*'  The  mother  shows  great 
affection  for  her  young,  and  even  when  chased  by  the  catchers  will 
not  leave  it,  if  it  gets  into  trouble  or  is  too  young  to  follow.  The 
mothers  frequently  fall  an  easy  prey  on  this  account,  allowing  them- 
selves to  be  noosed  while  they  are  helping  on  the  young  one.  A 
young  one  of  six  months  wiU  fly  off  when  the  mother  is  taken ; 
under  that  age  it  will  stick  to  the  captive  mother.  Twins  are 
unknown. 

The  catching-season  is  from  November  to  July;  June  is  the 
month  in  which  the  greatest  number  are  taken.  The  fresh  grass 
and  reeds,  after  the  annual  burning,  is  then  greatly  relished  bj 
these  animals,  who  come  far  out  of  the  forest  to  seek  it. .  The 
Elephant  is  gregarious  in  the  highest  degree :  herds  of  more  than  a 
hundred  are  sometimes  seen ;  fifty,  thirty,  and  twenty  are  common. 
Sullen  nudes,  which  have  been  driven  out  of  the  herd  by  hard  fight- 


1869.]  DR.  A.  CAMPBELL  ON  THE  INDIAN  ELEPHANT.  139 

ing,  are  the  onlj  solitary  ones  to  be  met  with.  Large  males  with  a 
herd  are  rarely  ventured  on  by  the  catchers;  they  are  bold  and 
ferocious.  The  females  and  young  males  take  instant  alarm  at  the 
approach  of  the  koonkis ;  and  sometimes  a  whole  herd  becomes 
bewildered  with  fright  on  seeing  them,  and  breaks  up  in  all  directions. 
This  is  the  har?est  of  the  catchers,  and  a  bold  and  expert  "  phanait" 
will  sometimes  noose  three  wild  ones  out  of  one  herd.  So  soon  as 
he  can  get  his  "phan"  off  the  n^k  of  a  prostrate  one,  he  sets 
upon  another,  and  similarly  on  a  third.  This  prowess  and  luck  are 
rare,  but  they  happen  occasionally.  Mr.  P.  had  a  phanait  who  did 
this  two  seasons.  He  was  a  "  Koch,"  and  the  quietest,  most  un- 
pretending fellow  in  the  world  out  of  the  keda.  In  the  field  he  was 
a  perfect  Nimrod,  full  of  energr  and  life,  and  for  six  or  seven  years 
he  brought  eight  to  twelve  Mephants  home  annually  of  his  own 
noofiiiig.  His  pay  was  10  rs.  per  mensem  at  home,  12  when  in  the 
field,  and  an  annual  present  of  a  pair  of  silver  bangles  weighing 
20  rupees,  and  a  pair  of  gold  earrings  worth  20  rs.  more.  These 
"  honorary  distinctions  "  gained,  he  used  to  take  a  short  leave  to  his 
home,  when  he  bestowed  them  on  his  wife,  and  again  took  to  the 
forest  in  search  of  fresh  laurels. 

"  How  many  Elephants  have  you  caught  in  your  time?"  I  one 
day  asked  Mr.  P.  "I  cannot  tell  you  how  many,"  he  replied; 
**  but  I  was  seven  years  engaged  in  the  business ;  one  year  I  caught 
180,  some  years  1  ^t  100,  some  80,  some  60."  We  may  safely 
put  down  1000  to  his  name,  I  think ;  and  this  gives  a  pretty  good 
idea  of  the  supply  and  demand  in  this  business.  Mr.  P.'s  ''keda  " 
was  always  a  strong  one,  ranging  from  ten  to  twenty  koonkis. 

Although  I  have  set  down  eighteen  months  as  the  most  generally 
adopted  period  of  the  Elephant's  going  with  young,  I  must  state 
that  it  is  not  universal  in  this  part  of  the  couutry.  Rambullub  Sah 
of  Choora  Bundur,  on  the  Bootan  frontier,  who  has  been  an  Ele- 
phant-catcher for  many  years,  says  the  period  of  gestation  is  twenty- 
two  lunar  mouths ;  and  this  is  supported  by  a  case  of  gestation 
which  originated  in  his  own  stables,  and  in  which  the  union  of  the 
sexes  was  known  and  recorded — a  very  rare  case  in  the  tame  state ; 
but  this  one  is  quite  authentic,  t.  e.  the  conception,  gestation,  and 
birth.  The  record  of  the  period  of  gestation  I  have  not  seen,  but 
all  the  people  of  Choora  Bundur  are  familiar  with  the  facts,  and 
many  of  them  corroborate  the  twenty- two  months'  period. 

In  1849  I  saw  an  infant  Elephant  that  had  been  bom  in  the  Octo- 
ber of  1848.  He  was  with  his  mother.  She  had  been  caught  in 
June  1847 ;  and  although  then  pregnant,  there  were  no  signs  of  un- 
usual size  until  the  January  following.  This  case  does  not  help  to 
fix  the  limit  of  gestation  ;  but  it  proves  that  sixteen  months  is  under 
that  period.  This  female  had  immensely  large  breasts ;  and  I  tried 
to  procure  some  of  the  milk  to  taste,  but  in  vain.  She  lay  down  on 
her  side  at  the  command  of  the  Mohout,  but  swung  her  trunk  about 
aod  roared  when  we  commenced  pulling  her  teats.  The  young  one 
apph'ed  himself  to  the  breasts  every  five  minutes,  and  for  a  minute 
or  so  only.     The  trunk  appears  quite  in  the  way  of  a  sucking  Ele- 


140   DR.  J.  MURIB  ON  THE  GCLAR  POUCH  OF  OTIS  TARDA.  [Feb.  25, 

pbant ;  but  it  is  dexterously  taraed  upwards  and  to  one  side  wben 
he  is  at  the  breast ;  and  the  usual  position  is  standing  at  right  angles 
with  the  mother.  The  young  one  generally  sleeps  under  the 
mother's  belly,  lying  on  his  side,  his  1^  stretched  oat  straight. 
He  not  unfrequently  lies  down  under  other  Elephants,  and  is  quite 
fearless  among  them,  they  always  treating  him  kindly,  ne^er  hurt- 
ing him.  "  The  smallest  Bucba  may  go  up  to  the  largest  male, 
even  when  he  is  Musth*,  and  he  will  be  kindly  treated."  The  large 
one  will  welcome  him  with  his  trunk,  laying  it  over  him  and  smell- 
ing him. 


2.  Note  on  the  Sublingual  Aperture  and  Sphincter  of  the 
Gular  Pouch  in  Otis  tarda.  By  James  Mubib^  M.D., 
F.L.S.,  Prosector  to  the  Society. 

The  following  memoranda  may  be  regarded  as  addenda  to  the 
paper  on  the  gular  pouch  ot  Otis  kori  and  O.  australis,  preriously 
communicated  by  roe  to  the  Society  (see  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  471). 
Since  then  an  opportunity  has  been  afforded  me  of  examining  a  mde 
specimen  of  the  Great  Bustard  at  least  six  years  old,  judging  from 
the  time  the  biid  had  been  in  the  Society's  possession.  A  gular 
pouch  was  present,  as  described  underneath. 

On  looking  into  the  mouth  of  the  bird  while  the  tongue  lies 
between  the  rami  of  the  lower  mandible,  no  opening  into  the  gular 
pouch  is  seen ;  but  when  the  tongue  is  raised  and  the  parts  held  as 
in  the  act  of  gaping  an  aperture  easOy  admitting  one's  fineer  is  ob- 
served. This  is  situated  beneath,  and  almost  an  inch  behind,  the 
tongue  itself;  in  fact  it  lies  underneath  the  upper  larynx,  occupy- 
ing the  space  between  it  and  the  submandibular  deep  and  cutaneous 
tissues.  In  the  stretched  condition  of  the  parts  above  spoken  of 
(displayed  in  the  figure,  p.  14 1),  the  said  ^)erture  (a)  is  oval  in  form, 
assuming  almost  an  elliptical  figure  if  its  raised  whitish  marginal 
membrane  is  followed.  This  marginal  fold  of  membrane  or  lip  (/)  is, 
indeed,  the  true  boundary  of  the  aperture  itself;  but  as  it  is  partly 
adherent  to  the  tissue  beneath  the  uro-hyal  and  to  the  subcutaneous 
textures  between  the  rami  of  the  lower  nuuidible,  it  causes  the  open- 
ing to  appear  almost  arched  instead  of  an  acute  eUipse,  as  it  truly  is 
when  the  tongue  is  pulled  out  and  the  skin  near  the  "beard"  is 
held  tense.  A  second  short  raised  membranous  fold  {/)  proceeds  at 
an  acute  angle  outwards  from  the  middle  of  each  outer  side  of  the 
former  one  and  goes  to  the  tissues  covering  the  muscles  lying  beneath 
the  thyro-hyals.  These  two  latter  duplications  of  the  uiucial  mem- 
brane permit  of  stretching  of  the  parts  when  the  thyro-byals  are  by 
any  means  thrown  outwards ;  and  they  may  also  influence  the  toni- 
city of  the  membrane  of  the  aperture  itself  when  its  marginal  lips 

*  The  tame  males,  and  males  driven  out  of  a  herd,  are  subject  to  fits  of  tem- 
poranr  furr,  or  madne^     In  this  state  they  are  said  to  be  '*  Masth.*' 


1869.]    DR.  J.  MURIE  ON  THE  OULAR  POUCH  OF  OTIS  TARDA.      141 

approach.  The  lips  of  the  opening  into  the  gular  pouch>  then,  maj 
be  said  in  strict  langaage  to  he  composed  of  a  fold  of  the  sub* 
laryngeal  membrane  stretching  between  the  uro-hyal  and  the  skin 
of  throat. 


Fore-fthortened  and  reduced  Tiew  of  Bustard's  head,  to  show  the  gular  aperture 

under  the  upper  larynx. 

T.  Tongue  dragged  upwards  and  outwards,   a.  Aperture  of  gular  pouch.   /.  Lip 

or  marginal  fold.    /  Fold  of  membrane,     s.g.  Sublingual  gland. 

The  glandulee  sublinguales  («.  g.)  are  elongated  flat  bodies  of 
considerable  size  lying  just  within  each  dentarj  portion  of  the  man- 
dible. Between  these,  and  occupying  the  middle  third,  is  the  skin  of 
the  throat,  the  roots  of  the  feathers  being  barely  hidden,  when  look- 
ing into  the  mouth,  by  the  thin  almost  transparent  subcutaneous 
tissoe. 

In  the  present  instance  the  gular  pouch  was  4  inches  loog,  and 
held  2  ounces  of  water,  as  it  remained  in  position  in  the  neck  of  the 
bird.  The  thin  walls  seemed  but  a  continuation  or  duplicature 
inwards  of  the  sublaryngeal  fibro-mucous  tissue  or  membrane ;  the 
same  as  that  constituting  its  free  marginal  aperture. 

As  regards  the  thin  muscular  strata  around  the  pouch,  these,  I 
apprehend,  are  slightly  different  from  what  I  found  and  figured  in 
Otis  kori  (see  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  472).  A  film  of  platysma  undoubt- 
edly coders  the  lower  part  of  the  sac ;  a  considerable  number  of 
small  Tessels  pass  beneath  and  on  the  surface  of  the  platysma,  and 
as  they  proceed  to  the  base  of  the  skull  run  between  its  internal 
border  and  part  of  the  muscle  next  to  be  described.     What  appears 


142  MR.  A.  D.  BABTLKTr  ON  THE  [Feb.  25, 

to  represent  the  so-called  stylo-hjoidens  is  here,  as  in  many  other 
birds,  dirisible  into  three  portions.  The  posterior  is  a  broad  but 
thin  layer ;  this  as  it  diverges  from  the  common  cranial  origin  pro- 
ceeds  backwards  and  downwards,  and  intermingling  along  with  the 
^latjsma  they  both  pass  round  and  in  front  of  Uie  gular  pouch. 
The  middle  one,  also  broad  and  thin,  passes  over  the  upper a>r  deep 
surface  of  the  pouch.  The  third  division,  long,  narrow,  and  round- 
ish, runs  forwards  to  the  tongue.  This  triparte  but  singly  named 
muscle  may,  indeed,  be  representatire  of  the  stylo-hyoid,  stylo- 
pharyngeus,  and  stylo-glossus.  Besides  these,  a  broadish  band  of 
▼ery  delicate  but  transversely  striped  fibres  mingling  with  the  tissue 
of  the  neck  of  the  pouch  itself  surrounds  it ;  this  I  take  to  be  part 
of  the  superior  constrictor  of  the  pharynx,  which  encircles  the  in- 
vaginated  duplicature  of  the  sublingual  or  sublaiyngeal  membrane 
differentiated  into  eular  pouch  during  later  life  in  the  male  Bustards. 

The  gular  pouch,  in  fact,  appears  to  me  but  an  infolding  of  the 
membrane  below  the  upper  laiynx,  developed  to  a  large  size  in  male 
Bustards  only  after  they  attain  ripe  or  old  age.  This  view,  there- 
fore, accounts  for  its  absence  in  the  young,  [its  moderate  size  in 
adult,  and  its  increased  capaciousness  in  old  birds. 

The  present  note  serves  to  show : — 1 .  That  the  gubr  aperture  is 
rather  sublaryngeal  than  sublingual.  2.  That  in  a  bird  six  years 
old  it  has  only  reached  a  very  moderate  size,  compared  with  what  it 
ultimately  attains,  according  to  several  observo^.  3.  That  there  is 
good  reason  for  believing  in  the  so-called  sphincter  of  the  pouch,  but 
that  this  is  merely  a  lesser  or  mater  development  of  the  fibres  of 
the  superior  constrictor  of  the  pharynx  and  stylo-pharyngeus,  and  not 
a  specialised  structure  alone  adapted  for  the  office  it  here  subserves. 


3.  Remarks  upon  the  Habits  of  the  Hombills  {Buceros) . 
By  A.  D.  Bartlett,  Superintendent  of  the  Society's  Gardens. 

A  few  weeks  after  the  Wrinkled  Hombill  (Bueeroi  corrugatwi) 
was  received  in  the  Society's  Gardens*,  the  keeper  called  my  atten- 
tion to  a  queer4ooking  fig-like  substance  he  had  picked  up  in  the 
aviary.  Struck  with  its  appearance,  I  took  it  home  and  endeavoured 
to  examine  it  carefully,  and  opened  its  closely  folded  mouth.  I 
found  this  fig-like  bag  contained  plums  or  grapes  weU  packed  toge- 
ther, the  wrapper  or  envelope  looking  much  like  the  inner  lining  of 
a  gizzard,  somewhat  tough,  elastic,  and  gelatinous.  Almost  alarmed 
for  the  safety  of  the  bird  that  had  thrown  it  up,  and  at  the  same 
dme  having  some  doubt  as  to  its  real  nature,  I  at  once  sought  the 
assistance  of  our  Prosector,  Dr.  Murie,  handing  him  the  specimen 
and  telling  him  its  history. 

Dr.  Murie*s  rej^rt  was  as  follows : — 

**  On  examination  of  the  specimen  I  found,  as  was  at  first  sug- 
gested in  joke,  that  the  bag  did  absdutdy  consist  of  nothing  ebe 
•  The  sp^moi  wm  pivelHMd  Ifan^  27. 1868. 


1869.]  HABITS  OF  THE  HO&NBILL8.  143 

than  the  thickened  semichondrified  lining  memhrane  of  the  gizxard. 
All  the  puckeiinss  and  indentations  were  more  or  less  exactly  repre- 
sented, though  less  sharp  in  outline  than  is  ordinarily  the  case. 
The  mucous  surface  of  the  inner  wall  of  the  hag  was  slimy,  other- 
wise perfectly  identical  with  the  same  structure  in  a  healthy  hird. 
The  surface  outside,  on  that  which  might  he  said  to  he  the  suh- 
mucous  tissue,  was  moist,  comparatively  uninjured,  and  free  from  any 
effusion  or  disease.  The  rim  of  the  mouth  of  the  bag  was  irregular 
and  shreddy,  and  thinned  away  at  its  free  edge. 

**  The  soft  ^g-like  bodies  contained  within  this  (so  to  speak)  cast- 
np  sac  proTcd  to  be  seven  or  eight  discoloured  grapes;  or  they 
might  be,  so  far  as  appearance  went,  raisins.  None  of  these  had 
undergone  the  process  of  digestion,  but,  from  their  sodden  aspect,  I 
believe  had  been  slightly  acted  on  by  the  ^tric  juice. 

''^Positive  of  the  nature  of  this  queer  rejected  pellet,  there  follows 
the  still  more  extraordinary  circumstance  that  the  Hombill  should 
live  and  feed  afterwards,  seemingly  not  much  affected  by  the  loss  of 
the  inner  coat  of  its  stomach.  Had  I  not  myself  seen  and  examined 
the  objects,  I  would  scarcely  have  credited  the  facts.'* 

Having  placed  the  specimen  in  what  I  believed  to  be  safe  cus- 
tody, I  kept  a  strict  watch  over  my  suspected  Hombill,  and  a  day  or 
two  afterwards  was  rewarded  by  a  second  and  very  perfect  specimen 
of  this  extraordinary  package  of  fruit.  Thb  I  at  once,  after  carefully 
examining  the  outside  only,  placed  in  spirits,  and  am  now  able  to 
bring  before  the  Meeting.  Since  I  obtained  these  two  specimens 
I  have  seen  others,  all  from  the  same  individual  bird ;  but  as  the 
Lyre-bird  and  others  were  in  the  same  aviary,  these  were  mutilated 
and  destroyed  before  I  could  save  them. 

Now,  notwithstanding  all  that  has  been  advanced  by  my  friend 
Dr.  Murie,  I  beg  leave  to  differ  from  him  entirely ;  and  instead  of 
this  most  wonderful  body  being  the  result  of  indigestion,  disease,  or 
derangement  of  any  kind,  I  have  no  doubt  it  is  the  natural  secretion 
that  is  provided  for  this  bird  during  the  breeding-season,  and  that 
it  is  the  means  by  which  the  male  Hornbill  supplies  the  female 
bird  with  food  during  the  time  she  is  imprisoned  by  him  while 
sitting  upon  the  eggs  in  the  hollow  tree,  in  which,  according  to  the 
most  trustworthy  authorities,  the  male  builds  up  the  entrance  to  the 
neat  with  day.  Dr.  Livingstone  was  the  first  person,  I  believe,  who 
called  attention  to  this  singular  habit  in  the  Hombills ;  since  then 
many  other  observers  have  confirmed  the  fact,  both  in  Africa  and 
India.  Capt.  Tickell  speaks  of  it,  saying  that  he  "  saw  with  his 
own  eyes,"  although  he  previously  "  thought  it  was  a  fable."  The 
Rev.  J.  Mason,  in  his  work  on  Burmah,  says  of  the  Concave  Horn- 
bOls,  **  their  nests  are  constructed  in  a  superior  manner  of  clay  in  the 
stumps  or  hollows  of  old  trees.  After  the  female  has  laid  five  or  six 
eggs,  the  male  bird  shuts  her  entirely  in  with  mud  except  a  small 
hole,  where  she  can  only  put  out  her  head.  Here  she  must  sit 
during  her  incubation,  for  if  she  breaks  throueh  the  indosure  her 
life  pays  the  forfeit ;  but  to  compensate  for  the  Toss  of  freedom,  her 
spirited  mate  is  ever  on  the  alert  to  gratify  his  dainty  mistress,  who 


144  MR.  A.  D.  BARTLETT  ON  THE  [Feb.  25, 

compels  him  to  bring  all  her  viands  unbroken,  for  if  a  fig  or  anj 
firuit  be  injured  she  will  not  touch  it." 

This  remarkable  passage  at  once  arrested  my  attention ;  for  doubt- 
less it  is  the  result  of  careful  observation.  The  point  to  be  noticed 
is  the  fig-like  appearance  of  the  pellet  of  food  that  the  male  bird 
offers  to  the  female,  as  it  would  be  impossible  at  the  distance  the 
observer  must  be  from  the  birds  that  he  could  distinguish  the  little 
yellow-skinned  bag  from  a  fig  or  other  fruit  of  about  that  size. 
Mr.  Wallace  says  the  entrance  of  the  nest  is  stopped  up  with  mud 
and  gummy  substances.  Referring  to  Dr.  Livingstone,  I  find  that 
on  page  613,  *  Missionary  Travels  in  South  Africa,*  he  says : — "The 
first  time  I  saw  this  bird  was  at  Kolobeng,  where  I  had  ffone  to  the 
forest  for  some  timber.  Standing  by  a  tree,  a  native  looked  behind 
me  and  exclaimed,  '  There  is  the  nest  of  a  Korwe.'  I  saw  a  slit 
only,  about  half  an  inch  wide  and  three  or  four  inches  long,  in  a 
slight  hollow  of  the  tree.  Thinking  the  word  Korwe  denoted  some 
small  animal,  I  waited  with  interest  to  see  what  he  would  extract ; 
he  broke  the  clay  which  surrounded  the  slit,  put  his  arm  into  the 
hole  and  brought  out  a  Tockus,  or  Red-beaked  Hornbill,  which  he 
killed.  He  intormed  me  that  when  the  female  enters  her  nest  she 
submits  to  a  real  confinement.  The  male  plasters  up  the  entrance, 
leaving  only  a  narrow  slit  by  which  to  feed  his  mate,  and  which 
exactly  suits  the  form  of  his  beak.  The  female  makes  a  nest  of 
her  own  feathers,  lays  her  eggs,  hatches  them,  and  remains  with  the 
younff  till  they  are  fully  fiedged.  During  all  this  time,  which  is 
abated  to  be  two  or  three  months,  the  male  continues  to  feed  her 
and  the  young  family.  The  prisoner  generally  becomes  quite  fat, 
and  is  esteemed  a  very  dainty  morsel  by  the  natives,  while  the  poor 
slave  of  a  husband  gets  so  lean  that  on  the  sudden  lowering  of  the 
temperature,  which  sometimes  happens  after  a  fall  of  rain,  he  is 
benumbed,  falls  down,  and  dies." 

It  will  be  seen  by  this  statement  that  the  male  dies  from  ex- 
haustion, doubtless  produced  by  the  constant  and  continual  repro- 
ducing not  only  of  the  actual  food  taken  by  the  male,  but  of  the 
supply  of  nutritive  secretion  in  which  the  same  is  enveloped*. 

Without,  however,  allowing  this  strange  statement  and  supposed 
discovery  to  remain  simplv,  as  many  may  think,  an  unhkely  story, 
let  us  consider  whether  there  are  any  other  known  facts  bearing 
upon  the  point  that  will  assist  us  in  arriving  at  a  fair  oonduaion 
upon  this  extremely  interesting  subject. 

That  Parrots,  Pigeons,  and  many  other  birds  reproduce  their  par- 
tially digested  food  during  the  pairing  and  breeaing-season  for  the 
support  of  the  female  and  young  is  well  known.  The  tame  male 
Hornbill  is  particularly  distinguished  at  all  seasons  by  this  habit  of 
throwing  up  its  food,  which  he  not  only  offers  to  the  female  but  to 

*  The  Rey.  T.  Phillips,  in  his  MS.  notes  (see  Moore's  Catalogue  of  Birds  in 
East-India  House),  speaking  of  the  common  Grey  Indian  Hornbills,  says:— "A 
specimen  killed  at  Hasanpur,  on  the  Ganges,  had  in  its  belly  when  opened  a  hard 
lamp  about  the  size  of  a  Pigeon's  egg,  which  on  being  cut  open  was  found  filled 
with  the  fruit  of  the  Peepul  and  other  trees." 


1869.]  HABITS  OF  THE  HORNBILLSi  145 

the  keepers  and  others  who  are  known  to  him.  The  male  Concave 
HombiU  {Buceros  cavatus)  now  m  the  Gardens  will  frequently  throw 
up  grapes  and,  holding  them  in  the  point  of  the  bill,  thrust  them 
into  the  mouth  of  the  keeper  if  he  is  not  on  the  alert  to  prevent  or 
avoid  this  distinguished  mark  of  his  kindness. 

We  have  now  to  consider  the  facts  brought  forward ;  and  in  no 
class  of  animals  do  we  find  so  many  instances  of  the  frequent  and 
easy  mode  of  casting  up  or  reproducing  the  food,  or  in  other  eases 
the  indigestible  substances  taken  with  the  food,  as  in  Birds.  But 
there  is  more  than  this  to  be  noticed ;  for  instance,  in  the  Esculent 
Swallows.  We  know  the  so-called  edible  Swallow*s-nest  consists 
of  a  gelatinous  secretion  from  the  glands  of  a  kind  of  Swifl ;  and 
doubtless  a  portion  only  is  used  to  form  the  nest ;  the  secretion  isi 
in  all  probability^  continued  to  feed  the  female  and  young,  probably 
mixed  with  the  insects  captured  during  flights  There  is  also  a 
similar  secretion  from  the  Woodpedker,  but  in  this  case  made  to 
assist  in  the  capture  of  their  food ;  and  many  other  instances  can^ 
no  doubt,  be  brought  forward,  showing  the  power  that  birds  have 
of  ridding  their  stomachs  of  that  part  of  their  food  not  required  for 
their  nourishment.  One  very  remarkable  instance  I  well  remember. 
A  year  or  two  ago  I  found  in  my  garden,  in  a  small  heap,  about  a 
handful  of  the  most  beautiful  blue  pills,  about  the  size  of  peas  and 
studded  all  over  with  brilliant  and  shining  blue  fragments*  I  soon 
discovered  that  they  were  the  castings  of  the  Flycatchers  that  had 
a  nest  immediately  above  the  spot  upon  which  I  found  them ;  the 
charming  colour  was  due  to  the  outer  skins  of  the  Bluebottle  flies 
upon  which  the  birds  had  fed.  All  the  insect- feeding  birds  throw 
up  pellets  consisting  of  the  refiise  or  indigestible  parts  of  the  insects 
they  swallow,  just  in  the  same  <»ay  as  the  Raptorial  birds  (as  Hawks, 
Owls,  &c.)  cast  up  the  feathers,  bones,  hair,  and  food  of  grain-* 
eating  animals  in  the  form  known  as  castings  or  pelletsi 

In  conclusion,  I  think  I  may  fairly  reason  that  it  is  much  more 
likely  that  these  food-pellets  of  the  male  Hombiil  are  intended  for 
the  support  of  the  female  and  young,  and  belong  to  the  natural  and 
healthy  condition  of  the  birds  which  produce  them,  than  that  they  are 
the  result  of  indigestion  or  disease.  For  we  see  that  the  power  and 
habit  of  casting  up  from  the  stomach  is  one  of  frequent  and  oommon 
occurrence  among  birds,  and  also  find  that  the  secretions  of  the 
(esophagus  are  used  as  food  for  the  young  of  many  species  of  birds  i 
in  the  Parrots  and  Pigeons  I  think  this  is  universal. 

Another  strong  argument  in  favour  of  my  belief  is  to  be  found  in 
Dr.  Livingstone's  statement  that  "the  male  bird  by  his  constant 
attention  upon  the  female  becomes  so  prostrate  and  exhausted  that 
a  slight  change  in  the  temperature  causes  him  to  fall  doWn  and  die/' 

It  cannot  be  supposed  that  the  mere  collecting  food  for  the  female 
is  the  cause  of  this  fataUty ;  it  b  doubtless  the  overtaxing  the  system 
by  the  constant  secretion  of  this  nutritive  matter,  reminding  one  of 
the  blood  in  the  nests  of  the  Esculent  Swiftfl  after  the  birds  have  been 
robbed  of  the  first  and  second  nests.  But  the  most  positive  proof 
of  finding  this  package  of  food  is  given^  without,  however^  under* 

Paoc.  ZooL.  Soc— 1869,  No«  X. 


146  MR.  p.  L.  8CLATER  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  LIMA.      [Feb.  25, 

Btanding  its  use,  in  the  extract  from  the  Rev.  T.  Phillips's  MS., 
before  referred  to. 

P.S.  A  singalar  habit  of  the  Flamingoes  has  been  observed,  which 
induces  me  to  believe  that  something  analogous  to  the  secreting- 
power  already  alluded  to  exists  in  these  birds.  During  the  time  the 
Flamingoes  were  kept  in  the  same  aviary  with  the  Cariamas,  the 
latter  birds,  as  is  their  habit,  frequently  turned  their  bills  upwards 
and  uttered  their  harsh  and  loud  notes.  The  Flamingoes,  appa- 
rently imder  the  impression  of  their  want  of  food,  advanced  to  their 
assistance,  and  holding  their  heads  over  the  gaping  mouths  of  the 
Cariamas  ejected  a  glutinous  fluid  (nearly  resembling  blood  in  colour), 
which  fell  sometimes  into  the  mouths  of  the  Cariamas,  but  more 
frequently  on  to  their  backs,  and  rendered  their  feathers  glutinous 
and,  when  dry,  very  dirty. 

Since  writing  the  foregoing,  I  have  obtained  some  of  the  coloured 
fluid  from  the  Flamingoes,  ejected  this  day  (March  22,  1869),  and, 
having  submitted  it  to  the  examination  of  Dr.  Murie,  find  by  view- 
ing it  under  the  microscope  that  it  contains  a  vast  proportion  of 
blood-corpuscles,  and  is  little  else  than  blood.  Have  we  here  an 
explanation  of  the  old  story  of  the  Pelican  feeding  its  young  with 
its  own  blood  7  I  think  we  have ;  for  the  Flamingo  was,  and  is  still, 
found  plentifully  in  the  country  alluded  to ;  and  it  may  be  that  in 
the  translation  the  habit  of  the  one  bird  has  been  transferred  to  the 
other.  At  any  rate,  I  have  no  doubt  that  the  Flamingo  feeds  its 
young  by  disgorging  its  food,  as  is  shown  by  the  blood^  secretion 
that  I  find  ejected  by  these  birds  in  their  endeavour  to  feed  the 
craving  Cariamas.  This  habit  has  been  observed  and  remarked 
upon,  and  has  doubtless  led  to  what  we  have  so  long  considered  a 
fable.  I  have  yet  to  learn  if  the  same  power  may  not  exist  in  the 
Pelicans,  and  perhaps  in  other  birds,  of  supplying  nutriment  to 
their  young  by  these  means. 


4.  On  the  Birds  of  the  Vicinity  of  Lima,  Peru.  By  P.  L. 
ScLATBR,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.  With  Notes  on  their 
Habits;  by  Professor  W.  Nation,  of  Lima,  C.M.Z.S. 
(Part  ITI.*) 

(Plate  Xn.) 

A  third  small  collection  of  birdskins  from  Professor  Nation  has 
lately  reached  me,  together  with  notes  upon  some  of  the  species, 
which  I  have  now  the  pleasure  of  submitting  to  the  Society. 

1.  Campylorhynchus  balteatus,  Baird,  Rev.  A.  B.  p.  10.3. 

C.  zonatoideay  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  p.  272. 
C.  palleacena,  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  16. 

*  Continued  from  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  S44. 


1869.]  MR.  p.  L.  8CLAT£R  ON  THB  BIRDS  OF  LIMA.  147 

Professor  Baird  is  probably  ri^t  in  recogoiong  in  the  species  I 
bave  hitherto  called  Camp,  megalopterua  the  true  C  palleseens  of 
Lafr^naye.  I  therefore  adopt  his  suggested  name  for  the  present 
species,  which  I  had  at  one  time  supposed  to  be  Lafresnaye's  C, 
pailescefu,  and  at  another  time  to  be  his  C  zonatoides.  Mr.  Nation 
sends  one  young  specimen,  agreeing  with  a  skin  of  Fraser's  from 
Babahoyo  in  my  coileption. 

2.  Pheucticus  chrysogastbr  (Less.)* 

An  adult  male  of  this  species.  It  is  a  close  ally  of  P.  aureiventris 
(Lafr.  et  D*Orb.),  but  easily  separable  in  the  adult,  although  I  am 
not  yet  prepared  to  say  this  is  always  the  case  in  immaturity. 

3.  Neorhtnchus  nasssus.     (Plate  XII.) 

Callirhynekua  masesus,  Bp.  C.  B.  xlii.  p.  822. 

"  This  rare  and  singular  Finch  is  a  summer  visitor ;  it  arrives 
about  the  end  of  November,  and  leaves  about  the  beginning  of  May. 
Its  favourite  haunts  are  clumps  of  tall  willow  trees,  in  the  vicinity 
of  water.  Rarely  more  than  one  or  two  individuals  frequent  the 
same  dump.  During  the  day  it  conceals  itself  in  the  densest  foliage 
of  the  trees,  utters  at  intervals  a  whistling  note,  not  unlike  the  call- 
note  of  Cardinalis  virginiaUs ;  when  disturbed,  it  glides  from  branch 
to  branch  and  from  tree  to  tree ;  and  it  b  so  shy  and  recluse  that  it 
requires  great  caution  and  perseverance  to  procure  even  a  glimpse  of 
it.  It  feeds  on  the  seeds  of  grasses  that  grow  in  wet  shady  places  ; 
in  the  stomach  of  one  example  I  found  unripe  Indian  corn  and  bits 
of  a  substance  that  resembled  egg-shells. 

"  The  upper  mandible  of  this  species,  when  perfect,  greatly  (curves 
over  the  lower,  as  in  some  of  the  Psittacida ;  but  the  tip,  being  weak, 
is  very  often  broken  or  worn  away. 

"  In  March  1867  I  picked  up  a  young  bird  that  had  escaped  from 
the  nest  before  it  could  fly ;  it  is  now  living  in  a  cage  along  with 
some  Spermophili.'* — ^W.  N. 

Mr.  Nation  has  forwarded  a  single  skin  of  this  bird,  which  is  the 

&F8t  specimen  that  has  come  under  my  notice  of  this  rare  species. 

It  agrees  with  the  late  Prince  Bonaparte's  short  description  of  his 

(kdlirhynchus  nasesus^  sufficiently  well  to  prevent  my  describing  it 

AS  a  new  species. 

lesson's  term  Callirhynchus  having  been  previously  employed  for 
a  well-known  genus  of  fishes,  I  propose  NeorhynehuB  in  its  place. 

4.  Spkemophlla  TExaBCo,  Lesson;  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1867»  p.  34 1 . 
k  yoQDg  pair  of  this  Finch,  of  which  Mr.  Nation  had  previously 

KQi  specimens. 

5.  Sturnella  bellicosa,  De  Fihppi ;  Sclater,  C.  A.  B.  p.  128. 

Examples  of  both  sexes  of  this  species. 

«  T\ui  name  U  printed  in  the  C.  R.  masenu.    I  sappose  this  may  be  a  misprint 
tQ(ii<'''**~^<^  allusion  to  the  worn  tip  of  the  upper  mandible.^-P.  L.  S. 


148  MR.  p.  L.  SCLATBR  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  LIMA.      [Feb.  25, 

6.  MoLOTBRUS  PURPURA8CEN8,  Cassin,  Pr.  Acad.  Phil.  1866, 
p.  20. 

No  doubt  the  spedes  spoken  of  by  Cassin  under  this  name  (/.  c), 
but  probably  not  the  bird  intended  by  Hahn.  Specimens  of  both 
sexes. 

7.  Ceryle  cabanisi,  Tsch.  F.  P.  Jvea,  p.  253 ;  Sharpe,  Alced. 
pt.  2. 1. 16. 

A  single  skin  of  this  Kingfisher. 

8.  Rhooopis  YE8PERA  (Lcsson). 

**  This  is  one  of  our  rarest  Humming-birds,  visiting  us  at  long 
and  uncertain  intervals.  I  have  seen  a  single  individual  in  imma- 
ture plumage  occasionally  in  spring,  and  once  or  twice  I  have  seen 
one  in  adult  plumage  in  summer.     Like  Thaumastura  eora,  it  fre- 

2nents  low  bushes  and  flowering  plants  near  the  ground.     At  a 
istance  it  resembles  the  Cora  Humming-bird ;  but  its  note  b  louder 
and  ite  flight  stronger."— W.  N. 

9.  Thaumastura  FRANCESCiB,  Sclatcr,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  299. 
Omiamyafannyt  Less. 

**  This  is  the  rarest  of  Lima  birds.  I  saw  it  for  the  first  time  in 
the  winter  of  1865 ;  in  the  spring  of  1867  I  saw  it  again.  In  habits 
it  resembles  the  Cora  Humming-bird." — W.  N. 

Mr.  Nation  sends  one  young  male  of  this  species,  the  only  one 
he  has  ever  obtained. 

10.  CrOTOPHAGA  8ULCIR08TRI8,  Sw. 

Crotophaga  easasii,  Tsch,  F.  P.  Aves,  p.  256. 

11.  ChRYSOPTILUS  ATRICOLLIS  (Malh.). 

Chrysopicua  airicollis,  Malh.  R.  Z.  1850,  p.  156;  Mon.  Kc.  ii. 
p.  178,  t.  88.  f.  4. 

A  male  of  this  distinct  species,  which  I  had  not  previously  met 
with. 

12.  Thinocorus  rumiciyorus,  Eschsch. 

A  single  skin  of  a  Thinoeorua  sent  by  Prof.  Nation  agiees  veir 
nearly  in  plumage  with  skins  of  T.  rumicivorua  from  Chili,  but  u 
verv  much  smaller  in  dimensions.  Before  separating  it  specifically 
I  should  like  to  have  an  opportunity  of  examining  more  specimens. 
(See  remarks,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  989.) 

13.  PoRZANA  ERYTHROP8,  Sclat.  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  343,  t.  XII.: 
Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  457. 

A  second  example  of  this  curious  species  of  Crake. 


1869.]  KXHIBITION  OF  A  HYBRID  PHEASANT.  149 

March  11,  1869. 

St.  Gkorge  Mivart,  Esq.,  F.Z.S.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Secretary  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  E.  P.  Ramsaj,  of 
Dobrojde,  C.M.Z.S.,  spedmena  of  some  of  the  new  birds  described 
in  Mr.  Bamsay's  paper  read  before  the  Society  on  the  1 1th  of  June, 
1868.  Amongst  these  were  examples  of  both  sexes  of  Orthonyx 
spaldingi  (P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  386),  Gfyeiphila  sub/aseiata  (/.  c. 
p.  385),  and  of  a  supposed  new  species  of  Podargua,  These  skins 
were  to  be  placed  in  Mr.  Gould's  hands  to  be  figured  in  the  Supple- 
ment to  his  work  on  the  '  Birds  of  Australia.* 


The  Secretary  called  the  attention  of  the  Meeting  to  the  follow- 
ing remarkable  additions  to  the  Society's  Menagerie  during  the 
months  of  January  and  February : — 

1.  A  Black  Ape  {Cynopitheeus  niger),  purchased  January  Ist, 
bdng  an  example  of  a  form  of  Monkey  that  had  long  been  unrepre- 
sented in  the  Society's  collection. 

2.  A  young  specimen  of  the  Two-wattled  Cassowary  {Casuarius 
bicaruncuiatus),  purchased  January  13th  from  the  Zoological  Society 
of  Rotterdam.  This  Cassowary  had  been  originally  described  in 
1860"^  from  a  specimen  living  in  the  Society's  collection.  The 
original  specimen  had  subsequently  died,  and  was  now  in  the  British 
Museum.  As  in  the  former  example,  the  present  bird  was  in  the 
immature  brown  plumage,  but  was  nevertheless  of  great  interest  as 
servinff  to  confirm  the  validity  of  this  species. 

3.  An  American  Badger  {taxidea  americana),  purchased  January 
23rd,  and  believed  to  be  the  first  living  example  of  this  species  ex- 
hibited in  the  Society's  Menagerie. 

4.  A  Fennec  Fox,  captured  at  Mount  Sinai  by  the  members  of 
the  Sinai  Survey  Expedition,  and  presented  to  the  Society  on  the 
19th  of  February.  This  animal  was  obviously  dbtinct  from  the  true 
Fennec  {Cants  cerdo,  Gm.),  and  appeared  to  be  referable  to  the 
species  described  and  figiured  by  Ruppell  as  Cants /ameUcus  (Atlas, 
p.  15,  t.  5).  

The  Secretary  exhibited,  on  the  part  of  Mr.  G.  F.  Westermann, 
For.  Memb.,  a  stuffed  specimen  of  a  hybrid  Pheasant,  which  had 
been  transmitted  living  from  Japan  to  the  Zoological  Gardens,  Am- 
sterdam. The  bird  appeared  to  be  due  to  hybridism  between  a 
Silver  Pheasant  (Euplocamus  nycthemerus)  and  a  Gold  Pheasant 
{Thaumalia  picta)f  but  was  remarkable  for  a  curious  tuft  of  feathers 
on  the  back  of  the  head. 

«  See  Trans.  Zool.  Soc  vol.  iv.  p.  358,  and  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  pp.  211,  248. 


150  MR.  W^  H.  FLOWBR  ON  BTJCBR08  CORR1TOATII8.      [Mar.  1  1, 

The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  Note  on  a  Substance  ejected  from  the  Stomach  of  a  Horn- 
bill  {Buceros  corrugatus).    By  W.  H.  Flower,  F.R.S.  &c. 

The  body  described  by  Mr.  Bartlett  and  Dr.  Murie  at  the  last 
Meeting  of  the  Society  *»  and  placed  in  my  hands  for  further  eiami- 
nation,  consists  of  a  sac  of  somewhat  globalar  form,  and  averaging 
an  ineh  and  three-quarters  in  diameter.  On  one  side  it  has  a  large 
ragged  aperture,  the  mardns  of  which  are  folded  inwards  so  as  to 
close  the  orifice.  Its  walls  are  thin,  slightly  plicated,  moderately 
tough  and  considtent,  though  torn  without  difficulty,  translucent, 
and  of  a  dark  brown  colour.  The  margins  of  the  aperture  are  softer 
and  of  a  paler  colour. 

The  contents  of  this  sac  are  perfectly  non-adherent  to  it  and 
readily  removed.  They  consist  of  sixteen  raisins  in  an  undigested 
condition,  mostly  with  their  skins  broken,  packed  pretty  dosdy 
together  and  somewhat  softened ;  but  as  the  specimen  had  become 
partially  dry  before  it  was  procured,  and  has  been  for  several  months 
in  spirit,  their  exact  condition  at  the  time  of  ejection  cannot  now  be 
ascertained.  Among  the  raisins  were  a  few  flakes  of  the  same  ma- 
terial as  that  of  which  the  sac' was  composed. 

A  superficial  examination  led  at  once  to  the  beHef  that  it  consisted 
of  the  entire  epithelial  lining  of  the  gizzard ;  and  a  closer  investiga- 
tion, aided  by  comparison  with  the  gizzard  of  the  bird  which  eje<^ed 
it,  removed  after  death  and  preserved  by  Dr.  Murie,  corroborated 
this  view. 

The  muscular  coat  of  this  gizzard  is  thin,  almost  membranous ; 
and  the  epithelial  lining  forms  a  layer  of  nearly  uniform  thickness, 
having  no  specially  thickened  lateral  triturating  disks  as  in  gra- 
nivorous  birds.  It,  moreover,  peels  off  from  the  subjacent  fibro- 
vascular  coat  (from  the  follicles  in  which  it  is  secreted)  with  great 
facility.  In  this  instance  numerous  small  nematode  worms  had 
lodged  themselves  beneath  it. 

Making  allowance  for  the  drying  and  subsequent  hardening  in 
spirit  that  the  former  has  undergone,  the  microscopic  structure  of 
the  ejected  sac  and  of  the  epithelial  layer  which  lined  the  stomach 
of  the  bird  at  the  time  of  its  death  are  identical.  Both  swell  up  and 
become  more  transparent  when  treated  with  liquor  potassse ;  both 
turn  a  bright  yellow  colour  with  nitric  acid.  Sections  of  both  pre- 
sent a  matrix  slightly  laminated,  with  scattered  nuclei  and  granules. 
I  was  not  able  to  detect  in  either  the  definite  stnicture  ascribed  to 
the  epithelial  stratum  of  the  gizzard  of  granivorous  birds  f;  only 
near  the  attached  surface,  where  the  secretion  is  most  recent,  a 
parallel  striation  was  observed  in  vertical  sections  of  both. 

The  specimens  have,  through  the  kindness  of  Dr.  Murie  and 
Mr.  Bartlett,  been  placed  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Surgeons. 

•  See  P.  Z.  S.  1B69,  p.  142.  f  See  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  p.  330. 


1863.]    MESSES.  8CLATBR  AND  8ALVIN  ON  PKRUVIAN  BIRDS.       151 

2.  On  Peruvian  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  Whitely.  By  P.  L. 
ScLATKR^  M.A.,  PLD.,  F.B.S.^  and  Osbert  Salyin^ 
M.A.,  P.L.S.— Part  IV.* 

(Plate  XIII.) 

The  present  collection  of  Mr.  Whitely  contains  131  specimens  of 
birds,  obtained  in  May,  June,  July,  and  August  last,  at  Tinta  on  the 
Vilcamayo,  south-east  of  Cuzco,  and  at  Tuncrasuca  and  Pitumarca, 
two  villages  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Tinta.  Tinta  is  about 
11,000  feet  above  the  sea-level,  and  therefore  belongs  to  the  upper 
part  of  Tschudi's  Eastern  Sierra  region  f.  Tungasuca  and  Pitumarca 
are  both  higher  on  the  hills,  the  former  on  the  right  bank,  and  the 
latter  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Vilcamayo,  and  may  probably  come 
into  Tschudi's  Puna  region  (1 1,000-14,000  feet). 

The  total  number  of  species  contained  in  the  collection  is  forty-six, 
of  which  four  appear  to  be  undescribed,  namely  Saliator  laticlatnus, 
Pootpiza  e€Bsar,  AgriomiB  tMolenSi  and  Centritea  oreas.  The  others 
are  mostly  known  to  us  firom  the  researches  of  D*Orbigny  in  Bohvia, 
and  Tschudi  in  higher  Peru. 

We  have  added  some  field-notes,  taken  from  Mr.  Whitely's  MS. 
catalogue. 

1.  HiRUNDO  ANDicoLA,  Lafr.  et  D'Orb. 
l^ta.  May  22,  1868. 

2.  DiGLOSSA  BRUNNEIVENTRIS,  Lafr. 

Tinta,  May  1868. 

**  Shot  in  a  garden.  Its  habits  closelv  resemble  those  of  a  Blue 
Tit  {Paru») ;  it  frequently  clings  beneath  the  branches  of  trees." 

3.  Tanagra  darwini,  Bp. 
linta.  May  10th. 

4.  8ai<tator  laticlavius,  sp.  nov. 

Saliator  auranturo^tris,  Lafr.  et  D'Orb.  Syn.  i.  p.  35,  et  D'Orb. 
Voy.  Ois.  p.  288  (partim). 
Supra  einereus,  Juheaeente  iinctua :  supereiHis  postoeularibua 
albis  :  capitis  lateribuB  cum  torque  collari  antico  lato  coujunctis 
nigris :  gula  alba ;  abdomine  medio  /ulvo,  laieraliter  cinereo 
perjiiso :  cauda  niffrieante,  rectricibus  duabus  utrinque  extimis 
albo  temdnatia :  rostro  aurantiaco,  pedibue  nigris :  long,  iota 
9*5,  oUb  4*2,  Cauda  4*2  polL  Angl, 
Hab.  V^runtLtltA(Whitelg). 

Obs.  SimiUs  S,  aurantioroatri  ex  rep.  Argentina,  sed  torque  col- 
lari lato,  et  rectricum  apicibus  albis  angustioribus  dignoscendus. 

»  See  Part  I.,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  082;  Part  U.,  P.  Z.  S.  1808,  p.  173;  and 
Part  nL.  ibid.  p.  568. 
t  Fmui.  Per.  Vorrede,  p.  xxv. 


}52   MB8SR8.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.  [Mar.  1 1, 

In  Sclatcr's  "Synopsis  of  Tanagers"  (P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  75)  he 
speaks  of  certain  specimens  of  S,  aurantiirostrU  in  which  the 
"  front,  sides  of  the  head,  throat,  and  breast  are  all  deep  black,  a 
postsuperciliary  stripe  and  middle  of  the  throat  only  being  white." 
These  specimens  (collected  by  D'Orbigny  in  Bolivia,  and  MM.  Cas- 
telnau  and  Deville  in  high  Peru)  weare  no  doabt  identical  with  the 
present  example,  which,  however,  we  believe  to  be  specifically  dis- 
tinct from  the  true  S,  auraniUrosiriSf  and  propose  to  call  latielavius 
fVom  its  broad-bordered  throat. 

Mr.  Whitely's  skins  of  this  Saliator  were  obtained  at  Tinta.  One 
was  shot  in  a  garden,  the  others  off  cactus  plants  on  the  hills  above 
Tinta,  in  May  and  June.  "  Eyes  dark  hazel ;  bill  orange ;  l^s, 
toes,  and  claws  black."     The  sexes,  as  marked,  are  colour^  alike. 

5.  Catambnia  analis  (Lafr.  et  D'Orb.). 

Tinta. 

"  Shot  off  cactus  plants.  It  frequents  lanes,  appearing  to  have 
the  habits  of  a  Finch.  Bill  bright  yellow ;  legs  and  feet  brovrnish 
black ;  eye  dark  hazel."— H.  W. 

6.  PoospizA  CiSSAR,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  XIII.) 

Supra  pUtanben  :  remgibuM'  et  rectrieibuM  obscurioribus,  umeolo- 
ribus :  mperciliU  atbis  :  capitis  lateribms  nu^rieantibus  :  sub- 
tMs  alba^  pectore  iato  et  erisso  eastaneis :  ventre  lateraUter 
pImmbeOf  tmeeHaiiter  albicamte  :  rostro  mgricanti-piutmbeOt  wum- 
dibula  Mubtus  albieante :  pedibuM  corytmis:  ling,  tota  7*7 % 
aUt  3%  Cauda  31,  tarn  M. 
Hab.  Peruvia  alta  {Whitely), 

Two  skins  of  this  Pootpisa  are  in  Mr.  Whitely's  collection.  One 
is  a  young  male ;  of  the  other  the  sex  is  not  marked,  but  we  should 
suppose  it  to  be  an  adult  of  the  same  sex.  They  were  both  obtained 
at  Tinta  in  May  kst. 

The  spedes  is  larger  than  any  otho*  member  of  the  genus  known 
to  us.  In  colour  it  is  something  like  P.  tAoraeiea,  but  has  distinct 
white  superdliaries,  and  no  chestnut-colour  on  the  flanks. 

**  Shot  in  a  *he^.  Length  7^  inches,  ditto  of  wing  3^.  Bill 
slate-colour ;  eye  dnik  hasel ;  legs  and  toes  brownish  fle^-coloor." 

7.  P^RYGiLvspLSBKirs^Tsch.;  Sd.eiSalv.P.Z.S.1868,p.568. 
Tinta.  May  186d. 

**  Shot  in  a  cactus  hedge." 

8.  PHRTGILrS  FRynCETI,  Kittl. 

Tinta.  May  1868. 

**  Shot  off*  cactus  plants.  Eye  dark  haid ;  bill,  legs,  and  toes 
brownish  ficsb-colour." 

9.  Chrtsomitris  atrata  (Lafr.  et  D'Orb.) ;  Sd.  Cat.  A.  B. 
p.  125. 

Pitumarca,  August  1868. 


1869.]    MESSRS.  SCXATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.       153 

10.  Sycalis  chloris.  Cab. ;  Scl.  et  Saly.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  568. 
Two  adult  males  of  this  bird  in  full  plumage,  both  obtained  at 

Tinta  in  June  last. 

*'  Shot  on  the  banks  of  the  riyer.  Appears  to  be  common,  fre- 
quenting also  the  houses  of  the  village.*' 

11.  AGEUiSTicus  THiLius  (Mol.) ;  Scl.  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  136. 
AgelaiuM  xanihocarpus^  Bp.  Consp.  p.  43(y  (av.  jr.). 

One  adult  male  of  this  species  from  Tungasuca,  May  1868. 

"  Shot  on  the  margins  of  the  lake,  where  it  frequents  the  reed- 
beds.  Eye  dark  hazel;  bill,  legs,  toes,  and  claws  black.  Total 
length  7|  inches,  ditto  of  wing  3|.  Stomach  contained  the  remains 
of  small  beetles." 

12.  Geositta  tenuirostris  (Lafr.  et  D'Orb.). 
Certhilauda  tenuirostris,  Lafr.  et  D'Orb.  Syn.  Av.  p.  72 ;  D'Orb. 

Voy.  Ois.  p.  359,  t.  43.  f.  2. 

Four  skins  from  Tinta  and  Tungasuca ;  sexes  alike. 

*<  Found  near  the  lake,  and  also  near  the  banks  of  the  river.  Eye 
dark  hazel ;  bill  sepia ;  legs,  toes,  and  claws  black." 

13.  CiNCLODES  Fuscus  (Viclll.);  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  985. 
Tungasuca. 

14.  Agriornis  insolens,  sp.  nov. 

Supra  Juscescenti-citierea  unicolor;  alia  niffricantioridua,  colore 
paUtdiore  marginatis :  loris  et  superciliia  indistincte  fulvis : 
tubttts  pallidejulvescenti'cinerea,  gutture  albicantiore  et  nigro 
striata  :  ventre  dilutiore :  subalaridus,  erisso  et  cauda  fere 
tota  albia ;  reetricibus  autem  duabus  mediis  einereo^igrican- 
tibu8  et  his  duarum  proanmarum  pogoniis  intemis  cinereo 
tmarginatis :  rostro  et  pedibus  nigris :  long,  tota  10*0,  al€e  5'3, 
caucUe  4*1,  rostri  a  rictu  I '4,  tarsi  1*35. 
Fem.  Mari  similis. 
Hab.  Peruvia,  Tinta  {Whitely). 

Four  specimens  of  this  Agriornis  were  collected  at  Tinta  in  May 
and  June.  It  approaches  nearest  to  A,  solitaria  of  Ecuador,  being 
nearly  of  the  same  build,  and  having,  like  that  species,  the  three 
pairs  of  external  tail-feathers  wholly  white.  But  it  may  be  imme- 
diately distingmshed  by  its  much  paler  colour  below,  and  by  the 
distinct  black  markings  on  the  white  throat. 

A,  pollens,  Sclater*  {A,  andieola,  Sclater,  nee  D'Orb.),  has  also 
the  external  rectrices  wholly  white,  and  is  very  like  the  present  bird 
in  general  colour,  but  is  much  larger  and  stronger  in  form,  resem- 
bling in  these  respects  A,  livida,  the  type  of  the  genus. 

*'  Shot  off  the  roof  of  a  house.  Quite  solitary  in  its  habits ;  I 
have  never  seen  two  birds  together." 

*  The  name  andieola  having  been  used  by  Lafresnaye  and  D'Orbigny  for  a 
species  of  this  genus,  I  have  altered  my  former  name  (given  P.  Z.  S.  ISS),  p.  78) 
intopottflw.— P.  L.  S. 


154    MKSBmS.  SCLATSK  AND  8ALY1N  OV  PX&UTIAK  BIRS6.  [Bftf.  1 1, 

15.  OcTHOECA  LSUCOPHKY8  (Laff.  et  D'Orb.);  8d.  et  Silv. 
P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  986. 

l^ta.  May. 

**  Shot  o£f  dctas  plants.  Bill  hbek;  eye  dark  hasd;  legs  and 
toes  black." 

16.  MusciSAxicouL  RumrKRTBZ,  Lafr.ei  D'Orb.;  D'Orb.  Voy. 
Ois.  p.  354,  t.  40.  f.  2. 

One  example  from  Tinta  (mariced  $  ),  May.  Bather  larger  than 
Chilian  specimens,  and  varying  otherwise,  bat  very  slightly. 

"Shot  off  the  top  of  a  rock.  Eye  dark  hasel;  bill,  1^8,and  toes 
Uack." 

1 7.  MUSCISAXICOLA  M ACUUROSTRIS,  Lsfr.  ct  D'Orb. ;  Sol.  et 
SalT.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  568. 

Tinta. 

"  Shot  on  a  bank." 

18.  Ckntiutes  oreas,  sp.  nov. 

CetUrites  niger,  Sd.  et  Salr.  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  987,  et  1868,  p.  569. 

Niger :  dorso  coMtaneo  :  remigum  primarwrum  pogomiu  intemu 
aUneantihu :  Umg.  iota  5*5,  «/<e  3'2,  caueUe  20. 

Fern.  Fu9ea :  dono  iuride  casUmeo:  prtauariu^  ueut  im  flian  al6i' 
caft/i6iw  ted  einnamomeo  tinetis. 

Hab.  PemTia  alta  (Wlkiteig). 

Obi.  CemiriteB  mger  remiges  intos  nigros  nnicolores  osteodit. 

Two  pairs  of  this  Centritee  were  collected  at  Tinta.  D'Orbigny 
does  not  appear  to  have  recognised  its  distinctness  from  the  common 
spedes  of  the  Argentine  Bepnbhc,  of  which  we  have  examined  many 
specimens.  Besides  the  difierence  in  the  wing-feathers,  the  present 
species  is  larger,  and  has  the  back  of  a  rather  lighter  chestnut.  Mr. 
Whitdy's  former  specimen  from  Salinas  belongs  also  to  the  present 


«'  Shot  on  the  river  bank ;  common."— H.  W. 

19.  Patagona  G16AS  (Yicill.)- 
Tinta. 

20.  CoLAFTSs  RUPicoLA,  Lafr.  et  D'Orb. ;  D'Orb.  Voy.  Ois. 
p.  377,  t.  62.  f.  1 ;  SondcT.  Consp.  Pic  p.  78. 

Tungasnca  and  Tinta. 

**  Appears  rather  common,  frequenting  holes  in  banks,  there  being 
no  timber  in  the  ndghbonriiood.  Some  specimens  were  shot  off  a 
mud  wall.  Eye  greenish  yellow;  1^  and  toes  greenish  brown; 
biU  black." 

21.  BoLBORHYNCHUS  ORB1GNES1US  (Bp.) ;  Finsch,  Pspag.  ii. 
p.  129 :  Sd.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  569. 

Tbta.     Sexes»  as  marked,  are  alike. 

"  Found  frequenting  the  top  of  a  church." 


1869.]     MXSBBS.  SCU^mCR  AND  SALYIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.       155 

22.  Mii.yAoa  megai^ptkrus,  Biejen;  Sd.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S. 
1867,  p.  988. 

Adult  and  young  from  Tiota. 

23.  BuTEO  ERYTHRONOTU8  (King) ;  iiob.  /•  c.  p.  988. 

One  skin,  marked  female^  in  the  plumage  figured  by  D'Orbigny 
(Voy.  t.  3.  f.  2),  from  Tinta. 
"  hega  and  toes  bright  chrome-yellow ;  claws  black.^' 

24.  Gbranoaetus  mblanolbucus  (VieilL). 

Tongasuca. 

"BiD  black  at  the  tip,  yellowish  green  at  the  base;  eye  light 
hazel;  1^  and  toes  chrome>yellow ;  claws  black.  Total  length 
18i  inches." 

25.  TiNNtTNcruLtTS  sparyerius  (Linn.). 
Tmta. 

26.  Hypotriorchis  pemoralis  (Temm.). 

TInU. 

"  Shot  by  a  native  off  the  top  of  a  cactus  plant.  Bill  slate-colour 
at  the  point,  yellow  at  the  base ;  eye  dark  hazel ;  eyelid,  legs,  and 
toes  bright  yellow ;  claws  black.'* 

27.  Circus  cine  reus  (Vieill.). 

One  skin,  apparently  an  immature  male,  of  this  species  from 
Tmto. 

"  Bill  slate-colour ;  eye  yellow ;  legs  and  toes  chrome-yellow ; 
claws  black." 

28.  Strix  pbrlata,  Vieill. 
TlnU. 

29.  Bubo  yirginianus  (6m.). 

Tinta.     Smaller,  as  is  usually  the  case,  than  northern  specimens. 
''  Shot  by  a  native,  in  the  daytime,  off  a  cactus  plant.    Eye  bright 
yellow." 

30.  Pholeoptynx  cunicularia  (MoL). 
Tinta. 

31.  Metriopelia  melanoptera  (Om.) ;  Bp.  Consp.  ii.  p.  75. 
Tinta. 

32.  CHAMiSPELiA  ERYTHROTHORAX  (Mcycn) ;  Scl.  et  Salv. 
p.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  989. 

Tmta. 

"  Shot  off  the  top  of  a  mud  wall." 


156    MB88R8.  SCLATE&  AND  8ALYIN  ON  PKRUTIAN  BIRD6.  [MtT.  1 1, 

33.  Vankixus  RB8PLENDBNS  (Tsch.) ;  Sdmter,  P.  Z.  S.  1858, 
p.  556. 

Four  examples  from  Tinta,  obUmed  at  an  ekraUon  of  12,000  feet. 
Sexes  alike. 

"  Shot  on  marsh  land.  Has  the  habits  of  a  Plover.  Bill  pink  at 
the  base,  reddish  brown  at  the  tip ;  eje,  ejelid,  legs,  and  toes  pink." 

34.  Gambbtta  mblanoleuca  (Gm.). 

Tinta  and  Tungasuca. 

"  Shot  on  marshy  lands  in  the  Ticinity  of  the  lake  of  Tinta ;  qoite 
alone.  Bill  horn-colour;  eye  dark  hazel;  1^  and  toes  yellow 
ochre ;  claws  black." 

35.  Gajllinago  frenata. 

Seolopax/renata,  Max.  Beitr.  iv.  p.  7 1 2;  Tsch.  F.  P.  Aves^  p.  299. 

One  skin  from  Tungasuca,  with  the  tarsus  shorter  than  usual. 

"Found  in  pairs  on  the  borders  of  the  lake,  but  not  common. 
Bill  reddish  slate ;  eye  dark  hazel ;  legs  and  toes  brownish  flesh- 
colour  ;  claws  black." 

36.  FuLiCA  ardesiaca  (Tsch.)  ;  Scl.  et  Saly.  Ex.  Om.  p.  1 13, 
t.  57. 

Two  specimens  from  the  lagoon  of  Tungasuca. 
"Appears  to  be  common.     Bill  white,  marked  with  orange  at  the 
base ;  crown  of  the  head  chocolate-colour ;  legs  and  toes  light  green." 

37*  Ardea  egretta  (Gm.). 

J.  leuce,  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  iii.  p.  416. 

Tuneasuca. 

*'  BiB  yellow-ochre ;  eye  cream-colour ;  legs,  toes,  and  claws  black." 

38.  Nycticorax  obscurus,  Bp.  Consp.  ii.  p.  141. 

Adult  and  young  from  Tinta. 

"  Upper  mandible  of  bill  black,  marked  with  olive-green  at  the 
base ;  lower  mandible  oliye-green,  marked  with  streaks  of  black ; 
eye  crimson  lake ;  1^  and  toes  greenish  yellow ;  claws  black." 

39.  Ibis  palcinellus  (Linn.);  Schlegel,  Mus.  d.  P.-B.  Ibis,  p.  2* 
Ibis  ordiiy  Tsch.  F.  P.  p.  298. 

Tungasuca. 

"Frequents  the  neighbourhood  of  the  lake  in  flocks  of  from 
twenty  to  thirty.  Bill  reddish  slate-colour ;  eye  crimson  lake ;  legs, 
toes,  and  claws  black.     Total  length  24 1  inches." 

40.  Bbrnicla  melanoptera  (Eyton). 

Anaer  melanopterusy  Eyton,  Anatidae,  p.  93;  Tsch.  F.  P.  Jves, 
p.  308 ;  Darwin,  Voy.  Beagle,  Zool.  iii.  p.  134,  t.  50 ;  Phil,  et  Landb. 
Wiegm.  Arch.  1863,  p.  185. 

Anser  andicola  et  A.  montanus,  Tsch. 


1869.]    MESSRS.  SCLATBR  AND  SALTIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.       157 

Two  examples  from  Htumarca,  in  the  plumage  figared  in  the 
*  Voyage  of  the  Beagle/ 

**  Common  on  all  the  large  swamps  near  Tinta.  Bill,  1^,  and 
toea  Indian-red ;  eye  dark  hazel." 

41.  Dafila  SPINICAUDA  (Vieill.). 

Anas  spinieauda,  Schlegel,  Mus.  des  P.-B.  Am,  p.  39. 

Two  skins  from  the  lagoon  of  Tungasuca  and  a  river  near  Tints, 
which  we  believe  to  belong  to  this  species,  although  they  do  not 
qoite  agree  with  BnrmeisteiFs  description  (LaPlata-Reise,  ii.  p.  515). 
But  they  are  identical  with  a  skin  from  Buenos  Ayres,  obtained  by 
Mr.  Hudson  (c/.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  146) ;  and  we  think  Burmeister 
must  have  made  some  error  in  separating  the  Peruvian  bird  (A, 
oxyura,  Meyen)  from  the  eastern  form. 

**  Total  leneth  24 1  inches.  Upper  mandible  yellow,  marked  with 
a  streak  of  black  down  the  centre ;  lower  mandible  yellow  at  the 
base,  black  at  the  point ;  eye  dark  hazel ;  legs  and  toes  lead-colour." 

42.  QuERQUEDULA  OXYPTERA  (Meycu) ;  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S. 
1867,  p.  990. 

Specimens  of  both  sexes  of  this  Duck  from  the  lagoon  of  Tunga- 
suca and  a  river  near  Tinta.    The  males  and  females  are  alike. 
"  Found  in  the  river." 

43.  QuERQUEDULA  PUNA. 

Anas  puna,  Tsch.  F.  P.  Aves,  p.  309. 

Two  skins,  both  of  females,  from  the  lagoon  of  Tungasuca.  This 
species  seems  most  nearly  allied  to  Q.  versicolor,  but  is  readily  dis- 
tinguishable by  its  larger  black  bill,  blacker  head,  whiter  throat,  and 
finer  markings  above. 

We  have  previously  seen  this  species  only  in  the  gallery  of  the 

IS  a  specimen  from  Cochaban 


Jardin  des  Plantes,  where  there  is  a  specimen  from  Cochabamba 
(D'OAigny),  and  a  second  said  to  be  from  Chili  (Gay). 

*'  Found  in  pairs ;  rare.  Bill  light  blue,  with  a  streak  of  black 
down  the  centre  of  the  upper  mandible ;  eye  dark  hazel ;  legs  and 
toes  bluish  slate-colour." 

44.  Merganetta  leucooenys. 

Anas  Uueogenys,  Tsch.  Wi^pn.  Arch.  1843,  p.  390. 

Erismatura  leueogenys,  ej.  /.  c.  1844,  p.  316. 

Merganetta  leueogenys^  Tsch.  F.  P.  Aves,  p.  310. 

Mr.  Whitely  has  sent  a  pair  of  this  Merganetta,  which  is  cer- 
tainly distinct  from  both  the  Chilian  and  New-6ranadan  species* 
llie  male  was  obtained  by  his  friend  Mr.  Turner ;  the  female  was 
shot  by  himself  at  Tinta  in  July  last. 

The  male  has  a  black  neck,  like  M,  ehilensis,  but  a  pure  white 
neck  and  throat,  with  only  a  small  black  Hue  round  the  base  of  the 
bill,  as  in  if .  columbiana,  Tschudi's  description  appears  to  have 
been  taken  from  a  bird  not  quite  adult.     The  female  appears  to 


158  MS88E&  SCUITSR  AND  SAI.VIN  ON  [MlUT.  11, 

resemble  the  female  of  M.  arwtaia,  as  figured  hj  DesMucs  (Icon. 
Om.  pi.  48). 

''  Bill,  leg^  and  toes  Indian  red." 

45.  Larus  8ERRANU8,  Tsch.  F.  p.  Jves,  p.  307. 
L.  pertonatus,  Schlegel,  Mas.  des  P.-B.  Lari,  p.  35. 

Several  skins  from  Tinta,  obtained  in  July,  in  winter  dress  or  im- 
matare  plnmage,  with  the  head  almost  white.  One  of  them,  appa- 
rently most  immature,  shows  traces  of  a  black  subterminal  tail-band. 

46.  PoDfCEPS  CALIPARSUS,  Lcsson ;  Tseh.  F.  P.  Aves,  p.  315. 

Lagoon  of  Tungasuca. 

"  Bill  lead-colour ;  eye  red ;  1^  and  toes  lead-colour." 

47.  PODICEPS  ROLLANDI,  Q.  Ct  G". 

Lagoon  of  Tungasuca. 

"  Bill  black ;  eye  red ;  legs  and  toes  slate-colour." 


3.  Second  List  of  Birds  collected  at  Conchitas^  Argentine 
Republic,  by  Mr.  William  H.  Hudson ;  together  with 
some  Notes  upon  another  Collection  from  the  same 
locality.  By  P.  L.  Sclatbr,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and 
OsBERT  Salvin,  M.A.,  P.Z.S. 

A  second  collection  of  birdskins  made  by  Mr.  Hudson  having 
been  transmitted  to  us  for  inspection  by  the  authorities  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  we  beg  leave  to  c^er  to  the 
Society  a  list  of  the  species  therein  contained  which  were  not  enu- 
merated in  our  former  paper  on  this  subject*,  with  occasional  remarks 
upon  them. 

The  collection  consists  of  105  specimens,  referable  to  fifly  different 
spedes.  The  following  fourteen  were  not  in  the  first  collection. 
Two  only  of  these,  namely  Cyamotit  osanB  and  Slatnt*  Uueurus^  are 
not  mentioned  in  Burmeister's  work  on  the  soology  of  La  ^ata. 

1.  Troglodytes  furyus  (6m.) 

TV.  platensii,  Bumu  La  Plata-Beiae,  iL  p.  476. 

Bawcaraffuay,  Aaara,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  19. 

Several  examples  of  this  widely  diffused  spedes.  It  has  been 
already  pointed  out  (P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  321)  that  the  true  JSyUna 
pUUensU  of  Latham  (founded  on  Buffon*s  PI.  Enl.  730.  f.  2)  is 
BurmeiBter^s  CuioiJkMrm/mseiolahUy  which  should  be  called  Cisto- 
tkanu  pUtensu.  Aiara's  Todo  oor,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  29.  no.  151 
(Tkry^koru* poiygioitms^  Vidll.),  is,  no  doubt,  the  same  species. 

Mr.  Hudson  gires  BmUmdio  as  the  Temacokr  name  of  the  pre- 
sent bird. 

•  S«  P.  Z.  a  1868,  p.  IS7- 


1869.]  BIRDS  PROH  THE  AR6BNTIKE  REPUBLIC.  159 

2.  Progne  DOMEsncA  (Yieill.). 

Hinmdo  domeaiiea,  Vieill.  N.  D.  xiv.  p.  521,  et  E.  M.  p.  527 ;  ex 
GoUmdrina  damettiea,  Azara,  Apont.  i.  p.  502. 

Progne  domestical  Baird,  Rev.  A.  B.  p.  282 ;  Barm.  La  Plata- 
Reise,  M.  p.  477. 

One  skin  of  this  species,  which  seems  to  us  very  nearly  alHed  to 
the  Central-American  P.  leueoffasira,  though  larger.  Burmeister 
describes  the  adolt  as  being  steel-blue  all  over,  having,  we  suppose, 
confounded  it  with  the  southern  representatiye  of  P.  purpurea  (i.  e« 
P.  elegans^  Baird,  Rev.  A.  B.  p.  751). 

3.  Atticora  cyanoleuca  (Vieill.)  ;  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  479. 
GoUmdrina  timoneles  negroe,  Azar.  Apunt.  ii.  p.  508.  no.  303. 
Two  examples  of  this  widely  spread  species. 

4.  Cyclorhis  yiridis  (Vieill.) ;  Burm.  I.  c,  p.  472. 
Habia  verde,  Azara,  /.  c.  i.  p.  361.  no.  89. 

Sclater*s  Bolivian  specimen  (C.  A.  B.  p.  46)  has  a  rather  stronger 
bill,  and  the  base  of  the  lower  mandible  black.  The  chestnut  eye- 
brows are  also  deeper  in  colour.  It  approaches  C,  Jlavipeetus.  The 
present  species  comes  nearer  the  Brazilian  C  oehrocephala^  and  has 
no  black  spot  on  the  lower  mandible. 

5.  Agklasticus  thilius  (Mol.). 
Agelaius  thiUuSy  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  492. 

Tordo  negro  cobijas  amarillas,  Azara,  /.  c.  i.  p.  301. 

Jgelasticus  ehrgsopterus,  Cab.  M.  H.  i.  p.  188. 

Agelaius  xanthocarpuSy  Cassin,  P.  Acad.  Phil.  1866,  p.  12. 

Two  males  and  a  female  of  this  species,  which  we  agree  with 
Burmeister  in  reading  as  hardly  distinct  from  the  Chilian  bird. 
It  only  differs  in  its  smaller  size.  The  single  Peruvian  skin  we  have 
seen  is  most  hke  the  Chilian  in  size ;  so  that  Bonaparte's  A,  xantho- 
carpus  (ex  Peruvia)  is  probably  a  mere  synonym  of  A,  thilius.  Ca- 
banis  wishes  to  call  the  Argentine  form  ehrgsopterus,  from  Vieillot's 
Agelaius  ehrgsopterus^  which  name,  however,  has  no  reference  to 
Azara's  species,  and  is  a  mere  synonym  of  Icterus  caganensis. 

6.  Xanthosomus  RUFICAPILLU8  (ViciU.). 

Tordo  corona  de  eanela,  Azara,  /.  c.  i.  p.  315. 
Agelaius  nificapillus,  Vieill. 
Chrgsomusjrontalis,  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  492. 
Dolichongx  rujicapillus,  Cassin,  Pr.  Acad.  Phil.  1866,  p.  17. 
Cassin  is  quite  right  in  separating  this  bird  from  the  Brazilian  X. 
frontalis,  with  which  it  has  been  generally  confounded. 

7.  Cyanotis  azars  (Licht.);  Scl.  C.  A.  B.  p.  212. 

Taehvri  reg,  Azara,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  72.  no.  161. 

Two  pairs  of  this  species,  which  Mr.  Hudson  marks  as  a  "  summer 
bird  frequenting  swamps.'*     Not  mentioned  by  Burmeister. 


160  MESSRS.  8CLATER  AND  8ALTIN  ON  [Mar.  1 1, 

8.  Hapalocercus  flavivbntris  (Lafr.  et  D'Orb.) ;  Burm.  La 
Plata-Reise,  ii.  p.  456. 

Tachuri  vientre  amarillo,  Azara,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  89.  no.  171- 
One  example  obtained  in  November  1867  and  marked  as  a 
"  summer  bird."  On  comparing  this  with  other  specimens  in  Scla- 
ter*8  collection,  including  a  typical  Chilian  example  of  jiruncUiwiola 
citreola^  Landbeck  (Wiegm.  Arch.  1864,  p.  58),  we  find  them  all 
identical*.  The  latter  name  may  therefore  be  r^arded  as  a  synonym 
of  Hapalocercus  JiaviventrU. 

9.  Cerylb  AMERICANA  (Liuu.)  ;  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  447. 
One  skin  of  a  female  of  this  Kingfisher. 

10.  Elanus  leucurus  (Vieill.);  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  113. 
Alcon  bianco,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  165. 

Two  specimens.     Not  included  in  Burmeister's  list. 

11.  ROSTRHAMUS  SOCIABILIS  (Vicill.). 

Gavilan  de  eatero  sociable,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  84.  no.  16. 
R.  hamatus,  Burm.  La  Plata-Reise,  li.  p.  435. 
One  example  of  this  species* 

12.  Aramus  scolopaceus  (Vieill.);  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  504. 
Cardu,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  202.  no.  366. 

"Cariu"  or  "  Viuda  loca.'*— W.  H.  H. 

13.  QuERQUEDULA  CYANOPTERA  (Vieill.)  ;  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  516. 
Palo  alas  aeulas,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  437.  no.  434. 

"Pato  chocolate."— W.  H.  H. 

14.  Dendrocygna  viduata  (Linn.)  ;  Burm.  /.  e.  p.  515. 
Pato  cara  blahca,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  440.  no.  435. 

We  have  likewise  lately  examined  a  small  collection  of  birds  made 
near  Buenos  Ay  res  by  Mr.  Haslehust  of  that  city.  Out  of  forty-five 
species  represented  in  it,  the  following  ten  have  not  been  yet  sent  by 
Mr.  Hudson : — 

1.    ViREOSYLVIA  CHI VI. 

Sylvia  cAttn,  Vieill.  N.  D.  xi.  p.  1 74,  et  E.  M.  437,  ex  Azara,  no.  152. 

Contramaestre  gaviero,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  34. 

r.  chivi,  Baird,  Rev.  A.  B.  p.  337. 

A  single  skin,  which  we  are  not  able  to  separate  from  F.  agiUs 
of  Brazil  {V»  virescens  of  Sclater*s  American  Catalogue).  But  put- 
tins  aside  virescens,  which  Prof.  Baird,  perhaps  rightly,  considers 
to  be  a  synonym  of  F.  olivaeea,  chivi  is  the  oldest  name  for  thb 
bird.     This  species  is  not  mentioned  by  Burmeister. 

»  Cf.  Sclater'8  remarks,  P.  Z.  S.  1807,  p.  326, 


1869.]  BIRDS  FROM  THE  ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC.  161 

2.  Stephanophorus  leucocephalus  (Vieill.). 

Lindo  azul  cabeza  blanca,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  375.  no.  93. 
Tanagra  leueocephala,  Vieill.  N.  D.  xxxii.  p.  408,  et  E.  M.  774. 
Several  skins  of  this  Tanager. 

3.  DoNACospizA  ALBiFRONS  (Vieill.) ;  Cab.  Mus.  Hein.  i.  p.  136. 

Poospiza  albi/rons,  Burm.  Lc.  p.  484. 

Cola  agtida  vientre  de  canela^  Azara,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  263.  no.  234. 

Poospiza  axyrkyncha,  Sclaler,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  168,  ex  MS.  Natt. 

On  comparing  the  present  specimen  with  Sclater*s  type  ofPoospiza 
oxyrhyncha,  there  remains  no  doubt  of  their  identity.  Natterer's 
specimen  in  Sclater's  collection,  which  was  obtained  at  Curytiba  in 
Brazil,  has  the  tail-feathers  rather  worn.  The  species  is  well  figured 
in  the  '  Voyage  of  the  Beagle*  (t.  29)  as  Ammodramua  Umgicaudatus. 

4.  SyCALIS  CHLOROP8IS. 

Crithagra  chloropsis,  Bp.  Consp.  i.  p.  521. 

Sycalu  chloropU,  Burm.  Journ.  f.  6.  1860,  p.  257,  et  La  PlaU- 
Reise,  ii.  p.  489. 

A  pair  of  what  we  suppose  to  be  this  Sycalis,  which  has  not  been 
very  sufficiently  described  either  by  Bonaparte  or  Burmeister.  It 
is  most  nearly  allied  to  S,  brasiliensis,  but  rather  smaller,  with  the 
front  less  deeply  orange,  and  the  back  strongly  striated  with  fuscous. 

5.  Sturnella  defilippii,  Bp. ;  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  138. 

TrupitUis  militaris,  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  490. 
Tordo  degollado  primero,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  304,  no.  68. 
Easily  known  from  the  true  S,  militaris  (which  is  found  near 
Mendoza  and  along  the  Cordilleras)  by  its  black  under  wing-coverts. 

6.  Amblyrhamphus  holosericeus  (Scop.);  Sclater,  Cat. 
A.  B.  p.  137. 

A.  ruber,  Burm.  Le,  p.  491. 

Tordo  negro  cabeza  roxa,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  316.  no.  72. 

7.  Picolaptes  ANGU8TIROSTRI8  (Vieill.) ;  Lafr.  Rev.  Zool. 
1850,  p.  151. 

Trepador  eomun,  Azara,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  279,  no.  242. 

Nearest  to  P.  bivittatus,  as  pointed  out  by  Lafresnaye,  but  re- 
cognizable by  the  well-marked  striae  below  and  the  longer  beak.  Not 
mentioned  by  Burmeister. 

8.  Myiarchus  8WAINSONI,  Cab.  et  Heine,  Mus.  Hein.  ii.  p.  72. 
Suiriri  pardo  amarillo  menor,  Azara,  Apunt.  ii.  p.  138.  no.  193. 
We  are  inclined  to  think  this  form  may  be  really  distinguishable 

from  M,  ferox,  although  in  some  cases  it  is  exceedingly  difficult  to 
say  to  which  of  the  two  species  a  particular  skin  should  be  referred. 
A  Nattererian  specimen  of  Myiarchus  cantans  (Pelzeln,  Om.  Bras. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XI. 


162  MR.  J.  BRAZIER  ON  BUL1MU8  MILTOCHEILU8.      [Mar.  11, 

p.  117)  in  Sdater's  collectioo  agrees  Tery  well  with  the  Baenoe- 
Ajrean  bird.  Pelzeln  unites  If.  npoinsami  with  M./erox,  and  may 
thus  haTe  fallen  into  the  error  of  describing  his  M,  eantatu  as  new. 
This  species  is  not  included  in  Bunneister*s  list. 

9.  Phytotoma  rutiul  (Vieill.);  Burm.  /.  e.  p.  452. 
Dentudo,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  361.  no.  91. 

10.  Vanbllus  cayanbnsis  (Gm.) ;  Burm.  /.  e.  p.  502. 
TerutSro  6  Tetiu,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  264.  no.  386. 


4.  Observations  on  the  Distribution  of  Btdimus  miltocheiba 
in  the  Solomon's*  Archipelago.  By  John  Beaeieb,  of 
Sydney,  New  Soath  Wales.  (Communicated  by  the 
Secretary.) 

BULIMUS  MILTOCHEILUS. 

Bulimus  miltocheilus.  Reeve,  Couch.  Icon.  pi.  49.  fig.  322; 
Deshayes  in  F^r.  vol.  ii.  p.  105,  pi.  154.  figs.  3  &  4 ;  Pfeiffer,  Mon. 
Helic.  vol.  iii.  p.  372,  and  vol.  iv.  p.  440;  Chenu,  Manuel  de 
Conch,  part.  i.  fig.  3216. 

Jspaatus  miltocheilus,  Albers,  Heliceen,  first  edition,  p.  149^ 

OloMtomiu  wdltocheilua,  H.  &  A.  Adams,  Recent  Mollusca,  vol.  ii. 
p.  151. 

During  my  visit  to  the  Solomon's  archipelago  in  H.M.S. 
'  Cura9oa,'  under  the  command  of  my  esteemed  friend  Commodore 
Sir  William  Wiseman,  C.B.,  in  the  months  of  August  and  Septem- 
ber 1865,  I  found  that  Bulimus  miltocheilus  is  not  only  met  with 
at  Port  Makera,  San  Christoval  Island,  but  also  on  two  other  islands 
in  the  archipelago.  On  the  Island  of  Sesarga  or  Contraiet^ 
(situated  9*^48'  S.  Ut.,  162°  8'  10"  E.  long.)  I  beUeve  I  was  the 
first  that  ever  landed  in  search  of  conchological  specimens ;  and  I 
was  well  rewarded  by  finding  B.  miltocheilus  on  a  species  of  palm 
tree  about  twenty  feet  from  the  ground.  The  next  island  that  we 
visited  is  one  known  by  the  name  of  Golfe  Island ;  the  native  name 
is  Ugi;  here  B.  miltocheilus  is  found  in  thousands  on  the  palm 
trees.  The  third  place  that  we  risited  was  Wanga  Bay,  San  Chris- 
toval Island  ;  here  we  found  this  Bulimus  rather  scarce,  not  getting 
more  than  thirty  specimens.  At  this  spot  they  are  found  on  leaves 
of  bushes  and  other  small  plants,  quite  rigorous  and  crawling  about, 
where  the  land  is  very  low  and  damp.  The  next  place  that  we 
visited  was  Recherche  Bay,  San  Christoval  Island,  where  the  land  is 
very  high  on  the  coast.  To  obtain  B,  miltocheilus  you  must  go  three 
or  four  miles  inland ;  here  it  is  found  on  a  broad-leaved  tree,  but 

*  Recent  writers  on  the  MoUusca  of  this  archipelago  (such  as  Pfeiffer  and 
others)  make  use  of  the  term  *'  SsUmum  "  Islands ;  it  should  be  So/omoa't  Archi- 
pelago or  Islands. 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  SHARPS  ON  THE  GBNU8  CHi^rOPS.  163 

18  rather  rare.  At  Port  Achard  it  is  found  in  abundance,  and  is 
used  bj  the  natives  to  make  necklaces  of,  or  strung  in  clusters  round 
their  waist  in  their  war-dances.  It  b  always  found  in  company  with 
Helix  merziana  and  H.  cleryi.  The  most  northern  limit  of  it  is 
Sesarga  or  Contraiet^  the  southern  limit  is  San  Christoval.  Spe- 
cimens yary  much  both  in  colour  and  in  size. 


5.  On  the  Genus  Chatops.     By  R.  B.  Sharpe. 

(Plate  XIV.) 

The  genus  Chat  ops  was  founded  by  Swainson  in  1831,  and  up  to 
the  present  time  contains  only  two  species,  viz.  C.  Jrenaius  and 
C.  aurantius.  In  a  collection  of  birds  formed  in  Damara-land  by 
the  late  Mr.  C.J.  Andersson,  I  met  with  a  species  of  Chatops  which 
I  have  every  reason  to  believe  is  new  to  science.  On  taking  my 
specimen  to  the  British  Museum  I  discovered  another  in  the  na- 
tional collection ;  and  my  friend  Mr.  George  Robert  Gray  coin- 
cided in  my  opinion  as  to  its  novelty.  He  had,  indeed,  noted  it  as 
new,  and  intended  to  describe  it  himself  shortly.  I  have  therefore 
very  great  pleasure  in  naming  this  species 

Ch.£tops  grayi,  sp.  n.     (Plate  XIV.) 

C.  valde  minor:  gutture  et pectore  ntperiore  albidis:  pectoris  la- 
teribus  nigro  guttatis  :  long,  tot,  6*8  unc,  rostri  0*7,  ala  2*8, 
Cauda  3*0,  tarsi  0*85,  dig.  med,  0*7. 
Hab,  in  terra  Damarensi,  in  Afr.  merid. 

The  above  short  dia^osis  is  quite  sufficient  to  distinguish  it  from 
either  of  the  species  hitherto  known  ;  and  the  following  diagnostic 
Table  indicates  the  specific  characters  of  the  three  species : — 

A.  llajores:  gutture  nigerrimo. 

<?.  Abdomine intenae onstaneo C./renatut, 

hf,  Abdomine  aurantiaoo    C,  auranfius. 

B.  Minor:  gutture albido   C. grayi. 

1.    CHiBTOPS  FREKATU8. 

Malurus/renatus,  Temm.  PI.  Col.  385  (1826). 

Chatopsfrenatus,  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds,  i.  p.  217  (c.  1844);  Bouap. 
Consp.  Gen.  Av.  i.  p.  278  (1850);  Layard,  Birds  of  S.  Afr.  p.  125 
(1867). 

Chatops  burchelli.  Swains.  Fauna  Bor.-Am.  p.  486  (1831); 
Classif.  of  Birds,  ii.  p.  233  (1837). 

The  following  account  of  the  habits  of  this  rare  bird  is  taken  from 
Mr.  Layard*s  work  (loc,  cit,) : — 

"  This  bird  is,  as  far  as  I  yet  know,  peculiar  to  the  mountain- 
ranges  between  Caledon  and  Swellendam.  It  frequents  the  tops  of 
the  hills  and  high  elevations  on  their  stony  sides,  and  seeks  its  food, 
consisting  of  insects,  about  stones  and  rocks.  In  habits  it  much 
resembles  the  Bock-Thrush,  and,  like  it,  is  fond  of  perching  upon  the 


164  MR.  lU  B.  SHARPS  ON  THB  GENUS  CHATOP8.      [Mar.  1 1, 

sammit  of  some  conspicaous  stone  or  ant-hill,  from  which  it  soryeys 
the  sarroondiog  prospect,  and  seeks  for  safety  bj  immediate  flight 
on  perceiving  the  approach  of  a  foe.  It  progresses  by  a  series  of 
enormous  hops,  its  powerfol  legs  being  well  suited  to  this  end  ;  while 
its  strong  pointed  claws  enable  it  to  traTcrse  with  ease  the  inclined 
surfaces  of  sUppery  rocks.  It  conceals  itself  readilj  in  holes,  and, 
if  wounded,  seeks  such  a  retreat  in  which  to  die.  Grenerallj  found 
in  small  families  of  three  or  four  indiridnals." 

2.  CH.STOPS  AURANTirS. 

Chtetops  aurantius,  Lajard,  Birds  of  S.  Afr.  p.  126  (1867). 

This  species  was  first  recognized  by  my  friend  Mr.  Layard;  a 
single  specimen  is  in  the  British  Museum  ;  and  I  agree  with  him  iu 
considering  it  to  be  distinct  from  C  /renatus.  The  following  ex- 
tract from  his  work  sufficiently  explains  the  reasons  that  induced 
him  to  separate  the  two  birds. 

"This  handsome  species  was  obtained  by  Mr.  J.  O'Reilly  in  some 
abundance  in  the  mountains  near  Graaff-Reinet.  He  describes  it  as 
very  wary  and  difficult  of  approach,  and  feeding  on  insects,  for 
which  it  seeks  among  the  low  brushwood.  It  has  also  been  received 
from  Captain  Bulger  at  Windvogelberg,  and  from  Mrs.  Barber." 

Mr.  J.  O'Reilly  writes  as  follows :— "  Graaff-Reinet,  Janiuuy  2nd, 
18G3.  Inhabits  rocks  in  high  mountain-ranges.  Scarce  ;  very  shy 
and  cunning,  usually  frequenting  places  assimilating  to  its  plu- 
mage. Continually  on  the  hop,  and  seldom  takes  wing;  when  it 
does  so,  flies  but  a  short  distance.  Always  on  the  watch,  seldom 
sho¥dng  much  more  than  its  head  above  the  stones.  Found  about 
Graaff-Reinet  all  the  year  round,  and  in  pairs.  Food  consists  of 
small  insects  of  any  sort ;  drinks  in  the  evening.  Note,  a  sharp 
chirp,  particularly  when  surprised.  Breeds  in  December.  Nest 
built  of  grass  and  rock-mosses,  in  crevices  among  rocks.  Eggs  three 
to  four ;  green,  with  brown  speckles." 

"  When  this  bird  was  sent  home.  Dr.  Hartlaub  and  Mr.  Sclater 
identified  it  as  C  /renahts,  Temm.  Since  then,  specimens  have 
been  obtained  corresponding  entirely  with  Temminck's  figure  of  that 
bird,  and  I  am  convinced  that  this  species  b  distinct.  I  have  male, 
female,  and  young  birds  of  each ;  and  Mr.  O'Reilly  describes  the 
nest  and  eggs  of  the  orange-bodied  species  which  Dr.  Hartlaub  sup- 
poses to  be  the  young  of  C  /renatus.  C,  frentUus  breeds  about 
Caledon ;  and  our  C  aurantius  never  appears  there  by  any  chance." 

3.  Ch.£TOPS  grayi. 

The  specimen  in  the  British  Museum  is  labelled  as  coming  from 
South  Africa.  My  bird  was  obtained  by  Mr.  C.  J.  Andersson  on  the 
Omaruru  River,  Damara-land,  October  30th,  1866.  The  present 
species  cannot  be  mistaken  for  either  of  the  others  mentioned  above, 
its  much  smaller  size  and  white  throat  distinguishing  it  at  a  glance. 
I  should  add  that  the  British-Museum  specimen  has  more  black 
spots  on  the  sides  of  the  breast  than  my  bird. 


1869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THB  TORTOISES.  165 

6.  Notes  on  the  Families  and  Genera  of  Tortoises  {Testudu 
nata) ,  and  on  the  Characters  afforded  by  the  study  of  their 
Sknlls.  By  Dr.  John  Edward  Gray,  F.E.S.,  V.P.Z.S., 
P.L.S. 

(Plate  XV.) 

Papers  on  the  skulls  of  Chelydida  and  on  the  skulls  of  the  Asiatic 
and  African  species  of  TrionychicUe  were  read  at  meetings  of  this 
Society  in  1867,  and  I  was  enabled  to  found  on  the  study  of  their 
skulls  what  appeared  to  me  tu  be  more  natural  arrangements  of  the 
species  into  genera  and  larger  groups.  I  wished  to  follow  the  same 
plan  with  regard  to  the  other  families  of  Testudinata,  but  I  was 
stopped  by  want  of  material. 

The  British  Museum  has  since  then  received  some  additional  skulls 
and  skeletons ;  and  I  hope  that,  with  these  and  with  the  examination 
of  the  heads  and  mouths  of  the  specimens  in  spirits  and  stuffed*  I 
have  been  able  to  place  the  characters  of  the  genisra  and  to  group 
the  genera  into  sections  on  a  firmer  basis  than  that  hitherto  used, 
and  thus  to  add  to  our  knowledge  of  these  neglected  animals. 

Anatomists  have  been  content  to  study  the  osteology  of  the  three 
or  four  larger  groups  of  the  Tortoises,  and  have  paid  very  little  atten- 
tiou  to  the  skulls,  much  less  to  the  skeletons,  of  the  genera  or  other 
smaller  groups ;  and  very  few  skeletons  or  skuUs  have  been  figured. 

To  give  some  idea  of  the  little  attention  hitherto  paid  to  the  sub- 
ject and  of  the  difficulty  that  existed  of  examining  the  skeletons  and 
skulls  of  them,  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons,  when  Pro- 
fessor Owen  printed  his  Catalogue  of  the  osteological  series  in  that 
collection,  only  contained  the  skulls  or  skeletons  of  five  species  of 
TesiudiKinUe,  of  one  of  the  Cutudiniday  of  two  EmydidiE,  and  of  one 
of  the  Chelydrada,  I  am  glad  to  say  that  the  collection  has  been 
lately  increased  by  the  addition  of  several  other  skeletons  and  skulls. 

To  remedy  this  evil,  I  have  exerted  myself  to  bring  together  the 
skeletons  and  skulls  of  as  many  specimens  of  Tortoises  as  I  could 
procare  for  the  British  Museum  collection ;  and  there  are  now  in 
that  collection  78  complete  skeletons,  and  59  skulls,  besides  bones  of 
parts  of  the  body,  belongmg  to  67  species,  as  follows : — 

Species.  Skeletons.         Skalls. 

Testudinidse    13  22  10 

Cistudinidae    3  5  — 

EmydidsB    22  24  5 

Chelydradae    6  8  — 

ChelydidsB 7  6  6 

TrionychidaB 12  6  17 

Cheloniadae     3  6  15 

Spargidae 1  1  6 

In  my  paper  on  the  skulls  of  Ckelydida  (P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  128) 
I  divided  them  into  two  groups — one  having  the  temporal  muscles 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XII. 


1 06  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  1 1, 

almost  entirely  covered  with  a  bony  case  formed  of  the  dilated  zygo- 
matic arch,  as  in  the  Sea-Turtles  (CheloniacUe),  and  the  other  with 
those  muscles  only  covered  with  skin,  and  protected  externally  by  a 
broad  band* like  zygomatic  arch,  as  in  the  Tortoises  (Testudinidte 
and  Trionychidai);  and  I  observed  that  the  same  difference  in  the 
form  of  the  skull  was  to  be  observed  in  the  genera  of  the  Emydida ; 
but  some  genera,  as  Geoemyda  and  Cistudo,  like  several  genera  of 
ChelydidcB,  are  even  without  any  zygomatic  arch,  the  temporal 
muscles  being  only  covered  with  skin  between  the  orbit  and  the 
tympanic  bone  as  on  the  temple  and  crown. 

The  families  may  be  divided,  according  to  the  state  of  the  temple, 
thus : — 

Temple  bony.    Temple  fleshy. 

I.  Feet  davate.    Terrestrial Testudinida, 

If.  Feet  palmate.     Fluviatile. 

A.  Thorax  covered  with  bony  plates. 

a.  Pelvis  free  below ;  sternal  shields 

8  or  12    Platjfttemida.     Cistudinid^, 

Emydida. 
Chelydrada, 

b.  Pelvis-  attached  to  the  sternum ; 

sternal  shields  13  PodocephaHd^,   Chefydida. 

B.  Thorax  covered  with  skin    Triomychida. 

III.  Feet  fin-shaped  CheUmiada, 

Sphargidida, 

The  horny  beak  of  these  animals  not  only  forms  a  cutting  instru- 
ment for  the  separation  of  the  food  from  the  mass,  but  it  also  covers 
the  chewing  surface  on  the  sides  of  the  jaws,  there  being  a  more  or 
less  extended  plate  on  the  inside  of  the  jaws  for  this  purpose.  In 
some  the  surface  of  the  bone  and  the  horny  covering  is  smooth,  as  in 
Malaclemys  and  Chelydra,  In  general  there  are  one  or  more  ridges 
on  the  upper  jaw  fitting  into  grooves  in  the  lower  jaw.  In  the  Tor- 
toises and  some  of  the  more  terrestrial  EmydicUe,  the  ridge  and  groove 
are  simple ;  in  the  more  aquatic  Terrapins  (as  Pseudemys  and  Ba^ 
tagur)  they  are  more  numerous  and  wider.  Unfortunately,  the 
form  of  the  masticating  surface  is  not  to  be  usually  seen  in  stuffed 
specimens ;  so  that  it  is  only  known  in  a  limited  number  of  species. 
It  must  have  great  influence,  or,  rather,  it  shows  that  there  is  great 
variation  in  the  habits  of  the  animals,  and  ought  to  be  studied  for 
the  natural  arrangement  of  the  groups.  Indeed  I  can  only  regard 
the  notes  I  am  now  making  as  the  breaking  of  the  sod,  and  consider 
that  much  has  to  be  done  before  one  can  arrive  at  a  satisfactory 
history  of  the  habits  and  structure  of  these  creatures,  and  form  an 
arrangement  of  them  consistent  with  their  habits  and  manners  and 
peculiarities. 

I.  LANDTORTOISES— TESTUDINIDiE. 

Skull  solid.  Orbit  complete,  lateral,  large,  hinder  edge  moderate. 
Zvgomatic  arch  strong,  well  developed,  united  to  the  ear-bone  be- 
hind, with  a  large  cavity  for  the  temporal  muscle  above.  Temporal 
muscles  covered  with  skin  or  horny  plates. 


1869.]  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  167 

They  may  be  divided  into  sections  thus : — 

Section  I.  Steraal  shields  12»  regularly  arranged  in  pairs  on  each 
side  of  the  central  line.     Pectoral  plates  large,  like  the  others. 

A.  The  inguinal  plates  moderate ;  the  nostrils  in  a  square  fleshy 

nose,  between  the  upper  edge  of  the  beak  and  the  frontal  plates ; 
thorax  solid.     Testudinina. 

1.  Testudo.     Gular  plates  separate.    Claws  4  .  5.     Alveolar  plate 

with  two  ridges. 

2.  Peltastes.     Oular  plates  separate.     Claws  4.5.   Alveolar  plate 

with  an  indistinct  ndge. 

3.  HoMOPUs.     Gular  plates  separate.     Claws  4.4. 

4.  Pyxis.     Gular  plates  separate.     The  front  lobe  of  the  sternum 

mobile. 

5.  Chersina.     Gular  plates  united  and  produced. 

B.  The  inguinal  plates  very  large ;  the  nostrils  in  a  notch  on  each 

side  of  the  upper  edge  of  the  beak ;  thorax,  hinder  part  mo- 
bile.     KiNIXYINA. 

6.  KiNIXYS. 

Section  II.  Sternal  shields  10,  arranged  in  five  pairs.  The  two 
pectoral  shields  small,  short,  triangular,  far  apart,  on  the  sides 
at  the  hinder  edge  of  the  axillae.     Manourina. 

7.  Manouria.     This  genus,   before  the  animal  was  known,  was 

erroneously  arranged  in  Emydida. 

1.  Testudo. 

The  skull  has  a  well-developed  zygomatic  arch.  The  palate  is 
deeply  concave,  especially  in  front ;  and  there  are  three  more  or  less 
distant,  narrow,  elevated,  parallel  longitudinal  ribs  on  it  behind  tbe 
internal  nostrils,  which  are  placed  in  front  of  the  palate.  The  alveo- 
lar margin  of  the  upper  Jaw  broad,  with  two  ridges  parallel  to  and 
as  long  as  the  outer  margin  of  the  beak.  The  central  ridge  is  divided 
into  conical  teeth  ;  the  inner  marginal  ridge  higher  and  with  a  more 
even  edge.  The  nostrils  are  placed  in  a  more  or  less  square  fleshy 
muffle,  which  is  situated  on  the  upper  edge  of  the  homy  beak. 

The  genus  may  be  divided  into  two  sections  by  the  form  of  the 
alveolar  sur&ce  of  the  lower  jaw : — 

a.  Lower  jaw  narrow,  with  a  deep  groove  extending  the  whole 

length  of  the  edge ;  front  of  upper  jaw  with  a  central  notch   • 
and  two  slight  prominences.     Testudo. 
Testudo  indica,  T.  planiceps,  T.  tabulata,  T,  radiata, 

b.  Lower  jaw  narrow  in  front,  with  a  short  deep  groove  as  long 

as  the  hinder  half  of  the  outer  margin.     Scapia. 
r.  {Scapia) /alconeri. 


1G8  OR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TOBTOI8B8.  [Mar.  1 1, 

The  hinder  part  of  the  skull  over  and  near  the  ethmoid  bones 
yaries  considerably,  and  affords  yery  good  characters  for  the  distinc- 
tion of  the  species. 

1.  Testuoo  iNDiCA,  Gray. 

Testudo  indiea,  (skull  figured)  CoTier  Oss.  Foss.  t.  t.  f.  ; 
copied,  Wagler,  N.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  6.  f.  51,  52,  53;  Gray,  Cat. 
Shield  Reptiles  in  B.  M.  t.  35.  fig.  1. 

T,  elephantopus,  Owen,  Cat.  Osteol.  Mus.  Col.  Smg.  p.  194.  no. 
1011  (skeleton),  1058  (skull). 

Skull — length  5|  inches,  width  at  zygomatic  condyles  4| ;  the 
alveolar  plate  in  the  upper  jaw  broad,  with  a  central  and  marginal 
ridge,  and  a  groove  in  the  lower  jaw,  the  whole  length  of  the  margin. 

There  is  a  skeleton  of  a  small  aduJt  specimen  of  this  species  in  the 
British  Museum. 

2.  Testudo  planiceps. 

T.  pianieeps,  (skull  figured)  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles  in  B.  M. 
t.  34. 

Skull — ^length  5|  inches,  width  over  zygomatic  arches  4| ;  the 
alveolar  plate  in  the  upper  jaw  narrower,  with  a  central  and  marginal 
ridge,  and  a  groove  in  the  lower  jaw,  the  whole  length  of  the  margin. 

3.  Testudo  tabulata. 

T.  tabulata,  (skeleton)  Wiedemann,  Arch.  Zool.ii.  181 ;  Wagler, 
N.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  6.  f.  1-6 ;  Owen,  Cat.  Osteol.  Mus.  Coll.*  Surg, 
p.  200.  no.  1044  (skeleton  with  mutilated  skull),  1046  (skull  f). 

Var.  Testudo  baiei,  Wagler,  N.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  6.  f.  7-13. 

Junior?  T.  dentieulata,  Owen,  Cat.  Osteol.  Mus.  Coll.  Surg, 
p.  201.  no.  1045  (skull);  not  Green. 

The  upper  jaw  with  a  high  triangular  ridge,  and  the  lower  with  a 
deep  triangular  groove  with  a  very  high  inner  edge,  parallel  to  and 
nearly  as  long  as  the  short-edged  outer  margin,  only  represented  in 
the  front  of  the  upper  jaw  by  the  broad,  deep,  central,  anterior  pit. 
The  upper  jaw  with  a  notch  on  each  side  of  the  centre,  and  the 
lower  with  a  broad,  compressed,  conical  projection.  Palate  very 
deep  nearly  the  whole  length,  deeper  on  each  side  in  front,  with 
three  laminar  ridges,  the  middle  one  being  the  most  distinct.  The 
ethmoid  bones  smooth,  without  any  distinctly  raised  ridge  on  each 
side. 

There  are  a  skeleton  and  two  skulls  appearing  to  belong  to  this 
species  in  the  British  Museum.  Length  of  the  skull  of  the  skeleton, 
from  nose  to  condyle,  2^  inches  ;  width  at  zygomatic  arches  If  inch. 
Length  of  largest  separate  skull  2  inches  5  lines,  width  l|  inch. 
There  is  also  in  the  Museum  the  skeleton  of  a  small  but  adult  spe- 
cimen of  the  variety,  with  very  deeply  sulcated  shields.  They  differ 
from  each  other  somewhat  in  the  depth,  and  slightly  in  the  form  of 
the  concavity  in  the  palate,  and  in  the  strength  of  the  margin  on 


1869.]  OR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  169 

the  side  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  palate  within  the  temporal  muscles. 
Thej  all  three  vary  in  the  form  of  the  ethmoid  bone  :  in  one  it  is 
nearly  square,  with  evenly  truncated  front  edge ;  in  the  other  two  it 
is  more  elongated,  and  the  middle  of  the  front  edge  is  more  or  less 
projecting  in  front. 

Of  the  skeleton  of  a  young  specimen  in  the  British  Museum  the 
skull  is  well  formed  ;  it  has  the  symphysis  between  the  two  bones 
Tcry  narrow;  the  beak  has  the  three  anterior  notches,  and  the 
alveolar  ridges  or  grooves,  as  in  the  adult. 

A  half-grown  specimen  from  Xeberos,  obtained  from  Mr.  Hig- 
gins,  in  spirit,  has  the  head  black,  the  crown  and  cheeks  yellow- 
varied,  the  two  oblong  longitudinal  shields  on  the  nose  and  the  small 
shield  edging  the  upper  part  of  the  orbit  pure  white ;  a  small  spot 
on  each  temple  and  a  large  shield  between  the  orbit  and  the  upper 
edge  of  the  ^mpanic  cavity  yellow. 

4.  Tbstvoo  radtata. 

Testudo  radtata,  Cuv.  Oss.  Foss.  v.  193,  t.  12,  13 ;  Wagler,  N. 
Syst.  Amph.  t.  10.  f.  37,  40,  t.  1 1  (skeleton). 

The  skull  of  the  skeleton  in  the  British  Museum  is  solid,  heavy, 
rather  longer  than  wide  in  the  widest  part ;  crown  rather  convex  ; 
nose  erect ;  sides  of  face  concave ;  orbit  large ;  zygomatic  arch  strong, 
broad,  convex,  about  as  wide  as  the  small  oblong  tympanic  cavity. 
Palate  Tery  deeply  concave  in  front,  gradually  shelving  off  to  the 
ethmoid,  with  three  narrow  laminar  lonffitudinid  ridges  near  together 
in  the  centre  of  the  concavity.  Ethmoid  bone  narrow,  with  a  narrow, 
linear,  rather  arched  ridge  on  each  side.  Lower  jaw  with  a  deep 
narrow  groove  parallel  to  and  as  long  as  the  short  outer  margin,  and 
with  a  prominence  in  front.  The  skull  is  2  inches  long  from  the 
nose  to  the  condyle,  and  1  ^  inch  vride  over  the  zygomatic  arches, 
which  is  the  widest  part.  The  mastoid  bone,  in  the  different  species 
of  Tortoises,  differs  greatly  in  shape ;  in  this  species  it  is  short, 
with  a  shelving  outer  surface  ;  it  is  always  hollow,  forming  a  tym- 
panic cavity. 

5.  Tkstudo  (Scapia)  falconeri.  B.M. 

Skull  solid,  oblong ;  face  broad,  rounded  in  front.  The  groove  on 
the  palate  very  deep  and  wide.  The  upper  jaw  with  three  narrow 
ridges—one  on  each  edge  of  the  margin,  and  a  short  one  interme- 
diate between  them  ;  the  outer  margin  high  and  without  any  teeth. 
Lower  jaw  with  a  sharp  edge,  a  rather  acute  sharp  edge  in  the  front 
part,  and  with  a  sharp  inner  ridge  rather  more  than  half  the  length 
of  the  side,  separated  from  the  outer  edge  by  a  deep  groove. 

Hab.  India? 

Length  of  skull  from  nose  to  condyle  3^  inches  ;  width  2  inches 
5  lines,  of  forehead  between  orbits  2^  inches ;  length  of  outer  edge 
of  upper  jaw  1  inch  8  lines. 

Tne  skull  above  described  was  received  in  Dr.  Falconer's  collection, 
which  was  presented  to  the  British  Museum  by  his  brother  on  his 


170 


OR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  TBB  TORTOI8S8.  [Mar.  11, 

Fig.  1. 


TahidcfakomM, 
Note. — The  figures  are  all  of  the  natund  siae,  except  when  otherwiae  stated. 

death.  It  is  most  proliablj  from  India,  and  perhaps  from  the 
mountain-regions.  It  is  eyidently  the  skull  of  m  Teiy  large  species 
of  the  genus  and  Tery  distinct  from  TeMtudo  indica^  the  skull  of 
which  was  figured  in  the  *  Catalogue  of  Shield  Beptiles  in  the  British 


186!).]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  1/1 

Maseutn/  t.  35.  f.  1,  and  the  larger  Testudo  planieeps,  figured  in 
the  same  work,  t.  34,  and  only  known  from  a  skull  in  the  Museum 
collection.  From  its  size,  it  is  most  probably  the  skull  of  one  of  the 
Black  Tortoises  of  Asia  that  have  been  called  Testudo  indica,  which 
are  found  spread  over  all  parts  of  the  Asiatic  region,  also  on  the 
islands  off  the  east  coast  of  Africa,  and  in  California  and  the  Gala- 
paf^os,  and  of  whi«^h  certain  variations  in  form  were  regarded  by  the 
older  writers  as  denoting  distinct  species.  Modem  writers  on  the 
subject  have  united  these  into  a  single  species  under  the  name  of 
Testudo  indica, 

Testudo  falconeri  and  T.  pfaniceps  having  been  described  from 
skulls  in  museums,  without  any  knowledge  of  the  thoraces  of  the 
animals  to  which  they  lielonged,  I  am  not  able  to  say  if  they  are 
identical  with  any  of  the  Tortoises  which  have  been  described  from 
thoraces  only,  under  the  names  of  Testudo  elephantopus,  T.  nigra,  T, 
dussumieri,  T,  gigantea,  T.  vosmaeri,  T.  nigrita^  T.  daudini,  T,  ele- 
pkantina,  T.  perraultii,  and  T.  peltastes.  This  is  one  of  those  in- 
stances which  ought  to  teach  naturalists  caution  in  determining 
species  without  the  examination  of  all  the  parts  of  the  animal,  the 
skull  as  well  as  the  thorax. 

The  Tortoises  that  have  been  called  T.  indica  are  found  in  India, 
Africa,  and  America,  or  rather  on  the  islands  of  these  two  latter 
continents ;  and  it  has  been  supposed  that  they  have  been  intro- 
duced to  these  places  by  ships,  as  they  are  sometimes  collected  and 
used  as  food  aboard  ship.  Some  say  they  were  introduced  into  India, 
and  the  original  habitat  of  the  species  is  unknown.  Perhaps  the 
discovery  that  there  are  several  species  confounded  under  the  name 
of  T,  indica  may  solve  this  problem. 

There  is  a  large  species  of  Tortoise  from  India  named  Manouria 
fusca^  the  skull  of  which  has  somewhat  the  general  form  of  that  of 
Testudo  falconeri ;  but  the  latter  differs  in  having  a  broad,  well- 
developed  zygomatic  arch,  the  arch  in  Manouria  fusca  being  slender 
and  weak. 

2,  Peltastes. 

The  alveolar  margin  of  the  upper  jaw  rather  broad  in  the  hinder 
part,  interrupted  in  front  by  a  broad  concavity  over  the  anterior  in- 
ternal nostril ;  the  broad  hinder  part  with  a  slightly  rabed  ridge  and 
a  similar  raised  inner  edge  nearly  parallel  to  the  margin  of  the  jaw  ; 
the  front  of  the  jaws  has  two  slight  prominences,  separated  by  a 
slight  notch.  Lower  jaw  slender,  with  a  short  edge  in  front,  and 
with  a  rather  deep  rounded  groove  with  a  very  thin  inner  edge  oc- 
cupying the  inner  surface  of  the  hinder  half  of  the  margin. 

] .    PELTA8TE8  ELONGATUS. 

Testudo  elongata.  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1861,  p.  139. 

Hab.  India. 

There  are  two  skulls  of  this  kind  in  the  British  Museum,  the 
smaller  sent  by  Professor  Oldham  with  the  thorax,  which  proves  it 
to  be  the  skull  of  T,  elongata ;  the  larger  one  was  presented  by  the 


172 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


[Mar.  11, 


brother  of  Dr.  Falconer  on  the  death  of  the  Doctor.  The  larger 
skull  (from  Dr.  Falconer)  is  2^  inches  long,  1^  inch  wide ;  the 
other  (from  Professor  Oldham)  is  1  inch  11  lines  long,  and  1^  inch 
wide. 

Kg.  2. 


Peltastes  elongatus. 

The  thorax  has  all  the  characters  of  Testudo.  CUws  5  . 4.  The 
nostrils  in  a  fleshy  disk,  with  a  slight  notch  in  the  upper  edge  of  the 
beaky  directly  under  and  partly  enclosing  them.  Palate  deeply  con- 
cave nearly  the  whole  length,  with  three  laminar  longitudinal  ridges 
in  the  centre  of  it.  Ethmoid  bone  flat,  with  a  more  or  less  distinct 
raised  marginal  edge. 

Young  specimen  in  spirit,  from  Pegu,  obtained  from  Mr.  Theo- 
bald : — Thorax  oblong,  hemispherical,  rather  convex,  dull  brown  ; 
centre  of  dorsal  shield  blackish ;  sternum  yellow,  black  in  the  cen- 
tre ;  nuchal  shield  short,  square  ;  the  four  lateral  hinder  marginal 
shields  produced  into  an  acute  point  behind ;  the  caudal  shield 
broad,  with  a  straight  denticulated  hinder  edge,  with  a  longer  acute 
point  at  each  end  ;  legs  and  feet  very  dark  olive. 

Hab.  Pegu  (Theobald), 


1869.]  OR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THB  TORTOISES.  173 

2.  PkLTASTES  ?  SULCATtJS. 

Teitvdo  wleaia,  Miller,  Gray,  Gat.  Shield  Kept.  B.  M.  p.  9. 

Hab.  Africa. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum.  SkuU  imperfect,  the  nose  and 
lower  jaw  having  heen  crushed ;  hut  from  what  remains  I  suspect 
that  it  bdongs  to  the  genus  Pdtasies. 

The  skull  is  high  and  short,  rather  like  the  skuU  of  Testudo  in- 
diea.  The  central  ridge  on  the  palate  is  very  high  and  laminar, 
much  higher  than  the  ridge  on  each  side  of  it.  Zygomatic  arch 
broad  and  short  and  conyex.  Tympanic  cavity  impeifect  behind ; 
the  mastoid  bone  is  large  and  entirely  hollow,  forming  a  tympanic 
cavity.  Length  of  skull  from  nose  to  condyle  2|  inches,  width  at 
sygomatic  arches  2  inches. 

3.  PSLTAffTES  GRiBCUS. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum.  Skull  thin ;  the  upper  alveolar 
edge  with  a  r^;ular  groove  parallel  to  the  margin,  with  a  sharp  ridge 
on  the  inner  margin ;  the  lower  jaw  with  a  regular  triangular  groove 
parallel  to  the  whole  of  the  lateral  margin. 

There  is  a  very  pretty  specimen  (young)  of  P.  grcecus^  in  spirit, 
in  the  British  Museum,  from  the  valley  of  the  Minder,  Asia  Minor, 
presented  by  Mr.  R.  MacAndrew. 

There  are  two  skulb  in  the  British  Museum  received  from  Mr. 
Tarrell  as  the  skulls  of  Testudo  grceca.  They  are  evidently  of  a 
very  distinct  species ;  they  both  belong  to  the  genus  Peltastes^ 

4.  PbLTASTBS  GEOGRAPHICUsf 

Skull  of  a  smaller  species  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Sur- 
geons, without  any  number.  From  the  size,  probably  the  skull  of 
Testudo  geographiea. 

Skull  short,  broad,  crown  flat,  broad,  truncated  in  front ;  nose- 
hole  very  large,  square ;  orbit  large,  lateral ;  zygomatic  arch  slender, 
rather  convex;  tympanic  cavity  oblong,  erect;  mastoid  bone  half- 
oval,  hollow,  labial  edge  even,  with  three  slight  teeth  in  front ;  the 
palate  very  concave  ;  the  idveolar  surface  very  narrow  in  front, 
wider  behmd,  with  a  very  slight  submarginal  ridge  on  the  hinder 
part  of  it.  Lower  jaw  weaker ;  alveolar  edge  narrow,  with  a  swollen 
dentary  groove  behind,  about  two-thirds  of  the  length  of  the 
outer  side  of  the  bone,  and  with  a  very  slightly  raised  point  in 
front. 

5.  Peltastbs  ?  M arginatus. 

Skull  figured  as  the  Caret,  Spix,  Cephal.  t.  4.  f.  12-15. 

4.  Pyxis. 

Pyxis  arachnoidea,  var.  oblonga. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum,  received  from  Leyden.  It  is 
exactly  like  the  oblong  specimens  figured  by  Dumeril  and  Bibron, 
Erp.  Gen.  t.  13.  f.  2. 


174  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [MST.  11, 

Skull  small,  tbin ;  crown  conTex,  arched ;  nose-hole  tctj  large, 
with  a  deep  oblong  notch  in  the  upper  edge  ;  orbit  Tery  large  ;  ade 
of  face  shelying ;  the  hinder  edge  of  the  orbit  Tery  thin  ;  zygomatic 
arch  very  slender,  short;  tympanic  cavity  small,  oblong,  erect. 
Lower  jaw  slender.  Beak  of  upper  jaw  with  a  smooth  edge,  and 
entire  in  front  The  alveolar  edges  narrow,  parallel,  linear,  simple ; 
internal  nostril  like  exterior.  The  thorax  is  very  like  that  of  some 
of  the  varieties  of  Tesiudo  steliaia,  which  is  a  very  variable  species 
both  in  size  and  surfaces ;  so  that  one  might  almost  regard  it  as  only 
a  variety  of  it.  The  sternum  is  divided  by  a  straight  suture  between 
the  second  and  third  pairs  of  plates ;  the  second  pair  large,  with  a 
straight  posterior  edge.  The  abdominal  or  the  fourth  pair  of  plates 
very  large ;  the  first  or  gular  plate  small,  narrower  than  the  small 
anal  ones. 

5.  Chersina. 
Chersina  angulata. 

Testudo  anffulata,  Owen,  Gat.  Osteol.  M.  C.  S.  p.  201.  n.  1050 
(skeleton),  1051  (skeleton  of  trunk  and  extremities). 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum. 

Back  edge  of  the  orbit  thin ;  zygomatic  arch  short,  rather  slender 
from  the  middle  part  of  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit ;  tympanic  cavity 
small ;  nose-hole  large,  square ;  nostril  in  a  small  granular  disk ; 
orbit  large,  lateral ;  upper  beak  with  three  anterior  teeth,  with  a  deep 
notch  in  the  upper  edge  for  the  nose- disk.  Lower  jaw  weak,  the 
beak  with  a  short  central  hook.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  upper 
jaw  linear,  rather  wider  behind,  with  a  very  short  central  ridge. 
Lower  jaw  sharp- edged  in  front,  rather  wider  on  the  hinder  half  of 
the  margin,  with  a  middle  groove  for  the  ridge  on  the  upper  jaw. 

6.  KiNIXYS. 
KiNTXYS  BELLIANA. 

Sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  very  high,  with  the  nostril  in  a  notch  iu 
its  upper  edge,  between  it  and  the  front  edge  of  the  frontal  shields ; 
of  lower  jaw  high,  convex  in  front.  Zygomatic  arch  (as  seen  through 
the  skin  in  the  stuffed  specimen)  convex,  narrow  from  the  back  of 
the  orbit  to  the  upper  front  part  of  the  oblong  tympanic  cavity. 

7.  Manouria. 
Manouria  fusca. 

The  stuffed  specimen  shows  that  the  skull  is  oblong,  forehead  flat, 
face  short ;  orbit  large,  lateral,  rounded ;  zygomatic  arch  weak  and 
thin,  compared  with  the  same  bone  in  Testudo ;  the  tympanic  bone 
surrounding  the  ear  is  deep-seated ;  the  mastoid  is  not  prominent  as 
is  usually  the  case  in  Land-Tortoises. 

II.  The  TERRAPINS  or  FRESHWATER  TORTOISES. 

After  a  patient  examination  of  the  skulls  and  skeletons  and  a  re- 
vision of  the  specimens  of  the  Freshwater  Tortoises,  or  Terrapins 


1869.]  OR.  J.  S.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  175 

in  the  British  Museum,  which  have  hitherto  been  referred  to  the 
familj  Emydid4B  as  defined  in  the  *  Catalogue  of  Shield  Reptiles  in 
the  British  Museum/  published  in  1855,  I  think  they  may  be  more 
coDTeniently  divided  into  four  very  natural  groups,  which  may  be 
called  families.    These  groups  may  be  thus  characterized : — 

I.  The  temporal  muscle  covered  with  skin,  and  generally  protected 
by  a  narrow  bamd-Uke  sygomatic  arch, 

1.  CiSTUDiNiOiB.  The  sternum  united  to  the  thorax  by  a  cartila- 

ginous lateral  suture,  and  divided  transversely  into  two  move- 
able portions. 

2.  Chelydrada.    The  sternum  united  to  the  thorax  by  a  bony 

spiphysis,  covered  with  from  7  to  1 1  shields ;  the  middle  por- 
tion fixed  to  the  thorax ;  the  front  and  hinder  portions  often 
separated  from  it  by  a  transverse  suture  and  moveable. 

3.  Emydidjb.  The  sternum  united  to  the  thorax  by  a  bony  sym- 

physis, solid,  and  covered  with  12  shields. 

II.  The  temporal  muscle  covered  with  a  bony  hood  firmed  by  the  ex- 
tension of  the  zygomatic  arch.  Head  very  large.  Sternal 
shields  11. 

4.  Platysternida.     Asiatic. 

Fam.  I.  CisTUDiNiDiS  or  Box-Tortoises. 

Head  moderate,  covered  with  a  hard  thin  skin.  Eyes  lateral  or 
snbsuperior;  pupil  annular.  Temporal  muscle  covered  with  the 
skin  and  (except  in  Cistudo)  protected  by  a  band-like  zygomatic 
arch.  Thorax  covered  with  homy  plates.  Sternum  very  broad, 
attached  to  the  thorax  by  a  ligamentous  suture,  covered  at  the  sides 
by  the  pectoral  and  abdominal  shields,  and  divided  across  into  two 
parts  by  m  suture  between  the  pectoral  and  abdominal  plates.  Sternal 
shields  12;  the  axillary  and  inguinal  plates  very  small  or  wanting. 
The  mastoid  bone  is  excavated  to  form  a  tympanic  cell. 

I  have  Uttle  to  add  to  my  monograph  of  the  species  of  the  family 
printed  in  the  *  Proceedings '  of  the  Society  for  1863,  p.  173,  except 
that  the  temporal  muscle  of  the  North- American  genus  Cistudo  is 
only  covered  with  skin,  and  the  skull  is  destitute  of  any  zygomatic 
arch  between  the  orbit  and  the  tympanic  bone.  In  this  respect,  as 
well  as  in  the  position  of  the  suture  between  the  sternum  and  the 
thorax,  this  genus  differs  from  the  Lutremys  of  Europe  and  the 
genera  found  in  Asia,  all  of  which  have  a  well-developed  zygomatic 
arch  for  the  protection  of  the  temporal  muscle. 

The  skull  of  Lutremys  of  Europe  is  figured  by  Cuvier,  Bojanus, 
and  Wagler.  I  am  not  aware  that  the  skull  of  the  very  common 
Cistudo  elausa  has  been  figured  or  described.  I  have  not  seen  any 
specimen  of  the  Califomian  Cistudo  blondinsia  ;  but,  judging  from 
the  figure  of  the  animal  in  Holbrook*s  '  North- American  Herpeto- 


176  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [MflF.  1 1, 

logy,'  p.  39,  t.  3,  it  appears  to  agree  with  the  other  American  spe- 
cies. If  it  does,  this  is  another  reason  why  it  should  not  he  referred 
to  the  genus  Lutre»ty9,  in  which  Agassiz  has  placed  it  in  his  '  Con- 
tributions.' 

Tribe  I.  Cistudinina  or  North-American  Box-Tortoises. 

The  temporal  muscle  only  covered  with  skin.  The  skull  without 
any  zygomatic  arch  between  the  orbit  and  the  ear-bones.  Lobes  of 
the  sternum  moveable  at  all  ages,  unequal ;  front  shorter,  almost 
free  from  the  symphysis ;  the  hind  fixed,  narrow,  elongate. 

1.    CiSTUDO. 
CiSTUDO  CLAUSA. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum. 

Cistudo  clausa,  Owen,  Cat.  Mus.  R.  C.  S.  p.  192.  n.  998  (skele- 
ton), 1009  (skull  of  young). 

Professor  Owen  describes  a  peculiarity  in  the  neural  arch  of  the 
atlas  and  the  other  vertebrse,  and  in  the  bones  of  the  feet ;  but  he 
does  not  notice  the  absence  of  the  zygomatic  arch  in  the  skull. 


Cigtudodausa, 


Skull  in  CoUege-of-Surgeons  Museum,  No.  999: — Nose-hole 
square,  moderate  ;  orbit  excessively  large ;  tympanic  cavity  oblong, 
erect ;  upper  jaw  with  a  straight  lateral  edge  and  a  broad  central 
part ;  palate  flat,  internal  nasal  apertures  anterior,  with  a  broad  tri- 
angular concavity  behind  them  with  a  central  ridge ;  alveolar  plate 
smooth,  narrow  in  front,  rather  wider  behind ;  alveolar  surface  of  the 
lower  jaw  rather  wide,  concave. 


1869.]  DR.  J.  K.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOI8B8.  177 

Tribe  II.  LuTRKMYiNA  or  Old-'World  Cistudinidse. 

The  temporal  muscle  protected  by  a  well-deyeloped  band-like  zy- 
gomatic arch.  Sternal  lobes  more  or  less  moveable,  subequal;  both 
lobes  forming  part  of  the  lateral  symphysis. 

*  Lobes  of  the  sternum  moveable  at  all  ages. 
2.  Pyxidea,  Gray,  P.  Z.  8.  1863,  p.  175. 
Pyxidia  mouhotii. 

rhe  skull  (as  seen  through  the  skin  in  the  preserved  specimen) 
is  trigonal,  flat  on  the  sides ;  the  crown  flat,  triangular,  short, 
scarcely  produced  behind  the  hinder  edge  of  the  orbit ;  truncate 
behind,  rather  more  produced  in  the  centre  ;  zygomatic  arch  flat, 
veak,  narrowed  in  the  centre,  much  narrower  than  the  orbit  in  front, 
ud  gradually  dilating  so  as  to  be  almost  half  as  broad  as  the  front 
edge  of  the  tympanic  cavity  behind ;  orbit  rather  large,  lateral ; 
beak  of  the  upper  jaw  entire,  with  a  strong  central  hook. 

3.  CisTocLEMMYS,  Gray,  P.  Z.S.  1863,  p.  175. 

4.  CuoRA,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1855,  p.  198;  1863,  p.  176. 

Fig.  4. 


Cuora  amboinenns. 


^<^1^A  AMBOINEN8IS. 

SV  \^^°^  in  the  British  Museum. 
^^^  *l   rather  elongate,  rhombic,  ovate ;  crown  flat ;  nose  erect ; 
•cavity  square,  moderate  ;  orbit  large,  oblong,  transverse,  lateral ; 


178  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  fMar.  1 1, 

zygomatic  arch  complete,  broad  in  front,  narrowed  behind  and  at- 
tached to  the  upper  front  part  of  the  tympanic  cavity ;  mastoid  bone 
acute  behind,  keeled  on  the  outer  upper  side,  hollow ;  palate  flat ; 
internal  nostrils  anterior,  with  a  short,  oblong,  slightly  sunken  con- 
cavity behind,  each  separated  from  the  other  b^  a  blunt  ridge; 
alveolar  plate  very  narrow,  linear,  with  a  slight  ridge  on  the  inner 
margin ;  upper  beak  with  a  smooth  edge  and  an  entire,  recurved, 
sharp  tip.  Lower  jaw  moderately  strong,  rounded  below  in  front ; 
lower  beak  with  a  simple  sharp  edge,  rather  produced  and  acute  in 
front,  with  a  slightly  concave  linear  inner  margin. 

5.  Pyxiclemmys,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1863. 

6.  LuTREMYS,  Gray,  P.Z.S.  1855  &  1863. 

The  anatomy  of  the  animal  is  well  described  by  Bojanus.  The 
skull  is  figured  by  Cuvier  (Oss.  Foss.  v.  t.  11.  f.  13-16)  and  Wagler 
(in  N.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  5.  f.  xv.-xviii.).  There  is  a  skeleton  in  the 
British  Museum  ;  it  has  a  well-developed  zygomatic  arch. 

7.  NoTOCHELYS,  Gray,  P.Z.  S.  1863. 

•*  Lobes  of  the  sternum  moveable  in  the  young  state,  often 
becoming  anchylosed, 

8.  Cyclemys,  Gray,  P.Z.  S.  1855,  p.  198,  1863,  p.  177. 

The  thorax  convex  or  depressed.  The  sternum  flat  or  slightly 
convex,  with  the  lateral  symphyses  well  marked,  truncated  before 
and  notched  behind ;  the  cross  suture  indistinctly  marked  and  nar- 
row, more  or  less  obliterated  in  the  adult,  covered  with  the  produced 
front  edge  of  the  ventral  shields.  The  legs  covered  with  large,  band- 
like thin  plates  in  front.  The  toes  banded  above,  the  front  one 
short,  webbed.  The  hind  feet  flattened,  with  the  toes  broadly 
webbed ;  the  hinder  edge  keeled  and  angularly  produced. 

Cyclemys  orbiculata. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum,  from  Java. 

Skull  elongate ;  zygomatic  arch  rather  narrow,  distinct.  The 
alveolar  surface  of  the  upper  jaw  is  narrow,  with  a  well-marked  lon- 
gitudinal groove  the  whole  length  of  the  outer  edge,  and  ydih  a  raised 
internal  margin.  Edge  of  the  upper  jaw  rather  arched  on  the  side, 
with  a  small  central  tooth.  The  lower  jaw  with  a  simple,  short 
edge  shelving  inwards  in  the  centre,  and  with  a  rather  concave  sur- 
face on  the  inner  side,  and  a  sharp,  produced  central  anterior 
process. 

Fam.  II.    CHELYDRADiE. 

Head  large,  covered  with  a  thin,  hard  skin,  or  hard  bony  plates  ; 
temporal  muscle  large,  covered  with  the  skin,  and  protected  on  the 
edge  by  a  well- developed  band-like  zygomatic  arch.     Eyes  lateral  or 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


179 


superior,  often  rather  close  together.  Thorax  coTered  with  homy 
plates.  Sternum  attached  to  the  thorax  by  a  bony  symphysis, 
generally  small  (compared  with  the  size  of  the  thorax)  and  cross-like, 
sometimes  large  (nearly  as  big  as  the  thorax) ;  sternal  shields  vari- 
able in  number  from  7  to  11,  never  12.  Toes  short,  spreading, 
webbed  to  the  claws,  shielded  above. 

Skull  with  a  well-developed  zygomatic  arch,  extending  from  the 
orbit  to  the  tympanic  cavity,  leaving  a  large  wide  space  for  the  tem- 
poral muscles.  Palate  flat ;  internal  nostrils  anterior.  Alveolar 
plate  narrow,  simple.     Iris  annular,  without  any  spot  on  the  sides. 

Section  I.  Crucisterna.  The  sternum  small,  cross-like,  narrow 
at  the  ends.     Head  and  tail  large. 

Tribe  I.  Chelydraina.  Sternum  solid,  cross-like,  acute  before ; 
ptemal  plates  10,  with  a  broad  one  (the  displaced  abdominal 
plate)  on  each  side  over  the  produced  sides  of  the  sternum. 
Palate  flat;  internal  nostrils  anterior.  Alveolai:  plate  flat, 
rather  broad. 

I.  Macrochelys,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1855,  p.  200  =Gypsochelys,  Agas- 
siz ;  (skull  figured)  Gray,  Catalogue  of  Shield  Reptiles,  t.  38, 

39,  40.   The  alveolar  plate  very  broad.     Eyes  lateral,  distant. 

2.  Chklydra,  (skull  figured)  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles,  t.  38  & 

40.  f.  2.     Alveolar  plate  moderate.    Eyes  superior,  rather  close 
together. 


Sfauroti/pus  Mirinii. 


180  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [MsT.  11, 

Tribe  II.  Staurotypina.  Sternum  cross-like,  middle  portion 
narrow,  covered  by  the  abdominal  plates,  and  eictended  to 
the  thorax ;  the  front  and  hinder  lobes  often  moveable  on  the 
central  fixed  one.  Axillary  and  inguinal  plates  large ;  sternal 
plates  7 ;  the  gular,  humeral,  and  pectoral  plates  of  each  side 
united ;  the  femoral  and  anal  small,  united  into  one  large  ventral 
shield. 

3.  Staurotypus,  Wagler ;  Gray,  P.  Z.  8.  1864,  p.  127. 
Staurotypus  salyinii.     (Fig.  5,  p.  1 79.) 

4.  Staurkmys,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  127. 

Tribe  III.  Aromochelyina.  Sternum  truncated  in  front,  nicked 
behind ;  sternal  shields  1 1 ;  gular  pair  united  into  a  narrow 
linear  shield.  Head  large  ;  zygomatic  arch  very  broad,  strong, 
arched. 

.5.  Aromochelys,  Gray,  P.  Z.S.  1855,  p.  199,^  Gonioeheli/t  and 
Omotheea,  Agassiz,  1857. 

Section  II.  Kinostern  a  or  Double-flapped  Box-Tortoises.  Ster- 
num broad ;  sternal  shields  8  or  11;  the  short  process  that 
unites  the  sternum  to  the  thorax  covered  with  the  elonfi;ated 
axillary  and  inguinal  plates ;  front  and  hinder  lobes  of  the 
sternum  generally  moveable  on  the  fixed  central  portion.  In- 
ternal nostrils  anterior.     Alveolar  plate  flat. 

Tribe  IV.  Kinosternina. 

7.  SwANKA,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles. 

8.  Kinostbrnon,  Fitzinger;  Gray,  P. Z.S.  1855,  p.  398,  =7'Ay- 

rostemon  and  Platythyra,  Agassiz,  1857. 

Chelydra  serpentina.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles,  t.  40.  f.  2. 

B.M. 

Skull  depressed,  very  broad  behind/  crown  rhombic,  sides  of  the 
face  shelving  outwards;  orbit  very  large,  anterior,  subsuperior  on 
the  shelving  side  of  the  face ;  the  cavity  for  the  temporal  muscle 
verv  wide  ;  the  zygomatic  arch  very  broad,  broader  than  the  orbit 
and  much  broader  than  the  oblong  erect  tympanic  cavity.  The 
palate  flat,  internal  nostrils  in  the  front  of  the  palate,  the  outer  edge 
sharp,  with  a  central  anterior  bonv  hook,  and  with  a  broad,  flat, 
smooth  alveolar  plate  parallel  to  the  outer  edges.  The  lower  jaw 
moderately  strong,  narrow  in  front,  with  a  conical  central  bony  pro- 
cess, and  with  a  smooth,  shelving,  rather  concave  band  inside  the 
sharp  margin. 

A  young  specimen  in  spirits,  which  was  brought  from  North 
America,  and  presented  by  Mr.  Arthur  Russell,  F.Z.S.,  is  very  beau- 
tifully painted  on  the  sternum  and  underside  of  the  margin  of  the 


1869. J  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  181 

thorax.  The  sternum  is  black,  with  symmetrical  variousljF  shaped 
white  spots,  most  abundant  near  the  outer  edge ;  the  underside  of 
the  margin  of  the  thorax  is  yellow,  yaried  with  dark  edges  to  the 
shields.  The  animal  is  pale  brown  and  more  or  less  yellow-spotted. 
There  is  a  series  of  triangular  yellow  spots  on  the  lower  edge  of  the 
lower  beak. 

Aromochelys  odorata. 

An  adult  specimen,  in  spirits,  in  the  British  Museum,  from  North 
America,  presented  by  Odo  Russell,  Esq. 

Head  large  ;  nose  produced,  conical,  acute,  shelving  to  the  mouth 
below;  nostrils  surrounded  by  a  very  small  fleshy  margin.  Head 
dark  olive,  punctulated,  with  a  narrow  white  streak  from  the  upper 
and  the  lower  edge  of  the  nose,  the  upper  streak  edging  the  crown 
over  the  orbit  to  the  nape ;  the  lower  diverging  under  the  eye  and 
tympanum  and  crossing  the  beak.  The  lower  beak  with  a  streak 
on  each  side  of  the  centre  in  front,  diverging  to  the  chin  on  the  lower 
edge  of  the  horny  sheath.  Neck  with  streak  of  roundish  confluent 
spots. 

Swank A. 

The  sternal  lobes  as  broad,  or  neariy  as  broad,  as  the  opening  of 
the  thorax,  rounded  in  front,  and  rounded  or  very  slightly  truncated 
behind. 

a.  The,  siertuhcostal  suture  and  the  abdominal  Melds  as  long  as  the 
front  sternal  l^he  ;  hinder  lobe  rounded  at  the  ends.  Thorax 
three-keeled.    Vertebral  plate  elongate, 

1.    SwaNKA  SCORPOIDES. 

Kinostemon  seorpoides.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles,  p.  44. 

dnostemon  scorpoides^  Wagler,  N.  Syst.  Amphib.  t.  5.  f.  xxxi.- 
xxxvii.  (skull);  Owen,  Cat.  Osteol.  Mus.  C.  S.  p.  191.  n.  992 
(skeleton). 

Skeleton  in  the  College  of  Surgeons,  No.  992.  Skull  thin,  light ; 
nose  rather  produced ;  crown  rhombic,  flat ;  sides  of  face  flat ;  orbit 
moderate,  lateral ;  zygomatic  arch  very  broad,  strong,  nearly  flat. 
t^alate.  fiat.  The  alveolar  edge  smooth,  rather  wider  behind.  In- 
ternal nostrils  close,  anterior  between  the  fronts  of  the  alveolar  plates. 
Lower  jaw  rather  strong,  broad,  and  convex,  in  front  more  slender 
than  the  sides ;  the  upper  edge  broad,  rather  concave,  with  an  acute 
central  process. 

The  two  small  specimens  from  M.  Salle  both  with  rather  rough 
and  worn  dorsal  shields.  One  of  them  is  keeled  the  whole  length  of 
the  back,  and  the  other  only  keeled  over  the  hinder  part  of  the  back. 
They  both  have  the  front  lobe  of  the  sternum  very  nearly  of  the 
same  length  as  the  rather  long  abdominal  shield.  I  cannot  take  on 
myself  to  say  if  they  are  of  two  species  or  only  varieties  of  the  same 
without  having  more  information  respecting  them  and  the  develop- 
ment of  the  animals.  * 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XIII. 


182  DR.  J.  K.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOI8K8.  [Mv.  1 1, 

b.  7!ltf  Mtermhco9ial  suture  andtke  abdamimal  skieUs  not  so  long «« 
ike  front  lobe  of  the  sternum;  kinder  lobe  rounded  behind. 
Thorax  not  heeled.     Vertebral  plate  longer  than  broad. 

2.   SWANKA  MACULATA. 

The  sides  of  the  head»  iieck»  and  throat  grey,  with  a  few  indistiiict 
dark-edged  snhcylindriod  spots,  largest  on  the  front  of  the  chin ; 
fore  legs  with  three  cartilaginous  ridges.  Thorax  dark  oKtc  Ster- 
num-rulges  and  lower  side  of  mar^  yellow,  with  dark  spots  on 
areoles  of  shields.  The  fore  and  hinder  ends  of  stemoin  regularly 
founded.    Vertebral  shields  l<»iger  than  broad. 

Hab.  Mexico  (SaU^);  Vera  Pas  (Salvin). 

A  specimen  in  spirit,  collected  by  M.  Sall^  in  Mexico.  The 
sternum  and  underside  of  the  margin  pale  yellow ;  the  areola  of  the 
third  and  fourth  pairs  of  sternal  plates,  which  are  situated  on  the 
outer  side  of  the  anterior  transrerae  suture,  is  surrounded  by  an  v- 
legular-shi^ed  brown  ring.  A  more  or  less  obscure  indication  of 
audi  a  ri^  is  to  be  seen  surrounding  the  areola  of  the  other  sternal 
plates*  ^le  areola  is  on  the  outer  hinder  side  of  all  the  sternal 
shields,  except  of  the  fourth  or  abdominal  pair,  where  it  is  on  the 
front  outer  angle. 

Two  large  specimens  in  spirit,  from  the  Lower  Forest  of  Vera 
Paz,  receiTcd  from  Mr.  O.  Salrin.  They  are  like  those  from 
Mexico,  but  darker  below.  The  head  is  larger  Tcry  hard,  and  the 
beak  and  temporal  muscles  rery  strong.  The  two  beards  are  in 
front  of  the  chin,  quite  near  the  hinder  edge  of  the  lower  beak.    The 

Sgomatic  ardi  is  wide,  strong,  and  rather  convex.  Toes  yery  strong, 
ort,  with  a  few  bands  abore  near  the  ends,  with  narrow  webs  to 
the  daws.  The  fore  legs  with  the  skin  smooth,  and  three  obhqne, 
arched,  sharp-edged  homy  cross  ridges  just  above  the  feet,  the 
lower  one  the  shortest. 

In  the  band  over  the  orbit  this  species  agrees  with  Kinosiemon 
hippoerepis^  figured  from  a  young  specimen.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept. 
t.  20  c.  f.  3,  4  ;  but  the  sternum  is  much  broader  than  in  that  spe- 
ries,  and  more  completely  closes  the  cavity  of  the  thorax.  Thorax 
about  4  inches  long. 

A  large  well-grown  specimen  in  spirit  in  the  British  Museum, 
recdved  from  M.  Brandt  of  Hambuiv  as  from  North  America.  Tlie 
skull  is  pale  olive,  speckled  with  darker  brown ;  thorax  pale  bright 
brovm,  the  underside  of  the  margin  of  the  thorax  being  uniform 
blackish  brown. 

Four  spedmens  in  spirit,  obtained  by  M.  Salle  at  Pkpalco  Apoia ; 
but  it  is  not  stated  that  they  were  from  the  same  district.  If  they 
were,  it  will  go  to  prove  that  the  height  of  the  front  lobe,  as  com* 
pared  with  the  length  of  the  abdominal  shidd,  is  probably  a  character 
of  age  and  not  of  spedfic  distinction.  They  each  hare  a  ^^eckled 
or  mottled  ned^,  and  are  without  any  head-streak.  The  two  larger 
specimens  vary  in  other  particulars,  but  probably  from  local  drcum- 
atances,  as  one  has  a  good  smooth  shield,  and  of  the  other  the  shield 
is  rugose  and  covered^  with  mud  and  algae,  and  the  whole  spedmeu 


1869.J  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  183 

looks  as  if  it  had  lived  in  dirtj  water.  They  both  hare  the  front 
lobe  of  the  sternum  about  one-fourth  of  its  length  longer  than  the 
abdominal  shields,  which  are  short. 

c.  J%e  MiemO'eostal  suture  and  the  abdominal  shields  not  so  long  as 
the  front  lobe  of  the  sternum;  the  hinder  lobe  of  the  sternum 
slightly  truncated  behind.  Thorax  not  keeled.  Vertebral 
plates  as  broad  as  I 


3.    SWANKA  FASCIATA. 

Head  oliTe,  with  a  dark-edged  pale  streak  from  the  nostril,  oTer 
the  eye,  to  the  upper  part  of  the  tjmpanura  (it  is  narrow  before,  and 
wider  behind  the  eyes),  and  with  a  streak  from  the  lower  edge  of  the 
orbit,  over  the  angle  of  the  jaw  on  the  side  of  the  neck ;  occiput 
and  back  of  neck  white-spotted.  The  lobes  of  the  sternum  are  ratner 
narrower  than  the  opening  of  the  thorax. 

Hob. ?  (from  M.  Brandt). 

KiNOSTERNON. 

1.  KiNOSTERNON  PENNSYLVANICUM. 

The  skull  in  the  British  Museum  is  depressed,  orate  triangular, 
crown  rhombic,  narrow  behind,  short,  only  slightly  produced  behind 
the  orbits ;  orbit  lateral,  large  ;  zygomatic  arch  broad,  rather  convex 
and  prominent  behind,  including  the  whole  front  edge  of  the  small 
tympanic  cavity  ;  palate  deeply  concave  in  the  centre,  whh  three 
longitudinal  ridges  on  each  side  of  the  central  line,  very  narrow 
behind ;  upper  jaw  with  a  broad  intermediate  ledge  edged  with  a 
^ghtly  raised  ndge ;  lower  jaw  with  a  shelving  edge  to  the  back, 
and  hooked  in  front. 

2.  KiNOSTERNON  HiRTiPES,  Waglcr,  N.  Sjrst.  Amph. 

The  skull  is  figured  by  Wagler  in  N.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  5.  f.  xxxi.- 
xxxviii.     The  figure  is  very  like  the  skull  of  Ohelydra. 

Fam.  III.  Emydidjs  or  True  Terrapins. 

When  my  two  papers  on  the  sknlb  of  Chelydradse  and  Trionychidae 
were  published,  I  hoped  that  some  of  the  American  zoologists, 
who  have  so  many  species  of  one  group  (Emydidae)  living  in  their 
country,  and  consequently  at  their  command,  would  take  up  the  sub- 
ject. But  they  have  not  done  so ;  and  as  the  British  Museum  has 
received  a  few  more  specimens,  1  have  determined  to  do  the  best  I 
can  with  the  specimens  at  my  command,  and  the  figures  of  the  spe- 
cimens that  have  been  published  by  Wagler  and  others. 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  Agassiz,  in  his  notes  on  the  American  Ter- 
rapins in  his  *  Ckmtributions,'  has  confined  his  attention  so  completely 
to  the  external  characters,  and  the  development  of  the  young  animal. 
He  does  make  some  observations  on  the  form  of  the  jaws ;  but  they 
are  so  indistinct  and  general  that  they  afford  very  little  information. 


184  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  11, 

The  family  Emydidse^  as  now  restricted,  may  be  thus  divided  :-• 

Section  I.  Amphibioclemmts.  The  alreolar  surface  of  the 
upper  and  lower  jaws  linear,  narrow,  with  a  sharp  outer  edge. 
Internal  nostrils  in  front  of  the  palate.  Toes  short,  strong,  erect, 
and  included  in  the  skin  to  the  claws,  or  more  or  less  expanded 
and  united  by  a  narrow  scaly  webb  to  the  claws.  These  spe* 
cies  are  amphibious,  and  some  of  them  more  or  less  terrestrial. 

Subsection  1 .  The  temporal  muscle  only  covered  with  skin^  without 
beinff  protected  by  any  band-like  zygomatic  arch  in  the  skull 
uniting  the  orbit  to  the  ear^eavity  of  the  temporal  bone.  Eyes 
lateral.  Toes  shorty  strong,  conical^  free  or  very  slightly 
webbed.     Legs  covered  with  short  triangular  scales. 

Tribe  I.  Geoemydina. 

1.  Geoehyda.     The  alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  has  not  been 

examined. 

2.  Melanochelys. 

Subsection  2.  The  temporal  muscle  protected  on  the  outer  side  by 
a  distinctly  band-like  zygomatic  arch  extending  between  the 
orbit  and  the  tympanic  cavity. 

Tribe  II.  Geoclemmydina.  Toes  short,  enclosed  in  the  skin  to 
the  claws.  Legs  covered  with  thick,  hard,  triangular  scales. 
Eyes  lateral  (or  subsuperior) ;  pupil  annular.  Jaws  with  a 
narrow  alveolar  plate.     Internal  nostrils  in  front  of  the  palate. 

♦  Eyes  lateral. 

3.  Geoclemmys,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  17. 

♦♦  Eyes  subsuperior^  on  the  margin  of  the  crown. 

4.  NicoRiA,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  \7. 

5.  Rhinoclemmys,  Fitzinger. 

Tribe  III.  Emydina.  Toes  strong,  short,  spreading,  covered  above 
with  bands  of  transverse  shields,  united  by  a  narrow  web 
to  the  claws.  Jaws  with  a  narrow  alveolar  surface.  Internal 
nostrils  in  the  front  of  the  palate.  Head  covered  with  a  thin, 
hard  skin.  Eyes  subsuperior,  with  a  dark  spot  on  each  side  of 
the  pupil. 

6.  Emys. 

7.  Clemmys. 

8.  Chrysemys,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  32. 

9.  Graptemys,  Agassiz.     Emys  §§,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  29. 


1869.]  OR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  TOS  TORTOISES.  185 

10.  CALI.1CHELY8,  Gray,  Ann.  and  Mag.  N.  H.  xii.  1863,  p.  176. 

11.  DEiROCHELYSy  Agassiz. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  examine  tbe  alveolar  edge  of  tbe  last  three 
genera ;  they  may  belong  to  the  next  tribe. 

Section  II.  Htdroclemm  ys.  The  aWeolar  surface  of  the  upper 
and  lower  jaws  broad,  expanded,  covering  more  or  less  of  the 
sides  of  the  front  of  the  palate,  so  that  the  internal  nostrils 
open  near  the  middle  of  the  palate.  Lower  jaw  strong.  Toes 
webbed. 

Tribe  IV.  Malaclemmydina.  The  alveolar  surface  smooth.  Toes 
strong,  spreading,  covered  with  a  soft  skin.  Eyes  subsuperior ; 
pnpils  annular,  without  any  lateral  spot. 

I.  Tke  upper  or  alveolar  surface  of  the  under  jaw  broad,  concave, 
rather  narrower  on  the  kinder  part  of  the  side.  Internal 
nostrils  subposterior,  behind  the  middle  of  the  alveolar  surface. 


# 


Front  of  the  palate,  before  the  internal  nostrils,  with  a  broad 
central  groove.     Eyes  subsuperior  (JSAtxianKii). 

12.  Malaclemmys,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  37. 

**  Front  of  the  palate,  before  the  interior  nostrils,  simple. 
Eyes  lateral. 
^^.  Damonia. 


Ji. 


Wf  upper  or  alveolar  surface  of  the  under  jaw  wide,  angular, 
concave  in  front,  narrow  and  sharp-edged  on  the  sides  behind. 
Internal  nostrils  subanterior. 


'    6x.YPTEMY8. 

"  -f^e  upper  or  alveolar  surface  of  the  lower  jaw  narrow,  sharp- 
^^ged  in  front,  wider  and  fattened  on  the  hinder  part  of  the 
^i^s.     Internal  nostrils  subanterior, 

^^llia.     Skin  of  neck  and  limbs  with  very  minute  granular 
^eales, 
T  •» 

^  y.  Batagurina.  Head  large,  nose  rather  produced ;  angles 
^f  the  mouth  covered  with  minute  scales.  The  alveolar  surface 
^f  the  jaws  very  broad,  with  one  or  two  strong  ridges  or  grooves. 
Internal  nostrils  snbposterior.  Toes  elongate,  weak,  expanded, 
OoTered  with  small  scales,  united  by  broad  webs  to  the  claws ; 
llind  feet  fringed.  The  cavity  of  the  thorax  much  contracted 
On  each  side,  at  each  epd  by  broad,  erect,  internal,  bony  lateral 
folates.     Asia. 


186  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  11, 

A.  Claw$  4.4.     Head  covered  with  a  9oft  Mm,  divided  into  mall 

shields  on  the  crown  and  temple.  Nose  conical,  produced. 
The  chin  voith  a  series  of  distinct  shields  at  the  under  edge  of 
the  beak.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  very  wide,  with 
two  well-marked  subparallel  ridges.  Gular  shield  short,  band- 
like. 

16.  Tetraonyx.     Batagur,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  35. 

B.  Claws  5 . 4.     Head  covered  with  a  thin  skin.    Nose  subcorneal, 

more  or  less  produced.  Alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  with  a 
single  well-marked  angular  ridge.  Gular  shields  triangular, 
moderate. 

a.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  very  wide  and  well-developed, 

with  a  denticulated  ridge  parallel  to  the  outer  edge.  The  in- 
ternal edge  of  the  alveolar  surface,  which  edges  the  internal 
nostrils,  is  denticulated ;  it  must  not  be  confounded  with  the 
second  ridge  in  the  genus  Tetraonyx. 

17.  Kachuga,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  35. 

b.  The  alveolar  surface  narrower,  with  a  single  wetl-marked  acute 

ridge. .  Back  of  the  thorax  high,  subangular;  keels  subnodose. 
The  sternum  high,  keeled  on  each  side. 

18.  Pangshura. 

Tribe  VI.  Pseudemydina.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  Tcry 
broad,  with  one  or  two  strong  ridges  or  grooves.  Internal 
nostrils  subposterior.  Toes  elongate,  slender,  covered  with  a 
few  small  bands,  united  by  broad  webs  to  the  claws.  Hind 
feet  fringed.  The  cavity  of  the  thorax  simple,  not  much  con- 
tracted at  the  ends.     America. 

*  Sternal  costal  suture  simple,  normal. 

19.  PssuDBMYS,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  33. 

20.  Trachemys,  Agassis. 

*^  Stemo-costal  suture  with  four  stemo-lateral  shields. 

21.  DcRMATBMYS,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  49. 

Tribe  I.  Gbobmydina. 

1.  Gsobmyi>a. 

Gboemyda  GRANDis.  The  skull  (as  sem  throng  the  skin)  in 
a  very  laige  old  and  a  youngor  stuffed  aMdmeo.  like  the  skull  of 
Cistudo,  b  destitute  of  any  tygomatic  arch  uniting  the  orbit  to  the 
ear-cavitT  of  the  t^nporal  bone^  the  temple  and  temporal  mosdes 
behind  uie  orbit  being  only  covered  with  a  skin  protected  by  thin, 
snmll,  tessellated  plates. 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


187 


A  second  half-grown  specimen  agrees  with  the  very  large  old 
specnnen  above  noticed  in  the  absence  of  the  zvgoma. 

2.  Melanochelys. 

The  thorax  oblong,  three-keeled.  Vertebral  plates  broad,  six* 
sided.  Skull  rather  depressed ;  zygomatic  arch  imperfect,  tapering 
behind,  and  not  reaching  the  tympanic  bone ;  lower  jaw  weak ;  the 
al?eoIar  sorface  narrow,  linear.    Toes  strong,  webbed  to  the  claws. 

Melanochelys  trijuga. 

Bmyt  trijuga.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles  in  B.M.  t.  37.  f.  2 
(^*E,  mthtrijugaj*  not  good,  zygomatic  arch  too  broad  and  extending 
to  the  ear-bone). 

Skull  (as  seen  througH  the  skin  in  the  stuffed  specimen)  ovate, 
dongate,  triangular  in  front ;  sides  of  the  face  nearly  erect ;  orbit 
lateral,  subsuperior,  large ;  nose  rather  narrow ;  crown  rather  con- 
vex, elongate  rhombic,  narrowed  and  produced  behind;  from  the 

Fig.  6. 


Afelanochefya  trijuga. 


hmder  point  to  the  haek  edge  of  the  orbit  more  than  once  and  one- 
half  the  distance  of  the  latter  from  the  end  of  the  nose ;  zygomatic 
arch  rudimentary,  very  slender,  linear,  extending  from  the  middle 
of  the  back  edge  of  tlie  orbit  to  the  upper  part  of  the  front  edge 
of  the  large  tympanic  cavity,  which  has  a  narrow,  rounded  edge ; 
sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  with  a  simple  straight  edge,  without  any 


188  DR.  J.  6.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  11, 

eentral  hook ;  the  lower  jaw  moderatiply  strong,  coyered  in  front 
with  a  convex  .homy  sheath.  Toes  strong,  incladed  in  the  skin  to 
the  claws,  covered  above  with  band-like  shields. 

A  skull  received  from  Mr.  Oldham,  which  appears  to  belong  to  this 
species,  may  be  thus  described : — Skull  depressed,  nose  nearly  erect 
from  upper  lip  ;  crown  rather  convex,  tapering  behind ;  orbit  large, 
circular,  lateral,  subsuperior;  zygomatic  arch  imperfect,  rather 
broad  in  front,  about  half  as  broad  as  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit, 
and  tapering  off  behind  just  before  it  reaches  the  upper  edge  of  the 
small  circular  tympanic  cavity;  palate  flat,  broad,  with  a  short 
shallow  concavity  behind  each  internal  nostril ;  the  lateral  edge  of 
the  upper  jaw  nearly  straieht,  with  a  slightly  produced  broad  central 
beak,  and  with  a  narrow  luveolar  plate  having  a  slight  groove  parallel 
to  the  short  outer  edge  for  the  greater  part  of  its  length ;  lower 
jaw  weak,  erect  on  the  side,  shelving  in  front,  with  a  central  conical 
prominence  in  front,  and  with  a  straight,  thin,  sharp  edge,  without 
any  dilatation  of  any  kind. 

Tribe  II.  Geoclemmydina. 
3.  Geoclemmys. 

1.  Geoclemmys  GUTTATA. 

A  beautiful  skeleton  is  in  the  British  Museum,  and  a  skeleton 
without  lower  jaw  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons, 
no.  977a. 

Skull  thin,  crown  sliehtly  arched,  nose  erect ;  orbit  lateral,  very 
large ;  zygomatic  arch  broad,  short ;  palate  flat  behind ;  lower  jaw 
slender ;  side  edges  of  the  upper  jaw  slightly  arched,  and  with  a 
notch  in  front ;  alveolar  groove  very  narrow,  even ;  mastoid  bone 
conical,  produced,  hollow.     Toes  short,  strong. 

2.  Geoclemmys  SEBiS. 

Specimen  in  spirit  in  the  British  Museum.  Nose  rather  pro- 
duced«  shelving  to  the  lip  below,  triangular,  soft,  in  a  notch  on  the 
upper  edge  of  the  upper  beak ;  alveolar  process  linear,  marginal ; 
upper  beak  with  a  straight  edge  and  a  very  slight  acute  central  notch, 
lower  hooked  and  acute  in  front.  Toes  short,  included  in  the  skin 
to  the  base,  but  slightly  separate,  conical,  with  a  central  series  of 
narrow  six-sided  scales  above ;  web  very  slight,  if  any. 

3.  Geoclemmys  muhlenbergii. 

An  adult  specimen  in  spirit,  from  North  America,  with  the 
yellow  spots  on  the  occiput  well-marked.  The  beaks  liave  an  even 
lateral  edge  and  an  acute  notch  in  the  centre  in  front ;  the  lower 
beak  convex  and  rounded  below ;  crown  ratbef  convex,  dark  olive, 
with  black  spots.  Toes  united  in  the  skin  to  the  claws,  with  a  few 
band-shaped  shields  above.  The  upper  alveolar  surfaces  rather 
broadly  hnear,  with  a  submarginal  internal  ridge ;  the  lower  with  a 
continuous  submarginal  groove,  rather  broad,  and  produced,  with  a 
•harp  edge,  in  front. 


1869.]  DR.  J.  K.  GRAY  ON  THB  TORTOI8JS8.  189 

4.  Geoclrmmys  CALLOCBPHALuSy  Gray,  p.  Z.  S.  1863,  p.  254. 

The  upper  beak  with  ao  acute  central  notch ;  the  aWeolar  surface 
linear,  with  a  submarginal  ridge  on  the  upper,  and  a  narrow  groove 
in  the  lower  jaw. 

4.    NlCORIA. 
NiCORIA  SPENGLERI. 

SkuU  (as  seen  through  the  skin  in  the  stuffed  specimen)  narrow, 
rather  acute  in  front,  flat  on  the  sides ;  orbit  very  large,  lateral ; 
xjgomatic  arch  broad,  flat,  as  wide  as  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit,  as 
wide  behind  as  the  rather  small  tympanic  cavity  ;  lower  jaw  rather 
weak,  with  a  large  inferior  space,  rather  rounded  in  front.  The 
sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  is  strongly  and  acutely  hooked  at  the  tip, 

and  entire  on  the  edge.    Palate ?    The  toes  enclosed  in  the 

skin  to  the  claws,  covered  with  band-like  shields. 

5.  Rhinoclemmys,  Fitz. 
This  genus  may  be  divided  thus : — 

*  The  Mtemumjiai  longitudinally^  and  very  tliffhtly  elevated  at  the 
sides  under  the  stemo-costal  symphyses. 

1.  Rhinoclemmys  ANNULATA. 

**  The  sternum  slightly  arched  longitudinally ,  and  much  elevated  at 
the  sides  under  the  stemo^costal  symphyses. 

2.  Rhinoclemmys  scabra. 

Crown  flat,  with  a  spot  before  each  eye,  and  an  oblong  band  on 
the  crown,  over  back  part  of  orbits. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum  received  from  the  Utrecht  Mu- 
seum. Skull  elongate,  rather  solid ;  nose  erect,  shelving  beneath ; 
crown  rather  convex ;  orbit  large,  circular,  lateral ;  sides  of  the  face 
nearly  erect ;  zygomatic  arch  very  broad,  forming  part  of  the  temple 
above,  slightly  convex  on  sides;  mastoid  bone  rather  elongate; 
edge  of  upper  beak  straight,  with  a  slight  central  notch.  Palate 
flat ;  internal  nostrils  anterior,  with  a  short,  rather  deep  oblong  con- 
cavity behind  each,  separated  by  a  strong  central  ridge.  Alveolar 
surface  narrow,  linear,  with  a  slight  sunken  groove,  edged  internally 
by  a  slightly  raised  sharp  edge.  Lower  jaw  wider ;  upper  surface 
slightly  prominent  in  front,  with  a  sharp  edge  having  a  slightly 
concave  Unear  depression  on  the  inner  side.     Toes  short,  strong. 

Specimen  in  spirit  in  the  British  Museum.  Skull  ovate  rhombic, 
rather  eloDgate,  sides  of  the  face  flat,  erect ;  nose  short ;  orbit  large, 
subsuperior,  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  crown  ;  crown  rhombic,  pro- 
duced, and  acute  behind ;  rather  loneer  from  the  hinder  edge  to  the 
hinder  edge  of  the  oirbit  than  from  that  part  to  the  end  of  the  nose ; 
zygomatic  arch  thin,  flat,  dilated,  forming  part  of  the  crown  in  fronf^ 
narrow  and  only  attached  to  the  upper  front  part  of  the  small  sub- 
trigonal  tympanic  cavity ;  upper  jaw  with  a  narrow  double  edge,  the 
edges  parallel  and  separated  by  a  rather  deep  narrow  groove ;  lower 


190  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  1 1, 

jaw  moderate,  nearly  erect  and  with  a  narrow  simple  edge  rather 
produced  into  an  acute  point  in  front.  Palate  flat,  broad^  with  a 
triangular  flat  plate  orer  the  interior  nostrils  in  front,  and  with  a 
slight  central  keel  with  a  slight  concavity  on  each  side  just  behind 
the  openings  of  the  internal  nostrils.  iWs  short,  imbedded  in  the 
skin  to  the  base  of  the  claws. 

Tribe  III.  Emydina. 

6.  Emys. 

1 .  Emys  japonica. 

An  adult  specimen  from  Japan,  in  spirit.  Thorax  oblong ;  dorsal 
shields  broad,  six-sided,  with  a  well-marked  large  central  areola  of 
the  same  shape  and  with  a  few  concentric  ridges,  and  more  or  less 
distinct  radiating  grooves  and  some  rather  nodulose  radiating  ridges, 
dark-brown  or  black  varied  with  orange  rays  or  lines,  the  areola  of 
the  marginal  plate  near  the  outer  hinder  edge ;  sternum  and  lower 
side  of  the  margin  uniform  black.  Legs  and  fail  uniform  black. 
Head  ovate  rhombic,  longer  than  broad,  crown  and  sides  olive-black. 
Neck  with  longitudinal  ridges  and  conical  short  spine-like  scales, 
those  on  the  back  of  the  neck  being  the  largest.  Crown  flat ;  eyes 
lateral,  subsuperior ;  nose  truncated,  rounded  in  front ;  edge  of  the 
beak  even,  without  any  central  notch ;  lower  beak  weak.  Alveolar 
surface  narrow,  linear,  with  a  submarginal  ridge  on  the  upper,  and  a 
groove  on  the  lower  jaw ;  lower  jaw  scarcely  thick,  with  the  edge  pro- 
duced into  a  sharp  point  in  front.  Tail  conical,  elongate,  flat  above, 
with  a  pale  streak  on  each  side  of  the  upper  surface.  Front  l^ 
covered  with  rather  large  scales ;  the  hind  legs  and  feet  spinulose. 

2.  Ebtys  tristrami. 

Head  oblong  trigonal,  half  as  long  again  as  wide  (to  the  end  a( 
crown-ridge) ;  eyes  subsuperior ;  temple  and  jaws  with  a  few  dark- 
edged  pale  sinuous  lines ;  temple,  between  orbit  and  the  wide  zy- 
gomatic arch,  short,  flat ;  lower  jaw  strong ;  alveolar  surface  of  both 
jaws  linear,  marginal ;  internal  nostrils  subanterior. 

Hab.  Holy  lland. 

See  also  Emyt  undetermined.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Bept.  in  B.  M. 
t.  35.  f.  3  (skull). 

7.  Clemmys. 
Clem MY8  caspica. 

Clemmys  ctupica,  Wagler,  Nat.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  5.  f.  iv.,  v.  (skull 
figured). 

A  specimen  in  spirit  (from  Arabia  Petrsea  ?),  purdiased  of  the 
Rev.  U.  Tristram.  Thorax  oblong ;  nuchal  plate  broad.  The  upper 
surface  of  each  marginal  plate  with  a  subcentral  darker-edged  cross 
streak,  sometimes  dilated  and  extended  into  a  streak  along  the  upper 
edge  of  the  plate.  Back  pale  oUve,  with  indistinct  paler  yellowish 
reticulated  hnes  edged  with  black ;  sternum  and  underside  of  the 
margin  black,  with  irregular- sized  subtriangular  yellow  spots  on  the 


1869.]  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THB  TORTOI8B8.  191 

OQter  lide  of  each  sternal  shield  and  a  jpale  blotch  on  the  eater  edge 
of  the  inguinal  shield.  Head  and  neck  oliTe»  sides  of  the  neck  and 
throat  with  numerous  black-edged  pale  parallel  streaks.  Legs  with 
trregolar  rather  broad  black-edged  pale  streaks.  Beaks  oUtc,  roanded 
in  front ;  upper  with  a  slight  acate  central  notch  with  a  slight  tooth 
on  each  side  of  it. 

8.  Cbrtsbmys. 
Chrysbmts  picta. 

EmyMpieta,  Owen,  Cat.  Osteol.  Mus.  G.  S.  p.  189.  uo.  964  (skull 
and  thorax). 

Skull  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons,  no.  964. 
Skull  rather  solid,  crown  rery  flat;  orbits  large,  oblong,  forming 
part  of  the  crown-edge ;  nose-hole  moderate,  labial  edge  even,  with 
two  small  close  teeth  quite  in  front ;  zjeomatic  arch  broad,  strong, 
convex  externally;  palate  flat;  internal  nostrils  quite  anterior,  with 
a  concavity  in  front  between,  and  with  a  slight  oblong  concavity 
behind  each,  separated  by  a  slight  raised  central  ridge ;  lower  jaw 
depressed,  rather  broad  in  front  and  on  the  sides,  rather  convex 
externally  (the  jaws  are  fastened  together). 

There  is  also  a  skull  of  a  smaller  specimen,  no.  967.  The  alveo- 
lar surface  of  the  upper  jaw  linear,  with  a  slight  narrow  raised 
ridge  parallel  to  the  outer  edge,  and  occupying  the  middle,  half  its 
length.  Lower  jaw  depressed ;  alveolar  surface  linear,  with  a  well- 
marked  groove  with  a  sharp  raised  edge  on  each  side  for  the  greater 
part  of  its  length,  except  in  front,  where  the  jaw  is  thinner,  simple, 
and  acute. 

11.  Dbirocbelys. 

?  Dbirochelys  reticulata,  Agassis. 

A  young  specimen  in  spirits,  received  from  Mr.  Arthur  Russell, 
from  North  America,  under  this  name.  It  is  most  beautifully  orna- 
mented, both  on  the  back  and  sternum,  with  dark-edged  rings  and 
irregular  marks ;  the  beaks  are  most  beautifully  ornamented  with 
regular  black-edged  yellow  streaks  diverging  from  the  nose  across  the 
lower  beak,  so  as  to  form  the  lines  on  the  throat ;  the  underside  of 
the  lower  beak  is  convex.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  upper  and 
lower  jaw  rather  wide ;  the  upper  with  a  very  slightly  raised  narrow 
submarginal  ridge ;  the  lower  jaw  with  a  regular  well-marked  conti- 
nuous sub  marginal  groove. 

Tribe  IV.  Malaclemmydina. 

12.  Malaclemmys. 

Malaclemmys  concentrica. 

Two  skeletons  in  the  British  Museum.  Skull  broad,  ovate  tri- 
gmial,  rather  depressed,  sides  of  the  face  rounded;  crown  flat, 
rhombic,  hinder  end  narrow,  extended  into  a  crest,  as  long  from  the 
hinder  edge  of  the  orbit  as  that  part  is  from  the  end  of  the  nose ; 


192 


PR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


[Mar.  11, 


orbit  lateral,  superior^  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  crown ;  zygomatic 
arch  strong,  broad,  conrez,  rather  wider  than  the  orbit  in  front,  so 
much  80  that  the  circular  tympanic  canity  behind  is  rather  con- 
tracted in  the  middle.  The  palate  flat ;  internal  nostrils  near  the 
centre  of  the  palate,  from  under  a  rather  convex  plate  in  front,  and 
with  a  central  keel  in  the  wide  sunken  space  behind  them.  The 
alveolar  surface  of  the  upper  jaw  very  wide,  quite  simple,  occupymg 
all  the  front  of  the  palate  but  a  central  triangular  space,  without  any 
internal  ridge.  The  lower  jaw  very  strong,  flattened  out  in  front 
and  on  the  sides  of  the  front,  without  any  gonyx,  the  upper  edge 
simple,  with  a  very  broad,  shelving,  concave  inner  aveolar  surface 
and  an  acute  central  point.  Toes  rather  elongate,  webbed  to  the 
claws,  with  band-like  shields  above. 


Maladfrnmys  concemirica. 

Skull  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surseons,  no.  1057,  with- 
out horny  sheath.  The  palate  flat ;  the  aveolar  process  very  wide, 
smooth,  rather  convex  on  the  front  part  of  the  inner  edge.  The 
part  of  the  palate  behind  the  internal  nostrils  broad,  slightly  sunken. 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


193 


flat,  witb  three  rather  thick  ridges,  the  central  one  long,  the  side 
ones  short.  The  lower  jaw  rery  strong,  thick,  bent  up  in  the  centre 
in  front  and  acute ;  the  alveolar  surface  very  broad,  slightly  concave 
the  whole  length  of  the  sides.  Length  1  inch  7^  lines,  width  1  inch 
5  lines. 

13.  Damonia. 

Head  very  large,  covered  with  a  hard  thin  skin.  Nose  high, 
truncated ;  nostrils  in  a  small  disk  notched  out  on  the  upper  edge 
of  the  very  high  convex  upper  beak.  Eyes  lateral,  subsuperior. 
Sides  of  the  face  shelving  outwards  below.  Zygomatic  arch  strong, 
wide.  The  labial  edges  of  the  upper  beak  slightly  arched,  bent 
inwards.  Lower  jaw  very  strong,  convex  and  rounded  in  front  below, 
with  a  strong,  sharp-edged,  broad  central  tip.  The  alveolar  disk  of 
the  upper  and  lower  jaws  very  broad,  the  upper  flat,  and  the  lower 

Fig.  8. 


Damonia  macrocephala, 

w^Iv^^^*    '^^  internal  nostrils  subcentral,  with   a  short  oblong 

^jj^^ii  space  behind  each.    The  thorax  oblong,  more  or  less  dis- 

|7^^y  three-keeled ;  the  vertebral  shields  six-sided,  as  broad  behind 

^fore ;  marginal  plates  dilated  over  the  hinder  limbs.     Sternal 


fe.^^ 


194  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  1 1, 

plates  regular.  Toes  strong,  covered  with  band-like  shields,  united, 
to  the  daws,  b;^  a  very  narrow  web  covered  with  scides ;  hind  toes 
longest.    Asiatic. 

The  skull  and  palate  similar  to  those  of  Maladewim^i^  but  the  feet, 
shell,  and  head  different. 

1.  Damonia  macrocephala. 

Geoclemmys  macrocephala.  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  479,  t.  xxi., 
1861,  p.  1.39. 

Emya  trijuga,  Mus.  Utrecht. 

Hab.  Siam  and  Cambogia. 

The  skull  (as  seen  through  the  skin  iu  the  stuffed  specimen)  has 
a  very  broad,  strong,  rather  convex  zygomatic  arch  between  the  orbit 
and  the  ear-cavity ;  crown  broad,  nat,  trigonal,  broader  and  trun- 
cated behind. 

Skeleton  in  the  British  Museum.  Skull  large ;  nose  rather  pro- 
duced,  conical ;  crown  flat,  rhombic,  short ;  orbit  lateral,  very  large ; 
zygomatic  arch  very  broad,  short ;  palate  slightly  concave ;  internal 
nostrils  near  the  middle  of  the  palate ;  alveolar  surface  of  the  upper 
jaw  rather  arched,  very  convex.  The  lower  jaw  curved  upwards  and 
acute  at  the  tip,  with  a  very  broad,  rather  concave  alveolar  surface 
the  whole  of  the  length,  broader  and  most  concave  in  front. 

There  is  a  second  skeleton,  of  a  small  specimen,  of  this  species, 
which,  from  the  bad  state  of  the  shell,  must  have  been  kept  in  con- 
finement for  a  long  time. 

2.  Damonia  reevesii. 

Emys  reevenit  Gmy,  Syn.  Rept.  73. 

Geoelemys  reevesii.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  18. 

Skull  (as  seen  through  the  skin  in  the  stuffed  specimen)  small, 
ovate  trigonal ;  crown  rhomboid,  rather  convex,  produced  in  the 
centre  behind,  about  as  long  from  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit  as  from 
the  nose  to  that  part  of  the  skull ;  orbit  rather  large,  lateral ;  zygo- 
matic arch  short,  broad,  wider  than  the  back  of  the  orbit,  and  con- 
fluent with  the  crown  above,  not  quite  so  wide  as  the  front  edge  of  the 
tympanic  cavity  behind.  Sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  simple,  without 
any  central  hook.  Lower  jaw  strong,  convex  in  front,  and  with  a 
convex  horny  sheath.  Toes  enclosed  in  the  skin  nearly  to  the  claws, 
covered  above  with  band-like  shields. 

An  adult  specimen  in  spirit,  obtained  from  Mr.  Blyth,  most  pro- 
bably from  India,  but  received  without  any  habitat.  Head  large, 
strong ;  crown  flat  and  short,  not  so  long  as  wide ;  nose  high, 
rather  shelving  to  the  mouth ;  eyes  lateral ;  cheek  flat ;  temple  and 
zygomatic  process  convex.  Upper  beak  very  large  and  thick,  with  a 
straight  edge  without  any  central  notch ;  the  lower  curved  and  acute 
in  front,  convex  beneath.  The  alveolar  processes  very  broad ;  upper 
rather  convex  and  rugose ;  lower  rather  concave  and  broad  the  whole 
length  of  the  side  of  the  jaw.  Neck  and  feet  lead-coloured,  without 
any  streak.     The  thorax  solid,  thick^  oblong,  with  three  very  ob- 


'€Cl 


re 


e*' 


1869.]  DR.  J.  S.  GRAY  ON  THK  TORTOISES.  195 

scare  keels,  the  central  one  broad,  and  the  lateral  ones  narrower, 
about  one^fourth  of  the  width  of  the  shield  from  the  upper  edge. 
The  back  dull  olive,  the  chest  black,  the  underside  of  the  margin 
pale  yellowish.  Toes  strong,  united  in  the  skin  to  the  claws,  with  a 
few  shields  above;  daws  acute,  black.  Tail  moderate,  conical, 
tapering  mt  the  end.  The  1st  vertebral  plate  rather  longer  than  wide, 
narrowed  behind,  with  a  concave  hinder  edge ;  the  2nd,  3rd,  and 
4tb  Tertebrals  as  wide  as  long,  with  a  roundel  front  and  an  arched 
lunder  edge,  the  2nd  and  3rd  wider  behind  than  in  front,  and  the 
4th  wider  in  front  than  behind. 

This  specimen  chiefly  di£Pers  from  typical  D.  reeveni  in  the  lai^r 
aze,  the  larger  head,  and  a  di£Perence  in  the  form  of  the  doraal 
shield ;  but  idl  this  may  depend  on  age  and  nourishment ;  and  what 
were  considered  adult  I),  reeveni  may  have  been  young  animals. 

3.  Damonia  hamiltonii. 

r/Mf .  Geoclem^M  hawUltonii,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  17. 

^^*^  SknU  (as  seen  through  the  skin  in  the  stuffed  specimen)  ovate 

'  ^"^  t  trigonal,  sides  flattened ;  orbit  lateral,  rather  large ;  crown  rhombic, 

^^  rather  convex  in  the  middle,  concave  over  the  orbits,  produced  be- 

^  hind,  about  once  and  a  half  as  long  from  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit 

as  ^m  that  point  to  the  tip  of  the  nose;  zjeomatic  arch  very 
short,  broad,  confluent  with  the  crown  above,  and  much  wider  than 
the  orbit  in  front,  as  wide  as  the  tympanic  cavity  behind ;  sheath  of 
the  upper  jaw  simple,  without  any  central  hook ;  lower  jaw  strong, 
convex,  and  covered  with  a  homy  sheath  in  front ;  toes  enclosed  in 
the  skin  to  the  claws,  with  band-like  shields  above,  claws  small. 

A  specimen  in  spirits  in  the  British  Museum.  The  head  mode- 
rate; nose  with  each  nostril  in  an  oblong  soft  space;  the  upper 
beak  with  a  simple  short  edge,  rounded  in  front ;  lower  beak  with 
an  acute  produced  centre.  Alveolar  surface  of  the  upper  jaw  wide, 
linear,  convex  and  rugose  on  the  sides ;  alveolar  surface  of  the  front 
of  the  lower  jaw  broad,  rugose,  concave  in  the  upper  surface,  narrow 
on  the  sides.  Toes  broadly  webbed,  crenulated  on  the  edges,  with  a 
series  of  hexangular  larger  scales  on  the  upper  surface. 

This  animal  has  the  feet  of  Baiagur ;  but  the  cavity  of  the  skull 
is  not  contracted  at  the  ends  as  in  that  group. 

4.  Damonia  nigricans. 

Emy»  nigricans.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  20,  t.  6. 
Sknll  (as  seen  through  the  skin  of  the  stuffed  specimen)  oblong 

triangular,  sides  of  face  flattbh ;  orbit  lateral,  rather  laree ;  crown 
neaiiy  flat,  with  an  arched  hinder  edge,  which  is  about  as  far  behind 
the  hinder  edge  of  the  orbit  as  that  part  is  from  the  end  of  the 
nose ;  zygomatic  arch  flat,  as  wide  in  front  as  the  back  edge  of  the 
orbit,  and  as  the  front  edge  of  the  tympanic  cavity  behind;  the 
sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  rather  notched  at  the  tip,  with  a  simple 
edge ;  lower  jaw  broad,  eonvex,  and  covered  with  a  broad  horny 
sheath  in  front.     Toes  slightly  webbed  to  the  claws. 


L 


196 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


14.  Glyptemys. 


[Mar.  11. 


Glyptemys  pvlchella,  Agassiz. 


Geoclemys  pulehella.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  18. 

The  skeleton  of  a  large  specimen  which  had  been  in  confinement, 
with  the  bones  separate,  in  the  British  Museum,  prepared  by  Dr. 
Giinther.  The  skidl  ¥ath  a  broad,  very  flat  forehead,  and  high,  square 
nose ;  the  latter  granular,  the  lower  half  sunk  in  a  deep  wide  notch 
in  the  upper  edge  of  the  upper  beak.  Upper  beak  high,  with  an 
acute  central  notch.  Lower  jaw  strong,  thick  and  coutcx  in  front. 
Zygomatic  arch  strong,  couTez.  Orbit  large,  quite  lateral,  with  a 
narrow  lower  hinder  edge.  Palate  concave  in  front,  flat  behind; 
internal  nostrils  large,  anterior.    The  alveolar  surface  of  the  upper 

{*aw  rather  broad,  smooth,  vnth  a  slight  concavity  in  front ;  of  the 
ower  jaw  broad  in  front,  narrower  on  the  sides,  regularly  concave. 

The  broad  front  of  the  alveolar  surface  of  the  lower  jaw  separates 
these  animals  from  the  genus  GeocUmmys ;  and  therefore  I  have 
adopted  Agassiz's  generic  name. 

Fig.  9. 


Gfypfetnys  pulckel/a, 

A  large  specimen  in  spirit  in  the  British  Museum.  Skull  rather 
thm,  ovate  rhombic,  sides  flat  ?  orbit  very  large,  subsuperior,  in  the 
upper  margin  of  the  crown  ;  crown  rhomboid,  produced  into  an 
acute  point  behind,  the  hinder  end  as  far  from  the  hinder  edge  of 
the  orbit  bs  that  part  is  from  the  end  of  the  nose;  zygomatic  arch 
short,  broad,  rather  broadep  in  front  than  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit, 


1869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  197 

about  as  large  as  the  small  circular  tympanic  cavitj  behiad,  but 
attached  to  the  temple  rather  below  the  upper  margin  of  the  tym- 
panic cavity.  The  upper  jaw  (with  the  sheath  on)  has  a  sharp  edge 
with  a  broad  internal  groove  edged  on  the  inner  side  by  a  slight 
ridge.  Palate  rather  concave,  especially  in  front.  The  sheath  of 
the  npper  jaw  with  a  slightly  bidentate  notch  in  front,  and  simple 
straight  sides.  The  lower  jaw  strong,  erect  on  the  sides,  shelving, 
convex,  and  rounded  in  front,  covered  with  a  horny  sheath,  and  with 
a  central  acute  point. 

15.  Bbllia. 

Head  very  large,  short,  covered  with  a  thin  and  hard  skin,  over 
the  orbit  and  other  fleshy  parts  covered  with  very  small  granular 
scales.  Nose  high,  truncated  in  front ;  nostrils  in  the  upper  edge 
of  the  homy  beak.  Beak  of  the  upper  jaw  high,  convex,  with 
broadly  arched  dependent  sides  and  a  central  notch.  Lower  jaw 
strong,  convex  in  front,  with  a  central  acute  sharp-edged  point. 
Thorax  oblong  ;  back  three-keeled ;  vertebral  plates  elongate  sub- 
trigonal,  areola  of  discal  shields  with  a  narrow  longitudinal  ridge. 
Toes  strong,  expanded,  with  transverse  band-like  shields,  united,  to 
the  claws,  by  a  narrow  scaly  web,     Asiatic. 

Skull  solid.  Nose-hole  square ;  the  front  and  sides  of  the  upper 
lips  shelving  inwards.  Orbit  large,  oblong,  subquadrangular,  lateral. 
Palate  flat,  internal  nostrils  anterior,  with  a  short  oblong  concavity 
behind  each.  Alveolar  plates  moderate,  baud-like,  rather  wider 
behind,  rather  concave.  Lower  jaw  short,  strong,  convex  in  front, 
and  wide  and  thick  behind,  with  a  conical  central  prominence  and  a 
broad  flat  alveolar  edge  that  is  broader  behind  and  with  a  very 
slightly  raised  outer  margin. 

BeUia  has  the  large  head,  with  dependent  lips,  of  Damonia ;  but 
the  alveolar  surface  of  the  upper  jaw  is  not  so  wide,  and  the  inner 
nostrils  are  anterior. 

BellIA  CRA8SICOLLI8. 

Emys  erasticoUis,  Bell ;  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Kept.  B.  M.  p.  20. 

Skoll  (as  seen  through  the  skin  of  the  stuffed  specimen)  broad, 
depressed,  ovate,  sides  shelving  outwards ;  orbit  subsuperior,  on  the 
lateral  edge  of  the  crown ;  crown  flat,  rhomboid,  broader  in  front, 
rather  produced  and  narrow  in  the  middle  of  the  hinder  edge,  which 
is  almost  as  far  from  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit  as  that  part  from 
the  end  of  the  nose ;  zygomatic  arch  short,  broad,  convex,  forming 
part  of  the  crown,  and  wider  than  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit  in  front, 
not  quite  so  wide  as  the  front  edge  of  the  tympanic  cavity  behind  ; 
edge  of  tympanic  cavity  rounded ;  sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  very 
strong,  and  high  in  front  and  on  the  sides,  lower  margin  truncated 
in  the  middle,  and  larger  and  arched  on  the  sides ;  the  lower  jaw 
strong,  short,  broad  in  front,  covered  with  a  broad  horny  sheath. 
Toes  strong,  short,  webbed  to  the  claws,  covered  with  band -like 
shields.     Feet  like  those  of  the  American  Emydida, 

Skeleton  of  a  half-grown  specimen  in  the  British  Museum,  re- 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.— 1869,  No.  XIV. 


198 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


[Mar.  11, 


ceiTed  from  Holland  as  *'  Clemmys  sprengleriy  The  head  of  the 
youneer  specimeDS  is  rather  more  slender  and  thinner  than  that  of 
the  adult. 

A  young  specimen  in  spirit^  sent  with  an  adult  and  a  half-grown 
specimen  ^om  Borneo,  and  presented  by  Mr.  Dillwyn.  The  head 
is  black,  with  an  elongated  yellowish  white  spot  oyer  each  orbit, 
extended  towards  the  nostrils,  and  a  large  round  opake  pure-white 
spot  on  each  temple  over  the  zygomatic  arch,  a  triangular  white  spot 
on  each  side  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  a  small  white  spot  on  the  side  of 
the  head  under  the  tympanum. 

The  head  of  the  adult  specimen  has  not  these  distinct  spots ;  but 
the  region  of  the  orbit  and  temple  is  varied  with  white.  Unfor- 
tunately,  however,  the  older  specimens  are  not  in  such  a  good  state 
as  the  young  one. 

Fig.  10. 


BeUia  crassicoliis. 


Two  skulls  in  the  Museum,  sent  by  Prof.  Oldham,  are  very  sohd ; 
nose  rather  produced,  conical ;  nose-hole  in  front  large,  four-sided ; 
cheeks  shelvmg  outwards;  crown  flat,  rhombic,  narrow  and  acute 
behind  ;  xygomatic  process  moderately  broad,  from  back  of  orbit  to 
the  upper  front  half  of  the  oblong  tympanic  cavity ;  orbit  oblong, 
large.  The  labial  edge  of  the  upper  jaw  arched  on  each  side  aud 
overlapping.  The  palate  nearly  flat,  with  a  concavity  in  front  be- 
hind each  internal  nostril.  The  alveolar  plate  broad,  flat,  smooth, 
broader  behind,  and  with  a  slight  oblong  central  pit  and  a  larger 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


199 


central  concanty  behind  it.  Lower  jaw  very  strong,  short,  with  a 
narrow  erect  front  edge  endine  in  a  central  conical  prominence ; 
broad  and  flattened  out  behind,  especially  just  before  the  condyle. 
The  tympanic  concavity  opens  into  the  larger  cavity  that  occupies 
the  whole  of  the  mastoid  bone. 


Fig.  11. 


Tetraowfx  haska.    Two-lhirdK  of  nat.  size. 


202 


DR.  J.  K.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 

Fig.  13. 


[Mar.  II, 


AVrAwyri  fri/tNfufa.     Two-thirds  nat.  sixe. 

eonraritjf  btAimd  each  internal  no$triL     The  orbit  regular  ob- 
long ^  longer  tMam  kigk,     Dongoka. 

4.  Kachvga  hardvickii. 

Batifgmr  t/ongoka.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rent,  in  B.  M.  t.  3G.  f.  1 
(»kull). 

Unh,  Nei^al  (R,  H,  HodgMm,  Estg.), 


1869.]  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 

Fig.  14. 


203 


Kaehuga  oldhanU.     Nut.  size. 

5.  Kachuga  affinis. 

A  specimen  of  the  young  animal  in  spirit,  from  Penang,  from  the 
Cantor  Collection,  named  Tetraonyx  junior  by  Dr.  Cantor.  It  has 
five  distinct  claws  on  the  fore,  and  five  on  the  hind  feet.  The  shell 
b  nearly  circular,  and  the  sides  of  the  sternum  are  very  sharply  and 
strongly  keeled.     The  upper  beak  is  straight-edged,  with  two  small 


204  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOI6E8.  [Mar.  11, 

acute  teeth  in  the  centre  in  front.  The  alveolar  surfaces  rather 
broad,  the  upper  with  a  single  triangular  ridge  separated  by  a  central 
concavity ;  the  lower  with  a  single  ridge  parallel  to  the  edge.  The 
vertebral  shield  rugulose,  with  a  broad  flat-topped  keel ;  the  cosUl 
shields  with  an  indistinct  central  keel  more  prominent  behind,  the 
part  above  the  keel  rugulose,  that  below  it  smooth ;  inguinal  shields 
very  wide. 

6.  Kachuga  berdmoorei. 

There  are  two  specimens  in  spirit,  purchased  of  Mr.  Theobald,  in 
the  British  Museum.  The  alveolar  surfaces  of  the  upper  and  lower 
jaws  very  wide,  as  wide  behind  as  before,  rugulose,  tubercular ;  the 
upper  one  with  a  very  strong  triangular  submarginal  ridge  ending 
short  of  the  centre  and  in  front  sharply  turned  towards  the  outer 
margin  ;  the  central  part  concave  in  front,  and  flat  behind ;  the 
portion  behind  the  ridge  very  broad.  Lower  jaw  with  a  very  strong 
triangular  ridge  stopping  short  of  the  centre,  which  is  concave.  The 
upper  beak  even  on  the  side,  with  a  broad  triangular  central  nick 
with  a  slight  tooth  on  each  side ;  the  lower  with  a  short  conical 
centre ;  the  whole  surface  of  the  upper  and  the  outer  surface  of  the 
lower  grooved  and  rugose.  The  nostrils  small,  circular,  pierced  in  a 
horny  plate  that  edges  the  nose  and  with  a  lower  process  produced 
downwards,  on  the  upper  edge  of  the  beak. 

Hab,  ? 

18.  Pangshura,  Gray. 

Panpshura,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Eept.  p.  36. 

The  beaks  of  Pang»hura  tecta^  in  a  specimen  in  spirit,  are  unlike 
the  beaks  of  Tetraonyx ;  the  gape  is  scaly,  but  the  lower  beak  is 
broad  in  front,  with  a  rather  curved  hinder  edge,  and  there  b  a 
series  of  more  or  less  distinctly  separate  long  trigonal  shields  below 
the  outer  marfi;in  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  beak.  The  skin  on  the 
crown  is  contmuous,  without  any  grooves ;  the  skin  over  the  tym- 
panum is  soft,  with  some  very  obscure  concentric  wrinkles  or 
grooves. 

1.    PaNGSHURA  TECTA. 

Emya  nomadieui,  Theobald. 

A  specimen  in  spirit  in  the  British  Museum.  The  alveolar  pro- 
cess wide  on  the  upper  and  lower  jaws.  The  upper  jaw  with  a 
subcentral  acute  ridge  interrupted  in  front  by  a  central  longitudinal 
ridge,  and  with  an  acute  ridge  on  the  inner  margin  which  is  conti- 
nuous in  the  centre.  Alveolar  process  in  the  lower  jaw  broad,  with 
a  strong  triangular  ridge  parallel  to  the  margin,  and  with  a  short 
central  longitudinal  ridge.  Labial  edge  of  the  upper  beak  simple, 
of  the  lower  beak  acute  and  bent  up  in  the  middle. 

Skull  (as  seen  through  the  skin  in  the  stuffed  specimen)  ovate 
rhombic,  rather  high  in  front,  nearly  erect  on  the  sides;  crown 
rhombic,  produced  and  acute  behind,  rather  longer  from  the  pos- 


18^.]  DR.  J.  S.  GRAY  ON  THK  TORTOISES.  205 

terior  end  to  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit  than  from  that  part  to  the 
end  of  the  nose ;  ejes  lateral,  eyebrows  rather  convex ;  zygomatic 
arch  short,  narrow,  from  the  middle  of  the  hinder  edge  of  the  orbit 
to  the  npper  part  of  the  front  margin  of  the  tympanic  canty,  which 
is  only  famished  with  a  narrow  edge.  '  Sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  with 
straight,  closely  denticulated  edges  ;  lower  jaw  strong,  rery  convez, 
and  covered  with  a  homy  sheath  in  front.  Toes  slender,  with  a  few 
hexangular  shields  aboTe,  very  broadly  webbed ;  claws  small. 

2.  PaNGSHURA  TENTORIUM. 

Skull  (as  seen  through  the  skin  of  the  preserved  specimen)  very 
like  that  of  P.  tecta,  but  the  crown  is  rather  more  produced  behind, 
or  rather  the  orbits  are  more  in  front  of  the  head  ;  the  bony  temple 
is  broader  behind  the  eyes ;  and  the  zygomatic  arch  is  broader, 
being  as  wide  as  the  upper  half  of  the  front  edge  of  the  tympanic 
cavity.  The  homy  sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  is  rather  sinuous,  dis- 
tinctly but  closely  denticulated.  Toes  slender,  very  widely  webbed 
to  the  claws ;    claws  small. 

3.  Pangshura  dura. 

Skull  (as  seen  through  the  skin  of  the  stuffed  specimen)  ovate 
trianguUr,  sides  erect ;  orbit  very  large,  subsuperior;  crown  rhombic, 
produced  and  acute  behind,  twice  as  lone  from  the  hinder  end  to 
the  back  edge  of  the  orbit  as  the  length  from  that  part  to  the 
end  of  the  nose ;  zygomatic  arch  short,  convex,  the  front  end  form- 
ing part  of  the  crown,  and  wider  than  the  orbit,  and  the  hinder  part 
narrower  and  only  attached  to  the  upper  part  of  the  edge  of  the 
tympanic  cavity.  Sheath  of  the  upper  jaw  broad,  high,  with  a 
straight  simple  edge;  lower  jaw  strong,  covered  with  a  convex 
homy  sheath  in  front.     Toes  slender,  broadly  webbed  to  the  claws. 

Tribe  VI.  Pseudemydina. 
19.  Pseudemys. 
1.  Pseudemys  serrata. 

A  mounted  skeleton  in  the  British  Museum,  from  North  America. 
Sknll  solid,  crown  flat,  produced  and  narrow  behind,  very  broad, 
square,  high  in  front,  shelving  to  the  mouth  below ;  the  labial  edge 
nearly  straight,  with  a  notch  in  front,  and  minutely  denticulated  on 
the  margin.  The  zygomatic  arch  very  broad,  slightly  convex  ex- 
ternally ;  the  mastoid  bone  produced  horizontally,  flat  above  exter- 
nally, and  keeled  above,  with  a  moderate-sized  internal  cavity. 
Palate  concave  behind  the  internal  nostrils.  The  alveolar  surface  of 
the  upper  jaw  flat,  wide,  rather  produced  behind ;  inner  or  palatine 
edge  simple,  and  armed  in  front  with  a  large  tooth  on  each  side  of 
the  centre,  which  is  produced  into  a  longitudinal  sharp-edged  irre- 
gular ridge  parallel  to  the  outer  margin  and  nearer  to  it  than  to  the 
inner  edge  of  the  alveolar  surface.  The  lower  jaw  strong,  much 
depressed  and  wide  in  front,  and  quite  flat  on  the  lower  surface ; 


206 


DR.  J.  E.  ORA.Y  ON  THB  TORTOISES. 


[Mar.U. 

the  alveolar  surfaee  broad,  expanded,  nearly  as  broad  behind  as  in 
front,  the  centre  of  the  outer  edge  produced  and  acute,  with  a  large 
concavity  on  each  side  behind  it,  and  with  an  irregular  sharp-edged 
ridge  nearer  the  inner  edge  than  the  outer  margin,  with  a  conical 
compressed  prominence  in  front ;  the  labial  margin  with  a  series  of 
conical  teeth. 


Pseudemys  serrata, 

A  second  skull  depressed,  ovate,  sides  of  the  face  shelving ;  nasal 
aperture  very  large ;  orbits  very  large,  superior,  separated  by  a  very 
narrow  space ;  crown  rhombic,  produced  behind ;  zygomatic  arch 
very  broad,  convex,  nearlv  as  wide  as  the  back  edge  of  the  orbit  and 
the  front  edge  of  the  oval  tympanic  cavity.  Upper  jaw  with  a  well- 
marked  irregularly  dentated  ridee  parallel  with  the  outer  edge,  and 
a  broad  flat  space  behind  it ;  there  is  a  conical  tooth  on  the  front 
end  of  the  ridge,  and  a  deep  conical  pit  on  the  front  of  the  upper 
jaw.  Hinder  nasal  opening  arched  in  front,  near  the  middle  of  the 
palate.  The  lower  jaw  strong,  broad,  expanded  ;  lower  surface  flat ; 
upper  surface  with  a  short  denticulated  marginal  edge,  and  a  conical 
central  prominence  in  front,  with  a  central  longitudinal  ridge  and  a 
stronger  arched  ridge  parallel  with  the  outer  margin.  Toes  long, 
slender,  broadly  webbed. 

2.    PSEUDEMYS  DECUSSATA. 

Paeudemys  deeuisata.  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  N.  H.  xii:  p.  183. 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 


207 


Emtfs  deeussata.  Bell ;  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  Id  B.  M.  t.  36. 
f.  2  (skull). 

Skull  in  British  Museum.  The  internal  nostrils  suhanterior,  be- 
tween the  converging  alveolar  plates;  lower  jaw  with  a  short 
groove. 

20.  Trachemys. 

Trachemys  bolbrookii. 

Trachemys  kolbrookii.  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  N.  H.  xii.  p.  181. 
Emyi  cumberlandensis,  Hoibrook. 


Fig.  16. 


Trachemys  holbrookii. 

^^^leton  (in  separate  bones)  in  the.  British  Museum,  prepared  by 
*J''*  ^^ther.  Skull  ovate,  solid,  crown  quite  flat,  sides  of  face 
snelving  outwards ;  nose  rather  produced  beyond  the  mouth  ;  orbit 
"^^^  Wge,  lateral^  subsuperior,  upper  hinder  edge  narrow;  lygo- 
"^^ic  arch  very  broad,  convex ;  tympanic  cavity  subcircular.  The 
5  8^  of  the  jaws  swollen,  convex,  labial  edge  rather  arched,  entire 
»*^  iTont,    The  palate  flat ;  internal  nostrils  large,  subanterior,  with 

^'^  elongated  broad  slight  concavity  behind  them.     The  alveolar 


208  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOI8E6.  [Mar.  11, 

surface  broad,  divided  just  over  the  internal  nostrils  by  a  large, 
thick  central  ridge  parallel  with  the  outer  side,  having  a  broad 
space  on  each  side  of  it.  Lower  jaw  strong,  rather  short,  front  and 
sides  convex  and  rounded  beneath;  alveolar  surface  broad,  with 
a  short  outer  edge  of  an  irregular  narrow  subcentral  ridge  parallel 
with  the  outer  margin. 

21.  Dermatemys. 

Dermatemys,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles  in  B.  M.  p.  49. 

Skull  figured  by  M.  Aug.  Dum^ril  in  the  '  Archives  du  Museum/ 
vi.  p.  223,  t.  15.  ''The  alveolar  surfaces  are  broad,  with  distinct 
dentated  ridges,  like  those  of  the  genera  Pseudemys  and  Batagur''* 
Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1864. 

This  genus  was  arranged,  in  the  '  Catalogue  of  Shield  Reptiles/ 
in  the  Ghelydrada,  near  Chelydra,  on  account  of  the  additional 
shield  on  the  suture ;  but  at  that  time  the  thorax  only  was  known. 
The  animal,  like  the  skull,  is  very  like  Pseudemys  and  Batagvr, 
The  specimen  in  spirit  of  the  animal  in  the  British  Museum,  re- 
ceived from  Mr.  Salvin,  has  very  small  gular  shields,  for  the  greater 
part  of  their  length  united,  which  gives  them  much  the  appearance 
of  a  single  shield.  This  union  and  their  small  size  give  the  animal 
at  first  sight  the  appearance  of  an  Hydraspis,  the  gular  shields  being 
regarded  as  the  intergular  of  that  genus. 

Fam.  IV.  Platysternidje. 

Head  very  large,  covered  with  a  thick,  hard,  bony  case ;  upper 
jaw  with  a  strong  short-edeed  central  hook.  Skull  thick,  hard ; 
zygomatic  arch  much  dilated  posteriorly  and  forming  a  bony  cover- 
ing over  the  temporal  muscles.  Toes  5 . 4,  short,  free  at  the  ends ; 
the  three  middle  ones  of  the  fore  foot  and  the  two  middle  ones  of 
the  hind  foot  longest ;  claws  compressed,  acute.  Tail  cylindrical, 
elongated,  covered  with  rings  of  square  shields.  Thorax  thin.  Ster- 
num soHd,  broad,  attached  to  the  thorax  by  a  bony  extension  co- 
vered with  the  ends  of  the  pectoral  and  abdominal  plates ;  not 
transversely  divided,  separated  from  the  marginal  shields  by  a  longi- 
tudinal series  of  small  shields. 

Emydida,  b.  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Reptiles,  p.  49. 

Emydida,  §  b.  Gray,  Cat.  Tortoises  in  B.  M.  p.  13. 

Platysternon. 
Platystemon,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  49. 


Fam.    CuELYDIDiE. 


In  the  'Proceedings'  of  the  Society  for  1864,  p.  128,  I  proposed 
an  arrangement  of  the  genera  of  this  family  founded  on  the  exami- 
nation of  the  skull  of  the  genera  which  I  then  knew,  and  I  figured 
some  of  them. 


1869  ]  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  209 

I  have  since  obtained  the  skull  of  Chehdina  colliei.  It  does  not 
render  necessary  any  alterations  in  the  system  ;  but  I  would  propose 
that  the  place  of  the  genus  (Chelodina)  in  the  series  should  be 
rather  altered  :  instead  of  following  HydrtupU  in  Hydraspidina,  I 
think  that  it  had  better  be  arranged  before  it  in  that  tribe,  as  the 
skull  is  more  depressed  and  has  a  more  slender  lower  jaw,  and  many 
other  characters  render  it  intermediate  in  form  between  the  genera 
Hydraspis  and  Chelys, 

Fig.  17. 


Fam.    TRIONYCHIDiE. 

When  my  "  Revision  of  the  Species  of  Trionychid€B  "  was  read, 
on  the  23rd  February,  1864  (see  P.Z.S.  1864,  p.  7^),  I  was  in 
doubt  whether  the  alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  of  these  animals  did 
not  change  in  form  as  the  animal  increased  in  age,  this  doubt  being 
caused  by  receiving  from  West  Africa  skulls  from  the  same  locality 
which  chiefly  differed  in  size  and  in  the  form  of  the  alveolar  surface. 
The  British  Museum  has  since  received  other  specimens  from  West 
Africa ;  and  after  examining  them  I  am  satisfied  that  the  skulls  re- 
ferred to  belonged  to  two  species,  and  that  the  difference  of  form  and 
structure  above  mentioned  is  permanent,  and  found  in  young  speci- 


210  DR.  J.  K.  GRAY  ON  THK  TORTOISKS.  [Mtf.  II, 

mens  as  well  as  old  of  the  two  species ;  and  the  examination  of  the 
jaws  of  the  young  speciinens  of  other  species  in  the  Musenm  collec- 
tion has  convinced  me  that  Tery  little,  if  any,  change  of  form  occurs 
in  the  alveolar  surface  of  the  soft  Mud-Turtles  of  the  same  species 
from  youth  to  old  age,  and  that  the  various  forms  of  the  alveolar 
surface  afford  excellent  characters  for  the  distinction  of  the  species 
and  genera  of  the  group,  and  are  also  in  conformity  with  their  habits 
and  food.  Bxtending  the  examination  to  the  mouth  of  old  and 
young  specimens  of  Tortoises  of  other  families,  I  find  that  these 
characters  are  equally  permanent  in  them. 

When  the  above-mentioned  essay  was  prepared,  as  we  had  only  a 
limited  number  of  skeletons,  I  was  obliged  to  leave  in  it  a  number  of 
species  doubtful  as  to  the  genera  to  which  they  ought  to  be  referred. 
Having  discovered  that  the  characters  afforded  by  the  alveolar  pro- 
cess were  the  same  in  the  young  specimens  as  in  the  older  ones,  I 
was  induced  to  examine  the  mouths  of  all  the  young  spedmeos  which 
we  had  in  spirit  in  the  British  Musenm ;  and  finding  that,  by  very 
careful  preparation  and  manipulation,  I  could  open  the  mouths  of  the 
stuffed  specimens  in  the  same  collection  without  in  the  least  degree 
injuring  them,  I  have  examined  the  mouth  and  alveolar  surfaces  in 
all  of  them,  and  thus  satisfied  myself  of  the  permanence  of  the 
characters  that  these  afford,  and  have  been  able  to  determine  with 
certainty  the  systematic  position  of  some  species,  which  was  before 
doubtful. 

This  reexamination  has  also  shown  me  the  permanence  and  the 
importance,  as  a  specific  character,  of  the  manner  in  which  the  odd 
bone  in  front  of  the  bony  dorsal  disk  is  developed,  and  whether  it 
is  in  an  early  or  late  stage  of  its  development  that  it  becomes  pitted 
like  the  rest  of  the  bones  of  the  disk,  and  when  it  becomes  united  to 
the  front  bone  of  it. 

These  additions  to  my  knowledge  of  the  structure  and  develop- 
ment of  the  animals  induce  me  to  propose  the  following  amended 
arrangement  of  them.  A  natural  arrangement  of  the  genera  can 
only  be  prepared  by  taking  account  of  all  the  changes  of  the  animal 
during  growth,  and  deriving  the  characters  from  it  in  its  perfect 
state.  The  young  specimens  are  required  in  order  to  know  the 
coloration  of  the  spedes,  the  adult  to  know  the  perf^t  development 
of  the  sternal  callosities,  and  those  of  intermediate  ages  to  give  the 
manner  the  odd  bone  in  front  of  the  dorsal  disk  is  developed,  and 
when  and  how  it  becomes  fitted  like  the  other  bones  of  the  hack- 
shield  ;  but  this  has  rendered  it  impossible  to  interpolate  in  their 
proper  place  in  the  system  those  specimens  in  the  Museum  which 
are  only  in  a  young  or  imperfect  state  of  development,  not  showing 
the  sternal  callosities  or  the  true  form  of  the  dorsal  disk. 

The  Mud-Turtles  with  depressed  head  and  thin  depressed  skull 
have  a  very  short  face,  and  the  eyes  only  a  very  short  distance  from 
the  end  of  the  nose ;  all  the  genera  which  have  a  hieher,  strong, 
hard  skull  have  a  short  face  and  a  convex  rounded  forehead,  except 
T^rte,  which  has  an  elongate  conical  face,  and  the  eyes  considerably 
further  back. 


1869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  211 

The  genera  of  tbe  latter  group  may  be  arranged  according  to  the 
Dumber  of  tbe  sternal  callosities,  thus : — 

I.  Sternal  callosities  two,  lateral :  Jspilus,  Ra/eiys,  Bogania, 
II.  Sternal  callosities  four,  lateral  and  anal :  Trionyx,  Potamochelys, 

Pelochelys,  Chitra^  Tetrathyra^  PlatypeUis, 
111.  Sternal  callosities  six,  lateral,  anal,  and  pectoral;  the  latter 

transverse  and  developed  late  :  Landemania. 
lY.  Sternal  callosities  seven :  Hept<Uhyra. 
y.  Sternal  callosities  nine  (or  ten):  Emyda. 
Vl.  Sternal  callosities  fifteen,  and  often  some  subsidiary  ones :  Cy- 
elanoHeus  and  Baikiea, 

The  development  of  the  pittings  on  the  surface  of  the  odd  bone  in 
front  of  the  bony  dorsal  disk  affords  good  generic  characters. 

1.  It  is  smooth  to  a  comparatively  later  period,  even  after  the 
sternal  callosities  are  developed  in  Aspilus. 

2.  It  is  pitted  in  the  centre  in  very  young,  and  gradually  becomes 
more  covered  with  pits  in  young  specimens  in  Trionyx,  Potamochelys, 
and  Tyrse. 

The  Mud -Turtles  with  a  depressed  thin  skull  and  very  short  face 
hare  a  broad  fiat  palate  and  scarcely  any  indication  of  a  central 
groove  in  front  of  the  internal  nostrils,  and  only  a  slight  depression, 
if  any,  behind  them ;  whereas  in  the  more  or  less  oblong,  thick, 
solid  skulls  the  palate  is  more  or  less  concave,  and  almost  always 
has  a  central  groove  in  front  and  two  more  or  less  deep  concavities 
behind  the  internal  nostrils.  The  extent  and  form  of  the  depressions 
afford  very  good  generic  characters. 

The  skulls  of  the  Trionychida  may  be  arranged  in  sections  thus  : — 

1 .  The  central  groove  in  front  of  the  internal  nostrils  narrow  and — 

a.  Deep :  Landemania,  Sarbieria,  Potamochelys,  IPlatypeltiSt 
Callinia,  ?  Emyda. 

h.  Very  shallow :  Jspiius. 

2.  Central  groove  in  front  of  the  internal  nostrils  short,  triangular, 
narrow  in  front :  Cyclanosteus,  Baikiea,  Tetrathyra, 

3.  Central  groove  in  front  of  the  internal  nostrils  wide  and  shallow, 
but  well  marked  :  Trionyx^  Rafetus,  Dogania^  Tyrse. 

The  fonn  of  and  the  extent  of  the  development  on  the  edge  of 
the  jaws  afford  excellent  characters,  and  show  the  differences  in 
the  habits  of  these  animals.  In  the  Mud-Turtles  with  depressed, 
thin,  light  skuU,  and  short  face,  the  alveolar  edges  of  tbe  jaws 
are  thin  and  linear.  In  those  which  have  a  more  or  less  high, 
solid,  strong  skull,  the  edge  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the  surface  of 
the  upper  one  that  meets  it  offer  several  variations.  The  genera 
may  be  arranged  by  the  different  forms  of  the  alveolar  surface, 
thus: — 

1.  llie  edee  of  the  lower  jaw  flattened  and  broad  in  front  and 
on  the  sides :  Trionyx,  Aspilus,  Rafetus,  Baikiea. 


212  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THR  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  11» 

2.  The  front  edge  of  the  lower  jaw  narrow ;  the  inner  surface 
of  the  front  part  of  the  jaw  shelving  inwards. 

a.  In  some  of  these  the  hinder  part  of  the  sides  of  the  edge 
is  more  or  less  expanded  and  flattened  out  into  an  alveolar 
disk :  Dogania,  Potamochelys,  Cyclanoateus, 

b.  In  others  the  sides  of  the  edge  are  as  narrow  as  the  front 
part :  Tyrse,  Platjfpeltis,  CcUlinia. 

The  genera  of  the  family  may  he  thus  arranged : — 

Section  I.  The  head  ovate  or  oblonff,  face  moderate.     Skull  stronff, 
thick,  solid. 

A.  The  sternum  contracted  behind,  without  any  flaps  over  the  hinil 
legs. 

a.  Nostrils  small,  far  apart,  on  the  sides  of  the  end  of  the  proboscis. 

1.  Amyda.     J,  mutica, 

b.  Nostrils  moderate,  circular,  close  together  in  the  middle  of  ike 

end  of  the  proboscis,  with  a  small  lobe  on  the  inner  side, 

*  Head  short,  forehead  convex.  The  front  and  sides  of  the  lower 
jaw  with  a  broad,  expanded,  flat  or  slightly  concave  alveolar 
surface.     Anterior  palatine  groove  deep. 

OL.  Sternal  callosities  six. 

2.  Landemania.     Z>.  irrorata, 

p.  Sternal  callosities  four. 

3.  Trionyx.     Head  short,   forehead  convex.     Anterior  palatine 

groove  broad,  shallow.  Alveolar  surface  of  the  lower  jaw 
broad,  as  wide  in  front  as  on  the  sides,  rather  concave,  with  a 
central  longitudinal  ridge  in  front.     Ifab.  Asia.     T  gangetica. 

4.  Fordia.      Head   short,    forehead  convex.      Anterior    palatine 

groove  narrow,  linear,  deep.  Alveolar  surface  of  the  lower  jaw 
very  broad,  as  wide  in  front  as  on  the  sides,  flat,  granular. 
Hab.  Africa.     F.  africana. 

5.  Sarbieria.     Head  rather  elongate.     Anterior   palatine  groove 

(in  beak)  narrow,  deep,  gradually  becoming  wider  behind  (in 
skull).  Alveolar  surface  (of  beak)  in  lower  jaw  regularly  con- 
cave and  smooth  in  front,  and  slightly  concave  on  the  sides. 
Odd  anterior  bone  of  dorsal  disk  free  and  smooth  in  the  young 
specimens.     S.frenata. 

y.  Sternal  callosities  two,  lateral. 

6.  AsPiLUS.     Head  oblong,  elongate.     Alveolar  surface  of  the  upper 

jaw  wider  behind ;  of  the  lower  jaw  broad,  rather  wider  in  front 


1859.  J  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  213 

than  on  the  sides,  flat,  with  a  slight  concavity  on  the  outer  and 
convexity  on  the  inner  side  behind.  Central  anterior  palatine 
groove  in  the  beak  narrow,  linear,  deep,  in  the  skull  narrow, 
elongate,  but  very  slightly  marked  ;  the  front  of  the  palate  is 
very  deeply  concave  to  the  front  edge  of  the  internal  nostrils, 
and  then  bent  np  on  the  sides  of  them.  Internal  nostrils 
oblong.     A.  earini/erus,  P.  Z.  S.  1864.  p.  83,  f.  4-6. 

7.  Ra FETUS.     Head  broad,  forehead  convex.     Skull  rather  longer 

than  broad  at  the  ears.  Anterior  central  palatine  groove  broad 
aud  shallow,  rather  broader  behind  than  in  front.  Alveolar 
surfmce  of  the  jaws  narrow,  linear,  in  the  upper  jaw  scarcely 
wider  in  front  than  behind  ,  in  the  lower  jaw  rather  wider  in 
front,  smooth,  slightly  concave  on  the  sides,  with  an  oblong 
slight  concavity  on  each  side ;  the  concavity  behind  the  inter- 
nal nostrils  deep,  and  rather  narrower  behind.  Internal  nostrils 
large,  circular.     B,  euphraticus,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  81* 

*•  The  front  of  the  lower  jaw  with  a  thehing  inner  surface  and  a 
narrow  sharp  alveolar  edge,  and  with  a  more  or  less  dilated 
concave  alveolar  surface  on  the  sides,  rather  narrow  behind. 

au  Face  shorty  rounded;  forehead  convex  ^  anterior  central  longitu- 
dinal palatine  groove  narrow,  deep,  short.  Sternal  callosities 
four. 

8.  PoTAMOCHELYS.     The  alvcolar  surfacc  of  the  uppcr  jaw  couvex, 

shelving  outwards,  elongate,  only  slightly  wider  behind;  of 
lower  jaw  rather  wide,  concave,  and  shelving  inwards  in  front| 
rather  dilated  on  the  hinder  half  of  the  sides,  with  a  slightly 
shelving  oblong  concave  surface.  The  upper  jaw  bent  down  in 
front.  The  palate  flat  behind  ;  the  central  anterior  palatine 
groove  narrow,  deep,  short ;  internal  nostrils  oblong,  anterior,  in 
a  deep  cavity,  partly  hooded  by  the  alveolar  surfaces  of  the 
upper  jaw,  and  with  an  elongate  deep  concavitv  behind  each. 
P.  Stella tus,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  85,  f.  7,  8. 

/3.  Face  tapering  on  sides,  narrow  in  front ;  forehead  shelving.  An- 
terior central  palatine  groove  broad  and  shallow;  internal  nos- 
trils oblong,  large. 

9.  OoGANiA.     Head  broad ;  face  very  short,  narrow  in  front.    Skull 

depressed,  broad  ;  underside  of  skull  straight,  not  bent  down 
in  front.  Anterior  central  palatine  groove  shallow,  broad, 
rounded  in  front,  very  slightly  narrowed  behind.  Alveolar  sur- 
face of  the  upper  jaw  flat,  broader  behind,  of  lower  jaw  mode- 
rately broad,  with  a  shelving  upper  surface,  and  a  sharp,  simple 
alveolar  edge,  rather  expanded  and  flattened  out  behind  and 
slightly  concave  on  the  surface.  Internal  nostrils  oblong,  laigc, 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XV. 


214  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THK  TORTOI8B8.  [Mar.  1  I, 

obliquely   loiigitadinal,  with  a  short  concavity  behind  each. 
Sternal  callosities  two,  lateral,  narrow.     D.  wbplana. 

10.  Platypeltis.  Head  oblong,  rather  depressed ;  face  moderate, 
rounded  in  front.  Front  of  the  palate  with  a  very  wide,  shal- 
low concavity,  which  is  rather  narrowed  and  rounded  in  front, 
and  gradually  dilated  behind.  Alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws 
flat,  rather  wider  behind,  of  the  upper  jaw  flat  in  front,  rather 
wider  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  sides,  with  a  raised  longi- 
tudinal subcentral  ridge;  of  the  lower  jaw  oroad,  flat  in 
front,  with  a  sharp  front  edge,  narrow  in  the  front  part  and 
rather  dilated  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  sides,  with  a  deep 
central  longitudinal  groove.  Sternal  callosities  four ;  the  late- 
ral ones  twice  as  wide  on  the  inner  as  on  the  outer  side ;  the 
hinder  triangular,  front  edge  sinuous  and  wider  than  the  length 
of  the  straight  inner  sides.  P.  ferox.  (From  Pennant's  spe- 
cimen.) 

1 1 .  Tyrse.  Head  elongate,  face  elongate,  conical,  narrow  in  front ; 
forehead  shelving.  Skull,  underside  scarcely  bent  down  in 
front.  Palate  nearly  flat ;  central  longitudinal  concavity  in  front 
of  the  internal  nostrils  wide,  much  wider  behind ;  internal  nos- 
trils small,  rounded,  with  a  short  concavity  behind  each.  The 
alveolar  process  of  the  upper  jaw  linear,  elongate,  scarcely  wider 
behind.  Lower  jaw  rather  broad,  with  a  shelving  concavity  on 
the  upper  surface  in  front,  with  a  sharp  alveolar  edge  which  is 
rather  wider  and  has  a  linear  elongate  concavity  on  the  upper 
surface  of  the  hinder  half  of  the  sides.  Sternal  callosities  four, 
lateral  and  anal ;  anal  triangular,  rather  broader  than  long. 
The  hinder  costal  bones  short,  forming  together  a  semicircle 
which  is  about  two- fifths  of  the  width  of  the  costal  pieces  before 
them.     T.  nilotica, 

12.  Callinia.  Head  small,  face  short,  tapering  in  front.  Ante- 
rior palatine  groove  (in  head  with  beak)  narrow,  linear,  deep. 
Alveolar  edge  of  the  beak  and  upper  jaw  narrow*  linear,  taper- 
ing behind;  of  the  lower  jaw  rather  wide,  shelving  inwards, 
with  a  sharp  edge  in  front,  and  narrow,  short,  and  tapering  to 
a  point  behind.  Sternal  c-allosities  four,  lateral  and  anal.  C 
microcephala  and  C  spicifera, 

B.  Sternum  dilated  behind^  with  a  flap  on  eatli  side  covering  the 
hind  legs, 

♦  Margin  of  dorsal  disk  cartilaginous^  without  marginal  bones. 
Anterior  central  palatine  groove  short,  triangular,  broader  be-' 
hind.     African. 

13.  Cyclanosteus.  Sternal  callosities  15.  Alveolar  surface  thin 
in  front,  broad  on  the  sides.     C,  senegalensis. 


V 

\      "J  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  215 

^AiKiEA.      Sternal  callosities  15  or  more.     Alveolar  surface 
^road  in  front  and  on  the  sides.     B,  elegans. 

**  Dorsal  dUk  with  marginal  bones.     Asiatic. 
zSmyda.     Sternal  callosities  9  or  10.     E,  punctata. 

Section  11.  Head  depressed,  broody  face  very  short :  eyes  anterior. 
SkuU  depressed,  thin  and  weak*  Alveolar  edge  of  the  jaws 
thin.     Palatejlat. 

^  Sternum  dilated  behind  into  flaps  on  each  side  covering  the  hind 
legs.     Sternal  callosities  odd. 

^6.  Heptathyra.     Sternal  callosities  seven.     H.frenata. 

^*  Sternum  contracted  behind,  without  any  flaps  over  the  hind  legs. 
Sternal  callosities  in  pairs. 

^7.  Pelochelys.     p.  cantorii. 
18.  CHtTRA.     C.  indica. 

2.  Landemania. 

^^  elongate  ;  the  odd  hone  in  front  of  the  dorsal  shield  in  adult 
^P^imens  pitted,  and  united  to  the  first  costal  by  a  straight  suture. 

Fig.  IH. 


Landemania  irrorata.    Sternum. 

Sternal  callosities  six — two  sternal,  two  lateral,  and  two  anal ;  the 
sterual  pair  narrow,  transverse,  and  not  developed  until  the  animal 


2  ]  6  DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOI8E&  [MftT.  1 1, 

IS  nearly  adult.  Jaws  strong ;  alveolar  surface  broad  in  front  and 
on  the  sides,  rather  broader  on  the  sides  behind,  that  of  the  lower 
jaw  shelving  inwards.  The  anterior  central  palatine  groove  deep, 
narrow  in  front,  and  wider  behind. 

1.  LaND1:MANIA  IRRORATA. 

Head  and  body  closely  speckled  with  minute  white  dots ;  the  chin 
and  underside  of  the  throat  with  rather  larger  but  similar  white 
spots. 

Trionyx  peroculatus,  Gunther,  MS.  in  B.  M. 

A  specimen  (which  had  been  allowed  to  get  dry)  now  in  spirit,  from 
Shanghai.  Head  black  (face  without  any  diverging  lines),  with  very 
small  white  speckles  very  close  together,  and  most  of  the  same  size 
and  form,  of  underside  (if  any  diitbrence)  very  slightly  larger ;  the 
skin  of  the  back  similarly>ana  equally  minutely  white-dotted.  Ster- 
nal callosities  six ;  the  anterior  pair  narrow,  band*like,  transrerse^ 
in  the  centre  of  the  front  of  the  sternum  ;  lateral  callosities  narrow 
in  the  middle,  very  broad  at  the  inner  end ;  tl^e  anal  broad,  sub- 
trigonal,  united  in  the  middle  line  by  a  truly  dentated  suture. 

2.  LaNDE MANIA?  PEROCELLATA. 

Head  olive,  with  diverging  brown  lines  from  the  eyes  and  across 
the  forehead ;  chin  and  throat  with  large  white  spots. 

Trionyx  peroceUatus,  Gray,  Cat.  Tort.  B.  M.  p.  48 ;  Cat.  Shield 
Rept.  p.  65,  t.  31. 

Potamochelysl  peroceilatus,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  86. 

Hab.  China  and  Chusau. 

A  specimen  in  spirit,  received  from  Mr.  Swinhoe,  from  Formosa. 
The  front  of  the  lower  jaw  with  a  flat  triangular  alveolar  surface ; 
the  central  groove  in  the  palate  before  the  internal  nostrils  narrow, 
deep,  wider  (sublunate)  quite  in  front.  Forehead  with  a  narrow  in- 
terrupted dark  line  from  the  front  canthus  of  one  eye  to  the  other. 
Face  with  five  diverging  brown  lines  from  the  underside  of  the  eye — 
the  three  front  to  the  lower  lip,  the  two  hinder  from  the  hinder  can- 
thus  of  the  eye  across  the  temple.  Sternal  callosities  four;  the 
hinder  pair  subtrigonal,  with  the  angles  rounded,  and  well  sepa- 
rated. Sides  of  lower  law,  chin,  and  throat  with  large,  symmetrical, 
but  different-shaped  white  spots. 

A  stuffed  half-grown  specimen  in  the  British  Museum,  from  China. 
The  bony  dorsal  disk  oblong  ;  the  front  odd  bone  united  to  the  first 
costal  by  a  straight  edge,  and  rugose  like  it,  with  a  very  small  pit  on 
each  side  of  the  middle  of  the  hind  edge ;  the  front  edge  with  a  few 
tubercles  in  the  centre ;  the  hinder  nap  with  roundish  tubercles. 
Sternal  callosities  four ;  lateral  narrow  on  the  sides,  much  wider  in 
the  middle ;  the  hinder  callosities  ovate,  oblique,  with  short  convex 
sides  and  rounded  ends.  Head  moderate;  alveolar  surface  of  the 
jaws  broad,  rather  broader  behind ;  the  anterior  central  palatine 
groove  deep,  wide,  and  rather  wider  behind. 


1869.]  dr.  j.  e.  gray  on  the  tortoises.  217 

3.  Trionyx. 

The  odd  bone  of  the  dorsal  disk  covered  with  a  pitted  coat  in  the 
young  animals.     The  genus  maj  be  divided  into  sections  thus  :  — 

^  Head  short,  broad  (about  as  long  as  broad  at  the  ear-bone),  rounded 
in  front.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  lower  jaw  concave,  with 
sharp  raised  inner  and  outer  margins,  and  an  indistinct  short 
central  ridge  on  the  inner  side  of  the  front.  The  central  pala* 
tine  groove  in  front  of  the  internal  nostrils  very  wide,  as  wide 
im  front  as  behind. 

1.  Trionyx  gangeticus. 

♦*  The  head  rather  elongate  {rather  longer  than  the  breadth  at  the 
ears),  rather  tapering  in  front.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the 
lower  jaw  as  wide  in  front  as  on  the  sides,  slightly  concave, 
with  a  central  longitudinal  ridge  across  the  front,  and  with  a 
slight  concavity  on  each  side.  The  central  anterior  palatine 
groove  shallow,  narrow  in  front  and  wide  behind. 

2.  Trionyx  jeudi.     (Fig.  19,  p.  218.) 

Hob.  Java  f     From  the  Museum  of  Prof.  Lidth  de  Jeude. 

This  species  is  described  from  a  fine  adult  skull  received  from  the 
Utrecht  Museum,  which,  no  doubt,  was  obtained  from  some  of  the 
Dutch  colonies.  It  is  most  dbtinct  from  the  Indian  species.  I  have 
named  it  afler  the  Professor  who  formed  the  Museum.  The  front 
longitudinal  ridge  is  very  distinct  in  the  jawbone,  almost  more  so 
than  in  the  homy  beak  of  the  jaw.  The  front  of  the  jaw  of  the  T. 
gangeticus  is  simply  concave,  without  any  indication  of  a  ridge,  but 
only  a  slight  prominence  on  the  inner  part  of  the  inner  edge ;  and 
the  alveoUur  surface  on  the  sides  of  the  lower  jaw  is  flat  and  with  a 
deep  oblong  concavity  on  each  side. 

In  the  British  Museum  there  is  the  head  of  an  adult  animal  in 
spirit  that  was  purchased  of  Mr.  Theobald,  who  obtained  it  in  Pegu. 
It  has  the  narrow  central  anterior  palatine  eroove,  and  the  cylindri- 
cal ridge  across  the  front  of  the  lower  beak,  of  this  section  of  the 
genus ;  but  the  ridge  is  only  slightly  raised  and  very  different  from 
that  in  the  skull  from  Utrecht. 

3.  Trionyx  formosus.     (Plate  XV.  fig.  1.) 

This  species  is  described  from  a  young  specimen  in  spirit,  pro- 
cured by  Mr.  Theobald  from  Pegu. 

The  back  shield  olive,  with  four  very  large  black-eyed  spots,  the 
central  spot  circular,  black,  with  a  narrow  white  margin,  and  a  dark 
brown  ring  close  to  it,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  larger  pale  brown 
ring,  separated  from  the  inner  one  by  a  broad  olive  space.  The 
outer  ring  forms  part  of  a  regular  series  of  netted  dark  lines,  which 
are  symmetrical  on  the  two  sides  of  the  keel,  forming  a  large  open 
space  in  the  middle  of  the  back,  and  a  smaller  one  near  the  margin 
and  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  disk.  The  underside  of  the  margin 
of  the  disk  sooty  grey,  paler  in  part,  with  a  white  edge  on  the  margin 


218 


DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES. 
Fig.   19. 


[Mar.  11, 


TVionyx  jeudi. 

of  the  shield.  The  upperside  of  the  limbs  olive,  with  small  white 
spots.  The  head  and  back  of  the  neck  olive,  varied  with  black-edged 
white  spots,  which  are  of  various  sizes,  but  symmetricallj  dispc^ed 
on  the  two  sides.  There  is  a  small  oblong  white  spot  on  each  temple, 
and  an  irregular  larger  white  spot  just  before  the  angle  of  the  mouth, 
and  a  large  white  spot  below  on  each  side,  and  a  larger  spot  in 
centre  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  gullet,  and  a  series  of  small  white 


1869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  219 

spots  on  the  flap  of  the  upper  lip.  The  hinder  part  of  the  head  is 
encircled  hy  a  broad  black-edged  white  band  or  collar,  which  is  in- 
terrapted  by  a  small  olive  spot  in  the  middle  of  the  back  of  the  neck. 
The  collar  is  broader  and  more  diffused  on  the  sides  of  the  throat ; 
it  gives  off  a  horizontal  streak  from  its  hinder  side  nearly  as  broad  as 
itself,  which  is  extended  for  a  short  distance  on  the  sides  of  the  neck. 
The  alreolar  surface  of  the  lower  jaw  broad  and  slightly  concave. 

Hab.  Pegu. 

In  its  young  state  this  Trionyx  is  one  of  the  most  ornamental 
species,  the  dorsal  shield  being  decorated  with  four  large  eyed  spots, 
each  surrounded  by  several  concentric  rings  of  different  width,  and 
the  white  interrupted  collar  on  the  neck  is  very  striking.  It  has  the 
four  large  spots  on  the  dorsal  shield  so  common  with  the  young 
state  of  Trionyx  gangeticuB,  figured  in  that  state  in  my  '  Illustrations 
of  Indian  Zoology'  as  Trionyx  ocellatus,  which  is  copied  from  Dr. 
Buchanan  Hamilton's  drawing  of  Testudo  ocellatus.  But  in  this 
species  and  in  the  more  advanced  state  of  the  young  animal  figured 
in  my  *  Indian  Zoology'  as  Triotiyx  hurum^  from  another  of  Dr. 
Buchanan  Hamilton's  drawings,  there  is  a  yellow  spot  on  each  temple 
just  behind  the  eyes ;  while  in  T.  omatus  the  temples  are  olive,  and 
the  white  collar  is  much  further  back — as  far  from  the  back  edge  of 
the  eyes  as  the  eyes  are  from  the  tip  of  the  nose. 

The  upper  part  of  the  head  .is  olive,  very  closely  and  minutely 
dotted  with  black  ;  the  underside  is  uniform  greyish  white.  The 
nostrils  are  very  close  together,  with  a  slight  lobe  on  the  inner  side 
of  each.  This  may  be  the  species  indicated  as  a  Trionyx  phayrei  by 
Mr.  Theobald  ( Journ.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  vol.  x.  p.  18),  but  so  indis- 
tinctly described  as  not  to  be  recognizable. 

4.    FORDIA. 

Head  short,  broad ;  face  short,  forehead  convex.  Anterior  pala- 
tine groove  narrow,  linear,  deep.  Alveolar  surface  of  the  beak  of 
the  upper  jaw  very  wide,  flat ;  of  the  beak  of  the  lower  jaw  very 
broad,  as  wide  in  front  as  on  the  sides,  acute,  fiat,  granular,  with  a 
very  indistinct  indication  of  a  longitudinal  central  ridge.  The  hinder 
pair  of  costals  about  half  as  broad  as  the  pair  of  costals  before  them. 
SkuU ?     Hab.  Africa. 

Known  from  Trionyx  by  the  flatness  and  width  of  the  alveolar 
surface  of  the  beaks.  I  have  named  this  genus  after  Mr.  Ford,  who 
has  illustrated  so  many  of  my  papers. 

FoRDIA  AFRICAN  A. 

The  head  and  neck  (and  most  likely  the  other  parts  of  the  body, 
limbs,  and  dorsal  shield)  olive,  minutely  and  regularly  speckled  with 
small  white  spots.  The  hinder  sternal  callosities  triangular,  rather 
longer  than  wide,  straight  in  front  and  on  the  inner  side,  very  acute 
behind 

Hab,  Upper  Nile,  Chartoum  (Petherick,  adult  male  and  female 
in  the  B.  M.). 


220  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THK  TORTOISES.  [Mar.  1  1, 

These  specimens  are  those  referred  to  as  having  been  sent  from 
Chartoum  by  Mr.  Petherick  in  the  account  of  Tyr9€  nilotiea  in  the 
P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  88,  where  they  were  regarded  as  being  specimens 
of  the  common  Nilotic  Mud-Tortoise ;  but  the  examination  of  the 
alveolar  surface  of  the  jaws  at  once  showed  that  they  had  no  affinity 
with  that  genus,  but  must  be  more  allied  to  the  Gangetic  Trionyx ; 
and  then  I  observed  that  they  had  the  shorter  face  of  that  group, 
which  character  had  been  previously  overlooked.  The  alveolar  sur- 
face of  both  jaws  is  very  wide,  nearly  flat  (not  concave  in  front  as  in 
Trionyx  gangeticua).  The  species  is,  no  doubt,  peculiar  to  the 
Upper  Nile,  and  had  not  been  before  observed. 

The  examination  of  the  alveolar  surface  of  Dn  Chaillu*s  specimen, 
which  had  been  named  Jspidonecte*  aspilus  by  Mr.  Cope,  showed 
that  it  was  (as  I  had  previously  determined  it  to  be)  identical  with 
Tyrtte  nilotiea  of  the  Lower  Nile.  The  head  and  neck  of  this  large 
specimen,  when  the  skin  was  wet,  showed  that  it  was  speckled  with 
white  like  the  true  Nilotic  Mud-Tortoise  Tyrse  nilotiea.  The  ster- 
nal callosities  rather  differ  in  form  from  those  of  7.  nilotiea ;  the 
hinder  ones  are  larger,  and  more  acute  behind.  The  last  of  the 
ribs  are  also  wider,  compared  with  the  others,  than  in  that  species. 

A  young  specimen  in  spirit,  from  the  Upper  Nile,  obtained  from 
Mr.  Petherick,  probably  belongs  to  this  species.  The  head,  neck, 
feet,  and  dorsal  disk  covered  with  close,  small,  dark-edged,  annular 
white  spots,  those  on  the  sides  of  the  head  and,  especially,  on  the 
chin  and  throat  being  rather  the  largest. 

5.  Sarbieria. 

Head  rather  large;  eyes  lateral,  subsuperior.  Jaws  strong; 
alveolar  surface  (of  beak)  broad,  broader  and  more  dilated  behind, 
surface  shelving  inwards, — of  lower  jaw  deeply  concave,  smooth, 
and  with  a  sharp  edge  in  front,  and  slightly  concave  on  the  sides. 
The  central  anterior  palatine  groove  narrow  and  deep,  with  a  short 
slight  dilatation  in  front  and  with  rather  diverging  sides  behind. 
Dorsal  disk  small.  Costal  bones  separate.  Front  odd  bone  in  the 
young  and  half-grown  specimens  separate,  broad,  transverse,  and 
with  a  smooth  upper  surface.  Sternal  callosities  four ;  lateral  nar- 
row on  the  outer  side ;  anal ? 

This  genus  is  in  many  respects  allied  to  Dogania ;  but  it  appears 
to  have  four  callosities,  and  the  upper  surface  of  the  back  is  concave ; 
it  is  narrow  in  front,  and  vnder  behind.  But  it  is  difficult  to  com* 
pare  a  head  with  the  beak  on  with  a  prepared  skull  without  a  beak. 

Sarbieria  frenata. 

Trionyx  frenatus,  Gray,  Cat.  Shield  Rept.  p.  67. 

Potamochely^t  frenaiiuyGr^y,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  87. 

JJab.  Singapore  (Wallac^)^ 

A  stuffed  specimen  in  the  British  Museum,  "  of  a  young  female 
with  full-sized  eggs,"  from  Mr.  Wallace.  The  odd  bone  in  front 
of  the  dorsal  disk  entirely  covered  with  the  skin,  and  smooth.     The 


1869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOISES.  221 

steraal  callosities  are  scarcely  developed,  only  showing  a  slight 
rooghDess  on  the  surface.  Head  oli?e,  with  a  black  central  streak 
from  the  snout  to  between  the  eyes,  which  divides  behind  into  three 
diverging  streaks  on  the  crowu  and  nape  ;  a  streak  from  the  nose, 
through  the  eye,  and  continued  on  the  temple,  to  the  side  of  the 
neck.  The  alveolar  surface  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaws  very  broad 
the  whole  length  of  the  outer  edges ;  the  alveolar  surface  of  the 
upper  jaw  is  so  large  as  to  cover  the  greater  part  of  the  palate,  much 
more  so  than  in  Trionyx  gangetieua ;  in  the  lower  jaw  it  is  very 
broad,  as  broad  behind  as  before,  and  slightly  concave.  The  central 
paUdne  groove  in  front  of  the  internal  nostrils  narrow,  deep.  The 
bones  of  the  dorsal  shield  are  distinctly  marked  and  separate ;  the 
vertebral  plates  are  very  narrow,  nearly  twice  as  long  as  broad ;  the 
costal  ones  are  linear,  scarcely  broader  at  the  outer  ends,  the  last  one 
being  the  least  and  narrow  at  the  outer  end.  The  odd  bone  in  front 
18  quite  separate  from  the  granular  buckler,  covered  with  skin,  and 
quite  smooth.  The  lateral  sternal  callosities  are  scarcely  developed, 
only  showing  a  slight  roughness  on  the  surface.  The  hinder  pair  of 
sternal  bones  are  broad  at  the  inner  end  and  united  together  in  front 
of  the  inner  edges  by  two  broad  lobes. 
Very  like  the  figure  in  Cuvier's '  Ossemens  Fossiles,'  v.  t.  23.  f.  5. 

6.  AspiLus. 

The  odd  bone  in  front  of  the  dorsal  shield  in  the  younger  speci* 
men  is  separate,  and  smooth  on  the  upper  surface,  and  it  becomes 
pitted  and  united  to  the  costal  by  a  straight  suture  in  the  adult 
animal. 

8.    POTAMOCHELYS. 

The  odd  anterior  bone  of  the  dorsal  disk  in  the  young  animal  is 
pitted  on  the  surface  and  separate,  but  in  the  older  ones  it  is  united 
to  the  dorsal  disk  by  a  stra^ht  suture.  The  skull  resembles  that 
of  CyclanosteuM, 

12.  Callinia. 

Head  small,  elongate ;  face  narrow,  tapering ;  eyes  lateral,  superior. 
The  jaws  weak.;  the  alveolar  plates  narrow  at  the  hinder  part,  trian- 

galar  and  broader  in  front.  The  lower  jaw  slender,  narrower  at  the 
inder  part  of  the  sides.  The  central  palatal  groove  in  front  of  the 
internal  nostrils  rather  wide  and  deep.  The  dorsal  disk  oblong» 
bruad.  The  odd  bone  in  front  of  the  dorsal  shield  separate,  trans- 
verse, and  pitted  in  the  young  animal ;  in  the  older  one  it  is  united 
to  the  front  costal  bones  by  a  straight  edge  with  two  round  perfo- 
rations, one  on  each  side  of  the  central  part.  The  vertebral  callo- 
sities narrow.  The  costal  callosities  scarcely  broader  at  the  outer 
edge,  except  the  fifth  and  sixth  pairs ;  the  hmder  pair  short,  and 
narrow  at  the  outer  ends.  Sternal  callosities  four ;  the  lateral  pair 
^troad  on  the  inner  side ;  the  hinder  or  anal  pair  oblong  triangular, 
oblique,  with  a  straight  inner  edge. 
Afpidoneetetf  sp.,  Agassiz,  not  Wagler. 


222  dk.  j.  b.  gray  on  the  tortoisks.  [Mar.  1 1, 

1.  CaLLINIA  MICROCEPHALA. 

Potamochelys?  microcephalus.  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  87. 
Hab.  Sarawak  (Wallace). 

2.  Callinia  spicifera. 

Trionyx  spiciferus,  Lesueur,  M^m.  Mus.  xv.  p.  258,  t.  15. 
TrionyxferuSy  Holbrook,  Herp.  N.  A.  ii.  t.  1. 
Tyr9e  argus.  Gray,  Knowsley  Menag.  t. 
Hab.  North  America. 

14.  Baikiea. 

In  the  **  Revision  of  the  species  of  Tiionychidte^^^  in  the  P.  Z.  S. 
1864,  p.  95,  I  figured  the  skull  of  an  African  Trionychid  with 
a  very  broadly  dilated  concave  alveolar  surface  to  the  jaws,  which 
I  considered  might  perhaps  be  the  adult  state  of  the  jaws  of  Cy- 
clanoateus  senegalensU.  In  my  paper  on  the  genus  Tetrathyra^ 
in  the  Society's  'Proceedings'  for  1865,  I  thought  that  it  might 
perhaps  be  the  skull  of  the  Trionychid  which  I  then  described 
under  the  name  of  Tetrathyra,  Since  that  time  I  have  been  able 
to  examine  the  skull  of  a  young  Trionychid  from  Africa,  which  has 
the  broadly  expanded  alveolar  surface  of  the  adult  skull  that  I  figured. 
This  shows  that  the  form  of  the  alveolar  surface  does  not  depend 
on  the  age  of  the  specimen,  and  that  it  is  the  character  of  an  ad- 
ditional genus,  which  I  have  named  after  Dr.  Balfour  Baikie,  from 
whom  we  have  received  so  many  species  from  Central  and  Western 
Africa. 

Unfortunately  there  are  only  skulls  of  adult  and  a  specimen  in 
spirit  of  a  young  animal  of  this  species ;  so  that  we  do  not  know  the 
form  and  number  of  the  sternal  callosities,  especially  those  of  the 
adult  form.  I  suspect  that  the  thorax  in  the  British  Museum, 
received  with  the  jaws,  may  be  that  of  an  adult  animal ;  but 
there  is  no  material  to  show  that  this  is  the  case.  If  it  is,  the  ster- 
nal callosities  are  as  in  Cyclanosteus  with  some  smaller  additional 
ones  in  front,  as  in  the  specimen  figured  as  Cyclanosteus  senega- 
lensU,  var.  callosa.  Gray,  F.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  424,  f.  1. 

Baikiea  elegans.     (Plate  XV.  fig.  2.) 

The  young  specimen  in  spirit  has  the  back  of  the  thorax  dark 
olive-brown  with  large  yellow  spots,  which  are  somewhat  similar 
but  not  quite  symmetrical  on  the  two  sides  of  the  central  keel; 
and  there  is  a  series  of  large  but  smaller  square  or  roundish  yellow 
spots  on  the  margin.  The  sternum  and  under  surface  of  the 
margin  blackish,  with  yellow  spots,  and  a  narrow  yellow  edge  to  the 
lobes  of  the  sternum.  The  underside  of  the  shield  is  varied  with 
yellow  on  the  edges.  Head  grey-brown,  white-spotted.  Thorax 
white. 

The  young  specimens  of  Cyclanosteus  senegalensis  in  spirit  are 
known  from  those  of  Baikiea  elegans  by  having  the  white  spots  on 
the  crown  and  sides  of  the  head  nearly  of  the  same  size ;  in  B.  ele- 


i869.]  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  TORTOI8B8.  223 

gm  the  spots  on  the  crown  are  small  and  those  on  the  sides  of  the 
liead  are  larger  and  nneqoal-sized. 


in.  THE  SEA-TURTLES— CHELONIA. 

The  conimon  Turtle,  covered  with  homy  plates,  has  a  skull  as 
different  from  that  of  the  coriaceous  Turtle,  which  has  the  bones  of 
the  body  covered  with  a  soft  skin,  as  the  two  animals  are  different 
in  external  appearance.  I  formerly  regarded  the  coriaceous  and  the 
scale-bearing  Turtles  as  formine  two  distinct  families  (Annals  of 
Philosophy,  1825,  vol.  x.  p.  212};  but  having  received  from  Mr. 
Collie,  as  stated  in  the  '  Catalogue  of  Shield  Reptiles,'  a  skull  of 
&  tme  Chelonian  as  that  of  a  coriaceous  Turtle  {SphargU)^  and  find- 
ipg  they  were  so  much'  alike,  I  was  induced  to  reconsider  the  ques- 
tion and  to  unite  Sphargu  and  Chelonia  in  the  same  family,  regard- 
ing them  as  disdnct  tribes  characterized  by  the  nature  of  the  surface. 
Such  a  mistake  was  excusable,  as  I  am  not  aware  that  the  skull  of 
tHe  adnlt  Sphargu  is  in  any  European  collection,  or  has  ever  been 
figured,  and  I  had  overlooked  the  figure  of  the  skull  of  the  very 
yonng  specimen  that  is  given  in  Prof.  John  Waaler's  *  New  System 
^'f  Amphibia,'  t.  5.  f.  1.  In  that  work  the  skulls  of  the  young 
Cieima  and  young  SphargU  are  figured  side  by  side ;  therefore  the 
dWnction  can  be  easily  seen.  The  great  peculiarity  of  the  skull  of 
^^  genns  SphargU  consists  of  the  opening  to  the  nose  being  in  the 
'PpW"  part  of  the  head,  the  nose-cavity  being  carried  up  by  the 
elongated  erect  form  of  the  intermaxillary  bone ;  the  orbits  are  also 
«ceedingly  large. 

Fam.  I.    CHELONIADiB. 

^^loniada,  Gray,  Ann.  Phil.  1825,  x.  p.  212. 

^^  thorax  covered  with  distinct  horny  plates ;  the  sterno- costal 

suture  covered  with  a  longitudinal  series  of  sterno-lateral  plates. 

j»ose  anterior,  erect ;   the  nostrils  anterior,  at  the  upper  edge  of 

rj"^*^**    Upper  jaw  simple,  or  rather  hooked  in  front.    Eyes 

Skall  oblong,  crown  flat  behind ;  orbit  moderate,  nose  truncate, 
^'^^ »    nostrils  anterior,  on  the  upper  part  of  the  nose.    The  inter- 
"^Tk^^^  bone  small,  narrow,  short,  erect. 
^^  study  of  the  skulls  of  these  animals  first  led  me  to  observe 

.  ^portance  of  the  alveolar  chewing-surface  of  the  jaws  for  distin- 
^^hxng  tijg  genera.     The  Turtles  may  be  divided  into  two  groups 

^  ^^^^^^^^  surface  of  the  upper  jaw  concave,  broad,  narrower 
^^^ind,  with  a  single  linear  central  ridge.  Lower  concave, 
•^^A  a  rather  strong  ridge  on  the  inner  side.     Carnivorous. 


i  ar: 


SphargU  tuercurialis. 

Mrx  K%  l^frmrtl  hua  prfparfd  a  beautiful  skeleton  of  a  very  young 
)^^*^H^^^\  \^'  ihW  Kf^^uiw  al>out  4  inches  long.  It  is  a  most  curious 
|MVf4Mi^l^^^  ^ilK  lU  iHUI-«hapfd  head  with  very  large  nasal  cavities 
#U  ^^^HMx  v\t^Niw<y  kffe  few  fins  with  extremely  s)en<ler  fingers, 


1869.]      DR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THE  AFRICAN  RHINOCEROS.  225 

and  a  short  hind  foot  like  the  skeleton  of  a  human  hand,  with  the 
short  metatarsi  and  thumh  springing  from  one  side  of  the  base  of 
them,  as  if  it  might  be  opposable. 

The  fingers  and  toes  five ;  the  fingers  long,  slender,  the  second, 
third,  and  fourth  very  long,  of  four  joints,  lower  large,  the  last  joint 
small  and  short ;  the  first  and  third  toes  of  three  joints,  the  first 
strongest,  the  fifth  shortest.  The  hind  feet  much  like  the  human 
hand.  The  toes  short ;  the  thumb  short,  strong,  from  the  base  of 
the  metatarsus,  the  other  four  toes  longer,  subequal,  the  third  or 
middle  toe  being  rather  shorter,  the  second  and  fourth  subequal, 
and  the  fifth  rather  the  shortest  and  most  slender.  Sternal  bone 
Tery  narrow,  only  forming  a  large,  oblong,  elongated  ring. 

See  also  Wagler,  N.  Syst.  Amph.  t.  5. 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PLATE  XV. 

Fig.  1.  Trwnyx  formomsy  p.  217. 
2.  Baiktea  eUgans,  p.  222. 


7.  On  the  Incisor  Teeth  of  the  African  Rhinoceros. 
By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S. 

The  skull  of  the  nearly  adult  female  specimen  of  RhinaHer 
keitloa  in  the  British  Museum  killed  by  Mr.  Jesse  in  Abyssinia 
has  the  small  intermaxillary  bones  well  preserved.  They  are  not 
united  together  in  front ;  the  dental  edge  has  unfortunately  been 
injured  in  the  carriage  from  Abyssinia;  but  they  each  exhibit 
small  cylindrical  blunt  rudimentary  incisor  teeth.  The  intermaxil- 
lary of  the  right  side  has  a  large  tooth  on  the  hinder  part ;  the 
intermaxillary  on  the  left  side  has  a  middle-sized  tooth  in  the  middle 
of  the  dental  surface,  and  a  very  small  rudimentary  tooth  behind  it 
near  the  hinder  edge  of  the  bone.  These  teeth  would  induce  one  to 
believe  that  in  the  perfect  state  there  are  two,  or  perhaps  three,  in- 
cisors in  each  intermaxillary ;  for  close  to  the  symphysis  is  a  small 
alveolus  in  the  front  part  of  the  dental  margin  on  each  intermaxillary ; 
but  these  do  not  now  contain  any  rudimentary  teeth.  Professor  Vrolik 
has  described  the  lower  incisor  teeth  in  the  skull  of  the  young  Afri- 
can Rhinoceros  (see  Ann.  d.  Sci.  1837,  p.  20,  t.  1b)  ;  but  I  believe 
that  they  have  not  before  been  observed  in  the  adult  animal. 

If  the  observations  of  MM.  Lefebvre,  Petit,  and  Dillon,  in  the 
*  Voyage  en  Abyssinie,'  Paris,  are  to  be  relied  on,  there  must  be 
other  Rhinoceroses  in  Abyssinia  than  those  we  have  yet  seen.  They 
state,  "  II  y  a  plusieurs  esp^ces  de  Rhinoceros  en  Abyssinie.  II  y  en 
a  qui  ont  deux,  trois  et  quatre  cornes :  cela  est  certain ;  il  Test  moins 
qu'il  y  en  ait  k  cinq  et  six,  mais  on  I'assure.  Sur  Tanimal  vivant 
elle  est  toujours  mobile,  sans  os  k  Tint^rieur  "  (pp.  26,  27). 


226 


DR.  J.  E.  ORAY  ON  THB  TRAOULU8  KANCHIL.   [Mar.  11, 


8.  On  the  Bony  Dorsal  Shield  of  the  Male  Tragulus  kanchiL 
By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S. 

Mr.  Edward  Oerrard  the  younger  has  prepared  for  the  British 
Museum  a  beautiful  skeleton  of  the  male  lYagulus  kanchil  which 
lately  died  in  the  Society's  Gardens. 

The  skeleton  is  very  like  that  of  other  ruminants ;  but  it  has  the 
remarkable  peculiarity  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  and  pelvis  being  co- 
vered with  an  expanded  thin  bony  plate,  or,  rather,  a  series  of  small 
irregular-shaped  plates  united  together  by  a  dentated  suture  into  a 
dorsal  and  lumbar  disk,  apparenUy  formed  by  the  ossification  of  the 
lumbar  fascia.  This  lies  immediately  on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
dorsal  muscles,  and  between  them  and  the  skin.  The  plate  is  attached 
by  the  whole  length  of  the  central  line,  and  extends  on  each  side 
considerably  beyond  the  sides  of  the  lumbar  vertebrae  and  the  pelvis. 


Bony  dorsal  shield  of  Traguhis  kanchil. 

Mr.  Gerrard  informs  me  that  it  did  not  occur  iu  a  female  T.  kan- 
chil that  he  had  examined ;  so  that  it  may  be  peculiar  to  the  male  sex. 

M.  Alphonsc  Milne-Edwards  has  figured  a  somewhat  similar  ex- 
pansion covering  the  pelvb  in  the  skeleton  of  Tragulus  napu  (see 


1869.]        MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  PACHYB  ATRAC  HUB.  227 

Ann.  des  Sci.  Nat.  1864,  t.  4.  f.  2).  It  appears  to  be  common  to 
the  species  of  the  genus  Tragulua,  but,  I  belieye,  does  not  occur  in 
the  genus  Meminna,  M.  Alphonse  Milne-Edwards  (^loc,  cit,  t.  10. 
f.  7)  figures  the  pelvis  of  that  animal  without  any  bony  disk. 


April  8,  1869. 

Dr.  E.  Hamilton,  Y.P.,  in  the  Chair. 

A  communication  was  read  from  Dr.  George  Bennett,  F.Z.S., 
dated  Sydney,  January  26th,  enclosing  a  copy  of  an  article  upon  the 
Tuatera  Lizard  {Sphenodon  punctatum*)  of  New  Zealand,  contri- 
buted by  him  to  the  'Sydney  Herald'  of  January  19th,  which  was 
read  to  the  Meeting.  It  appeared  from  this  article  that  so  recently 
as  December  1851  this  Lizard  was  abundant  in  one  of  the  islands  in 
the  Bay  of  Plenty,  in  New  Zealand.  The  island  in  question  was 
stated  to  be  one  of  four  small  Tolcanic  islands,  distant  about  eight 
miles  from  the  coast  and  situated  opposite  to  the  mouth  of  the  Waka- 
tane  river.  The  party  of  officers  who  visited  it  upon  the  occasion 
in  question  are  stated  to  have  collected  in  half  an  hour  nearly  forty 
of  these  Lizards  of  different  sizes,  varyine  from  two  feet  long  to 
three  inches.  They  stated  that  the  islana  seemed  to  be  swarming 
with  them  ^nd  with  another  Lizard  called  the  Moko-moko  (Tiliqua 
zeelandicd),  •  In  the  daytime  these  Lizards  are  seen  basking  them- 
selves in  the  sun  on  the  bare  rocks.  Noon  b  therefore  the  best  time 
to  visit  the  island.  It  was  stated  that  there  were  four  small  blauds, 
on  two  of  which  Tuateras  are  found.  They  are  called  Rurima  and 
Montoki.  The  largest  is  about  half  a  mile  in  circumference  at  high 
water.  They  are  all  of  volcanic  origin,  and  are  scantily  covered 
with  soO,  but  it  is  sufficient  to  grow  a  few  of  the  most  hardy  New- 
Zealand  shrubs  and  creepers,  among  the  latter  of  which  was  observed 
the  delicate  flower  of  the  Pohne  or  Pauapa  {Calystegia  septum),  the 
lon^  fleshy  root  of  which  was  formerly  a  source  of  food  to  the  New 
ZeUtLndeT,  There  was  no  fresh  water  on  the  island  but  what  was 
contained  in  the  crevices  of  rocks  from  rain. 


The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  Note  on  Pachybatrachus  robustus. 
By  St.  George  Mivart,  F.Z.S.  &c. 

I  had  the  honour  to  read  before  the  Zoological  Society  on  the 
12th  of  November,   186i5,  a  paper  which  was  published  in  the 

*  Olim  Hafteria  punctata.    Cf.  Gray,  Aim.  Nut.  Hist,  4th  ser.  vol.  iii.  p.  167 
(18611).— P.  L.  S. 


228  MR.  F.  H.  WELCH  ON  LKPU8  AMERICANU8.  [Apr.  8, 

Society's  '  Proceedings'  for  the  same  year  (page  557).  In  that  paper 
I  described  a  new  Frog,  which  I  proposed  to  name  Paehybatraehtu 
robustus.  I  now  find  that,  bj  a  singular  coincidence,  the  very  same 
generic  term  was  applied  about  the  same  time  by  Professor  W. 
Keferstein,  M.D.,  of  Gottingeu,  to  another  new  Batrachian.  This 
appears  in  the  third  number  of  the  'Archiv  fur  Natorgeschichte' 
for  1868,  where,  at  page  273,  Professor  Keferstein  has  published  a 
description  of  his  Pachybatraehus.  I  therefore  beg  leave  to  with- 
draw the  name  which  I  before  gave,  and  to  substitute  for  it  the 
more  appropriate  term  Clinotarsut,  I  propose  therefore  that  my 
new  Frog  should  bear  the  name  Clinotarsus  robustus. 


2.  Observations  on  Lepus  americanus,  especially  with  refer- 
ence to  the  Modifications  in  the  Fur  consequent  on  the 
rotation  of  the  Seasons^  and  the  Change  of  Colour  on 
the  advent  of  Winter ;  based  on  Specimens  obtained  in 
the  province  of  New  Brunswick,  North  America.  By 
Francis  H.  Welch,  Assistant-Sui^eon,  1st  Battalion, 
22nd  Regiment*. 

This  species  is  the  sole  representative  of  the  Leporidit  in  the  pro- 
vince of  New  Brunswick.  In  the  List  of  Mammalia  of  the  Portland 
Natural-History  Society  it  is  called  the  **  White  Hare/'  and  in  the 
*New  York  Fauna,'  by  De  Kay,  the  "Northern  Hare."  It  is  also 
termed  the  "American  Varying  Hare,"  and  was  for  a  lone  time  con- 
founded with  the  L.  variaUlia  of  Europe.  Its  geographical  range 
appears  as  yet  undetermined.  According  to  Sir  John  Richardson  it 
"  is  found  as  far  north  as  64°  30',  Fort  Enterprise,  forming  the  staple 
food  and  clothing  of  the  Hare  Indians  on  the  banks  of  the  Mackenxie 
River."  Its  southerly  limits  are  given  by  De  Kay  as  "  the  northern 
parts  of  Pennsylvania  and  the  mountain- tops  of  the  northern  part 
of  Virginia."  Of  the  many  species  of  LeporicUs  inhabiting  the  North- 
American  continent,  it  appears  to  be  the  only  one  that  undersoes  a 
complete  change  of  colour  during  the  winter f, — the  Greenland  Hare 
remaining  white  during  the  whole  year,  L,  nanu§  becoming  of  a 
lighter  hue,  and  occasionally  iron  grey,  during  the  winter  months, 
and  L.  glacialU  assuming  occasionally  in  the  adult  a  greyish  tint 
during  the  summer,  limited  to  the  points  of  the  hair,  the  deeper 
parts  remaining  white  permanentlv,  the  youne,  however,  being  bom 
grey,  and  changing  to  white  on  the  advent  of  winter {.  Its  weight 
varies — in  its  southernmost  limits  reaching  6^  lbs.  %  in  New  Bruns* 
wick  averaging  3  lbs. ;  in  Hudson's  Bay  Territory  4  lbs. 

*  Communicated  by  Mr.  G.  Busk,  F.R.S. 

t  t.  e.  provided  the  L.  campeafris  be  only  a  yariety  of  L.  americanus,  as  stated 
by  Sir  J.  Richardson,  but  denied  by  Baird. 
X  Fauna  Boreali- Americana. 


1869.]  MR.  F.  H.  WELCH  ON  LEPU8  AMERICANUS.  229 

This  Rodent  is  described  in  the  '  New  York  Fauna'  by  De  Kay ; 
but  I  believe,  up  to  the  present  time,  no  detailed  account  of  the  fur- 
changes  in  sequence  to  the  seasons  bas  appeared.  Its  representative 
ainone  the  European  species  is  L.  variabilis,  the  process  of  change 
in  which  is  summed  up  in  the  *  Naturalists*  Library'  (vol  vii.)  as 
follows : — "  From  the  examination  of  individuals  at  different  periods 
of  the  year,  I  have  inferred  that  in  this  species  the  hair  is  almost 
always  changing;  that  in  April  and  May  there  is  a  general  but 
gradual  shedding,  after  which  the  summer  colours  are  seen  in  per- 
fection ;  that  towards  the  middle  of  autumn  many  new  white  hairs 
have  been  substituted  for  coloured  ones ;  and  that  by  degrees  all  the 
hairs  and  under-fur  are  shed  and  renewed  before  the  end  of  Decem- 
ber, when  the  fur  is  in  the  perfection  of  its  winter  condition,  being 
closer,  fuller,  and  longer  than  in  summer."  In  the  'Edinburgh 
Philosophical  Journal*  (vol.  xi.  p.  191)  the  conclusion  arrived  at  is 
that  *'  during  the  whole  of  this  remarkable  change  in  the  fur  no  hair 
falls  from  the  animal ;  hence  it  appears  that  the  hair  actually 
changes  its  colour,  and  that  there  is  no  renewal  of  it."  Thus,  in 
the  former  article  the  change  is  attributed  to  an  autumnal  shedding 
and  new  winter  growth ;  in  the  latter  to  a  change  of  colour  only  in 
the  existent  hair.  I  propose  in  the  following  remarks  to  enter  fully 
into  the  details  of  the  process,  as  illustrated  by  Lepus  americanus. 

In  order  to  appreciate  fully  the  cycle  of  changes  in  the  coat  of 
this  Rodent  in  sequence  to  the  rotation  of  the  seasons,  it  seems  best 
to  take  the  summer  dress  as  our  starting-point,  and  inquire  into  the 
varieties  of  hair  entering  into  the  composition  of  the  fur  at  this  period, 
for  the  better  elucidation  of  the  part  each  individually  plays  in  the 
subsequent  phases ;  for  in  scientifically  inquiring  into  the  change  of 
colour  in  the  fur-bearing  animals,  it  is  essentially  necessary  to  make 
a  clear  distinction  between  that  resulting  from  alteration  of  colour  in 
the  already  existent  coat,  and  that  consequent  on  a  fresh  under- 
growth, which  by  gradual  increase  may  eventually  obscure  the 
summer  and  autumnal  hues.  Each  portion  also  of  the  skin  must  be 
separately  examined,  and  individual  peculiarities  noted.  The  summer 
dress  may  be  described  as  follows : — Back  and  sides  of  a  glistening 
fawn-colour,  interspersed  with  black,  especially  over  the  vertebral 
ridge ;  tail  white ;  face  and  ears  reddish  brown,  sparsely  variegated 
by  black  hairs ;  edges  of  ears  externally  black  or  dark  brown,  in- 
creasing towards  the  tips ;  internally  whitish,  especially  posteriorly ; 
whiskers  and  eyebrows  black ;  margin  of  lids  dark  brown  or  black, 
pupil  the  same,  iris  yellow ;  underparts  white ;  anterior  surface  of 
feet  light  brown,  the  treading  surface  dirty  white  with  hair  very  wiry. 
On  examination,  the  components  of  this  coat  will  be  found  to  vary 
according  to  the  portion  of  the  animal  examined ;  consequently  it  is 
necessary  to  enter  somewhat  into  details. 

In  the  fur  are  to  be  distinguished  the  external  firm  hairs  con- 
stituting the  pile  and  determining  the  colour,  and  the  soft  woolly 
undergrowth  constituting  the  thickness-  of  the  coat  and  mainly  in- 
strumental in  the  retention  of  the  animal  heat.  On  the  back  the  pile 
is  made  up  of  firm,  straight,  pointed  hairs  of  diminished  thickness 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XVI. 


230  MR.  F.  H.  WELCH  ON  LEPU8  AMERICANU8.  [Apr.  8, 

at  their  insertion  into  the  skin,  divisible  into  two  varieties  as  to 
length  and  colour,— the  one,  in  the  minority,  entirely  black,  average 
length  1 A  inch  ;  the  other,  black  at  extreme  tip,  succeeded  down- 
wards in  the  shaft  by  a  well-defined  tawny  band  again  merging  into 
black,  which  fades  into  light  brown  at  the  attached  extremity,  ave- 
rage length  ^  inch.  The  delicate,  wayy,  flocculent  undergrowth  is 
of  a  slaty  hue,  passing  into  reddish  brown  at  the  free  extremity,  and 
of  an  average  length  of  \  inch ;  the  commingling  of  the  hairs  in 
situ  produces  five  zones  ot  colour  in  the  coat,  viz.  (proceeding  from 
within  outwards)  slaty  blue,  reddish  brown,  brownish  black,  tawny, 
black.  On  the  underparts  the  components  of  the  fur  are  the  same, 
of  finer  texture ;  the  pile  being  entirely  white  lightens  the  hue  of 
the  undergrowth,  which  is  slaty  blue.  No  undergrowth  is  present 
on  the  ears,  except  at  the  base,  and  is  very  slight  on  the  head  and 
feet,  especially  on  the  treading-surface ;  here  the  hairs  are  of  the 
same  length,  wavy  in  outline,  and  wiry  in  character.  On  the  head, 
ears,  and  feet  the  pile  is  made  up  only  of  the  shorter  coloured  hairs ; 
at  the  nape  of  the  neck  only  the  undergrowth  is  present. 

The  autumnal  coat  is  characterized  by  an  increase  in  length  of 
the  outer  hairs  and  undergrowth,  generally  over  the  whole  body,  and 
more  appreciable  as  winter  approaches. 

About  the  commencement  of  October  the  first  indications  of  the 
hybemal  change  are  to  be  detected :  the  nose  and  lips  assume  an 
iron-grey  hue,  from  the  presence  of  white  hairs;  many  of  the 
whiskers  are  white  at  the  tip  or  some  portion  of  the  shall ;  a  patch 
of  white  hairs,  twenty  to  thirty  in  number,  of  the  size  of  a  split-pea, 
forms  on  the  centre  of  the  forehead* ;  white  hairs  become  apparent 
on  the  edges  of  the  ears  outside  and  at  their  junction  with  the  neck, 
while  on  the  inside  a  crop  of  downy  white  fluff  springs  up ;  a  few 
of  the  longer  hairs  of  the  pile  of  the  back,  especially  towards  the  tail, 
are  observed  to  be  blanched  wholly,  or  only  at  the  tips,  while  the 
greater  part  of  the  smaller  kind  are  brown  at  the  tip,  with  the  tawny 
band  of  the  shaft  much  lighter  in  colour  or  even  white ;  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  feet,  especially  of  the  hind  ones,  is  mottled  with  white. 

Thus  far  the  most  careful  examination  fails  to  elicit  any  addition 
to  the  autumnal  coat,  the  change  being  superficial  and  entirely  de- 
pendent on  an  alteration  of  colour  in  existent  hairs ;  the  hind  feet 
are  the  most  advanced,  then  the  ears  and  muzzle,  lastly  the  back. 
During  November  this  surface-change  gradually  deepens  in  intensity, 
especially  around  the  tail,  and  on  the  feet,  ears,  and  face  (on  the 
latter  by  a  white  streak  extending  from  nose  to  eyes  and  upwards  to 
the  ears),  and  is  accompanied  by  a  deeper  one  of  a  much  more  potent 
character ;  for  on  separating  the  fur  a  thick  crop  of  white  stiff  hairs 
(first  apparent  at  the  root  of  the  tail)  is  to  be  detected  springing  up 
over  the  back  and  sides.  These  hairs,  at  first  extremely  minute  and 
entirely  of  a  new  growth,  rapidly  increase  in  length,  accompanied  by 
an  advance  in  the  superficial  changes  above  mentioned ;  soon  they  are 

*  '•  Fancy  Rabbits  have  often  a  wliite  star  on  the  fc»rehead,  and  so  has  tlie 
young  of  L.  americanus,  like  the  English  Hare"  (Darwin,  Animsb  and  Plants 
under  Domestication^  vol.  i.  p.  140). 


1869.]  Af  R.  F.  U.  WSLCU  ON  LEPUS  AMERICANUS.  231 

on  an  equalitj  with  the  pile  of  the  autumnal  coat  on  the  sides,  form- 
ing a  mottled  whity-browii  band  from  ears  to  tail,  contrasting  strongly 
vith  the  centre  of  the  back,  at  present  comparatively  unchanged ;  anon 
they  outstrip  this,  reducing  the  mottling  on  the  sides  to  a  pure  white, 
and,  gradually  implicating  the  centre  of  the  back  in  the  same  process 
(through  the  varying  hue-phases,  according  as  the  rapidly  advancing 
white  growth  appears  through  and  finally  overwhelms  the  variegated 
changing  autumnal  coat),  they  clothe  the  animal  in  a  thick  white 
outer  garment,  generally  assumed  about  the  first  week  of  December. 
As  soon  as  the  new  growth  renders  itself  superficially  evident,  the 
change  of  colour  in  the  old  hair,  which  on  the  back  up  to  this  time 
has  been  slow  in  progress,  advances  with  great  rapidity,  so  that  in  a 
few  days  only  a  few  coloured  hairs,  generally  remaining  unchanged 
throughout  the  whole  winter,  are  to  be  detected.  The  feet  and  ears, 
the  first  to  show  indications  of  change,  are  the  last  in  completing 
the  winter  hue :  generally  the  head  and  ears  have  no  hybernal  fresh 
growth ;  but  occasionally  it  is  to  be  met  with.  During  this  period, 
and  especially  when  the  new  hybernal  growth  of  white  hair  renders 
itself  conspicuous  on  the  surface  of  the  autumnal  coat,  an  extremely 
handsome  fur  is  produced ;  every  degree  of  variation  may  be  met 
with,  and  each  step  of  the  process  can  be  traced  with  accuracy  and 
clearness.  Modifications  of  the  progressive  changes  enumerated 
above  often  occur  in  individuals,  from  an  anticipation  or  retardation 
of  change  in  one  part  relatively  to  the  whole ;  these,  however,  are  of 
a  temporary  nature — mere  ind  vidual  peculiarities,  and  finally  merge 
into  the  all  but  universal  midwinter  clothing,  which  may  be  described 
as  under.  A  white,  with  a  leaden  tinge,  from  a  few  long  black  hairs 
undergoing  no  change,  pervades  the  entire  skin,  with  the  exception 
of  the  edges  of  the  ears,  eyelids,  and  legs ;  a  narrow  rim  of  black 
hair,  ^  inch  wide,  is  present  at  the  tip  of  the  ear  externallv  and 
1^  inch  downwards  on  each  side  of  the  cartilage,  which  is  thrown 
into  strong  relief  by  the  thick  white  woolly  coat  now  existent  on  the 
inside ;  a  narrow  rim,  also  black,  on  the  free  edge  of  the  eyelids ; 
the  whiskers  white  entirely,  or  interspersed  with  some  not  changed, 
the  shaft  of  hair  white  only  at  tip,  or  with  alternating  white  and 
bUck  bands ;  the  anterior  surface  of  the  feet  mottled  reddish  white, — 
the  colour  of  the  ears  and  eyeUds  being  the  resultant  of  no  change  in 
these  situations,  that  of  the  feet  and  whiskers,  from  a  non-completion 
of  the  process.  However,  although  this  is  the  general  rule,  yet  it 
is  not  difficidt  to  find  specimens  where  the  length  of  the  hybernal 
growth  on  the  ears  and  around  the  eyes  conceals  the  normal  black, 
and  the  absolute  completion  of  change  elsewhere  obliterates  these 
peculiarities,  leaving  the  animal  snowy  white,  broken  only  by  the 
glistening  dark-brown  pupil  of  the  eye  and  yellowish  iris. 

Contrasting  the  winter  with  the  summer  and  autumnal  .coat  we 
find  a  colour-change  with  a  great  increase  in  the  length  and  thick- 
ness of  the  fur ;  let  us  inquire  minutely  into  the  process  and  its  local 
modifications.  On  the  back  is  to  be  distinguished  the  pile  and 
undergrowth.  The  former  is  made  up  of  straight  pointed  hairs, 
slightly  varying  in  length,  the  average  1-j^inch,  and  white  through- 
out the  entire  shafl,  mingled  with  a  few  isolated  black  hairs  and 


232  MR.  F.  H.  WKLCU  ON  LEPUS  AMBRICANU8.  [Apr.  8, 

reddish-browa  ones  with  white  tips :  these  latter  are  evidently  un- 
altered or  partially  changed  summer  varieties ;  but  the  mass  of  the 
pile,  trebly  increased  in  number  and  at  least  half  an  inch  in  length, 
is  the  produce  of  the  hybemal  growth  superadded  to  the  elongate 
and  blanched  autumnal  coat.  The  under-fur  has  increased  -^  inch 
in  length,  but  is  unaltered  in  thickness  or  colour.  A  crop  of  white 
hair  has  sprung  up  on  the  inside  of  the  ear,  on  the  outside  and  on 
the  face  the  hairs  have  increased  in  length,  and  the  shaft  is  partially 
or  wholly  whitened  from  the  tip  downwards.  In  most  specimens  no 
new  hybemal  growth  is  perceptible  in  these  localities,  in  some  there 
is  a  shght  addition,  in  a  very  few  it  is  as  complete  as  on  the  back. 
However,  where  no  increase  in  number  ensues,  compensation  is  effected 
by  an  extra  augmented  growth  in  the  existent  fur.  On  the  legs  the 
change  is  limited  to  a  lengthening  and  bleaching  of  the  outer  hair; 
often  this  is  limited  to  the  tips  of  the  shaft ;  and  an  occasional 
absence  of  change  in  spots  leaves  an  irregular  fawn-coloured  mottling 
and  streaking,  especially  on  the  front  paws ;  the  hair  on  the  treading 
surface  is  lengthened  and  dirty  white.  On  the  underparts  there  is 
no  addition  beyond  an  increase  of  length  of  the  fur ;  occasionally  the 
whiskers  and  eyebrows  remain  black.  Thus  the  winter  hue  would 
appear  to  be  brought  about  by  a  change  of  colour  in  the  pile  of  the 
autumnal  coat  combined  with  a  new  hybemal  white  crop,  the  latter 
undoubtedly  playing  no  small  part  in  the  colouring  process  and  in 
the  thickening  of  the  fur.  There  is  no  indication  of  shedding.  An 
increase  in  length  ensues  over  the  whole  body.  On  the  underparts 
the  change  is  limited  to  this,  but  elsewhere  it  is  associated  with  a 
bleaching  of  the  pile,  generally  commencing  at  the  tip  of  the  hair 
and  involving  part  or  the  whole  of  the  shaft.  On  the  feet,  and  gene- 
rally on  the  outside  of  the  ears  and  face,  no  additional  growth  is 
perceptible ;  but  on  the  inside  of  the  ears,  and  over  the  whole  back 
and  sides,  a  thick  crop  of  white  hair  springs  up  as  the  winter  ad 
vances,  and,  blending  with  the  changed  surface,  materially  increases 
the  thickness  of  the  fur,  protects  the  animal  agaiust  the  inclemency 
of  winter,  and  assimilates  it  in  colour  to  external  nature.  The  pro- 
cess may  be  summed  up  as  a  combination  of  colour-change  (except 
in  the  underparts)  of  the  lengthened  outer  hairs  of  the  autumnial 
coat,  with  an  additional  hybemal  growth ;  the  former  universal  over 
the  body,  the  latter  limited  to  certain  portions. 

The  shaft  of  the  hair  of  the  new  growth  is  invariably  white,  a  cir- 
cumstance which  renders  it  easily  distinguished  from  the  autumnal 
hair  in  process  of  change.  Careful  examination  of  a  great  number 
of  these  latter  hairs  will  render  it  evident  that,  although  the  blanch- 
ing process  commences,  perhaps,  most  frequently  at  the  tip  and 
proceeds  downwards,  involving  the  whole  or  a  part  only  of  the  shaft, 
yet  it  is  easy  to  obtain  specimens  (especially  among  the  shorter 
variety  of  the  pile)  demonstrating  its  commencement  at  the  centre, 
and  occasionally  at  the  attached  extremity.  The  whiskers,  which 
apparently  do  not  lengthen  but  merely  alter  in  colour,  will  demon- 
strate each  variety. 

Microscopically  examined,  the  hair  of  this  Rodent,  circular  in 
outline,  is  composed  of  oval  or  irregular  shaped  cells  placed  end  to 


1869.] 


MR.  F.  H.  WELCH  ON  LEPU8  AMERICANUS. 


233 


end  and  arranged  in  linear  serie-s  in  the  long  axis  of  the  shafl,  covered 
externally  by  a  delicate  tissue  of  elongated  flattened  epithelium  (fig.  2). 
The  shaft  of  the  under-fur  (fig.  1)  averages  ttu^jht  inch  in  thickness, 
has  one  series  of  cells  in  its  structure ;  the  pile,  -g}^  inch  in  diameter 
(fig.  3),  four  or  more,  according  to  the  varying  thickness  of  the  shaft. 


Fig.  1.  Microscopic  aspect  of  shaft  of  under-fur. 

2.  Epitheh'al  covering  of  shafL 

3.  Shaft  of  pile. 

one  series  only  at  the  tip,  and  the  number  gradually  augmenting  to 
the  greatest  circumference — the  cells  varying  in  colour  according  to 
the  portion  examined,  but  when  white  to  the  naked  eye  then  colour- 
less microscopically.  The  increase  in  the  length  of  the  autumnal 
hairs  has  been  already  noted  ;  to  this  must  be  added  that  the  blanch- 
ing shaft,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  has  also  augmented  in  thickness, 
the  average  -^^  inch  in  diameter  (corresponding  to  the  new  growth), 
the  increase  being  consequent  upon  a  more  than  usual  number  of 
series  of  cells  entering  into  its  composition.  In  some  hairs  where  the 
centre  of  the  shaft  has  changed,  bounded  on  each  side  by  an  unchanged 
portion,  it  will  be  noted  that  at  the  altered  segment  the  shaft  bulges 
out,  increasing  in  diameter  from  ^-J^  to  j^  of  an  inch  by  the  addi- 
tion of  one  or  more  series  of  colourless  cells,  and  that  at  the  unaltered 
portion,  both  above  and  below,  it  is  contracted  to  the  former  size, 
contrasting  strongly  both  in  the  number  of  series  of  cells  and  in 
the  absence  of  colour  in  the  changed  parts.  If  also  we  examine  one 
of  the  long  black  hairs  bleaching  at  the  tip,  the  addition  of  the 
colourless  cells,  as  contrasted  with  the  same  portion  of  an  unchanged 
hair,  is  very  marked.  Again,  a  comparison  of  changed  hairs  with 
unchanged  ones  of  almost  equivalent  length,  from  the  same  vicinity, 
gives  frequently  a  double  thickness  to  the  former  over  the  latter. 
The  increase  of  series  to  the  shaft  of  the  hair  in  process  of  change 
seems  the  rule,  the  absence  of  colour  invariable ;  but  in  the  whiskers, 
which  in  thdr  structure  approach  rather  the  human  hair  with  its 
fibrous  cylinder  and  cellular  centre,  the  former  is  not  so  apparent. 


234  MR.  r.  H.  WKLCH  ON  LKPU8  AMERICANUS.  [Apr.  8, 

What  is  the  rationale  of  the  process  in  virtue  of  which  to  the 
naked  eye  the  colour  of  the  hair  is  changed  from  black  or  tawny  to 
white  ?  Is  it  dependent  on  an  abstraction  of  pigment,  an  alteration^ 
or  new  deposition  ?  and  must  we  regard  it  in  the  light  of  some  general 
condition  of  the  animal  frame  modifying  the  whole  capillary  pig- 
mentary secretion,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  interrogate  the  hair  itself 
for  the  solution  of  the  problem  1  The  gradual  character  of  the  pro- 
cess, the  immunity  of  some  hairs  from  all  change  whatever,  the  irre- 
gularity of  its  course  in  involving  different  hairs  in  the  same  portion 
of  the  body,  the  all  but  invariable  commencement  of  change  in  any 
other  part  of  the  shaft  than  that  first  to  be  influenced  by  altered 
secretions,  the  temporary  localization  of  the  process  to  some  one  part 
of  the  shafl,  entirely  limited  to  this  or  gradually  implicating  the  rest, 
and  the  freedom  from  all  change  in  colour  in  the  under-fur,  incHne  the 
balance  of  evidence  to  the  latter  opinion,  and,  moreover,  indicate  a 
capability  of  action  of  one  portion  of  the  shaft  of  the  hair  indepen- 
dently of  any  general  change  affecting  the  whole,  and  derived  from 
the  organism  within.  It  would  seem  that  the  rapid  development  of 
new  hairs,  varying  in  no  appreciable  respect  except  colour  from  the 
pile,  called  forth  by  the  increasing  rigours  of  climate  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  animal  frame,  involves  the  autumnal  outer  fur  in  the 
same  process,  leading  to  an  increased  length  and  thickness  in  the 
shaft  of  the  hair  by  the  superposition  of  layers  of  the  same  colour- 
less cells  entering  into  the  structure  of  the  new  growth — perhaps 
combined  also  with  an  arrested  production  of  pigmentary  matter. 

Although,  as  a  general  rule,  it  may  be  stated  that  the  hybenial 
change  commences  about  the  first  week  in  October,  and  is  finished  the 
first  week  in  December,  thus  occupying  two  months,  yet  departures 
from  it  are  not  at  all  uncommon,  both  as  regards  the  comparison  of 
one  individual  with  another  at  the  same  period  of  time,  and  as  regards 
the  modifications  consequent  on  yearly  climatic  variations.  For  ex- 
ample, a  specimen  shot  in  December  1866  was  only  beginning  to  torn 
white.  On  November  6th,  1867>  a  skin  ^before  the  first  fall  of  snow) 
had  a  head  piebald,  feet  white,  back  with  a  scattered  white  hair,  ik> 
undergrowth .  On  November  1 8th  (after  the  first  fall),  two  Hares  were 
shot  in  the  same  vicinity,  one  changing,  the  other  not.  On  the  22nd, 
from  a  high  ground,  one  was  perfectly  white  on  head  and  feet,  and 
on  each  side  and  around  the  tail  deeply  patched  of  the  same  colour ; 
the  other  showed  only  slight  superficial  changes,  but  on  separating  the 
fur  the  new  growth  was  easily  detected,  i^  inch  in  length,  hidden  under 
the  autumnal  coat.  Again,  on  the  21st  one  was  in  the  same  state  as 
the  preceding,  while  another  from  the  same  vicinity  presented  a  dark 
streak  along  the  centre  of  the  back  gradually  fading  into  the  white 
sides ;  change  elsewhere  accomplished  except  on  centre  of  forehead. 
On  the  28th  one  was  pure  white.  In  the  first  week  in  December 
1868  one  was  complete  in  the  change ;  another  was  still  very  brown 
along  the  spine.  On  the  11th  December  1868  three  were  examined, 
—one,  ears  not  whitened  at  all  in  front,  feet  very  reddish,  body 
changed  ;  another,  feet  changed,  side  of  face  mottled,  centre  of  back 
not  yet  implicated ;  the  third,  complete  except  a  patch  on  each  side 


1^69.]  MR.  p.  H.WELCH  ON  LKPUS  AMKRICANUS.  235 

of  the  face.  Although  the  examples  quoted  demonstrate  ho^  indi- 
vidual peculiarities,  apart  from  age,  sex,  or  habitation,  may  modify 
a  general  law,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  change  is  essentially 
dependent  on  the  season,  and  is  hastened  or  retarded  by  its  severity  or 
otherwise.  On  the  seaboard  it  is  postponed  in  comparison  with  inland 
districts  in  the  same  latitudes.  Sir  J.  Richardson  remarked  the  early 
chan8;e  of  Z.  americanus  in  the  Hudson's  Bay  Territory,  as  well  as  the 
carrying  of  its  winter  coat  until  June.  He  also  especially  mentions 
*^  the  absence  of  change  of  dress  in  the  winter  time  in  the  southern 
parts  of  the  United  States***.  I  am  informed  that  one  kept  in  con- 
finement at  St.  John's,  N.  B.,  in  a  warm  barn,  retained  the  summer 
colours.  Respecting  the  popular  idea  of  the  white,  fur  coinciding 
with  the  first  fall  of  snow,  careful  observation  does  not  corroborate  it. 
The  change  is  essentially  gradual,  and  spread  over  some  seven  weeks ; 
but  the  rapidity  with  which  the  new  white  growth,  when  it  first  ren- 
ders itaelf  apparent  externally,  involves  the  entire  surface  of  the  back 
niav  somewhat  explain  the  popular  belief  on  the  subject,  although 
at  least  seven  days  must  be  taken  up  in  this  part  of  the  process. 

The  winter's  coat  is  generally  carried  in  New  Brunswick  until  the 
middle  of  May,  when  it  is  gradually  shed,  so  that  in  June  the  animal 
may  be  said  to  have  assumed  its  summer  fur.  Thus  five  months 
may  be  regarded  as  the  period  during  which  in  this  province  L. 
americanus  is  clothed  in  white — from  December  to  April ;  two 
months  are  occupied  by  the  autumnal  change,  and  one  by  the  vernal. 
We  have  seen  how  in  the  Arctic  regions  the  duration  of  the  winter 
coat  is  extended,  and  its  absence  in  southern  latitudes.  Considering 
the  increased  duration  of  the  winter  coat  over  the  summer  one  in 
proportion  to  the  seasons,  as  well  as  its  importance  to  the  animal  in 
aasiroilating  it  to  the  natural  features  of  the  country  for  the  greater 
part  of  the  year,  and  as  a  protection  against  cold  and  its  numerous 
enemies,  it  would  be  rational  to  regard  the  winter  fur  as  the  ordinary 
coat  of  this  Hare  in  New  Brunswick  and  northern  climes,  and  the 
summer  change  its  modification ;  the  opposite  would  hold  good  in  more 
southern  latitudes,  in  sequence  to  the  relative  length  of  the  seasons. 

The  dimensions  of  this  Rodent,  as  met  with  in  New  Brunswick, 

are  as  follows : — 

ft.    in. 

Length  from  nose  to  end  of  tail 1  0 

from  ear  to  end  of  hind  leg  stretched     2  5 

of  ears 0  3 

ofhead     0  3*75 

Fore  leg,  from  middle  toe  to  ulna  extremity 0  6 

,  from  wrist-joint  to  middle  claw 0  2*9 

Hind  leg,  from  middle  claw  to  hip-articulation      . .  0  12 

foot,  from  middle  tde  to  calcis 0  6 

,  breadth  posteriorly    0  Ol 

,  breadth  anteriorly 0  l| 

^       „  „       when  expanded 0  4 

Average  weight,  3  lb. 

♦  Appendix  to  Parry's  Arctic  Expedition.     L.  aniericamig. 


23G  MR.  W.  V.  LEOGE  ON  PEDIONOMUS.  [^P^-  ^> 

Thus  the  peculiaritj  of  L,  amerieanus  consists  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  feet  relatively  to  the  hody  generally,  as  contrasted  with 
other  species.  Although  only  weighing  3  lb.  in  New  Brunswick, 
against  6|  lb.  in  southern  districts,  with  a  corresponding  diminution 
in  the  dimensions  of  the  body,  the  feet  yet  retain  fully  as  great  deve- 
lopment in  one  as  the  other.  L,  timidus,  with  an  average  weight  of 
8  lb.,  and  length  '26  inches,  has  a  hind  foot  only  5^  inches  long ; 
wbilst  Z/.  variabiiis,  with  an  average  length  of  body  of  23  inches,  has 
also  5j|  inches.  L.  glacialist  found  in  common  with  the  American, 
7  lb.  weight,  and  22 '6  niches  long,  has  dimensions  as  follows : — from 
wrist-joint  to  end  of  claw  2  inches  9  lines,  heel  to  point  of  middle  claw 
5  inches  9  lines.  Not  only  is  the  foot  of  L,  americanus  proportionately 
lengthened,  but  a  remarkable  degree  of  lateral  extension  is  allowed 
between  the  metacarpal  and  metatarsal  bones,  with  great  laxity  of 
the  web  membrane.  Inhabiting  the  woody  districts,  where  the  snow 
remains  deep  and  soft  during  the  greater  part  of  the  winter,  the 
advantage  pf  such  a  modification  in  the  feet,  especially  when  com- 
bined with  the  lengthened  stiff  winter  hair  on  the  treading-surface, 
is  apparent,  allowing  it  to  pass  over  the  softest  snow  with  the  slightest 
impress,  and  thus  giving  it  the  power  of  eluding  by  swiftness  its 
numerous  enemies.  A  recent  impress  of  these  natural  snow-shoes 
gave  the  following  shape  and  dimensions: — Fore  feet  oval,  each 
3|  inches  long  by  2  inches  broad.  Hind  feet  egg-shaped  (l^^'g® 
end  anteriorly) .  each  6  inches  long  by  3  inches  in  front  and  I  ^  inch 
behind. 

The  average  snow-shoes  adapted  to  an  ordinary-sized  man  have  a 
superficial  area  5^  inches  for  each  pound  in  weight,  which  is  extended 
in  this  Rodent  to  11 '4  inches.  In  the  Hudson's  Bay  Territory  L. 
fflacialis  and  L,  americanus  exist  in  the  same  district^  the  one  inha- 
biting the  open  barrens,  the  other  the  soft  suowr  woodlands. 

It  appears  much  to  be  desired  that  the  modifications  in  the  feet 
and  winter  coat  of  this  Rodent,  under  different  latitudes  and  varia- 
tions of  natural  conditions,  should  be  accurately  traced  out,  inasmuch 
as  the  indications  are  that,  both  in  the  one  and  the  other,  they 
fully  illustrate  the  capability  of  external  circumstances  to  call  forth 
structural  changes,  placing  the  animal  frame  in  harmony  with  the 
surrounding  natural  features,  and  allovring  it  to  compete  adTan- 
tageously  with  its  numerous  and  powerful  enemies  in  the  great 
struggle  for  existence. 


3.  Notes  on  the  Habits  of  the  Collared  Plain  Wanderer 
(Pedionomus  torquatus,  Gould) .  By  W.  Vincent  Legge, 
F.Z.S. 

Mr.  Crould  says  this  bird  is  not  uncommon  in  South  Australia, 
where  it  inhabits  the  plains  of  the  interior;  but  I  think  he  does 
not  record  its  presence  in  Victoria.     It  makes  its  appearance  in 


1869.]  MR.  W.  V.  LEG6E  ON  PEDIONOMUS.  237 

the  vicinity  of  Melbourne  in  the  summer,  coming  down  from  the 
interior  along  with  Coturnix  pectoralis,  probably  for  the  pur- 
pose of  breeding,  and  departing  northward,  I  should  say,  about 
April. 

Much  of  the  country  round  Melbourne,  including  the  district 
called  the  Reilor  Plains,  is  in  features  suited  to  the  habits  of  the 
"Collared  Plain  Wanderer;'^  and  one  or  two  individuals  fall  every 
season  to  the  gun  of  the  sportsman,  as  it  is  found  in  the  same  loca- 
lities as  the  Pectoral  Quail.  It  was  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Keilor 
Plains  that  I  met  last  January  with  this  singular  bird ;  and  as  the 
locality  I  found  it  in  was  a  field  of  short  English  grass,  I  had,  for- 
tunately, ample  opportunity  of  observing  minutely  for  some  time  its 
actions  and  deportment.  In  these  it  has  every  resemblance  to  a 
grallatorial,  and,  as  far  as  can  be  seen  from  short  observation,  very 
little  to  a  rasorial  bird.  It  runs  at  a  medium  pace  hither  and 
thither,  checking  itself  and  pausing  at  times,  at  the  same  time  twist- 
ing about  its  high-carried  head  like  a  member  of  the  Plover  family. 
When  in  a  state  of  quiescence,  it  holds  itself  erect  with  its  head 
raised.  Its  mode  of  flight,  however,  is  entirely  peculiar  to  the  bird 
itself;  it  rises  suddenly,  and  for  a  little  space  proceeds  with  a  dip- 
ping Finch-like  motion,  and  then  settles  down  mto  a  steady  flutter- 
ing flight,  reminding  one  somewhat  of  a  young  Lark.  A  very 
peculiar  feature  was  exempUfied  in  a  second  individual  (the  mate  of 
the  bird  the  actions  of  which  I  have  just  described),  which,  after 
I  had  flushed  it  several  times,  flew  ofi*  and  perched  on  the  lower  rail 
of  a  "  post-and-rail "  fence ;  it  remained  in  this  position  for  a  couple 
of  minutes,  and  then  again  took  flight. 

What  I  would  wish  nere  to  call  particular  attention  to  is  the  egg 
of  Pedianomus  torquatus,  which  I  took  perfect  in  shape  and  colora- 
tion out  of  the  specimen  now  before  me.  It  was  very  large  for  the 
bird  and  was  Plover-like,  being  pyriform  and  of  the  exact  shape  and 
dimensions  of  the  egg  of  Charadrius  hiaticula.  It  was  of  a  green- 
ish white  ground-colour,  blotted  and  speckled,  principally  at  the 
larger  end,  and  faintly  streaked  throughout,  with  umber-brown  and 
lilac-grey.  In  form,  then,  the  egg  resembles  that  of  a  Wader,  though 
the  coloration  is  somewhat  peculiar. 

As  some  authors  arrange  this  bird  in  the  family  of  the  Turni- 
eid€Bj  while  Bonaparte  regards  it  as  belonging  to  Cotwnix  (solely  on 
account  of  the  presence  of  the  hallux,  I  suppose),  it  seems  a  disputed 
point  where  to  place  it  exactly.  To  the  mind  of  the  inquiring  though 
inexperienced  naturalist  the  subject  presents  some  difficulties,  as  the 
bird  appears  intermediate  between  the  rasorial  and  grallatorial  orders, 
and  to  belong  to  a  separate  group.  Its  habits  and  actions,  the  shape 
of  its  head  and  bill  (which  latter  is  longer  than  that  of  other  mem- 
bers of  the  Bustard-quail  family),  its  length  of  leg  (especially  that 
of  the  tibial  joint,  so  much  of  which  is  bare),  the  delicate  structure 
of  the  leg,  moreover,  and  its  feet,  its  Bustard-like  upper  plumage, 
and  chiefly  its  egg  place  it  somewhat  near  the  Grallatores ;  while 
its  diminutive  size,  the  contour  of  its  body,  and  the  Quail-like  tail 
show  its  affinities  to  the  rasorial  birds. 


238  DR.  A.  GiJNTHER  ON  FI8HE8  FROM  &T.  HELENA.      [Apr.  8, 

The  foUowing  are  a  few  of  the  exact  ueasuremeots,  taken  from 
the  specimen  in  my  collection : —  .    . 

Bill,  from  gape  to  tip  of  upper  mandible    I 

Tibia 1 J 

Bare  portion  of  tibia,  from  tarsal  joint   | 

Tarsus 1 

Middle  toe    1 

Is  it  not  probable  that  other  members  of  a  group  in  which  this 
bird  might  be  placed  may  in  future  be  found  in  the  unknown  north- 
western districts  of  the  continent?  The  fact  of  representation  of 
species  between  the  north  and  south  is  true  with  regard  to  most 
forms  of  the  Australian  avifauna. 


4.  Report  of  a  second  Collection  of  Fishes  made  at  St.  Helena 
by  J.  C.  Melliss,  Esq.  By  Dr.  Albert  Gunthek^ 
F.R.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

(Plate  XVI.) 

The  British  Museum  received  in  the  month  of  June  of  last  year 
a  second  collection  of  fishes  made  at  St.  Helena  by  J.  C.  Melliss, 
B<sq.  With  r^ard  to  the  preservation  and  number  of  the  specimens 
it  proved  to  be  as  valuable  as  the  first,  of  which  an  account  is  given  in 
the  *  Proceedings'  of  this  Society  (1868,  pp.  225-228).  I  have  now 
also  examined  the  Eels,  which  are  evidently  very  well  represented  in 
that  part  of  the  ocean.  Their  descriptions  will  be  found  in  the  eighth 
volume  of  the  '  Catalogue  of  Fishes ;'  but  I  may  mention  that  the 
new  genus  Myroconger  is  of  great  interest,  being  a  Mureena  with 
pectoral  fins.  The  following  list  contains  twenty- one  species,  which 
raise  the  total  number  of  fishes  collected  by  Mr.  Melliss  to  fifty-six. 
As  in  my  former  paper,  I  have  marked  the  localities  from  which  the 
species  were  previously  known,  thereby  indicating  the  affinity  of 
this  fauna  to  that  of  other  parts  of  the  Atlantic : — 

1 .  Polymixia  nobilis,  Lowe.     Madeira. 

2.  Myripristis  jacobus,  C.  &  V.     West  Indies,  Brazil. 

3.  Chcetodon  dichrous,  sp.  n. 

4.  Auxis  rochei,  Risso.     Tropical  seas. 

5.  Caranx  crumenophthalmuSt  Bl.     Tropical  seas. 

6.  Caranx  hippos,  L.     Tropical  seas. 

7.  Antennarius  pinniceps,  C.  &  V.     Tropical  seas. 

8.  Antennarius  multiocellatus,  var.  /3,  Gthr.     Caribbean  Sea. 

9.  Acanthurus  ckiruryus,  Bl.  Atlantic  coasts  of  Tropical  Ame- 
rica and  Africa. 

10.  Heliastes  marginatus,  Castel .    Coasts  of  Brazil  and  California. 

1 1 .  Saurus  atlanlictis,  Johnson.     Madeira,  Zanzibar. 

1 2.  Saurus  my  ops,  Forst.     Tropical  seas. 


1869.]  LIBTJT.-COL..  PLAYFAIR  ON  THE  FI8HS8  OF  ZANZIBAR.     239 

13.  ExoeaetuM  eyanopienu,  C.  &  V.     Braxil. 

14.  Conger  vulgaris^  Cut.,  yar.  nigra.  Europe,  South  America, 
East  Ind.  archipel.,  Japan,  Tasmania. 

15.  Congromurtena  mellUni,  sp.  n. 

16.  Ophiehtkys  regiu8,^\iKy9.     St.  Helena. 

17.  Myraeonger  eampressus,  g.  et  sp.  n. 

18.  Mur€enaJiavopieta,  Kaop.     Tropical  Atlantic. 

1 9.  Murtena  mtncta  kelen€B,  sp.  n. 

20.  Munena  moringa,  Cuv.     Tropical  Atlantic. 

21.  Murana  unieolor,  De  la  Roche.     Mediterr.,  Madeira. 

The  new  Chcstodon  may  be  described  as  follows : — 
Chatodon  dichrovs.     (Plate  XYI.) 
D.  ^.     A.  ^.     L.  lat.  53. 

Snout  rather  produced,  a  little  longer  than  the  eje,  with  the  upper 
profile  concave;  prseoperculum  slightly  serrated.  Dorsal  spines 
strong,  the  third  and  fourth  the  longest,  two-thirds  of  the  length  of 
the  head ;  the  soft  portion  of  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins  low,  rounded. 
Body  bicoloured — the  anterior  parts  to  the  fourth  dorsal  spine  and 
the  lower  half  of  the  fish  being  uniform  brown,  the  remainder  (tail 
and  caudal  fins  included)  pinkish  white.  The  scales  of  the  lateral 
line  silvery. 

There  is  only  one  example  of  thb  remarkable  species  in  the  coU 
Tection ;  it  is  5  inches  long. 


5.  Further  Contributions  to  the  Ichthyology  of  Zanzibar. 
By  Lieut.-Col.  R.  L.  Playpair,  H.B.M.  Consul-General 
in  Algeria.     With  a  Note  by  Dr.  A.  Gunther. 

A  large  cask  of  fishes  was  lately  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  Kirk  from  Zan- 
zibar; but,  for  want  of  adequate  accommodation  for  examining  so 
extensive  a  collection,  I  was  compelled,  after  a  single  cursory  in- 
spection, to  close  the  cask  again  and  send  it  to  the  British  Museum. 
I,  however,  kept  a  few  small  specimens ;  and  amongst  these  I  find 
one  new  species,  and  two  others  which  I  had  not  before  observed  on 
the  east  coast  of  Africa.     They  are : — 

Antknnarius  nigromaculattjs,  sp.  n. 

D.  3|12.     A.  7.     P.  10. 

It  is  not  without  considerable  reluctance  that  I  venture  to  describe 
a  new  species  o{  Antennarius  with  the  limited  means  of  identification 
at  my  disposal  in  Algeria ;  but  this  specimen  differs  so  distinctly 
from  all  I  have  observed  at  Zanzibar  and  Seychelles,  and  from  all 
that  I  can  find  recorded,  that  I  am  inclined  to  regard  it  as  an  unde- 
scribed  species. 

Diagnosis, — Cleft  of  mouth  subvertical  and  ascending  in  an  oblique 
line,  slightly  inclined  backwards.     Length  of  maxillary  bone  one- 


240     LIEUT.-COL.  PLAYFAIR  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ZANZIBAR.  [Apr.  8, 

sixth  that  of  the  body.  Anterior  dorsal  spine  filiform,  terminating 
in  a  lanceolate  trifid  (or  fringed  7)  lobe ;  its  length  is  more  than  twice 
that  of  the  second  spine,  which  is  about  one-half  that  of  the  third. 
The  third  is  remote  from  the  soft  dorsal,  but  connected  with  it  by  a  low 
cutaneous  fold.  The  end  of  the  soil  dorsal  is  remote  from  the  base 
of  the  caudal ;  it  is  ouite  unconnected  with  it,  and  the  last  ray  does 
not  reach  so  far  if  laid  backwards ;  anal  not  half  the  length  of  the  soft 
dorsal.  There  are  a  few  Tery  minute  tentacles  on  the  lower  jaw,  but 
none  on  the  body.  A  cutaneous  fold  runs  along  the  sides  a  little 
distance  below  and  parallel  to  the  base  of  the  soft  dorsal,  than  which 
it  is  somewhat  shorter.     Skin  rough,  covered  with  minute  spines. 

Colour. — Ground-colour  brownish,  a  large  black  patch  extending 
over  the  whole  of  the  abdominal  region ;  other  smaller  mass-like 
patches  below  chin,  on  sides  of  head,  on  upper  part  of  body,  soft 
dorsal,  anal,  and  across  the  tail ;  these  sometimes  anamostose  and 
enclose  spots  of  the  ground-colour ;  several  round  ocelli  above  base 
of  pectorals  and  on  base  of  dorsal ;  all  the  patches  and  ocelli  have 
light  edges,  as  also  have  the  pectoral  and  ventral  fins. 

Length  4  inches. 

Diagram  MA  orientalb. 

Anthias  orientalis,  Bl.  t.  326.  f.  3. 
Serranua  orientalis,  Cuv.  &  Val.  ii.  p.  318. 
Diagramma  orientate^  Cuv.  &  Val.  v.  p.  299,  pi.  124;  Giiuth. 
Fish.  i.  p.  326. 

D.  sibbaldii,  Benn.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1832,  p.  182. 
Zanzibar.    Seas  of  Ceylon  and  Bali. 

PrOSOPODASYS  L.EUCOGA8TER. 

Prosopodasys  leucogaster,  Richardson,  Voy.  Samarang,  Zool.  Fish, 
pi.  5.  f.  I,  2;  Gunth.  Fish.  ii.  p.  141. 

Height  of  body  less  than  length  of  head,  and  one-fonrth  of  total. 
Lower  jaw  slightly  prominent,  cleft  of  month  oblique ;  maxillary 
reaches  slightly  beyond  centre  of  eye.  Interorbital  space  much  less 
than  orbit.  Prseorbital  with  two  spines,  of  which  the  first  is  rather 
small,  and  the  second  very  long.  Infraorbital  with  bony  ridges,  bat 
uo  distinct  spine.  Prseoperculum  with  five  spines ;  the  interoper- 
culum  with  one,  and  the  operculum  vrith  two  bony  ridges.  The 
first  dorsal  spine  is  situated  before  the  posterior  of  orbit ;  it  and  the 
two  succeeding  ones  are  contiguous  with,  but  rather  remote  from, 
the  remainder ;  the  third  is  the  longest ;  the  fourth  is  situated  above 
the  opercular  margin.  Caudal  acutely  rounded.  Ventrals  reach- 
ing to  the  vent,  and  pectorals  much  beyond  it.  Head  and  body 
naked. 

Colour  brownish,  marbled  with  darker  and  lighter.  Upper  part 
of  head  black;  a  black  spot  on  spinous  dorsal  between  fi[jfth  and 
eighth  snine. 

Length  2^  inches. 

Zautibar. 


1869.]  MR.  C.  RORNB  ON  THE  GRBY  HORN  BILL..  241 

Addendum.     By  Dr.  A.  Gunthbr. 

Col.  Playfair  has  sent  to  the  British  Museum,  besides  the  fishes 
described  in  the  preceding  paper,  an  example  of  a  small  Labroid  fish, 
which  he  regarded  as  a  new  species  of  Lahrichthys,  requesting  me 
to  examine  it  also.  It  proves  to  be  identical  with  Labrichthys  eya- 
not€enia  of  Bleeker ;  but  it  would  have  been  difficult  to  recognize  it 
from  Bleeker*s  description,  as  he  has  omitted  to  say  that  the  ground-  , 
colour  of  examples  preserved  in  spirits  changes  into  black.  Beside 
an  example  sent  by  Dr.  Bleeker  as  £.  cyanotrenia,  the  British  Mu- 
seum possesses  an  example  of  Thysanochilus  omatus  of  Kner.  This 
I  find  is  identical  with  the  Zanzibar  fish,  although  it  appears  really 
to  be  the  type  of  a  distinct  genus  closely  allied  to  Labroides,  for 
which  the  name  proposed  by  Kner  ought  to  be  retained.  The 
synonymy  is : — 

ThY8ANOCH1LU8  CYANOTiENIA. 

Labrichtkys  cyanottenia,  Blkr. 
Thyaanochilus  omatus,  Kner. 
Samoa  Islands,  Flores,  Zanzibar. 

Specimens  in  the  British  Museum  : — 

a.  6i  inches  long.     Samoa  Islands.    Type  of  Th,  omatus. 

b.  3}  inches  long.     Flores?     (L.  eyanotania,) 

c.  3|  inches  long.     Zanzibar. 


6.  Notes  on  the  Common  Grey  Hombill  of  India  {Meniceros 
bicorrds).    By  C.  Horne,  F.Z.S. 

Dr.  Jerdon,  in  his  'Birds  of  India'  (vol.  i.  p.  244),  has  briefly 
sketched  the  habits  of  the  Homrai,  or  Great  Hombill,  and  allusion 
is  there  made  to  its  curious  custom  of  building-up  its  mate  in  the 
hole  of  a  tree  for  the  purposes  of  incubation ;  and  I  observe  that 
Mr.  Wallace,  in  an  interesting  article  in  the  '  Intellectual  Observer* 
(June  1863),  states  that  a  similar  habit  has  been  observed  in  at  least 
three  species,  including  that  under  notice. 

Dr.  Jerdon  also  quotes  Major  S.  R.  Tickell  as  having  "  seen  this 
with  his  own  eyes." 

The  number  of  observers  must  of  necessity  have  been  very  small 
who  have  had  the  opportunity  of  watching  the  process  of  nidifica- 
don ;  and  as  I  only  last  year  was  so  fortunate,  I  have  deemed  the 
subject  worthy  of  a  note. 

The  beak,  neck,  and  tail  of  this  bird  being  long,  and  the  wings 
comparatively  short,  its  flight  is  rather  undulating,  accompanied  by 
frequent  flapping  of  the  wing9,  as  the  bird  traverses  the  short  dis- 
tance from  grove  to  grove  in  search  of  its  favourite  food,  the  fig  of 
the  Peepul  tree  (Fictis  religiosd).  Moreover,  as  during  its  flight  it 
oden  utters  its  harsh  note,  it  is  a  bird  which  attracts  the  notice  of 
the  most  casual  observer.     It  often  flies  in  threes ;  and  a  visit  from 


242  MR.  C.  HORNE  ON  THE  GREY  HORNMILL.  [Apr.  8, 

these  birds  is  much  to  be  dreaded  in  well-st.ocked  fVuit-gardens.  It 
feeds  on  all  kinds  of  fruit,  but  more  especially  on  figs,  whether  cul- 
tivated or  of  the  wild  varieties.  The  bird,  its  beak,  and  its  structure 
have  been  so  often  described,  that  I  will  confine  my  remarks  to  what 
I  have  myself  observed. 

During  the  year  1867  I  was  resident  at  Mainpdri,  N.W.  pro- 
vinces, India,  and  was  much  troubled  with  these  birds,  of  which  I 
shot  a  dozen.  This  was  an  easy  matter,  as  when  in  search  of  food 
they  are  very  fearless.  I  observed  its  habit  of  climbing  by  the 
beak,  somewhat  as  a  Parrot  does ;  and  the  way  in  which  they  cleared 
the  trees  of  fruit  and  jerked  the  said  fruit  into  their  throats,  after 
seizing  it  with  the  points  of  their  beak,  was  very  curious. 

I  had  some  very  choice,  large,  loose-skinned  oranges ;  and  I  often 
found  apparently  entire  skins  only  still  attached  to  the  twig,  the 
whole  of  the  inside  having  been  extracted,  piece  by  piece,  section  by 
section,  by  this  clever  "  Dhauel,"  as  he  is  there  called. 

In  April  1868  I  received  intelligence  of  two  nests,  and  found  that 
both  had  been  made  in  the  trunks  of  ''Seemal,'*  or  cotton-trees 
(Bombax  kept aphy Hum) ,  the  bird  having  dug  out  and  enlarged  with 
his  bill  holes  in  this  soft  wood  which  had  been  previously  used  by 
Parrots. 

In  each  case  I  obtained  three  ^gs ;  and  the  hole,  at  a  great  height 
from  the  ground,  appeared  to  have  been  plastered  up  with  cowdung, 
or  something  nearly  resembling  it.  I  could  not,  however,  determine 
this  positively,  as  in  each  case  I  had  to  go  some  six  or  eight  miles, 
and  so  had  no  opportunity  of  observing  the  process.  The  bird 
which  I  took  from  one  nest  had  lost  many  of  her  loosely  put-on 
feathers,  and  appeared  to  be  in  bad  condition.  As,  however,  the 
natives  wanted  her  flesh  for  medicinal  purposes,  I  allowed  them  to 
take  her. 

I  was,  however,  more  fortunate  at  the  close  of  the  same  month 
(April  1868).  On  my  lawn,  surrounded  by  other  trees,  stood  a 
noble  sissoo-tree  (Dahlbergia  sissoo) ;  and  where  the  first  great  fork 
diverged  was  a  hole,  for  the  possession  of  which  for  purposes  of  in- 
cubation the  Rollers  and  Parrots  were  always  noisily  contending.  I 
had  often  wished  the  Hombills  to  use  this ;  and  I  was  much  pleased 
to  see  that,  after  great  consultation  and  inspection,  and  vociferation 
by  the  Rollers,  and  screeching  by  the  Parrots,  they  on  April  28, 
1868,  made  up  their  minds  to  use  it.  The  hole  was  nearly  a  foot  in 
depth,  and  roomy  inside.  On  the  29th  of  April  the  female  went 
into  the  hole,  and  did  not  again  come  out. 

There  was  sufficient  room  in  it  for  the  female  to  draw  in  her  head 
altogether  when  she  wished  to  conceal  herself  or  to  bring  up  the 
ordure  from  below. 

The  hole  being  about  10  feet  from  the  ground  and  opposite  my 
verandah,  I  could  watch  everything  perfectly  through  a  glass.  The 
tree  was  also  very  near  to  the  house. 

From  the  time  the  female  went  in,  the  male  was  most  assiduous 
in  feediug  her,  bringing  generally  the  small  Peepul-fig. 

On  April  30th  I  observed  the  female  working  hard  at  closing  the 


18G9.]  MR.  C.  HORNB  ON  PLOCBUS  OAYA.  243 

orifice  with  her  own  ordure.  This  she  must  have  brought  up  from 
the  bottom  of  the  hole ;  and  she  plastered  it  right  and  left  with  the 
flat  sides  of  her  beak,  as  with  a  trowel. 

I  never  saw  the  male  bring  anything  but  food ;  and  I  never  found 
any  fruit  which  had  been  rejected  under  the  tree,  and  but  verj  little 
ordure,  which  latter  had  apparently  been  thrown  out  bj  the  female 
when  the  closing-work  was  finished. 

The  male  bird  would  alight  near,  then  fly  to  the  hole,  holding  on 
to  the  bark  by  his  claws,  and  knock  with  his  beak.  On  thb  the 
points  of  that  of  the  female  appeared  and  received  the  fruit,  when 
the  male  flew  off. 

I  herewith  beg  to  submit  some  of  the  substance  with  which  the 
hole  was  closed  up,  which  is  manifestly  what  I  suppose  it  to  be, 
and  when  fresh,  possesses  great  viscidity.  It  contams  the  remains 
of  insects,  which  probably  the  female  had  eaten  before  she  entered 
the  hole — thus  confirming  Dr.  Jerdon's  statement  as  to  their  various 
diet. 

The  hole  was  at  first  perhaps  6  inches  in  height,  and  3  or  4  wide. 
When  closed  up,  the  opening  at  the  widest  part  was  a  little  larger 
than  would  admit  the  finger.  It  should,  however,  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  bill  opened  upwards,  and  thus  bad  3  or  4  inches  play.  The 
plastering-operation  took  two  or  three  days,  after  which  the  ordure 
was  thrown  out. 

The  third  Hombill  used  to  hover  about,  watch  proceedings,  and 
sometimes  quarrel  with  the  accepted  lord,  but  he  never  brought 
food  to  the  female. 

On  May  7>  thinking  that  I  had  given  time  enoueh  for  the  female 
to  lay  her  three  ^gs,  which  I  wanted,  I  got  a  ladder,  opened  out 
the  nest,  and  with  some  difficulty  got  out  the  bird,  who  was  fat  and 
in  good  condition,  with  the  desired  e^gs  (three).  At  first  she  could 
scarcely  fly,  but  did  so  after  a  little  time. 

The  natives,  who  know  the  habits  of  these  birds  well,  told  me 
that  the  female  digs  herself  out  directly  her  newly  hatched  young 
need  food ;  and  this  is  most  probably  correct. 


7.  Notes  on  Ploceus  baya  and  its  Nest. 
By  C.  HoRNE,  F.Z.S. 

(Plate  XVII.) 

In  submitting  these  notes  upon  Ploeeus  baya  I  do  not  suppose 
that  I  am  narrating  anything  not  previously  observed,  although  I 
have  never  met  with  any  account  of  the  method  in  which  this  inge- 
nious bird  obtains  its  material. 

I  cannot  solve  the  mystei^  of  the  lumps  of  clay  found  in  the 
nests,  although  I  have  examined  many  at  all  seasons  for  the  pur- 
pose. I  may  remark,  however,  that  I  have  seldom,  if  ever,  found  a 
finished  nest  without  them. 


244  MR.  C.  HORNB  ON  PLOCKUS  BAYA.         [Apr.  8, 

Here  is  an  extract  from  my  journal : — "  This  morning  (July  7, 
186.i),  as  I  passed  our  solitary  palm  tree  (Phoenix  dactylifera)  in 
the  field,  I  heard  a  strange  twittering  overhead,  and  looking  up  saw 
such  a  pretty  sight  as  I  shall  never  forget. 

"  In  this  tree  hung  some  thirty  or  forty  of  the  elegantly  formed 
nests  of  woven  grass  of  the  Baya  bird,  so  well  known  to  all.  The 
heavy  storms  of  May  and  June  had  torn  away  many  and  damaged 
others,  so  as  to  render  them,  as  one  would  think,  past  repair.  Not 
so  thought  the  birds ;  for  a  party  of  about  sixty  had  come  to  set  them 
all  in  order. 

"These  little  birds  are  about  the  size  of  a  Sparrow,  and  have 
yellow  in  their  crests,  and  are  darker  about  the  wings,  being  paler 
below,  with  shortish  tails.  The  scene  in  the  tree  almost  baffles 
description.  Each  bird  and  his  mate  thought  only  of  their  own  nest. 
How  they  selected  it  I  know  not,  and  I  should  like  much  to  have 
seen  them  arrive.  I  suppose  the  sharpest  took  the  best  nests,  for 
they  varied  much  in  condition.  Of  some  of  the  nests,  two-thirds 
remained,  whilst  others  were  very  nearly  all  blown  away.  Some  of 
the  birds  attempted  to  steal  grass  from  other  nests,  but  generally 
got  pecked  away. 

**As  the  wind  was  blowing  freshly,  the  nests  swung  about  a  good 
deal ;  and  it  was  pretty  to  see  a  little  bird  fly  up  in  a  great  hurry 
with  a  long  bii  of  grass  in  his  beak.  He  would  sit  outside  the  nest 
holding  on  by  his  claws,  with  the  grass  under  them.  He  would 
then  put  the  right  end  into  the  nest  with  his  beak,  and  the  female 
inside  would  pull  it  through  and  put  it  out  for  him  again  ;  and  thus 
the  plaiting  of  the  nest  went  on.  All  this  was  done  amidst  tremen- 
dous chattering,  and  the  birds  seemed  to  think  it  great  fun.  When 
a  piece  was  used  up  one  would  give  the  other  a  peck,  and  he  or  she 
would  fly  off  for  more  material,  the  other  sitting  quietly  till  the 
worker  returned.  Nests  in  every  stage  of  building  afforded  every 
position  for  the  bird,  who  seemed  at  home  in  all  of  them.  The  joy, 
the  life,  the  activity,  and  general  gaiety  of  the  birds  I  shall  never 
forget. 

"July  11,  1865. — To-day  I  noticed  that  nearly  all  the  nests  had 
been  repaired,  and  the  birds  were  more  scattered,  either  helping 
themselves  to  my  Jowahor  (Sorghum  vulgar e)  in  the  field  or  collect- 
ing insects* 

"July  20* — I  observed  some  eight  or  ten  newly  bulk  ncsls  on  the 
ground  under  the  tree^  which  I  believe  to  have  been  deliberately  cut 
off  from  their  supports  by  the  thievish  Striped  Squirrels  {SciurMt 
pafmtirum)  for  use  by  them  in  their  nests.  Sonic  of  these  had  un- 
broken eggs  in  them. 

"August  IS. — Noticed  to-day  how  the  birds  obtain  their  grass. 
The  little  bird  alights  at  the  edge  of  the  high  strong  Seentn  grass 
(Andropogon  earipetal)  with  its  head  down,  aud  bites  tiirongh  the 
edge  to  the  exact  thickness  which  it  requires.  It  then  goes  higher 
up  on  the  same  blade  of  gra^s,  and  iiaving  considered  ibc  length 
needed,  bites  tlirough  it  again.  It  then  seizes  it  firmly  at  the  lowest 
notch  and  flies  away.     Of  course^  the  strip  of  grass  tears  utf  uTid 


1869.]  PR.  J.  B.  GRAY  ON  THB  SPOTTED  HYiBNA.  245 

Stops  at  the  notch.  It  then  flies  along,  with  the  grass  streaming 
behind  it.  As  the  edge  of  the  grass  is  much  serrated,  the  bird 
has  to  consider  and  pass  it  through  the  work  the  right  way.  This 
serration  renders  it  so  difficult  to  pull  a  nest  to  pieces,  and  makes 
the  same  nest  last  for  jears. 

In  some  instances  the  male  continues  to  build  for  amusement  after 
the  nest  is  finished,  not  only  elongating  the  tubular  entrance,  but 
also  making  a  kind  of  false  nest. 

Before  the  colony  ceased  building  there  were  more  than  seventy 
nests  in  the  tree,  which  is  represented  in  the  photograph  now  exhibited 
(PUte  XVI I.).  Three  great  notches  may  be  seen  on  the  trunk.  These 
were  made  when  the  tree  was  smaller,  by  baring  a  side  of  the  crown 
and  tapping  the  trunk  for  toddy  to  be  used  in  bread-making.  This 
operation  so  weakened  the  tree,  that  last  year  in  a  violent  storm  the 
crown  broke  off,  and  thus  destroyed  the  whole  settlement. 


8.  Note  on  the  Young  of  the  Spotted  Hy»na  [Crocuta  macu- 
lata).     By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S.,  V.P.Z.S.,  &c. 

The  British  Museum  has  lately  acquired  a  very  young  female  pup 
of  the  Spotted  Hyaena  (Crocuta  ntaculata),  which  was  born  in  the 
Society's  Gardens. 

The  animal  is  covered  with  a  short  soft  fur  of  nearly  uniform 
length,  of  a  nearly  uniform  rather  brownish- black  colour,  which  is 
rather  paler  on  the  face.  It  is  without  any  indication  of  spots.  The 
tail  is  slender,  tapering.  There  is  a  stuffed  specimen  of  a  rather 
older  and  larger  male  in  the  British  Museum,  which  was  preserved 
by  M.  Verreaux  at  the  Cape ;  it  is  of  the  same  uniform  tint,  but  is 
much  paler,  and  has  become  paler  than  it  originally  was  on  one  side 
by  exposure  in  the  case. 

I  may  observe  that  the  pups  of  the  Striped  Hyaena  (Hyana 
striata)  are  pale  and  streaked  like  the  adult.  There  are  some  spe- 
cimens of  very  young  pups  of  this  species  in  the  British  Museum. 

The  skull  of  the  very  young  female  pup  is  solid ;  and  the  bones 
are  well  ossified,  and  united  in  all  parts  by  very  narrow  and  often 
indistinct  sutures.  The  bullae  of  the  ears  are  peculiar  for  having  a 
large  space  on  the  outer  side  of  the  under  surface  only  covered  with 
membrane,  which  has  the  opening  of  the  ear  in  the  upper  part  near 
the  roaipn  of  its  outer  side.  This  disk  occupies  about  one-third  of 
the  lower  surface  of  the  bony  bullae.  The  cutting-teeth  and  the 
canines  are  well  developed,  the  cutting- teeth  in  each  of  the  jaws 
being  pkced  in  a  straight  line,  the  outer  tooth  in  each  series  being 
rather  the  largest.  The  grinders  are  not  developed  above  the  alveoli ; 
but  their  situation  is  indicated  by  the  dried  pulps.  There  are  three 
pulps  on  each  side  of  each  jaw :  the  two  front  ones  on  each  side  of 
the  upper  jaw,  belonging  to  the  premolars,  are  small ;  the  others  in 
both  jaws  are  rather  large. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc.— 1869,  No.  XVII. 


246  DR.  J.  E.  CRAY  ON  THE  SPOTTED  HY/BNA.  [Apr.  8, 

Fig.  1. 


Fig.  2. 


Pig.  1 .  Skull  of  young  Hyrcna  (lateral  view). 

2.  Lower  surface  of  aitto. 

3.  Left  ramus  of  lower  jaw. 


1869.]  DR.  E.  HAMILTON  ON  A  VARIETY  OF  THE  COMMON  FOX.     247 

The  upper  jaw,  when  cut  away  at  the  side  (as  shown  in  ^g,  I, 
p.  246),  exhihits  a  very  rudimentary  canine  tooth  of  the  adult  series, 
and  three  molars,  the  middle  heing  the  flesh-tooth  of  the  milk-series. 

The  lower  jaw  shows  three  molars  of  the  milk-series  in  a  moderate 
state  of  development,  and  a  cavity  in  which  the  large  hinder  molar 
is  to  be  developed,  but  which  is  now  in  a  very  rudimentary  state. 

The  first  tooth  indicated  on  the  edge  of  the  jaw  is  the  permanent 
canine,  and  the  two  other  t?eth  are  the  anterior  molars. 

I  am  not  aware  that  the  skull  of  the  young  animal  of  this  genus 
has  been  figured ;  so  I  have  had  some  drawings,  to  illustrate  this 
paper,  made  by  Mr.  Ford. 


9.  On  a  Variety  of  theCanis  vidpes  (Vuipes  vulgaris,  Brisson) 
found  in  the  Forest  of  the  Ardennes,  Belgium.  By  Dr. 
Edward  HAMitTON,  F.L.S. 

The  Prince  of  Musignano,  in  his  *  Fauna  Italica,'  describes  a  variety 
of  the  Canis  vuipes  under  tlie  name  of  melanogaster,  and  claims 
specific  characters,  in  that  the  colour  of  the  fur  on  the  throat,  chest, 
and  abdomen  is  black  instead  of  whitish  grey ;  the  head  and  back 
dark  greyish,  and  mixed  with  a  quantity  of  silver  hairs;  the  tail 
more  bushy,  and  furnished  with  a  white  tip.  Mr.  Gerrard,  in  his 
•  Catalogue  of  Bones  in  the  British  Museum,*  places  the  Vuipes  mela- 
nogaster  as  a  distinct  species.  Dr.  Gray,  "Catalogue  of  the  Canidae" 
(P.  Z.  S.  1868;  p.  51.*)),  describes  it  as  a  variety  only;  Hab,  Italy. 
Linnseus  describes  a  variety,  Cants  alopex,  with  a  straight  tail  black 
at  the  tip,  and  smaller  than  the  Canis  vuipes.  Button's  Renard 
charbonnier,  or  Alopex  europ^eus,  is  of  a  silver  greyish  colour,  tail 
tipped  with  white ;  remarkable  black  feet  and  legs,  which  appear 
as  if  produced  by  charcoal-dust,  hence  its  name;  it  is  smaller  than 
the  common  Fox.    Hab,  Burgundy. 

The  variety  which  I  bring  before  the  notice  of  the  Society  was 
shot  last  autumn  in  the  Forest  of  the  Ardennes,  near  Rochefort,  in 
Belgium.  The  hunters  there  know  it  under  the  name  of  "  Le  Renard 
Noir."  It  is  comparatively  rare ;  about  five  or  six  are  killed  during 
the  season.  It  is  larger  than  the  Common  Fox,  and  a  very  active 
animal.  Colour  brownish  grey,  mixed  with  silver-grey  hairs ;  deep 
brownish  red  stripe  extending  down  the  back,  lighter  towards  the  tail ; 
head,  face,  and  ueck  brownish  red,  mixed  with  silver-grey ;  throat, 
chest,  and  abdomen  black,  merging  into  blackish  grey  at  the  posterior 
part ;  tail  blackish  brown  on  the  upper  part,  blackish  yellow  beneath, 
the  tip  black  ;  fore  legs  blackish  grey  from  shoulder  to  claws ;  hind 
legs,  a  blackish  grey  stripe  running  from  the  hip  and  becoming 
black  at  the  feet. 

The  skin  measures  from  tip  of  nose  to  root  of  tail  3  feet ;  tail 
1  foot  6  inches.    Approximate  height  at  shoulders  1  foot  5-6  inches. 

In  comparing  the  skin  with  the  figure  given  by  the  Prince  of 
Musignano  (/.  c.)  there  is  a  great  similarity,  with  the  exception  of 


248    LIEUT.  DE  CRESPIGNY  ON  THE  HABITS  OF  AN  ACTINIA.  [Apr.  8, 

the  white  tip  to  the  tail  and  the  size,  the  Ardennes  yariety  being  a 
much  larger  and  stronger  animal.  Nibson  describes  a  variety  very 
like  the  Vulpes  melanogaster  as  inhabiting  Scandinavia. 


10.  Notes  on  the  Friendship  existing  between  the  Malacopte- 
rygian  Fish  Premnas  biaculeaius  and  the  Actinia  cra»si- 
comis.    By  Lieut.  C,  C.  De  Crespigny*. 

The  Anemone  here  spoken  of  is  found  at  Labuan  in  rarioos  ha- 
bitats— sometimes  domiciled  in  rows  along  the  horizontal  fissures  of 
sandstone  rocks  (the  positions  being  chosen  so  that  at  low  water 
they  may  be  just  awash)>  in  other  cases  surrounding  and  covering 
a  mass  of  exposed  dead  madrepore.  It  is  also  found  attached  to 
rocks  or  dead  coral  some  inches  under  tbe  surface  of  the  sand,  and 
from  this  vantage  ground  protruding  or  withdrawing  its  tentacula  at 
pleasure,  so  that  when  they  are  vrithdrawn  the  animal  is  no  longer 
vbible.  On  a  cahn  evening,  when  the  tide  is  out,  one  may  observe 
with  advantage  the  sympathy  which  appears  to  exbt  between  thia 
animal  and  the  little  fish  called  Premnas  biaculeatus.  The  Actinia 
is  in  a  state  of  quiescence,  allowing  its  tentacula  to  float  and  move 
about  freely  in  obedience  to  tbe  impulse  of  each  ripple  of  the  water, 
they  being  now  supple,  pointed  at  the  extremities,  and  gravitating 
downwarcU.  A  Premnas  now  passes  over  the  Anemone,  and  imme* 
diately  the  tentacula  become  erect  and  diverge  as  if  galvanized,  while 
their  extremities  become  clubby  and  phosphorescent. 

The  fish  hovers  over  it,  gently  rubbing  the  tentacula  with  his 
pectoral  fins,  and  so  will  remain  for  some  time.  The  hand-net  ia 
passed  quietly  down  under  the  Anemone,  and  the  alarmed  fish, 
instead  of  swimming  away,  dives  into  the  body  of  its  friend,  the 
tentacles  closing  over  it  and  thus  burying  it  in  a  living  tomb.  The 
hand  of  the  captor  now  disturbs  the  fish  in  its  hidden  retreat,  and 
upon  its  again  rushing  forth  from  its  hiding-place  the  net  is  drawn 
to  the  surface  of  the  water  and  the  little  fellow  captured.  The 
natural  colour  of  this  fish  is  pale  red,  having  three  perpendicular 
white  stripes  on  the  body.  Upon  its  attaining  full  growth,  however, 
when  it  is  from  four  to  five  inches  long,  it  becomes  almost  black, 
and  the  stripes  are  very  nearly  obliterated.  In  captivity  I  have 
known  an  Anfmone  Uve  in  perfect  harmony  with  a  Premnas  for 
nearly  a  year.  One  morning  the  fish  was  found  dead  outside  its 
tub,  from  which  it  had  leapt  in  the  ni^ht ;  the  Anemone  sickened, 
became  elongated  and  flaccid,  and  died  m  a  few  days. 

On  the  other  hand,  I  have  known  a  fish  live  in  a  tub  for  a  long 
time  without  the  society  of  its  complementary  Anemone. 

It  may  be  that  the  fish  spawns  upon  the  Anemone,  or  that  by 
continually  rubbing  its  fins  against  the  extremities  of  the  tentacles 
it  rids  itself  and  its  friend  of  disagreeable  parasites,  or  that  it  causes 
a  continuous  flow  of  water  across  the  body  of  its  friend,  iu  which 
stream  are  conveyed  the  animalcula  on  which  it  Hves. 
*  Communicated  by  B.  Iliggins,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 


1869.]  MR.  G.  GULLIVER  ON  THE  CESOPHAGUS  OF  THE  AYE-AYE.   2*19 

These  points  may  be  determined  bv  future  observations.  It  will 
be  noticed  that  the  extremities  of  the  fins  and  tail  of  the  Premnas 
are  attenuated  to  what  appears  to  be  the  utmost  degree  consistent 
with  cohesion  of  their  molecules. 


April  22.  1869. 
The  Viscount  Walden,  President,  in  the  Chair. 

Mr.  G.  Dawson  Rowley,  F.Z.S.,  exhibited  some  specimens  of  Bri- 
tish-killed Pipits,  and  made  the  following  observations  upon  them : — 

I  have  the  pleasure  to  exhibit  a  series  of  Water- Pipits  (Anthus 
aqnattcus)  and  Rock- Pipits  {Jnthus  obscurus),  all  shot  or  taken  near 
Brighton,  in  spring  and  autumn  plumage,  male  and  female  respec- 
tively, showing  the  distinction  between  the  two  species  in  the  several 
states.  Only  two  or  three  of  the  former  have  ever  been,  I  think, 
noticed  in  print  as  found  in  the  British  isles,  and  considerable  con- 
fusion has  existed  in  collections  respecting  them.  I  have  at  times 
observed  each  one  doing  duty  for  the  other.  A.  aquaticus  is  not 
very  common  ;  but  it  visits  the  south  coast  regularly  in  the  spring, 
moves  on  to  breed,  and  again  stops  with  us  a  few  weeks  on  its  return 
in  autumn.  In  spring  it  has  a  blue  tinge  on  the  back,  with  a  vinous 
one  on  the  chest,  underparts  greenish ;  in  the  autumn  dress  these 
are  lost,  and  the  underparts  turn  pure  white.  The  outer  tail-feather 
also  changes  from  buff  to  white.     Males  differ  little  from  females. 


A  communication  was  read  from  Mr.  Thomas  Graham  Ponton, 
F.Z.S.,  containing  a  criticism  of  the  arrangement  of  the  shells  of  the 
genus  Mangelia  adopted  by  Reeve  in  his  *  Monograph,'  hi  which  it 
was  pointed  out  that  the  seventy  species  of  this  group  given  in  the 
*  Conchologia  Iconica'  ought  to  be  distributed  amongst  the  genera 
jyefrancia^  Cythara,  and  Mangelia,  Mr.  Ponton  gave  a  list  of  the 
species  which  he  considered  referable  to  each  of  these  three  genera, 
and  proposed  to  assign  one  to  Dejrancia,  fifty-three  to  Cythara, 
and  sixteen  to  Mangelia.         • 

The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  On  the  Muscular  Sheath  of  the  Cardiac  End  of  the  (Eso- 
phagus of  the  Aye- Aye  {Chiromys  madagaacariensis) . 
By  George  Gullivee,  F.R.S. 

Among  the  many  inexplicable  structural  arrangements  of  animal 
organs  is  that  of  the  comparative  distribution  of  the  striped  muscular 
fibre  to  the  same  part  in  different  orders ;  and  the  obscurity  is  not 


250  MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  [Apr.  22, 

lessened  by  the  discovery  of  this  fibre  on  the  whole  alimentary  canal 
of  the  Tench*  (Tinea  vulgaris),  after  I  had  observed  that  this  is  not 
the  case  in  some  other  cyprinoid  fishes. 

Such  facts  tend  to  weaken  the  value  in  systematic  zoology  of  the 
character  afforded  by  the  muscular  sheath  of  the  oesophagus.  But 
whatever  structure  proves  constant  cannot  be  devoid  of  importance, 
however  difficult  the  explanation  may  be ;  and,  so  far  as  my  limited 
observations  have  gone,  it  is  always  easy  to  distinguish  between 
certain  orders  of  Mammalia,  and  these  from  birds  and  reptiles, 
simply  by  the  muscular  fibre  of  the  oesophagus.  For  example,  in 
the  Quadrumana  the  striped  muscular  fibre  stops  short  of  the  cardia, 
while  in  the  Rodentia  this  fibre  extends  quite  to  that  part  of  the 
stomach,  as  has  been  more  particularly  described  of  these  and  other 
vertebrates  in  the  '  Proceedings'  of  this  Society  (1842,  p.  63  etseq.). 

Hence  it  seems  desirable  to  add  this  character,  for  as  much  as  it 
may  be  worth,  to  the  descriptions  already  known  respecting  such 
Mammalia  as  may  have  a  questionable  position  in  systematic  zoology. 
The  Aye- Aye  is  one  of  these;  for  it  has  been  alternately  placed 
among  the  Rodentia  and  Quadrumana.  And  by  the  courtesy  of 
Mr.  Flower  I  have  examined  for  striated  muscle  about  an  inch  of 
the  cardiac  end  of  the  oesophagus  of  this  animal,  preserved  in  spirit 
of  wine.  The  results  were  entirely  negative.  Not  a  single  striped 
muscular  fibre  appeared,  although  the  whole  thickness  of  the  oeso- 
phagus was  examined,  from  the  outer  part  of  the  preparation  to  the 
plaster  with  which  it  had  been  artificially  distended ;  in  short,  nothing 
of  muscular  tissue  but  the  smooth  variety  could  be  found.  And 
thus,  so  far  as  regards  this  point,  the  oesophagus  of  the  Aye- Aye  is 
as  unlike  that  of  Rodentia  as  it  is  like  that  of  Quadrumana — a  fact 
which  tends  to  support  the  latest  and  now  general  conclusion  as  to 
the  affinities  of  this  singular  animal. 


2.  On  Venezuelan  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  A.  Goering.  By 
P.  L.  ScLATER,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin, 
M.A.,  P.L.S.— Part  lll.t 

(Plate  XVIII.) 

Mr.  Anton  Goering^s  present  collection  was  principally  formed  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  Lake  of  Valencia,  into  which  district  he  has  made 

*  Since  this  fact  first  came  to  my  knowledge,  through  the  last  edition  of 
Professor  Beale's  excellent  work  on  the  Microscope,  in  which  Weber  is  quoted 
as  the  observer,  I  have  examined  the  intestines  of  tlie  Tench,  and  found  the 
striated  muscular  fibre  on  the  greater  part  of  it«  alimentary  canal.  The  primi- 
tive muscular  fascicles  of  the  oesophagus,  stomach,  and  intestines  presented  an 
average  diameter  of  ygij^r  of  an  inch,  while  those  of  the  dorsal  and  ventral  muscles 
measured  as  much  as  j^.  Thus  the  striated  fibres  of  the  hollow  muscles  are 
only  about  one-fourth  the  thickness  of  those  of  the  ordinary  voluntary  muscles ; 
and  this  agrees  with  my  old  measurements  in  fishes  and  other  vertebrates,  tabu- 
lated  in  the  •  Proc.  Zool.  Soc/  (1842,  p.  68). 

t  See  Part  I..  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  165;  Part  II.,  P.  Z.  S.  18C8,  p.  626. 


I8b9.]  ON  VENEZUELAN  BIRDS.  251 

excursions  from  Sati  Esteban,  near  Puertp  Cabello,  where  he  has 
been  lately  resident. 

The  collection  contains  altogether  fifty-six  species  of  birds,  most 
of  which  are  already  well  known  as  inhabitants  of  this  part  of  the 
continent  of  South  America.  There  are,  however,  several  of  great 
interest  among  them,  and  one  in  particular,  a  new  species  of  Jacamar, 
which  appears  to  have  been  hitherto  undescrihed. 

The  following  extracts  from  a  letter  recently  received  from  Mr. 
Goering  will  give  the  Society  some  information  concerning  the  loca- 
lities which  he  has  lately  explored,  and  the  route  which  he  is  now 
intending  to  follow : — 

'*  The  Lake  of  Valencia  seems  to  be  a  station  for  birds  which  come 
from  the  llanos  and  from  the  river-districts  of  the  south  of  Vene- 
zuela. When  the  swamps  and  the  llanos  are  dry,  thousands  of  birds 
resort  to  it.  There  is,  however,  great  difficulty  in  obtaining  a  boat 
for  the  purpose  of  shooting,  nearly  all  of  them  having  been  demo- 
lished during  the  recent  revolution.  The  mountains  on  the  south  of 
the  lake  (the  Serro  Azul  of  Guiguc)  are  tenanted  by  the  same  birds 
as  the  coast-range ;  but  the  vegetation  is  not  so  rank,  and  the  species 
of  small  size  appear  to  be  less  numerous.  San  Esteban  is  situated 
about  six  English  miles  inland  from  Puerto  Cabello,  in  a  valley, 
through  which  runs  a  small  river.  Most  of  the  birds  obtained  here 
are  different  from  those  found  in  eastern  Venezuela,  where  my  first 
collections  were  formed.  It  is  singular  that  Cardinalis  phoenicetts, 
80  common  near  CanSpano,  is  very  rare  here.  I  have  never  seen 
this  bird  on  the  hiljs,  but  only  on  the  plains  near  the  coast,  which 
are  covered  with  a  simple  vegetation  of  Mimosa,  Cactus,  &c.  The 
Chasmorhynchus  variegatus  is  common  here,  but  only  during  the 
months  of  April  and  May.  It  is  also  abundant  in  the  forests  of 
Carip^ ;  and  this  spot  seems  to  be  nearly  the  extreme  limit  of  its 
western  range. 

"  Speaking  of  Carip4  I  may  mention  that  the  Steatornis  is  not 
only  found  in  the  well-known  cave  near  that  city,  visited  by  Hum- 
boldt, but  also  inhabits  several  other  caverns  in  the  forests  situated 
to  the  south-east.  I  visited  three  of  these,  and  found  one  of  them 
much  larger  than  the  cave  of  Carip^.  It  was  eight  English  miles  in 
extent,  and  every  part  of  it  seemed  to  be  inhabited  by  thousands  of 
this  wonderful  bird.  It  is  very  impressive  when,  at  sunset,  thev 
leave  their  subterranean  abodes,  and  make  the  forest  resound  witK 
their  shrill  cries." 

Mr.  Goering  contemplates  moving  his  quarters  into  the  Sierra 
Nevada  of  Merida,  to  which  district  he  will  proceed  by  Maracaibo 
and  Zulier. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  species  contained  in  Mr.  Goering's 
present  collection,  to  which  are  added  notes  upon  such  of  them  as 
call  for  remark  : — 

Name.  Locality. 

1.  Donaeobius  atricapUhis Lake  of  Valencia. 

2.  Henicocichla  novehoracetm»  Maruria,  north  of  the  lake. 

3.  Bendrctca  cBstiva    .S.  side  of  the  Lake  of  Valencia. 


252  MfiSSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  [^r.  22, 

Name.  Locality. 

4.  Geothlvpis  aquinoctialis    Maniria. 

5.  Hyfophtltts  actiticaudua Plain  of  Valencia. 

*6.  CaUisfe  cyanekoUis    Biaruria. 

*7.  Oryzobarus  meias  San  Esteban. 

8.  Spermophila  lineola  Maruria. 

*9.  oceUata  Plain  of  Valencia. 

10.  Cort/phoapingua  pileatus   Lake  of  Valencia. 

11.  Leiites  ffuianensis  Plain  of  Valencia. 

12.  Xanfhosomus  icteroctphalus Mararia. 

13.  Cassidix  oryzifxyra Plain  of  Valencia. 

*14.  PhUydor  columbianuB    Coast-range  of  Puerto  Cabello. 

16.  Synallaxis  (Ubigularis   Plain  of  Valencia. 

16.  Leptoxyura  cinnamomea  Idtke  of  Valencia. 

n.  Dmdromissusurrans    Guacara,  Lake  of  Valencia. 

18.  Myrmothenda  nienetriesi San  Esteban. 

19.  Formicarius  crissalis San  Esteban. 

20.  Arundinicofa  lettcocephdUi Marshes  in  the  Plain  of  Valencia. 

21.  Platyrh/nchus  albogulttris    Lake  of  Valencia. 

22.  Colopferus  pilaris  N.  side  of  the  Ld(e  of  Valencia. 

*23.  Euacarfhmus  impiyer Chiacsra,  Li^e  of  Valencia. 

24.  T^ranniacus,  8^.  mo Martiria. 

25.  Pyrocephalus  rubineus  Plain  of  Valencia. 

26.  Milvutus  tyrannM Plain  of  Valencia. 

27.  PachyrkampAus,  np.  inc.  ?   Quacara. 

28.  Pipreoia  formosa    Coast-ranee  of  Puerto  Cabdia 

29.  Pyroderua  orenoctnsis    Puerto  CtuwUo. 

*30.  Brachygalha  goeringi^  sp.  nor. Maruria. 

31.  Ceryle  anuufona , Lake  of  Valencia. 

32.  Nycfidromus  aibicoUis  Maruria. 

33.  Ramphasfos  ambiguus  Guataparo. 

34.  Falco  columbarius,  li Maruria  and  Lake  of  Valencia. 

35.  Hypotriarckis  femoralis  (Temm.)    Lake  of  Valencia. 

36.  rt^figuiaris  (Dtkud.)  San  Esteban. 

*37.  Tinnuncuius  aparvfrius  (L.) Plain  of  Valencia. 

38.  Elanw  leucurus  {y\^^.)  ,.  Lake  of  Valencia. 

39.  Gampsonyx  8wainsoni,\ig Maruria. 

40.  Acc^i/er  bicolor  (VieilL)  Maruria. 

*41.  Micratstur  zonotMorax   Coast-range  of  Puerto  Cabello. 

42.  Untbiiinga  meridionalia  (Laih,) Plain  of  Yalenoaa. 

43.  Circus  macropterus,Y'wiL  Plain  of  Valencia. 

44.  Pofvborus  tkartts  {iioh'j    Maruria. 

45.  Miivago  ckimango  (YieilL)  Lake  of  Valencia. 

46.  Eupsyckortyx  sonntni  (Temm,)  Plun  of  Valencia. 

H7.  Cryj^rus  strignUmts  (Temm.)    Serro  Azul  of  Guiguo. 

48.  Vaneilus  cayenntnsis  (Gm.) Lake  of  Valencia. 

49.  JEgiaUtes  collaris  (Vieill.)    Lake  of  Valencia. 

50.  Limoaa  ktidsonica  iJjBkiJti.) Lake  of  Valencia. 

51.  Porsana  Carolina  (L.)  Lake  of  Valencia. 

52.  Parra  Jacanay  It,   Lake  of  Valencia. 

53.  Ardea  caruUoy  L Lake  of  Valencia. 

54.  BtUorides  virescens  (Im) Lake  of  Valencia. 

55.  Querguedula  discors  {JL.)  Lake  of  Valencia. 

56.  Poditymbus  podictps Lake  of  Valencia. 

6.  Calliste  cyaneicollis  (Lafr.  et  d'Orb.). 

One  example  ( tS  >  iris  dark  brown)  from  the  mountains  south  of 
the  Lake  of  Valencia,  where  it  is  said  to  be  "  not  common." 

This  is  evidently  the  bird  described  by  Mr.  Cassin  (Pr.  Ac.  Sc. 
Phil.  1864,  p.  287)  as  CallUte  kannaAuB;  but  we  are  not  conymced 


1869.]  ON  VENEZUELAN  BIRDS.  253 

that  the  characters  gi^en  by  him  to  distinguish  it  from  the  true  C. 
cyaneicoUis  are  sufficient.  Of  two  skins  from  Bogota  in  Sclater's 
collection,  one  has  the  blue  abdomen,  and  one  not.  The  latter,  we 
may  remark,  is  the  original  of  Sclater's  figure  in  his  '  Monograph  of 
Calliste'  (pi.  38).  The  variation  would  therefore  appear  not  to  be 
constant  in  the  same  locality.  We  have  not,  however,  yet  had  an 
opportunity  of  recomparing  the  Bogota  skins  with  examples  of  C. 
eyaneicoUia  from  its  typical  country  (Bolivia). 

7.  Oryzoborus  MELA8,  Scl.  ct  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  979. 

One  example  from  Esteban  (c^,  bill  silvery,  legs  greybh  blue, 
above  browner),  apparently  agreeing  best  with  the  bird  described  by 
us  from  Pebas. 

9.  Spermophila  ocellata,  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  181. 

One  example  from  the  plain  of  Valencia,  ''  bill  and  legs  black," 
agreeing  with  the  birds  described  by  us  from  Mr.  Bartlett*s  collection, 
except  in  having  the  bill  and  legs  black  instead  of  brown. 

14.  Philydor  COLOMBIANU8,  Cab.  et  Hein.  Mus.  Hein.  ii.  p.  29; 
Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  170. 

One  example  ( cf ,  iris  brown,  legs  yellowish  brown)  from  the  coast- 
range  of  Puert<^  Cabello,  at  an  elevation  of  1500  feet. 

23.  Euscarthmus  impiger,  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  171, 

t.  XIII.  f.  1. 

Another  specimen  of  this  Tyrant  from  the  plain  near  Guacara, 
on  the  north  side  of  the  Lake  of  Valencia.  "  Iris  yellowish  white, 
legs  bright  flesh-colour.  A  quiet  bird,  generally  found  in  the  Mi- 
mosa bushes." 

30.  Brachyoalba  goeringi,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  XVIII.) 

iS^a^a  €BneO'ViridU,  capite  colloque  toto  fascia,  auperciliis  indi- 
stinctis  et  nucha  dilutioribus,  flavicante  tinctia :  mbtu9  nigri-' 
cans;  gutture,  pectore  medio  et  ventre  toto  cum  criseo  pure 
albitf  plumis  in  ventre  medio  ferragineo  tinctis :   rostro  et 
pedibua  nigris :  long,  tota  7*0,  al<B  2'75,  caudtE  2*3,  rostri  a 
rietu  20  poll.  Angl.     . 
Fern.  Mari  similis  sed  ventre  medio  fere  omnino  ferrugineo. 
Hab.  in  vicin.  Lacus  Valencise,  in  Venezuela. 
Obs.  Sim.  B.  inomata,  sed  gutture  albo  facile  distinguenda. 
Mr.  Groering  sends  us  three  skins  of  this  fine  new  Jacamar,  which 
we  have  the  pleasure  of  naming  after  its  discoverer.    It  was  obtained 
near  Maruria,  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain  of  Guiguc,  where  the  birds 
were  met  with  in  pairs  sitting  close  together  on  the  branches  of  trees. 
"  Iri^  red-brown ;  bill,  legs,  and  claws  black." 

This  species  makes  the  fourth  of  the  genus  Brachygalba,  two  of 
which  have  white  beaks  (B.  melanostema  and  B.  albigularis),  and 
two  have  the  beak  black  \B.  inornata  and  the  present  bird). 


254  MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  [^P^-  22, 

37.  TiNNUNCULus  8PARVERIUS  (Linu.). 

A  single  male,  from  the  plain  of  Valencia,  has  the  body  below 
wholly  without  spots,  as  the  bird  described  by  Swain  son  as  Falco 
isabeUinus  (An.  in  Men.  p.  281).  See  v.  Pelzeln's  remarks  on  this 
supposed  local  race  in  his  List  of  FalconidtB  in  the  Imperial  Col- 
lection (Verb,  zool.-bot.  Ges.  1863,  p.  627). 

41.    MiCRASTUR  ZONOTHORAX. 

Climacocercu9  zonothorax.  Cab.  Journ.  f  O.  1865,  p.  406. 

A  single  skin,  immature,  but  no  doubt  referable  to  this  northern 
form  of  M.  ruficoUU  sive  xanthothorax  as  described  by  Cabanin. 
Whether  it  is  really  distinct  we  have  not  yet  sufficient  materials  to 
give  a  decided  opinion. 

47.    CrYPTURUS  STR1GULOSU8. 

Tinamus  gtrtffulosus,  Temm.  Pig.  et  Gall.  lii.  p.  594. 

Mr.  Goering's  skin  agrees  generally  with  the  specimens  in  the 
British  Museum  thus  marked  (cf.  Gray,  List  of  Gall.  p.  100),  but 
has  the  middle  of  the  throat  pure  white. 


3.  Notes  on  the  Myology  of  Menopoma  aUeghaniense.  By 
St.  George  Mivart,  F.L.S.,  Lecturer  on  Comparative 
Anatomy  at  St.  Mary^s  Hospital. 

Having  been  engaged  for  some  mouths  in  working  at  the  Urodele 
Batrachians,  the  Hberality  of  the  authorities  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Surgeons,  and  the  kindness  of  my  friend  IMr.  W.  H.  Flower,  have 
placed  at  my  disposal  certain  specimens  well  preserved  in  spirit  of 
wine.     One  of  these  is  the  subject  of  the  following  notes. 

In  describing  the  muscles  1  think  it  better  to  give  each  a  distinct 
name.  In  doing  so,  however,  I  by  no  means  intend  to  imply  that 
there  is  necessarily  a  real  relation  of  homology  between  the  several 
muscles  of  Menopoma  and  those  of  Mammals  and  Sauropsidaiis.  It 
may  well  be  that  in  many  cases  the  resemblance  is  merely  one  of 
analogy,  resulting  from  similarity  of  conditions. 

The  general  form  of  this  species  is  well  known,  with  its  broad  and 
flat  body,  its  very  wide  and  flat  head,  and  rounded  muzzle.  The  tail 
has  a  rather  deep  cutaneous  flu  both  above  and  below ;  but  while  it  is 
continued  along  the  whole  length  )f  the  dorsum  of  the  tail,  it  only 
extends  along  about  the  hindmost  sixth  of  its  inferior  border. 

The  skin  is  nearly  smooth  all  over,  and  is  destitute  of  any  tubercles 
or  prominences.  It  is  smoothest  on  the  middle  of  the  crown  of  the 
head  and  on  the  middle  of  the  belly.  Numerous  short  transverse 
wrinkles,  however,  extend,  at  short  intervaL^  across  the  throat  and 
along  the  whole  back  and  belly ;  on  the  tail,  on  account  of  the  great 
lateral  compression  of  that  organ,  the.^  wrinkles  assume  a  vertical 
direction. 


1 


1869  1  THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MENOPOMA.  255 

Two  large  cutaneous  folds  (each  much  convoluted  and  like  a  frill) 
extend  backwards,  one  along  each  side  of  the  body,  from  the  arm-pit 
to  a  little  behind  and  above  the  root  of  the  pelvic  limb. 

A  marked  fold  on  each  side  of  the  neck  projects  round  the  bran- 
chial ori6ce,  and  is  continued  backwards  from  its  upper  border 
towards  or  over  the  root  of  the  pectoral  limb. 

The  antero-posteriorlj  elongated  cloacal  aperture  is  placed  just 
behind,  and  not  between,  the  pelvic  limbs.  Its  circumference 
(which  is  of  a  lighter  colour  than  the  rest  of  the  skin)  is  thrown  into 
numerous  small,  sharp  folds. 

The  proximal  and  distal  divisions  of  each  arm  and  leg  (t.  e.  the  arm 
and  forearm  and  the  thigh  and  leg  respectively)  are  subequal  in  length. 

The  posterior  digits  are  very  broad,  througli  cutaneous  expansions. 

The  pectoral  limb  when  turned  forwards  does  not  attain  the  angle 
of  the  mouth,  nor  when  turned  backwards  does  it  even  nearly  meet 
the  pelvic  limb  turned  forwards. 

A  cutaneous  fold  extending  along  the  margin  of  each  jaw  serves 
as  a  lip. 

The  external  nostrils  are  very  small  and  simple  apertures  close  to 
the  end  of  the  muzzle. 

The  eyes,  as  is  well  known,  are  very  small  and  quite  destitute  of 
eyelids. 

The  gape  of  the  mouth  extends  backwards  beyond  the  eye. 

The  head  is  very  flat,  without  ridges  or  any  marked  concavities  or 
convexities.  A  shallow,  rather  ill- defined,  longitudinal  depression 
runs  along  the  middle  of  the  back.  The  size  and  proportions  of  the 
specimen  are  as  follows : — 

Dimensions.  .^^^^ 

Extreme  length,  measured  along  dorsum,  from  anterior  end 

of  muzzle  to  posterior  end  of  tail 1 3*20 

Length  from  mandibular  symphysis  to  middle  point  between 

the  arm-pits    ' 300 

From  the  said  middle  point  to  anterior  end  of  cloaca  ..'....  5*13 

Length  of  cloacal  aperture -22 

— ^ from  anterior  end  of  cloacal  aperture  to  end  of  tail. .  5*0/ 

of  head,  about I  'CO 

Breadth  of  head 170 

Vertical  thickness  of  head  and  throat *9.5 

of  mid-body,  about -83 

Greatest  breadth  of  body,  the  cutaneous  lateral  folds  not  in- 
cluded   1  /() 

Transverse  thickness  of  tail  at  about  its  mid-length -30 

Vertical  extent  of  tail  at  the  same  place   1  '40 

Distance  between  the  eyes 1  00 

the  outer  nares -40 

Extreme  length  of  pectoral  limb  (with  manus) r.53 

Its  longest  digit -40 

Extreme  length  of  pelvic  limb  (with  pes) 1  80 

Its  longest  digit oO 


256  MR.  ST.  GEOR6K  MIVART  ON  [Apr.  22, 


Distance  from  mid-point  between  the  eyes  to  end  of  mniEle  .  '56 

Extreme  width  of  mouth    1-55 

Distance  from  mid-point  between  the  angles  of  the  mouth  to 

the  mandibular  symphysis '65 

Length  from  angle  of  mouth  to  branchial  orifice,  about ....  1  *22 
branchial  orifice  to  root  of  pelvic  limb,  about. .  '72 

Ih-oportions. 

Length  of  head  compared  with  its  breadth  at  100 94*10 

Height  of  head  compared  with  its  breadth  at  100 55*88 

of  bodv  compared  with  its  breadth  at  100 4882 

Breadth  of  mid-tail  to  its  height  at  100    46'66 

of  body  to  its  length  (without  head  and  tail)  at  100  33' 13 

Height  of  body  to  its  length  at  100 1617 

Length  of  tail  to  length  of  body  at  100   9883 

Length  of  pectoral  Umb  to  leneth  of  body  at  100    29*82 

Length  of  peine  limb  to  length  of  body  at  100 35*08 

Myology. 

On  removing  the  skin  of  my  specimen  I  do  not  find  the  fat 
which,  according  to  Drs.  Schmidt,  Gt)ddard,  and  Van  der  Hoeven  *, 
exists  in  the  hollows  at  the  roots  of  the  limbs  in  Cryptobranckus. 
Neither  have  I  found  any  conspicuous  cutaneous  muscle  or  the 
contrast  in  colour  which  those  authors  have  described  as  existing  in 
the  last-named  genus  between  some  and  others  of  the  muscles,  but  all 
are  moderately  pale  in  my  specimen. 

The  general  muscular  investment  of  the  body  is,  in  the  tail,  di- 
visible into  an  antero-posterior  series  of  segments  corresponding  to 
the  division  of  the  vertebral  column  into  vertebrae.  In  the  trunk 
this  divbibility  is  very  obscurelv  indicated,  least  so  towards  the  mid- 
dle of  the  abdomen,  where  there  are  transverse  tendinous  inter- 
sections. 

The  muscular  envelope  consists  of  four  longitudinal  portions  sepa- 
rated by  four  more  or  less  marked  linear  divisions. 

The  first  of  these  divisions  extends  backwards  from  the  mid-cranial 
region  to  the  end  of  the  dorsum  of  the  tail.  It  is  deepest  by  far  in 
the  caudal  region  of  the  body,  where  it  is  filled  up  by  a  very  large 
accumulation  of  fat.  A  fibrous  membrane  extends  down  from  the 
bottom  of  thb  dorsal  furrow  to  the  spines  and  neural  arches  of  the 
vertebrae,  and  forms  a  partition  between  the  dorsal  muscular  mass  of 
one  side  and  that  of  the  other  side. 

The  second  antero-posterior  linear  division  extends  similarly  along 
the  ventral  surface  of  the  body  from  the  thoracic  region  backwards. 
It  is  only  a  deep  furrow,  however,  behind  the  cloaod  aperture ;  in 

*  Annteekeningen  over  de  Anatomle  van  den  Cryf^obranckusjapamcus  door 
Dr.  F.  J.  J.  Schmidt,  Dr.  Q.  J.  Gtxidard,  en  Dr.  J.  Van  der  Hoeven.  Natuur- 
kundige  Yerhandelingen  Tan  de  Hollandsche  Maatschappij  der  Wetenacbappen 
te  Haarlem.    Tweede  Verzameling,  Negentiende  Deel,  fierste  8tak,  1862. 


1869.]  THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MENOPOMA.  257 

front  of  that  orifice  it  is  represented  by  a  more  or  less  marked  ten- 
dinous interval,  or  linea  alba,  in  the  midst  of  the  superficial  muscles 
of  the  ventral  portion  of  the  abdominal  muscular  mass. 

The  third  and  fourth  linear  divisions  are  placed  one  on  each  side 
of  the  throat,  trunk,  and  tail.  In  the  throat  region  the  anterior  end 
of  this  furrow  forms  the  gap  out  of  which  the  ends  of  the  branchial 
arches  protrude.  In  the  trunk  it  is  a  mere  shallow  furrow,  dividing 
the  dorsal  part  of  each  lateral  half  of  the  muscular  mass  from  the 
ventral  portion  of  such  half. 

In  the  trunk  this  linear  division  is  situated  above  the  middle  (ver- 
tically) of  the  side  of  the  body.  In  the  tail  it  is  situated  at  about 
the  middle. 

Bach  dorsal  portion  of  the  lateral  muscular  mass  (t.  e,  the  part 

Fig.  1. 


J    ^P^rficial  muscles  of  right  side  of  head  and  of  anterior  part  of  trunk. 
',j^  *Sa«tric.     E.  S.  Erector  spinas.    L.  A.  Levator  arcuum.    L.  D.  Latissi- 
l^?^  dorsi.    M.  Masseter.    M.  H.  2.  Mjlo-hvoideus  posterior.     P.  8.  Del- 
v»icl.      r.  Temporalis.     T.  Trapezius. 


258  MR.  ST.  gisorCr  MivARt  ON  [Apr.  22, 

between  the  dorsal  furrow  and  the  lateral  linear  division)  extends 
from  the  upper  surface  of  the  skull  to  the  distal  end  of  the  dorsum 
of  the  tail  (figs.  I  &  8.  E,  S),  investing  the  transverse  processes, 
neural  arches,  and  spines  of  the  vertebrae,  and  also  the  ribs,  but  it 
has  no  direct  connexion  with  either  the  pectoral  or  pelvic  girdle. 
It  forms  a  continuous  and  very  thick  fleshy  mass,  answering  to  the 
erector  spifue  of  higher  aninials,  but  not  differentiated  into  distinct 
muscles.     Its  fibres  are  all  antero-posteriorly  directed. 

Each  ventral  portion  of  the  lateral  muscular  mass  (t.  e,  the  part 
between  the  lateral  linear  division  and  the  middle  of  the  ventral  sur- 
face of  the  body  and  tail)  presents  a  larger  surface  than  does  the 
dorsal  portion  of  the  lateral  muscular  mass.  It  extends  from  the 
basihyal  to  the  distal  end  of  the  ventral  surface  of  the  tail,  inter- 
rupted, however,  by  the  pelvis. 

As  in  higher  vertebrata,  the  abdominal  portion  of  this  mass  is 
distinguished  into  muscular  layers  with  differently  directed  fibres ; 
in  the  caudal  region,  however,  as  might  be  expected,  this  distinction 
does  not  obtain. 

Muscles  of  the  Trunk. 

The  external  oblique  (figs.  2,  3,  5,  &  7,  Ex.  O).  This  is  an 
elongated  sheet  of  muscular  fibres  (with  the  usual  direction  down- 
wards, backwards,  and  mesiad)  extending  from  the  lateral  longi- 
tudhial  furrow  to  the  outer  margin  of  the  rectus.  The  muscle  ex- 
tends forwards  as  far  as  the  scapula  (passing  beneath  the  latissimus 
dorsi),  its  anterior  extremity  being  overlapped  by  the  minute  and 
oppositely  directed  serratus  magiius.  Posteriorly  it  is  inserted  into 
the  fascia  investing  the  root  of  the  thigh,  also  with  the  ilium  and  the 
pubis.  It  fuses  so  gradually  with  the  rectus  that  I  have  not  suc- 
ceeded in  defining  the  line  of  demarcation  between  the  two.  The  ex- 
ternal oblique  appears  to  be  continued  on  in  the  caudal  region  as  the 
most  external  portion  of  its  infero-lateral  muscular  mass.  This 
caudal  continuation,  however,  takes  fresh  origin  from  the  hinder  side 
of  the  ilium. 

The  internal  oblique  (fig.  5,  In,  O)  is  the  largest  muscle  of  the 
body,  and  extends  antero-posteriorly  from  the  basihyal  backwards 
to  the  end  of  the  tail  (for  the  pelvb  seems  only  partially  to  interrupt 
it),  and  inwards  from  the  lateral  longitudinal  nirrow.  The  fibres  are 
but  very  slightly  oblique,  very  many  are  altogether  antero- posterior 
in  direction,  and  the  fasciculi  are  very  large  and  coarse.  The  muscle 
is  thickest  anteriorly  and  in  the  tail.  In  the  peine  region  many 
fibres  are  inserted  into  the  ilium  and  into  the  rib  which  articulates 
with  the  ilium,  but  other  fibres  appear  to  continue  on  altogether 
beneath  these  bones  without  being  interrupted  by  them. 

At  its  anterior  end  this  muscle  becomes  indistinguishably  fused 
with  what  may  be  a  deeper  part  of  the  rectus,  and  which  has  here 
been  called  the  sterno-hyoid  (fig.  2,  67.  //).  This  is  inserted  into 
the  basihyal  and  into  the  adjacent  root  of  the  first  branchial  arch. 

Transcersalis.  A  very  delicate  lamella  of  transversely  directed 
muscular  fibres  represents  this  muscle.     It  extends  in  a  continuous 


I8f)9.] 


THK  MYOLOGY  OK  MF.NOPOMA. 

Fig.  2. 


259 


^^^    Ten tral  surface.     On  the  right  side  superficial  muscles.     On  the  left 
P  side  deeper  muscles,  with  removal  of  left  pectoral  limb. 

jtpj^^-  C.A.  Constrictor  areuuni.  C.  B,  Coraco-brachialis.  C.  F.  Con- 
^x\^  ^*  faucium.  C.  H.  E.  Cerato-hyoideus  extemus.  C.  H.  I.  Cerato-hyoi- 
p[^^    ^*iternus.      E.  L.  Extensor  longus.      Ex.  O.  External  oblique.      h\  L. 


^  Titernus. 
jjf-     i^*"  longus.     G.H.  G^enio-hyoideuR.     M.HA.  Mylo-hyoideus  anterior. 
^^;^^^-  2.  Mylo-hyoideus  posterior.    P.  1.&P.2.  Pectoralis.    P.  T.  Pronator 
^^^*^  -        S.  SubelaTius.    *S'.  L.  Supinator  longus.    S.  M.  Submentalis.    St.  H. 
*^^>~hyoideu9.     T.  Triceps. 


260  Bf  R.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  [Apr.  22, 

sheet  from  the  region  of  the  heart  backwards  to  the  inside  of  the 
pelvis.  It  does  not  seem  to  extend  so  far  inwards  towards  the 
middle  line  of  the  body  as  does  the  internal  oblique. 

The  abdominal  nerves  pass  along  between  this  muscle  and  the  in- 
ternal oblique. 

Rectus,  This  muscle  consists,  as  usual,  of  antero-posteriorly 
directed  fibres  in  the  middle  of  the  abdomen,  but  is  very  difficult 
accurately  to  define.  It  seems  to  be  overlapped  externally  by  some 
of  the  fibres  of  the  external  oblique,  while  internally  it  is  closely 
adherent  to  what  is  either  a  deeper  portion  of  the  rectus  or  the 
median  part  of  the  internal  oblique,  and  which  runs  forwards  (with 
the  scapular  arch,  except  the  sternum,  altogether  superficial  to  it) 
to  be  inserted,  as  before  said,  into  the  basihyal.  The  external  por- 
tion of  the  rectus  is  inserted  anteriorly  into  the  sternum,  posteriorly 
into  the  anterior  part  uf  the  pelvis. 

RetraAens  eostarum.  This  elongated  muscle  passes  antero-pos- 
teriorly, on  each  side  of  the  spine,  beneath  the  bodies  of  all  the 
trunk-vertebrse,  being  attached  to  them  and  to  the  ribs  down  to 
their  extremities,  where  it  is  closely  connected  with  the  fascia  of  the 
transversalis.  The  muscle  gets  thinner  and  smaller  backwards,  and 
appears  to  end  at  the  commencement  of  the  caudal  region;  but 
anteriorly  it  enlarges  and  passes,  as  a  fieshy  mass,  beneath  the  skull. 
Throuffhout  the  trunk  this  muscle  is  separated  from  the  dorsp-lateral 
muscular  mass  by  the  internal  oblique  and  transversalis ;  but  where 
these  diverge  from  that  mass  to  leave  space  for  the  branchial  arches, 
there  the  muscle  now  described  becomes  applied  to  the  under  surface 
of  the  dorso-lateral  mass,  and  more  or  less  closely  connected  with  it. 

Muscles  of  the  Head. 

Temporalis.  This  (fig.  1,  T.)  is  the  most  anterior  of  all  the 
muscles  on  the  dorsal  aspect  of  the  body,  its  anterior  margin  even 
extending  forwards  in  front  of  the  eyes.  It  is  not  a  completely 
distinct  muscle,  as  its  hinder  end  is  but  imperfectly  separatea  from 
the  innermost  part  of  the  dorsal  lateral  mass  of  the  same  side ;  of 
which  it,  in  part,  may  therefore  be  considered  the  extreme  anterior 
prolongation.  It  also  takes  origin,  by  fascia,  from  the  first  three 
neural  spines  and  from  the  anterior  part  of  the  upper  surface  of  the 
skull — Cuvier's  frontal.  The  most  anterior  fibres  slope  backwards ; 
but  all  converge,  and  passing  behind  the  eyeball,  are  ultimately  at- 
tached, by  means  of  a  strong  tendon,  to  the  inner  side  of  the  summit 
of  the  mandible  just  in  front  of  its  articulation  with  the  suspensorium, 
and  behind  and  somewhat  within  the  insertion  of  the  masseter. 

The  pterygoid.  Dr.  Fischer*  describes  this  muscle  as  arising  from 
the  side  of  the  skull  and  from  the  upper  surface  of  the  pterygoid, 
and  witli  a  similar  insertion  to  the  temporal,  from  which  it  b  very 
indistinctly  separable.  In  my  specimen  it  seems  to  be  so  intimately 
united  with  the  temporal  that  I  cannot  but  doubt  its  distinctness. 

*  Anatomische  Abbandlungen  iiber  die  Perennibrenohiaten  und  Derotremen. 
Hamburgb,  1864,  p.  6.'$. 


18t)D.] 


yi 


THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MENOPOMA. 

Fig.  3. 


m 


-4.  A.  Adductor  arcuum.  B.  Bice^.  C.  A.  ConHtrictor  arcuum.  C.  F.  Con- 
strictor faucium.  />.  Deltoid.  1).\.  DigaMtric.  KL.  Extensor  longus. 
Ex.  O,  External  oblique.  L.  A.  Levator  arcuum.  L.  D,  LatisHimus  dorsi. 
M.  Masseter.  M.H.I.  My lo-hyoideus  anterior.  M.H.2,  Mylo-hyoidens 
posterior.  8.  Subclayius.  S.  L,  Supinator  longus.  71  Trapezius.  T, 
Triceps.     U,  Ulnaris. 

Masseter  (figs.  1,  3,  &  5,  M),  This  is  an  exceedingly  thick 
muscle,  which  arises  from  the  anterior  surface  of  the  suspensorium 
as  far  as  the  margin  of  the  parietal.  It  is  inserted  into  i\\e  upper 
border  and  outer  surface  of  the  posterior  part  of  the  mandible.  It 
covers  externally  the  descending  terminal  portion  of  the  temporal, 
^bicb  runs  down  in  a  sort  of  groove  on  its  inner  surface. 

Tbe  digastric  (figs.  1,  3,  &  5,  D.  1  &  Z).  2)  is  a  very  large  and 
powerful  muscle,  consisting  of  two  parts,  which  are  together  inserted 
into  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible.  The  hinder  portion  of 
the  muscle  arises  from  the  dorsal  fascia,  closely  connected  with  the 
nmilarly  arising  part  of  the  posterior  mylo-hyoid,  and  overlapping 
the  levator  arcuum.  The  anterior  portion  takes  origin  from  the 
occiput,  the  hinder  surface  of  the  suspensorium.  Both  portions 
P^  over  the  cornu  of  the  hyoid  (without  being  directly  connected 
inth  it)  to  their  before-mentioned  insertion. 

levator  arcuum  (figs.  1  &  3,  L.  A).  This  is  a  small  delicate 
w/er  of  fibres  springing  from  the  dorsal  fascia  in  the  angle  between 
the  digastric  and  the  temporal.  Passing  obliquely  downwards  and 
backwards,  and  covered,  more  or  less,  by  the  hinder  part  of  the 
<"8*8tric  and  the  posterior  mylo-hyoid,  the  fibres  go  to  the  dorsal 
wgmenta  of  the  last  three  branchial  arches  as  Fischer  has  described  *. 
^yl<^hyoideu9  anterior  (figs.  2  &  3,  Af.  H.  I).  This  forms,  with 
»  L.  c.  p.  83.  tab.  4.  fig.  2,  hi. 
P»oc.  ZooL.  Soc— 1869.  No.  XVllI. 


262 


MR.  £r.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON 


[Apr.  22, 


its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side,  a  thin  transverse  sheet  of  muscular 
fibres  immediately  beneath  the  skin.  It  springs  from  the  inner  surface 
of  the  lower  margin  of  the  mandible,  almost  as  far  hack  wards  as  the 
articulation  of  the  latter  with  the  suspensorium.  Its  fibres  incline 
slightly  backwards;  and  a  sort  of  faint  linea  alba  is  interposed 
between  it  and  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side. 

The  myUhkyoideus  posterior  (figs.  1,  2,  &  3,  If .  H.  2),  with  its 
fellow,  forms  another  thin  transverse  sheet  of  muscular  fibres  placed 
immediately  beneath  the  skin,  except  where  the  mylo-hyoideus 
anterior  is  superficial  to  it.  It  springs  from  the  dorsal  fascia  and 
from  that  over  the  comu  of  the  hyoid,  and  covers  the  hinder  portion 
of  the  digastric  and  part  of  the  levator  arcuum. 

Submentalis  (fig.  2,  S.  M).  This  small,  azygos,  transverse  muscle 
connects  together  the  anterior  ends  of  the  two  mandibular  rami.  It 
is  placed  immediately  above  the  most  anterior  portions  of  the  mylo* 
hyoidei  anteriores,  and  is  much  connected  with  them  and  with  the 
genio-hyoidei. 

Fig.  5. 


Deeper  muscles  of  right  side,  the  mylo-hy&idei,  the  trapezius,  and  the 
latissimus  dorsi  being  remoTed  or  cut  short. 

A.  A.  Adductor  arcuum.  C.A,  Constrictor  arcuum.  C,F.  Constrictor  fauciiim. 
C,  H.  E,  Cerato-hyoideus  extemus.  C.  H.  I.  Cerato-hvoideus  intemus.  2>. 
Deltoid.  i>.l&  J).  2.  Digastric.  £r.  0.  External  oUique.  G,H.  Qeaio- 
hyoideoB.  In.  0,  Internal  oUique.  L.  A.  8.  Levator  anguli  scapuUe. 
L,  2>.  Latissimua  dorsi.  If.  Maaaeier.  8.  SuboUmue.  8,  M.  Semtua 
magnus.     71  Trapezius. 


Comiriciar  faucium*  (figs-  2,  3,  and  5,  C.  F),  This  muscle 
springs  from  the  uoder  surface  of  the  dorsal  segment  of  the  second 
brauchial  arch  (t.  ^ .  the  second  af^er  the  hyoidefin  coma),  and  is 
iTiserted  into  a  fascia  beneath  the  throat,  into  which  the  genio-hyoid 
of  the  same  side  is  also  in^rted.  As  the  constrictor  fauciiim  passes 
downwards  it  is  overlapped  (and  strapped  in,  as  it  were)  by  the 
band-like  constrictor  arcuum. 

The  const riet or  pkarynps  is  a  dolicatc   mnscular  sheet  artsiag 

*  Ccinptru'tor  faucium  intcrnus  of  Schmidts  iu\,  tee  L  c.  p.  2iK  and  pL  6^ 


1869.]  THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MBNOPOMA.  263 

partly  from  the  postero-Yentral  border  of  the  last  branchial  arch*, 
partly  from  the  fascia  of  the  side  of  the  neck  behind  the  branchial 
archesf.  Thence  it  descends  to  the  middle  line  of  the  body  beneath 
the  trachea,  and  aboTe  the  stemo-hyoid,  which  latter  is  superficial 
to  it. 

GenuhkyaideusX  (figs.  2  &  5,  G.  H).  On  removing  the  mylo- 
hyoideiy  the  two  genio-hyoidei  are  seen  running  backwards  (one  on 
each  side)  from  the  symphysis  of  the  mandible.  Each  genio-hyoid 
arises  from  the  anterior  part  of  the  ramus  of  the  mandible  of  its  own 
ride  (more  or  less  connected  with  the  submentalis),  and  b  inserted 
posteriorly  into  the  fascia,  which  also  receives  the  insertion  of  the 
constrictor  faucium. 

The  cerato  hyoideus  externum  (figs.  2  &  5,  C.  H*  E)  is  a  con- 
riderable  mnscle  which  arises  from  the  first  branchial  arch,  and  is 
inserted  into  the  cornu  of  the  hyoid  towards  its  middle. 

The  eeratO'hyoideus  intemus  (figs.  2  &  5,  C.  H.  I)  can  hardly 
perhaps  be  reckoned  a  distinct  muscle  in  Menopoma,  in  which  it 
has  a  common  insertion  with  the  muscle  last  noticejcl.  It  arises, 
however,  from  the  ventral  segment  of  the  second  branchial  arch. 

Cofutrictor  areuum  (figs.  2,  3,  &  5,  C.  A),  This  small  band- 
like muscle  arises  from  the  first  branchial  arch,  and  is  inserted  into 
the  last  two  brieinchial  arches.  Fischer  savs§,  no  doubt  correctly, 
that  the  muscle  consists  of  two  layers,  the  superficial  one  being 
inserted  into  the  last  branchial  arch,  and  the  deeper  layer  into  the 
penultimate  branchial  arch«  This  muscle  overlaps  and  binds  down 
the  constrictor  faucium. 

The  adductor  areuum  (figs.  3  &  5,  ^.  A)  is  a  very  small  muscle, 
ariring  from  the  fascia  on  the  ventral  surface  of  the  sterno-hyoid. 
Pasring  upwards  and  outwards,  it  goes  to  the  last  branchial  arch. 

Stemo-hyoideus  (fig.  2,  St.  H)  A  considerable  muscular  mass, 
which  may  conveniently  be  distinguished  by  this  name||,  though  in 
fact  it  is  the  anterior  termination  of  that'  great  ventral  muscular 
mass  which  consists  of  the  united  internal  oblique  and  rectus.  Its 
insertion  is  into  the  posterior  part  of  the  under  surface  of  the  basi- 
hyal  and  the  adjacent  parts  of  the  ventral  segments  of  the  branchial 
arches. 

The  antero-intemal  portion  of  the  ventral  part  of  each  sterno- 
hyoid shows  a  slight  indication  of  distinctness  as  a  muscular  fasci- 
culus inserted  into  the  fascia  into  which  the  genio-hyoideus  is  inserted. 
This  appears  to  represent,  in  a  rudimentary  manner,  the  distinct 
mnscle  named  levator  maxillae  inferioris  brevb  by  the  Dutch 
authors^. 

*  The  hyo-trachealis  of  Fischer,  /.  c.  p.  92. 
t  The  doTBO-tracbeidis  of  Fischer,  /  c.  p.  92. 

X  The  lerator  maxiUie  inferioriB  longus  of  Schmidt,  &c.,  see  /.  c.  p.  29,  pi.  6. 
fig.  xiii.  5. 

\  L.  c,  p.  75,  and  tab.  4.  fig.  2,  ca. 

I  It  is  80  by  Dr.  Piacher,  see  /.  c.  p.  104,  and  tab.  4.  fig.  2,  ah.  It  is  the 
cewto-hjoideus  of  the  Butch  authors,  Schmidt  &c.,  see  Z  c.  p.  30,  pi.  6. 
fig.  liii.  9. 

^  See  Schmidt  Ac.,  p.  30,  and  pi.  6.  fig.  xiii.  6. 


\ 


264  MR.  ST.  GKORGE  MIVART  ON  [Apr.  22, 

Omo-hyoideus  (fig.  6t  O.  II).     This  is  a  flat  band  of  muscle 
wliich  springs  from  the  lower  part  of  the  nntenor  mRrg;in  of  the 

scapula,  and>  puB^ing  forwards,  J  own  wards,  and  inwards,  loses  iUdf 
in  the  lateral  part  of  the  stenm-hjoid,  with  wliich  it  coalesces* 


Detipcat  mosi^li?fl  of  ouUidc  of  riglit  sWiilder,  the  fFtrpe^UM  and  siihclutiH^ 
being  eut  shavt  to  *Jiow  the  OffM-hi/oid. 

D^  IhfltoicL     L,A,S.  L^tvntor  *vngiiU  ecapiibv.     O.  M.  Omo-lijoideus. 
<5,  Sulx-lnviiLa.     T.  Tnipcsiuii. 

Genioglossus.  1  have  not  succeeded  in  dcRuiDg  tliia  muscle ;  but, 
according  to  Dr.  Fischer*,  it  U  represented  by  some  fibres  which 
pass  from  the  hinder  surface  of  the  mandibnlar  syrnphvBig  to  the 
skin  of  Cbe  mouth.  This  is  nut  the  gemoglossus  of  Schmidt  &i'.^ 
which  13  my  submenfalist- 

al*pendiculah  muscl^sl 
Pectoral  Limb, 

Trapezius  (figs.  1^  3,  5,  &  6,  T),  This  is  a  aninll  subtnangular 
tn II sole  which  arises  from  the  fascia  ont!iide  the  truuk-muscles,  and 
immediately  bchiiul  the  levator  a  re  u  urn  and  myki-hyoidcua  externus. 
Passing  downwards  and  slightly  backwnrds,  it  is  inserted  into  the 
angle  between  the  scapula  and  the  prccoracoid  (of  Parker),  bnt 
mainly  into  that  side  of  the  angle  which  is  formed  bj  the  Inwer  end 
of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  scapula. 

The  iatissimtts  dorsi  (%s.  1,  3,  &  5,  Z.  D)  is  a  small  triangular 
muscle  of  about  the  same  size  as  tlvc  trapezius.  It  arises  from  the 
fascia  outside  the  dorsal  muscles,  and,  passing  downwards  and  for- 
wards, is  partly  inserted  into  the  head  of  the  Immerus,  and,  partly 
fusing  witli  the  triceps,  is  continued  on  by  that  muscle  to  the  projti- 
nial  end  of  the  ulna. 

The  pecioralU  (fig.  2,  P.  I  &  P.  2)  consists  of  two  parts  with  a 
commou  insertion.  The  first  and  larger  part  sprhigs  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  superficial  abdominal  muscles  ;  the  second  portion  from 
the  sternum*  They  are  inserted  into  the  inner  side  of  the  radial 
(greater)  tuberosity  of  the  humerus. 

Sffrratui  martins  (fig.  5,  6'.  iV/>.     Tliis  very  small  muscle  arises 

*  L.i\  p.  OC.  t  Z.iMabb.  fi.  7, 


,1869.]  THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MENOPOMA.  265 

from  the  lateral  muscular  mass  just  at  the  lateral  longitudinal  groovei 
and  is  mserted  on  the  inner  side  of  the  upper  part  of  the  scapula. 

The  levator  anguli  seapultB  (fig.  5,  Z.  A.  S)  is  the  antagonist 
of  the  muscle  last  described.  It  is  very  long  and  slender,  and  arises 
from  the  hinder  and  inferior  margin  of  the  exoccipital,  and  is  inserted 
into  the  upper  part  of  the  inner  side  of  the  scapula. 

The  omohyoid  has  been  already  described  as  the  last  but  one  of 
the  muscles  of  the  head. 

The  subclavius^  (figs^  2,  3,  5,  &  6,  S,)  arises  from  the  outer  sur- 
face of  the  precoracoid  (of  Parker)  and,  passing  backwards  beside 
the  coraco-brachialis,  and  more  or  less  connected  with  the  latter,  is 
inserted  into  the  summit  of  the  great  tuberosity. 

Coraco-braehialis  (fig.  2,  C.  B).  This  muscle  is  large,  and  con- 
sists of  two  parts.  The  first  of  these  springs  from  the  whole  surface 
of  the  coracoid,  and  is  partly  covered  up  by  the  pectoralis ;  it  is 
inserted  into  the  inner  side  of  the  radial  tuberosity  of  the  humerus. 
The  second  part,  thick  and  long,  arises  from  the  posterior  margin  of 
the  coracoid,  close  behind  the  glenoid  cavity ;  passing  down  into 
the  bend  of  the  elbow-joint,  it  is  inserted  into  the  shaft  of  the 
humerus  down  to  the  internal  condyle. 

Deltoid  (figs.  3,  5,  &  6,  D).  A  muscle  which  may  perhaps 
answer  to  the  deltoid  of  higher  forms  springs  from  the  outside  of 
the  scapula,  and  passing  down  is  inserted  into  the  outer  side  of  the 
radial  tuberosity,  near  its  summit. 

Subscapularie.  A  very  small  triangular  muscle,  springing  from 
the  inner  side  of  the  scapula  close  to  the  glenoid  surface,  and  im- 
planted into  the  humerus.  It  passes  between  the  two  heads  of  the 
triceps,  which  spring  from  the  scapular  arch. 

Biceps  (figs.  2  &  3,  B),  This  muscle,  which  appears  to  answer 
both  to  the  biceps  and  brachialis  anticus  of  higher  animals,  consists 
perhaps  of  two  parts,  though  one  is  with  difficulty  separable  from  the 
long  coraco-brachialis.  This  latter  portion  springs  from  the  poste- 
rior maigin  of  the  coracoid,  close  to  the  glenoid  suHace ;  and  a  strong 
tendon  runs  along  it.  The  other  part  arises  from  the  front  of  the 
shaft  of  the  humerus,  immediately  below  the  insertions  of  the  pecto- 
ralis and  subclavius.  The  muscle  is  partly  inserted  into  the  shafl  of 
the  radius,  and  in  part  fuses  with  the  supinator  longus. 

Triceps  (figs.  2  &  3,  T).  This  is  a  large  muscle  arising  partly, 
hy  a  considerable  head,  from  the  junction  of  the  scapula  and  cora- 
coid just  in  front  of  the  glenoid  surface,  by  another  and  much  smaller 
head  from  the  inner  surface  of  the  coracoid,  just  behind  the  glenoid 
siirface.  It  also  takes  origin  from  the  inner  and  outer  surfaces  of 
the  humerus  near  its  summit,  and  it  receives  an  accession  by  the 
union  of  the  latissimus  dorsi.  It  is  implanted  into  the  proximal 
end  of  the  ulna. 

Supinator  longus  (figs.  2,  2a,  3,  &  4,  S.  L).  A  thick  muscle 
which  may  be  thus  named  springs  from  the  radial  side  of  the  lower 

*  Prot  Bolleeton  has  shown,  I  think  conclusirely,  that  my  epicorac50-humenil 
is  reaUjr  the  subclaTius;  and  the  muscle  here  described  in  Menopoma  may 
probably  be  the  same  as  my  epicoraoo-humeral. 


2G6  MR.  ST,  6K0RGB  M[V4RT  ON  [Apr.  22, 

pfirt  oftbe  htimpnist,  nnil  is  inserted  into  the  snme  side  of  the  radius 
townrds  and  at  lU  dbtal  end,  some  fibres  seeming  to  ruu  on  to  tlie 
carpus. 

Fig.  2a.    ' 


D<vper  fleior  tnu»?!efl  of  right  forearnij  thejlej^r  hngu9  cut  aod  reflected. 

a.  Uivffpi.    F.B,  Fleior  btrvis.    F.L.  Fletar  longua,    S.L.  Supinator  longti*, 
IK  T.  FronKlor  teres. 

Fig.  4* 


M^^ 


Dwper  muecks  of  esten*or  surface  of  right  foi^^nn,  the  rrfmwr  hm^m  rut 

flnd  refteetcd, 

K.It.  Extenior  brcTw.     E.L.  Eitenpor  longus.    P.  Q.  Pronator  quidntlu*. 
5».  £.  Supinator  longuA.    L\  tTlnarii* 

VlnarU.  A  tnusck  which  extends  along  the  ulnar  border  of  the 
forearm  (figs.  3  &  4,  U)f  arises  from  the  ulnar  side  of  the  lower  end 
of  the  humeru!*,  and  is  inserted  along  the  corresponding  border  of 
the  ulnai  Some  fibres  eoming  from  the  radial  condyle  of  the 
humerus,  and  fusing  with  this  muscle,  doubtless  represent  the  extensor 
ulnarU  of  higher  animals. 

The  pronator  teres  (figs.  2  &  2a,  P,  T)  is  a  rather  large  muscle* 
It  springs  from  the  lower  end  of  the  ulnar  border  of  the  humerus, 
and  is  inserted  into  about  the  distal  half  of  the  radius.  Althongh  a 
wide  muscle,  only  the  narrow  edge  of  it  is  seen  before  the  removal 
of  the  fleior  longus. 

Extensor  lon^tta  (figs.  2,  3,  &  4,  E.  X).  This  arises  from  the 
radial  border  of  the  lower  end  of  the  humerus,  and,  expanding  as  it 
passes  downwards,  is  inserted  by  fascia  into  the  digits. 

E^tevsor  brevia  (fig.  4,  JF,  ^),  A  subtriangular  muscle  may 
perhaps  he  thus  named  which  arises  from  the  diatal  part  of  the  radi&i 
Side  of  the  ulna  and  from  the  carpus,  and  goes  mainly  to  the  radial 
digit.     It  may  perhaps  represent  the  extensor  pollicis. 

Pronator  quadratus  (?J  (fig.  4,  P.  Q).     A   small   muscle  passes 


1869.] 


THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MBNOPOM A. 


267 


downwards,  and  radiad  between  the  ulnaris,  the  supinator  longas, 
and  the  extensor  brevis.  It  arises  from  the  proximal  end  of  the  ulna ; 
and  some  fibres  seem  to  come  from  the  internal  condyle.  It  is  in* 
serted  into  the  ulnar  aspect  of  the  radius. 

Flexor  langus  (figs.  2  &  2a,  F.  L).  This  muscle  springs  from 
the  ulnar  border  of  the  lower  end  of  the  humerus,  and,  pasedns;  down- 
wards and  expanding,  goes  to  the  palm  of  the  mauus,  and  is  mserted 
by  delicate  tendons  into  the  digits. 

Flexor  brevis  (fig.  2a,  F,  E).  A  short  triangular  muscle  which 
may  be  thus  named  arises  from  the  ulna  and  the  palmar  siuface  of 
the  carpus,  and,  passing  downwards  and  expanding,  goes  to  the  digits. 

Pelvic  Limb. 

Semimembranous  (figs.  7, 8,  9,  &  10,  S.  M),  This  small  muscle, 
which  may  perhaps  be  but  a  second  head  of  the  semitendinosus, 
arises  from  the  underside  of  the  caudal  vertebrae  at  about  the  fourth 


Fig.  7. 


^Jftr. 


Superficial  moKles  of  rentral  surface  of  right  side. 
Er.  O.  External  oblique.    F.  C.  Femoro-caudal.    G.  Gracilis.    /.  Iliaous. 


Ischio-caudal.    //.  C.  Ilio-caudal.     S.  M.  Semimembranosus, 
tendinosus.     T,A.  Tibialis  anticus. 


I.e. 

S.  T,  Semi- 


2G8 


MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON 


[Apr.  22, 


postsacral.  It  comes  to  the  surface  between  the  adjacent  sides  of 
the  femoro-caudal  and  ischio-coccygeal  muscles,  and  is  inserted  into 
the  posterior  edge  of  the  semitendiuosus  a  little  after  the  latter  muscle 
has  left  the  ischium. 

The  ischio'Caudal  (figs.  7  &  10,  7.  C)  passes  forwards  beside  the 
cloacal  aperture,  and  therefore  forms  the  most  median  part  of  the 
subcaudal  muscular  mass.  It  springs  from  the  hypapophyses  of  the 
first  four  caudal  vertebrae,  and  is  inserted  into  the  postero- external 
angle  of  the  ischium. 

Femoro-caudal  (figs.  7,  8,  9,  &  10,  F.  C).  A  rather  large  muscle 
which  I  thus  name  comes  out  of  a  sort  of  muscular  sheath  on  each 
side  of  the  proximal  part  of  the  under  half  of  the  tail.  The  sheath 
is  formed  by  the  ilio-caudal  above,  and  by  the  semimembranosus 
below ;  and  the  muscle  springs  from  the  sides  of  the  hypapophyses  of 
two  or  three  of  the  anterior  caudal  vertebrse.  It  is  inserted  by  a 
strongish  tendon  into  the  flexor  surface  of  the  femur  just  below  the 
great  trochanter,  just  behind  and  outside  of  part  of  the  insertion  of 
the  adductor. 

Fig.  8. 


Siip<<rfidal  muscles  of  aut^r  ?icie  of  hinder  part  of  trunk  and  anterior  pturt  of  tail, 
atid  of  the  dorsal  (extensor)  side  of  right  pelvic  limb. 

E.  S.  ErectoF  spinjt.  E.  L.  D.  Extensor  longus  digitorum.  F,  C.  Femoro- 
caudal.  O.M^>  GluUniA  maximus.  /.  Iliacufl.  II.  c,  Ilio-caudal.  I.  P. 
Ilio-p<*mnpfll.  ItF.  Eectus  femoris.  S.Af,  Semimembr&noflua.  S,  T, 
Sctnitendhiufius. 


Ilh-catidal  (figs,  7,  8,  9,  &  10, 11.  C).  This  is  that  part  of  the 
in  fero  lateral  caudal  muscular  mass  which  is  inserted  into  the  posterior 
aspect  of  the  ilium.  1  he  insertion  is  just  above  the  origins  of  the 
gluteus  maxim  us  and  biceps. 

Graei/i^  (figs.  /  &  ID,  G),     A  very  large  sheet  of  muscle  maj 


1869.]  THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MBNOPOMA.  269 

perhaps  be  thus  named.  It  is  thickest  posteriorlj,  and  arises  from 
the  whole  length  of  the  mach  prolonged  pubo-ischiatic  symphysis. 
It  is  inserted  into  the  postero- peroneal  surface  of  the  upper  half  of 
the  tibia. 

The  adductor  (figs.  10  &  11,  i^)  is  a  very  thick  mass  of  muscle 
which  arises  from  the  whole  ventral  surface  of  the  pelvic  shield  be- 
tween the  acetabulum  and  the  pubo-ischiatic  symphysis,  and  is 
covered  by  the  gracilis.  It  is  inserted  into  the  postero-tibisl  surface 
of  the  femur  down  to  the  intercondyloid  space,  where  its  insertion  is 
widest. 

Semitendinonu  (fig?.  7,  8,  9,  10,  &  J 1,  S;  7).  A  muscle  I  ven- 
ture, suggestively,  thus  to  designate,  arises  from  the  postero-extemal 
angle  of  the  ischium,  just  at  the  insertion  of  the  ischio-caudal.  It 
is  inserted,  passing  downwards,  into  the  outside  of  the  lower  part  of 
the  flexor  longus  dijgitorum,  on  its  plantar  surface.  A  little  after 
leaving  the  ischium  it  is  joined  by  the  before  described  semimembra- 
nosus. 


-fijtfi^ 


Deeper  muscles  of  dorsal  or  extensor  surface  of  right  pelvic  limb,  the  aluteuB 
maximus,  rectus  femoris^  and  exteruor  longus  being  out  and  reflected. 

B.  Biceps.  E.  B,  Extensor  brevis.  E,  K  Extensor  halluds.  E.  L.  D,  Extensor 
longus  digitorum.  F.  C,  Femoro-oandal.  G.  Md.  Gluteus  medius.  O.  ML 
Gluteus  minimus.  O,  Mx,  Gluteus  maximus.  /.  Iliacus.  //.  C  Ilio- 
caodaL  LP,  Ilio-peroneal.  R,F.  Rectus  femoris.  S,Af,  Semimembra- 
nosus.   8.  T,  Semitendinosus.     T,  A.  Tibialis  antious. 

Jliaeus  (figs.  7,  8,  9  &  10,  /).  This  is  a  very  considerable  muscle, 
and  arises  from  the  anterior  part  of  the  internal  (abdominal)  surface 
of  the  pubic  shield.  Curving  over  the  anterior  margin  of  that  shield, 
it  is  inserted  into  the  lower  two-thirds  of  the  femur,  down  to  the  tibial 
condyle ;  but  no  fibres  extend  to  the  tibia  itself. 


270 


MR.  8T.  GKORGB  MIVABT  ON 


[Apr.  22. 


Giuieus  wuiximn9  (figs.  8  &  9,  (r.  Mx).  An  elongated,  but 
tolerably  wide  muscle  (which  I  proTisionally  distinffuish  by  this 
name)  springs  from  the  outside  of  the  lower  part  of  the  ilium,  and, 
passing  downwards,  ends  in  an  aponeurosis  which  invests  the  knee 
anteriorly,  and  passes  to  the  upper  part  of  the  front  of  the  tibia. 

Reeiut  /emorU  (fig.  8  &  9,  /2.  F).  This  is  very  similar  in  shape 
and  size  to  the  preceding.  It  arises  from  the  pdris  immediately  in 
front  of  the  gluteus  maximus  and  of  the  acetabulum,  and,  passing 
downwards  on  the  tibial  side  of  the  last-named  muscle,  is  inserted  by 
aponeurosis  into  the  inner  side  of  the  upper  part  of  the  tibia. 

GluiemM  wudhu  (?)  (fig.  9,  G.  Md),  A  small  muscle  inyests  the 
outer  side  of  the  femur,  somewhat  as  a  vastus  extemus.  It  arises, 
however,  from  the  ilium  just  above  the  acetabulum.  Passing  down- 
wards, covered  by  the  gluteus  maximus,  it  is  inserted  into  the  front 
and  peroneal  side  of  the  shaft  of  the  femur  down  to  near  the  external 
condyle. 

Fig.  10. 


nfr. 


Beeper  moades  of  rentnl  or  flexor  sur&oe  of  risfat  pelric  limb,  the  gracilis 
being  cut  and  reflected. 

A,  Adductor.  B.  Bioepe.  F,  C.  Femoro-caodAL  F.  D.  Flexor  dintonim. 
G.  GnMnlis.  /.  Iliacus.  LC,  Isdiio-caiidaL  Ii,C.  Ilkxmadal  LP. 
nio-peooneal.  S.  M.  Semimembrmnaqis.  5.  T.  Semitendinoras.  T,  A* 
Tibialis  anticus. 


GluteuM  mtmmus  (?)  (fig.  9,  O.  Mi).  This  is  a  still  smaller  musde 
than  the  preceding,  and  arises  from  the  hinder  surface  of  the  ilium 
and  immediatdy  opposite  the  origin  of  the  gluteus  medius,  being  sepa- 
rated from  it  only  by  the  ilium.  Passing  downwards  it  is  inserted 
beside  the  last-named  muscle,  with  which  it  is  intimately  connected. 

lUo-peromeal  (figs.  9  &  10,  /.  P).  A  muscle  which  I  propose 
thus  to  designate,  and  whidi  is  very  long  and  slender,  arises  from 
the  ilium  immediately  beneath  and  closely  connected  with  the  glu- 
teus maxiroos.  It  is  inserted  into  the  peroneal  side  of  the  fibula 
slightly  above  its  middle. 


1869.]  THE  MYOLOGY  OP  ICENOPOMA.  271 

The  bieepi  (?)  (figs.  9  &  10,  B)  is  slender,  like  the  muscle  last 
described ;  it  extends  from  the  insertion  of  the  femoro-caudal  to  the 
fibala,  being  fixed  to  that  bone  immediately  below  the  attachment  of 
the  ilio-peroneaL    It  expands  somewhat  jost  before  its  insertion. 

Tibialis  anticus  (figs.  7.  8,  9,  10,  &  11,  T.  A).  This  is  a  large 
and  prominent  moscle.  It  arises  from  the  front  of  the  distal  end  ot 
the  femur  and  from  the  proximal  parts  of  the  tibia  and  fibula.  It 
is  inserted  into  the  tarsus  on  its  tibial  side. 

Peroneus.  A  portion  of  muscle,  somewhat  difficult  to  define  ex- 
actly, passes  down,  in  front  of  the  insertions  of  the  ilio-peroneal  and 
biceps,  from  the  head  of  the  fibula  to  the  peroneal  side  of  the  tarsus. 

JSgtensor  long%9  digitorum  (fig?.  8  &  9,  JF.  L.  D).  This  large 
muscular  layer  arises,  by  a  strong  aponeurosis,  from  the  front  of  the 
distal  end  of  the  femur.     Passing  downwards  it  goes  to  the  digits. 

Extensor  haUueis  (?)  (fig.  9,  E,  H),  A  rather  delicate  muscle, 
covered  by  that  last  described.  It  goes  from  the  upper  part  of  the 
fibula  downwards  to  the  hallux. 

Extensor  brevis  digitorum  (fig.  9,  E,  B),  A  small  triangular 
muscle,  placed  on  the  peroneal  side  of  that  last  described,  passes 
down  obliquely  from  the  lower  end  of  the  fibula  to  the  four  peroneal 
digits. 

Flexor  digitorum  (fies.  10  &  1 1,  F.  D).  This  considerable  muscle 
comes  into  view  when  the  expanded  lower  part  of  the  semitendinosus 
is  removed.  It  arises  from  the  posterior  surface  of  the  peroneal 
condyle  of  the  femur,  and  passes  downwards  to  the  pedal  digits. 


Deepest  muiclee  of  Tentral  or  flexor  surfaoe  of  right  pelrio  limb,  the  temiten- 
dinosus  and  flexor  digitorum  being  cut  and  reflected. 

A.  Adductor.    F.  D.  Flexor  di^torum.     F.  H.  Flexor  hallucis.     G.  Gracilis. 
8.  T.  Semitendinosiu.     T.  A,  Tibialis  anticus. 

Flexor  hallucis  (?)  (fig.  1 1 ,  F.  H).  On  the  removal  or  reflection  of 
the  flexor  digitorum,  a  deeper  layer  of  muscle,  subtriangular  in  shape, 
comes  into  view.  It  arises  from  the  whole  length  of  die  fibula,  and 
passes  obliquely  downwards  to  the  sole  of  the  foot.  It  goes  mainly, 
if  not  exclusively,  to  the  hallux. 

Peroneo-tibial  (?).  Some  muscular  fibres  connect  the  lower  part 
of  the  tibia  and  fibula,  passing  obliquely  from  the  latter  bone  down- 
wards and  inwards  to  the  former. 


272  MR.  H.  ADAMS  ON  NEW  MARINE  SHELLS.         [Apr.  22, 

4.  Descriptions  of  a  New  Genus  and  Fourteen  New  Species 
of  Marine  Shells*    By  Henry  Adajcs,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  XIX.) 

Ck>Nus  (CoRONAxis)  CERNicus,  Barcl.  MS.   (Plate  XIX.  fig.  1 .) 

C.  testa  conica,  solida,  polita,  spiralUer  puncto-striata,  striis  antice 
validioribus  et  propinquioribus ;  spira  eievata,  convexo-conka^ 
suiura  vtdde  impressa;  anfr,  9,  angulatis,  coronatis ;  cinereO' 
alba,  rubido-fuivo  fasciata  et  nebulosa,  maculis  albis  aspersiSf 
juxta  suturas  rubido-fulvo  notata  ;  apertura  angusta^  lineari. 
Long.  25,  lat.  12  mill. 

Hab,  Barkly  Island,  Mauritius  (OolL  Barclay). 
This  and  several  of  the  following  species  were  procured  at  Mau- 
ritius after  a  late  severe  storm,  by  which  large  masses  of  coral  were 
displaced  and  formed  into  a  small  island  on  the  coast,  which  has  been 
named  Barklj  Island,  after  the  Governor  Sir  Henry  Barkly. 

Clathurella  robillardi,  Barcl.  MS.     (Plate  XIX.  &f;.  2.) 

C.  testa  turrita,  tenui,  alba,  costis  validis  rotundatis  ad  \Q  longiiu- 
dmaliter  omata,  costulis  transversis  et  striis  longiludinalibus  can- 
cellata  ;  anfr.  9,  convexis,  postice  excavatis,  ultimo  ^  longitudinis 
testes;  apertura  angusle  lunata;  columella  costulis  obliquis  in- 
sculpta;  Idbro  incrassato,  intus  subsulcato;  sinu  angusto,  hand 
pro/undo ;  rostro  longo,  recurvo. 

Long.  25,  lat  8^  mill. 

Hab.  Barkly  Island,  Mauritius  {Coll.  Barclay). 

Drillia  barkliensis,  H.  Ad.     (Plate  XIX.  fig.  3.) 

D.  testa  elongatO' turrita,  roseo-fulvida,  longitudinaliter  striata,  ad 
basim  plicata;  spira  anfr.  8,  prope  suturam  excavatis,  costulis 
granulosis  (granulis  albis)  cinctis,  interstitiis  transversim  striatic, 
ad  medium  nodulis  albis  omatis ;  apertura  oblonga,  ^  longitudinis 
testis  aquante;  columella  rectiuscula;  sinu  mediocri;  labro  extus 
varicoso,  macula  fulva  notato. 

Long.  IS,  lat.  6|  mill. 

Hab.  Barkly  Island,  Mauritius  (Coll.  H.  Ad.). 
I  am  indebted  to  Mr.  Caldwell,  of  Mauritius,  for  an  example  of 
this  species. 

Coralliophila  coronata,  Barcl.  MS.     (Plate  XIX.  fig.  4.) 

C.  testa  imperforata,  ovato-fusiformi,  plicis  longiludinalibus  dis^ 
tantibus,  et  costis  transversis  undulatis  confertis  sculpta^  in  medio 
anfractus  ultimi  costis  duabus  validioribus,  posteriore  spinis  cur^ 
vatis  armata;  purpureo-fulva^  costis  transversis  pallidioribus ; 
anfr.  7,  convexis,  ultimo  dimidiam  longitudinis  testes  superante; 
apertura  acuminato-ovata,  intus  violacea;  columella  lavi,  sim- 


1869.]  MR.  H.  ADAMS  ON  NEW  MARINE  SHELLS.  273 

plici;  candli  mediocri,  antice  roseo  tincta ;  lahro  intus  levUer 

lirato. 
Long.  20,  lat.  10  mill. 
Hab.  Barklj  Island,  Mauritius  {Coll.  Barclay), 

Genus  Mauritia,  H.  Ad. 

Testa  fusiformts,  spira  acuminata ;  apertura  angusta,  linearly  antice 
tnmcata;  columella  numerose  plicata;  labro  extus  incrassato, 
antice  decurtato, 

Mauritla  barclayi,  H.  Ad.     (Plate  XIX.  figs.  5,  5a.) 

M.  testa  oblongo-Jusi/ormi,  solida,  striis  conoentricis  confertis  {an- 
tice  validioribus)  sculpta,  lineis  rufis  distantibus  transversis 
cincta,  callo  vitreo  tenui  fulvo  tecta ;  spira  brevi,  subacuminata, 
apice  acutiusculo,  sutura  leviter  impressa;  an/r.  S,  subplanatis, 
ultimo  ascendente,  f  longitudinis  tequante;  apertura  angusta,  an- 
tice  latiore;  columella  cdllosa,  plicis  parvis  obltquis  ad  U)  {supe- 
rioribus  majoribus)  antice  instructor  truncata,  producta,  basi  re- 
curvata;  labro  postice  angulato,  margine  recto,  extus  valde 
incrassato. 
Long.  50,  lat.  15  mill. 

Hab.  Barkly  Island,  Mauritius  {ColL  M* Andrew), 
In  general  appearance  Mauritia  resembles  Dibaphus,  but  from 
that  genus  the  presence  of  folds  on  the  columella  distingmshes  it. 
From  Mitra  it  differs  both  in  form  and  in  the  columellar  plaits  being 
much  more  numerous  and  less  distinct. 

Marginella  (Glabella)  mirabilis,  Bnrcl.  MS.    (Plate  XIX. 
figs.  6,  6a.) 

M.  testa  trigonO'Ovata,  solida,  polita,  longitudinaliter  vald^  plicata, 
plicis  subtus  obsoletis,  albida,  lilaceo  nebulosa  et  fasciata,punctis 
lividis  aspersis,  fascia  livida  angusta  interrupta  ad  suturam  et  ad 
peripheriam  ornata;  spira  parum  elevata,  apice  obtuso,  sutura 
mediocri;  anfr.  6,  ultimo  ascendente;  apertura  angusta;  colu^ 
mella  plicis  4  validis  vix  obliquis  instruct  a  ;  labro  extus  valde  in- 
crassato, albidOf  maculis  et  liris  sanguineis  notato,  intus  crenulato. 

Long.  32,  lat.  19  mill. 

Hab.  ?  (Coll.  Barclay). 

Nacella    (Cellana)    cernica>    Barcl.    MS.      (Plate   XIX. 
figs.  7,  7a.) 

N.  testa  tenui,  ovata,  depresso-conica,  costis  obtusis,  radiantibus 
numerosis  et  liris  elevatis  concentricis  confertis  undulatis  decuS' 
sat  a,  albida,  radiis  rubro-fulvis  ornata ;  apice  subcentrali,  obtuso  ; 
apertura  ovata ;  fascia  interna  secundum  superficiem  exteriorem 
decussata  et  picta,  micante,  submargaritacea ;  margine  plus  mi- 
nusve  late  crenulato. 

Long.  39,  lat.  29,  alt.  10  mill. 

Hab.  Barkly  Island,  Mauritius  (ColL  Barclay), 


274  MR.  H.  ADAMS  ON  NEW  MARINE  SHELLS.         [Apr.  22» 

This  beautiful  example 'of  the  genus  Naeella  differs  from  the 
typical  species  in  the  apex  being  nearly  central,  and  in  the  form 
being  depressedly  conical.  I  therefore  propose  to  separate  it  as  a 
subgenus  under  the  name  of  Cellana. 

Natica  marmorata,  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  8.) 

N.  testa  sttbglobosa,  solida,  wbtilissime  ac  oblique  striatuJa,  albida, 
pallide  fulvo  marmoraia,  juxta  nUuram  strigis  fulvis  angulatts, 
et  in  medio  anfractu$  ultimi  maculis  sagittatis  seriatim  fasciata  ; 
spira  pantm  elevata,  sutura  distincta  ;  anfr,  b,  ventricosis ;  aper^ 
tura  tubsemUunari }  columella  arcuata,  callosa,  callo  antice  cas- 
taneo;  umbilico  garvOtfuniculato;  labro  simplici,  recto. 

Long.  16,  lat.  12  mill. 

Hab.  Canary  Islands  (ColL  M' Andrew). 

ScALA  DELiCATULA,  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  9.) 

S.  testa  via  perforata^  elongato-turrita,  tenui,  albida^  lamelHs  ele- 
vatis  tenmbus  numerosis  longitudinalibus,  ad  suturam  prodmctis. 
clathrata,  inter  lamellas  spiraliter  striata ;  spira  anfr.  1 1 ,  con- 
vexis,  contiguis,  apicalibus  kevibus;  apertura  subcirculari  ;  labro 
vix  incrassato. 

Long.  6^,  lat.  2^  mill. 

Hab.  Lancerote  (Coll.  M^ Andrew). 

8YRNOLA  MiNUTA»  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  10.) 

S.  testa  subulata,  in  medio  tumida,  solidula,  polita,  albida ;  anfr. 
ad  10,  planatis,  fascia  angusta  pallide  fulvo  ad  suturas  cincta; 
sutura  impressa  ;  apertura  ovata ;  plica  parietali  conspicua,  trans- 
versa ;  labro  intus  simplici. 

Long.  4,  lat.  |>  mill. 

Hab.  Oroteva  {ColL  M' Andrew). 

TuRBONiLLA  8PECI08A,  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  11.) 

T.  testa  subulato-turrita,  solida,  albida  vel  pallide  Julva ;  anfr.  16, 
planiusculis,  costis  obliguis  validis  undulatis  rotundatis  instructis, 
interstitiis  tequantibus  lavibus  ;  costis  in  anfraclu  ultimo  ad  peri- 
pheriam  desinentibus ;  apertura  ovato-quadrata  ;  labio  recto. 

Long.  18-24,  lat.  4^-3^  mill. 

Hab.  Vigo  {doll.  M'Andrew). 

Cancellaria  pusilla,  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  12.) 

C.  testa  imperforata,  ovato-turrita,  albida,  longitudinaliter  obtuse 
nodoso'costata  et  filis  remotis  cincta ;  spira  elata,  sutura  leviter 
impressa;  anfr.  5,  convexiusculis,  ultimo  -J-  longitudinis  testa; 
apertura  oblonga,  antice  vix  canaliculata;  labio  antice  sinuato, 
plicis  duabis  validis  instructo  ;  labro  simplici,  intus  valde  lirato. 

Long.  6,  lat.  2^  mill. 

Hah,  Canary  Islands  {Coll.  M' Andrew). 


1869.]  MR.  H.  ADAMS  ON  NEW  MARINE  8HKLLS.  275 

Haminea  subpellucida,  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  13.) 

H.  testa  tenuiasima,  albida,  suhpellucida,  ovata,  in  medio  plerumque 
gibbosa,  longitudinaliter  striis  undulatia  rugosis,  et  spiraliter 
lineis  elevatis  irregularibus  sculpta;  vertice  excavato,  subper- 
forato;  apertura  antice  diiataia ;  margine  coiumellari  simplici, 
arcuato  ;  labro  recto^  postice  rotundato. 

Long.  17,  lat.  11  mill. 

Hab.  Lisbon  (Coll.  M' Andrew). 

GouLDiA  MODESTA,  H.  Ad.    (Plate  XIX.  fig.  14.) 

G.  te$ta  sttbtriamgularif  solidulOf  costis  concentricis  insculpta,  inter- 
valiis  costis  agucJibus,  pallide  fusca^  maculis  rubris  paucis  picta  ; 
extremiiate  antica  versus  umbones  concava,  postica  arcuata  ;  urn* 
bonibus  acutis  approximatis ;  murgine  ventrali  convexo,  intus 
crenuiato. 

Wg.  6^,  alt.  6  mill. 

Bab,  Gulf  of  Tunis  (Coll.  M' Andrew). 

^  take  this  opportunity  of  correcting  a  few  names  given  bj  me  to 
^bf^  in  former  papers,  which  I  haye  since  found  to  be  preoccupied : — 

^^ANORBis  (Adula)  seftemvolyis  to  be  altered  to  Planorbis 
(ijvc^us)  seftemvolyis  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1861,  p.  145). 

Bmvix,  (Geotrochus)  blanfordi   to  be  altered   to  Helix 

(Ir^OTRoCHUs)   BI^NFORDIANA  (PrOC.  Zool.  SoC.  1865,  p.  415). 

»    ,^**'*f  A  PFEiFFERi  to  be  altered  to  Pupina  pfeifteriana  (Proc. 
^^-  Soc.  1865,  p.  416). 

^^''^i-odonta  (Erepta)  rufocincta  to  be  altered  to  Stylo- 
^tiT^  CIJrkpta)  rufozonata  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  303). 

^^H^A  (TRotula)  convlus  to  be  altered  to  Nanina  (?Ilo- 
^^O  "X^rritella  (Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  307). 


DESCMPTION  OF  PLATE  XIX. 

Fig.  1.  Conus  {Chronaxia)  cemieuSy  p.  272. 

2.  aathurelia  robi/lardi,  p,  27'2, 

3.  DrUUa  barkUensis^  p.  272. 

4.  CoralliopkUa  ccronata,  p.  272. 

5.  5  a.  Mauritia  barclayi,  p.  273. 

6.  6a.  Marginella  (Glabella)  mirabUia,  p.  273. 

7.  7a.  NaceUa  (CeUana)  cemica,  p.  273. 

8.  Natica  moT^morata,  p.  274. 

9.  8eala  ddicatula,  p.  274. 

10.  Sjfmola  nUntUa^  p.  274. 

11.  iMrbanilla  apeciosa,  p.  274. 

12.  Cancellaria  tntsiUa^  p.  274. 

13.  Haminea  subpe/lucida,  p.  275. 

14.  Gouldia  modesta,  p.  276. 


276    THE  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  [May  13, 

May  13,  1869. 

John  Gould,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  V.P.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Secretary  called  the  attention  of  the  Meeting  to  the  following 
remarkable  additions  to  the  Society's  Menagerie  during  the  mouths 
of  March  and  April : — 

1.  A  Senegal  Coucal  {Centropus  9enegalenM)  from  West  Africa, 
being  the  first  specimen  of  this  bird  exhibited  in  the  Society's  col- 
lection.   It  was  purchased  March  8th. 

2.  Three  Menopomas  {Menopama  alleghaniense)  from  the  Alle- 
ghany river,  U.  S.  A.,  presented  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  U.  S.  A.  (March  9th),  and  believed  to  be  the  first  exam- 
ples of  this  singular  Batrachian  brought  alive  to  thb  country. 

3.  A  voung  Yaguarundi  Cat  {Felia  yaguarundi)  from  Panama, 
presented  by  Capt.  G.  E.  Bird,  of  the  Royal  Mail  S.  S.  Co.'s  service. 

4.  A  female  Musk  (Moschus  masehi/erus),  presented  by  Major 
F.  JL  Pollock,  Commissioner  at  Peshawur,  and  most  carefully  con- 
veyed to  this  country  by  Lieut.  C.  H.  T.  Marshal],  F.Z.S.,  from 
whom  it  was  received  March  31st.  This  animal  had  been  captured 
in  June  1867,  in  the  Hills  of  Cashmere,  by  Major  Delmd  Radcliffe 
of  the  88th  Regiment,  who  shot  both  the  parents,  and  brought  it 
when  quite  a  kid  to  Peshawur.  It  was  now  about  two  years  old, 
and  was  believed  to  be  the  only  Musk  ever  brought  to  Europe  alive. 

5.  A  Cape  Eared  Owl  (Otus  capensis.  Smith,  III.  Zool.  S.  Afr. 
t.  Ixvii.),  captured  on  the  rock  of  Gibraltar  by  Major  Irby,  and 
deposited  in  the  Societv's  Gardens  by  Lord  Lilford,  F.Z.S.,  April 
.5th.  In  reference  to  this  bird,  Mr.  Sclater  remarked  that,  although 
its  occasional  occurrence  upon  the  southern  coast  of  Spain  had  been 
mentioned  by  Kjarbolling  some  years  ago*,  there  was  not,  as  far  as 
he  was  aware,  any  previous  authentic  record  of  a  specimen  of  it 
having  been  obtained  in  Europe. 

6.  An  iElian's  Wart-hog  {Phacochcerus  aliani),  which  had  been 
captured  near  Zoulla,  on  the  coast- district  of  the  Red  Sea,  and 
brought  to  England  in  one  of  the  transports  engaged  on  the  Abyssi- 
nian Expedition,  April  1.5th  (see  Plate  XX.).    This  animal  had  been 

E laced  in  the  Swine-house,  next  to  the  fine  pair  of  Ethiopian  Wart- 
ogs  from  Natal  (P.  athiopicm)^  which  had  been  presented  to  the 
Society  by  H.  R.  H.  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh  on  the  6th  of  May,  1866. 
The  external  differences  between  the  two  species  were  very  obvious 
on  comparison,  the  sides  being  much  more  naked  in  P.  aliani,  while 
the  hairs  on  the  back  and  nape  of  the  head  were  much  thicker  and 
longer.  In  P.  aliani  the  ears  were  longer,  more  pointed,  and  more 
naked ;  in  P.  athiopicus  these  organs  were  densely  clothed  with  hair. 
In  P.  aliani  also  the  whiskers  are  very  long  and  well  developed. 

One  other  specimen  of  Elian's  Wart-hog  had  been  previously 
living  in  the  Menagerie — namely  an  adult  female  from  Ashautee, 
presented  to  the  Society  by  H.M.  the  Queen  in  186 If. 

♦  Naumaimia,  ii.  p.  10  (18o2).  t  See  P.  Z.  S.  1861,  p.  30. 


1869.] 


LKTTER  FROM  DR.  J.  ANDERSON. 


277 


Phnfochrrus  fpthinpictts. 


Mr.  Sclater  exhibited  drawings  illustrative  of  the  external  differ- 
ences between  these  two  Wart-hogs,  and  also  made  remarks  upon 
their  well-known  cranial  and  dental  differences,  which  had  been  fully 
described  by  F.  Cuvier,  Van  der  Hoeven,  and  Owen,  but  which  had 
not  prevented  Dr.  Gray  from  uniting  the  two  species  in  his  recent 
Catalogue*  of  these  animals. 


The  following  extract  was  read  from  a  letter  addressed  by  Dr.  J. 
Anderson,  C.M.Z.S.,  to  Mr.  A.  Grote,  F.Z.S.,  concerning  his  recent 
expedition  to  Yunan  : — 

"  I  haye  brought  back  a  large  collection  of  birds,  mammals,  rep- 
tiles, fishes,  insects,  and  land  and  freshwater  mollusks,  and  believe 
I  have  a  number  of  novelties  amongst  them.  I  will  send  you  a  copy 
of  ray  report  when  finished,  but  that  will  not  be  for  some  time  yet. 

♦  P.  Z.  8. 1868,  p.  46,  and  Cat.  Carnivorous,  Pachydermatous,  and  Edentate 
Mamm.  p.  ^52  (1869). 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XIX. 


278  LETTER  FROM  DR.  J.  ANDERSON.  [Maj  13, 

Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford  has  kindly  given  me  the  names  of  the  shells, 
and  Dr.  Day  of  Madras  has  worked  out  the  fishes.  I  shall  do  the 
mammals,  birds,  and  reptiles  myself,  and  give  an  account  of  the 
geology.  I  have  collected  vocabularies  of  the  various  native  tribes, 
and  shall  be  able  to  give  you  a  rather  interesting  account  of  the  hill 
tribes  between  Burmah  and  China. 

"  I  have  brought  two  living  Monkeys  of  the  Rhesus  group  from 
Yunan>  quite  different  from  anything  I  have  ever  seen.  I  also  came 
across  another  peculiar  form  of  this  genus,  and  sent  the  specimen 
alive  to  Bhamaun  under  the  care  of  a  policeman  (one  of  our  guards), 
with  strict  orders,  if  it  died,  to  preserve  the  skin  and  skeleton  ;  this, 
however,  was  not  done.  The  two  specimens  I  have  brought  with 
me  are  small,  and  have  the  red  face  of  Macacus  rhesus.  I  agree 
with  you  that  more  than  one  species  have  been  hitherto  united  under 
that  name.  My  specimens  are  great  pets ;  and  after  they  have  been 
figured,  I  will  send  them  to  the  Zoological  Society.  They  were 
obtained  in  the  province  of  Yunan,  at  an  elevation  of  from  4000  to 
5000  feet.  I  got  Thaumalea  amherstia,  and  a  Francolin  which  I 
am  not  quite  sure  about,  as  also  a  Pheasant,  which  is  the  living 
image  of  the  English  bird.  I  have  also  species  of  Suthora  and  Pyc- 
nonotus,  and  other  birds  which  have  yet  to  be  determined.  1110 
mammals  and  reptiles  are  not  yet  finished.  Day  has  described  a 
number  of  new  fishes,  and  Blanford  about  twelve  new  species  of  land 
and  freshwater  shells. 

"  I  am  trying  hard  to  get  living  specimens  of  the  pigmy  Hog  of 
the  Terai  for  the  Zoological  Society,  and  hope  to  succeed.  To-day 
I  have  had  a  letter  from  Mr.  J.  C.  Haughton,  Commissioner  of  Jul- 
pigom,  offering  me  a  living  Arctonyx,  which  I  have  also  accepted 
for  the  Society.  I  do  not  know  the  species  yet,  but  it  will  probably 
be  A.  collaris.**  

The  Secretary  also  read  the  following  extract  from  a  letter  addressed 
to  him  by  the  same  gentleman,  dated  Indian  Museum,  Calcutta, 
April  11th,  1869:— 

"  I  know  you  will  be  interested  to  learn  that  the  three  specimens 
of  Ailurus  have  arrived.  I  have  taken  them  under  my  charge,  and 
am  doing  all  I  can  to  mitigate  their  sufferings  from  the  heat,  which 
has  been  very  great  during  the  last  few  days,  reaching  as  high  as 
95°  on  the  cool  shaded  side  of  the  house.  I  have  a  man  attending 
to  them  all  day ;  and  when  the  sun  goes  down  I  have  them  carried 
out  into  a  cool  breezy  spot.  I  have  had  a  new  and  comfortable  airy 
cage  constructed,  as  the  one  they  were  in  was  filthy  in  the  extreme. 

*'  The  original  specimen,  which  I  found  at  Darjeeling^  and  which 
now  belongs  to  Dr.  Simpson,  is  in  capital  condition,  and  may  live 
through  the  heat  of  the  Red  Sea ;  but  I  doubt  much  if  the  others 
will.  I  have  told  Dr.  Simpson  to  preserve  their  bodies  if  they  die. 
They  are  most  interesting  animals.  In  appearance  they  are  wonder- 
fully like  Raccoons.  Every  movement  is  Bear-like ;  they  sit  up  on 
their  hind  quarters  and  strike  with  their  paws  in  the  same  way  as 
the  Bear,  climb  like  the  Bear,  and  when  irritated  make  the  sudden 


1869.] 


LETTRR  FROM  DR.  F.  V.  MUELLER. 


279 


rush  of  that  animal  and  emit  a  nearly  similar  cry ;  the  bushy  barred 
tail,  which  is  fnlly  as  long  as  the  body,  is  carried  straight  out,  or 
nearly  so.  They  are  very  fond  of  milk,  bamboo- leaves,  and  grass, 
and  have  a  strong  penchant  for  sugar.  We  cannot  get  them  to  eat 
any  of  the  plain's  fruits.  It  will  be  a  splendid  success  if  they  reach 
Europe  alive.'* 


A  communication  was  read  from  Dr.  F.  von  Mueller,  F.R.S., 
C.M.Z.S.,  containing  a  list  of  birds  permanently  occurring,  or  perio- 
dically visiting,  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Melbourne : — 


2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 


Falco  melanogenys. 
leracidea  berigora, 

oecidentalis. 

Astvr  nov€e-hollandicB, 
approximana. 


Aeeipiter  torguatus. 
Circus  asMmilis. 
Sfrix  tenebricotus. 
Athene  boobook. 

strenua. 

^gothelee  nova-hollandite. 
Hirundo  neoxena. 
Atticora  leucastemon. 
Daeelo  gigantea, 
Alcyone  aturea, 

1 6.  Halcyon  eancta. 

1 7.  Artamus  eordidus. 

18.  supercilioeue, 

1 9.  DiciPum  hirundinaeeum. 

20.  Pardalotus  punctalus. 

2 1 .  Graucalus  melanopsie. 

22.  Pachycephala  melanura, 

23.  pectoralie. 

24.  Colluricincla  harmonica. 

25.  Oreoica  gutturalii. 

26 .  Falcunculus  fron  talis, 

27.  Gymnorhina  tibicen, 

28.  leuconota. 

29.  Corcorax  leucopterus, 

30.  Corvus  coronoides. 

3 1 .  Strepera  anaphonensis, 

32.  graculina. 

33.  Jlhipidura  motacilloides. 
34. rufifrons, 

35.  albi^capa, 

36.  Seissura  inquieta. 
:i7.  Malurus  cyaneus, 

38.  — r-  melanotus. 

39.  Stipitunts  tnalacurus. 


40.  Sphenceacus  gramineus. 

4 1 .  Calamanthus fuliginosus. 

42.  Anthus  aiistralis, 

43.  Sericornis  osculans, 

44.  Acanthiia  chrysorrhoa. 

45.  lineal  a. 

46.   nana. 

47.  Ephthianura  albifrons, 

48.  Petroica  phoenicea, 

49.  multicolor. 

50.  Cineloramphus  ru/esnens. 

51.  Estrelda  bella. 

52.  temporalis. 

53.  Amadina  lathami, 

54.  Oreocincla  lunulata. 

55.  Oriolus  viridis. 

56.  Meliphaga  australasiana. 
57. longirostris. 

58.  Glyciphila  albifrons. 

59.  fulvifrons. 

60.  Ptilotis  penicillata. 

6 1 .  AnthochcBra  lunulata. 

62.  mellivora. 

63.  Aeanthogenys  ru/ogularis. 

64.  Acanthorhynchus  tenuirostris. 

65.  Tropidorhynchus  comiculatus, 
^%.  Melithreptes  lunulatus. 

67.  Cnimacteris  scandens. 

68.  Sit  tell  a  chrysoptera. 

69.  Calyptorhynchus  naso. 

70.  Aprosmictus  scapulatus. 

7 1 .  Platycercus  eximius, 

72.  pennantii. 

73.  Nymphicus  novoi-hollamlicB. 

74.  Euphema  elegans. 

75.  Melopsittacus  undulalus, 

76.  Trichoglossus  rubritorques, 

77.  pusillus. 

78.  Cuculus  cinerascens. 


280    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHfANS.  [MaJ  13, 

79.  Chrysoccccyx  lucidus,  98.  Cygnus  atratus, 

80.  Phaps  chalcoptera,  99.  Cereopds  nova-hollanduB, 

81.  Peristera  eleffana.  100.  Jnseranas  melanoleuca. 

82.  Syncecus  austrafis.  101.  Bemicla  jubata, 

83.  diemeneiuis*  102.  Anas  tuperciliosa. 

84.  Lobivanellus  lobatus,  103.  fUBvona, 

85.  Scolopax  austra/is.  104.  punctata. 

86.  SchcRniclus  australis.  105.  Malacorhynchtts  membrana* 

87.  subarquatus,  ceus. 

88.  Rhynch€Ba  aastrilis,  106.  Biziura  lobata, 

89.  Herodias  syrmatophorus,  107.  Nyroca  australis. 

90.  Nycticorax  caledonicus,  108.  Stemula  nereis. 

91.  f?rv«  atistrafis.  109.  Peficanus  conspieillatus. 

92.  Botaurus  australis.  110.  Phalaerocorax  carboides. 

93.  Platalea  regia.  111.  leucogaster, 

94.  Porphyrio  melanotus,  1 12.  sulcirostris. 

95.  Fulica  ausiralis.  113.  Podiceps  australis. 

96.  Rallus  pectoralis.  114.  gularis, 

97.  Gallinula  tenebrosa. 


The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

1 .  On  the  Classification  of  the  Anurous  BatracUans. 
By  St.  George  M ivart. 

In  Jane  1858  Dr.  GUnther  read  a  very  valuable  paper  before  the 
Zoological  Society  *»  stating  the  principles  according  to  which  he 
was  disposed  to  arrange,  systematically,  the  Anurous  Batrachians. 
The  system  therein  offered  is  that  adopted  by  the  same  author  in  his 
Catalogue  of  the  Frogs  and  Toads  contained  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum f* 

In  1865  Mr.  £.  Cope  gave  to  the  world  another  and  rery  different 
plan  for  arranging  the  same  animals  ^t  a  plsu  which  he  has  amended 
and  further  elaborated  in  papers  published  in  the  *  Journal  of  the 
Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia'  §. 

Dr.  Giinther's  system  reposes  mainly  on  external  and  readily  as- 
certainable characters. 

Mr.  Cope's  system  is  founded  on  certain  points  of  osteological 
detail. 

I  Tenture  here  to  propose  a  classification  which  is  derived  from, 
and  in  all  the  most  important  points  agrees  with,  that  of  Dr.  Gtin- 
ther,  but  which  differs  from  it  in  certain  minor  respects  (owing  to 
a  different  estimate  of  the  value  of  certain  points  of  structure),  while 

♦  PrtK^  ZooL  Soc,  I808,  p.  339. 

t  'Oitalogue  of  the  Bntnchia  Salientia  in  the  Collection  of  the  British 
Museiun.'  hv  Dr.  Albert  Gunther.     1858. 

\  Natum!  History  Reriew.  toI.  t.  18^W>.  p.  91. 

%  Vol.  ri  of  the  new  series  of  that  JimmaL  part  1.  Juhr  1866,  p.  67.  Mid 
pwrt  2»  September  1867,  p.  189. 


18G9.]    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MiVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.     281 

it  adopts  from  the  labours  of  Mr.  Cope  osteological  characters  noticed 
by  him,  but  which  are  here  restricted  in  their  application  to  the 
Kmitation  of  more  subordinate  groups  than  those  for  which  he  uses 
them. 

Mr.  Cope's  osteolog^ical  sjstem  would  divide  the  Anura  into  two 
great  series,  the  Areiformia  and  the  Raniformia, 

The  Rani/ormia  are  thus  characterized  ♦  : — •*  Coracoidei  abutting ; 
epicoracoidei,  when  present,  continuous,  transverse,  and  abutting  on 
coracoidei ;  not  connected  with  the  latter  by  overlapping  longitudinal 
cartilages." 

The  Areiformia  are  distinguished  as  follows  f : — ''  Acromials  and 
coracoids  divergent,  the  former  directed  forward  and  connected  with 
the  latter  by  a  longitudbal  arched  cartilage,  which  is  free  from,  and 
overlapped  by,  the  corresponding  cartilaginous  arch  of  the  opposite 
side." 

This  system  associates  Bombinator,  Pelodytes,  and  Culiripes  with 
Hyla,  CystiffnathuSf  Hylodes,  and  Bu/o,  in  one  division;  while 
Engystoma^  Phryniscus,  and  Bemitus  are  altogether  separated  from 
the  true  Toads,  in  order  to  be  classed  with  Rana,  Hylarana,  &c. 

Such  approximations  seem  to  me  forced  and  unnatural,  and  likely 
to  lead  to  the  rejection  of  the  system  from  which  they  necessarily 
result. 

Mr.  Cope  employs  other  osteological  characters  for  more  subor- 
dinate groups ;  thus  his  HylicUsX  are  characterized,  among  other 
points,  as  having  the  "  fronto-parietalia  shortened  anteriorly,  usually 
embracing  a  fontanelie,"  and  "superior  plate  of  ethmoid  never 
covered  by  fronto-parietals,  usually  produced  anteriorly,  between 
fronto-nastds." 

Skeletal  characters  are,  indeed,  most  valuable  ones  in  leading  us  to 
detect  the  deepest  and  truest  affinities  of  vertebrate  animals.  But 
these  affinities  once  found,  it  is  very  desirable  that  zoological  classi- 
fications should  not,  if  it  can  possibly  be  avoided,  repose  upon  them 
only,  but  rather  on  more  external  and  more  readily  ascertainable 
characters.  Such  external  characters  will  probably  be  found  to 
exist  in  all  really  natural  groups,  although  they  may  turn  out  to 
be  distinctions  so  little  obvious  that  they  might  never  have  been 
noticed,  but  for  the  guidance  afforded  by  the  previous  careful  study 
of  the  osteology  of  such  groups. 

As  to  the  particular  character  selected  to  distinguish  Mr.  Cope's 
two  great  primary  divisions,  I  cannot  think  it  of  anything  like  the 
importance  §  be  attaches  to  it.  The  point  is  one  easily  to  be  studied, 
as  the  Common  Frog  is  the  type  of  the  Rani/ormia,  while  the  Com- 
mon Toad  exemplifies  the  Arciform  type  of  structure. 

When  the  two  adult  shoulder-girdles  are  compared,  a  considerable 

♦  Journal  Acad.  Phil,  new  series,  voL  vi.  pt  2,  p.  190. 

t  Ibid.  pt.  1,  p.  67. 

{  Ibid.  p.  83. 

§  I  am  fortified  in  this,  I  rejoice  to  say,  by  the  valuable  opinion  of  one  of  the 
Terr  first  of  existing  osteologists,  I  mean  my  esteemed  friend  Mr.  W.  K.  Parker, 
F.i8. 


282   MR.  8T.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACBIAN8.  [May  13, 

difPerence  certainly  appears  at  first  sight  to  exist ;  but  if  a  Frog  of 
a  somewhat  earlier  age  is  examined,  it  will  be  seen  to  be  as  "  arcife- 
rous  "  as  in  the  Toad.  In  Mr.  Parker's  elaborate  Monograph  on  the 
shoulder-girdle,  published  by  the  Ray  Society,  this  fact  is  well  shown 
at  plate  5,  where  the  various  stages  are  represented  between  the 
shoulder-girdle  of  the  Frog-tadpole,  '^  with  budding  limbs  but  per- 
fect tail "  (fig.  1),  and  that  of  the  " old  male  Frog"  (fig.  11).  In 
the  Frog,  a  few  weeks  after  metamorphosis  (fig.  9),  the  arched  car- 
tilages are  well  shown  ;  and  the  young  Frog  with  the  tail  absorbed 
(fig.  6)  exhibits  a  condition,  as  regards  the  overlapping  cartilaginous 
arches,  closely  resembling  that  presented  by  the  Toad  of  the  first 
summer  (fig.  16). 

Now  the  existence  of  structures  in  a  rudimentary,  transitory  con- 
dition during  the  development  of  certain  animals,  does  not  necessarily 
invalidate  the  employment  of  the  manifest  conspicuous  presence  of 
such  structures  in  the  adult  condition  of  other  animals  as  distin- 
guishing characters  of  the  latter.  But  in  all  such  cases  a  really 
marked  distinction  must  be  capable  of  being  drawn.  This  cannot 
be  said  to  be  the  case  in  the  present  mstance,  where  two  animals  (the 
common  Frog  and  Toad)  closely  resemble  each  other  after  they  have 
assumed  their  final,  adult  external  form. 

The  Anura,  then,  can  hardly,  I  think,  be  divided  into  two  primary 
sections  on  the  strength  of  a  character  so  little  distinctive  as  Mr. 
Parker's  observations  prove  the  visible  presence  of  these  cartila- 
ginous arches  to  be.  I  say  visible  presence,  because  even  in  the 
old  male  Frog  this  arch  really  persists,  though  its  existence  is  dis- 
guised and  hidden  by  the  superficial  extension  over  it  of  the  lower 
part  of  the  coracoid.  Some  of  the  other  characters  are  also  but 
little  satisfactory.  Thus  the  presence  of  a  fontanelle  is  sometimes 
at  least  merely  a  proof  of  the  immaturity  of  the  individual  possess- 
ing it. 

The  Anura  form  such  a  remarkably  homogeneous  group,  that 
their  subdivision  is  a  work  of  great  difficulty.  I  fully  agree  with 
Mr.  Cope  that  adaptive  modifications  should  be  neglected  as  affording 
distinctive  characters  of  groups,  in  favour  of  others  going  deeper 
into  their  essential  relations  and  affinities.  But  here  it  is  not  at  all 
evident  to  me  which  are  the  really  essential  characters ;  and  when 
these  cannot  be  clearly  distinguished,  I  think  it  well  to  turn  to  such 
others  as  can  easily  be  observed,  though  regretting  at  the  same  time 
the  absence  of  more  significant  and  satisfactory  distinctions. 

Thus  the  system  proposed  by  Dr.  Giinther  should,  I  think,  be 
retained  as  far  as  possible,  being  so  "  complete  and  practically  use- 
ful," as  Mr.  Cope  acknowledges*. 

That  Dr.  Giinther's  system  admits  now  of  some  modification,  I 
think  its  author  would  freely  acknowledge.  The  discovery  that  some 
species  of  Callula  have  very  large  digital  disks,  while  others  are 
totally  devoid  of  such  expansions,  cannot  but  cause  grave  doubts  as 
to  the  propriety  of  the  dividing  the  Anura  into  large  groups  on  the 
strength  of  such  a  character.  Then  the  presence  or  absence  of  a 
♦  Natural  Historr  Review,  vol.  t.  p.  120. 


1869.]    MR.  ST.OBOaGE  MIVARTON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.     283 

web  is  jometimes  so  Tariable  in  one  and  the  same  genos,  that,  I  sub- 
mit,/aint/y  distinctness  can  hardly  be  determined  by  it.  I  therefore 
propose  to  treat  the  presence  or  absence  of  disks  as  a  character  of 
minor  importance,  and  to  place  in  one  family  all  forms  not  otherwise 
distinguishable  than  by  the  presence  or  absence  of  a  web. 

The  two  remarkable  and  aberrant  genera  Pipa  and  Daatyletkru 
(which  agree  in  having  the  eustachian  tubes  so  united  as  to  have  but 
one  pharyngeal  orifice,  and  in  being  destitute  of  a  tongue)  I  am  not 
dis()osed  to  regard  as  low  forms.  The  absence  of  the  tongue  is  a 
defect ;  but  then  the  highest  of  all  reptiles  (the  Crocodilia)  differ  from 
the  inferior  forms  of  their  class  by  a  similar  one.  The  single  eusta- 
chian opening  is  certainly  rather  an  evidence  of  higher  development. 

It  is  with  considerable  doubt,  and  mainly  out  of  deference  to  the 
opinion  of  others,  that  1  make  Pipa  and  Dactylethra  types  of  one 
and  the  same  primary  subordinal  division.  It  may  be  that  Pipa  is 
to  the  edentulous  Anura  what  Dactylethra  is  to  the  toothed  forms, 
and  that  they  are,  as  Mr.  Cope  has  suggested*,  extremes  of  two 
different  series.  Nevertheless  the  agreement  between  these  genera 
is  very  remarkable,  not  only  as  to  the  absence  of  a  tongue  and  the 
structure  of  the  tympanum,  but  also  as  regards  the  expanded  sacral 
vertebra,  the  absence  of  parotoids  and  of  teeth  on  the  palate,  the 
hidden  tympanum,  and  the  broadly  webbed  toes. 

In  searching  for  an  important  character  by  which  to  divide  pri- 
marily the  rest  of  the  Anura,  I  have  to  choose  between  that  afforded 
by  the  expansion  or  non-expansion  of  the  transverse  process  of  the 
sacral  vertebra,  and  the  presence  or  absence  of  maxillary  teeth,  as 
(considering  the  conditions  presented  by  the  genus  Callula)  I  de- 
chne  altogether  to  adopt  as  an  important  distmction  the  expansion 
of  the  ends  of  the  digits  into  disks. 

The  sacral  dilatation  is  certainly  a  very  remarkable  structure,  and 
one  probably  rather  essential  than  adaptive  f*  Nevertheless,  were 
it  to  be  selected  as  the  primary  character,  it  would  lead  to  the  asso- 
ciation of  Engytoma  and  Bufo  with  Hyla  and  Ditcoylossus,  and  the 
radical  separation  ot  the  last-named  genus  from  Rana,  and  of  Poly- 
pedates  and  Hylodes  from  Hyla.  I  therefore  conclude  to  adopt  that 
character  which  Dr.  Giinther  considers  the  most  important  after  the 

♦  Natural  History  Review,  1865,  vol.  v.  p.  98. 

t  Dr.  Giinther  savB,  "What  influence  the  dilated  or  more  e^rlindrical  form  of 
the  process  of  sacral  vertebra  has  upon  the  mode  of  life  is  difficult  to  explain,  as 
it  does  not  absolutely  correspond  with  other  phyeiological  or  anatomical  charac- 
ters. The  pelvis  obtains  by  the  dilatation  ot  these  processes  much  more  firm- 
ness ;  and  a  lateral  motion  is  more  or  less  entirely  impeded.  Wo  should  there- 
fore eipect  to  meet  with  this  character  in  those  iJatmchians  which  are  provided 
with  the  longest  and  most  powerful  hind  legs,  according  to  the  physical  problem 
that  the  longest  lever  requires  the  strongest  centre.  But,  on  the  contrary,  the 
Batrachians  with  the  shortest  leg^  exhibit  a  much-dilated  sacral  vertebra,  whilNt 
on  the  other  hand  the  long-Wged  Hi/lid(f  sliow  the  same  peculiarity.  In  fact, 
this  08t6ological  form  sterna  to  he  connected  v^ifh  nonf  of  the  moJiJicaiions  of  loco- 
motion ;  for  we  find  among  these  Batrachians  good  swimmers  am  well  as  bad, 
tree-  as  well  as  earth-frogs,  those  which  always  hop  as  well  as  those  which  often 
crawl ;  finally  we  are  unable  to  refer  to  it  a  peculiarity  of  any  part  of  the  propa- 
gation."   (P.  Z.  8.  1808,  p.  340.) 


284    MR.  8T.  GEORGE  MIYART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.  [MftJ  13, 

tongae  and  distal  disks — which  latter  I  decline  to  select.  This 
character  is  the  presence  of  maxillary  teeth. 

On  this  subject  Dr.  Gunther  observes  *,  "  When  we  consider  that 
the  lower  jaw  of  the  tailed  Batrachians  is  provided  with  a  series  of 
teeth,  and  that  these  are  wanting  in  all  the  tailless  Batrachians,  we 
are  obliged  to  acknowledge  the  importance  of  this  character."  Since 
this  was  written,  however,  two  forms  have  been  discovered  which  are 
provided  with  mandibular  teeth  f;  and  this  may  perhaps  be  considered 
to  strengthen  Dr.  Giinther's  refusal  to  consider  the  possession  of  teeth 
a  primary  character — a  refusal  he  fortifies  by  reference  to  the  Eden- 
tata and  Salmonidee. 

But  the  learned  Doctor's  refusal  was  mainly  grounded  on  his  "  not 
being  able  to  consider  the  character  of  the  dentition  among  the  tail- 
less Batrachians  as  one  intimately  connected  with  their  mode  of  life'*  t» 
an  objection  the  force  of  which  I  am  so  far  from  being  disposed  to 
admit  that  I  would  select  for  classificatory  purposes  the  least 
adaptive  characters  I  could  find,  provided  they  were  constant  and 
easily  to  be  ascertained.  It  is  true  that  in  the  Edentata  we  have 
edentulous  and  many  toothed  forms,  but  then  these  forms  are  very 
distinct;  we  have  no  edentulous  Armadillos  and  no  toothed  Ant- 
eaters,  and  indeed  the  order  may  well  be  primarily  divided  according 
to  the  dentition ;  so  that  I  think  that,  on  the  whole,  the  Edentata 
favour  my  view. 

Characters  as  to  dentition  serve  also  to  define  the  primary  divisions 
of  the  orders  Primates,  Chiroptera,  Insectivora,  Cetacea,  and  Mar- 
supialia,  at  the  least,  if  not  others  also ;  and  the  edentulous  Chelonia 
form  the  most  natural  and  well-defined  primary  groups  of  existing 
Beptiles. 

Mr.  Cope  opposes  the  adoption  of  dental  characters  fbr  important 
divisions  as  follows : — "  The  increase  of  knowledge  furnishes  us  with 
cases  of  rudimental  dentition,  indicating  a  less  significance  for  the 
character  which  has  been  supposed  to  characterize  the  Bufoniformia. 
Such  occurs  in  the  genus  Colostethua,  Cope,  which  seems  to  be  quite 
identical  with  Dendrobates,  except  in  the  possession  of  teeth.  Micro- 
hyla,  a  true  Engystomatid,  is  said  by  Dr.  Giinther  to  possess  teeth ; 
and  minute  rugosities  on  the  maxillae  of  Callula  natatrix  deceived 
me  into  the  belief  at  one  time  that  teeth  actually  existed.  Among 
arciferous  genera  Eupemphix  (Steindachner)  is  said  by  him  to  possess 
very  minute  teeth,  which  in  some  adults  are  entirely  wanting  "§. 

To  this  it  may  be  replied  that  the  loss  of  teeth  in  certain  individuals, 
perhaps  aged,  can  hardly  be  a  valid  reason  to  reject  this  character  as 
one  of  weight.  Secondly,  Microhyla  does  not  possess  teeth ;  the 
possession  of  teeth  was  attributed  to   it  by  Dr.  Gunther  on  the 

*  Proc.  Zool.  Soc  ia58,  p.  340. 

t  These  are : — Hemiphracfus  acuiatuSf  described  by  Peters,  in  '  Berlin.  Monats.' 
1863,  p.  144:  and  Gri/piscits,  described  by  Cope  in  *  Journal  of  Acad.  Phila- 
delphia,' 18^7,  vol.  vi.'part  2,  p.  205. 

1  Proo.  Zool.  Soc.  1858,  p.  340. 

§  Journal  of  the  Acad,  ot  Nat.  He.  of  Philadelphia,  new  series,  vol.  vi.  part  2, 
p.  181). 


1869.]    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIYART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIA>iS.      285 

nathority  of  Tschudi*  and  MM.  Dam^ril  and  Bibronf.  Thirdly, 
Mr.  Cope  admits  that  he  was  misled  as  to  the  existence  of  teeth  in 
Callula  natatrix.  Perhaps  a  similar  circumstance  may  have  oocnrred 
as  regards  Coiostethus,  or  perhaps  Hylaplena  may  be  found  to  have 
teeth  at  some  period  of  life. 

Next  in  importance  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  teeth  I  am  dis- 
posed to  rank  the  condition  of  the  development  of  the  ear  and  the 
dilatation  of  the  sacral  transverse  process.  I  am  moreover  inclined 
to  lay  additional  weight  on  them  from  their  not  being  adaptive  cha- 
racters— the  dilatation  of  the  sacral  vertebra  being,  as  we  have  seen, 
apparently  independent  of  locomotive  habit. 

As  to  the  condition  of  the  internal  ear,  neither  Dr.  Giinther  nor 
Mr.  Cope  are  disposed  to  attach  primary  importance  to  it;  and  I 
fully  agree  with  the  first-named  author  in  thinking  that  <^  the  Batra- 
chians  with  imperfectly  developed  ear  would  form  together  an  un- 
natural group,  and  would  be  separated  too  far  from  other  allied 
forms  "t,  if  that  character  were  made  the  main  character  in  Batra- 
chian  classification.  Neverthel<>ss  it  seems  to  me  a  character  of  such 
great  importance  that  I  propose  to  rank  it  next  after  the  presence  or 
absence  of  teeth. 

Of  the  characters  that  remain  the  most  readily  available  are  the 
presence  or  absence  of  parotoids  and  the  dilatation  or  non-dilatation 
of  the  tips  of  the  digits. 

That  the  latter  character  is,  as  Mr.  Cope  considers,  not  one  of 
any  great  real  value,  seems  to  me  to  be  demonstrated,  as  before  said, 
by  the  varying  condition  in  which  it  is  found  in  the  single  genus 
Callula.  The  presence  or  absence  of  parotoids  therefore  may,  I 
thiuk,  well  take  precedence  of  the  digital  disks  as  a  distinctive  cha- 
racter. As  to  the  "  presence  or  absence  of  a  web  between  the  toes," 
that  character  can  only  be  applied  with  doubt  and  uncertainty  even 
to  certain  groups  ranking  as  low  as  genera. 

Making  use  of  these  characters  in  the  subordination  above  indi- 
cated, we  shall  have,  besides  Pipa  and  Dactylethra^  two  great  series — 
( 1 )  a  toothed  (Frog)  series,  and  (2)  an  edentulous  (Toad)  series.  As 
some  of  the  animaJs  of  the  latter  series  seem  to  offer  the  lowest 
condition  found  in  the  order,  we  may  ascend  through  them  to  the 
Frogs,  beginning  with  a  section  containing  those  in  which  the  ear  is 
imperfect.  The  first  family  of  these  will  be  the  RhinophrynicUe^ 
which  have  parotoid  glands  and  a  tongue  free  anteriorly.  The 
second  family  will  be  the  Phryniscida,  in  which  there  are  no  parotoid 
glands,  and  in  which  the  tongue  is  fixed  in  front.  The  next  eden^ 
tulous  section  will  consist  of  such  toothless  forms  as  have  a  perfect 
ear.  It  will  contain  one  family  with  an  undilated  sacral  vertebra 
(the  Hylapletidai)  and  three  families  in  which  the  sacral  vertebra  b 
dilated,  the  first  of  the  three  (Bufonida)  having  parotoid  glands,  the 
other  two  being  destitute  of  such  structures  and  distinguished  from 

♦  'Classification  der  Batrachier,'  p.  71,  '^Denies  maxiUareH  ef  jynlafivos  bre^ 
viftsiinos." 

t  Erp^tologie  G^n^rale,  vol.  viii.  p.  614. 
;  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  18o8,  p.  M2. 


286   MR.  8T.  GEORGE  MIYART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.  [May  13, 

each  other  by  the  tongue  being  fixed  in  front  as  usual  (the  Enffy- 
stanUcUs)  or  free  in  front  (the  Xenorhinidai), 

The  toothed  (or  Frog)  series  may  also  be  similarly  divided  into 
two  sections : — first,  those  with  an  imperfect  ear,  the  Bambino toridte; 
s^ondly,  those  with  a  perfect  ear.  This  latter  section  contains 
more  families  than  any  other  section  of  the  order,  there  being  three 
families  in  which  the  sacral  vertebra  is  not  dilated,  and  four  in  which 
it  is  dilated — seven  in  all.  In  order,  however,  to  place  those  families 
in  juxtaposition  which  have  most  afiinity  for  each  other  (e,  g,  the 
DUcoglomdtB  next  to  the  RanidiBt  &c.)  I  have  thought  it  desiraUe, 
in  the  annexed  table,  to  treat  the  dilatation  of  the  sacral  vertebra  as 
subordinate  to  the  presence  or  absence  of  parotoids.  I  do  not,  how- 
ever, consider,  as  I  have  already  said,  the  latter  character  to  be  infe- 
rior in  importance ;  but  such  a  way  of  treating  the  matter  is  conve- 
nient in  this  particular  instance. 

Thus  the  Plectromantidce,  with  parotoids  and  non-dilated  sacral 
vertebra,  will  come  first,  then  those  with  parotoids  and  dilated  sacral 
vertebra;  first,  the  Alytida^  without  digital  disks,  and  then  the 
PelodryadidcBy  with  them. 

Of  those  without  parotoids  the  Hylida  have  a  dilated  sacral 
vertebra  and  digital  disks ;  while  undilated  sacral  vertebra  is  common 
to  the  Polypedatida  and  Ranida,  which  differ  in  the  presence  or 
absence  of  the  disks ;  after  these  the  DUcoylo^sida,  which  have  the 
sacral  vertebra  dilated,  but  are  devoid  of  disks. 

Finally  come  Pipa  and  Dactylethra,  which  thus  form  a  third 
primary  division  of  the  Anura,  characterized  by  a  highly  developed 
tympanum,  but  no  tongue. 

ANURA. 

A.  Without  maxillary  teeth  at  any  time  of  life,  but  with  a  tongue, 

I.  Ear  imperfect. 

Tongue  free  in  front     Rhinophrynidte, 

Tongue  fixed  in  front Phryniscidce. 

II.  Ear  perfect. 

a.  Sacral  vertebra  not  dilated Hylaplesidce. 

/3.  Sacral  vertebra  dilated. 

1 .  Parotoids Bufonidce. 

2.  No  parotoids. 

Tongue  free  in  front Xenorhinida, 

Tongue  fixed  in  front Engyatomida, 

B.  IFith  maxillary  teeth  at  some  time  of  life  and  with  a  tongue, 

L  Ear  imperfect     Bombinatorida, 

II.  Ear  perfect. 

a.  Parotoids. 

1.  Sacral  vertebra  not  dilated   ....   Plectrotnanfida. 

2.  Sacral  vertebra  dilated. 

No  digital  disks Alytidce, 

Digital  disks Pelodryadida. 


1869.]    MR.  8T.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.     287 

/>.  No  parotoids. 

1.  Sacral  yertebra  dilated;   digital 

disks HylicUB. 

2.  Sacral  vertebra  undilated ;  digital 

disks Polypedatida. 

3.  Sacral   vertebra   undilated ;    no 

digital  disks Ranidte, 

4.  Sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  no  digital 

disks Discoylossida. 

C.  No  tonfftte  ;  maxillary  teeth  present  or  absent, 

I.  Maxillary  teeth  absent Pipid€e. 

II.  Maxillary  teeth  present    Dactylethrid<B, 

Section  A.  No  maxillary  teeth:  a  tongue. 

Division  I.  Ear  imperfect, 

Fam.  I.  RniNOPHRYNiDiB. 

No  tympanum ;  no  cavum  tympani ;  no  eustachian  tubes ;  trans- 
verse processes  of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  parotoid  glands  present 
but  hidden,  large,  with  smooth  surface ;  tongue  free  in  front,  fixed 
behind ;  fingers  webbed  at  the  base,  toes  half  webbed ;  "  no  articulated 
ribs  or  opisthocoelian  vertebrae ;"  '*  ethmoid  septal  walls  ossified  to 
the  end  of  the  muzzle,  and  separating  the  prefrontals ;  its  superior 
plate  covered  by  the  completely  ossified  fronto-parietale.  Fronto- 
nasalia  well  developed,  entirely  in  contact  with  fronto-parietalia, 
separated  by  a  median  point  of  the  latter  and  by  the  ethmoid  sep- 
tum." "  Coracoid  and  epicoracoid  divergent,  connected  by  a  nar- 
row single  cartilage;  the  former  not  dilated,  in  contact  with,  or 
slightly  separated  from,  that  of  the  opposite  side."  Nine  vertebrae 
and  a  coccyx  attached  by  two  condyles. 

Tropical*  America. 

Rhinophryntis,  Dum.  &  Bibron,  viii.  p.  758,  pi.  91.  figs.  2»  2a; 
Gunther,  P.  Z.  S.  18.58,  p.  348;  Cope,  Nat.  Hist.  Review,  vol.  v. 
1865,  p.  100. 

G^nus  Rhinophrynus,  Mexico. 

Fam.  II.    PHRYNISCIDiB. 

No  tympanum ;  no  cavum  tympani ;  eustachian  tubes  absent  or 
radimentary  ;  transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  no  pa- 
rotoid glands ;  tongue  mure  or  less  elongate,  fixed  in  front,  free 
behind,  where  it  is  entire ;  digits  free  or  webbed,  but  undilated  or 
only  moderately  dilated.     No  arciform  cartilages. 

Neotropical  and  Australian,  Indian  and  Ethiopian  regions. 

This  is  almost  equivalent  to  the  Braehycephalina  of  Dr.  GUnther, 
including,  as  it  does,  the  Phryniscidce,  Brachycephalitke,  and  adding 
to  them  the  Micrhylidce  (Cat.  of  Bat.  Salientia,  pp.  42,  45,  &  121, 
and  Synopsis,  p.  8). 


288    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIYART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.  [May  13, 

Subfam.  1.  Phryniscina. 

"  Prefrontals  small,  widely  removed  from  each  other  and  from  the 
fronto-parietals ;  eustachian  tubes  rudimentary;  no  digital  disks; 
precoracoidei  present  and  smaller  than  coracoids"*. 

See  Cope,  Journal  of  Acad,  of  Phil.  1867,  p.  195. 

Genera: — Phryniscus,  Neotropia  ;  Pseudophryne,  Australian; 
Brachycephalus,  Neotropia. 

Subfam.  2.  Hemisina. 

No  eustachian  tubes;  tongue  posteHorly  retractile  into  a  sheath; 
fronto-parietal  and  prefrontal  bones  fully  developed,  in  contact,  the 
latter  separated  to  end  of  muzzle  by  ossified  ethmoid  septum  ;  manu- 
brium present ;  coracoids  more  slender  than  precoracoids ;  no  digital 
disks. 

See  Cope,  /.  c,  p.  1 98. 

Genus  Hetnisus,  Ethiopia. 

Subfam.  3.  Michrylina. 

Precoracoidei  wanting ;  no  eustachian  tubes ;  ethmoid  arch  ossi- 
fied ;  prefrontals  fully  developed,  in  contact  with  each  other  and 
fronto-parietals ;  latter  complete ;  moderate  digital  disks. 

Genus  Micrhyla,  Indian  region. 

Division  II.  Ear  perfect. 

Subsection  a.  Sacral  vertebra  not  dilated, 

Fam.  III.  HylaplesiDjB  (Glintber). 

A  tympanum  and  cavum  tympani ;  two  eustachiau  tubes ;  pro- 
cesses of  sacral  vertebra  not  dilated ;  no  parotoid  glands ;  tongue 
free  behind ;  digits  free  and  all  dilated  at  their  ends ;  no  arciform 
cartilages ;  precoracoids  present ;  sacrum  distinct  irom  coccygeal 
style,  three  lobes  to  the  liver ;  prefrontals  widely  separated ;  ethmoid 
broad,  ossified  to  extremity  of  muzzle ;  terminal  phalanges  with  two 
divaricate  limbs. 

Tropical  America. 

Hylaplesidce,  Giinther,  Cat.  of  Bat.  Sal.  p.  124. 

Dendrobatid^e,  Cope,  Journal  Phil.  1867,  p.  197. 

Genus  Hylaplesioy  Neotropia. 

Subsection  /3.  Sacral  vertebra  dilated, 

Fam.  IV.  BuFONiDA  (Giinther). 

A  tympanum  and  cavum  tympani ;  two  eustachian  tubes ;  pro- 

*  These  characters  may  not  apply  to  Pteudophrynt,  which  does  not  appear 
to  be  included  l^  Cope  in  his  Phryniscidie^  though  in  the  paper  in  the  Nat. 
Hist.  Review  it  is  placed  beside  Phrj/niscus,  I.  c.  p.  102. 


1869.]    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIYART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.     289 

cesses  of  sacral  Tcrtebra  dilated ;    parotoid  glands  pre<ient ;  tongue 
free  behind ;  digits  not  dilated,  toes  more  or  less  webbed. 
Cosmopolitan,  except  Australia. 

Snbfam.  1.  ELalophrynina. 

No  arciform  cartilages ;  precoracoids  present ;  prefrontals  fully 
developed,  forming  suture  with  each  other  and  fronto-parietals  ;  skin 
of  the  back  forming  one  large  flat  parotoid.     East-Indian  islands. 

Crenus  Kalaphrtfnus,  Indian  region. 

Subfam.  2.  Bufonina. 

Arciform  cartilages ;  precoracoids  present ;  parotoids  normal,  pro- 
minent.    Cosmopolitan,  except  Australia. 

Grenera : — Bu/o^  cosmopolitan,  except  Australia  ;  Otilophus,  Neo- 
tropical region;  Peltaphtyne,  Neotropical  region;  Pseudobu/o,  East- 
Indian  archipelago ;  Schismaderma,  Ethiopian. 

Fam.  y.  Xenorhinid^. 

A  tympanum  and  cavum  tympani ;  two  eustachian  tubes ;  pro- 
cesses of  sacral  vertebra  dilated;  no  parotoid  glands;  tongue  en- 
tirely attached  behind,  free  in  front ;  digits  all  free,  but  only  the  toes 
provided  with  disks ;  tympanum  distinct,  large ;  no  tarsal  tubercle  ; 
habit  of  Engy9toma, 

New  Guinea. 

See  Peters,  Berlin.  Monats.  1863.  p.  82. 

Bombinaior  oxi/cephalus,  Schlegel,  Handleiding  tot  de  beolfening 
der  Dierkunde,  ii.  p.  58,  tab.  iv.  fig.  74. 

Genus  Xenorhina,  Australian  region. 

Fam.  VI.  Engystom  I Di£. 

A  tympanum  and  cavum  tympani ;  two  eustachian  tubes ;  pro- 
cesses of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  no  parotoid  glands ;  tongue  fixed 
in  firont ;  digital  disks  present  or  absent. 

African,  Indian,  Neotropical,  and  Australian  regions. 

Includes  EngyHomid^B,  Bhinodermaiid€By  Brachymerida,  and 
nyUedaetylid€e  of  Dr.  Giinther,  Cat.  of  Bat.  Salientia,  Synopsis, 
pp.  8  &  9. 

Subfam  I.  Engystomina. 

Coracoidei  abutting ;   no  precoracoids ;    no  arciform  cartilages. 

Enffystomida  of  Cope,  /.  c.  pp.  190  &  191. 

Genera : — Enffystoma,  Neotropical  region  ;  Diplopelma,  Indian 
region;  Cacopus  (Systoma)^  Indian;  Glyphoglossus,  Indian;  CalMa, 
Indian ;  Brachymerus,  Ethiopian ;  Adenomera,  Neotropical ;  Pachy^ 
hatraehua  (?),  Australia. 

Subfam.  2.  Breyicipitina. 
Coracoidei  abutting ;  precoracoids  present ;  no  arciform  cartilages. 


290    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIANS.  [May  13, 

Genera : — Brevicepst  Ethiopian  rej^ion ;  Chelyehbatraehua,  Aus- 
tralian ;  Hypopachus,  Neotropical ;  Rhinoderma,  Neotropical ;  Jte- 
lopua.  Neotropical;  Copea,  Neotropical. 

Subfam.  3.  Paludicolina. 

Coracoids  and  precoracoids  present ;  also  arciform  cartilages. 
Genus  Paludieola,  Neotropical  region. 

Section  B.  With  maxillary  teeth  at  some  time  o/Ufe,  and  with  a 

tongue. 

Division  I.  Ear  imperfect. 

Fam.  VII.  BoMBiNATORiD^  (Giinther). 

Tympanum  and  cavum  tyampani  present  or  absent;  eustachian 
tubes  always  absent,  or  reduced  to  a  minute  foramen  with  an  absent 
tympanum  {Cacottis) ;  transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  almost 
always  dilated ;  no  parotoid  glands ;  tongue  fixed  in  front ;  toes  free 
or  webbed ;  no  digital  disks ;  arciform  cartilages  present . 

Palcearctic  and  Neotropical  regions,  and  New  Zealand. 

Subfam.  1.  Bombinatorina. 

No  tympanum  ;  no  cavum  tympani ;  eustachian  tubes  rudimentary, 
minute,  or  wanting;  tongue  entirely  adherent;  fingers  free;  toes 
webbed  i  vomerine  teeth ;  vertebrae  opisthocoelian ;  ribs  present ;  a 
fronto-parietal  fontanelle;  prefrontals  in  contact  anteriorly;  one 
coccygeal  cotylus. 

Grenus  Bombinator,  Palsearctic  region. 

Subfam.  2.  Pelobatina. 

No  tympanum  ;  no  cavum  tympani ;  eustachian  tubes,  if  present, 
very  narrow;  tongue  free  behina  (Didoctist),  nearly  entire;  ver- 
tebrsB  procoelian ;  no  ribs ;  vomerine  teeth  ;  "  coccygeal  style  without 
condyloid  articulation,  its  axial  portion  restricting  that  of  the  sacrum 
and  connate  with  it." 

Genera : — Pelobates,  Europe ;  Didocust  Europe. 

Subfam.  3.  Alsodina. 

No  tympanum,  cavum  tympani,  or  eustachian  tubes  (Telmato- 
bills  ?) ;  toes  webbed ;  sacral  vertebra  not,  or  scarcely  dilated  ;  ver- 
tebrae procoelian ;  no  ribs ;  coccyx  attached  by  two  condyles ;  vome- 
rine teeth  present  or  absent. 

Genera: — Alsodes,  Neotropia;  Telmatobius,  Neotropia. 

Subfam.  4.  Cacotina. 

Tympanum  absent,  but  minute  eustachian  tubes ;  sacral  vertebra 
not  dilated ;  toes  quite  free  ;  vomerine  teeth. 

Genus  Cacoiua,  Gunther,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  482,  Neotropia. 


1869.]    MR   Sr.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.      291 

When  readiug  his  paper  hefore  the  Zoological  Society,  Dr.  Giinther 
called  attention  to  the  interesting  and  hiebly  remarkable  parallelism 
between  this  genus  of  South  America  and  the  European  Bomhinator, 

Subfam.  5.  Liopelmatina. 

Tympanum  none  (or  hidden)  ;  no  eustachian  tubes ;  sacral  ver- 
tebra dilated ;  no  vomerine  teeth ;  toes  webbed  at  the  base. 

Grenus  Liopelma,  Fitz.,  and  Giinther,  B.  Mus.  Cat.  MS.,  New 
Zealand. 

Divison  II.  Ear  perfect. 
Subsection  a.  Parotoids, 

Fam.  VIII.  Plectromantid^. 

A  tympanum  and  cavum  tympani;  two  eustachian  tubes,  each 
with  a  considerable  aperture ;  transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra 
not  dilated ;  parotoids  present  as  a  large  oblong  gland  behind  the 
mouth ;  tongue  large,  rounded  and  free  behind ;  toes  nearly  all 
free,  but  with  small  disks ;  no  disks  to  fingers.  [Arciform  cartilages 
present?] 

Genus  Plectromantu,  Neotropical  region. 

Fam.  IX.  AxYTiDiB. 

Answers  to  the  AlytidtE  and  UperoHidce  of  Dr.  Giinther. 

A  tympanum,  cavum  tympani,  and  eustachian  tubes  present; 
transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  parotoid  glands  pre- 
sent ;  tongue  fixed  in  front ;  digits  not  dilated  at  the  tips ;  arciform 
cartilages  present. 

Palsearctic,  Nearctic,  and  Neotropical  regions. 

Subfam.  1.  Alytina. 

Vertebrae  opisthocoelian ;  ribs  present ;  "  first  coccygeal  vertebra 
united  as  usual  with  the  second  or  style,  but  furnished  with  posteriorly 
divergent  diapophyses,  and  attached  to  the  sacral  by  two  cotyloid 
cavities ;  a  fronto-parietal  fontanelle ;  terminal  phalanges  continuous, 
simple." 

Genus  Alytes,  Paleearctic  region. 

Subfam.  2.  Scaphiopodina. 

Vertebrae  procoelian  ;  no  ribs ;  no  coccygeal  diapophyses ;  coccyx 
connate  with  sacrum  ;  terminal  phalanges  continuous,  conic. 
Genus  Scaphiopus,  North  America. 

Subfam.  3.  Uperoliina  (UperoiiidiB,  Giinther). 

Vertebrae  procoelian ;  no  ribs;  coccyx  separate,  attached  to  two 
condyles,  with  no  diapophyses  ;  terminal  phalanges  simple. 

Genera  : — Ht/perolius,  Neotropical  region  ;  Helioporus,  Neotro- 
pical ;  Nattereria,  Neotropical. 


292    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANDROUS  BATRACUIANS.  [Maj  13, 

Fam.  X.  Pelodryadidje  (Giinther). 

A  tympanum,  cavum  tjmpani,  and  eustachian  tubes  present ; 
transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  parotoid  glands  pre- 
sent ;  tongue  fixed  in  front ;  digits  dilated  at  the  tips. 

Genera: — Pht/llomedusa,  Neotropical  region;  Pelodryas,  Aus- 
tralian ;  Chirodtyas,  Australian. 

Subsection  /3.  No  paroioids, 
Fam.  XI.  HvLiDiE  (Giinther). 

A  tympanum,  cavum  tympani,  and  eustachian  tubes  present ; 
transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  no  parotoid  glands ; 
tongue  fixed  in  front ;  digits  dilated  into  disks  at  the  tips  ;  arciform 
cartilages  present ;  coccyx  articulated  by  two  condyles ;  "  fronto- 
parietals shortened  anteriorly,  usually  embracing  a  fontanelle ;  ter- 
minal phalanges  articulated  inferiorly  on  to  the  extremity  of  the 
penultimate,  globular  or  swollen  proximally,  and  giving  rise  to  the 
curved  acute  distal  portion." 

Genera : — Hyla,  Cosmopolitan,  except  Indian  and  Ethiopian  re- 
gions ;  Hylella,  Neotropical ;  Ololygon  (TAoropa),  Neotropical ; 
Pseudacris  (Chorophiliig),  North  American;  Pohlia,  Neotropical; 
Idtoria,  Australian ;  Triprion,  Neotropical ;  Opisihodelphys,  Neo- 
tropical ;  Trachycephalus,  Neotropical ;  Nototrema,  Neotropical. 

Fam.  XII.  PolypedatiojB  (Giinther). 

A  tympanum,  cavum  tympani,  and  eustachian  tubes  present; 
transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  not  dilated ;  no  parotoid 
glands ;  tonfi;ue  fixed  in  front ;  arciform  cartilages  present  or  absent ; 
digits  dilated  at  the  tips. 

Answers  to  the  Polypedatida  and  Hylodida  of  Dr.  Giinther. 

Cosmopolitan,  except  Palsearctic  region. 

Subfam.  1.  Polypedatina. 

Coracoids  and  precoracoids,  but  no  arciform  cartilages;  simple 
coccyx  attached  by  two  cotyloid  cavities;  manubrium  bony.  No 
fronto- parietal  fontanelle ;  toes  almost  always  more  or  less  webbed. 

Genera: — Ixalus,  Indian  and  Ethiopian  regions;  Megalixalns*, 

?;   Hylarana,  Indian  and  Ethiopian;  Leptomantisf,  Indian; 

HylambaieSf  Ethiopian;  P/atymantis,  Indian  and  Polynesia; 
Cornufer,  Indian  and  Australian ;  Hemimantis,  Ethiopian ;  Rhaeo- 
pkorus,  Indian ;  Chiromantis,  Ethiopian ;  Polypedates,  Indian  and 
Ethiopian;  ThelodermaX,  Indian;  Rappia,  Indian  and  Australian 
regions  and  the  Seychelles. 

Subfam.  2.  Acridina. 

Arciform  cartilages  present ;  vertebrse  procoelian ;  simple  coccyx 

*  Skeletal  characters  unknown,  but  placed  provisionally  beside  Ixahs. 
+  Placed  here  on  the  authority  of  Peters,  who  says  it  is  so  like  Ixalm. 
%  Placed  here  on  the  authority  of  Cope. 


1869.]    MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIANS.     293 

with  two  condyles ;  terminal  phalanges  curved,  sharp-pointed,  swollen 
at  the  hase,  hjloid ;  ethmoid  never  covered  hy  fronto-parietals. 

Genera: — Acris,  North  America;  Leiylal  (Keferstein),  Costa 
Rica. 

Suhfam.  3.  Hylodina. 

Arciform  cartilages  present ;  vertehrsd  procoelian ;  coccyx  separate, 
attached  to  two  condyles ;  manubrium  wanting,  or  cartilaginous ;  ter- 
minal phalanges  with  a  transverse  limb  {Strabomantis  ?),  not  hyloid. 

Genera : — Elosia,  Neotropical  region ;  Epirhexis,  ,  Neotropical ; 
Phyllobates,  Neotropical;  Hylodes,  Neotropical;  Cropodactylus, 
Neotropical ;  Strabomantis  (?),  Neotropical. 

Subfam.  4.  Calostethina. 

Precoracoids  present,  but  no  arciform  cartilages;  xiphistemum 
and  manubrium  wanting ;  terminal  phalanges  with  transverse  limb  ; 
no  vomerine  teeth. 

CaloitethicUB,  Cope,  Jonm.  Ac.  Philad.  2nd  ser.  vol.  vi.  pt.  2. 

Genus  Calostethus,  Neotropia. 

Fam.  XIII.  Ranidji. 

A  tympanum,  cavum  tympani,  and  eustachian  tubes  present; 
transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  not  dilated;  no  parotoid 
glands ;  tonsue  fixed  in  front ;  arciform  cartilages  present  or  absent ; 
digits  not  duated  at  the  tips. 

Answers  to  the  Banida  and  Cyatignathidae  of  Dr.  Giinther. 

Cosmopolitan. 

Subfam.  1.  Ran  in  a. 

No  arciform  cartilages ;  manubrium  with  a  strong  bony  style ; 
xiphistemum  similar ;  no  fronto-parietal  fontanelle ;  no  mandibular 
teeth. 

Genera : — Rafutf  all  regions  except  the  Australian  region ;  Odon* 
jtphrymu^  Neotropical ;  Dieroghssus,  Indian ;  OxygloMua^  Indian ; 
PArynobatraehus,  Ethiopian;  Hoplobatrachus,  Indian;  PhrynO' 
gloinu  (?  skeletal  characters  unknown,  but  otherwise  very  like  Oxy- 
glouus);  C/tiiotor<ni«  (skeletal  characters  unknown), 7 

Subfam.  2.  Cystignathina. 

Arciform  cartilages  present ;  manubrium  wanting  or  cartilaginous 
(except  Limnocharii)  ;  a  styloid  osseous  xiphistemum  with  a  carti- 
laginous disk ;  sometimes  a  fronto-parietal  fontanelle ;  no  mandibular 
teeth. 

Grenera : — Pseudts,  Neotropical  region ;  Pitheeopsis,  Neotropical ; 
Mixophyes,  Australian ;  Pyxicephalus,  Ethiopian  and  Indian ;  Cera- 

tophrys.  Neotropical ;  Zacfuenus, ? ;  Platy plectrum,  Australian ; 

Neobatrachus,  Australian ;  Cyclorhamphus,  Neotropical ;  Limnody* 
nastes,  Australian;  Crinia,  Australian;  Eusophleus,  Neotropical; 
Pleurodema,  Neotropical ;  Leiuperus,  Neotropical ;  Hylorhina,  Neo- 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XX. 


294   MR.  ST.  GEOR6B  HTVART  ON  ANUROUS  BATRACHIAN8.  [May  13| 

tropical;    Limnoeharis,    ?;    CyatignathUf    Neotropical   and 

Ethiopian. 

Sabfam.  3.  Hemiphractina. 

Mandibular  teeth. 

Genus  Hetniphractus,  Neotropical. 

Fam.  XIV.  DiscooLossiDiS  (Giinther). 

A  tympanum,  cavum  tympani,  and  eustachian  tubes  present; 
transverse  processes  of  sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  no  parotoid  glands ; 
tongue  fixed  in  front ;  digits  not  dilated  at  the  tips  ;  ardform  carti- 
lages present  or  absent ;  bony  manubrium  present  or  absent ;  ribs 
present  or  absent ;  mandibular  teeth  present  or  absent. 

Answers  to  both  the  DiseoghuickB  and  the  AMieropkrydida  of 
Dr.  Giinther. 

Cosmopolitan,  except  Nearctic  and  Ethiopian  regLoaB. 

Subfam.  1.  Chiroleftina. 

Vertebrce  procoelian;  no  ribs;  arciform  cartilages  present;  ma- 
nubrium wanting  or  cartilaginous;  fronto-parietal  bones  complete, 
no  fontaneUe;  xiphistemum  a  cartilaginous  plate;  no  mandibular 
teeth. 

Genera: — ChirolepteSj  Australian  region;  Zaehanus(J);  Calyp- 
iocephalus,  Neotropical. 

Subfam.  2.  Asterophrydina. 

Vertebrae  opisthocoelian ;  no  ribs;  areiform  cartilages  present; 
no  mandibular  teeth. 

Genera : — CryptotiSf  Australian  region;  Asierophrys,  Austrafitn ; 
XenophrySi  Indian ;  Megalophrya^  Indian ;  Nannophrys,  Indian. 

Sv^b&m.  3.  PsLODVTiNA. 

Yertebrse  procoelian;  no  ribs;  arciform  cartilages  present;  no 
mandibular  teeth. 

Genera: — Pehdytes,  Palsearctic  region;  Lepfobraehintn^  biAm 
region. 

Subfam.  4.  Discoglossina. 

Vertehne  opisthoccelian ;  short  ribs  present;  ardibrBi  cartilagei 
present ;  no  mandibular  teeth. 

Grenera: — Discoylossus,  Falsearctic  region ;  Zaphrissa,  Palsearctie; 
Latania^  Palaeaictic. 

Subflun»  5.  Arthroleptina. 

No  arciform  cartilages ;  no  ribs ;  precoracoids  present ;  no  man- 
dibular teeth ;  manubrium  and  xiphistemum  bony ;  no  fontaneIle» 
Genus  Arthrolqftis,  Ethiopian  region. 


1869.]  MR.  J.  GOULD  ON  A  NEW  HlTMMIKO«BlRD.  295 

Subfam.  6.  Grypiscina. 

^iform  cartilages  present;    no   ribs  (!);    mandibular   teeth 

ped. 
Uope,  Joum.  Ac.  Philad.  1867,  vol.  vi.  pt.  2,  p.  205. 
Oenns  GiypMOM,  Neotropia. 

Section  C.  No  tongniei  maxillary  teeth  present  or  absent . 
Division  I.  No  mawiUary  teeth. 

Fam.  XV.  Pipidjb. 

A  tympanum  and  an  entirely  bony  cavum  tympani;  eustachian 
tubes  umted,  with  a  single  oral  opening;  transTerse  processes  of 
sacral  Tertebra  dilated ;  no  parotoids ;  no  toneue ;  atlas  and  second 
▼ertebra  confluent;  vast  cartilagmous  xiphoid  and  great  arciform 
cartilages. 

Genus  Ptpa,  Neotropical  region. 

Division  II.  MaxiUary  teeth, 

Fam.  XVr,   DACTYLETHRIDiS. 

A  tympanum  and  an  entirely  bony  cavum  tympani ;  eustachian 
tabes  united,  with  a  single  oral  opening;  transverse  processes  of 
sacral  vertebra  dilated ;  no  parotoids ;  no  tongue ;  atlas  and  second 
vertebra  distinct;  coccyx  and  sacrum  confluent;  moderate  carti- 
laginous xiphoid,  and  no  arciform  cartilages ;  yet  coracoid  and  pre- 
concoid  very  widely  diverging. 

Geniu  Daetylethroy  Ethiopian  region. 


2.  Description  of  a  New  Genus  and  Species  of  the  Family 
TrochiUdm.    By  John  Gould,  F.B.S.  &c. 

Grenus  Orsonympha. 

Oen.  OfUir.— Bill  longer  than  the  head,  stout,  and  with  a  some- 
what downward  curvature;  wings  large  and  sickle-shaped;  tail 
ample  and  forked ;  tarsi  clothed  nearly  to  the  toes,  which  are  of 
moderate  siie ;  the  hinder  toe  and  nail  rather  shorter  than  the  middle 
toe  and  nail. 

Notwithstanding  the  length  and  stoutness  of  the  bill,  I  consider 
this  form  to  be  n^y  allied  both  to  Oxypogon  and  Bamphomicron. 
It  has  the  same  kind  of  brilliant  gular  streak,  a  similar  laxity  of 
plumage,  and  soft  flexible  tail-feathers. 

Orronympha  nobilis. 

Bill  and  legs  black ;  crown  blue,  with  a  streak  of  black  down  the 
centre ;  on  the  throat  a  lengthened  streak  of  brilliant  feathers,  of 
which  those  nearest  the  bill  are  green,  those  which  succeed  are  red- 


296  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  TBE  FISHES  OF  ORISSA.  [May  13, 

dish  purple,  and  those  at  the  tip  purplish  blue,  the  whole  being 
bordered  on  each  side  with  black ;  sides  of  the  neck  and  chest  greybh 
white ;  abdomen,  flanks,  and  under  tail-coverts  mottled  white,  grey, 
and  light  brown ;  back  of  the  neck  and  upper  surface  bronzy  brown ; 
wings  Durplish  brown ;  outer  tail-feather  on  each  side  white,  with  a 
longitudinal  streak  of  bronzy  brown  at  the  tip  of  the  inner  web ;  the 
next  on  each  side  the  same,'  but  the  bronzy  mark  of  greater  extent ; 
the  central  feathers  entirely  bronze,  as  in  Oxypogon, 
Total  length  6  inches,  bill  1  J,  wing  3|,  tail  3,  tarsi  \, 
Remark, — ^This  remarkably  large  and  handsome  species  was  dis- 
covered by  Mr.  H.  Whitely  at  Tinta  in  Peru,  at  an  elevation  of 
11,500  feet. 


3.  On  the  Fishes  of  Orissa. 
By  Surgeon  F.  Day,  F.Z.S.,  F.L.S.— Part  L 

Having  during  the  last  few  months  been  employed  in  conducting 
an  inquiry  into  the  present  state  of  some  of  the  freshwater  fisheries 
on  the  eastern  coast  of  India,  I  propose  in  the  following  paper  giving 
a  list  of  such  species  of  fishes  as  I  obtained  in  the  province  of  Orissa. 
This  portion  of  Bengal  is  comprised  in  one  Commissionership,  com- 
mencmg  in  the  south  at  the  Chilka  lake,  and  terminating  at  Jella- 
sore  in  the  north.  I  have  also  included  a  few  species  from  the 
Cossye  at  Midnapore. 

My  investigations  occupied  December  1868  and  the  foUovring 
month,  and  were  institutea  into  the  condition  of  every  river  which 
empties  itself  into  the  sea,  also  into  the  condition  of  many  tanks, 
and  the  fisheries  at  the  mouth  of  the  Balasore  river.  Although  I 
was  not  so  fortimate  as  to  obtain  many  species  new  to  science,  I  was 
much  gratified  in  procuring  several  of  Hamilton  Buchanan's  and 
M'Clelland's  fish  whose  existence  has  been  doubted,  or  which  have 
been  referred  to  different  species  or  genera  or  even  renamed. 

Before  commencing  the  list  I  may  remaric  upon  the  interesting 
fact  that  at  last  I  have  been  a  vritness  to  fish  being  exhumed  alive 
from  beneath  the  mud  of  an  Indian  tank.  On  January  18, 1  was 
out  fishing  a  tank,  when  I  mentioned  to  an  intelligent  native  official 
my  wish  to  see  fish  exhumed  from  the  mud  of  tanks.  He  remarked 
that  the  LahyrintJdei^  Ophiocephalid^ty  and  RkyncAobdelUda^  be- 
sides the  Sac€obranchu9  and  Ciariiu,  invariably  retire  into  the  mud 
of  tanks  when  the  water  dries  up,  but  denied  that  the  Carps  ever  did 
80.  Pointing  to  a  neighbouring  tank  which  was  almost  dry,  he  ob- 
served that  we  could  at  once  make  the  examination.  I  promised 
a  reward  to  whoever  would  let  me  see  him  exhume  fish,  and  we  ad- 
journed to  the  spot. 

The  tank  was  about  one  acre  in  extent,  and  had  not  above  4  inches 
depth  of  water  at  its  centre,  whilst  its  circumference  vras  suffi- 
ciently dried  un  to  walk  upon.  The  soil  was  a  thick,  consistent, 
bluish  day,  and  I  refused  to  allow  any  one  to  go  nearer  the  water 
than  30  paces*     Six  cooUesset  towork^andinles8  than  five  minutes 


1869.J  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHE8  OF  ORI88A.  297 

extracted  from  at  least  2  feet  below  the  surface  of  the  mud,  two 
specunens  of  the  Ophioeephalu*  punctatus,  Bloch,  and  three  of  the 
Rhynehohdella  aeuleatOy  Willughby.  All  of  these  fish  were  very 
liTely,  and  not  in  the  slightest  degree  torpid.  They  were  covered 
oyer  with  a  thickish  adherent  slime ;  and  on  dissecting  them  at  a 
subsequent  date^  none  contained  ova.  The  natives  stated  that  if  I 
returned  in  about  a  month,  by  which  time  they  expected  the  ground 
would  be  hard  and  caked,  they  were  confident  that  we  shoidd  still 
find  fish  below  the  surface. 

L  Lates  calcarifer,  Bloch. 

Bekkut  (Ooriah). 

This  marine  Perch  ascends  the  rivers  far  beyond  the  influence  of 
the  tides,  following  those  species  which  migrate  to  the  fresh  waters 
for  the  purpose  of  depositing  their  ova.  In  the  Mahanuddi  it  is 
frequently  taken  at  Benki,  about  76  miles  from  the  sea. 

2.  Mesoprion  CHiRTAB,  Cuv.  &  Yal. 
Soo9ta  (Ooriah). 

B.Tiii.  D.  IJ.  P.  19.  V.i.  A.|.  C.  17.  L.I.  54.  L.tr.^. 
Caec  pyl.  6. 

The  form  I  obtained  was  the  young  3f.  annularis^  C.  &  Y.,  at 
Chanderpore,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Balasore  river,  where  I  examined 
the  stake-nets  on  three  different  days  during  the  spring  tides,  and 
obtained  several  species  of  fish  and  two  sorts  of  sea-snakes,  one  of 
the  latter  of  which  bit  my  leffheel  whilst  wading  in  the  sea  amongst 
the  fishing-nets.  I  procured  specimens,  and  I  find  it  to  be  the 
Enhydrina  hengalieims^  Gray.  As  the  fangs  drew  blood,  I  am  in- 
clined to  thuik  that  perhaps  the  reptile  had  discharged  his  venom 
on  some  fish  previously  to  trying  his  teeth  on  my  heel.  I  may  men- 
tion that  I  found  alive  on  the  shore  at  the  same  place  a  very  fine 
specimen  of  that  handsome  Sea-snake  the  Pelamis  bicolor,  Schneider. 

3.  Mesofbion  8ILLAOO,  Cuv.  &  Yal. 
Purruwa  (Ooriah). 

B.vii.    D.|^.    P.  17.    Y.i.    A.|.    C.  17.    L.1.50.    L.tr.l 

Some  fine  specimens  of  this  fish  were  taken  in  the  sea  at  Chan- 
derpore ;  I  likewise  saw  many  which  had  been  dried  in  the  sun. 

4.  Ambassis  alta,  Cuv.  &  Yal. 
Chandee  (Ooriah). 

B.Yi.    D.7\^,.    P.  11.    V.i.    A-i^,.    C.17.    L.1.58. 

Several  spines  about  the  head ;  six  directed  backwards  on  the  pre- 
orbital ;  one  moderately  strong  one  is  placed  on  the  centre  of  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  orbit,  and  five  more  along  its  lower  edge.  On 
the  centre  of  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  is  a  similar  spine,  with 


298  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  VI8HE8  OF  ORI884.  [May  13« 

five  more,  deoreasiiig  in  size,  along  its  superior  half.    The  borigontal 
limh  of  the  praooperculam  with  a  doable  denticulated  margin, 
Bab.  Rivers  and  tanks  of  Orissa, 

5.  Ambassis  PHVia*  H.  Buchanan. 
€ioa  ekuppi  (Ooriah). 

B.vi.    D.  7|^.    P.  11.    V,|.    A,i,    C.  19. 

Lower  jaw  much  the  longest.  Three  denticulations  along  the  an* 
terior  edge  of  the  orbit.  Vertical  limb  of  prseoperculum  with  two 
or  three  smtdl  denticulations  at  its  angle  in  the  young,  which  be- 
come blunted  by  age ;  its  horizontal  limb  with  a  double  denticulated 
margin,  which  also  becomes  blunter  in  the  adult.  Other  operdes 
entire.    A  lai^  canine  tooth  on  either  side  of  symphysis  of  lower  jaw. 

Scales  very  minute. 

Lateral  line  at  first  curves  upwards,  and  becomes  horizontal  under 
the  second  dorsal  fin. 

Hab.  Tanks  in  Orissa. 

6.  Ambassis  DU8SX7MIERI,  Cuv.  &  Yal. 
Ckande^  (Ooriah), 

B.  vi.     D.  7 1  ^.     P.  15.     V.  |.     A.  5^.     C.  17.     L.  1,  27. 

L.tr.|. 

Lateral  line  interrupted. 

Hob,  Mostly  in  rivers  even  within  the  influence  of  the  tides,  but 
is  also  found  in  tanks. 

7.  Ambassis  nama,  H.  Buch. 
Carteana  (Ooriah). 

B.  vi.     D.  7|n.     P.  11,     V.|.    A.  ^.     C,  17. 

Lower  jaw  much  the  longest.  One  denticuktion  at  centre  of  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  orbit,  and  another  at  its  posterior  superior 
angle.  Prseorbital  with  three  strong  denticulations  along  its  margin. 
Vertical  limb  of  prseoperculum  entire,  but  two  or  three  deuliculations 
at  its  anffle  becoming  blunter  with  age ;  its  horizontal  Umb  has  its 
double  edge  scarcely  denticulated.     Canine  teeth  in  lower  jaw. 

Lateral  line  entirely  absent. 

Bab.  Tanks. 

8.  Ambassis  uljla,  H.  Buch. 
Laal  chandee  (Ooriah). 

B.vi.    D.7|i^.    P.  11.    V.^.    A.^.    C.  17. 

Length  of  head  a  little  above  |^.  of  pectoral  i,  of  caudal  |  of  the 
total  length.     Height  of  head  \,  of  body  |  of  the  total  length, 

-fiyet.  Diameter  |  of  length  of  bead,  i  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1  diameter  apart. 


1869.]  un.  r.  day  on  the  fishks  or  orissa.  299 

PrsBorbital  ttronglj  serrated;  horizontal  limb  of  prseopereiilain  with 
a  double  denticulated  margin.    No  denticulations  around  the  orbit. 

Scales  minute. 

Lateral  line  entirely  absent. 

Colours  as  described  by  Buchanan.  The  term  lata  is  eyidentlj 
derived  from  "  laal"  "  red/'  the  predominant  colour. 

Hab.  Tanks  in  northern  Orissa,  where  it  grows  to  IjJ  inch  in 
length. 

9.  ThERAPON  TRIVITTATU8,  H.  Buch. 

Gahnu  (Ooriah). 

These  fish  are  frequently  taken  inside  large  medusae. 

Sab,  Seas  and  estuaries  in  salt  or  brackish  water. 

10.  LOBOTES  SURINAMENSIS^  Bloch. 

Chota  bekkut  (Ooriah). 

Not  uncommon  at  Chanderpore  in  the  sea, 

11.  SiixAOO  8iHA>cA«  Forsk. 
Ourama  (Ooriah). 

B.Ti.  D.  10-11  l^o^.  P.  16.  V.i.  A.^.  C.  17.  L.  1.  74. 
C«c.pyl.4.    Vert.  ||. 

No  elongated  spine  in  dorsal  fin.    Teeth  villiform. 
This  species  about  Coconada  begins  to  give  place  to  the  next, 
which  is  most  numerous  in  the  sea  at  Orissa. 

12.  SiLLAGO  DOMINA. 

Gu^  curama  (Ooriah). 

B.  ri.  D.  9 1  ^.  P.  21.  V.  g.  A.  4  C.  1 9.  L.  1.  90. 
Caec.  pyl.  4. 

An  elongated  spine  in  the  first  dorsal  fin. 

Teeth.  An  external  conical  row  in  both  jaws,  with  the  four  krgest 
iu  the  centre  of  the  upper  jaw,  and  several  Tilliform  rows  posterior  to 
them.  A  transverse  semicircular  band  of  villiform  teeth  in  the 
palate. 

13.  MuGiL  coRSULA,  H.  Buch. 
Kmhmda  (Ooriah). 

B.  iv.    D.  4|g.   P.  13.  V.^.   A.|.    C.  13.   L.  1.  50.    L.  tr.  15. 

The  eyes  of  this  species  of  Mullet  are  considerably  elevated,  their 
superior  margin  being  above  the  level  of  the  upper  profile  of  the 
head. 

This  fish  is  very  abundant  in  the  rivers  of  Orissa,  ascending  far 
bejood  tidal  influence.  I  took  considerable  numbers  above  Cuttack, 
or  60  miles  from  the  mouth  of  the  river.  It  grows  to  a  foot  in 
length,  and  is  excellent  eating. 


300  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORISSA.  [Maj  13, 

It  swims  mth  its  snout  on  a  level  witli  the  water,  so  that  its  eyes 
are  above  it ;  immediately  it  perceives  any  one  approaching  it  rapidly 
darts  down  out  of  sight. 

14.  MUGIL  AXILLARIS,  Cuv.  &  Yal. 
Maffi  (Ooriah). 

B;v.    D.4|^.   P.  15.  V.|   A.  J^.   C.  14.   L.1.42.    L.  tr.  14. 
Hab,  The  sea  and  brackbh  waters,  along  with  the  M.  parsia, 

15.  MuGiL  FARSiA,  H.  Buch. 

B.  vi.  D.  4 1|.  P.  14.  V.  1.  A.  ^.  C.  14.  L.  1.  35.  L.  tr.  12. 

I  took  this  species  in  brackish  water  within  tidal  influence,  but 
not  in  the  sea. 

It  grows  to  8  inches  in  length. 

16.  MuGiL  BORMEENSis,  Bleckcr. 

B.  vi.   D.  4|i.   P.  15.  V.^.  A.|.   C.  14.   L.  1.  34.   L.  tr.  13. 
One  specimen  from  Chanderpore  in  the  sea. 

1 7.  ScATOPHAGVs  ARGUS,  Linn. 

Found  in  the  sea  at  Chanderpore,  and  also  ascending  the  mouth 
of  the  river.     Is  not  used  as  food. 

18.  CORYINA  MILES,  CuV.  &  Val. 

Hab.  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

I  may  here  mention  that  I  have  satisfied  myself  that  the  species  I 
named  C.  neilli  in  my  '  Fishes  of  Malabar,'  p.  55,  is  the  C.  albida, 
Cuv.  &  Yal.     I  took  specimens  at  Pondicherry  and  Madras.     The  • 
rays  &c.  were 

B.  vii.     D.  9 1 24^.     A.  f.     L.  1.  53.     L.  tr.  24. 
Dr.  Gunther  gives  them  as  follows  from  the  British  Museum  sped- 
mens :—       D.  10 1  ^.    A.  |.     L.  1.  75.     L.  tr.  7/19. 

19.  CoRviNA  coiTOR,  H.  Buch. 

BotaM,  Puiieriki{Oarhh). 

This  species  ascends  rivers  to  for  beyond  tidal  iuflucuce  far  breed- 
ing-purposes*    1  took  it  above  Cuttack. 

20-  Otolituus  maculatus,  Cuv.  &  Val, 

Birralii  (Ooriah), 

B.  vii.     D.  10]i^,     P,  19.     \\l     A,^,     C,  19. 

This  fi?h,  hitherto  recorded  from  Malaysia,  is  very  com  men  in  the 
sea  Ri  Clmuderpore,  ^here  specimeDs  were  tnketi  up  to  13  bches  m 
length. 


1869.]  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  >I6HK8  OF  ORISSA.  SO] 

21.  BoLA  FAMA,  H.  Buch. 
Botul  (Ooriah). 

B.  Til.       D.  10 1  ^.      V.  i.      A.  f      C.  17.       L.  1.  70-80. 

L.  tr.  ^.     Vert.  24.     C«c.  pyl.  9. 

It  ascends  rivers  for  breeding-purposes  as  far  as  does  the  Corvina 
coitor.  It  erows  to  5  feet  in  length ;  and  if  cooked  directly  it  is 
taken  from  Uie  water,  it  is  fair  eating. 

22.  PoLYMEMUS  FARADI8EUS9  Linn. 
Tupsi  (Ooriah). 

B.  vii.     D.  7  I  ~.     P.  15/yii.    V.  g.    A.  |.    C.  19.     L.  1.  70. 

L.  tr.  ^.    Ceec.  pyl.  5. 

Common  in  the  sea  at  Chanderpore.  I  found  only  five  csecal 
appendages,  and  not  ten,  which  is  said  to  be  the  normal  number. 

23.  P0LYNEMU8  SEXTARirs,  Bloch. 

B.Tii.  D.  8|i5^.  P.  15/vi.  V.|.  A.  ^.  C.  17.  L.1.48. 
L.tr.±. 

Grows  to  7  bches  in  length.     Common  in  the  sea  at  Chanderpore. 

24.  PoLYNEMUS  iMDicus,  Shaw 

B.Tii.  D.  8|~.  P.  20/v.  V.5.  A.  ^E^.  C.  17.  L.  1.62-65. 
L.  tr.  1.    Vert.  ^. 

One  30  lbs.  weight  taken  at  Chanderpore  in  the  sea. 

25.  Trichiurus  savala.  Cut.  &  Val. 
Broga  puttiah  (Ooriah). 

Hah.  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

26.  Scomber  ranagurta,  Cut.  &  Val. 

B.  vi.  D.  8-9  I  ^  I T.  P.  21.  V.  i  A.  jlj  I  v.-yii.  C.  25.  Vert.  if. 

No  prteanal  spines. 

Hah.  Chanderpore  in  the  sea. 

27.  Cybium  guttatum,  Bloch. 

Very  common  at  Chanderpore. 
Hao.  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

28.  Stromateus  argenteus,  Bloch. 
Hah,  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

29.  Strgmateus  cinereus,  Bloch. 
Hah,  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 


302  MR,  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FI8HK8  Of  ORI88A.  [May  13, 

30.  Stromateus  niger^  Bloch. 
Baal  (Ooriah). 

Hah*  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

31.  Caranx  armatxjs,  Forsk. 
Hahn  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

32.  Chorinbmub  lysan,  Forak. 

One  large  specimen  taken  at  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

33.  EauuLA  RucoNiuSy  H.  fiuoh. 

?  Equula  spUndens^  Cut.  &  Yal. 
Tunk^r  ehandet  (Ooriah). 

B.  V.    D-i^.    P.  21.    V.|.    A.  ^.    C,  19.    L,l-68. 

This  species  Dr,  Giinther  has  considered  to  he  the  same  as  the 
E,  intemtpta^  Cav.  &  Yal.,  of  which  he  ohserres,  '*  No  spines  aho?e 
the  orbit;  the  cavity  on  the  head  is  triangular,  and  twice  and  a  half 
as  lonff  as  broad.  The  lower  praooperoular  margin  is  minutelj  ser- 
rated,'^ 

The  following  is  a  description  of  Hamilton  Buohanan's  fish,  which 
I  found  common  in  the  rivers  of  Orissa,  far  beyond  tidal  influence : — 

Length  of  head  |»  of  pectoral  fin  above  \,  of  base  of  first  dorsal }, 
of  base  of  second  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of  anal  \  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  \,  of  body  |,  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of  second  dorsal  i^, 
of  ventral  -A^,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

i^.  Diameter  nearly  \  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end 
of  snout,  and  1  diameter  apart. 

Dorsal  profile  rises  rather  abruptly  to  opposite  the  anterior  third 
of  the  orbit,  and  the  occipital  prooeis  asoends  very  abruptly,  as  shown 
in  Hamilton  Buchanan's  figure. 

Lower  jaw  inferiorly  concave.  Lips  fleshy.  Cavity  on  head 
lanceolate,  half  as  wide  as  long.  Lower  margin  of  prteoperculum 
with  a  strongly  serrated  edge.  Two  strong  sharp  spmes,  one  over 
the  anterior  third  of  the  orbit,  the  other  above  it  and  posterior  to 
the  nostril.  The  upper  margin  of  the  orbit  serrated  in  the  whole 
of  its  posterior  two-thirds. 

f^.  Dorsal  spines  strong,  the  second  being  one-third  as  high 
as  the  body,  and  slightly  longer  but  not  so  strong  as  the  second 
anal  spine.  Third  anal  spine  serrated  on  the  lower  half  of  its  an- 
terior margin.    Caudal  forked,  lower  lobe  slightly  the  longest. 

Scales  minute,  but  firmly  adherent  to  the  fish. 

Lateral  line  in  68  fine  tubes,  and  distinct  from  the  scales.  It 
first  ascends  slightly,  and  opposite  to  the  end  of  the  second  dorsal 
it  proceeds  horizontally. 

Colourt.  Silvery,  shot  with  purple,  and  having  dusky  grejish 
bands  descending  from  the  back  to  the  middle  of  the  body.  Snout 
covered  with  black  spots.  Fins  yellowish.  £yes  with  a  dark  supe- 
rior edging.    A  silver  stripe  is  aonetioiei  appafent  akuig  the  aide  of 


J  If  R.  F.  PAY  ON  TQK  FI«0K9  OV  ORI88At  303 

34,  GoBiua  Giiimis,  H,  Bach, 
€hdd^,  BtaiguUh  (Ooriah). 

Hab^  Tanks  and  rivers  thronghoat  Orissa. 

35,  ApocRYPTva  LANCiBOLATvs,  Blooh. 

PiHaiu  (Ooriah). 

This  fish  resides  in  fresh  or  hrackish  water,  bat  not  beyond  tidal 
influence  so  far  as  I  have  observed ;  the  best  place  to  capture  it 
is  the  mud  at  the  sides  of  rivers.  Considering  its  size,  this  is  a  most 
savage  species,  biting  at  any  other  fish  that  comes  near  it,  and  hold« 
ing  on  vnth  its  teeth  most  tenaciously. 

36«  Afocryftes  bato,  H.  Buch. 

Ruiia  (Ooriah). 

This  fish  inhabits  the  same  localities  as  the  last.  The  largest 
specimen  captured  was  5^  inches  in  length.  Natives  take  them  in 
tne  following  manner :  they  walk  about  in  the  mud*  and  as  soon  as 
they  see  or  feel  a  fish  moving  they  seize  it  with  both  hands, 

37.  BucTSMOOOBius  8TRIAT1I8,  Day. 
MaAturif  NaoUi  (young,  Ooriah). 

The  very  young  have  black  vertical  bands,  most  apparent  in  the 
posterior  half  of  the  body.  '  The  first  dorsal  is  occasionally  stained 
orange. 

Hab.  Found  in  the  rivers  of  Orissa. 

38.  BOLEOPHTHALMUS  BODDABRTII,  Pall. 

Jpoeryptu  punetatus.  Day,  P.  Z.  8.  1867>  p.  941. 

This  fish  climbs  up  rocks  and  on  to  pieces  of  wood,  and  appears 
to  mostly  inhabit  muddy  estuaries.  It  may  be  seen  bobbing  about 
in  the  soil  mud  or  dirty  water  as  the  Muffil  corsula  does  in  rivers. 
In  deep  water  it  becomes  drowned.  It  is  as  savage  as  the  Jpocryp" 
tet  lanceolatvts, 

39.  Elbotris  fusca,  Bloch. 
Bundi,  balah  kera  (Ooriah). 

Hob.  Fresh  and  brackish  waters  along  the  coast,  also  extending 
its  range  beyond  tidal  influence. 

40.  Eleotris  amboinbnsis  7,  Bleeker, 
Gagi  balah  kera  (Ooriah). 

B.iv.    D.  6|^.    P.  17.  V.i.    A.i.    C.  13.    L.  1.  28.  L.  tr.  15. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  4,  of  base  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of  base 
of  second  dorsal  |,  of  base  of  anal  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  ^,  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of  ventral  J,  of  anal  ^ 
uf  the  total  length. 

Eye8.  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  1|  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  \\  diameter  apart. 


304  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  OR1SSA.  [MeJ  13, 

Head  broad,  depressed ;  snout  produced.  The  greatest  width  is 
opposite  the  opercles.  There  b  a  considerable  rise  from  the  snout 
to  the  base  of  the  first  dorsal 

Lower  jaw  the  longest.  The  maxilla  extends  posteriorly  to  be- 
neath the  centre  of  the  orbit.  A  finely  serrated  ridge  along  the 
superior  and  posterior  edges  of  the  orbit,  from  which  in  the  adult  it 
is  divided  by  one  or  two  rows  of  scales.  This  serrated  ridge  is  con- 
tinued towards  the  snout,  dividing  opposite  the  nostrils  and  enclosing 
an  irregular  lanceolate  space  which  extends  close  to  the  margin  of 
the  upper  lip. 

Teeth  in  numerous  fine  villiform  bands,  those  on  the  outer  row 
being  slightly  enlarged. 

Fins.  Base  of  pectoral  rather  muscular,  the  fin  wedge-shaped, 
rays  not  silk-like.     Caudal  cut  square. 

Scales  ctenoid,  but  cycloid  on  the  chest;  they  extend  as  far 
forward  as  the  snout. 

Colours.  Of  a  blackish  stone.  Fins  black,  second  dorsal  and 
caudal  edged  with  white.  Pectoral  also  white,  with  the  exception  of 
two  black  blotches  at  its  base. 

Specimens  were  captured  up  to  2i  inches  in  length  in  the  Balasore 
river.     It  is  said  never  to  be  found  in  salt  water. 

This  species  may  be  the  same  as  Dr.  Bleeker's  fish  from  Amboina. 
Still  in  this  Indian  specimen  there  are  serrated  ridges  extending  along 
the  summit  of  the  head  and  on  to  the  snout,  whilst  the  pectoral  rajs 
are  not  silk-Hke. 

41.  Amblyofus  CiECULus,  Bloch. 

This  species  ascends  rivers  as  far  as  tidal  influence  extends,  even 
into  freshwater.  It  is  found  in  the  same  situations  as  the  Jpocryp^ 
teSf  and  captured  in  the  same  way. 

42.  Badis  buchanani,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Boondei,  kahli  hundahni  (Ooriah). 

B.  vi.     D.  ^.     ?•  12.     V.  |.     A.  ^.     C.  16.     L.  1.  2G-28. 

L.  tr.  |.     Ceec.  pyl.  0. 

Air-bladder  large  and  simple. 

Hah.  Common  in  tanks  in  Orissn,  up  to  3  inches  in  length. 

43.  Nandus  marmoratus,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Bodosi,  Gossiporah  (Ooriali). 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

44.  Anabas  scandens,  Dald. 
Corvu  (Ooriah). 

In  Madras  the  species  o{  Anabas  has  no  ceecal  pylori,  and  its 
body  is  banded. 

At  Tranquebar  and  Pondicherry,  to  the  south  of  Madras,  and 


1869.]  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISQSS  OF  ORI8SA.  305 

Ganjam  and  Orissa  to  the  north,  erery  specimen  dissected  hod  three 
caecal  pylori,  as  stated  by  Cuvier.  Placing  the  two  varieties  together, 
there  does  not  appear  to  be  any  diflPerence  apparent  externally,  except 
in  the  coloration. 

In  the  Ganjam  district  one  was  captured  of  a  deep  orange-colour, 
it  appeared  to  be  quite  healthy,  and  the  fishermen  asserted  that  this 
change  in  colour  is  not  uncommon. 

45.  Trichogaster  fasciatus,  Bloch. 
Kussuah  (Ooriah). 

Hah.  Common  in  tanks. 

46.  Ophiocephalus  marulius,  II.  Buch. 

Saal  (Ooriah). 

The  coloration  of  these  fish  widely  differs  from  the  Madras  speci- 
mens, and  the  ocellated  blotch  on  the  caudal  was  as  distinct  in  a 
specimen  1 6  inches  long  as  in  the  young. 

47.  Ophiocephalus  striatus,  Bloch. 
Sola  (Ooriah). 

Hab,  Common  in  tanks  and  canals. 

48.  Ophiocephalus  gachua,  H.  Buch. 
Cheyung  (Ooriah). 

Uab,  Found  in  tanks,  canals,  and  sluggish  rivers. 

49.  Ophiocephalus  punctatus,  Bloch. 
Cartua  gorai  (Ooriah). 

Hab,  Found  in  tanks,  canals,  and  sluggish  rivers. 

50.  Rhynchobdella  aculeata,  Bloch. 
Gutti  (Ooriah). 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

51.  Mastacemblus  pancalus. 
Turi,  Bahru  (Ooriah). 

Hab,  Rivers  and  tanks. 

52.  Mastacemblus  armatus,  Lacep. 
.  Barm,  Bummi  (Ooriah). 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

53.  Etroplus  suratensis,  Bloch. 

Cundahla  (Ooriah). 

Hab.  Found  in  tanks  in  the  southern  portion  of  Orissa  near  tlie 
sea-coast. 


306  MR.  r.  DAY  ON  THK  ptsHES  or  oRtssA.        [May  l.\ 

54.  Clariab  maovr,  H.  Bach. 
Moffur  (Ooriah). 

Hab.  Tanks. 

55.  SACCORRANCfitTB  ftlKGIO^  H.  Buch. 

Singi  (Oortah). 
Hab.  Tanks. 

56.  WAI.LAGO  ATTU,  Bloch. 

BoaUi,  Baliia,  Moinsia  baUia  (Ooriah). 
Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

b7.  Callichrous  cnecKRA,  H.  Bnch. 
Pobtah  (Ooriah).     "  Butterfish  "  of  Europeans. 
Hab*  BiTers  and  tanks. 

58.  EUTROPIICHTHYS  VACBA»  H.  Buch. 

B.  xi.    D.  ^|0.    P.i.    V.  6.    A.~i|.    C.  17. 

Butehria  (Ooriah). 

Cleft  of  mouth  extending  in  the  adult  to  behind  and  beneath  the 
posterior  extremity  of  the  orbit. 

Teeth.  Yilliform  teeth  in  a  triangular  spot  on  the  romer,  and  in  a 
long  pyriform  shape  on  the  palate ;  the  whole  of  these  with  thoae  on 
the  upper  jaw  are  so  closely  set  together  that  it  may  giye  the  ap- 
pearance on  a  superficial  examination  that  there  are  **  no  teeth  on 
the  palate,''  as  remarked  by  Dr.  Gunther. 

59.  PSEUDEUTROPIUS  ATHBRINOIDS8,  Bloch. 

Battulit  Jenmi  carri^  B^^otaue  (Ooriah). 
Hab.  Riyers  and  tanka. 

60.  Psbudeutropius  MURrus,  H.  Buch. 

JSWfroptut?  Mtirtno,  Giinth.  Cat.  y.  p.  54. 
Mohui  (Bengali). 

D.||0..  P.  n-     V.  6.    A.  i.    C.  17. 

Snout  rounded,  upper  jaw  oyerhanging  the  lower  to  a  slight  ex- 
tent. The  angle  of  the  mouth  is  under  and  dose  to  the  anterior 
third  of  the  orbit.  Nasal  cirrus  extends  from  between  the  two 
nostrils  to  opposite  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit.  Maxiflary 
cirrus  arises  opposite  the  centre  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit, 
and  extends  to  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin.  Hie  khut  mandibolar 
cirri  arise  on  a  transyerse  line  just  behind  the  lower  lip,  and  extend 
to  sHghUy  behind  the  yertical  ntMn  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 
Eyeslateral. 

Out  of  sixteen  specimens,  the  laigest  was  6  inches ;  it,  however, 
was  said  to  ^w  to  a  greater  size.  Those  I  obtained  were  from  the 
Cossye  at  Midns|>ore. 


1869.]  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THIS  FISHfeS  OF  ORISBA.  307 

61.  PSBUDBTTTROPltTS  OARUA«  H.  Buch. 

Punia  bucAua  (Ooriab).    Pulton  (Bengali). 
B.vi.    D.i|0.    P.  ^.    V.  6.    A.  2^.     C.  17. 

This  ftpecies  forms  the  tjrpe  of  the  genus  Schilbeiehihys,  Bleeker^ 
which  differs  from  the  Pseudeutropius  chiefly  in  having  no  second 
or  adipose  dorsal  fin. 

I  have  taken  a  large  nnmher  of  the  young  of  this  ftpecies  from  4 
to  9  inches  in  length,  and  find  that  the  adipose  dorsal,  though  small^ 
is  distinct  in  the  fW ;  but  as  the  size  of  the  specimens  increases  up 
to  6  or  7  inches  it  has  either  almost  or  entirely  disappeared,  and  is 
inrariably  absent  in  the  adult. 

I  therefore  cousider  the  species  to  be  a  Pseudeutroptui ;  fbt  the 
difference  which  exists  in  the  nostrils  between  it  and  some  others  of 
the  genus  is  insufficient  for  more  than  a  specific  division. 

Juab.  Bivers  of  Orissa  and  the  Gossye  at  Midnapore. 

62.  AiLiA  BENOALI1S1V818,  Gray. 
Putiuliy  Bounce  puttri  (Ooriah). 
Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

63.  Fangasitjs  buchakani,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Hab,  Ascends  rivers  far  beyond  tidal  influence. 

64.  SiLUNDIA  6AN6ETICA,  CuV.  &  Tal. 

JiUujiff,  Sillund  (Ooriah). 

Hab.  Taken  in  the  same  places  as  the  last. 

65.  Macrones  catasius,  H.  Buch. 
Guntea,  Cuntea  (Ooriah). 

Hab,  Rivers  and  tanks. 

^^.  Macrones  aor,  H.  Buch. 

Allif  Arriah  alii ;  if  young,  Gugah  alii  (Ooriah). 

Hab,  Rivers  and  tanks. 

67.  Macrones  tengara,  H.  Buch, 
Bikuniia  (Ooriah). 
Sab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

58.  Macrones  corsula,  H.  Buch. 

Punjah  gagah  (Ooriah). 

B.  xf  D.i|0.    P.i.    V.  6.    A.?.    C.  17. 

Hanilton  Buebanan  has  given  an  engraving  of  this  species  {  but 
the  description  was  omitted  from  the  *  Fishes  of  the  Ganges/ 

Length  of  head  h  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  first  dorsal  ^  of  base 
of  adipMe  donal  y^,  of  base  of  anal  -^^  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total 


308  MR.  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORISSA.  [Maj  13« 

length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  ^,  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of  adipose 
dorsal  y^,  of  ventral  ^,  of  anal  |  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  \  of  length  of  head,  2  diameters  from  end  of 
snout,  2  diameters  apart. 

Mouth  antero-inferior ;  upper  jaw  the  longest,  its  posterior  extre- 
mity does  not  reach  so  far  as  to  below  the  centre  of  the  orbit.  Nasal 
cirri  extend  to  opposite  the  middle  of  the  orbit,  maxillary  cirri  to 
the  base  of  the  anal  fin,  the  external  mandibular  to  the  base  of  the 
p^toral,  and  the  internal  to  opposite  the  posterior  extremity  of  the 
pra^opcrculum.  The  central  longitudinal  groove  along  the  summit  of 
the  head  reaches  to  the  base  of  the  occipital  process,  which  latter  is 
short  its  whole  length,  not  being  equal  to  one  diameter  of  the  orbit. 

Fina,  Dorsal  spine  slender  and  equals  half  the  length  of  the  bead 
in  extent ;  it  is  slightly  serrated  posteriorly  in  its  upper  fourth. 
Pectoral  spine  strong,  flattened,  rugose  externally,  and  serrated  in 
its  whole  extent  internally ;  it  is  slightly  longer  than  the  dorsal  spine. 
Caudal  deeply  forked,  upper  lobe  the  longest. 

Lateral  line  ceases  at  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Colours,  Greybh  brown  superiorly,  dirty  white  inferiorly.  Fins 
greyish,  stained  with  black,  several  vertical  rows  of  black  spots  along 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  lateral  line. 

Three  specimens  obtained  from  the  Mahanuddi  river  at  Cuttack, 
the  longest  being  8  inches. 

69.  Rita  kuturnee,  Sykes. 

Rita  buchanani,  Bleeker. 
Mussayahri,  cunta  gagah  (Ooriah). 
Hab.  Rivers  of  Orissa. 

70.  ArIUS  THALASSINUS,  RUpp. 

Cuntea  (Ooriah). 

At  Chanderpore  large  numbers  were  taken  in  the  sea ;  some  were 
of  a  very  large  size.  They  are  much  esteemed  by  the  natives  as 
food. 

71.  Hemipimelodus  cenia,  II.  Buch. 

Jungla  (Bengali). 

This  species  appears  to  have  been  entirely  overlooked  in  the 
'  Catalogue  of  Fishes.' 

B.vi.    D.^JO.     P.f    V.6.    A.i.     C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  first  dorsal  nearly  ^, 
of  base  of  adipose  dorsal  ■^^■,  of  base  of  anal  ^^  of  caudal  J^  of  the 
total  length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  ^,  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of  ven- 
tral nearly  ^,  of  anal  J  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  High,  covered  by  skin,  diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1 
diameter  from  end  of  snout,  I  diameter  apart. 

Body  fusiform,  with  compressed  sides.  A  considerable  rise  from 
the  snout  to  above  the  orbit.     Snout  overhanging  the  mouth,  upper 


1869.]  MR.  p.  DAY  ON  THE  PISHES  OF  ORISSA.  309 

jaw  the  longest,  the  angle  of  the  month  is  situated  about  midway 
between  the  snout  and  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit.  Maxillary 
cirrus  osseous  in  its  basal  half;  it  extends  nearly  to  the  base  of  the 
pectoral  fin.  The  four  mandibular  cirri  arise  in  a  transverse  line 
just  behind  the  margin  of  the  lower  jaw;  they  only  extend  to  opposite 
the  middle  of  the  orbit.  The  occipital  process  is  one-third  as  wide 
at  its  base  as  it  n  long ;  it  extends  to  the  basal  bone  of  the  first 
dorsal  fin.  The  superior  longitudinal  s;rooTe  is  wide,  but  rather 
shallow,  becoming  indistinct.  For  a  short  distance  opposite  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  orbit,  its  upper  portion  extends  nearly  to  the 
base  of  the  occipital  process,  which,  as  observed  b^  Buchanan,  may 
be  r^arded  as  a  point  from  which  seven  bony  ndges  arise.  The 
upper  surface  of  the  head  granulated.  Nostrils  large  and  placed 
close  together ;  no  well-developed  valve  to  the  posterior  one. 

Teeth,  Five  in  both  jaws,  none  on  the  palate. 

Fins.  Dorsal  spine  strong,  anteriorly  rugose.  Pectoral  spine 
somewhat  stronger  and  of  the  same  length  as  the  dorsal ;  it  is  ser- 
rated internally,  rough  externally.  The  ventrals  arise  posterior  to 
the  vertical  from  the  last  dorsal  rays.     Caudal  deeply  forked. 

Lateral  line  ceases  at  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Colours.  Yellowish  bronze,  becoming  silvery  on  the  abdomen ; 
three  dark  bands  over  the  head,  and  xoxa  more  over  the  back,  de- 
scending as  low  as  the  lateral  line.  A  black  edging  to  the  caudal, 
and  a  black  blotch  on  each  lobe.   A  dark  mark  across  the  dorsal  fin. 

It  grows  to  about  3  inches  in  length,  and  is  abundant  in  the  Cos- 
sye  river  at  Midnapore. 

72.  Bagarius  yarrellii,  Sykes. 
SahluH,  Cart  euntea  (Ooriah). 
Hab.  Rivers  of  Orissa. 

73.  Gagata  typus,  Bleeker. 
Callomystax  gagata^  Giinther. 

This  species  was  Dr.  Bleeker's  type  of  the  genus  Gagata^  of  which 
Dr.  Giinther  remarks,  "Dr.  v.  Bleeker  does  not  appear  to  have 
been  acquainted  with  this  fish  ;  so  that  not  only  the  characters  of  the 


genus  wuich  he  proposed  for  it  are  incorrect,  but  it  is  also  improperly 
referred  to  the  •  phalanx '  of  Arih  and  to  the  '  stirps '  of  Bagrini.  * 
He  therefore  renamed  the  genus,  taking  the  same  species  as  his 
type ! 

The  air-bladder  is  divided  into  two  portions,  and  enclosed  in  a 
bony  capsule  formed  from  the  bodies  of  the  anterior  vertebrae. 

It  grows  to  1  foot  in  length,  and  b  common  in  the  rivers  of 
Orissa. 

74.  Belone  CANCiLA,  H.  Buch. 
Gungituri  (Ooriah). 
Hab.  Common  in  rivers  and  tanks. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 18i)9,  No.  XXL 


310  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  NEW  ANNELIDKS.  [Maj  13, 

75.  Hemiramphus  ectvntio,  H.  Buch. 
Gungituri  (Ooriah). 

D.  ^.     P.  1 1.     V.  6.     A.  ^.     C.  15.     L.  1.  52.     L.  tr.  7/4. 

Length  of  head  j»  of  pectoral  -^,  of  hase  of  dorsal  h  of  base  of 
anal  j^,  of  caudal  \  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  -^,  of  body 
^,  of  dorsal  -j^,  of  ventral  ^^^  of  anal  A  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  From  1  ^  to  2  diameters  from  tne  posterior  extremity  of  the 
opercle>  and  1  diameter  apart. 

Prseorbita)  one- third  longer  than  high.  Upper  jaw  nearly  trian- 
gular, its  base  slightly  longer  than  its  length ;  it  is  keeled  along  its 
central  line. 

Teeth  in  both  jaws,  also  on  palatines. 

Fin9,  Dorsal  commences  somewhat  in  advance  of  the  anal ;  the 
ventral  nearly  midway  between  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  and 
the  base  of  the  caudal  fin,  which  last  is  lobed,  the  lower  being  the 
longest. 

Scales  scarcely  dedduous^  covering  the  body,  and  existing  between 
the  orbits  and  over  the  prvorbital ;  none  on  the  bases  of  the  fins. 

Lateral  line  runs  the  lower  fourth  of  the  abdomen. 

Colours,  Greenish  above,  silvery  below.  A  burnished  silvery  line 
extends  from  above  the  orbit  to  the  centre  of  the  caudal  fin  ;  it  is 
widest  over  the  anal,  where  it  has  a  dark  edge  along  its  upper  margin. 
Dorsal  and  caudal  stained  at  their  edges. 

This  fish  is  very  numerous  in  the  rivers  of  Orissa ;  it  has,  bow- 
ever,  been  placed  amongst  the  "  doubtful  species  "  in  the  Catalogue 
of  the  British  Museum. 

76.  Haplocheilus  pancuax,  U.  Buch. 
Kanakuri  (Ooriah). 

Hab.  Tanks  and  rivers  throughout  Orissa. 

77.  Haplocheilus  melastigma,  M'Clelland. 
Panchax  cyanophtAalmus,  Blyth. 

D.  |.     P.  1 1.     V.  6.     A.  |.     C.  13.     L.  1.  29.     L.  tr.  13. 
II ab.  This  species  is  not  uncommon  in  tanks  in  Orissa. 


4.  Descriptions  of  some  new  Suctorial  Ajinelides  in  the  Col- 
lection of  the  British  Museum.  By  W.  Baird,  M.D., 
F.R.S.,  &c. 

Genus  Branchellion,  Savigny. 

1.  Branchellion  intybi folium,  Baird. 

Body  elongate,  very  concave  ventrally,  convex  dorsally,  consisting 
of  about  48  segments,,  which  are  transversely  striated  on  the  back. 
Neck  distinct  from  the  body,  consisting  of  10  or  12  short,  narrow 
segments.     Oral   sucker   small.     Ventral   sucker  large,   circularly 


1869.]  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  NEW  ANNE1.IDBS.  311 

Striated  round  the  external  margin,  and  studded  with  granules  in- 
ternally, at  the  bottom  of  the  cup.  Both  suckers  are  plaited  on 
the  margins.  Each  segment  from  the  commencement  of  the  body 
to  within  four  of  the  posterior  sucker  is  furnished  on  each  side  with 
a  large  foliaceous  appendage,  which  is  sessile,  simple  on  the  margin, 
but  puckered  and  sinuated  like  the  leaf  of  the  enai?e. 

The  only  specimen  the  British  Museum  possesses  is  of  a  uniform 
very  dark  colour^  the  edges  of  the  posterior  sucker  excepted,  which 
are  much  lighter. 

Length  about  Ij  inch,  breadth  (of  body)  4  or  5  lines*. 

The  habitat  is  unknown.  The  specimen  was  added  to  the  Museum 
collection  by  the  late  Mr.  H.  Cuming. 

2.  Branchellion  lineare,  Baird. 

Body  linear-elongate,  flnttened,  distinctly  annulated.  Segments 
of  body  about  32,  those  of  neck  not  so  distinct  as  those  on  the  body, 
and  about  10  or  12  in  number.  The  neck  is  separated  from  the 
body  by  a  well-marked  constriction,  but  is  nearly  equal  in  diameter 
to  the  body.  The  oral  disk  is  circular  and  smooth,  or  only  finely 
striated  interior]^.  The  ventral  is  considerably  larger,  circular,  and 
densely  granulated  within  the  cup.  The  disks  are  slightly  excentral. 
Branchiform  lateral  appendages  simple,  not  puckered  on  the  margin. 

Length  about  6  lines,  breadth  about  1  line. 

This  species  was  taken  from  a  species  of  Muatelus  in  King  George* s 
Sound,  N.  Australia,  by  Mr.  Rayner,  Surgeon  to  H.M.S.  *  Herald.' 

3.  Branchellion  punctatum,  Baird. 

Body  narrow,  elongate,  nearly  flat  on  both  ventral  and  dorsal 
surfaces,  distinctly  annulated.  Segments  somewhat  striated  on  their 
backs,  those  of  the  body  about  32  in  number.  Neck  indistinctly 
annulated.  Ventral  surface  light-coloured ;  dorsal  dark,  with  nu- 
merous small,  round,  yellow  spots  scattered  over  the  surface.  The 
oral  sucker  is  much  smaller  than  the  ventral,  the  margin  thickened, 
and  the  cup  is  minutely  granulated  interiorly.  Ventral  sucker  large, 
quite  terminal,  shallow,  and  with  larger  granulations  on  its  interior 
surface.  Branchiform  appendages  larger  on  the  posterior  portion 
of  the  body,  simple,  not  puckered  on  the  margin. 

Length  of  largest  specimen  nearly  1|  inch,  breadth  about  2  lines. 

The  only  specimen  we  possess  in  tl)e  British  Museum  collection 
was  taken  from  a  species  of  Myliobatea  caught  in  King  George*s 
Sound,  N.  Australia,  by  Mr.  Rayner,  Surgeon  of  H.M.S.  *  Herald.' 

Genus  Eubranchella,  Baird. 

Margins  of  body  furnished  with  linear,  pinnated,  instead  of  broad, 
foliaceous,  appendages,  much  more  resembling  true  branchise  than 
those  in  Branchellion.  Neck  separated  from  the  body.  Head  small, 
leech-like. 

*  Tho  species  dencribed  in  this  paper  are  all  preserved  in  spirits ;  and  beijij; 
more  or  less  corriigatetl  by  the  spirit,  the  diinensions  are  only  approximative. 


312  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  NEW  ANNELIDES.  [May  13, 

EUBRANCHBLLA  BRANCHIATA. 

Hirudo  branchiata,  Menzies,  Linn.  Tinns.  i.  188,  tab.  xriii.  fig.  3. 

Polydora  testudinum^  Okeo. 

BrancheUion  pinnaittm,  Sayignj,  Gnibe. 

Branchiobdella  metmesi,  De  BlainyiUe,  Diesing. 

This,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  is  the  only  species  of  this  genus  known. 
Savignj  was  the  first  to  recognize  it  as  belonging  to  a  different  genus 
from  BrancheUion,  Diesing  and  Moquin-Tandon  appear  to  con- 
sider the  species  doubtful ;  but  Mr.  Rajner,  Surgeon  of  H.M.S. 
■  Herald,*  succeeded  in  taking  it  from  a  turtle  in  Sharks'  Bay,  Aus- 
tralia, eleven  or  twelve  years  ago.  The  animal  is  only  half  an  inch 
long. 

Genus  PoNTOBOKLUi,  Leach. 

1 .  PONTOBDBLLA  AFRA,  BainL 

Body  cylindrical,  ventricose  in  the  middle,  attenuated  at  each  ex- 
tremity, slightly  posteriorly,  but  more  so  anteriorly.  Segments  en- 
circled with  a  series  of  rather  large  warts,  each  wart  being  circular 
in  form,  rather  flattened,  and  covered  with  a  series  of  smaller  warts 
or  minute  tubercles  on  its  centre.  The  neck  oonsist^of  12  segments, 
every  third  one  being  the  largest  and  warty,  the  intervenmg  ones 
quite  smooth,  and  is  separated  from  the  body  by  five  narrow  smooth 
segments.  The  acetabulum  or  ventral  sucker  is  much  larger  than 
the  head,  which  is  very  small  in  comparison  and  armed  on  its 
margin  with  six  rather  small  nodules  or  conical  tubercles,  three  on 
each  side. 

The  postoccipital  segment  is  armed  with  a  row  of  simOar  small 
conical  tubercles,  differing  from  the  warts  on  the  body.  The  colour 
of  this  Leech  is  a  dark  olive,  or  of  a  blackish  hue. 

The  worm  is  about  4^  inches  long,  and  the  largest  portion  of 
the  body  is  about  2|  inches  in  circumference. 

The  only  specimen  the  Museum  possesses  is  ticketed  *'San 
Vicente,*'  and  was  presented  to  the  collection  by  the  Rev.  R.  T. 
Lowe,  late  of  Madeira. 

2.  PONTOBDELLA  PLANODISCUS,  Baird. 

Body  much  flattened,  attenuated  at  the  anterior  extremity.  S^- 
ments  surrounded  with  a  row  of  conical  raised  warts,  each  wart 
having  two  or  three  small  nodules  on  the  upper  surface.  The  neck 
consists  of  12  s^ments,  all  of  which  are  warty,  the  warts,  however, 
being  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  body,  from  which  it  b  sepa- 
rated by  five  warty  rings.  The  acetabulum  is  considerably  larger 
than  the  head,  is  quite  plane,  not  hollowed  at  all,  and  r^yed  exter- 
nally with  numerous  rather  broad  bands  of  brown.  The  head  is 
small  and  puckered  round  the  ed^es,  and  has  six  small  conical  papilhe 
on  the  margin,  three  on  each  side,  not  in  a  line  with  each  other 
but  set  in  a  triangular  manner,  two  on  the  same  plane,  the  third, 
forming  the  apex  of  the  triangle,  at  some  little  distance  from  the 
uiargin.     The  body  b  marked  on  the  anterior  portion  and  the  neck 


1869.]  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  NEW  ANNELIDBS.  313 

with  rather  narrow  circular  bands  of  dark  brown  on  a  yellowish 
ground. 

We  possess  only  one  specimen  of  this  species.  It  was  collected  in 
Possession  Bay,  Patagonia,  by  Dr.  Cunningham,  naturalist  to  the  late 
Surveying  Expedition  to  the  Straits  of  MageUan. 

Length  of  body  about  2  inches,  breadth  (at  broadest  part)  about 
4  lines. 

3.  PONTOBDELLA  VARIEGATA,  Baird. 

Body  cylindrical,  somewhat  fusiform,  much  attenuated  at  the  an- 
terior  extremity.  Posterior  extremity  the  larger  in  circumference, 
gradually  tapering  towards  the  head.  Segments  covered  with  smooth, 
conical,  rounded  warts,  of  nearly  uniform  sise.  The  neck  is  com- 
posed of  10  or  11  segments,  and  is  separated  from  the  body  by  five 
narrower  ones,  all  the  segments  being  slightly  warty.  The  aceta- 
bulum b  considerably  larger  than  the  head,  which  is  smooth  on  its 
margin,  having  no  nodcues  round  the  rim.  The  body  is  marked 
with  spots  of  a  deeper  brown  colour  on  a  yellowish  ground,  and  the 
acetabulum  b  rayed  with  the  same  hue. 

We  possess  two  specimens, — one  in  very  good  preservation  from 
the  Straits  of  MageUan,  presented  by  the  Lords  of  the  Admiralty ; 
the  other  from  Possession  Bay,  Patagonia,  collected  by  Dr.  Gun* 
ningham  along  with  the  preceding  species. 

One  specimen  (somewhat  contracted)  measures  about  2|  inches 
in  length,  the  other  (more  relaxed)  is  nearly  3  inches  long ;  circum* 
ference  (at  the  broadest  part)  1^  inch. 

4,  PONTOBDBLLA  BAYMERI,  Baird. 

Body  cylindrical,  much  attenuated  at  the  anterior  extremity. 
Segments  surrounded  with  raised  conical  warts,  each  wart  having 
several  small  warts  on  its  summit.  The  neck  is  elongated,  and  sur- 
rounded, as  is  the  body,  with  warts.  It  consists  of  12  segments, 
and  is  almost  continuous  with  the  body,  being  slightly  separated 
from  it  by  five  warty  rings.  The  acetabulum  is  larger  than  the  head, 
faintly  raved  with  brown,  and  somewhat  puckered  round  the  margin. 
The  head  is  small,  circular,  and  the  margin  has  six  small  conical 
papillse.  On  the  side  of  the  head  are  two  well-marked  brown  spots, 
somewhat  triangular  in  shape.  The  warts  on  the  body  are  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  present  one  row  of  large  ones,  and  two  rows  of  smaller 
ones  succeeding  it ;  that  is  to  say,  every  third  row  of  warts  is  the 
lai^t. 

When  relaxed,  the  length  is  about  1  inch ;  when  corrugated  by  the 
spirit  it  diminishes  one-fourth. 

Hab.  Found  on  a  species  of  Rhinobatis  in  Sharks'  Bay,  Australia. 
Collected  by  Mr.  Rayner,  Surgeon  H.M.S.  *  Herald.' 

Genus  Aulastoma,  Moquin-Tandon. 
1.  AiJLASTOMA  PLANUM,  Baird. 
Body  flattened,  sUghtly  convex  dorsally,  very  fiat  ventrally,  at- 


314  DR.  W.  BAIRI)  ON   NEW  ANNRL1DES.  [May  13, 

tenuated  anteriorly,  broadest  about  the  centre.  Colour  of  a  light 
olive,  uniform  underneath,  but  marked  with  irregular  black  spots  on 
the  back.  Rings  rather  narrow,  with  an  indistinct  keel  along  both 
dorsal  and  Tentral  surfaces  of  each.  Oral  sucker  rather  small, 
ventral  large.     Anus  large.     Teeth  on  the  jaw  nearly  black. 

Length  of  body  (in  spirits)  3  inches,  breadth  (at  broadest  part) 
9  lines. 

Hab,  Cuba  ?  From  the  collection  of  the  late  Mr.  John  Christy, 
F.R.S.  &c. 

2.  AuLASTOMA  EXiMio-STRiATUM,  Baird. 

Body  flattened,  especially  on  the  ventral  surface,  slightly  at- 
tenuated at  each  extremity,  but  more  so  anteriorly  ;  broadest  about 
the  centre.  Back  olive- coloured,  speckled  with  black  spots  or  marks 
scattered  profusely  over  the  surface  ;  ventral  surface  of  a  uniform 
colour,  lighter  than  the  back.  Rings  very  distinct,  particularly  well- 
marked  at  the  sides,  which  appear  as  if  crenate ;  on  the  back  they 
are  marked  with  very  numerous,  minute  fine  strife,  which  are  best 
seen  when  the  specimen  is  taken  out  of  spirits.  Oral  sucker  small ; 
ventral  moderate  and  rather  deep,  granose  on  outer  edge.  Anus  large. 

Length  about  2  inches,  breadth  about  8  lines. 

Hab.  ?     Old  collection. 

Genus  Hirudo,  Linnseus. 

1.  Hirudo  inconcinna,  Baird. 

Body  much  depressed,  of  a  uniform  dark  olive-colour,  somewhat 
lighter  underneath,  much  attenuated  at  anterior  extremity.  Body 
broad  posteriorly,  coarsely  annulated ;  surface  of  rings  roughly 
wrinkled.  Oral  sucker  small ;  ventral  large,  shallow,  bordered  with 
a  smooth  margin,  distinctly  ra^iately  plaited  on  interior  surface,  and 
covered  with  flat  granulations  externally,  or  as  it  were  tesselUted. 

Breadth  of  anterior  portion  immediately  below  the  oral  sucker 
3  lines,  breadth  at  broadest  part  of  body  9  lines ;  diameter  of  ventral 
sucker  5  lines ;  length  of  body  4  inches. 

Hab.  Ceylon  (Sir  A,  Smith,  M,D,). 

Several  species  of  Leeches  are  found  in  Ceylon,  and  are  particu- 
larly mentioned  by  the  late  Sir  J.  £.  Tennent  in  his  history  of  that 
island.  This  may  be  the  Leech  mentioned  by  him  in  vol.  i.  p.  305 
(footnote),  which  was  observed  by  Mr.  Thwaites  at  Kolona  koole, 
but  which  he  was  not  able  to  examine  particularly.  He  describes 
it  "  as  flatter  and  of  a  darker  colour  "  than  the  paddy-field  Leech 
{Homop^is  9anguisorba)  of  Ceylon. 

2.  Hirudo  lowei,  Baird. 

Body  depressed,  concave  on  ventral  surface,  slightly  convex  dor- 
sally,  of  a  uniform  ohve-colour,  rather  lighter  underneath.  No 
bands  or  marks  on  the  surface  to  be  seen.  Attenuated  anteriorly. 
Body  distinctly  annHlated  ;  rings  very  irregular,  contracted  at  about 
every  fourth  or  fiilh,  the  fourth  or  fifth  being  smaller  than  the  rest. 


1869]  OR    W.  BAIRD  ON  NEW  ANNEL1DE8.  315 

and  as  it  were  sunk  beneath  the  others.  Rings  beset  with  spinulous 
toberdesy  about  30  or  35  in  number.  In  many  the  spines  are  onlj 
on  the  lower  edge  of  the  ring  and  point  downwards.  Oral  sucker 
small ;  ventral  deep  and  large,  much  plaited  both  internallj  and  on 
the  external  margin,  and  covered  externally  with  spinulous  tubercles. 

Length  nearly  3  inches,  breadth  (at  broadest  part)  about  9  lines. 

Hab.  Borneo.  From  the  collection  of  Mr.  Lowe,  H.B.M.  Consul 
at  Sarawak. 

3.  HiRUDo  BELCHERi,  Baird. 

Body  depressed,  slightly  convex  on  the  back,  of  a  yellowish  grey 
colour,  indistintly  banded  near  the  dorsal  margin  with  dark  olive ; 
edges  as  it  were  serrated,  attenuated  anteriorly.  Body  consisting 
of  about  95  very  narrow  rings,  each  ring  beset  all  round  with  nu- 
merous pointed  raised  dots  or  small  tubercles,  about  40  on  each 
ring.  Oral  sucker  of  considerable  size  ;  ventral  moderate,  and  ra- 
d lately  plaited  internally  and  on  external  margin.  The  rings  of  this 
s|)ecies  are  narrower  and  much  more  distinctly  tubercular  than 
those  of  Hirudo  granultMa  from  India. 

Length  of  body  2j  inches,  breadth  (at  broadest  part)  6  lines. 

Hab.  Borneo  {SirE.  Belcher,  R,N.). 

4.  HiRUDO  MACULATA,  Baird. 

Body  depressed,  flat  beneath,  slightly  convex  on  the  back ;  at- 
tenuated anteriorly.  Back  of  a  deep  grey  colour,  marked  in  the 
centre  with  an  interrupted  black  line,  and  a  row  of  spots  of  the 
same  colonr  near  the  edges,  the  spots  being  distributed  alternately 
— first  on  one  ring  with  an  intermediate  ring  without  a  spot,  then, 
secondly,  a  spot  and  two  rings  without  a  spot,  and  thus  alternately 
throughout  its  whole  length  *.  Abdominal  surface  lighter-coloured, 
with  a  broad  line  of  a  dark  colour  on  each  side.  Rings  very  narrow, 
beset  with  numerous  small  tubercles,  about  36  in  number.  Oral 
sncker  of  considerable  size  ;  ventral  circular,  with  a  simple  border, 
strongly  plaited  internally  and  granulous  externally. 

Length  of  body  about  2|-  inches;  breadth  (at  broadest  part) 
about  7i  lines. 

Hab.  Siam. 

5.  HiRUDO  ASSiMiLis,  Baird. 

Body  rather  narrow,  attenuated  anteriorly,  of  a  light  yellowish 
colour  above  and  beneath.  Back  convex,  marked  with  an  indistinct 
row  of  small  spots  in  the  centre,  and  an  interrupted  row  of  larger 
black  spots  at  the  margins,  the  spotted  alternating  with  the  unspotted 
rings,  in  the  same  way  as  in  H.  maculata,  described  above.  Ventral 
suiface  of  a  uniform  colour,  without  any  markings.     Rings  larger 

»  In  g^eaeral  I  have  obeerred  that  in  European  species  the  marginal  row  of 
spots  is  continuous,  a  spot  occurring  on  each  ring,  whilst  in  those  from  the 
Eastern  countries  the  spotfi  are  alternate,  as  I  have  Ascribed  them  in  the  species 
mentioned  here.  This  holdn  good  with  the  Hirvdo  granulosa  (rora  India,  the 
present,  md  succeeding  species,  all  from  the  East.. 


316  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  NEW  ANNELIDE8.  [Maj  13» 

thfin  in  maculata,  and  tubercular.  Oral  sucker  moderate  in  she ; 
ventral  circular,  radiately  plaited  internally  and  granulous  extemallj. 

Length  of  body  about  3  inches,  greatest  breadth  about  4  lines. 

Bab.  Hong-Kong,  China  (Sir  A,  Smith,  M.D,). 

A  species  has  been  described  by  Blainville  from  a  drawing  made 
by  a  native  artist  in  the  Chinese  '  Encyclopaedia,'  and  named  by  him 
Hirudo  nniea.  This  Leech  is  said  to  be  employed  medicinally  in 
China.  It  is  small  and  entirely  black,  which  would  show  it  to  be  a 
different  species  from  that  found  in  Hong-Kong. 

6.  HiRiJDO  SEMiCARiNATA,  Baird. 

Body  rounded,  of  a  uniform  dark  olive-colour  above  and  beneath, 
slightly  narrower  at  anterior  extremity.  Rings  narrow,  with  a  few 
tubercles  on  the  surface.  Oral  sucker  round,  with  scarcely  any  lip, 
but  plaited  round  its  margin ;  ventral  sucker  moderate,  indistinctly 
plaited  on  internal  surface.  Anus  small.  The  anterior  half  of  the 
body  is  marked  on  the  dorsal  surface  with  a  sort  of  raised  keel. 

Length  of  body  16  lines,  breadth  of  body  about  3  lines  (largest 
specimen).  ^ 

Hab,  Vancouver  Island  (/.  K,  Lord,  Esq.) ;  Great  Bear  Lake, 
N.  America  {Sir  J.  Richardson,  M,D.). 

7.  Hirudo  ljbvis,  Baird. 

Body  depressed,  flat  ventrally,  slightly  convex  dorsally,  attenuated 
anteriorly.  Of  a  uniform  dull  yellowish  colour  above  and  beneath. 
No  bands  or  marks  to  be  seen,  unless  an  indistinct  continuous  band 
on  each  side  dorsally.  Rings  quite  smooth ;  the  lower  margin  of  each 
raised  somewhat  like  a  keel ;  and  on  the  edges  at  the  sides  the  rings 
are  as  it  were  divided  into  two,  but  only  on  the  edges.  Oral  sucker 
small ;  ventral  rather  small,  radiately  plaited. 

Length  4^  inches,  greatest  breadth  about  9  lines. 

Jiab,  ?     Old  collection  *. 

Genus  Heterobdella,  Baird. 

Body  composed  of  160  rings.  Male  organ  situated  between  the 
twenty-ninth  and  thirtieth  nng;  female  between  the  forty-eighth 
and  forty-ninth.  Eyes  five  pairs — three  situated  on  first  ring,  one 
on  second,  and  one  on  fiflh.  Anus  rather  small,  round,  and  distinct, 
situated  between  the  fourth  and  fifth  last  ring,  in  the  centre,  a  little 
above  the  ventral  sucker,  which  is  obliquely  terminal,  and  so  placed 
as  to  have  a  ventral  aspect. 

^  A  carao  of  Leechen  was  lately  imported  into  London  from  Australia ;  but, 
the  demand  for  Leeches  beins  now  much  restricted  owing  to  the  disuse  of  blood- 
letting by  medical  men  in  uiis  country,  it  appears  that  they  were  almost  aU 
thrown  into  the  Thames.  Three  or  four  specimens,  howcTcr,  were  sayed  from 
the  mass,  and  kindly  sent  alive  to  the  Britian  Museum  by  Mr.  Morson  of  South- 
ampton Bow.  This  Leech  is  one  which  is  used  in  Australia  for  medicinal  pur- 
poses ;  and  a  dissection  of  the  mouth  shows  the  teeth  to  be  strong  and  well  dere- 
loped.  The  species  is  the  Hirudo  guinquestriata  of  Schmarda,  and  described 
by  him  in  his  *  None  Wirbelthiere,'  toI  ii. 


1869.]  DR.  W.  BAIRD  ON  NE^  ANNELIDE8.  317 

Hbtbrobdblla  mexicana,  Baird. 

Body  rounded  dorsallj,  flattened  ventrally ;  narrow,  nearly  uniform 
in  breadth,  but  slightly  attenuated  anteriorly ;  of  a  uniform  pale 
brown  colour.  Rings  very  narrow,  rather  rugose.  Oral  sucker 
rather  small ;  upper  lip  prominent,  plaited.  Ventral  sucker  round, 
deep,  plaited  on  outer  margin,  smooth,  oblic|uely  terminal,  and  with 
a  ventral  aspect ;  in  several  specimens  this  sucker  was  closed,  being 
contracted  longitudinally.  Anus  distinctly  visible,  of  moderate  size, 
between  the  fourth  and  fifth  last  ring,  above  the  ventral  sucker. 

Length  about  20  lines,  breadth  about  4  lines. 

Hab.  Mexico.     Collected  by  M.  Sall^. 

Genus  Glossiphonia,  Johnson. 

1.  G1.O88IPHONIA  RUDI8,  Baird. 

Body  of  an  obovate  form,  and  of  a  uniform  oU?e-colour  ;  roughly 
annolated,  each  ring  armed  with  a  series  of  tubercles  along  its  sur- 
face, and  having  a  number  of  larger,  reddish-coloured  tubercles  scat- 
tered irregularly  over  the  surface  of  the  back.  Head  and  body 
continuous.  Dorsum  rather  convex,  ventrally  concave.  Oral  sucker' 
smaller  than  ventral,  which  is  round,  hollow,  and  smooth  internally. 
Eyes  f  six  in  number  (as  far  as  could  be  made  out).  Sexual  orifice 
about  the  twenty-third  ring. 

Length  about  I  inch,  greatest  breadth  nearly  j|  inch. 

Hab.  Great  Bear  Lake,  N.  America  (<Str  /.  Richardson,  M.D.). 

2.  6i«ossiPHONiA  TRI8ULCATA,  Baird. 

Body  obovate ;  head  small,  distinct  from  the  body,  being  separated 
by  a  distinct  notch.  Eyes  two,  or,  if  four,  placed  so  close  together 
that  they  look  as  only  two.  Of  a  uniform  dull  olive-colour,  with 
three  distinct  raised  sulci  or  ridges,  which  converge  to  a  point  at  the 
upper  part  of  the  body,  just  below  the  head,  and  nearly  converging 
posteriorly  also.  The  riches  are  beset,  all  ftlong  their  upper  margins, 
with  raised  tubercles.  Ventral  surface  as  if  trellised  by  crossing 
BtriUd.  Ventral  sucker  rather  small,  round.  Back  somewhat  con- 
vex, ventral  surface  concave. 

Length  about  10  lines,  greatest  breadth  4  lines. 

Hab.  ?     Old  collection. 

3.  Glossiphonia  cimiciformis,  Baird. 

Body  rounded  oval,  flat,  somewhat  concave  ventrally,  nearly  flat 
on  dorsal  surface.  Rings  very  close  and  indistinct,  beset  with  six 
longitudinal  rows  of  raised  tubercles,  the  two  central  rows  the  largest 
and  most  distinct.  Colour  above  of  a  reddish  brown,  the  tubercles 
lighter  in  hue.  Borders  or  margins  of  body  very  thick  and  large, 
leaving  a  hollow  space  in  the  centre  of  ventral  surface,  with  a  row 
of  black  spots  on  each  side  running  longitudinally  for  the  greatest 
part  of  its  length.  Eyes  six  ;  anterior  pair  very  small,  second  pair 
lai^e,  and  third  pair  smaller  than  second.     Body  of  a  hard  crusta- 


318  MR.  G.  KREFFT  ON   NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SNAKES.      [May  13, 

ceous  sort  of  structure  ;  and  the  form  altogether  presents  very  much 
the  appearance  of  a  bug.     Ventral  sucker  round  and  rather  deep. 

Length  about  3  luies,  breadth  about  2|  lines. 

Hab,  ?     Old  collection. 


5.  Descriptions  of  new  Australian  Snakes.  By  Gerard 
Krefft,  F.L.S.,  C.M.Z.S.,  Curator  and  Secretary  of  the 
Australian  Museum  at  Sydney,  N.S.W. 

Cacophis  fordei.     (Figs.  1  &  2.) 

Scales  in  15  rows.     Abdominal  plates  ?     Subcaudals ? 

Two  anal  plates. 

Total  length  13  inches,  head  ^,  tail  1|. 

Figs.  1  &  2. 


inttim 


Carophh  fordei. 

Body  elongate  and  rounded  ;  head  rather  small,  not  distinct  from 
trunk,  flat,  regularly  shielded  ;  vertical  moderate,  with  a  very  sharp 
angle  behind  ;  superdliaries  much  smaller,  occipitals  slightly  larger 
than  the  Tertical;  rostral  rather  depressed,  with  a  groove  on  its 
lower  edge ;  one  anterior,  two  posterior  oculars ;  one  lai^  and  elon- 
gate temporal  shield,  with  two  others  behind,  the  upper  one  being 
nearly  as  large  as  the  first  temporal ;  six  upper  labials,  the  third  and 
fourth  coming  into  the  orbit ;  these  shields  increase  from  the  first  to 
the  last,  which  is  the  largest ;  the  lower  labials  are  also  six  in  number ; 
the  eye  is  small,  with  rounded  pupil;  scales  hexagonal,  about  as 
broad  as  they  are  long,  except  the  upper  rows  on  the  back,  which 
are  more  elongate.  The  head  is  scarcely  to  be  distinguished  from 
the  body,  and  for  one- fourth  of  the  whole  length  there  is  no  increase 
in  size ;  the  body  then  gradually  enlarges,  being  much  stouter  pos- 
teriorly, with  a  short  and  very  distinct  tail.  In  young  and  half- 
grown  individuals  these  characters  are  not  so  clearly  defined ;  the 
tail  is  nearly  of  the  same  sixe  as  in  the  adult,  rather  stout,  but  dis- 
tinct from  the  body.  The  general  colour  is  a  kind  of  sepia-brown 
above,  in  adults  much  lighter  anteriorly,  a  white  or  yellowish  collar 


]^()9.]  MR.  G.  KREFFT  ON   NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SNAKES.  319 

diyidiiig  the  head  from  the  neck.  This  collar  commences  at  the 
last  labial  shield,  covers  five  scales  in  length  by  one  (or  at  the  angle 
two  scales)  wide  ;  it  then  crosses  the  neck,  the  width  of  a  scale  or 
less,  and  joins  the  opposite  angle.  The  shields  on  the  side  of  the 
face  are  ail  more  or  less  spotted  with  white,  including  the  outer 
edges  of  the  superciliaries,  the  rostral,  and  the  first  pair  of  frontals. 
The  general  colour  of  the  body  covers  the  outer  margin  of  every 
abdominal  plute,  rather  jagged  and  irregular  in  the  middle,  but 
sharply  defined  on  the  sides,  particularly  in  young  individuals ;  the 
inner  margins  of  the  two-rowed  subcaudals  are  marked  in  the  same 
way  to  the  tip.  The  abdominal  plates  are  otherwise  of  a  clear  straw- 
yellow,  brighter  in  young  individuals.  The  outer  margin  of  each 
scale  of  the  back  is  darkly  shaded,  with  a  light  elongate  spot  in  the 
middle,  giving  the  body  a  keeled  appearance. 

Hab,  Mr.  George  Masters  discovered  this  handsome  little  Snake 
at  the  Pine- Mountain,  near  Ipswich,  Queensland,  and  states  that  it 
can  be  freely  handled  without  offering  to  bite. 

CaCOPBIS  HARRIETTJl.       (Fig.  3.) 

Scales  in  15  rows.  Abdominal  plates  193.  Two  anal  plates. 
Subcaudals  35/35,  or  more. 

Total  length  12  inches,  head  J.  tdil  \^, 

Fig.  3. 


Cacophiif  harrietta. 

Body  rather  elongate  and  rounded ;  head  scarcely  distinct  from 
trunk,  quadrangular,  not  much  depressed;  tail  rather  short  and 
stout,  distinct  from  the  body.  The  vertical  is  rounded  off  behind^ 
about  as  large  again  as  the  superciliaries  ;'the  occipitals  are  rather 
small  and  narrow,  not  much  larger  than  the  vertical  (too  large  in 
my  figure).  The  plates  on  the  side  of  the  face  are  similar  to  those 
of  C.  fordei ;  the  third  and  fourth  upper  labials  come  under  the  eye, 
and  the  sixth  and  last  is  the  largest ;  the  temporal  shields  are  one 
large  one  and  two  others  of  unequal  size  behind.  The  general  colour 
is  a  kind  ni  purplish  brown  above,  each  scale  with  a  white  central 
streak  (except  the  outer  row  on  each  side),  forming  thirteen  thin 
Hues  from  nape  to  base  of  tail ;  head  and  neck  white  above,  with  a 
central  spot  (the  colour  of  the  body)  covering  part  of  posterior 
frontals,  vertical  superciliaries,  and  occipitals,  and  one  row  of  scales 
surrounding  the  occipitals.  The  shields  on  the  side  of  the  face,  the 
lower  labials,  and  chin-shields  are  dark-spotted  and  blotched ;  eye 
small,  pupil  rounded.  Abdominal  plates  uniform  purplish  brown, 
with  a  light  outer  edge ;  subcaudals  with  similar  markings. 


320 


MR.  G.  KREFFT  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  8NAKB8.     [May  13, 


Hab.  Warro,  Port  Curtis,  Queensland.     Discovered  bj  F.  A. 
Blackman,  Esq. 

Cacophis  blackmanii.     (Fig.  4.) 

Scales  in  15  rows.     Abdominal  plates  197.    Two  anal  plates. 
Subcaudals  43/43,  or  more. 
Total  length  16  inches,  head  ^,  tail  2|. 

Fig.  4. 


Cacopkia  blackmanii. 

Body  elongate  and  rounded ;  head  distinct  from  neck,  rather  de* 
pressed,  with  obtuse  muzzle.  The  vertical  without  the  sharp  angle 
behind  would  form  a  square;  the  superciliaries  are  very  small, 
slightly  larger  than  the  anterior  ocular ;  occipitals  also  of  small  size, 
and  not  as  laree  again  as  the  vertical ;  the  hind  part  of  the  head 
rather  thick ;  the  vertical  and  occipitals  depressed.  Six  upper  labials, 
the  two  last  of  about  equal  size,  with  a  large  temporal  shield  wedged 
in  between  them;  seven  lower  labials.  Purplish  brown  above, 
lighter  on  the  sides;  all  scales  with  a  slightly  transparent  outer 
edge,  but  without  any  markings ;  ventrals  straw-yellow,  with  darker 
spots  in  the  comers.  Head,  from  the  muzzle  to  the  occipitals,  dark 
brown  above ;  the  upper  margin  of  the  upper  labials  tinted  with  the 
same  colour,  the  rest  of  the  lower  labials  yellowish ;  mental  shield 
dark  brown.  The  upper  part  of  the  head  behind  the  occipitals  light 
brown ;  a  clear  small  spot  in  the  comer  of  each  superciliary  yellow. 

Hab.  The  Pine-Mountain,  Queensland.  Discovered  by  Mr.  Gheorge 
Masters, 

Vermicella  lunulata.     (Figs.  5  &  6.) 

Scales  in  1.5  rows.     Abdominal  plates  220,  or  more.     Two  anal 
plates.     Subcaudals  26/26,  or  more. 
Total  length  8||  inches,  head  less  than  |,  tail  ^. 

Figs.  5  &  6. 


km  A I 


VermiceUa  lunulafa. 


1869.]         MR.  6.  KRBFFT  ON  NEW  A17STRALIAN  SNAKES.  321 

Head  very  flat ;  rostral  not  quite  so  high  as  in  F.  annuhia ;  ver- 
tical and  occipitals  more  elongate.  Head,  body,  and  tail  covered  by 
fifty-nine  elliptical  spots,  which,  only  in  a  few  instances  near  the  tail, 
join  beneath,  but  very  faint  and  scarcely  a  line  in  width.  On  the 
middle  of  the  hack  these  spots  are  about  J  inch  wide. 

Hab.  The  Upper  Burdelcin.  A  single  specimen  in  the  Museum 
collection. 

Denisonia,  EJrefit. 

Head  high  and  quadrangular,  distinct  from  trunk,  regularly 
shielded,  hut  with  a  large  loreal,  which  is  absent  in  all  other  Aus- 
tralian venomous  Snakes.     Body  not  very  elongate. 

Denisonia  ornata.     (Fig.  7.) 

The  present  species  is  a  very  peculiar  form  on  account  of  the 
loreal  shield,  which  in  the  venomous  Colubrine  Snakes  is,  I  believe, 
generally  absent.  The  head  is  rather  thick,  distinct  from  trunk, 
nigh,  and  quadrangular,  with  shelving  snout ;  and  in  this  respect 
resembles  the  genus  AcanthophU.  The  markings  of  the  upper  and 
lower  labials,  the  chin-shields,  and  the  first  ten  or  fifteen  abaominal 
plates  are  almost  identical  with  those  of  young  Death-adders  of  the 
first  year.  The  occiput  is  black  from  the  posterior  frontals  to  the 
commencement  of  the  neck,  leaving  a  mottled  spot  on  the  inner 
margin  of  the  superciliaries,  and  another  very  small  one  at  the  pos- 
terior part  of  the  vertical.  The  tips  of  the  two  occipitals  and  the 
scale  between  them  are  also  light-coloured ;  and  below  these  is  another 
whitish  spot  formed  by  the  inner  portions  of  eight  scales  with  a 
darker  centre.  The  occipitals  are  slightly  raised  above  the  eye,  and 
resemble  in  this  respect  the  same  scales  in  AcanthophU,  The  mntals 
are  shelving  downwards ;  and  the  rostral  is  very  low,  and  not  visible 
from  above  if  the  head  is  put  in  a  horizontal  position.  Body  and 
tail  above  lead -coloured,  beneath  whitish;  the  abdominals  with 
brown  spots  in  the  corner  of  each  plate,  which  become  faint  towards 
the  tail. 

Fig.  7. 


DenMonia  omafa, 

Hab.  Mr.  Thomas  Nobbs,  a  liberal  donor  to  the  Museum,  dis- 
covered this  new  Snake  near  Rockhampton,  in  Queensland. 

Emydocephalus,  Krefft 

Anterior  half  of  the  trunk  rounded,  posterior  part  compressed ; 
ventral  plates  well  developed.    Head  shielded,  gape  of  mouth  short ; 


322  MR.  G.  KREFFT  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SNAKES.     [May  \i, 

three  upper  and  three  lower  labials,  the  middle  one  largest,  coTering 
nearly  the  whole  upper  and  lower  lip  (scales  large  and  much  imbri- 
qated,  in  sixteen  jows).  Occipitals  not  much  larger  than  the  super- 
ciliaries,  very  irregular,  with  sometimes  a  plate  between  them,  and 
much  broader  thau  long.  Tail  much  compressed,  ending  in  a  large 
flat  scale,  with  two  or  three  denticulations  and  a  strong  keel  on  each 
side.  Scales  in  sixteen  or  seventeen  rows,  hexagonal,  much  imbri- 
cated, and  covered  with  from  five  to  ten  or  more  tubercles.  Ventral 
plates  much  tuberculated,  in  particular  those  near  the  tail. 

EmYDOCEPHALVS  ANNULATU8. 

Scales  in  16  or  17  rows.  Ventral  plates  144.  One  anal  plate. 
Subcaudals  36  (ending  in  a  broad  spine). 

ToUl  length  30  inches. 

Scales  large  and  imbricated.  Head  small,  about  as  long  as  broad, 
covered  with  rounded  plates,  which  are  more  or  less  raised  in  the 
middle  and  much  tuberculated ;  one  or  two  elongate  shields  wedged 
in  between  the  superciliaries ;  the  number  of  upper  and  lower  labials 
reduced  to  three,  a  middle  one  of  extraordinary  siie  between  two 
small  scale-like  shields,  each  scale  and  plate  covered  with  many 
small  tubercles,  and  the  body  encircled  by  thirty-five  black  and  as 
many  white  rings.  The  white  scales  upon  the  back  and  sides  more 
or  less  black,  and  some  of  the  black  rings  white-spotted. 

Hab,  Probably  the  Australian  seas.  Two  specimens  in  the  Mu- 
seum collection. 

Emydocephalus  tuberculatus. 

Scales  in  17  rows.  Abdominal  plates  135.  One  anal  plat^.  Sub- 
caudal  plates  30. 

Total  length  32  inches,  head  I,  tail  .5j.  girth  4. 

Head  short,  but  longer  than  in  the  previous  species ;  neck  rounded  ; 
all  the  other  parts  of  the  body  compressed,  very  stout,  with  strongly 
compressed  tail,  ending  in  a  large  fiat  scale  or  spine  divided  into  three 
segments.  Scales  very  large,  hexagonal,  the  greater  portion  fully 
one  quarter  of  an  inch  wide,  much  imbricated  and  tuberculated. 
Abdominal  plates  large,  with  a  fold  or  ridge  in  the  middle,  but  not 
keeled ;  each  plate  covered  with  several  elongated  tubercles.  Head 
shielded,  the  sutures  of  the  frontals  and  nasals  forming  right  angles  ; 
vertical  nearly  rounded ;  superciliaries  large,  five-sided ;  occipitals 
short,  much  broader  than  long.  Three  upper  and  lower  labials,  the 
middle  one  very  large,  covering  nearly  the  whole  gape ;  the  middle 
lower  labial  shield  very  irregular  in  form,  with  one  or  two  indenta- 
tions. One  anterior  and  two  posterior  oculars ;  eye  of  moderate  size. 
General  colour  uniform  purplish  brown ;  some  of  the  scales  on  the 
side  mottled  with  lighter  brown  spots. 

Hab.  Probably  the  Australian  seas.  A  single  specimen  in  the 
Museum  collection. 


1869.]    DR.  J.  9.  BOWBRBANK  ON  SILICEO-PIBROUS  8PONG£S.      323 

6.  A  Monograph  of  the  Siliceo-fibrous  Sponges. 
By  J.  S.  BowERBANK,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c.— Part  II  * 

(Plates  XXI.-XXV.) 

IPHiTEON,  Valenciennes. 

Iphiteon  panicea,  of  the  Museum,  Jardin  des  Plantes,  is  distinctly 
ft  symmetrical  structure.  The  skeleton  is  reticulated  in  a  very  remark- 
able manner.  The  whole  consists  of  a  series  of  regular  areas,  with 
pentagonal  or  hexagonal  margins,  from  each  angle  of  which  a  fibre 
passes  in  a  direct  line  to  the  centre  of  the  area,  where  they  unite, 
forming  a  central,  slightly  protuberant  mass.  From  each  of  these 
centres  one  or  two  fibres  are  given  off  at  about  right  angles  to  the 
plane  of  the  area,  in  opposite  directions  to  each  other,  by  which  the 
adjoining  areas  above  and  below  are  connected.  These  connecting 
fibres  always  terminate  at  junctional  angles  of  the  nearest  adjoining 
area,  and  the  fibres  thus  projected  never  seem  to  unite  with  any 
other  portions  of  the  reticulating  skeleton. 

The  appearance  resulting  from  this  mode  of  structure  is  very  re- 
markable when  we  view  a  microscopical  plane  of  this  beautiful  tissue. 
The  effect  is  that  all  the  areas  present  a  singularly  confluent  appear- 
ance, each  perfect  in  itself,  and  each  forming,  as  it  were,  a  part  of  a 
neighboaring  area.  Occasionally  square  spaces  may  be  found  ;  but 
these  are  only  intervals  of  the  reticulations. 

In  treating  of  the  gemmules  in  my  paper  "  On  the  Anatomy  and 
Physiology  of  (he  Spongiadse,"  I  have  figured  a  small  portion  of  the 
skeleton  of  the  specimen  in  the  French  Museum,  said  to  be  from 
Porto  Rico  (plate  34.  fig.  17,  Phil.  Trans,  for  1862),  and  I 
have  there  designated  it  as  identical  with  Stutchbury's  genus  Dacty- 
localyx  ;  but  a  more  critical  examination,  with  a  view  to  the  deter- 
mination of  its  specific  characters,  has  convinced  me  that  I  was  in 
error  in  doing  so.  Neither  Dactylocatyx  nor  Iphiteon  appear  in 
Lamarck's  '  Animaux  sans  Vertebres,'  second  edition,  published  in 
1836,  nor  in  Agassiz*s  'Nomenclator  Zoologicus,'  published  in  1848. 
Nor  is  there  any  notice  of  the  subject  in  the  list  of  the  works  of  Prof. 
Valenciennes  published  in  the  '  Bibliographia  Zoologiae  et  Geologiae,' 
by  the  Ray  Society,  18)4;  we  may  therefore  reasonably  conclude 
that  although  named  by  Prof.  Valenciennes  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes,  he  never  published  any  descriptive  characters  of 
the  genus.  The  symmetrical  arrangement  of  the  skeleton-structures 
distinctly  separates  Iphiteon  from  Dactylocalyx,  with  which  it  has 
hitherto  been  confounded  by  other  English  naturalists  as  well  as  by 
me.     I  therefore  propose  the  following  characters  for  the  genus 

Iphiteon,  Valenciennes. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Fibre  solid,  cylindrical.  Reticulations 
symmetrical.     Areas  rotulate,  confluent. 

Tvpe  Iphiteon  panicea  from  Porto  Rico,  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des 
Plantes,  Paris. 

*   For  Part  T.  .«<•<•  *ai/ta.  pp.  Or»-l(H). 


324   DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBAN&  ON  8ILI CEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [May  13, 

Iphiteon  panics a«  Valenciennes. 

Sponge  cyathiform,  slightly  pedicelled.  Surface  of  rigid  skeleton 
even  ?  Oscola,  pores,  and  dermal  membrane  unknown.  Skeleton 
s^metrically  radial ;  radii  short  and  stout ;  areas  of  the  rete  mostly 
six-sided,  spaces  within  triangular;  fibre  cylindrical,  incipiently 
spinous.  Tension-spicula  simple,  hexradiate,  slender,  abundantly 
spinous;  radii  termmally  more  or  less  clavate.  Retentive  spicula 
spinulo-pentafurcated?  hexradiate  stellate,  few  in  number.  Gem- 
mules  simple,  membranous,  subspherical,  irregularly  dispersed,  very 
numerous. 

Colour  in  the  living  state  unknown. 

Hah.  Porto  Rico,  1799  {Prof.  Falenciennet). 

Examined  in  the  state  of  skeleton. 

The  specimen  designated  Iphiteon  panicea  in  the  Mnseum  of  the 
Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  is  said  to  have  been  brought  from  Porto 
Rico  in  the  year  1 799.  It  is  an  irregularly  cup-shaped  sponge,  the 
diameter  of  its  distal  margin  being  about  equal  to  its  height,  which, 
to  the  best  of  my  recollection,  was  from  7  to  8  inches.  From  the 
colour  and  general  appearance  of  the  specimen,  I  believe  it  to  be  the 
one  from  which  Prof.  Valenciennes  gave  a  small  fragment  to  Prof. 
Melville  some  years  since,  which  he  kmdly  transferred  to  me,  and 
which  fragment  contains  die  gemmules  in  situ,  I  have  so  fully  de- 
scribed the  general  stmctare  of  the  skeleton  in  my  description  of  the 
genus,  as  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  dilate  further  on  that  portion 
of  its  history. 

No  fragments  of  the  expansile  dermal  system  could  be  detected ; 
and  we  are  therefore  deprived  of  the  most  important  specific  cha- 
racters. 

I  could  not  detect  auxiliary  skeleton-spicula,  simulating  hexradiate 
spicula,  springing  from  the  primary  skeleton-fibres  and  anastomo- 
sing freely  with  each  other,  as  in  Baetylocalyx ;  but  in  lieu  of  them 
true  simple  hexradiate  tension-spicula  were  frequently  to  be  seen  in 
groups  in  the  interstitial  spaces,  but  they  never  appeared  to  inoscu- 
late with  each  other  or  to  deviate  from  their  normal  forms.  These 
spicula  are  of  comparatively  lai^  size ;  the  radii  are  slightly  and 
progressively  attenuated,  and  entirely  and  acutely  spinous,  but  they 
do  not  terminate  in  a  point,  but  either  in  a  group  of  acute  spines  or 
they  are  more  or  less  subclavate. 

The  retentive  spicula  appear  to  be  exceedingly  few  in  number  in 
the  interstitial  tissues;  in  several  small  masses  of  the  skeleton 
abounding  in  sarcode  and  gemmules  I  found  but  two  of  them.  The 
secondary  radii  were  apparently  five  in  number,  but  they  were  so 
much  obscured  by  the  surrounding  sarcode  as  to  render  the  deter- 
mination of  this  character  very  uncertain. 

The  simple  membranous  subspherical  gemmules  are  very  like 
those  of  a  halichondroid  sponge ;  they  are  very  numerous,  some- 
what variable  in  size  and  form,  and  are  nearly  all  of  them  attached 
to  the  skeleton-fibres. 

A  portion  of  the  skeleton  with  the  gemmules  is  figured  in  the 


1869.]   DR.  J.  S.  BOWKRBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.     325 

illostnitioiis  to  my  paper  *'  On  the  Aaatomj  and  Physiology  of  the 
Sponoadee"  (PhU.  Trans,  for  1862,  plate  34.  figs.  17  &  18), 
and  tdso  in  vol.  i.  of  '  Monograph  of  Bntbh  Spongiadse '  (plate  35. 
figs.  340  8c  341).  The  hitter  figure  in  each  of  these  quotations 
reprraents  one  of  the  gemmules  filled  with  granular  matter,  x  666 
linear.  A  small  portion  of  the  skeleton  from  the  Porto  Rico  speci- 
men is  also  figured  in  Plate  XXII.  fig.  1,  of  the  present  work,  X  108 
linear,  to  exhibit  the  abundance  of  these  organs  in  situ.  In  this 
portion  of  the  skeleton  (fig.  1,  Plate  XXL,  representmg  the  general 
contour  of  the  skeleton)  the  gemmules  are  Tery  few  in  number,  the 
original  of  the  figure  being  from  a  different  portion  of  the  sponge. 

Iphiteon  BEATRIX,  Bowcrbauk. 

JpArocallistes  beatrix,  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1858,  p.  115,  pl.xi. 

Sponge  fistulous,  branching  irregularly.  Surface  of  the  rigid 
skeleton  undulating  or  tuberous.  Oscula  congregated,  terminal. 
Pores  and  dermal  system  unknown.  Skeleton  symmetrically  ra- 
dial ;  radii  short  and  stout ;  areas  of  the  rete  mostly  six-sided,  spaces 
within  triangular  ;  fibre  cylindrical ;  central  umbo  of  the  areas  spi- 
nous. Inludant  spaces  of  the  skeleton-surface  armed  with  stout 
elongo-conical,  acutely  terminated,  ar.d  abundantly  spinous  defensive 
fibres.  External  defensive  spicula  of  the  skeleton  acerate,  distal  por- 
tions indpiently  recurvato-spinous,  long  and  slender,  very  numerous ; 
and  also  stout  subfusiformi-cyUndrical,  entirely  spinous  spicula,  few 
in  number.  Interstitial  spicula  attenuated  rectauffulated  hexradiate, 
large  and  small ;  axial  ray  of  the  latter  occasioniuly  spinous  at  one 
or  both  of  its  terminations ;  spines  very  long  ana  slender,  curving 
towards  the  extremities.  Spicula  of  the  membranes: — ^Tension - 
spicula  acerate,  very  slender.  Retentive  spicula  acerate,  verticil- 
lately  spinous ;  verticilli  few  in  number ;  spines  larse  and  acute, 
and  also  porrecto-spinulo-multiradiate  spicula  with  shghtly  attenu- 
ated shafU ;  radii  from  three  to  six  or  more,  slender  and  minute,  few 
in  number.   Gremmules  spherical,  membranous,  irregularly  dispersed. 

Colour  in  the  living  state  unknown. 

Hab.  Malacca  {Admiral  Sir  Edward  Belcher), 

Examined  in  the  skeleton  state. 

Br.  Gray's  description  of  this  beautiful  sponge  in  the  *  Proceed- 
ings' of  this  Society  for  1858  is  inaccurate  in  several  important 
points.  In  the  first  place  he  describes  it  as  calcareous,  whereas 
it  is  purely  siliceo-fibrous.  He  also  states  the  outer  surface  to  be 
"  formed  of  intertangled  transparent  spines  which  inosculate  and 
unite  with  each  other  at  the  intersection,"  while  the  whole  of  the 
skeleton  b  formed  of  a  symmetrical  network  of  siliceous  fibre.  He 
further  states  that  **  the  end  of  the  main  tube  is  closed  with  an 
open  network  formed  of  spicula/'  when  in  reality  it  is  an  intricate 
reticulation  of  siliceous  fibre  of  a  very  remarkable  structure.  Subse- 
quently the  author  writes,  ''  in  this  genus  the  mass  of  the  sponge  is 
rormed  of  small  spicula,  which  inosculate  and  are  united  together, 
forming  a  hard  mass  pierced  with  numerous  closed,  small,  uniform 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXII. 


326    DR.  J,  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILlCEO«FIBROU8  8PON6E8.  [May  13, 

hexangolar  pores,  lined  with  a  thin  layer  formed  of  elongate  fusiform 
spicula,  placed  parallel  in  bungle  in  a  more  or  less  longitudinal 
direction  round  the  inner  mouth  of  the  pores."  The  whole  of  this 
latter  description  of  the  structure  of  the  sponge  is  remarkable  for  its 
inaccuracy.  He  repeats  the  fallacy  that  "  tne  sponge  is  formed  of 
small  spicula,"  and  describes  their  inosculation,  when  no  such  inos- 
culation ever  takes  place  among  true  spicula.  lie  describes  the 
pores  in  the  total  absence  of  the  dermal  membrane,  evidently  mis- 
taking the  incurrent  orifices  of  the  skeleton  for  those  organs,  and 
then  he  lines  the  cavities  ''  with  spicula  placed  parallel  in  bungle." 
What  may  be  the  mode  of  disposition  of  spicula  in  bungle  I  must 
leave  my  readers  to  imagine,  as  I  really  cannot  conceive  their  arrange- 
ment  under  such  circumstances,  and  especially  as  I  have  been  totally 
unable  to  detect  any  such  lining  of  spicula  within  the  orifices  de- 
scribed by  Dr.  Gray. 

The  sponge,  of  the  natural  size,  and  slightly  magnified,  has  been 
beautifully  represented  in  plate  1 1  of  the  '  rroceedings  of  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society    for  1858. 

The  natural  surface,  and  the  whole  of  the  dermal  system  of  this 
sponge,  have  been  entirely  destroyed,  and  the  pores  are  therefore  un- 
known to  us ;  but  from  the  regiuarity  of  the  size  and  mode  of  dis- 
position of  the  incurrent  orifices  of  the  skeleton,  it  is  very  probable 
that  they  were  congregated  immediately  above  them.  Within  the 
sponge,  on  the  surface  of  the  great  cloacal  cavity,  there  are  a  series  of 
large  areas  for  the  discharge  of  the  excurrent  streams  into  the  cloaca ; 
they  are  very  like  in  size  and  form  to  those  of  the  inhalant  surface, 
but  they  are  destitute  of  the  elaborate  defences  that  characterize  the 
inhalant  organs.  Fig.  4,  Plate  XXI.  represents  one  of  these  areas 
X  108  linear. 

The  form  and  mode  of  disposition  of  the  oscular  area  readily  in- 
dicates the  congregation  of  the  oscula  afler  the  same  manner  as  that 
indicated  in  AlcyonceUum  speciosum,  and  as  exhibited  in  various 
species  of  (xcodia.  The  reticulation-fibre  closine  this  area  in  the 
sponge  under  consideration  is  remarkably  complex  and  beautiful; 
each  fibre  of  the  oscular  area  is  a  compound  stmctore.  When  a 
portion  of  it  is  immersed  in  Canada  balsam,  and  viewed  by  a  micro- 
scopic power  of  about  150  linear,  it  is  seen  to  be  a  complete  cylinder 
formed  of  a  dense  network  of  siliceo-fibroua  structure,  produced  on 
the  same  radial  principle  as  that  which  prevails  in  the  skeleton  of 
the  s^nge,  but  in  consequence  of  the  small  elongate  cylindrical 
space  in  which  it  b  developed,  its  structure  is  necessarily  very  con- 
fused ;  yet  the  indication  of  radial  fibres  within  it  are  sufiiciently 
apparent  to  assure  us  of  this  fact.  On  the  surface,  and  within  the 
reticulations,  there  were  a  few  very  dender,  smooth,  acerate  spicula 
which,  from  the  mode  of  their  disposition,  are  evidently  the  tension- 
spicula  of  the  membranous  tissues  of  the  sponge.  From  the  ex* 
ternal  surface  of  the  compound  fibre  there  were  a  few  basal  portions 
of,  apparently,  hexradiate  auxiliary  fibres  projected;  but  none  of 
them  were  developed  to  the  extent  of  the  production  of  the  rectan* 
gulated  lateral  fibres.    The  exteroal  fibrv  of  this  beaatiM  com* 


1869,]   DR.  J.  8.  BOWSRBANK  ON  8ILICCO-FIBROU8  8PONGE8.     327 

pound  structure  were  incipientlj  spiaous,  but  the  internal  ones  were 
smooth.  The  portion  of  the  compound  fibre  examined  measured  -^ 
inch  in  diameter,  and  i8  represented  by  fig.  2,  Plate  XXII.,  X  108 
linear. 

The  structure  of  the  skeleton  of  Jphrocallutea  beatrix.  Gray,  is 
precisely  in  accordance  with  that  of  Iphiteon  panicea ;  and  if  agree- 
ment in  organic  structure  be  an  evidence  of  close  alliance,  the  two 
must  belong  to  the  same  genus,  however  different  their  external 
forms  may  be.  The  same  description  of  symmetrical  confluent  areas 
of  siliceo-fibrous  structure  forms  the  skeleton,  the  only  difference 
being  that  the  areas  are  rather  less  in  their  average  diameter  than 
those  of  /.  panicea.  In  the  latter  species  they  average  ^  inch, 
while  in  the  former  they  are  if^  inch ;  but  in  their  general  structural 
aspect  they  so  closely  resemble  each  other  that,  if  it  were  not  for 
the  spinous  umbonate  centres  of  the  areas  in  J.  beatria,  they  could 
not  be  distinguished  when  examined  beneath  the  microscope.  Fig.  2, 
Plate  XXI.  represents  a  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  the 
sponge.  The  view  of  the  surface  of  the  sponge  does  not  exhibit 
distinctly  the  peculiar  rotulate  structure  of  the  areas ;  and  it  is  only 
when  we  obtain  a  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  that  this 
strikingly  characteristic  structure  is  to  be  seen  in  all  its  symmetry 
and  b^uty.  But  the  surface  view  exhibits  many  of  the  specific 
characters  in  an  extremely  striking  and  beautiful  manner.  Here 
we  observe  large  inhalant  spaces,  abounding  in  rectangulated  hexra- 
diate  spicula,  for  the  support  and  multiplication  of  the  nutrient 
membranes  of  the  sponge  ;  and  that  the  delicate  tissues  may  be  pre- 
served from  the  ravages  of  minute  annelids  and  other  insidious  ene- 
mies, the  mouths  of  the  apertures  are  abundantlv  defended  by  the 
projection  into  them  of  large  elongate  cones  of  fibre,  profusely  fur- 
nished with  minute  spines ;  and  deeply  imbedded  amidst  the  skele- 
ton-fibre we  find  an  abundant  supply  of  acerate  tension-spicula,  and 
of  the  short,  acerate,  verticillately  spined  retentive  ones,  and  occa* 
Bionally  groups  of  two  or  three  of  the  porrecto-spinulo-quatemate 
spicula  with  attenuating  shafts  (fig.  3,  Plate  XXI.,  X  108  linear). 
The  surface  of  the  skeleton  is  furnished  with  a  profusion  of  attenu- 
ated acerate  external  defensive  spicula,  the  distal  portions  of  which 
are  abundantly  spinous,  the  spines  appearing  as  if  notched  upward 
out  of  the  shaft  of  the  spiculum,  their  acute  points  being  all  directed 
downward.  The  greater  portion  of  these  defensive  organs  are  deeply 
immersed  in  the  skeleton-mass  beneath,  their  distal  ends  projectinff 
not  more  than  about  one-fifth  or  one-sixth  of  their  length  beyond 
the  general  surface  of  the  sponge.  A  section  at  right  angles  to  the 
mass  of  the  skeleton  is  necessary  to  exhibit  distinctly  their  structure 
and  position  in  the  sponge.  The  auxiliary  rectangulated  hexradiate 
fibres  of  the  skeleton  are  produced  very  sparingly  in  this  species ; 
they  do  not  attain  the  full  development  of  the  shaft  and  lateral  ra- 
diations as  in  DactylocalyXi  the  lower  half  of  the  shaft  only  being 
produced ;  and  this  portion  of  it  is  abundantly  spinous,  and  termi- 
nates hemispherically.  In  one  portion  of  the  skeleton,  mounted  in 
Canada  balsam,  their  purpose  in  the  economy  of  the  animal  is  dis- 


328    DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [May  13, 

played  in  a  very  beautiful  manner.  Five  of  them  are  projected  at 
different  angles  in  about  the  same  plane ;  and  as  it  fortunately  happens 
that  the  interstitial  membrane  is  in  a  beautiful  state  of  preservation, 
it  is  seen  suspended  on  the  points  of  the  fibres,  the  margin  curving 
gently  from  one  to  the  other  of  them,  in  precisely  the  same  man- 
ner as  wet  linen  cloth  would  if  it  were  supported  on  a  series  of  short 
props  for  the  purpose  of  being  dried ;  and  the  resemblance  is  rendered 
the  more  complete  by  the  doubUng  and  folding  of  the  membrane  at 
the  points  of  contact  with  the  rough  terminations  of  the  supporting 
fibre ;  and  in  the  space  of  membrane  between  two  of  these  support- 
ing props,  we  have  one  of  the  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial 
spicula,  with  its  almost  brush-like  spinous  axial  spiculum,  imbedded 
in  the  surface  of  the  membrane,  to  contribute  its  share  of  support  to 
that  portion  of  the  structure. 

The  attenuated  hexradiate  rectangulated  interstitial  spicula  are 
comparatively  small  and  delicate  in  their  structure ;  the  proximal  and 
distal  portions  of  the  axial  spiculum  are  very  nearly  equal.  They 
have  usually  one  or  both  of  these  parts  furnished  with  very  long  and 
slender  spines,  which  curve  in  the  directions  of  the  terminations  of 
the  shaft  (fig.  3,  Plate  XXIL).  But  when  this  form  of  spiculum 
occurs  in  some  of  the  larger  interstitial  cavities,  they  are  increased  in 
size  in  proportion  to  the  necessities  of  the  situation,  and  two  or  three 
of  them  are  grouped  so  as  mutually  to  support  each  other,  as  well 
as  to  perform  the  common  office  of  supporting  the  membranous 
structures.  In  this  case  their  radii  appear  to  be  entirely  destitute 
of  spines. 

The  slender  acerate  tension-spicula  are  few  in  number,  and  appear 
to  abound  more  towards  the  surface  of  the  sponge  than  in  its  deeper 
recesses. 

The  acerate  verticillately  spinous  retentive  spicula  are  exceedingly 
abundant  in  those  parts  where  there  are  any  remains  of  the  mem- 
branous and  sarcodous  structures.  The  spinous  verticilli  are  few  in 
number ;  when  in  a  fully  developed  condition  there  are  frequently  as 
many  as  four  of  them ;  but  three  is  the  more  usual  quantity,  with 
perhaps  a  single  intermediate  spine  to  represent  the  fourth  whorl. 
Sometimes  they  exhibit  only  two  irregular  terminal  groups  of  spines 
and  a  smooth  shaft  intervening.  The  spines  are  long  and  acutely 
conical  (fig.  4,  Plate  XXII.,  x  308  linear). 

The  porrecto-multispinulate  spicula  are  comparatively  few  in 
number.  They  do  not  appear  to  be  irregularly  dispersed,  but  occur 
in  groups  of  two  or  three  together.  They  agree  very  nearly  in  sixe, 
but  the  degree  of  expansion  of  their  terminal  radii  differs  considerably; 
nor  do  all  the  rays  on  the  same  spiculum  agree  in  that  respect.  The 
number  of  the  radii  at  their  apices  appears  to  vary  considerably ; 
those  I  have  observed  and  figured  in  Plate  XXII.  figs.  5,  6,  7/ 8, 
range  from  3  to  6  spinulate  radii.  The  shaft  is  long,  slender,  and 
attenuating  to  its  base.  Prof.  Wyville  Thomson,  in  describing  this 
form  of  spiculum  in  his  paper  on  Sponges  in  the  '  Annals  and  Maga- 
zine of  Natural  History'  for  February  1868,  p.  124,  says,  "no 
doubt  these  are  the  separate  branches  of  a  complex  hexradiate  spi- 


1869.]    DR.  J.  8.  BOWKRBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.     329 

cule,  closely  resembling  those  figured  by  Bowerbank  ('British 
Sponges,'  vol.  j.  figs.  190,  192)."  I  cannot  agree  with  the  learned 
Professor  in  this  opinion.  All  the  numerous  specimens  that  I  have 
seen,  both  separated  from  the  sponge  and  in  situ,  have  their  natural 
basal  terminations ;  and  no  indication  whatever  exists  of  any  central 
hexradiate  spiculum  from  which  they  may  have  been  separated. 

A  few  gemmules  were  observed  adhering  to  the  skeleton-fibres  of 
the  inner  surface  of  the  interstitial  cavities  of  the  sponge ;  they  are 
similar  in  character  to  those  of  Lpanicea,  but  in  the  specimen  imder 
consideration  they  are  not  nearly  so  numerous  as  in  the  Porto-Rico 
specimen  of  that  species. 

Iphiteon  stjbglobosa,  Bowerbank. 

Daeiylocalyx  auhglohoaa^  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  506,  plate  xxvii. 
%  1. 

Sponge  massive,  somewhat  cyathiform,  sessile.  Surface  uneven. 
Oscula  and  pores  unknown.  Dermal  membrane — retentive  spicula 
spiculated  bitemate,  minute,  very  numerous  7  Skeleton  symmetri- 
odly  radial ;  areas  confluent,  somewhat  irregular,  mostly  six-sided, 
spaces  within  triangular;  skeleton-fibre  at  the  external  surface 
coarsely  and  irregularly  tuberculated ;  fibre  within  the  sponge  mi- 
nutely tuberculated  ;  cusposition  of  the  tubercles  sublinear.  Auxi- 
liary fibres  rectangulated  hexradiate,  abundantly  spinous  ;  radii  spi- 
nulate.  £xtemal  defensive  spicula  fusiformi-acerate,  very  large  and 
long;  distal  terminations  occasionally  incipiently  spinous.  Intersti- 
tial spicula  rectangulated  hexradiate,  very  slender,  radii  subclavate, 
basal  ray  very  long.  Spicula  of  the  membranes — ^retentive  spicula 
8pinulo>quadrifurcate  and  pentafurcate  hexradiate  stellate,  numerous; 
margins  of  the  spinulate  terminations  crenulate. 

Colour  in  the  living  state  unknown. 
Hab.  Malacca  ?  (Dr.  J.  E.  Gray). 
Examined  in  the  state  of  skeleton. 

This  sponge  is  in  the  collection  at  the  British  Museum.  It  is 
figured  of  the  natural  size  in  the  *  Proceedings'  of  this  Society  for 
1867»  plate  27.  fig.  1 ;  and  at  p.  506  of  the  same  volume.  Dr.  J.  £• 
Gray  gives  the  following  brief  description  of  it : — "  Sponge  subglo-r 
bose,  with  a  deep  central  concavity  above ;  the  outer  surface  with 
irregular  anastomosing  oscules. 

''Hab.  Makcca?" 

The  sponge  is  based  on  a  fragment  of  coral,  and  has  very  much 
the  form  of  a  young  and  undeveloped  specimen  of  one  of  the  best 
description  of  Turkey  sponges,  in  which  the  form  of  the  cup  is  rather 
indicated  than  produced ;  and  it  is  very  probable  that  in  its  fully 
developed  state  it  will  be  found  to  be  a  truly  cyathiform  species. 

The  expansile  dermal  system  of  the  sponge  has  been  entirely  de- 
stroyed ;  the  oscula  and  pores  are  therefore  unknown  to  us ;  but  on 
one  fragment  of  the  outer  portion  of  the  skeleton  submitted  to  exa- 
mination there  was  a  very  small  piece  of  the  dermal  membrane  ad- 
hering to  the  surface  of  the  skeleton,  and  this  was  densely  crowded 


330    DR.  jr.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILIC£0-FIBR0US  8P0NGS8.  [MbJ  13| 

mth  minute  spicnlated  biteraate  retentive  gpicula,  and  a  few  single 
ones  were  entangled  in  the  adjoining  interstices  of  the  skeleton.  As 
the  colour  of  this  small  portion  of  the  membrane  was  the  same  as 
that  of  minute  portions  of  sarcode  dispersed  amidst  the  reticulations 
of  the  skeleton,  there  can  be  no  reasonable  doubt  of  its  really  belong- 
ing to  the  sponge. 

These  spicula  are  so  minute  that  they  require  a  microscopic  power 
of  about  700  linear  to  define  them  in  a  satisfactory  manner,  and  in 
the  present  case  they  were  only  yisible  after  having  been  immersed 
in  Canada  balsam.  A  detached  specimen  of  one  of  these  spicula  is 
represented  by  fig.  11,  Plate  XXII. 

The  structure  of  the  skeleton  is  stronger^  larger,  and  more  irre- 
gular than  that  of  J.  panicea  or  I,  heatrix ;  but  there  is  no  doubt  of 
its  being  truly  an  Iphiteon.  The  average  diameter  of  the  skeleton- 
fibre  is  j^  inch.  The  surface-fibres  are  very  closely  tuberculated, 
the  tubercles  looking  very  like  small  extraneous  patches  of  silex 
adherent  to  the  surface ;  and  clusters  of  these  coarse  tubercles  are 
frequently  accumulated  on  the  umbones  of  the  confluent  areas  of  the 
skeleton-structures,  as  represented  in  fig.  10,  Plate  XKIL,  which  re- 
presents a  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton.  The  tubercles 
of  the  interior  fibres  are  much  more  r^ular  in  their  form,  and  are 
frequently  disposed  in  lines,  consisting  of  five  or  six  of  them  at 
nearly  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  fibre ;  and  a  very  considerable 
number  of  the  fibres  have  no  tubercles  upon  them. 

The  rectangulated  hexradiate  auxiliary  fibres  were  very  abundant 
in  some  of  the  large  interstitial  spaces  of  the  skeleton :  when  fully 
developed  they  are  abundantly  spinous,  and  the  radii  have  spinuUte 
terminations ;  in  an  early  stage  of  growth  they  are  frequently  ^ine- 
less,  or  only  incipiently  spinous,  and  in  this  condition,  intermixed 
with  the  stouter  and  more  developed  ones,  they  may  be  readily  mis- 
taken for  spicula ;  but  their  habit  of  anastomosing  with  each  other, 
and  their  basal  connexion  with  the  parent  skeleton-fibre,  readily  dis- 
tinguish them.  Fig.  12,  Plate  XXII.,  represents  two  of  the  auxili- 
ary fibres  in  a  less  complicated  form  than  they  are  usually  met  with 
in  the  interstitial  spaces  of  the  skeleton,  and  exhibiting  distinctly 
their  basement  on  the  skeleton-fibre,  and  their  subsequent  inoscula- 
tion. 

The  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spicula  are  comparatively 
few  in  number ;  they  are  very  slender,  smooth,  and  their  radii  are 
davate.  The  auxiliary  fibres  seem  to  have  superseded  them  in  their 
peculiar  office  of  affording  support  to  the  interstitial  membranes, 
and  of  multiplying  the  sarcodous  surfaces  of  the  interstitial  spaces. 

The  external  defensive  spicula  of  the  skeleton  are  remarkably  large 
and  long.  I  have  not  seen  an  entire  one ;  but  in  a  perfect  condition 
thev  cannot  be  less  than  \  inch  in  length,  and  the  diameter  of  the 
mididle  of  one  in  sitn  was  -^^  inch,  more  than  twice  the  site  of  an 
average-siied  skeleton-fibre.  Their  basal  portions  are  deeply  im- 
mersed in  the  external  portion  of  the  skeleton.  The  basal  termina- 
tion in  a  fbw  cases  appeared  to  be  incipiently  s|Hnou8;  but  this 
seemed  to  be  rather  the  exception  than  the  rule. 


1869.]    DR.  J.  B.  BOWICRBANK  ON  BILICBO-FIBROI78  BPOROSB.     331 

The  tetentire  spioulo-qaadrifarcate  and  penUfhrcata  spiciila  are 
-very  nnmeroiu,  and  the  numbers  of  the  two  appear  to  be  about 
eqiud.  When  a  power  of  700  or  800  linear  is  applied  to  them,  their 
margins  are  seen  to  be  regularly  and  closelj  crenulated.  I  do  not 
remember  to  hare  seen  this  remarkable  character  in  the  correspond- 
ing spicula  of  anj  other  species  of  siliceo-fibrons  sponges. 

Iphitson  Ingalli^  Bowerbank. 

Daetylocalyz  pumieea,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  506,  plate  xxrii. 
fig.  2. 

Sponge  cnp-shaped.  Rigid  skeleton — upper  or  exhalant  surface 
with  large  interraarginal  excurrent  canals  radiating  irregularly  from 
the  centre  towards  the  circumference.  Under  or  inhalant  surface 
with  short  radiating  intermarginal  canals.  Surface  even.  Oscula, 
pores,  and  expansile  dermal  system  unknown.  Skeleton — fibre  stout, 
more  or  less  furnished  with  scattered  warty  tubercles.  Auxiliary 
fibres  abundantly  tuberculated,  terminating  spinulately.  Interstitial 
spicula  rectangulated  hexradiate,  large;  radii  nearly  equal,  attenuated 
and  acutely  terminated.  Retentive  spicula  spinulo-quadrifurcate 
hexradiate  stellate ;  terminal  radii  long. 

Colour  in  the  natural  state  unknown. 

Hob.  St.  YincentX  West  Indies  {Tho8.  Ingall,  Esq.). 

Examined  in  the  skeleton-state. 

This  sponge  is  figured  by  Dr.  Gray,  on  the  scale  of  one-eighth  of 
its  natural  size,  in  plate  xxrii.  of  the  '  Proceedings'  of  this  Society  for 
1867>  and  is  erroneously  designated  Bactyloealyx  pumieea  in  p.  506 
of  the  same  rolume,  but  without  any  reference  either  to  its  internal 
or  external  characters,  although  the  latter  in  i.  Ingalli  are  strikingly 
different  from  those  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  the  former,  as  I  have  stated 
at  length  in  my  description  of  the  surface-characters  of  Dactylocalyx 
pumieeMs,  anted  ^*  77» 

Beside  the  difference  in  the  surfaces  of  the  rigid  skeletons,  there  are 
such  conclusive  structural  characters  in  their  configurations  that,  had 
Dr.  Gray  taken  the  trouble  to  compare  sections  of  the  two  sponges, 
he  must  have  at  once  seen  that  they  were  not  only  different  species, 
but  distinct  genera  as  well. 

In  the  absence  of  the  expansile  dermal  systems  in  both  sponges, 
they  agree  in  their  external  forms  exceedingly  well ;  but  this  cha- 
racter is  common  to  so  many  and  such  discordant  genera  and  species 
as  to  be  of  little  or  no  value  in  their  specific  discrimination,  even  had 
they  belonged  to  the  same  genus. 

I  have  iSeen  unable  to  detect  any  characteristic  fragments  of  the 
expansile  dermal  system  of  the  type  specimen  of  /.  Ingalli. 

The  outer  or  inhalant  surface  of  the  sponge  is  covered  in  numerous 
places  with  a  thin  brown  membrane  adhering  closely  to  the  surface 
of  the  rigid  skeleton,  and  dipping  into  and  lining  the  incurrent 
orifices  of  the  sponge.  The  membrane  is  completely  covered  by 
minute  spherical  vesicles ;  but  I  could  not  detect  any  imbedded  spi- 
cula.    From  its  close  adherence  to  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton, 


332    DH.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILI CEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [Maj  13, 

its  delicate  stnicturey  and  the  total  absence  of  dermal  spicnla,  it  is 
evident  that  it  has  formed  no  part  of  the  expansile  dermal  system, 
and  that  it  is  truly  the  enveloping  membrane  of  the  rigid  skeleton 
of  the  sponge  thickly  covered  by  sarcode. 

Whether  these  minute  molecules  are  the  basal  vesicles  of  the 
ciliary  system  is  a  question  of  considerable  interest,  to  be  hereafter 
determined  by  naturalists  who  have  the  opportunity  of  examining 
these  interesting  sponges  fresh  from  their  native  element.  Their 
situation  and  general  character  are  very  similar  to  the  homologous 
organs  in  Grantia  compressa,  and  their  position  in  J.  IngaUi  is  just 
that  in  which  we  should  expect  to  find  the  ciliary  system.  We 
cannot  hope  to  find  any  cilia  remaining  under  such  circumstances ; 
those  of  Grantia  compressa  and  other  nearly  allied  species  are  rarely 
visible,  except  during  the  life  of  the  animal  and  while  in  a  state  of 
activity. 

In  a  small  piece  of  the  membranous  structure  of  this  sponge 
which  I  received  from  my  friend  Mr.  Ingall,  in  March  1860,  the 
appearances  presented  are  widely  different  ^m  those  of  the  mem- 
brane I  have  described  above.  The  colour  and  the  sarcode  are  very 
similar ;  but  there  is  a  total  absence  of  the  minute  spherical  bodies. 
The  field  of  view  presents  a  very  confused  appearance.  Numerous 
long,  slender,  and  flexible  attenuato-acerate  spicula  are  confusedly 
matted  together,  and  amongst  them  there  are  a  considerable  number 
of  large  rectangulated  hexradiate  spicula  with  radii  of  equal  length, 
graduallv  attenuated  from  their  proximal  to  their  distal  terminations ; 
and  amidst  this  complicated  mass  there  are  innumerable  spinulo- 
quadrifurcate  hexradiate  stellate  retentive  spicula. 

From  what  part  of  the  sponge  these  portions  of  its  structure  have 
been  derived  it  is  difficult  to  conjecture ;  but  it  is  evident  that  there 
are  other  forms  of  spicula  than  those  we  have  observed  tit  siiu  that 
belong  to  it,  and  that,  although  the  spinulo-quadrifurcate  retentive 
spicula  are  rather  abundant  in  the  interstices  of  the  rigid  skeleton, 
there  are  other  parts  of  the  sponge  in  which  they  are  crowded  to 
such  a  degree  as  to  be  innumerable. 

The  general  appearance  of  the  spinulo-quadrifurcate  hexradiate 
spicula  is  very  like  that  represented  by  fig.  2,  PI.  XXIII.;  and  I  have 
diosen  a  mutilated  specimen  which  has  only  three  of  its  primary  rays 
remaining  as  best  calculated  to  display  its  quadrifurcate  structure. 
The  configuration  of  the  rigid  skeleton  is  decidedly  that  of  an  Ipkiteon 
of  a  somewhat  delicate  structure.  The  skeleton-fibres  near  the 
surface  are  rather  stronglv  tuberculnted ;  but  those  of  the  interior 
are  very  much  less  so,  and  in  some  parts  they  are  almost  smooth. 
The  mouths  of  the  incurrent  canals  on  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton 
are  numerous  and  frequently  doseiy  adjoining  each  other,  the  sepa- 
ration often  not  exceeding  half  of  their  own  diameter.  The  auxi- 
liary fibres  at  some  distance  within  these  canals  are  frequently 
abundant  and  much  complicated  in  structure.  They  are  stout,  very 
I'ugg^t  with  irregularly  disposed  tubercles,  and  their  free  termina- 
tions are  spinulate.  The  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spi- 
cula tM  9itH  are  few  in  number,  and   their    radii  are  gradually 


1869.]    DR.  jr.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICSO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.     333 

atieDUfited  to  a  sharp  point.  In  size,  compared  with  those  I  have 
previously  described  in  a  fragment  of  the  membranous  tissue,  they 
are  small  and  slender. 

The  genera  of  the  two  sponges  J.  Ingalli  and  Bactylocalyx  pumu 
cetu  being  distinctly  different,  it  is  unnecessary  to  enter  into  a  long 
description  of  their  differentisJ  characters  to  prove  that  Dr.  Gray  is 
in  error  in  assigning  the  type  specimen  of  the  former  to  the  latter 
genus ;  but  it  may  be  as  well  to  state  that  none  of  the  singular  and 
beautiful  forms  of  spicula  which  I  have  obtained  from  the  type  speci- 
men of  D.  pumiceus,  and  have  figured  in  Plate  III.,  part  1,  are  to  be 
found  in  the  tissues  of  the  type  specimen  of  J.  Ingalli. 

Iphiteon  callocyathks,  Bowerbank. 

Mylitma  callocyathes,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  439,  Badiata, 

pi.  XVI. 

Sponge  sessile  or  slightly  pedicelled,  cyathiform.  Upper  surface  of 
rigid  skeleton  even  ;  under  surface  sinuously  plicated  and  tubulated. 
Oscula  and  pores  unknown.  Expansile  dermal  system — dermal  mem- 
brane pellucid,  furnished  abundantly  with  minute  short,  stout,  acerate 
tension-spicula ;  connecting  spicula  furcated  foliato-expando-ternate. 
Skeleton — fibre  variable  in  diameter,  verticillately  spinous,  spines 
small,  acutely  conical ;  interstitial  spicula  rectangulated  hexradiate, 
axial  and  rectangulating  radii  nearly  equal  in  length,  slender,  termi- 
nations subclavate ;  retentive  spicula  spinulo-multifurcate  hexra- 
diate stellate,  terminations  of  each  heptaradiate  or  octoradiate;  of  two 
sorts,  one  with  terminal  radii  expanded,  the  other  with  terminal 
radii  contracted  into  separate  groups. 

Colour  in  the  natural  state  unknown. 
Hab.  West  Indies  (Dr.  M'Gee). 
Examined  in  the  skeleton-state. 

In  the  description  of  the  external  characters  of  this  sponge  it  must 
be  remembered  that  it  is  that  of  the  rigid  skeleton  only,  and  that  it 
is  probable  that  both  surfaces  would  be  more  or  less  smooth  and  even 
when  covered  by  the  expansile  dermal  system. 

The  arrangement  of  the  skeleton  is  decidedly  that  of  an  Iphiteon ; 
but  the  structural  character  of  the  fibres  of  which  it  is  composed 
b  strikingly  distinct  from  any  other  species  of  the  genus.  They  are 
variable  in  size  to  a  considerable  extent ;  but  whatever  may  be  their 
diameters,  they  are  always  furnished  with  numerous  small  sharply 
conical  spines,  which  exhibit  a  strong  tendency  to  a  verticillate  ar- 
rangement ;  and  around  the  central  umbones  of  the  confluent  areas 
of  the  skeleton  they  are  frecjuently  congregated  on  slightly  elevated 
detached  patches,  each  containing  from  seven  to  ten  minute  spiuules. 

These  structural  characters  would  have  sufficed,  in  the  present 
state  of  our  knowledge  of  the  species  of  this  genus,  to  distmguish 
it  from  any  other  member  of  the  group ;  but,  by  a  careful  exami- 
nation of  the  type  specimen,  I  fortunately  obtained  from  near  the 
base  of  the  sponge  on  the  inner  surface  a  small  piece  of  the  ex- 
pansile dermal  system  in  connexion  with  a  portion  of  the  surface  of 


334   DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SlLlCEO-riBROUS  8PON6B8.  [Maj  13, 

the  rigid  skeleton ;  but  as  these  tissues  on  the  exhalant  surface  are 
not  nearly  so  distinct  and  regular  in  their  structure  as  those  of  the 
inhalant  surface,  I  could  not  find  a  piece  that  would  hare  afforded 
a  satisfactory  figure,  although  when  viewed  beneath  the  microscope 
the  nature  and  characters  of  the  tissues  were  beyond  a  doubt.  The 
furcated  foliato-expando-temate  connecting  spicula,  when  thus  seen 
in  eitUf  are  so  closely  packed,  and  the  terminations  of  their  radii 
are  so  locked  together,  that  they  cannot  be  separated  by  the  eye ;  and 
the  small  acerate  tension-spicula  so  profusely  scattered  on  the  dermal 
membrane  coyering  their  apices  tends  ereatly  to  confuse  the  aspect 
of  the  tissues  beneath:  it  is  only  when  we  have  one  of  them 
separated,  as  represented  by  fig.  6,  PI.  XXIII.,  that  we  are  enabled  to 
comprehend  their  structure.  But  although  ineligible  for  figaring, 
this  fragment  of  the  expansile  dermal  system  clearly  demonstrated 
the  agreement  in  general  structure  of  this  species  with  those  in  which 
it  is  more  amply  and  clearly  exhibited. 

The  furcatea  foliato-expando-temate  connecting  spicula  are  sin- 
gular in  their  form,  and  are  very  characteristic  of  the  species.  Both 
the  primary  and  secondary  ramifications  of  their  apices  are  very 
much  depressed ;  they  are  very  thin,  and  small  short  branches  are 
projected  from  their  edges  so  as  greatly  to  increase  their  plane  of 
support  to  the  dermal  membrane,  which  appears  to  have  closely  ad- 
hered to  them  in  the  living  state,  as  I  have  not  seen  any  separate  spi- 
culum  of  this  form  without  a  portion  of  the  dermal  membrane  and  its 
numerous  tension-spicula  closely  adhering  to  its  external  surface. 

The  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spicula  appear  to  be  few  in 
number  in  the  present  condition  of  the  sponge.  They  are  small  and 
slender,  and  the  apices  of  the  radii  are  slightly  inclined  to  be  clavate; 
the  axial  and  rectangulating  radii  are  usually  of  verj  nearly  the  same 
length, — a  few  of  them  only  having  the  basal  portions  of  the  axial 
radii  elongated  to  about  twice  that  of  a  rectangulated  ray. 

There  are  two  sorts  of  spinulo-multifurcate  hexradiate  retentive 
spicula,  with  seven  or  eight  spinulate  radii  to  each  termination : — one 
in  which  the  primary  radii  are  short,  and  the  secondary  ones  pro- 
jected expansively,  so  as  to  form  one  great  compound  stellate  spicu- 
lum,  in  which  it  is  very  difficult  to  separate  with  the  eye  the  six  sets 
of  terminal  spinulate  radii ;  the  other  form  in  which  the  primary 
radii  are  longer  and  the  terminal  groups  of  spinulate  spicula,  usually 
six,  rarely  seven  or  eight  in  number,  are  projected  contractedly  so 
as  to  form  six  separate  and  very  distinct  groups  of  terminal  spinulate 
spicula,  as  represented  by  fig.  7,  PI.  XXIII.  The  first-mentioned 
form  is  very  like  that  from  Dactylocalyx  pumiceus,  represented  by 
fig.  4,  PI.  III.,  part  1,  with  the  imaginary  addition  of  as  many  more 
radii  as  are  there  represented. 

Myliusia,  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1859,  p.  439. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Fibres  solid,  cylindrical.  Retc  symmetric 
cal,  disposed  in  a  series  of  crypt-like  layers  parallel  with  the  external 
surface,  with  intervening  planes  of  perforated  siliceous  tissue* 


1869.]    DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICXO-TIBROUS  SPONGES.     335 

The  stratified  character  of  the  reticulating  skeleton  of  the  type 
sponge  of  this  genus,  when  viewed  in  a  section  at  right  angles  to  its 
iiatunl  surface,  with  a  microscopical  power  of  100  linear,  at  once 
separates  it  from  the  uni^mmetrical  structure  of  Daetyloealyx ;  and 
although  participating  with  Iphiteon  in  the  character  of  symmetrical 
arrangement  of  its  skeleton,  it  is  equally  well  distinguished  from 
that  genus  hj  the  total  ahsence  of  the  confluent  areas  that  are  so 
characteristic  in  those  sponges. 

In  a  paper  read  before  this  Society,  November  22,  1859,  by  Dr. 
J.  £.  Gray,  entitled  **  Description  of  MacAndrewia  and  Myliusia, 
two  new  forms  of  Sponges,"  and  published  in  the  '  Proceedings '  of 
the  Society  for  that  year,  page  437,  the  author  has  described  his 
genus  Myliusia,  page  439,  and  has  figured  in  plate  xvi.  Radiaia, 
of  the  same  volume,  his  species  Myliusia  eallocyathei  as  the  type 
of  his  genus ;  subsequently,  in  the  *  Proceedings '  of  this  Societv  for 
1867,  p.  506,  in  his  **  Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of  Sponges,^*  he 
has  given  the  following  characters  as  those  of  the  genus : — "  The 
sponge  conical,  cup-shaped,  pierced  with  numerous  short  truncated 
tubes,  forming  raised  folded  anastomosing  laminie  on  the  lower  sur- 
face." This  description  applies  only  to  the  external  characters  of 
the  skeleton,  entirely  omitting  all  the  other  anatomical  peculiarities 
of  the  sponge.  On  microscopically  examining  the  structures  of  the 
type  specimen  I  found  them  to  be  identical  with  those  of  the  genus 
Ipkiiean^  and  I  have  therefore  arranged  Dr.  Gray's  Myliusia  eaU 
loeyathes  as  Iphiteon  eallocyatkes  in  the  present  paper. 

In  Dr.  Gray's  "  Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of  Sponges,"  p.  506, 
he  states  that,  **  There  are  two  small  specimens  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum which  probably  belong  to  the  same  species.  The  smaller  one 
was  collected  by  the  Rev.  L.  Guilding  at  St.  Vincent's  in  1840 ;  and 
the  other  was  received  from  the  West  Indies  by  Mr.  Scrivener  in 
1842."  On  examining  microscopically  the  structures  of  the  speci- 
men collected  by  the  Rev.  L.  Quilding  at  St.  Vincent's,  I  found  it  to 
differ  mdely  in  the  construction  of  its  skeleton  from  either  Iphiteon 
or  Daetyloealyx,  and  I  therefore  propose  to  apply  Dr.  Gray's  genus 
Myliuna  to  this  species  in  place  of  the  one  to  which  he  has  erro- 
neously attached  it. 

The  specimen  from  "  Mr.  Scrivener  in  1842  "  is  identical  in  struc- 
ture witn  Dr.  Gray's  type  specimen  of  his  genus  Myliusia,  both  as 
regards  generic  and  specific  characters,  and  should  therefore  be  ar- 
ranged with  that  sponge  as  Iphiteon  calloeyathes. 

Myliusia  Grayii. 

MyUusia  calloeyathes,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  439,  et  1867, 
p.  506. 

Sponge  sessile,  massive.  Dermal  surface  unknown.  Surface  of 
rigid  skeleton  nneven  and  excavated.  Oscula,  pores,  and  expansile 
dermal  system  unknown.  Skeleton  stratified,  forming  a  series  of 
expanded  crypt-like  spaces.  Fibre  cylindrical,  incipiently  or  mi- 
nutely spinous.  Interstitial  spicula  numerous,  acerate,  large  and 
long,  variable  in  sise ;  disposed  in  lines  at  right  angles  to  the  strati-^ 


336    DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROU8  8PONGE8.  [Maj  13j 

ficatioD  in  loose  fasciculi  of  two  to  four  or  five  together.     Retentive 
spicula  spinulo-multifurcate  hexradiate  stellate. 

Colour  of  skeleton  translucent  white. 

Hah.  St.  Vincent'Sy  West  Indies  {Rev.  Lansdown  Guilding). 

Examined  in  the  skeleton-state. 

The  specimen  proposed  as  the  type  of  the  genus  Myliusia  has  on 
the  front  of  the  hoard  on  which  it  is  fixed  Mj/liusia,  St.  Vincent's, 
Rev.  L.  Guilding,  40.  1 0.  23.  11 ."  On  the  back  of  the  board  "  Scri- 
vener." 

The  sponge  is  sessile,  the  base  being  as  wide  as  the  specimen, 
which  has  a  diameter  of  about  three-fourths  of  an  inch,  and  is  about 
half  an  inch  in  height.  The  form  of  the  mass  is  slightly  oval ;  it  is 
composed  of  a  series  of  thin  sinuous  plates  of  skeleton-structure  not 
more  than  one-third  of  a  line  in  thickness.  The  sinuations  of  the 
plates  form  deep  orifices  in  the  substance  of  the  sponee,  which  some- 
times extend  nearly  to  the  base.  By  the  aid  of  a  lens  of  an  inch 
focus,  the  stratified  texture  of  the  sinuous  plates  is  distinctly  visible. 
No  sarcodous  matter  could  be  detected. 

There  are  no  visible  remains  of  the  expansile  dermal  system  of  the 
sponge.  When  viewed  by  the  microscope  the  surface  of  the  rigid 
skeleton  has  a  very  remarkable  aspect.  It  is  formed  of  a  series  of 
SQuare  or  irregularly  angular  areas,  the  angles  of  which  are  filled  in 
with  thin  perforated  angle-plates  with  their  inner  margins  curved, 
so  that  when  combined  they  leave  a  large  circular  or  oval  orifice  in 
the  middle  of  each  space ;  and  the  upper  siurface  of  each  layer  of 
vaulted  structure  presents  as  nearly  as  possible  the  same  aspect  as 
the  external  layer  of  the  rigid  skeleton.  There  is  no  uniformity, 
either  of  size  or  arrangement,  in  the  perforations  of  these  horizontal 
angle-plates ;  but  combined  they  present  to  the  eye  the  idea  of  the 
greatest  amount  of  lightness,  strength,  and  beauty  that  can  well  be 
conceived  to  exist  in  such  a  structure  (fig.  8,  PL  XXIIL). 

When  we  obtain  a  favourable  section  of  the  rigid  skeleton  at  right 
angles  to  the  surface  of  the  sponge,  we  find  that  it  is  formed  of  a 
series  of  crypt-like  layers  of  skeleton-fibre,  each  layer  forming  as 
it  were  a  distinct  and  extensive  crypt-like  space  with  short,  stout, 
cylindrical  pillars  with  gradually  expanded  bases  and  capitals,  the 
intervening  portions  of  the  shafts  of  the  columns  being  irregularly 
studded  with  acutely  conical  incipient  spines.  Occasionally  the 
regularity  of  the  columnar  arrangement  is  broken  by  the  occurrence 
of  large  irregular  interstitial  spaces,  into  which  short,  stout,  very 
spinous  cylindrical  or  attenuating  portions  of  fibre  are  projected,  very 
like  the  basal  portions  of  the  auxiliary  fibres  that  occur  in  several 
species  of  Iphiteon,  but  never  appearing  to  throw  off  rectangulating 
lateral  branches.  These  organs  are  evidently  rather  for  defensive 
purposes  than  as  auxiliary  supporters  of  the  sarcodous  membranes, 
as  beside  them  these  spaces  frequently  have  several  long  and  slender 
acerate  interstitial  spicula  traversing  them  in  various  directions; 
while  in  the  crypt-like  spaces  a  few  only  of  such  spicula  are  seen 
passing  through  them  in  diagonal  directions  (fig.  1,  PI.  XXV.). 


1869.]   DR.  jr.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.      337 

These  interstitial  spicula  are  very  long  and  are  frequently  flexuous, 
and  are  sometimes  extremely  numerous  and  closely  matted  together. 
In  this  state  they  have  probahly  belonged  to  the  expansile  dermal 
system ;  but  in  the  present  well-washed  condition  of  the  specimen 
the  true  position  of  these  matted  groups  could  not  be  determined. 
The  pTolmbility,  however^  of  their  having  belonged  to  the  external 
surface  is  increased  by  the  presence  among  them  of  fragments  of  a 
thin  brown  membrane  and  numerous  grains  of  sand. 

The  skeleton- fibres  are  more  or  less  spinous.  The  spines  are  acutely 
conical,  and  are  irregularly  dispersed  over  the  surface ;  some  parts 
of  the  skeleton  have  the  fibres  nearly  spineless,  while  others  are 
abundantly  furnished  with  those  minute  organs. 

The  spinulo-hexradiate  stellate  spicula  are  found  dispersed  in  all 
parts  of  the  skeleton-tissues ;  but  there  are  some  little  patches  of  in- 
termingled remains  of  membranes  and  spicula  in  which  eight  or  ten 
were  in  close  conjunction,  indicating  the  probability  that  in  the 
natural  condition  of  the  sponge  they  were  very  numerously  dbpersed 
in  the  membranous  tissues.  I  counted  thirty  rays  in  some  of  them ; 
and  we  may  therefore  designate  them  as  spinulo-multifurcate  liexra- 
diate  stellate  spicula. 

The  basal  structure  of  the  sponge  is  a  remarkably  beautiful  tissue. 
It  has  on  its  surface  an  indistinct  indication  of  irregular  areas,  similar 
to  those  of  the  skeleton-structure,  when  viewed  at  right  angles  to  its 
surface ;  but  the  spaces  of  the  open  central  areas  are  filled  up  by 
plates  of  siliceous  structure  perforated  by  numerous  round  or  oval 
holes.  The  skeleton-structure  immediately  above  it  is  an  irregular 
modification  of  the  ordinary  skeleton-tissues,  with  dense  patches  of 
stout  acerate  spicula  intermixed  with  it.  A  few  patches  of  the  basal 
membranous  tissue  remain  in  situ ;  in  its  present  state  it  is  of  a 
brown  amber-colour ;  no  spicula  could  be  detected  imbedded  in  them. 

ELaliapsis,  Bowerbank. 

Skeleton  siliceo-fibrous.  Basal  fibres  cylindrical  and  canaliculated ; 
distal  fibres  non-canaliculated,  compressed.  Basal  reticulations  sym- 
metrical  and  reversedly  arcuate ;  distal  reticulations  unsymmetrical 
and  continuously  ramifying. 

The  structures  of  the  sponge  which  is  the  type  of  this  genus  are 
remarkably  anomalous,  it  combining  in  its  skeleton  both  solid  and 
canaliculated  fibre,  each  having  a  separate  and  distinct  mode  of  dis- 
position in  the  animal.  The  terminations  of  the  central  canals  of 
the  basal  cylindrical  fibres  are  abrupt,  and  they  are  distinctly  visible 
at  the  parts  where  the  ramified  skeleton  commences.  No  evidence 
of  centnd  canals  could  be  detected  in  any  part  of  the  upper  ramify- 
ing portion  of  the  skeleton-structure,  whicn  divides  contmuously  as 
it  approaches  the  surface,  where  the  terminations  spread  horizontally 
in  every  direction,  their  extremities  interlocking  and  forming  a  com- 
plicated and  very  beautiful  lace-like  surface  to  the  rigid  skeleton,  a 
small  portion  of  which  is  represented  in  Plate  XXV.  fig,  3. 

These  structures,  and  their  modes  of  disposition,  are  so  remarkable 


338   DR.  J.  B.  BOWERBANK  ON  6ILICBO-FIBROU8  8PONGB8,  [Maj  ISp 

as  to  caase  this  genu8  to  be  readily  dUtinguished  from  any  others 
mth  which  we  are  acquainted  among  the  silioeo-fibrous  sponges. 

Kaliapsis  ciDARiSy  Bowerbank. 

Sponge  coating,  parasitical,  very  thin,  Oscula  and  poref  unknown. 
Expansile  dermal  system  furnished  with  foliato-peltate  connecting 
spicula,  peltate  heads  more  or  less  mammillated,  very  various  in 
form;  shafts  short  and  conical.  Dermal  membrane  furnished 
abundantly  with  minute  incipieotly  spinous  fusiformi*cylindrical  spi- 
cula, short  and  stout,  dispersed.  Skeleton — ^basal  portion  composed 
of  stout  canaliculated  cylindrical  fibre  arranged  symmetrically  in  a 
series  of  reversed  semicircular  confluent  arches,  from  the  crowns  of 
which  emanate  short  stout  cidarate  prehensile  fibres  with  acutely 
conical  terminations.  Basal  limbs  of  the  arches  attenuating  and  ra* 
mifying  irregularly  upwards,  and  terminating  at  the  surface  of  the 
rigid  skeleton  in  a  plane  of  very  complicated  non-canaliculated  reti* 
form  layer  of  depressed  fibres. 

Colour  in  the  dried  state  white. 

Hab,  Parasitic  on  the  base  of  Oeulina  rosea,  from  the  South 
Seas  (/.  S,  Bowerbank), 
Examined  in  the  dried  state. 

I  found  this  singular  and  beautiful  little  sponge  on  the  base  of  a 
specimen  of  Oeulina  rosea  from  the  South  Seas  in  1855,  and  figured 
a  portion  of  it  in  illustration  of  my  paper  on  the  *'  Anatomy  and 
Physioloffy  of  the  Spongiadse"  published  in  the  'Philosophical 
Transactions  of  the  lloyal  Society'  for  1862,  plate  28.  fig.  12. 
p.  759,  as  a  specimen  of  prehensile  sponge-fibre ;  and  also  in  vol.  i. 
of  'A  Monograph  of  the  British  Spongiadsd/  plate  15.  fig.  278, 
p.  80,  for  the  same  purpose. 

I  also  figured  seven  specimens  of  the  dermal  connecting  spicula  in 
the  '  Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Ro^al  Society '  for  1858, 
plate  24.  figs.  32-38  inclusive,  in  illustration  of  the  foliato-peU 
tate  forms  of  connecting  spicula,  and  described  in  detail  the  mode  of 
their  development  from  the  simple  discoid  form  to  their  mature  and 
most  complicated  ramified  condition.  They  are  also  figured  in  *  Mo* 
nograph  of  British  Spongiadse,'  plate  4.  figs.  102,  103,  and  plate  5« 
figs.  104-108  inclusive,  in  illustration  of  the  terminology. 

The  whole  sponge,  when  attached  to  the  base  of  the  coral,  did  not 
exceed  about  3  lines  in  diameter;  and  the  largest  portion  obtained  for 
examination  is  nearly  square,  2  lines  in  length,  and  about  1^  line 
in  breadth,  and  not  exceeding  ^  inch  in  thickness.  Its  peculiar 
structure  is  singularly  illustrative  of  its  parasitic  habit.  I  have 
carefully  examined  many  other  specimens  oiOcuUna  rosea,  but  haTe 
never  been  fortunate  enough  to  nnd  another  specimen. 

On  several  portions  of  the  largest  piece  of  rigid  skeleton  I  found 
one  or  two  of  the  foliato-peltate  spicula  adherent  and  tji  situ;  and 
in  the  material  scraped  from  the  coral  matrix  immediately  surround- 
ine  the  sponge,  they  were  found  in  abundance  in  every  stage  of  do* 
velopment,  and  along  with  them  numerous  very  minute  fusiformi- 


1869.]    DR.  J.  8,  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.     339 

cylindrical  spicula»  which  had  every  appearance  of  belonging  to  the 
dermal  membrane.  With  this  indication,  I  mounted  all  the  remain- 
ing fragments  of  the  sponge  in  my  possession,  and  I  was  fortunate 
enough  to  find  a  small  piece  of  dermal  membrane  crowded  with  these 
minute  spicula,  and  having  several  of  the  foliato-peltate  spicula 
attached  to  its  under  surface,  thus  leaving  no  doubt  remaining  re- 
garding the  presence  and  nature  of  the  expansile  dermal  membrane 
of  this  singular  and  beautiful  species  of  siliceo-fibrous  sponge  (PI. 
XXV.  fig.  4). 

The  specific  characters  of  the  sponge,  although  few  in  number, 
combined  with  the  peculiar  and  very  striking  ones  derivable  from  the 
skeleton,  which  I  have  described  in  detail  in  treating  of  the  genus, 
enable  us  readily  to  distinguish  the  species  from  any  other  siliceo* 
fibrous  sponge.  The  cidarate  prehensile  fibres  at  the  base  of  the 
sponge  are  remarkably  curious  organs ;  they  proceed  at  right  angles 
m^m  the  crowns  of  the  reversed  basal  arches,  and  terminate  in  stout 
and  acute  cones ;  and  intermediate  between  their  origins  and  termi- 
nations each  has  a  ring  of  stout  round  bosses  admirably  fitting  them 
first  to  penetrate  the  fleshy  external  coat  of  the  coral,  and,  when  once 
insertea,  to  securely  maintain  their  position.  There  is  no  mistaking 
the  ofiice  of  these  curious  and  beautiful  organs  and  the  admirable 
adaptation  to  the  nature  of  the  basis  on  which  they  were  destined  to 
be  parasitic  (PL  XXV.  fig.  2). 

The  forms  of  the  foliato-peltate  heads  of  the  connecting  spicula 
are  exceedingly  various,  passing  through  every  gradation  from  simple 
circular  plates  to  the  most  elaborate  foliations.  On  some  of  the 
heads  of  the  detached  spicula  groups  of  three  or  four  of  the  minute 
fusiform-cylindrical  retentive  and  defensive  spicula  were  attached; 
but  on  some  parts  of  the  small  fragment  of  the  dermal  membrane 
they  were  so  numerous  and  so  crowded  together  as  to  render  their 
individual  forms  perfectly  undistinguishable.  The  membrane  is  of 
a  dark  brown  colour,  and  can  scarcely  be  said  to  be  transparent,  in  con- 
sequence of  the  number  of  the  spicula  and  the  density  of  the  sarcode 
in  which  they  are  imbedded.  I  measured  some  of  the  largest  and 
smallest  of  them,  and  found  their  average  length  not  to  exceed  ^^ 
inch.  The  greatest  diameter  of  a  large  one  was  n^^  inch  (PI.  XXV. 
fig.  5). 

In  these  minute  spicula  the  central  canal  was  visible  with  a  linear 
power  of  666  throughout  the  whole  of  their  lengths,  and  it  occupied 
about  one-sixth  of  the  greatest  diameter,  so  that  its  own  diameter 
could  not  exceed  about  j^g^^^  inch. 

Farrea  occa,  Bowerbank. 

Sponge  massive,  pedicelled?  Surface  even?  minutely  hispid? 
Oscula  and  pores  unknown.  Dermis  furnished  with  a  quadrilateral 
smooth  siliceo-fibrous  network,  armed  at  the  angles  oppositely,  ex* 
temally  and  internally,  with  short  imbricated  conical  spiculaV  de- 
fences. Skeleton — rete  irregularly  quadrilateral ;  fibre  cylindrical, 
more  or  less  minutely  tuberculated  or  spined.  Tension-spicula 
bitemate,  spiculated  bitemate^  and  furcated  spiculated  bitemate. 


340   DR.  J.  S.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROXJS  SPONGES.  [May  13, 

and  rarely  attenuato-rectangulated  triradiate  spicula.  Retentive 
spicula  attenuato-stellate,  very  irregular  in  structure,  minute,  very 
numerous. 

Colour  in  the  living  state  unknown. 

Hab,  Seychelle  Islands  {Capt.  Etheridge^  R.N,). 

Examined  in  the  state  of  skeleton. 

The  remarkahle  sponge,  the  suhject  of  the  present  description,  is 
beautifully  figured  in  the  *  Transactions  of  the  Linnean  Society  of 
London,'  vol.  xxii.  plnte  21,  as  the  basal  mass  "of  a  coarse  irre- 
gular siliceous  sponge,"  upon  which  the  subject  of  the  paper, 
Euplectella  cucumer,  Owen,  is  based.  The  author  very  briefly 
notices  the  structure  of  this  basal  portion  of  his  figure ;  and  three 
small  portions  of  its  structure  are  represented  by  figures  8,  9,  and  9a, 
with  scarcely  a  sufficient  amount  of  microscopic  power  to  give  an 
adequate  idea  of  their  structures. 

The  sponge  is  •  an  irregular  mass,  4  inches  in  length  by  about 
2\  inches  in  width,  of  siliceo-fibrous  structure :  about  2  inches  of  the 
basal  portion  of  its  length  consists  of  a  dense  irregularly  cylindrical 
stem  about  ^  inch  in  diameter ;  from  its  surface-structure,  as  seen  by 
the  aid  of  a  2-inch  lens,  there  appears  to  be  no  doubt  of  its  being  truly 
a  portion  of  the  sponge  whence  it  is  projected.  The  dense  structure 
and  mode  of  projection  of  this  indurated  portion  of  the  sponge 
renders  it  probable  that  in  the  living  state  the  animal  was  more  or 
less  elevated  on  a  pedestal. 

The  greater  portion  of  the  body  of  the  sponge  is  in  a  disrupted 
State,  apparently  from  compression ;  but  the  whole  of  its  structures 
are  loosely  bound  together  by  the  numerous  long  prehensile  basal 
spicula  of  the  Euplectella,  which  penetrate  its  substance  and  envelop 
it  on  every  side.  Fragments  of  the  beautiful  harrow-like  tissue  of 
the  dermis  are  dispersed  on  various  portions  of  the  specimen ;  and  in 
one  place,  partly  hidden  by  what  'appears  to  be  the  small  valve  of  a 
Terebratula,  there  is  a  portion  of  the  harrow-like  tissue  about  equal 
to  half  or  three-fourths  of  a  superficial  square  inch.  The  general 
distribution  of  the  fibres  of  the  skeleton  is  not  readily  to  be  deter- 
mined, as  the  intermixture  of  the  prehensile  basal  spicula  of  the  Eu- 
plectella with  its  tissues  is  so  abundant  as  to  very  much  confuse  its 
general  aspect  to  the  eye  of  an  observer.  The  dermal  structure  of 
this  sponge  is  very  remarkable.  It  consists  of  a  regular  quadrilateral 
network  of  smooth  siliceous  fibre,  from  the  angles  of  which  a  double 
set  of  short  conical  spiculum-shafts  are  projected,  each  about  y^  inch 
in  length,  and  entirely  covered  with  spines.  Each  set  are  at  right 
angles  to  the  plane  of  the  network,  one  series  pointing  inward  and 
serving  the  purpose  of  attaching  the  dermis  to  the  body  of  the  sponge 
beneath,  while  the  other  set  are  directed  outward,  serving  as  defen- 
sive weapons ;  so  that  a  small  piece  of  this  tissue  beneath  the  micro- 
scope closely  resembles  an  agricultural  harrow,  with  the  difference 
that  it  has  two  sets  of  teeth  in  opposite  directions  instead  of  one. 
The  dermal  membrane  has  been  nearly  all  destroyed ;  but  entangled 
with  the  fibres  of  the  skeleton  there  are  some  of  the  attenaato-8tel« 


1869.]  DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  SILlCBO- FIBROUS  SPUN6EB.     341 

late  spicula,  with  which  it  is  prohahle  that  the  membrane  was  amply 
famished  as  secondary  defences  against  minute  enemies. 

This  singular  tissue  is  figured  in  the  '  Philosophical  Transactions 
of  the  Royal  Society'  for  1862,  plate  32.  fig.  7>  and  also  in  ray 
'Monograph  of  the  British  Spongiadsp/  toI.  i.  plate  21.  fig.  311. 
I  belicTC  the  portions  presented  to  the  eye  in  the  pieces  figured  to 
be  the  external  surface,  as  the  fragments  of  the  dermal  membrane 
which  remained  all  seemed  to  cover  that  side  of  the  fibres  of  the 
network,  and  the  presence  of  the  external  series  of  the  spicular 
organs  is  strongly  indicative  of  the  minute  hispidation  of  the  surface 
of  the  sponge  in  its  natural  condition. 

In  the  present  condition  of  the  sponge  it  is  impossible  to  deter- 
mine whether  this  singular  harrow-like  dermal  structure  was  con- 
tinuous over  the  whole  of  its  surface  when  in  the  living  condition ; 
but  the  probability  is,  judging  from  the  general  structure  of  the  ex- 
pansile dermal  system  of  every  other  known  species  of  siliceo-fibrous 
sponge,  that  it  was  composed  of  detached  sections,  so  as  to  allow  of 
the  usual  amount  of  expansion  and  contraction  that  we  observe  to 
exist  in  every  other  such  sponge. 

The  reticulation  of  the  skeleton  is  always  angular,  but  the  areas 
vary  from  square  into  all  imaginable  varieties  of  the  oblong  figure. 
The  fibre  is  stout  and  strong,  with  a  well-defined  central  canal  in  its 
fully  developed  condition ;  a  portion  of  it  is  represented  in  Plate 
XXIV.  fig.  i,  with  numerous  attenuato-stellate  retentive  spicula  ad- 
hering to  the  fibres. 

Oo^sionally  in  some  portions  of  the  skeleton-fibre  we  find  two 
canals,  neither  of  which  are  central :  this  abnormal  form  probably 
arises  from  two  immature  fibres,  closely  approximated  in  an  early 
stage  of  their  development,  uniting  longitudinally ;  and  in  one  case 
I  observed  as  many  as  three^  irregular  portions  of  canals  in  one  frag- 
ment of  ^he  fibre ;  but  this  irregularity  of  structure  is  the  exception 
and  not  the  rule.  The  spination  of  the  skeleton-fibres  is  very  slightly 
produced  in  the  form  of  acute  cones,  and  in  some  of  the  larger  fibres 
it  may  be  almost  designated  as  incipient,  while  occasionally  in  some 
of  the  immature  ones  the  spinules  assume  the  forms  of  tubercles, 
which  are  sometimes  more  or  less  bifurcated. 

The  interstitial  tension-spicula  of  this  sponge  are  very  remarkable 
organs.  They  are  simple  biternate,  spiculated  bitemate,  and  fur- 
cated spiculated  bitemate.  Sometimes  one  termination  only  is  spicu- 
lated, sometimes  both  are  thus  furnished.  One  or  two  of  the  terminal 
radii  are  frequently  furcated;  but  it  is  of  rare  occurrence  that  the 
whole  of  them  are  produced  to  that  extent.  They  occur  in  groups 
entaneled  together ;  in  several  of  these  groups  they  were  numerous 
and  closely  packed,  much  in  the  same  manner  in  which  we  find  the 
spinulo-trifurcated  hexradiate  spicula  of  the  interstitial  membranes 
of  Daetyloealyx  pumicea  when  seen  in  situ.  They  are  stout  and 
comparatively  of  larfi;e  size  (PI.  XXIV.  figs.  5  &  6). 

The  attenuato-stellate  retentive  spicula  are  minute  and  very  irre- 
gular in  their  stracture  and  in  the  number  of  their  radii.  They  have 
evidently  been  very  numerous,  as  they  are  frequently  found  adhering 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXIII. 


342   DS.  J.  8.  BOWRRBANK  ON  81  LI C BO-FIBROUS  8PON6B8.  [Maj  IS, 

ia  considerable  numbers  around  portions  of  the  skeleton-fibres ;  and 
it  is  probable  that  the  dermal  and  interstitial  membranes  were  aban* 
dantly  furnished  with  them  (PL  XXIV.  figs.  2,  3,  4). 

This  remarkable  sponge  is  in  its  skeleton- structnres  exactly  like 
those  of  a  Ferongia,  its  siliceous  nature  constituting  the  only  essen- 
tial difference.  The  specimen  is  undoubtedly  by  far  the  most  valu- 
able of  the  two  represented  in  the  plate  in  the  '  Transactions  of  the 
Linnean  Society.'  In  conclusion,  I  must  return  my  best  thanks  to 
my  friend  Dr.  A.  Farre  for  the  repeated  opportunities  I  have  had  of 
closely  examining  its  structure. 

FuRisiPHONiA,  Bowerbank. 

Skeleton  sillceo-fibrouSi  reticulate,  unqrmmetrical ;  fibres  com« 
posed  of  concentric  layers  of  solid  silex,  with  a  continuous  centnl 
canal. 

This  genus  is  intermediate  in  its  structure  between  Daetyloadyg, 
Stutchbury,  and  Farrea,  Bowerbank.  Like  the  latter,  its  fibres  are 
continuously  canaUculated ;  but  it  has  not  anything  approaching  the 
angulated  symmetrical  arrangement  of  its  skeleton-fibres;  on  the 
contrary,  it  very  closely  simulates  the  mode  of  the  distributioQ  of 
the  fibres  that  prevail  in  Baetylocalyx.  The  central  canals  in  the 
fibres  of  the  species  of  Purmphonia  on  which  the  genus  is  founded 
occupy  from  about  one-fifth  to  one-third  of  the  entire  diameter  of 
the  nbre ;  they  are  straight  and  uniform  in  their  own  diameter,  and 
have  little  or  no  enlargements  at  their  junctions  with  each  other. 
The  reticulations  of  the  skeleton  are  frequently  extremely  close,  so 
that  the  areas  do  not  exceed,  or  sometimes  even  equal,  the  diameters 
of  the  fibres  bounding  them, 

PuRisiPHONiA  Clarket,  Bowcrbauk. 

Sponge  fistulous,  branching ;  surface  of  rigid  skeleton  even.  Of* 
cula  simple,  dispersed  over  the  inner  surface  of  the  fistulae.  Dermal 
structures  unknown.  Skeleton  stout,  closely  reticulated.  Inter* 
Vtitial  cavities  furnished  with  rectangulatcd  hexradiate  spicola. 

Hab,  Wollumbilla,  Queensland,  Australia  (Dr.  Clarke).     Fossil. 

There  is  much  greater  difficulty  in  the  specific  description  of  a 
fossil  sponge  than  of  a  recent  one,  as  a  considerable  portion  of  the  most 
decisive  specific  characters  are  usually  absent,  in  consequenee  of  the 
decomposition  of  the  softer  parts  of  the  organization  previously  to 
fossilization ;  and  this  is  doubtless  the  case  with  the  specimen  under 
consideration ;  but  although  thus  deprived  of  the  use  of  many  valu- 
able descriptive  characters,  there  are  sufficient  remaining  to  enable 
us  to  securely  determine  its  specific  identity. 

It  is  difficult  to  say  what  has  been  the  correct  form  of  the  sped- 
men  in  its  nnmutilated  state ;  but,  judging  by  its  present  condition, 
it  has  originally  been  a  large  fistulous  sponge,  giving  off  fistular 
branches  at  irregular  intervals.  The  large  fistular  body  of  the 
spoilge  has  been  split  longitudinally,  and  a  portion  4  inches  in  length, 
and  of  about  half  of  the  tube  of  the  sponge,  remains,  and  from  the 


1869.]    DR.  J.  S.  BOWIRBANK  ON  SILICEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.     343 

surface  of  tbis  the  entire,  basal  portions  of  two  secondary  fistular 
branches  proceed.  There  are  also  the  remains  of  another  such 
branch  at  the  margin  of  the  primary  fistula  at  the  right-hand  side. 
The  outer  surface  of  the  sponge  has  an  irregular  reticulation  of  stout 
siliceous  fibres,  very  similar  to  those  of  Dactylocalyx  immediately 
beneath  the  dermis. 

In  all  the  recent  species  of  this  tribe  of  sih'ceo-fibrous  sponges 
with  which  I  am  acquainted,  there  is  an  expansile  dermal  system 
attached  to  the  stiff  non-expansile  skeleton  beneath  by  connecting 
spicula  cemented  at  their  basal  points  more  or  less  to  the  mass  of 
the  skeleton  beneath  by  keratode  only,  and  which  would  naturally 
be  separated  from  the  body  of  the  sponge  by  maceration  and  by  de- 
composition of  the  membranous  and  keratose  matter  a  short  period 
after  its  death ;  and  none  of  the  expansile  dermal  system,  it  is  pro- 
bable,  would  appear  with  the  fossil  unless  it  were  to  be  enveloped 
and  fixed  in  the  matrix  after  its  death — a  result  scarcely  to  be  ex- 
pected. This  organized  envelope  usually  affords  the  most  distinct 
and  determinative  specific  characters  of  the  sponge,  and  it  was  very 
important  to  discover  its  remains  if  possible ;  but  in  this  attempt  I 
have  been  unsuccessful. 

In  its  living  condition  this  sponge  would  probably  exhibit  a  smooth 
membranous  surface ;  but  in  its  present  state  we  have  large  open 
areas  exhibited  in  lieu  of  the  smooth  dermal  membrane.  These 
areas  are,  in  fact,  the  distal  ends  of  the  intermarginal  cavities,  and 
are  usually  much  larger  than  the  interstitial  spaces  immediately  be- 
neath them.  In  the  specimen  under  consideration,  as  in  similarly 
organised  recent  sponges,  the  proximal  lerminationsof  the  intermar^ 
ginal  cavities  communicate  immediately  with  the  distal  ends  of  the 
uterstitial  spaces,  and  these  uniting  increase  in  their  size  as  they 
progress  towards  the  inner  parietes  of  the  great  cloacal  cavity  of  the 
sponge,  into  which  they  finally  discharge  their  streams  through  the 
oscula.  In  this  organization  they  closely  resemble  the  structures  in 
the  recent  genera  Grantia,  Feronffia,  and  many  of  the  fistular 
keratose  sponges  of  the  West-Indian  seas. 

I  have  not  detected  any  connecting  spicula,  and  I  have  assigned 
the  rectangnlated  hexradiate  ones  to  the  interstitial  cavities  on  the 
£uth  of  some  very  dilapidated  remains  of  them,  deeply  immersed 
in  the  tissues,  and  rendered  visible  only  by  the  penetrating  power  of 
the  Lieberkiihn — and  by  two  other  fragments,  one  detached,  repre- 
sented in  Plate  XXV.  fig.  7,  and  the  other  in  situ,  in  the  portion  of 
the  skeleton  figured  at  a,  fig.  6,  Plate  XXV. 

The  nearest  relations  to  this  tribe  of  sponges  among  the  fossil 
ones  are  decidedly  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges  of  the  Flamborough 
Chalk ;  below  that  formation  I  am  not  aware  of  any  such  sponges 
having  ever  been  found.  The  matrix  of  the  Australian  fossil  also 
possesses  much  of  the  character  of  chalk ;  it  dissolves  completely  in 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  leaving  only  a  small  quantity  of  sandy  resi- 
duum. 

-  I  may  also  observe  that  the  similarity  of  form  and  structure  be- 
tween the  Australian  and  the  English  Chalk  fossil  sponges  in  this 


344    DR.  J.  S.  DOWERBANK  OK  SILICEO-FIBROU8  SPONGES.  [Maj  13> 

case  is  by  no  means  a  new  fact,  as  there  are  abundant  instances  of 
similar  close  alliances  existing  among  the  recent  Australian  sponges 
and  those  of  the  chalk  formation  of  England ;  and  amongst  the  most 
prominent  are  the  existing  representatives  of  Choaniies  and  Ventri- 
culitet, 

Alcyoncellum  speciosum,  Qaoy  et  Gaimard. 

Euplectella  aspergillum,  Owen,  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  iii.  p.  203. 
Euplectella  cucumer,  Owen,  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  zxii.  p.  1 17,  pi.  21 « 
Sponge  sessile,  cylindrical,  more  or  less  curved,  enlarging  pro- 
gressively from  the  basal  to  the  distal  extremity;  upper  portion 
furnished  with  numerous  sharp  ridges  of  interlacing  fibres  disposed 
diagonally  and  somewhat  symmetrically  ;  apex  truncate,  closed  by  a 
coarse,  ventricose,  fibrous  network,  and  encircled  by  a  strongly  pro- 
duced fibrous  ridge  or  frill.  Base  furnished  with  numerous  fasciculi 
of  large  and  long  prehensile  spicula  projected  downward ;  spicula  at- 
tenuato-qnatemate,  barbed  alternately  for  about  one-third  of  their 
length  from  the  distal  extremity.  Oscula  congregated,  terminal. 
Pores  congregated ;  inhalant  apertures  symmetrically  equidistant, 
disposed  in  lines  radiating  from  the  base  to  the  apex  of  the  sponge. 
Dermal  membrane  abundantly  spiculous  ;  spicula  acerate,  long  and 
slender,  fasciculated ;  fasciculi  compact,  disposed  in  radiating  or 
parallel  groups.  Skeleton  symmetrical :  primary  lines  radiating  from 
the  base  to  the  apex,  equidistant ;  secondary  lines  at  right  angles  to 
the  primary  ones ;  interstitial  structures  interlacing  diagonally.  Spi- 
cula of  the  membranes — interstitial  spicula  rectangulated  attenuated 
hexradiate,  short  and  stout,  rarely  completely  developed ;  also  at- 
tenuated rectangulated  triradiate  apically  spined.  Spicula  of  the 
sarcode  trifurcated  attenuato-hexradiate  stellate,  and  florioomo-hex- 
radiate,very  minute. 

Colour  amber-yellow  ? 

Hab.  Philippine  Islands;  Island  of  Bohol,  10  fathoms  (jAfr.  HiiyA 
Cuming)  ;  Island  of  Zebu,  about  24  fathoms  {Mr,  JK.  Geale). 
Examined  in  the  skeleton-state. 

There  are  several  indications  of  a  close  alliance  between  Jieyon^ 
eellum  and  Dactylocalyx,  Iphiteon,  and  the  other  genera  of  well 
developed  siliceo-fibrous  sponges. 

The  structure  of  the  skeleton-fibres  and  their  habit  of  anasto- 
mosing  whenever  they  touch  each  other  are  precisely  the  same  as 
they  are  in  the  genera  I  have  named.  The  floncomo-hexradiate  stel- 
late retentive  spicula  of  Alcyoncellum^  Plate  XXIV.  fig.  1 1,  and  the 
beautiful  spinulo-multifurcate  hexradiate  spicula  of  Iphiieon  eaUo- 
cyathea,  Plate  XXIII.  fig.  7,  are  so  peculiar  in  their  forms,  and  so 
similar  in  the  mode  of  their  construction  and  relative  positions  in 
the  two  sponges,  as  to  at  once  lead  us  to  the  conclusion  that  the  two 
species  are  in  very  close  alliance  with  each  other.  A  similar  dose 
alliance  is  indicated  by  the  comparison  of  the  slender  attenuated  rec- 
tangulated-hexradiate  interstitial  spicula  of  Alcyoncellum  (PI.  XXIV. 
fig.  9)  and  those  of  Iphiieon  callocyathes  represented  Plate  XXIII. 


1869.]   DR.  J.  8.  BOWSaSANK  ON  8ILICEO-FIBROU8  8FONGE8.     345 

fig.  5.  These  strongly  marked  points  of  resemblance  in  form  and 
identity  in  relative  situation  and  office  between  the  auxiliary  spicula, 
in  addition  to  those  of  the  skeleton,  irresistibly  lead  us  to  the  con- 
clusion that  these  sponges,  however  different  in  their  forms,  are 
structurally  members  of  the  same  family.  Strongly  marked  dif- 
ferences in  form  are  apt  to  lead  our  judgments  astray  when  super- 
ficial observations  only  are  made  of  the  specimens  before  us ;  but 
when  we  see  such  extraordinuy  variations  of  form  occurring  in  the 
same  species  under  different  circumstances  and  amounts  of  develop- 
ment as  those  we  observe  in  sponges  with  the  habits  of  which  we 
are  perfectly  familiar,  as,  for  instance,  in  our  protean  species  Halt- 
ehondria  panieea,  we  should  be  prepared  to  admit,  as  in  truth  we 
ultimately  must  do,  the  same  latitude  of  variation  among  the  nearly 
allied  species  and  individuals  of  the  same  species  of  the  siliceo-fibrous 
sponges. 

In  all  the  numerous  specimens  of  Alcyoncellum  with  which  I  am 
acquainted,  the  skeleton  is  composed  of  rigid  inosculating  siliceous 
fibre,  as  I  have  stated  in  my  paper  on  Alcyoncellum  speeiosum, 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  351,  in  my  description  of  the  generic 
character  in  p.  353,  in  the  following  terms: — ''Skeleton  siliceo- 
fibrous  ;  primarv  Unes  radiating  from  the  base  in  parallel,  straight, 
or  slightly  spiral  lines ;  secondary  lines  at  right  angles  to  the  pri- 
mary ones."  I  will  not  reiterate  here  the  fudl  details  of  the  struc- 
ture of  these  beautiful  sponges  that  I  have  given  in  my  paper  as 
a  noted  above ;  and  such  a  repetition  is  the  more  unnecessary  as 
iiey  have  been  imported  so  abundantly  of  late  as  to  place  specimens 
for  microscopical  examination  within  the  reach  of  almost  every  one 
interested  in  the  subject.  The  sponges  have  also  been  figured  in 
Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  vol.  iii.,  and  in  Trans.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  xxii. 
pi.  21,  and  also  in  the  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  for  Feb.  1868,  pi.  iv. ; 
but  in  none  of  these  plates  is  there  any  delineation  of  the  skeleton- 
structure  with  a  high  microscopical  power,  and  it  is  this  want  that 
I  purpose  at  the  present  time  to  supply,  that  we  may  be  enabled  to 
arrive  at  a  sound  conclusion  as  regards  its  true  skeleton-structure, 
and  also  as  to  such  of  its  specific  characters  as  have  not  hitherto 
been  figured  or  described. 

Dr.  Gray,  in  his  "  Notes  on  the  Arrangement  of  Sponges,"  Proc. 
Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  492,  has,  at  p.  504,  described  the  Euplectellada 
{AkyaneeUumy  Quoy  et  Gaimard)  as  having  a  "  skeleton  composed 
of  longitudinal,  transverse,  and  oblique  bundles  of  spicules  inter- 
secting each  other  and  forming  a  network;"  and  rrof.  Wyville 
Thomson,  in  his  paper  on  the  '*  Vitreous"  Sponges,  Ann.  &  Mag. 

Nat.  Hist,  for  Feb.  1868,  p.  114,  at  p.  126,  in  his  description  of 
his  proposed  new  genus  "  Habrodictyon,*'  has  adopted  the  error  into 
which  Dr.  Gray  has  fallen  by  describing  the  skeleton  as  consisting 

**  of  a  perfectly  irregular  network  of  siliceous  needles  loosely  and 
irregulsirly  arranged  in  sheaves  crossing  one  another  at  low  angles, 
and  connected  by  a  small  quantity  of  soil  mucilaginous  sarcode." 
These  descriptions  of  the  skeleton  are,  in  both  cases,  completely 
erroneous,  as  can  be  readily  demonstrated  by  boiling  portions  of  the 


346   9R.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  8ILICEO«FIBROU8  SPONGES.  [May  13^ 

skeleton  in  nitric  acid,  when  it  will  be  immediately  apparent  that  no 
disintegration  of  the  reticulated  structure  results  from  this  operation* 
which  would  inevitably  be  the  case  if  it  were  formed  of  fasciculi  of 
spicula  held  together  by  sarcode  only.  On  the  contrary,  the  whole 
of  the  skeleton  is  formed  of  an  irregular  network  of  solid  siliceous 
fibres  approaching  each  other  and  anastomosing  with  more  than  the 
usual  frequency  in  such  sponges. 

Very  few,  if  any,  of  the  secondary  fibres  in  either  the  transTcrse 
or  diagonal  portions  of  the  skeleton  are  simple  in  their  structure. 
They  seem  always  to  be  composed  of  two  or  more  simple  fibres 
running  parallel  to  each  other  and  anastomosing  at  short  distances. 
Sometimes  the  anastomosing  points  of  two  parallel  fibres  are  so  close 
to  each  other  that  the  two  thus  combined  have  the  appearance  of  a 
narrow  tape  or  ribbon  with  thickened  margins  and  a  line  of  nearly 
imiform  pinhole  perforations  running  down  the  middle  of  it. 

Amidst  these  complicated  anastomosing  lines  of  the  skeleton  nu- 
merous stout  rectangulated  hexradiate  and  triradiate  spicula  are  irre- 
gularly mixed ;  they  appear  as  if  they  were  simply  entangled  amidst 
the  tissues  supporting  and  supported  by  the  interstitial  membranes 
of  the  sponge.  None  of  them  under  these  circumstances  have  any 
permanent  connexion  with  the  skeleton ;  neither  do  the  spicula  of 
the  numerous  bundles  of  long  prehensile  organs  so  abundant  towards 
the  base  of  the  sponge  ever  anastomose  with  the  skeleton-fibres  or 
with  each  other.  No  marks  of  such  an  attachment  can  be  detected 
upon  any  part  of  them ;  and,  in  truth,  their  recurved  spinous  appen- 
dages and  their  long  and  flexible  shafla  imbedded  in  the  tough  mem« 
branous  integuments  of  the  dermal  tissues  renders  such  anastomsis 
of  the  organs  with  the  rigid  skeleton  quite  unnecessary  ;  and  if  we 
measure  the  probability  of  the  possession  of  such  dermal  integu- 
ments by  Alcyoncellum  in  a  living  state  with  what  we  know  of  the 
dermal  structures  o^ Dactylocalyx  Masoni,  Prattii,  &c.,  httle  doubt 
can  remain  in  our  minds  that  its  dermal  integuments  are  much 
of  the  same  nature  as  those  of  the  rest  of  the  rigid  siliceo-fibrous 
sponges.  The  structure  of  the  stout  network  of  the  oscular  area  is  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  corresponding  organ  in  Iphiteon  beatrix.  Each 
fibre  of  the  net  is  compounded  of  a  condensed  mass  of  simple  skeleton- 
fibres  anastomosing  in  every  direction  as  in  that  of  J.  beatrix*  In 
truth,  the  more  searchingly  we  examine  the  skeleton-structures  of 
the  beautiful  subject  under  description  the  more  closely  we  find  its 
alliances  to  be  to  the  great  family  of  the  siliceo-fibrous  sponges. 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that,  amidst  the  large  number  of  speci- 
mens that  have  recently  been  imported,  there  does  not  appear  to 
have  been  any  one  of  them  preserved  in  the  living  state  as  when 
taken  from  the  sea ;  nor  have  we  any  well  authenticated  report  by 
a  competent  naturalist  of  their  condition  when  thus  obtained.  But 
if  we  nuiy  reason  from  the  analogies  presented  by  other  siliceo-fibrous 
sponges  preserved  in  the  state  in  which  they  were  taken  from  the 
sea,  we  should  expect  to  find  Alcyoncellum  with  a  stout  and  some- 
what coriaceous  enveloping  dermal  membrane ;  and  I  have  in  my 
possession  a  fragment  of  such  a  membrfme  abcmt  2  lines,  in  length, 


1869.]  DIU  J.  8.  BOWBRBANK  ON  SILICSO-FISaOUS  8PON6BS.     347 

imd  i  m  breftdth*  whioh  was  shaken  o£f  a  specimen  of  A.  speciowm 
that  I  purchased  of  Mr.  Geale  in  January  1867* 

This  fragment  of  membranous  tissue  is,  comparatively  speaking, 
of  considenJ>le  thickness,  and  abounds  in  amber-coloured  sarcode, 
and  there  appear  to  be  two  well-defined  layers  of  tissue.  In  the 
external  one  there  are  numerous  fasciculi  of  long  slender  acerate 
spicula,  the  number  in  each  being  much  too  numerous  to  be  counted, 
and  they  are  yery  compactly  disposed.  In  one  part  of  the  surface 
the  fasciouli  radiate  from  a  common  basal  point,  while  in  two  other 
parts  they  are  nearly  parallel  to  each  other.  On  reversmg  the  speci- 
men the  internal  layer  presented  a  rudely  cellulated  appearance, 
abounding  in  sarcode,  in  which  two  of  the  most  characteristic  auxili- 
ary spicula  of  Aleyoneellum  were  deeply  imbedded— one  of  them,  an 
incompletely  dcTcloped  stout  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial 
spiculum,  exactly  represented  by  fig.  181,  plate  7,Mon.  Brit.  Spon- 
giadae,  vol.  i.,  and  the  other  a  rectangulated  hexradiate  one,  repre- 
sented by  fig.  198,  plate  9,  of  the  same  work ;  and  there  is  also  a 
alender  rectangulatcNl  hexradiate  spiculum,  lUce  the  one  represented 
by  fig.  10,  Plate  XXIY.,  illustrating  the  present  paper.  With  these 
indioitions,  I  think  there  is  little  doubt  that  the  structure  I  have 
described  is  a  portion  of  the  dermal  system  o£  Aleyoneellum^  and  that, 
when  we  obtain  a  specimen  in  the  condition  in  which  it  is  taken  from 
the  sea  in  the  living  state,  we  shall  find  the  beautiful  skeleton  entirely 
enveloped  by  such  a  dermal  membrane  as  I  have  described  from  the 
fragment  in  my  possession. 

Should  these  ideas  prove  correct,  a  slight  addition  would  become 
necessary  in  my  description  of  the  specific  characters  of  Aleyoneellum 
•peeiotum  in  the  Proc.  Zool.  8oc  for  March  28, 1867»  p.  354,  line  12 
of  the  specific  character,  where  the  dermal  membrane  is  described  as 
**  unknown,"  in  place  of  which  should  be  added,  "  Dermal  membrane 
abundantly  cpiculous ;  spicula  acerate,  long  and  slender,  fasciculated ; 
fasciculi  compact,  disposed  in  radiating  or  parallel  groups." 

In  this  description  of  the  dermal  structure  of  the  sponge,  it  will 
be  observed  that  there  are  no  connecting  spicula  present ;  and  we 
may  therefore  infer  that  the  genus  Aleyoneellum  is  not  furnished 
with  an  expansile  dermal  system  as  in  the  massive  rigid  skeletons  of 
Daciyhcalyx  and  other  similar  siliceo-fibrous  sponges.  The  fistular 
construction  of  the  skeleton  in  Aleyoneellum  renders  such  a  provi- 
sion as  an  expansile  dermal  system  quite  as  unnecessary  as  it  would 
be  in  the  genus  Grantia  and  numerous  other  fistulous  sponees. 

I  obtain^  also  two  fragments  of  the  skeleton  in  which  there  was 
a  considerable  quantity  of  sarcode ;  and  immersed  in  this  substance 
numerous  rectangulated  triradiate  and  rectangulated  hexradiate  spi- 
cula of  the  slender  descriptions  were  intermixed  without  any  apparent 
arrangement.  Every  one  of  the  interstices  of  the  fibrous  skeleton, 
large  or  small,  was  abundantly  supplied  with  them.  The  well- 
washed  specimens  of  the  sponge  now  so  numerous  afibrd  no  adequate 
idea  of  the  profusion  of  these  descriptions  of  spicula  that  exist  in  the 
sponge  in  its  natural  condition. 

There  were  also  numerous  indications  of  the  presence  of  floricomo- 


348   DR.  J.  8.  BOWSRBANK  ON  SILICBO-FIBROUS  SPONGES.  [May  13j 

hexradiate  Btellate  spicula  amidst  the  sarcode ;  but  the  denatj  of 
that  substance  rendered  them  ahnost  invisible. 

In  some  of  the  specimens  that  I  have  recently  examined,  I  have 
observed  a  remarkable  habit  of  some  of  the  rectangulated  hexradiate 
spicula — that  is,  that  one  of  the  axial  radii  is  more  or  less  sheathed 
or  enveloped  by  branches  of  skeleton-fibre,  so  as  to  give  the  spiculum 
a  firm  ana  permanent  position ;  and  this  appears  to  be  more  frequently 
the  case  with  those  which  are  projected  into  the  inhaUnt  areas. 
This  attachment  of  the  spiculum  by  the  fibre  is  not  a  fusing  of  one 
into  the  other,  as  when  two  fibres  touch  each  other,  but  it  is  simply 
a  partial  envelopment  of  a  portion  of  one  of  the  radii,  so  as  to  give 
it  a  secure  basal  point  of  attachment  to  enable  it  to  perform  its 
appointed  office  of  sustaining  the  interstitial  membranes  of  the  sponge 
under  peculiar  circumstances,  or  to  protect  the  orifice  over  which  it 
is  projected.  The  portion  of  the  ray  thus  enveloped  may  frequently 
be  traced  within  the  enveloping  fibre.  It  is  a  very  remarkable  fact 
that  none  of  the  other  auxiliary  spicula,  although  large  and  strong, 
are  ever  seen  to  be  thus  agglutinated  by  the  fibres.  This  singular 
habit  of  the  rectangulated  triradiate  spicula  assimilates  them  in  their 
office  in  some  measure  to  the  auxiliary  fibres  in  the  skeletons  of 
Dactylocalyx  and  Iphiteon.  Although  thus  agglutinated  by  the 
fibre,  they  really  form  no  essential  part  of  the  true  rigid  skeleton  of 
the  sponge,  but  are  in  reaUty  neither  more  nor  less  than  auxiliary 
supports  to  the  interstitial  membranes  under  certain  conditions. 

APPENDIX  (May  25,  1869). 

Since  the  preceding  portion  of  this  paper  was  written,  I  have  seen 
several  specimens  of  Aicyoncellum  tpeciosum  that  were  sent  home  in 
spirit  in  the  condition  they  were  in  when  taken  from  the  sea.  There 
were  five  specimens,  all  as  nearly  as  possible  in  the  same  condition. 
They  were  of  a  dark  dirty  colour,  and  looked  very  much  as  if  they 
had  been  dipped  into  thin  mud  and  then  dried.  On  mounting  slices 
from  the  surface,  -and  fragments  of  the  entire  structure  of  the  skele- 
ton, this  dirty-looking  substance,  when  immersed  in  Canada  balsam, 
proved  to  be  the  remains  of  the  membranous  and  sarcodous  tissues ; 
but  I  could  not  find  any  traces  of  a  dermal  membrane,  such  as  might 
naturally  be  expected  to  be  present  if  the  sponges  were  in  a  Uvmg 
condition  when  taken  from  the  sea.  The  largest  specimen  in  spirit 
had  a  considerable  portion  of  one  side  of  it  entirely  deficient  of  the 
sarcodous  and  membranous  structures  that  were  abundant  in  the  other 
parts  of  the  specimen.  This  circumstance,  the  deficiency  of  dermal 
membrane,  and  the  condition  of  the  sarcode  and  interstitial  mem- 
branes in  the  whole  of  the  specimens,  appears  to  lead  to  the  conclusion 
that  these  specimens  were  dead  sponges  in  a  state  of  partial  decom- 
position, and  that  we  have  yet  to  acquire  specimens  which  were  in 
the  living  state  when  brought  up  from  the  bottom  of  the  sea. 

Although  not  in  so  satisfactory  a  condition  as  may  have  been 
desired,  they  were  still  in  such  a  state  of  preservation  as  to  afford 
some  interesting  points  of  information  regarcung  the  structural  pecu- 


1869.]  DR.  J.  8.  BOWKRBANK  ON  8ILICBO-FIBROU8  8PON0B8.     349 

liarities  of  the  animal.  Thus  the  trae  natural  positions  and  mode 
of  arrangement  of  the  stout  attenuated  rectangulated  hezradiate  spi* 
cola,  the  full  series  of  the  varieties  of  which  are  figured  in  the  *  Philo. 
sophical  TransactionSy'  1858»  plate  25.  figs.  24-33,  and  in  Mon.  Brit. 
Sponges,  Tol.  i.  plate  7.  figs.  174-183,  are  well  exhibited  in  situ^ 
which  I  have  never  yet  seen  in  any  of  the  well-washed  specimens 
with  which  we  are  now  so  familiar.  In  the  large  lateral  orifices  of 
Buch  specimens  they  are  sometimes  entirely  wanting,  or  a  few  only 
of  them  are  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  large  circular  area. 
In  the  specimens  in  which  they  are  held  in  their  natural  positions  by 
the  sarcodous  and  membranous  tissues,  they  are  regularly  disposed 
around  the  circular  area,  forming  a  compact  marginal  ring,  their 
stout  radii  projecting  in  every  direction  among  the  surrounding  por- 
tions of  the  skeleton,  but  not  within  the  circular  area ;  so  that  wnere 
one  of  the  radii  would,  by  the  natural  laws  of  development,  have  heen 
found,  its  production  is  arrested,  and  it  is  represented  by  only  a 
alight  tumefaction  on  the  axis  of  the  spiculum ;  hence  it  is  that  we 
find  such  numerous  varieties  of  form  among  these  remarkable  spi- 
cula.  All  the  other  radii  immersed  in  the  surrounding  structures 
are  completely  developed,  crossing  each  other  in  every  direction ;  so 
that  although  unconnected  by  siliceous  cementation  with  the  fibrous 
skeleton,  they  form  a  strong  but  somewhat  expansile  marginal  band 
to  the  circular  area.  We  are  thus  enabled  to  perceive  the  reason  of 
the  numerous  cases  of  the  suppression  of  frequently  several  of  the 
radii  of  these  marginal  spicula,  and  to  read  the  important  fact  from 
their  positions  and  modifications  that  their  production  is  as  much 
regulated  and  modified  by  the  structural  necessities  of  the  organs  in 
which  they  form  important  parts,  as  are  the  bones  and  other  organic 
Btmctures  of  the  most  highly  constituted  animals. 

The  true  positions  of  the  slender  rectangulated  hexradiate  spicula 
with  elongated  basal  axial  rays  are  also  well  determined  in  these 
specimens ;  they  are  seen  in  considerable  numbers  in  the  interstitial 
cavities  of  the  sponge,  supporting  the  interstitial  membranes,  and 
vastly  increasing  the  amount  of  surface  in  those  vital  organs. 

The  trifnrcated  attenuato-hexradiate  and  floricomo-hexradiate  spi- 
cula are  not  very  numerous ;  they  are  irregularly  dispersed  on  the 
sarcodous  membranes  of  the  sponge,  and  are  completely  immersed  in 
the  sarcode,  and  without  the  aid  of  Canada  balsam  are  usually  invi- 
sible. 

DESCBIPTION  OF  THE  PLATES. 
Plats  XXI. 

Fig.  1.  A  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Iphiteon  panicea  from  the  specimen 
from  Porto-Rico,  in  the  Museum  of  the  Jardin  des  Flantes,  Paris,  ex- 
hibiting the  confluent  structure  of  the  rotulate  areas  of  the  skeleton, 
rectan^ilate  hexradiate  spicula,  and  a  few  gemmulee  in  situ,  x  106 
linear. 

Fig.  2.  A  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  IpMteon  heatrix^  exhibiting 
the  confluent  rotulate  structure  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  the  fasciculi  of 
aoerate  spicula,  and  the  yertidllately  spinous  retentive  spicula  in  aitu, 
Xl06  linear. 


350  DR.  J.  &•  BOWERBANK  ON  SILICSO-FIBROVS  8P0NGBS.  [May  13, 

Fig.  3t  One  of  the  inhalAnt  areas  on  the  external  Borfaoe  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of 
i.  beatrix,  exhibiting  the  elongo-oonical  defensiye  fibres  and  numerous 
verticiUately  spined  retentive  spicula  in  situ^  X 108  linear. 

Fig.  4.  One  of  the  large  exourrent  orifices  on  the  side  of  the  great  cloaoal  oayity 
within  the  sponge  of  /.  bcatrix,  x  106  linear. 

Plate  XXII. 

Fig.  1.  A  small  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  IphUeon  j^nicea  from  Porto 
Bico,  exhibitinfi[  the  abundance  of  the  gemmules  m  some  parts  of  the 
sponge,  X 108  linear. 

Fig.  2.  A  portion  of  one  of  the  fibres  forming  the  oscular  area  of  IpkiUom 
beatrix,  exhibiting  the  compound  reticulate  nature  of  its  structure  and 
a  few  of  the  slender  acerate  spicula  in  sitit^  X 106  linear. 

Fig.  3.  One  of  the  attenuated  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spicula  with 
one  of  the  shaft-radii  spinous,  from  /.  beatrix^  X308  linear. 

Pig.  4.  A  retentive  verticiUately  spined  spiculum  from  /.  bcatrix,  X306  linear. 

Figs.  5,  6,  7,  8.  Four  of  the  porrecto>multiradiate  retentive  s^ncula  from  L  deo- 
trix,  X306  linear. 

Fig.  V.  One  of  the  subfuaiformi-cjlindrical  entirely  spinous  spicula  from  /. 
beairixt  X 108  linear. 

Fig.  10.  A  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  IpMieon  subglobosa^  ex- 
hibiting the  umbonal  clusters  of  coarse  tuberoles,  rectangulated  hex- 
radiate  interstitial  spicula  in  Bttu^  and  numerous  spinnlo-quadrifiir- 
oate  and  pentafuroate  hexradiate  stellate  retentive  spicula  disperaed 
amidst  the  interstices  of  the  skeleton,  X 108  linear. 

Fig.  11.  One  of  the  minute  spiculatod  bitemate  retentive  spicula  of  the  dermal 
membrane  of  /.  subglobosOy  x666  linear. 

Fig.  12.  Two  of  the  rectangulated  hexradiate  auxiliary  fibres  from  /.  tmbgkbom^ 
based  on  a  portion  of  a  fibre  of  the  rigid  skeleton,  anactomoaing  by 
their  radii,  X 175  linear. 

Fig.  13.  One  of  the  pentafurcate  hexradiate  stellate  retentive  spicula  of  Z  sulfflo' 
boia,  X606  linear. 

Platb  XTTTTT. 

Fig.  1.  A  small  portion  of  the  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Tphitetm  IngaUi^ 
exhibiting  its  confluent  rotulate  structure  with  quadrifurcate  hexra- 
diate steUate  spicula  amidst  the  fibres  opposite  a^a^a^Oj  X 106  linear. 

Fig.  2.  One  of  the  q uadrifuroate  hexradiate  stellate  retentive  spicula  of  /.  IngaUi ; 
three  of  the  primary  radii  havine  been  broken  off*,  the  quadrifurcate 
structure  of  the  remaining  radii  b  very  distinctly  displayed:  X590 
linear. 

Fig.  3.  One  of  the  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spicula  of  /.  BigaUi,  X 
108  linear. 

Fig.  4«  A  small  portion  of  the  surfiioe  of  the  ri^d  skeleton  of  /.  caUocjfaikst, 
exhibiting  the  more  or  less  verticillate  disposition  of  the  minute  spines 
of  the  skeleton-fibre,  X 108  linear. 

Fig.  5.  One  of  the  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spicula  of  /.  caUocyatMet, 
X 175  linear. 

Fig.  6.  A  furcated  foliato-expando  temate  connecting  spiculum  of  /.  caUocya- 
thes,  covered  by  the  minute,  short,  stout  acerate  tension-spicula  of  the 
dermal  membrane,  x  183  linear. 

Fig.  7.  A  very  perfect  and  beautiful  example  of  a  spinulo-multifiircate  hexra- 
diate stellate  retentive  spiculum  of  /.  eaUoeyatke$i  x666  linear. 

Fig.  8.  A  view  of  portions  of  two  of  the  intervening  planes  of  perforated  sili- 
ceous tissue  parallel  with  the  external  surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton, 
and  which  divide  the  layers  of  crypt-like  tissue  of  the  skeleton  of 
Myliuaia  Grayii  from  each  other,  wi5i  their  numerous  circular  orifices 
of  intercommunication  between  the  upper  and  lower  strata  of  the 
skeleton,  X 108  linear. 


^869*]  NR*  i^  B.  BHAUPE  02f  TBI  6XMU8  AI^CYOIfX,  351 

FLin  XXiy. 

Fig.  1.  A  small  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Fanrea  oeca,  eihiUting  its  an* 
ffulated  ataruoture  and  central  canals  in  the  fibres»  on  whidi  are 
dispersed  numerons  small  attennato-stellate  retenUre  spioula,  x  106 
linear. 

Figs.  2, 3,  &  4.  Three  of  the  small  attenuato-stellate  retentive  spieula  from  F» 
oocOf  showing  some  of  their  numerous  rariations  in  form,  sise,  and 
the  numbnr  of  their  radii,  fi^.  2  &8  x400,  &  %  4  xd66  linear. 

Fig.  5.  A  Bpioolated  bitemate  interstitial  spioulum  &om  F,  occa^  X  45  linear. 

Fig.  6.  A  furcated  spiculated  bitemate  interstitial  spioulum  &om  F,  occa,  x65 
linear. 

Fig.  7.  A  portion  of  the  harrow-shaped  quadrilateral  siliceo-'fibrous  dermal 
structure  of  F.  occa  oppoaitelj  armed  at  its  angles,  x50  linear. 

Fig.  8.   A  fragment  of  the  siliceo-fibrous  skeleton  of  Jl<yo7icellum  speciosum. 

Fig.  9.  A  slender  attenuated  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spiculum  with 
nearly  equal  radii  from  A,  tpeeiosumt  X 175  linear. 

Fig.  10.  A  slender  attenuated  reotanffulated  hexradiated  interstitial  spiculum 
with  elongated  basal  shaft  from  A.  spedommy  X 108  linear. 

Fig.  11.  Arerj  fine  specimen  of  florioomo-hezradiate  stellate  ^reientiye  spicu- 
lum from  ii.  ^peciostim,  X  666  linear. 

PLAtaXXY. 

Fig.  1.  A  portion  of  a  section  of  the  ri^d  skeleton  of  Myliusia  Grayii,  at  right 
angles  to  the  surfiioe,  eochibiting  the  crypt-like  arrangement  of  the 
skeleton,  x  108  linear. 

Fig.  2.  A  section  at  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  the  Bkeleton  of  Kaliapm 
cidariSf  from  the  surfiice  to  the  basal  prehensile  organs,  exhibiting 
the  change  of  the  structure  from  the  basal  canalioulated  filves  to  the 
imperforate  and  ramifying  ones  of  the  siq>erior  mass  of  the  skeleton^ 
X 183  linear. 

Fig.  3.  A  portion  of  thp  minute  ramifications  of  the  fibrous  structure  of  the 
surface  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  K,  ddariSf  x308  linear. 

Fig.  4.  Three  of  the  foliato-peltate  connecting  spieula  of  the  expansile  dermal 
system  of  K.  etdariSt  one  of  them  (a)  haTintf  upon  it  a  group  of 
minute  incijiienUy  spinous  fusiformi-cjlindrical  spieula,  X 175  linear* 

Fig.  5.  Two  of  the  minute  incipiently  spinous  fusiformi-cylindrical  spieula  of 
the  dermal  membrane  of  K.  ctdaris^  x666  linear. 

Fig.  6.  A  portion  of  the  rigid  skeleton  of  Pitrisiphonia  Clarkei,  exhibiting  the 
irregular  mode  of  disposition  of  the  canalioulated  silioeo-fibrous  struo- 
ture,  and  one  of  the  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spieula  m 
Htu,  opposite  (a),  X 108  linear. 

tig.  7.  An  imperfect  rectangulated  hexradiate  interstitial  spiculum  from  P, 
ClarM,  X 173  linear. 


7.  On  the  Genus  Alcyone, 
By  E.  B.  Sharpe. 

I  propose  to  give  short  ijmopBcs  of  some  of  the  more  obscure 
genera  of  the  family  Aleedinida,  in  order  that  the  rarious  specieB» 
before  appearing  in  my  '  Monograph/  may  be  brought  under  the 
notice  of  ornithologists,  and  thus  my  arrangements  and  synonymy 
may  be  fairly  exposed  to  criticism.  It  is  my  wish  to  make  the 
Monograph  of  the  Kingfishers  as  complete  as  possible ;  and  I  there^ 
fore  inTite  the  criticisms  of  all  my  friends,  in  order  that  I  may  be 
aUe  to  take  advantage  of  them,  in  my  larger  work. 


352  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  TBI  GSNU8  ALCYONE.      [Dfay  13, 

HaTbg  already  (P,  Z.  S.  1868,  p*  587)  treated  of  the  genus  Cnj^, 
I  propose  in  the  present  paper  to  discuss  the  genus  Alc^one^  which 
has  only  three  toes,  and  is  otherwise  closely  ullied  to  Ceyx*  The 
genos  Alcyone  vas  founded  in  1837  by  Swainson  (Classify  of  Birds, 
ii.  p.  336),  and  at  present  contains  seven  species. 

The  two  most  distinct  and  clearly  characteriEed  are  Alcyone  pusilla 
and  A,  eyanopeetu9\  but  the  other  five  are  very  closely  allied  and 
hard  to  cUstinguish.  I  believe  that  the  following  synoptic  table  wiU 
materially  assist  in  their  identification  ; — 

A.  Torque  pectoral!  kzulino  ,,....,,.,..*i*i»«t*>k «i«.. »*>■•■•  1»  A,^(mo^tm* 

B.  Torque  pector&li  nullo< 

0.  Abdomine  rufo, 

fl'.  BoBtro  rtibustiore. 

<f\  Supra  saturate  ultramarina ,♦.„  %  M  ttttonu 

¥\  Stipm  Ifctissime  ultraiooriiLa  3.  X  a.^ift 

y.  Boistro  t^nuiorc. 

a*\  Kostro  bnevioro ;  pilflo  nigro  indiBtincto 

ftt.'^ciato  .,*.,.,.*,...*.,.*., .......,,„  4»  A,  dktn^Ms, 

b'\  Rostro  longiore :  pileo  boud  fueeiato. 

a*'\  Tlypochoimriii  ru0ft *.*.*..*..  5.  A.  aznrtn. 

If"'*  Hvi>ochondriia  pulchcmiDe  ul- 

Immaritiia »*,*„...>•>,  6^  A.p7itchra. 

6.  Abdomine olbo  ,„ ,..,.. 7.  A^pu^lh^ 

The  first  on  the  above  list,  Alcyone  cyanopeetu4,  serves  to  connect 
the  genus  Alcyone  with  Cey^,  as  it  is  very  closely  allied  to  €eyx 
philippinensUf  Gould ;  and,  on  the  other  handj  another  link  is  dis- 
covered in  Alcyone  pusilla  and  Ccy^  salilariat  both  of  which  species 
are  closely  allied.  The  principal  difference  between  the  genera  Ceyx 
and  Alcyone  is  in  their  habits.  Whereas  the  Ceyce^  are  almost 
entirely  msectivorous,  the  members  of  the  genus  Alcyone  feed  almost 
entirely  on  fish.  Tbe  geographical  distribution  of  each  genus  is  also 
in  favour  of  their  direct  affinity*  Ceyx  is  an  Indian  genus  strictly 
speaking,  extending  all  over  the  Indian  peninsula  and  Malayasia, 
heing  also  distributed  over  the  Malay  archipelago^  where,  how- 
ever,  a  di£ferent  form  of  tbe  genus  (with  bright  blue  back)  la  met 
with.  On  the  other  handi  Alcyone  is  essentially  a  typical  Austra- 
lasian genus,  heing  widely  distributed  oter  the  whole  Australian 
continent,  and  thence  extending  north  war  ds»  through  the  Austro* 
Malayan  suhregion,  to  the  Philippines..  !n  these  islands  the  aber- 
rant species  Alcyone  cyanopeetue  occurs;  and  in  every  respect  as 
regards  plumage  this  species  is  a  true  Ceyx.  In  form  of  biO,  how- 
ever, it  18  an  ^/c^one^al though,  but  for  the  distinct  pectoral  band 
and  hlue  flanks^  it  might  be  mistaken  for  Ceyx  philippinensU.  My 
friend  Dr.  Salvador!  has  written  to  me,  calling  in  cjuestion  the  pro- 
priety of  my  placing  this  latter  bird  in  the  genus  Ceyx ;  but  in  my 
opinion  the  species  really  belongs  herc>  Alcyone  cyanopeciuE  should 
probably  also  he  included  in  the  genus  Ceyx  as  an  aberrant  species 
forming  the  point  of  union  between  the  two  genera,  and  I  snould 
not  be  at  all  surprised  to  find  this  view  adopted  by  some  future 
systematist.  But  no  satisfactory  conclusion  can  be  obtained  until  wc 
know  more  of  the  habits  and  geographical  distribution  of  these  two 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  THE  GENUS  ALCYONE.  353 

Philippine  species.  The  arrangement  proposed  above^  viz.  of  uniting 
Alcyone  eyanopeeius  to  Ceyx  philippinensis  under  one  and  tlie  same 
genus,  would  be  more  natural,  as  we  should  then  have  all  the  three- 
toed  Kingfishers  with  bright  backs  under  the  genus  Ceyx ;  and  all 
those  having  the  upperside  uniform  under  Alcyone.  No  one  who 
saw  the  specimens  from  which  I  described  and  figured  the  species  in 
my  '  Monograph'  would  doubt  for  an  instant  that  I  had  placed  them 
in  the  proper  genera,  from  a  study  of  their  external  form. 

The  following  I  believe  to  be  the  correct  synonymy  of  the  various 
species  of  Alcyone,  specimens  of  all  of  which  are  at  preheat  before 
me: — 

1.  Alcyone  cyanopectus.    Blue-girt  Kingfisher. 

Ceyx  cyanopectus,  Lafr.  Rev.  Zool.  1840,  p.  33;  Gray,  Gen.  of 
Birds,  App.  p.  5  (1848). 

Alcyone  cyanopectus,  Jard.  Contr.  to  Om.  1850,  p.  82  ;  Sharpe^ 
Honogr.  Alced.  pt.  4  (1869). 

Alcyone  cyanipectus,  Bonap.  Consp.  Gen.  Av.  i.  p.  158  (1850); 
Beich.  Handb.  Alced.  p.  7,  t.  396.  f.  3060  (1851) ;  Bonap.  Consp. 
Vol.  Anis.  p.  10  (1854);  Hartl.  Joum.  f.  Om.  1854,  p.  Ixiv. 

Alcedo  cyanipectus,  Schleg.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  Alced.  p.  18  (1863). 

Alcyone  cincta,  Jard.  Contr.  to  Om.  1850  (plate  only). 

A.  torque  pectorali  lazulino  lato :  mandihula  niyricante,  maxilla 
aurantiaca. 

Hab.  in  insulis  Philippinis. 

Head  deep  bluish  black,  irregularly  banded  with  bright  blue,  more 
thickly  on  the  nape ;  the  whole  of  the  back  rich  shining  cobalt ; 
acapularies  and  wing-coverts  black,  broadly  washed  with  dark  blue, 
the  latter  also  spotted  with  bright  cobalt;  wing-feathers  brownish 
black,  the  secondaries  narrowly  edged  with  indigo ;  tail  black,  washed 
with  indigo ;  cheek  indigo,  spotted  with  cobalt ;  a  spot  in  front  of 
the  eye,  a  patch  of  feathers  at  the  side  of  the  neck,  throat  and  upper 
part  of  the  breast,  whitish  tinged  with  pale  sienna ;  a  band  across 
the  upper  part  of  the  breast  and  the  flanks  deep  indigo,  tinged  with 
brighter  blue  on  the  latter ;  abdomen  and  under  wing-coverts  rufous ; 
bill  brownish  black,  the  lower  mandible  tinged  with  orange.  Total 
length  5  inches,  of  bill  from  the  front  1*4,  &om  gape  1*7>  wing  2'5, 
tail  0*7»  tarsus  0*3,  middle  toe  03,  hind  toe  0*2. 

Eah.  Philippine  Islands  {Mus.  T.  C.  Eyton). 

The  description  and  measurements  are  from  Mr.  Ejton^s  speci- 
men, the  same  described  by  Sir  William  Jardine  and  kindly  lent  me 
by  Mr.  Eyton. 

2.  Alcyone  lessoni.    Lesson's  Kingfisher. 

Alcyone  lessonii,  Cass.  Proc.  Phil.  Acad.  1850,  p.  69;  td.  Cat. 
Hale.  Phil.  Mus.  p.  5  (1852);  Sclater,  Joum.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc. 
1858,  p.  156. 

Alcyone  azurea,  var.  lessonii.  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  155;  id. 
P.  Z.  S.  1861,  p.  433. 


354  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  THE  0BNU8  ALCYONE.      [May  13, 

Ceyx  iueurea.  Less.  Yoy.  Coq.  Zool.  L  p.  690  (18126). 
Alcyone  agurea,  Rosenb.  Journ.  f.  Orn.  1864,  p.  118. 

A.  torque  pectorali  nulio:  abdomne  rt{fo:  rostra  robustiore : 
Mupra  Maturate  ultramarina. 

Hah.  in  Nova  Guinea  et  in  insulis  dictis  '^Aru.'' 

Above  deep  rich  ultramarine ;  wing-coverts  deep  blue-black  edged 
with  ultramarine ;  quills  blackish,  the  inner  web  very  light  rufous 
from  the  base,  the  secondaries  broadly  edged  with  rich  ultramarine ; 
tail  deep  ultramarine  above,  black  beneath;  a  minute  loral  spot 
rufous ;  a  longitudinal  patch  of  feathers  along  the  sides  of  the  neck 
white  tineed  with  pale  orange;  throat  whitish  tinged  with  pale 
rufous ;  cheeks,  sides  of  the  neck,  and  a  large  patch  of  feathera  on 
the  sides  of  the  upper  part  of  the  breast  deep  rich  ultramarine  ex- 
tending a  little  on  to  the  flanks ;  rest  of  the  under  surfkce  of  the 
body  deep  rufous,  with  a  rich  lilac  shine  upon  the  flanks ;  bill  Jet- 
black  ;  feet  red.  Total  length  7  inches,  of  bill  from  front  1*7,  from 
gape  2*1,  wing  2*85,  tail  1*2,  tarsus  0*3,  middle  toe  0*5,  hind  toe 
0*25. 

The  above  description  is  taken  from  a  very  beautiful  male  pro* 
cured  in  the  Am  Islands,  and  kindly  lent  to  me  by  Mr.  Wallace. 
Another  male  specimen  from  New  Guinea,  collected  by  Mr.  Wallace^ 
for  the  loan  of  which  I  am  indebted  to  the  Viscount  Walden,  is 
apparently  a  younger  bird,  and  difi^ers  in  having  the  tips  of  l^th 
mandibles  ivory-white,  and  the  whole  under  surface  paler,  especially 
on  the  throat,  which  is  nearly  pure  white.  To  this  specimen  Mr. 
Wallace  has  attached  a  MS.  note  on  the  spot,  as  follows : — <'  iset 
Vermillion ;  bill  black,  tipped  with  white ;  eves  dark  brown ;  length 
6*6  inches."  '  The  measurements  of  this  bird  agree  exactly  with  the 
Aru-Island  specimen  described  above. 

3.  Alcyone  affinis.    Allied  Kingfisher. 

Alcyone  affinU,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  p.  348. 

A.  torque  pectorali  nuUo:  abdomne  rufo:  rostro  robuetiore: 
eupra  latieeime  ultramarina, 

Hab.  in  insulis  "Batchian"  et  "Gilolo"  dictis. 

Above  brilliant  ultramarine,  brightest  on  the  back ;  wing-coyerta 
black  washed  with  ultramarine ;  quills  blackish,  the  inner  web  light 
rufous  from  the  base,  the  outer  web  of  the  secondaries  narrowly 
edged  with  ultramarine ;  a  very  small  loral  spot  faint  rufous ;  throat 
and  a  longitudinal  patch  of  feathers  along  the  sides  of  the  neck 
whitish  tinged  with  orange-rufous,  paler  on  the  chin ;  cheeks,  ear- 
coverts,  and  a  patch  of  feathers  on  the  sides  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
breast  brilliant  ultramarine ;  under  surface  of  the  body  rufous,  with 
a  rich  lilac  lustre  on  the  flanks;  feet  red;  bill  brownish  black, 
towards  the  tip  whitish.  Total  length  6'7  inches,  of  bill  from  front 
1*6,  from  gape  2*0,  wing  3*85,  tail  1*2,  tarsus  0*3,  middle  toe  0*5, 
hind  toe  0*25. 

Ilab.  Batchian,  Gilolo  (Wallace). 

From  Alcyone  leeeoni  this  species  differs  in  being  slightly  smaller. 


1869.]  MK.  R.  B.  SHARPS  ON  THB  GXNUS  ALCYONC.  359 

and  in  liaving  the  back  of  a  much  more  brilliant  blue  thaii  in  the 
New-Guinea  bird.  The  description  and  measnrements  are  from  a 
bird  kindly  lent  me  bj  Mr.  Wallace,  and  procured  by  him  in  Gilolo, 

4.  Alcyone  diemensis.    Van  DiemenVLand  Kingfisher, 

Alcyone  diemensis^  Gronld,  P.  Z.  S.  1846,  p.  19 ;  id.  Introd.  Birds 
of  Austr.  p.  31  (1848);  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds,  i.  p.  82  (c.  1844); 
Kaup,  Fam.  Alced.  p.  18  (1848);  B^ich.  Yog.  Neuholl.  p.  278 
(1850) ;  Cab.  &  Heine,  Mos.  Hein.  Th.  ii.  p.  143  (1860);  Gould, 
Handb.  Birds  of  Austr.  i.  p.  141  (1865). 

A.  torque  pectorali  nullo :  abdomine  ru/o :  roatro  tenuiore,  hre* 
more:  pileo  nigro  indistinct e  faaciato, 

Hab,  in  Tasmania. 

Above  deep  blue,  a  little  brighter  on  the  rump,  the  head  having 
the  appearance  of  being  indistinctly  banded  with  dusky  black; 
cheeks,  ear-coverts,  scapularies,  and  wing-coverts  black  washed  with 
blue ;  wing-feathers  blackish,  the  inner  web  light  rufous  iVom  the 
base,  the  outer  web  distinctly  washed  with  blue ;  tail  blue  above, 
black  beneath ;  a  small  lord  spot,  a  patch  of  feathers  along  the  sides 
of  the  neck  and  the  throat  white  tinged  with  rufous  ;  the  whole  of 
the  under  surface  of  the  body  deep  rufous,  with  a  very  faint  lilac 
lustre  on  the  flanks ;  a  large  patch  of  feathers  on  the  sides  of  the 
upper  part  of  the  breast  black,  with  a  slight  blue  shine ;  bill  black ; 
feet  red.  Total  length  6  inches,  of  bill  from  front  1'4,  from  gape 
1*9,  wing  3*1,  tail  1*35,  tarsus  0*3,  middle  toe  0*55,  hind  toe  0*25. 

Hab,  Tasmania  {Gould). 

This  species  is  rare  in  collections ;  and  I  have  only  met  with  one 
specimen,  which  I  purchased  of  Yerreaux.  It  is  allied  to  A.  (uurea, 
bat  is  much  smaller  and  not  nearly  so  brightly  coloured,  while  on 
the  back,  as  Mr.  Gould  justly  observes,  there  is  a  slight  greenish 
tinge  in  some  lights.  There  are  also  some  obscure  black  bands  on 
the  head.  The  description  and  measurements  are  taken  from  the 
specimen  in  my  collection  mentioned  above. 

5.  Alcyone  azurea.     Azure  Kingfisher. 

Alcedo  azurea^  Lath.  Ind.  Orn.  Suppl.  ii.  p.  xxxii  (1801);  Swains. 
Zool.  Illustr.  1st  ser.  pi.  26  (1820);  Schl.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  Alced. 
p.  17(1863). 

Ceyx  azurea,  Steph.  Gen.  Zool.  xiii.  p.  106  (1826);  Jard.  and 
Selb.  III.  Orn.  ii.pl.  55.  f.l. 

Alcyone  aeurea.  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds,  i.  p,  82  (c.  1844);  Gould, 
Birds  of  Austr.  ii.  pi.  25  (1848);  id.  Intr.  to  Birds  of  Austr.  p.  31 
CI 848);  Gray,  Cat.  Fiss.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  65  (1848);  Blyth,  Cat. 
Birds  Mus.  As.  Soc.  Beng.  p.  50  (1849) ;  Bonap.  Consp.  Gen.  Av. 
i.  p.  158  (1850) ;  Reich.  Yog.  Neuholl.  p.  278  (1850);  id.  Handb. 
Alced.  p.  7,  t.  397.  f.  3064,  3065  (1851);  Cass.  Cat.  Hale.  Phil. 
Mus.  p.  5  (1852) ;  Macgill.  Yoy.  Rattl.  ii.  p.  356  (1852) ;  Bonap. 
Coosp.  Vol.  Anis.  p.  10  (1854);  Pelz.  Yoy.  Novara  Yog.  p.  50 
(1865);  Gould,  Handb.  Birds  of  Austr.  i.  p.  139  (1865). 


356  MR.  R.  B.  SOARPE  ON  THE  GENOS  ALCYONE.      [MtJ  13, 

Aleedo  tribraehys,  Shaw  and  Nodd.  Nat.  Misc.  pi.  281  (1804). 
Ceyx  iribrachys,  Cuv.  R^n.  Anim.  i.  p.  417  (1817). 
Ceyx  cyanea,  Less.  Trait6  d'Oni.  p.  241  (1831), 
Aleedo  auatralis.  Swains.  Classif.  of  Birds,  ii.  p.  336  (1837). 

A.  tostro  tenuiore,  longiore :  pileo  hand  fasciato :  hypochondrui 
rufis. 

Hab,  in  Australia. 

Above  bright  ultramarine;  wing-coverts  blackish,  edged  with 
ultramarine ;  quills  blackish,  the  inner  web  light  rufous  at  the  base, 
the  secondaries  externally  edged  with  faint  blue;  tail  deep  ultra- 
marine above,  black  beneath ;  a  loral  spot  pale  rufous ;  throat  and 
a  longitudinal  patch  of  feathers  along  the  sides  of  the  neck  white 
tinged  with  orange ;  cheeks,  ear-coverts,  and  sides  of  the  upper  part 
of  the  breast  bright  ultramarine ;  rest  of  the  under  surface  of  the 
body  rufous,  with  a  lilac  shine  on  the  flanks  and  under  tail-coverts ; 
bill  black  ;  feet  red.  Total  length  6*8  inches,  of  bill  from  front  1*8, 
from  gape  2*25,  wing  2*8,  tail  1*1,  tarsus  0*3,  middle  toe  0*5,  hind 
toe  0*2. 

Hab.  Australia:  New  South  Wales,  and  Southern  Australia 
(Gould);  Cape  York  {Cockerell) ;  Queensland  {Mu9.  R.  B.  Sharpe). 

This  species,  which  is  the  commonest  of  all  the  genus,  is  inter- 
mediate between  A,  diemensis  and  A.  pulchra,  which  replace  it  in 
Tasmania  and  Northern  Australia  respectively.  It  is  a  beantifol 
species,  yielding  in  this  respect  only  to  A.  pulchra, 

6.  Alcyone  pulchra.    Resplendent  Kingfisher. 

Alcyone  pulchra,  Gould,  P.  Z.  S.  1846,  p.  19;  Gray,  Gen.  of 
Birds,  i.  p.  82  (c.  1844);  Gould,  Intr.  to  Birds  of  Austr.  p.  31 
(1848) ;  Reich.  Vog.  Neuholl.  p.  278  (1850) ;  id.  Handb.  Alced. 
p.  7  (1851);  Cass.  Cat.  Hale.  Phil.  Mus.  p.  5  (1852);  Elsey, 
P.  Z.  S.  1857,  p.  25;  Gould,  Handb.  Birds  of  Austr.  i.  p.  141 
(1865). 

A.  torque  pectorali  nullo :  abdomine  rufo :  rostro  tenuiore,  lon- 
giore :  pileo  haud  fasciato  :  hypochondriis  pulcherrime  ultra- 
marinis. 

Hab.  in  Australia  septentrionali. 

Above  very  brilliant  ultramarine,  a  little  deeper  on  the  wing- 
coverts;  wing-coverts  brownish  black,  edged  vrith  ultramarine; 
wing-feathers  brownish,  the  inner  web  very  light  rufous  at  the  base, 
the  secondaries  externally  edged  with  ultramarine;  tail  deep  blue 
above,  black  underneath ;  a  small  spot  in  front  of  the  eye  light  ru- 
fous ;  throat  and  a  patch  of  feathers  along  the  sides  of  the  neck 
white  tinged  with  orange;  cheeks  and  ear-coverts  brilliant  ultra- 
marine ;  sides  of  the  body  also  brilliant  ultramarine,  extending  on  to 
the  flanks ;  rest  of  the  under  surface  of  the  body  deep  rich  rufous, 
with  a  lilac  shine  on  the  abdomen  and  under  tail-coverts ;  bill  deep 
black ;  feet  orange.  Total  length  6*5  inches,  of  bill  from  front  1*95, 
from  gape  2*2,  wing  3*0,  tail  1*3,  tarsus  0*3,  middle  toe  0*5,  hind 
toe  0*2. 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  SHARPS  ON  THIS  GENUS  ALCYONE.  357 

Hah,  Australia,  Cape-Tork  peninsula  {Mus,  R.  B,  Sharpe) ;  Vic* 
toria  River  and  Port  Essington,  N.  W.  Australia  (0<mld,  EUey). 

Prince  Bonaparte,  following  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray,  has  united  this  spe* 
cies  to  the  foregoing,  in  my  opinion  erroneously,  and  I  can  only 
believe  that  they  have  not  seen  a  specimen.  Mr.  Gould  and  Mr. 
Cassin,  both  of  whom  have  examined  the  type  specimens  (now  in 
the  Philadelphia  Museum),  have  separated  the  two  as  distinct,  and 
I  entirely  agree  with  their  decision.  I  have  in  my  collection  two 
beautiful  specimens  of  A.  pulchra,  and  I  certainly  consider  it  one  of 
the  most  clearly  characterized  of  all  the  species  of  Alcyone.  The 
brilliant  hue  of  the  whole  plumage  and  the  extension  of  the  blue 
from  the  sides  of  the  breast  down  on  to  the  flanks  distinguish  it 
from  any  of  the  alUed  species.  Both  of  my  specimens  have  a  slight 
blue  edging  to  the  feathers  of  the  breast,  one  of  them  showing  this 
peculiarity  more  than  the  other ;  in  fact  it  almost  forms  a  pectoral 
band  in  this  specimen. 

7.  Alcyone  pusilla.     Little  Blue  Ringflsher. 

Ceyx  putilla,  Temm.  PI.  Col.  59.5  (1836);  Miill.  Verb.  Ethn. 
p.  22  (1839);  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1858,  p.  172. 

Alcyone  pusilla,  Gould,  Birds  of  Austr.  ii.  pi.  36  (1848);  Reich. 
Handb.  Alced.  p.  7,  t.  398.  f.  3068,  3069  (1851);  Cass.  Cat.  Hale. 
PhU.  Mus.  p.  5  (1852);  Macgill.  Voy.  Rattl.  ii.  p.  356  (1852); 
Sclater,  Journ.  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  1858,  p.  172 ;  Rosenb.  Journ.  f.  Orn. 
1864,  p.  118;  Gould,  Handb.  Birds  of  Austr.  i.  p.  142  (1865); 
Ramsay,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  383. 

Alcedo  pusilla,  Schl.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  Alced.  p.  18  (1863);  id. 
Vog.  Ned.  Ind.  Alced.  pp.  12,  48,  pi.  3  (1864). 

Nu-ricL-bin-mo,  of  the  natives  of  the  Coburg  peninsula  {Gould). 

A.  torque  pectorali  nullo :  abdomine  albo. 

Hab.  in  Australia  septentrionali,  in  Nova  Guinea,  et  insulis  Mo« 
luecensibus. 

Above  rich  ultramarine,  having  a  greenish  tinge  in  some  lights  on 
the  bead,  cheeks,  and  wing-coverts ;  quills  blackish,  the  inner  web 
lighter  at  the  base,  the  outer  web  distinctly  washed  with  greenish 
blue»  especially  on  the  secondaries ;  tail  blue  above,  black  beneath  ; 
a  loral  spot  and  a  patch  of  feathers  along  the  sides  of  the  neck  white, 
the  latter  slightly  tinged  with  orange ;  entire  under  surface  white, 
with  a  greenish  gloss  on  the  breast  in  some  lights ;  shoulders,  sides 
of  the  breast,  and  flanks  rich  ultramarine ;  bill  and  feet  black  ;  irides 
dark  blackish  brown.  Total  length  4*8  inches,  of  bill  from  front 
1*15,  from  gape  1*4,  wing  2*0,  tail  0*85,  tarsus  0*25,  middle  toe 
0*45,  hind  toe  0*2. 

Hab.  Australia :  N.  Australia  {Gould) ;  Rockingham  Bay  {Ram^ 
say);  New  Guinea  {Miiller);  Aru  Islands  {Wallace);  Gilolo  {Wal^ 
lace). 

This  little  species,  though  everywhere  rare,  is  widely  distributed. 
My  description  and  measurements  are  from  a  Gilolo  specimen  lent 
to  me  by  Mr.  Wallace. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXIV. 


358  DR.  J.  C.  cox  ON  NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SHELLS.      [May  13, 

8.  On  three  new  Species  of  Australian  Marine  Shells. 
By  James  C.  Cox,  M.D.,  Sydney,  New  South  Wales. 

(Plate  XXVI.) 

CYPnjBA  THATCHERT,  D.  sp.     (Plate  XXVI.  figs.  1,  1  a.) 

Shell  pyriformly  ovate,  rather  thiii,  markedly  yentricose,  base 
almost  flat;  sides  steep,  deeply  notched;  anterior  end  contracted 
and  prominent;  posterior  end  produced,  narrow;  aperture  almost 
straight,  except  m  front,  rather  open ;  teeth  thick,  obtuse,  faint 
purplish  white,  about  twenty-four  on  the  outer  edge,  and  confined 
to  the  margin  of  the  aperture ;  on  the  columellar  side  the  teeth  are 
short,  oyal,  blunt,  and  larger,  becoming  almost  obsolete  in  front; 
cream-coloured  with  a  cinnamon  tinge,  smooth  and  polished,  varie- 
gated with  rather  large  orange-brown  spots  of  irregular  size  and  irre- 
gularly distributed;  the  cinnamon  tinge  is  slightly  deeper  at  the 
ends;  base  white  and  perfectly  smooth,  sides  light;  extremities 
rather  recurved ;  interior  pinkish  white. 

Length  3  inches,  breadth  1^,  height  1|^. 

Hab.  Dampier's  Archipela^,  West  coast  of  Australia. 

The  two  specimens  of  this  beautiful  species  now  before  me,  one 
of  which  I  send  to  be  figured,  were  obtained  by  Mr.  C.  R.  Thatcher, 
from  a  fisherman  who  took  them  at  the  lo^ity  above  recorded, 
about  ten  years  ago ;  and,  so  far  as  I  know,  no  other  specimens 
have  yet  been  found.  The  two  specimens  are  exactly  alike  in  every 
way,  and  in  a  fine  state  of  preservation.  The  surface  of  the  shell 
is  uniformly  covered  with  a  smooth  shining  enamel,  showing  no  trace 
of  a  dorsal  opening. 

VoLTTTA  HARFORDi.    (Plate  XXVI.  figs.  2a,  2  b.) 

Shell  elongated,  ovate,  thick ;  spire  acuminate,  short,  apex  papil- 
lary ;  whorls  smooth,  slanting,  strongly  excavated  or  channelled  at 
the  suture;  columella  four-plaited,  pinkish  white;  aperture  elon- 
gated, hp  simple ;  pinkish  white,  shining,  longitudinally  striated  by 
fine  waved  brown  lines,  ornamented  by  four  bands  of  squarely  elon- 
gated orange-brown  spots  on  the  body-whorl,  and  by  a  band  of  round 
spots  of  the  same  colour  about  the  centre  of  the  shell,  between  the 
upper  and  lower  rows  of  squarely  elongated  markings. 

Length  l-j^^  inch,  breadth  -(4,  heieht  A-. 

Hab.  Wreck  Reef,  near  Lady  Elliott's  Island. 

This  species  in  general  aspect  much  resembles  Valuta  maeulata 
of  Swainson,  but  is  at  once  distinguished  from  that  or  any  other 
species  by  its  channelled  or  excavated  suture,  elongated  striation, 
and  regular  squarely  elongated  orange-brown  markings. 

VoLtJTA  scLATBRi.    (Plate  XXVI.  fig.  3.) 

Shell  pyriformly  oblong,  ponderous ;  spire  rather  short,  obtuse, 
pupillary ;  whorls  smooth,  porcellanous,  the  last  tending  to  be  angled 
or  protuberant  round  the  upper  part;   columella  strongly  five- 


1869.]  MR.  K.  p.  RAMSAY  ON  AUSTRALIAN  CUCKOOS.  359 

pliitedy  the  top  and  second  plait  semibifurcated,  pure  white,  shining 
and  porcellanoos,  as  is  also  the  interior  of  the  mouth  and  the  under 
part  of  the  shell;  aperture  elongated,  lip  simple,  not  thickened;  of 
a  dull  whitish-brown  colour  above. 

Length  3  inches,  breadth  1|,  height  \^. 

Hab.  Banks's  Straits. 

This  beautiful  species,  of  which  I  have  two  specimens  in  my 
cabinet,  is  at  once  aistinguished  from  any  other  species  by  its  dense, 
white,  shining,  porcellanous  interior  and  under  surface. 

DBSOBIPTION  OF  PLATE  XXVI. 

Figs.  1,  la.  Owrma  ikatcheri,  p.  358.    I      Fig.  3.  Valuta  dclaUri,  p.  358. 
2a,  2b.  Valuta  Matfardi,  p.  358.    |  4.  HaUoHs  kargravem\  p.  49. 


9.  Some  further  Remarks  on  the  Cuckoos  found  in  the  Neigh- 
bourhood of  Sydney,  and  their  Foster-parents.  By  E.  P. 
Ramsay,  C.M.Z.S. 

(Plate  XXVII.) 

In  some  former  remarks  on  the  Cuckoos  found  in  the  neighbour* 
hood  of  Sydney  (P.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  460),  it  will  be  remembered  that 
the  species  recently  termed  by  Mr.  Gould  Lamproeoccyx  plagomu 
and  L.  boMolis  (Gfould's  Handb.  B.  Austr.  i.  pp.  623,  626)  were 
rmrded  as  one  species  under  the  name  of  Chalcites  lucidus 
(&>u]d's  Birds  of  Austr.  iv.  pi.  89),  and  that  I  described  their  eggs 
as  two  Tarieties  of  the  egg  of  the  same  species.  At  that  time  my 
remarks  were  so  far  correct.  Now,  however,  as  most  ornithologists 
agree  in  considering  L,  plago9u$  and  L,  batali*  distinct  species 
(and  L.  lueidua  from  New  Zealand  as  a  third),  it  will  be  necessary 
to  make  a  few  remarks  on  the  subject.  My  reasons  for  treating 
X.  plagosus  and  L.  batalis  as  varieties  of  the  same  species  were 
manifold.  The  young  on  leaving  the  nest  are  scarcely  (if  at  all)  to 
be  distinguished  ^m  one  another ;  their  notes  are  for  the  most  part 
exactly  i£ke ;  the  colouring  and  marking  of  the  eggs  are  not  con- 
stantly different ;  and,  lastfy,  the  plumage  of  one  is  merely  a  shade 
lighter  or  darker  than  that  of  the  other.  The  only  differences  of 
any  value  are  the  thinness  of  the  bill  in  L,  basalts,  and  the  much 
deq>er  tint  and  greater  extent  of  the  rufous  on  the  second  and  third 
outer  tail-feathers ;  for  it  must  be  remembered,  although  seemingly 
orerlooked  by  Mr.  Gould,  that  the  two  tail-feathers  next  to  the 
outer  one  on  either  side  are  distinctly  marked  with  rufous  in  L, 
piagosus. 

But,  however  slight  the  differences  between  these  two  species  may 

be,  either  in  the  e^,  the  young  on  leaving  the  nest,  or  in  the  fully 

adult  birds,  there  is  one  fact  that  sets  the  question  at  rest,  viz.  that 

the  young,  about  three  months  old,  have  the  same  characteristic 

*  For  the  description  of  thia  shell  see  Dr.  Cox*8  prerious  paper,  ante^  page  49. 


360      MR.  J.  E.  HARTING  ON  ANARHYNCHU8  FRONTALIS.    [Maj  27* 

markings  as  their  parents,  which  fully  proves  that  L,  basalts  cannot 
he  the  young  of  L.  plagosus. 

A  young  bird  of  L.  plagosus  now  hefore  me,  shot  in  September 
and  supposed  to  have  been  hatched  in  June,  diatmctly  shows  the 
wavy  bands  on  the  chest,  breast,  and  flanks,  also  the  rufous  blotches, 
to  the  same  extent  as  the  adult,  on  the  second  and  third  outer  tail- 
feathers  on  either  side. 

The  accompanying  coloured  drawings  represent  the  eggs  of  the 
various  Cuckoos  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Sydney,  and  the 
eggs  of  their  most  usual  foster-parents,  as  spoken  of  in  my  former 
paper.    They  are  all  taken  from  fresh  specimens. 

EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  XXVH. 


Fig.  1.  Egg  of  Lamprococci/x  plagom$. 

2.  „      basalts, 

3.  „       Cuculus  inomatus. 

4.  „       eineracetts, 

5.  „       Acanthiza  lineafa.  !         11. 

6.  „      pusilla.  I         12. 


Fig.  7.  Egg  of  Aeanthiza  nana, 

8.       „       GeobaHleus  regufoidn, 
Smicromis  brevirostriB. 
Stipiturta  malaeurus. 
Chthonicola  minima. 
PHlottM  aurioomis. 


9. 
10. 


May  27,  1869. 
W.  H.  Flower,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  in  the  Chair. 

Mr.  J.  E.  Harting,  F.Z.S.,  exhibited  a  skin  of  a  rare  wading  bird, 
Anarhynckus  frontalis^  from  New  Zealand,  together  with  three  bills 
of  the  same  species  which  had  been  saved  from  birds  eaten  by  the 
natives,  and  remitted  through  the  kindness  of  M.  Jules  Verreaux. 
He  remarked  that  the  chief  peculiarity  in  this  bird  lay  in  the  form 
of  the  bill,  which  was  curved,  not  downwards  as  in  Numenius,  nor 
upwards  as  in  Reeurvirostra,  but  to  one  side,  and  that  he  had  good 
grounds  for  believing  that  this  peculiarity  was  constant.  He  had 
seen  six  examples  of  the  bird,  and  had  heard  of  others,  in  all  of 
which  the  bill  was  curved  as  described.  He  had  no  doub^  from  its 
general  appearance,  that  its  habits  resembled  those  of  Strepsilas, 
although  it  differed  in  other  respects  from  the  only  two  species 
known  of  this  genus.  He  believed  that  its  nearest  ally  would  be 
found  in  another  New-Zealand  bird,  Thinomis  nova  teatanduB,  of 
which  genus  Thinomis  another  species,  Thinomis  rossiU  had  been 
found  in  the  Auckland  Islands.  The  bird  now  exhibited  had  been 
described  so  long  ago  as  1830  by  MM.  Quoy  and  Gaimard  in  their 
zoology  of  the  'Voyage  de  T Astrolabe*  (i.  p.  252,  pi.  31.  fig.  2), 
and  had  since  been  noticed  by  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray,  in  *  Dieffenbach's 
Travels  in  New  Zealand'  (ii.  p.  196),  in  the  'Voyage  of  the  Erebus 
and  Terror*  (Birds,  p.  12),  and  in  'The  Ibis*  (1862,  p.  234). 

Mr.  Harting  proposed  at  some  future  time  to  offer  some  further 
remarks  on  this  curious  bird. 


1869.]      MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  MEXICAN  BIRDS.        361 

The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

1.  On  a  Collection  of  Birds  made  by  Mr.  H.  S.  le  Strange 
near  the  city  of  Mexico.  By  P.  L.  Sclater,  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin,  F.L.S. 

Mr.  H.  S.  le  Strange,  during  his  residence  in  Mexico,  as  attach^ 
to  the  British  Legation  in  1865  and  1866,  formed  a  considerable 
series  of  bird-skins,  principally  in  the  vicinity  of  the  capital  itself 
and  in  the  upper  parts  of  the  Talleys  which  fall  towards  the  Atlantic. 
Mr.  le  Strange  having  kindly  submitted  this  collection  to  our  exami- 
nation, we  have  had  great  pleasure  in  determining  the  species  con- 
tained in  it  (which  are  262  in  number),  and  beg  leave  to  offer  to 
the  Society  some  notes  on  a  few  of  the  rarer  species,  made  during 
our  examination  of  the  specimens. 

1.  PiPiLO  MACULATUS,  Sw.  Phil.  Mag.  1827,  i.  p.  434. 

Three  skins  of  this  bird  are  in  the  collection.  Mr.  le  Strange 
notes  that  it  is  found  in  the  tierra  fria,  in  the  barrancas,  aiid  that  its 
Mexican  name  is  "  Chalmeroy 

It  seems  to  us  very  doubtful  whether  it  will  not  be  necessary  to 
unite  under  this  name  Pipilo  arcticus,  Sw.,  P.  oregonus.  Bell,  and 
P.  megalonyx,  Baird.  The  northern  specimens  are  mostly  blacker 
on  the  back ;  but  a  skin  sent  to  Sclater  by  Prof.  Baird  as  P.  mega^ 
lonyx  from  Soutli  California,  and  another  as  P.  arcticus,  are  not,  in 
our  opinion,  separable  from  Mexican  specimens.  This  bird  descends 
as  far  south  as  the  highlands  of  Guatemala,  and  was  obtained  by 
Salvin  near  Quezaltenango  ('Ibis,'  1866,  p.  193). 

2.  Pipilo  macronyx,  Sw.  Phil.  Mag.  1827,  i.  p.  434. 

We  have  usually  called  the  species  in  our  collections  Pipilo  vires- 
eenSy  under  which  name  it  was  described  by  Hartlaub,  *  Joum.  f. 
Om.'  1863,  p.  169.  But  upon  referring  to  Swainson's  characters 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  same  bird  is  his  Pipilo  macronyx. 
It  is  easily  known  from  the  preceding  (P.  maculaius)  by  the  olive- 
green  edgings  of  the  back-  and  wing-  and  tail-feathers  ;  but  Mr.  le 
Strange  has  not  distinguished  the  two  species  in  his  MS.  Sclater 
has  one  of  the  origimJ  specimens  of  P.  virescens  in  his  collection, 
received  from  Dr.  Hartlaub,  also  examples  collected  by  Boucard 
during  his  last  expedition,  and  a  skin  obtained  by  Mr.  White  near 
the  city  of  Mexico. 

3.  Pipilo  fuscus. 

Pipilo  fusca,  Sw.  Phil.  Mag.  1827,  i.  p.  434,  et  Anim.  in  Men. 
p.  347 ;  Bp.  Consp.  p.  487  ;  Cab.  J.  f.  Om.  1862,  p.  474. 

Pipilo  mesoleucus,  Baird,  Pr.  Ac.  Phil.  vii.  p.  119,  et  B.  N.  A. 
p.  518 ;  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  304. 

There  is  no  doubt  that,  as  pointed  out  by  Cabanis,  the  present 


362     MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  8ALV1N  ON  MEXICAN  BIRDS.    [Msj  27, 

species  (called  by  Baird  P.  mewleueus)  is  the  tnie  P.  fksau  of 
Swainson,  and  that  the  CaUfoniian  bird  (called  P.  /umcus  by  Baird 
and  others)  should  be  termed  P.  crisaalis.  Sclater's  collection  con- 
tains an  original  specimen  of  P.  mesoleucus,  collected  by  Rennicott 
in  New  Mexico,  which  agrees  perfectly  with  the  skins  in  Mr.  le 
Strange's  collection,  and  with  others  obtained  in  Mexico  by  Boucard 
and  De  Saussure.  Mr.  le  Strange  notes  that  this  bird  is  "  common 
in  the  valley  of  Mexico.** 

4.  Carpodacus  CA88INII,  Baird,  B.  N.  A.  p.  414. 

Three  specimens  (2  c^  and  1  $)  of  this  species,  obtained  by 
Mr.  le  Strange,  are  the  first  of  it  we  have  seen.  As  stated  by 
Baird,  it  is  most  like  C,  purpureuSf  but  remarkable  for  the  large 
size  and  elongation  of  the  bill.  Baird*s  specimens  were  from  New 
Mexico. 

5.  CHRY80MiTRi8PiNU8(Wils.);  Baird,  B.  N.  A.  p.  425 ;  Sclater, 
P.Z.S.  1864,  p.  174. 

Three  skins  of  what  we  believe  to  be  this  North-American  species, 
agreeing  with  one  in  Sclater*s  collection  from  the  same  locality.  We 
much  doubt  the  distinctness  of  C  maeroptera,  Du  Bus  (Esq.  Om. 
t.  23),  which  appears  to  be  the  same  bird. 

6.  Icterus  bullockii,  Sw.  Ph.  Mag.  1827,  i.  p.  436 ;  Baird, 
B.  N.  A.  p.  549. 

Examples  of  both  sexes  of  this  species,  which  is  stated  to  inhabit 
the  tierra  fria,  and  is  called  "  Calandria  nogalera** 

7.  Icterus  ABEiLLiSi  (Less.);  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  p.  252,  et 
1864,  p.  175 ;  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  130. 

A  pair  of  this  species,  stated  to  have  been  brought  in  alive  and 
kept  m  a  case  for  some  time.  Mexican  name  **  Calandria  ndelera** 
The  female  does  not  appear  distinguishable  from  that  of  /.  bullockii ; 
the  males  are  readily  separable  by  the  black  sides  and  uropygium  of 
the  present  species. 

8.  Cyanocitta  CALiFORNiCA  (Vig.);  ScUter,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  143. 
Apheloama  Jloridana^  Bp.  C.  R.  xlii.  p.  956. 

Cyanocitta  Jloridana,  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  300. 

Mr.  le  Strange's  skin  (obtained  in  the  tierra  fria)  agrees  well  with 
a  Californian  specimen  in  Sclater's  collection,  and  with  the  charac- 
ters whereby  Baird  distingubhes  C  cali/omica  from  C.  woodkouni. 
It  is  white  without  any  bluish  tinge  below,  and  the  crissum  is 
nearly  pure  white.  It  is  probable,  therefore,  that  Prof.  Baird  has 
wrongly  referred  his  specimen  no.  8465,  from  Mexico,  to  C.  wood^ 
kousit. 

We  have  little  doubt  that  Sallys  specimen  (no.  186  of  his  first 
collection),  referred  by  Sclater  (following  Bonaparte)  to  C.Jtoridana, 


1869.]     MK^RS.  8CLATBR  AND  8ALVIN  ON  MEXICAN  BIRDS.        363 

was  really  of  this  species.  Salvm  has  received  a  skin  of  this  Cyano- 
eitta  ^m  the  Tidnitj  of  OaxBca»  collected  hj  Mr.  A.  Fenocbio. 

9.  PsiLORHiNUS  MOBio  (Waglcr). 

Two  skins  of  this  hird,  marked  c^  et  $ ,  and  coloured  alike,  ob- 
tained from  the  tierra  caliente  of  the  Atlantic,  where  Mr.  le  Strange 
says  they  are  "  very  common,  and  often  follow  the  passer-by,  taking 
short  flights  from  tree  to  tree,  and  making  a  harsh  and  discordant 
noise." 

This  bird  has  long  been  confounded  with  the  PtilorhinuB  mexi- 
canus  of  Ruppell,  which  is  immediately  distinguishable  by  its  white 
belly  and  the  broad  white  terminations  of  the  rectrices.  Riippell 
gives  the  locality  of  his  species  as  Tamaulipas ;  but  all  the  Mexican 
specimens  of  Psilorhinus  which  have  come  under  our  notice  have 
iH^longed  to  the  black-tailed  Ps.  morioy  while  all  the  Guatemalan  and 
more  southern  examples  have  been  of  the  (so-called)  P«.  mexieanua. 
Under  these  circumstances  it  is  not  unlikely  that  there  may  have 
been  some  mistake  in  Biippeirs  localitpr. 

The  two  species  (if  such  they  be)  will  stand  as  follows : — 

Psilorhinus  morio. 

Pica  morio,  Wagl.  Isis,  1829,  p.  751. 

PieafuliginoBa,  Less.  Traits  d'Om.  p.  333. 

Psilorhinus  morio,  Bp.  Consp.  p.  381 ;  Cab.  Mus.  Hein.  p.  226  ; 
Baird,  Birds  N.  Am.  p.  592 ;  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  300,  and  1859, 
pp.  57,  365. 

Diagn.  Ventre  einerascente ;  rectricibus  totis  eoncoloribus. 

Hab.  S.  Mexico,  Cordova  (SalU),  Jalapa  (de  Oca). 

Psilorhinus  mexicanus. 

Corpus  morio,  fem.  et  juv.,  Wagl.  Isis,  1829,  p.  751. 

Psilorhinus  mexicanus,  Riipp.  Mus.  Senck.  ii.  p.  189,  t.  1 1.  f.  2. 

Psilorhinus  morio,  Scl.  &  Salv.  Ibis,  1859,  p.  22;  Taylor,  Ibis, 
1860,  p.  113 ;  Cab.  Joum.  f.  Om.  1861,  p.  83 ;  Scl.  Cat.  Am.  B. 
p.  145;  Lawr.  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  ix.  p.  104. 

Diagm.  Ventre  albicante,  rectricum  lateralium  apieibus  latis  albis. 

Hab,  Guatemala  (^Salvin),  Honduras  (Taylor),  Costa  Rica  (Are^), 
«*  Tamaulipas,  Mexico  {RUpp,)" 

10.  SiTTASOMUS  OLivACEUS  (Max.). 

We  have  already  given  our  reasons  for  using  this  name  for  the 
bird  usually  called  S.  sylvioides  {of.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  630). 

11.  CHiBTURA  RUTiLA  (Vicill.),   Sclatcr,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  283. 
Mr.  le  Strange's  collection  contains  a  pair  of  this  beautiful  Swifl 

from  the  tierra  fria,  the  first  Mexican  specimens  we  have  seen  of 
it.  Mr.  Lawrence  has  lately  presented  to  Sclater  an  Ecuadorian 
skin  of  the  bird,  which  agrees  perfectly  with  Mexican  and  Gua- 
temalan examples. 


364  MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALYIN  [May  27» 

12.  Cbnturus  albifrons  (Sw.). 

Piem  albifrons,  Sw.  PhU.  Mag.  1827,  i.  p.  439 ;  Siind.  Pic.  p.  52  ; 
Cab.  Journ.  f.  O.  1862,  p.  324. 

Centunu  tantaeruzh  Bp.  P.  Z.  S.  1837,  p.  116;  Sclater,  Cat. 
A.  B.  p.  343. 

We  haTe  hitherto  called  this  species  by  Bonaparte's  name ;  but 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that,  as  pointed  out  by  Cabanis,  it  is  the  P. 
albi/rons  of  Swainson.  It  is  common  in  Southern  Mexico  and 
Guatemala. 

13.  BuTEO  ELEGANS,  Cassiu  ;  Baifd,  B.  N.  A.  p.  28. 

Mr.  le  Strange's  collection  contains  a  single  skin  of  this  Buzzard, 
agreeing  with  Texan  specimens  collected  by  Mr.  Dresser.  We  have 
also  seen  an  example  of  it  in  a  collection  recently  sent  to  M.  Sall^ 
from  OrizaTa  by  M.  Botteri. 

14.  Ortalida  vetula,  Wagler,  Isis,  1830,  p.  1112,  et  1832 
p.  1227;  Schter,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  391. 

O.  poliocephala,  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  310. 

Mr.  le  Strange's  collection  contains  a  single  skin  of  this  Ortalida^ 
which  he  found  "very  common"  in  the  tierra  caliente  of  the 
Atlantic.  He  shot  many  on  the  road  to  Tampico,  in  April  1 866. 
We  believe  that  the  Texan  bird  called  by  the  American  ornitholo- 
gists O.  vetula,  O.  poliocephala,  and  O.  maccalli  is  probably  refer- 
ible  to  this  species. 

15.  Ortalida  poliocephala,  Wagler,  Isis,  1830,  p.  1112,  et 
1832,  p.  1227. 

Two  skins  of  this  species,  in  Mr.  le  Strange's  collection,  are  the  . 
first  we  have  met  with.    It  is  immediately  distinguishable  from  the 
preceding  by  its  larger  size,  longer  tail,  whiter  belly,  and  the  much 
broader  terminal  bands  of  the  tail-feathers,  which  are  fulvous  and  not 
purer  white. 


2.  Notes  on  the  Species  of  the  Genus  Micrastur.  By  P.  L. 
ScLATER,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin, 
M.A.,  F.L.S, 

As  in  case  of  the  Asturina,  to  which  we  have  lately  called  the 
Society's  attention*,  some  of  the  members  of  the  genus  Micrastur 
are  at  present  in  a  state  of  great  confusion.  We  trust  that  the 
following  remarks  may  serve  to  render  the  species  of  the  group  with 
which  we  are  acquainted  more  readily  distinguishable. 

The  genus  Micrastur,  established  by  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray  in  184 If 

*  See  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  129. 
t  List  of  Genera  of  Birds,  p.  6. 


1869.]  ON  THE  GENrS  M1CRA8TUR.  365 

(in  the  place  of  Braehypterus  of  Lesson,  previously  employed), 
embraces  a  series  of  American  Hawks  with  the  general  structure  of 
Aceipiier^  but  distinguished  by  their  short  toes  and  more  rounded  tail. 
We  haTe  examined  specimens  of  seven  species  of  it,  which  may  be 
shortly  distinguished  as  follows  : — 

A.  Msjores:  subtciB  aibi  fere  onioolores. 

a.  major,  supra  nigricanB \,  M.  temitorquahu, 

^.  minor,  supra  dnereus  2.  M,  ftUranaoUii. 

B.  minores :  subtus  albi,  dense  transfasciatL 

a.  dorio  rufo :  pileo  cinereo : 

of*,  minor:  dorso  dilutiore  rufo 3.  M,rvficoUi». 

If*,  major:  dorso  saturatiore  rufo  4.  M.  eonothorcuc, 

b.  dorso  cinereo :  pileo  oonoolore : 

a'^  ventre  imo  et  crisso  albis  immaculatis 5.  M.  gUvicoUU, 

b",  Tentre  imo  et  crisso  cinereo  transfasdatis : 

a'",  dorso  dilutiore  cinereo 6.  M.  letbcauchen, 

y.  dorso  saturatiore  cinereo  7.  M.gueriUa. 

1.  MiCRASTUR  SEMITORQUATUS. 

Sparvius  §emitorquatua,  Vieill.  N.  D.  x.  p.  322,  et  Enc.  M^th. 
p.  1263. 

Sparvius  melanoleucus,  Vieill.  N.  D.  x.  p.  327,  et  Enc.  MM. 
p.  1267. 

Falco  braehypterus,  Temm.  PI.  Col.  116  (jr.)  et  141  (adult.). 

Mierastur  braehypterus,  Pelz.Orn.Novara,  p.  12,  et  Om.  Bras.  p.  7. 

Micrastur  semitorquatus,  Scl.  et  Salv.  Ibis,  1859,  p.  218  ;  Law- 
rence, Ann.  L.  N.  Y.  ix.  p.  134. 

Climaeoeereus  braehypterus,  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  88. 

Falco  leucomelas,  Licht.  Doubl.  p.  62. 

Cami/ex  naso.  Lesson,  Rev.  Zool.  1842,  p.  379. 

Faleo  percontator,  Cabot,  Boston  Journ.  iv.  p.  462. 

Mab.  Bio  Janeiro  (Natt,);  Mato  Grosso  (Natt.)  ;  Borba  (Natt.); 
Rio  Negro  et  Rio  Brancho  (Natt.)  ;  Costa  Rica  (Zeledon)  ;  Guate- 
mala (Salvin) ;  Yucatan  (Cabot). 

This  species,  well  known  by  the  figures  of  the  adult  and  young  in 
Temminck's  *  Planches  Colorizes,'  is  widely  distributed  throughout 
Tropical  America,  from  Yucatan  to  Paraguay.  It  does  not,  however, 
appear  to  occur  in  the  wood- region  of  Eastern  Brazil,  nor  have  we 
yet  seen  specimens  from  New  Granada  and  Ecuador.  In  Guatemala 
it  seems  to  be  rare,  as  Salvin  only  obtained  one  specimen  from 
Retaluleu,  in  the  forest-region  bordering  the  Pacific.  Another 
Guatemalan  specimen,  in  the  Norwich  Museum,  is  probably  from 
Vera  Paz. 

The  large  size  of  this  bird  renders  it  easily  distinguishable  from 
every  other  species  of  the  genus. 

2.  MiCRASTUR  MIRANDOLLII. 

Jstur  mirandoUii,  Schl.  Ned.  Tijdschr.  i.  p.  130,  et  Mus.  de  P.- 
B.  Astures,  p.  27. 

Mierastur  macrorhynchus,  Natt.  MS. ;  Pelz.  Om.  Novara,  p.  21, 
et  Om.  Bras.  p.  7. 


366  ME68RS.  8CLATBR  AND  8ALVIN  [^^J  ^7, 

Mierastur  mirandollei,  Sd.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  769. 

Hab.  Eastern  Peru,  Chyavetas  (BartL);  Rio  N^ro  et  Rio 
Brancho  {Natt,)  ;  Barra  do  Rio  Negro  {Coat,  et  Dev,). 

This  bird  is  most  nearly  allied  to  the  preceding  species,  but  is 
easily  recognizable  by  its  smaller  size  and  slaty-grey  upper  plumage. 

The  only  example  of  it  in  this  country  is,  as  far  as  we  know,  the 
specimen  obtained  by  Mr.  £.  Bartlett  in  Eastern  Pern,  noticed  in 
our  article,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  759.  As  already  mentioned  there, 
Sclater  has  compared  the  typical  specimen  of  Jsiur  mirandoUu  in 
the  Leyden  Museum  with  an  example  of  t.  Pelzeln's  Mierastur 
macrorhynchus  in  the  same  collection,  and  has  little  doubt  of  their 
being  identical. 

In  the  Paris  Museum  there  is  a  specimen  of  this  bird  collected  by 
Castelnau  and  Deville  at  Barra  do  Rio  Negro. 

In  its  range  this  species  appears  to  be  restricted  to  the  district 
of  Upper  Amazonia. 

3.  MiCRASTUR  RUFICOLLI8. 

Sparviua  rujicollis,  Vieill.  N.  D.  x.  p.  322,  et  E.  M.  iii.  p.  1263 ; 
Puch.  R.  Z.  1850,  p.  91. 

Mierastur  rujicollis,  Strickl.  Om.  Syn.  p.  122. 

Falco  aanthothorax,  Temm.  PL  Col.  92. 

Climacocercus  xantkothorax,  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  85. 

Mierastur  xanthothorax,  Pelz.  Om.  firas.  p.  7. 

Hab.  S.E.  Brazil  (Burm.);  S.  Paulo  (Natt.);  QtojBi  (St.- 
Hilaire), 

The  adult  of  this  species  is  well  figured  in  Temminck's  *  Hanches 
Colori^s,'  no.  92.  It  is  easily  recognizable  by  its  deep  rufous, 
almost  chestnut  breast.  In  younger  specimens  this  colour  is  only 
partially  apparent,  and  the  bars  on  the  belly  are  much  wider  apart ; 
but  in  all  stages  we  have  seen  the  reddish-brown  back  is  more  or 
less  persistent,  thus  distinguishing  it  from  M,  leueauehen. 

Our  specimens  of  this  bird  are  from  Rio  and  Bahia.  Natterer 
obtained  it  in  the  Province  of  San  Paulo,  and  St.-Hilaire  in  that  of 
Goyaz. 

4.  MiCRASTTJR  ZONOTHORAX. 

Clitnaeocereus  zonothorax.  Cab.  J.  f.  O.  1865,  p.  406. 

Mierastur  zonothorax,  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  253. 

ffab.  Puerto  Cabello ;  Bogota. 

Dr.  Cabanis  has  lately  separated  this  bird  as  a  northern  repre- 
sentative of  the  preceding,  stating  that  it  differs  in  its  larger  size, 
stouter  bill,  and  in  the  darker  reddish-brown  of  the  upper  surface, 
also  in  having  the  red-brown  on  the  lower  surface  confined  to  the 
throat  and  not  extending  over  the  breast. 

We  have  not  yet  met  with  the  adult  of  this  species,  but  have 
referred  to  it  a  bird  in  immature  plumage  collected  by  Mr.  Goering 
in  the  coast-region  of  Porto  Cabello,  which  is  the  same  district  as 
that  whence  Cabanis's  type  specimens  were  derived.  A  second  im- 
mature bird,  in  the  collection  of  Salvin  and  Godman,  is  from  Bogota. 


1869.]  ON  THS  GKNU8  MICRA8TUR«  367 

5.  MiCRASTUR  LEUCAUCBEN. 

Falco  leucauehen,  Temm.  PI.  Col,  306. 

Micrastur  leucauehen,  Strick.  Orn.  Sjn.  p.  123, 

Micrastur  ffiivicoUis  ?adult.),  Pelz.  Orn.  Nov.  p.  10. 

Hab,  Brazil ;  Bahia  \Wucherer)  ;  Mato  Grosso  (Natt.). 

This  MieroMtur  is  immediately  distinguishable  from  3f .  ruficollis 
bv  its  grey  back  and  by  the  entire  absence  (in  the  adult  bird)  of  any 
rufous  colouring  upon  the  throat  and  breast.  In  specimens  not  quite 
mature  there  is  a  rufous  tinge  upon  the  breast,  which  has  apparently 
caused  the  species  to  be  confounded  in  most  collections  with  M» 
ruficollis.  As  in  the  latter  bird,  the  belly  is  regularly  banded  con* 
tinuously  down  to  the  crissum.  This  character  and  its  paler  upper 
surface  serve  to  distinguish  it  from  M,  gilvicollis. 

In  his  '  Planches  C^lori^ '  (no.  306)  Temminck  has  figured  his 
Falco  leucauehen,  which  has  been  regarded  by  most  writers  as  being 
the  young  of  the  same  author's  Falco  xanthothorax  {^Micrastur 
ruficollis,  Yieill.).  Temminck  does  not  expressly  say  whether  his 
figure  was  taken  from  a  specimen  in  the  Pans  Museum  or  in  that  of 
Vienna,  both  of  which  he  states  contain  examples  of  this  bird; 
but  according  to  Schlegel  (Mus^  des  Pays-Bas,  Astures,  ja,  51) 
Temminck's  type  is  one  of  Natterer's  specimens  now  in  the  Leyden 
Museum.  To  determine  positively  whether  Temminck's  figure  is 
applicable  to  the  young  of  the  present  species  or  to  that  of  M,  rufi* 
collis,  reference  must  be  made  to  this  type  specimen,  which  we  have 
not  yet  had  an  opportunity  of  doing.  But  to  avoid  the  unpleasant 
necessity  of  giving  a  fresh  name  to  the  present  bird,  which  is  certainly 
a  most  distinct  species,  we  propose  for  the  present  to  use  Temminck's 
name  for  it,  beanne  in  mind  tnat  M.  Pucheran,  a  very  accurate  ob- 
server, has  stated  that  in  his  opinion  naturalists  have  erred  in  consi- 
dering Temminck's  two  names  synonymous*. 

Three  specimens  of  this  Hawk,  in  the  collection  of  Salrin  and 
Godman,  are  from  Bahia,  and  were  received  from  Dr.  Wucherer. 
An  example  which  we  regard  as  the  adult,  and  of  which  we  shall 
speak  subsequently,  was  obtained  by  Natterer  in  Mato  Grosso. 

6.  Micrastur  guerilla. 

Micrastur  guerilla,  Cass.  Proc.  Ac.  Phil.  iv.  p.  87,  et  Joum.  Ac. 
Phil.  vol.  i.  p.  295,  t.  40;  Bp.  Consp.  Av.  p.  30. 

Micrastur  concentricus,  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1856,  p.  285. 

Mcrastur  giltncollis,  Scl.  et  Salv.  Ibis,  1859,  p.  218  ;  Sd.  P.  Z.  S. 
1858,  p.  96 ;  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  p.  96 ;  Lawr.  Ann.  L.  N.  Y.  vii. 
p.  317. 

Micrastur  xanthothorax,  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  368. 

Hab.  Mexico,  Jalapa  (Cassin)  ;  Cordova  (Sall^ ;  Guatemala 
(Salffin)  ;  Veragua  {Arce)  ;  Western  Ecuador,  Nanegal  (Fraser), 

We  have  long  been  well  acquainted  vrith  this  Micrastur ;  Salvin 
obtained  specimens  of  it  in  every  stage  of  plumage  during  his  expedi- 
tions to  Giuitemala,  and  it  is  also  common  in  Mexican  collections ; 
•  K«v.  Zool.  1860,  p.  91. 


368  ON  THE  GENUS  MiCRASTUR.  [May  27, 

but  we  have  hitherto  wrongly  referred  it  to  its  southern  representa- 
tive M,  gilvicollisy  in  which  other  authors  have  followed  us.  In  its 
plumage  ahove,  this  present  bird  very  much  resembles  that  species ; 
but  beneath  the  narrow  grey  bands  are  closer  together,  and  are  con- 
tinued regularly  over  the  thighs,  belly,  and  crissum,  whereas  in  M, 
gilvieollia  they  gradually  disappear,  leaving  these  parts  nearly  white. 
In  the  adult  of  M.  guerilla  also  there  appear  to  be  three  distinct 
white  tail-bands  besides  the  narrow  terminal  band ;  in  the  adult  Af. 
concentricus  the  normal  number  seems  to  be  one,  or  sometimes  two. 
Cassin  founded  his  Micrastur  guerilla  upon  immature  specimens 
obtained  by  Mr.  Pease  near  Jalapa  in  Mexico,  and  has  figured  the 
bird  in  this  plumage.  As  already  stated,  we  have  seen  other  ex- 
am  pies  in  the  numerous  collections  recently  made  in  the  same  dis- 
trict. In  Guatemala  Salvin  found  it  common  in  all  the  low- 
lands of  the  Atlantic  slope.  From  Veragua  Arc^  has  transmitted 
individuals  both  in  the  adult  and  immature  plumages.  We  have  not 
yet  seen  it  ^m  Panama ;  but  it  certainlv  extends  as  far  south  as 
Western  Ecuador,  where  Mr.  Eraser  obtained  an  adult  specimen  in 
1859.     This  bird  is  now  in  the  collection  of  Salvin  and  Godman. 

7.  Micrastur  gilyicolls. 

SparmusgilvicollUy  Vieill.  N.  D.  x.  p.  323,  et  Enc.  Mdth.  p.  1264  ; 
Puch.  Rev.  Zool.  1850,  p.  91. 

Micrastur  gilvicollis,  jr.,  Pelz.  Om.  Novara,  p.  10,  et  Om.  Bras, 
p.  7 ;  Scl.  et  Salv  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  590. 

Nistu  concentricuSi  Less.  Tr.  d*Om.  p.  60  ;  D'Orb.Voy.  Ois.  p.  88. 

Climacocercus  concentrtcus,  Cab.  in  Tsch.  F.  P.  pp.  18,  98,  et  in 
Schomb.  Guian.  iii.  p.  735 ;  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  87. 

Hab.  Cayenne  (If M.)  ;  Eastern  Peru  (r^cA.)  ;  Bolivia  (D'0r6.); 
Rio  Negro,  Barra  and  Para  (Natt.). 

Vieillot's  Sparvius  gilvicollia  was  founded  upon  a  specimen  in  the 
Paris  Museum,  which  Pucherau,  in  one  of  his  articles  upon  VieiUot's 
types,  declares  to  he  the  same  as  M.  concentrictts.  Now,  although 
Falco  concentricus  is  an  old  MS.  name  of  Ilhger's,  it  was  first  pub- 
lished by  Lesson,  and  based  upon  a  specimen  brought  by  Poiteau 
from  Cayenne,  likewise  in  the  Paris  Museum.  It  follows  that  M. 
Pucheran,  having  had  the  two  types  before  him,  had  an  excellent 
opportunity  of  arriving  at  the  result  which  he  came  to. 

Our  worthy  friend  Herr  von  Pelzeln,  of  Vienna,  has,  however, 
recently  come  to  a  different  conclusion,  and,  in  his  treatise  on  the 
birds  of  the  Novara  Expedition,  has  treated  M.  giivicollis  and  M, 
concentricus  as  different  species.  This  caused  us  no  small  perplexity, 
until,  with  his  usual  kindness,  Herr  v.  Pelzeln  transmitted  to  us  for 
examination  the  whole  series  of  specimens  of  these  two  supposed 
species  upon  which  he  had  founded  his  remarks.  We  trust  that  our 
good  friend  will  pardon  us,  if,  in  the  interests  of  science,  we  state  that, 
after  inspection  of  the  specimens  and  comparison  of  them  with  others 
now  before  us,  we  have  arrived  at  a  somewhat  different  conclusion. 

It  is  certain  that  the  bird  from  Mato  Grosso,  which  Herr  v.  Pelzeln 
regards  as  the  adult  of  his  Af .  giivicollis,  is  distinct  from  his  M.  eon- 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORIS8A.  369 

centrieus ;  but»  as  we  have  already  stated,  we  believe  that  this  bird 
should  be  referred  to  the  Brazilian  species  which  we  have  termed 
M.  leucauehen.  The  younger  specimens,  called  M.  gilvieollU  by 
Herr  v.  Pelzeln,  in  spite  of  the  number  of  tail-bands,  we  consider 
referable  to  the  present  bird,  which  he  calls  3f.  cancentrictis. 

One  of  the  main  points  which  Herr  v.  Pelzeln  urges  as  distinguish- 
ing his  M.  gilvicoUU  from  his  M,  concenirieus  is  that  the  former  has 
in  every  age  and  sex,  besides  the  termination,  three  white  tail-bands, 
whereas  the  latter  has  usually  only  one,  but  sometimes  two.  But 
we  do  not  consider  this  character  altogether  to  be  relied  upon,  it 
being  notoriously  variable  in  other  species  of  Accipitres.  When  it 
is  discarded  there  is,  as  far  as  we  can  see,  nothing  to  prevent  us 
associating  the  two  immature  female  birds  from  the  Amazonian 
district,  which  Herr  v.  Pelzeln  refers  to  M.  gilvicoUU  (as  dis- 
tinguished from  M,  concentricus),  with  the  present  species. 

We  may  also  urge  that  this  interpretation  is  more  consonant  with 
the  phenomena  of  geographical  distribution,  it  being  primd  facie  un- 
likely that  two  so  closely  allied  species  should  be  found  maintaining 
their  distinctive  characters  in  the  same  area. 

All  the  specimens  of  the  present  species  which  have  come  before 
OS  with  ascertained  localities  have  been  either  from  Guiana  or  from 
some  part  of  Amazonia,  which  we  regard  as  belonging  to  the  same 
fauoa.  Natterer's  specimens  were  collected  at  Para  and  upon  the 
Rio  N^ro.  Other  specimens  we  have  seen  are  from  Cayenne  and 
the  Lower  Amazon.  Tschudi's  Peruvian  specimens  have  no  doubt 
been  correctly  referred  by  Cabanis  to  the  present  bird ;  but  we  have 
not  yet  had  an  opportunity  of  ascertaining  to  which  species 
D'Orbign/s  BoUvian  examples  belong. 


8.  On  the  Fishes  of  Orissa. 
By  Surgeon  Feancis  Day,  F.Z.S.,  F.L.S.— Part  II.* 

Amongst  the  Siluroids,  I  captured  one  small  specimen  of  a  Hara 
in  Orissa,  which  I  left  undescribed ;  I  have  since  taken  many  more, 
and  compared  them  with  those  in  the  Calcutta  Museum.    It  is  the 

78.  Hara  buchanani,  Blyth. 
D.||0.    P.i.     V.  6.     A.f.     C.  15. 

Length  of  head  |,  of  caudal  \  of  the  total  length.  The  bases  of  the 
first  dorsal  and  anal  fins  are  of  the  same  length,  and  equal  the  dis- 
tance from  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  to  the  end  of  the  snout. 
The  length  of  the  base  of  the  adipose  dorsal  is  only  equal  to  one-half 
of  that  of  the  anal.  Height  of  body  equals  the  length  of  the  head ; 
the  width  of  the  head  opposite  the  opercles  equals  l^  its  length. 

Eyes  small,  situated  in  the  posterior  half  of  the  head. 

Gill-openings  narrow,  the  skin  confluent  with  that  of  the  isthmus. 
*  See  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  292. 


370  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORISSA.      [Maj  27 f 

Maxillary  iMurbels  dilated  at  their  bases ;  they  extend  as  far  as  the 
pectoral  fin.  The  four  mandibular  barbels  are  on  a  transverse  line ; 
the  two  outer  the  longest,  reaching  the  gill-opening.  Nostrils 
placed  close  together  and  divided  by  a  short  barbel.  The  occipital 
process  is  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide  at  its  base,  and  has 
another  parallel  bony  process  on  either  side.  Basal  bone  considerably 
dilated.  Humeral  process  rugose,  elongate,  and  with  two  ossicles 
posterior  to  it. 

Teeth  villiform  in  the  jaws  and  also  in  a  fine  band  on  the  palate. 

Fins,  Dorsal  spine  stout  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  head,  serrated 
posteriorly.  Pectoral  spine  one-fourth  longer,  flattened,  strongly 
serrated  internally,  and  with  finer  serrations  externally  but  arranged 
in  a  very  peculiar  manner,  each  alternate  tooth  being  directed 
anteriorly  or  posteriorly.  Pectorals  reaching  ventrals.  Caudal 
deeply  forked. 

Skm  covered  vrith  little  roush  elevations,  which  in  the  posterior 
part  of  the  body  are  in  paralld  hues.  This  roughness  is  also  seen 
on  the  cheeks. 

Lateral  line  proceeds  direct  towards  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the 
caudal  fin,  but  ceases  before  arriving  so  far. 

CoUmrs.  Brownish,  banded  vrith  a  darker  shade.  Fins  banded 
vrith  black.     Barbels  annulated  with  black. 

This  httle  fish  grows  to  about  2|  inches  in  length,  and  lives 
amongst  weeds  or  in  very  muddy  parts  of  rivers. 

The  OyprinicUe  are  extensively  represented  in  Orissa. 

79.  Catla  buchanani,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Barkur  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  ^.  P.  21.  V.  9.  A.  |.  C.  19.  L.  1.  40-43. 
L.tr.^.     Vert.i|. 

The  gill-rakers  in  the  adult  are  long,  moderately  strong,  and  set 
rather  widely  apart. 

The  Cyprinua  abrandoides,  Sykes,  may  be  this  species,  which 
abounds  in  the  river  Kistna. 

80.  Amblypharyngodon  mola,  H.  Buch. 
Morara  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  f.  P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  |.  C.  20.  L.  1.  71-75. 
L.  tr.  20. 

Dr.  Giinther  observes  that  the  engravuig  of  LeucUcus  melettimu, 
Cuv.  &  Yal.,  is  incorrect ;  for  he  considers  the  lateral  line,  instead  of 
being  continued  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin  as  delineated,  ought  to 
cease,  which  would  make  it  an  Amblypharyngodon.  Might  not  the 
drawing  be  correct,  and  the  species  be  a  ThynnichthyM^  as  I  have  taken 
one  in  India  ?  Mr.  Blyth  (Joum.  Asiat.  Soc.  of  Bengal,  1 860,  p.  1 64) 
observed  of  his  genus  Mola,  of  which  he  made  this  species  ms  type, 
''The  {LeueiteuB)  harengula  and  (Z.)  melettina  of  Valenciennes 
should  also  range  in  the  same  division,  even  if  the  lateral  line  be 


1869.]  SUROKON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORI88A.  371 

contiuuous  as  represented  in  the  figures  of  those  species."  The 
correctness  of  placing  Amhlypkaryngodan  and  Thynnichthv$  as 
distmct  genera  is,  I  think,  questionable ;  and  I  am  the  more  confirmed 
in  this  belief  bj  an  exammation  of  the  A.  atkinsonU,  Bljth  (not 
A.  peUuciduMf  M'ClellandX  from  Bormah,  in  which  the  lateral  line 
is  continued  for  one-third  of  the  length  of  the  body  of  the  fish,  or 
for  19  scales,  thus  reaching  nearly  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  ventral 
fin,  from  which  it  is  divided  by  six  rows  of  scales. 

81.  CiRRHlNA  MRIGAI^A,  H.  Buch. 

Mriffole,  Mirrgah  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  ^.  P.  17.  V.  9.  A.  |.  C.  19.  L.  1.  40-43. 
L.  tr.  ^. 

Differs  from  the  C  leschena^tii,  Cuv.  &  Val.,  by  only  having  the 
rostral  barbels.  In  Orissa  it  appears  entirely  to  supersede  the 
C.  lesckenauUii,  which  is  a  species  very  common  in  Madras. 

Amongst  the  fishes  brought  to  Calcutta  by  the  late  expedition  to 
Cliina  are  specimens  of  the  C.  mriffala,  H.  Buch.,  probably  identical 
with  O,  ehinensis,  GHinther. 

82.  Crossochbilus  bata,  H.  Buch. 

Crosioeheiius  rostraius,  Giinther  (immature). 
Dungudaparah  (Ooriah).     Dommarei  batta  (Bengali). 

B.  iii.      D.  ^.      P.  19.      V.  9.      A.  |.     C.  19.     L.  1.  36-38. 

L.  tr.  ^. 

This  spedes  I  obtained  throughout  Orissa,  as  well  as  from  the 
Cossye,  where  Dr.  Gunther's  specimen,  4  inches  long,  was  captured. 
I  have  therefore  no  doubt  respecting  its  identity,  although  he  re- 
marks of  the  genuB^  **  Barbels  two  or  four ;  if  two,  the  upper  only 
are  present  :*'  and  of  the  speeie$,  "  two  barbels,  only  shorter  than 
the  eve ;"  whereas  in  this  fish  it  is  the  maxillary  ones  which  exist. 

It  loses  the  black  spots  on  the  lateral  line  more  or  less  completely 
when  it  attains  a  mature  state.  Being  largely  domesticated,  how- 
ever, it  is  subject  to  certain  variations.  In  one  specimen,  10  inches 
long,  the  snout  was  covered  with  elevated  pores,  whilst  another  of 
the  same  size,  taken  alone  with  it,  was  destitute  of  them. 

The  number  of  rows  of  scales  between  the  lateral  line  and  base  of 
the  ventral  fin  sometimes  alters  with  age.  Thus  in  the  immature 
there  are  generally  four  series,  but  in  the  adult  five.  This  fish 
grows  to  two  feet  in  length. 

83.  Crossocheilus  gohama,  H.  Buch. 
Kola  batta  (Bengali). 

B.  in.    D.f.    P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  |.    C.  19.    L.  1.  38-40.   L.  tr.  |. 

This  fish  has  a  distinct  lateral  lobe  to  the  snout. 
Hab,  Cossye  river,  at  Midnapore. 


372  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORIS8A.      [Maj  27» 

84.  Crossocheilus  reba,  H.  Buch. 
Chetchua  porah  (Ooriah).     Batta  (Bengali). 

B.  iu.    D.  |.    P.  15.    V.  9.    A.  f.    C.  19.    L.  1.  35-38.    L.  tr.  \. 

The  Chondrostoma  hoggut,  Sykes,  appears  to  be  identical  with 
this  species,  which  is  common  in  the  Kistna  river. 

85.  Labeo  fimbriatus,  Bloch. 

Laheo  leachenaultii,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Bahrum  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.     D.  ^.     P.  15.     V.  9.     A.  f.     C.  19.     L.  1.  44-48. 

L.tr.^^ 

Hab,  Found  in  rivers  and  tanks. 

The  Varicorhinua  bobree,  Sykes,  appears  to  be  this  species,  which 
is  abundant  in  the  Kistna. 

86.  Labeo  gonius,  H.  Buch. 

Labeo  microlepidotus,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Labeo  dussumieri,  part.  ?,  Giinthcr. 
Cursua  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.     D.  j-^.     P.  17.     V.  9.     A.  |.     C.  19.     L.  1.  64-74. 

L.  tr.  1|. 

Length  of  head  A,  of  pectoral  A,  of  base  of  dorsal  |,  of  base  of 
anal  -jC,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of 
body  ^,  of  dorsal  fin  -j^,  of  ventral  A,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eye9,  Diameter  }  of  length  of  head,  1||  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  2^  diameters  apart. 

No  lateral  lobe  to  snout,  which  is  covered  with  fine  pores.  Two 
pairs  of  very  short  barbels,  the  maxillary  being  slightly  the  longest. 
Lips  thick,  with  a  distinct  fold,  and  also  fringed. 

Teeth  pharyngeal,  with  flattened  crowns,  5,  4,  2/2,  4,  5. 

Fin9^  Dorsal  commences  much  nearer  to  the  snout  than  to  the 
base  of  the  caudal  fin,  and  anterior  to  the  ventral. 

Seaiea.  Nine  and  a  half  rows  between  lateral  line  and  base  of  the 
ventral  fin,  in  large  specimens  from  Burmah  eight  and  a  half. 

As  food  this  fish  is  said  to  be  indifferent.  Many  specimens  were 
taken  in  the  rivers  of  Orissa  up  to  13^  inches  in  length. 

The  species  is  very  closely  allied  to,  if  not  identiod  with  Labeo 
cuna^  H.  Buch.,  which,  however,  is  said  to  have  11  or  12  rows  be- 
tween the  lateral  line  and  base  of  ventral  fin. 

87.  Labeo  calbasxt,  H.  Buch. 

Cirrkinue  affinU,  Jerdon,  Madras  Joum.  Lit.  &  Sc. 
Kola  beuue  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.     D.  ^y     P.  19.     V.  9.     A.  |.     C.  19.     L.  1.  41-44. 

L,  tr.  y. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THK  FISHES  OF  ORISSA.  373 

In  one  specimen  taken  in  the  Cossye  the  scales  were  spotted  with 
red. 
Hub,  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

88.  Labro  rohita,  H.  Bnch. 
Ruhu  (Ooriah). 

B.iu.    D.i^.    P.  17.    V.9.    A.f.    C.19.    L.1.41.    L.tr.^. 
Hah.  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

89.  Labeo  ricnorhynchu8»  M'Clelland. 
Kul-ka-batta  (Bengali). 

B.iii.    D.  i|.     P.  17.    V.9.    A.|.    C.19.    L.1.42.    L.tr.|. 

Pharyngeal  teeth  5,  4,  2/2,  4,  5. 

I  am  doubtful  whether  this  fish  should  not  be  referred  to  Cyprinus 
musiha,  H.  Buch.,  which,  however.  Dr.  Gunther  considers  to  be  the 
Labeo  moraia ;  and  he  remarks,  "  four  barbels  as  long  as  the  eye ;" 
whereas  Buchanan  observes,  "it  {Cyprinus  musiha)  differs  from  the 
description  of  the  moraia  in  nothing  but  the  want  of  tendrils." 

90.  Labeo  boga,  H.  Buch. 
Kala  battali  (Ooriah). 

B.iii,    D.  ^.    P.  17.    V.9.    A.|.    C.19.    L.1.42.    L.tr.^. 

My  reason  for  being  unable  to  accept  the  genus  Tylognathut, 
Giinther,  is,  that  "  the  separation  of  this  eenus  from  Labeo  is  arti- 
ficial,'* being  defined  in  its  having  nine  or  less  branched  rays,  down 
to  which  number  Labeo  is  included.  Thus  the  existence  of  an  extra 
ray  in  the  dorsal  fin,  or  whether  the  last  double  dorsal  ray  is  re- 
gaurded  as  one  or  two  might  alter  the  genua  of  the  species.  The 
same  author  has  observed  respecting  the  genus  Barbus,  which  has 
been  subdivided  into  several  genera  and  subgenera,  "  Nothing  would 
more  be  contrary  to  the  idea  of  natural  genera,  the  transition  from 
one  extreme  species  to  the  other  being  perfect"  (p.  84). 

Mab.  Rivers  and  tanks  of  Orissa. 

Dr.  Gunther  notices  how  the  subgeneric  forms  of  the  genus  Barbw, 
as  Barbodes  with  two  pairs  of  barbels,  Capoeta  with  one  pair,  and 
Pvntiua  destitute  of  any,  pass  gradually  from  one  into  another.  But 
in  specimens  from  India  I  do  not  think  it  will  be  of  common  occur- 
rence to  find  barbels  abnormally  increased  or  decreased  in  numbers. 
I  have  tried,  but  hitherto  unsuccessfully,  to  obtain  such  specimens. 
Even  if  such  were  frequent,  their  abnormal  or  accidental  absence 
will  scarcely  be  considered  a  sufficient  reason  against  accepting  such 
natural  subgeneric  divisions  of  this  exceedingly  extensive  genus. 

Dorsal  ray  serrated, 

91.  Barbus  (Barbodes)  chagunio,  H.  Buch. 

Barbus  beapani,  Giinther. 
Jerruah  (Bengali). 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXV. 


374  StTRGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  TlSHKS  OF  ORI8SA.     \}ILny  27 1 

B.iii.    D.|.    P.  15.    V,9.    A.  §4    C.  19.    L.1.44.    L.tr.^^j. 

Many  of  the  young  of  this  species  were  taken  in  the  Cossye  riTer, 
at  Midnapore,  up  to  3^  inches  in  length ;  it  is  said,  however,  to 
attain  to  18  inches.  A  specimen  11  inches  long  exists  in  the 
Calcutta  Museum. 

92.  Barbus  (Barbodes)  sarana,  H.  Buch. 

BarbuB  ehrysopama,  Cuv.  &  Vai. 

Barbus  russeUii,  Giinther. 

Sarana  (Ooriah  and  Bengali).     Kunnaku  (Telugu). 

B.iii.   D.^.   P.  15.   V.9.   A.|.    C.  19.   L.  1.28-32.      L.tr.-J. 

This  species  is  subject  to  slight  variations  in  accordance  ^th  age, 
the  locahty  it  inhabits,  and  the  sex  of  the  specimens.  I  obtamed  it 
from  Trichinopolj  in  the  south,  to  the  Hooghly  in  the  north,  aod 
have  received  it  from  Yunam  in  China. 

Dorsal  ray  entire, 

93.  Barbus  (Barbodes)  tor,  H.  Buch. 
f  Cyprinue  moeal,  H.  Buch. 

B.iii.    D.|.    P.  18.   V.9.    A.  |.    C.  18.    L.  1.23-27-     L.tr.^ 

Some  young  specimens  of  the  species  or  variety  with  the  thick 
labial  lobes  were  taken  in  the  Mahanuddi.  The  fish  is  said  to  grow 
to  3  or  4  feet  in  length  at  the  base  of  the  hills. 

Boreal  ray  entire. 

94.  BARBUS^(CAPOiTA)  CHOLA,  H.  Buch. 

Barbus  eophoroidee,  Giinther. 
Kerrundi  (Bengali). 

B.iiL    D.g.    P,15.   V.9.   A.  f .    C.19.    L.  1.25-26.    L.tr.§. 

Sab.  Cossye  river. 

Boreal  ray  eerrated. 

95.  Barbus  (Puntius)  ambassis.  Day. 
Bunkuai  (Ooriah). 

B.iu.    D.|.    P.  II.    V.  9.    A.f.    C.19.    L.  1. 36. 
Hab.  Riven  of  Orissa. 

96.  Barbus  (Puntius)  gblius,  H.  Buch. 
Cutturpoh  (Ooriah). 

B.iii.    D.|.    P.  15.   V.9.    A.  |.     C.19.    L.1.25.    L.tr.9. 

Lateral  line  incomplete,  only  extending  along  5  or  6  Bcales. 
Hab.  Tanks  in  Orissa. 


1869.3  VRGEON  r.  DAY  ON  TRK  FISHBft  OF  0&18SA.  375 

97.  Barbus  (Pontius)  ticto»  H.  Bach. 
Kudji  kerundi  (Ooiiah). 

B.iii.     D.  f.    P.  15.    V.9.    A.  |.     a  19.    L.1.23.    L.  tr.  *. 

Lateral  line  incomplete. 

In  some  specimens  the  fins  are  black. 

Hah.  Rivers  and  tanks. 

98.  Barbus  (Puntius)  phutunio,  H.  Buch. 
Kudji  kerundi  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.   D.|.  P.  15.  V.9.  A,  g.   C.  19.  L.  1.20-23.  L.tr.8-10* 

The  dorsal  raj  in  some  specimens,  apparently  in  all  in  Orissa, 
undergoes  a  very  curious  change  in  this  spec!  is.  Serrated  in  the 
yoiing,  the  teetmng  decreases  as  age  advances,  so  that  when  the  fish 
IS  about  2  inches  in  length  the  raj  is  quite  smooth.  This  I  do  not 
find  to  be  the  case  in  specimens  from  Burmah,  five  fine  ones  of 
which  are  in  the  Calcutta  Museum,  up  to  2  inches  in  length.  Their 
lateral  line  has  23  scales,  and  their  lateral  transverse  5/5.  Mr. 
Bljth  remarked  upon  these  specimens  in  the  '  Joum.  Asiat.  Soc. 
Beng/  1860,  p.  159,  considering  them,  and  I  believe  correctly,  to 
be  of  this  species.  Dr.  Giinther  has  named  some  specimens  from 
Ceylon  B.  cumingii  and  B,  nigrofasciatua,  the  one  havine  two,  the 
Other  three  vertical  bands,  a  very  common  occurrence  iu  this  species 
— -adding  also  that  the  latter  have  one  more  row  of  scales,  and  are 
scarcely  striated,  which  is  not  the  case  in  those  he  has  seen  of  the 
former.  Dr.  Bieeker  appears  to  have  considered  the  Ceylon  and 
Indian  forms  identical ;  but,  without  comparing  specimens  from  the 
two  localities,  it  must  be  exceedingly  difficult  to  offer  an  opinion, 
especially  as  this  fish  is  subject  to  considerable  variations,  and  the 
Indian  form  does  not  appear  to  be  in  the  British-Museum  collection. 
Some  of  my  Orissa  specimens  have  six  striee  on  each  scale,  others 
four,  whilst  in  some  no  striie  are  observable.  Many  have  twenty-one 
rows  of  scales  on  the  body. 

Dorsal  ray  entire. 

99.  Barbus  (Puntius)  stigma,  Cuv.  &  Val. 

Sffstomus  sophore,  M'Clelland. 
PwUhu  modeehu,  Kner. 
Patia  kerundi  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  3/8.  P.  17.  V.  9.  A.  3/5.  C.  19.  L.  1.  25. 
L.tr.  5/4.    VertJ^. 

Kner's  fish  shows  a  coloration  which  is  very  common,  denoting 
the  specimen  to  be  out  of  season,  in  bad  health,  or  that  it  has  been 
macerated  some  time. 

I  gave  my  reasons,  in  the  P.  Z.  S.  for  1868,  p.  198,  for  not 
accepting  Dr.  M'Clelland's  fish  as  identical  with  Hamilton  Bucha- 
nan's.    In  the  old  collection  of  the  fishes  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of 


376  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORIS8A.      [May  27» 

Bengal  I  find  the  true  species  still  exists,  bat  without  any  label ;  it 
is  as  follows : — 

Barbus  (Barbodes)  sophore,  H.  Bach. 

B.  iii.     D.  3/9.     P.  15.    V.  9.     A.  2/5,    L.  1.  25.     L.  tr.  ^. 

Length  of  head  |  of  length  of  body.  Height  of  body  rather  more 
than  the  length  of  the  head. 

Eye9.  Rather  more  than  \  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end 
of  snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

Barbels  four,  the  rostral  ones  reaching  the  anterior  margin  of  the 
orbit,  the  maxillary  ones  extending  to  below  the  middle  of  the  eye. 
Cleft  of  mouth  extending  to  under  orbit. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of  the 
caudal ;  its  third  ray  is  rather  weak,  osseous,  smooth,  and  as  long  as 
the  head  without  the  snout.  The  ventral  arises  a  little  posterior  to 
the  dorsal. 

Scales,  Two  and  a  half  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  the  base 
of  the  ventral  fin. 

The  specimen  is  3|  inches  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin,  which  is 
injured  from  pressure.    The  specimen  is  bleached. 

100.  Barbtjs  (Puntius)  cosuatis. 

B.  iii.  D.  3/8.  P.  13.  V,  9.  A.  2/5.  C.  19.  L.  1.  22. 
L.  tr.  6. 

Lateral  line  incomplete,  ceasing  on  the  fourth  scale. 
Hab,  Thb  little  species  I  took  in  the  Midnapore  district. 

101.  Barbus  (Puntius)  vittatus.  Day. 
PutH  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  2/8.  P.  12.  V.  9.  A.  2/5.  C.  20.  L.  I.  20-22. 
L.  tr.  J, 

Lateral  line  incomplete. 

Sab,  Rivers  and  tanks  in  southern  Orissa. 

102.  Barbus  (Puntius)  tbrio,  H.  Buck. 
Kakaehia  kerundi  (Ooriah). 

B-iii.    D.  |.    P.  15.   V.9.    A.  3/5.    C.  18.   L.1.21.    L.tr.5/5. 

Lateral  line  incomplete. 
Uab.  Tanks  in  Orissa. 

103.  Rasbora  daniconius,  H.  Buch. 

Dundikerri  (Ooriah). 

B.iii.  D.2/7.  P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  3/5.  C.  19.  L.  L  33-34. 
L.  tr.  5/3. 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORISSA.  377 

104.  NuRiA  DANRiCA»  H.  Buch. 
Dundikerri  (Ooriab). 

B.  iii.    D.  2/6.    P.  12.    V.  9.    A.  ^.    L.  1.  32-34.    L.  tr.  ^. 
Hab.  RiveTS  and  tanks. 

105.  ASPIDOPARIA  MORAR,  H.  Bucll. 

^spidoparia  sardina,  Heckel. 
Bayi  (Ooriah).   Morari  (Bengali). 

B.  iii.  D.  3/8.  P.  15.  V.  8.  A.  2/10.  C.  19.  L.  1.  42. 
L.tr.^.    Vert.|-I. 

This  species  is  very  common  in  Orissa,  but  still  more  so  in  the 
Cossje  liver,  where  it  attains  4|  inches  in  length.  I  obtained  one 
adolt  specimen  in  which  the  anal  fin  was  entirely  absent. 

106.  Danio  (Paradanio)  devario,  H.  Buch. 
Bankuaso  (Ooriah). 

B.iii.    D.j^.    P.  13.   V.6.   A.^.   C.  17.    L.1.41.   L.tr.Jj. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  h  of  base  of  dorsal  j;,  of  base  of 
anal  ^,  of  caudal  |  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  X,  of  body  ^, 
of  dorsal  fin  ^,  of  ventral  -f,  of  amd  \  of  the  total  leugth. 

Eyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  |  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snont,  1^  diameter  apart. 

Posterior  extremity  of  upper  jaw  extends  to  beueath  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  orbit.  The  lower  jaw  is  the  longest.  Third  sub- 
orbital bone  broad.     Barbels  absent. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin.  Pectoral  reaches  the 
ventral,  which  last  extends  nearly  to  the  anal.  The  anal  commences 
below  about  the  third  dorsal  ray.     Caudal  lunated. 

Scales.  Two  and  a  half  rows  between  the  Uteral  line  and  the  base 
of  the  ventral  fin. 

Colours.  Superiorly  greenish,  becoming  silvery  white  on  the  abdo- 
men. The  anterior  portion  of  the  body  is  reticulated  in  its  centre 
with  steel-blue  lines,  divided  from  one  another  by  narrow  yellow 
bands.  Three  bluish  lines  are  continued  towards  the  caudal  fin, 
where  the  two  lower  coalesce,  and  passing  upwards  become  lost  on 
the  upper  half  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Hab.  Salundee  river,  in  Orissa. 

This  species  varies  but  slightly  from  the  D.  devario^  U.  Buch.,  of 
which  I  consider  it  a  variety.  Some  ^ve  specimens  of  the  D,  devario 
have  been  received  from  Assam  at  the  Calcutta  Museum,  and  they 
have  A.  ^  but  do  not  otherwise  differ  from  the  Orissa  fish. 

107*  Barilius  (Pachystomtjs)  cosca,  H.  Buch. 

Bahgra  bahri  (Ooriah). 

B.iii.    D.|.    P.  13.    V.  9.    A.  ~.    C.  18.    L.  1.  42.    L.  tr.|. 

Hab.  Common  in  rivers  in  Orissa. 


378  SURGEON  F.  DAY  OK  THE  FI8HBB  OF  ORI88A.     [May  27, 

108.  Barilius  (Pachystomus)  lineatus.  Day. 
Poncha  geraldi  (Ooriah). 

B.in.    D.f    P.  13.    V.  8.    A.^.    C.  19.    L.  1.  28.    L.  tr.  6. 

Lateral  line  absent. 

This  fish  I  have  placed  as  a  Bariliua  instead  of  Danio,  in  accord- 
ance with  Dr.  Giintner's  division  of  the  two  genera.  I  find  in  the 
Calcutta  Museum  several  specimens  obtained  from  the  Hooghly  by 
Mr.  Blytb,  and  labelled  Cyprinus  rerio,  H.  Buch.  It  may  therefore 
turn  out  to  be  this  latter  species,  which  I  shall  shortly  be  able  to 
determine  in  the  locality  where  the  original  species  exists;  the  C.  rerio 
is  said  to  have  D.  8,  V.  7,  A.  16. 

109.  Bartlius  (Bendilisis)  barila,  H.  Buch. 
Gilland  (Bengali). 

B.iii.   D.  f.    P.  13.  V.9.   k.%.   C.  19.    L.  1.44-46.    L.tr.  •^ 

This  species  has  two  very  fine  rostral  barbels,  whose  existence  has 
been  overlooked. 

Teeth.  Pharyngeal  5,  4,  3/3,  4,  5. 

Hab.  Cossye  river,  where  it  attains  4  inches  in  length. 

110.  Barilius  (Barilius)  barna,  H.  Buch. 
Bahri  (Ooriah). 

B.iii.    D.  f.    P.  13.    V.  9.    A.  ^.    C.  19.    L.1.42.    L.tr.9/4. 

Dorsal  fin  rather  higher  than  long ;  its  last  ray  is  over  the  anal» 
and  only  extends  halfway  to  the  base  of  the  caudal.  A  variety -exists 
in  the  Mahanuddi  which  has  the  dorsal  rays  rather  more  elevated, 
the  eye  slightly  larger,  and  the  cleft  of  the  mouth  a  little  greater. 

111.  Barilius  (Barilius)  papillatus,  sp.  n. 

B.  iii.      D.  3/7.      P.  15.      Y.  9.     A.  j—^.      C.  21.      L.  L  39, 

Length  of  head  {,  of  pectoral  A-,  of  base  of  dorsal  -j^,  of  base  of 
anal  ^,  of  caudal  \  of  the  total  length.  Height  ot  head  \,  of 
body  f ,  of  dorsal  fin  A,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  ^  ot  length  of  head,  nearly  1  diameter  from  end 
of  snout. 

Third  suborbital  bone  thrice  as  deep  as  the  cheek  below  it; 
humeral  process  rather  narrow.    No  barbels. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin ;  its  base  is  as  long  as  the  fin  is 
high  ;  the  last  ray  is  thickened  and  divided  to  its  root ;  it  reaches  as 
far  as  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin.  The  pectoral  extends  to  beyond 
the  origin  of  the  ventral,  and  the  latter  fin  to  the  base  of  the  anal ; 
its  inner  rays  are  thickened  and  rather  stifi^.  The  caudal  is  forked 
in  its  posterior  two-thirds,  and  the  lower  lobe  is  rather  the  longest ; 
the  ends  of  both  are  rounded. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHSS  OF  OEIS8A.  379 

Scales  in  regalar  row^,  au;h  scale  having  a  few  round  derated 
spots  upon  it.  Three  and  a  half  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and 
the  base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Ijateral  line  first  cnrves  gently  downwards ;  subsequently  it  is  con- 
tinued to  just  below  the  centre  of*the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Colours.  Canary-colour,  with  the  back  stained  grey,  and  from  seven 
to  nine  broad  and  deep  blue  bands  extending  from  the  back  to  the 
abdominal  profile.  Dorsal  fin  stained  with  grey  in  its  upper  third, 
as  is  also  the  caudal  in  its  posterior  third. 

Sab.  Cossye  river,  attaining  3  inches  in  length,  and  said  not.  to 
be  common;  however,  I  obtained  eleven  specimens.  A  variety 
exists  in  the  Mahanuddi,  the  eye  being  somewhat  smaller,  opercle 
less  wide,  but  otherwise  similar. 

Genus  Opsarius. 
Opsarius,  sp.,  M'Clelland. 

Bola^  Gunther,  preoccupied  by  Grenus  VI.  in  Hamilton  Buchar. 
nan's  *  Fishes  of  the  Ganges,'  p.  73. 

1 1 2.  Opsarius  goha,  H.  Buch. 

LeucUeua  $aimonoide$,  Blyth. 
Bugguah  (Bengali). 

B.  m.    D.f    P.  13.    V.  9.    A.  ^.    C.  19.    L.1.88.    L.tr.if. 

Hab.  Cossye  river  at  Midnapore. 

Genus  Bohteb,  Sykes,  1841. 
Osteobrama,  Heckel,  1842. 

113.  RoHTBE  viGORSii,  Sykcs. 

Osteobrama  rapax,  Gunther. 
GoUund  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.      D.  |.      P.  19.     V.  10.      A.  ^.      C.  19.      L.  1.  75. 

JLi*  VT .  ij. 

Dr.  Giinther  considers  that  Colonel  Sykes's  species  is  identical 
with  Rohtee  {Cyprinua)  eotio,  H.  Buch. ;  but  if  the  two  figures  pi.  39. 
f.  93,  'Fishes  of  the  Ganges,'  and  t.  63.  f.  3,  of  Sykes's  'Fishes  of 
the  Dekkun,'  are  compared,  the  distinction  is  apparent.  In  the 
former  the  ends  of  the  jaWs  are  even  in  front ;  in  the  latter  the  lower 
jaw  projects.  Besides  this  I  obtained  numbers  of  this  species  in  the 
Kistna  river,  from  one  of  whose  tributaries  some  of  Col.  Sykes's 
specimens  were  probably  procured  ;  on  the  other  hand  I  could  not 
find  the  R.  eoHo  in  that  river.  Col.  Sykes  appears  to  have  written 
29  instead  of  26  rays  for  the  anal  fin,  but  a  few  more  or  less  does 
not  seem  to  have  been  considered  of  great  moment,  especially  as 
the  drawing  gives  36. 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 


380  SURGBON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORIS8A.      [May  27* 

114.  ROHTBE  ALFREDIANAy  CuV.  &  VsL 

Gunda,  Gollund  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.    D.  f.    P.  13.     V.  10.    A.  ^.    C.  19.  .  L.  1.  57-60. 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

Genus  Perilamptj8»  M'Clelland. 
Cachias,  Giinther. 

115.  Perilampus  ATPARy  H.  Buch. 

Perilampus  macropodus,  Jerdon. 

Bonkuaso  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.     D.  2/7.     P.  10.    V.  5-6.     A.  j||j.    C.  19.     L.  I.  55. 

L.tr.l^. 

This  fish  in  some  rivers  and  tanks  appears  to  entirely  supersede 
the  Raabora. 

116.  Perilampus  laubuca,  H.  Buch. 
Bankoe  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  2/9.  P.  13.  V.  6.  A.  y^.  C.  19.  L.  1.  34. 
L.  tr.  7/5. 

Length  of  head  i,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  hase  of  dorsal  h  of  hase  of 
anal  \,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  \  of  body  |, 
of  dorsal  h  of  ventral  ^^  of  anal  \  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Upper  margin  near  the  dorsal  profile,  diameter  ^  of  length 
of  head,  nearly  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout,  1 1  diameter  apart. 

Body  somewhat  elevated  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin,  with  a  slight 
concavity  over  the  occiput.  The  whole  of  the  body  much  com- 
pressed, with  the  abdominal  edge  cutting  from  the  pectoral  to  the 
anal  fin. 

Teeth  pharyngeal,  5,  4,  1/1,  4,  5. 

FtiM.  Dorsal  arises  slightly  posterior  to  the  origin  of  the  anal. 
Pectoral  ray  elonsrated  and  reaching  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  anal. 
The  outer  ray  of  the  ventral  slightly  elongated.  Caudal  deeply 
forked. 

Scales.  Three  and  a  half  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  the 
base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Colours.  Silvery,  with  some  vertical  eolden  stripes,  which  disap- 
pear after  death.  The  whole  of  the  body  with  fine  black  dots,  and 
a  black  mark,  shot  with  green,  above  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin, 
and  another  at  the  base  of  the  caudal. 

This  fish  is  common  in  Orissa,  growing  to  3  inches  in  length,  and 
is  without  doubt  Hamilton  Buchauan*s  species  delineated  by  M*Clel- 
land  at  t.  45  (erroneously  also  marked  56),  and  t.  4  (erroneously 
marked  10)*.  Many  specimens  received  from  different  localities  exist 
in  the  (^alcutta  Museum,  and  have  been  correctly  labelled  Penlam- 
*  Soe  M'CloUand,  •  Indian  Cy|>rinidff/  p.  314. 


1869.1  8TTRGSON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORIS8A.  381 

pus  laubvca,  H.  Buch«»  by  Mr.  Bljth.  Dr.  Gunther  has  evidentlj 
received  a  very  different  fish  from  the  Hooghly  (ICyprinus  dan- 
eena^  H.  Buch.) ;  for  it  is  referred  to  the  genus  Chela,  under  which 
head  I  perceive  he  has  also  placed  the  Perilampus /ulvescenSf  Blyth, 
whose  two  typical  specimens  I  have  examined  in  the  Calcutta 
Museum,  and  which  do  not  belong  to  the  genus  Chela,  H.  Buch., 
but  to  PerUampM,  M'Clelland. 

1 1 7.  Chela  phulo,  H.  Buch. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/7.     P.  13.    V.  9.     A.  3/\7.     C.  19.     L.  1.  87. 
L.tr.  12/6. 
Hab.  Rather  common  in  rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

118.  Chela  untrahi,  sp.  n. 
Untrahi  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.  D.  2/7.  P.  13.  V.  7.  A.  3/17.  C.  17.  L.  1.  52. 
L.  tr.  7/5. 

Length  of  head  \,  of  pectora  ^,  of  base  of  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of 
anal  \,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  body 
^,  of  dorsal  ^,  of  ventral  ^,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Upper  margin  near  the  profile,  diameter  ^  of  length  of 
heaii,  I  of  a  diameter  from  end  of  snout,  nearly  1  diameter  apart. 

Dorsal  profile  nearly  horizontal,  abdominal  profile  with  a  cutting- 
edge  from  opposite  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin. 

Mouth  very  oblique,  knob  or  symphysis  minute.  The  lower  jaw 
in  advance  of  the  upper,  and  the  maxilla  extends  to  under  the  ante- 
rior margin  of  the  orbit.    Suborbital  ring  of  bones  moderately  wide. 

Fins,  Pectorals  reaching  ventrals,  and  a  dilated  humeral  support- 
ing a  smooth  thoracic  edge.  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  and  the  posterior  extremitv  of  the 
caudal  fin,  and  is  situated  over  the  anterior  anal  ray.  Caudal  lobed, 
the  lower  the  longest. 

Scales  deciduous,  extending  as  far  forwards  on  the  nape  as  to 
opposite  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 

Lateral  line  descends  rather  abruptly  to  opposite  the  posterior 
third  of  the  pectoral  fin,  whence  it  is  continued  along  the  lower 
margin  of  the  abdomen,  ceasing  a  little  bevond  the  posterior  extre- 
mity  of  the  anal  fin.  One  row  of  scales  between  it  and  the  origin 
of  the  ventral. 

Colours,  Silvenr. 

Hab.  Mahanuddi,  grows  to  5  inches  in  length. 

119.  Chela  gora,  H.  Buch. 
Hum  catchari  (Ooriah). 

B.iii.     D.3/7.    P.  15.    V.  9.    A.  2/13.    C.  19.    L.  I.  140-160. 

The  scales  on  the  top  of  the  head  extend  as  far  forwards  as  the 
nostrils. 

This  species  I  first  obtained  at  Jellasore,  in  Orissa,  on  the  frontier 
of  the  Midnapore  district.     It  grows  to  9  inches  in  length. 


382  8URGKON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FI8HBS  OF  ORI88A.     [May  27» 

120.  Chela  bacaila,  H.  Bach, 
Jellahri  (Ooriab). 

B.iii.    D.  2/7.    P.  13.    V.  9.    A.  j^.    C.  19.    L.  1.110. 

Hab.  Common  in  rivers  and  tanks,  attaining  9  inches  in  length. 

Dr.  Jerdon,  in  the  Madras  Joum.  of  Lit.  &  Sci.  1849,  p.  327,  ex- 
pressed his  doubts  whether  a  species  of  Chela  which  he  obtained  in 
the  Can  very,  and  termed  Pelecu9  flampinnia^  might  not  be  identical 
with  the  Leuciicus  novacula,  Yal.  Having  taken  the  former  in  the 
Canvery,  I  find  the  fins  rays  to  be  as  follows : — 

B.  iu.     D.  2/7.     P.  13.     V.  9.     A.  ^.     0.  19.     L.  1.  65. 
L.  tr.  9/5. 
The  Chela  novaeula  is  said  to  have  the  following : — 

B.  iii.    D.  9.    A.  17.    L.  1.  60.    L.  tr.  15/3. 

121.  Nemacheilus  botia»  H.  Buch. 

B.  iii.  D.  3/11.  P.  13.  V.  8.  A.  3/5.  C.  19.  L.  1. 70-80. 
L.  tr.  14/15. 

The  variety  existing  in  Orissa  is  that  without  any  projection  below 
the  skin  in  the  preeorbital  region  (N,  biUurio,  H.  Buch.),  whilst  in 
all  the  Assam  specimens  I  have  examined  this  prominence  is  more 
or  less  distinct  (N.  botia,  H.  Buch.). 

Hab.  Orissa,  and  in  the  Cossye  river  at  Midnapore,  where  it 
attains  2|  inches  in  length. 

122.  Nemacheilus  mug  ah,  sp.  n. 
Mugah  (Bengali). 

B.iii.    D.  2/7.     P.  U.    V.  8.    A.  ^.    C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  |,  of  base  of  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of 
anal  -j^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  |,  of  body  -j^, 
of  dorral  fin  A,  of  ventral  i^,  of  anal  -j^  of  the  total  length. 

Eye$.  Smalt  diameter  \  of  length  of  head,  2  diameters  from 
end  of  snout,  1^  diameter  apart. 

Body  fusiform,  with  compressed  sides.  The  free  portion  of  the 
base  of  the  caudal  as  long  as  high. 

Snout  pointed,  overhanging  the  jaws.  Nostrils  much  nearer  to 
the  orbit  than  to  the  end  of  the  snout.  No  enlargement  of  the  prsB- 
orbital.  The  two  pairs  of  rostral  and  the  maxillary  barbels  all  about 
as  long  as  the  eye.  A  rather  deep  central  longitudinal  groove  ex- 
tends from  opposite  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  to  the  end  of 
the  occiput. 

Fin8,  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of 
the  caudal  fin,  its  upper  margin  is  straight.  Pectoral  extends  more 
than  halfway  to  the  base  of  the  ventral,  which  latter  is  situated 
under  the  anterior  third  of  the  dorsal,  whilst  the  fin  reaches  halfway 
to  the  base  of  the  anal.  The  anal  is  situated  in  the  posterior  two- 
fifths  of  the  total  length.     Caudal  emarginate  in  its  last  fidh. 

Scales  small  but  very  distinct;  twelve  rows  exist  between  the 


1869.]  SVEOEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  7I8HB8  OF  OBI88A.  383 

lateral  line  and  the  donal  profile,  and  thirteen  between  it  and  the 
base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Lateral  line  arises  by  two  roots  close  to  the  head ;  they  soon  join, 
when  it  goes  direct  to  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Air-bladder  small,  enclosed  in  a  bony  capsule. 

Colours.  Yellowish,  with  a  ting6  of  green.  About  fifteen  brown 
bands,  one-third  as  wide  as  the  ground-colour,  pass  across  the  back 
and  descend  on  either  side  below  the  lateral  hne ;  a  few  near  the 
head,  and  some  in  the  posterior  third  of  the  body,  are  interrupted. 
Upper  surface  of  head  marbled  with  black.  Fins  immaculate ;  but 
the  first  two  rays  of  the  anal  are  black  anteriorly,  and  there  are  also 
slight  black  marks  near  the  end  of  the  ventral  and  on  the  outside 
of  the  pectoral.     Rostral  barbels  orange. 

Hab.  Cossye  river  at  Midnapore,  where  it  attains  2  inches  in 
length. 

123.  GoBiTis  GUNTEA,  H.  Buch. 
Kondaturi,  Jupkari  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.    D.^    P.  9.    V.  8.    A.  f .    C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  dorsal  A-,  of  base  of 
'^'^^  T^>  o^  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  heaa  ^  of  body  ^, 
of  dor«il  fin  ^,  of  ventral  ^,  of  anal^  of  the  total  length. 

JEyes,  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  2  diameters  from  end  of 
snout,  I  diameter  apart. 

Body  strongly  compressed. 

A  free  bifurcated  suborbital  spine  arises  opposite  to,  but  below,  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  orbit,  and  extends  to  below  its  centre.  The 
posterior  extremity  of  the  upper  jaw  does  not  extend  so  far  as  to 
beneath  the  orbit.  Barbels  large,  well  developed,  and  all  six  longer 
than  the  eye. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal ;  its  first  three  or  four  rays  are  an- 
terior to  the  ventral  fin.  Caudal  generally  entire ;  but  its  centre  rays 
are  sometimes  the  longest,  occasionally  the  shortest 

Scales  very  conspicuous. 

Lateral  line  absent 

Colours.  Generally  dirty  yellowish,  with  a  dark  band  extending 
from  the  centre  of  the  snout,  and  ending  in  a  black  ocellus  just  above 
the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin.  Along  this  dark  band  are 
a  series  of  indistinct  but  nearly  black  blotches,  whilst  the  back  has 
similar  dark  stains.     Dorsal  and  caudal  with  blackish  rows  of  dots. 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks  throughout  Onssa,  growing  to  nearly  4 
inches  in  length. 

124.  LepidocepiTalichtuys  balgara,  H.  Buch. 
Jubbi  cowri  (Ooriah). 

B.  iii.     D.  |.     P.  7.    V.  7.    A.  |.     C.  16. 

I  have  not  seen  the  armed  pectoral  ray  in  this  species,  which 


384  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  FISHES  OF  ORIS9A.      [Maj  27, 

otherwise  appears  very  similar  to  the  Madras  one ;  however,  I  have 
no  specimen  from  that  locality  with  me  so  as  to  be  able  to  compare 
the  two. 

Dr.  Giinther  remarks,  in  *  Catalogue  of  Fishes,'  vol.  vii.  p.  365, 
that  in  my  drawing  in  the  '  Proceedmgs'  of  this  Society  and  in  the 
*  Fishes  of  Malabar,'  the  pectoral  fin  of  the  latter  fish  is  "  erro- 
neously represented,"  as  the  semiosseous  spine  is  attached  to  the 
fin  by  the  usual  interradial  membrane,  and  not  detached.  The 
drawing  was  a  correct  one  of  my  single  specimen,  which  was  not  in 
a  good  state  of  preservation,  and  which  I  placed  in  the  British 
Museum.  My  reason  for  not  delineating  the  membrane,  which 
normally  exists,  was  simply  because  it  was  absent ;  and  I  merely 
copied  correctly  from  what  I  saw  before  me,  without  adding  to  or 
subtracting  from  it. 

125.  Engraulis  bgblama,  Forsk. 

B.  xi.    D.  ^.    P.  13.    V.  6.    A.  i.    C.  19.    K  1.  40.    L.tr.9. 

Teeth.  Five  in  both  jaws,  vomer,  and  palatines.  The  serrated 
abdominal  scales  extend  from  the  gill-openings,  there  being  fifteen 
anterior  to  the  base  of  the  ventral,  and  nine  posterior  to  it.  One 
specimen  5|  inches  long  from  the  sea  at  Chanderpore. 

126.  Engraulis  purava,  II.  Buch. 
Tampara,  Puseai  (Ooriab). 

B.  xii.    D.  ^^.    P.  15.    V.  6.    A.  ^.    L.  1.  46.    L.  tr.  12. 
Hab,  Taken  in  numbers  in  the  sea  at  Chanderpore. 

127.  Engraulis  rhinorhyncbus,  Bleeker. 

B.  xi.   D.  ^.   P.  13.  V.  7.   A.  g^.   C.  19.   L.  1.  37.   L.  tr.  9. 

Hab.  Many  specimens  up  to  4  inches  in  length  were  taken  in  the 
sea  at  Chanderpore. 

128.  Engraulis  TATY,  H.  Buch. 

B.  xiu.  D.  i,  P.  16.  V.  7.  A.  ^.  C.  19.  L.  1.  42-46. 
L.  tr.  12. 

Hab.  Rivers  in  Orissa  within  tidal  influence. 

129.  Engraulis  telara,  H.  Buch. 
Pencha  (Bengali).    Tampara  (Ooriah). 

B.xiii.   D.^.   P.  15.  V,  7.   A.^.   C.  19.   L.1.52.   L.tr.14. 
Hab.  Rivers  in  Orissa  within  tidal  influence. 

130.  CoiLiA  ramcarati,  H.  Buch. 
Ooriaili  (Ooriah). 

B.  xi.     D.  ^    P.  fj.    V.  7.    A.  110.    L.  1.70-76. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  F18HB8  OF  ORI88A.  385 

Dr.  Giinther  observes,  '*  Abdomen  not  serrated  in  front  of  the 
Tentrals/'  and  apparently  has  four  specimens  to  describe  from. 
However,  I  have  not  been  fortunate  in  obtaining  any  such  as  he 
records ;  for  oat  of  28  specimens  in  Orissa  and  at  Coconada,  all  were 
serrated  anterior  to  the  ventrals,  with  4  sharp  scales,  and  with  from 
8  to  1 1  posterior  to  it. 

I  obtained  a  very  curious  malformation  in  one  of  these  fishes. 
The  caudal  end  of  the  fish  is  superseded  opposite  the  44th  scale  of 
the  lateral  line,  and  an  entirely  new  description  of  tail  exists,  being 
a  long  forked  one,  nearly  |  of  the  total  length  of  the  fish. 

Hab.  Orissa,  from  the  sea. 

131.  Chatgessus  manmina,  H.  Buch. 

T  Clupanodon  eortius,  H.  Bach. 
Mackundi  (Ooriah). 

B.  vL  D.  ^.  P.  17.  V.  8.  A.  ^^.  C.  21.  L.  1.  58-60. 
L.  tr.  22. 

Hah,  Grows  to  about  8  inches  in  length,  and  is  found  in  rivers 
and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

132.  Clupsa  chapra,  H.  Bach. 

C.  indica,  Gray. 

Havine  been  favoured  with  an  examination  of  the  MS.  drawings 
of  Hamilton  Buchanan,  of  which  he  was  deprived  when  leaving 
India,  I  find  the  Clupea  chapra  of  Hardwicke's  illustrations  is  traced 
from  the  Clypanodon  chapra  of  Hamilton  Buchanan,  and  is  the  same 
as  the  species  described  by  Dr.  Giinther  as  Clupea  indica  (Gray). 
Hamilton  Buchanan's  description  is  at  pp.  248,  383,  of  his  work 
on  the  fishes  of  the  Granges.  On  the  back  of  the  original  drawing 
is  written  *'  Clupanodon  cliapra^*  leaving  no  question  of  doubt  as  to 
its  identity. 

133.  Clupea  palasah,  Cuv.  &  Yal. 

Clupanodon  ilisha,  H.  Buch. 

riisha  (Ooriah),  HiUa  or  Ilisha  (Bengali),  Pulasu  (Telugu),  Oo- 
lum  (Tamil). 

B.  vi.  D.  i^.  P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  ^.  C.  19.  L.  1.  45-49. 
L.  tr.  17. 

Having  for  the  last  few  months  been  examining  the  fisheries  of 
this  and  other  species  of  fish,  I  have  no  hesitation  in  most  positively 
asserting  that  Russell's  fish  and  Hamilton  Buchanan's  are  identical. 
I  have  specimens  from  2  inches  in  length  to  19  inches. 

This  fish  ascends  the  rivers  to  breed,  and  1  have  seen  it  taken  in 
thousands  from  the  Hooghly  to  the  Canvery. 

Genus  Corica,  H.  Buch. 
Clupeoidet,  Eleeker. 


SUROBON  F.  DAY  ON  THB  VISBKd  OV  ORlBSA.     [MaT  27, 

134.  CoRiCA  80B0RNA»  H.  Buch. 
Cutwalalise,  Oodhaee  (Ooriah). 

D.  ^.    P.  13.    V.  8.    A.  i4  ii.     C.  19.    L.  1.  40.    L.  tr.  10. 

Both  this  genus  and  species,  as  giyen  in  the  *  Fishes  of  the  Ganges/ 
appear  to  have  escaped  Dr.  Giinther's  ohsenration. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  A,  of  base  of  dorsal  4-»  of  base  of 
anal  | ,  of  caudal  A  of  the  total  leneto.  Height  of  head  ^^  of  body  \, 
•f  dorsal  fin  \^  of  ventral  \,  of  aniu  \  of  the  total  length. 

Eye$.  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  \  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  I  of  a  diameter  apart. 

Abdominal  edge  cutting,  having  1 1  serrated  scales  between  the  base 
of  the  pectoral  and  ventral  fins,  and  6  more  posterior  to  the  ventral. 

Lower  jaw  the  longest.  Posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  ex- 
tending to  beneath  the  centre  of  the  orbit. 

Fins.  Origin  of  dorsal  rather  nearer  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  than 
to  the  snout,  the  origin  of  the  ventral  being  slightly  anterior  to  it 
The  anal  commences  under  the  last  dorsal  rays.  Caudal  forked  in 
its  posterior  third,  the  lower  lobe  the  longest. 

Colours.  Silvery. 

Hab.  Mahanuddi  river. 

135.  Pellona  dtjsstjmieri,  Cuv.  &  Val. 
Pauniapuiee  (Ooriah). 

B.  vL    D.  1^.    P.  19.    V.  6.    A.^.    C.21.    L.1.46.    L.tr.  12. 
Hab.  Chanderpore,  in  the  sea. 

136.  Pbllona  MOTIU8,  H.  Buch. 
Urn  (Ooriah). 

B.  vi.  D.  Y^.  P.  15.  V.  6.  A.  |.  C.  19.  L,  1.  45.  L.  tr.  13. 
Hab,  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa,  growing  to  4  inches^  in  length. 

137.  Raconda  russblliana.  Gray  &  Hard. 

P.  13.    A.  92.    C.  19.    L.  1.  64.    L.  tr.  12. 

Hab.  Specimens  from  2  to  10  inches  in  length  taken  in  the  sea 
at  Chanderpore. 

138.  Meoalops  CYPRiNoiDESy  Brouss. 
Naharm  (Ooriah). 

B.  xxiv.-xxvi.  D.  j^.  P.  15.  V.  10.  A.  24.  C.  19. 
L.1.  39.    L.  tr.|. 

Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

139.  Chirocbntrus  dorab,  Forsk. 
Kunda  (Ooriah). 

B.  viii.    D.  i^.    P.  15.    V.  7.    A.  j~i.    C.  19. 
Hab.  Sea  at  Chanderpore. 


Vert.  ^. 


1869.]        Dft.W.  BAIRD  ON  MBOASCOI^IX  DIFFRINOBlffl.  387 

140.  NoTOPTCRUfl  CHiTALA,  H.  Bach. 
Ckitul  (Ooriah). 

B.  TiiL-ix.  D.  ^.   P.  19.  V.  6.  A.  110-125.  C.  11.  L.l.  180. 
Csec.  pyl.  2. 
Hab.  Rivers  and  tanks  in  Orissa. 

141.  NOTOPTBRUS  KAPIRATy  LaC^p. 

PuUi,  "  a  slice"  (Ooriah). 

B.  Ti*-Tiii.    D.  I   P.  17.  V.  6.   A.  100-108.    C.  13.    L.  I.  225. 

16  ■ 

64 

Hab.  Fresh  waters  of  Orissa. 

142.  Symbranchus  cuchia,  H.  Bach. 

Hab.  This  Eel  is  not  rare  in  the  rivers  of  Orissa. 

143.  Trygon  uARNAKy  Forsk. 
Sankuth  (Ooriah). 

This  fish  ascends  the  Mahanuddi  as  high  as  Cuttack.  The  spine 
on  its  tail  is  verj  mnch  dreaded  by  the  fishermen. 

144.  MiCROPHis  CTJNCULUs,  H.  Buch. 

Kumutr  dant  (Ooriah),  "  Crocodile's  tooth. 

The  Ooriah  natives  say  that  these  little  pipefishes  have  some 
mysterious  connexion  with  the  teeth  of  the  Crocodile,  some  fisher- 
men asserting  them  to  be  vivified  teeth,  others  that  they  are  rejected 
tooth-picks. 

145.  Tktrodon  POTOCA,  H.  Buch. 
Bheng  puUi  (Ooriah). 

Hab,  Found  at  Cuttack  in  rivers  and  tanks. 

146.  Tktrodon  GULARI8,  H.  Buch. 
Teepah  benJd  (Ooriah). 

lliis  species  is  still  more  common  than  the  preceding,  and  at  long 
distances  inland. 

Besides  the  foregoing  I  took  several  specimens  of  the  Common 
Ganges  Shark  as  far  mland  as  Cuttack,  and  a  species  of  PristU, 
whidi  I  have  not  as  yet  identified. 


4.  Additional  Bemarks  on  the  Megascolex  diffringem. 
By  W.  Baird,  M.D.,  F.R.S.  &c. 

Since  I  sent  to  the  Society,  last  January*,  a  short  account  of 
a  new  species  of  Earth-worm  (Megfueolex  difrinffens),  found  in  the 
hot-bed  for  stove-plants  in  the  garden  of  Plas  Machynlleth,  in 
*  Vide  anteh  p.  40. 


388  DR.  W.  BAIRD  Off  ME6ASCOLEX  OIFFRIN6EN8.     [Maj  27, 

North  Wales,  I  hare  had  several  specimens  of  the  same  species  of 
worm  forwarded  to  me  from  a  similar  habitat,  viz.  a  store-bed 
for  hothouse  plants  in  the  garden  of  Lady  Galium,  at  Hardwick 
House,  near  Bury  St.  Edmunds,  in  Suffolk.  I  am  indebted  to 
the  kindness  of  Mr.  Maxwell  Masters,  editor  of  the  'Gkirdeners' 
Chronicle,*  for  the  first  intimation  of  the  creature's  existence  in 
Suffolk;  and  since  then,  a  letter  from  the  intelligent  gardener  at 
Hardwick  House,  Mr.  D.  S.  Fish,  explains  to  me  the  particular 
localities  in  which  he  has  found  this  worm,  and  gives  some  very  in- 
teresting information  with  regard  to  its  habits  and  manners.  In 
his  letter  to  me  Mr.  Fish  says  that  he  has  known  the  worm  for 
about  twenty  years,  and  that  from  its  peculiar  motions  he  has  always 
called  it  the  eel-worm.  This  name  applies  very  well  to  its  particular 
wriggling  movements,  and  answers  exactly  to  the  description  given 
by  my  first  correspondent,  Mr.  Johnstone,  of  Machynlleth.  Mr. 
Fish  says,  in  the  letter  mentioned  above,  "  I  first  made  acquaintance 
with  this  worm,  twenty  years  ago,  at  Glevering  Hall,  near  Wood- 
bridge,  in  the  eastern  division  of  this  county.  I  have  only  met  with 
it  there  and  at  this  place  (Hardwick  House).  It  was  found  among 
tropical  plants,  and  is  limited  in  its  range  by  the  temperature.  I 
have  not  found  it  among  greenhouse  plants,  and  it  seems  incapable 
of  subsisting  out  of  doors.  It  differs  from  other  worms  in  the 
following  particulars.  At  night  it  will  come  out  and  travel  along 
bare  waSs  and  dean  stones  with  great  rapidity,  and  without  apparent 
inconvenience.  When  disturbed  it  vanishes  at  once,  and  is  thus 
difficult  to  destroy.  Again,  on  turning  out  a  plant  infected  with 
worms  of  the  common  sort,  they  are  readily  brought  to  the  surface 
of  the  ball  by  tapping  or  vibrating  the  mass  of  earth.  We  imagine 
that  the  worms  anticipate  moles,  and  so  rush  to  the  surface  to  escape ; 
they  thus  become  a  ready  prey  to  us.  But  these  worms,  unless 
seized  at  once,  make  for  the  centre  of  the  ball  the  moment  they  are 
disturbed,  and  thus  avoid  detection  and  destruction.  Aeain,  you 
will  observe  they  differ  wholly  in  the  rate  and  manner  of  their  loco- 
motion. They  are  also  much  more  destructive.  I  cannot  say  that 
they  eat  the  roots :  I  think  not ;  but  they  speedily  render  the  soil 
incapable  of  supporting  them  in  health.  They  appear  to  eat  out  its 
centre  stamina,  causing  it  to  undergo  a  species  of  putrefaction.  They 
seem  fonder  than  the  common  worm  of  getting  down  among  the 
potsherds  and  crocks  at  the  bottom  of  the  pots,  and  they  speedily 
work  down  among  them  to  the  complete  destruction  of  the  drainage. 
Lastly,  the  plants  show  signs  of  distress  sooner  under  the  infliction 
of  these  worms  than  any  other.  The  roots  decay,  the  leaves  torn 
yellow,  and  the  whole  ILfe  becomes  as  it  were  paralyzed.  It  seems 
to  affect  their  vitality  somewhat  as  heart-disease  affects  animal  life. 
Every  vital  function  loses  force ;  and  unless  the  worms  are  destroy ed, 
the  contest  ends  in  the  destruction  of  the  plant. 

'*  It  is  most  difficult  to  eradicate  this  worm.  It  is  evidently  of 
foreien  origin  and  is  far  from  common;  but  once  established  it 
breeds  rapidly  in  heat,  and  is  not  easily  destroyed  by  the  usual 
remedies   of  lime-water  &c.'*      Mr.  Fish*s  supposition  that  this 


1869.]  DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  THRONBLLA.  389 

worm  is  a  foreign  importation  is  what  I  have  already,  in  my  previous 
paper,  suggested.  The  chief  habitats  for  worms  of  this  peculiar 
genus  are  Ceylon  and  India.  We  have  specimens  also  of  a  species 
from  Australia.  In  a  second  letter  from  Mr.  Fish,  dated  April  9th, 
he  further  says,  as  to  its  foreign  origin,  "  I  think  it  probable  the 
worms  come  from  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  or  some  part  of  Africa. 
The  proprietor  of  Glevering  Hall,  where  I  first  met  them,  was  a 
great  fancier  of  bulbs  and  imported  a  good  many ;  and  it  was  in  a 
large  Crinum-amabile  pot  that  I  first  found  the  worm.  My  theory 
is  that  they  came  from  Glevering  here  (Hard wick  House),  as  it  is 
quite  possible  that  plants  may  have  been  exchanged  between  the  two 
places."  "  They  seem  to  have  no  fear  of  moles,  as  when  disturbed 
they  rush  inwards,  and  not  outwards  as  our  common  worm  always 
does."  Mr.  Fish,  in  repeating  that  he  has  known  this  worm  tor 
twenty  years,  says  that  he  has  observed  it  for  the  last  fourteen  years 
at  Hardwick  House. 

I  have  very  little  doubt  that  this  curious  worm  will  be  found  in 
various  gardens  throughout  Great  Britain. 


5.  On  Dr.  Gray's  Genus  Theonella. 
By  J.  S.  BowERBANK,  LL.D.,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

On  October  the  23rd,  1868,  1  visited  the  British  Museum  for  the 
purpose  of  reexamining  some  of  the  Siliceo-fibrous  Sponges  before 
sending  my  paper  on  that  subject  to  this  Society ;  and  I  then  saw, 
for  the  first  time,  the  specimen  from  Formosa  sent  by  Mr.  Swinhoe. 
I  pointed  it  out  to  Dr.  Baird,  and  expressed  my  wish  to  examine 
it.  He  forthwith  conveyed  it  to  the  entomological  department, 
where  I  closely  inspected  its  structures  and  satisfied  myself  that  it 
was  a  specimen  of  my  previously  named  Dactylocalyx  Prattii ;  and 
as  such  I  have  alluded  to  it  in  the  first  part  of  my  paper  on  the 
Siliceo-fibrous  Sponges,  which  was  read  at  the  meeting  of  this  Society, 
January  28,  1869.  I  was  not  then  aware  that  Dr.  Gray  had  read'a 
paper  on  the  Formosan  Sponge  on  November  12,  1868,  immediately 
after  my  inspection  of  it  at  the  British  Museum.  I  received  my 
copy  of  the  *  Proceedings'  of  the  Society  on  the  28th  of  April  last, 
and  I  then  saw  Dr.  Gray's  description  of  the  Formosan  specimen 
under  the  designation  of  "  Note  on  Theonella,  a  new  genus  of  Coral- 
loid  Sponges  from  Formosa,"  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  565,  and  a  very 
excellent  woodcut  of  the  sponge,  p.  566. 

Having  previously  become  well  acquainted  with  the  specimen,  I 
was  somewhat  surprised  to  see  it  designated  as  a  new  genus.  The 
author's  generic  characters  are  ample  enough  it  is  true,  as  he  em- 
braces not  only  external  form  and  the  skeleton-structure,  but  every 
other  character  with  which  he  became  acquainted ;  but  unfortunately 
he  describes  the  anatomical  structure  so  incorrectly  as  to  inevitably 
lead  the  student  into  doubt  and  difficulty  in  the  very  first  stage  of 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXVI. 


390  DR.  J.  8.  BOWERBANK  ON  THEONELLA.  [May  2/, 

his  researches.  Thus  in  the  second  line  of  his  generic  description 
he  says : — "  Internally  formed  of  netted  spicules  arranged  so  as  to 
leave  an  hexangalar  mass ;  the  spicules  suocylindrical,  united  at  tiie 
inosculation  of  the  network  hy  a  siliceous  odlosity.'*  This  is  cer- 
tainly the  most  incomprehensible  description  of  a  purely  siliceo- 
fibrous  network  that  can  possibly  be  imagined ;  and  the  figure  he 
has  given  of  the  reticulations  of  a  portion  of  the  skeleton-structure, 
P.  Z.  S.  1868,  fig.  2,  p.  566,  at  once  contradicts  his  description. 
Throughout  the  remainder  of  his  description  he  continues  to  describe 
the  siliceo- fibrous  structure  as  spicula. 

In  the  first  paragraph,  p.  565,  the  author  writes : — *'  The  sponge 
in  some  external  characters  is  like  the  genus  Macandrewia  {Baetylo- 
calyx,  Stutchbury),  but  it  differs  from  that  sponge  in  not  having  any 
stellate  spicula."  It  is  quite  true  that  the  Formosan  sponge  has  no 
'* stellate  spicula;"  but  neither  has  the  Doctor's  Macandrewia 
azorica ;  so  that  it  is  not  "  the  only  sponge  of  the  family  in  which 
they  are  not  discovered." 

The  author  describes  the  long  slender  interstitial  spicula  inter- 
mixed with  the  fibrous  skeleton ;  but  it  is  a  singular  circumstance 
that  he  appears  to  have  entirely  failed  in  detecting  the  remarkable 
forms  of  connecting  spicula  on  the  dermis,  which  I  have  desig- 
nated as  irregularly  furcated  patento-ternate,  and  which  were  first 
figured  in  the  Phil.  Trans.  R.  S.  1858,  plate  xxix.  fig.  8,  tn  «t/v, 
and  fig.  9  as  separated  bv  nitric  acid ;  and  they  are  also  repre- 
sented in  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  ^late  V.  fig.  9,  in  situ,  and  figs.  9,  10  & 
1 1  in  the  separate  condition ;  and  it  is  stated  in  the  first  part  of  my 
paper  on  the  siliceo- fibrous  sponges  that  they  belong  to  my  Dacty- 
tocalyx  Prattii,  These  spicula  certainly  form  the  most  prominent 
specific  characters  of  the  sponge,  and  they  are  so  abundant  in  the 
expansile  dermal  system  of  the  animal  that  it  appears  singular  that 
any  approach  to  a  careful  examination  of  its  structure  should  fail  to 
immediately  discover  them  ;  nor  has  the  author  observed  the  minute 
entirely  spined  fusiformi-cylindrical  spicula  which  are  so  abundantly 
dispersed  on  the  surfaces  of  the  dermal  and  other  membranes  of  this 
species  of  sponge,  and  which  are  represented  in  Plate  V.  fig.  7, 
P.  Z.  S.  1869.  Thus  the  author  has  been  led  into  the  error  of 
believing  the  sponge  to  be  the  type  of  a  new  genus  by  merely  abs- 
taining from  a  careful  and  proper  examination  of  the  structural 
peculiarities  of  the  specimen  under  consideration.  I  will  not  reiterate 
the  description  of  the  Formosan  specimen  that  I  have  given  in  mv 
paper,  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  in  my  history  of  Daclylocalyx  Prattii  \  I  will 
quote  only  a  few  lines  comparing  the  two  specimens  under  consider- 
ation:— "  The  sponge  is  fortunately  in  very  nearly  as  fine  a  state  of 
preservation  as  when  taken  from  the  sea ;  and  every  organ  that  is 
found  in  the  type  specimen  appears  in  abundance  in  the  one  from 
Formosa.  In  truth,  portions  of  the  structures  taken  from  the  one 
specimen  cannot,  by  microscopical  examination,  be  distinguished 
from  those  mounted  from  the  other." 


1869.]   ON  THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCUS  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.     391 

6.  On  the  Representatives  of  the  Malleus  and  the  Incus  of 
the  Mammalia  in  the  other  Vertebrata,  By  T.  H. 
HUXLKY,  F.R.S. 

la  the  coarse  of  the  last  two  years.  Professor  Peters  has  contributed 
to  the  '  Monatsberichte '  of  the  Berlin  Academy  a  series  of  papers 
in  which  he  advocates  what  I  may  term,  for  brevity's  sake,  the  "  Oke- 
nian  '*  doctrine  of  the  homologies  of  the  ossieuia  auditus  of  Mammals 
and  of  the  quadrate  bone  of  the  other  FerUbrata.  According  to 
this  view,  the  ossicula  auditus  of  Mammalia  are  completely  repre* 
sented  by  the  auditory  columella  in  other  Feriebrata,  while  the 
tympanic  is  the  homologue  of  the  quadrate  bone.  In  supporting 
it.  Professor  Peters  necessarily  argues  against  the  doctrine  originally 
put  forward  by  Reichert,  and  subsequently  adopted  by  myself,  that 
the  auditory  columella  of  the  lower  Fertebrata  does  not  answer  to 
all  the  ouicula  auditus  of  the  Mammalia,  but  only  to  the  8tapes — the 
incus  being  represented  by  the  quadrate  bone,  the  malleus  by  the 
articular ;  while  the  homologue  of  the  tympanic  is  only  to  be  found 
occasionally,  in  ossifications  of  the  fibrous  frame  of  the  tympanic  mem- 
brane. 

In  the  first  two  papers  of  the  series.  Prof.  Peters  bases  his  argu- 
mentation upon  the  anatomical  relations  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the 
tympanic  bone  in  the  Marsupialia  and  Monotremata  ;  but  as  these 
facts  are,  undoubtedly,  capable  of  being  interpreted  as  well  upon  the 
Reichertian  as  upon  the  Okenian  hypothesis,  I  did  not  conceive  it 
necessary  to  enter,  at  present,  upon  any  discussion  of  them. 

On  the  19th  November,  1868,  however,  Prof.  Peters  made  a  third 
communication  to  the  Berlin  Academy,  '*  Upon  the  Auditory  Ossicles 
and  the  MeckeUan  Cartilage  in  Crocodiles,"  which  was  followed  on 
the  7th  January,  1869,  by  a  fourth, "  Upon  the  Auditory  Ossicles  of 
Chelonia,  Lizards,  and  Ophidia,  as  well  as  upon  the  cavities  of  the 
Lower  Jaw  of  the  Crocodile,"  which  seemed  to  me  to  demand  imme- 
diate attention ;  for  the  quadrate  bone  of  the. Crocodile  cannot  pos- 
sibly represent  either  the  incus,  or  the  malleus,  if  the  statement  of 
anatomical  facts  made  by  Prof.  Peters  is  correct. 

I  therefore  proceeded  to  the  verification  of  his  descriptions  with 
much  interest  and  a  little  anxiety ;  but  after  dissecting  the  skulls  of 
several  young  Crocodiles  with  great  care,  I  must  declare  my  convic- 
tion that  Prof.  Peters  is  in  error  as  to  the  facts,  and,  therefore,  that 
the  argument  he  bases  upon  them  falls  to  the  ground. 

The  able  anatomist  Stannius  first  drew  attention  to  the  pneuma- 
ticity  of  the  lower  jaw  in  the  Crocodile,  in  the  following  terms : — 

**  The  OS  articulare  of  the  lower  jaw  is  distinguished  by  its  pneu- 
maticity ;  its  great  hollow  cells  communicate,  by  a  canal  which  lies 
at  the  back  of  the  os  tympamcum  [quadratum],  with  the  air-chambers 
of  the  cranial  bones.  The  lowest  part  of  the  canal  in  question  forms 
a  groove  in  the  dry  skull.  This,  in  the  fresh  skull,  is  converted  into 
a  soil  tube ;  and  a  free  membranous  tube  leads  into  a  hole  placed  oa 


392  PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  REPRESENTATIVES  OF      [May  27, 

the  inner  side  of  the  surface  of  the  os  articulare.*^  (Stannius,  *  Hand- 
buch  d.  Zootomie,'  Zweiter  Theil.  Amphibien,  p.  58,  1856.) 

Prof.  Peters  adds  to  this  account  of  the  matter  the  following 
statements  (Monatsbericlite,  18(i9,  pp.  593,  594) : — 

That  Meckel's  cartilage,  which  persists  throughout  life  in  the 
Crocodile,  becomes  very  slender  posteriorly,  and  passes  through  the 
hole  in  the  oa  articulare  \  that  this  slender  cartilage  then  ascends 
upon  the  posterior  and  upper  face  of  the  quadrate  bone  enclosed  in 
a  membrnnons  sheath  ;  that,  having  reached  the  posterior  edge  of 
the  menibrana  tympani,  "  it  becomes  connected  with  a  cartilaginous 
plate,  the  narrow  middle  part  of  which  is  bent  inwards  towards  the 
co(umeUa  auris,  with  the  external  end  of  which  it  is  connected  by  a 
joint.  The  broadest  part  of  this  cartilaginous  plate  is  shaped  like 
an  axe-head,  is  directed  perpendicularly  against  the  inembrana  tym- 
panic and^orms,  at  the  anterior  end  of  its  convex  outer  edge,  a  little 
plate  which  lies  in  the  middle  of  the  membrana  tympani.  It  causes 
this  region  of  the  membrane  to  project  slightly  outwards,  in  the  adult 
as  well  as  in  the  young,  and  gives  attachment  to  a  filiform  tendon 
which  proceeds  from  the  posterior  boundary  of  the  tympanic  cavity. 
The  other  part  of  the  cartilaginous  plate  bends  away  at  an  obtuse 
angle  from  the  former,  and  has  also  the  form  of  an  axe-  head,  the 
convex  edge  of  which,  however,  is  narrower,  and  is  applied  below 
the  posterior  and  inner  part  of  the  tympanic  membrane  to  the  carti- 
laginous margin  of  the  tympanum."  Prof.  Peters  considers  that  the 
last  mentioned  triangular  cartilage  is  the  homologue  of  the  malleus. 

In  another  embryo  20|  centimetres  long.  Prof.  Peters  finds  (/.  c. 
p.  594)  a  **  httle,  short,  cylindrical,  intermediate  cartilage,"  which 
connects  the  columella  [stapes]  and  this  so-called  malleus,  and  which 
he  compares  to  the  tVtCii^,  or  the  os  lenticulare. 

In  a  subsequent  communication  (7th  January,  1869,  Monats- 
berichte,  pp.  6-8)  "On  the  cavities  of  the  Lower  Jaw  in  the  Croco- 
dile," Prof.  Peters  repeats  the  assertion  that  his  so-called  *^malleus^^ 
is  connected  by  a  cartilaginous  cord  with  the  posterior  end  of  Mec- 
kel's cartilage,  and  states  that  he  is  unable  to  find  the  duct  by 
which  (as  Stannius  states)  the  pneumatic  cavity  of  the  os  articulare 
is  placed  in  communication  with  that  of  the  quadrate  bone. 

Nevertheless  the  description  given  by  Stannius  is  perfectly  correct, 
and  1  am  puzzled  to  comprehend  how  the  pneumatic  duct,  which 
places  the  air-ca\ities  of  the  quadrate  and  articular  bones  in  com- 
munication, can  be  confounded  with  a  cartilaginous  rod  surrounded 
by  a  membranous  sheath.  The  fact  is  that  there  is  no  direct  con- 
nexion between  the  posterior  part  of  Meckel's  cartilage  and  the  so- 
called  *' malleus-/*  and  thus,  I  cannot  but  think,  the  whole  founda- 
tion of  Prof.  Peters's  argument  collapses. 

Before  particularly  describing  the  very  curious  and  instructive 
character  of  the  outer  extremity  of  the  stapes  (or  so-called  columella 
auris)  and  of  the  parts  connected  with  it  in  the  Crocodile  according 
to  my  own  observations,  it  is  proper  to  remark  that  both  Cuvier  and 
Windischmann  observed,  though  they  did  not  quite  rightly  inter- 
pret, its  structure. 


IS69.]     THE  MALLEVS  AND  THE  INCUS  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.         393 

Cuvier  (Ossemens  Fossiles,  ix.  p.  177)  states  of  the  stapes  of  the 
Crocodile,  that  "it  consists  of  a  long  narrow  elliptical  plate,  attached 
to  the  fenestra  ovalis,  from  which  paSvses  a  long  and  slender  stem, 
which  goes,  becoming  a  little  softer,  to  attach  itsielf  to  the  tympanic 
membrane  ;  it  then  bends  back  and  follows  it,  being  fixedly  attached 
thereto  and  taking  a  cartilaginous  consistency,  as  far  as  its  posterior 
margin.  From  the  posterior  wall  of  the  tympanum  a  muscular  fila- 
ment proceeds  and  becomes  attached  to  the  stem  of  the  bone  at 
about  a  third  of  its  length  [from  the  tympanic  membrane] ;  and  a  fold 
of  the  internal  lining  of  the  tympanum  forms  a  triangular  ligament 
which  extends  to  the  same  point,  and  thus  contributes  to  fix  the  stem 
to  its  recurved  and  tympanic  portion." 

Wiudischmann  observes,  "Ossiculum  auditorium  Scarpa  delineavit, 
fere  quatuor  lineas  longum,  operculo  triangulari  instructum.  In 
altera  extremitate  in  cartilaginem  tripartitam  desinit,  cujus  una  pars, 
ut  dixi,  in  membrana  media  tympani  adhseret,  alite  duse  in  falce 
tnembranam  hancce  excipiunt."  (Windischmann,  De  penitiori  auris 
in  A mphibiis  structura.     1 H3 1 .) 

The  "  triangular  ligament "  of  Cuvier  \a  clearly  the  "  malleus  "  of 
Prof.  Peters ;  and  the  same  part  seems  to  be  meant  by  the  "  alise 
dure  "  of  Windischmann. 

What  Cuvier  terms  the  "  stem  "  of  the  stapes  of  the  Crocodile  is 
more  or  less  completely  ossified  ;  but  I  find,  in  all  cases,  that  it  passes 
directly  into  the  cartilaginous  axehead-like  plate,  the  convex  edge 
of  which  is  connected  with  the  membrana  tympani.  There  is  no 
trace  of  the  joint  described  by  Prof.  Peters  in  any  of  the  specimens 
1  have  examined ;  neither  have  I  been  able  to  see  anything  of  the 
"  filiform  tendon  **  which  is  said  to  "  proceed  from  the  posterior 
boundary  of  the  tympanic  cavity." 

-  Where  the  outer  end  of  the  stem  of  the  stapes  widens  out  into 
this  process  for  the  tympanic  membrane,  which  I  shall  call  the 
'*  extrastapediar'  cartilage  (fig.  1,  E,St),  it  gives  off,  upwards 
and  backwards,  a  slender  cartilaginous  prolongation,  which  expands 
and  becomes  the  second  " axehead-like "  process,  called  "malleus** 
by  Prof.  Peters  (S.Sl);  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  detect  any 
trace  of  what  Prof.  Peters  calls  **  a  little  short  cylindrical  interme- 
diate cartilage  "  between  this  and  the  stem  of  the  stapes.  In  all 
the  specimens  I  have  examined  there  is  complete  cartilaginous  con- 
tinuity between  the  two. 

What  Prof.  Peters  terms  the  "cartilaginous  margin  of  the  tym- 
panum "  is  a  backward  prolongation  of  the  cartilage  of  the  periotic 
region  of  the  skull,  which  corresponds  in  part,  if  not  wholly,  with 
the  teamen  tympani  of  a  mammal.  It  may  be  called  the  "parotic 
process  "  (fig.  1 ,  Pec) ;  and  in  the  adult  it  is  converted,  in  great 
measure,  into  a  slender  and  curiously  curved  process  of  the  pro-otic, 
and,  in  part,  into  a  process  of  the  so-called  exoccipital  bone.  Mus- 
cular fibres,  which  represent  the  stapedius  muscle  (fig.  2,  Stp), 
proceed  from  this  cartilaginous  margin,  or  the  corresponding  bones, 
to  the  mafgin  and  outer  face  of  the  cartilage  called  ** malleus**  by 
Prof.  Peters,  but  which  I  shall  term  the  "  suprastapedial  **  carti- 


394  PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  REPRESENTATIVES  OF      [May  27, 

lage  (S.St).  The  inner  surface  of  the  posterior  edge  of  the  supra- 
stapedial  cartilage  is  thus  closely  connected  with  the  posterior  part 
of  the  parotic  process  of  the  skull,  while  its  anterior  end  comes  into 
contact  with  the  quadrate  bone,  which  is  connected  with  the  front  i 

part  of  the  same  process.  i 

Fig.  I.  I 


^Mch: 


Side  view  of  the  right  side  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  skull  of  a  young  Crocodi/ns 
hiporcatus.  The  squamosal,  the  postfrontal,  and  the  tympanic  membrane 
are  removed,  and  the  quadrate  (Qu)  is,  in  part,  indicated  only  by  an 
outline. 

K  0.  Exoccipital.  Pec.  Cartilaginous  termination  of  the  parotic  procees  of  the 
skull.  KSt.  Extrastapedial  process  of  the  stapes.  S.St,  Its  suprastapedia] 
process.*  Sth.  The  8tylo-hy«5  cartilage  supposed  to  be  seen  through  the 
quadrate  bone,  a,  h.  Air-chambers  of  the  quadrate.  D.p,  Pneumatic  duct, 
leading  from  the  posterior  of  tliesc  {a)  to  c,  the  air-chamber  of  the  artieulare 
(Ar().     Mck.  Meckel's  cartilage. 

In  the  natural  position  of  the  parts,  and  when  the  head  is  hori- 
zontal (fig.  1),  the  plane  of  the  extrastapedial  cartilage  is  also  nearly 
horizontal.  The  long  axis  of  the  suprastapedial  cartilage  is  inclined 
at  an  angle  of  45°  to  tliat  of  the  extrastapedial  cartilage;  and  the 
posterior  ends  of  the  two  cartilages  approach  one  another  yery 
closely.  In  close  proximity  to  both  lies  the  upper  and  broader  end 
of  a  small  and  short  rod  of  cartilage  {Sth)  which  tapers  below  to 
a  free  rounded  extremity.  It  lies  upon  the  upper  and  posterior  face  of 
the  quadrate  bone ;  and  its  lower  extremity  terminate  some  distance 
above  the  upper  end  of  the  pneumatic  duct  (D.p\  the  fibrous  wall  of 


1869.]     THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCUS  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.        395 

which  is  coDtinuous  with  the  sheath  of  connective  tissue  which  en- 
velopes the  cartilaeinous  rod  in  question.  It  is  this  reUtion  of  the 
parts  which,  I  am  disposed  to  imagine,  has  deceived  Prof.  Peters,  who 
seems  to  have  taken  the  pneumatic  duct  aud  this  cartilage  for  one 
continuous  cartilaginous  rod.  In  front,  this  minute  cartilaginous  style 
is  in  relation,  as  I  have  said,  with  the  quadrate  bone ;  behind,  the 
portio'dura  nerre  passes  down  close  to  and  parallel  with  it,  and 
the  digastric  muscle  covers  it;  above,  it  abuts  against  the  lower 
and  posterior  walls  of  the  tympanic  cavity.  Can  there  be  any  doubt, 
therefore,  that  it  answers  to  the  styloid  cartilage,  or  proximal  end 
of  the  hyoidean  arch,  in  a  mammal  ? 

A  fold  of  the  lining  membrane  of  the  tympanum  (a,  fig.  2) 
somewhat  obscures  the  junction  of  the  extras  taped  ial  and  suprasta- 
pedial  cartilages  with  the  styloid  cartilage ;  but  by  detaching  the  parts 
and  saturating  them  with  glvcerine  and  caustic  soda,  it  is  plainly 
demonstrable  that  the  styloid  cartilage  is  only  connected  by  fibrous 
tissue,  and,  indirectly,  by  the  stapedius,  with  the  stapes. 


Inner  view  of  the  tympanic  membrane  (7^«*)  of  a  youne  CrocotiUtts  bipor- 
catuSy  with  the  attached  stapedial  cartilages  {S.Sl,  K.S(\  the  fold  («), 
theBtyloid  cartilage  {Sth),  and  the  stapedius  muscle  {Sfp).  The  stem  uf 
the  stapea  is  cut  tlm)ugh  just  whore  it  begins  to  ossify. 

Thus,  then,  in  the  Crocodile,  the  connexion  between  the  articviare 
and  the  stapes,  supposed  by  Prof.  Peters,  does  not  exist ;  but  there  is 
a  very  close  connexion  between  the  stapes  and  a  cartilage  which 
distinctly  represents  the  upper  extremity  of  the  hyoidean  arch ;  and, 
so  far  from  the  Crocodile  furnishing  any  ground  for  the  supposition 
that  the  stapes  and  its  appendages  are  modifications  of  the  skeleton 
of  the  first  visceral  arch,  as  is  suggested  by  Prof.  Peters,  the  facts 
observed  strongly  suggest  that  these  parts  are  modifications  of  the 
skeleton  of  the  second  visceral  arch. 

This  suggestion  is  converted  into  a  certainty  when  that  remark- 
able Lizard  Sphenodon  punctatum  {^zHatieria)  is  examined.     Dr. 


396 


PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  REPRESENTATIVES  OF      [May  27| 


Gunther's  statement  (Phil.  Trans.  1867,  p.  620),  that,  in  this  Lizard, 
the  stapes  is  "attached  hy  a  fibro-cartilaginous  ligament"  to  the 
anterior  comu  of  the  hyoid,  strongly  attracted  my  attention  when  I 
read  his  valuable  memoir  on  this  reptile ;  and  having  had  an  oppor- 
tunity, thanks  to  him,  of  examining  into  the  question  for  myself,  I 
can  fully  confirm  his  assertion. 

Nothing  can  be  more  instructive  than  the  arrangements  represented 
in  Fig.  3.  Sphenodon  has  no  externally  visible  tympanic  membrane ; 
but  on  removing  the  integument  which  lies  over  the  aural  region  and 
the  anterior  portion  of  the  digastric  muscle,  the  fibres  of  a  strong 
aponeurotic  expansion,  which  takes  its  place,  are  seen  to  pass  from 
the  posterior  edge  of  the  quadrate  bone  and  from  the  angle  of  the 

Fig.  3. 


The  right  side  of  the  posterior  half  of  the  skull  of  Sphenodon  putictatum,  twice 
the  size  of  nature. 

The  integument  is  token  away  and  the  digastric  muscle  (Dff)  detached  from  its 
origin.  E  O.  Exoocipital.  Qu.  Quadrate.  M.  Mandible.  Hy^^  Hf. 
Anterior  and  posterior  comua  of  tlie  hyoid.  8(h.  "  Stylo-hyal "  part  of 
the  anterior  cornu.  ESt,  Extrastapedial  cartilage.  Ph.  The  membra- 
nous wall  of  tlie  ))haryns,  attached,  in  front,  to  the  hyoidean  comua,  and 
then  I'ontinued  into  the  aponeurotic  outer  wall  of  the  tympanic  cavity,  ty. 


1869.J     THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCUS  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.        397 

mandible,  to  the  anterior  margin  of  the  anterior  cornu  of  the  hyoid 
(Hy^\  the  upper  part  of  which  is  entirely  cartilaj^innus.  The 
hyoidean  cartilage  ascends  behind  the  quadrate  bone,  with  a  slight 
backward  convexity,  until  it  has  nearly  reached  the  skull,  and  then 
appears  to  be  suddenly  bent  into  the  form  of  a  little  scroll  with  a 
backward  concavity  (lig.  3,  E  Si).  The  upper  end  of  the  scroll 
becomes  connected  with  .the  skull ;  the  concavity  is  filled  up  by 
aponeurotic  fibres. 
The  aponeurotic  expansion  which  has  been  mentioned  covers  the 


Fig.  4. 


The  tTnipiinic  cavity  and  the  adjacent  parts  laid  open  from  behind,  and  the  apo- 
neurotic expansion  removed,  in  tsphenodmi  punctatnm.  Five  time«  the  size 
of  nature. 

The  letters  as  in  fig.  3,  except: — Pa.  Parietal.  Pc.C.  Parotic  cartihige.  S.Sf. 
supraetapedial  cartilage,  h.  Origin  of  this  cartilage  from  tlie  stapes,  a, 
Fommen  included  between  it  and  the  extnistapedial.  Mm.  The  cut  edge 
of  the  wncouA  membrane.  Tipnp.  The  pharyngeal  recess  which  takes  tlio 
place  of  the  tympanic  cavity.  The  cxoccipital  is  supposed  to  be  broken 
away  to  show  the  fenestral  end  of  the  staples. 


398  PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  REPRESENTATIVES  OP      [May  27, 

outer  end  of  the  tympanic  cavity ;  when  it  b  removed,  the  proximal 
end  of -the  comu  of  the  hyoid  is  seen  to  expand,  and  becomes 
converted  into  a  broad  plate  of  cartilage,  the  curved  margin  of  which 
gives  rise  to  the  **  scroll."  Internally  the  plate  is  continued  into  the 
stem  of  the  stapes,  and  speedily  becomes  ossified  (fig.  4).  There  can 
be  no  doubt,  therefore,  that  it  corresponds  with  the  extrastapedial 
cartilage  of  the  Crocodile. 

What  answers  to  the  axehead-shaped  suprastapedial  cartilaee  of 
the  Crocodile  is  the  upper  process  of  the  cartilaginous  part  of  the 
stapes  (5.  St)f  which,  however,  passes  into  the  extrastapedial  car- 
tilage externally  and  above,  so  as  to  enclose  the  foramen,  a  (fig.  4). 
On  the  left  side,  the  suprastapedial  process  was  fibrous  at  the  point  b 
(fig.  4).  Superiorly,  the  suprastapedial  cartilage  (S.  St)  is  directly 
continued  into  the  cartilaginous  termination  of  the  parotic  process 
of  the  skull  (PcC),  in  which  granular  osseous  matter  is  deposited. 

Thus  the  suprastapedial  cartilage  turns  out  to  be  nothing  more 
than  the  proximal  end  of  the  hyoidean  arch,  while  the  stapes  and 
its  appendages  are  exclusively  related  to  this  arch,  and  have  nothing 
whatever  to  do  with  the  mandibular  arch. 

With  respect  to  the  stapes  (or  columella  auris)  in  Birds,  I  may 
remark  that  Prof.  Peters  makes  no  reference  to  the  careful  investiga- 
tions of  Platner  (*  Das  Quadratbein  der  Vogel  *),  who  takes  the  same 
view  of  the  homology  of  that  structure  as  himself. 

Platner  observes  (/.  c.  p.  16) : — "The  functions  of  the  parts  which 
lie  within  the  tympanic  cavity  of  birds  almost  all  bear  upon  the 
tightening  or  relaxation  of  the  tympanic  membrane.  If  we  consider 
the  apparatus  directed  to  this  end  in  the  tympanic  cavity  of  Birds, 
we  find : — ( 1)  the  stapes  with  the  attached  cartilage,  which*  represents 
the  other  auditory  ossicles  in  an  aborted  condition ;  (2)  the  tendon 
of  the  tensor  tympani,  which  arises  from  the  lower  part  of  the  occiput 
and  is  attached  partly  to  the  stapes  and  partly  to  the  tympanic 
membrane ;  (3)  an  elastic  ligament,  which  I  have  found  in  all  the 
birds  which  I  have  examined,  and  which  passes  from  the  base  of  the 
cartilage  which  is  attached  to  the  stapes,  on  the  side  which  is  opposite 
to  the  insertion  of  the  tensor  tympani  (t.  e,  from  the  front  aspect), 
up  to  the  tympanal  articulation  (Paukenhohlengelenk)  of  the  os 
quadratum,  where  it  unites  with  the  mucous  membrane  which  covers 
the  tympanic  cavity  internally." 

The  disposition  of  the  parts  described  by  Platner,  in  the  Common 
Fowl,  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  figure  (fig.  5). 

As  in  the  Crocodile,  the  stem  of  the  stapes  is  ossified  and  ends  in 
a  triradiate  cartilaginous  expansion.  When  the  skull  is  horizontal 
one  ray  of  the  expansion  is  represented  by  a  horizontal  triangular 
plate,  the  outer  edge  of  which  is  fixed  to  the  tympanic  membrane. 
It  represents  the  extrastapedial  cartilage  of  the  Crocodile,  but 
differs  therefrom  in  being  perforated  by  a  large  hole.  Where  the 
stem  of  the  stapes  passes  into  this  plate,  it  gives  off  a  short  vertical 
process  upwards  and  a  long  slender  curved  process  downwards. 
Uoih  these  lie  free  in  the  tympanic  cavity.  From  the  root  of  the 
upper  process  an  elastic  ligament  arises  and  passes  forwards  to  the 


1869.]     THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCV8  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.        399 

onter  wall  of  the  periotic  capaule,  just  behind  the  articulation  of  the 
quadrate  boiie. 

Fig.  5. 


I- 


B 


^ 


A.  The  auditory  region,  the  tymoanic  membrane  being  taken  away,  in  a  Fowl. 

Qh.  Quadratum.  8. St.  Plataier's  ligament.  E.St  The  extraatapodial 
cartilage,  the  edge  of  which  is  fixed  to  the  tympanic  membrane,  b.  The 
end  of  the  extrastapedial  which  is  fixed  to  the  posterior  boundary  of  the 
tympanum,     c.  Tlie  ascending  process.     I.St.  The  iufrastapedial  process. 

B.  Tlie  outer  end  of  the  stapes  separated  from  the  stem  where  the  latter  begins 

to  be  ossified.    Turned  round  and  magnified. 

I  see  no  room  for  any  doubt  that  this  ascending  process  and  the 
elastic  ligament  represent  the  snprastapedial  cartilage  of  the  Cro- 
codile. 

As  in  the  Crocodile,  the  posterior  end  of  the  extrastapedial 
cartilage  is  closely  connected  by  fibrous  tissue  with  the  posterior 
boundary  of  the  tympanum  and  the  tympanic  membrane ;  but  I  have 
been  unable  to  discover  even  a  rudiment  of  a  styloid  cartilage.  The 
inferior,  free,  curved  process  of  the  stem  of  the  stapes,  which  may 
be  termed  in/rastapedial  (I.St)  seems  at  first  to  answer  to  that 
cartilage ;  but  its  relations  are  quite  diflTerent. 

Thus  the  Lizard,  the  Crocodile,  and  the  Bird  present  a  complete 
series  of  modifications  of  the  parts  described.  In  Sphenodon  the 
^yoidean  arch  is  histologically  continuous  throughout  its  entire 
length ;  and  in  its  upper  part  is  a  rod  of  cartilage  which,  at  one 
point,  passes  into  the  stapes. 

In  the  Crocodile,  the  upper  part  of  the  hyoidean  comu  has  no 
direct  connexion  with  the  lower,  and  the  rudimentary  styloid  part  is 
not  histologically  continuous  with  the  stapedial  part. 

In  the  Bird  the  styloid  part  has  vanished,  and  the  snprastapedial 
is  represented  only  by  fibrous  tissue. 


400  PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  REPRESENTATIVES  OP      [May  27, 

Such  developmental  evidence  as  exists  is  entirely  in  accordance 
with  the  view  of  which  these  anatomical  facts  appear  to  me  to  afford 
a  sufficient  demonstration. 

Rathke  distinctly  states  that  in  Coluber  natrix  the  stapes  results 
from  a  modification  of  the  upper  end  of  the  hyoidean  arch.  Prof. 
Peters  does  not  allude  to  this  important  circumstance ;  and,  what  b 
still  more  remarkable,  in  giving  an  account  of  his  observations  on 
the  condition  of  the  parts  in  a  young  Crocodilian  embryo,  he  does 
not  point  out  that  Rathke' s  statements  on  the  same  topic  are 
diametrically  opposed  to  his  own.  The  embryo  examined  by  Prof. 
Peters  (/.  c.  p.  595,  figs.  1,  1«)  was  70  millimetres,  or  nearly  3 
inches  long.  He  says  that  the  quadrate  bone  was  "  angelegt,"  but 
contained  *'  neither  cartilage  nor  bone  ;*'  so  that  it  is  not  obvious 
what  the  histological  condition  of  the  part  referred  to  may  have 
been. 

But  in  an  embryo  of  Aligator  litcius  of  less  size  (2"  2"'  long,  the 
skull  measuring  7'")  Rathke  (*Untersuchungen  iiber  die  Entwickelung 
und  den  Korperbau  der  Krokodile,'  1863,  p.  34)  found  the  quadratiim 
quite  cartilaginous. 

"The  quadrate  bone  resembled  in  form  that  of  young  and  adult 
specimens  of  Alligator  lucius^  but  was  narrower  and  thinner,  in 
proportion  to  its  length,  in  its  lower  part,  which  is  provided  with  a 
shallow  articular  excavation.  It  consisted  of  cartilage  ensheathed  m 
its  middle  third  by  a  bone.  By  its  broader  and  flatter  upper  half  it 
was  loosely  attached  to  the  outer  surface  of  the  cartilaginous  auditory 
capsule,  in  front  of  and  above  the  fenestra  ovalis 

"With  the  quadrate  bones  articulated  two  long  and,  on  the  whole, 
slender  Meckelian  cartilages,  which  extended  to  the  mandibular 
symphysis.  For  the  ffreater  part  of  their  length  they  were  cylindrical, 
and  diminished  in  diameter  very  gradually  from  behind  forwards; 
posteriorly,  however,  where  they  were  connected  with'  the  quadrate 
bones,  they  were  a  good  deal  enlarged.  An  absolutely  and  relatively 
short,  hook-like  prolongation  extended  beyond  the  articulation.  The 
thinner  and  longer  cylindrical  portion  of  each  was  loosely  invested 
by  five  very  thin,  but  completely  ossified,  plates,  which  enclosed  it,  as 
in  a  sheath,  though  they  were  separated  by  larger  or  smaller  intervals. 
At  a  later  period  these  plates  grow  and  become  closely  united,  thus 
giving  rise,  as  in  other  Reptiles  and  in  Birds,  to  the  greater  part  of 
each  ramus  of  the  mandible.  But  of  Meckel's  cartilage  only  the 
enlarged  part  ossifies,  and  thus  gives  rise  to  the  articular  piece  of 
the  lower  jaw." 

How  is  this  discrepancy  to  be  accounted  for?  Unfortunately  I 
have  been  able  to  procure  no  specimen  of  an  embryonic  Crocodile 
so  small  as  either  of  those  here  described ;  but  Prof.  Peters's  figures 
(Taf.  i.  figs.  1,  la)  leave  very  little  doubt  on  my  mind  that  the 
cartilage  which  he  marks  m,  and  imagines  to  be  his  "malleus" 
(the  suprastapedial  cartilage)  is  really  the  quadratum,  the  anicnla- 
tion  of  which  with  MeckePs  cartilage  takes  place  in  the  ordinary 
way,  and  that  i,  called  the  columella  (or  stapes),  is  neither  more 
nor  less  than  the  pterygo-palatine  cartilage.    The  most  cursory  glance 


1869. J     THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCUS  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.        401 

18  sufficient  to  prove  that  the  inner  extremity  of  t  must  needs  lie 
beneath  and  internal  to  the  eye,  and  cannot  by  any  possibility  come 
near  the  fenestra  ovalis.  It  therefore  seems  to  he  impossible  that 
i  can  be  the  stapes. 

Bearing  clearly  in  mind  the  demonstration  now  giren  that  the 
stapedial  apparatus  (if  I  may  so  term  the  stapes  with  its  appendages) 
of  the  Savropsida  is  connected  entirely  with  the  hyoidean  arch,  and 
that  it  consists  of  a  stem  terminating,  at  one  end,  in  the  plate  which 
covers  the  fenestra  ovalis,  and,  at  the  other,  in  sundry  processes  of 
cartila<^nous  or  fibrous  texture,  one  of  which  is  connected  with  the 
tympanic  membrane  (when  that  structure  exists),  while  another 
passes  up  to  be  united  with  the  otic  region  of  the  skull,  close  to  the 
articulation  of  the  quadrate  bone,  we  may  pass  to  the  consideration 
of  the  homologies  of  these  parts  in  the  ordinary  Mammalia^  of  which 
Man  may  be  taken  as  an  example. 

The  Okenian  view,  adopted  by  Prof.  Peters,  assumes  that  the  ramus 
of  the  mandible  of  the  Mammal  answers  to  the  whole  ramus  of  the 
mandible  of  a  Sauropsidan,  that  the  tympanic  bone  of  the  Mammal 
answers  to  the  quadrate  bone  of  the  Sauropsidan,  and  that  the 
ossicula  audilus  of  the  Mammal,  or  the  malleus,  incus,  and  stapes,  col- 
lectively, correspond  with  the  stapedial  apparatus  of  the  Sauropsidan. 
The  Reichertian  view,  which  I  have  hitherto  supported,  assumes 
that  the  ramus  of  the  mandible  of  the  Mammal  answers  only  to 
part  of  the  ramus  of  the  Sauropsidan,  inasmuch  as  the  arti- 
cular piece  of  the  Sauropsidan  mandible  answers  to  the  malleus  of 
the  Mammal — that  the  quadrate  bone  of  the  Sauropsidan  is  the 
homologue  of  the  incus  of  the  Mammal — and,  consequently,  that 
the  stapedial  apparatus  of  the  Sauropsidan  is  entirely  represented  by 
the  stapes  of  the  mammal.  In  the  place  of  the  tympanic  bone  of 
the  mammal  there  are  only  the  ossifications  which  are  found  in 
the  membranous  frame  of  the  tympanic  membrane  in  some  Saurop- 
sida  (e,g,  many  birds)  and  Amphibia, 

The  arguments  by  which  this  view  has  been  supported  are  briefly 
these ; — 

In  the  Sauropsidan  embryo  a  rod  of  cartilage  occupies  the  first 
visceral  arch  on  each  side,  and  meets  its  fellow  in  the  middle  line. 
The  rod  becomes  jointed,  and  the  part  on  the  distal  side  of  the  joint 
is  converted  into  Meckel's  cartilage,  while  that  on  the  proximal 
side  of  the  joint  is  modelled  into  the  rudiment  of  the  quadrate  bone, 
which  is  invariably,  in  its  earliest  state,  cartilaginous.  Soon,  how- 
ever, the  quadrate  cartilage  ossifles,  and  a  centre  of  ossification 
appears  in  that  part  of  iMeckel's  cartilage  which  articulates  with  the 
quadratum.  This  gives  rise  to  the  articular  element  of  the  mandible. 
All  the  other  constituents  of  the  lower  jaw  are  developed  in  the 
fibrous  tissue  which  surrounds  the  rest  of  Meckel's  cartilage,  which 
structure  either  persists  throughout  life,  or  disappears. 

In  a  mammalian  embryo  the  first  visceral  arch  also  contains  a  rod 
of  cartilage,  which,  there  can  be  no  doubt,  is  the  homologue  of  that 
in  the  Sauropsidan.  The  ramus  of  the  mandible  is  developed  in  the 
fibrous  tissue  which  surrounds  the  distal  portion  of  the  rod,  which 


402 


PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  REPRESBNTATIVB8  OF      [Ma?  27i 


remains  for  a  time,  as  Meckel's  cartilage,  but  soon  disappears.  The 
ramus  of  the  mandible  of  a  Mammal,  therefore,  cannot  contain  any 
representative  of  the  09  artieulare  of  the  Sauropsidan,  which  takes 
its  origin  in  the  proximal  end  of  Meckel's  cartili^. 

The  tympanic  bone  of  the  Mammal  is  developed,  quite  indepen- 
dently of  the  cartilaginous  axis  of  the  first  visceral  arch,  in  the 
fibrous  rim  of  the  tympanic  membrane.  Therefore  it  cannot  repre- 
sent the  Sauropsidan  quadrate,  which  is  preformed  in  cartilage,  and 
is,  in  fact,  the  proximal  end  of  the  cartilaginous  axis  of  the  first 
visceral  arch. 

These  arguments,  to  my  mind,  retain  their  full  force,  and  have 
not  been  affected  by  the  observations  of  Prof.  Peters. 

In  the  next  place,  it  is  not  disputed  that  the  malleus  of  the  Mammal 
arises  by  the  direct  ossification  of  a  part  of  the  cartilage  of  the  first 
visceral  arch.  But  I  have  shown,  in  tne  present  paper,  that  the  supra- 
stapedial  of  the  Sauropsidan  is  the  proximal  end  of  the  hyoideaoi 
or  second,  arch.  It  is  therefore  impossible  that  the  suprastapedial 
should  be,  as  Prof.  Peters  supposes,  the  homologue  of  the  nudleut. 


The  cuir-bones  and  the  adjacent  parts  (the  tympanic  membrane,  the  tympanic  bonf 
of  the  squamoeal,  and  the  ramus  of  the  mandible  being  remoTed)  of  a  hiuium 
ftptus  at  about  the  5th  month.    Magnified  four  diameters. 

77.  The  tfffmm  tymjxtni^  part  of  the  periotio  mass.  M.  The  malleus,  with  itfl 
Folian  procc^  {Pff)  passing  into  Meckel's  cartilage.  /.  The  incus.  ^• 
The  staples,  with  the  cartilaginous  process  <i,  which  extends  from  the  regioD 
of  the  orbicular  bone  into  the  sfitj}nii»s  muscle,  Stp.  Sf^.  The  stylo-Wfal 
v>r  styloid  pnHx»ss.  still  quite  cartilaginous,    fr.  The  foramen  rotundnin- 


1869.]    THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCUS  OF  THE  MAMMALIA.        403 

Thos  I  find  myself  compelled  to  dissent  from  every  one  of  Prof. 
Peters*s  conclusions;  but,  m  working  over  the  ground  again,  I  have 
also  been  led  to  depart  from  the  Reichertian  view  (which  I  have 
hitherto  adopted)  in  one  point,  and  that  a  very  important  one. 

In  a  young  mammalian  foetus,  Meckel's  cartilage  passes,  above, 
directly  into  the  malleus ;  and  at  no  time  is  any  articulation  developed 
between  the  malleus  and  the  rest  of  the  cartilage.  Further,  the  in- 
eus  articulates  by  a  broad  surface  with  the  malleus,  and  its  dimen- 
sions are  such  that  its  long  axis  appears  to  continue  that  of  the  mal- 
leus and  Meckel's  cartilage.  In  fact  it  appears  exactly  as  if  the 
incus  were  the  proximal  end  of  the  cartilage  of  the  first  visceral  arch. 
If  so,  the  articular  surface  between  the  incus  and  the  malleus  must 
needs  answer  to  that  between  the  quadratum  and  the  articulare  of 
the  Sauropsidan ;  and  as  the  incus  and  the  malleus  ossify,  nothing 
can  seem  closer  than  the  resemblance  which  they  bear  to  the  quadra* 
turn  and  the  articulare  respectively.  Hence  Reichert  conceived 
that  the  quadratum  was  the  homologue  of  the  incus^  and  the  malleus 
that  of  the  articulare,  and  I  have  followed  him.  But  the  study  of 
Spkenodon  and  of  the  Crocodile  has  led  me  to  believe  that  we  have 
fallen  into  an  error. 

It  is  admitted,  on  all  hands,  and  indeed  cannot  be  disputed,  that 
the  stem  and  fenestral  plate  of  the  stapedial  apparatus  of  the  Sau- 
ropsidan answer  to  the  crura  and  fenestral  plate  of  the  stapes. o^  an 
ordinary  mammal.  But  the  incus  of  a  mammal  is  related  to  the 
•tapes  on  the  one  hand,  and  to  the  walls  of  the  tympanic  cavity  on  the 
other,  nearly  as  the  suprastapedial  of  a  Crocodile  is  to  the  same  parts ; 
if  the  incus  remained  cartilaginous  the  resembance  would  be  complete. 
On  the  other  hand,  in  the  human  foetus,  the  stapes  has  a  cartila- 
ginous prolongation  which  is  embraced  by  the  stapedius  muscle,  and 
contributes  to  reduce  the  interval  between  the  stapes  and  the  upper 
extremity  of  the  cartilaginous  styloid  process  (or  upper  end  of  the 
hyoidean  arch)  to  a  very  small  space. 

Thus,  in  the  Mammal,  the  proximal  end  of  the  hyoidean  arch  is 
in  nearly  the  same  condition  as  in  the  Crocodile,  except  that — 

(1)  There  is  a  distinct  articulation  between  the  suprastapedial  part 
and  the  stem  of  the  stapes. 

(2)  The  extrastapedial  portion  of  the  stapes  is  no  longer  distin- 
guishable, and  the«/ape«has  lost  its  direct  connexion  with  the  tym- 
panic membrane. 

(3)  The  suprastapedial  is  ossified  and  converted  into  an  incm. 
The  incus,  therefore,  cannot  be  the  homologue  of  the  quadratum. 

If  this  view  be  correct,  it  follows  that  as  the  malleus  is  the  ossified 
proximal  end  of  the  cartilage  of  the  first  visceral  arch,  the  malleus 
must  repre.sent  the  quadratum. 

And  thus  the  difference  between  the  Sauropsidan  and  the  Mammal 
will  be,  that  in  the  latter  the  cartilage  of  the  first  visceral  arch  does 
not  become  jointed,  and  does  not  develope  any  representative  of  the 
articulare ;  while  it  gives  off  an  extrastapedial  process,  which  becomes 
connected  with  the  middle  of  the  tympanic  membrane. 

Thns,  in  principle  the  Reichertian  doctrine  still  holds  good  ;  but 


404 


PROF.  HUXLEY  ON  THE  RRPRESENTATIVBS  OF      [May  27, 


in  one  matter  of  special  homology  it  must  be  altered,  and  for  qua- 
raium=^ineus  we  must  read  quadra tum=^ malleus. 

The  modification  of  Reichert's  view  which  I  now  propose  completely 
removes  a  difficulty  which  has  often  presented  itself  to  my  own  mind, 
and  which  is  urged  with  much  force  hy  Prof.  Peters,  in  his  first  two 
papers.  If  the  incus  be  the  homologue  of  the  quadratum,  why  does 
it  become  so  small  and  insignificant  in  the  Marsupials  and  Mono- 
tremes,  which,  in  so  many  respects,  approach  the  Sauropsida  ?  This 
question  I  have  always  felt  could  only  be  met  by  another.  Why,  if 
the  ossicula  auditds  of  the  mammal  do  not  represent  bones  of  much 
more  importance  in  the  Sauropsida,  does  the  malleus  attain  such  a 
vast  size  in  the  Mnnotremata  1 

If  the  malleus  is,  as  I  have  endeavoured  to  prove  it  to  be,  the  ho- 
mologue ot  the  quadratum,  the  last  question  receives  an  obvious 
answer  ;  and  no  less  readily  is  it  intelligible  why  the  incus  should  be 
reduced,  seeing  that  the  suprastapedial  is  always  insignificant  in  siie, 
and  may  even  become  a  mere  fibrous  band,  in  the  Sauropsida, 


The  loft  tympanic  cavity  and  the  adjacent  parts  in  Kchidna  setom.  Some  por- 
tions of  the  squamosal  and  of  the  pcriotic  bones,  with  the  tympanic  mem- 
brane, have  been  removed. 

Mn.  Mandible.  Sq.  Squamosal.  Pt.g.  The  pterygoid.  St.h,  The  stylo-hyiii. 
VII.  The  nortio  dura.  St.  The  stapes.  /.  The  incus,  the  greater  piit  of  the 
contour  of  which  is  supposed  to  be  seen  through  the  malleus  {M).  Pg. 
Folian  process  of  the  midleus.     TrJ.  The  tensor  t^Tnpani. 

I  may  mention,  incidentally,  that  Echidna  presents  other  anomalies 
than  those  which  have  been  described  by  Prof.  Peters  and  others. 
The  muscle  which  plays  the  part  of  the  tensor  tympani  is  very 
large  and  arises  from  the  base  of  the  skull,  where  it  forms  the  roof 
of  that  posterior  and  inner  region  of  the  tympanic  cavity  which  is 

The  strong  tendon  of  this  muscle 


bounded  below  by  the  pterygoid. 


1869.]     THB  MALLEUS  AND  TBB  INCUS  OP  THE  MAMMALIA.        405 

passes  outwards,  and  is  inserted  into  the  apper  aspect  of  that  knee- 
like process  of  the  malleus  which  is  fixed  to  the  tympanic  membrane. 

The  cartilaginous  **  styloid  "  end  of  the  hyoidean  arch  is  fixed  into 
the  wall  of  the  outer  and  posterior  end  of  the  tympanic  cavity,  very 
near  the  incus  and  stapes ;  but  I  can  find  neither  a  stapedius  muscle, 
nor  any  ligament  representing  it. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  proximal  end  of  the  skeleton  of  the 
first  visceral  arch  (whether  it  he  osseous,  cartilaginous,  or  fibrous), 
like  that  of  the  secotid,  remains  attached  to  one  and  the  same  part  of 
the  skull,  viz.  the  outer  and  upper  wall  of  the  periotic  mass,  external 
to  the  vestibular  sac,  throughout  the  Mammalia  and  the  Sauropsida, 
In  Mammals  the  proximal  skeletal  elements  of  the  arches  {malleus 
and  incus)  are  very  generally  equal,  or  the  incus  may  be  the  smaller. 

In  the  Sauropsida,  the  suprastapedial  (=incus)  is  always  smaller 
than  the  quadratum  (^=  malleus). 

In  Teleostean  and  Ganoid  fishes,  and  in  the  Sharks,  the  general 
relations  of  the  two  arches  remain  unchanged,  but  their  proportions 
are  reversed. 

The  only  vertebrated  animals  in  which  a  portion  of  the  first  visceral 
clefl  remains  open  throughout  life  are  some  Ganoidei  and  most 
Elasmobranchii,  in  which,  according  to  Wyman's  observations,  the 
spiracle  is  the  remains  of  that  cleft.  It  follows  that  any  skeletal  part 
which  hounds  the  spiracle  posteriorly  cannot  belong  to  the  first, 
or  mandibular,  visceral  arch,  but  must  appertain  to  the  second,  or 
hyoidean  arch.  Now  the  suspensorial  cartilage  of  the  Elasmobranchs 
occupies  this  position.  Its  proximal  end  is  attached  to  the  outer  wall 
of  the  auditory  capsule ;  its  distal  end  bears  the  proper  hyoidean  arch. 
Thus  it  answers  exactly  to  the  upper  end  of  the  second  cartilaginous 
visceral  arch,  and  therefore  must  contain  the  homologue  of  the  incus. 
Bat  the  suspensorial  cartilage  of  the  Elasmobranchs  is  undoubtedly 
the  homologue  of  the  hyomandibular  bone  and  symplectic  of  the 
osseous  Ganoidei  and  of  the  Teleostei — which,  therefore,  must,  in  part 
or  wholly,  answer  to  the  incus.  Where,  then,  is  the  homologue  of 
the  proximal  end  of  the  skeleton  of  the  first  visceral  arch  of  the  fish,  if 
the  hyomandibular  belongs  altogether  to  the  second?  I  find  it  in  that 
prolongation  of  the  quadrate  cartilage  of  the  Teleostean  which  ascends 
in  front  of  the  hyomandibular,  and  is  at  first  quite  free  from  it,  but 
afterwards  becomes  surrounded  and  replaced  by  the  metapterygoid, 
which  eventually  helps  to  bind  it  to  the  hyomandibular. 

Thus  the  puzzling  division  between  the  mandibular  and  the 
hyoidean  parts  of  the  suspensorial  apparatus  in  a  fish  becomes  intel- 
ligible as  the  result  of  their  primarily  separate  development. 

In  the  osseous  fishes  the  proximal  end  of  the  mandibulfir  arch  is 
arrested  in  its  development  and  loses  its  direct  connexion  with  the 
skull ;  but  in  the  Sharks  the  ascending  portion  of  the  quadrate 
atrophies  altogether,  or  is  represented  merely  by  pre-spiracnlar  car- 
tilages ;  and  the  quadrate  itself  forms  only  the  posterior  termination 
of  the  palato-quadrate  arch,  or  so-called  upper  jaw. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXVII. 


406    REPR£8KNTATiyR8  OF  THE  MALLEUS  AND  THE  INCUS.  [May  27, 


In  the  CkinuBTUB^  Dipnoi,  and  all  Amphibia,  the  proximal  ends  of 
the  cartilaginous  first  and  second  visceral  arches  hecome  united 
together,  at  an  early  period,  into  a  common  plate,  in  which  the 
mdleal  and  incudal  elements  are  not  separately  uistinguishahle.  In 
the  Chimara,  Dipnoi,  and  the  lower  Amphibia  they  remain  in  this 
condition  throughout  life ;  but  in  the  higher  Amphibia  changes  of  a 
most  remarkable  kind  take  place,  of  which  I  do  not  now  propose  to 
speak,  as  my  friend  Mr.  Parker  is  engaged  in  working  out  that  part 
of  the  subject. 

Fig.  8. 


KM 


I  haye  endeayoured  to  giye  yisual  expression  to  my  interpretation  of  the 
modifications  of  the  proximal  ends  of  the  mandibular  and  hyoidean  arches 
in  Ihe  series  of  diaerams  A,  B,  C,  D,  E,  F,  displayed  in  fig.  8.  In  all  these 
the  mandibular  arch  is  shaded  with  yertical  lines,  while  the  hyoidean  arch  is 
left  unshaded  or  nearly  so.  The  letters  hate  the  same  sieuification  through- 
out. In  the  mandibular  arch : — Qu,  Quadrate.  Mn.  Mandible  or  Meckel's 
cartilage.  In  the  hyoidean  arch : — a.  Extrastapedial.  b.  Supraatapedial. 
8fp.  Stapes.  St  Stylo-hyaL  Hy.  The  yentral  moiety  of  the  hyoidean 
comu.  A.  Sphenodon.  B.  Crocodile.  C.  Bird.  D.  MammaL  E. 
Teleostean  fish.    F.  Shark. 

In  D,  ob  stands  for  the  orhictdare ;  in  E,  Mpt  is  the  metapterygoid,  and  Sy  the 
sympleotio. 


I8G9.]    THE  SBCRBTARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.     407 

I  subjoin  a  tabulnr  view  of  the  homologies  of  the  parts  under  dis- 
enssion  in  the  Mammalia,  Sauropsida,  and  Teleostean  Fbhes. 

Mindibular  ardi : — 

I.  Mammal  Malleus   Meckel 8  cartilage. 

n.  Saubopsidaic   . . .  Quadratum JrHculare. . . MeckeTs  cartilage, 

ra.  T.LKo.,r.A,...  {fj^^}  ...^rticulare...MecieFsc<,rtacffe. 

Hjoidean  arch : — 

I.  Mammal /ticiw  Slopes Stapedius,  Styloid,  Ht/oidcornu. 

n.  SAVttorswxK . Suprastapedial.  Columella  auris. ..Hyoid  comu  (Sphenodon). 
III.  TiiLmo8TEAif...Hyotnandidular  Styto-hyal,  Hyoid. 


June  10,  1869. 

George  Busk,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  in  tlie  Chair. 

The  Secretary  called  the  attention  of  the  Meeting  to  the  following 
noticeable  additions  to  the  Society's  Menagerie  during  the  month  of 
May:  — 

1.  Five  Greenland  Seals  {Phoca  groenlandica),  which  had  been 
brought  from  the  north  by  one  of  the  seal ing^ vessels  into  Peter- 
bead,  and  purchased  for  the  Menagerie  on  the  6th  and  llth  of  May. 
This  species  of  Seal  had  not  been  previously  exhibited  in  the  Society's 
Menagerie,  and  presented  several  interesting  points  of  difference  when 
compared  with  its  allies.  In  particular  it  was  noticeable  for  the  use 
of  its  fore  limbs  in  locomotion,  instead  of  progressing  by  the  action 
of  the  muscles  of  the  belly  as  is  the  case  with  Phoca  vituUna  and 
Phoca  foetida. 

On  the  18th  of  May  two  additional  specimens  of  the  same  species 
had  been  brought  home  in  one  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company's 
ships,  and  presented  to  the  Society  by  Sir  C.  M.  Lampson,  Bart., 
F.Z.S. 

2.  A  Gk>lden-headed  Marmoset  {Hapale  chrysomelas),  from  Brazil, 
purchased  May  14th,  and  believed  to  be  the  first  example  of  this 
scarce  species  ever  exhibited  in  the  Society's  collection. 

3.  Two  additional  specimens  of  the  Aard-wolf  of  South  Africa 
(Proteles  lalandii\  brought  home  by  Captain  Dixon  on  the  20th  of 
May,  and  purchased  for  the  Menagerie.  These  animals  had  been  placed 
in  the  collection  in  company  with  the  former  specimen,  purchased 
October  26th,  1868  (see  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  530).  All  three  of  them 
appeared  likely  to  thrive  in  captivity. 

4.  A  fine  example  of  the  Vulturine  Eagle  (Aquila  vuUurina), 
brought  home  by  Captain  Dixon,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  £.  L.  Layard, 
P.Z.S.,  by  whom  it  had  been  presented  to  the  Society's  Menagerie. 


408    THE  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  [June  10, 

The  only  example  of  this  Eagle  previoasly  exhibited  was  believed  to 
be  the  one  acquired  at  the  sale  of  Lord  Derby's  Knowsley  collection 
in  1851. 

5.  An  example  of  the  Panda  (Aiiurus /ufffens),  presented  by  Dr. 
H.  Simpson,  May  22ud,  being  one  of  three  specimens  obtained  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Darjeeling,  as  mentioned  by  the  Secretary 
in  a  former  communication  to  the  Society  {anteh,  p.  278).  Two  of 
the  animals  of  this  -species,  with  which  Dr.  Simpson  had  started 
from  Calcuttfl,  had  unfortunately  died  upon  the  voyage ;  the  third 


AUurua  fulgeits. 


had  reached  the  Gardens  in  a  very  exhausted  state,  but  was  gra- 
dually recovering  under  the  care  of  the  Superintendent.  Its  food 
appeared  to  be  mainly  of  a  vegetable  nature.    . 

6.  A  specimen  of  the  West-Indian  Brown  Pelican  {Peleeamu 
^fuscus)  in  immature  plumage,  presented  by  Captain  Dow,  F.Z.S., 
of  the  Royal  Pacific  Steamship  Company's  ship  •  Costa  Rica,'  and 
received  May  30th.  This  bird  had  been  captured  by  Captoin  Dow 
on  Pedro  Gonzalez  Island,  one  of  the  group  of  Pearl  Islands  in  the 
Bay  of  Panama,  on  the  4th  of  May. 


1869.]      MR.  6.  BUSK  ON  FOSSIL  REMAINS  FROM   BORNEO.  409 

The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

I .  Notice  of  the  Discovery  at  Sarawak  in  Borneo  of  the  Fos- 
silized Teeth  of  Rhinoceros  and  of  a  Cervine  Ruminant. 
By  George  Busk,  F.R.S. 

As  the  existence  of  the  Rhinoceros  in  the  Island  of  Borneo  is  at 
present  a  matter  of  considerable  doubt  amongst  zoologists,  the 
discovery  of  remains  belonging  to  that  genus  in  the  country  of  Sara- 
wak is  one  of  considerable  interest  in  a  zoological  point  of  view. 
Palseontologically,  also,  the  fact  that  these  remains  are  in  a  fossilized  or 
subfossilized  condition  and  associated  with  the  tooth  of  a  probably 
extinct  ruminant  renders  the  discovery  one  of  great  interest,  if  only 
as  affording  encouragement  to  the  attempt  that  it  is  to  be  hoped  will 
shortly  be  made,  under  the  auspices  of  Mr.  Brooke,  the  present 
Rajah  of  Sarawak,  to  investigate  the  mammalian  palaeontology  of 
that  tropical  region— an  investigation  which,  if  successfully  carried 
out,  cannot  fail  to  afford  results  of  the  highest  interest. 

As  regards  the  existence  of  a  Rhinoceros  in  Borneo  at  the  pre- 
sent time,  the  question  must  be  regarded  as  quite  an  open  one. 
In  the  opinion  of  some  (amongst  whom,  I  believe,  I  may  cite  Mr. 
Wallace),  and  certainly  in  that  of  Mr.  Brooke,  the  existence  of  a 
Bomean  Rhinoceros  is  by  no  means  improbable,  although  perha})s 
limited  to  the  northern  parts  of  the  island.  It  is  certainly  not  now 
found  in  the  Sarawak  country ;  but  the  present  specimens  are  amply 
sufficient  to  show  that  it  existed  there  at  some  former  period. 

It  should,  moreover^  be  stated  that  some  direct  evidence,  were  it 
fully  to  be  relied  upon,  has  recently  been  afforded  of  the  presence  of 
Rhinoceros  sondaicus  in  Borneo,  in  the  shape  of  a  very  perfect  and 
beautiful  skull  now  in  the  British  Museum,  which  was  purchased  as 
coming  from  that  island ;  but  as  this  testimony  rests,  so  far  as  I  am 
aware,  solely  upon  the  statement  of  a  dealer,  it  may  not  be  regarded 
as  of  much  weight. 

The  evidence  I  have  now  to  adduce  of  the  former  residence  of  a 
Rhinoceros  in  Sarawak  is  that  afforded  by  two  molar  teeth,  for  an 
opportunity  of  exhibiting  and  describing  which  I  am  indebted  to 
the  kindness  of  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  to  whom  they  were  sent  by  Mr. 
Brooke.  In  a  letter  to  Sir  Charles  the  Rajah  states  that,  *'  although 
he  has  forgotten  the  exact  locality  in  which  the  teeth  were  found, 
he  is  able  to  say  positively  that  they  were  picked  up  in  the  Sarawak 
country,  but  whether  in  a  cave  or  not  does  not  appear."  As  addi- 
tional evidence  of  their  provenance  I  may  state  that  within  the  last 
few  days  Sir  Charles  Lyell  has  been  informed  by  Signor  Beccari 
that  when  he  was  at  Sarawak  he  was  shown  some  fossils,  consisting 
of  the  neck-bone  and  tooth  of  a  pachyderm,  and,  if  he  is  not  mis- 
taken, two  teeth  of  a  ruminant,  which  were  not  found  in  a  cavern, 
but  in  transported  strata,  formed  by  the  decomposition  of  basalt,  in 
the  east  of  Sarawak,  where  the  Chinese  are  working  gold.  It  is 
highly  probable,  however,  that  Signor  Beccari*s  memory  may  have 


410       MR.  6.  BUSK  ON  FOSSIL  REMAINS  FROM  BORNEO.    [JODe  10, 

failed  him,  and  that  the  two  teeth  arc  those  of  the  Rhinoceros,  and 
the  single  one  that  of  the  Ruminant  in  question. 

The  Rhinoceros-teeth  are  the  right  and  left  second  upper  molars 
(m,  2),  evidently  belonging  to  the  same  individual.  They  consist 
only  of  the  crown  portions,  which  appear  to  be  not  fully  developed 
at  the  base,  and  are  wholly  in  the  '*  germ  "  state,  having  no  fangs 
and  never  having  been  protruded  from  the  alveolus ;  they  amply 
suffice,  however,  to  afford  distinctive  characters.  As  regards  the 
condition  in  which  they  are,  the  enamel  and  dentine,  so  far  as  the 
latter  can  be  seen  here  and  there,  are  extremely  brittle  and  obviously 
contain  but  little  animal  matter.  The  surface  is  of  a  deep  brown 
colour,  and  the  subjacent  substance  has  also  a  strong  ferruginous 
tinge ;  it  is  also,  as  shown  bv  experiment,  strongly  impregnated 
with  iron.  There  is  no  dendritic  appearance  in  any  part  When 
wetted  they  exhale  a  remarkably  strong  peaty  or  earthy  odour. 
These  circumstances  prove  that  they  have  lain  for  a  long  time  in  soil 
containing  much  iron  and  vegetable  matter,  and  probably  of  a  peaty 
nature.  The  hollows  of  the  teeth,  moreover,  were  partially  filled 
with  mould  having  the  above  characters.  It  may  consequently  be 
concluded  from  this,  and  from  the  entire  absence  of  anything  like 
the  usual  cave-earth,  that  the  teeth  had  in  all  probability  been 
lodged  in  a  dried-up  bog  or  peaty  marsh,  and  not  in  a  cavern— a 
conclusion  which  is  in  accordance  with  the  statement  of  Signor  Bee- 
cari  above  cited.  They  must  be  regarded  as  fossilized  in  the  same 
sense  as  the  usual  remains  found  in  quaternary  deposits  of  a  similar 
kind,  though  it  is  impossible,  in  the  absence  of  other  data,  to  express 
any  opinion  as  to  the  probable  period  they  had  been  so  imbedded. 

Before  proceeding  to  describe  the  morphological  characters  of  the 
teeth,  it  will  be  as  well  to  premise  a  few  words  in  explanation  of  the 
terms  employed. 

The  upper  molars  of  Rhinocer6s  are  of  a  more  or  less  quadrilateral 
form,  and  are  almost  always  rather  wider  in  the  transverse  than  in  the 
longitudinal  or  antero- posterior  direction.  They  present,  therefore, 
four  sides — an  external  or  dorsal  (the  dorsum),  an  internal,  an  an- 
terior, and  a  posterior.  They  may  also  be  described  as  consisting 
of  an  external  wide  lamina,  wiich  forms  the  entire  outer  side  of  the 
tooth,  and  from  which  project  obliquely,  inwards  and  backwards,  two 
transverse  plates  which,  on  the  inner  aspect,  end  in  two  conical  or 
pyramidal  columns  or  pillars.  These  columns  and  plates  are  sepa- 
lated  from  each  other  by  a  wide  and  deep  valley,  the  median  sinus; 
and  in  front  of  the  anterior  column,  towards  the  inner  part,  there 
is  in  most  cases  a  shallow  valley,  the  anterior  sinus,  and  behind 
the  posterior  column  a  much  deeper  one,  the  posterior  sinus. 

On  the  dorsum  may  be  observed,  besides  the  anterior  and  pos- 
terior margins,  which  are  very  usually  more  or  less  elevated,  three 
vertical  elevations  or  costa,  of  which  the  anterior  is  always  by  far 
the  most  prominent. 

On  the  anterior  face  the  anterior  sinus  is  crossed  at  the  bottom 
by  a  prominent  ridge,  the  anterior  vallum;  whilst  the  posterior 
sinus,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  tooth,  is  closed  in  behind  by  the 


1869.]      MR.  G.  BUSK  ON  FOSSIL  RKMAINS  PROM  BORNEO. 


411 


potterior  vallum,  which  extends  across  from  the  posterior  and  external 
angle  of  the  tooth  to  the  side  of  the  posterior  column.  This  vallum 
is  in  some  species  deeply  emarginate  in  the  middle,  and  in  others 
presents  in  the  middle  a  denticle  or  small  pointed  cusp.  On  the 
inner  face  are  seen  the  two  pyramidal  columns  separated  by  the 
entrance  of  the  median  valley  or  sintM ;  and  at  the  bottom  of  this 
entrance  there  is  frequently  a  small  tubercle,  the  median  tubercle. 
Within  the  median  sinus  is  seen  projecting  into  it  from  the  posterior 
column  a  process  of  enamel,  which  is  usually  termed  the  "  crochet," 
and  by  some  the  '*  posterior  combing-plate;"  -and  in  addition  to  this, 
in  many  cases,  there  are  one  or  more  small  projections  of  the  same 
kind,  usually  springing  from  the  outer  lamina  into  the  sinus,  which 
have  been  termed  the  "anterior  combing-pUte  or  plates."  They 
might  be  conveniently  designated  as  the  crista  or  cristie. 
To  describe  the  Sarawak  teeth  in  the  same  order : — 
1.  On  the  dorsum  (he  anterior  cost  a  (a  c,  fig.  1)  is  very  prominent 
and  prolonged  to  the  base  of  the  crown  in  its  present  immature  con- 
dition. It  is  of  considerable  thickness.  The  second  or  median  costa 
is  very  dbtinct  and  rounded  ;  the  third  or  posterior  almost  obsolete. 

Pig.  1. 


Dorsum  of  m.  2,  Sarawak  tooth. 

being  visible  only  towards  the  base  and  quite  at  the  apex.  The  hinder 
border  of  the  dorsum  is  much  raised,  so  that  between  it  and  the  an- 
terior costa  the  surface  of  the  tooth  is  deeply  hollowed  or  concave. 
2.  The  anterior  vallum  {a.  v.  fig.  2,  p.  412)  is  strongly  developed, 
and  the  anterior  sinus  deep,  especially  at  the  base.  3.  The  posterior 
vallum  {p'V,  fig.  3,  p.  412)  is  deeply  emarginate  and  presents  no 
trace  of  a  denticle,  and  its  upper  edge  is  even  and  not  tuberculated. 
4.  On  the  inner  face  the  entrance  of  the  median  sinus  is  contracted 
at  the  bottom  and  wide  upwards,  so  that  the  columns,  and  especially 


412        MR.  G.  BUSK  ON  FOSSIL  REMAINS  FROM   BORNEO.    [  J  line  1 0, 

the  posterior,  are  somewhat  slender,  aad  the  latter  is  carved  forwards 
towards  the  summit.  There  is  a  very  minute  tubercle  at  the  bottom 
of  the  fissure.  The  crochet  (c,  fig.  4,  p.  4 1 3)  projects  directly  for- 
wards, and  rises  from  the  hinder  column  at  a  very  open  angle.  There 
is  no  trace  of  a  crista. 

Fig.  2. 


Posterior  surfiioe. 


The  Question  now  is  to  determine  the  species,  recent  or  extinct,  to 
which  tnese  teeth  belong.  Although  the  evidence  afforded  by  a 
single  tooth,  and  that  in  a  not  fully  developed  condition,  cannot  be 
regarded  as  very  ample  or  sufficient  in  many  cases,  still  I  think  in 
the  present  it  may  be  safely  relied  upon. 

Without  entering  into  other  details,  I  may  say  that  the  dimen- 
sions of  the  tooth  alone  exclude  from  consideration,  among  existing 
species,  R,  indictu,  R,  bieomis,  and  R,  simua,  leaving  of  known 
species  only  R.  sondaicus  and  R,  sumatranus,  and,  amongst  quater- 


1869.]      MR.  G.  BUSK  ON  FOSSIL  REMAINS  FROM  BORNKO.  413 

Dary  fossil  or  extinct  forms,  all  except  R,  etmscus.  All  the  other 
characters,  moreover,  would  equally  exclude  these  species ;  I  shall, 
therefore,  at  present  advert  only  to  the  latter  three  above  named. 

Fig.  4. 


Crown  surface. 

1 .  If  we  regard  the  entire  dentition  of  Rhinoceros  sondaictis*,  it 
is  of  course  at  once  distinguished  from  R.  tumatranus  hy  the  size  of 
the  outer  incisor,  and  by  the  conformation  in  many  respects  of  nearly 
all  the  teeth,  and  especially  of  the  premolars ;  but  as  we  are  now 
concerned  only  with  the  second  upper  molar,  I  will  limit  what  I  have 
to  say  to  that  tooth  alone. 

As  regards  the  dorsum  (fig.  5,  p.  414),  the  resemblance  between 
this  surface  in  R.  sondaicus  and  in  the  Sarawak  tooth  is  obvious  at 
first  sight ;  the  only  difference,  so  far  as  1  can  perceive,  is  in  the  cir- 
cumstance that  the  anterior  costa  (a  c)  is  not  prolonged  quite  to  the 
base  of  the  crown  ;  but  this,  I  think,  may  be  explained  by  the  imma- 
ture condition  of  the  Sarawak  specimens.  But  by  this  surface  alone 
it  would  not  be  easy,  I  conceive,  or  even  possible,  in  some  cases,  to 
distinguish  between  R,  sondaicus  and  R,  sumatranus,  as  shown  in 
figure  6  (p.  414),  which  represents  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  same 
tooth  in  R.  sumatranus.  The  chief  points  upon  which  I  should 
rely,  as  showing  the  identitv  of  the  Sarawak  teeth  with  those  of  R. 
9ondaicus,  are : — 1,  the  wide  angle  at  which  the  crochet  (c)  is  given 
off  (fig.  7,  p.  415);  2,  the  emargination  and  absence  of  a  denticle 
on  the  posterior  vallum ;  3,  the  comparatively  greater  transverse  as 
compared  with  the  longitudinal  diameter  of  the  crown, — since  in  R. 
sumatranus  the  crochet  springs  at  a  right  angle  or  even  less  from  the 
hinder  column  (fig.  8,  p.  415),  and  the  posterior  vallum,  which  has 
a  more  or  less  crenate  edge,  presents  a  very  distinct  and  constant 

*  Under  this  name  I  include  B.  nascUis,  R.  stenorhifnchusy  and  R,  floweri  of 
Dr.  Qn.jt  not  because  I  would  venture  at  present  to  decide  as  to  the  true  rela- 
tions of  these  forms  to  each  other,  but  because  the  dental  characters  at  any  rate, 
so  far  as  I  can  perceive,  afford  no  sufficient  distinctions  between  them ;  and  one 
thing  appears  abundantly  clear,  tiiat,  as  contrasted  with  other  well-marked  spe- 
cies, they  all  constitute  a  group  apart  which  I  should  myself  regard  as  specific. 


414       MR.  O.  BUSK  ON  FOSSIL  REMAINS  FROM  BORNKO.    [JlUielO, 

denticle,  whibt  the  longitudinal  exceeds  the  transverse  diameter  of 
the  crown. 

Fig.  5. 


Dorsum  of  7n,2,  B,  aondaicus. 
Fig.  6. 


Dor:«Qm  of  tn,  2,  R,  sumatrttnus. 

2.  As  regards  R.  etruscus,  which,  in  the  crocket  and  posterior 
valiwm^  exhibits  the  same  characters  as  R,  sondaieut,  the  distinction 
from  the  Sarawak  fossils,  and  from  the  latter  species,  is  to  be  sought 
( 1)  in  the  dorsal  surface,  in  which  the  anterior  costs  is  very  little  pro- 
minent, and  much  narrower  or  thinner  than  in  R.  sondaicus^  and  the 
hinder  border  is  not  at  all  raised,  so  that,  instead  of  a  concaTity,  the 
surface  behind  the  anterior  costa  presents  a  convexity.  The  second 
or  median  cosia  also  is  much  wider  and  more  convex,  and  the  third 


V 

I 


'^9.] 


MR.  O.  BU8K  ON  FOSSIL  RKMAINS  FROM    BORNEO. 


415 


/^P<>st«rior  is  continuous  throughout  the  entire  height  of  the  crown 


a^,  9,  p.  416). 


Fig.  7. 


Crown  suHSaoe,  S,  aoneUsicus. 
Fig.  8. 


Crown  surface,  R.  sunuUranus. 

I  consider,  therefore,  as  regards  the  Sarawak  teeth,  that  they 
belong  to  a  species  not  distinguishable  by  its  dental  characters  from 
R,  9ondaieu9i  and  that  that  species  formerly  inhabited  the  country 
about  Sarawak. 

Before  concluding,  I  would  mention  that  Mr.  Wallace  has  been 
good  enough  to  place  in  my  hands  two  upper  molars,  and,  strangely 
enough,  the  two  upper  second  molars  of  the  same  individual,  and  in 
the  most  beautiful  and  perfect  condition,  which  he  procured  in 
Sumatra,  but  which  present  indubitably  all  the  characters  of  the 


410 


MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN 


[June  10, 


tooth  in  question  in  R.  sondaieus.  That  species,  therefore,  would 
seem  to  exist  in  Sumatra  as  well  as  in  Java ;  hut  I  am  not  aware 
that  zoologists  are  acquainted  with  this  fact. 

Fiff.  9. 


Dorsum  of  m.  2,  R.  etruscus. 

The  Cervine  Tooth. 

I  shall  say  but  very  few  words  on  the  subject  of  the  other  fossil 
tooth  sent  by  Mr.  Brooke  to  Sir  Charles  Lyell,  as  it  is  scarcely  in  a 
state  to  justify  any  extended  observations.  It  is  probably  the  second 
upper  molar  of  a  species  of  Cervus ;  but  it  is  considerably  larger  than 
the  corresponding  tooth  of  Cervus  hippetaphus,  and  it  is  remarkable 
among  all  the  ruminants'  teeth  with  which  I  have  had  an  oppor- 
tunity of  comparing  it  by  the  depth  and  wideness  of  the  median 
sulcus  in  the  outer  surface. 

It  appears  to  me  to  belong  to  an  extinct  species ;  but  at  present  I 
shall  refrain  from  expressing  any  decided  opinion  on  it.  The  fragment 
is  much  worn,  and  imbedded  in  a  hard  dark-coloured  matrix  which 
looks  as  if  it  had  been  much  rolled ;  in  fact  the  specimen  hears  a 
very  close  resemblance  to  many  of  those  procured  from  the  Crag. 


.  Descriptions  of  six  new  Species  of  American  Birds  of 
the  Families  Tanagridse,  Dcndrocolaptidse,  Formicariidse, 
Tyrannidae,  and  Scolopacidae.  By  P.  L.  Sclater,  M.A., 
Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

(Plate  XXVIII.) 

1.  Calliste  FLORIDA,  sp.  uov.     (Plate  XXVIII.) 

L€eie  viridis  ;  pileo  et  uropygio  aurulento  lavatia ;  interscapulio 
nigro  variegato  ;  alts  nigris,  secundariis  et  tectricibus  omnibus 


1869.]  ON  NEW  AMERICAN  BIRDS.  417 

ciridi  marginatU :  eauda  nigra,  reetrieibus  intermediis  extua 
cttruleaeenti'Viridi  late  marginatis  :  regione  parotiea  nigra  : 
ventre  medio  cum  crisso  et  tectricibus  subalaribusjlavicantibus  : 
rastro  et  pedibus  nigris:  long,  lota  5*0,  alte  2*5,  cauda  1*7 
poll,  Angl. 
ilab,  Costa  Rica. 

Ob9.  Species  CallitttB  schranki  maxime  affinis,  sed  fronte  nigra 
et  pectore  flavo  omnino  caret,  et  rostrum  magis  tenue  habet. 

A  collection  of  Costa-Rican  birds  recently  received  from  Mr. 
Julian  Carmiol  contains  a  single  skin  of  this  new  Calliste.  It  is 
marked  '^female ;"  but  the  male  is  probably  hardly  different,  though 
it  may  be  a  little  brighter  in  colouring. 

The  only  described  species  at  all  resembling  it  is  Calliste  schranki, 
which  is  of  the  same  general  appearance,  but  may  readily  be  distin- 
guished by  the  characters  given  above. 

In  his  last  catalogue  of  Costa- Rican  Birds*,  Mr.  Lawrence  in- 
cluded five  Tanagers  of  thi«  group — namely,  Callistce  icterocephala, 
guttata,  gyroloides,  /raneescee,  and  dowii,  Salvin  has  received 
examples  of  all  these  from  the  same  district.  The  present  bird  is 
therefore  the  sixth  Costa-Rican  species  of  Calliste, 

2.  Synallaxis  AREaVIPiS. 

Synallaxis  orbignii,  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  986,  nee  auctt. 

Supra  Jusca,  pileo  parum  obscuriore,  uropygio  rufo :  atis  extus 

/usco-nigris,  tectricibus  et  secundariis  fusco  indistinct e  margi' 

natis  :  cauda  nigra,  rectriee  una  utrinque  extima  fere  omnino  et 

duabus  utrinque  proximis  in  pogonio  exteriore  rufis  :  subtun 

lacteo-alba,  macula  gulari,  tectricibus  subalaribus,  hypochon- 

driis  et  crisso  rufis  :  rostro  obscure  comeo,  pedibus  nigris :  long, 

tola  6*8,  nine  2*7,  caudee  3*0,  tarsi  1*0. 

Hab,  in  vicin.  urbis  Arequipse,  Peruv.  occidentalis. 

We  now  find  that  we  have  been  wrong  in  identifying  this  bird 

with  S,  orbignii  (S,  humicola,  d'Orb.) — that  species  being  easily 

distinguishable  on  comparison  by  its  rufous  wings,  and  the  more 

rufescent  tinge  of  the  upper  plumage,  particularly  on  the  head  and 

forehead.    In  S.  orbignii  the  rufous  colour  of  the  secondaries  extends 

through  both  webs,  and  makes  a  conspicuous  large  square  basal  patch 

of  this  colour.     This  patch  is  quite  absent  in  the  present  bird. 

For  an  opportunity  of  examining  the  true  S.  orbignii,  and  thus 
correcting  our  error,  we  are  indebted  to  Mr.  T.  Moore,  Curator  of 
the  Derby  Museum,  Liverpool,  who  has  kindly  submitted  to  our 
inspection  two  skins  of  it  belonging  to  that  collection.  They  were 
obtained  by  Mr.  Bridges,  in  Bolivia,  and  purchased  by  the  late  Lord 
Derby  through  Mr.  Cuming  in  1846. 

3.  Gymnocichla  chiroleuca,  sp.  n. 

Gymnocichla  nudiceps,  Moore,  P.  Z.  S.  1859,  p.  55 ;  Scl.  et  Salv. 
Ibis,  18.59,  p.  119;  Lawr.  Ann.  L.  N.  Y.  ix.  p.  109. 

♦  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  ix.  p.  98. 


418  MK8SR8.  8CLATER  AND  SALVIN  [Juiie  10, 

Nigerrima :  eampterio  toto  et  teetrieum  alarium  marffinibuif  net* 
non  remigti  prim  limbo  angusto,  albis:  ro9tro  et  pedibm 
nigrieanti'plumbeis,  illo  versus  apicem  albieante :  long,  iota 
6*0,  aUe  3*2,  caud/e  2*8,  tarsi  1*3,  rostri  a  rictu  TO. 

Hab.  in  Costa  Rica  et  in  rep.  Honduratensi. 

Obs.  Similis  G,  nudicipiti,  sed  eampterio  toto  albo  et  rostro  validiore 
insiguiSy  et  plaga  dorsi  ad  basin  plumarum  alba  ralde  minore. 

Upon  comparing  Area's  specimens  of  Gymnociehla  collected  at 
Tucurriqui  with  Panama  skins  of  G,  nudieeps,  we  find  that  they 
belong  to  different  species,  of  which  we  nave  pointed  out  the 
characters  above.  We  have  therefore  selected  the  name  chiroieucs 
for  the  present  bird,  as  expressing  one  of  its  most  noticeable 
characters,  the  pure  whiteness  of  the  bend  of  the  wing. 

We  have  also,  through  Mr.  Moore's  kindness,  had  an  opportonity 
of  reexamining  the  bird  collected  by  Leyland  at  Omoa,  in  Honduras, 
and  named  by  him  G.  nudieeps^  in  his  Ibt  of  Leyland's  collection 
(Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1859,  p.  55),  and  find  it  also  belongs  to  the 
present  species.  Mr.  Moore  notes  that  the  bareness  of  the  head  in 
his  specimen  is  only  partial;  and  this  is  likewise  the  case  in  the 
Costa-Rican  example.  The  denudation  only  extends,  over  the  top 
of  the  head,  rather  further  than  a  line  joining  the  eyes,  but  embraces 
the  whole  space  immediately  round  the  eyes.  In  the  adult  G.  nu- 
dieeps  (as  is  shown  in  Cassin's  figure,  Pr.  Acad.  Sc.  Phil.  v.  p.  106, 
t.  6)  the  whole  summit  of  the  head  is  bare. 

4.  Orallaria  princeps,  sp.  noT. 
GraUaria  guatemalensiSf  Salvin,  P.  Z.  S.  1867,  p.  146. 
Supra  oleaginea^  plumis  nigro  marginatis  ;  pi/eo  et  coUo  postico 
valde  obseurioribus  et  eineraeeo  tinetis  ;  (oris  et  oculorum  am- 
bitu  ru/escentibus :  alis  obscure  Juscis,  extus  et  intus  eastaneo 
fimbatis :  eauda  omnino /useeseenti-^astanea :  subtus  saturate 
ferruginea,  pectorepaulo  obseuriore,  gutturis  medii  plumis  nigro 
variegatis:  rostro  obscure  eomeo,  mandibul^s  basi  albieante; 
pedibus  corylinis :  long,  tola  6*5,  aUe  4*3,  cauda  1*7,  tarsi  1*9, 
rostri  a  rictu  1  *3. 
Hab,  in  Veragua  {ArcS), 

Obs,  Similis  G,  guatemalensi^  sed  rostro  robustiore,  altiore,  colore 
corporis  superi  obseuriore,  ventris  autem  rubiginoso  saturatiore 
distinguenda. 

The  receipt  of  a  second  and  more  adult  specimen  of  this  Orallaria 
from  Veragua  has  enabled  us  to  distinguish  it  from  its  northern 
ally,  to  which  Salvin  had  previously  referred  it  ^ith  some  hesitation. 
It  is  still  more  different  from  O,  regulus  of  Western  Ecuador,  which 
is  smaller  and  much  less  deeply  ferruginous  below. 

The  present  species  makes  the  sixth  of  the  group  allied  to  G,  res, 
which  are  thus  dbtributed  : — 

1.  G,  imperator^  ex  BmsiUa. 

2.  G.  rev,  ex  Guiana. 

3.  G.  regulus^  ex  ^Equator,  occidental!. 


]  ON  NBW  AMSRfCAN  BIRDS.  419 

4.  G.  prmeept^  ex  Veragua. 

5.  O.  ffuatemalemis,  ex  Guatemala. 

6.  O.  mexicana,  ex  Mexic.  merid. 

5.  CONTOPUSOCHRACEUSy  Sp.nOT. 

Supra  oUwtceus^  pileo  obtcuriore :  alU  eaudaque  niffrieaniibu* ; 
seeundariU  et  teetricibus  alarum  ochraeeo  late  marginatU : 
subtus  ochraeeus,  in  ventre  medio  elarior,  mentum  versus  ob- 
seurior;  rastro  superiore  nigro^  inferiore  fiavo  ;  pedibus  nigris : 
long,  tota  6*5,  alte  3*3,  eauda  2'9>  tarsi  0*6,  rostri  a  rietu  0*9. 
Hab.  in  Costa  Rica. 

A  single  skin  of  this  apparently  undescribed  Tyrant  has  lately  been 
transmitted  to  as  by  Mr.  Julian  Carmiol.  It  is  a  typical  species  of 
ContopuSf  rather  larger  than  Contopus  mrens^  and  with  the  bill 
considerably  larger,  but  readily  distinguishable  from  this  and  every 
other  member  of  the  genus  known  to  us  by  its  yellowish  ochre- 
coloured  belly. 

Mr.  Lawrence's  Contopus  lugubris  (Ann.  Lye.  N.  Y.  ix.  p.  134) 
is  not  known  to  us,  but  is  stated  to  be  a  "  very  sombre-coloured 
species ;"  so  it  can  hardly  be  intended  for  the  present  bird. 

6.  Gallinago  impbrialis,  sp.  n. 

Supra  saturate  rufa^  nigro  variegata  et  trans/asciata,  fade 
paulo  dilutiore^  remigibus  primariis  nigricantibus,  secundariis 
extus  dorso  concoloribus :  subtus  gutture  toto  ad  medium  pectus 
nigro  et  rufo  variegato:  abdomine  albo  nigroque  regulariter 
transfaseiato  :  eauda  brevi,  a  teetricibus  superioribus  cooperta, 
nigricante  unicolore :  teetricibus  subalaribus  nigrieantibus, 
fasciis  paucis  obscuris  albis :  tarsis  brevibus,  robustis,  tibiis 
fere  omninoplumis  obtectis:  long,  tota  1 1  '0,  ala  6*0,  caud<B  1  '5, 
tarsi  1*2,  digiti  medii  cum  ungue  i*7>  rostri  a  rictu  3'3. 
Hab.  in  Nova  Granada  interiore. 
Mus.  S.  &  G. 

Of  this  Tery  singular  bird  Salvin  purchased  an  example  some  time 
since  from  a  London  dealer  along  with  a  number  of  other  skins  re- 
ceived direct  from  Bogota.  It  should  be  mentioned  that  the  speci- 
men was  not  prepared  after  the  usual  well-known  fashion  of  "Bogota" 
skins,  having  been  roughly  mounted.  But  the  dealer  stated  that  his 
correspondent  in  New  Granada  had  called  his  attention  to  the  bird 
as  being  something  rare,  and  that  there  could  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
origin. 

At  first  sight  we  were  nevertheless  inclined  to  think  that  the  bird 
might  be  Scolopax  saturata,  of  Java,  which  it  spmewhat  resembles 
in  general  coloration,  and  that  an  error  had  been  made  about  the 
locality.  This  point  was  soon  settled  in  the  negative,  by  reference 
to  the  original  type  specimen  of  Horsfield.  Scolopax  saturata  pos- 
sesses the  characteristic  white  terminations  of  the  rectrices  and  the 
cross  patches  on  the  back  of  the  head  which  distinguish  the  veritable 
Woodcocks. 
There  can  be  no  question,  however,  that  our  bird  shows  consider- 


420  DR.  A.  MACALISTER  ON  OYROPUS  DICOTYLIS.       [Juiie  10» 

able  rapprochement  towards  true  Scolopcue,  though  we  think  it  best 
to  keep  it  within  the  limits  of  Gallinoffo,  its  nearest  structural  allies 
being  G,  stricklandi  and  Q,  jamesoni,  both  of  which  hare  short 
robust  tarsi  and  the  tibiae  feathered,  as  in  the  present  species,  nearly 
down  to  the  tarsal  joint.  The  wings  of  our  single  specimen  of  this 
bird  are  not  in  yery  perfect  condition ;  but,  as  far  as  we  can  tell,  the 
third  and  fourth  primaries  would  be  rather  longer  than  the  first  and 
second,  and  longest.  The  secondaries,  as  in  all  Snipes,  are  very  long, 
and  in  the  present  bird  quite  reach  to  the  points  of  the  primaries 
when  the  wing  is  closed.  The  tail-feathers  are  likewise  deficient, 
only  three  of  them  remaining  m  situ.  These  show  no  traces  of 
transverse  markings  whatever,  m  which  respect  this  bird  is  more  like 
true  Scolopax  than  Gallinapo,  But  there  are  likewise  uo  traces  of 
the  white  terminations  of  the  tail-feathers,  which  are  so  conspicuous 
in  the  Woodcocks. 


3.  Note  on  Gyropus  dicotylis,  a  new  Species  of  Parasite. 
By  Alexander  Macalister,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy, 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  Ireland*. 

The  specimens  of  this  insect  which  have  been  submitted  to  me 
were  obtained  from  the  skin  of  a  Collared  Peccary  (JHcotyles  tor- 
quatus)  which  died  in  the  Dublin  Zoological  Gardens  several  years 
ago ;  and  for  the  opportunity  of  examining  and  describing  them  I 
am  indebted  to  Dr.  Carte,  Director  of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society's 
Museum,  and  to  Mr.  Kirby,  Assistant  Curator,  who  kindly  forwarded 
them  to  me.  As  far  as  I  am  aware,  the  species  is  a  new  one ;  and 
accordingly  I  have  followed  the  practice  usually  adopted  in  the  no- 
menclature of  Anoplura  and  have  named  the  parasite  after  its  host. 
The  specimens  submitted  to  me  were  ten  in  number,  of  both  sexes, 
and  had  been  lying  in  spirits  for  some  months.  They  accorded  in 
all  respects  with  the. generic  character  of  Gyropus  given  by  Nitzsch 
(Thierinsekten,  p.  44)  and  Denny,  namely : — head  depressed,  scale- 
like, horizontal ;  frontal  and  temporal  margins  sinuated ;  mouth 
anterior ;  mandibles  without  teeth ;  maxiilse  obscure ;  labium  and 
labrum  produced,  trapezoidal,  entire;  maxillary  palpi  long,  rigid, 
conical,  four-jointed  ;  labial  palps  none  ;  antennae  four-jointed,  capi- 
tate ;  eye  inconspicuous  or  none ;  thorax  of  two  s^ments ;  abdomen 
of  ten  segments;  tarsi  two-jointed,  ungues  simple;  two  posterior 
limbs  of  each  side  long,  curved  to  base  of  femur ;  stomach  symme- 
trical. 

The  specimens  vary  from  *15  to  *  175  of  an  inch  in  length,  the 
males  being  rather  longer  but  narrower  than  the  females.  The  head 
is  broader  than  long.  The  clypeus  is  not  marked  with  the  deep  frontal 
sinuosities  which  are  visible  in  G,  ovalis  or  gracilis.  The  temporal 
lobes  are  produced  and  acute,  with  their  anterior  margin  slightly 
•  Communicated  by  Dr.  J.  Murie. 


1869.]  Da.  A.  MACALISTER  ON  GYROPUS  DICOTYLIS.  421 

concave,  and  the  posterior  convex,  the  apex  of  the  lobe  being  directed 
forwards  and  outwards.  This  appearance  is  similar  to  the  arrange- 
ment of  these  lobes  in  G,  ottalis  of  the  Guinea-pig.  Frontal  margin 
convex,  obtuse,  fringed  by  a  few  hairs ;  eye  very  small,  inconspicuous, 
situated  in  front  of  the  temporal  sinus  on  the  upper  surface  of  a 


Gyropus  dicotylia  (magnified). 

small  eminence,  and  guarded  by  a  few  hairs.  Occipital  margin  con- 
vex on  either  side,  slightly  concave  in  the  centre,  but  not  nearly  so 
much  as  in  G,  ovalU.  The  antennee  have  their  basal  joints  cylin- 
drical, large,  the  second  short  and  rounded,  the  third  club-shaped, 
the  fourth  and  last  is  large  and  dilated,  bent  upwards  and  backwards ; 
these  joints  are  well  defined,  and  each  one  begins  extremely  narrow. 
In  G.  ovalislthe^lASt  joint  is  securiform ;  in  the  present  species  it  is 
more  club-shaped.  .  The  maxillary  palpi  are  four-jointed,  each  joint 
being  more  slender  than  its  precessor,  the  terminal  segment  being 
the  smallest,  and  the  third  the  longest. 

The  neck  is  one-third  the  breadth  of  the  head  (one-half  in  0.  ovaUs). 
Prothorax  hexagonal,  flattened,  wider  transversely  than  antero-pos- 
teriorly,  smaller  than  the  head  ;  this  segment  is  longer  than  the  head 
in  6r.  longicoUis  of  the  Agouti,  but  it  is  equal  to  it  in  G.  hispidus  (the 
parasite  of  the  Three-toed  Sloth).  There  is  no  trace  of  the  transverse 
depressed  line  on  the  prothorax,  which  is  characteristic  of  G.  oralis. 
Sternum  slightly  prominent.  The  union  between  the  prothorax  and 
the  combined  meso-  and  metathorax  is  of  the  same  size  as  the  neck. 
This  compound  segment  is  quadrilateral,  wider  behind  than  in  front, 
and  bearing  the  two  posterior  pair  of  legs,  between  which  opens, 
on  each  side,  a  spiracle.  It  is  once  and  a  half  the  length  of  the 
prothorax,  and  very  slightly  wider.  The  first  pair  of  limbs  are  '05" 
long,  with  a  single  incurved  unguis.  The  tibia  is  armed  at  the 
junction  of  its  middle  and  lower  third  with  a  prominent  tooth,  which 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXVIII. 


422  DR.  A.  MACALISTER  ON  GYROPUS  DICOTYLIS.       [JuDClO, 

forms  with  the  unguis  about  two- thirds  of  a  circle.  This  tooth  is 
capable  of  being  opposed  to  the  claw  like  a  finger  and  thumb,  by 
which  means  the  parasite  can  '*  pick  his  steps  "  along  a  hair,  altbongb 
uniunguiculate.  In  one  young  specimen  this  tooth  appears  as  a 
knob  and  not  as  an  incurved  spine  ;  and  it  is  usually  a  little  sharper 
in  the  female  than  in  the  male.  These  processes  are  frequently  no- 
ticed among  such  Anoplura  as  are  parasitic  upon  bristly  animals ;  thus 
Hamatopinus  eurysternus  of  the  Ox  and  H.  suis  of  the  Pig  both 
possess  a  similar  spur.  In  these,  however,  the  tooth  is  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  tibia,  and  not  removed  from  it  by  one- third  as  in  G.  dico- 
tylia.  The  lower  end  of  the  femur,  the  upper  end  of  the  tibia,  the 
lower  end  of  the  latter,  and  the  base  of  the  tarsus  are  each  furnished 
with  a  small,  brown,  oval,  transversely  striated  scale  on  the  extensor 
aspect.  The  tarsus  is  two-jointed,  the  unguis  faintly  transversely 
striated  and  incurved,  ending  in  a  single  sharp  point.  The  second 
pair  of  legs  is  twice  the  length  of  the  first  pair,  the  coxa  being  short, 
nearly  cylindrical,  the  trochanter  bent  almost  to  a  right  angle  with 
the  femur  and  contracted  at  its  coxal  articulation.  The  femur  is  half 
as  long  as  the  entire  first  limb,  slightly  curved  at  its  lower  end.  The 
tibia  is  also  equally  elongated  and  sharply  incurved,  destitute  of  a 
tooth  at  its  extremity,  this  appendage  being  confined  solely  to  the 
first  pair ;  in  this  respect  it  differs  strikingly  from  H<BmatopiHUB  wis, 
in  which  a  tooth  exists  on  the  tibia  of  each  of  the  three  pairs  of  legs. 
The  tibia  is  garnished  with  a  few  scattered  hairs,  not  nearly  so  nume- 
rous as  in  G.  hispidus  or  G,  gracilis.  Unguis  curved,  triquetrous, 
transversely  striated,  twice  as  large  as  that  of  the  first  pair  of  legs ;  its 
extremity  split  into  two  teeth,  of  which  the  outer  is  the  longer.  The 
third  pair  of  limbs  resemble  the  second  in  every  respect ;  and  both 
exhibit  the  small  brown  scales,  similar  to  those  described  ou  the  first 
pair. 

The  abdomen  is  large,  flattened  and  membranous,  composed  of  ten 
segments,  as  is  usually  the  case  in  the  genus.  Walckenaer,  however, 
only  found  eight  in  G.  gracilis.  The  first  segment  is  closely  united 
to  the  metathorax,  the  last  is  small  and  nearly  hidden.  The  central 
segments  are  distinctly  separate,  margins  rather  acutely  toothed,  each 
tooth  having  a  few  hairs  in  its  vicinity,  not  being  nearly  so  pubescent 
as  G,  gracilis  or  G,  hispidus.  The  male  abdomen  is  oblong  and  nar- 
row posteriorly ;  the  female  abdomen  is  broadly  ovate,  mere  sharply 
toothed  along  its  margin,  with  its  segments  more  distinctly  separate ; 
trachea  distinct  and  looped. 

The  species  of  this  genus  hitherto  described  have  been  found  in- 
festing Kodents  and  Edentates,  among  which  may  be  mentioned  the 
Agouti,  Guinea-pig,  and  Ai.  None,  as  far  as  1  know,  have  been 
found  on  Pachjderms,  with  the  exception  of  the  present  species. 
The  characters  which  I  would  suggest  as  diagnostic  of  this  species 
are  the  following : — Frontal  outline  convex,  non-sinuated ;  last  joint 
of  antennae  bent  and  dilated ;  no  transverse  depressed  line  on  protho- 
rax,  which  is  smaHer  than  head  ;  brown  scales  at  bases  of  tibia,  femur, 
and  tarsus ;  tibia  of  fore  leg  with  a  prominent  spur  at  its  lower  third, 
colour  ferruginous  brown  :  size  \  of  an  inch. 


18G9.]  DR.  A.  GiJNTHKR  ON  NEW  FISHES  FROM  PERU.  423 

The  species  of  the  Pig-family,  as  far  as  at  present  known,  are  in- 
fested hy  comparatively  few  parasites,  which,  when  we  hear  in  mind 
their  uncleanly  habits  and  mode  of  life,  is  rather  singular.  Our  com- 
raon  Pig  has  but  one  parasite,  the  Hamaiopinus  urius  of  Nitzsch,  or 
H,  9uis  of  Burmeister  and  Denny. 

It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  this  genus  Gyropus  seems  peculiarly 
American  in  distribution  :  the  G,  hiapidus  of  tiie  Ai,  G.  gracilis  and 
G.  ovaiis  of  Cavia  cobaya,  and  G,  longieoUis  of  Daayproeta  agree  with 
O.  dicotylis  in  being  from  the  western  hemisphere.  AH  the  other 
species  are  of  minute  size,  the  Gyropu8  ovalis  being  -^^",  G.  gracilis 
■r}^'\  G.  longicollis  \  of  a  French  line,  G,  hispidua  about  the  same 
size.  This  species,  being  one-seventh  of  an  inch  in  length,  may  fairly 
be  reckoned  as  a  giant  in  the  genus. 


4.  Descriptions  of  some  Species  of  Fishes  from  the  Peruviau 
Amazons.     By  Dr.  Albert  Gunther,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

Some  collections  of  fishes  sent  by  Mr.  E.  Bartlett  from  the  Upper 
Amazons  were  noticed  in  Ann.  k  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1866,  xviii.  p.  30, 
and  in  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1868,  p.  229.  In  this  paper  I  intend  to  de- 
scribe those  species  which  were  brought  home  by  this  traveller  on  his 
return  to  England,  and  which  prove  to  be  new.  Unfortunately  the 
specimens  are  not  in  so  good  a  condition  as  those  previously  sent. 
The  proportion  of  new  forms  is  much  less  than  we  might  have 
expected  from  those  almost  unexplored  parts  of  the  river  Amazons, 
Mr.  Bartlett's  collections  having  added  only  twenty-three  species  to 
this  fauna.  I  may  mention  that  the  last  collection  contained  also 
Sorubim  lima  (Bl.  Schn.),  RhytioduM  microlepis  (Kner),  and  Myletes 
asierias  (MUU.). 

Megalobrycon,  g.  n. 

This  genus  is  closely  allied  to  Bryconops,  from  which  it  is  techni- 
cally distinguished  by  the  presence  of  a  maxillary  series  of  teeth. 

Dorsal  fin  placed  in  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  body,  imme- 
diately behind  the  ventrals.  Anal  long.  Abdomen  rounded  in  front 
of,  and  somewhat  compressed  behind  the  ventrals.  Cleft  of  the 
mouth  of  moderate  width.  Teeth  notched,  in  a  triple  series  in  the 
intermaxillary,  and  in  a  single  in  the  maxillary  and  mandible ;  no 
other  teeth  behind  the  mandibulary  teeth  or  on  the  palate.  Nostrils 
close  together.  Gill-openings  wicle.  Scales  of  moderate  size,  with 
the  free  portion  striated. 

Megalobrycon  cephalus.     (Fig.  1,  p.  424.) 

D.  11.     A.  24-26.     L.  lat.  ca.  70. 

The  height  of  the  body  is  one-third  of  the  total  length  (without 
caudal),  the  length  of  the  head  one- fourth.  Intermaxillary  in  a 
triple  series,  those  of  the  outer  series  being  smiUest,  about  twice  as 
large  as  those  of  the  maxillary ;  the  front  niandibulary  teeth  largest. 


424 


DR.  A.  GUNTHER  ON  NEW  FISHES  FROM  PERU.       [Juiie  10, 


The  upper  jaw  projects  beyond  the  lower,  the  teeth  not  being  coveretl 
by  the  lips.  Snout  scarcely  longer  than  the  eye.  Head  very  broad, 
the  interorbital  space  very  convex,  its  width  being  equal  to  the  length 

Fig.  1. 


Megalohrycon  cephalus. 

of  the  postorbital  portion  of  the  head.     The  coloration  appears  to 
have  been  uniform. 

The  specimens  are  13  inches  long,  and  in  a  bad  state  of  preserva- 
tion. 

Chirodon  alburnus.    (Fig.  2.) 

D.  10.     A.  20.     L.  lat.  37.     L.  transv.  11. 

The  height  of  the  body  is  a  little  more  than  the  length  of  the  head, 
and  one-fourth  of  the  total  (without  caudal).  Upper  profile  of  the 
head  not  concave.  The  pectoral  does  not  extend  to  the  ventral. 
Teeth  scarcely  compressed,  pointed,  with  a  minute  (microscopical) 

Fig.  2. 


Chirodon  albumits. 


lobe  on  each  side ;  there  are  about  twelve  in  the  upper  and  eighteen 
in  the  lower  jaw.     Sides  with  an  ill-defined  silvery  longitudinal  band  ; 
the  middle  caudal  rays  blackish. 
Two  and  a  half  inches  long. 


^ i 


1869.]         DR.  A.  GUNTHER  ON  NEW  FISHES  FROM  PERU. 


425 


Ch£tostomu8  heteracanthus.    (Figs.  3  &  4.) 

D.  1/7.    A.  .0.     L.  lat.  22. 

Head  much  depressed,  longer  than  broad,  its  length  being  more 

Fig.  3. 


ChafoHfomus  heteracanthus. 

Fiir. -1. 


Chfttustom  H»  hrteracnnthus. 


426  DR.  A.  GUNTHER  ON  NEW  FISHES  FROM   PERU.      [JunC  10, 

than  one-third  of  the  total  (without  caudal).  Head  without  any 
ridges  above ;  iuterorbital  space  exceedingly  broad,  its  width  being 
five  times  the  horizontal  diameter  of  the  small  eye.  Snout  covered 
with  small  scutes,  which  are  rough  with  small  spines  along  the  mar- 
gin. Interoperculum  with  two  kinds  of  spines,  there  being  a 
group  of  about  twelve  slender  but  stiff  and  slightly  hooked  spines 
surrounded  by  a  ring  of  long  setiform  spines ;  the  longest  of  the  stiff 
spines  is  about  twice  the  length  of  the  orbit,  and  the  longest  setiform 
spine  about  thrice  that  length.  Thorax  and  abdomen  nearly  naked, 
with  non-conflueut  minute  granulations.  Teeth  exceedingly  fine. 
Dorsal  fin  higher  thau  long,  but  the  spine  is  much  shorter  than  the 
head.  There  are  seven  scutes  between  the  two  dorsal  fins.  The 
pectoral  spine  extends  beyond  the  middle  of  the  ventral,  the  ventral 
beyond  the  anal.  Eleven  scutes  between  the  anal  and  caudal. 
Scutes  without  keels,  rough,  but  without  prominent  spines.  Unifonn 
greyish ;  each  dorsal  scute  lighter  in  the  centre. 
One  specimen,  7^  inches  long. 

CHiETOSTOMUS  LATIFRONS. 

D.  1/8.     A.  5.     L.  lat.  25. 

Head  much  depressed,  a  little  longer  than  broad,  its  length  being 
rather  more  than  one-third  of  the  total  (without  caudal).  Head 
without  any  ridges  above ;  iuterorbital  space  broad,  the  diameter  of 
the  eye  being  somewhat  less  than  one-third  of  its  width.  Snout 
naked,  without  tentacles.  Interoperculum  with  about  sixteen  spines, 
hooked  at  the  apex,  the  longest  being  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the 
eye.  Thorax  and  abdomen  naked.  Scutes  without  ridge,  but  spiny, 
the  marginal  spines  being  rather  strong  and  prominent.  Teeth 
exceedingly  fine.  Dorsal  fin  rather  higher  than  long,  the  first  ray 
rather  feeble,  shorter  than  the  head.  There  are  six  scutes  between 
the  two  dorsal  fins.  The  pectoral  spine  does  not  extend  to  the  middle 
of  the  ventral ;  the  ventral  reaches  beyond  the  anal.  Eleven  scutes 
between  the  anal  and  caudal.    Pectoral  spine  rough.    Unifonn  black. 

One  specimen,  7  inches  long. 

LoRiCARiA  MACROMYSTAx.    (Figs.  5  &  6,  pp.  427,  428.) 

Snout  somewhat  produced  and  rather  narrow,  slightly  concave  on 
the  side ;  mouth  of  moderate  width,  the  upper  lip  terminating  late- 
rally in  a  long  barbel,  extending  beyond  the  axil  of  the  pectoral  fin ; 
lower  lip  broad,  with  numerous  barbels  and  smaller  fringes.  Small 
teeth  in  both  jaws.  Orbit  with  a  very  shallow  notch  behind,  its  hori- 
zontal diameter  being  not  quite  equal  to  the  width  of  the  iuterorbital 
space.  Scutes  smooth,  the  lateral  ridges  distinct  and  confluent  on 
the  eighteenth  scute.  L.  lat.  31.  A  series  of  eight  or  nine  scutes 
between  the  roots  of  the  ventral  and  pectoral  fins.  Thorax  and 
abdomen  covered  with  numerous,  small,  irregular  scutella.  Of  the 
fin-rays  only  the  upper  of  the  caudal  is  produced.  Oriein  of  the 
dorsal  opposite  to  the  root  of  the  ventral.     Coloration  uniform. 

One  specimen,  7  inches  long. 


1869.]         DR.  A.  GUNTIIER  ON  NEW  FISHES  FROM  PERU.  427 

5. 


Loricarw  macromt/nfas'. 


4'2H  DR.  A.  G^NTHER  ON  NEW  FISHES  TROM  PERU.      [JouelO, 

Fig.  6. 


/^>»-/t*ifri«?  t.^arr^lU  /.-^/itx 


1869.]         DR.  A.  GiJNTHER  ON  NEW  TA8MANIAN  FISHES.  429 

StEGOPHILUS  NEMURtJS. 

D.  8.     A.  6. 

Caudal  fin  deeply  forked,  the  upper  lobe  produced  into  a  Ulament. 
The  distance  of  the  origin  of  the  dorsal  fin  from  the  root  of  the 
caudal  is  contained  once  and  two-thirds  in  its  distance  from  the  end 
of  the  snout.  Dorsal  fin  midway  between  the  root  of  the  ventral 
and  origin  of  the  anal.  Anterior  part  of  the  back  spotted  with 
brown.     Tail  with  obscure,  broad,  dark  cross  bands. 

One  specimen,  3  inches  long. 


5.  Contribution  to  the  Ichthyology  of  Tasmania. 
By  Dr.  A.  Gunther. 

The  British  Museum  has  lately  received  some  large  collections  of 
Fishes  from  Tasmania.  Most  of  the  examples  belong  to  species 
known,  but  afford  much  additional  information  of  great  interest  with 
regard  to  geographical  distribution,  variation  of  colour,  and  size,  so 
that  I  intend  to  describe  them  in  detail  in  a  memoir  destined  for  the 
'  Transactions '  of  the  Society.  For  the  present,  I  give  the  diagnoses 
of  two  undescribed  species. 

Anthias  richardsonii. 

D.  ^.     A.  |.     L.  lat.  ca.  60. 

This  species  has  been  received  with,  and  is  most  closely  allied  to, 
A,  rasor ;  but  whilst  A,  rasor  has  a  subvertical  ovate  blackish  spot 
below  the  lateral  line,  vertically  below  the  commencement  of  the 
soft  dorsal  fin,  and  covered  by  the  extremity  of  the  pectoral  fin,  this 
spot  is  placed  more  backwards  in  A,  richardsonii  \  it  is  placed 
vertically  below  the  fifth  to  ninth  dorsal  rays,  below  the  lateral  line, 
and  of  a  horizontally  ovate  shape ;  the  pectoral  just  reaches  it. 

NCFTOMENVS  DOBTJLA. 

D.  7|^.     A.2|i.     Vert.  24. 

The  length  of  the  head  is  contained  thrice  and  a  half  in  the  total 
length  (without  caudal),  the  height  of  the  body  four  times  and  one- 
third.  Scales  small  and  deciduous.  Pectoral  fin  not  quite  so  long 
as  the  head. 

The  type  of  this  genus,  N,  brama,  is  described  from  a  single 
stuffed  example;  the  species  characterized  here  belongs  evidently 
to  the  same  genus ;  and  I  find  that  it  has  24  vertebrae,  and  there- 
fore belongs  to  the  Carangidw,  There  are  two  very  small  spines  in 
front  of,  and  at  a  short  distance  from,  the  anal  fin. 


Mr.  F.  P.  Pascoe  exhibited  specimens  of  a  Beetle  (Taphroderes 
distortus,  Westw.)  from  Natal,  belonging  to  the  family  Brenthidae, 


430   THE  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  [June24, 

ill  which  the  left  mandible  was  greatly  enlarged  and  deformed,  the 
right  being  normal.  This  peculiarity  was  stated  to  be  confined  to 
the  male.  

Mr.  W.  H.  Flower  read  a  memoir  on  the  skeleton  of  the  Chinese 
White  Dolphin  {Defphinus  sinensis,  Osbeck),  founded  on  a  specimen 
of  this  rare  species  captured  near  Amoy  by  Mr.  R.  Swinhoe,  and 
presented  to  the  Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons. 

This  paper  will  be  published  in  the  Society's  'Transactions.' 


A  paper  was  read  by  Dr.  O.  Finsch,  on  the  collection  of  Birds 
from  North-eastern  Abyssinia  and  the  Bogos  country  formed  by 
Mr.  William  Jesse,  Zoologist  to  the  Abyssinian  Expedition,  accom- 
panied by  field-notes  by  the  collector.  The  collection  was  stated  to 
be  of  great  interest,  and  to  contain  735  specimens,  referable  to  221 
species,  whereof  two  appeared  to  be  new  to  science.  These  were 
proposed  to  be  called  Alcemon  jessii  and  Lanius  fallax. 

This  paper  will  be  published  in  the  Society's  '  Transactions.' 


Mr.  C.  Home  read  a  paper  entitled  ''  Notes  on  the  habits  of  some 
Hymenopterous  Insects  of  the  North-western  Provinces  of  India." 
This  communication  was  illustrated  by  an  extensive  series  of  draw- 
ings of  these  insects,  their  nests,  and  their  parasites. 

This  paper  will  be  published  in  the  Society's  *  Transactions.' 


June  24,  1869. 

Dr.  P.  H.  Pye-Smith,  F.Z.S.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Secretary  spoke  of  several  additions  to  the  Society's  Mena- 
gerie since  the  last  Meeting,  amongst  which  were  particidarly 
noticed : — 

1.  Two  Double-striped  Thick-knees  {(Edicnemus  bistriat%Ls)  from 
Central  America,  presented  by  George  Dawson  Rowley,  Esq.,  F.Z.S., 
June  3rd,  being  the  first  examples  of  this  interesting  species  of 
Plover  ever  exhibited  in  the  Society's  Gardens. 

2.  A  Red-bellied  Monkey  {Cercopithecus  erytkrogaster),  acquired 
by  purchase  on  the  8th  of  June,  and  believed  to  be  the  second 
known  individual  of  this  rare  species,  which  had  been  originally 
described  by  Dr.  Gray  from  a  specimen  living  in  the  Society's 
Menagerie*.     The  animal  was  received  from  a  vessel  coming  from 

»  See  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  169,  pi.  xvi.  Since  this  was  written  I  have  seen  a  third 
cxamnle  of  this  Monkey  in  the  Hainburffh  Museum,  and  have  been  informed  bv 
Dr.  Ililgendorf  that  this  and  another  Rp?cimen  were  recently  living  in  the  Zoolo- 
gical Gardens  of  that  city.— P.  L.  S. 


1869.]    THE  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.      431 

some  part  of  the  West- African  coast ;  but  the  exact  locality  was 
anknown. 

3.  A  New  Caledonian  Rail  (Oct/ffromus  laftesnayanus*),  presented 
to  the  Society  by  Dr.  George  Bennett,  F.Z.S.,  of  Sydney,  and  re- 
ceired,  by  tbe  'Paramatta,'  on  the  1 0th  inst. 

This  very  interesting  bird,  which  had  been  sent  to  Dr.  Bennett 
from  New  Caledonia,  was  little  known  in  European  collections,  and 
had  never  previously  been  received  alive.  It  was  allied  to  the  Weka 
Rail  (Oct/dromus  nova-zeelandice),  but  quite  distinct  specifically",  if 
not  j^enerically.  A  more  extended  notice  of  this  remarkable  bird 
would  be  given  whenever  it  died  and  so  afforded  the  means  of 
making  a  thorough  examination  of  it.  This  it  was  impossible  to 
effect  while  the  bird  was  living. 

4.  A  Cape  Ant-bear  {Orycteropus  capensis),  purchased  on  the 
18th  of  June  for  ^150,  and  believed  to  be  the  first  specimen  of 


Orycternpus  capeihsi». 

this  singular  Edentate  ever  brought  to  Europe  alive.     This  animal 

had  been  purchased  at  Port  Elizabeth,  Algoa  Bay,  and  brought  to 

•   GalUraUiis  Infresfwyavvs.  Terr,  et  DesMurs,  Rev.  Zool.  1860,  p.  437. 


432  LETTER  FROM  MR.  W.  H.  HUDSON.  [June  24, 

this  country  by  the  captain  of  one  of  the  Union  Steamship  Com- 
pany's Tessels.  It  fed  well,  principally  on  raw  meat  pounded  small, 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  American  Ant-eaters  (Myrmecophaga 
jubaia),  two  specimens  of  which,  obtained  in  October  and  November 
1867,  were  still  living  in  good  health  in  the  Society's  Menagerie. 


Mr.  P.  L.  Sclater  exhibited  some  very  fine  specimens  of  Snakes, 
forwarded  to  the  Society  by  Mr.  George  Wilks,  of  Buenos  Ay  res, 
C.M.Z.S.  These  had  been  determined  by  Dr.  A.  Giinther  as  Hete-* 
rodon  dTorhignyi  (Gunther's  Cat.  of  Colubrine  Snakes,  p.  83)  and 
Euopkrya  modestus  (ib,  p.  139). 


Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford,  C.M.Z.S.,  exhibited  specimens  of  the  head 
of  a  Rhinoceros  {Rhinoceros  keitloa  ?)  and  of  an  Elian's  Wart-h(^ 
{Phaeochoenu  aliani),  obtained  by  him  during  the  late  Abyssinian 
expedition,  and  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  the  incisors  were 
permanent  in  both  jaws  of  the  latter,  a  fully  adult  individual. 

Mr.  Blanford  also  exhibited,  and  made  remarks  upon,  some  skins 
of  Hyraees  obtained  by  him  in  various  parts  of  Abyssinia. 


Mr.  Blanford  exhibited  specimens  of  three  very  rare  Indian  birds, 
viz.  Trocalopteron  fairbanki  from  the  Anamullay  Hills,  Prinia 
adamn  (with  the  nest)  from  near  Ahmednuggur,  and  Alcippe  brucei 
from  Mahableshwar.  

Mr.  Howard  Saunders,  F.Z  S.,  exhibited  some  e^s  of  the  Fla- 
mingo {Phcmicopterus  antiquorum),  and  the  skull  and  skin  of  the 
Spanish  Lynx  {Felts  cervaria),  obtained  by  him  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  Seville  during  a  recent  visit  to  Spam. 


The  Secretary  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  King,  and  made  re- 
marks upon,  some  drawings  by  Mr.  Tuifen  West,  illustratiug  the 
development  of  Hippocampus  annulosus  and  H.  brevirostris. 


An  extract  was  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  the  Secretary  by 
Mr.  Williani^  H.  Hudson,  dated  Buenos  Ayres,  April  30,  1869. 
Alluding  to  the  paper  by  Messrs.  Sclater  and  Salvin  on  birds  col- 
lected by  him  near  Buenos  Ayres  (P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  137)  Mr. 
Hudson  observed,  "  I  regret  to  find  that  I  have  made  so  great  a 
mistake  as  to  mark  as  females  two  of  the  three  black-plumaged  Silver- 
bills  {Lichenops  persptcillatus,  /.  c.  p.  141).  This  was  pure  care- 
lessness, as  all  the  black-plumaged  birds  I  have  ever  opened  were 
males,  and  the  red  females.  1  have  watched  them  pairing  and 
building  their  nests,  and  am  therefore  quite  positive  they  are  male 
and  female,  though  the  country- people  here  regard  them  as  of  differ- 
ent species." 


1869.]      DR.  6.  HARTL4UB  ON  ANARUYNCHOS  FRONTALIS.  "433 

Mr.  Sclater  remarked  that  the  much  vexed  question  whether  Z. 
erythropterus  were  really  the  female  of  L.  perspicillatus  might  thus 
be  considered  to  be  finally  set  at  rest. 


Dr.  Habel,  of  New  York,  exhibited  and  made  remarks  on  a  selection 
from  a  collection  of  birds  formed  in  the  Galapagos  Islands,  to  which 
he  had  recently  paid  a  five  months*  visit.  Dr.  Habel  stated  that  his 
whole  collection  embraced  upwards  of  300  specimens,  referable  to 
about  70  species,  some  of  which  he  believed  to  be  new  to  science. 
Dr.  Habel  had  hkewise  made  extensive  collections  in  other  branches 
of  natural  history,  and  was  preparing  to  publish  a  complete  account 
of  the  fauna  of  the  Galapagos  based  upon  these  investigations. 


The  following  papers  were  read  : — 

1.  On  Anarhynchus. 
By  Dr.  G.  Hartlaub,  F.M.Z.S. 

It  is  now  thirty-six  years  since  a  good  French  work,  the  zoological 
part  of  the  *  Voyage  de  T  Astrolabe,'  by  Quoy  et  Gaimard  (Zoologie, 
raris,  1833),  brought  to  our  knowledge  the  full  and  rather  detailed 
generic  and  specific  description  of  a  very  curious  grallatorial  bird 
from  the  east  coast  of  the  Northern  Island  of  New  Zealand.  This 
bird  was  introduced  into  the  system  under  the  name  of  Anarhyn- 
ehusy  its  beak  being  "recourbe  en  haut  comme  les  Avocettes  et 
devi^  k  droite."  Though  the  hunters  of  this  expedition  had  killed 
a  certain  number  of  individuals,  only  one,  a  younger  bird,  "  dont  le 
sexe  n'etait  pas  encore  caract^rise,"  was  deposited  in  the  galleries 
of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes.  Besides  this  one  specimen,  the  beaks  of 
several  others  had  been  collected  and  preserved,  to  show  that  the 
most  anomalous,  nay  almost  incredible,  lateral  bend  of  the  apical 
half  of  the  beak  was  not  an  accidental  but  a  constant  formation. 
What  has  become  of  these  beaks  ?  Whether  they  have  really  been 
deposited  in  the  Paris  Museum,  aud  whether  they  are  still  to  be 
found  there  or  not,  nobody  has  ever  ascertained.  The  unique  and 
very  indifferent-looking  specimen  in  the  Paris  collection  having  been 
overlooked  by  most  ornithologists,  the  whole  Anarhynchus-mvXiex  be- 
came rather  apocryphal,  and  the  more  so  when  the  Nestor  of  English 
ornithologists,  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray,  declared  that  this  bird  was  represented 
in  the  *  Voyage  de  1' Astrolabe'  with  a  deformed  beak,  that  organ 
being  perfectly  straight  in  most  specimens.  Now  it  is  really  diffi- 
cult to  understand  how  such  an  apodictical  opinion  could  have  been 
given  by  one  who  certainly  had  never  seen  an  Anarhynchus ;  for  so 
much  is  certain,  that  up  to  this  year  no  other  specimen  of  the  rare 
New-Zealand  bird  had  reached  any  of  the  greater  collections  of 
Europe.  In  Dieffenbach's  work,  as  well  as  in  the  'Zoology  of 
H.M.SS.  Erebus  and  Terror,'  it  is  simply  enumerated ;  and  Bona- 
parte, who  most  erroneously  places  Anarhynckus  between  Terekia 


436  PROF.  BARBOZA  DU  BOCAGE  ON  NEW  AFRICAN  BIRDS.  [June24, 

very  doubtful  supposition),  it  would  be  called  Pohoera  by  the  natives, 
ana  would  never  be  seen  inland. 

From  what  exact  locality  of  New  Zealand  the  two  specimens  sent 
by  Dr.  J.  Haast  came  we  cannot  say  ;  but  the  circumstance  of  this 
gentleman  living  at  Christchurch  makes  it  probable  that  they  were 
killed  on  the  Southern  Island. 

P.S.  Seolopcup  sumatrana,  Baffl.  (Linn.  Trans,  xiii.),  "a  small 
species  with  the  long  bill  curved  upwards,  grey  above,  white  beneath, 
quill-feathers  blackish,"  a  bird  which  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray  seems  inclined 
to  consider  not  different  from  AnarhynchuSy  has  nothing  to  do  with 
our  New  Zealand  bird,  but  is  certainly  Terekia  cinerea. 


2.  Oiseaux  nouveaux  de  TAfrique  occidcutale. 
Par  J.  V.  Barboza  du  Bocagk. 

(Plate  XXIX.) 

1.  COSSYPHA  SUBRUFESCENS. 

Supra  olivaceodnerea,  uropygio  et  supracaudalibus  ferrvgineis ; 

subius  flavo-ferrugineay  abdomine  medio  pallidiore  ;  capite  ye- 

nUque  nigrU;  superciliis  protractis,  albis;  tectricibus  al(ecine- 

rascente  indutis,  olivaceo  limbatis ;  remigibus  fuscisy  pogonio 

externa  cinerascente ;  subalaribus  ferrugineis  ;  rectricibus  dua- 

bus  mediis  nigricantibus,  reliquis  /errugineis,  extimis  pogonio 

externo  versus  basim  nigricante  ;  pedibus  fuscis ;  iride  brunnea. 

Jun.   Tectricibus  alee  macula  apicali  rufescente  notatis. 

Long.  0-210  metr.,  rostri  a  rictu  0024,  alee  0102,  caudae  0*094, 

tarsi  0032. 

Deux  individus  de  Caconda,  un  male  adulte  et  un  jeune.  lis  se 
rapprochcnt  de  Bessonornis  semirufa,  Rupp.  (Syst.  Uebers.  Vog. 
Nord-Ost-Afr.  p.  44,  pi.  21),  mais  leur  taille  est  plus  forte,  et  la 
teinte  du  dos  et  des  ailes  as^  distincte. 

2.  Crateropus  affinis. 

C.  plebejo,  RUpp,,  similis,  sed  major.  Supra  brunneo-cinerascens, 
subtus  et  in  uropygio  pallidior ;  plumis  capitis,  colli,  gut  tun. 
pectorisque  medio  obscurioribus  et  macula  apicali  alba  nota- 
tis;  remigibus  primariis  totis  brunneis :  rectridbus  cinereo- 
brunneis  fusco  transversim  /asciolatis ;  rostra  nigra ;  pedibvs 
fuscis  :  iride  rubra. 

Long.  0*235  metr.,  rostri  a  rictu  0024,  alee  0*10.5,  caudie  0107, 
tarsi  0030. 

An  Crat.  plebejus,  Hartl.  (Syst,  der  Orn.  W.-Afr.  p.  79)  ? 

Un  seul  individu  male  de  LeuUengues,  dans  Tint^rieur  de  Mossa- 
medes. 

3.  Buccanodon  ANCHiETiE.     (Plate  XXIX.) 
Brunneoru/escens,  collo  pectoreque  nitide  nigris;  pileo,  menlo 


1809.]     MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  8ALVIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.      437 

gulaque  sulphureU  ;  auperciliis  et  capitis  lateribus  albis  ;  nucha 
eoUique  plumis  maculis  parvis  apicalihus  alhis  notatis  ;  gutture 
et  pectore  longitudinaliter  sulphureo  striatic;  tectricibus  ala 
dorso  obscurioribus  nitore  nonnullo  viridescente ;  remigibus 
primariis  fiucis,  secundartis /ulvescenti-albo  limbatis  :  cauda 
supra  fusca  cinereo  induta,  subtus  cinerea ;  crisso  et  subcau- 
dalibus  fulvescenti-albidis :  vibrissis  mollibus,  nigris :  rostro 
pedibusque  nigris;  iride  rufescenti-brunnea. 
Long.  0-1 66  metr.,  rostri  0024,  alse  0094,  caudae  0-050,  tarsi  00 18, 
Quatre  individus  males  de  Caconda.     C*est  la  deuxi&me  esp&ce 

connue  du  genre  Buccanodon,    L' autre  espdce,  B,  duchaillui  (Cass.) 

^Barbatula  formosa,  Verr.  (Rev.  et  Mag.  Zool.  1855,  p,  218,  pi.  5), 

▼lent  da  Gabon. 
Je  d^die  la  nouvelle  esp^ce  k  M.  d'Anchieta,  naturaliste-voyageur 

Portugais  qui  parcourt  depuis  deux  ans  rinterieur  de  TAfrique  occi- 

dentale  et  a  beaucoup  contribu^  par  ses  decouvertes  k  nous  d^voiler 

la  fauna  de  ces  r^ons  presque  ignordes. 
M.  d'Anchieta  m'a  envoy ^  des  mSmes  locality  plusieurs  autres 

oiseanx,  dont  je  me  bomerai  pour  le  mumeut  ik  citer  les  plus  intd- 

ressants : — 

JBsalon  ardesiacus  (Yieill.),  S  • 
Turdus  simensis,  Rupp. 
TJrolectes  cissoides,  Bp. 
Telephonus  trivirgatus  (Smith). 
Lamprotornis  purpureus,  Boc. 
Euplectes  xanthomelas,  Rupp. 
Corythaix  livings tonii  (Gray). 
Numida  mitrata.  Pall. 
GalUnago  mquinoctialis,  Rupp. 
Ptemistes  sclateri,  Boc. 
Lobivanellus  lateralis.  Smith. 


3.  On  two  new  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  E.  Bartlett  in  Eastern 
Peru.     By  P.  L.  Sclater,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and 

OSBERT  SaLVIN,  M.A. 

(Plate  XXX.) 

Mr.  E.  Bartlett  has  placed  in  our  hands  for  examination  some 
birds  collected  during  his  recent  expedition  to  Eastern  Peru,  subse- 
quently to  those  of  which  we  have  given  an  account  to  this  Society 
in  former  communications  upon  this  subject*. 

The  greater  part  of  these  are,  either  from  the  condition  of  the 

specimens  themselves,  or  from  their  being  females  or  immature  forms 

belonging  to  obscure  groups,  not  very  readily  determinable.     But 

there  are  two  well-marked  species  amongst  them  which  we  are,  with 

•  See  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  pp.  175  et  566,  et  1867,  p.  748. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869.  No.  XXiX. 


438    MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.  [JuDC  24, 

some  confidence,  able  to  describe  as  new.     These  are,  first,  a  new 
Tanager  of  the  genus  Euphonia,  which  we  propose  to  call 

EuPHONiA  CHR\soPASTA,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  XXX.  figs.  1  &  2.) 

Supra  (BneO'ViridU,  in  fronte  et  uropygio  paulo  magU  splendens, 
in  pileo  mmmo  ohacurior :  alia  caudaque  nigricantibus  teneo 
limbatis:  subtus  medialiter  late  Jlava,  lateraliter  viridi  as- 
persa;  tectricibus  suba/aribiis,  remigvm  marginibus  intemis, 
et  tibiis  albis :  rostra  obscure  plumheo,  pedibus  Juscia :  long, 
tota  4*3,  aUB  2*3,  caudce  1.5. 
$  .  Supra  mari  similis,  subtus  medialiter  grieescenti-alba,  erisso 

fiavo, 
Hab,  in  Peruvia  orient,  in  ripis  fl.  Ucayali  (Bartlett) ;  et  in  ripis 
fl.  Napo,  reipnbl.  ^quatorialis. 

Mr.  Bartlett  obtained  three  male  examples  of  this  Tanager — two 
on  the  Upper  Ucayali  (in  June  1865),  and  one  on  the  lower  part  of 
the  same  river,  oclater's  collection  contains  a  pair  of  the  same 
species,  obtained  from  the  Rio  Napo  through  M.  Verreaux  some 
years  since,  but  which  have  remained  hitherto  undetermined. 

This  Euphonia  is  a  well  marked  form,  and  does  not  very  closely 
resemble  any  other  described  species.  The  chanfi;e  of  the  under 
surface  from  yellow  in  the  male  to  grejrish  white  m  the  female  is 
repeated  in  a.  ckalybea  and  E.  xanthogastra. 

The  second  bird  is  a  small  Piprine  form,  allied  to  the  rufous  spe- 
cies of  heteropelma,  which  Hen*  v.  Pelzeln  has  lately  described  as 
H,  ru/um*,  but  much  more  diminutive  in  size,  being  scarcely  larger 
in  bulk  than  a  typical  Pipra,  although  its  tail  is  relatively  much 
longer.  In  the  shape  of  the  bill,  however,  as  in  general  structure, 
this  bird  comes  nearer  to  Heteropelma  than  to  Pipra.  The  wings 
reach  to  about  the  middle  of  the  tail,  the  third  remex  being  scarcely 
longer  than  the  second  and  fourth,  the  first  rather  shorter  than  the 
fiflh.  The  tail  is  nearly  square  at  the  end,  the  external  rectrices 
being  very  little  shorter  than  the  medial.  The  feet  are  small  and 
slender;  the  tarsus  divided  in  front  into  five  or  six  scutes,  and 
covered  behind  with  minute,  almost  obsolete,  reticulations.  The 
three  anterior  digits  are  closely  united  together,  the  cohesion  between 
them  extending  up  to,  if  not  rather  beyond,  the  commencement  of 
the  terminal  digits.  The  genera]  colour  is  rufous^  with  a  cinereous 
cap  ornamented  bv  a  half-concealed  vertical  stripe,  as  in  Heterocer- 
cti^f.  In  the  male  this  stripe  is  of  a  lemon-yellow ;  in  the  female 
and  young  male  red.     We  propose  to  call  this  bird 

Neopipo  rubicunda,  sp.  et  gen.  nov.     (Plate  XXX.  fig.  3.) 
Bufa;  subtue,  pracipue  in  gula,  dilutior:  pileo  cineraecenie,  Hriga 

*  Om.  Bras.  p.  185.  We  believe  this  bird  to  be  the  same  as  Sch^omis  vu^'ar, 
Bp.,  described  and  figured  by  Des  Mure  in  Castelnao's  Voyage,  Ois.  p,  66, 
t.  xriii.  f.  2. 

t  Herr  v.  Pelseln  has  separated  his  Heferoceretu  flavivertex  from  H,  linteatu^ 
as  having  the  vertical  spot  yellow  and  no  black  on  the  head  (Om.  Bras.  p.  186). 
But  Strickland's  figure  of  H.  lin/eatus,  fern.  (Contr.  Om.  1850,  pL  63),  exactly 
agrees  with  one  of  batterer's  ^pe  specimens  of  ££.  flaviverttjc ;  and  we  are  by  no 
means  satisfied  that  Uie  two  biros  are  distinct. 


1869.]       MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  NEW  TANAGERS.         439 

mediali  eapitU  flava :  alts  intus  nigrieantibuM,  extua  rufis : 
Cauda  unieolori  ru/a :  roiiro  comeo,  maxilla  ad  basin  pallida : 
pedibus  Juseis:  long,  iota  3 '5,  aliB  1*9,  eaudig  1'4,  rosiri  a 
rictu  0*4,  tarsi  0*5. 
$  .  Mari  similis,  sed  striga  pilei  late  ru/a. 
Hab.  in  Peravia  orientali,  Chamicurros  et  Xeberos  (Bar t let t). 
Mr.  Bartlett  obtained  three  specimens  of  this  bird  in  Eastern 
Pern — a  female  at  Xeberos  in  May  1866,  and  an  adult  and  young 
male  at  Chamicurros  in  August  1867.     The  bird  was  met  with  in 
company  with  Tyrannulus  elata  and  Elainea  pagana,  rather  resem- 
bling these  birds  than  the  true  Piprte  in  its  habits. 

PS.  Sinoe  this  paper  was  read  we  have  received  separate  copies  of 
a  paper  by  Mr.  Ijawreiice,  extracted  from  the  *  Proceedings  of  the 
Aoulemy  of  Nat.  Sc.  of  PhOadelphia'  for  December  1868»  wherein 
is  a  description  of  a  bird  which  seems  to  be  our  Neopipo  under  the 
name  Pipra  einnamomea.  The  species  will  therefore  probably  stand 
as  Neopipo  cinnamomea, — Aug.  7th,  1869. 


4.  Descriptions  of  three  new  Species  of  Tanagers  from  Ve- 
ragua.     By  P.  L.  Sclater,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and 

OSBERT  SaLVIN,  M.A. 

'  (Plates  XXXI.,  XXXII.) 

A  collection  of  Veraguan  birds  recently  received  from  Enrique 
Arc^  contains  examples  of  three  species  of  Tanagers  which  we  be- 
lieve to  have  not  yet  been  characterized.  These  we  propose  to 
describe  as  follows : — 

1.  BuTHRAUPis  ARCiBi,  sp.  nov.    (Plate  XXXI.) 

Supra  saturate  carulea,  alis  caudaque  nigris  catruleo  limbatis ; 
subtus  Uete  flava  ;  loris  et  gutture  toto  nigris,  hoc  viridi  pau' 
lulum  adumbrato;  tectricibus  subalaribus  albis  flavo  tinctis: 
rostro  et  pedibus  nigris:  long,  tota  5*5,  aUs  3*5,  caudie  2, 
tarsi  0-9. 
ffab,  in  Veragua. 

This  well-marked  species  of  the  Tanagrine  genus  Buthraupis  we 
have  the  pleasure  of  dedicating  to  Enrique  Arce,  its  discoverer,  as 
likewise  that  of  many  other  fine  species  of  Central- American  birds. 
It  is  smaller  in  size  than  any  other  member  of  the  genus,  unless  it 
be  the  Buthraupis  edwardsiy  recently  described  by  Mr.  Elliott  (N. 
Ann.  d.  Mus.  i.  Bull.  p.  77,  t.  4.  f.  2),  from  New  Granada,  the  only 
species  of  the  group  we  have  not  yet  met  with.  In  coloration  our 
nevf  bird  rather  resembles  the  large  B,  cucullata  of  Bogota ;  but, 
besides  the  great  difference  in  size,  the  head,  instead  of  being  black, 
is  of  the  same  colour  as  the  back,  and  the  under  surface  is  of  a 
deeper  yellow. 

Arce  sends  two  specimens  of  this  Taiiager,  both  of  which  he  ob> 


440  DR.  J.  D.  MACDONALD  ON  A  NEW  CIRRIPED.      [June  24, 

tained  in  the  cordillera  of  Chucu.    They  are  marked  male  and  female, 
but  do  not  differ  in  coloration. 

2.  Tachyphonus  chrysomelas,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  XXXII.) 

Splendide  auretts;  oculorum  ambitu  angusto,  interscapulio,  alts 
et  Cauda  nigerrimis  ;  remigum  marginibus  intemis  et  subalari- 
bus,  necnon  rectricum  externarum  in  pogonio  interne  iimbis  an- 
gustis  Jlavicanti-albis  :  rostro  et  pedibus  nigris:  long,  tota  4*5, 
qUb  2*5,  caudid  1*8,  tarsi  0*65,  rostri  a  rictu  0  5. 
Fern.  Olivacea,  alts  eaudaque  fusco-nigricantibus  olivaceo  Urn- 
batis;  subtus  flavicans,  lateraliter  obscurior ;  subalaribus  et 
remigum  marginibus  intemis  albis. 
Hab,  in  Veragua. 

This  very  beautiful  little  species  of  Tachyphonus  is  at  once  dis- 
tinguishable from  all  its  relatives  by  its  black  and  yellow  colour, 
which  reminds  one  of  the  most  brilliant  Icteri.  It  is  of  diminutive 
size,  being  less  in  bulk  even  than  T,  luctuosus,  which  has  hitherto 
remained  the  smallest  known  species  of  the  genus.  Its  bill  is  par- 
ticularly slender  and  delicate,  not  much  more  so,  however,  propor- 
tionately, than  that  of  Tachyphonus  surinamus, 

A  red  obtained  several  examples  of  both  sexes  of  this  bird  in  the 
cordillera  of  Chucu. 

3.  Chlorospingus  punctulatus,  sp.  nov. 

Supra  olivaceus ;  alts  eaudaque  fusco-nigris,  olivaceo  limbatis; 
pileo  toto  cum  nucha  et  capitis  lateribus  nigris;  macula  post- 
oeulari  alba :  subtus  Jlavicanti-olioaceus,  pectore  aurantiaco 
tincto  ;  gutture  nigro  sparsim  punctulato  :  ventre  medio  albi- 
can te :  campterio  alari  et  subalaribus  limonaceo-Jiavis :  rostro 
et  pedibus  nigris :  long,  tota  5*2,  al€e  2'7,  cauda  2*2. 
Hab.  in  Veragua. 

This  Chlorospingus  belongs  to  the  group  distinguished  by  a  white 
postocular  spot,  which  embraces  C,  ophthalmicus  and  its  allies.  Its 
black  head  distinguishes  it  from  all  these,  except  C.  pileatus  (Sal v. 
P,  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  581).  In  the  latter  bird,  however,  the  under  sur- 
face is  of  a  pale  cinereous,  with  a  yellowish  pectoral  band  and  flanks, 
and  there  are  no  traces  of  the  throat-spots,  which  render  the  present 
species  easily  recognizable. 

Arc^  collected  several  specimens  of  this  new  Chlorospingtus  in  the 
cordillera  of  Chucu. 


5.  On  an  apparently  new  Genus  of  Minute  Parasitic  Cirri- 
peds^  between  Lepas  and  DicMaspis.  By  John  Denis 
Macdonald,  M.D.,  F.R.S.,  Statf-Surgeon  R.N. 

(Plates  XXXIII.,  XXXIV.) 

On  examining  the  gills  and  respiratory  appendages  of  Neptunus 
pelagicus,  one  of  the  swimming  crabs,  occurnng  in  great  plenty  at 


1869.]  DR.  J.  D.  MACDONALD  ON  A  NEW  CIRRIPED.  441 

MoretoQ  Bay  *,  I  found  them  beset  with  beautiful  little  pink-tinted 
barnacles,  having  a  vitreoits-looking  capitulum,  about  one-eighth  of 
an  inch  in  length,  with  shelly  depositions  bearing  an  important  re- 
lation to  the  rudimentary  valves  of  Dichelaspis  and  Cmchoderma, 
In  general  form,  however,  and  even  in  many  details  of  their  anatomy, 
these  little  parasites  are  perfect  miniatures  of  Lepas  anatifera,  their 
most  striking  character  being  that  the  valves,  which  are  semitrans- 
parent  in  the  ereater  part  of  their  extent,  are  distinctly  in  articu- 
lation with  eacli  other,  or  closely  approximate  (see  Plate  XXXIII. 
fig.  3). 

The  peduncle  is  of  considerable  length,  and  cylindrical,  though 
tapering  a  little  towards  the  capitulum  (Plate  XXXIII.  figs.  1  and  2). 
It  is,  moreover,  so  transparent  as  to  exhibit,  under  a  low  power,  its 
outer  circular  and  inner  longitudinal  layer  of  muscular  fibres,  with 
the  contained  tubular  structure  aud  pink-coloured  ova.  When  more 
matured  these  latter  reach  the  back  part  of  the  cavity  enclosed  by 
the  valves,  where  they  become  arranged  in  a  single  leaf-like  layer, 
which,  adapting  itself  to  the  curvature  of  the  posterior  and  lateral 
valves,  receives  the  body  of  the  animal  in  its  concavity.  In  this 
single  expansion  the  union  of  two  ovigerous  lamellae  is  indicated  by 
a  central  notch  in  its  inferior  border  (fig.  2,  b  &  c).  To  an  ordi- 
nary observer  the  oral  organs  would  present  a  great  similarity  to 
those  of  Lepas,  but  they  appear  to  be  somewhat  more  prolonged,  so 
as  to  form  a  kind  of  proboscis. 

In  the  capitulum  the  valves  are  five,  approximate,  corneous,  and 
strengthened  by  the  deposit  of  shelly  matter,  as  above  mentioned ; 
besides  which  they  are  marked  with  distinct  lines  or  increments  of 
growth,  and  dotted  with  minute  points,  indicating  at  least  a  pseudo- 
cell-structure  (Plate  XXXIII.  fig.  3).  These  hues  of  growth  are 
obtusely  angular  in  the  scuta  (6),  but  rather  semicircular  in  the  terga 
(c)  and  carina  {d).  The  centre  of  development  is  posterior  and  basal 
in  the  carina,  anterior  and  basal  in  the  scuta,  and  posterior  and  sub- 
apical  in  the  terga. 

The  shelly  supporting  piece  of  ihe  scuta  consists  of  a  long  and 
fusiform  occludent  segment,  connected  with  a  rudimentary  basal  one, 
and  an  intervening  oblique  ray  directed  towards  the  middle  of  the 
carina.  The  shelly  part  of  the  terga  is  subapical  and  narrowly 
crescentic,  with  the  convexity  near  the  dorsal  border.  Finally,  the 
shelly  framework  of  the  carina  consists  of  a  narrow  mid-rib  extend- 
ing only  to  the  base  of  the  terga  posteriorly,  but  bifurcated  at  the 
proximal  end,  where  each  limb  skirts  the  base  of  its  own  moiety. 
In  the  occludent  margin  of  the  capitulum  the  lines  of  growth 
(Plate  XXXIV.  b)  increase  in  length  and  thickness  from  before 
backwards. 

The  parts  of  the  mouth  more  particularly  considered  afford  the 
following  characters : — 

The  labrum  (Plate  XXXIV.  c)  is  protuberant  or  bullate,  its  au- 
gular  edge  supporting  a  row  of  fine  conical  tubercles. 

*  This  ipeciee  if  alao  abundant  at  Sydney^  and  amongst  the  islandB  of  the 
South-western  Pacific. 


442  DR.  J.  D.  MACDONALD  ON  A  NEW  CIRRIPED.      [JuDC  24, 

The  palps  (d)  consist  of  a  base  and  a  simple  oral  termiual  seg- 
menty  with  a  brash  of  hairs  at  its  extremity. 

The  mandibles  (e)  present  six  prominent  teeth,  diminishing  in 
size  from  before  backwards — the  sixth  or  apical  tooth  being  notched, 
so  as  to  give  the  indication  of  a  seventh. 

The  maxillae  (/)  support  four  or  five  principal  conical  points,  or 
teeth,  upon  a  slightly  oblique  but  straight  edge. 

The  external  maxillae  (g)  are  quite  membranous,  of  rhomboidal 
shape  with  rounded  angles,  setaceous  on  their  inner  surface,  and 
capable  of  meeting  together  below  the  maxillae,  so  as  to  answer  the 
purpose  of  a  labium. 

The  branches  of  the  first  pair  of  cirri  (h)  are  richly  bristled,  and 
nearly  of  equal  length  and  thickness. 

Assuming  this  little  cirriped  to  form  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  it 
may  be  named  Parodolepas*  neptuni,  with  the  following  generic 
characters,  subject,  of  course,  to  such  revision  as  may  be  ultimately 
found  necessary : — 

Valves  five,  approximate,  transparent  in  their  general  extent,  but 
strengthened  by  the  deposit  of  shelly  matter,  after  the  manner  of 
the  rudimentary  valves  of  DieheUupU,  without,  however,  (Overlapping 
each  other,  as  they  are  circumscribed  by  their  respective  plates. 
Carinae  not  extending  beyond  the  base  of  the  terga,  and  meeting  the 
scuta  in  a  straight  longitudinal  line.  Mandibles  with  six  teeth,  gra- 
dually decreasing  in  size  from  before  backwards ;  the  sixth  or  apical 
tooth  notched,  giving  an  indication  of  a  seventh.  Maxillae  support- 
ing about  five  principal  conical  points,  or  teeth,  upon  an  oblique 
but  straight  border.  Anterior  and  posterior  ramus  of  the  first  cirri 
nearly  equal  in  length  and  breadth,  and  well  clothed  with  hairs. 

In  a  subsequent  cruise  to  Nandi  Bay,  Yanua  Levu,  Feejee,  I  met 
with  a  second  little  pedunculated  cirriped,  parasitic  upon  another 
swimming  crab ;  but  I  regret  to  say  that,  although  I  made  rough 
drawings  of  the  oral  organs  and  one  or  two  of  the  cirri  (see  the 
woodcut,  p.  443),  I  did  not  think  it  worth  while  to  compare  the 
capitulum  with  that  of  the  species  above  described ;  but,  as  fiur  as  I 
can  remember,  it  presented  very  similar  characters. 

The  palps  (a)  presented  an  oval  extremibr  crested  with  hairs ; 
and  the  mandibles  {b)  were  four-  or  five-toothed,  the  two  or  three 
terminal  ones  being  subdivided  irregularly. 

The  maxillae  {c)  were  comparatively  short,  and  furnished  with 
numerous  points  upon  a  slightly  convex  border,  the  two  or  three 
outer  ones  being  separated  from  the  rest  by  a  shallow  notch.  The 
external  maxillae  (d)  were  small,  and  closely  beset  with  long  hairs 
upon  their  inner  surface. 

The  anterior  branch  of  the  first  pair  of  cirri  (e)  was  very  short  as 
compared  with  the  posterior,  the  segments  of  both  being  armed  with 
transverse  rows  of  hairs  in  front,  but  quite  nude  posteriorly.  If 
this  inequality  in  the  size  of  the  two  branches  of  the  first  cirrus  be 
not  of  generic  importance,  it  is  probable  that  the  species  may  be 
referable  to  the  genus  Dichelaspis,  Some  future  inquirer  may  be  able 
*  UApofotf  transition ;  the  specific  name  neptuni  ezpresses  the  habitat. 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  D.  MACDONALD  ON  A  NEW  CIRRIPED. 


443 


to  settle  this  point.     It  would  appear,  however,  as  though  at  least 
dbtinct  species  of  Cirripeds  infested  distiuct  species  of  Pinnipeds. 


Oral  organs  of  a  Feejeean  Pedunculated  Cirri (led. 

a,  palp;  h,  mandible;  r,  maxilla;  d^  external  ditto ;  e^  anterior  branch  of  first 
pair  of  cirri.    (See  p.  442.) 

Of  all  the  pedunculated  cirripeds,  Dichelaspis  lowei  appears  to 
make  the  nearest  approach  to  Parodolepas  neptuni,  hoth  in  size  and 
the  disposition  of  the  shelly  parts  of  the  capitulum.  It  is,  however, 
somewhat  larger*,  and  there  is  no  evidence  that  the  approximation 
of  its  valves  has  heen  overlooked ;  added  to  which  its  mandihles  are 
onlv  furnished  with  four  teeth,  while  the  maxillae  are  thickly  beset 
with  spines,  the  three  upper  being  divided  from  the  rest  by  a  notch ; 
in  which  latter  particulars  it  would  agree  better  with  the  Feejeean 
species. 

ParodoUpas  is  of  great  interest,  as  showing  that  the  unequivocal 
presence  of  "  five  valves  approximate,"  as  in  Lepas  and  Pcecilatma, 
coexists  with  the  still  more  obvious  development  of  what  might  be 
denominated  the  centres  of  shell-growth  of  the  last-mentioned  genera, 
and  which,  as  it  were,  constitute  the  only  representatives  of  true 
*  Length  of  capitulum  -f^  of  an  inch  as  compared  with  -f^  of  an  inch. 


4'14  MR.  W.  T.  BLANFORD  ON  NEIIV  MOLLU8K8.         [June  24, 

Talves  in  Dichelaspis  and  Conehoderma,  In  all  this  we  perceive  the 
manifestation  of,  at  least,  a  unity  of  design,  if  it  be  not  simply  an 
evidence  of  that  latitude  for  diversity,  or  the  susceptibility  of  diver- 
gent modification,  impressed  upon  original  types  by  the  Great 
Author  of  Nature.  Yet,  though  we  may  trace  back  divergent  sub- 
types to  one  primary  source,  it  would  be  unphilosophical  to  expect 
the  mutual  transmutation  of  any  two  such  resultants  into  each  other 
as  contingent  upon  what  the  Darwinian  theory  is  too  often  incor- 
rectly assumed  to  involve.  For,  even  if  a  tendency  to  revert  to  the 
original  type,  such  as  we  see  in  unstable  variety,  were  to  manifest 
itself  in  any  case,  the  effect  of  such  a  tendency  would  be  the  pro- 
duction of  something  very  different  from  the  collateral  forms,  instead 
of  running  into  them,  which  a  superficial  thinker  might  suppose  to 
be  most  natural ;  for  the  collateral  forms  themselves  must  have  ori- 
ginated in  special  and  protracted  change  developing  great,  though 
gradual,  modification. 

EXPLANATION  OP  PLATES  XXXIH.  k  XXXIV. 

Plats  XXXm. 

Fig.  1.  Parodofepa$t  attAohed  in  a  group  to  one  of  the  gills  of  Nepfunus  pdogicvs. 
Natural  size. 

2.  a.  Group  of  three  of  the  same  little  Cirripeds  attached  to  one  of  the  gill- 

flappers.    Considerablj  enlarged. 
6*  Lateral  view  of  the  single  ovigerous  lamella. 

c.  Front  view  of  the  same,  showing  the  emargination  of  its  anterior 
border ;  also  considerably  enlarged. 

3.  Maenified  view  of  Parodolepas  nepfuni,  showing  the  course  of  the  lines 

of  growth,  the  shelly  thickenings,  and  the  minutely  dotted  surface  of 
the  valves. 

a.  Pedicle. 

b.  Scutum. 
A  Ter^um. 

d.  Cann*. 

Plate  XXXIV. 

Highly  magnified  view  of  the  oral  apparatus  of  Parodolepas  ntptuni. 

a.  Shelly  support  of  the  scutum  (oocludent  segment). 

b.  Oocludent  margin  of  the  capitulum,  showing  lines  or  increments  of 
growth  decreasing  both  in  thickness  and  length  from  before  backwards. 

e.  Labmm  with  minute  dental  points  on  its  angular  edge. 

«.   Mandibles. 

/.  MaxiUa. 

a.  External  maxilla. 

A.  Anterior  pair  of  cirri. 


G.  Descriptions  of  new  Land  and  Freshwater  Molluscan  Spe- 
cies collected  by  Dr.  John  Anderson  in  Upper  Burma 
and  Yunan.    By  W.  T.  Blanpord,  F.G.S.,  C.M.Z.S.,  &c. 

The  following  are  the  principal  novelties  in  the  large  and  very 
interesting  collection  made  by  Dr.  John  Anderson  when  accompany- 


1869.]  MR.  W.  T.  BLANFORD  ON  NEW  MOLLU8K8.  445 

ing  the  recent  expedition  to  Yunan.  They  will  be  figured,  and  the 
previously  described  species  enumerated,  in  Dr.  Anderson's  full  ac- 
count of  his  journey,  together  with  his  other  numerous  novelties. 

1.  Paludina  bengalensis,  Lam.,  var.  Di60NA(vel  P.  digona). 

Testa  P.  bengalensi  persimilis,  sed  decussatim  striatula,  anfractibus 
superioribvis  Juxta  suturam  angulatis;  ultimo  biangulato,  et  supra 
et  infra  peripheriain,  angulis  singulis  fasciis  jiiscis  spiralibus 
congruentibus,  zona  tertia  intermedia,  aliis  basalibus,  lineis  an- 
gustioribus  spiralibus  interdum  interjedis. 
Long.  23J-32  mm.,  diam.  17^-23;  apert.  13-1 7i  longa,  lOJ- 
Nl  lata. 
Hab.  in  Talle  fluminis  Iravadi  circa  Ava,  Bhamo,  &c. 
Merely  a  variety  of  P.  bengalensis,  and  passing  insensibly  into  the 
type  in  Assam,  and  into  the  var.  balteata,m,  (P.  doliarisi  Gould), 
in  Sylhet.     If,  however,  P.  microgramma,  v.  Martens,  P.  suma- 
trensis,  Dkr.,  and  similar  allied  varieties  be  distinguished  by  a  par- 
ticular name,  this  form  should  also  be  so,  and  may  in  that  case  be 
caUed  P.  digona.     It  is  perfectly  intermediate  between  P.  benga- 
Unsis,  Lam.,  and  P.  oxytropis,  Bs. 

2.  Paludtna   DI8SIMILI8,   MulL,  var.   decusbatula   (vel   P. 

DECU8SATUI«a). 

Testa  imper/orata,  conoideo-ovata,  tenuiuscula,  olivacea,  fascia  pal- 
lida subperipheriali  in  anfractu  ultimo  plerumque  signatai  sub' 
glabra,  striis  incrementi  et  lineis  subconfertis  flexuosis  spiralibus 
decussata.  Apes  acutus;  sutura  mediocriter  impressa.  Anfr. 
6-7,  convexi,  ultimus  tumidior.  Apertura  subovata,  intus  lactea. 
Peristoma  ienue,  nigrum.  Operculum  comeum,  crassum. 
Long.  25,  diam.  17^  mill. ;  apertura  13  longa,  10^^  lata. 
Hab.  Ava. 

Nearer  to  the  ytLnetj  pramorsa  of  Benson  than  to  any  other  Indian 
form.     It  is  distinguished  by  its  fine  decussating  striation. 

The  Paludina  of  British  India,  like  most  of  tne  freshwater  shells, 
are  in  endless  confusion — a  state  which  has  certainly  not  been  re- 
moved by  the  work  of  Von  Frauenfeld  and  Reeve.  I  fully  concur 
with  the  remarks  of  Von  Martens  (Malakozoologische  Blatter,  xiii. 
p.  98)  as  to  the  forms  figured  in  Reeve,  which  are  undistinguishable 
as  species  from  P.  dissimilis  of  Muller;  indeed  I  am  incliued  to  go 
much  further,  and  to  class  such  forms  as  P.  crassa.  Button,  and  P. 
pramorsa,  Bens.,  as  varieties  abo,  though  they  are  sufficiently  dis- 
tinct to  deserve  varietal  names.  The  form  now  described  is  equally 
deserving  of  distinction. 

3.  Mbi^ania  iravadica,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  elongato-turrita,  tenuis,  fusco-olivacea,  decollata,  Anfr.  circa 
7,  primi  erosi,  3-4  snperstites  convexi,  superi  seriebus  duabus 
spiralibus  nodorum  confertorum  circumdati,  ultimus  spiraliter 
liratua,  nodis  fere  vel  omnino  obsoletis.     Apertura  rkomboideo- 


446  MR.W.T.  BLANFORD  ON  NEW  MOLLU8K8.         [ Juoe  24, 

ovata,  antice  suheffuaa  ;  peristoma  tenue,  margine  extemo  subrecio, 
basalt  antice  porrecto,  columellari  sinuato.     Operc,  ? 

Long,  exempli  majoris  decollati  25  mm.,  diam.  15 ;  apert.  oblique 
13  loQga,  8  lata.  Exempli  mediocris  (etiam  decollati),  long.  13, 
anfr.  mtimi  1 1,  diam.  maj.  14,  min.  12| ;  apertora  oblique  cum  pe- 
ristomate  13  longa,  8|  lata. 

Had.  in  flumine  Iravadi  superiore  ad  Mal^  et  Bbamo. 

Disting^hed  from  tbe  numerous  varieties  of  M,  variabilis,  Bens., 
by  the  external  margin  of  the  peristome  not  being  sharply  cunred 
outwards  close  to  the  base,  but  nearly  straight,  with  a  very  gentle 
concave  curve  throughout.  Unfortunately,  the  opercula  have  dis- 
appeared from  all  the  specimens,  as  well  as  from  some  collected  by 
myself  in  1861. 

4.  BiTHYNIA  IRAVADICA,  Sp.  nOV. 

Testa  subrimata,  ovato-conica,  solidula,  sub  lente  minutissime  (fere 
obsolete)  decussaio^triata,  pallide  olivacea  vel  Julva,  Spira  ele- 
vato-conica,  apice  obtusiusciUo  s€spe  eroso,  sutura  parum  impressa. 
Anfr*  6,  convexiusculi,  ultimus  ad  peripheriam  obtuse  angulatus, 
Apertura  subverticalis,  ovata,  postice  angulata,  antice  subanguiala 
et  subeffusa ;  peristoma  tenue,  rectum,  marginibus  callo  junctis, 
columellari  verticali  cum  basali  angulum  fere  rectum  faciente, 
Operc.  normale. 

Long.  11,  diam.  6|  mm. ;  apert.  6  mm.  longa,  4  lata. 

Hab.  in  paludibus  et  rivolis  prope  Mand^^  urbem  principalem 
hodiemam  regni  Avse. 

Intermediate  between  B,  eeranospatana,  v.  Frauenfeld  (B.  cera- 
meopoma,  Bs.  MS.*),  of  India,  and  B.  goniomphalus,  Mor.,  of  Siam. 

5.  Fairbankia?  (an  Bithynia?)  turrita,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  subperforata,  turrita,  solidula,  fklva,  glabra,  nitidula.  Spira 
elongato-conica,  sutura  impressa.  Anfr.  7,  convexi,  ultimus  antice 
subascendens,  subtus  rotundatus.  Apertura  ovata,  postice  vis 
angulata,  varice  extemo  mediocri  instructa;  peristoma  undigue 
expansiusculum,  marginibus  callo  Junctis,  extemo  leviter  arcuato, 
columellari  obliquo,  antice  cum  basali subanaulatimjuncto.  Operc.t 

Long.  6|,  diam.  3  mm. ;  aperturse  long.  2|,  lat.  ]|  mm. 

Hab.  ad  Ryoukpong  (in  flumine  Iravadi?). 

This  looks  like  an  estuary  shell.  In  the  absence  of  the  operculum 
its  position  is  doubtful ;  but  if  not  allied  to  Fairbankia  bombagana, 
W.  Blanf.,  it  may  perhaps  be  a  Bithynia,  near  B.  nassa,  Theobald. 

6.  Cyclophorus  suBLiBviGATi^s,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  c^perte  umbiUcaia,  depresso-turbinata,  solida,  subUevigata,  ob- 
lique striatula,  m  anfrictibus  superioribus  et  nonnunguam  sed 
rare  in  ultimo  Uneis  impressis  confertis  spiralibus  decussate, 

*  I  beliere  this  oommon  Indian  shell  is  ondescribed  by  Benson ;  at  least  I 
can  find  no  description  of  it  It  has  been  referred  to  by  name  in  B«i90n*t 
papers ;  and  I  P^grei  Von  Frauenfeld's  selecting  such  a  name  as  ceramoapaiana 
by  which  to  describe  it 


1869. J  MR.  W.  T.  BLANFORD  ON  NEW  MOLLU8KS.  447 

castanea,  supra  peripheriam  et  circa  umbilicum  spiraliter  albido 
fasciata,  periomphaio  lato  albo.  Spira  depresso-conica,  lateri- 
bus  concavis,  apice  papillari,  magis  exserto,  sutura  profunda. 
Anfr,  5,  convext,  ultimus  magnus,  ad  peripheriam  angulatus,  an- 
gulo  antice  evanescente,  subtus  convexuSy  juxta  aperturam  leniter 
descendens.  Jpertura  fere  rotunda^  obliqua,  lutescenti-albida, 
aliquanlulum  latior  quam  alia.  Peristoma  rectum,  incrassato-ex- 
pansum,  subcontinuum.  Umbilicus  pervius.  Operculum  normale. 
Dmm.  maj.  46,  min.  38,  axis  25  mm. ;  apert.  cum  perist.  23  mm. 
lata,  21  i  alta. 

Hab,  baud  procal  a  Bhamo,  ad  ripas  flumiDis  Iravadi. 
Somewhat  allied  to  C.  pearsoni,  Benson,  and  C.  excellens,  Pfr., 
but  more  depressed  than  either.     It  is  distinguished  from  G,  theo- 
baldianuSy  Bens.,  by  its  much  smaller  mouth  and  smoother  surface. 

7.  SpIRACULUM  AN0ER80NI,  8p.  nOV. 

Testa  late  umbilicata,  depressa,  discoidea,  oblique  striata,  lineis  ele- 
vatis  minuiis  spiralibus  supeme  et  prasertim  Juxta  peripheriam, 
sed  non  circa  umbilicum,  confertissime  decussata,  albida,  strigis 
castaneis  fulguratis  radiantibus  picta,  Spira  plana,  apice  vel 
piano  vel  vix  exsertiusculo,  sutura  profunda,  Anfr.  4|,  teretes, 
ultimus  versus  aperturam  longe  descendens,  5-6  mill,  pone  peri- 
stoma tubulo  suturali  reverso  parvo,  arcuatim  recurvato  vel  sub- 
recto  et  libero,  2-3  mm,  longo  munitus.  Apertura  diagonalis, 
rotunda ;  peristoma  continuum,  duplex,  internum  expansiusculum 
nndique  appressum,  postice  juxta  anfracium  penultimum  profunde 
angulatim  sinuatum,  externum  expansum,  supra  sinum  lUlatatum, 
Juxta  anfractum  penultimum  instar  cuculli  plani  porrectum, 
Operc.  persimile  ei  Sp.  hispidi,  comeum,  intus  concavum,  extus 
convexum,  marginibus  anfractuum,  prasertim  extemorum,  lamel- 
latim  liberis,  apice  planiusculo. 
Diam.  maj.  1 5^-1 7,  min.  12-13^1,  axis  5-6,  apert  diam.  intus  5  mm. 
Hab.  ad  Bhamo  cum  prsecedente. 

Distinguished  from  Sp.  avanum,  W.  Blanf.,  hj  its  more  oblique 
mouth,  differently  shaped  and  more  expanded  peristome,  hj  the 
horizontal  cowl-shaped  projection  running  forwards  alone  the  last 
whorl  instead  of  being  vertical,  the  greater  distance  of  the  sutural 
tube  from  the  mouth,  and  the  much  more  convex  operculum. 

8.  Helix  (Trachia)  catostoma,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  late  umbilicata,  depressa,  subdiscoidea,  cornea,  tenuis,  striata. 
Spira  depresso-convexa,  sutura  leviter  impressa.  Anfr.  7,  convexi, 
arete  convoluti,  ultimus  rotundatus,  circa  umbilicum  subcompres- 
sus,  antice  abrupte  deflexus,  valde  descendens,  pone  aperturam 
subconstrictus.  Apertura  fere  horizontalis,  iruncato-ovata ;  peri- 
stoma album,  rejlexum,  antice  et  postice  prope  anfractum  penulti' 
mum  arcuatum,  marginibus  subdistanter  convergentibus,  callo  tenui 
junctis;  umbilicus  latissimus,  pervius. 

Maj.  diam.  16,  min.  \4^,  alt.  6^  mm. 

Uab»  Ponsee  in  Yunan. 


448  MR.  inr.T.  blanford  on  new  mollusks.      [June  24, 

A  peculiar  form,  resembling  i7.  oldhami,  Bens.,  but  with  the  mouth 
somewhat  as  in  H,  niiaffarica,  Pfr. 

9.  Helix  (Plectopylis)  andersoni,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  dextrorsa,  latissime  umbilicata,  discoidea,  solidula,  albida,  epU 
dermide  craasula  fusca,  interdum  ad  peripheriam  laciniatim  fim- 
briata,  induta,  sub  epidermide  decussaio-striata,  lineis  spiraiibvs 
supra  cUstinctis,  infra  subobsoletis,  Spira  plana,  apice  vix  pro- 
tninente,  sutura  subimpressa.  Anfr,  77-8,  angusti,  arete  conwh 
lutif  supra  planulati,  infra  in  umbilico  convexiusculi,  ultimus 
supeme  ad  peripheriam  angulaius,  subtus  tumidus  et  circa  umbi- 
licum  pervium,  omnes  anfractus  monstrantem,  obtuse  compressus, 
pone  aperturam  leviter  descendens,  juxta  peristoma  constrictus, 
Apertura  perobliqua,  rotundato-lunaris ;  peristoma  album,  undique 
expansum,  superne  ad  extremam  peripheriam  leviter  angulatim  por- 
rectum,  marginibus  lamella  curvata,  ad  ambas  extremitates  incisa 
junctis,  lamina  intranti  nulla,  Janua  interna  remota,  ad  \  att- 
fractuum  ab  apertura  sita,  e  plica  unica  verticali  parietali,  4  pa- 
latalibus  horizontalibus,  harum  tribus  inferioribus  versus  ertre- 
mitates  altioribus,  medio  humilibus,  postice  subbifidis,  una  basalt 
etiam  horizontali  simplici  constans, 

Diam.  ma).  26>  min.  23,  alt.  8^  mill. 

Hab,  Bhamo  in  regno  Avae  et  Hoetone  in  Yunan. 

Distinguished  from  the  numerous  allied  Burmese  forms  bj  the 
absence  of  a  reentering  lamina  running  from  the  aperture,  bj  the  very 
simple  internal  plication,  &c.     It  approaches  H.  laomontana,  Pfr. 

10.  Helix  (Sivella)  percompressa,  sp.  nov. 

Hesta  aperte  et  pervie  umbilicata,  perdepressa,  lenticularis,  teimis, 
cornea,  acutissime  carinata,  nitida^  striis  incrementi  oblique  curvatis 
notata.  Spira  fere  plana,  apice  vix  exserto,  sutura  impressa  mar- 
gimata.  Anfr.  5,  convexi,  ultimus  carina  mediana  acuta  utrimque 
compressa  instructus,  circa  umbilicum  tumidior,  non  descendens. 
Apertura  parum  obliqua,  securiformis ;  peristoma  tenue,  rectum, 

Diam.  maj.  12,  min.  10^,  axis  3  mm. 

Hab.  Bhamo  in  regno  Avae. 

Near  H.  sanis,  Bens.,  and  H.  castra,  Bs.,  but  more  depressed 
than  either. 

11.  NaNINA  (RoTULA)  ARATA,  sp.  UOY. 

Testa  imperforata,  lenticularis,  tenuis,  cornea,  stqfra  oblique  plicato* 
striata,  infra  Icsvior  nitidula,  radiatim  striaiula.  Spira  depresso' 
conoidea,  apice  acutiusculo,  sutura  parum  impressa,  submarginata. 
Anfr.  7$  lente  accrescentes,  convexiusculi,  ultimus  acute  carinatus, 
subtus  convexus,  non  descendens.  Apertura  angulato-hmaris, 
obliqua ;  peristoma  rectum,  obtusum,  marginibus  distantibus,  basali 
subincrassato,  columellari  declivi  vix  reflexiusculo. 

Diam.  maj.  23^,  min.  21|,  axis  11  mm. ;  apertura  12|^mm.  lata, 
8alta. 

Hab.  baud  procul  a  Bhamo  in  regno  Avse. 


1869]  MR.  W.  T.  BLANFORD  ON  NEW  MOLLU8K8.  419 

Var.  Minor,  anfractibus  arctius  convolutis, 
Diam.  maj.  I7i,  min.  15,  axis  7\  mm. 
Hah,  ad  ronsee  in  Yunan. 

This  shell  is  an  ally  of  N.  climacterica,  Bs.,  but  distinguished  by 
a  higher  spire  and  sharper  keel. 

12.  AcHATiNA  (Glessula)  obtusa,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  elongato-turrita,  albido-comea,  cerea,  solidhtscula,  confertim 
flexuose  plicato-striata,  infra  suturam  plicata.  Spira  etongata,  ad 
apicem  subcylindracea,  apice  perobtuso  papillaris  sutura  vix  im- 
pretsa  subcorrugata.  Anfr,  {2-14,  fere  planulati,  ultimus  ad 
peripheriam  suhangulatus.  Apertura  obliqua,  subovata  ;  peristoma 
simplex y  rectum. 
Long.  48--52,  diam.  10-1 1,  ap.  long.  10-11,  lat.  5-5 (  mill. ;  apex 
3  mill.  latus. 

Hab,  ad  Bhamo  in  regno  Avse. 

Very  close  to  A.  casstaca,  Bens.,  but  distinguished  by  finer  sculp- 
ture, narrower  and  less  numerous  whorls,  and  much  more  obtuse 
apex.     The  two  form  a  well-marked  section  of  the  genus. 

13.  ACHATINA  (GlESSULA)  SUBFUSIFORMIS,  Sp.  BOY. 

Testa  turrita,  subjiisiformis,  tenuiuscula,  pallide  oUvaceo-camea,  ni- 
tida,  siriatula,  ad  suturam  subplicata ,  Spira  elongato-pyramidalis, 
apice  brevissime  eonico  mucronato,  sutura  impressa  submarginata, 
Anfr.  8,  convezi,  ultimus  subelongatus,  antice  attenuatus.  Aper- 
tura subovata,  columella  parum  arcuata,  antice  oblique  truncata ; 
peristoma  obtusttm,  leviter  undulatum. 

Long  17f,  diam.  5f  mill. ;  apert.  6  longa,  3  lata. 

Hab.  Ponsee  in  Yunan. 

This  form  may  be  recognized  by  its  long  lower  whorl  subattenuate 
below. 

14.  SUCCINEA  ACUMINATA,  Sp.  UOV. 

Testa  conicO'Ovata,  tenuissima,  striata,  pellucida,  luteo- cornea,  spira 

brevi  acuminata  subconica,  lateribus  subrectis.     Anfr,  2\,  penul- 

timMS  parum  convexus,  ultimus  ^  longitudinis  superans  (in  testa 

juniore  ^  subaquans),  supra  planulatus,  infra  tumidior,    Apertura 

obliqua,  ovata,  subtus  parum  latior,  basi  recedens;  peristoma  acutum, 

margine  estemo  (dextro)  recto  cum  anfractu  penultimo  angulum 

fere  rectum  faciente,  columella  subrecta,  anguste  marginata. 

Long.  18|,  diam.  maj.  8^,  min.  vix  6,  ap.  long.  14,  lat.  infra 

medium  7\  mill.    Exempli  minoris  long.  13,  diam.  6\,  ap.  long.  10, 

diam.  5)  mill. 

Hab.  ad  Momein  in  Yunan. 

A  peculiarly  acuminate  form,  perhaps  allied  to  iS.  indica,  Pfr.  A 
scarcely  distinguishable  race  occurs  in  Kashmir,  whence  Dr.  Stoliczka 
has  brought  specimens. 

15.  Unio  burmanus,  sp.  nov. 

Testa  subovata,  solida,  subcompressa,  valde  inaquilateralis,  picea  vel 


450  MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  THE  [June  24, 

JnscO'Olivacea,  concentrice  pUcatostriata,  disco  medio  et  postico 
rugis  obliquis  irregulariter  angulatis,  interdum  granosia,  hie  illic 
prtBsertim  versus  marginem  ventralem  ohsoletis  corrugato ;  umbo- 
nibus  non  prominentibus,  subplanulatis,  angulatim  cotrugatis,  hand 
proctd  ab  extremitate  anteriore  positis ;  lunelia  parva,  concave ; 
latere  antico  brevissimo  subacuminato-rotundato ;  area  convexa; 
margine  dorsali  postice  regulariter  convexo-curvato,  terminaliter 
rotundato,  venirali  convexo;  deniibus  cardinaiilms  crassis,  radiatim 
corrugatis,  in  valva  dextra  bims,  anteriore  nUnimo,  m  stmistra 
temis  vel  subtemis;  lateralibus  elongatis  subcurvatis,  in  valva 
dextra  subduplicibus,  in  sinistra  duplicibus ;  margarila  colore 
salmonis  tincta.  Testa  junior  rotundato-ovaliSf  omnino  prater  ad 
extremitatem  anticam  subradiatim  granoso-plici/era. 

1.  2.  3  (Testa  junior). 

Long 52  45  34 

Lat 35  32  26} 

Crass 22  20  17 

Ligamenti  long 23  20}  16 

Hab.  in  flamine  Irayadi  ad  Bhamo  in  regno  Avae. 

I  know  of  no  Unto  with  which  I  can  compare  this.  U.  pellis 
laeerti,  Mor.»  from  Siam,  is  a  little  like  it,  but  is  mach  narrower  and 
less  ineqaivalve. 

Several  other  species  of  Unio  occurring  with  U,  burmanus  appear 
to  me  to  be  rather  rarieties  of  named  species  than  forms  deserring  a 
distinct  name.  In  one  or  two  cases  I  feel  doubtful,  however.  All 
would  unquestionably  be  described  as  new  by  many  naturalists.  It 
is  worthy  of  note  that  some  of  them  are  more  closely  allied  to  forms 
occurring  in  the  Brahmapooter  river,  in  Assam,  than  to  those  inha- 
biting the  lower  Irawady  valley,  in  Pegu.  The  land  shells  of  Bhamo 
and  its  neighbourhood  are  mostly  either  identical  with  forms  occur- 
ring in  Cachar  and  Khasia,  or  closely  allied  to  them ;  and  it  is  a 
remarkable  and  interesting  fact  connected  with  freshwater  shells  to 
find  that  they  coincide  in  their  distribution  with  the  land  animals, 
and  do  not  rollow  the  lines  of  the  rivers  in  which  they  live,  thus 
adding  another  proof  of  the  existence  of  a  means  of  migration 
amongst  them  independent  of  the  course  of  rivers. 


7.  Notes  on  the  Myology  of  Menobranchus  lateralis.  By 
St.  George  Mivart,  F.R.S.,  Lecturer  on  Comparative 
Anatomy  at  St.  Mary^s  Hospital. 

The  specimen  which  has  served  me  for  examination  is  one  of 
those  mentioned  in  my  paper  on  Menopoma  as  having  been  confided 
to  me  from  the  stores  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons. 

This  well-known  species  with  permanent  external  gills  has  a 
more  slender  form  than  Menopoma ;  it  has  also  a  narrower  head  and 


1S69.]  MYOLOGY  OP  MKNOBRANCHU8  LATERALIS.  451 

muzzle,  and  is  destitute  of  the  lateral  folds  of  skin ;  but  the  tail  has 
a  cutaneous  fin  both  above  and  below,  extending  further  forwards, 
inferiorly,  than  in  the  last-named  genus. 

The  skin  is  smooth  and  devoid  of  transverse  wrinkles.  A  deep 
fold  passes  across  the  underside  of  the  throat,  as  in  the  larvae  of 
other  Batrachians. 

The  rounded  cloacal  aperture  is  placed  very  much  behind  the 
'  origins  of  the  pelvic  limbs. 

The  forearm  and  leg  are  respectively  but  little  shorter  than  the 
arm  and  thigh »  and  the  pectoral  and  pelvic  limbs  are  widely  sepa- 
rated. 

The  posterior  digits  are  not  broadened  by  cutaneous  folds. 

The  gape  of  the  mouth  only  extends  backward  to  about  the  eye, 
though  it  appears  from  the  fold  of  the  lips  to  recede  further. 

The  heaa  is  flat,  the  eyes  destitute  of  eyelids,  and  a  longitudinal 
groove  runs  along  the  middle  of  the  back. 

DimennoM. 

inches. 

Extreme  length  from  muzzle  to  tail-end 1 1*00 

Length  from  mandibular  symphysis  to  middle  point  be- 
tween the  arm-pits    2*  16 

Length  from  the  said  middle  point  to  anterior  end  of 

cloaca    5'34 

Length  from  cloaca  to  end  of  tail    3*25 

Length  of  head  about  1-30 

Breadth  of  head    119 

Vertical  thickness  of  head    '53 

Vertical  thickness  of  mid-body about  '96 

Greatest  breadth  of  body 1-07 

Transverse  diameter  of  tail  at  about  its  mid-length     . .  '33 

Vertical  extent  of  tail  at  the  same  place 1  *00 

Distance  between  the  eyes    '^7 

Extreme  length  of  pectoral  limb 1*27 

Extreme  length  of  pelvic  limb 1*47 

Distance  from  mid-point  between  the  eyes  to  the  end  of 

the  muzzle '40 

Distance  between  the  origins  of  the  pectoral  and  pelric 

limbs  of  one  side 4*5 1 

Distance  of  the  origin  of  the  pectoral  limb  from  the 

mandibular  symphysb 2*12 

Distance  of  the  origin  of  the  pectoral  limb  from  the 

end  of  the  tail   4*07 

Proportions, 

Length  of  head  compared  with  its  breadth  at  100 109*2 

Height  of  head  compared  with  its  breadth  at  100  ... .     44*5 
Length  of  body  (from  pectoral  girdle  to  cloaca)  com- 
pared with  its  breadth  at  100 499*0 


452  MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  THE  [June  24, 

inofaeA. 

Breadth  of  mid-tail  to  its  height  at  100 330 

Height  of  hody  to  length  from  peliric  girdle  to  cloaca 

at  100    17-9 

length  of  tail  to  the  same    60*8 

Length  of  pectoral  limb  to  the  same    23*7 

Length  of  pelvic  to  the  same   27'5 

Myology. 

As  in  Menopoma,  so  in  MenobranchuBy  the  general  muscular  in- 
vestment of  the  body  may  be  divided  into  four  longitudinal  portions 
separated  by  four  more  or  less  marked  antero-posteriorly  directed 
Imes  of  demarcation. 

Each  of  the  longitudinal  muscular  masses  is  more  or  less  clearly 
divided  and  cut  up  by  transverse  tendinous  intersections,  which  are 
most  marked  in  the  hinder  part  of  the  body  and  the  anterior  part 
of  the  tail. 

Of  the  four  lines  of  demarcation,  only  the  dorsal  one  is  much 
marked  in  the  trunk.  This  extends  from  the  mid-cranial  region  to 
the  end  of  the  tail ;  and  above  the  caudal  portion  of  it  is  a  mass  of 
fatty  bodies  which  fill  up  the  dorsal  caudal  fin.  A  similar  mass  fills 
up  the  ventral  caudal  fin  and  the  caudal  part  of  the  ventral  line  of 
demarcation,  almost  as  far  forwards  as  the  cloacal  aperture.  Imme- 
diately in  front  of  that  aperture,  and  extending  thence  forwards  to 
the  hmder  margin  of  the  pelvis,  a  very  large  thick  glandular  cushion 
is  interposed,  separating  the  longitudinal  muscular  masses  more 
widely  than  they  are  separated  in  any  other  part  of  the  body.  In 
front  of  the  pelvis  the  ventral  line  of  demarcation  is  formed  by  the 
but-little-marked  linea  alba. 

The  lateral  lines  of  demarcation  extend  from  the  throat  to  the  end 
of  the  tail ;  and  the  anterior  end  of  the  furrow  widens  into  the  gap, 
out  of  which  the  branchial  arches  protrude.  In  the  trunk  this 
linear  division  is  situated  rather  above  the  middle  (vertically)  of  the 
side  of  the  body.  In  the  tail  it  passes  along  the  middle,  each  dorso- 
lateral caudal  muscular  mass  bemg  about  equal  in  extent  to  each 
ventro-lateral  caudal  muscular  mass. 

Each  dorso-lateral  muscular  mass  extends  from  the  upper  surface 
of  the  skull  to  the  distal  end  of  the  dorsum  of  the  tail,  investing 
the  transverse  processes,  neural  arches,  and  spines  of  the  verte- 
brse  and  ribs,  but  having  no  direct  connexion  with  the  pectoral 
and  pelvic  arches.  It  is  a  continuous  thick  fleshy  mass,  not  diffe- 
rentiated into  distinct  muscles.  Its  fibres  are  all  antero-posteriorly 
directed. 

Each  ventral  portion  of  the  lateral  muscular  mass  (t.  e.  the  part 
between  the  lateral  linear  groove  and  the  linea  alba  and  the  caudal 
continuation  of  that  part)  extends  from  the  urohyal  to  the  end  of  the 
ventral  portion  of  the  tail,  interrupted,  however,  by  the  pelvis  and 
by  the  interposed  large  glandular  cushion  behind  it. 

As  in  Menopoma,  the  trunk  portion  of  the  ventral  lateral  mass. 


1869.]  MYOLOGY  OF  MBNOBRANCHU8  LATSaALIS.  453 

bat  not  its  caudal  portion,  consists  of  distinct  muscular  layers  super- 
imposed. 

Muscles  of  the  Trunk. 

The  external  oblique  (figs.  3,  4,  8,  9  &  10,  Bx.  O).  The  fibres 
of  this  muscle  extend  oblique!?  backwards  and  downwards ;  and  the 
muscle  itself  forms  a  sheet  of  such  fibres,  which  extends  from  the 
lateral  furrow  nearly  to  the  ventral  middle  line  of  the  body,  and 
from  the  shoulder  to  the  pelvis.  Towards  the  tail  it  seems  to  unite 
indistinguishably  with  the  internal  oblique. 

The  internal  oblique.  This  (as  in  Menopoma)  is  the  lareest 
moacle  of  the  body,  extending,  as  one  may  say,  from  the  urohyal  to 
the  tail's  end.  The  fasciculi  of  fibres  are  rather  large  and  coarse, 
and  extend  from  one  tendinous  intersection  to  another.  The  direc- 
tion of  the  fibres  is  forwards  and  downwards.  The  muscle  is  partly 
inserted  into  the  ilium  and  its  rib ;  but  some  fibres  pass  beneath  these 
bard  parts,  and  the  muscle  is  so  continued  on  into  the  tail.  Towards 
its  anterior  insertion  this  muscle  appears  to  fuse  with  the  rectus 
(which  is  superficial  to  it),  and  to  constitute  a  sterno-hyoid  (figs.  4 
&  5,  S.  H). 

The  tranneraalis  is  a  delicate  muscular  layer,  extending  from  the 
p^on  of  the  heart  backwards  to  a  little  behind  the  pelvis. 

Rectus  (fig.  4,  R).  This  muscle  is  very  delicate  and  thin  in  the 
abdominal  region ;  towards  the  pectoral  arch  and  in  front  of  it  it  is 
thicker,  and  covers  externally  the  internal  oblique,  with  which  it 
appears  to  fuse,  when  they  pass  forwards  as  the  sterno-hyoid  (figs. 
4  k  5,  S.H)  to  its  insertion  into  the  urohyal.  This  muscle  may 
be  re^uxled  as  continued  on  even  to  the  mandibular  symphysis  by 
means  of  the  genio-hyoid  (fig.  4,  G.  H), 

Retrahentes  eoitarum.  The  muscular  fibres  I  thus  name  run 
backwards  on  each  side  of  the  spine,  being  applied  to  the  under 
surfaces  of  the  bodies  and  transverse  processes  of  the  vertebrae. 
They  extend  from  beneath  the  head  to  the  pelvic  region,  but  do  not 
go  on  into  the  tail. 

Muscles  of  the  Head. 

Temporalis  (figs.  1,  2,  &  3,  7^).  This  muscle  arises  from  the 
middle  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  skull,  and  (by  fascia)  from  the 
first  neural  spine,  also  from  the  dorsum  of  the  pterygoid  and  of  the 
small  bone  extending  outwards  *  in  front  of  the  suspensorium  and 
above  the  pterygoid.  From  this  extensive  origin  (reaching  forwards 
a  httle  in  front  of  the  eyeballs)  the  fibres  converge,  and  are  inserted, 
bj  a  strong  tendon,  into  the  summit  of  the  mandible,  just  in  front 
of  its  articulation  with  the  quadratum.  Its  insertion  is  poste- 
rior and  somewhat  internal  to  the  insertion  of  the  tendon  of  the 
masse  ter. 

Pterygoid.     I  do  not  find  this  muscle  distinct  from  the  temporal. 

•  See  *  Ontleed  en  dierkujidige  Bijdragen  tot  de  Kennis  Tan  Mnwbranchus^' 
by  J.  Van  der  Hoeven  (Leyden,  1867),  pi.  ii.  fig.  4,  t. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXX. 


4o4 


MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  THE 


[June  24, 


The  two  appear  to  form  but  one,  which  arises  in  part  (as  has  lieeii 
said)  from  the  dorsum  of  the  pterygoid. 

Fig.  I. 


Superficial  muRoles  of  right  side  of  head  and  of  anterior  part  of  trunk. 

r.  H.  E.  Ccrato-hyoideua  ext«mus.  D.  1.  First  part  of  digastric.  L.A.  Lem- 
tores  arcuum'.  L.AA.  Most  anterior  part  of  the  same.  Af.  Maneter. 
T.  Temporalis. 

The  masseter*  (tigs.  I,  2,  &  3,  ilf )  is  au  exceeding] j  thick  muscle, 
which  is  more  or  less  divisible  into  a  larger  outer  portion  and  a 
smaller  inner  part,  the  fibres  being  inserted  into  the  tendon  (which 
appears  towards  the  lower  part  of  the  muscle)  in  a  somewhat  peo- 
niform  manner.  The  muscle  arises  (between  the  temporal  and 
digastric)  from  the  antero-superior  surface  of  the  suspensorium,  and  is 
implanted,  by  its  tendon,  into  the  outer  side  of  the  mandible  towards 
its  upper  border  and  in  front  of  the  insertion  of  the  tendon  of  the 
temporalis. 

The  digastricf  (figs.  1,  2,  &  3,  D.  1  &  D.  2)  is  also  a  considerable 
muscular  mass,  and  springs  from  different  origins ;  it  is  inserted  by  a 
strong  tendon  into  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandibular  ramus. 
This  strong  tendon  also  connects  the  dorsal  end  of  the  hyoidean 
cornu  with  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  mandible. 

The  muscle  appears  to  me  to  consist  of  two  parts.  One  of  these 
springs  from  the  outer  surface  of  the  suspensorium,  the  origin  ex- 

•  Fijvlier.   *  Anaforaische  Abhandlungen  iiber  die  Per<»nnibranchiaten  und 
rorotrrmcn'  (Hamburgh,  1864),  p.  .'>9,  tab.  iii.  b.  m. 
t   Kist*h«»r.  /.  r.  p.  ,")(>.  tab.  iii.  b.  dcf". 


1869.] 


MYOLOGY  or  MBNOBRANCBU8  LATERALIS. 


455 


tending  from  the  extreme  end  of  the  opisthotic  forwards  and  down- 
wards to  the  distal  end  of  the  qaadratam  (fig.  2,  D.  2).  This  portion 
is  entirely  hidden  until  either  the  masseter  is  drawn  forwards  or  the 
digastric  backwards. 

Fig.  2. 


Deeper  miLscles  of  right  side  of  head,  the  inasseter  being  drawn  forwards  and 
inwards,  the  first  part  of  the  digastric  outwards. 

C.  H.  E,  Cerato-hjoideus  externus.  2>.  1.  First  part  of  digastric.  D.  2.  Second 
part  of  digastric.  L.  A.  Lavatores  arcuum.  L.  A.  I.  Most  anterior  part  of 
the  same.     L.  A.  P.  Lsrator  arcus  primi.     M.  Masseter.     T.  Temporalis. 

Fig.  3. 


Superficial  muscles  of  right  side  and  of  extensor  surface  of  right  pectoral  limb. 

^.  ^.  Adductor  branchiarum.  J9.  Biceps.  C.  P.  Constrictor  pharyngis.  C.H.E. 
Cerato-hjoideus  externus.  D.  Deltoid.  DA.  First  part  of  digastric. 
E.  B.  Extensor  brevis.  E.  L.  i^xtensor  longus.  Er.  0.  External  oblique. 
L.A.  LeTatores  arcuum.  L.AA.  First  part  of  the  same.  L.D.  Latis- 
nimus  dorsi.  M.  Masseter.  M.  H,  2.  Mylo-hyoideus  posterior.  0.  H. 
Omo-hyoid.  S.  Subclanus.  S.LAk  S.  L.  2.  Supinator  longus.  T.  Tem- 
\x)n\\B.     7>.  Trapezius.     T,2.  Triceps.      U.  Uhiaris. 


45(i  MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  THE  [Jane  24, 

The  other  part  of  the  digastric  (figs.  1,  2,  &  3,  D.  1)  is  larger,  and 
springs  from  the  dorsal  end  of  the  first  branchial  arch  (abore  the 
attachment  of- the  levator  arcus  primi),  and  is  inserted  behind  the 
first  part  into  the  tendon  before  mentioned. 

Leva  tores  arcuum*  (figs.  1,  2,  &  ^,  L,  A,  &  L*  A.l,  also  fig.  2, 
L,A.P),  These  are  much  deyeloped,  and  the  one  going  to  the 
first  branchial  arch  is  remarkably  distinct  from  the  rest.  This,  the 
levator  arcus  primi  (fig.  2,  L,A,  P),  is  quite  hidden  until  the 
digastric  is  pulled  outwards  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  dorso- 
lateral muscular  mass  inwards  towards  the  middle  line.  When 
this  is  done  the  levator  arcus  primi  is  to  be  seen  passing  out- 
wards and  backwards  from  the  exoccipital  and  opisthotic  to  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  first  branchial  arch,  very  near  its  superior 
extremity. 

The  levatores*  of  the  second  and  third  branchial  arches  arise 
mainly  from  the  dorsal  fascia ;  but  the  most  anterior  part  (figs.  1  &  2, 
L,  A.\)  seems  to  be  diiferentiated  off  from  the  anterior  end  of  the 
dorso-lateral  muscular  mass,  and  covers,  and  is  similar  in  direction 
to,  the  hidden  levator  arcus  primi.  In  the  figure,  between  the  most 
anterior  part  (fig.  1,  L.A.I)  and  the  first  part  of  the  digastric 
(fig.  1,  Z>.  1)  a  portion  of  the  anterior  end  of  the  dorso-lateral  mus- 
cular mass  is  seen  to  be  interposed. 

Mylo-hyoideus  anterior f  (figs.  4  &  5,  M.  H,  \ ).  This  muscle  is 
relatively  smaller  than  is  its  homologue  in  Metu>poma,  It  arises 
from  the  inside  and  lower  border  of  the  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and 
unites  with  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side  without  forming  any  di- 
stinct longitudinal  tendinous  interval. 

The  mylo^yoideus  posteriorX  (figs.  3,  4,  &  5,  3f.  J7. 2)  is  a  con- 
siderable muscle,  the  postero-inferior  part  of  which  is  enclosed  on 
both  sides  by  the  skin  forming  a  free  fold  or  opercular  flap  beneath 
the  throat.  The  moscle  arises  from  the  doraal  segments  of  the 
hyoidean  coma  and  first  branchial  arch,  also  from  the  fasda  invest- 
ing externally  the  voluminous  cerato-hyoideus  extemos.  Passing 
downwards  it  nnites  with  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side,  a  sort  of 
linea  alba  marking  their  junction.  At  its  anterior  part  this  muscle 
is  placed  above  the  mylo-hyoideus  anterior,  the  latter  being  super- 
ficial to  it. 

I  could  find  no  trace  of  the  muscle  which  I  have  described  in 
Menopoma  as  the  constrictor  faucium. 

Oonstrietor  pharyn^§.  This  consists  of  two  parts :  one  (the 
dorso-trmehealis)  arises  from  the  fascia  external  to  the  dorso-lateral 
muscular  mass  behind  and  beneath  the  levatores  arcuum;  the 
other  (the  kyo-iraeketiiis)  springs  from  the  postero-ventral  surftux 
of  the  third  branchial  arch.  The  fibres  converge  and  join  the  fellow 
muscle  of  the  opposite  side  beneath  the  trachea. 

The  pemio-kyindeusW  (fig.  4,  G.  H)  is  a  rather  long  narrow  muscle 

•  Fiivher.  /.  r  p.  81,  tab.  ui.  b.  fo.  t  Fiudier,  I  e.  p.  41. 

}  Piwher.  /.  e,  p.  42.  §  Fischer,  I  c,  p.  89. 

I  Fi«>ohw,  /.  r.  p.  W. 


1869.] 


MYOLOGY  OF  MKNOBRANCHUS  LATERALIS. 


457 


which  runs  beside  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side  from  its  orig;in,  the 
urohyal,  forwards  to  the  mandibular  symphysis. 

Fig.  4. 


Muacles  of  Tentral  surface :  on  the  right  ride  superficial  muscles ;  on  the  left 
aide  deeper  muscles,  the  mflo-hyoideit  pectoraluf,  and  external  oblique  being 
remoTed.    Also  superficial  flexor  musdes  of  right  pectoral  limb. 

B.  Biceps.  C,B,l&  C. B. 2.  Coraco-brachialis.  C. H. E.  Cerato-hyoideus  ex- 
temus.  Ex.  0.  External  oblique.  F,  L.  Flexor  longus.  G.  H,  Genio- 
hyoid. 3f.iy.l&Af.5:2.Mylo-hToideus.  O. ^.  Omo-hyoid.  P.,P.l,ikP.2. 
Pectoralis.  8.  SubclaTius.  S,H.  Stemo-hjoid.  8.£.  Supinator  longus. 
T.  Triceps. 

Cerato-hyoideus  extemns*  (figs.  1,  2,  3, 4,  &  5,  C.  H,  E,).  A  very 
voluminous  muscle,  springing  from  the  whole  under  surface  and 
anterior  part  of  the  inner  surface  of  the  hyoidean  cornu.     Passing 

♦  Fischer,  /.  c.  p.  68. 


458  MR.  ST.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  THE  [June  24, 

backwards,  it  is  inserted  into  the  outside  of  the  dorsal  part  of  the 
first  branchial  arch,  immediatelj  beneath  the  insertion  of  the  second 
part  of  the  digastric. 


Deepest  niusclra  of  left  side  of  ventral  Rupface  of  head,  the  cerato-hyoideus 
eaternus  being  drawn  strongly  forwards. 

i'.AA,  C^.2,  &  (7.A3.  Constrictores  nrcuum.  C.H.E,  Cerato-hToideiw  ex- 
ternus.  C.  H. I.  Cerato-hyoideus  internus.  M.H.I  &  M. H. 2.  Mylo- 
hyoideus.     5.  H.  Stemo-hyoid. 


Cerato-hyoidevs  internus*  (fig.  5,  C.  H.  I).  A  very  much  smaller 
muscle  than  the  last,  and,  as  Fischer  says,  "  spindle-shaped  and  ten- 
dinous at  each  end/*  It  arises  from  the  inner  end  of  the  posterior 
surface  of  the  hyoidean  cornu,  and  is  inserted  into  the  lower  end  of 
the  dorsal  segment  of  the  first  branchial  arch. 

Constrictores  arcuum-f  (fig.  .5,  C.  AA,C,  A.  2,  and  C.  A.  3). 
There  are  three  of  these  small  muscles.  The  first  connects  the 
ventral  end  of  the  second  branchial  arch  with  the  dorsal  end  of  tbe 
ventral  segment  of  the  first  branchial  arch.  The  second  and  largest 
of  the  three  connects  together  the  ventral  ends  of  the  dorsal  segments 
of  the  first  and  third  branchial  arches.  The  third  muscle  connects 
together  the  ventral  ends  of  the  dorsal  segments  of  the  second  and 
third  branchial  arches. 

A  muscle^  (^gs.  4  &  5,  S.  H\  which  corresponds  to  the  stemo- 
Ayoideus  of  Menopoma^  though  here  there  is  no  sternum,  and  is  in 
fact  the  anterior  continuation  of  the  rectus,  passes  forwards  and  is 
inserted  into  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  urohyal  and  into  the  ventral 
surface  of  the  ventral  segment  of  each  first  branchial  arch,  near  its 
junction  with  the  basihyal. 

*  Fisdier,  /.  c.  p.  72,  tab.  u  fig.  4,  ^. 

^  Fischer,  1.  c.  p.  74,  tab.  i.  fig.  3,  ca  and  m'. 

:  Fi«4»er, /.r.  p.  104. 


1869.]  MYOLOGY  OF  MENOBRANCHU8  LATERALIS.  459 

Omo4tyoideu8  (figs.  3,  4,  &  5,  O.H).  This  elongated  muscle 
arises  from  the  inner  and  upper  side  of  the  precoracoid  cartilage, 
and  passes  thence  forwards  to  between  the  urohyal  and  first  bran- 
chial arch. 

Genio-glo99us* .  This  small  muscle  arises,  on  each  side,  from  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  mandibular  symphysis,  and  thence  passes 
outwards  and  backwards  to  be  inserted  into  the  skin  of  the  mouth. 

The  levatores  branehiarumf  are  small  muscles  which  pass  down- 
wards from  the  dorsum  of  each  branchial  arch  respectively  to  the 
dorsum  of  each  gill-tufl. 

Ilie  depressorea  branchiarumX  go  from  the  ventral  surface  of 
each  branchial  arch  to  the  ventral  surface  of  each  gill-tuft  re- 
spectively. 

Of  the  adductores  branchiarum§,  the  first  goes  from  the  dorsal 
end  of  the  second  branchial  arch  to  the  first  gill-tuft ;  the  second 
similarly  from  the  third  branchial  arch  to  the  second  gill-tuft ;  the 
third,  long  and  delicate  (fig.  3,  A.  B),  extends  from  the  angle  be- 
tween the  precoracoid  and  scapular  cartilages  forwards  to  the  root 
of  the  third  giU-tud  and  dorsal  part  of  the  last  branchial  arch. 

Appendicular  Muscles. 
Pectoral  Limb. 

Trapezius  (fig.  3,  Ta).  This  is  an  exceedingly  small  muscle, 
which  is  placed  immediately  behind  the  third  adductor  branchiarum 
and  levatores  arcuum.  It  arises  from  the  fascia  investing  the 
dorsal  muscle,  and  is  inserted  into  the  lower  half  of  the  anterior 
marein  of  the  scapula  down  to  its  junction  with  the  precoracoidal 
cartilage. 

The  latisaimus  dorai  (fig.  3,  L,  D)  is  more  than  twice  the  size 
of  the  trapezius.  It  arises  from  the  fascia,  and  ends  by  coalescing 
with  the  upper  part  of  the  triceps. 

The  pectoralis  (fig.  4,  P.  1  &  P.  2)  is  a  considerable  muscle  which 
arises  partly  from  one  of  the  tendinous  intersections  of  the  rectus, 
partly  from  a  raphe  separating  it  from  its  fellow  of  the  opposite  side, 
and  partly  from  the  under  surface  of  the  posterior  part  of  the 
coracoidal  cartilage  towards  and  at  its  inner  margin.  It  is  inserted 
into  the  lowest  part  of  the  crest  of  the  humerus,  immediately  above 
the  origin  of  the  biceps.  The  part  arising  from  the  coracoid  (P.  2) 
is  slightly  separated  from  the  larger  and  more  posteriorly  arising 
portion  (P.  I). 

Serratus  magnus.  This  is  a  thin  small  muscle  springing  from 
the  side  of  the  lateral  muscular  mass  beneath  the  latissimus  dorsi. 
It  is  inserted  into  the  inner  side  of  the  upper  part  of  the  scapula. 

The  levator  anguU  scapuhe  is  a  very  long  and  slender  muscle. 

»  Fischer,  l.  c.  p.  67. 

t  Fischer,  /.  c.  p.  38.  and  tab.  iii.  h,  lb\  lb",  W" . 
X  L,  c.  p.  39.  and  tab.  i.  fig.  1,  db',  db'\  db'". 
S  L.  c.  p.  39. 


460  MR.  8T.  GKOR6E  MIVART  ON  THE  [June  24, 

It  arises  from  the  occiput,  and  is  inserted  into  the  inner-  side  of  the 
dorsum  of  the  scapula,  heing  conterminous  with  the  insertion  of  the 
serratus  magnus. 

The  omo-hyoid  has  been  already  described  amongst  the  muscles  of 
the  head. 

Subelatfius  (fig.  3,  S).  This  is  an  elongated  muscle,  like  the 
precoracoidal  cartilage  to  which  it  is  attached.  It  arises  from  the 
ventral  surface  of  the  last-named  cartilage,  and  is  inserted  into  the 
upper  part  of  the  crest  of  the  humerus,  immediately  opposite  the 
summit  of  the  biceps  and  between  the  insertions  of  the  pectoralis, 
deltoid,  and  trapeiius. 

Fig.  6. 


MS. 


Deeper  flexor  muscles  of  right  forearm,  the  flexor  longu*  being  cut  and  reflected 

B,  Biceps.  C.B.%  Coraco-brachialis.  F,B,  Flexor  breyis.  F.L,  Flexor 
longus.  P,T.\k  P.  T.  2.  Pronator  teree.  8.  L,  Supinator  longus.  7>. 
Triceps. 

CoracO'brackialU  (figs.  4  &  6,  C.  B),  This  muscle  consists  of 
two  parts. 

1.  The  first  part  arises  from  the  whole  ventral  surface  of  the 
coracoid,  partly  covered  externally  by  the  pectoralis,  and  partly 
appearing  superficially  between  the  second  part  of  the  pectoralis  and 
omo-hyoid.  It  also  arises  from  the  postero-extemal  margin  of  the 
coracoid.  It  is  inserted  into  the  humerus,  between  the  implantatiou 
of  the  pectoralis  and  the  origin  of  the  biceps  on  the  one  hand,  and 
the  upper  portion  of  the  second  part  of  the  coraco-brachialis  on  the 
other. 

2.  The  second  portion  of  the  muscle  is  thick  and  long.  It  arises 
from  the  posterior  margin  of  the  coracoid  close  behind  the  glenoid 
cavity ;  passing  down,  it  is  inserted  into  the  shaft  of  the  humerus  to 
and  at  the  internal  condyle. 

The  deltoid  (fig.  3,  D)  is  a  larger  muscle  than  the  trapezius.  It 
arises  from  the  outside  of  the  scapula,  and  is  inserted  into  the  crest 
of  the  humerus  immediately  outside  and  behind  the  insertion  of  the 
subclavius. 

Subwapularu,  A  very  few  and  short  muscular  fibres,  passing 
from  iust  inside  the  postero-inferior  margin  of  the  scapula  (dose  to 
the  glenoid  surface)  to  the  adjacent  part  of  the  humerus,  appear  to 
represent  this  muscle.  These  are,  however,  difficult  to  distinguish 
from  the  adjacent  ooracoidal  part  of  the  triceps. 

Biceps  (figs.  3,  4,  &  6,  J9).  Thb  muscle,  which  is  quite  single, 
springs  from  the  tuberosity  of  the  humerus  just  below  the  in- 


1869.]  MYOLOGY  OF  MBNOBUANCHUS  LATSRALI8.  461 

sertioQ  of  the  BobdaTuiBy  and  is  inserted  into,  the  upper  part  of  the 
radius. 

Triceps  (figs.  3  &  6,  T).  A  krge  muscle  arisme  from  the 
postero-extemal  angle  of  the  coracoid  from  the  outer  and  inner  sides 
of  the  shaft  of  the  humerus,  and,  by  direct  continuation,  from  the 
Utissimus  dorsi.     It  is  inserted  into  the  proximal  part  of  the  ulna. 

Fig.  7. 


Deeper  muacles  of  extensor  fturfaoe  of  right  forearm,  the  extensor  Umgm  being 
cut  and  r^eoted. 

E.  B.  Extensor  breris.     E.  L.  Extensor  longus.     P.  Q,   Pronator  quadratus. 
8.L.I&  S,  L.  2.  Supinator  longus.     U,  Ulnaris. 

The  supinator  longus  (figs.  3,  4,  6,  &  7,  ;S>.  L)  appears  to  be 
double  {S.L.  1,  and  S,  Z.  2,  figs.  3  &  7)>  unless  the  more  internal 
part  (S.  Z.  2)  represents  an  extensor  radialis.  It  arises  from  about 
the  lower  third  of  the  humerus,  and  is  inserted  into  the  lower  part 
of  the  outer  (or  radial)  side  of  the  radius. 

Ulnaris  (figs.  3  &  7,  U).  This  is  a  rather  bulky  muscle  passing 
from  the  distid  part  of  the  ulnar  side  of  the  humerus  downwards  to 
the  corresponding  side  of  the  carpus. 

The  pronator  teres  (figs.  4  &  6,  P.  T)  also  appears  to  be  double 
(jP.  T.  1  and  P.  T.  2,  fig.  6).  Both  parts  extend  from  the  lower 
end  of  the  inner  (or  ulnar)  border  of  the  humerus,  and  extend 
downwards  and  outwards  to  the  lower  part  of  the  radius. 

Extensor  longus  (figs.  S  &  7,  E.  L),  This  muscle  extends  from 
the  outer  (or  radial)  border  of  the  lower  part  of  the  humerus,  and, 
expanding  as  it  passes  downwards,  is  inserted  into  the  digits. 

Extensor  brevis  (figs.  3  &  7,E.  B),  This  is  a  very  small  muscle 
which  arises  from  the  radial  side  of  the  distal  end  of  the  ulna,  and, 
passing  obliquely  downwards  and  outwards,  goes  mainly,  if  not 
exclusively,  to  the  most  radial  digit. 

Pronator  quadratus  (?)  (fig.  7,  P.  Q).  A  small  muscle  passing 
from  the  ulna  to  the  radius,  obliquely  downwards,  and  situated 
between  the  ulnaris,  the  inner  part  of  the  supinator  longus,  and  the 
extensor  brevis. 

Flexor  longus  (figs.  4  &  6,  P.  Z).  This  muscle  arises  from  the 
ulnar  side  of  the  lower  end  of  the  humerus,  and,  expanding  as  it 
passes  downwards,  is  implanted  into  the  digits. 

Flexor  brevis  (fig.  6,  P.  B),     A  small  subtriangular  muscle  which 


462 


MR.  8T.  GEORGE  MIVART  ON  THE 


[June  24, 


also  goes  to  the  digits,  but  which  takes  origin  from  the  distal  half 
of  the  ulna. 

Pelvic  Limb. 

Semimembranoius  (figs.  8,  9,  10,  &  11,  S,M).  This  slender 
muscle  springs  from  the  hypapophyses  of  the  caudal  vertebrae  (the 
first  two  that  are  elongated),  and  passing  forwards,  enclosed  in  a 
sheath  consisting  of  the  subcaudal  muscular  mass,  joins  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  gracilis  and  origin  of  the  semitendinosus.  It  passes 
along  external  to  the  large  precloacal  glandular  mass,  and  side  by 
side  with  similarly  directed  and  similar-sized  femoro-caudal  and 
ischio-caudal. 

Fig.  8. 


Superficial  muscles  of  ventral  surface  of  riglit  .side. 

A,  Adductor.  Ex.  0.  External  oblique.  F.  C.  Femoro-caudal.  F.  I).  Flexor 
digitoruni.  F.  H.  Flexor  ballucis.  G,  Gracilis.  /.  Iliacus.  /.  C.  Ischio- 
caudal.     S.  Sartorius.     8.  M.  Semimembranosus.     S.  T.  SemitendinoBUA. 


The  iachiO'Caudal  (figs.  8  &  1 1,  /.  C)  is  the  most  internal  of 
the  caudal  appendicular  muscles.  It  arises  from  the  subcaudal 
muscular  mass  at  the  same  distance  backwards  as  does  the  semi- 
membranosus; passing  forwards,  it  is  inserted  into  the  postero- 
external angle  of  the  ischium. 

Femoro-caudal  (figs.  8,  9,  1 0,  &  1 1,  F.  C).  This  muscle  is  about 
the  same  size  as  that  last  described,  and  also  springs  from  the 
anterior  caudal  hypapophyses.  It  comes  out  of  the  sheath  formed 
for  it  and  the  muscles  running  parallel  with  it  by  the  subcaudal 


1869.] 


MYOLOGY  OF  MKNOBRANCHV8  LATEHALIS. 


463 


mascular  mass,  and,  passing  forwards,  is  inserted  into  the  flexor  sur- 
face of  the  femur  just  below  the  great  trochanter,  in  close  contiguity 
both  to  the  insertion  of  the  adductor  and  to  the  origin  of  the  biceps* 
The  ilio-caudal  (figs.  9  &  1 0,  II.  C)  is  exceedingly  large  relay 
tively,  and  thick,  forming  the  bulk  of  the  lateral  caudal  muscular 
mass  below  the  lateral  furrow.  It  is  inserted  into  the  whole  length 
of  the  iUum  and  its  annexed  rib. 


Superficial  muflcles  of  dorsal  (extensor)  surface  of  right  pelvic  limb,  and  of  outer 
side  of  posterior  part  of  trunk  and  anterior  part  of  tail. 

E.  L.  D.  Extensor  longus  digitorum.  Ex.  0.  External  oblique.  ¥.  C.  Pemoro- 
caudal.  G.  Ghracilis.  G.  Nx.  Gluteus  maxiinus.  /.  Iliacus.  U,  C.  Ilio- 
caudal.  P.  Peroneus.  R.F.  Rector  femoris.  -S'.  Sartorius.  S.M.  Setni- 
niembranosus.     8.  T.  Semitendinosos.     T.  A.  Tibia* i^  anticus. 


GraeilU  (figs.  8,  9,  10,  11,  &  12,  G).  This  muscle  arises  from 
the  middle  (antero-posterior)  line  of  the  rentral  surface  of  the  pelvic 
shield.  It  does  not,  however,  extend  forwards  for  nearly  the  whole 
length  of  this  elongated  shield,  but  only  as  far  forwards  as  a  line 
would  be  situated  which  should  join  the  acetabula.  It  is  inserted 
into  the  postero- peroneal  surface  of  the  upper  half  of  the  tibia. 

The  adductor  (figs.  8  &  1 1 ,  ^)  is  verv  much  larger  than  in 
Menapoma^  as  it  springs  from  the  middle  o(  the  pelvic  shield  for  its 
whole  length,  so  that  rather  more  appears  superficially  in  front  of 
the  gracilis  than  is  concealed  beneath  the  latter.  It  is  inserted  into 
about  the  upper  half  of.  the  flexor  surface  of  the  femur  between  the 
insertions  of  the  iliacus  and  femoro-caudal. 

Semitendinous  (figs.  8,  9,  10,  &  11,  S.T).  This  small  muscle 
takes  origin  from  the  junction  of  the  semimembranosus  wiih  the 
gracilis,  and  not  from  bone  or  cartilage.  Its  insertion  is  the  outside 
of  the  flexor  digitorum,  near  the  pes. 


464 


MR.  ST.  6EORGS  MI  TART  ON  THE 


[June  24. 


Iliaeut  (figs.  8^  9,  &  10,  J).  Of  considemble  size,  this  muscle 
arises  from  the  internal  surface  of  the  antero-exterior  margin  of  the 
pubic  cartilage.  It  is  inserted  into  the  shaft  of  the  femur  from 
the  proximal  part  of  its  anterior  (extensor)  surface  down  to  the  tibial 
condyle. 

Sartorius  (fi^,  8,  9,  10,  &  11,  S),  A  long  slender  muscle,  whidi 
I  did  not  distmguish  in  Menopoma,  and  which  I  pixi)K)se  thus  to 
name,  arises  from  the  fascia  attached  to  the  antero-outer  margin  of 
the  pelvis,  into  which  fascia  fibres  of  the  external  oblique  are  in- 
serted, so  that  this  muscle  appears  like  a  continuation  downwards 
of  that,  t.  e.  of  the  external  oblique.  Passing  downwards  along  the 
inner  or  tibial  margin  of  the  iliacus,  it  is  inserted  into  the  inner  side 
of  the  upper  part  of  the  tibia  just  abore  and  on  the  inner  (or  tibial) 
side  of  the  insertion  of  the  gracilis. 

Fig.  10. 


Deeper  muaelee  of  outer  side  of  hinder  pirt  of  trunk  and  anterior  part  of  tail, 
and  of  the  dorsal  (extensor)  side  of  right  pelyio  limb — the  aluteus  maxmuiy 
rectus  femoriif  and  extensor  langtu  digitorum  being  cut  and  reflected 

E,  H,  Extensor  haUuois.  E,  L.  D.  Extoisor  longus  digitorum.  Ex.  O.  External 
oblique.  F.  C.  Femoro-caudal.  G.  Gracilis,  (r.  Md,  Gluteus  medioa 
G,  Mi,  Gluteus  minimus.  G,  Mx.  Gluteus  maxiraus.  /.  Diaous.  IL  C. 
nioKAudal.  LP.  Jlio-peroneaL  R.F.  Rectos  fettioris.  S.  Sartorius. 
&  M.  Semimembranosus.  S,  T,  Semitendinosus.  T.A.&T.AA,  Tibialis 
anticuB. 


Gluteus  nutximus  (figs.  9  &  10,  G.  Mx).  This  muscle  is  very 
like  the  one  so  named  bj  me  in  Menopama,  but  it  is  rather  more 
slender.  It  springs  from  the  outside  of  the  ilium,  and,  passing 
downwards,  ends  in  an  aponeurosis,  which  invests  the  knee  anteriorly 
and  passes  to  the  upper  part  of  the  front  of  the  tibia. 

The  rectus  /emoris  (figs.  9  &  10,  R.  F),  very  similar  in  shape 


1869.]  MYOLOGY  OP  MENOBRANCHU8  LATBRALI8.  465 

and  size  to  the  gluteus  maximus.  Arising  from  the  outer  side  of 
the  ilium,  it  passes  down  heside  the  last-named  muscle,  and  is 
inserted  by  aponeurosis  into  the  inner  side  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
tibia. 

Gluteus  mediu9  (?)  (fig.  10,  G.Md).  Arising  from  the  front  of 
the  ilium,  this  small  muscle  passes  down  beside  the  iliacus,  and  is 
inserted  into  the  upper  part  of  the  outer  side  of  the  femur. 

Gluteus  minimus  (?)  (fig.  10,  G.  Mi).  This  little  muscular 
bundle  passes  from  the  posterior  side  of  the  ilium  to  the  upper  half 
of  the  posterior  side  of  the  shaft  of  the  femur. 

Fig.  11. 


,  Deeper  miublee  of  Tentnd  or  flexor  surfiKse  of  pelvic  limbs,  the  aracili»,  temi- 
tendinotuB,  and  aemimemhrtmosm  being  out  and  reflected  on  the  ri^t  side, 
and  the  adductor  also  on  the  left  side. 

^.  Adductor.  B.  Biceps.  Ex.  0,  External  oblique.  F.  C.  Femoro-caudal. 
F.  D.  FLdxor  difitorum.  F,  K  Flexor  hallucia.  G.  Gracilis.  /.  C.  lachio- 
caudal.  I.F.  Iscbio-femoral.  LP,  Ilio-peroneal.  8,  Sartorius.  S,M. 
Semimembranosus.     8.  T.  Semitendinosus. 

Isehuhfemoral  (fig.  1 1,  /.  F).  A  rery  small  muscle  (which  may 
perhaps  answer  to  the  quadratus  femoris  of  higher  animals)  passes 
from  the  postero-external  angle  of  the  ischium  to  the  head  of  the 
femur  very  near  the  acetabulum. 

Ilio-peroneal  (figs.  10  &  11,  J.  P).  A  very  long  and  slender 
muscle  arises  from  the  ilium,  immediately  beneath  and  closely 
connected  with  the  gluteus  maximus.  It  is  iuserted  into  the  peroneal 
side  of  the  fibula  abore  its  middle. 

The  biceps  (?)  (flff.  11,  B)  is  also  a  very  slender  muscle.  It 
extends  from  the  shaft  of  the  femur,  just  below  the  insertion  of  the 
femoro-caudal,  downwards  to  the  lower  part  of  the  fibula. 

Tibialis  auticus  (figs.  9  &  10',  T.^  and  T.A\).  This  muscle 
seems  to  be  double  in  Menobranchus.  It  arises  from  the  front  of 
the  distal  end  of  the  femur,  and  from  the  proximal  parts  of  the  tibia 


4Gi)    ON  THE  MYOLOGY  OF  MKNOBRANCHUS  LATERALIS.   [ Juoe  24, 

and  fibula.  It  is  inserted  into  the  tarsus  aod  lower  part  of  the  tibia 
on  the  inner  side  of  the  leg.  The  inner  portion  (7*.  A.  1)  is  much 
like  the  extensor  hallucis  of  Menopoma  as  to  its  origin,  but  it  does 
not  appear  to  descend  below  the  shaft  of  the  tibia. 

Peroneut  (fig.  9>  P).  There  is  a  masde  descending  down  the 
outer  side  of  the  leg,  from  the  head  of  the  fibula  to  the  tarsus, 
as  in  Menopoma. 

The  extensor  longus  digitorum  (figs.  9  &  10,  ^.  £.  D)  is  a  large 
sheet  of  muscle  covering  the  front  of  the  leg.  It  arises  by  a  strong 
aponeurosis  from  the  front  of  the  distal  end  of  the  femur.  Passing 
downwards,  it  goes  to  the  digits. 

Extensor  hallucis  (1)  (fie.  10,  E,  II),  A  small  muscle  which  I 
thus  name,  with  doubt  and  hesitation,  takes  origin  from  the  lower 
part  of  the  fibula,  and,  crossing  the  limb  obliquely,  passes  to  the 
dorsum  of  the  hallux.  Except  that  this  muscle  appears  only  to 
go  to  the  innermost  digit,  it  has  rery  much  the  appearance  of  an 
extensor  brevis  digitorum. 

Extensor  brevis  digitorum.  This  muscle  seems  to  be  entirely 
wanting,  unless  what  I  have  doubtfully  named  extensor  hallucis  be 
really  the  extensor  brevis. 

Fig.  12. 


DeepeRt  rauscleft  of  ventral  or  flexor  surfiioe  of  right  pelvic  limb,  ikxeJUxor 
digitorum  being  cut  and  refl^sted. 

F.  D.  Flexor  digitorum.     F.  H,  Flexor  halluois.    G,  Gracilis.     8.  T.  Semiten- 
dinosuA.    X.  Tibialis  posticus? 

Flexor  digitorum  (figs.  8,  II,  &  12,  F.D).  Subtriangular  in 
shape,  this  muscle  taJces  origin  from  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
peroneal  condyle  of  the  femur ;  thence  expanding  as  it  descends,  it 
goes  to  the  digits. 

Flexor  hallucis  (figs.  8  &  12,  /*.  H).  Beneath  the  muscle  last 
described  is  a  muscle  which  arises  from  the  posterior  surface  of  the 
fibula  and  goes  mainly,  if  not  entirely,  to  the  most  tibial  digit. 

On  the  peroneal  border  of  th's  muscle,  between  it  and  the  flexor 
digitorum,  a  delicate  bundle  of  muscular  fibres  passes  downwards 
(fig.  12,  JT)  to  the  carpus.  It  is  entirely  hidden  by  the  flexor 
digitorum,  so  as  to  be  only  visible  on  the  removal  or  reflection  of 
the  latter.  Is  this  delicate  muscle  the  representative  of  the  tibialis 
posticus  ? 


V 


/ 


1859.]   THK  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.     467 

November  llth,  1869. 

George  Busk,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  V.P.,  in  the  Chair. 

The  Secretary  read  the  list  of  additions  to  the  Menagerie  during 
the  past  four  months,  amongst  which  were  particularly  noticed : — 

1.  A  Guacharo,  or  Oil-bird  (Steatomis  caripensis),  taken  from 
one  of  the  caves  inhabited  by  these  birds  in  Trinidad,  and  presented 
to  the  Society  by  the  Hon.  Arthur  Gordon,  C.M.Z.S.,  Governor  of 
the  Island  (received  June  29th).  Mr.  Gordon  had  started  from 
Trinidad  with  six  of  these  singular  birds  alive ;  but  five  of  them  had 
died  upon  the  passage,  and  the  present  specimen  had  only  survived 
a  few  days  after  reaching  the  Society's  Gardens.  Enough  had  been 
done,  however,  to  show  that  it  was  quite  possible,  with  care  and 
precaution,  to  bring  the  Guacharo  alive  to  this  country. 

2.  An  example  of  a  species  of  Macaque  Monkey  from  the  Anda- 


Macacus  andamanerms. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXI. 


468  THE  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  [NoT.  11, 

man  Islands,  obtained  at  Port  Blair,  iu  1864,  by  Capt.  R.  A.  Brown, 
R.N.,  of  H.M.S.  'Vigilant,'  and  presented  to  the  Society  July  8th. 
This  Macaque  appeared  to  resemble  most  nearly  the  Pig-tailed 
Macaque  (Macacus  netnesirinus),  and  had  a  somewhat  similar  tail, 
but  appeared  distinguishable  by  the  different  arrangement  of  the  hairs 
on  the  head.  In  a  notice  of  the  habits  of  this  Monkey  in  'Land 
and  Water'  for  July  24th,  1869,  Mr.  Bartlett  had  proposed  to  call 
it  M.  andamanensiSi  which  name  would  stand,  if  the  validity  of  the 
species  were  confirmed  by  future  investigations. 

3.  A  specimen  of  the  Kusimanse,  or  Mangue  (CrosMrchtu  ob- 
scurus),  purchased  July  8th,  a  rare  West- African  Carnivore,  which 
had  not  been  exhibited  in  the  Society's  Menagerie  since  the  year 
1834». 

4.  Six  Amherst's  Pheasants  (Thaumalea  amherstue:)^  deposited 
by  Mr.  J.  J.  Stone,  F.Z.S.,  July  16th. 

After  many  unavailing  efforts,  Mr.  Stone  had  succeeded  in  adding 
this  magnificent  Pheasant  to  the  list  of  introduced  species.  Unfor- 
tunately, only  one  female  survived  to  reach  this  country, — the  rest 
being  males,  adult  or  iu  change  of  plumage.  The  female  of  the  Am- 
herst's Pheasant  was  previously  unknown,  but  turned  out,  as  might 
have  been  anticipated,  to  resemble  nearly  the  corresponding  sex  in 
the  Grold  Pheasant  (Thaumalea  picta),  Mr.  Stone  had  received 
these  birds  from  his  correspondent  in  Hankow ;  but  Mr.  Sclater  bad 
been  informed  by  Mr.  Swinhoe  that  they  had  been  originally  ob- 
tained for  him  by  a  French  missionary  priest  resident  at  Ta-kien-ueou, 
at  the  foot  of  the  Tung-ling  mountains,  in  the  further  part  of  the 
province  of  Setchuen.  The  range  of  this  bird  was  thus  proved  to 
extend  from  the  Burmese  frontier  of  Yunan  (where  it  was  obtained 
by  Dr.  xVndersont)  into  the  province  of  Setchuen. 

5.  An  Owen's  Apteryx  (Jpteryx  owenni)^  presented  by  the  Ac- 
climatization Society  of  Otago,  New  Zealand,  and  received  July  28th, 
being  the  first  example  of  this  species  received  alive  in  Europe. 

6.  A  White-bellied  Stork  {Ciconia  abditnii),  obtained  by  purchase 
July  29th,  being  the  first  example  of  this  rare  species  exhibited 
alive  in  the  Society's  Menagerie. 

7.  A  young  pair  of  the  recently  discovered  Long-tailed  Deer  of 
Northern  China  {Elaphurus  davidianus),  presented  to  the  Society 
by  H.E.  Sir  Rutherford  Alcock,  K.C.B.,  H.B.M.  Ambassador  at 
the  Court  of  Pekin. 

The  expected  arrival  of  a  pair  of  this  remarkable  animal  had 
already  been  announced  (P.  Z.  S.  1868,  pp.  210,  530).  A  coloured 
figure  of  them  and  complete  account  would  be  given  in  a  paper  on 
the  Deer  livine  in  the  Society's  Grardens,  which  was  now  being  pre- 
pared for  pubhcation  in  the  Society's  '  Transaction^.' 

8.  A  Pleurodele  Newt  (Pleurodeles  walti),  obtained  in  the  vici- 
nity of  Seville  in  Spain,  and  presented  to  the  Society  by  Lord 
Lilford,  F.Z.S.,  August  13th. 

*  Sc<»  Mr.  Martin's  notice  of  the  dissection  of  a  specimen  of  this  animal, 
P.  Z.  8,1834.  p.  113, 

t  S«»  Dr.  Anderson's  letters  au^eh,  pp.  Ill  et  278. 


1869.]  THE  SECRETARY  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.      469 

9.  A  specimen  of  the  Potto  {Perodicticu9  potto),  purchased  Sep- 
tember 4  th. 


Pgrodfctictts  poffo. 


This  rare  Lemurine  form  had  only  been  once  before  exhibited  in 
the  Society's  Gardens,  in  1848*. 

10.  A  6ne  young  male  of  the  Spanish  Ibex  (Copra  hispanica), 
from  the  Sierra  Hermosura,  in  Southern  Spain,  presented  to  the 
Society  by  Major  Howard  Irby,  of  the  74th  Highlanders,  Septem- 
ber 4th.  Unfortunately,  the  female  of  this  species  from  the  same 
locality,  presented  by  the  same  generous  donor  in  August  1868t, 
had  died ;  but  several  correspondents  of  the  Society  were  on  the  look 
out  for  examples  of  this  animal,  so  that  there  were  fair  prospects  of  its 
becoming  ultimately  a  permanent  denizen  of  the  Society's  Gardens. 

11.  Three  Island-Hen  Gallinules,  from  Tristan  d'Acunha  {Galli- 
nula  nenotis,  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1861,  p.  260,  pi.  xxx.),  presented  by 
E.  L.  Layard,  Esq.,  F.Z.S.,  September  3rd. 

12.  A  superb  Crested  Eagle  {Spizadtua  ornatus),  from  Costa 
Rica,  presented  by  Capt.  J.  M.  Dow,  F.Z.S.,  and  received  Septem- 
ber 27th,  being  the  second  example  of  this  fine  bird  of  prey  exhi- 
bited in  the  Society's  Gardens. 


*  See  Beport  of  the  Ouncil  for  1849,  p.  15. 
anted,  p.  1. 

t  See  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  626. 


Cf.  also  Mr.  Skiies's  notes, 


470  LETTER  FROM  DR.  J    ANDERSON.  [Nov.  II, 

The  following  extracts  were  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  Mr. 
Grote,  F.Z.S.,  by  Dr.  J.  Anderson,  C.M.Z.S.,  dated  Indian  Museum, 
Calcutta,  June  llth,  1869:— 

"  I  dare  say  you  will  remember  that  I  made  various  futile  attempts 
while  you  were  in  Calcutta  to  procure  living  specimens  of  the  Pigmy 
Hog  of  the  Terai  (Porcula  salvania).  On  these  occasions  I  trusted 
to  the  kind  promises  of  some  of  my  iriends  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Darjeeling ;  but  as  they  all  failed  in  their  uneducated  endeavours,  I 
sent  my  own  collectors  last  March  to  the  Terai  to  try  what  they 
could  do.  I  am  glad  to  say  they  have  been  successful,  and  I  have 
now  a  fine  specimen  of  this  remarkable  little  Hog  before  me  while  I 
write.  It  is  a  young  male,  but  the  natives  assert  that  it  is  nearly 
full-grown.  It  measures  1 9  inches  along  the  side,  from  the  tip  of 
the  snout  to  the  vent,  and  the  tail  is  21  lines  in  length.  Jerdon  is  iu 
error  when  he  says  that  it  has  no  mane ;  for  my  specimen  has  a 
marked  list  of  long  black  hairs  down  the  back,  intermixed  with 
yellowish-brown  hairs,  and  with  others  banded  with  the  latter  colour 
and  black.  The  hairs  over  the  rump  are  longer  than  in  any  other  part 
of  the  body.  The  sides  are  sparsely  covered  with  bright  yellow-brown 
hairs,  and  with  others  banded  like  those  on  the  dorsum.  The  mesial 
line  of  the  ventral  surface,  from  between  the  fore  legs  to  the  vent,  is 
almost  nude,  with  only  a  few  short  yellow  hairs.  The  legs  are  very 
graceful,  and  suggest  that  this  elegant  little  creature  must  test  the 
running.qualities  of  the  dogs.  The  ears  are  full  and  round.  The 
snout  is  moderately  long,  but  not  so  tapering  as  in  the  common 
Boar.  Mr.  Southby,  of  the  Selim  Tea- Estate,  under  whose  care  my 
collectors  were,  informs  me  that  Porcula  salvania  is  common  in  the 
Terai  below  Punkahlarri,  and  is  found  in  herds  of  500  in  the  low 
jungle.  The  natives  inform  him  that  its  food  consists  of  bulbs  and 
roots ;  and  that  the  female  carries  her  brood,  virhich  usually  num- 
bers three  or  four,  for  five  or  six  months.  It  is  very  shy,  and  the 
Meehies  trap  it  with  nets  and  hunt  it  with  dogs.  A  village  will 
catch  as  many  as  four  or  five  in  a  season,  which  they  reckon  from 
January  to  April ;  and  when  caught  young  it  becomes  easily  domes- 
ticated, and  is  found  tame  about  the  villages.  These  wild  people 
consider  its  flesh  a  great  delicacy. 

"  I  have  also  been  trying  hard  to  get  skins,  skeletons,  and  living 
specimens  of  the  Yakin  (Budorcas  taxicoior).  1  have  within  the 
last  month  received  two  very  fine  skins  of  half-grown  males,  with 
small  straight  horns  directed  backwards.  The  Mishnees  brought 
one  of  the  specimens  alive  nearly  as  far  as  Debrooghur.  This  was 
in  answer  to  the  reward  I  had  offered  of  one  hundred  rupees  for  a 
living  specimen.  I  am  afraid  I  shall  not  succeed  iu  getting  the 
beast  alive  to  the  plains,  as  it  lives  among  the  snow,  being  seldom 
seen  below  it.  Major  Stewart  informs  me  that  the  Yakin  is  found 
in  all  the  high  ranges  to  the  north-east  of  Debrooghur,  and  is  far 
from  uncommon.  The  Mishnees,  with  their  very  inferior  appliances 
to  shoot  and  catch  them,  are  nevertheless  frequently  dressed  in  their 
skins,  or  have  a  part  of  a  skin  with  the  hair  on  as  an  ornament, 
which  \>ould  seem  to  indicate  that  they  are  numerous.     The  Mish- 


1869.]  LETTER  FROM  DR.  G.  BENNETT.  471 

nees  between  the  Brahmapootra  and  the  Dihong  say  that  the  full- 
grown  ones  are  so  fierce  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  bring  them 
alive  to  Debrooghur.  They  are  seen  in  pairs,  and  sometimes  in  herds 
of  twenty  or  more.  They  are  swift  of  foot  and  good  climbers.  Why 
Jerdon  should  have  excluded  this  interesting  animal  from  the  Indian 
fauna  is  a  puzzle  to  me ;  for  it  is  quite  as  Himalayan  as  the  Brown 
Bear  and  the  Musk-deer,  both  of  which  are  included  in  his  book." 


The  following  extracts  were  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  the 
Secretary  by  Dr.  George  Bennett,  F.Z.S.,  dated  Sydney,  June  15th, 
1869:— 

"The  Government  steamer  'Thetis'  having  been  sent  to  Lord 
Howe*s  Island  to  investigate  a  case  of  homicide,  among  other  gen- 
tlemen interested  in  natural  liistory,  Mr.  R.  D.  Fitzgerald,  of  the 
Surveyor- General's  department,  obtained  leave  to  visit  the  island. 
To  this  gentleman  I  am  indebted  for  the  following  information, 
more  especially  for  the  interesting  account  of  the  habits  of  the 

*  Wood-hen,'  a  species  of  Rail  now  becoming  rapidly  extinct,  pecu- 
liar to  Lord  Howe's  Island.  The  'Thetis'  left  Sydney  on  the  26th 
of  May,  arrived  on  the  29th,  and  returned  to  Sydney  on  the  7th 
of  June,  1869.  The  island  is  situated  in  lat.  3\°  30'  S.,  and 
long.  159^  £.  It  is  sixteen  miles  in  circumference,  6^  miles  in 
length,  and  averages  about  half  a  mile  in  width.  The  inhabitants 
are  about  thirty-five,  including  children.  The  produce  of  the  island 
is  maize,  onions,  potatoes,  and  bananas ;  the  soil  is  rich,  and  the 
vegetation  very  luxuriant,  among  which  palms,  tree  ferns,  and  the 
banyan  fig  are  most  conspicuous.  Pigs  and  Goats  run  wild  on  the 
island,  the  former  feeding  principally  upon  the  fruit  of  the  palms. 

"Among  the  birds  collected  by  Mr.  Fitzgerald,  I  recognized  spe- 
cimens of  Merula  vinitinctay  Zosterops  strenuits,  Chalcophaps  chry- 
sochiora,  and  Pachycephala  gutturalu.  The  most  interesting  bird 
procured,  and  of  which  only  one  was  obtained,  was  the  *  Wood-hen.' 
I  recollect  that  in  the  year  1836  or  1837  the  late  Alexander 
Macleay,  then  Colonial  Secretary  of  New  South  Wales,  had  several  of 
these  birds  alive,  which  had  been  brought  to  him  from  Lord  Howe's 
Island ;  and  he  at  that  time  expressed  an  intention  of  sending  them 
to  the  Linnean  and  Zoological  Societies,  but  I  am  not  aware  whether 
they  ever  reached  their  destination.  The  White  Gallinule,  figured 
in  Phillips's  *  Voyage  to  Botany  Bay,'  and  found  only  in  Norfolk 
and  Lord  Howe's  Islands,  is  now  extinct,  as  it  is  not  seen  at  either 
of  those  islands.     Mr.  Fitzgerald,  in  the  account  he  gave  me,  says, 

•  The  land  birds  are  not  numerous,  probably  not  more  than  of  twelve 
or  thirteen  distinct  species.  I  observed : — a  little  Green  Pigeon ; 
a  Blackbird,  having  leaf- tossing  habits  and  call-notes  of  that  class 
of  birds ;  a  Zosierops,  or  Silver-eye  (of  larger  size  than  the  species 
common  about  Sydney) ;  a  Pachycephala,  or  Thick-head,  having 
the  colonial  appellation  of  "  Doctor ;"  a  Rhipidura,  or  Fly-catcher 
(similar  to  our  Sydney  species);  a  \iti\e  Aeanthiea ;  and  &  Pachy- 
cephala with  black  and  yellow  plumage,  seemingly  identical  with 
P.  gutturalisi  a  species  of  Kingfisher;  a  Crow-Shrike  (Strepera 


472         MR.  p.  L.  8CLATER  ON  OCYDROMUS  8YLVE6TRI8.      [NoT.  11, 

graculina  ?),  and  the  "  Wood-hen."  The  last-named  bird  reminded  me 
of  a  **  (/orn-crake.*'  It  is  said  that  there  was  formerly  a  large  Pigeon 
on  the  island,  now  extinct.  A  Red-tailed  Tropic  Bird  {Phaeton 
phanicurus)  was  procured ;  but  the  oceanic  birds,  as  far  as  noticed, 
were  the  same  as  those  usually  inhabiting  the  Australian  seas.  The 
"  Wood-hen"  is  very  peculiar  in  its  habits,  and  the  observations  I 
made  are  as  follows: — ^When  ascending  the  mountain  the  guide 
stopped  suddenly,  as  a  note  like  two  rasps  of  a  saw  was  heard  at 
some  distance  among  the  loose  stones  and  ferns,  and  exclaimed  "  That 
is  a  Wood-hen."  He  then  imitated  the  note  of  the  bird,  and  the 
Wood-hen  replied.  He  again  tried  the  imitation,  but  the  bird  was 
silent.  Anothef  guide  accompanying  us  then  struck  the  back  of  the 
tomahawk  against  a  tree ;  agam  the  bird  answered ;  further  strokes  of 
the  tomahawk  were  useless,  no  reply  could  be  obtained.  Then  a  dog 
was  made  to  bark,  and  with  effect ;  the  call  of  the  bird  was  again 
heard,  and  again  and  again  as  oflen  as  the  sounds  were  made  and 
varied.  At  each  time  it  was  apparent  that  the  bird  was  approaching 
nearer  and  nearer  to  our  position,  until  the  bird  ran  out,  apparently 
quite  confused  and  bewildered,  close  to  our  feet.  The  dog  that 
accompanied  us,  and  which  had  been  kept  back,  was  then  set  at 
liberty ;  he  seized  the  bird  and  immediately  killed  it ;  otherwise  it 
might  have  been  captured  alive.  It  was  meutioned  that  had  the  dog 
been  kept  back  and  stones  thrown  at  the  bird,  it  would,  on  being 
merely  grazed  by  one,  retreat  but  show  itself  again  immediately. 
It  appears  that  the  noise  made  to  attract  the  bird  must  be  constantly 
varied,  one  continuous  sonud  having  no  effect ;  chorus  or  scraps  of 
songs,  crowing  of  a  cock,  or  any  other  noise  with  which  the 
"Wood-hen"  is  unacquainted  will  attract  its  attention  and  draw  the 
bird  towards  you ;  and  the  guide  stated  that  even  if  a  gun  was  fired 
all  the  "  Wood-hens"  within  hearing  would  show  themselves.  Thia 
being  so,  no  wonder  they  are  becoming  scarce,  and  will,  no  doubt, 
be  soon  extinct.'  " 

In  reference  to  this  letter,  Mr.  P.  L.  Sclater  exhibited  a  stuffed 
specimen  of  the  so-called  "Wood-hen,"  which  had  been  mounted 
from  an  example  in  spirits  transmitted  by  Dr.  Bennett  to  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons.  Mr.  Sclater  stated  that,  as  suggested  in  the 
letter,  the  bird  was  evidently  a  Rail  of  the  genus  Ocydromut^  but 
apparently  of  a  new  species,  for  which  he  proposed  the  name 

OcYDROMUS  SYLVESTRiis,  sp.  uov.     (Plate  XXXV.) 

Oleagineo-fuscus  fere  unicolor,  subtus  vix  dilutior,  capitis  lateri- 

bus  et  gutture  cineraceo  paulum  lavatis :  remigibus  rufi%  nigro 

anguste  transfqsciatis :  rostro  etpedibus  obscure  comets :  long, 

tota  110,  al^lh'2,  caud<e  22,  rostri  a  rictu  20,  tarsi  20. 

Hab.  in  insula  '•  Lord  Howe"  dicta,  maris  Australiani. 

Remarks, — This  Ocydromus  is  readily  distinguishable  from  O. 

austraiis  and  O.  earlei  of  New  Zealand  by  its  small  size,  and  by  the 

rufous  colour  of  the  wings,  which  are  narrowly  banded  across  with 

black.     Besides  the  New- Zealand  species,  the  only  other  member  of 

this  genus  known  to  me  is  the  O.  lafresnayanus  of  New  Caledonia, 


1869.]  MR.  T.J.  QUELCH  ON  AN  HYBRID  RHOMBUS.  473 

of  which  a  fioe  living  example  is  now  in  the  Society's  GUrdens,  pre- 
sented by  Dr.  Bennett  on  the  10th  of  June  last*.  The  last-named 
species  appears  to  want  entirely  the  rufous  colour  which  ornaments 
the  wings  of  the  present  bird  and  is  also  slightly  apparent  in  O. 
australis,  

The  Secretary  read  the  following  extract  from  a  letter  addressed 
to  him  by  Mr.  Morton  Allport,  F.Z.S.,  dated  Hobart  Town,  10th  of 
August,  1869: — 

'*  The  experiment  now  going  on  for  the  introduction  of  Salmon  to 
the  rivers  of  this  colony  has  elicited  one  important  scientific  fact,  which 
may  be  worth  recording  in  the  'Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society.' 

*'  Amongst  the  last  shipment,  which  led  Plymouth  on  the  8th  of 
February,  1866,  were  15,000  ora  of  Salmon  Trout  (Salmo  trutta), 
of  which  a  fair  percentage  hatched.  The  bulk  of  the  fry  were  per- 
mitted to  follow  their  natural  instinct,  and  proceeded  to  sea  on  their 
reaching  the  smolt  stage ;  but  the  Tasmanian  Salmon  Commissioners 
retained  a  few  in  a  suitable  pond  having  gravelly  rapids  adapted  for 
spawning-ground  attached.  Twelve  of  these  fish  attained  weights 
varying  from  |  lb.  to  1  j|  lb. ;  and  during  the  end  of  June  and  begin- 
ning of  July  last  four  pairs  formed  rids  and  deposited  spawn,  in 
which  the  embryo  fish  are  now  distinctly  visible." 


Mr.  John  W.  Clark  exhibited,  and  made  remarks  upon,  some  well- 
mounted  and  nearly  perfect  skeletons  of  the  extinct  Didine  birds 
Didus  ineptus  of  Mauritius  and  Petophaps  aolitaria  of  Rodriguez, 
belonging  to  the  Cambridge  University  Museum. 


Mr.  Edwin  Ward  exhibited  a  specimen  of  a  variety  of  the  common 
Woodcock  (Scolopax  ruaticula),  m  which  the  head  was  nearly  black, 
and  the  back  and  breast  mottled  with  the  same  colour.  The  speci- 
men was  shot  at  Cromer,  in  Norfolk,  and  was  stated  to  be  the  pro- 
perty of  Mr.  W.  L.  Barclay. 

Mr.  T.  J.  Quelch  exhibited  a  specimen  of  a  supposed  hybrid  fish 
of  the  genus  Rhombus,  and  made  the  following  remarks  upon  it : — 

"  This  fish,  for  which  at  present  there  is  no  name,  is  caught  on 
the  Dutch  coast,  and,  so  far  as  I  know,  only  in  the  spring  time, 
when  the  trawlers  from  Hull  and  Grimsby  commence  fishing.  It 
roust  be  very  scarce ;  for  durine  the  space  of  twenty  years,  in  which 
time  hundreds  of  thousands  of  Turbots  and  Brills  have  passed  under 
my  notice,  I  have  not  seen  more  than  six  or  seven  of  this  description, 
out  of  which  I  have  secured  the  one  exhibited,  two  for  the  Museum, 
one  for  Mr.  Buckland,  and  one  for  Mr.  Jonathan  Couch. 

"  It  resembles  the  Turbot  in  shape,  but  the  head  is  like  the  Brill. 
It  has  neither  the  spiny  protuberances  of  the  Turbot  nor  the  scales 
of  the  Brill,  but  is  thickly  covered  with  small  horny  plates,  a  sort  of 
«  See  P.  Z.  8.  anieh,  p.  431. 


474  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [NoV.  1 1, 

compromise  between  the  two.  From  all  these  circamstances  I  con- 
clude it  to  be  a  hybrid  between  the  Turbot  (Rhombus  maximus)  and 
Brill  (R,  Uevis),  and  as  such  I  submit  it  to  your  judgment. 

"  This  specimen  is  a  male,  and  had  the  milt  well  developed ;  the 
one  Mr.  Buckland  has  is  a  female,  and  the  ova  were  in  a  similar 
condition."  

The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  On  the  Anatomy  of  the  Proteles,  Proteles  cristatus  (Sparr- 
man).  By  William  Henry  Flower,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S., 
Hunterian  Professor  of  Comparative  Anatomy,  and  Con- 
servator of  the  Museum,  Royal  College  of  Sui^eons  of 
England. 

(Plate  XXXVI.) 

The  first  published  indication  of  the  existence  of  this  very  remark- 
able animal  is  contained  in  Sparrman's  travels ;  but  as  his  account 
of  it  has  been  overlooked  by  most  subsequent  writers,  I  will  quote 
it  in  full : — 

"An  auimal  of  the  height  of  eighteen  inches  was  known  to  the 
formers  here  [Agter  Bruntjes  Hoogte,  up  the  Klein  Yisch  River] 
hj  the  name  of  the  grey  jackal,  as  it  approaches  pretty  near  the 
common  jackal  in  size,  as  well  as  in  the  shape  of  its  head  and  body ; 
but,  to  judge  from  the  teeth  alone,  as  far  as  I  can  recollect  them  at 
present,  the  grey  jackal  seems  rather  to  bear  the  characteristic 
marks  by  which  the  viverra,  or  weasel  kind,  is  distinguished  in  the 
'  System  of  Nature,*  edit.  xiL 

*'  The  hair  with  which  the  grey  jackal  was  covered  was  a  mixture 
of  light  grey  and  black ;  so  that  this  creature  was  of  a  darkish  ash- 
colour  all  over,  excepting  towards  the  tip  of  the  tail,  which  for  the 
length  of  three  inches  was  quite  black ;  it  was  besides  pretty  bushy, 
and  reached  down  to  the  animal* s  heels.  The  hairs,  indeed,  over 
the  whole  body  were  pretty  long  and  soft,  but  on  the  back  they  were 
about  twice  as  long  as  in  the  other  parts,  so  that  they  appeared  to 
form  a  brush  or  comb ;  for  which  reason  this  animal  may  for  the 
present  be  called  the  viverra  crtstaia.  I  say  far  the  present,  as 
well  on  account  that  the  stuffed  skin  of  this  creature  was  stolen  out 
of  my  waggon  by  some  hounds  with  which  we  had  been  out  a  hunt- 
ing, before  I  had  time  to  draw  up  a  more  accurate  description  of  it, 
as  likewise  because  it  is  very  difficult  as  yet  to  define  the  genera 
belonging  to  the  order  of  /era,  I  made  a  drawing  of  the  grey 
jackal's  hver,  and  on  going  to  examine  it  with  this  view,  I  found  it 
divided  in  a  singular  manner.  The  right  lung  had  four  lobes,  and 
the  left  three.  The  stomach  had  nothing  but  ants  in  it,  or,  to  speak 
more  properly,  the  white  termites  before  mentioned;  yet,  that  it 
may  not  be  supposed  from  this  circumstance  that  the  animal  here 
spoken  of  belongs  to  the  genus  of  the  Myrmecophaga  of  Linnaeus, 
it  may  be  proper  to  mention  here  that  the  character  of  this  genus  is 


'.]  ANATOMY  OF  PROTELES.  475 

total  want  of  teeth,  and  that,  exclunvely  of  oar  Swedish  bean, 

.■  Hottentots  themselres  are  likewise  very  fond  of  this  food"  *. 

Subsequently  M.  Delalande  brought  three  specimens  from  South 

rrica  to  the  raris  Museum.     These,  after  receiving  some  prelimi- 

try  notices  from  both  G.  and  F.  Cuvier  and  Desmarest,  formed  the 

u))ject  of  a  detailed  descriptive  and  illustrated  memoir  by  M.  Isidore 

ieoffroy  St.-Hilairef,  in  which  the  animal  is  distinctly  characterized, 

and  named  Proteles  lalandii,  the  author  having  apparently  been 

unacquainted  with  Sparrman's  previous  notice^. 

Although  Isidore  Geoffroy  recognized  the  position  of  the  animal 
as  belonging  to  a  genus  distinct  from,  but  allied  to,  Hycenay  and 
although  Cuvier  had  previously  called  it  provisionally  a  *'Genette 
hySmotde*'^,  De  Blainville,  in  describing  and  figuring  its  skeleton  in 
his  great  work  on  Osteology,  places  it  among  the  CanidtB,  treating  it 
as  if  it  only  formed  a  subsection  of  the  genus  Cams,  and  endeavours 
to  justify  this  position  by  its  osteological  characters. 

In  my  remarks  on  the  value  of  the  cranial  characters  in  the  clas- 
sification of  the  Camivora,  laid  before  the  Society  last  January,  I 
endeavoured  to  show  that,  as  far  as  the  cranial  characters  alone  can 
indicate,  its  true  position  is  intermediate  between  two  groups,  which 
I  regard  as  nearly  related,  viz.  the  HycmidiB  and  the  Ftverrida,  and 
that  it  is  rather  with  the  Herpestine  section  of  the  latter  family  that 
its  relationship  lies. 

Proteles  has  hitherto  been  known  only  by  the  skin,  skeleton,  and 
dentition,  no  anatomist  having  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  any 
other  portion  of  its  organization. 

The  arrival  in  the  Society's  Gardens  early  in  the  present  year  of 
three  fine  specimens,  shipped  from  Port  Elizabeth,  and  the  subse- 
quent death  of  one  of  them  (on  June  13th),  has  enabled  me  to 
supply  some  of  the  information  that  has  been  until  now  so  great  a 
desideratum. 

External  Characters. 

The  animal  was  a  male  and  fully  adult  (see  Plate  XXXYII. ).  lu 
length,  from  the  tip  of  the  nose  to  the  end  of  the  hair  on  the  tail, 
was  3'  4'',  from  the  tip  of  the  nose  to  the  root  of  the  tail  2*  S", 
the  length  of  the  tail,  without  the  hair,  10'';  the  length  of  the  head 
6"-2 ;  the  greatest  width  of  the  head  at  the  zygomata  3"'6 ;  from 
the  shoulder-joint  to  the  elbow  6",  from  the  elbow  to  the  wrist  6i", 
from  the  wrist  to  the  tip  of  the  middle  claw  5||'',  from  the  hip-joint 

♦  A  Voyage  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  Ac^  from  the  Year  1772  to  1776,  by 
Andrew  Sparrman,  M.D.  Translated  from  the  Swedish  originaL  London, 
1786.  VoL  ii  p.  177. 

t  M^moires  du  Museum  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  tome  xi.  1824,  p.  354. 

I  M.  St-Hilaire  gives  the  following  explanation  of  the  signification  of  the 
generio  name  which  he  gave  to  this  animal : — "  De  xpo,  devant,  et  de  reXi^ett, 
pariait,  complet.  Je  prends  ici  ce  dernier  mot  comme  Equivalent  de  perUadac- 
fyle.**  "Le  nom  rappellera  que  les  pieds  ant^rieurs  du  nouvel  animal  sont 
complets,  quant  au  nombre  des  doigts,  par  opposition  avec  ceux  de  la  hydne  qui 
ne  aont  que  t^tradactyles"  {loc.  cU.  p.  355). 

S  Ottemens  FossUes,  t.  iv.  p.  388  (1823). 


476  PROP.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [NoV.  11, 

to  the  knee  5}",  from  the  knee  to  the  ankle  6^",  from  the  heel  to 
the  tip  of  the  middle  claw  6^**. 

The  head  is  very  broad  and  depressed  posteriorly.  It  snddenlj  con- 
tracts in  front  of  the  eyes  into  a  depressed,  rather  broad,  and  obtusely 
pointed  muzzle,  rather  dilated  laterally  in  front  of  its  posterior  con- 
striction, and  obUquely  truncated  at  the  apex  from  below  upwards. 
The  ''  muffle"  is  covered  with  a  naked,  black,  and  finely  tuberculated 
skin.  The  nostrils  are  quite  lateral,  in  the  form  of  a  longitudinal  but- 
tonhole-like slit,  *5''  long,  with  the  anterior  end  rounded,  dilated,  and 
turning  upwards.    They  are  -5''  apart  in  front,  and  *9''  posterioriy. 

On  the  under  surface  of  the  muffle  is  a  longitudinal  median  groove, 
continued  through  the  upper  lip.  The  whole  of  the  muzzle,  or  that 
part  of  the  face  in  front  of  the  eyes,  is  covered  with  a  soft,  dark 
brown  or  blackish,  almost  naked  skin,  having  only  very  minute, 
deUcate,  light-coloured  downy  hairs,  with  a  rew  scattered  longer 
('3"  to  *4'')  hairs  on  the  upper  Up,  and  on  each  side  seven  or  eight 
stout  black  vibrissse  or  whiskers,  the  longest  of  which  are  3^''.  The 
lower  lip  and  chin  are  also  clothed  only  with  soil  downy  hair,  and  a 
few  scattered  longer  hairs  in  front.  The  true  hairy  covering  of  the 
skin  commences  a  little  in  front  of  a  Une  drawn  through  the  angle 
of  the  mouth  and  the  anterior  angle  of  the  eye,  though  the  compa- 
rative nakedness  of  the  muzzle  extends  on  each  side  quite  up  to  the 
eyes.  There  are  a  few  slender  black  vibrissae  above  the  anterior 
comer  of  the  eye,  a  single  stout  one  an  inch  behind  the  angle  of  the 
mouth,  and  a  group  of  three  or  four  close  to  the  middle  line  below, 
between  the  rami  of  the  jaws,  on  a  level  with  the  angle  of  the  mouth. 

The  distance  from  the  tip  of  the  nose  to  the  anterior  angle  of  the 
eye  is  2''*  7;  the  length  of  the  orifice  of  the  lids  is  *8'^  from  the  tip 
of  the  nose  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth  2"*6. 

The  edges  of  the  eyelids  are  of  the  same  dusky  colour  as  the 
Tnuzzle.  The  upper  lid  has  a  row  of  fine  black  cilia  '3''  in  length. 
There  are  none  on  the  lower  hd.  There  is  a  well-developed  nictita- 
ting membrane,  white,  with  a  dusky  edge.  The  iris  is  dark  brown ; 
the  pupil  appeared  to  be  nearly  cireular ;  the  diameter  of  the  cornea 
is  *6''.     The  axis  of  the  eye  is  directed  nearly  forwards. 

The  ears  are  large,  erect,  and  pointed ;  their  external  surface  is  of 
a  dusky  purplish-brown  colour,  and  but  sparingly  covered  with  hair, 
except  at  the  edges,  where  short,  light  brown  hair  grows  more  abun- 
dantly, but  there  is  nothing  like  a  tuft  or  pencil  at  the  end.  The 
inner  surface  of  the  pinna  is  white,  naked  at  the  central  parts,  and 
but  thinly  clothed  with  hair  at  the  sides  and  towards  the  tip.  The 
anterior  edge  is  nearly  straight  and  flattened  outwards.  The  hinder 
edge  is  produced  near  the  base  into  a  slight  "  lobule,"  with  a  hollow 
to  its  inner  side,  separated  from  the  "  concha,"  or  main  concarity  of 
the  pinna,  by  a  well-marked  ridge.  There  is  no  distinct  tragus.  In 
the  deep  part  of  the  hollow  of  the  jpinna,  close  to  its  base,  are  two 
small  transverse  corrugated  folds.  The  length  of  the  pinna  is  4''*2, 
iU  greatest  breadth  2"*3. 

The  animal  appears  to  be  perfectly  digitigrade.  All  the  feet  have 
strong,  blunt,  subcompressed,  non- retractile,  slightly  curved  claws. 


1869.]  ANATOMY  OP  PROTELE8.  477 

The  fore  foot  has  five  toes :  the  third  and  fourth  nearly  equal  in 
length ;  the  second  and  fifth  slightly  shorter  and  equal ;  the  first, 
or  poUex,  very  much  shorter,  its  claw  being  midway  between  the 
wrist-joint  and  the  claws  of  the  other  toes.  The  hind  foot  has  only 
four,  subequal  toes :  the  fourth  slightly  the  longest ;  the  third  almost 
equal  to  it ;  the  second  and  the  fifth  also  nearly  equal,  but  the  second 
slightly  the  shorter  of  the  two.  Each  foot  has  a  single  palmar  or 
plantar  naked  pad,  and  one  pad  to  each  toe. 

The  fur  generally  consists  of  a  thick,  soil,  woolly,  rather  long  and 
loose,  wayy  under-fur,  interspersed  with  sparsely  scattered  straight  stiff 
hairs,  which  project  beyond  the  others.  There  are  fewest  of  these  on 
the  under  surface,  and  they  increase  in  relative  number  above.  In  a 
broad  band  alon^  the  back,  extending  from  the  occiput  to  the  root  of 
the  tail,  these  stiffer  hairs  are  elongated  into  a  crest  or  mane,  which 
falls  over  to  one  or  the  other  side  when  the  animal  is  quiescent,  but 
can  be  erected  when  it  is  irritated.  This  crest  is  longest  on  the  neck 
and  shoulders,  where  the  individual  hairs  attain  the  length  of  8''. 

On  the  face  and  cheeks  the  hair  is  short  and  stiff,  gradually 
lengthening  and  becoming  softer  in  passing  backwards  to  the  neck ; 
on  the  throat  it  is  soft  and  short ;  on  the  feet,  below  the  wrists  and 
hocks,  the  hair  is  comparatively  short,  stiff,  and  adpressed.  The 
upper  surface  of  the  toes  is  thickly  covered,  the  hair  reaching  to  near 
the  middle  of  the  claws.  The  upper  and  under  surface  of  the  webs 
between  the  toes  are  nearly  naked ;  but  their  edges  are  fringed  with 
long  stiff  hairs,  which  project  between  the  naked  pads  of  the  toes. 

The  hair  is  worn  off  from  a  small  rounded  patch  in  front  of  each 
wrist-joint,  as  if  the  animal  were  in  the  habit  of  going  on  its  "knees"  ♦. 
There  is  also  a  rounded  bare  patch,  *3''  in  diameter,  on  the  under 
surface  of  each  heel ;  this  appears  normal  and  not  worn.  The  rest 
of  the  hinder  part  of  the  tarso-metatarsal  region  is  covered  with 
hair  as  far  as  the  plantar  pad. 

The  tail  is  covered  with  long,  stiff,  bristly  hair ;  that  on  the  upper 
surface  longest  (5'')  and  formins  a  kind  of  crest,  so  that  the  whole 
tail  appears  compressed  from  side  to  side.  The  crest  of  the  back  is 
not  quite  continuous  with  that  of  the  tail,  as  the  long  stiff  hairs  are 
almost  wanting  at  the  root  of  the  tail. 

The  general  ground-colour  of  the  woolly  fiir  all  over  the  animal  is 
a  pale  yellowish  or  reddish  brown.  The  throat  is  paler,  almost 
white.  The  chest,  abdomen,  and  limbs  are  of  a  brighter  or  redder 
tint.  The  upper  parts,  from  the  greater  admixture  of  the  long  stiff 
hairs,  have  a  ereyish  hue,  these  hairs  being  yellowish  white,  with 
more  or  less  of  the  tip  black.  Where  they  are  very  long,  as  in  the 
mane  and  tail,  besides  a  considerable  portion  of  the  tip  being  black, 
there  is  also  a  broad  dark  band  across  the  hair,  and  in  the  extremely 
long  hairs  of  the  shoulders  there  are  two  bands.  The  greater  part 
of  the  tail  and  the  free  edge  of  the  mane  is  thus  quite  black. 

*  Mr.  Bartlett  informs  me  that  this  is  the  habit  both  of  Proteles  and  the 
Hjsenas,  especiallj  when  figfatine.  He  attributes  it,  at  least  in  the  case  of  the 
Hyienas  to  an  instinctive  dread  lest  their  feet  should  be  seized  and  crushed  by 
the  powerful  jaws  of  their  adTersarj. 


478  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [NoV.  11, 

The  upper  part  of  the  head  is  dark  ^ey.  The  dorsal  surface  of 
the  fore  feet  is  dark  brown ;  the  posterior,  or  palmar,  surface  pale 
yellowish  brown.  The  anterior,  or  dorsal,  surface  of  the  hind  feet 
is  pale  brown,  mottled  or  irregularly  banded  with  dark,  and  becoming 
quite  dark  at  the  toes.  The  nair  on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  feet 
is  pale,  that  on  the  edges  of  the  webs  of  the  toes  very  dark. 

Besides  the  general  colour  of  the  woolly  hair  mentioned  aboTe, 
there  are  certain  conspicuous  black  bands  or  stripes,  arranged  as 
follows : — An  oval  longitudinal  spot  on  the  side  of  the  neck ;  three 
nearly  vertical  bands  on  the  shoulder,  of  which  the  hinder  one  is 
much  the  longest ;  some  irregular  bands  across  the  outer  side  of  the 
forearm ;  three  vertical  bands  on  the  flank,  of  which  the  most  poste- 
rior is  the  shortest ;  a  long  band  across  the  upper  part  of  the  thigh, 
inclining  obliquely  downwards  and  forwards,  from  the  rump  to  the 
knee ;  and  some  irregular  bands  on  the  outside  of  the  thigh  and  leg. 

The  general  resemblance  of  the  animal  externally  to  a  small 
Striped  Hyaena  has  often  been  noticed,  and  is  well  exempli  fled  in 
the  living  specimens  in  the  Society's  Gardens.  It  should  be  re- 
marked that  there  is  a  considerable  variation  in  the  tone  of  the 
colour  of  the  different  individuals  in  the  collection,  the  one  which 
was  flrst  received  being  much  lighter  or  greyer  generally,  and  having 
the  dark  bands  much  less  distinctly  marked,  than  the  specimen 
which  is  the  subject  of  the  present  notice. 

Brain. 

The  brain,  generally  speaking,  b  broad  and  rather  depressed.  Its 
form  and  proportions,  and  the  dUsposition  of  its  surface-markings,  are 
shown  in  the  accompanying  figures  (flgs.  1,  2, 3,  and  4,  pp.  480, 481). 

The  olfactory  lobes  are  large.  The  corpora  albicantia  were  quite 
distinct  from  each  other  posteriorly,  though  blended  in  front.  I 
observed  nothing  in  the  base  of  the  brain  or  in  the  form  of  the  cere- 
bellum or  medulla  oblongata  notably  different  i'rom  those  parts  in 
other  Carnivora. 

The  most  characteristic  portion  of  the  brain,  the  cerebral  hemi- 
spheres, requires  more  attention.  The  length  of  each  hemisphere 
before  hardening  in  spirit  was  exactly  2";  the  greatest  breadth  of 
the  pair  1  '8".  Seen  from  above  they  form  a  broad  oval,  rounded  at 
each  end,  slightly  broader  behind  than  in  front.  They  are  rather 
flattened  above.  The  convolutions  are  simple,  and  clearly  marked 
by  deep  sulci,  with  very  few  secondary  furrows. 

The  Sylvian  fissure  (fig.  2,  S)  on  the  outside  of  the  hemisphere, 
rather  in  front  of  the  middle,  is  well  marked,  and  runs  upwards  aud 
backwards  for  n  distance  of  a  little  more  than  half  an  inch,  its  supe- 
rior extremity  being  slightly  inclined  forwards.  As  is  usual  among 
the  Carnivora,  the  convolutions  or  gyri  are  arranged  in  a  series  of 
arches  around  and  above  this  fissure. 

There  are  three  such  gyri.  The  first,  or  lowest  (i  t),  commences 
in  the  frontal  lobe,  above  the  supraorbital  fissure  (O),  in  common 
with  the  next ;  it  ascends  to  the  top  of  the  Sylvian  fissure,  bends 


ANATOMY  0¥  PROTELES.  479 

^t  angle,  and  then  descends  to  the  temporal  lobe, 
12:  twice  the  breadth  of  the  anterior,  and  in- 
'•e  parallel  to  the  Sylvian. 

vros  (mm),  surrounds  the  last  in  the 

<?  in  the  frontal  and  ending  in  the 

At  its  posterior  superior  angle  it 

'  ort  sulcus,  which  runs  upwards 

of  the  main  sulcus  separating 

h)  may  be  considered  to  commence 

>v  aence  it  extends  along  the  upper  part 

red  within  by  the  great  longitudinal  fissure, 

extremity.    Anteriorly  it  is  broad,  and  is  sharply 

..  a  sigmoid  manner, — first  winding  round  the  supra- 

.^  (O),  and  then  round  the  cracial  sulcus  (C),  which  runs 

erectly  outwards  from  the  great  longitudinal  fissure  for  the 

auce  of  half  an  inch,  very  near  the  anterior  end  of  the  hemisphere. 

On  the  inner  surface  of  the  hemisphere  (fig.  4)  the  superior  gyrus 

is  seen  to  extend  completely  round  the  bonier,  bounded  below  by 

the  calloso-marginal  sulcus,  and  interrupted  near  the  front  by  the 

cnicial  sulcus.     It  terminates  by  joining  the  middle  external  sulcus 

at  the  posterior  apex  of  the  hemisphere.    It  has  several  indentations 

on  its  surface,  notably  a  longitudinal  one  near  its  hinder  end. 

On  the  inner  surface  of  the  hemisphere,  below  the  calloso-marginal 
sulcus,  is  the  "  internal "  gyrus  of  Leuret  (fig.  4,  A  A),  which  sur- 
rounds the  corpus  callosum,  and  may  be  traced  backwards  and  down- 
wards, around  the  great  opening  through  which  the  crus  passes  into 
the  hemisphere  to  form  the  great  prominence  of  the  temporal  lobe. 
As  the  sulcus  on  the  concave  sijje  of  the  lower  part  of  this  gyrus  forms 
the  hippocampus  major,  it  may  be  called  the  hippocampal  gyrus. 

There  are  thus  four  distinct  gyri — an  inferior,  middle,  and  supe- 
rior external,  and  an  internal  or  hippocampal  gyrus. 

I  am  not  aware  of  any  published  description  or  figure  of  the  brain 
of  Hyena ;  but  a  specimen  is  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the  Royal 
Collie  of  Surgeons,  the  species,  unfortunately,  not  recorded.  This 
brain  has  the  gyri  and  sulci  of  the  cerebral  hembphere  arranged  on 
exactly  the  same  plan  as  those  of  Proteles ;  but  being  a  larger  brain, 
the  secondary  sulci  are  rather  more  marked.  The  whole  brain  is 
rounder  in  form,  both  breadth  and  height  being  greater  propor- 
tionally to  length  than  in  Proteles,  and  consequently  the  three  ex- 
ternal gyri  make  higher  and  shorter  arches. 

The  cerebral  convolutions  of  the  FelicUe  are  also  arranged  on  the 
same  pattern,  but  are  rather  more  complex f.     On  the  other  hand, 

•  Leuret  determines  this  portion  of  the  brain-surface  as  a  distinct  (supra- 
orbital) gyrus. 

t  The  uniform  character  of  the  cerebral  convolutions  in  various  species  of 
Felid^  was  pointed  out  by  Owen  ("  On  the  Anatomy  of  the  CJheetah,"  T.  Z.  S. 
vol.  i.  p.  133).  Much  valuable  information  and  some  excellent  figures  of  the 
braiiis  of  the  Oamivora  are  contained  in  Leuret's  '  Anat.  Comp.  du  Syst^me 
Nerveux,*  vol.  i. 


480 


PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THB 


[Nov.  1 1, 


Upper  urfaoe  of  the  brain ;  natural  size. 

C.  Crucial  sulcus,    t.  Inferior  external  gyrus,    m.  Middle  external  gjrus. 

8.  Superior  external  gyrus. 


Fig.  2. 


Side  view  ef  the  brain ;  natural  size. 


those  of  the  ViverritUe  present  another  Tariation  of  the  same  pattern 
in  the  direction  of  simplicity.  For  working  out  all  the  modifica- 
tions of  the  hrain-conTolutions  of  the  Carnifora,  a  larger  nnmher  of 


1869.] 


ANATOMY  OP  PROTELB8. 


481 


Under  surfooe  of  the  brain ;  natural  sijBe. 
'S-  Sylyian  fijwure.     0.  Supraorbital  sulcus.     A.  Hippocampal  gyrus. 

Fig.  4. 


Inner  surface  of  cerebral  hemisphere ;  natural  size. 


speciixi. 


g^l^'^^ns  would  be  required  than  is  at  present  accessible ;  but  the 

gjy^      ^*^  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons  is  sufficiently  exten- 

and  t^  ^^ow  that  they  will  furnish  important  indications  of  affinity, 

^^at  these  indications  correspond  remarkably  with  the  evidence 


482  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [NoV.  11, 

afiforded  by  characters  of  the  cranium,  digestive  and  reproductive 
organs*. 

The  Dogs  {Cynoidea)  are  very  uniform  in  their  cerebral  characters, 
having  always  four  distinct  and  regular  gyri  surrounding  the  fissure 
of  Sylvius,  which  is  short  and  approaching  a  vertical  direction.  The 
first  and  second  arched  gyri  have  the  anterior  and  posterior  limbs 
equal,  the  third  has  the  posterior  limb  broad  and  bifurcated. 

All  the  other  Carnivore  have  only  three  arched  gyri  on  the  outer 
surface,  the  first,  or  lower  one  of  the  Dogs,  being  either  wanting  or 
concealed  beneath  the  second,  within  the  fissure  of  Svlviusf. 

In  the  Arctoidea  the  fissure  of  Sylvius  is  rather  long  and  slopes 
backwards;  the  inferior  gyrus  has  the  limbs  long,  corresponding 
with  the  length  of  the  Sylvian  fissure ;  the  anterior  rather  narrower 
than  the  posterior  (especially  in  the  true  Bears)  ;  the  middle  gyrus 
is  moderate  and  equal-limbed ;  the  upper  one  large,  ver^  broad  in 
front,  and  distinctly  marked  off  from  the  second  posteriorly  as  far 
as  near  the  lower  border  of  the  temporal  lobe^.  The  crucial  fissure 
is  long  and  oblique,  and  situated  further  back  than  usual. 

In  the  ^lurotdea  the  Sylvian  fissure  is  moderate  and  nearer  to 
the  vertical  than  in  the  last  group.  The  gyrus  which  immediately 
surrounds  it  is  wide,  especially  the  posterior  limb,  which  is  generally 
twice  the  width  of  the  anterior,  and  is  divided  by  a  vertical  fissure, 
well  marked  in  the  Cats  and  Hyaenas.  In  the  Cats  the  anterior 
limb  is  also  partially  divided.  In  the  Civet  both  limbs  are  simple $. 
The  second  gyrus  is  moderate  and  simple.  The  superior  gyrus  is 
wide  in  front,  but  small  posteriorly,  the  sulcus  which  separates  it 
from  the  second  not  extending  quite  to  the  hinder  apex  of  the 
hemisphere. 

Mouth,  Tongue,  etc. 

The  incisor  teeth,  both  above  and  below,  were  worn  down  almost 
level  with  the  gums ;  the  ends  of  the  canines  were  also  truncated 
and  broken.  Behind  the  canines  there  were  but  three  teeth  above 
and  two  below  on  each  side,  all,  as  usual,  quite  small  and  rudi- 
mentary. 

The  roof  of  the  mouth  is  broad  and  nearly  flat  It  has  four 
strongly  marked,  sharp-edged,  curved  ridges  passing  completely  across 
from  side  to  side,  with  the  concavity  of  their  curve  turned  back- 
wards. The  first  is  between  the  incisors  and  the  canines ;  the  second 
is  opposite  to  the  latter.     The  middle  of  the  fourth  ridge  is  one 

*  See  **  On  the  Value  of  the  Characters  derived  from  the  Base  of  the  Cnmium 
in  the  Classification  of  the  Camirora*'  (P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  4). 

t  In  the  Hyana  its  hinder  limb  is  partly  exposed. 

X  Exceot  in  the  smaller  members  of  the  genus  Mtutdti,  where  the  sulcus  se- 
parating me  superior  from  the  middle  gyrus  is  less  produced  posteriorly  than  in 
others  of  the  group.  In  GalicfU  vittxUa,  however,  the  brain  is  quite  a  miniature 
of  that  of  a  Sear ;  but  the  middle  convolution  is  united  with  the  upper  one  at 
its  superior  anterior  angle.  According  to  Leuret,  a  similar  union  is  found  in 
the  Otters. 

§  The  Suricate  agrees  with  the  Hyienas  rather  than  with  the  Civets  in  the 
general  characters  of  its  brain-convolutions. 


1869.]  ANATOMY  or  PROTELE8.  483 

inch  behind  the  incisors.  Behind  these  are  four  more  ridges,  which 
do  not  pass  across  the  middle  line,  being  intermpted  for  a  short 
space ;  and  each  half  ridge  forms  an  arch  by  itself,  haying  both  ends 
directed  backwards.  The  last  two  are  much  smaller  than  the  others. 
Between  the  foremost  ridg;e  and  the  incisor  teeth  are  three  not  Tery 
distinct  prominences  of  the  mucous  membrane,  the  largest  of  the 
three  being  in  the  middle.  On  the  depressed  surfaces  between  the 
ridges,  especially  between  the  fifth  and  seventh,  are  numerous  small, 
rounded,  white  tubercles.  The  palate  behind  the  last  ridge  (which 
is  2"* 2  from  the  incisor  teeth)  is  quite  smooth. 

There  is  no  distinct  uvula,  only  a  median  thickening  of  the  arched 
posterior  margin  of  the  soft  palate.  The  tonsils  form  prominent, 
oblique,  narrow  ridges  on  the  sides  of  the  fauces,  half  an  inch  in 
length. 

The  tongue  is  large,  fiat,  rather  spatulate,  and  very  soflor  lax  in  its 
tissues.  Its  length  is  6",  and  its  greatest  breadth  ( 1  ''behind  the  apex) 
1"*8.     The  fraenum  is  attached  nearly  three  inches  from  the  apex. 

The  circumvallate  papillae  are  rather  small  and  only  two  in  number, 
placed  in  the  usual  region  of  the  tongue  and  half  an  inch  apart. 
The  dorsal  surface  of  the  tongue  behind  these  papillae  is  soft  and  glan- 
dular, and  bears  scattered,  long,  sod  and  pointed  papillae.  All  the 
middle  portion  of  the  dorsum  is  thickly  covered  with  minute  conical 
papillae,  with  their  apices  directed  backwards  and  towards  the  middle 
line.  Interspersed  with  these  are  numerous  circular,  rather  flat- 
topped  fungiform  papillae.  Rather  in  front  of  the  middle  of  the 
dorsum,  where  the  tongue  begins  to  widen  somewhat,  the  conical 
papillae  increase  in  size,  and  are  gradually  transformed  into  papillae 
of  very  peculiar  form,  which  cover  the  whole  of  the  anterior  third 
of  the  organ.  These  are  very  conspicuous  (being  quite  white  and 
very  hard),  short,  rounded  cones,  or  bosses,  set  m  a  smooth,  soft, 
pink  membrane.  Their  average  diameter  is  upwards  of  ^  inch,  and 
the  distance  between  them  nearly  equal  to  the  diameter.  At  the 
margin  and  apex  of  the  tongue  they  gradually  diminish  in  size.  In 
the  fore  part  of  this  curious  patch  the  axes  of  the  papillae  are  ver- 
tical to  the  plane  of  the  dorsum  of  the  tongue ;  but  posteriorly  their 
apices  point  backwards  and  they  are  flatter,  and,  as  before  said,  pass 
insensibly  into  the  minute  conical  papillae  of  the  middle  part  of  the 
tongue.  I  am  not  aware  of  any  lingual  papillae  exactly  like  these. 
In  JIy€tna,  however,  there  is  a  central  rounded  patch  of  conspicu- 
ously enlarged  coniod  papillae  near  the  apex  of  the  tongue. 

In  the  septum  of  the  tongue,  near  the  extremity,  is  a  very  small 
subcylindrical  lytta,  proportionally  smaller  than  in  Hy<Bna, 

The  submaxillary  glands  are  of  very  large  size,  composed  of  very 
distinct  large  lobules,  and  of  a  bright  yellow  colour,  having  when 
fresh  much  the  appearance  of  fat.  The  anterior  end  of  each  gland 
abuts  against  the  angle  of  the  jaw,  or  rather  the  masseter  muscle 
covering  it;  the  posterior  against  the  transverse  process  of  the 
atlas.  Above  it  is  in  contact  with  the  inferior  surface  of  the  carti- 
laginous meatus  auditorius  externus.  Superficially  it  "is  covered  by 
the  platysma.     In  general  form  it  is  pear-shaped,  having  the  large 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXII. 


481  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [^OV.  II, 

end,  which  is  flattened  and  has  a  rounded  outline,  turned  backwards. 
The  front  end  is  truncated,  or,  rather,  hollowed  to  receive  the  angle 
of  the  jaw,  and  has  a  short  process  projecting  inwards.  The  gland 
is,  moreover,  bent  upon. itself  nearer  the  anterior  than  the  posterior 
end,  at  an  angle  which  varies  according  to  the  position  of  the  head 
of  the  animal ;  when  the  head  is  stretched  forwards  it  is  straight- 
ened, and  then  measures  2'' '2  in  length.  The  greatest  vertical 
thickness  is  1''. 

The  duct  (Wharton's)  leaves  the  gland  on  the  internal  surface,  near 
the  anterior  extremity.  It  is  of  the  thickness  of  a  small  crow-quill, 
and  runs  forwards,  internal  to  the  extern«il  pterygoid  muscle,  between 
this  and  the  mucous  membrane,  and  along  the  floor  of  the  mouth, 
to  just  in  front  of  the  fraenum  of  the  tongue,  where  it  terminates  in 
an  orifice  situated  on  the  inferior  surface  of  a  flattened  leaf-like  pro- 
jection of  the  mucous  membrane  with  a  dentated  edge.  This  process 
is  '2"  in  length,  of  the  same  breadth,  and  its  inner  edge  is  less  than 
•  1 "  from  the  median  line. 

The  sublingual  gland  is  long  and  narrow,  and  is  in  contact  with 
the  outer  side  of  Wharton's  duct  for  nearly  the  whole  of  its  length. 
Its  duct  opens  on  the  inferior  surface  of  the  same  sublingual  process, 
to  the  outer  side  of  the  orifice  of  Wharton*s  duct. 

The  epiglottis  forms  about  half  a  cylinder,  with  an  internal  dia- 
meter of  half  an  inch,  and  a  length  of  •?".  Its  free  extremity  is 
rounded  and  everted. 

The  anterior  portion  of  the  thyroid  cartilage  is  narrow  vertically 
(*4"  in  middle  line),  forming  a  wide  rounded  arch  above,  and  with  no 
fissure  (as  in  the  Bears)  on  the  lower  margin.  Posteriorly  its  alffi 
form  broad,  well-marked,  ascending  and  descending  cornua,  of  which 
the  former  is  broadest  and  most  rounded.  The  posterior  border  is 
nearly  straight,  l'''l  in  height.  The  cricoid  cartilage  in  the  miJdIe 
line  in  front  is  only  '3"  deep ;  posteriorly  it  is  very  high  ('95"), 
rising  to  form  a  pointed  apex  in  the  middle  line.  The  inferior 
border  is  nearly  straight,  with  slight  undulations,  all  round.  The 
arytenoids  are  broad  and  low,  placed  very  laterally,  so  that  they  do 
not  rise  so  high  as  the  apex  of  the  cricoid. 

The  vocal  cords  form  on  each  side  two  broad,  flat,  contiguous 
bands,  with  parallel  borders,  *45"  long,  and  *35"  (the  two)  from 
above  downwards,  about  equal  in  sixe,  and  separated  only  by  a  slight 
groove,  without  any  ventricle.  The  upper  (or  false)  cord  is  softer 
and  more  rounded;  the  lower  flatter  and  firmer,  and  more  fibrous 
in  appearance.  Above  the  rounded  mai^n  of  the  upper  cord,  and 
separating  it  from  the  lateral  part  of  the  base  of  the  epiglottis,  is  a 
deep  narrow  sinus*. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  structure  of  the  larynx  accords  more 
with  that  of  the  Felid^  than  of  either  the  Canidee  or  Urndtt,  as 
described  by  Cuvierf,  though  not  precisely  agreeing  with  either.     I 

•  C.  Maver  »5T»»  in  Ht/tpna  sfriata  •'  only  one  vocal  cord,  the  lower  one,  i« 
pr^B»ent,  and  is  broad  and-thick  with  folds,  without  ventricle**  (**  Ueber  den  Baii 
des  Organ«9  def  Stimnie,".NoTm  Jicia  Aoad.  Naturae  Curie*,  vol.  xxiii.  1851,  p.  694. 

t  L^.ws  d*Anatomie  Compart,  2nd  edit.,  tome  viil.  p.  786  (1846). 


1869.]  ANATOMY  OF  PROTELES.  485 

harp,  anfortanately,  not  the  materials  at  hand  for  a  comparison  with 
the  larynx  of  an  Hyaena. 

The  thyroid  bodies  are  unconnected  with  each  other.  Each  is 
flattened,  subtriangular,  broad  at  the  upper  end,  which  reaches  just 
above  the  lower  border  of  the  cricoid  cartilage,  and  ending  in  a  nar- 
row tongue-shaped  inferior  prulonu;ation.  The  entire  length  is  l"*l, 
the  greatest  breadth  "4". 

The  hyoid  arch  consists  of  the  number  of  hones  usual  in  the  Car-i 
nivora.  The  basihyal  is  straight  and  narrow,  nearly  flat  in  front, 
rounded  and  slightly  concave  (from  side  to  side)  behind,  expanded 
at  the  ends,  '8''  long.  The  thyro-hyals  are  slightly  curved,  thick  at 
their  basal,  and  flattened  and  expanded  at  their  thyroidal  ends,  *8". 
The  three  bones  of  the  superior  cornu  are  of  equal  length,  '6";  the 
distal,  or  that  nearest  the  basihyal,  is  the  stoutest,  and  has  a  promi- 
nent flattened  expansion  of  the  inner  border,  the  edge  of  which  is 
turned  backwards ;  and  the  whole  bone  has  a  considerable  inward 
curve.  The  middle  bone  is  simple,  flattened,  and  slightly  curved ; 
the  proximal  (stylo-hyal)  is  very  slender,  except  at  the  extremities, 
slightly  curved,  and  twisted  upon  itself. 

Thoracic  Viscera. 

The  trachsea  is  5"  in  length,  and  '55"  in  average  width.  It  has 
thirty-six  cartilaginous  rings.  It  divides  into  two  very  short  bronchi, 
which  pass  ofi^  nearly  horizontally,  and  after  a  course  of  not  more 
than  i"  enter  the  roots  of  the  lungs,  each  dividuig  into  as  many 
branches  as  there  are  lobes  to  the  lungs.  The  right  bronchus  is 
rather  shorter  than  the  left. 

The  lungs  are  deeply  divided  into  distinct  lobes — the  right  into 
four,  the  left  into  three.  The  mode  of  division  is  as  follows : — A 
horizontal  fissure  separates  each  lung  into  two  nearly  equal  portions ; 
the  lower  one,  slightly  the  larger,  has  no  further  divi:>ion  ;  the  upper 
one  is  separated  into  two  by  a  fissure  running  obliquely  downwards 
and  backwards  from  the  middle  of  the  anterior  border  to  join  the 
horizontal  fissure  near  the  posterior  border  of  the  lung ;  this  sepa- 
rates from  the  upper  a  middle  lobe,  which  is  the  smallest  of  the 
three.  These  divisions  and  lobes  are  almost  exactly  similar  on  the 
two  sides ;  but  the  anterior  margin  of  the  left  middle  lobe  has  two 
deep  notches,  altogether  wanting  in  the  right. 

On  the  right  side  a  distinct  lobe  (the  "  azygous  lobe'*)  is  super- 
added, having  no  coriesponding  portion  on  the  leit.  It  is  triangular, 
about  the  size  of  the  middle  lobe,  and  placed  on  the  inner  side  of 
the  lung,  its  root  beiug  between  those  of  the  middle  and  inferior 
lobes.     It  lies  to  the  inner  side  oi'  the  latter,  behind  the  heart. 

This  arrangement  of  the  lung- lobes  is  that  which  obtains  in  the 
Camivora  generally.  In  the  lungs  of  an  Hynena  (H,  striatal).  No.  4 1 , 
Stores,  Mus.  R.  C.  S.,  the  divisions  are  precisely  similar,  except  that 
the  clefts  on  the  anterior  edge  of  the  left  middle  lobe  are  wanting. 
The  same  is  the  case  in  the  lungs  of  an  Herpestes, 

The  heart  is  short  and  broad.     The  aortic  arch,  as  usual  in  the 


486  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [Nof .  1 1, 

allied  fonns,  gives  off  two  main  branches  close  together ;  the  first, 
after  a  course  of  *6",  divides  into  the  two  carotids  and  the  right  sab- 
claviau ;  the  second  is  the  left  subclavian. 

Abdominal  Viscera. 

On  opening  the  abdominal  cavity,  the  liver  was  seen  extending 
across  tne  anterior  part,  occupying  apparently  as  much  of  the  left 
as  the  right  side ;  next  to  it  was  seen  a  portion  of  the  transversely 
lying  stomach,  then  the  great  omentum  (quite  destitute  of  fat) 
completely  concealing  all  the  other  viscera. 

In  the  peritoneal  cavity  were  numerous,  very  slender,  white,  hair- 
like, very  stiff  and  elastic  Nematode  worms,  2 J"  long;  some  few, 
otherwise  similar  in  appearance,  were  of  a  blackish  colour*.  There 
were  no  Entozoa  within  the  intestinal  canal. 

The  stomach  and  the  upper  half  of  the  small  intestine  were  dis- 
tended with  straw,  a  closely  impacted  mass  of  which  produced  an 
absolute  obstruction  to  the  passage,  evidently  the  cause  of  the  ani- 
mal's death.  The  way  the  intestines  were  twisted  and  knotted, 
together  with  numerous  partial  invaginations,  showed  that  violent 
peristaltic  movements  had  taken  place  without  successfiilly  overcoming 
the  obstruction.  The  mucous  membrane  was  also  severely  congested 
at  several  spots.  The  lower  half  of  the  small  intestines  and  the  colon 
were  contracted  and  almost  empty. 

The  stomach  (fig.  5)  was  short  and  rounded,  consisting  of  a  large 
and  globular  left  end  or  fundus,  into  the  upper  part  of  which  the 
rather  narrow  oesophagus  enters,  and  a  comparatively  small  pyloric 
prolongation,  divided  in  the  middle  by  a  slight  constriction.  The 
walls  are  very  thick  and  muscular,  especially  towards  the  pyloric 
endf.  Before  its  removal  from  the  body  it  measured  5"  in  length; 
its  diameter,  from  the  entrance  of  the  oesophagus  to  the  opposite 
point  of  the  great  curvature,  was  3^"* 

The  interior  of  the  stomach  may  be  divided  into  three  distinct 
portions : — I .  The  left  end  or  cardiac  portion,  vrith  a  perfectly  smooth 
pale-coloured  lining  membrane.  2.  The  middle  portion,  with  a  softer, 
granular-looking  redder  lining,  and  bearing  a  series  of  strongly  marked 
longitudinal  ridees  or  folds  of  the  mucous  membrane,  most  prominent 
and  largest  at  the  greater  curvature,  and  extending  over  the  lower 
two-thirds  of  the  circumference,  but  wanting  on  the  upper  third,  or 
that  next  the  lesser  curvature:  they  are  nearly  parallel,  though 
more  approximated  to  each  other  near  the  pylorus,  and  diverging 
towards  the  fundus,  corresponding  in  this  with  the  gradual  enlarge- 
ment of  the  walls  of  the  cavity  in  this  direction.  3.  In  the  narrow 
right  extremity  of  the  stomach  extending  2"  from  the  pylorus,  the 
mucous  membrane  is  again  smooth,  or  only  slightly  raised  into  some 

*  Some  of  tbeee  hare  been  forwarded  to  Dr.  Cobbold  for  examination.  He 
reports  that  they  belong  to  a  species  hitherto  imdescribed,  and  proposes  to  giw 
an  account  of  their  structure  at  an  early  meeting  of  the  Sod^. 

t  Daubenton  de«»cribes  the  walls  of  the  stomach  in  the  Hyaena  as  thin  and 
semitranspnrent. 


1869.] 


ANATOMY  OF  PROTELES. 


487 


irregular  loDg;itudinal  folds,  not  continuous  with  those  described 
above.  The  epithelium  here  is  very  thick  and  white.  Immediately 
above  the  pylorus  the  cavity  is  dilated  on  the  right  or  great-curva- 
ture side.  The  opening  of  the  pylorus  is  much  contracted,  and 
crescentic,  being  bounded  by  a  strong  transverse  ridge  rather  more 
than  half  encircling  the  tube  on  the  right  or  great-curvature  side, 
and  by  an  oblong  very  prominent  valvular  projection  on  the  side  of 
the  lesser  curvature^,  which  fits  into  the  concavity  of  the  opposite 
crescentic  ridge. 

Fig.  5. 


Stomad),  after  being  hardened  by  distention  with  spirit,  and  the  removal  of  a 
portion  of  the  anterior  parietes :  taken  from  the  front ;  the  drawing  should 
nave  been  reversed ;  half  the  natural  size. 

0.  (Esophagus.    D,  Duodenum.     P.  Pjlorus. 

The  small  intestine,  after  it  was  laid  open,  measured  9'  6"  from 
the  pylorus  to  the  ileo-csecal  valve.  The  circumference  at  the  upper 
part  was  2J",  diminishing  to  1|"  at  the  lower  end.  There  was  no 
trace  of  valvulse  conuiventes.  The  villi  were  abundant,  especially 
near  the  upper  part.  Agminated  glands  commenced  2"  below  the 
pylorus :  the  first  was  circular  (*3''  in  diameter);  the  largest  was  oval 

♦  Similar  to  that  observed  in  the  Pig,  Manis,  Armadillo,  and  Sloth  Bear,  tut 
not  in  the  Camivora  generally.  It  may  be  remarked  that  the  stomach  of  Pro- 
teles,  both  in  form  and  structure,  closely  resembles  that  of  the  Armadillos,  which 
are  also  carrion-  and  insect-eaters. 


488  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE  [NoV.  11, 

(2"  long),  and  situated  close  to  the  ilio-ctecal  valve.     There  were 
altogether  eight  such  patches. 

The  ileum  entered  the  large  intestine  almost  transversely  from  the 
left,  inclining  slightly  backwards.    The  short  globular  caecum  (fig.  6) 

Fig.  6. 


CttKnnn,  diHtended  with  plaster  of  Paris ;  half  the  natural  sixe. 

lay  on  the  right  psoas  muscle  and  the  iliac  vessels,  its  rounded  ex- 
tremity being  turned  backwards  and  to  the  left.  The  colon,  nearly 
three  times  the  diameter  of  the  ileum,  ascended  for  2\  inches,  till  it 
came  into  contact  with  the  under  surface  of  the  stomach,  then  took  a 
rather  sudden  bend,  curving  downwards  and  to  the  left  (there  being 
no  transverse  colon,  properly  speaking)  down  to  the  left  iliac  fossa, 
a  distance  of  5'',  then  curved  inwards,  and  finally  backwards  as  it 
entered  the  pelvis. 

The  length  of  the  whole  of  the  large  intestine  when  straightened 
was  15''.  Its  width  was  tolerably  uniform,  though  contracted  some- 
what just  above  the  sigmoid  flexure,  and  dilated  again  in  the  rectal 
portion.  It  had  smooth  but  thick  muscular  walls,  the  longitudinal 
bands  being  remarkably  distinct.  The  mucous  membrane  was 
smooth,  with  numerous  scattered  solitary  glands,  especially  abun- 
dant in  the  ceecuui,  at  the  apex  of  which  they  form  a  distinct  cluster. 

In  the  extreme  shortness  of  the  caecum,  Proteles  differs  both  from 
the  Uycsna  (at  least  H.  striata  )  and  also  from  Herpestes  * .  The  intes- 
tinal canal,  from  pylorus  to  anus,  is  not  five  times  the  length  of  the  body 

*  Daubenton  figures  the  capcum  of  the  Hyjena  which  he  dissected ;  it  is  given 
in  the  table  of  nieuburements  as  9"  long.  Keimann  found  the  cffcum  6"  long 
in  the  same  species  (Spicileg.  Observ.  Anat.  de  Hyaena:  Berol.  1811). 


1869.] 


ANATOMY  OF  PROTELES. 


489 


in  Proteles ;  whereas  in  Daubenton's  Hyaena  it  was  more  than  eight 
times,  and  in  one  dissected  by  Reimann  between  six  and  seven  times. 

The  liver  (figs.  7  and  8)  is  large  and  deeply  subdivided.  As  usual 
in  the  Oamivora,  its  main  divisions  are  three,  of  about  equal  size : — 
1 .  The  left  lobe  (L)  is  simple,  flattened,  rhomboid,  without  subdivi- 
sions. 2.  The  middle  lobe  (M  and  Q)  is  broad,  deeply  cleft  at  the 
umbilical  fissure  into  two  pointed  tongue-shaped  pieces,  of  which  the 
left  (Q)  is  the  smaller.  The  right  portion  (3f )  has  the  gall-bladder 
(B)  attached  to  the  left  side  of  its  under  surface,  its  fundus  project- 
ing beyond  the  margin  of  the  cleft.  Between  these  two  portions  is 
a  small  accessory  lobule.  3.  The  right  lobe  (i2)  is  pointed,  or, 
rather,  heart-shaped ;  near  its  upper  edge  are  attached  two  accessory 
lobules — the  Spigelian  lobe  (S),  conical,  pointed,  and  projecting 
backwards,  and  another  (fig.  8,  A),  rather  larger,  with  a  truncated 
notched  edge,  turned  to  the  right.  On  the  under  surface  of  the  lobe, 
near  the  apex,  is  a  triangular  pointed  prominence — a  sort  of  second 
apex.     The  outer  (right)  border  has  two  notches. 

The  entire  width  of  the  liver,  when  lying  on  a  flat  surface  with 
the  lobes  spread  out,  is  8".  The  left  lobe  is  4"-6  long,  and  2"'6 
broad;  the  middle  lobe  3"'9  in  greatest  length,  and  3"*6  broad; 
the  right  4"-4  long,  3"  broad. 

The  gall-bladder  was  of  a  simple  pyriform  shape,  without  any 

Fig.  7. 


Upper  surface  of  liver ;  half  the  natural  size. 
B.  Right  lobe.     L.  Left  lobe.     M.  and  Q.  Diviaions  of  the  middle  lobe.     S. 
Spieelian  lobe  turned  upwards.     B.  Oall-bladder.     U.  Remains  of  unibi- 
hcal  vein.     VC.  Vena  cava.     IIV.  Orifices  of  hei>atic  veins. 


490 


PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE 


[Nov.  11, 


Fig.  8. 


Under  surface  of  liver ;  half  the  natural  sire. 
li.  Right  lobe.     L.  Left  lobe.     M.  and  Q.  Divisions  of  the  middle  lobe 


S. 


Spigelian  lobe.  A.  Accessory  (caudate)  right  lobe.  B.  Ghll-bladder.  CD. 
Cystic  duct.  BD.  Common  bile-duct.  HA.  Hepatic  artery.  VC.  Vena 
cava.     VP.  Vena  porta. 

doubling  on  itself  at  the  neck  as  figured  by  Daubenton  in  the  Hjsena. 
Its  length  is  1"*7,  its  greatest  diameter  -8".  It  passes  gradually 
into  the  nearly  straight  cystic  duct,  which  is  'V^  long.  The  hepatic 
duct  is  formed  of  two  branches,  one  from  the  left  and  middle  lobe,  and 
one  from  the  rieht  lobe ;  just  before  they  unite,  the  cystic  duct  joins 
the  former.  The  common  bile-duct  is  2^'  long,  and  enters  the  duo- 
denum about  2"  below  the  pylorus,  after  running  very  obliquely 
through  the  intestinal  walls,  and  being  joined  by  the  pancreatic  duct. 

The  pancreas  is  very  long  and  slender,  9''  in  length. 

The  spleen  is  long,  narrow,  and  flat.  It  has  an  oblique  fissure  on 
its  outer  surface  near  the  upper  end,  and  a  slight  longitudinal  fissure 
near  the  middle  of  the  same  surface.  The  lower  extremity  is  rather 
uarrower  than  the  upper.    Its  length  is  7|'',  its  greatest  diameter  1". 

The  right  kidney  was  placed  nearly  an  inch  higher  than  the  left. 
These  organs  are  simple  and  of  the  usual  form ;  2''*4  long,  and  1"'4 
broad.  The  superficial  veins  have  the  same  arborescent  arrange- 
ment as  in  the  Hyaenas  and  Felida. 

The  suprarenal  bodies  were  placed  close  to  the  inner  side  of  the 
upner  end  of  the  kidney.  They  have  a  flattened  rhomboid  form, 
and  are  larger  at  the  upper  end.  The  length  of  each  is  *9";  its 
width  at  the  upper  end  '5'\  at  the  lower  end  "So". 


1869.]  anatomy  of  protelb8.  491 

Organs  op  Generation. 

The  penis  is  large  and  cylindrical,  supported  for  rather  more  than 
half  its  length  along  the  hinder  part  of  the  underside  of  the  abdomen 
by  a  rather  lax  fold  of  skin.  The  terminal  part  (nearly  2  inches  in 
length)  is  free  and  pendulous,  and  covered  with  a  prepuce  having  a 
thin,  delicate,  and  nearly  white  hairless  integument.  The  entire  length 
of  the  penis  in  its  relaxed  state  is  rather  more  than  4  inches ;  its  dia- 
meter nearly  uniform  throughout,  *6''.  The  glans  (fig.  9)  is  a  flat- 
tened cone,  without  distinct  corona.     The  upper  surface  is  obliquely 

Fig.  9. 


Dorsal  surface  of  glans  peniB ;  natural  size. 
m.  Meatus  urinarius. 

bevelled  towards  the  apex,  and  presents  a  median  slit,  bordered  by 
a  pair  of  puckered,  soft,  dark>red  lips.  When  these  are  separated 
(as  in  fig.  9),  a  conical  body  of  cartilaginous  hardness  is  disclosed. 
The  rounded  apex  and  dorsal  ridge  of  this  are  white,  smooth,  and 
shining ;  the  sides  are  pink,  and  beset  with  very  minute  white  horny 
tubercles.  Immediately  under  the  apex  of  tbis  body,  which  projects 
directly  forwards,  is  the  oriBce  of  the  urethra  (m),  wide  enough  to 
admit  a  large  probe.  The  outer  surface  of  the  glans  is  covered  with 
very  minute  recurved  spines,  except  near  the  margins  of  the  median 
doraal  fissure.  There  is  an  indistinct  raphe  below,  but  no  frsenum. 
The  skin  covering  the  under  surface  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  penis, 
immediately  in  front  of  the  scrotum,  is  raised  somewhat,  for  a  space 
of  1"  in  length  and  */''  in  width,  by  a  pair  of  oblong  clusters  of  yel- 
lowish sebaceous  glands,  placed  close  to  the  middle  line,  but  with  a 
narrow  non-glandular  interval  between  them. 

The  scrotum  is  nearly  naked.  It  forms  a  very  slight  prominence ; 
but  the  outline  of  the  two  testes  can  just  be  distinguished  through 
the  skin.  These  are  in  contact  posteriorly,  but  separated  in  front. 
Each  is  somewhat  pyriform,  with  the  smaller  end  forwards,  1''  long 
and  '6''  in  greatest  diameter,  with  a  rather  small  subglobular  epidi- 
dymis attached  to  the  larger  or  posterior  extremity. 


492 


PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE 


[Nov.  II, 


BetweBn  the  scrotum  and  the  tail  is  a  considerahle  eminence, 
occasioned  chiefly  hy  the  immense  anal  glands.  Upon  this  i?  a  large 
T-sliaped  aperture ;  the  upper  transverse  part,  1 1''  in  width,  leads 
to  a  great  follicle  rather  more  than  an  inch  deep.  Within  the  lips 
of  the  lower,  longitudinal  part  of  the  opening  is  placed  the  anus. 

The  prostate  (fig.  10,  p)  is  large  and  flat,  projecting  yery  consi- 
derably on  each  side  of  the  urethra,  concave  from  side  to  side  on  its 
under  or  rectal  surface,  and  with  both  anterior  and  posterior  mar- 
gins, though  especially  the  former,  notched  ;  so  that  the  whole  gland 

Fig.  10. 


1%. 


Organs  of  generation,  inferior  surface;  half  the  natural  size- 
M.  Vrot^jr.     r(^.  Vas  deferens,    p.  Prostate.     Cff.  Cow[)er's  ghind.     '*  Krect*"" 
penis  muscle,     r.  Retractor  penis  musc^Ie. 


1869.]  ANATOMY  OF  PROTELE8.  493 

has  the  appearance  of  a  broad  bilobed  disk.  Its  length  in  the  middle 
line  is  '8',  its  greatest  breadth  •!",  greatest  thickness  •2". 

The  vasa  deferentia  (vd)  enter  the  upper  part  of  the  prostate 
without  any  manifest  dilatation  or  trace  of  vesiculse  seniinales. 

The  floor  of  the  prostatic  portion  of  the  urethra  is  raised  in  the 
middle  line  into  a  distinct  narrow  ridge,  which  enlarges  into  a  rounded 
prominence  '6"  below  the  neck  of  the  bladder,  and  again  imme- 
diately contracts,  and  after  |  inch  entirely  subsides.  On  each  side 
of  the  prominence  is  a  tolerably  deep  depression.  There  is  no  dis- 
tinct median  cut  de  sac,  or  uterus  masculinus ;  and  the  Tasa  deferentia 
appear  to  empty  themselves  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  before- 
mentioned  eminence,  as  a  minute  ori6ce  could  be  seen  there,  though 
too  flne  to  adroit  a  bristle. 

The  membranous  portion  of  the  urethra  is  1'''8  in  length  and 
capacious.  Its  lining  membrane  is  thrown  into  longitudinal  folds. 
Near  its  anterior  termination  the  ducts  of  Cowper^s  glands  enter. 
These  bodies  are  oval,  with  compressed  sides  meeting  at  an  angle  at 
one  border,  the  other  border  being  broad  and  rounded.  The  length 
of  each  is  •6",  its  greatest  width  '4";  the  duct  is  '7"  long. 

The  bulb  is  very  prominent,  with  a  thick  muscular  covering.  The 
erector  penis  is  large ;  and  there  is  a  pair  of  strong  retractors  on  the 
underside  of  the  organ.  As  far  as  can  be  ascertained  by  external 
examination,  the  penis  agrees  with  that  of  the  Hysena  in  possessing 
no  bone,  though  this  structure,  so  conspicuous  in  most  of  the  Car- 
nivora,  is  represented  by  the  hard  central  terminal  portion  of  the 
glans  before  mentioned.  Not  wishing  to  injure  this  unique  speci- 
men, I  have  not  made  a  section  through  this. 

The  generative  organs  of  a  male  striped  Hyaena  are  described  by 
Daubenton.  As  far  as  can  be  made  out  from  his  account  and  the 
figure  which  accompanies  it,  they  are  an  almost  exact  counterpart  to 
those  of  Proteles, 

In  a  specimen  of  the  same  parts  of  Hytena  croeuta,  in  the  College- 
of- Surgeons  Museum,  the  glans  is  very  like  that  of  Proteles ;  but  the 
lips  of  the  upper  slit  are  less  conspicuous  and  do  not  appear  to  meet 
over  the  hard  apex,  which  also  is  much  less  prominent.  The  chief 
difference,  however,  is  in  the  prostate,  which,  thoueh  of  the  same 
general  form,  is  greatly  reduced  in  size,  being  but  half  an  inch  in 
length,  and  rather  less  in  breadth. 

Anal  Glands. 

As  before  mentioned,  immediately  above  the  anus,  and,  in  fact, 
having  a  common  external  aperture  with  the  termination  of  the  in- 
testine, is  a  wide  transverse  follicle,  or  pouch,  lined  by  a  sofl  thin 
membrane  of  a  greenish  colour,  studded  over  with  minute  orifices, 
each  in  the  centre  of  a  small  papilla.  This  sac  is  1^''  in  width,  and 
1''  in  depth  ;  on  each  side,  rather  more  than  |''  within  the  cutaneous 
margin,  is  an  aperture  large  enough  to  admit  an  ordinary-sized  probe. 

The  walls  of  the  saccular  depression  are  glandular,  '2''  thick,  and 
of  a  ,very  dark  olive-green  colour.     Some  of  the  longitudinal  bands 


494 


PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  ON  THE 


[Nov.  II. 


of  muscular  fibres  from  the  rectum  pass  over  this  sac  aud  are  inserted 
into  the  skiu  above  it.  Circular  fibres  pass  around  it,  enclosiDg  the 
follicle  and  anus  in  a  common  sphincter. 

On  making  a  section  through  the  thick  wall  of  this  sac,  it  is 
seen  to  be  composed  of  a  number  of  pyramidal  dark-coloured  glan- 
dular bodies,  with  the  broad  ends  at  the  outer  surface,  and  their 
apices  towards  the  inner  wall  of  the  follicle,  and  separated  from  each 
other  by  a  thin  layer  of  areolar  tissue.  Within  the  apical  portion  of 
each  gland  is  an  oval  cavity  containing  a  yellowish  cheesy  substance. 
Each  of  these  little  reservoirs  communicates  with  the  large  sac  by 
one  of  the  minute  round  orifices  previously  noticed. 

Fig.  II. 


Termination  of  rectum  and  anal  glands,  from  above ;  natural  size. 
R.  Superior  surface  of  rectum.     F.  Supraanal  follide.      G.  Lateral  glandobr 


On  each  side  of  this  median  supraanal  gland,  and  lying  on  the 
outer  and  upper  surface  of  the  rectum,  is  a  conspicuous  body  (fig-  ^}f 
G)  of  a  somewhat  oval  shape,  1-6"  in  length,  and  1"  vnde  at  its 
thickest  part.  When  cleaned  from  the  investing  lax  cellular  tissue 
and  a  not  very  distinct  layer  of  muscular  fibres,  it  is  seen  to  be 
smaller  at  the  upper  and  anterior  end,  broad  at  the  posterior  end 
Twhere  it  comes  into  contact  with  the  skin),  convex  externally,  «°^ 
flattened  or  slightly  concave  on  the  surface  which  lies  against  the 
outer  wall  of  the  rectum.  It  is  attached  only  by  a  very  short  p^ 
dide  "2"  wide,  vrhich  connecte  it  with  the  lateral  part  of  the  supra- 


1869.]  ANATOMY  OP  PROTELE8.  495 

anal  follicle.  Each  of  these  hodies  is  a  veir  thin-walled  sac,  with  a 
large  cavity  within,  and  covered  externally  bj  a  number  of  flattened 
glandular  bodies  of  a  brilliant  orange-colour,  and  of  various  size  and 
outline.  These  bodies  are  larger  and  more  close  together  at  the 
upper  part  of  the  sac ;  towards  the  sides  they  become  smaller,  and 
not  so  closely  packed  together ;  and  on  the  under  or  rectal  surface 
they  are  more  sparse,  especially  near  the  pedicle,  where  the  smooth 
sac-wall  is  bare  lor  a  considerable  space.  Each  of  these  glands  con- 
sists of  a  number  of  acini  clustered  round  a  central  cavity,  which 
communicates  by  a  minute  aperture  with  the  cavity  of  the  large  sac. 

When  a  section  was  made  through  the  large  sac,  its  wall  was  seen 
to  be  very  thin  and  quite  smooth  within  ;  the  cavity  has  no  parti- 
tions or  septa,  and  but  a  single  excretory  orifice,  which  passes 
through  the  pedicle  into  the  side  of  the  transverse  supraanal  follicle, 
being  the  aperture  before  spoken  of.  The  /cavity  was  entirely  filled 
with  a  bright  reddish-orange  substance  of  the  consistence  of  cream- 
cheese,  and  with  a  very  peculiar,  powerful  and  penetrating,  and 
decidedly  disagreeable  odour*. 

A  supraanal  follicle,  similar  to  that  of  Proteles,  is  found  in  both 
species  of  Hyanaf,  also  in  the  Suricate  among  the  Fiverrida.  In 
Herpestes^  the  mucous  membrane  along  the  upper  border  of  the 
anus  is  beiset  with  minute  apertures,  the  ducts  of  numerous  small, 
rounded,  seed-like  glands  situated  just  beneath  the  skin,  of  a  pale 
yellowish  colour,  placed  a  little  distance  apart  from  each  otner. 
The  skin,  however,  is  not  inverted  to  form  a  distinct  sac.  In 
HytBna  these  glands  do  not  form  such  a  dense  compact  mass  as  in 
Proteles,  nor  have  they  the  same  peculiar  dark  olive-colour. 

The  lateral  glandular  sacs^  are  common  to  Proteles  and  both  forms 
of  Hyttna^  and,  indeed,  although  modified  in  form  and  structure, 
to  almost  all  the  Carnivora.  Hyisna  striata  has,  in  addition,  another 
lateral  group  of  glands  of  similar  structure  situated  posteriorly  to 
the  sac,  around  a  depression  or  pouch  of  the  great  supraanal  fol- 
licle, but  not  constricted  off  so  as  to  form  a  distinct  cavity  with  a 
narrow  orifice  as  in  the  anterior  glands.  These  I  do  not  find  repre- 
sented in  Proteles,  and  they  appear  to  be  absent  also  in  Hy<ena 
crocuta ;  but  of  the  anatomy  of  the  last-named  animal  we  have  as 
yet  very  little  reliable  information. 

Skeleton. 
As  the  osteology  of  Proteles  has  been  described  both  by  Isidore 

•  This  odour  was  confined  to  the  secretion  of  these  glands,  and  did  not  per- 
vade the  whole  animaL  Smuts  says,  **  hoc  animal  margit  odorem  itiyratunmum 
ae  fdtidum^qui  in  imis  pellUms  siccia  remanet'*  (£numenitio  Mammalium  Ca- 
pensium,  p.  23 :  1832).  The  same  circumstance  has  been  noticed  by  other  travel- 
fers,  and  is  probably  due  to  the  creature's  habit  of  feeding  on  putrid  animal 
substances,  as  it  was  entirelv  wanting  in  the  present  specimen,  which  had  been 
kept  for  several  months  on  finely  chopped  fresn  meat  and  milk. 

t  Fully  described  in  H.  striata  by  Daubenton.  See  also  a  preparation  in 
Mus.  Roy.  Coll.  Surgeons  of  the  same  parts  in  IT.  crorufa. 

X  "Lw  glandes  en  grappcs,"  Daubenton. 


496        DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  ROEBUCK  OF  PERU.   [NoV.  1  1, 

Geoffrey  (loc.  cit,)  and  De  Blainville  (Ost^ographie,  tome  ii.,  Genas 
Canis,  p.  34,  pi.  3  bis)^  it  is  not  necessary  to  add  much  on  the  sub- 
ject to  these  notes,  except  to  make  a  correction  as  to  the  number  of 
the  vertehrse  and  ribs.  The  skeleton  in  the  Paris  Museum,  which 
was  the  subject  of  the  observations  of  the  above-named  authors,  is 
stated  to  have  seven  cervical,  fourteen  dorsal,  six  lumbar,  two  sacral, 
and  twenty-one  or  twenty-two  caudal  vertebrae.  The  present  animal 
has  fifteen  well-developed  pairs  of  ribs,  of  which  eight  directly  join 
the  sternum.  As  the  skeleton  in  the  Leyden  Mnseum  has  the  same 
number,  it  may  he  presumed  that  fifteen  dorsal  and  five  lumbar  ver- 
tebrae is  the  rule.  This  affords  another  point  of  approximation  to 
the  Hysenas,  which  have  generally  fifteen  (sometimes  sixteen)  pairs 
of  ribs.  The  number  of  caudal  vertebrne  in  the  present  skeleton  is 
twenty-four.  The  scapula  of  this  individual  differs  from  that  of  the 
younger  skeleton  figured  by  De  Blainville  in  having  the  upper  half 
of  the  anterior  border  rather  deeply  excavated,  as  in  the  Ichneumons. 
Although  De  Blainville  thought  the  contrary,  it  appears  to  me  that 
the  tout  ensemble  of  the  skeleton  far  more  resemhles  that  of  a  Hyaena 
than  that  of  a  Dog.  The  length  and  strength  of  the  cervical  region, 
and  the  large  size  of  the  anterior  as  compared  with  the  posterior 
limbs  (pointed  out  hy  Isidore  Geoffroy),  are  thoroughly  Hyaenoid. 

In  conclusion,  although  I  am  still  inclined  to  place  Proteles  in  a 
family  by  itself,  allied  to  both  Hytenidee  and  Fiverridce,  the  examina- 
tion of  this  specimen  shows  that  its  affinities  with  the  former  family 
are  closer  than  the  examination  of  the  skull  alone  led  me  to  suppose. 

Preparations  of  the  brain,  tongue,  larynx,  lungs,  heart,  stomach, 
caecum,  liver,  spleen,  kidneys,  organs  of  generation,  and  anal  glands, 
as  well  as  the  skeleton,  are  preserved  in  the  Mnseum  of  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons.  It  is  from  these  that  the  dra^^ings  which 
illustrate  this  communication  have  been  made. 


2.  On  the  Guemul,  or  Roebuck  of  Southern  Peru. 
By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S.  &c. 

Travellers  in  Chili  have  mentioned  a  two-hoofed  animal,  called 
Guemul,  or  Huamul,  It  has  been  so  indistinctly  indicated,  that 
Molina  regarded  it  as  a  Horse,  Hamilton  Smith  as  a  Llama,  and  the 
compilers  (such  as  Leuckart  and  Lesson)  considered  that  it  might 
be  a  peculiar  genus,  for  which  they  have  proposed  the  compound 
names  of  Hippocamelua  and  Cervequus.  M.  Gray  (1835)  regarded 
it  as  a  new  genus,  but  did  not  give  a  name  to  it. 

In  1846  MM.  Gay  and  Gervais,  when  preparing  a  work  on  the 
Mammalia  of  Chili,  described  a  young  specimen  in  the  Paris  Mu- 
seum without  horns  under  the  name  of  Cervus  chilensis. 

In  1849  the  Earl  of  Derby  received  from  his  brother-in-law,  from 
Chili,  an  imperfect  skin  of  a  female,  which  he  sent  to  the  British 
Museum.     The  fur  was  of  a  different  colour  from  that  of  the  speci- 


i 


1869.] 


DR.  J.  E.  6R4Y  ON  THE  ROEBUCK  OF  PERU. 


497 


men  described  by  MM.  Gay  and  Gervais ;  and  finding  the  animal  to 
agree  in  size,  colour,  and  kind  of  fur  with  the  Roebuck  of  Europe, 
I  described  and  figured  it  in  the  '  Proceedings'  of  this  Society  for 
that  year  nnder  the  name  of  Capreolus  leucotis*  ;  and  in  the  'Pro- 
ceedings' of  the  Society  for  the  next  year,  and  in  my  '  Catalogue  of 
the  Two-hoofed  Quadrupeds  in  the  British  Museum,'  p.  227,  I  re- 
garded it  as  a  species  of  Furci/er,  under  the  name  of  F.  huamel. 
In  this  work  there  are  references  to  all  these  synonyms  and  to 
where  they  are  mentioned. 

Fig.  1. 


Horns  of  Xene^aphus  huamel,  <J . 

Mr.  Whitelv,  junior,  has  just  sent  from  Tinta,  in  South  Peru,  to 
the  Britbh  Museum  a  perfect  male,  female,  and  fawn  of  this  species, 
and  some  skulls  of  the  female,  which  prove  that  I  was  right  in 
regarding  the  Cervua  chilenna  of  Gay  and  my  Capreolus  leucoiis  tks 
different  stages  of  the  same  species.  Those  now  received  agree  with 
Gay's  description  of  the  young  animal  in  the  Paris  Museum,  and 
are'  in  the  yellow  state  of  the  fur ;  but  the  female  exhibits  in  the 
*  See  P.  Z.  S.  1849,  p.  64.  Mamm.  t.  ix. 


498  DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  ON  THE  ROEBUCK  OF  PERU.      [MoV.  11, 

middle  of  the  back  some  of  the  dark  far  of  the  animal  sent  by  the 
Earl  of  Derby,  which  I  described. 

As  stated  in  my  paper,  this  animal  chiefly  differs  from  the  Roe- 
back  of  Europe  in  being  withoat  any  glandular  tufts  on  the  outer 
side  of  the  metatarsus ;  but  we  now  discover  that  the  horns  are  very 
peculiar,  and  unlike  those  of  the  Roebuck,  or  of  the  Tarush  or 
Roebuck  of  Bolivia  (Furci/er  antmensis),  which  is  the  type  of  the 
genus  Furci/er. 

The  male  now  obtained  had  a  well-developed  but  rather  unsym- 
metrical  pair  of  horns,  which  are  so  unlike  the  horns  of  any  other 
Deer,  that  I  propose  to  form  for  them  a  genus,  which  may  be  termed 

Xenelaphus. 

The  horns  divide  from  the  base  into  two  branches;  the  front 
one  is  erect,  conical,  and  acute,  with  a  short  conical  branch  on  the 
outer  side,  and  in  the  middle  one  or  two  more  or  less  elongate,  basal 
anterior  or  interior  snags.  The  hinder  part  of  the  base  and  sheath 
compressed,  diverging  horizontally  into  a  strong,  angular,  tapering 
branch,  which  is  nearly  as  long  as  the  erect  one,  with  several  irre- 
gularly placed,  more  or  less  elongate,  acute  processes ;  the  upper 
part,  near  the  roots,  with  one  or  two  cylindrical  diverging  branches 
on  its  upper  and  lower  sides.  Like  the  small  branches  on  the  erect 
part  of  the  horn,  they  are  not  exactly  similar  on  the  two  horns. 

Fig.  2. 


Skull  of  Xenelaphus  huamel,  9  • 

The  metatarsus  is  without  any  glandular  tuft  on  the  outside.  On 
the  inner  side  of  the  hock  is  a  large  rounded  tuft  of  such  hairs.  The 
fur  consists  of  thick,  elastic,  tubular  quills.  The  skull  has  a  well- 
marked,  deep,  triangular  pit  in  the  front  of  the  orbit.  The  female 
is  without  horns.     This  animal  may  be  called  Xenelaphvs  huamel. 

It  has  been  suggested  that,  as  I  have  only  seen  one  specimen  of 


1869.]      DR.  J.  E.  GRAY  UN  A  NEW  FRESHWATER  TORTOISE  499 

the  male,  the  horns  may  be  those  of  an  individual  monstrosity,  and 
not  of  the  normal  form ;  but  this  I  consider  to  be  very  doubtful. 
If  they  are  not  quite  of  the  normal  form,  it  is  clear  they  are  not  a 
monstrosity  of  the  regularly  forked  horns  of  Furcifer, 


3.  Description  of  Mauremys  laniaria,  a  New  Freshwater 
Tortoise.     By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S.  &c. 

(Plate  XXXVII.) 

Mr.  Bartlett  has  kindly  obtained  for  me  from  a  dealer  a  small 
young  living  freshwater  Tortoise  which  had  passed  through  several 
hands,  and  was  therefore  without  any  reliable  history  or  habitat. 

Mauremys  laniaria,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  XXXVII.,  young.) 

The  head  short,  broad;  nose  very  short,  broad,  rounded;  the^ 
eyes  very  large  and  prominent,  on  the  side  of  the  head ;  front  of  face  * 
high ;  beak  thick,  convex ;  lips  convex  on  the  edge ;  central  notch 
simple ;  lower  beak  short,  convex  externally ;  crown  dark  olive ; 
neck  minutely  granular,  blackish  olive  above,  with  some  very  narrow 
reddish  lines  underneath;  sides  and  underside  reddish,  with  many 
more  or  less  wide  black  and  green  lines,  those  on  the  back  of  the 
throat  widest. 

Legs  dark  olive ;  fore  legs  olive,  with  large,  irregular,  prominent 
tubercles  in  front,  and  with  a  broad  irregular  streak  on  the  lower 
half  of  the  front  side ;  the  front  toes  or  fingers  short,  thick,  united 
by  a  narrow  fleshy  web  to  the  claws,  each  finger  with  a  series  of 
larger  triangular  scales  on  the  upper  surface;  claws  short,  acute. 
Hiud  feet  large,  square,  the  toes  thick,  united  by  a  narrow  fleshy  web 
to  the  claws,  and  with  one  or  two  scales  on  the  upper  part  of  the 
base.  Tail  short,  thick,  granular,  with  some  whorls  of  distant  minute 
spines  near  the  base  (tip  injured);  the  hinder  part  of  a  dark  olive, 
with  reddish  streaks  and  minute  spines. 

Thorax  depressed,  rounded  above,  the  side  margin  slightly  revo- 
lute,  dark  olive-green  above ;  the  shields  blackish  horn-coloured, 
smooth  or  slightly  annulated,  and  irregularly  convex;  the  third, 
fourth,  and  fifth  vertebrae  slightly  keeled;  the  marginal  shields 
blackish  olive,  very  obscurely  and  irregularly  varied  with  reddish 
brown  above  and  blackish  beneath. 

The  siern.tm  flat,  truncated  in  front,  and  notched  behind,  raised 
on  the  sides,  black,  more  or  less  varied  with  white  on  the  margin  of 
the  front  and  hinder  lobes,  and  on  the  sides  of  the  central  plates. 

This  animal  is  strictly  carnivorous,  and  eats  most  ravenously  in 
confinement. 

This  Terrapin  agrees  in  the  dull  dark  plain  colour  with  a  species 
described  by  me  in  the  *  Proceedings*  of  the  Society  for  1860,  under 
the  name  oi  Emya  fuliginoaus  (p.  232,  Rept.  t.  xxx.),  which  differs 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXIII. 


I 


500  DR.  A.  GUNTHKR  ON  INDIAN  REPTILES.  [NoV.  H, 

from  it  in  the  form  and  length  of  the  head,  in  the  markings   on  the 
head  and  neck,  and  in  having  a  more  depressed  shell. 

This  Terrapin  {Emys  fuliginosa)  differs  so  much  in  the  Tonn  of 
the  jaws,  that  it  is  necessary  to  consider  it  the  type  of  a  new  genus, 
characterized  by  the  depth  and  length  of  the  groove  of  the  n.pper 
jaw,  and  the  sharp  simple  edge  of  the  lower  jaw.     It  may  be  oalled 

Mauremys. 

The  head  elongate,  covered  with  a  smooth  skin;  nose  with  the 
nostrils  near  the  upper  edge;  crown  flat;  eyes  lateral,  large,  and 
very  prominent ;  pupils  circular. 

Upper  beak  high,  lower  edge  slightly  arched,  with  an  acute  notch 
in  the  centre. 

Lower  beak  convex,  rounded  below  in  front,  scarcely  reaching  the 
angle  of  the  mouth. 

Palate  slightly  concave;  inner  nostrils  near  the  middle  of  the 
palate,  oblong,  with  a  concavity  behind  each ;  alveolar  edge  of  the 
upper  jaw  with  a  deep  groove,  with  a  strong  acute  ridge  on  the 
underside,  extending  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the  margin.  The 
alveolar  edge  of  the  lower  jaw  sharp  and  narrow,  broader,  shelving 
inwardly  in  front. 

(1)  Mauremys  fuliginosa. 

Emys/uliffinoaay  Gray,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1860,  p.  223,  t.  xxx. 

(2)  Mauremys  laniaria. 


4.  Report  on  two  Collections  of  Indian  Reptiles. 
By  Dr.  Albert  Gunther,  F.R.S.,  F.Z.S. 

(Plates  XXX VIII .,  XXXIX.,  XL.) 

The  British  Museum  has  lately  received  two  most  valuable         ^^ 
lections  of  Indian  Reptiles.    One  was  presented  by  Dr.  A.  H.  L*^"*  ^^^ 
who  collected  for  a  number  of  years  at  several  localities,  of  whi^  " 
following  require  notice : — 

1.  Deesa,  a  military  station  in  Ghozerat.  m^^Y* 

2.  Matheran,  a  hill  2500  feet  high,  thirty  miles  east  of  BorJC**^^jw 

3.  Mahabnleshwur,  4500  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  sodcb^ 
miles  south  of  Bombay.  tJy* 

4.  Kotree,  on  the  western  bank  of  the  Indus,  opposite  K^ 
derabad.  -«^P- 

This  collection  contained,  beside  several  of  the  most  commor^  #^/ 
tiles,  sixty-four  species  (most  of  them  in  numerous  examples),  ^A^0r 
are  enumerated  in  the  following  list.     Four  are  undescribed. 

The  second  collection  was  made  by  R.  II.  Barnes,  Esq.,  in  C^  . 
I  do  not  give  a  list,  as  it  would  not  advance  our  previous  kno^pi, 


1859.]  OR.  A.  GtJNTUEa  ON  INDIAN  REPTILES.  501 

of  the  geographical  distribution  of  known  species.  Singularly  enough 
two  of  the  Snakes  proved  to  be  undescribed,  showing  that  the  zeal 
of  a  collector  is  rewarded  even  in  localities  apparently  well  explored. 

I.  List  of  the  Species  collected  by  Dr.  Leith, 

1.  Testu€h  elegansy  Schoepff.     Siiidh. 

2.  Testudo  lei t hit,  sp.  n.     Sindh. 

3.  Emys  thurgi.  Gray.     Indus. 

4.  Emys  grayi,  sp.  n.     Bussora. 

5.  Emys  trijuga,  Schweigg. 

6.  Pangshura  tecta.  Gray.     Deesa. 

7.  Pangshura  smithii.  Gray.     Indus. 

8.  Emyda  granosa,  Schoepff.     Bombay. 

9.  Aspilus  carinatus,  Gray.     Poona. 

10.  Gavialis  gangetictis,  Gm.     Indus. 

11.  Faranvs  draccena,  Shhw.     Matheran,  Goozerat. 

1 2.  Euprepes  rufescens,  Shaw.     Bombay. 

13.  Eumeces  punctatus,  L.     Matheran,  Belgaum,  Bombay. 

14.  Eumeces  hardtcickiiy  Gray.     Matharan,  Belgaum,  Bombay. 

15.  Chiamela  lineata.  Gray.     Matharan,  Belgaum. 

1 6.  Hemidactylus  sykesii,  Gthr.     Matharan,  Poona. 

17.  Hemidactylus  coctceit  D.  et  B.     Bombay. 

18.  Hemidactylus  leschenauUii,  D.  et  B.,  var.     Poona. 

19.  Hemidactylus  macula tus,  D.  et  B.,  var.     Bombay. 

20.  Crymnodactylus  deccanensis,  Gthr.     Matharan. 
2  ] .  Eublepharis  hardwickiit  'Gray. 

Var.  hardunckii  (Gra)^).     Kandesh. 
YtiT,/asciolata  (Gthr.).     Sindh,  Kurrachee. 

22.  Calotes  rouxi,  D,  et  B.     Matheran. 

23.  Calotes  versicolor ,  Daud.     Sindh,  Belgaum. 

24.  Teratolepis  (g.  n.)/asciala,  Blyth.     Sindh. 

25.  OnychocephalusacutuSf  D.etB.  Matheran, Belgaum,  Bombay. 
2G.  Typhops  braminus,  Daud.     Matheran. 

27.  Typhlops  exiguus,  Jau*,     Belgaum. 

28.  Stenostoma  macrorhynchumy  Jan*.     Sindh. 

29.  Silybura  macrolepis,  Ptrs.     Matheran. 

30.  Silybura  elliotti.  Gray.     Bombay. 

31.  Oligodon  subgriseus,  D.  et  B.     Kurrachee,  Sindh. 

32.  Oligodon /asciatuSy  Gthr.     Matheran. 

33.  Simotes  russellii,  Daud.     Bombay,  Deesa. 

34.  Ablabes  humberti,  Jan.     Bombay,  Matheran. 

35.  Cyclophis  nasalis-f^  Gthr.     Matheran. 

3(i.  Cynophis  malabaricus,  Jerdon.     Matheran. 

37.  Ptyas  mucosa^  L.     Bombay. 

38.  Zamenis  ventrimaculatus.  Gray.     Busheer,  Kurrachee,  Sindh. 

39.  Zamenis  diadema,  Schleg.     Kotree  (Sindh^. 

40.  Tropidonotus  quincunciatus,  Schleg.     Bombay. 

*  I  am  indebted  to  Prof.  Peters  for  the  determination  of  these  two  Kpecies. 
t  One  praeocular  only,  but  ventrals  150-16iJ. 


\ 


500 


DR.  A.  GUNTHER  ON  INDIAN  REPTILES. 


from  it  in  the  form  and  length  of  the  head,  in  the  mr 
head  and  neck,  and  in  having  a  more  depressed  she**     ' 

This  Terrapin  {Emya  fuliginosa)  differs  so  m»'  - 
the  jaws,  that  it  is  necessary  to  consider  it  the  *■ 
characterized  by  the  depth  and  length  of  th 
jaw,  and  the  sharp  simple  edge  of  the  lower 

Mauremy  ; 

The  head  elongate,  covered  with   , 
nostrils  near  the  upper  edge;  cr 
very  prominent ;  pupils  circular 

Upper  beak  high,  lower  edr  ^ueran 

in  the  centre. 

Lower  beak  convex,  roi 
an^k  of  the  Eijc?uth, 

Falfltc  slightly  cor 
1 1  date,  oblong,  with 
upper  jaw  with  » 
uriilersidej  extei' 
alveolar  edge    ^ 
iuwardly  in    ^  ^ 


Sind'"' 


(1) 

Em 


.ciy. 
^ombay. 
liombay. 
>,  Shaw.     Matheran. 
Belgaum. 
Bombay. 
Si?^0rtd.  (=^arenicofa,  Boie) 
iVrsa;  Bushire. 
'*#*  Schneid. 
D.  et  B. 
rir,  D.  et  B. 
latus.  Gray. 


Sindh,  Kur- 


Matheran. 
Matheran,  Bombay. 


of  Xew  Species  discovered  by  Dr,  Leith, 


^^^^jsMI  bftMiiilj  o?ate,  broader  posteriorly  than  anteriorly, 

fJ^^M  a6tf^«*  e^p^emlly  on  the  hinder  half;  the  lateral  margins 

^CJ^JIpfcih  convergeut.    Its  greatest  width  is  rather  more  than 

^^^^  SsfiK  whicli  is  Q De-half  of  its  length.    The  convexity  of 

^^^  '^^  rj'/^Kf^j  io  the  caudal  plate  oniy,  which  is  almost  fiat 

^^u^  ^mimanfff  sa  that  the  outline  between  the  last  vertebral 

^  li^  t^miml  u  rtMcare,     The  upper  shell  is  deeply  notched  ante- 

^^     Tbff  >tenmm  is  truncated  in  front,  and   has  a  shallow, 

j^^^^i^itiMtlAf  icittsiou  bch  itid.    Posterior  margin  of  the  shell  slightly 


^«f««.  —  Hic  plates  arf  rather  smooth,  with  the  concentric  stria 
liitiMtrt.  TW  aitub?  of  t  lie  three  anterior  yertebral  plates  are  near 
t^  Mlvffior  naigtii-  Nacbal  plate  triangular,  pointed  in  front. 
TW  lms>t  wftc^nl  as  broad  as  the  caudal.  The  two  gular  plates 
ti^shi.^  ^fvwlvr  tbia  Im^  the  sum  of  their  posterior  angles  being 
w^v  «\|ua]  itt  a  f%lit  awe.  Abdominals  as  long  as  pectorals, 
^Mai4|Cubrx  aiid  guhrs  togt^er.  The  suture  between  the  anal  plates 
liH  U>n^  A>  thrtr  pae>tertor  margin.  Inguinal  and  axillary  plates  of 
uK\Wrate  *i^o. 

IVii/  tbrmeii  by  twenty-two  vertebric. 

tWt,-    rUws  o  ^^obtuM^.     The  front  of  the  forearm  b  covered 


f-    ■ 


L 


***•   A.  oiJNTHER  ON  INDIAN   RKITILK8. 
Fig.    1. 


.103 


I'ig.  .t. 


Fig.  4. 

Testudo  leitkii. 

Fig.  I.  Side  view;  )ialf  nat.  sixe. 

2.  Upper  view ;  half  nat  8i«e. 

3.  Lower  view ;  half  nat.  8ixe. 
4-  Fore  foot ;  nat.  sixe. 


502  DR.  A.  GCNTHER  ON  INDIAN  REPTILES.  [NoV.  11, 

4 1 .  TropidonotuB  stolatus,  L.     Bombay. 

42.  Tropidonotus  plumbicolor.  Cant.     Poona,  Matheran. 

43.  Psammophis  eondanarus,  Merr.     Kotree. 

44.  Psatnmophis  leithii,  sp.  n.     Sindh. 
4.5.  DendrophU  picta^  6m.     Matheran. 

46.  Passerita  mycterizans.  Gray.     Matheran,  Mahabuleshwur. 

47.  Dipsas /orsteni,  D.  et  B.     Matheran. 

48.  Dipsas  trigonata,  Schneid.     Bombay,  Kurrachee. 

49.  Dipsas  ceylonensis,  Gthr.     Bombay  Presidency. 

50.  Lycodon  aulicus,  L.     Matheran,  Bombay. 

51.  Gonyyfophis  canica,  Schneid.     Sindh. 

52.  Eryx  johniiy  Russ.     Belgaum. 

53.  Bungarus  cceruleus,  Schneid.     Bombay,  Matheran,  Sindli. 

54.  Hydrophis  ccerulescens,  Shaw.     Bombay. 

55.  Hydrophis /asciata,  Schneid.     Bombay. 
.     56.  Pelamys  bicoior,  Schneid.     Bombay. 

57*  Trimeresurus  gramineuSf  Shaw.     Matheran. 

58.  Hypnale  nepa,  Laur.     Belgaum. 

59.  Baboia  russellii,  Shaw.     Bombay. 

60.  Echis  cannata,  Schneid.  (  =  arenicola,  Boie).     Sindh,  Kur- 
rachee, Mahabuleshwur,  Deesa;  Bushire. 

6 1 .  Rana  cyanophlyctis^  Schneid. 

62.  Diplopelma  ornatum,  D.  et  B. 

63. '  Hylorana  malabarica,  D.  et  B.     Matheran. 

64.  Polypedates  macuiaius,  Gtaj,     Matheran,  Bombay. 

II.  Descriptiotis  of  New  Species  discovered  by  Dr,  Leith, 
Testudo  leithii. 

Form, — Shell  broadly  ovate,  broader  posteriorly  than  anteriorly, 
very  convex  above,  especially  on  the  hinder  half;  the  lateral  margins 
straight,  slightly  convergent.  Its  greatest  width  is  rather  more  than 
its  greatest  depth,  which  is  one-half  of  its  length.  The  contesity  of 
the  upper  shell  extends  to  the  caudal  plate  only,  which  is  almost  Jtat 
and  inclined  outwards,  so  that  the  outline  between  the  last  vertebral 
and  the  caudal  is  concave.  The  upper  shell  is  deeply  notched  ante- 
riorly. The  sternum  is  truncated  in  front,  and  has  a  shallow, 
obtuse-angular  incision  behind.  Posterior  margin  of  the  shell  slightly 
serrated. 

Plates. — The  plates  are  rather  smooth,  with  the  concentric  striae 
distinct.  The  areulee  of  the* three  anterior  vertebral  plates  are  near 
the  posterior  margin.  Nuchal  plate  triangular,  pointed  in  front. 
The  last  vertebral  as  broad  as  the  caudal.  The  two  gnlar  plates 
together  broader  than  long,  the  sum  of  their  posterior  angles  being 
nearly  equal  to  a  right  angle.  Abdominals  as  long  as  pectorals, 
postgulars,  and  gulars  together.  The  suture  between  the  anal  plates 
as  long  as  their  posterior  margin.  Inguinal  and  axillary  plates  of 
moderate  size. 

Tail  formed  by  twenty-two  vertebrje. 

Feet.— CIrws  5/4j^obtuse.     The  front  of  the  forearm  is  covered 


18fl9.]  UR.  A.  tiUNTUER  ON  INDIAN   RKITILKS. 

Fig.    1. 


."ids 


Fig.  :'. 


l'i«.  .«. 


Fig.  4. 

Teztudo  leithii. 

Fig.  1.  Side  view;  lialf  nat.  siase. 

2.  Upper  view ;  hnlf  nat.  eiee. 

3.  Lower  view;  half  nut.  sixc. 
4-  Fore  foot ;  nat.  sixe. 


504  DR.  A.  GiJNTHER  ON  INDIAN   REPTILES.  [NoV.  II, 

by  about  fifteen  large,  smooth,  imbricate,  obtusely  pointed  scales, 
in  five  transverse  series  of  three  each. 

Colour  yellow,  each  of  the  vertebral  and  costal  plates  with  a  black 
margin  in  front  and  on  the  sides,  but  without  black  on  the  hinder 
margin.  Each  marginal  plate  with  a  black  margin  in  front.  Ster- 
num entirely  yellow,  with  a  broad  cuneiform  longitudinal  black 
band  in  the  middle  of  each  abdominal  plate. 

The  shell  of  the  single  specimen,  obtained  in  Sindh,  is  4|  inches 
long.     Also  the  limbs  and  the  skull  are  preserved. 

Emys  grayi.     (Plate  XXXVIII.) 

Form, — Shell  much  depressed,  with  an  obtuse  median  ridge  along 
all  the  vertebral  plates ;  no  costal  ridge  (in  the  adult).  The  upper 
shell  is  subtruncated  anteriorly,  and  provided  with  a  very  small  notch 
posteriorly.  Lateral  margins  slightly  reverted,  posterior  not  serrated. 
Width  of  the  sternum  between  the  axillary  and  inguinal  incisions 
equal  and  more  than  one-half  of  its  length.  Sternum  truncated  in 
front,  and  with  a  deep,  obtuse-angular  incision  behind. 

Plates. — The  areolae  have  disappeared,  but  there  is  still  a  large 
fontanelle  visible  in  the  middle  of  the  sternum.  Nuchal  plate  broad, 
quadrangular,  broader  behind  than  in  front.  All  the  vertebrals 
broader  than  long;  the  first  quadrangular,  with  the  front  margin 
convex,  and  with  the  hinder  straight.  Caudal  plates  nearly  square. 
Gulars  longer  than  broad,  the  suture  between  them  being  much 
longer  than  that  between  the  postgulars.  Postgulars,  pectorals,  and 
abdominals  nearly  equally  long,  but  much  shorter  than  prseanals. 
The  suture  between  the  anals  is  rather  shorter  than  their  posterior 
margin.     Axillary  and  inguinal  plates  large. 

Colour, — Upper  parts  chestnut-brown,  each  vertebral  and  costal 
plate  with  an  8-like  yellow  figure ;  each  marginal  plate  with  a  yellow 
0-like  figure,  the  enclosed  brown  spot  lighter  in  the  centre.  The  flat 
portion  of  the  stenium  brownish  black,  each  plate  with  a  narrow 
yellow  margin.  Each  marginal  plate  with  a  narrow  black  margin 
on  the  lower  side,  and  with  a  larger  or  smaller  round  black  spot. 

The  shell  of  a  single  example,  3|^  inciies  long,  was  obtained  at 
Bussora*. 

Teratolepis,  g.  n. 

Form  of  the  head  geckoid,  covered  with  small  non-imbricate 
scales.  Apparently  no  external  ear.  Trunk  somewhat  depressed, 
covered  with  imbricate  scales,  those  on  the  back  being  keeled,  of 
moderate  size,  and  about  twice  as  large  as  those  on  the  abdomen. 
Legs  well  developed ;  five  clawed  toes  in  front  and  behind ;  each  toe 

*  Whilst  this  paper  was  passing  through  the  press,  Dr.  Gray  directed  my 
attention  to  a  young  example  in  the  British  Museum  obtained  on  the  Euphrates 
Expedition.  It  is  preserved  in  spirits,  the  shell  being  1 J  inch  long.  The  shell 
is  coloured  as  in  the  adult,  but  provided  with  a  distinct  costal  ridge.  Neck  with 
numerous  parallel  jellow  longitudinal  hands,  some  of  which  advance  along  the 
side  of  the  head  to  the  tip  of  the  snout.  Legs  and  tail  (which  is  1^  inch  long) 
wiih  jellow  stripes.     Toes  broadiv  webbed. 


1869.]  OR.  A.  GUNTHBR  ON  INDIAN  REPTILES.  505 

dilated,  with  a  double  series  of  rounded  lamellae  below,  the  last  pha- 
lanx being  free.  Tail  about  as  long  as  the  trunk,  thick  and  flattened 
at  the  base,  and  tapering  behind ;  it  is  covered  with  imbricate  irre- 
gular scales,  those  on  the  upper  surface  being  very  large,  much 
larger  than  the  under  ones. 

TeRATOLEPIS  FA8CIATA. 

Homonota  fMciatOf  Blyth,  Joum.  As.  Soc.  Beng.  xxii.  p.  468. 

Back  grey,  with  fiTe  brown  longitudinal  bands,  which  at  regular 
intervals  are  interrupted  by  white  spots,  the  spots  of  the  same  level 
forming  a  cross  band ;  there  are  seven  of  those  cross  bands  on  the 
neck  and  trunk.  Tail  brown  above,  with  whitish  transverse  spots. 
Lower  parts  whitish,  tail  with  brown  spots  below. 

Length  of  the  head  \  inch,  of  trunk  1  inch,  of  tail  1  inch,  of  fore 
leg  ^  inch,  of  hind  leg  |  inch. 

Unfortunately  there  is  one  example  only  in  Dr.  Leith's  collection, 
from  Siodh ;  and  this  is  in  a  very  bad  condition,  having  the  head 
crushed,  and  having  been  dried  before  it  was  put  in  spirits.  How- 
ever, the  imbricate  scales  and  the  white  cross  bands  are  characters 
by  which  the  example  could  be  determined  as  a  Lizard  referred  by 
Mr.  Blyth*  to  Homonota,  a  South- American  genus  with  narrow  toes 
and  without  the  double  series  of  lamellae.  It  could  be  predicted 
that  Homonottt  was  not  the  correct  place  for  this  Lizard ;  but  as  the 
author  did  not  mention  anything  about  the  structure  of  the  toes,  it 
was  not  possible  to  assign  it  to  its  proper  place.  It  is  one  of  those 
aberrant  Geckoid  forms  with  imbricate  scales  of  which  two  other 
genera  have  been  described  within  the  last  few  years  {Teratoscincus 
of  Strauch,  and  Gec&olepis  of  Grandidier) ;  from  both  it  is  readily 
distinguished  by  important  structural  characters. 

Cynophis  malabaricus. 

A  specimen  was  found  by  Dr.  Leith,  5 1  inches  long ;  it  is  much 
less  beautifully  coloured  than  younger  examples,  the  white  spots 
having  disappeared,  and  only  the  black  markings  remaining. 

PsAMMOPHis  LEiTHii.     (Plate  XXXIX.) 

Body  slender;  head  rather  narrow  and  pointed,  distinct  from 
neck  ;  eye  of  moderate  size.  Bostral  shield  as  high  as  broad ;  ante- 
rior frontids  small,  subtruncated  in  front ;  posterior  frontals  rather 
longer  than  broad.  Vertical  narrow,  elongate,  bell-shaped  ;  nasal  ? ; 
loreal  large,  elongate.  One  concave  praeocular,  which  reaches  the 
vertical ;  two  postoculars.  Eight  upper  labials,  the  fourth  and  fifth 
eutering  the  orbit.  Temporals  l-|-2-f3.  Scales  lanceolate,  smooth, 
in  seventeen  rows.  Ventrals  168,  not  keeled  ;  anal  entire;  subcau- 
dals  98.  Ground-colour  of  the  upper  parts  light  reddish  olive ; 
trank  with  four  brown  longitudinal  bands  edged  with  black ;  the  two 
middle  (dorsal)  bands  extend  forwards  to  the  end  of  the  snout,  run- 

♦  I  have  to  apologize  to  Mr.  Jerdon  for  havin|f  asfdflrned  the  determination 
and  description  of  **Homonofa  fasciata^^  to  him  instead  of  to  Mr.  Blyth,  who 
intercalated  it  into  a  paper  of  Mr.  Jerdon'n  (Rept.  Brit.  Ind.  p.  0*.>). 


506  DR.  A.  GUNTHER  ON  INDIAN  REPTILES.  [NoV.  11, 

ning  along  the  occipital  and  supraocular  shields ;  a  narrow  hrown 
line  along  the  median  line  of  the  vertical  shield  and  occipital  suture. 
The  dorsal  hands  of  the  trunk  are  confluent  into  one  on  the  tail. 
The  lateral  hand  runs  from  the  nostril  along  the  loreal,  through  the 
eye,  occupying  the  second  outer  series  of  scales  and  the  adjacent 
halves  of  the  nearest  series ;  it  gradually  disappears  on  the  tail. 
The  lower  half  of  the  outermost  series  of  scales  and  the  ahdomen 
white ;  lower  lahials,  throat,  and  foremost  ventrals  slightly  marbled 
with  blackish. 

A  single  example,  with  the  head  much  damaged,  has  been  obtained 
in  Sindh ;  it  is  26|  inches  long,  the  tail  being  S^  inches,  and  the 
head  |  inch. 

III.  Descriptions  of  Species  discovered  by  Mr.  Barnes, 
Dendrophis  caudoli^eolata.     (Plate  XL.  fig.  1.) 

This  is  the  Ceylonese  representative  of  D.  caudolineata.  Scales 
in  thirteen  rows,  those  of  the  vertebral  series  conspicuously  larger 
than  the  others.  Head  as  in  D.  picta ;  eye  rather  large.  Loreal 
longer  than  high.  The  prseorbital  touches  the  vertical ;  occipitals 
obtusely  rounded  behind.  Two  postoculars.  A  large  temporal  shield 
in  contact  with  the  postoculars.  Eight  upper  labials,  the  fourth 
and  fifth  entering  the  orbit.  Ventrals  149,  strongly  keeled ;  anal 
bifid;  subcaudals  125.  Brownish,  with  green  metalliclustre ;  sides 
of  the  anterior  part  of  the  trunk  with  oblique  narrow  black  streaks ; 
every  second  and  third  ventral  shield  with  a  blackish  line  on  the 
upper  margin  ;  these  markings  are  confluent  into  a  black  line  on  the 
hinder  part  of  the  trunk  and  tail ;  a  pair  of  similar  dorsal  lines  make 
their  appearance  in  the  same  region  as  the  lateral,  running  along  the 
back  of  the  tail ;  a  black  line  along  the  meeting  edges  of  the  sub- 
caudals, and  indistinctly  continued  for  some  distance  along  the 
median  line  of  the  abdomen.     A  horizontal  black  temporal  streak. 

Mr.  Barnes  obtained  one  example,  24  inches  long;  and  a  second 
smaller  one  was  purchased  for  the  British  Museum  a  shore  time  ago. 

DiPSAS  barnesii.     (Plate  XL.  fig.  2.) 

Body  much  compressed  and  very  slender ;  head  broad,  depressed, 
short ;  neck  very  slender ;  eye  rather  large.  Palatine  teeth  not  en- 
larged ;  the  last  maxillary  tooth  feeble  but  grooved.  Loreal  as  high 
as  long ;  three  preeoculars,  the  uppermost  not  reaching  the  vertical ; 
two  postoculars.  Eight  upper  labials,  the  fourth  and  fifth  entering 
the  orbit.  Temporals  numerous,  scale-like.  Scales  in  nineteen 
rows,  those  of  the  vertebral  series  not  quite  twice  the  size  of  those 
in  the  series  adjoining.  Ventrals  219;  anal  entire ;  subcaudals  98. 
Dark  grey,  finely  powdered  with  brown ;  irregular  brown  band-like 
markings  on  the  back,  and  irregular  black  spots  along  the  lower  part 
of  the  sides ;  abdomen  finely  mottled  with  brown.  Head  dark  brown 
above  ;  a  dark  band  from  the  eye  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth  ;  throat 
white. 

Que  example,  2.S  inches  long,  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Barnes. 


DR.  B.  SIMPSON  ON  AILVRU8  FULGENS.  507 

^  ^RicoLA,  Jerdon. 

'^<^  'H  by  Mr.  Barnes  from  Cejlon  agrees  well  with 

'5fe^  ^  Mr.  Jerdon,  who  obtained  his  examples 

'     V  '  \  _  'urus  fulgens, 

-     <L,    -  ^        '  .MP80N,  M  T), 

'■^-^     \    ^  (Plate  XLI.») 

3  called  by  the  Bhoteahs  Wook  Dongka,  and  by 

.icum ;  but  the  name  "  Wah^^  by  which  it  is  usually 

^turalists,  I  have  never  heard  applied  to  it.     Possibly 

J  be  the  Nepalese  term,  though  I  have  never  been  able  to 

vsin  it.     It  might  be  worth  while  to  consult  Mr.  Hodgson  on 

«ie  point,  as  I  believe  he  has  described  the  animal.     It  is  usually 

found  at  an  elevation  of  about  7000  to  9000  feet  above  the  sea,  and 

lives  chiefly  in  trees  in  dense  forests.     I  have  never  succeeded  in 

getting  the  specimens  which  I  had  to  eat  animal  food  in  any  shape. 

They  were  fed  chiefly  on  milk  and  rice,  and  browsed  freely  on  grass 

and  bamboo-leaves^     Rose-leaves  and  peaches  seemed  also  to  be  a 

favourite  food  with  them.    They  drank  the  milk  much  more  eagerly 

if  a  little  sugar  were  mixed  with  it. 

As  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  this  animal  is  unknown 
in  the  Himalayas  of  the  North-west — but  to  my  certain  knowledge 
extends  to  the  extreme  east  of  the  range,  as  in  the  beginning  of  1 868, 
when  on  the  north-east  frontier,  I  saw  several  natives  (Mishmees) 
whose  caps  were  made  of  the  skin  of  the  Ailurus,  Dr.  J.  Anderson 
also  informs  me  that  skins  were  brought  to  him  by  the  inhabitants  of 
the  countries  through  which  he  passed  on  his  way  to  Bhamo,  showing 
that  it  exists  in  those  regions  also.  The  animal* s  cry  is  very  peculiar. 
Wlien  attacked  or  angry,  it  rises  on  its  hind  legs  like  a  bear  and  emits 
a  sound  which  can  be  very  easily  imitated  by  opening  the  mouth  and 
drawing  in  the  breath  through  the  nose  several  times  in  quick  suc- 
cession ;  in  fact  it  is  a  series  of  snorts,  if  I  may  use  the  expression. 
The  usual  cry  of  the  animal,  however,  is  quite  different ;  it  is  very 
like  the  chirping  of  a  bird,  or  a  scries  of  short  whistles.  The  only 
other  particular  regarding  the  animal  which  I  will  here  mention  is 
its  power  of  emitting  a  strong  odour  of  musk  when  excited. 


6.  Additional  Notes  on  the  Genus  Ceya:, 
By  R.  B.  Sharpe. 

As  I  stilted  in  my  recent  paper  on  this  genus  (P.  Z.  S.  1868, 
p.  587),  I  had  been  in  correspondence  with  Count  Salvadori,  of 

*  The  figure  is  taken  from  Mr.  Wolfs  drawing  of  the  individual  brought  home 
by  Dr.  SimpHon,  and  now  living  in  the  Society's  Gardens  (Nov.  11th). — P.  L.  S, 


508  MR.  R.  B.  SHARPE  ON  THE  GENUS  CEYX.    [Nov.  11, 

Turin,  on  the  subject  of  these  birds ;  for,  curiously  enough,  we  had 
been  each  of  us,  unknown  to  the  other,  gathering  materials  for  a 
monograph  of  the  genus.  In  NoTcmber  last  I  had  the  honour  to 
lay  before  the  Society  the  results  of  my  labours ;  but,  as  is  so  often 
the  case  even  with  the  most  painstaking  ornithologist,  no  sooner  had 
I  published  my  paper  and  finished,  as  I  hoped,  satisfactorily,  than 
specimens  reached  me  which  entirely  overthrew  my  conclusions,  and 
obliged  me  to  recommence  my  studies  afresh. 

It  may  be  as  well  to  recapitulate  the  leading  facts  of  my  arrange- 
ment of  the  genus  Ceyx.  I  proposed  to  divide  it  into  two  section?, 
viz.  those  with  the  head  lilac-rufous,  and  those  with  the  head  black- 
spotted  or  banded  with  cobalt.  I  have  little  to  say  with  regard  to 
the  birds  included  in  the  latter  section ;  but  concerning  the  rufous- 
headed  Ceyces  I  find  it  necessary  to  add  a  few  remarks.  I  ad- 
mitted four  species  belonging  to  this  section,  as  well  characterized 
and  distinct,  viz.  C.  rufidorsa^  Strickl.,  C.  dillwynni,  Sbarpe,  C.  tri- 
dactyla  (Pall.),  and  C.  melanura,  Kaup.  As  to  the  specific  distinct- 
ness of  these  species  I  entertained  no  doubt,  and  fondly  imagined 
that  the  last  point  of  the  vexata  quaslio  of  the  true  Ceyx  tridactyla 
had  been  settled.  Scarcely,  however,  had  I  congratulated  mjself 
on  this  happy  result  when  I  received  from  Lord  Walden  a  specimen 
of  a  rufous-neaded  Ceyx  which  completely  upset  my  equanimity. 
I  had  taken  the  blue  spot  on  the  side  of  the  neck  as  a  good  charac- 
teristic whereby  to  separate  the  rufous-headed  Ceycea  into  two  sub- 
sections, viz.  those  which  possessed  this  blue  spot,  and  those  in 
which  it  was  absent.  In  C.  rufidoraa  and  C.  dillwynni  it  is  uot 
found.  Both  C^ount  Salvador!  and  myself  had  never  seen  the  true 
Ceyx  rufidoraa  from  Malacca,  and  Strickland's  type  was  at  that  time 
inaccessible,  as  the  collection  was  packed  up  at  Cambridge  avtaiting 
its  removal  into  the  museum  of  that  town.  We  had,  however, 
concluded  that  the  Sumatran  bird,  of  which  we  had  seen  several, 
was  identical  with  the  Malaccan ;  and  Strickland* s  description 
seemed  to  confirm  this  view.  The  first  specimen  from  the  Malayan 
peninsula  that  I  had  seen  was  kindly  lent  me  by  Lord  Walden,  and 
on  its  receipt  I  rather  hastily  concluded  that  this  must  be  the  true 
C.  rufidoraa  of  Strickland.  It  was  a  bird  with  a  blue  ear-spot  and 
black  scapularies ;  and  there  is  nothing  in  Strickland's  description 
that  would  lead  one  to  suppose  that  his  C.  rufidoraa  possessed  neither 
of  these  characters.     Here  is  his  diagnosis* : — 

"  Ceyx  rufidorsa,  Strickland. 

**  C.  capite,  dorao,  tectricibua  caudaque  totia  late  rufia,  aplendore 

Hlacino  variantibua  ;  corpore  aubtua  aurantio-fiato,  mento  albo, 

loria  et  macula  aurium  obacure  aBndeo-nigra. 

"  This  species,  which  also  occurs  at  Malacca,  is  very  closely  allied 

to  the  last  [C  tridacfyfa^,  but  differs  in  having  the  beak  larger  in 

all  its  dimensions,  and  in  having  the  whole  back  and  wing-coverti», 

as  well  as  the  crown,  rump,  and  tnil,  rufous,  with  a  brilliant  lilac  tint. 

The  dark  blue  spot  on  the  front  and  ears  is  much  less  marked  than 

•  P.  Z.  S.  184fi,  p.  99. 


1R69.]  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  THE  GENUS  CKYX.  509 

iu  C.  tridactyla.  Lower  parts  orange-yellow ;  chin  white.  Thi« 
bird  was  supposed  by  Pallas,  in  his  '  Spicilegia  Zoologica'  (part  6, 
p.  13),  to  be  the  female  of  C.  tridactyla.  It  is  figured  by  Messrs. 
Jardin^  and  Selby,  in  the  ' Illustration^  of  Zoology'  (ser.  1,  pi.  55, 
fig.  2),  as  C.  tridactyla:' 

In  the  type,  as  in  all  other  specimens  of  C.  rufidoraa  which  I  have 
eicamined,  I  have  never  seen  any  auricular  blue  spot ;  and  1  consider 
that,  considering  this  character  is  clearly  designated  in  Strickland^s 
description,  and  the  scapularies  are  not  distinctly  stated  to  be  rufous 
(in  which  case  the  reader  would  infer  that  they  did  not  differ  from 
C,  tridactyla),  it  was  not  wonderful  if  we  supposed  Lord  Walden's 
specimen  (from  Malacca,  whence  Strickland's  type  came)  must  be 
the  true  C.  rufidorsa.  The  only  point  which  prevents  it  agreeing 
with  Strickland's  diagnosis  is  that  the  centre  of  the  back  of  the  Ma- 
laccan  specimen  has  a  trace  of  black,  and  on  one  feather  a  blue  lustre 
is  apparent.     The  greater  portion  of  the  back,  however,  is  rufous. 

Believing  that  I  had  been  misled  in  my  former  paper,  I  asked  and 
obtained  Lord  Walden's  permission  to  send  over  the  Malaccan  spe- 
cimen, along  with  the  type  of  my  C  dillwynni  and  all  my  other 
Ccyces,  to  Count  Salvadori,  in  order  that  he  might  be  able  to  exa- 
mine the  whole  quostion  for  himself  and  correct  the  mistake.  My 
friend  agreed  with  me  in  my  conclusions ;  and  shortly  after  appeared 
his  paper  in  the  'Atti*  of  the  Turin  Natural- History  Society,  on 
which  I  desire  to  make  a  few  remarks. 

The  species  admitted  by  Count  Salvadori  and  by  myself  are  as 
follows: — 

Salvadori.  |  Sharpe. 

1.  Ceyx  melanur a,  Kaiip,        '      1.   Ceyx  melanura,  Khup, 

2.  tridactyla  (Pall.).  |  2.  tridactyla  (Pall.). 

3.  rujidorsa,  Strickl.  |  3.  rufidorsa,  Strickl. 

4.  dillwynni,  Sharpe.  |  4.  dilwynni,  Sharpe. 

5.  aharpii,  Sal  v.  I  5.  cajeli.  Wall. 

6.  innominata,  Sal  v.  I  6.  wallacii,  Sharpe. 

7.  cajeli,  Wall.  '  7.  lepida,  Temm. 

8.  wallacii,  Sharpe.  8.  ettropyyialis,  Gray. 

9.  lepida,  Temm.  j  9.  philippinensis,  Gould. 

10.  solitaria,  Temm »  j  10.  solitaria,Temm. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  Count  Salvadori  admits  the  same  number 
of  species  as  myself,  but  arrives  at  this  conclusion  in  a  different 
manner.  C.  melanura,  C.  tridactyla,  C,  dillwynni,  C.  cajeli,  C 
wallacii,  C,  lepida,  and  C,  solitaria  are  admitted  by  both  of  us  to 
be  clearly  characterized  species.  His  C.  rufidorsa  is  Lord  Walden's 
Malacca  bird ;  and  C.  sharpii  is  a  new  species  from  Borneo,  which 
he  did  me  the  honour  to  name  after  me.  Ceyx  innominata  of  Sal- 
vadori =  C.  rufidorsa,  auct.,  and  of  my  paper.  He  also  unites  C, 
wropygialis  to  C  lepida,  a  point  on  which  I  am  inclined  to  agree 
with  him ;  and,  lastly,  he  refers  C.  philippinensis  to  the  genus 
Alcyone,     On  this  subject  I  have  already  expressed  myself  in  my 


510  MR.  R.  B.  SHARPE  ON  THK  GKNVS  CCYX.  [NoV.  1  1, 

paper  on  the  latter  genus ;  I  think  that  it  is  correct  to  class  these 
two  species  together,  but  I  should  prefer  that  they  were  consi- 
dered aberrant  Ceyee9  instead  of  aberrant  Alcyones.  On  the  receipt 
of  Count  Salvadori*s  paper,  an  early  copy  of  which  he  liad  the 
goodness  to  send  me,  I  wrote  to  him  expressing  my  admiration  of 
the  elaborate  way  in  which  he  had  worked  out  the  genus,  only 
adding  that,  although  I  believed  he  had  taken  the  right  view  of  the 
case,  I  trusted  an  examination  of  Strickland's  type  would  confirm 
his  conclusions. 

As,  however,  I  did  not  consider  the  matter  settled  until  I  had 
examined  for  myself  the  type  of  Strickland's  C  rufidor9a,  I  went  to 
Cambridge  as  soon  as  the  collection  was  arranged,  on  purpose  to 
satisfy  mvself  on  this  point.  Every  facility  was  kindly  afforded  me  by 
Mr.  J.  W.  Clark,  the  Superintendent  of  the  Museum,  and  I  had  no 
difficulty  in  discovering  the  bird  I  wanted  to  see.  I  was  at  once 
astonished  to  find  that  Strickland's  C.  rufidoraa  was  the  C  rafidona 
of  authors,  and  that,  after  all,  C.  innominata  must  give  way,  and  be 
added  as  a  synonym.  But,  then,  what  could  the  bird  whiclb  we  had 
taken  to  be  the  true  C.  rujidorsa  really  be?  This  1  could  not 
determine  for  a  long  time ;  but  on  further  comparison  I  found  that 
it  must  be  the  young  bird  of  O.  tridactyla  (Pall.).  This  never 
struck  me  before ;  and  because  I  was  bent  on  noticing  the  points  of 
difference  between  the  bird  and  C.  dillwynni  and  C.  rufidorsa,  auct., 
I  had  never  compared  it  with  C  tridactyla. 

It  now  remains  only  to  clear  up  the  confusion  which  exists  with 
regard  to  the  nifous-headed  Ceyces  resulting  from  the  above  error, 
for  which,  however,  I  blame  myself  especidly,  as  it  was  originally 
my  suggestion  to  Count  Salvadori.  My  previous  paper  may  be 
taken  as  a  correct  exposition  of  the  synonymy  of  the  various  Ceyces ; 
for  the  mersion  of  C.  uropygialis  in  C.  iepida,  and  the  separation 
of  C.  philippinensis  as  an  Alcyone,  are  questions  which  a  further 
knowledge  of  the  birds  and  a  further  acquisition  of  specimens  alone 
can  satisfactorily  determine. 

A  new  synoptical  arrangement  of  the  rufous-headed  Ceyces  is 
necessary  ;  and  it  seems  to  me  that  Count  Salvadori  has  grasped  the 
salient  points  of  difference  in  his  "clavis"  of  the  diflPerent  species. 

A.  Capite  et  uropygio  lilacinio :  roetro  corallino. 
a.  Macula  ad  latera  colli  crorulea  nulla. 
a\  Scapularibus  lilacinis. 

a  .  Tectricibus  alarum  rufis,  baud  caeruleo  la- 

vatis C.  rt^orsa. 

h".  Tectricibus  alarum  nigris  ac  rufin,  oeruleo 

lavatis C  shrtrpii. 

b\  ScapularibuR  nigris  cajruleo  lavatis C.  dtliuyiini. 

h.  Macula  aa  latera  colli  Cfprulea. 

a'.  Major:  interscapulio  et  scapularibus  rufis C.  melanvra. 

b'.  Minor :  interscapulio  et  scapularibus  nigris  cseru- 

leo  lavatis C.  tridactyla. 

For  the  arrangement  of  the  blue-backed  section,  see  my  paper 
(P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  .587)  and  that  of  Count  Salvadori  (Atti  R.  Accad. 
Torino,  iv.  p.  440). 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN   FISHES.  511 

Granting,  then,  that  my  synonymy  of  the  above  species  is  correct, 
we  have  the  following  additions  to  make  : — 

1.  Ceyx  rufidorsa,  Strickl. ;  Sharpe,  P.  Z.^.  1868,  p.  592. 
Ceyx  innominata,  Salv.  Atti  R.  Accad.  Tor.  18G9,  p.  459. 

2.  Ceyx  s^arpii,  Salv.  Atti  R.  Accad.  Tor.  1869,  p.  463. 

Ceyx  tridaetyla,  Reich.  Handb.  Alced,  p.  8,  t.  cccciii^.  fig.  3388 
(nee  fig.  3389). 

Count  Salvadori  has  most  kindly  sent  over  the  types  of  this  new 
species  for  my  inspection ;  and,  as  far  as  I  can  see,  it  is  sufficiently 
distinct.  The  only  species  with  which  it  can  be  confounded  is  Ceyx 
dillwynni ;  and  I  confess  there  is  some  chance  of  its  ultimately  pro- 
ving to  be  identical  with  this  latter  bird.  It  is  evident,  from  the  case 
of  C.  tridaetylay  that  these  little  Ceyces  are  a  long  time  gaining 
their  adult  plumage ;  and  at  present  Ceyx  sharpii  only  differs  from 
C.  dillwynni  in  the  scapularies  and  wing-coverts.  In  neither  of  the 
type  specimens  of  C  sharpii  are  the  wing-coverts  entirely  black 
washed  with  blue ;  in  both  a  rufous  feather  is  to  be  seen  here  and 
there.  In  C.  dUlvoynni  the  wing-coverts  are  rufous  for  the  most 
part,  but  here  and  there  a  black  feather  appears.  The  scapularies 
also  have  a  mixture  of  rufous  on  some  of  the  feathers ;  and  in  C 
tharpii  there  is  an  admixture  of  black  below  the  rufous.  If,  how- 
ever, we  merge  the  two  species,  we  must  admit  that  the  rufous  sca- 
pularies are  the  adult  stage — ^a  process  exactly  opposite  to  that 
exhibited  by  the  analogous  species  C,  tridactyla.  It  is  evident  that 
many  more  specimens  are  necessary  to  solve  the  riddle  satisfactorily ; 
and  until  we  get  them  we  must  be  satisfied  with  the  evidence  before 
us,  which  certainly  makes  C,  sharpii  a  distinct  species. 

3.  Ceyx  dillwynni,  Sharpe,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  593;  Salv.  Atti 
R.  Accad.  Torin.  1869,  p.  461. 

4.  Ceyx  melanura,  Kaup ;  Sharpe,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  594 ; 
Salv.  AtU  R.  Accad.  Torin.  1869,  p.  453. 

5.  Ceyx  tridactyla  (Pall.)  ;  Sharpe,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  593. 
Ceyx  rufidorsa,  Strickl.  apud  Salv.  Atti  R.  Accad.  Torin.  1869, 

p.  459. 


7.  Remarks  on  some  of  the  Fishes  in  the  Calcutta  Museum. 
By  Surgeon  Francis  Day,  F.Z.S.  &  F.L.S.,  Madras 
Army. — Part  I. 

Having  obtained  leave,  through  Col.  Strachey,  F.R.S.,  to  remain 
a  Umited  period  in  Calcutta  for  the  purpose  of  examining  the  fishes 
in  the  Government  Museum,  and  having  at  the  same  time  had  access 


512  SURGEON  r.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoV.  11, 

tu  Buchanan-Hamilton's  original  drawings,  I  am  enabled  to  lay  the 
results  of  some  of  my  investigations  before  the  Zoological  Society. 

The  collection  of  fishes  is  extensive  and  exceedingly  interesting.  Its 
nucleus  was  formed  by  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal ;  while  amongst 
the  contributors  to  it  were  Dr.  M'Clelland,  and  more  especially  Mr. 
Blyth,  most  of  whose  type  specimens  I  have  thus  had  the  opportu- 
nity of  examining.  It  is  not  unlikely  that  some  few  of  the  fishes,  such 
as  the  Barbus  aojjhore,  may  have  been  derived  from  Buchanan- 
Hamilton's  collection — my  reason  for  asserting  this  being  that  the 
specimen  is  evidently  very  old,  whilst  the  species  was  never,  I  be- 
lieve, recognized  by  M*Clelland  or  Blyth.  The  typical  collection 
presented  to  the  British  Museum  by  Mr.  Waterhouse  does  not 
appear  to  have  possessed  it.  In  the  following  paper  I  have  de- 
scribed some  species  said  to  be  "  insufficiently  known,"  as  well  as 
others  which  appear  to  be  new. 

Serranus  lanceolatus,  Bloch. 
Serranus  horridus,  C.  &  V. 

In  the  *  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society,*  1865,  p.  6,  and 
again  in  my  *  Fishes  of  Malabar,'  p.  4,  and  plate  L  figs.  1  &  2,  I  gave 
my  opinion  that  the  adult  form  of  this  species  is  identical  with  that 
termed  5.  horridus,  C.  &  V.  Dr.  Giinther,  however,  in  the  *  Fishes 
of  Zanzibar,'  p.  4,  holds  a  different  opinion,  and  observes : — "  Mr. 
Blyth  was  the  first  to  refer  lanceolatus  as  a  synonym  to  another 
species,  namely  5.  coides,  H.  B.  (=jS.  serillus,  C.  &  V.)  (J.  A.  S. 
Bengal,  xxix.  p.  111).  Mr.  Day,  without  referring  to  this  paper, 
also  represents  lanceolatus  as  a  young  Serranus,  but  takes  it  to  be  that 
of  horridus,  K.  &  v.  H.  We  may  remark  at  once,  to  judge  from  the 
figure  given  by  Mr.  Day,  that  this  appears  rather  improbable,  and  he 
does  not  explain,  or  even  notice  *,  the  difference  in  the  length  of  the 
dosarl  spines  in  the  two  fishes; "  and  concludes  by  remarking,  "  we 
do  not  venture  to  say  what  the  species  stated  by  Mr.  Dav  to  be  the 
old  state  of  the  lanceolatus  may  prove  to  be"  (p.  5).  dad  a  name 
been  given,  it  would,  in  my  opinion,  only  have  added  one  more  syno- 
nym to  the  S.  lanceolatys, 

I  overlooked  the  note  of  Mr.  Blyth  thus  referred  to,  until  afler 
my  work  had  been  printed.  To  find  short  remarks  on  species  in 
a  work  destitute  of  an  index  is  always  difficult.  Thus  Dr.  Giinther, 
in  vol.  iii.  of  his  catalogue,  dated  July  1861,  places  the  three  follow- 
ing species  of  Mr.  Blyth  amongst  his  doubtful  ones — Gobius  breviceps, 
Blyth,  Periophthalmus  fuscatus^  Blyth,  and  Salarias  olivaceus, 
Blyth  ;  but  in  the  year  I860  Mr.  Blyth  had  already  stated  them  to 
be  Gobius  albopunctalus,  C.  &  V.,  Periophthalmus  papilio,  Bl. 
Schn.,  and  Salarias  lineatus,  C.  &  V.  (J.  A.  S.  Bengal,  xxix.  pp.  Ill, 
147,  111).  I  only  mention  these  instances  to  show  how  the  most 
accurate  observers  may  overlook  casual  remarks. 

*  Dr.  Giinther  has  overlooked  the  following  observation  I  made  at  p.  5  in  the 
•  Fishes  of  Malabar ' : — "  In  young  npecimens  the  proportionate  height  of  the 
dorsal  spines  (as  in  some  other  Srrrani)  is  greater  man  in  the  adult*'* 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN   FISHES.  513 

In  Madras,  during  the  last  two  years,  I  have  obtained  several  of 
the  young  S.  lanceolatus,  and  on  dissection  discovered  that  caeco- 
pyloric  appendages  were  invariably  absent.  I  was  in  hopes  of  ob- 
taining the  adult  form  to  dissect,  but  in  this  I  have  been  disappointed. 
On  the  other  hand,  I  have  now  had  the  opportunity  of  personally 
examining  Mr.  Biyth's  specimens,  and  commence  answering  the 
before- mentioned  criticism  by  objecting  to  the  words  after  S,  coides, 
H.  B.  (=5.  serillus,  C.  V.).  1  admit,  S.  coides^  H.  B.,  and  *S\  se- 
rillus,  C.  v.,  are  identical ;  but  Mr.  Blyth's  specimens  turn  out  to  be 
the  same  as  the  one  I  have  figured  as  S,  horridua,  which  is  certainly 
not  S.serillus,  C.  &V. 

Some  of  the  specimens  in  the  Calcutta  Museum  are  as  follows ;  the 
others  offer  no  particulars  calling  for  notice  : — 

a.  S,  lanceolatus,  4  inches  long,  stuffed,  presented  by  the  Madras 
Museum.     Coloration  as  shaded  in  Bloch  &  Russell's  figures. 

b.  A  stand  of  three  specimens,  collected  by  Mr.  Blyth  to  demon* 
strate  his  views,  and  marked  in  his  own  handwriting.  In  Mr.  Blyth's 
deductions  I  most  entirely  concur,  only  objecting  to  his  name  6\ 
coides,  H.  B. ;  for  the  adult  is  identical  with  what  I  figured  as  5.  hor- 
ridus,  C.  &  V. 

c.  9i|  inches  long,  still  showing  the  markings  of  the  immature ;  but 
the  yellow  portion  is  being  broken  up  by  bands. 

£^.18  inches  long,  the  bands  on  the  body  have  disappeared,  and 
the  black  bands  on  the  fins  are  broken  up  into  black  blotches. 

e.  22  inches  long,  the  mature  S.  homdusy  C.  &  V.,  exactly  like 
pi.  1 .  fig.  2  in  the  '  Fishes  of  Malabar.' 

In  the  museum  of  the  Medical  College  in  Calcutta,  I  had  au 
opportunity  of  examining  another  fine  collection  of  stuffed  fish, 
mostly  brought  together  by  the  late  Dr.  Walker.  Amongst  them 
is  a  beautiful  specimen  of  the  adult  S.  horridus,  C.  &  V.,  34  inches 
in  length. 

I  have  not  deemed  it  necessary  to  advert  to  the  specimens  Captain 
Mitchell  sent  to  the  British  Museum  ;  the  number  of  ceeco-pyloric 
appendages  in  the  S.  seriilus,  C.  Sc  V.,  and  S,  bontor,  C.  &  V., 
at  once  show  they  cannot  be  the  adult  S.  lanceolatus,  Bloch.  Pro- 
bably Captain  Mitchell  only  gave  his  opinion  after  reading  Mr. 
Blyth's  paper,  which  is  incorrect,  as  the  species  he  terms  S.  coides, 
H.  B.,  is  the  one  which  I  have  figured  as  S,  horridus,  and  amongst 
Hamilton  Buchanan's  MS.  drawings  I  find  an  unfinished  sketch  of 
his  S  coides,  which  at  once  shows  it  to  be  the  same  as  iS\  serillus, 
C.&V. 

Thus  a  personal  inspection  of  the  specimens  in  the  Calcutta  Mu- 
seum has  distinctly  proved  that  the  species  I  figured  as  the  adult  5. 
lanceolatus,  Bloch,  is  identical  with  what  Mr.  Blyth  considered  to  be 
the  mature  one.  It  therefore  appears  the  more  likely  to  be  a  correct 
conclusion,  having  been  come  to  by  two  different  persons  in  distant 
places,  who  were  ignorant  of  each  other's  investigations,  which  were 
made  from  two  distinct  series  of  specimens.  Only  one  thing  ap- 
pears to  be  now  requisite,  namely,  to  examine  whether  the  S,  hor^ 
ridus,  C.  &  v.,  has  or  has  not  caeco-pyloric  appendages,  as  at  present 


514  SURGEON  F.  DAif  ON  INDIAN   FISHES.  [NoV.  11, 

its  external  conformation  in  every  respect  shows  it  to  be  the  mature 
iS.  lanceolatus,  Bloch. 

Whilst  mentioning  this  question  of  csBcal  appendages,  I  may 
observe  that  the  following  are  the  numbers  which  I  have  found 
existing  in  specimens  in  Madras  during  the  last  two  years : — 

S,  serillus,  C.  &  V.,  and  A\  bontor,  C.  &  V.,  from  50  to  60 ;  S. 
hexagonatvLSt  32;  S,  sonnerati,  C.  &  V.,  12  to  13;  5.  cganostigma- 
toidesy  Bleeker,  1?. 

Mesoprion  therapon,  sp.  nov. 

B.  viii.  D.  10/14.  P.  15.  V.  l/.i.  A.  3/8.  C.  18.  L.  1.54. 
L.tr.6/17. 

Length  of  head  ^^;  of  pectoral  fin  J,  of  caudal  |  of  the  total 
length.     Height  of  head  |,  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  f  of  the  length  of  head,  1  ^  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  extends  to  beneath  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  orbit.  Preopercle  ^ith  a  wide  open  notch,  its 
vertical  margin  finely  serrated. 

Teeth  viUiform,  with  a  pair  of  canines  on  either  side  of  the  middle 
of  the  upper  jaw,  the  external  being  very  large  ;  an  outer  enlarj^ 
row  in  the  lower  jaw,  the  largest  being  posterior ;  a  triangular  villi- 
form  patch  on  the  vomer ;  and  a  band  on  the  palate. 

Fins.  Third  dorsal  spine  the  longest.  Pectoral  pointed.  Third 
anal  spine  slightly  the  longest  and  strongest.     Caudal  lobed. 

Colours,  In  spirit,  whitish,  with  six  black  horizontal  bands  from 
the  head  along  the  body,  and  six  short,  badly  marked,  vertical  ones 
from  the  dorsal  fin,  the  crossing  of  the  two  sets  forming  large  white 
spots  on  the  upper  third  of  the  body.  A  deep-black  mark  at  the 
base  of  the  caudal  fin.  A  white  band  across  the  occiput,  which  is 
continued  over  the  preopercle.     Fins  stained  grey. 

One  specimen,  6  inches  long,  from  Ceylon,  and  a  second,  9  inches 
long,  from  the  Andamans. 

Diagramma  alta,  sp.  nov. 

B.vi.   D.  14/16,    V.  1.5.    A.  3  7.  C.  15.   L.1.59.    L,  tr.  1024. 

Length  of  head  f ,  of  pectoral  ^^j-,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  nearly  ^,  of  dorsal  spines  ^,  of  dorsal  rajs 
above  ^,  of  anal  spines  ^  of  the  total  length. 

JSyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout. 
j  of  a  diameter  apart. 

Body  elevated  and  strongly  compressed. 

Preopercle  serrated,  most  coarsely  towards  its  angle.  The  posterior 
extremity  of  the  maxilla  extends  to  below  the  anterior  third  of  the 
orbit.     A  few  small  pores  exist  under  the  mandible. 

Teeth  villiform,  without  canines. 

Fins,,  Dorsal  spines  strong,  the  third  and  fourth  the  longest, 
interspiuous  membrane  rather  deeply  notched.  Second  anal  spiue 
much  the  longest  and  strongest.     Caudal  truncated. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  515 

Scales  ctenoid. 

Colour*,  Purplish  on  the  body ;  tips  of  the  dorsal  spines,  outer 
third  of  dorsal  and  anal  rays,  as  well  as  the  caudal  fin,  white. 

Two  specimens,  nearly  4  inches  lone,  in  the  collection,  but  no 
notice  where  they  came  from.  I  have  smce  procured  the  species  at 
Akyab. 

Ambassis  notatus,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  138,  is 
the  A.  baeuUs,  H.  B. 

Bogota  infuscata,  Blyth,  /.  c.  p.  139. 
D.  10|i.    V.  1/5.    A.  3/8.     C.  17. 

Preopercle  strongly  serrated,  with  large  teeth  at  its  angle.  A  spine 
directea  backwards,  apparently  on  the  subopercle.  A  long  spine  on 
the  operde. 

Preorbital  entire.     Lower  jaw  the  longest. 

Teeth.  In  the  jaws,  villiform. 

Fin».  Second  anal  spine  the  longest. 

Sealee,  None  visible  now. 

Colours.  Brownish-black,  except  the  fins,  which  are  of  a  dirty 
yellowish-white. 

The  specimen  is  half  an  inch  long  and  in  a  very  bad  condition. 
The  occiput  is  broken  across ;  in  fact,  it  b  too  damaged  to  describe 
from.  One  thing  is  evident,  that  it  does  not  belong  to  the  genus 
Ambassis ;  it  may  be  the  fry  of  a  species  of  Priacanthus. 

Amphiprionicuthys  zeylonensis,  sp.  u. 
B.iv.     D.7/14.     P.  13.     V.  1/2.     A.^^.    C.  15. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  caudal  J^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head 
^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Upper  surface,  near  the  profile,  I  diameter  apart,  1  ^  dia- 
meter from  end  of  snout. 

Body  elevated  and  strongly  compressed,  head  slightly  depressed. 

Mouth  anterior,  jaws  of  equal  length.  Preorbital  with  a  strong 
spine  directed  backwards.  Preopercle  with  five  spines,  the  two  lowest 
the  longest.  Opercle  very  narrow,  having  two  badly  marked  spines. 
A  serrated  ridge  passes  from  the  back  of  the  orbit  towards  the 
occiput.     Gill -membranes  not  entirely  covered  by  the  opercles. 

Teeth.  Villiform  in  jaws,  none  on  vomer  or  palate. 

Dorsal  fin  has  a  notch  between  its  two  portions. 

Body  and  head  studded  with  minute  prickles.  Lateral  line 
distinct. 

Colours.  Bluish  along  the  upper  half  of  the  body,  becoming 
dirty-brown  on  the  abdomen.  An  irregular  series  of  about  eight 
yellow  blotches  along  the  back,  increasing  in  numbers  towards  the 
abdomen.     Fins  light- coloured. 

Three  specimens,  up  to  2^  inches  in  length,  are  in  (he  collection. 
They  were  dredged  up  off  Galle  by  Dr.  J.  Anderson. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXIV. 


516  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [Nov.  11, 

CoRViNA  cujA,  Ham.  Buch. 

Sci<enoides  aaper,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  140. 

The  typical  specimens  of  Mr.  Blytb^s  species  are  six  in  number, 
and  up  to  2  inches  in  length.  They  are  the  fry  of  a  Corvina,  and,  it 
appears  to  me,  of  the  C.  cuja, 

Otolithus  ruber,  Schn. 

Otolithus  submaculatua.  Blyth,  J.  A.S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  141. 

The  four  specimens  in  the  Calcutta  Museum,  up  to  6^  inches  in 
length,  and  which  are  marked  O.  submaeulatus,  Blyth,  belong  to  this 
species. 

BoLA  PAMA,  Ham.  Buch. 

Scuenoides  hardwickii,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  139. 
The  three  typical  specimens  are  up  to  2|  inches  in  length,  and 
appear  to  he  the  fry  of  the  B,  pamOy  H.  B. 

GOBIUS  GOBIOOON,  Sp.  UOY. 

D.6||.     P.  21.     A.  10.     C.  15.     L,1.22. 

Length  of  head  ^  of  length  of  hody.  Height  of  body  \  of  total 
length. 

Eves  in  anterior  half  of  the  head,  i  a  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
1|  diameter  apart. 

Form  of  body  similar  to  that  of  the  genus  Gobiodon, 

Anterior  portion  of  head  and  lower  jaw  covered  with  warty  tuber- 
cles. Anterior  cleft  of  mouth  very  oblique ;  the  posterior  extremity 
of  the  maxilla  does  not  extend  to  under  the  anterior  margin  of  the 
orbit.  Gill-openings  narrow,  and  only  opposite  the  base  of  the  pec- 
toral fin. 

Teeth.  Villiform  in  both  jaws,  with  a  posterior  canine  in  the 
centre  of  the  lower  jaw. 

Fins.  Ventrals  united,  not  adherent  to  the  abdomen.  Caudal 
rounded;  none  of  the  rays  produced,  nor  those  of  pectoral  silk- 
hke. 

Scales  ctenoid,  extending  anteriorly  to  opposite  the  middle  of  the 
first  dorsal  fin,  and  in  a  line  between  that  situation  and  the  base  of 
the  pectoral.  Nine  rows  between  the  anterior  portion  of  the  base  of 
the  second  dorsal  and  that  of  the  anal  fins. 

Colours.  Brownish.  Ventral  fin  blackish,  with  a  reddish  margin. 
Caudal  reddish. 

Hab.  Andamans  or  adjacent  islands.  Seven  specimens,  up  to 
l^inch  long,  in  the  Calcutta  Museum. 

BoLEOPHTHALMUs  iNORNATus,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860, 
p.  1 68,  b  the  B.  pectinirostris,  Gmelin. 

Periophthalmus  scintillans,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  is 
the  Periophthalmus  koelreuteri,  Pallas. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  PISHB8.  517 

Eleotris  peliceps,  Biytb,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860»  p.  146. 

D.  6|i.     P.  15.     V.1/5.     A.  11.     C.  13.     LA.  27. 

Length  of  head  |,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head 
i,  of  body  l  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  approximating,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout. 

Head  slightly  depressed  ;  snout  pointed. 

Lower  jaw  the  longest.  Cleft  of  mouth  small ;  the  maxilla  only 
extends  halfway  to  below  the  orbit. 

Teetk  villiform. 

Fins,  Dorsal  spines  filiform,  central  caudal  rays  the  longest. 

Scales  cycloid  as  far  as  the  base  of  the  anal  fin,  where  they  become 
strongly  ctenoid.  Scales  extend  as  far  forwards  as  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  orbit,  and  cover  the  cheeks  and  operdes.  Twelve  rows 
exist  between  the  second  dorsal  and  anal  fins. 

Colours.  Brownish-white,  irregularly  spotted  and  blotched  with  a 
darker  colour.  Dark  bands  pass  downwards  from  the  orbit.  Fins 
more  or  less  spotted. 

One  specimen  exists,  received  from  the  Andamans,  where  it  was 
collected  by  Captain  Hodges. 

Eleotris  fusca,  Bloch. 

E,  inceria,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  I860,  p.  146. 

Three  typical  specimens  of  the  latter  in  the  museum  are  identical 
with  E.  fusca, 

Eleotris  cavifrons,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  145. 
D.6|-g.     P.  13.     V.6.     A.  8.     C.  13.     L.  1. 65.     L.tr.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  -^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  the  head  f,  of  body  ^,  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of  second  dorsal 
^.  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1  i  diameters  from  end  of 
snout,  2  diameters  apart. 

Body  subcylindrical ;  head  depressed.  A  deep  sulcus  before  the 
orbits.     Snout  rather  elevated. 

Lower  jaw  the  longest.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla 
extends  to  under  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 

Teeth  villiform,  with  an  onter  enlarged  row,  which  are  more 
numerous  in  the  lower  than  in  the  upper  jaw. 

Fins.  Caudal  wedge-shaped. 

Colours.  Light  brown ;  dark  lines  radiate  from  the  orbit.  Fins 
barred  in  spots. 

Six  specimens,  up  to  4  inches  in  length,  exist  in  the  Museum. 
They  were  received  from  Captain  Hodges,  who  procured  them  at  the 
Andamans. 

Eleotris  scintillans,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  146. 
One  specimen,  in  rather  a  damaged  state,  exists  in  the  museum. 


518  SURGEON   F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoV.  U, 

It  agrees  in  appearance  with  E.  aphioeephalut,  but  has  small  scales 
on  the  nape,  and  otherwise  corresponds  with  E,  cantoris,  Giinther, 
excepting  that  it  has  a  black  ocellus  at  the  upper  part  of  the  caudal 
fin.  The  specimen,  however,  is  only  2  J  inches  long ;  so  the  ocdlus 
may  be  a  mark  of  its  being  immature. 

Amblygfus  CiBCULUS,  Bloch. 

Amblyopus  eirrhatus,  Bljth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  147. 

The  tjrpical  specimen,  8}  inches  in  length,  is  in  the  collection. 

Salarias  dvssumibri,  C.  &  V. 

Specimens  of  this  species  are  labelled  S,  olivaeeust  Bljth.  Whe- 
ther the  latter  name  should  be  considered  a  synonym  of  S,  lineatus, 
C.  &  v..  as  stated  by  Mr.  Blyth,  or  of  S.  dussumieriy  C.  &  V.,  as 
shown  by  the  typical  specimens,  must  be  doubtful,  unless,  by  some 
accident,  the  label  had  been  placed  on  the  wrong  bottle  of  specimens, 
as  is  not  improbable. 

Sauirias  legfardus,  sp.  n.  ^ 

D.  12/12.     P.  15.     V.4.     A. 2  +  13.     C.  II. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  f  ,  of  base  of  first  dorsal  a  little 
above  |,  of  base  of  second  dorsal  ^,  of  caudal  f  ,  of  anal  }  of  the  total 
length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  above  -|^,  of  first  dorsal  ^,  of 
second  dorsal  ^,  of  ventral  ^,  of  anal  4^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  1^  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
1  diameter  apart. 

Head  large,  with  a  transverse  crest  of  tentacles  crossing  the  occiput, 
and  a  fringed  orbicular  tentacle  half  as  long  as  the  eye.  Lips  thick 
and  fringed,  having  two  bifid  tentacles  on  either  side  of  symphysis 
of  the  lower  jaw.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  extends 
to  below  the  anterior  mai]g;in  of  the  orbit.     Gill-openine  wide. 

Teeth  in  a  single  row,  imbedded  in  the  gums  in  boui  jaws.  No 
canines. 

Fins.  A  notch  between  the  two  dorsals ;  the  second  dorsal  is  not 
continued  on  to  the  caudal ;  the  latter  is  cut  nearly  square.  Two 
fleshy  prominences  anterior  to  the  anal  fin. 

Lateral  line  curves  to  opposite  the  end  of  the  pectoral  fin,  whence 
it  proceeds  direct  to  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal. 

Colours,  Of  a  rich  brown,  becoming  white  on  the  chest,  and 
blotched  all  over  with  black  marks,  leaving  narrow  interspaces  of  a 
lighter  colour.     Fins  spotted. 

Specimen,  4  inches  long,  dredged  up  off  Galle  Harbour  by  Dr.  J. 
Anderson. 

Andamia  exfansa,  Blyth. 

D.  16/18.    P.  1.5.     V.3.     A.  26.    C.  9. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^  of  caudal  A  of  the  total  length. 
HeiKht  of  head  ^o,  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length.  The  breadth  of 
the  head  equab  its  width. 


I 

i 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  nSHES.  519 

Eyes  elevated,  diameter  1|  of  length  of  head,  \\  diameter  from 
end  of  snout,  I  diameter  apart. 

Body  subcylindrical  and  compressed. 

Snout  rounded  anteriorly.  A  short  fringed  tentacle  over  the  pos- 
terior third  of  the  orbit ;  a  small,  simple,  nasal  one.  Snout  with 
a  lateral  lobe,  the  two  lips  continuous,  the  lower  forming  a  broad  ad- 
hesive sucker  behind  the  symphysis  of  the  lower  jaw,  with  a  distinct 
posterior  fold.  The  upper  edge  of  the  lower  lip  is  coarsely  fringed. 
Gill-openings  wide,  extending  on  to  the  lower  surface  of  the  head. 

Teeth  in  a  fine  single  row,  implanted  in  the  gums  of  both  jaws. 
No  canines. 

Fins.  Dorsals  divided  by  a  notch,  or  continuous.  The  first  dorsal 
commences  a  short  distance  behind  the  occiput ;  its  spines  are  free 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent;  in  some  specimens  the  second  is  the 
longest.  The  soft  dorsal  mostly  equals  in  height  the  posterior  third 
of  the  first  dorsal ;  sometimes  the  second  dorsal  is  higher  than  the 
first,  but  it  does  not  appear  to  ever  be  higher  than  the  body.  Anal 
lower  than  the  dorsal,  all  its  rays  free  in  their  external  half.  Pec- 
toral arises  close  to  the  gill- opening,  its  lower  seven  rays  are  free  at 
their  extremities.     Extremity  of  cuidal  rays  undivided  and  free. 

Colours,  Olive,  banded  with  a  darker  shade,  the  bands  and  the 
ground-colour  being  about  equal  in  width.  Head  spotted.  All  the 
fins  with  dark  margins,  except  the  anal,  which  is  tipped  with 
white. 

Many  specimens,  up  to  3|  inches  in  length,  exist  in  the  Calcutta 
Museum.     All  were  received  from  the  Andaman  Islands. 

OSPHROMENUS  NOBILI8. 

Ctenops  Hohilis,  M'Clelland,  Calc.  Journal  of  Natural  History. 
D.^.     P.  12.    V.  f    A.  4.    C.  16.     L.  1.28-30. 

Snout  elongated,  lower  jaw  the  longest,  lower  margin  of  preopercle 
denticulated.  Preorbital  large,  also  denticulated.  Opercle  entire, 
enduig  in  a  sofl  pointed  extremity.  Interraaxillaries  very  protractile. 
The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  extends  two-thirds  of  the  dis- 
tance to  below  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 

JEyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1^  diameter  from  end  of 

SPOUt. 

Head  acute,  depressed,  dorsal  profile  nearly  horizontal. 

Teeth  in  pointed  tufts,  or  two  incomplete  rows  on  the  margin  of 
the  intenraxillariea. 

Fins.  Dorsal  small,  situated  in  the  posterior  portion  of  the  back. 
Pectoral  short.  Anal  extending  almost  to  the  caudal,  from  which  it 
is  separated  by  a  slight  notch. 

Scales  ctenoid.     Lateral  line  absent. 

An  accessory  cavity  exists  above  and  behind  the  gills. 

Colours,  A  white  band  passes  from  the  eye  to  the  centre  of  the 
caudal  fin,  a  second  from  the  pectoral  alqng  the  side,  and  a  third 
along  the  base  of  the  anal  fin. 

Three  specimens  (not  in  a  good  state)  exist,  given  by  Dr.  J.  C. 


520  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoV.  11, 

Jerdon,  who  obtained  them  at  Purneah.  He  informs  me  "its 
habitat  is  not  mountain-streams,  but  rivers  in  the  plains  of  Northern 
Bengal." 

Trichogaster  fasciatus,  Bloch. 

I  obtained  a  large  number  of  specimens  of  this  species  from  the 
Calcutta  market,  and  was  enabled  to  form  a  complete  series  showing 
how  the  preorbital  changes  with  age.  At  3  inches  the  whole  of  its 
lower  margin  is  serrated ;  at  about  3|  inches  the  serrations  become 
mere  denticulations,  fewer  in  number  and  wider  apart ;  at  4  inches 
some  of  the  specimens  have  the  preorbital  entire. 

This  species  is  given  as  Trichopodus  colisa  by  Hamilton  Buchanan, 
and  figured  at  pi.  15.  f.  40.  The  original  drawing  is  marked 
Trichopodus  heje ;  it  may  therefore  be  safely  assumed  that  these  two 
names  belong  to  one  and  the  same  species. 

Amongst  the  MS.  drawings  are  beautiful  coloured  figures  of : —the 
Trichogaster  lalius,  H.  B.,  marked  T,  ruber  ;  Trichogaster  chuM, 
H.  B.,  marked  T  vittatus;  Trichogaster  sola,  H,  B.,  marked  T, 
fuscus ;  Trichogaster  cotra,  H.  B.  marked  T.  carulescens. 

Trichogaster  lalius,  H.  B. 

D.  16/8.     P.  9.     V.  1.     A.  j^\^.     C.  15.     L.  1.  24-26. 

Preorbital  denticulated,  also  the  horizontal  margin  of  the  pre- 
opercle,  the  teething  becoming  gradually  coarser  posteriorly. 

Lateral  line  either  absent  or  only  just  visible  for  a  few  scales. 

Fourteen  rows  of  scales  between  the  dorsal  and  anal  fins. 

This  lovely  little  fish  is  the  most  beautiful  amongst  the  numerous 
species  of  freshwater  fishes  I  have  ever  seen.  It  is  vertically  banded 
with  scarlet  and  light  blue,  each  scale  having  one  half  of  each  colour. 
The  vertical  fins  are  banded  with  scarlet  dots.  I  kept  four  dozen 
of  this  species  in  my  rooms  in  Calcutta  for  six  weeks,  hoping,  but  in 
vain,  to  get  a  ship  captain  to  convey  them  to  the  Zoological  Society's 
Gardens. 

Trichogaster  chuna,  H.  B. 

D.  18/18.     P.  11.    V.  2.     A.  jf.     C.  15.     L.  1.  26. 

Preorbital  and  preopercle  serrated. 
Lateral  line  only  a  puncture  on  a  few  scales. 
Colours,  A  black  band  from  the  eye  to  the  end  of  the  caudal  fin. 
Only  one  specimen,  an  inch  long,  is  in  the  Museum  :  it  may  be 
a  variety  of  the  last ;  but  more  specimens  are  required  to  decide. 

There  are  several  interesting  specimens  amongst  the  Ophiocepka- 
lidis  in  this  fine  collection,  a  few  of  which  deserve  a  passing  notice. 

Ophiocephalus  gachna,  H.  B.  (variety), 

B.  V.     D.  37.     A.  25.     L.  1.  46. 

The  body  is  banded,  and  has  a  general  orange  tinge.  None  of  the 
teeth  are  enkrged.     The  pectoral  fin  reaches  to  above  the  anal,  and 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  621 

the  ventral  extends  to  the  third  anal  ray.  Three  specimens,  up  to 
6  inches  in  length,  are  in  the  collection  received  from  Captain 
Godwin-Austen,  who  obtained  them  at  Cherra  Poonjee.  Another 
specimen,  7  inches  long,  was  sent  by  8.  Teal,  Esq.,  from  Seeb 
Sangor,  in  Assam. 

Ophiocephalus  barca,  H.  B. 

Variety  amphibius. 

This  is  the  typical  specimen  of  the  Bora  chang,  described  in  the 
J.  A.  S.  of  B.  viii.  p.  550,  is  as  follows  : — 

D.  52.     A.  37.     C.  12.     L.  1.  80.     L.  tr.  9/17. 

It  differs  very  slightly  from  the  O.  barca  of  Calcutta,  and  is  evi- 
dently the  same  species.     It  is  from  Bootan. 

Anabas  oligolepis,  Bleeker. 

D.  16/8.    P.  15.    V.  1/5.    A.  10/9.    C.  17.     L.1.26.     L.tr.^i. 

Two  specimens,  9  inches  long,  exist  in  the  collection ;  they  were 
obtained  in  the  Calcutta  bazar. 

Mastacem BELUS  ZEBRiNUS,  Blyth. 

D.  29/52.     P.  19.     A.  3/56.     C.  19. 

Length  of  head  \  of  the  total  length,  and  equal  to  the  height 
of  the  body. 

Eyes  small,  situated  before  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the 
head. 

Angle  of  preopercle  armed  with  three  strong  spinous  teeth ;  a 
spine  also  present  below  and  slightly  before  the  orbit. 

Colours,  Olive,  with  bluish  vertical  bands  alternating  with  golden 
ones.  Dorsal  and  caudal  fins  banded  in  dots  ;  anal  with  the  bands 
of  the  body  continued  on  to  it.  In  preserved  specimens  the  bands 
on  the  body  are  black. 

This  species  is  the  common  sort  throughout  British  Burma,  and 
is  also  found  in  the  Irrawaddi,  far  above  Ava. 

Mastacembelus  armatus,  Lacep. 

A  fine  specimen  of  the  spotted  variety,  14  inches  long,  exists  in  the 
Museum.  It  has  a  single  row  of  large  black  spots  along  the  base  of 
the  dorsal  fin  ;  no  bands  exist  on  its  sides.  D.  38/70.  It  was  ob- 
tained from  the  Calcutta  bazar. 

Glyphidodon  notatus,  sp.  n. 

D.  i|.     P.  19.     V.  1/5.    A.  2/13    L.  1.  30.     L.  tr.  5/12. 

Length  of  head  |,  of  pectoral  f ,  of  caudal  above  f  of  the  total 
length.     Height  of  head  |  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  |  of  length  of  head,  |  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

Body  oval,  compressed.     Opercles  entire. 

Teeth  in  a  single  row. 


522  SURGEON  F.  DAT  ON  INDIAN  FI8HK8.  [Nov.  11, 

Fins.  Third  dorsal  spine  the  longest,  rays  much  longer  than  the 
spines.  Ventral  does  not  extend  to  the  anal,  the  second  spine  of  the 
latter  the  longest.     Caudal  deeply  forked. 

Scales  ctenoid ;  small  ones  exist  over  the  soft  dorsal  and  anal  fins. 

Lateral  line  ceases  opposite  the  middle  of  the  soft  dorsal,  but  b 
again  continued,  in  the  form  of  a  round  hole  in  the  middle  of  each 
sode,  along  the  central  line  of  the  body. 

Colours.  Brownish,  each  scale  with  a  light  centre.  White  bands 
cross  from  the  back  to  the  abdomen  ;  the  first  passes  from  the  first 
dorsal  spine  to  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin,  the  second  from  the 
middle  spine  to  the  base  of  the  ventral,  the  third  from  the  last  three 
spines  to  the  anal,  the  fourth  over  the  free  portion  of  the  tail  at  the 
end  of  the  soft  dorsal  fin.  A  black  spot  in  the  axil  of  the  pectoral 
fin.     Caudal  whitish. 

Seven  specimens  exist  in  the  collection,  up  to  3^  inches  in  length. 
They  were  received  from  Captain  Hodges,  who  obtained  them  at  the 
Andaman  Islands. 

Brkgmaceros  atripinnis,  sp.  n. 

D.  1/20  +  XV.  +  22.  P.  21.  V.  6.  A.  22  +  10  +  26.  C.  17. 
L.  1.  70.    L.  tr.  18. 

Length  of  the  head  -j^.  of  pectoral  A,  of  caudal  A  of  the  total 
length.  Height  of  head  -j^,  of  body  f ,  of  dorsal  fin  f,  of  anal  f  of 
the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
1|  diameter  apart. 

Body  elongated  and  compressed. 

Posterior  extremity  of  maxilla  reaches  to  below  the  posterior  third 
of  the  orbit. 

Teeth  in  jaws,  none  in  vomer  or  palate. 

Fins.  First  dorsal  consists  of  a  single  ray,  which  arises  on  the 
summit  of  the  head,  and  is  continued  backwards  to  opposite  the  pos- 
terior extremity  of  the  pectoral.  First  portion  of  the  second  dorsal 
higher  than  (he  body,  its  intermediate  rays  very  low.  Pectoral 
commences  under  the  throat  and  is  extended  as  far  as  the  posterior 
third  of  the  body.  The  anterior  portion  of  the  anal  is  not  quite  so 
high  as  that  of  the  dorsal.     Caudd  sHghtly  emarginate. 

Scales  cycloid,  in  parallel  rows. 

Lateral  line  absent. 

Colours.  Of  a  rich  brown,  becoming  lighter  on  the  abdomen. 
Dorsal,  pectoral,  anal,  and  caudal  fins  black ;  ventral  of  a  dirty 
white. 

Numerous  specimens,  up  to  5  inches  long,  presented  by  Major 
Tickell  in  1864»  probably  from  Burmah. 

CyNOGLOSSUS  BUCHANAN!,  Sp.  U. 

D.  78.     V.  4.     A.  71.     C.  12.     L.  1.101. 
Length  of  head  I  of  the  entire  length.     Height  of  body  nearly  j 
of  total  length. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  523 

Eye9.  Upper  orbit  in  advance  of  the  lower.     Eves  minute. 

Tht  length  of  the  snout  equab  ^  of  that  of  the  head.  The  rostral 
hook  extends  to  beneath  the  posterior  mar^  of  the  anterior  orbit. 
A  nostril  exists  between  the  orbits.  No  fringe  to  the  lips.  Mouth 
twisted  round  to  the  right  side. 

Teeth  minute^  and  on  the  right  side  only. 

Fins,  Ventral  fins  confluent,  pectorals  absent. 

Scales  strongly  ctenoid  on  both  sides>  with  a  dark  line  along  their 
centres. 

Lateral  lines  two,  with  sixteen  to  seventeen  rows  of  scales  between 
them  in  the  widest  part.  Four  to  five  rows  of  scales  between  the 
superior  lateral  line  and  the  anterior  portion  of  the  base  of  the 
dorsal  fin. 

Colours,  Coloured  side  brown,  with  wide  irregular  vertical  bands. 

Two  specimens  exist  in  the  Museum.     One  is  4  inches  in  length. 

PSKUDORHOMBUS  ARSIUS,  H.  B. 

D.  72.     p.  12.     V.  6.     A.  55.     C.  15. 

Length  of  head  |,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  body  nearly  ^  of  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  \  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
not  ^  of  a  diameter  apart. 

Teeth.  About  six  conical  ones  in  the  lower  jaw  on  either  side,  and 
four  in  the  upper. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  opposite  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit,  it 
does  not  join  the  caudal ;  the  latter  is  rather  pointed. 

Colours  as  described  by  H.  B. 

Dr.  Giinther  mentions  in  his  '  Catalogue  of  Fishes,'  vol.  iv.  p.  427, 
that  "  a  coloured  drawing  of  this  fish  is  in  the  collection  of  drawings 
presented  by  General  Hardwicke  to  the  British  Museum."  I  find 
one  also  exists  2^  inches  in  length  amongst  Hamilton  Buchanan's 
MS.  drawings. 

This  species  grows  to  6  or  even  8  inches  in  length,  and  is  common 
in  Burmah. 

SiLURUS  COCHINCHINENSIS,  C.  &  V. 

SUurichthys  berdmorei,  Blyth. 

'lliese  two  species,  as  suggested  by  Dr.  Giinther,  I  find  to  be 
identical,  the  typical  specimen  of  the  latter  is  4-^  inches  in  length. 

Arius  sona. 

Pimelodus  sona,  Ham.  Buch. 

I  believe  that  this  species,  as  suggested  by  Dr.  Giinther  (Cat.  of 
Fishes,  v.  p.  143),  is  not  identical  with  Bagrus  arioides,  C.  &  V.,  as 
it  was  considered  to  be  by  Mr.  Blyth  (J.  A.  S.  of  B.  1860,  p.  151). 
Five  specimens  of  the  former  and  one  of  the  latter  are  in  the 
collection. 

D.}/0,    P.  1/9.     V.  7.     A.  3/15.     C.  17. 


524  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoV.  11, 

Length  of  the  head  |-  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  body  ^, 
width  of  head  nearly  ^  of  the  total  length. 

The  maxillary  cirri  extend  to  the  end  of  the  pectoral  fin,  the  ex- 
ternal mandibular  pair  to  the  posterior  third  of  the  pectoral,  the 
inner  pair  to  the  base  of  the  pectoral.  Head  rugose  superiorly,  oc- 
cipital process  keeled,  granulated,  as  long  as  wide  at  the  base,  and  ex- 
tending in  a  concave  extremity ;  basal  bone  crescent-shaped.  The 
superior  longitudinal  furrow  on  the  head  extends  to  opposite  the 
end  of  the  opercle. 

Fins,  Dorsal  spine  upwards  of  |  of  the  total  length,  serrated  on 
both  sides  on  its  upper  half,  rugose  anteriorly  in  its  lower  half, 
haying  a  short  termination.  Pectoral  spine  rather  stronger  but  not 
nearly  so  long,  being  only  4  of  the  leneth  of  the  head,  serrated  ou 
both  sides.     Adipose  dorsal  low.     Caudal  lobed. 

Glyptosternum  telchitta.  Ham.  Buch. 

In  Hamilton  Buchanan's  MSS.  is  one  of  this  species  termed 
Pimelodes  1  nibriundtts.  The  drawing  is  3^  inches  long.  Six  speci- 
mens exist  in  the  collection ;  they  are  identical  with  the  three  typical 
specimens  of  G,  trilineatus,  Blyth. 

In  the  genus  Hara,  Blyth,  there  are  examples  of  the  H,  buchanani, 
Blyth,  and  H.  Jiiamentosus,  Blyth.  The  species  given  in  the 
'  Fishes  of  Malabar'  as  H,  mafabarica,  Day,  does  not  belong  to  this 
genus,  but  is  a  Macrones. 

In  the  genus  Amblycetis,  Blyth,  the  two  specimens  of  A.  manffois, 
H.  B.,  and  A.  tenuipinnis,  Blylh,  are  identical.  As  to  the  A.  cacu- 
liens,  Blyth,  the  specimens  are  not  in  a  good  state ;  they,  however, 
appear  very  similar  to  A.  manffois,  H.  B. 

ExOSTOMA  ANDERSONII,  Sp.  U. 

D.  yo.     P.  1/11.     V.  6.     A.  1/7.     C.  15. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  first  dorsal  ,^,  of  base 
of  adipose  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of  anal  ^*^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  j^,  of  body  -f,  of  first  dorsal  -^,  of  ventral  j^,  of 
anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Very  minute  and  covered  by  skin,  situated  on  the  upper 
surface  of  the  head,  midway  between  the  snout  and  posterior  ex- 
tremity of  the  opercle,  whilst  their  space  apart  equals  their  distance 
from  the  posterior  nostril.  A  cirrus  exists  between  the  two  nostrils, 
which  are  situated  close  together  and  a  little  posterior  to  the  short 
maxillary  cirrus,  which  has  a  widely  dilated  base  consisting  of  a  flap, 
of  skin  having  a  second  attachment  which  passes  to  the  lower  Hp. 
Mandibular  cirri  on  a  transverse  line ;  they  are  rather  short,  but  tlie 
outer  pair  are  the  longer.  Lips  thick  and  studded  with  glands. 
The  isthmus  is  divided  by  a  slight  sulcus  from  the  body,  but  is  con- 
tinuous with  the  branchial  membrane.  Branchial  aperture  narrow, 
not  extending  on  to  lower  surface  of  head.  Upper  surface  of  head 
covered  with  skin.  Humeral  process  large.  Head  depressed, 
rounded  anteriorlv.     Mouth  transverse. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  525 

Teeth  flattened,  in  a  single  row  in  both  jaws,  none  on  Tomer  or 
palate. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  opposite  the  posterior  third  of  the 
pectoral,  which  latter  is  horizontal  in  its  external,  and  vertical  in  its 
mtemal  half.  Dorsal  and  pectoral  spines  enveloped  in  skin,  the 
pectoral  much  the  strongest.  The  external  two-thirds  of  the  ventral 
b  horizontal,  its  internal  third  vertical ;  the  two  fins  at  their  bases 
are  separated  bj  a  distance  asunder  which  is  equal  to  two-thirds  of 
their  length.  The  external  ray  is  thickened  and  enveloped  in  skin. 
The  anal  is  situated  midway  between  the  root  of  the  ventral  and  that 
of  the  caudal.  Adipose  dorsal  very  low,  extending  from  opposite 
the  posterior  extremity  of  the  ventrd  to  the  upper  margin  of  the  base 
of  the  caudal.     Caudal  cut  square. 

Lateral  line  passes  along  the  middle  of  the  body. 

Colours.  Deep  leaden,  the  skin  being  everywhere  covered  by 
minute  elevations,  which  during  Ufe  were  probably  yellow. 

Two  specimens,  5  and  6  inches  long,  are  in  the  Calcutta  Museum, 
taken  at  Hotham,  and  presented  by  Dr.  J.  Anderson ;  there  are  also 
two  more  from  Ponsee,  China. 

ExosTOMA  Blythii,  u.  sp. 

D.  i/0.     P.  1/17.     V.  6.     A.  4.     C.  13. 

Length  of  head  nearly  ^,  of  pectoral  f ,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total 
length.     Height  of  the  head  -^,  of  body  ^  of  total  length. 

Eyet  small,  on  upper  surface  of  head^  and  in  the  centre  of  its 
entire  length. 

Width  of  head  equals  its  length. 

Nasal  cirri  about  three  times  as  long  as  the  orbit.  Maxilla  ex- 
ternally dilated  into  a  fleshy  appendage,  but  without  cirri.  Lips 
thick  and  reflected  round  the  mouth.  Two  pairs  of  cirri  on  the 
symphysis  of  the  lower  jaw,  placed  at  some  distance  asunder,  the 
outer  slightly  the  longest.     Mouth  inferior ;  snout  broad. 

Teeth  in  both  jaws. 

Fins,  Pectoral  subhorizontal,  its  rays  plaited  below,  it  arises 
under  the  branchial  aperture,  which  is  entirely  superior.  Dorsal  is 
slightly  anterior  to  the  ventral,  its  spine  is  weak.  Ventral  sub- 
horizontal.     Caudal  slightly  forked,  its  lower  lobe  the  longest. 

Colours,  Brown. 

Two  specimens,  2^  inches  long,  exist  in  the  Calcutta  Museum. 

ExosTOMA  LABiATUM,  M'Clellsnd. 

Glyptosternon  labiatus,  M'Clelland,  C.  J.  of  N.  H.  ii.  p.  588. 

D.  J/0.     P.  1/11.     V.  6.     A.  1/5.     C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  J,  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Nasal  cirri  arise  between  the  nostrils,  and  reach  the  end  of  the 
snout.  The  maxillary  cirrus  extends  to  the  pectoral  fin.  Jaws  in 
the  form  of  a  double  crescent  or  CO  shape.  The  two  lips  broad  and 
continuous,  widest  laterally  and  inferiorly.     The  lower  lip  is  in  the 


526  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoT.  11, 

form  of  ODe  central  lobe  with  a  smaller  one  on  either  side  and  a  short 
cirrus  between. 

Fins  as  in  the  other  species. 

Two  specimens  4  inches  long.     Old  Collection. 

EXOSTOMA  BERDMOREl,  Bljth. 

Blyth,  Journal  A.  S.  of  Beng.  1860,  p.  155. 

The  typical  specimen  is  4  inches  in  length,  but  in  a  very  bad  state. 
Its  snout  is  more  pointed  than  in  the  other  species. 

D.  I/O.     P.  1/10,     A.  6. 

One  specimen  from  the  Tenasserim  Provinces,  presented  by  Major 
Berdmore. 

In  the  genus  Hemirhamphtu  the  following  species  exist  in  the 
Museum  : — Hemirhamphua  buffonis^  C.  &  V.,  twelve  specimens  from 
the  Calcutta  bazar,  labelled  H,  Btriga^  Blyth  ;  Hendrhamphtu  ectun- 
tio.  Ham.  6uch.,  many  specimens,  to  7  inches  in  length,  labelled 
ff.  brachynotopteruBt  Blyth ;  Hemirhamphua  commeraonii,  C.  <fe  V., 
one  specimen  11  inches  in  length,  from  the  Calcutta  bazar,  and 
labelled  H.  notatus,  Blyth. 

Hemirhamphus  pltjmatus,  Blyth. 

J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  xxvii.  p.  288. 

D.  2/13.     P.  10.     V.  7.     A.  2/11.     C.  16.     L.  1.  66. 

In  both  specimens  the  extremity  of  the  mandible  is  broken. 

Length  of  head,  in  the  best  specimen  (with  the  lower  jaw),  }  of 
the  total  length.     Upper  jaw  ^  longer  than  wide.     Pectoral  short. 

Eyes  rather  nearer  to  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  head  thau 
to  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  upper  jaw»  1|  diameter  apart. 

Upper  surface  of  head  flat 

Teeth  in  numerous  villiform  rows  in  the  upper  jaw,  less  numerous 
in  the  lower. 

Fins,  Ventral  arises  in  the  posterior  ^  of  the  length  from  the 
snout  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin ;  it  reaches  to  under  the  base  of 
the  dorsal,  which  last  is  in  advance  of  the  anal.  Caudal  forked, 
lower  lobe  the  longest.     Upper  margin  of  dorsal  fin  concave. 

Lateral  line  in  lower  fifth  of  the  b^y. 

Colours.  Bleached,  silvery  stripe  visible. 

Two  specimens,  8  inches  long,  from  Ceylon. 

Hemirhamphus  neglectts,  sp.  n. 

H.  eetuntio,  Blyth  (not  Ham.  Buch.). 

D.  14.     P.  9.     V.  6.     A.g^^.     C.  15.     L.  1.  48. 

Length  of  head  about  1  of  the  entire  length,  of  the  lower  jaw 
(anterior  to  the  upper)  |  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  2 J  diameters  from  end  of  snout,  1^  diameter  apart,  2 J 
diameters  from  the  nosterior  extremity  of  the  operde. 

Upper  surface  of  head  nearly  flat,  and  covered  with  pores.  Upper 
jaw  twice  as  long  as  broad  at  its  base. 


1869.]  MR.  SCLATER  ON  CONTINENTAL  ZOOLOGICAL  GARDENS.  527 

Teeth  rather  coarse  in  both  jaws,  none  on  the  palate. 

Fins.  Ventral  commences  in  the  posterior  third  of  the  distance 
from  the  orbit  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin ;  it  b  short,  only  ex- 
tending halfway  to  the  anal.     Caudal  rounded. 

Colours.  Silvery  stripe  distinct,  end  of  mandible  milk-white. 

Many  specimens  exist,  from  the  Calcutta  bazar.  This  species  is 
also  foond  in  Burmah.  The  specimens  in  the  Museum  are  labelled 
"H,  eciuntio,  H.  B." 


November  25,  1869. 
John  Gould,  Esq.,  F.R.S.,  m  the  Chair. 

Mr.  Sdater  spoke  of  the  condition  of  the  various  Zoological  Oar- 
dens  on  the  Continent  which  he  had  visited  during  the  vacation, 
and  made  remarks  on  the  new  and  rare  animals  observed  in  these 
establishments. 

At  Rotterdam,  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  that 
dty,  one  of  the  chief  attractions  noticed  was  a  pair  of  the  Anoa  of 
Celebes  {Anoa  depresncomii).  These  had  already  bred  once  in  the 
Gardens,  and  a  second  calf  was  shortly  expected.  A  bird  which 
Mr.  Sclater  had  not  previously  seen  alive  was  an  African  Spoonbill 
(Plaialea  eMororhyneha). 

At  Amsterdam,  the  Gardens  of  the  Society  "Natura  artis  mu' 
gistra*^  were  found  to  be  in  their  usual  excellent  state  of  arrange- 
ment and  condition.  One  of  the  best  living  series  lately  brought 
together  here  was  that  of  the  genus  Bos  and  its  immediate  alhes, 
amongst  which  were  examples  of  the  male,  female,  and  young  of 
Bos  sondaieus. 

The  Zoological  Gardens  of  Hamburg,  now  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  F.  Hilgendorf,  C.M.Z.S.,  had  recently  acquired  specimens  of 
many  very  interesting  and  little-known  species,  amongst  which 
might  be  specially  noticed  examples  of  Bassaris  astuta  and  Tapirus 
indieuSf  and  a  pair  of  Otoeyon  delalandii,  all  formerly  represented 
in  the  Society's  collection,  but  not  now.  A  fine  male  Kudu  (Strep- 
siceros  kudu)  seenv^d  to  be  in  excellent  condition,  but  was,  unfortu- 
nately, without  a  mate.  The  rarest  bird  in  the  collection  was, 
perhaps,  Numida  vulturina,  represented  by  two  specimens.  Two 
examples  of  the  rare  West-African  Monkey  Cercopithecus  erythro- 
gaster*  had  been  likewise  recently  obtained,  but  had  died  and  were 
now  in  the  Museum  of  the  city. 

The  Zoological  Gardens  of  Berlin  were  about  to  be  disconnected 

from  State  control,  and  to  become  the  property  of  a  new  Society, 

whereby  large  means  would  be  obtained  for  their  augmentation  and 

improvement.     Dr.  Bodinus,  now  Director  of  the  Gardens  at  Co- 

•  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  168,  t.  xyi. 


528  MR.  J,  BRAZIER  ON  THE  EGG  OF  A  MEGAPODE.      [NoV,  25, 

logne,  had  accepted  the  post  of  Director  of  the  new  establishment, 
which  seemed  likely  to  become  one  of  the  most  flourishing  institu- 
tions of  the  sort  on  the  Continent. 

In  the  Zoological  Gardens  of  Colop;ne  Mr.  Sclater  had  likewise 
seen  much  that  was  of  interest,  includmg  breeding  pairs  and  young 
of  Crax  yarrelli  and  Dendrocygna  arborea. 

The  well-known  Gardens  of  Antwerp,  under  the  care  of  M.  Veke- 
mans,  F.Z.S.,  remained  unrivalled  as  regards  their  collection  of 
Antelopes  and  breeding  Phaaianidce.  Amongst  the  former  series 
were  pairs  of  both  Gnus  {Catoblepas  gnu  and  C,  gorgon),  the  Kob 
(Antilope  unctuosa),  the  Dama  Antelope  {Gazella  dama),  the  Leu- 
coryx  {Oryx  leucoryx),  and  the  Bless-bok  (Damalis  albi/rans); 
besides  single  specimens  of  the  Bontebok  (D.  pygargui),  the  Bubal 
{Boselaphus  bubalus),  the  Hartebeest  (B.  caama),  and  the  Reh-bok 
{A,  capreolus).  There  was  likewise  a  fine  male  Prongbuck  (Jntilo- 
capra  americana),  believed  to  be  the  only  example  ever  brought  to 
Europe,  except  that  formerly  in  the  Society's  collection.  This 
animal  had  regularly  shed  its  horns  during  the  two  autumns  it  had 
passed  at  Antwerp,  and  had  thus  confirmed  the  previous  observations 
of  Mr.  Bartlett  and  Dr.  Canfield  on  this  subject*. 


The  Secretary  exhibited,  on  behalf  of  Mr.  John  Brazier,  C.M.Z.S., 
a  specimen  of  an  egg  of  a  species  of  Megapodius  from  Banks's 
Island,  and  read  the  following  notes  by  Mr.  Brazier  concerning  it : — 

*'  The  egg  I  send  to  the  Society  I  obtained,  with  four  other  spe- 
cimens, at  Vavua  Lavu,  or  the  Great  Island  in  Banks's  Island?, 
13"*  52' S.  lat.,  169°  4' E.  long.,  situated  near  the  New  Hebrides 
group.  The  bird  is  well  known  to  the  inhabitants  of  Banks's  Island  ; 
and  my  specimens  were  purchased  of  a  native.  The  Megapode  that 
lays  this  egg  builds  its  mound  on  the  mountains  near  the  sulphur- 
springs.  The  natives  told  me  that  the  mound  is  large,  or,  as  they 
expressed  it,  a  *  big- fellow  house.'  The  contents  of  the  egg  were 
good  eating.  When  I  was  on  shore  collecting  shells  &c.  at  Sand- 
wich Island,  New  Hebrides,  a  native  offered  me  two  eggs  for  sale, 
but  he  wanted  more  than  I  felt  inclined  to  give  him  for  them.  I 
believe  my  friend  Sir  W.  T.  Wiseman  took  four  or  five  of  the  very 
same  egg,  that  had  been  brought  alongside  of  the  ship  at  Vavua  Lavu, 
or  Great  Island.  When  I  had  bought  my  specimens  from  the 
native,  I  set  out  at  once  for  the  mountains  to  obtain,  if  possible, 
some  of  the  birds ;  but  it  came  on  to  rain,  and,  night  setting  in,  I  had 
to  return  to  the  ship.  Our  stay  there  was  only  one  day,  for  the 
greater  part  of  which  it  rained.  I  was  the  first  naturalist  that  had 
ever  landed  on  the  island  to  collect  specimens  of  natural  history.  I 
should  mention  that  I  obtained  the  eggs  on  the  21st  of  August,  1865. 
I  send  you  one  specimen ;  one  I  keep  myself;  and  the  other  has 
gone  to  Mr.  Krefft  for  our  National  Museum." 

Mr.  Sclater  stated  that  he  was  not  aware  of  any  previous  record 

•  Cf.  Pnrtlett,  "On  the  Affinities  of  the  Pronebuek,"  P.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  718, 
nnd  Canfield,  "On  the  HahitR  of  the  Prongbuck,*'  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  105. 


1869.]  LKTTER  FROM  MR.  E.  L.  LAYARD.  529 

respecting  the  existence  of  Megapodius  in  the  group  of  New  He- 
brides, except  the  short  notes  of  Dr.  Bennett  (P.  Z.  S.  1862,  p.  247), 
where  he  alluded  to  the  occurrence  of  this  form  in  the  islands  of 
Tanna  and  Sandwich.  Mr.  Sclater  had  compared  the  present  spe- 
cimen with  the  series  of  eggs  of  the  birds  of  this  genus  in  the  British 
Museum,  and  found  it  to  come  nearest  to  that  of  Megapodius 
pritchardi,  Q.  R.  Gray  (P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  41,  t.  vi.),  which  is  figured 
in  Hartlaub  and  Fiiisch's  'Ornithology  of  Polynesia,'  plate  2.  But 
it  was  larger  and  more  deeply  coloured  than  that  egg,  and  appeared 
to  indicate  the  existence  of  an  undescribed  species  of  Megapode  in 
Banks's  Island,  for  which,  following  Mr.  Gray's  example,  he  sug- 
gested the  name  Megapodius  brazieri. 


The  Secretary  stated  that,  in  reference  to  the  preceding  discussion 
as  to  the  present  existence  of  the  Rhinoceros  in  Borneo,  he  had 
addressed  letters  to  Mr.  W.  T.  Fraser,  C.M.Z.S.,  of  Soerabaya,  Java, 
and  Mr.  Pope  Henuessy,  Governor  of  Labuan,  requesting  them  to 
endeavour  to  obtain  information  on  the  subject,  rrom  Mr.  Fraser 
he  had  received  the  following  reply,  dated  Soerabaya,  August  30th, 
1869:— 

••  I  duly  received  your  note  of  the  30th  of  April  regarding  the 
existence  of  the  Rhinoceros  in  Borneo.  There  have  lately  been  ar- 
rivals of  several  prahus  from  Koeti,  and  I  have  been  able  to  question 
the  crews  on  the  matter.  They  tell  me  that  the  animal  has  often 
beeu  met  with  in  the  interior,  in  the  centre  of  the  forests ;  but  they 
say  that  they  have  not  heard  of  any  having  been  caught.  They 
seem  to  think  that  it  is  quite  impossible  to  obtain  either  skulls  or 
teeth  of  the  animal.  I  promised  them  a  good  reward  if  they  brought 
me  anj  the  next  time  they  returned  from  Koeti ;  and  perhaps  this 
may  have  some  effect.  If  I  hear  any  thing  fiirther  regarding  the 
matter,  I  shall  immediately  let  you  know.  I  believe  you  can  accept 
it  as  a  certain  fact  that  the  Rhinoceros  is  an  inhabitant  of  Borneo." 


The  following  letter  was  read,  addressed  to  the  Secretary  by  Mr. 
E.  L.  Layard,  F.Z.S.,  dated  Cape  Town,  October  19,  1869  :— 

"Sir, — ^The  *  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society'  for  the  year 
1869,  Part  I.,  reached  me  by  this  mail ;  and  on  looking  through 
them,  at  page  143,  in  Mr.  A.  D.  Bartlett's  very  interesting  account 
of  the  pellets  thrown  up  by  the  male  Hombill  {Buceros)  I  find  Mr. 
Bartlett  stating  that  '  he  believed '  Dr.  Livingstone  was  the  first 
person  who  called  attention  to  the  singular  habit  of  the  Hombill  in 
imprisoning  the  female  in  her  nest  during  the  term  of  incubation. 
He  refers  to  the  'Missionary  Travels  in  South  Africa'  (p.  613). 
This  book  was  published  in  1857. 

"  If  Mr.  Bartlett  will  refer  to  the  'Ann.  and  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hist.' 
(series  2.  vol.  xi.  p.  234),  published  in  1853,  he  will  find  that  m  my 
'  Rambles  in  Ceylon'  I  have  already  noticed  the  fact,  on  equally  good 
testimony  as  that  of  Dr.  Livingstone.    I  do  not,  however,  think  that 


530      MR.  DRESSER  ON  SOME  EGOS  OF  LARUS  MINUTUS.    [NoT.  25, 

I  was  the  first  to  do  so.  If  mj  memory  serves  me»  when  I  comma- 
nicated  my  '  wondrous  tale'  to  mj  old  friend  and  early  omithol(^cal 
guide,  Mr.  £.  Blyth,  he  told  me  the  circumstance  was  well  known 
ID  India.  I  could,  if  I  had  time,  refer  to  his  letters  still  in  my  pos- 
session, ranging  back  three  and  twenty  years,  when  Dr.  Templeton 
and  myself,  aided  by  Mr.  Blyth,  began  to  work  out  the  ornithology 
of  Ceylon.  ..  j  ^n,,  Sir,  yours  faithfully, 

"  E.  L.  Layard." 

Mr.  A.  Murray  exhibited  some  specimens  of  articles  sold  as  food 
in  the  markets  of  Old  Calabar.  These  consisted  of  examples  of  a 
species  of  Pteropus  ready  trussed,  specimens  of  a  rare  burrowing 
Crustacean  (Callianassa  tumerana)^  and  lanrsB  of  a  longicom  Beetle 
found  in  decayed  palm  trees. 

Mr.  R.  B.  Sharpe  exhibited  a  specimen  of  a  very  rare  Indian  ILm^- 
^her  (Jleedo  ffrandis  of  Blyth).  The  specimen  in  question  had 
been  recently  obtained  in  the  Darjeeling  Terai  by  a  shikaree  in  the 
employ  of  Dr.  John  Anderson,  Curator  of  the  Indian  Museum, 
Calcutta.  This  gentleman  had  sent  the  specimen  to  England  for 
Mr.  Sharpe  to  figure  in  his  '  Monograph  of  the  AlcedtnidaJ' 


Mr.  H.  J.  Elwes,  F  Z.S.,  exhibited  a  fine  pair  of  horns  of  the 
Sinaitic  Ibex  (Capra  sinaitiea,  Hempr.  et  Ehrenb.),  obtained  by 
Mr.  Palmer  during  the  Sinaitic  survey  of  last  year. 


Mr.  H.  E.  Dresser,  F.Z.S.,  exhibited,  and  made  the  following  re- 
marks on,  some  eggs  of  the  Little  Gull  {Lams  minutus) : — 

"  I  have  much  pleasure  in  offering  for  inspection  carefully  iden- 
tified eggs  of  the  Little  Gull  (Larus  nUnutus),  toother  with  a  skin 
of  the  adult  bird  in  breeding-plumage,  obtained  with  the  eggs,  they 
being  a  portion  of  a  series  of  eggs  and  skins  of  this  Gull  yesterday 
received  from  Russia.  I  am  the  more  glad  to  be  able  to  exhibit 
these  eggs,  as  I  have  not  hitherto  seen  authentic  eggs  of  Lanu 
wttHutus  m  any  collection.  I  myself  have  for  long  endeavoured  to 
obtain  them,  but  until  now  in  vain.  When  in  Russia  two  winters 
ago  I  made  careful  inquiries  as  to  the  breeding-place  of  this  bird, 
and  was  assured  that  it  bred  no  nearer  to  St.  Petersburg  than  the 
Volga  or  Kama  rivers,  and  that  eggs  had  been  procured  from  near 
Perm.  Last  year  I  procured  through  Dr.  Baldamus,  the  well-known 
German  oologist,  two  eggs  which  he  assured  me  could  be  nothing 
but  those  of  Lams  minutus,  and  which  were  taken  near  Smyrna  by 
Herr  von  Gonzenbach.  However,  I  now  find  that  they  cannot  be 
the  eggs  of  the  Little  Gull,  as  they  differ  so  very  much  from  those 
above  referred  to. 

"  The  eg^  I  now  exhibit  (five  in  number,  viz.  a  clutch  of  three 
taken  on  the  3rd  of  June,  and  a  clutch  of  two  taken  on  the  5tb  of 
June,  this  year)  were  collected  at  the  upper  part  of  Lake  Ladoga,  in 


1669.]  ON  8PiDStt&  rROM  st.  Helena.  531 

Roflna,  by  Mr.  W.  Mewes,  the  well-known  Swedish  ornithologist, 
who  has  been  collecting  in  Russia  this  last  summer.    The  bird  was 

Procured  with  the  first-named  clutch  of  three  eggs  on  the  3rd  of 
une. 

"  Mr.  Mewes  writes  me  that  he  found  the  Little  Gull  breeding 
not  uncommonly  on  the  Ladoga,  and  that  he  had  no  trouble  in 
identifying  the  eggs.  Further  particulars  respecting  its  nidification 
he  does  not  give,  but  promises  to  do  so  ere  long. 

'*  The  eggs  of  Larus  minutus  are,  as  will  be  seen,  in  size  about 
similar  to  those  of  Sterna  arctica,  and  in  general  appearance  not 
unlike  dark  eggs  of  this  Tern ;  indeed  I  have  seen  some  eggs  of  the 
Arctic  Tern  that  could  almost  be  mistaken  for  those  of  the  Little 
Gull.  The  ground-colour  is  dark  brown  or  else  greenish  olive,  and 
the  spots  and  blotches,  which  are  generally  distributed  over  the  egg, 
are  greyish  brown  and  dark  umber-brown.  In  a  series  of  twenty- 
five  eggs  I  have  received  I  do  not  observe  much  variation,  and  none 
of  them  have  a  light  ground-colour." 


The  following  papers  were  read : — 

L  Notes  on  some  Spiders  and  Scorpions  from  St.  Helena, 
with  Descriptions  of  New  Species.  By  the  Rev.  O.  P. 
Cambridgb. 

(Pkte  XLII.) 

The  small  collection  of  Spiders  kindly  placed  in  my  hands  in  May 
1869  by  T.  J.  Melliss,  Es^.,  must  be  considered  a  very  scanty  sample 
of  the  Araneidea  of  the  island  of  St.  Helena.  The  collection  con- 
tained twenty-two  species,  of  which  two  (of  the  genera  Drasaus  and 
Clubuma)  were  too  immature  to  be  accurately  determined,  nine 
appeared  to  be  und  escribed,  and  eleven  were  referable  to  species 
already  known  and  described  by  various  authors.  As  far  as  so  small 
a  number  of  species  may  justify  a  general  remark  upon  the  character 
of  the  Araneidea  of  St.  Helena,  it  appears  to  bear  a  thoroughly 
European  stamp,  one  alone  belonging  to  any  genus  not  indigenous 
to  Europe  {Ariadne  mellimi).  Four  (if  not  five)  species  contained 
in  the  collection  have  been  recorded  as  indigenous  to  Great  Britain, 
viz.  SegeBtria  perfida,  Dysdera  rubieundUt  Tegenaria  atrica,  PhoU 
eus phalangioides,  and  ^eira  solera;  the  identity,  however,  of  this 
last  with  the  European  E,  aolera  I  am  not  satisfied  about.  Two 
species  (Theridion  punieum  and  Theridion  /ulvo-lunulatum)  are 
described  by  Mr.  Lucas  as  indigenous  in  Algeria ;  and  three  others 
(Argyropes  aurelia,  Salticua  adansoni,  and  S,  iUigert)  are  among 
those  d^cribed  by  Savigny  in  his  work  on  Egypt.  Pasithea  pul^ 
ekra  (closely  allied  to  Pasithea  viridis  (Bl.)  of  Algeria,  the  Oxyopes 
Uttoralis  (Simon)  of  Spain,  was  first  described  from  examples  received 
by  Mr.  Blackwall  from  the  east  of  Central  Africa.  Among  the 
species  described  as  new  there  is  but  little  to  deuote  a  locality  so 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869.  No.  XXXV. 


532  REV.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGB  ON  [NoY.  2.5, 

near  the  tropics ;  possibly  this  may  be  due  to  the  generally  barren, 
rocky  nature  of  the  island.  It  will  be  very  interesting  to  ascertain 
whether  a  closer  search  (which  Mr.  Melliss  has  promieed  to  make) 
into  the  Spiders  of  St.  Helena  will  sustain  the  general  obserrations 
above  made ;  equally  interesting  also  to  know  whether  such  ob- 
servations are  applicable  to  the  Insect  orders  of  the  island. 

Fam.  Dysderides. 
Gen.  Sege8Tria. 

Segestria  perfida  (Walck.),  Hist.  Nat.  des  Ins.  Apt.  tome  i. 
p.  267. 

Segestria  Jlorentinay  Hahn,  Die  Arachn.  Bd.  i.  p.  5,  t.  1.  f.  1; 
Koch,  Die  Arachn.  Bd.  v.  p.  72,  t.  164.  f.  385,  386. 

S,  cellaria,  Latr.  Gen.  Crust,  et  Ins.  tome  i.  p.  88. 

Several  adults  of  both  sexes  of  this  fine  six-eyed  Spider  were  con- 
tained in  Mr.  Melliss's  collection.  Its  usual  habitat  is  in  crevices  of 
rocky  banks  and  interstices  of  walb ;  in  these  it  spins  a  silken  tube 
of  considerable  length,  at  the  extremity  of  which  it  resides.  I 
found  this  species  not  unfrequent  in  the  island  of  Corfu  in  1864,  in 
holes  and  crevices  of  ancient  olive-trees,  whence  it  was  exceedingly 
difficult  to  dislodge  them.  They  would  suffer  themselves  to  be 
crushed  rather  than  quit  their  abode ;  and  the  only  way  by  which 
I  could  obtain  an  uninjured  specimen  was  by  screwing  a  small  stick 
with  a  jagged  end  into  the  web  and  carefully  drawing  the  whole 
fabric  out,  upon  the  chance  of  the  inmate  coming  out  with  it. 

Gen.  Dysdera. 

Dysdera  rubicunda,  Koch,  die  Arach.  Bd.  v.  p.  79,  t.  165. 
f.  390,  391. 

Though  very  difficult  to  be  distinguished  in  the  female  sex  from 
D.  erythrina  (Walck.),  I  feel  but  little  doubt  concerning  the  iden- 
tity of  an  adult  female  in  the  St.-Helena  collection  with  2).  rubicunda 
(Koch). 

Fam.  Drassides. 

Gen.  Clubiona  (B1.). 

Clubiona  dubia,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  1.) 

Female  adult,  length  4  lines. 

The  prevailing  colour  of  this  species,  like  that  of  many  others  of 
the  genus,  is  yeUow,  clothed  more  or  less  all  over  with  short,  some- 
what silky,  yellowish-erey  hairs.  The  cephalothorax  is  tinged  with 
reddish,  especially  on  its  fore  part,  or  caput ;  this  portion  is  rather 
elongate,  but  yet  broad  and  bluff  at  its  fore  extremity,  much  resem- 
bling the  form  of  a  British  species>  C,  deinognatha  (Camb.).  The 
normal  furrows  and  indentations  are  fairly  marked,  and  are  indicated 
by  dusky  lines,  which  converge  to  a  small  longitudinal  indentation 
towards  the  hinder  part ;  two  very  fine  dark  longitudinal  lines  run 


1869.]  SPIDERS  FROM  8T.  HBLKNA.  533 

close  together  and  nearly  parallel  to  each  other>  backwards  from 
between  the  two  hind  central  eyes  towards  the  small  indentation 
above  mentioned. 

The  eyes  are  small,  but  do  not  differ  much  in  relative  size.  They 
are  arranged  in  two  transverse  nearly  straight  rows,  the  hinder  row 
being  the  longest,  and  its  eyes  equidistant  from  each  other ;  those 
of  the  front  row,  which  is  straight  and  placed  immediatelv  above 
the  lower  margin  of  the  clypeus,  are  also  equidistant  from  each  other. 

The /a/cM  are  strong,  projecting,  and  rather  prominent  near  their 
base  in  front,  also  slightly  excavated  at  their  inner  extremities, 
lliey  are  of  a  dark  reddish-yellow  colour,  and  furnished  with  a  few 
projecting,  black,  bristly  hairs  in  front. 

Leg9  strong,  moderately  long,  and  of  a  clear  yellow  colour.  They 
are  armed  with  a  few  black  spines  of  various  lengths,  those  beneath 
the  fore  legs  being  the  longest ;  the  metatarsi  and  tarsi  of  the  first 
two  pairs  are  thickly  clothed  beneath  with  short  close-set  brown 
hairs ;  each  tarsus  has  some  papillseform  hairs  on  its  underside,  and 
terminates  with  two  curved  and  pectinated  claws,  beneath  which  is 
a  small  scopula. 

The  abchmen  is  of  a  dull  yellow  colour,  clothed  with  yellow-grey 
hairs ;  in  the  median  line  of  the  fore  part,  on  its  upperside,  is  a 
narrow  stripe  of  a  clearer  yellow  than  the  rest,  and  pointed  at  its 
hinder  extremity ;  on  either  side  of  the  posterior  half  of  this  stripe 
are  two  small  dark  punctures  or  depressions ;  the  four  form  a  square 
the  fore  side  of  which  is  rather  narrower  than  the  hinder  one.  The 
spinners  are  rather  long  and  prominent,  and  the  external  sexual 
organs  sufficiently  conspicuous,  though  not  very  large,  the  aperture 
having  the  form  of  the  Greek  omega.  Possibly  the  specimen  here 
described  may  be  the  female  of  some  already  described  male ;  but 
in  the  absence  of  examples  of  males  from  the  same  locality  as  the 
present  specimens,  it  seems  best  to  describe  it  and  give  an  accurate 
figure  of  its  sexusd  aperture ;  the  form  and  structure  of  this  part 
seems  to  be  the  best  differential  specific  character  among  the  many 
very  similar  females  of  this  group  of  the  genus  Clubiona. 

A  single  adult  female  in  Mr.  Melliss's  St.*Helena  collection. 

Fam.  Agelenioes. 

Gen.  Teobnaria. 

Tegen ARIA  ATRiCA,  Koch,  Die  Arach.  Bd.  x.  p.  105,  t.  353.  f. 825 ; 
Blackwall,  Brit,  and  Ir.  Spiders,  part  i.  p.  165,  pi.  11.  f.  106. 

Two  immature  females  were  contained  in  the  collection. 

Fam.  Theridides. 
Gen.  Pholcus. 

Pholcus  phalangioides,  Walck.  Hist.  Nat.  des  Ins.  Apt. 
tome  i.  p.  652. 

Pholcus  opilianides,  Koch,  Die  Arachn.  Bd.  iv.  p.  95, 1. 135.  f.  3 1  h 


534  REV.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGE  ON  [Nof.  25, 

P.  phalanpioides,  Blackwall,  Brit,  and  Ir.  Spiders,  p.  208,  pi.  15. 
f.  137. 

Adult  examples  of  both  sexes  in  the  collection. 

Gen.  Ariadne. 

Doleschall,  Bijdrage  tot  de  Kennis  der  Arachniden  van  den  In- 
dischen  Archipef;  in  Natarkundig  Tijdschrifl  voor  Nederlandsch 
Indie,  xiii.  p.  400. 

Prognaiha,  Camb.  MS.,  and  Illustrations  of  Spiders  of  Syria  and 
Palestine. 

Ariadne  mellissii,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  2.) 

Female  adult,  length  3^^  lines. 

Cephalothorax  oval,  flattened,  depressed  behind  the  occiput,  and 
with  a  deep  transverse  indentation  at  the  junction  of  caput  and 
thorax;  the  other  normal  furrows  and  indentations  are  strongly 
marked :  the  one  showing  the  junction  between  the  hinder  part  of 
caput  and  thorax  is  broadly  marked  with  dark  brown,  and  the  tho- 
racic portion  has  two  longitudinal  dusky  bands,  the  general  colour 
being  pale  yellow.     The  clypeus  is  prominent. 

Eyes.  The  four  central  ones  form  a  large  square,  the  two  fore- 
most of  which  are  rather  the  largest,  and  black ;  the  hinder  ones 
are  pearly  white,  narrowly  margined  with  black ;  those  of  each 
lateral  pair  are  contiguous  to  each  other»  and  seated  on  a  slight 
tubercle ;  the  posterior  eyes  of  these  pairs  are  in  a  straight  line  with 
the  two  posterior  eyes  of  the  central  square,  but  each  of  these  is 
nearer  to  the  hind  lateral  eye  on  its  side  than  they  are  to  each  other. 
The  fore  eye  of  each  lateral  pair  is  minute,  and,  in  consequence 
of  its  position  relatively  to  the  hinder  eye,  is  removed  considerably 
back  from  the  line  of  the  fore  central  pair ;  from  behind  each  hind 
lateral  eye  a  fine  blackish  line  joins  the  stronger  dark  line  which 
indicates  the  junction  of  caput  and  thorax. 

Legs  very  Ions,  slender;  colour  yellow,  the  extremities  of  the 
femora,  tibiae,  and  metatarsi  being  more  or  less  strongly  tinged  with 
red-brown ;  they  are  furnished  with  slender  hairs ;  and  their  relative 
length  appeared  to  be  1,  4,  2,  3. 

Palpi  short,  slender,  hairy,  of  a  pale  yellow  colour,  terminating 
with  a  rather  conspicuous  and  abruptly  bient  black  daw. 

Falee*  moderatdy  strong  and  similar  in  colour  to  the  legs. 

MqxUUb  long,  slightly  inclined  to  the  labium,  enlarged  about 
their  middle,  and  terminating  in  a  somewhat  pointed  form. 

Labium  short,  broad,  and  of  a  somewhat  triangular  form. 

Sternum  lon^  heart-shaped ;  all  these  latter  parts  are  similar  in 
colour  to  the  fluces.  ^ 

Abdomen  large,  very  slightly  furnished  with  hairs ;  of  a  somewhat 
elongate  triangular  shape,  its  upper  convexity  being  prolonged  be- 
hind into  a  considerable  pointed  eminence,  with  a  very  slight  lateral 
prominence  on  either  side  towards  its  extremity ;  its  colour  is  of  a 
somewhat  golden  metallic  lustre,  broken  up  as  if  into  scales  by  fine 


1869.]  SPID1R8  PROM  AT.  HBLSNA.  535 

intenecting  lines;  the  portion  near  and  behind  the  small  lateral 
prominences  above  mentioned  is  the  darkest  in  colour,  and  the 
upperside  has  a  broad  longitudinal  median  band  of  silvery  hue  ex- 
tending nearly  to  its  extreme  hinder  point ;  the  hinder  extremity  of 
this  band  is  trifid,  and  along  its  longitudinal  centre  is  a  dark  line 
enlarged  triangularly  at  several  points  and  sending  off  short  lateral 
lines  on  either  side ;  on  each  side  near  its  middle  also  is  a  dark  dot. 
The  sides  have  two  conspicuous  dark  spots»  one  near  its  fore  ex- 
tremity,  the  other  about  the  middle ;  beneath  (t.  e.  between  the 
cenhalothorax  and  spinners  on  the  underside)  the  abdomen  is  of  a 
paJe  vellow-brown  hue,  and  its  central  portion  is  charged  with  three 
broad  longitudinal  bands,  the  external  ones  being  of  silvery  metalUc 
lustre,  the  central  one  deep  black.  The  spinners  are  situated  less 
than  halfway  between  the  cephalothorax  and  the  extreme  hinder 
pomt  of  the  abdomen ;  on  either  side  of  their  base  are  two  conspi- 
cuous metaUic  silvery  blotches,  and  behind  them  is  a  prominent 
kind  of  anal  protuberance  or  coccyx. 

A  single  adult  female  of  this  [pretty  and  very  distinct  Spider  was 
found  in  the  St.-Helena  collection  sent  me  by  Mr.  MeUiss,  with 
whose  name  I  feel  great  pleasure  in  connecting  it. 

Gen.  Therioion. 

Thbridion  punicum,  Lucas,  Explorations  en  Algdrie,  ZooL 
tome  i.  p.  256,  pi.  16.  f.  3. 

A  single  female  of  this  species  was  contained  in  the  collection 
from  St.  Helena. 

Thbridion  pulyo-lunulatum,  Lucas,  Explorations  en  Algerie, 
Zool.  tome  i.  p.  267,  pi.  17.  f.  9. 

A  female  of  this  species,  which  much  resembles  some  species  of 
Latrodectus  in  colour  and  markings,  in  the  St.-Helena  collection. 

Fam.  Epeirides. 
Gen.  Tbtragnatha. 
Tetragnatha  digna,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  3.) 

Female  adult,  length  4  lines. 

Cephalothorax  oval,  not  very  convex  above;  caput  somewhat 
produced ;  normal  furrows  and  indentations  strongly  marked  ;  colour 
yellow,  with  deep-red-brown  lateral  margins,  and  a  longitudinal  cen- 
tral band  or  stripe  of  the  same  colour ;  clypeus  retreating,  and  about 
equal  in  height  to  the  length  of  the  space  occnpied  by  the  fore  and 
hind  central  pairs  of  eyes. 

Eyes  eight,  seated  on  black  spots,  but  little  difference  in  their 
relative  size ;  they  form  two  rows,  the  hinder  row  straight,  the  fore 
one  curved,  the  curve  directed  forwards ;  the  four  central  eyes  form 
a  short  oblong  figure,  whose  longest  width  is  in  the  longitudinal  line 
of  caput ;  on  either  side  of  this  oblong  figure,  and  separated  from  it 
by  a  space  equal  to  its  length,  are  the  lateral  pairs ;  the  eyes  of  each 


536  REV.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGE  ON  [Nov.  25, 

of  these  pairs  are  contiguous  to  each  other,  seated  on  a  slight  tu- 
bercle, and  parallel  to  the  central  oblong  figure. 

Leg8  long,  those  of  the  first  pair  greatly  the  longest — at  least 
three  times  the  length  of  the  Spider ;  they  are  moderately  strong, 
and  their  relatiye  length  is  1,  2,  4,  3 ;  colour  yellow ;  femora  of  first 
pair  tinged  with  reddish  brown ;  the  extremities  of  all  the  femoral, 
genual,  and  tibial  joints  are  dark  red-brown ;  all  the  legs  are  fur- 
nished with  hairs  and  black  spines,  of  which  latter  those  of  a  double 
longitudinal  series  on  the  tibiae  of  the  first  two  pairs  are  most  con- 
spicuous. 

Palpi  slender,  not  very  long,  of  a  pale  yellow  colour ;  -the  digital 
joints  are  furnished  with  conspicuous  black  bristles ;  a  long  promi- 
nent one  also  issues  from  the  anterior  extremity  of  each  cubital 
joint,  and  another  (not  far  from  it)  from  the  inner  side  of  each  radial 
joint. 

Fakes  rather  long,  powerful,  but  very  slightly  divergent  at  their 
extremities,  prominent  in  front  near  their  base,  and  similar  in  colour 
to  the  cephalothorax. 

Maxilla  long,  strong,  divergent  and  enlarged  at  their  extremities, 
which  are  rounded  on  the  inner  sides,  where  their  colour  is  pale,  the 
rest  being  of  a  deep  brown. 

Labium  short,  oblong,  rounded  at  the  apex,  and  transversely  in- 
dented or  rugulose. 

Sternum  heart-shaped,  of  a  deep  rich  brown  colour,  with  some 
long  black  prominent  bristles  in  front. 

Abdomen  oblong-oval,-  projecting  greatly  over  the  base  of  the 
cephalothorax,  and  rather  flattened  above-  its  colour  is  yellowish 
brown,  more  or  less  suffused  with  dull  golden  metallic  spots;  a 
broad  longitudinal,  strongly  dentated  band  of  a  browner  hue,  but 
similarly  sufliised,  occupies  almost  the  whole  of  the  upperside,  nar- 
rowing as  it  approaches  the  spinners ;  this  band  has  on  its  outer 
margins  a  broken  but  strong  and  conspicuous  edging  of  black  spots 
and  markings,  forming  two  irregularly  dentated  black  lines ;  on  the 
fore  half  of  this  band  is  a  central  longitudinal  brown  line,  crossed  by 
another  about  midway,  and  with  its  hinder  extremity  trifid ;  this 
crossed  line  is  formed  by  the  greater  suffusion  and  covering  of  the 
surrounding  space  by  metallic  spots ;  the  sides  are  marked  with  two 
or  three  inconspicuous  oblique  dark  lines ;  and  the  underside  has  a 
broad  longitudinal  black  bar  edged  on  either  lateral  margin  by  a 
conspicuous  bar  of  pale  metallic  golden  spots,  a  blotch  of  the  same 
forming  a  continuation  of  each  on  either  side  of  the  spinners ;  these 
are  short  and  almost  concealed  beneath  the  extremity  of  the  abdo- 
men ;  the  sexual  organs  outwardly  only  present  a  small  inconspi- 
cuous aperture  at  the  base  of  a  large  squarish  maroon-brown-coloured 
patch. 

A  single  adult  female  in  Mr.  Melliss's  St.-Helena  collection. 

Tbtragnatha  indigna,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  4.) 

Male  immature,  length  2^  lines. 

Jn  form,  structure,  prevailing  colour,  and  general  appearance  this 


1869,]  SPIDERS  FROM  ST.  HELENA.  i>37 

species  resembles  T.  digna,  but  it  differs  remarkably  in  the  pattern 
formed  by  the  colours  on  the  abdomen. 

The  lateral  lines  and  longitudinal  median  stripe  on  the  cephalo- 
thorax  are  less  strong  than  in  T,  digna ;  the  extremities  of  the  joints 
of  the  legs  are  also  less  deep  in  colour.  The  abdomen  is  of  a  pale 
dull  yellowish  hue  tinged  with  brown  and  freckled  with  metallic 
spots  of  a  pale  golden  colour ;  the  fore  half  of  the  upperside  has 
only  a  short  black  streak  on  the  hinder  part,  in  continuation  of 
which  are  some  black  and  yeilow-brown  angular  lines  and  markings, 
altogether  forming  an  oblong  figure,  expanding  above  the  spinners 
laterally  into  a  large  deep-black  irregular  patch,  occupying  nearly 
half  the  hind  lateral  portion  of  the  abdomen ;  this  black  patch  sends 
forth  a  curved  lateral  stripe  towards  the  cephalothorax ;  the  under- 
side resembles  that  of  T.  digna,  but  is  less  deeply  coloured.  In  an 
example  of  the  immature  female  there  was  a  dull  whitey-brown- 
coloured  cruciform  marking  on  the  fore  half  of  the  upperside  of 
the  abdomen,  and  no  short  black  streak  visible;  probably  some 
variety  in  this  respect  would  be  also  visible  in  the  adult  state. 

An  immature  male  and  female  in  Mr.  Melliss's  collection,  though 
nearly  allied  to  the  foregoing  (T.  digna),  appeared  to  be  decidedly 
distinct  from  it. 

Gen.  Epeira. 

Epeira  solers,  Walck.  Ins.  Apt.  tome  ii.  p.  41? 

Several  adult  examples  were  contained  in  the  St.-Helena  col* 
lection.  They  were  larger  than  the  typical  European  species  and 
less  pubescent ;  but  the  pattern  on  the  abdomen  was  similar,  though 
in  general  more  neatly  and  distinctly  defined.  I  have  received 
examples  of  the  same  species  from  Bombay  and  Ceylon  ;  and  a  col- 
lection of  Spiders  received  by  Mr.  Meade  from  the  south-east  of 
Africa  contained  numerous  individuab  of  it,  all  females,  and  of  a 
larger  size  still.  In  all  the  adult  specimens  examined  I  could  per- 
ceive no  structural  difference  in  the  process  (or  epigyne)  connected 
with  the  sexual  organs. 

Gen.  Argyropes. 

Argyropes  AURELiA,  Walck.  Ins.  Apt.  tome  ii.  p.  107,  and  re- 
ferences there  quoted ;  Savigny,  Description  de  TEgypte,  Hist.  Nat. 
t.  I,  4*  partie,  p.  122.  no.  5,  ou  tome  xxii.  p.  331,  ^dit.  in-8vo, 
Arachnides,  pi.  2.  f.  5. 

Several  examples  of  this  handsome  Spider  were  contained  in  the 
St.- Helena  collection.  The  collection  above  alluded  to  from  South- 
east Africa  also  contained  specimens  of  it. 

Fam.  Thomisides. 

Oen.  Philodromus. 

Pbilodromus  signatus,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  5.) 

Female  immature,  length  1|  line. 

The  general  form  and  structure  of  this  Spider  is  sufficiently  near 


538  RET.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGE  ON  [NoY.  25, 

to  those  of  tbe  European  species  (P.  aureolui  and  P.  eespitieolis) 
to  make  it  unnecessary  to  do  more  than  point  out  the  differences  of 
pattern  and  colour. 

The  eephalotkorax  is  of  a  deep  bistre-brown  colour,  with  a  broad 
longitudinal  central  yellowish  band,  and  the  sides  are  thinly  marked 
with  some  irr^;ular  spots  of  the  same  colour ;  the  central  band  con- 
tains a  conspicuous  and  characteristic  clear  white  marking  of  a 
somewhat  blunt-pointed  V-shape,  behind  which  is  a  short  dark  brown 
longitudinal  line  indicating  the  point  of  junction  of  the  thoracic 
segments. 

The  legs  are  moderately  strong ;  those  of  the  second  pair  are 
much  the  longest,  and  those  of  the  third  pair  slightly  the  shortest ; 
their  colour  is  a  rather  clear  yellowish,  blotched  and  marked  with 
deep  blackish  brown,  and  near  the  articulations  of  some  of  the  joints 
with  white ;  they  are  furnished  sparingly  with  hairs  and  some  spines, 
the  latter  mostly  beneath  the  tibiae  and  metatarsi. 

The  abdomen  is  of  an  oral  form,  and  of  a  warm  yellowish-brown 
hue ;  the  upperside  has  on  its  fore  part  a  deep-brown  oblong  mark- 
ing, broadest  near  its  middle,  and  with  seyeral  projecting  angular 
points  on  either  side;  this  marking  is  strongly  bordered  with  a 
broken  line  of  yellowish  white,  and  is  followed  towards  the  spinners 
by  several  small  angular  markings  of  a  similar  colour,  and  decreasing 
gradually  in  size  as  they  approach  those  organs.  Towards  either 
side  of  the  abdomen  is  a  curved  longitudincd  row  of  obscure  pale 
spots,  followed  behind  by  a  somewhat  curved  and  angular  black 
dash;  these  dashes  converge  backwards,  and  the  ground-colour  in- 
cluded between  them  is  rather  darker  than  that  of  the  rest  of  the 
upperside  of  the  abdomen,  and  continues  to  a  point  just  above  the 
spinners ;  on  the  outer  margin  of  the  above-mentioned  black  dashes 
are  some  blotches  of  a  pale  yellowish  colour ;  the  sides  have  a  dark 
patch  forwards,  and  are  generally  spotted  and  marked  with  the  same 
colour.  The  abdomen  is  yellowish  beneath,  thinly  spotted  with 
deep  brown,  and  with  three  longitudinal  broken  stripes  or  dashes, 
the  centre  one  of  which  is  the  clearest  and  most  distinct. 

The  sternum  also  is  yellow,  marked  with  dark  brown  spots  on  its 
outer  margin,  and  a  short  central  longitudinal  stripe  at  its  hinder 
extremity. 

The  collection  contained  an  immature  female  of  this  pretty  and 
distinctly  marked  Philodromus,  which  appears  to  be  hitherto  unde- 
scribed. 

Gen.  Olios. 

Olios  tridentiger,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  6.) 

Male  adult,  length  4^  lines. 

Cephahthorax  short  and  broad ;  caput  truncate  on  the  anterior 
margin ;  the  thoracic  portion  nearly  circular ;  sides  somewhat  flat- 
tened ;  surface  densely  pubescent,  with  warm  salmon-grey-coloured 
hairs,  and  with  a  broad  somewhat  irregular  curved  band  of  greenish 
brown  on  either  side  of  the  median  line ;  the  form  and  distribution 
of  this  band  indicate  the  grooves  formed  by  the  junction  of  the 


1869.]  8PIDBR8  FROM  8T.  HBLBNA.  539 

thoracic  segments;  the  clypeus  is  rather  less  in  height  than  the 
length  of  the  space  occupied  hj  the  four  central  ejes. 

JS^es  eight,  in  two  curved  rows,  of  which  the  curves  are  directed 
backwards ;  the  front  row  is  the  shortest  and  least  curved ;  the  two 
fore  central  ejes  are  the  largest  of  the  eight,  and  the  hind  laterals 
slightly  the  smallest ;  those  of  the  front  row  are  equidistant  from 
each  other,  and  those  of  the  hind  central  pair  are  rather  nearer  to 
each  other  than  each  is  to  the  hind  lateral  on  its  side ;  the  four 
central  eyes  form  very  nearly  a  square. 

Lei^s  moderately  long  and  strong,  furnished  with  hairs,  bristles, 
and  spines,  of  which  latter  those  beneath  the  tibise  and  metatarsi  are 
most  conspicuous ;  colour  yellowish  brown,  clothed  with  a  ereyish- 
yellow  pubescence ;  the  tarsi  are  thickly  set  on  their  undersides  with 
short  hairs,  and  terminate  with  two  strong  claws,  beneath  which  is 
a  blackish  scopula. 

Palpi  darker  in  colour  than  the  legs,  especially  the  digital  joints, 
which  are  of  a  long,  narrow,  pointed -oval  form,  and  equal  in  length 
to  the  radial  and  cubital  joints  together ;  the  radial  is  longer  than 
the  cubital,  it  is  rather  produced  at  its  extremity  in  front,  and  has 
two  projections  from  its  outer  side,  one  (which  is  the  smallest  of  the 
two)  at  the  extremity,  rather  beneath,  projecting  over  the  base  of  the 
palpal  organs,  and  with  a  curved  dark  red-brown  spine  issuing  from 
above  it,  whose  sharply  bent  point  is  in  contact  with  the  margin  of 
(he  digital  joint ;  it  was  difficult  to  see  whether  this  spine  issued 
from  the  radial  joint  or  from  the  base  of  the  palpal  organs,  but  I 
believe  it  to  be  from  the  former ;  the  other  projection  issues  from 
near  the  base  of  the  radial  joint  on  its  outer  side,  it  is  very  strong 
and  has  three  corneous  prong-like  projections  or  claws  at  its  ex- 
tremity ;  the  two  upper  ones  sharp-pointed,  the  lower  one  broad  and 
obtuse;  the  palpal  organs  are  of  a  deep  red-brown  colour,  well 
developed  but  not  very  complicated;  they  consist  of  a  principal 
corneous  lobe,  at  the  extremity  of  which,  near  the  outer  side,  are 
one  or  two  strong  curved  points. 

Falces  long,  strone,  conical,  vertical,  of  a  deep  rich  red-brown 
colour  approaching  black,  and  the  surface  rough  as  if  from  innu- 
merable minute  tubercles;  they  have  also  on  their  surface  many 
bristly  reddish  hairs. 

MaxiUm  strong,  curved,  rounded  on  their  outer  sides,  and  ob- 
liquely truncate  at  their  inner  extremities. 

Labium  short,  broad,  and  square  at  its  apex,  which  has  its  cor- 
ners slightly  rounded  off;  these  parts  are  of  a  dark  red-brown 
colour,  glossy,  but  furnished  with  hairs. 

Sternum  short-oval,  of  a  reddish  yellow-brown  colour  covered  with 
yellow-grey  pubescence. 

The  abdomen  was  much  slirunken ;  but  its  form  appeared  to  be 
oblong-oval,  truncate  at  its  fore  extremity ;  its  colour  (formed  by  a 
uniform  pubescence)  was  greyish  yellow ;  on  the  fore  half  of  the 
upperside  was  a  central  longitudinal  somewhat  oblong  band  of  dark 
black-brown,  followed  towards  the  spinners  by  a  series  of  similarly 
coloured   and  strongly  marked   chevrons  whose  apices  had  been 


/ 

/ 


538  RET.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGE  ON  WoY.  25, 

to  those  of  the  European  species  (P.  aureolut .         <«.     An  adult 

to  make  it  unnecessary  to  do  more  than  poin^/' 

pattern  and  colour.  .e  contained  in  Mr. 

The  cephahthorax  is  of  a  deep  bistre-*         mstead  of  being  pre- 
longitudinal  ceatrnl  yellowish  baud,  ar 
with  some  irregular  spots  of  the  sar 
tains  a  conspicuoas  and  diarar'  vES. 

aoniewhat  blunt-pointcd  V-aha*^        xThea. 
longitudinal  line  indicating  v-itt 

segtiieuts.  -^''  -^L"-  %  '  •) 

The  ie^s  are  moder    ^0,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Hist.  xvi.  3rd  ser. 
Tiiuoh  the  longest,  ar     ^  ^^ 

their  cobnr  is  a  r^        ^, ^^^g  beautiful  Spider  preserved  in  spirit,  as 
deep  blackish  b*     ',^,' dul^J,  were  contained  in  the  St.-Helena  col- 
withwhitej  f\  ;  ,.X^ 
Ihektterr     ;>  Gen.  Lycos  a. 

half'  ""^  ^'\^.f^,  ^'  «P'     CHate  XLII.  fig.  8.) 
iug/         ^^t'JI^^IJ/^^th-lilines. 


r' 


^o  .itf^^/  proportionsi  form^  atid  appearance  this  species  does  not 

chiefly  in  the 

J^^^ied  by  the  distribution  of  its  colours  and  markings,  and 
g^^^aci^ff^  of  the  palpi  and  their  peculiar  organs. 
M^^^^af^t^orax  is  of  a  dark  brown  colour  tinged  with  yellow, 
^?^ii^ed  sparingly  with  yellowish  and  other  hairs ;  it  is  mar- 
t^  j^TTOwly  with  a  blackish  line,  above  which  is  a  broken  band 
i^^lovsj  in  some  individunla  ftlniost  obsolete,  in  others  consisting 
^^^ken-edged  detached  spot^  ;  the  central  median  hue  of  the  ce- 
*l^*>thorax  is  occupied  by  a  well-defined  yellow  band  of  a  pecuUar 
Lnfi  i  "^'^mmencing  narrowly  between  the  eyes  it  enlarges  suddenly 
■^0  n  nearly  square  form,  behind  which  it  narrows  abruptly  again 
jjjta  a  neck  J  whence  it  cotitinues  in  a  spear-head  form  with  the  point 
jirected  backwards;  this  sjiear-head  portion  encloses  the  point  of 
junction  of  the  cephahc  and  thoracic  segments,  which  is  marked  by 
a  short  dark  longitudinal  line ;  the  fore  part  of  this  central  longitu- 
dinal band  is  marked  with  some  brown  spots  and  markings ;  and 
the  junctions  of  the  thoracic  segments  are  also  marked  by  converging 
lateral  hues  of  dark  brown ;  the  immediate  region  of  the  eyes  is 
black.    Some  variety  exists  in  di£Perent  individuals  in  the  exact  form 
of  the  central  band,  but  its  general  character  is  similar  in  all  that 
have  come  under  my  notice. 

Of  the  four  eyes  forming  the  large  hinder  square,  the  two  fore  ones 
are  the  largest  and  much  nearer  together  than  the  two  hinder  ones ; 
of  the  four  forming  the  front  line,  the  two  centrals  are  the  smallest ; 
this  line  is  equal  in  length  to  that  formed  by  the  two  fore  ones  of  the 
posterior  square,  and  the  four  are  about  equidbtant  from  each  other. 

Legs  and  palpi  yellow,  banded  with  dark  brown,  and  Aimished 
with  hairs,  bristles,  and  spines ;  the  relative  length  of  the  1^  is 
4,  I,  2,  3 ;  the  tibisB,  especially  of  the  hinder  pair,  are  conspicuous 
and  characteristic  from  being  of  a  deep  brown  colour,  with  a  broad- 


'^9.]  SPIDERS  FROM  8T.  HELENA.  541 

*al  transverse  band  of  yelluw ;  the  metatarsi  have  each  two 
■j^  isverse  bands  ;  and  the  tarsi  are  yellow,  clouded  only  with 

^^v^  ^e  cubital  joints  of  the  palpi  are  slightly  clavate,  but 

^  shorter  than  the  radials ;  the  digital  joints  are  brown 

^,  longer  than  the  radials,  and  blunt-pointed  at 
^'6  palpal  organs,  placed  in  the  concavity  of  the 
^'^        ♦  digital  joint,  are  small,  not  very  prominent  nor 

^^  i.  of  two  small  lobes,  in  conjunction  with  which 

.ort  dark  prominent  spiny  points, 
jiig  and  vertical,  of  a  deep  brown  colour  tinged  with 
,  and  clothed  with  dull  yellowish  hairs. 
Maxilla  strong,  and  of  a  dark  yellow-brown  colour,  curved  towards 
the  labium,  rounded  on  their  outer  sides,  and  obliquely  truncate  on 
their  inner  extremities. 

Labium  oblong,  of  a  deep  rich  red-brown  colour,  except  the  apex, 
which  is  yellowish  red. 

Sternum  dark  blackish  brown,  the  fore  part  divided  longitudinally 
by  a  narrow  yellowish  stripe ;  this  stripe  was  nearly  obsolete  in  the 
adult  male,  but  conspicuous  in  the  female  and  in  some  immature 
examples. 

Abdomen  dark  black-brown  on  the  upperside,  which  has  the 
central  longitudinal  line  occupied  forwards  by  the  normal  •  narrow 
marking  or  band,  which  is  of  a  reddish-yellow  colour,  and  pointed 
at  its  hinder  extremity ;  this  band  is  followed  towards  the  spinners 
by  several  broken  yellow  chevrons,  each  of  the  broken  portions 
having  a  black  dot  within  it ;  from  either  side  of  the  fore  extremity 
of  the  normal  marking  an  irregular  broken  stripe  of  yellow  runs 
obliquely  backwards,  and  a  large  conspicuous  blotch  of  a  similar 
colour  on  either  side  of  the  chevrons  forms  a  sort  of  continuation 
and  end  of  the  broken  stripe ;  the  underside  of  the  abdomen  is  yel- 
lowish brown  marked  with  blackish,  and  with  an  indistinct  pale 
lateral  longitudinal  line  on  either  side ;  the  spinners  are  of  a  dull 
yellow  colour  and  prominent.  An  adult  female  differed  in  being 
rather  smaller,  but  was  similar  in  colour  and  markings. 

Adult  and  immature  examples  of  both  sexes  were  contained  in 
Mr.  Melliss's  collection.  The  species  evidently  belongs  to  the  group 
of  which  we  may  take  Lycosa  picta  (Hahn)  as  the  type. 

Lycosa  INEXORABIL18,  u.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  9.) 

Female  adult,  length  5^  lines. 

This  Spider  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  L.  ligata  (just  de- 
scribed) by  the  greater  depression  of  the  sides  of  the  cephalothorax, 
and  by  the  central  pale  yellow-browu  longitudinal  band  of  that  part 
being  simple,  narrow,  and  without  enlargements ;  the  cephalothorax 
is  dark  brown  with  a  yellowish  tinge,  narrowly  margined  with  black, 
and  clothed  with  short  yellowish -grey  hairs;  the  normal  furrows 
and  indentations  are  indicated  by  blackish  lines,  and  there  are  some 
faint  indications  of  a  pale  yellowish  lateral  band  on  either  side ;  the 
central  longitudinal  band  runs  through  between  the  four  large  eyes, 
and  is  moderately  furnished  with  whitish  hairs  behind. 


540  REV.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGE  ON  [NoV.  25, 

broken  off,  leaving  two  opposed  rows  of  oblique  stripes.     An  adult 
female  differed  only  in  being  rather  darker- coloured. 

The  adult  male  and  female  above  described  were  contained  in  Mr. 
Melliss's  collection,  but  were  dry  and  pinned  instead  of  being  pre- 
served in  spirit  of  wine. 

Fam.  Lycosides. 
Gen.  Pasithea. 
Pasithea  pulchra.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  7.) 

Pasithea  pulchra,  Blackw.  Ann.  and  Mag.  Hist.  xvi.  3rd  ser. 
p.  338(1865). 

An  adult  female  of  this  beautiful  Spider  preserved  in  spirit,  as 
well  as  one  dried  and  pinned,  were  contained  in  the  St.-Helena  col- 
lection. 

Gen.  Lycosa. 

Lycosa  ligata,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  8.) 

Male  adult,  length  4|  lines. 

In  general  proportions,  form,  and  appearance  this  species  does  not 
vary  from  the  ordinary  types  of  the  genus,  differing  chiefly  in  the 
pattern  formed  by  the  distribution  of  its  colours  and  markings,  and 
m  the  structure  of  the  palpi  and  their  pecuHar  organs. 

The  eephahthorax  is  of  a  dark  brown  colour  tinged  with  yellow, 
and  furnished  sparingly  with  yellowish  and  other  hairs ;  it  is  mar- 
gined narrowly  vrith  a  blackish  line,  above  which  is  a  broken  band 
of  yellow,  in  some  individuals  almost  obsolete,  in  others  consisting 
of  broken-edged  detached  spots ;  the  central  median  line  of  the  ce- 
phalothorax  is  occupied  by  a  well-defined  yellow  band  of  a  peculiar 
form ;  commencing  narrowly  between  the  eyes  it  enlarges  suddenly 
into  a  nearly  square  form,  behind  which  it  narrows  abruptly  again 
into  a  neck,  whence  it  continues  in  a  spear-head  form  with  the  point 
directed  backwards ;  this  spear-head  portion  encloses  the  point  of 
junction  of  the  cephalic  and  thoracic  segments,  which  is  marked  by 
a  short  dark  longitudinal  line  ;  the  fore  part  of  this  central  longitu- 
dinal band  is  marked  with  some  brown  spots  and  markings ;  and 
the  junctions  of  the  thoracic  segments  are  also  marked  by  converging 
lateral  lines  of  dark  brown ;  the  immediate  region  of  the  eyes  is 
black.  Some  variety  exists  in  different  individuals  in  the  exact  form 
of  the  central  band,  but  its  general  character  is  similar  in  all  that 
have  come  under  my  notice. 

Of  the  four  eyes  n>rming  the  large  hinder  square,  the  two  fore  ones 
are  the  largest  and  much  nearer  together  than  the  two  hinder  ones  ; 
of  the  four  forming  the  front  line,  the  two  centrals  are  the  smallest ; 
this  line  is  equal  in  length  to  that  formed  by  the  two  fore  ones  of  the 
posterior  souare,  and  the  four  are  about  equidistant  from  each  other. 

Leffs  and  palpi  yellow,  banded  with  dark  brown,  and  fiirnished 
with  hairs,  bristles,  and  spines ;  the  relative  length  of  the  legs  is 
4,  I,  2,  3 ;  the  tibiae,  especially  of  the  hinder  pair,  are  conspicuous 
and  characteristic  from  being  of  a  deep  brown  colour,  with  a  broad- 


i869.]  SPIDERS  FROM  ST.  HELENA.  541 

ish  central  transverse  band  of  yelluw ;  the  metatarsi  have  each  two 
yellow  transverse  bands  ;  and  the  tarsi  are  yellow,  clouded  only  with 
brownish ;  the  cubital  joints  of  the  palpi  are  slightly  clavate,  but 
stouter  though  shorter  than  the  radials ;  the  digital  joints  are  brown 
in  colour,  narrow,  longer  than  the  radials,  and  blunt-pointed  at 
their  extremity ;  the  palpal  organs,  placed  in  the  concavity  of  the 
hinder  portion  of  the  digital  joint,  are  small,  not  very  prominent  nor 
complex ;  they  consist  of  two  small  lobes,  in  conjunction  with  which 
are  one  or  two  short  dark  prominent  spiny  points. 

Falces  strong  and  vertical,  of  a  deep  brown  colour  tinged  with 
reddish,  and  clothed  with  dull  yellowish  hairs. 

Maxilla  strong,  and  of  a  dark  yellow-brown  colour,  curved  towards 
the  labium,  rounded  on  their  outer  sides,  and  obliquely  truncate  on 
their  inner  extremities. 

Labium  oblong,  of  a  deep  rich  red-brown  colour,  except  the  apex, 
which  is  yellowish  red. 

Sternum  dark  blackish  brown,  the  fore  part  divided  longitudinally 
by  a  narrow  yellowish  stripe ;  this  stripe  was  nearly  obsolete  in  the 
adult  male,  but  conspicuous  in  the  female  and  in  some  immature 
examples. 

Abdomen  dark  black-brown  on  the  upperside,  which  has  the 
central  longitudinal  line  occupied  forwards  by  the  normal  narrow 
markiug  or  band,  which  is  of  a  reddish-yellow  colour,  and  pointed 
at  its  hinder  extremity ;  this  band  is  followed  towards  the  spinners 
by  several  broken  yellow  chevrons,  each  of  the  broken  portions 
having  a  black  dot  within  it ;  from  either  side  of  the  fore  extremity 
of  the  normal  marking  an  irregular  broken  stripe  of  yellow  runs 
obliquely  backwards,  and  a  large  conspicuous  blotch  of  a  similar 
colour  on  either  side  of  the  chevrons  forms  a  sort  of  continuation 
and  end  of  the  broken  stripe ;  the  underside  of  the  abdomen  is  yel- 
lowish brown  marked  with  blackish,  and  with  an  indistinct  pale 
lateral  longitudinal  line  on  either  side ;  the  spinners  are  of  a  dull 
yellow  colour  and  prominent.  An  adult  female  differed  in  being 
rather  smaller,  but  was  similar  in  colour  and  markings. 

Adult  and  immature  examples  of  both  sexes  were  contained  in 
Mr.  Melliss's  collection.  The  species  evidently  belongs  to  the  group 
of  which  we  may  take  Lycosa  picta  (Hahn)  as  the  type. 

Lycosa  inexorabilis,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  9.) 

Female  adult,  length  54  lines. 

This  Spider  may  be  easily  distinguished  from  L.  ligata  (just  de- 
scribed) by  the  greater  depression  of  the  sides  of  the  cephalothorax, 
and  by  the  central  pale  yellow-brown  longitudinal  band  of  that  part 
being  simple,  narrow,  and  without  enlargements ;  the  cephalothorax 
is  dark  brown  with  a  yellowish  tinge,  narrowly  margined  with  black, 
and  clothed  with  short  yellowish -grey  hairs;  the  normal  furrows 
and  indentations  are  indicated  by  blackish  lines,  and  there  are  some 
faint  indications  of  a  pale  yellowish  lateral  band  on  either  side;  the 
central  longitudinal  band  runs  through  between  the  four  large  eyes, 
and  is  moderately  furnished  with  whitish  hairs  behind. 


540  R£V.  O.  p.  CAMBRIDGE  ON  i,  25» 

broken  oflF,  leaying  two  opposed  rows  of  oblique  y'  jra  paler, 

female  differed  only  in  being  rather  darker-colo"  /  e  furnished 

The  adult  male  and  female  above  describe<^    /  jur  is  greyish 

Melliss's  collection,  but  were  dry  and  pinr 

served  in  spirit  of  wine.  ^ir  base  in  front; 

A  red-brown  colour. 
Fam.  Lyco  ^specially  at  the  fore 

Qgjj  p .  bristly  nature,  curving 

^ /  i;  their  colour  is  dark, 

Pasithea  pulchra.     (Flp  middle;  the  colour  of  the 

Pasithea  palchra^  Blac^  characteristic  marking  on  the 

p.  338  (1^<>5).  yellowish  colour  and  narrow,  espe- 

An  adiiU  fetiiftle  o^  ^^^  ^  blunt-pointed;  on  either  side  o£ 

well  as  ont  dried  an^'         abruptly  to  contract  is  a  roundish  yello'^v 
lection.  ^.brow ti  point  in  its  centre ;  the  normal  biand   \m 

yi^^tinct  indications  of  transverse  yellovrish  nuurlc^^ 
r-'^en  chevrons;   the  whole  of  the  upperside  and 
Lycosa  ^','j:y^^jfievi  are  more  or  less  mottled  with  yellow  point^a 
Male  a''    f/^aoder  part  has  an  indistinct  yellow  longitudinal  line 

log*"       ^    vjyf 

vary  '"    ^^ /moderately  lone,  prominent,  and  of  a  yellovrish  colour, 
pat*       'f^iier  is  closely  aUied  to  the  Lt/cosa  agretyca  of  Savigny 
IP         ^ j^cidatoria,  Walck.),  but  is,  I  think,  distinct  from  it. 
J^^figle  adult  female  in  Mr.  Melliss's  Su-Helena  collection. 

Fam.  Salticides. 
Gen.  Salticus. 
Salticus  NiGRO-LiMBATUs,  u.  sp.     (Plate  XLII.  fig.  10.) 

Female  adult,  length  4  lines. 

Ceplmlatborax  oblong-oval,  truncate  before ;  upper  surface  nearly 
levels  and  iu  convexity  somewhat  flattened ;  colour  black,  with  the 
upper  part  more  or  less  clothed  with  short  greyish-yellow  hairs,  and 
a  narrow  marginal  lateral  band  on  either  side  of  pale  whitish  sulphur* 
jdlow  hairs* 

Legs  abort,  strong,  furnished  with  hairs  and  a  few  spines ;  of  a  \  S^ 

yellow-brown  colour,  irregularly  marked  and  suffused  vdth  deeper  \  i 

brown ;  each  tarsus  has  a  small  black  scopnla  beneath  its  terminal 
claw9« 

Palpi  short,  of  a  reddish-yellow  colour,  clothed  with  greyish- 
yellow  hairs. 

Falces  strong,  nearly  vertical,  of  a  deep  reddish-brown  colour. 

The  maxillee,  labium,  and  sternum  were  destroyed  by  the  pin  with 
which  the  specimen  was  transfixed. 

Abdomen  longish-oval,  pointed  behind,  truncate  before,  of  a 
uniform  dull  sandy  yellow-grey  colour,  formed  by  its  hairy  clothing 
or  pubescence  (the  underside  being  of  rather  a  clearer  yellow) ;  two 
black  stripes,  irregular  on  their  inner  margins,  form  lateral  bands  to 
the  upper  surface ;  these  stripes  do  not  appear  to  unite  at  the  fore 


Wis  I 


J 


> 
^ 


%9.]  SPIDERS  AND  SCORPIONS  FROM  ST.  HELENA.  543 

'ity,  where  tbere  are  some  strong  yellowish -grey  recurved 
^  rather  prominent,  and  darker-coloored  than  the  ab- 


"^  ale  of  this  plainly  but  very  distinctly  marked  species 

^  *  the  dry  and  pinned  specimens  captured  at  St. 

Uss. 

'\         ..  Savigny,  Egypte,  p.  1 71,  pi.  7.  f.  20 ;  Walck. 

-*  ,  Doth  in  spirit  and  dry,  were  contained  in  the 

.ction. 

.iicus  ADANSONii,  Saviguy,  Egypte,  p.  169,  pi.  7.  f.  8;  Walck. 
.id.  Apt.  tome  i.  p.  427. 

Mivs  nigro-fMcus,  Vinson,  AranSdes  des  lies  de  la  Reunion, 
Maurice  et  Madagascar,  p.  59,  pi.  10.  f.  8. 

An  adult  female  in  the  collection  from  St.  Helena. 


Order  SCORPIONIDEA. 

Fam.  Scorpion  I  DES. 

Gen.  Lychas  (Koch). 

Ltchas  maculatus,  Koch,  Die  Arach.  Bd.  xii.  p.  1,  t.  397.  f.  960. 

A  single  example  of  the  abore  was  contained  in  the  collection  re- 
ceived from  St.  Helena. 

Lychas  americanus,  Koch,  Die  Arach.  Bd.  xii.  p.2,  t.397.  f.  961 . 
A  single  example  also  of  this  species  accompanied  the  fonner. 

Lifi  of  Specie; 

ARANEIDEA. 

8ege9tria  perfida.  Epeira  sobers  ? 

Dysdera  rubicunda.  Argyrope9  aurelia. 

Clubiana  dubia,  n.  sp.  Philodromus  siynatus,  n.  sp. 

Tej^enaria  airica.  Olios  tridentigerj  n.  sp. 

Pholeus  phaianffioides.  Panthea  pulchra. 

Ariadne  mellism,  n.  sp.  Lycosa  liyata,  n.  sp. 

Theridion  punicum.  inexorabilis,  n.  sp. 

fulvo-lunulatum.  Salticus  nigro^limbatus,  n.  sp. 

Tetragnatha  digna,  n.  sp.  —  illigeri. 
indigna,  n.  sp.  — ^  adansonii. 

SCORPIONIDEA. 
LgehoB  maculatus,  Lychas  americanus. 


544  DRS.  riNSCH  and  hartlaub  on  [Nov.  25, 

DESCRIPTION  OF  PLATE  XLH. 

Fig.  1.  Clubuma  duHa,  p.  532. 

a.  Epigyne. 

b.  Natural  length  of  Spider. 

2.  Ariadne  mellissii,  p.  534. 

a.  Fore-right  view  of  oephalothoraz,  showing  position  of  the  eyea. 

b.  Faloes,  maxillsB,  labium,  and  sternum. 

c.  Natural  length  of  Spider. 

d.  Underside  of  abdomen. 

/.  Profile  view  of  Spider,  without  legs. 

3.  Tetragnatha  digna^  p.  535. 

a.  Underside  of  abdomen. 

b.  Natural  length  of  Spider. 

c.  Fore-right  yiew  of  eyes  and  faloos. 

d.  Profile  without  legs. 

4.  Tetragnatha  indigna,  p.  536. 

a.  Profile  view,  without  legs. 

b.  Natural  length. 

d.  Fore-right  view  of  eyes  and  faloes. 

5.  PhUodromus  signattts^  p.  537. 

a.  Natural  length. 

b.  Underside. 

c.  Fore-right  view  of  oephalothorax  and  faloes. 
6    Olios  tridentiger,  p.  538. 

a.  Fore-right  view  of  eyes  and  falces. 
by  c,  d.  Bight  palpus  in  three  positions. 

e.  Natural  length  of  Spider. 

7.  Pasithea  pulchra,  p.  540. 

a.  Fore-right  view  of  eyes  and  faloes. 

b.  Profile  of  Spider  without  legs. 
<?.  Epigyne, 

d.  Underside,  showing  maxillae,  labium,  and  sternum. 

e.  Natural  length. 

8.  Lgcom  ligata^  p.  540. 

a.  Palpus. 

6.  Natural  length. 

c.  Fore- right  view  of  eyes  and  faloes. 

9.  Lycosa  inexorabUis^  p.  541. 

a.  Natural  length. 

b.  Epigyne. 

c.  Fore-right  view  of  eyes  and  faloes. 
10.  SaUicus  nioro'limbatus,  p.  542. 

a.  Profile  without  legs. 

b.  Natural  length. 


2.  On  a  small  Collection  of  Birds  from  the  Tonga  Islands. 
By  Dr.  O.  Finsch,  C.M.Z.S.,  and  Dr.  G.  Hartlaub, 
F.M.Z.S. 

In  our  book  on  the  ornithology  of  the  Feejee,  Samoa,  and  Tonga 
group  we  have  enumerated  thirty-one  species  of  birds  hitherto 
known  to  inhabit  the  latter  group  of  Pacific  Islands.  One  of  these, 
the  Rallus /orsteri,  we  now  consider  to  be  only  a  variety  of  age  or 
season  of  the  well-known  R.  pectoralis,  more  of  which  hereafter. 
Of  the  remaining  thirty  species  there  are  five  which  seem  to  be  con- 


1869.]  BIRDS  FROM  THE  TONGA  ISLANDS.  545 

fined  to  the  Tonga  Islands,  viz.  Platycercus  tabuetms,  Paehycephala 
jacquinolii  PHlinoptts  porphyraceus,  Rallus  hypoleucus,  and  Mega- 
podius  bumabyi.  Now,  the  museum  of  Mr.  J.  C.  Godeffroj  at 
Hamburg  has  been  enriched  of  late  by  a  small  series  of  birds  from 
the  Tonga  Islands,  which  has  been  submitted  to  our  scientific  exami- 
nation. This  collection  comprises  in  the  whole  eleven  species,  the 
following  three  of  which  are  additional  to  the  above  list : — Lalage 
teratf  Ptilinopua  perouni,  and  a  very  remarkable  and  typical  new 
species  of  the  genus  Myiolestes. 

1.  Strix  dklicatula,  Gould;  Finsch  et  Hartl.  Beitr.  Orn. 
Centralpol.  p.  1 1 . 

One  specimen  in  spirits.  Agrees  in  every  respect  with  our  de- 
scription. 

Long.  al.  caud.  culm.  tars.  dig.  med. 

2.  Platycercus  tabuensis,  Gmel. ;  Finsch.  et  Hartl.  /.  c.  p.  17. 

Five  specimens,  all  deeply  in  moult.  Chin  and  upper  part  of 
throat  of  a  dark- brown  colour,  which  deepens  more  or  less  into  black. 
The  colour  of  the  under  parts  is  rich  and  deep  brownish  purple, 
e  ach  feather  having  a  green  band  across  the  middle ;  the  uropygium 
is  in  three  of  the  specimens  of  a  uniform  green  ;  in  the  two  others 
the  green  feathers  have  red-brown  margins;  the  fine  blue  nuchal 
collar  is  in  one  bird  very  distinct  and  broadly  developed,  in  the  four 
others  it  appears  rather  narrow. 

Long.  al.  caud.  culm.  tars. 

8"  3"'-9"  2'"  7"  8"'-9"  3'"  1 1  i-15'"  1 1-12'" 

3.  Halcyon  sacra,  Gmel. ;  Finsch  et  Hartl.  /.  e,  p.  32. 

Six  specimens.  One  in  the  adult  plumage,  as  described  by  us  on 
page  33.  In  the  five  others  a  fulvous  ocular  stripe  and  nuchal  band 
are  more  or  less  distinctly  visible ;  one  bird  has  the  wing-coverts 
narrowly  but  distinctly  margined  with  ferruginous,  and  on  the  sides 
of  the  breast  are  faint  traces  of  darker  undulations.  ''  Iris  brown." 

Long.  al.  rectr.  med.  culm.  tars.         dig.  med. 

3^  ^i^^i  2"  6"'-2"  9'"  I6f-17"'  7'"  8"' 

4.  Ptilotis  carunculata,  Gmel. ;  Finsch  et  Hartl.  /.  e.  p.  58. 
Three  specimens.     Not  differing  from  our  description ;  but  the 

upper  margin  of  the  naked  lobe  of  a  fine  sulphur-yellow.  Very 
variable  in  size. 

Long,  tot  aL  caud.  culm.  tars. 

7I8"         3"11"'-4"1'"         2"ll"'-3"3"'         9-10'"        13-14'" 

The  relative  length  of  the  wing  in  these  Tonga  birds  is  rather 
curious.  In  nine  specimens  from  the  Samoan  Islands  the  wing  did 
not  exceed  3"  8'". 


544 


Fig 

.1. 

Clubi 
a. 
b. 

2. 

Aria< 
a. 
b. 
c. 
d, 
/. 

3. 

a. 

b. 
c. 
d. 

4. 

Tetr 
a. 
h. 
d. 

5. 

a. 
b. 
c. 

6 

Olio 

>-^« 


7.  Pasi 

a. 
b. 
c. 
d. 
e. 

8.  Lyco 

a. 

b.  ' 

c,  ' 

9.  Lyco.^ 

a.  . 

b.  I 

c.  ] 
10.  SaUic 

a,  1 

b.  > 


2.  On  a  sTii 
By  Dr. 
F.M.Z 

In  our  boo 
group  we  hi 
known  to  inb 
the  Rallus/o 
season  of  the 
Of  the  remaii 


1869.]  BIRDS  FROM  THE  TONGA  ISLANDS.  547 

7.  Aplonis  tabuknsis,  Gm. ;  Pinsch  et  Hard.  /.  e.  p.  103. 

Three  specimens.  Not  difFerent  from  our  description.  The  lan- 
ceolate feathers  of  the  head  have  a  distinct  purpurescent  or  copper- 
coloured  glitter,  which  varies  under  a  certain  light  into  green ;  the 
dirtj-white  shaft-stripes  of  the  under  parts  not  very  distinct.  The 
wings  are  a  little  longer  than  in  Viti  birds.     "  Iris  yellow." 

Long.  al.  caud.  roetr.  tars.  dig.  med, 

4'M'M"2'"         2"  l'''-2'' 3'^'         7f-9'"         lli-13'"         9"' 

8.  PriLiNOPUS  PORPHYRACEUS  (Forst.);  Finsch.  et  Hartl.  /.  c. 
p.  119  (fid.  Forster). 

Four  specimens. 

Ad,  Pifeo  late  et  circumscripte  purpureo-violascente,  dilute 
Jlavo  circumdatOf  menfo  gulaque  media  pallide  Jlavis ;  capite 
reliquo,  collo  toto,  inierscapulio,  gutture,  pectore  et  epigastrio 
pallide  cano-virentibtts,  plumis  basi  cinereis  ;  epigaslrii  plumis 
apiee  distinct e  flavescentibus ;  dorso,  tergo,  uropygio,  teetrici^ 
bus  alarum  et  cauda  psittaeino-viridibus  ;  remigis  primi  parte 
apicali  valde  attenuata  tota  nigra,  reliquis  pogonio  externa 
obscure  virentibus;  secundariis  distinctius  viridibus,  pogonio 
externa  nonniMl  aureo-Jusceseentibus,  limbo  marginali  externa 
strictissimo  flavo ;  omnium  pogoniis  intemis  dilute  cinereis  ; 
seapularibus  pogonio  externa  apiceque  viridibus,  3-4  ultimis 
macula  anteapicali  latiuscula  carulescenti-viridi ;  macula  ab' 
dominis  medii  obscure  violacea,  lateribus  viridiflaventibus, 
abdomine  imo  crissoque  flams ;  subcaudalibus  flavis,  apice  au- 
rantiacis :  subalaribus  dilute  cinereo  viridique  variis;  rectri' 
cibus  mediis  viridibits,  lateralibus  pogonio  interna  nigris,  om- 
nibus apice  late  canis,  limbo  apicali  ipso  virente  ;  cauda  subtus 
obscure  grisea,  apice  late  albida  ;  rostra  plumbeo,  apice  palli- 
diore  ;  pedibus  grisescentibus. 

Long,  rostr.  a  fr.       al.  oaud.  tars. 

ffft  ^11  ^m  2"  3"'  8'" 

We  describe  a  fine  adult  bird.  In  two  others  the  violet-coloured 
abdominal  spot  is  wanting,  and  the  apical  part  of  the  tail-feathers  is 
of  a  dirty  greenish  shade.     These  two  specimens  may  be  females. 

In  a  fourth  and  apparently  younger  specimen  the  epigastrium  is 
green,  and  there  are  faint  traces  of  a  dark  green  middle  spot ;  vent 
and  under  tail-coverts  yellow ;  head  and  neck  more  decidedly  grey  ; 
chin  whitish. 

Long.  al.  rostr.  a  fr.  oaud.  tars.    dig.  med. 

4"  10"'-5"  2'"         5'"-6'"         2"  4'"-2"  7"'        8"'         9"' 

This  rare  and  beautiful  Ptilinopus  seems  to  be  confined  to  the 
Tonga  Islands.  The  description  in  our  Polynesian  Ornithology 
was  copied  from  Forster,  we  not  knowing  the  bird  by  autoptical 
examination.  We  even  suspected  it  not  to  be  different  from  Ft. 
fasciatus ;  and  this  species,  of  some  neighbouring  groups  of  islands, 
the  Viti  and  Navigator's,  it  really  resembles  very  much.     But  the 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXVI. 


i 


548  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoT.  25, 

differences  are  nevertheless  yerj  conspicuous.  The  yellow  margin 
around  the  red  skull-cap  is  very  distinct  in  Pt.  porphyraceus ; 
very  faint  and  pale  in  Pt,  /asciatus.  The  median  abdominal  spot,  of 
a  dark  blackish  violet  in  Pt.  porpkyraceus,  is  of  a  purplish  wine-red 
in  Pt,  f asciatus.  The  chin  and  upper  part  of  throat  are  of  a  pure 
white  in  Pt,  /asciatus,  of  a  pale  yellow  in  Pt.  porphyraceus ;  and, 
lastly,  in  Pt.  porphyraceus  we  miss  the  greyish-lilac  anteapical  spot 
in  the  longest  scapulars^  so  conspicuous  in  the  allied  species. 

9.  Ptilinopus  PEROUSit,  Peale;  Pinsch  et  Hartl.  I.e.  p.  110. 

One  adult  specimen.  Fully  agreeing  with  a  Upolu  specimen  in 
the  Bremen  collection. 

Hitherto  not  known  from  the  Tonga  Islands. 

Long.  al.  rostr.  caud.  tars. 

5"  1'"  4|"'  3"  1'^'  9i''' 

10.  Rallus  pectoralis.  Less. ;  Finsch  et  Hartl.  /.  c.  p.  157. 
Rallus  forsteri,  nob.  I.  c.  p.  162. 

One  specimen ;  without  the  rufous  pectoral  band.  It  is  certainly 
disagreeable  to  kill  one's  own  children ;  but  as  to  Rallus /orsteri  we 
are  fully  convinced  of  our  error.  In  a  set  of  specimens  from  the 
Pelew  Islands,  some  had  the  rufous  pectoral  band,  in  two  others  it 
was  entirely  wanting,  and  in  one  bird  there  was  only  to  be  seen  faint 
traces  of  it. 


Long.  al. 

caud. 

rostr. 

tars. 

dig.  med. 

5^'  1'" 

2"  1'" 

12"' 

Ijw 

15"'     (Tonga.) 

5    5 

2    1 

15 

17 

15        (Upolu.) 

5    1 

2    2 

13 

19 

17       (Pelew  Islands.) 

11.  Charadrius  FULvrs,  Gmel. 

One  specimen  in  winter  plumage ;  like  others  in  the  Bremen  col- 
lection from  New  Zealand  and  the  Pelews. 

Long.  aL  caud.  rostr.  tars.  dig.  med. 

6"  3'"  2"  1'"  9J'"  19'"  10"' 


3.  Remarks  on  some  of  the  Fishes  in  the  Calcutta  Museum. 
By  Francis  Day,  F.Z.S.  &  F.L.S.— Part  II. 

I  have  already  forwarded  to  the  Society  a  communication  relating 
to  some  of  the  fishes  in  the  Calcutta  Museum,  which  appeared  to 
me  to  be  entirely  new  or  imperfectly  known,  and  I  now  propose  to 
offer  some  remarks  upon  the  Cyprinida  in  the  same  collection. 

Genus  Apua,  Blyth. 

Body  elongated  and  compressed.  A  small,  erectile,  bifid  sub* 
orbital  spine.     Eight  barbels— one  rostral,  one  maxillary,  and  two 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  549 

mandibular  pairs.     Dorsal  fin  in  the  posterior  third  of  the  body,  but 
anterior  to  the  anal.     Ventral  fins  absent. 

Apua  fusca,  Bljth,  J.  A.  8.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  169. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/6.     P.  1 1.     A.  2/6.     C.  16. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  body  J  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  small,  i  of  length  of  head,  4  diameters  from  end  of  snout. 

Body  strongly  compressed. 

A  small,  erectile,  bifid  spine  below  the  orbit.  Eight  barbels — two 
rostra],  two  maxillary,  and  four  mandibular.  Anterior  nostril  long 
and  tubular. 

Fina,  Dorsal  commences  in  the  posterior  third  of  the  total  length  ; 
it  is  half  as  high  as  the  body.  Anal  arises  behind  the  vertical  from 
the  posterior  extremity  of  tne  dorsal.     Caudal  rounded. 

Colours.  Brownish,  with  a  darker  longitudinal  line. 

Three  specimens,  to  2^  inches  long.     Pegu  {Major  Berdmore), 

PrOSTHE ACANTHUS  8PECTABILIS,  Blyth, 

is,  as  suggested  by  Dr.  Giinther,  identical  with  Acanthopsis  choiror- 
rhynchus,  Bleeker. 

BoTiA  NEBULOSA,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  I860,  p.  165. 

B.  iii.     D.  3/12.     P.  13.     V.  8.     A.  2/5.     C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  -A-,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  2  diameters  from  the  end  of 
the  snout,  2  diameters  apart 

Profile  of  back  slightly  elevated. 

A  bifid,  erectile  (damaged)  suborbital  spine. 

The  two  pairs  of  rostral  barbels  extend  as  far  as  to  the  anterior 
margin  of  the  orbit,  the  maxillary  ones  are  slightly  longer.  Lips 
thick  and  glandular ;  on  either  side  of  the  symphysis  of  the  lower 
jaw  is  a  slight  elevation  studded  with  pores. 

Fins,  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  snout  and  posterior 
margb  of  the  anal  fin.  Ventral  commences  under  the  sixth  dorsal 
ray.     Caudal  slightly  rounded. 

Scales  small,  thirteen  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  the  base  of 
the  ventral  fin. 

Lateral  line  straight. 

Colours,  Brownish,  with  a  leaden  band  along  the  side.  Dorsal 
and  caudal  barred  in  spots.  An  ocellus  at  the  upper  margin  of  the 
base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

One  specimen,  4}  inches  long,  from  Darjeeling,  is  in  the  collec- 
tion ;  it  was  sent  by  Dr.  Wallich. 

BOTIA  BERDMOREI. 

Synerossus  berdmoreif  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  166. 
B.  iii.     D.  2/9.     P.  15.     V.  8.     A.  2/5.     C.  20. 


550  SURGEON  r.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoT.  25, 

Length  of  head  j,  of  pectoral  |,  of  base  of  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of 
anal  -^p  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  \,  of  bodj 
|,  of  dorsal  fin  ^,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  4  diameters  from  end  of 
snout,  1 1  diameter  apart. 

The  rostral  barbels  are  about  equal  in  length  to  the  diameter  of 
the  orbit ;  the  maxillary  and  mandibular  ones  are  short.  A  bifid 
erectile  spine  commences  slightly  anterior  to  the  orbit,  ending  oppo- 
site its  centre. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  base  of  the  caudal 
and  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit ;  it  is  slightly  in  advance  of  the 
▼entral.     Caudal  deeply  forked. 

Scales  absent. 

Lateral  line  straight. 

Colours,  Buff,  with  ten  vertical  darkish  bands,  extending  from 
the  back  to  the  abdomen.  Head  likewise  banded.  Numerous  oblong 
blotches  over  the  lower  half  of  the  body,  from  opposite  the  orbit  to 
the  end  of  the  pectoral  fin.  Dorsal  fin  with  three  or  four  rows  of 
spots.     Caudal  with  five  or  six. 

Five  specimens,  up  to  5^  inches  in  length,  are  in  the  collection; 
they  were  sent  by  Major  Berdmore  from  the  Tenasserim  provinces. 

BoTiA  HiSTRiONiCA,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  166. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/8.     P.  15.     V.  8.     A.  2/5.     C.  19. 

Length  of  head  |,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of 
anal  -^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  body 
|,  of  dorsal  fin  A,  of  ventral  ^,  of  anal  -j^j-  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  small ;  aiameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  2^  diameters  from  end 
of  snout,  2  diameters  apart. 

Suborbital  spine  very  strong,  and  extending  to  opposite  the  pos- 
terior margin  of  the  orbit. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  nearer  the  base  of  the  caudal  than  the  end  of 
the  snout ;  it  is  slightly  in  advance  of  the  ventrals.  Caudal  deeply 
forked. 

Scales  inconspicuous. 

Lateral  line  straight. 

Colours.  Olive,  with  five  dark  vertical  bands  on  the  body  and  two 
or  three  on  the  head.     AU  the  fins  with  two  broad  brown  bars. 

One  specimen,  4  inches  long,  is  in  the  museum ;  received  from 
Major  Berdmore  at  Pegu. 

COBITIS  BERDMOREI. 

Acanthopsis  berdmorei,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  168. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/7.     V.  7.     A.  2/5.     C.  16. 

Length  of  head  -^  of  the  total  length,  and  more  than  the  height 
of  the  body. 

Eyes  small,  and  situated  before  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the 
head. 

All  the  three  pairs  of  barbels  long. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  551 

Fifu,  Dorsal  commences  in  the  middle  of  the  total  length,  and  is 
slightly  posterior  to  the  ventral.     Caudal  cut  square. 

Scales  dbtinct. 

Colours.  Covered  with  dull  spots  over  the  body  and  head.  Dorsal 
and  caudal  fins  spotted  and  banded. 

A  specimen,  3  inches  long,  is  in  the  museum;  received  from 
Major  Berdmore,  Pegu. 

Nkmacheiltjs  zonalternans. 

CobitU  £0nalteman8,  Blyth,  J.  A.  8.  of  Bengal,  I860,  p.  172. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/9.     A.  2/5. 

Eyes  of  moderate  size,  rather  more  than  one  diameter  from  the 
end  of  snout. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  anterior  to  the  ventral,  and  rather  nearer  the 
snout  than  the  base  of  the  caudal,  which  latter  is  entire. 

Scales  distinct. 

Colours,  Ten  to  eleven  bars  descend  down  the  lower  two-thirds  of 
the  body  to  the  abdomen,  with  intermediate  half  bands  superiorly 
between  them.     The  dorsal  and  caudal  fins  spotted  in  bands. 

Two  specimens  exist  in  the  collection,  of  1^  and  l-j^  inch 
respectively ;  they  were  presented  by  Major  Berdmore,  who  obtained 
them  in  the  Tenasserim  Provinces. 

Nemacheilus  phoxocheila. 

Cobiiisphoxocheila,  M'Clelland,  Tnd.  Cyp.  pp.  305, 449,  pi.  52.  f.  4. 

Two  specimens,  respectively  1-^  and  2-j^  inches  in  length,  from 
Derra  Pungi,  are  in  the  collection,  to  which  they  were  presented  by 
Mr.  Skipwith,  and  are  labelled  Cobitis  phoxocheila^  M'Clelland. 
Their  tails  are  damaged  and  their  colours  bleached. 

B.  ui.     D.  2/9.     A.  2/5. 

Length  of  head  more  than  the  height  of  the  body. 

Eyes  2  diameters  from  end  of  snout,  and  situated  before  the 
middle  of  the  length  of  the  head. 

Lower  surface  of  the  head  moderately  horizontal ;  snout  rather 
depressed.  No  bonv  ridge  between  the  eyes.  Four  rostral  barbels 
nearly  as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  orbit ;  two  short  maxillary 
ones. 

Fins,  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  anal  fin,  and  sUghtly  in  advance  of  the 
ventral.  The  pectoral  does  not  extend  to  the  ventral,  nor  the  latter 
to  the  anal. 

Scales  minute. 

Nemacheilus  serpkntarius,  sp.  n. 

B.  iii.  D.  2/8.  P.  17.  V.  9.  A.  2/5.  C.  19.  L.  1.  64.  L. 
tr.  12/17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  i,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  body  nearly  -equals  the  length  of  the  head. 


( 


552  8URGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoV.  25, 

Eyes  small,  behind  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  head,  about  4 
diameters  from  end  of  snout,  and  3  diameters  apart. 

Body  subcylindrical ;  snout  pointed.  Barbels  very  short,  the 
maxillary  pair  the  longest.  Mouth  small.  Lips  thick,  the  upper 
one  fimbriated.     Nostrils  nearer  to  the  eyes  than  to  the  snout. 

Scales  conspicuous,  with  a  raised  keel  along  their  centre.  Their 
form,  posteriorly,  angular. 

Lateral  line  distinct. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  slightly  in  advance  of  the  Tentral,  and  midway 
between  the  snout  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin ;  its  upper  margin 
is  straight.  Pectoral  reaches  two-thirds  of  the  distance  to  the  ven- 
tral, and  the  latter  more  than  halfway  to  the  anal.  Caudal  deeply 
emargiuate ;  lobes  pointed. 

Colours,  Brownish,  with  a  wide  serpentine  band  of  a  dark  chest- 
nut-colour running  from  the  snout,  tnrough  the  orbit,  to  the  base 
of  the  dorsal  fin,  which  last  has  a  black  centre.  Caudal  deep 
brown,  with  white  margins.  A  black  bar  across  the  base  of  the 
ventral. 

Three  specimens,  2^  inches  long,  are  in  the  museum. 

Nemacheilus  blythii,  sp.  u. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/7.     V.  9.     A.  2/5.     C.  19. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  \  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  ^,  breadth  of  head  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of  the  toUl 
length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  bead,  1|  diameter  apart,  1  diameter 
from  end  of  snout. 

Body  subcylindrical. 

The  three  pairs  of  barbels  all  longer  than  the  diameter  of  the  orbit. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of  the 
caudal  fin,  and  opposite  to  the  ventral.  Caudal  deeply  forked,  its 
lobes  sharp. 

Scales  minute. 

Colours,  Rather  bleached ;  brownish,  darkest  above,  with  a  dark 
band  at  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Two  specimens,  3  inches  long,  exbt  in  the  collection. 

Nemacheilus  cincticauda. 

Cobitis  cincticauda,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  B.  1860,  p.  172. 

B.  iii.     D.  2/7.     P.  11.     V.  8.     A.  2/5.     C.  19. 

Length  of  head  ^;  of  pectoral  fin  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total 
length.     Height  of  head  -f ,  of  body  \  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Small,  situated  in  the  middle  of  the  length  of  the  head, 
nearly  3  diameters  from  the  end  of  the  snout,  1  \  diameter  apart. 

Rostral  and  maxillary  barbels  well  developed,  being  nearly  as 
long  as  the  orbit.  Free  portion  of  tail  longer  than  high.  No  pro- 
jection  on  the  prseorbital. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  opposite  to  the  ventral,  and  midway 
between  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal 


1869.]  SURGKON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  553 

fin,  which  last  is  slightly  emarginate.  Pectoral  extends  three- 
quarters  of  the  distance  to  the  ventral,  and  the  latter  halfnray  to 
the  anal.     Upper  margin  of  dorsal  fin  straight. 

Scales  minute. 

One  specimen,  2  inches  long,  is  in  the  collection,  received  from 
Major  Berdmore,  who  obtained  it  at  Pegu. 

Two  specimens  of  the  Homaloptera  maeulata  are  in  the  collection  ; 
they  were  obtained  by  Dr.  Wallich  at  Darjeeling,  and  are  labelled 
Balitora  anitura. 

The  following  new  genus  is  named  after  H.E.  Lord  Mayo,  Governor- 
General  of  India,  as  a  slight  acknowledgment  of  the  assistance  I 
have  received  in  my  icthyological  investigations : — 

Genus  Mayo  a,  g.  n. 

Body  anteriorly  depressed,  posteriorly  compressed.  Snout  smooth 
and  rounded.  Eyes  lateral.  Mouth  small,  transverse,  situated  on  the 
inferior  surface  of  the  head,  and  entirely  surrounded  by  a  large  sucker 
formed  by  both  lips,  which  are  thick,  and  have  a  free  posterior  edge. 
Pharyngeal  teeth  in  three  rows,  uncinate,  5,  3,  I /I,  3,  5.  Pectoral 
and  ventral  fins  horizontal.  Dorsal,  without  an  osseous  ray,  com- 
mences somewhat  in  advance  of  the  ventrals.  Scales  of  moderate 
size,  those  near  the  anal  fin  not  enlarged.  Lateral  line  continuous, 
and  passes  to  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

MaYOA  MODE8TA,  Sp.  U, 

B.  iii.  D.  1/7.  P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  1/5.  C.  19.  L.  1.  35. 
L.  tr.  8. 

Length  of  head  nearly  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  dorsal  ^,  of  base 
of  anal  -j^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  -jl^,  of 
body  3^,  of  dorsal  fin  -j^,  of  ventral  -j^,  of  anal  -f  of  the  total 
length. 

Eyes  with  free  margins;  they  ai:e  very  nearly  on  the  superior 
surface  of  the  head,  but  directed  laterally  ;  diameter  |  of  length  of 
head,  1|  diameter  from  the  end  of  snout,  2  diameters  apart. 

Head  broad,  depressed,  and  rounded ;  snout  also  rounded.  No 
pores  on  the  head.  Lower  surface  of  head  and  chest  flat.  The 
snout  overhangs  the  mouth,  which  is  small,  transverse,  and  nearly 
semilunar  in  its  shape.  Mouth  with  an  adhesive  sucker  formed  by 
both  Hps  ;  it  is  extended  some  distance  posterior  to  the  lower  jaw,  as 
in  the  genus  Gonorrhynchus,  from  which  it  essentially  differs  in  that 
the  sucker  is  completed  by  the  upper  lip,  so  it  completely  surrounds 
the  opening  of  the  mouth.  The  lower  lip  close  to  the  edge  of  the 
mouth,  the  upper  lip,  and  the  posterior  margin  of  the  sucker  are 
all  roughened,  the  last  being  fimbriated.  Four  barbels,  one  rostral 
and  one  maxillary  pair,  all  being  rather  thick ;  but  their  length  is  only 
equal  to  one-half  of  the  width  of  the  orbit.  Gill-opening  narrow, 
extending  to  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin  ;  nostrils  approximating, 
divided  from  one  another  by  a  valve. 

Teeth  pharyngeal,  uncinate,  5,  3,  1/1,  3,  5. 


554  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [NoV.  25, 

Fins,  Pectoral  and  ventrals  horizontal,  the  former  arising  under 
the  opercles  and  extending  to  the  latter,  its  first  ray  only  is  undi- 
vided and  reaches  the  anal ;  the  anterior  portion  of  the  pectoral  and 
ventral  fins  are  enveloped  in  thick  skin.  Dorsal  arises  in  advance  of 
the  ventral.     Caudal  slightly  forked. 

Scales  on  body,  none  on  the  chest,  nor  so  far  as  the  posterior  mar- 
gin of  the  base  of  the  pectorals. 

Lateral  line  consists  of  a  single  tube  in  each  scale  ;  it  passes  direct 
to  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin.  There  are  2^  rows  of  scales 
between  it  and  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Colours.  Greenish  brown,  no  markings  visible  except  a  dark  blotch 
behind  the  opercle. 

Two  specimens  exist  in  the  Calcutta  Museum,  3^  inches  long, 
from  Northern  India. 

DiscoGNATuus  LAMTA,  Ham.  Buch. 

Dr.  Giinther,  in  his  '  Catalogue  of  Fishes,'  vol.  vii.  p.  69,  ob- 
served that  **  this  species  extends  from  Syria  to  Assam,"  and,  "  having 
fortunately  examples  from  the  most  distant  localities,  I  have  con- 
vinced myself  that  they  ought  to  be  referred  to  a  single  species  only." 

If  all  the  different  species  referred  to  by  Dr.  Giinther  are  one,  then 
the  Platycara  notata,  Blyth,  is  only  a  synonym  ;  it  differs  only  in 
having  a  black  spot  at  the  base  of  each  dorsal  ray. 

Specimens  apparently  of  this  species  are  also  in  the  collection, 
which  were  obtained  in  the  Abyssinian  expedition — six  from  the 
Sooroo  Pass,  2000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,  and  six  more  from 
the  Amba  Pass.     None  are  above  2  inches  in  length. 

CrOSSOCHEILUS  MOSARIO. 

Cyprinus  mosario,  Ham.  Buch. 

B.  iii.  D.  2/9.  P.  17.  V.  9.  A.  2/5.  C.  17.  L.  1.  37. 
L.  tr.  ,^^. 

Length  of  head  f,  of  caudal  f  of  the  total  length.  Height  of 
head  f ,  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

£yes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1|  diameter  apart. 

No  barbels  ;  the  lower  lip  is  fringed,  the  upper  lip  entire. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of  the 
caudal,  which  last  is  deeply  forked.  Ventral  situated  under  the 
middle  of  the  dorsal. 

Scales,  Five  and  a  half  rows  in  the  adult,  between  the  lateral  line 
and  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Colours.  Silver}',  back  grey. 

Ten  specimens,  up  to  10  inches  in  length,  exist  in  the  collection. 

Dangila  berdmorei,  Bl}th,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  162. 
B.  iii.     D.  3/23.     V.  9.     A.  2/5.     L.  1.  31.     L.  tr.  6/?. 
Length  of  head  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.     Height  of 
head  ^,  of  body  |,  of  dorsal  fin  ^  of  the  total  length. 


1869.]  SURGICON   F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  555 

Eye*,  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  ^  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout. 

Large  open  pores  on  front  of  tlie  snout.  Rostral  barbeb  the 
longest,  and  equal  in  length  to  the  diameter  of  the  eye. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  in  the  anterior  third  of  the  total  length. 
The  pectoral  does  not  quite  reach  the  ventral,  nor  the  latter  the  anal. 
Caudal  deeply  forked. 

Scales.  Three  and  a  half  rows  exist  between  the  lateral  line  and 
base  of  the  ventral  tin. 

Colours,  in  spirit,  uniform. 

The  single  specimen  in  the  collection  is  4  inches  long,  and  was  re- 
ceived from  Major  Berdmore,  who  obtained  it  in  the  Sitang  river. 
It  is  DOW  in  rather  a  bad  state. 

Barbus  (Barbod£8)  blythii,  sp.  n. 

B.  iii.  D.  3/9.  P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  3/5.  C.  17.  L.  1.  22. 
L.  tr.  4/6. 

Length  of  head  j,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of 
head  ^,  of  body  f  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  |  of  length  of  head,  f  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  f  of  a  diameter  apart. 

Preeorbital  covered  with  pores ;  opercles  two- thirds  as  long  as  high. 
Barbels  well  developed,  the  nasal  reaching  the  eye,  and  the  maxillary 
to  below  the  centre  of  the  orbit. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  midwav  between  snout  and  base  of  caudal ;  its 
third  ray  articulated.  It  is  slightly  in  advance  of  the  ventral. 
Caudal  deeply  forked. 

Lateral  line  complete. 

Scales.  Two  and  a  half  rows  between  lateral  line  and  base  of 
ventral  fin. 

Colours  uniform. 

One  specimen,  2  inches  long,  from  the  Tenasserim  provinces,  pre- 
sented by  Major  Berdmore,  and  marked  Capoeta  macrolepidota, 
C&V. 

Barbus  (Barbodes)  compressus,  sp.  n. 

B.  iii.  D.  3/9.  P.  15.  V.  9.  A.  3/5.  C.  17.  L.  1.  22. 
L.  tr.  4/5. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  dorsal  ^,  of  base  of 
anal  ^,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  dor- 
sal fin  ^,  of  ventral  ^,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  1^  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1-^  diameter  apart. 

Head  much  compressed  ;  the  whole  of  the  cheeks  covered  with 
pores.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  extends  to  below  the 
anterior  margin  of  the  orbit.  Rostral  barbel  extends  to  below  the 
middle  of  the  orbit,  the  maxillary  to  the  angle  of  prseopercle.  Mouth 
inferior ;  upper  iaw  the  longest. 

Fffts,     Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of 


556  SURGEON   F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISOES.  [NoT.  25, 

the  caudal,  it  is  in  advance  of  the  yentral ;  its  last  undivided  ray  is 
osseous,  not  enlarged,  and  entire.     Caudal  deeply  forked. 

Lateral  line,  3^  rows  of  scales  between  it  and  the  base  of  the 
ventral  fin.  ^ 

Colours.  Silvery,  fins  stained  darker. 

A  fine  specimen  exists  in  the  Calcutta  Museum ;  it  was  with  an 
Oreinus  from  Cashmere. 

BaRBUS  (BaRBODES)  INNOMINATUS,  Sp.  U. 

Leuciscus  binotatus,  Blvth,  J.  A.  S.  of  B.  1858,  p.  290,  not 
C.  &  V.  (Kuhl). 

B.  iii.     D.  3/9.     V.  9.     A.  2/5.     C.  17.     L.  1.  24.     L.  tr.  ^. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  caudal  nearly  f  of  the  total  length.  Height 
of  body  f  of  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snoot, 
1  diameter  apart. 

Barbels  four,  the  rostral  nearly  reach  the  orbit,  the  maxillary  are 
shorter. 

Fins.  Third  dorsal  ray  semiosseous,  smooth ;  the  fin  commences 
midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin,  which 
latter  is  forked  hi  its  posterior  two-thirds. 

Scales,  Three  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  the  base  of  the 
ventral  fin. 

Colours,  A  black  spot  at  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin,  none  now 
apparent  at  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

Two  specimens  in  the  Calcutta  Museum,  to  1-^^  inch  in  length, 
from  Ceylon,  presented  by  Dr.  Kelaart. 

Barbus  (Barbodes)  macrocephalus,  M'Clelland,  Jnd.  Cyp. 
pp.  270,  335,  t.  35.  f.  2. 

B.iii.   D.3/9.   P.  15.   V.  9.    A.  2/5.    C.  19.   L.  L  26.   L.  tr.  ^. 

Length  of  head  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  |  of  the 
total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  |  of  length  of  head,  1|  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

Snout  obtuse ;  mouth  anterior.  Rostral  barbel  extends  to  under 
the  anterior  third  of  the  orbit ;  the  maxillary  to  beyond  the  posterior 
margin  of  the  orbit. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  snout  and  base  of  caudal  fio. 
Osseous  ray  strong,  smooth,  and  as  long  as  the  head.  Pectoral 
reaches  the  ventral,  which  latter  does  not  extend  to  the  anal.  Caudal 
forked. 

Scales,  Two  and  a  half  rows  between  lateral  line  and  base  of  ven- 
tral fin. 

The  above  description  is  from  an  old  stufiVd  specimen,  8  inches 
long,  probably  presented  by  Dr.  M'Clelland.  I  can  only  account 
for  the  statement  of  the  head  being  two-fiflhs  of  the  length  of  the 
body,  as  a  misprint  for  one-fifth.     The  drawing  shows  it  could  not 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHKS.  557 

be  #.  A  second  specimen,  20  inches  long,  from  Sikkim,  presented 
by  Dr.  Jerdon,  differs  in  the  head  being  ^  of  the  length  of  the  body. 
I  think  this  species  may  eventually  prove  to  be  only  a  variety  of 
Barbus  masal.  Ham.  Bach. 

BaRBUS  (PUNTIUS)  MACULARIUS. 

Systomus  maeuiarius,  Blyth,  J.  A.  8.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  159. 
B.  iii.     D.  3/8.     P.  15.     A.  3/5.     C.  19.     L.  1.  33.     L.  tr.  ^• 

Length  of  head  |  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  body  ^,  of  osseous 
dorsal  ray  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  §  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
1  diameter  apart. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  anterior  margin  of  the 
orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin ;  its  third  ray  is  osseous,  and 
strongly  serrated.     Caudal  emarginate  in  its  posterior  fourth. 

Scales,  Four  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  base  of  the  ventral 
fin. 

Colours.  Silvery,  each  scale  with  a  black  spot  at  its  base ;  the  upper 
margin  of  the  eye  likewise  black. 

Two  specimens,  4^  inches  long,  but  in  rather  a  bad  state,  exist 
in  the  collection.  They  were  presented  by  Major  Berdmore,  who 
collected  them  in  the  Sitang  river. 

Barbus  (Pontius)  unimaculatvs. 

Systomus  unimaculatus,  Blyth,  J.  A.  8.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  159. 

B.iii.   D.3/8.   P.  11.  V.8.    A.  2/5.    C.  19.    L.  1.  24.    L.tr.^. 

Length  of  head  f ,  height  of  body  4  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
1  diameter  apart. 

Mouth  small,  extending  half  the  distance  to  below  the  orbit.  No 
barbels. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  snout  and  base  of 
caudal  fin  ;  its  third  ray  is  osseous,  weak,  and  smooth. 

Lateral  line  commences  to  become  imperceptible  opposite  the  pos- 
terior extremity  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

Colours.  Silvery,  a  black  mark  at  the  base  of  each  dorsal  ray. 

A  number  of  fry  up  to  1-j^  inch  exist  in  the  collection;  they 
were  received  from  Tenasserim.  Whether  it  is  safe  to  found  a  spe- 
cies on  such  materials  must  be  open  to  question,  as  the  specimens 
would  evidently  have  grown  to  a  larger  size. 

Carassius  auratus. 

"The  home  of  the  Gold  Carp  or  Goldfish  is  China  and  its  islands 
and  Japan,"  observes  Dr.  Giinther  (Cat.  of  Fishes,  vii.  p.  32);  but 
it  has  a  more  extended  range  I  find  from  examining  the  collection  of 
fishes  brought  by  Dr.  J.  Anderson,  who  accompanied  the  late  expe- 
dition through  Burmah  to  China.  Some  specimens  were  taken  in 
the  Irrawaddi  above  Mandalay,  showing  it  to  be  an  inhabitant  of 


558  SURGEON   F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [Nov.  25, 

northern  Burmah.     I  am  told  it  is  one  of  the  commonest  fish  in  the 
hazar  in  Yunan  in  China. 

SCHIZOTHORAX  LABIATtJS. 

Racoma  labiatus,  M'Clelland,  C.  J.  H.  N.  iL  p.  578,  t.  15.  f.  1. 

The  following  description  is  taken  from  a  Mtuffed  specimen  27 
inches  lone,  presented  by  Sir  A.  Burns,  from  Helmind,  in  Afghan- 
istan, and  IS  marked  ''  type  of  Racoma  labiatus." 

D.3/8.     P.  15.    V.  II.     A.  3/5.     C.  21. 

Length  of  head  ^,  height  of  hodj  h  of  the  total  length. 

Body  fusiform,  a  considerable  rise  from  the  snout  to  the  occiput. 

Upper  jaw  longest,  lips  thick ;  the  maxillary  barbels  reach  to  below 
the  orbit.  The  posterior  process  of  the  intermaxillaries  extends  half- 
way to  the  orbit. 

FiM.  Dorsal  arises  considerably  nearer  to  the  base  of  the  caudal 
than  to  the  end  of  the  snout ;  its  third  ray  (injured  superiorly)  is 
osseous,  strong,  and  serrated  posteriorly.  Amu  narrow,  reacliing 
nearly  to  the  base  of  the  caudal  when  laid  backwards.  Caudal 
forked.     Pectoral  first  ray  strong. 

Scales  small,  deciduous. 

MuRiA  ALBOLiNEATA,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  163. 

B.iii.     D.2/7.     P.  11.    V.  7.     A.  2/11.     C.  17.     L.  1. 31. 

Length  of  head  f ,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  body 
f  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  |  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

Body  compressed,  gradually  tapering  off  towards  the  tail. 

Mouth  anterior,  lower  jaw  the  longest.  The  posterior  extremity 
of  the  maxilla  reaches  to  below  the  anterior  third  of  the  orbit.  The 
rostral  barbels  reach  to  opposite  the  posterior  margin  of  the  prse- 
opercle,  the  maxillary  to  opposite  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  opposite  the  anal,  and  midway  between  the 
posterior  margin  of  the  praeopercle  and  base  of  the  caudal,  which  is 
forked  in  its  posterior  fourth. 

Scales,  Half  a  row  between  the  lateral  line  and  base  of  the  ventral 
fin. 

Lateral  line  ceases  opposite  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Colours,  In  spirit  silvery,  with  a  silver  stripe  along  the  side. 

Six  specimens,  to  2  inches  in  length,  are  in  the  collection ;  pre* 
sented  by  Mr.  Atkinsoo,  from  Moulmein. 

NuRiA  ALTA,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860,  p.  162. 

Two  specimens  exist  in  the  collection,  the  description  of  which  I 
do  not  find  to  agree  with  the  types.  In  the  largest  the  maxillary 
barbel  ei tends  to  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin,  in  the  smallest  tu  that 
of  the  anal.     The  formula  is 

B.  iii.    D.  2/6.   P.  15.  V.  6.   A.  2/5.  C.  19.  L.  1.  32.  L.  tr.  6/3. 


1869.]  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  559 

Heii^ht  of  body  |.  length  of  head  ^  of  the  total  length. 

The  pectoral  fins  are  not  so  long  as  the  head  in  either  specimen. 

The  species  appears  identical  with  Nuria  danrica.  Ham.  Buch. 

NURIA  MALABARICA. 

Esomus  malabarieus,  Day,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1867,  p.  299. 

Dr.  Qunther,  Cat.  Fishes,  vii.  p.  201,  demurs  to  this  species 
withoQt  a  lateral  line  being  considered  to  differ  from  N.  danrica  (in 
which  a  lateral  line  is  present),  because  he  has  only  received  young 
examples.  Seren  specimens,  up  to  2  inches  in  length,  exist  in  the 
Calcutta  collection,  and  I  have  taken  many  others  in  the  Irrawaddi. 
I  have  no  doubt  as  to  the  distinctness  of  the  two  species. 

Barilius  interrupta,  sp.  nov. 

B.iii.    D.2/7.   P.  10.  V.  7.   A.  2/12.  C.  19.    L.1.34.   L.  tr.  ||. 

Length  of  head  J,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  base  of  dorsal  J[-,  of  base  of 
anal  nearly  ^,  of  caudal  \  of  the  total  length.  Height  of  head  |, 
of  body  f ,  of  dorsal  fin  ^y  of  ventral  -j^,  of  anal  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  rather  above  ^  a  diameter 
from  end  of  snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

Lower  jaw  slightly  the  longest;  no  barbels.  Third  suborbital 
bone  about  twice  as  wide  as  the  soft  naked  portion  of  the  cheek 
below  it.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  extends  to  below 
the  anterior  third  of  the  orbit.  Humeral  process  of  shoulder-bone 
very  elightly  developed. 

Teeth  pharyngeal,  uncinate,  5,  4,  2/2,  4,  5. 

Fins,  Dorsal  arises  in  advance  of  the  anal,  and  midway  between 
the  posterior  margin  of  the  opercle  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 
Pectoral  scarcely  reaches  so  far  as  the  ventral,  whilst  the  latter  only 
extends  two-thirds  of  the  distance  to  the  base  of  the  anal.  Caudal 
forked  in  its  posterior  fourth. 

Scales  with  numerous  striae. 

Lateral  line  descends  gently  for  five  scales,  then  more  abruptly  for 
two  more,  and  having  continued  along  five  more  scales,  to  opposite  the 
base  of  the  ventral  fin,  it  ceases. 

Colours,  Silvery,  with  short  vertical  bars  along  the  middle  of  the 
side.     All  the  upper  scales  with  large  black  dots. 

Numerous  specimens,  to  2  inches  in  length,  from  Hotha,  collected 
by  Dr.  J.  Anderson. 

Perilampus  fui.vescens,  Blyth,  J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  I860,  p.  163. 

B.iii.  D.2/8.  P.  15.  V.  7.  A.  2/20.  C.  17.  L.  1.  33.  L.  tr.  7/3. 

Length  of  head  \,  of  pectoral  above  \,  of  base  of  anal  |  of  the 
total  length.     Height  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes,  Diameter  \  of  length  of  head,  I  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
1  diameter  apart. 

Body  compressed,  abdomen  not  trenchant. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  posterior  margin  of 


560  ON  THE  LOCALITIES  OF  CERTAIN  SHELLS.        [NoT.  25, 

the  orbit  and  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  caudal  fin,  and  oppo«te 
to  the  commencement* of  the  anal.     Ventral  has  an  elongated  ray. 

Scales  lai^;est  above  the  lateral  line. 

Two  specimens,  up  to  2^  inches  in  length,  are  in  the  collection. 

Perilampus  osteographus,  McClelland,  Ind.  Cjpr.  pp.  289. 
392,  t.  45.  f.  3. 

This  species  is  identical  with  the  Danio  micronemay  Bleeker,  as 
described  by  Dr.  Gunther  (Bleeker's  paper  not  being  available). 

Four  specimens  are  in  the  collection.  Besides  these,  three  others 
have  been  received  from  one  locality,  and  agree  with  the  P.  otteo- 
graphus  in  every  respect,  excepting  that  the  maxillary  barbels  are 
deficient. 


4.  Notes  on  the  Localities  of  two  Species  of  Land-Shells  and 
three  Species  of  Volutes.     By  John  Brazier,  C.M.Z.S. 

1.  DiPLOMMATINA  MIRTENSI. 

Diplommatina  (Diancta)  martensi,  H.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc. 
1866,  p.  446,  pi.  38.  fig.  11. 

Diplommatina  paradosa,  Crosse,  Joum.  de  Conchyl.  1867,  p.  449. 

Diplommatina  {Diancta)  martensi,  H.  Adams,  Journ.de  Conchyl. 
1868,  p.  100. 

Found  on  the  mountains  under  decayed  leaves  in  very  wet  places 
in  the  Island  of  Avolau,  Fiji  Islands. 

Coll.  Brazier,  Adams,  and  Crosse. 

2.  Palaina  coxi. 

Palaina  coxiy  H.  Adams,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  1868,  p.  16,  pi.  4. 
fig.  14. 

Diplommatina  wisemanni.  Brazier's  MS. 

Found  under  leaves  on  damp  ground  in  the  pine-forests  of  Norfolk 
Isknd.     This  and  the  preceding  species  I  collected  in  1865. 

CoU.  Brazier,  Adams,  and  Angas. 

3.  Atjlica  rueckeri. 

Valuta  rueckeri,  Crosse,  Joum.  de  Conchyl.  1867,  p.  444,  et  1868, 
p.  97,  pi.  1.  fig.  1. 

The  correct  locality  of  this  species  is  New  Georgia,  Solomon  Is- 
lands, and  not  Nichol  Bay,  West  Australia,  as  given  hy  M.  Crosse. 
I  have  seen  as  many  as  two  hundred  specimens  brought  to  Sydney  in 
one  of  the  Solomon-Islands  traders.  The  Volutes  obtained  at  Nichol 
Bav  are  well  known  to  us,  tiz.  Scaphella  ellioti,  volvOj  and  reticulata, 
and  Aulica  norrisii.  Having  received  large  quantities  of  all  the  above 
named,  I  am  certain  that  Aulica  rueckeri  was  never  found  on  the 
Australian  continent.     I  have  a  specimen,  quite  a  giant  in  size. 


1869.]     MR.  J.  BRAZIER  ON  THE  CONES  OF  PORT  JACKSON.  561 

5  inches  long,  7  inches  in  diameter.     This  species  is  in  all  the  Aus- 
tralian collections  and  quite  common. 

4.  VOLUTELLA  TISSOTIANA. 

Foluta  tissotiana^  Crosse^  Journ.  deConchyl.  1867,  p.  195,  pi.  6. 
fig.  1. 

This  new  species  was  brought  to  Sydney  twelve  months  ago  by 
some  person  in  Captain  CadelFs  expedition,  which  was  sent  out  by 
the  South-Australian  Government  to  select  a  site  fur  a  settlement  in 
the  far  north  of  Australia  near  to  Liverpool  River,  Amhem  Land, 
North  Australia. 

Coll.  Tissot,  Cox,  and  Brazier. 

5.  Alcituos  thatcheri. 

Foluta  thatcheri,  M'Coy,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  January  1868, 
p.  54,  pi.  2.  ^.  1. 

Valuta  brazieri,  Angas,  MS.  Museum  Brazier. 

This  fine  species  was  described  by  Professor  M'Coy  of  Melbourne, 
Victoria,  from  two  very  bad  beach-worn  specimens ;  but  he  gave  no 
locahty.  It  was  described  a  month  before  my  specimen  arrived  in 
London  for  Mr.  Angas  to  have  it  described  and  figured  in  these  Pro- 
ceedings ;  therefore  Foluta  thatcheri  has  priority.  I  have  received 
a  few  very  fine  specimens  these  last  four  months  which  at  present 
remain  unique  in  my  cabinet.  The  length  of  the  largest  specimen 
is  5  inches,  diameter  4j|  inches.  This  Volute  comes  from  a  rather 
rough  part  of  the  South  Pacific  Ocean — the  Bampton  Reef,  in  lati- 
tude 19°  51'  south,  longitude  l.o8°  20'  east,  near  to  the  north-west 
coast  of  New  Caledonia.  My  first  specimen,  at  present  in  London, 
was  got  by  my  father  Captain  John  Brazier,  in  one  of  his  whaling- 
voyages  many  years  ago.  It  is  from  deep  water,  and  is  found  on 
the  reef  after  heavy  southerly  gales. 


5.  List  of  Species  of  Cones  found  in  Port  Jackson,  New  South 
Wales,  with  Notes  on  their  Habitats  and  Distribution. 
By  John  Brazier,  C.M.Z.S. 

1.  CONUS  mactjlatus. 

Conus  maculatusy  Sow.  Thes.  Conue,  pi.  13.  fig.  296. 

This  species  must  not  be  confused  with  C  anemone  of  South 
Australia.  0.  macidatu8\&  a  nearly  smooth,  thin,  pecuHarly  inflated 
shell,  richly  mottled  with  purplish  brown,  and  attains  a  larger  size 
than  C,  anemone,  which  is  of  a  true  conical  form,  more  solid  and 
transversely  striated,  with  an  elevated  spire  and  splashed  with  rose- 
brown.  C  maculatus  is  found  under  stones,  low  water,  spring  tides. 
I  got  in  one  day,  at  the  Bottle-and-Glass  Rocks,  fifty  specimens,  from 
one  inch  up  to  2|  inches  in  length.     I  have  one  specimen  from  Cape 


562     MR.  J.  BRAZIER  ON  THE  CONES  OF  PORT  JACKSON.    [NoV.  25, 

Banks,  North  Head  of  Botany  Bay ;  length  2^  inches.     This  Cone 
is  also  found  at  Lord  Howe's  Island. 

2.  CONtJS  JUKESI. 

Conus jfikesit  Reeve;  Sow.  Thes.  Conua,  pi.  13. fig.  297. 

A  very  angular  species,  peculiarly  mottled  with  bluish  grey  and 
olive,  found,  in  company  with  C.  maculatus,  under  stones  at  low  water, 
spring  tides.  The  best  station  for  them  in  Port  Jackson  is  the  Bottle- 
and-Glass  Rocks.  I  got  in  one  day  twenty  splendid  specimens ;  length 
of  largest  specimens  1^  inch,  smallest  specimens  1  inch.  This  Cone 
is  also  found  at  Broken  Bay,  Lake  Macquarie,  Newcastle,  and  Port 
Stephens,  north  of  Port  Jackson. 

3.  CONUS  GRAYI. 

Conuagrayi,  Reeve,  P.  Z.  S.  1843,  p.  179;  Conch.  Icon.  pi.  46. 
fig.  258;  Sow.  Thes.  Conus,  pi.  13.  fig.  275. 

A  somewhat  elongated  shell,  smooth  above,  ridged  below,  and 
handsomely  painted  with  two  rows  of  large  waved  blackish  spots. 
Mr.  6.  F.  Angas  found  one  some  years  ago  in  Middle  Harbour.  It 
must  be  a  species  of  rare  occurrence,  for  I  have  never  met  with  it. 
On  the  authority  of  Mr.  G.  B.  Sowerby,  jun.,  this  Cone  is  found  on 
the  coast  of  West  Africa. 

4.  CONUS  APLUSTRE. 

Conua  aplustre.  Reeve,  Conch.  Icon.  pi.  30.  fig.  170 ;  Sow.  Thes. 
Conus,  pi.  19.  fig.  448. 

The  specimen  figured  by  Reeve  is  beach- worn,  and  his  figure  does 
not  represent  the  species.  This  Cone  is  very  often  found  thrown 
up  with  the  animal  after  heavy  gales  that  sweep  along  our  coast  in 
the  winter ;  it  is  of  an  angulated  form,  spotted  with  black  in  lines, 
but  sometimes  of  an  orange  tint  and  spotted  with  light  red  in  lines. 
Length  of  specimens  found  at  Newcastle,  Broken  Bay,  and  Lake 
Macquarie,  north  of  Port  Jackson,  1  inch.  I  have  three  specimens 
from  Middle  Harbour,  ^  inch  in  length.  1  got  at  Cape  Solander, 
South  Head  of  Botany  Bay,  two  specimens ;  length  ^  inch.  I  have 
another  specimen  from  Port  Fairy,  Victoria,  on  the  south-east  coast 
of  Australia;  length  1  inch  (Mr.  R.  C.  Rossiter).  On  the  authority 
of  Mr.  G.  B.  Sowerby,  this  Cone  is  also  found  at  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope. 

5.  CONUS  RUTILU8. 

Conus  ruHius,  Menke,  Moll.  Nov.  HoU.  p.  57.  no.  133 ;  Reeve, 
Conch.  Icon.  pi.  47.  fig.  264  ;  Sow.  Thes.  Conus,  pi.  14.  fig.  328. 

This  interesting  little  species  is  described  by  some  authors  as  of  a 
fiery  red.  I  have  five  specimens,  got  at  Cape  Solander,  South  Head 
of  Botany  Bay,  of  a  light  brown,  very  thin  and  slightly  coronated ; 
length  5  imes.  It  is  very  rare  on  our  east  coast.  I  have  three  specimens 
from  Cape  Riche,  King  George's  Sound,  Western  Australia,  of  a 
fiery  red,  coronated  and  dotted  with  brown  in  lines ;  length  6  lines. 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  8H\RPE  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  ANGOL/l.  563 

It  is  also  rare  on  the  west  coast.    St.  Vincent's  Gulf,  South  Anstralia 
(Mr,  O,  F,  Ang€ui)y  rare. 


6.  On  the  Birds  of  Angola.— Part  I.     By  R.  B.  Sharpe. 
With  Notes  by  the  Collector,  J.  J.  Monteiro. 

(Plate  XLIIl.) 

It  will  be,  I  am  sure,  welcome  news  to  every  ornithologist  to  hear 
that  that  most  energetic  and  enterprising  traveller,  Mr.  Joachim  J. 
Monteiro,  is  once  more  on  the  soil  of  Angola,  and  that  he  has  already 
commenced  the  formation  of  a  collection  of  the  natural  productions 
of  this  country.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  Mr.  Monteiro's  efforts  will 
be  crowned  with  as  great  success  as  were  his  former  exertions  on 
behalf  of  ornithology  (c/.  P.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  86,  and  Ibis,  1862, 
p.  333);  and,  though  we  cannot  expect  to  find  so  many  striking  novel- 
ties as  those  obtained  by  him  during  his  last  expedition,  we  may 
reasonably  look  forward  to  the  discovery  of  many  interesting  facts 
connected  with  the  geographical  distribution  of  birds  throughout  the 
Ethiopian  region.  Our  knowledge  of  the  avifauna  of  Angola  is  still 
Tery  meagre,  so  that  every  collection,  however  small,  is  sure  to  con- 
tribute something  before  unknown ;  and  certainly  the  present  con- 
signment of  Mr.  Monteiro  is  not  behind-hand  in  this  respect.  Es- 
pecial interest  attaches  to  the  migrations  of  European  birds,  a  subject 
we  really  know  nothing  about ;  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  the  study 
of  African  ornithology  presents  attractions  to  the  student  of  European 
birds.  Many  European  species  migrate  to  Africa,  the  SylviicUe 
especially ;  and  although  the  Sahara  presents  a  barrier  which  stays 
the  southward  progress  of  many,  there  are  several  species  which  pro- 
ceed the  whole  length  of  the  continent  as  far  as  the  Cape.  Of  these 
birds  it  is  interesting  to  know  the  exact  time  and  place  of  their 
occurrence ;  and  for  the  development  of  our  knowledge  of  migration 
and  geographical  distribution  careful  collections  like  those  made  by 
Mr.  Monteiro  are  a  real  assistance,  and  we  can  only  wish  that  he  may 
proceed  with  the  same  zeal  and  energy  which  have  characterized  his 
former  efforts  on  behalf  of  science. 

While  on  the  subject  of  Angolan  ornithology,  it  may  be  as  well  to 
mention  that  the  Royal  Zoological  Museum  of  Lisbon  has  recently 
received  several  large  collections  from  Angola  and  Benguela  from 
Signer  Anchieta ;  and  many  interesting  novelties  have  thus  been 
brought  to  light,  all  of  which  have  been  described  by  Professor  Bar- 
boza  du  Bocage  in  the  *  Jomal '  of  the  Lisbon  Academy  and  in  the 
'Proceedings'  of  this  Society.  These  papers  of  the  learned  Professor 
are  amongst  the  most  interesting  of  recent  contributions  to  Ethiopian 
ornithology. 

Mr.  Monteiro  left  England  in  November  last,  with  the  intention 
of  procuring,  if  possible,  a  few  birds  in  Prince's  Island,  and  St. 
Thomas,  if  the  steamer  stopped  at  these  places  long  enough  to  enable 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXVII. 


564  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  ANGOLA.      [NoT.  25, 

him  to  do  so.  No  birds  from  Prince's  Island  appearing  in  the  col- 
lection,  it  is  evident  that  his  intentions  were  frustrated  in  this  quarter ; 
but  the  following  birds  are  sent  from  St.  Thomas : — 

(a)  Speirops  lugubris. 

Zosterops  lugubris^  Hartl.  Om.  Westafr.  p.  72. 

"  Male.     St.  Thomas,  October  1868."— J.  J.  M. 

(6)    HyPHANTORNIS  GRANDI8. 

Ploeeu9  collaris,  Fraser,  P.  Z.  S.  1842,  p.  142. 

Ploceus  grandis.  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds,  ii.  p.  351  (1849). 

Hyphantomis  grandis,  Hartl.  Om.  Westafr.  p.  125  (1857). 

"  Male  and  female.  St.  Thomas,  October  1868.  Stomachs 
contained  remains  of  beetles,  hard  seeds,  and  the  fibrous  oily  envelope 
of  the  Oil-Palm  nut  (Flats  guinea)."— J.  J.  M. 

Mr.  Eraser's  name  posesses  undoubted  priority  over  that  of  Mr. 
G.  R.  Gray,  but  must  nevertheless  give  way,  inasmuch  as  there  is 
a  H.  eollaris  ( Vieillot)  of  an  earlier  date. 

I  do  not  believe  that  any  English  description  of  the  female  of  this 
fine  Weaverbird  has  as  yet  been  published,  and  I  therefore  subjoin 
that  of  the  bird  sent  by  Mr.  Monteiro. 

Head  greyish  brown,  with  longitudinal  stripes  of  dark  brown ; 
back  and  scapularies  olive-green,  the  centre  of  each  feather  very 
dark  brown,  giving  the  appearance  of  dark  shaft-stripes ;  lower  part 
of  the  back  greyish,  tinged  with  olive-green ;  least  wing-coverts 
greyish  washed  with  olive-green ;  second  and  cubital  coverts  blackish 
brown,  tipped  with  white  and  edged  with  olive-green ;  primary  co- 
verts black ;  quills  blackish,  the  inner  web  light  olive  at  the  base, 
the  outer  web  narrowly  edged  with  olive-green,  a  little  broader  on 
the  secondaries ;  tail  dark  brown  above,  paler  beneath,  the  middle 
feathers  distinctly  washed  with  olive-green,  the  exterior  ones  mar- 
gined with  the  same  colour ;  cheeks  and  ear-coverts  yellowish  brown, 
marked  with  greyish  brown ;  throat  and  breast  yellowish  white,  a 
little  darker  on  the  breast,  the  sides  of  which  are  dark  brown  ;  centre 
of  the  abdomen  and  under  tail-coverts  white  ;  flanks  light  brown ; 
under  wing-coverts  white,  tinged  with  olive-green ;  bill  black  ;  feet 
light  brown. 

(c)   COTURNIX  HISTRIONICA. 

Cotumix  hisCrioniea,  Hartl.  Om.  "Westafr.  p.  204. 

"  Male.     October  1868.     Stomach  full  of  seeds."— J.  J.  M. 

T  have  also  seen  this  very  handsome  Quail  from  Damara  Land, 
whence  it  was  sent  by  the  late  Mr.  Anderson.  It  seems  to  be  widely 
spread  over  western  Africa ;  and  in  St.  Thomas  it  is  very  common, 
as  the  following  note,  which  Mr.  Keulemans  has  kindly  forwarded  to 
me,  will  show. 

''  During  a  sojourn  of  a  few  weeks  on  the  Island  of  St.  Thomas  I 
had  the  opportunity  of  observing  this  bird,  which,  although  very 
common  on  the  island,  is,  by  reason  of  its  habits,  little  known  even  to 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  ANGOLA.  565 

the  inhabiUnts.  The  Harlequin  Quail  is  foand  in  the  large  swamps 
and  prairies  which  sarroand  the  miserable  town  of  St.  Anna  da  Chares. 
On  one  occasion  T  heard  it  a  little  higher  up  in  the  mountainous  part 
of  the  island ;  but  I  think  it  is  a  rare  visitor  to  the  mountains,  which 
are  rich  in  vegetation  and  everywhere  covered  with  trees  and  bushes. 
The  only  place  where  the  Quails  are  numerous  is  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  town.  I  used  to  hear  them  every  morning  from  about 
7  to  1 1  o'clock,  and  afterwards  from  3  to  6  in  the  evening.  Their 
cry,  which  is  continually  heard,  has  a  great  similarity  to  that  of  our 
European  Quail,  but  is  not  quite  so  powerful,  more  like  hoog-hoo- 
koo,  hoog-hoo-hoo,  &c. 

"  The  bird  is  most  difficult  to  observe  in  the  act  of  calling,  as  the 
grass  and  herbage  grow  exceedingly  high  in  these  countries,  and  the 
Quail,  directly  it  hears  any  thing  suspicious  approaching,  immediately 
conceals  itself  by  lying  squatted  on  the  ground ;  nor  does  it  stir 
till  the  danger  appears  to  nave  passed.  I  sometimes  managed  to 
approach  within  a  few  paces  of  where  the  bird  was  lying,  making 
sure  that  in  a  moment  I  should  see  the  bird  fly  up  and  have  a  flyine 
shot ;  but  after  walking  round  about  for  some  time  I  was  obliged 
to  eive  up  the  chase,  being  both  unable  to  flush  the  bird  and  to 
find  it  hiding  in  the  grass.  At  last,  after  many  days  spent  in  en- 
deavouring to  procure  a  specimen,  I  called  in  the  assistance  of  a 
Httle  negro  boy,  who  showed  me  by  signs  (for  I  could  not  under- 
stand his  language)  that  he  was  able  to  catch  it.  We  therefore 
together  silently  approached  the  spot  where  the  bird  was  calling, 
creeping  along  the  ground  and  partmg  the  herbage  as  we  went.  M\ 
at  once  I  saw  the  little  nigger  give  a  start  forward,  and  at  the  same 
moment  a  bird  got  up  and  flew  away.  He  very  nearly  caught  it  with 
his  hands,  and  as  for  myself  I  was  so  much  surprised  that  I  quite  for^t 
to  fire.  Some  days  after  this,  a  man  brought  me  one  alive,  which 
he  had  found  and  caught  hiding  its  head  in  a  hole  of  a  land-crab. 
The  inhabitants  assured  me  that  only  the  negroes  know  how  to  find 
the  bird,  which  sometimes  lies  so  close  as  actually  to  be  trodden 
upon  by  the  person  in  search  of  it.  After  a  little  time  I  was  able  to 
find  them  myself,  and  shot  them  as  they  flew  up.  The  inhabitants, 
who  are  little  acquainted  vnth  the  bird,  know  it  by  the  name  of 
Codomiz*' 

The  following  is  a  list  of  Mr.  Monteiro's  Angola  collection.  It 
has  been  formed  chiefly  at  Ambriz  and  on  the  river  Quanza,  both 
well-known  localities.  Those  believed  to  be  recorded  from  Angola 
for  the  first  time  have  a  dagger  (f)  prefixed  to  their  names.  Re- 
ferences are  also  made  to  Dr.  Hartlaub's  standard  work  on  the  Or- 
nithology of  Western  Africa,  to  Mr.  Monteiro's  papers  (Ibis,  1862, 
p.  333,  and  P.Z.  S.  1865,  p.  »6),  and  to  Professor  Barboza  du  Bocage's 
recent  papers  in  the  Lisbon  *  Jornal.' 

-fl.    PhYLLOPNEUSTB  TROCHILUS. 

"  No.  1 1 .  Obtained  at  Columbo  on  the  river  Quanza,  November 
1 868.  Very  active,  hanging  on  to  and  going  round  branches  of  trees. 
Stomach  full  of  ants  and  other  small  insects." — J.  J.  M. 


566  MR.  R.  B.  SHARPE  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  ANGOLA.       [NoT.  25, 

I  have  compared  this  specimen  and  find  it  identical  with  English 
ones  in  my  collection.  I  have  our  common  Willow  Wren  also  from 
the  Knysna,  from  Damara  Land,  and  from  the  0?ampo  country, 
collected  by  the  late  Mr.  C.  J.  Andersson. 

2.  Nectarinia  outturalis. 

Nectarinia  gutturalU  (Linn.). 

Nectarinia  natafensis,  Jard. ;  Mont.  P.  Z.  S.  1 865,  p.  96 ;  Socage, 
Jorn.  Acad.  Lisb.  1867,  pp.  135,  332,  1868,  p.  4. 

"No.  10.  Male.  Obtained  at  Columbo  on  the  river  Quanza." 
— J.J.M. 

There  seem  to  be  three  species  of  red-breasted  Sun-bird  very  closely 
allied  to  one  another,  but  which  may  be  separated  as  follows : — 

a,  gula  nigra 1.  em^n/a^  (Supp.). 

b.  gula  metallioe  chryaea. 

a',  maoula  ad  flexuram  ake  amethystina  2.  guttwraUa  (L.). 

y.  macula  ad  flexuram  alaB  nulla    ^,  9enegaUnns{jl)- 

There  are  other  differences ;  but  the  above  seem  to  me  to  be  the 
most  striking.  The  beautiful  amethystine  spot  at  the  bend  of  the 
wiug  is  a  distinct  characteristic  of  N.  gutturalis. 

3.  Nectarinia  jardinii. 

Nectarinia  jardinii,  Verr. ;  Hartl.  Om.  Westafr.  p.  47  ;  Bocage, 
Jorn.  Lisb.  1867,  p.  135. 

"No.  7.  Male.  Columbo,  river  Quanza,  November  1868. 
No.  32.  Female.    Ambriz,  March  1869."— J.  J.  M. 

Mr.  Monteiro  has  sent  a  pair  of  this  pretty  little  Sun-bird,  which 
would  appear  to  be  not  uncommon  in  Angola.  Professor  Barboza 
du  Bocage  records  it  from  Angola,  Loanda,  and  Benguela. 

4.  Urobrachya  axillaris. 

Urohrachya  axillaris  (Smith)  ;  Bocage,  Jorn.  Lisb.  1867,  p.  140, 
fM868,  p.  11. 

"Obtained  at  Columbo  on  the  river  Quanza,  November  1868." 
—J.J.M. 

One  specimen,  not  quite  adult.  On  comparing  it  with  a  bird  in 
my  collection  from  Mossamedas,  I  find  a  striking  difference  in  the 
size  of  bill,  that  of  the  Angola  bird  being  very  much  larger.  The 
orange  patch  on  the  wing  also  seems  to  he  much  brighter ;  but  we 
must  wait  for  additional  specimens  before  we  can  finally  determine 
whether  there  b  any  specific  difference  between  them. 

t5  Tbxtor  alecto. 

Textor  alecto,  Temm. ;  Hartl.  Om.  Westafr.  p.  131 . 

••  No.  44.     Male.     River  Quanza,  May  1869."— J.  J.  M. 

t6.  Platysteira  iielanoftera. 

Platysteira  melanoptera  (Gm.)  ;  Hartl.  Om.  Westafr.  p.  93. 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPK  ON  THE  BIRDS  OP  ANGOLA.  567 

"  No.  21.  Male.     River  Loge."— J.  J.  M. 

This  specimen  scarcely  agrees  with  Fantee  specimens  in  my  col- 
lection. There  is  a  greater  amount  of  white  edging  on  the  tail,  for 
instance,  and  there  are  other  minor  differences. 

7.  HiRUNDo  ANGOLENSis.     (Plate  XLIII.) 

Himndo  aHffolensis,  Socage,  Jom.  Acad.  Lisb.  1868,  p.  10. 

''Ambriz,  March  1869.    Female. 

"  Ambriz,  April  1869."— J.  J.  M. 

This  species  has  been  recently  described  by  Professor  Barboza  da 
Bocage  (/.  c),  and  is  a  very  interesting  novelty.  The  two  specimens 
sent  by  Mr.  Monteiro  agree  with  the  description  of  the  learned  Pro* 
feasor ;  and  I  herewith  subjoin  a  detailed  account  of  one  of  them  for 
the  benefit  of  ornithologists,  as  the  bird  was  hitherto  only  known  from 
the  original  specimen  in  the  Lisbon  Museum. 

Forehead,  throat,  and  upper  part  of  the  breast  deep  brick -red ; 
entire  upper  surface  dark  steel-blue  ;  tail  gradually  forked,  the  whole 
of  the  inner  webs,  except  a  black  border  at  the  tip,  pure  white,  the 
two  middle  feathers  steel-blue ;  a  band  across  the  breast  below  the 
red  throat  steel-blue ;  the  rest  of  the  breast  and  under  tail-coverts 
ash-coloured,  a  little  paler  in  the  centre  of  the  breast ;  the  under 
tail-coverts  washed  with  rufous,  each  feather  margined  with  pale 
grey  and  having  a  little  heart-shaped  blue  mark  before  the  end  of 
the  feather,  the  black  shafl  being  also  strongly  defined  ;  under  wing- 
coverts  dark  ashy-grey,  washed  on  the  edge  of  the  wing  with  steel- 
blue  ;  beak  and  legs  black. 

As  Professor  Barboza  du  Bocage  remarks,  this  Swallow  belongs  to 
the  same  group  as  H.  rustiea,  but  is  easily  distinguished  by  the 
colour  of  the  under  wing-coverts.  Its  nearest  ally  is  a  little  Swallow 
from  the  river  Gambia  (Hirundo  lucida,  Verr.).  I  have  long  pos- 
sessed a  specimen  of  this  latter  Swallow,  which  I  had  supposed  must 
be  the  Hirundo  angolensis  of  Barboza ;  but  the  acquisition  of  a 
second  and  more  adult  bird  a  short  time  ago,  which  was  given  me  by 
Mr.  Grould,  awakened  some  suspicion  in  my  mind  as  to  its  correct 
identification,  and  the  receipt  of  the  true  H,  angolensis  from  Mr. 
Monteiro  proves  that  the  Gambian  bird  is  a  totally  distinct  species. 
The  latter  may  at  once  be  distinguished  by  its  altogether  brighter 
colours,  and  by  the  white  under  wing-  and  tail-coverts. 

8.  MOTACILLA  VIDUA. 

Motacilla  vidua,  Sundev.  Ofv.  Kongl.  Vet.  Akad.  Forh.  1850, 
p.  158. 

MotacUla  eapensis,  Mont.  P.  Z.  S.  1862,  p.  334. 
"No.  19.  River  Loge  at  Ambriz.''— J.  J.  M. 

9.  Irrisor  cyanomelas. 

Irrisor  cyanomelas  (Viell.) ;  Mont.  P.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  94. 
"No.  12.  Young  female.    River  Quanza,  November  15th,  1868. 
Stomach  contained  remains  of  beetles." — J.  J.  M. 


568  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  THE  BIRDS  OP  ANGOLA.       [NoT.  25, 

10.  CORYTHORNIS  CYAN08TIGMA. 

Corythomis  eristata,  auct.  ;  Sharpe,  Monogr.  Alced.  part  6 
(1869). 

"  Male.     River  Quanza,  May  1869.     Abundant." — J.  J.  M. 

Notwithstanding  the  conyictions  expressed  in  my  *  Monograph ' 
and  in  the  *  Ibis'  (1869,  p.  279),  I  feel  obliged  to  own  that  the  adop- 
tion of  Linnseus's  name  crUtata  for  the  Madagascar  bird,  as  sug- 
gested by  Dr.  Pacheran,  must  be  really  correct.  Lord  Walden  has 
drawn  my  attention  again  to  the  subject,  and  has  pointed  oat  to  me  the 
original  descriptions  of  Seba,  Brisson,  and  Linnsens.  His  Lordship's 
intimate  acquaintance  with  Linnean  nomenclature  has  rendered  him 
skilful  in  determining  the  origins  of  the  descriptions  given  by  the 
learned  Swedish  professor ;  and  from  the  following  facts  I  think  there 
can  be  no  doubt  that  in  the  present  instance  Linnaeus  took  his  dia- 
gnosis of  Alcedo  crisiata  entirely  from  Brisson. 

Although  Brisson  and  Linnaeus  both  refer  to  Seba,  it  is  Tery  evi 
dent  that  the  former  had  really  a  specimen  of  the  bird  before  him 
when  he  was  writing,  and  therefore  his  description  is,  as  usual,  par- 
ticularly exhaustive  and  accurate.  As  Dr.  Pucheran  remarks,  it  b 
curious  that  he  could  have  considered  the  Alcedo  ambainenM  crU- 
tata of  Seba  with  its  red  bill  to  have  been  the  same  as  his  Ispida 
ph%lippensi9  cristata.  Anyhow  Linnaeus  evidently  took  his  short 
diagnosis  of  Alcedo  crietata  from  Brisson's  more  elaborate  one,  and 
only  copied  Brisson  in  the  reference  to  Seba.  I  cannot  help  feeling 
regret  in  having  thus  to  acknowledge  myself  in  the  wrong  hitherto, 
especially  as  the  name  cyanostigma  (which  the  species  must  hence- 
forth bear)  is  applicable  only  to  the  young  bird. 

11.  ISPIDINA  PICTA. 

Ispidina  picta  (Bodd.)  ;  Sharpe,  Monogr.  Alced,  pt.  4  (1869). 
•*  Males.     River  Quanza,  May  1869.     Rare."— J.  J.  M. 
Two  beautiful  specimens,  the  old  male  being  decidedly  the  most 
brilliant  I  have  ever  seen. 

12.  Halcyon  cyanoleuca. 

Haley oncyanoleuca{\iei\],)  ;  Sharpe,  Monogr. Alced.  pt.  5  (1869). 
"Ambriz,  April  1869. 

"  Male.     River  Quanza,  May  1869."---J.  J.  M. 
Two  specimens.     The  male  from  the  river  Quanza  is  a  young  bird 
agreeing  with  the  figure  in  my  'Monograph.' 

13.  Halcyon  senegalensis. 

Halcyon  senegalensis,  Linn. ;  Sharpe,  Monogr.  Alced.  pt.  7* 
''  No.  9.  Obtained  at  Columbo  on  the  river  Quanza,  November 
1868.     Stomach  contained  remains  of  a  small  lizard. 
"  No.  22.  Male.    Ambriz.    Food  consisted  of  large  grasshoppers. 
"No.  37.  Male.     River  Quanza,  May  1869. 
"  Nos.  39,  40.  Females.     River  Quanza,  May,  1869."— J.  J.  M. 


1869.]  MR.  R.  B.  SHARPE  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  ANGOLA.  569 

Mr.  MoDteiro  procured  several  of  these  birds,  at  my  request,  in 
order  that  I  might  have  abundant  proof  of  the  distinctness  of  H, 
cyanoleuea  from  the  present  species.  I  am  happy  to  say  that,  as  far 
as  I  can  see,  the  two  species  are  undoubtedly  distinct,  all  the  speci- 
mens mentioned  above  having  the  cinereous  head,  the  very  old  birds 
just  having  a  tinge  of  blue  here  and  there,  while  the  black  line  does 
not  extend  through  the  eye  as  in  H,  cyanoleuea, 

14.  Halcyon  chelicutenstis. 

Halcyon  chelicutensie  (Stanl.) ;  Sharpe,  Ibis,  1869,  p.  277. 

''  Nos.  13  and  14.  Male  and  female,  shot  together.  River  Quauza, 
November  1868. 

"Nos.  30  and  31.  Anibriz,  March  1869.     Male  and  female." 

Sir  William  Jardine  has  very  kindly  sent  me  a  note  concerning 
the  propriety  of  my  uniting  Halcyon  damarensis  with  the  present 
species.  Sir  William  has  a  specimen  of  the  Damara  bird  which 
measures  7*3  inches  in  length,  while  the  longest  total  length  adduced 
by  me  (/.  c.)  was  6*8.  I  must  state,  however,  that  my  South- African 
skins  have  the  neck  much  drawn  in  and  could  easily  be  made  to 
measure  7i  inches  without  stretching  them  perceptibly.  I  have  also 
examined  Strickland's  type  in  the  Cambridge  Museum.  I  do  not 
perceive  the  least  difference  in  colour,  though  I  admit  that  the 
Damara  bird  is  a  good  deal  larger.  But  this  fact  cannot  be  taken  as 
a  character  for  specific  separation,  as  so  many  analogous  cases  are  to 
be  found  amongst  African  birds. 

15.  EURYSTOMUS  AFER. 

Euryetomus  a/er  (Lath.)  ;  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  29  (1857). 

*'  Captured  at  sea  within  sight  of  land,  off  Mangue  Grande.  The 
stomach  contained  the  remains  of  a  large  moth." — J.  J.  M. 

Dr.  Hartlaub  (/.  c.)  states  that  the  local  race  of  this  bird  front 
Gaboon  differs  in  its  less-bright  colours  and  also  in  its  larger  dimen- 
sions. The  specimen  sent  by  Mr.  Monteiro  measures  as  follows : — 
Total  length  10  inches;  of  bill  from  front 0*8,  from  gape  1*3  ;  wing 
6-6 ;  tail  3*7  ;  tarsus  0*4  ;  middle  toe  0*3,  lateral  toe  0-6,  hind  toe  0-5. 

16.  CORACIAS  PILOSA. 

Coracias  piloea.  Lath. ;  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  30. 

*<  Male.  Legs  light  yellowish  green  ;  iris  brown  ;  pupil  dark 
purple.  Stomach  contained  remains  of  insects.  Ambriz,  February 
1869."- J.  J.  M. 

17.  Coracias  caudata. 

Coracias  caudata,  Linn.  ;  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  30 ;  Bocage, 
Jom.  Lisb.  i.  p.  134. 

"Ambriz,  April."— J.  J.  M. 

tlB.  Dendropicus  hartlaubi. 

Dendropicus  hartlaubi,  Malh. ;  Gray,  Cat.  Pic.  Brit.  Mus.  p.  G5. 


570      MR.  R.  B.  SHARPS  ON  THE  BIRDS  OF  ANGOLA.   [NoT.  25, 

"No.  45.  Loanda,  May  1869."— J.  J.  M. 
A  male,  identical  with  specimens  in  the  British  Moseam,  from 
Shupanga. 

tl9.  Campethera  chrysura. 

Campethera  chrysura  (Swains.) ;  Gray,  Cat.  Pic.  Brit.  Mas.  p.  81. 
Dendromus  chry gurus,  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  181. 
"  No.  18.  River  Loge  at  Ambriz."— J.  J.  M. 

20.  Chrysococcyx  claasii. 

Chrysoeoecyx  elaasii  (CvLT,);  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  190;  Bocage, 
Jem.  Lisb.  1868,  p.  9. 

"  Nos.  26  and  27.  Very  abundant  in  January.  Disappears  about 
April  and  May.''— J.  J.  M. 

21.  TiNNUNCULUS  RUPICOLA. 

JHnnunculus  rupicolus,  Bocage,  Jom.  Acad.  Lisb.  p.  132. 
"  River  Loge  at  Ambriz.     Common." — J.  J.  M. 
One  specimen,  apparently  an  old  female. 

22.  Elanus  melanopterus. 

Elanus  melanopterus  (Daud.);  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  11  (1857)* 
Bocage,  Jom.  Lbb.  1868,  p.  2. 

"  River  Quanza,  Mav  1869."— J.  J.  M. 
One  specimen  in  full  plumage. 

23.  Treron  calva. 

Treron  calva,  Temm.;  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  192;  Bocage,  Jom. 
Lisb.  1868,  p.  9. 

"No.  24.  Female.    Ambriz,  December  1868."— J.J. M. 

t24.    EUPODOTIS  MELAN06A8TRA. 

EupodotU  melanogastra  (Rupp.) ;  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  207 
(1857). 

"Ambriz."— J.J.  M. 

A  single  specimen,  apparently  a  young  male  just  gaining  tbeaddt 
dress. 

25.  BUTORIDES  ATRICAPILLA. 

Ardea  atricapilla,  Afzel. ;  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  223. 

"  Female.     River  Quanza,  May  1 869."— J.  J.  M. 

A  single  example  of  this  widely  distributed  Heron.  It  is  in 
beautiful  plumage ;  and  the  head,  instead  of  being  black  as  the  name 
would  imply,  is  dark  cinereous  with  a  bronzy-green  lustre. 

26.  CURSORIUS  SENEGALENSIS. 

Cursorius  aenegalensis,  Licht. ;  Hartl.  Om.  Westafr.  p.  209;  id. 
P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  62;  Mont.  Ibis,  1862,  p.  335. 

"  No.  46.  Loanda,  May  1869.     Abundant."-- J.  J.  M. 


1869.]  MR.  D.  O.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANU8.  571 

t27.  Glareola  pratincola. 

Glareola pratincola  (Linn.);  Hartl.  Orn.  Westafr.  p.  210. 

"No.  15.  Ambriz,  November  26,  1868,  Large  numbers  %ing 
high  in  the  air,  with  a  flight  between  that  of  a  Swallow  and  a  Sand- 
piper. Gizzard  and  stomach  full  of  flies  and  other  winged  insects. 
Only  seen  for  one  day.     Eyes  dark  slate-colour.*' — J.  J.  M. 

The  specimen  sent  is  a  young  bird,  apparently  G.  pratincola  and 
not  O.  nordmanni.  Most  of  the  under  wing-coverts  are  rufous,  but 
some  of  them,  especially  near  the  edge  of  the  wing,  are  quite  black, 
while  others  are  decidedly  getting  black.  In  case,  however,  I  may 
be  mistaken,  I  think  it  best  to  give  a  description  of  the  specimen  in 
detail. 

Above  dark  brown,  deepest  on  the  head  and  scapularies,  the  whole 
upper  plumage  mottled  with  pale  brown  edgings  to  the  feathers ; 
eyebrow  pale  brown;  primary  coverts  and  quills  dark  brown,  the 
secondaries  tipped  with  rufous-white ;  rump  and  upper  tail-coverts 
pure  white  ;  tail  deeply  forked,  white  at  the  base  and  for  the  greater 
part  of  the  feathers,  the  outer  feathers  brown  towards  the  tip ;  chin 
and  throat  pale  yellowish  brown,  the  latter  longitudinally  striped 
with  dark  brown ;  cheeks  and  ear-coverts  greyish  brown,  the  latter 
paler,  the  former  broadly  striped  with  dark  brown ;  breast  pale 
ochreous  brown,  the  upper  portion  and  the  sides  of  the  neck  mottled 
with  dark  brown ;  abdomen  and  under  tail- coverts  pure  white ;  under 
wing-coverts  rufous,  the  feathers  along  the  bend  of  the  wine  black, 
mottled  with  reddish  brown,  the  edge  of  the  wing  white,  and  all  the 
feathers  along  the  radius  partly  black ;  bill  and  feet  black,  or  nearly 
so. 

t28.    NUMKNIUS  MADA6A8CARIEN8IS. 

Numenius  madaffascariensis,  Briss. ;  Hartl.  Faun.  Madag.  p.  77  ; 
Schl.  &  Poll.  Faun.  Mad.  Ois.  p.  133, 

"  Ambriz,  December  1868."— J.  J.  M. 

This  Curlew  seems  to  me  to  be  a  very  good  species,  totally  distinct 
from  N.  arquatus  or  its  southern  form  N.  major,  Schl.  Its  occurrence 
in  West  Atrica  is  here  recorded  for  the  first  time. 

29.    ACTITIS  HYPOLEUCOS. 

"  River  Loge  at  Ambriz.'* — J.  J.  M. 


7.  A  Monograph  of  the  Genus  Pelecanus, 
By  D.  G.  Elliot,  F.L.S.,  F.Z.S.,  &c. 

(Pkte  XLIV.) 

This  paper  was  vnritten  chiefly  in  Philadelphia,  where  my  oppor- 
tunities for  investigating  the  species  were  most  favourable ;  tor  in 
the    magnificent  collection  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences, 


572     MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANU8.   [Nov.  25, 

all  the  species,  excepting  P.  javanicui,  are  represented  bj  a  large 
number  of  individuals  of  various  ages.  I  have  also  examined  the 
specimens  in  the  collections  of  the  British  and  Paris  Museums,  as 
well  as  the  living  birds  in  the  Gardens  of  this  Society  and  in  those 
of  the  Jardin  des  Plautes  and  Jardin  d*Acclimatation  of  Paris. 

My  conclusions  are  the  result  of  patient  investigation ;  yet  I  am 
fully  aware  that  in  some  instances  they  may  appear  less  satisfactory 
than  might  be  desired  ;  this,  however,  in  some  degree,  arises  from 
the  lack  of  necessary  specimens  of  the  different  ages  of  one  or  two 
species  to  enable  me  to  clear  up  some  still  uncertain  points. 

If  I  shall  succeed  in  drawing  the  attention  of  those  whose  oppor- 
tunities are  better  than  my  own  to  study  the  changes  of  plumage 
of  those  species  still  involved  in  some  obscurity,  and  thus  extend 
our  knowledge  of  these  interesting  birds,  my  paper  will  not  have 
been  written  in  vain. 

Review  of  the  Literature  of  the  Genus, 

As  far  within  the  dim  past  as  history  gives  to  us  any  record,  the 
birds  of  this  genus  have  been  observed  and  mentioned  ;  for  we  have 
good  reason  to  suppose  that  the  P.  onocrotalus,  the  species  most 
widely  distributed  and  best  known  in  the  Old  World  to-day,  was 
the  "  Pelican  of  the  wilderness  "  of  BibUcal  times. 

All  of  the  older  authors  mention  the  '*  Pelican,*'  meaning  to  im- 
ply, probably,  the  common  species  just  named  above,  although  in 
many  instances  their  descriptions  could  not  be  referred  to  that  bird. 

Commencing  with  Linnaeus,  the  author  of  the  binominal  system 
now  generally  adopted,  in  the  review  of  the  literature  of  the  genus, 
his  great  work  claims  first  our  attention. 

The  tenth  edition  of  the  '  Systema  Naturae,*  being  generally  con- 
ceded to  be  the  most  complete,  I  have  not  deemed  it  advisable  to 
refer  to  works  prior  to  its  date,  notwithstanding  that  some  excellent 
although,  unfortunately,  polynominalist  authors  flourished  before  the 
great  Swede. 

(1758.)  Linnaeus,  'Systema  Naturae.'  The  genus  Pelecanus, 
established  by  Linneeus  in  1 735,  here  contains  only  one  species,  the 
P.  onocrotaltis,  according  to  our  author's  ideas,  although  he  adopts 
as  synonymous  the  O.  fuscus  of  Sloane,  and  the  O.  americanus  of 
Edwards,  both  of  which  are  distinct  species  of  the  New  World. 
But  thus  far  Linnseus's  genus  has  but  one  species. 

( 1 760.)  Brisson.  •  Ornithologie.*  This  author  here  establishes  the 
genus  Onocrotalus,  with  P.  onocrotalus  as  his  type,  and  cites  the 
following  as  his  species : — O.  aUms  (P.  onocrotalus) ;  O.  mexicanu$ 
dentatus,  which  is  the  P.  molina  of  Gray  as  it  now  stands ;  O.  /uscus ; 
and  O.  philippensis,  which  is  P.  ru/escens  as  now  determined, — 
four  species  in  all,  being  quite  a  step  in  advance  of  Linnaeus's  list 
of  two  years  previous.  The  descriptions  given  by  Brisson  are  good, 
and  the  various  species  easily  recognizable ;  but  so  much  caunot  be 
said  of  the  plates. 

(1785.)  Pennant,  'Arctic  Zoology.*     This  author  gives  no  new 


1869.]  MR.  D.  6.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANU8.  573 

species,  but  makes  a  new  syoonym  for  the  P.  /uscus,  iu  his 
"  Charlestown  Pelican,"  which  is  the  **  Brown  Pelican  "  from  that 
locality. 

(1788.)  Gmelin,  '  Systema  Naturae.'  In  this  work  we  find  quite 
an  extended  list  of  species  of  thb  genus,  without,  however,  rendering 
it  necessary  for  us  to  accord  our  author  any  merit  for  original  in- 
vestigation, as  it  is  simply  Latham's  list  of  a  few  years  previous 
Latinized.  The  species  are,  P.  onoerotalus,  rosetu,  fusctis,  ma" 
nilletms,  philippensis,  rufeseens,  earolinetuis,  erythrorhynchus,  and 
tkagu9.  Of  these,  P.  rufe^eens  is  a  good  species,  roseusy  manillensU, 
and  philippensis  being  synonyms :  P.  fiucus  is  also  good,  with  caro- 
linensU  as  a  synonym,  this  being  the  Charlestown  Pelican  of  Pen- 
nant ;  while  the  American  White  Pelican  is  here  first  named  ery- 
throrhynchusy  a  misnomer.  The  P.  thaffus  is  P.  molina  of  Gray. 
Species  now  five. 

(1790.)  Latham,  'Index  Ornithologicus.'  The  list  wven  by 
thia  author  is  the  same  as  the  prece£ng,  except  that  the  White 
Pelican  of  America  b  renamed  trachyrhynchusy  which  is  not  admis- 
sible ;  for,  although  it^  may  be  more  appropriate  than  Gmelin's  ap- 
pellation, yet  the  reason  is  not  sufficient  to  justify  the  action,  and 
should  not  be  upheld  by  subsequent  writers. 

(1790.)  Bonnaterre,  *  Encyclop^ie  M^thodique,  Omithologie.* 
The  species  already  given  are  included  in  this  author's  list,  but  no 
novelty  afforded. 

(1794.)  Donndorf  (Johann  August),  '  Zoologische  Beitrage.' 
No  new  facts  are  recorded  by  the  great  synonymatist,  while  the  errors 
previously  made  are  repeated. 

Between  this  date  and  the  next,  a  period  of  nearly  thirty  years, 
nothing  especial  transpired  in  the  literature  of  this  genus. 

(1822.)  '  Transactions  of  the  Linnean  Society.'  Dr.  Horsfield 
describes  P.  javanicus  from  Java.     Species  six. 

(1824.)  Temminck,  'Planches  Colori^s.*  The  Pelicanus  eon- 
spicillatus  is  here  described  for  the  first  time.     Species  seven. 

(1826.)  Stephens,  in  'Shaw's  General  Zoology.'  A  list  of  eight 
species  is  given,  more  correct  than  those  usually  met  with  at  this 
period.  These  are  P.  onocrotalus,  fuscus,  rufescens,  earolinensis, 
mistraliSt  javanicus,  thagtts,  and  trachyrhynehus  i  australis  is  a 
synonym  of  eofispicillatus,  carolinensis  of  /usctts,  and  thagu9  of 
moUfue ;  the  other  four  stand  as  at  present  good  species,  so  consi- 
dered. 

(1826.)  Ruppell,  *  Reise  im  nordl.  Africa,  Zoologie.'  Dr.  Riip- 
peU  figures  P.  ru/escensy  up  to  the  present  time  the  only  tolerable 
representation  of  the  adult  existing. 

(1831.)  Lesson,  'Traits  d'Ornithologie.'  A  list  by  this  author, 
only  requiring  notice  here  from  his  giving  a  new  synonym  to  the 
P.  ru/escens,  in  his  P.  eriatatus. 

(1832.)  Bruch,  'Isis,'  p.  1109.  P.  crispua  is  here  first  described. 
Species  eight. 

(1832.)  Wagler,  *  Isis,*  p.  1233.  Our  author  institutes  the  genus 
Onocrotalua  (oblivious  of  Brisson's  genus  of  the  same  name)  with 


574  MR.  D.  O.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELBCANUS.       [NoT.  25, 

the  O.  hemandezii  as  the  type — this,  however,  being  a  synonym 
of  P.  thagiLs  of  Molina,  now  accepted  as  P.  molituB  of  Gray. 
P.  ru/escetu  in  this  article  is  also  renamed  phaospilus.  Species 
eight. 

(1836.)  Brandt,  Joannes  Fredericus,  *  Descriptiones  et  Icones  Ani- 
malium  Rossicoram  noTorum.*  The  author  gives  in  this  pamphlet 
descriptions  and  copious  synonymy  of  two  species,  P.  onocrotalvs 
and  P.  crispus,  while  fiucu9  is  attributed  to  the  West  Indies,  and 
conspicillatuB  to  New  Holland,  and  onocrotalus,  vel  species  valde 
affinis  to  North  America.  A  good  description  of  the  bony  structure 
and  internal  anatomy  of  ofwcrotaius  is  added.  A  very  valuable 
contribution. 

(1837.)  Riippell,  'Museum  Senckenbergianum,'  p.  185.  A  new 
species  is  here  described  as  P.  minor.     Species  nine. 

(1838.)  Lichtenstein, '  Abhandlungen  der  Konigl.  Akademie  der 
Wissenschaflen  zu  Berlin.'  In  this  valuable  paper  is  contained  the 
best  monograph  of  this  genus  that  had  thus  far  been  attempted. 
Seven  species  are  given,  namely,  onocrotalus,  mitratus,  erisptts^ 
ru/escens,  trachyrhynchus,  Jwcus,  and  conspicillatus :  P.  mitratua 
is  described  as  new,  but  is  the  minor  of  Ruppell  given  in  the  pre- 
vious year,  as  above  noted,  while  philippensis  of  Brisson  and  manil- 
lensis  and  roseus  of  Gmelin  are  considered  the  same  as  ru/escens. 
A  plate  with  representations  of  the  heads,  both  in  profile  and  front 
view,  of  six  of  the  species  is  given,  conspieiliattts  having  been 
omitted.  Altogether  it  is  the  most  valuable  paper  on  this  genus 
thus  far  published. 

( 1 849.)  Graj  and  Mitchell,  •  Genera  of  Birds.'  The  genus  Pele- 
canus  is  here  introduced  as  belonging  to  the  second  subfamily  of 
the  great  family  Pelecanidat  which  arrangement  the  present  writer 
accepts  only  in  part.  The  four  generally  considered  families,  Pele- 
canida,  Ploiid€B,  Taehypetida,  and  Phalacrocoraeida^  would  seem 
to  be  far  more  naturally  arranged  if  brought  together  under  the  first 
named,  and  these  divisions  considered  as  subfamilies  of  the  one 
family  Pelecanida,  The  differences  exhibited  among  the  members 
of  each  group  from  those  of  the  others  are  more  of  the  kind  pro- 
perly considered  generic  than  of  those  which  constitute  separate 
family  divisions.  All  the  species  as  now  known  are  included  in  this 
excellent  list,  except  \\itP.javanicu8  of  Horsfield. 

(1850.)  Reichenbach,  "Novitiae  ad  'Synopsis  Avium.'"  Eight 
species  are  here  enumerated,  javanicua  and  molinat  being  omitted. 
Reduced  figures  are  also  given. 

(1851.)  Reichenbach,  MS.,  as  quoted  by  Bonaparte.  Four  ge- 
nera are  here  instituted — Catoptropelicanus,  type  P.  conspicillatus  i 
Onocrotalus,  type  P.  crispus;  Cyrtopelicanus,  type  P.  erythro- 
rhynckus ;  and  Leptopelicanus,  type  P.  /uscus. 

(1857.)  Bonaparte,  '  Conspectus  Generum  Avium.'  In  this 
monograph  the  various  species  are  grouped  in  three  genera.  Pele- 
canus,  Linn.,  comprises  conspicillatus,  crispus,  ru/escens,  philip- 
pensis,  and  onocrotalus.  Catoptropelicanus,  Reich.,  is  placed  as  a 
subgenus  for  conspicillatus,  and  Onocrotalus  of  the  same  author  as  a 


1869.]  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANU8.  575 

subgenus  for  the  remaining  species ;  while  P.  minor  of  Riippell  is 
deemed  a  rarietj  of  onocrotaltis,  and  mitratus  of  Lichtenstein  a 
synonym  of  ru/eseens — this  last  a  serious  error,  as  the  two  may  not 
even  be  included  in  the  same  group.  This  error,  however,  is  re- 
peated again  hy  javanicua  of  Horsfield  being  given  as  a  synonym  of 
phUippensis,  The  two  species  mitratus  (or  minora  as  it  should  be 
called)  and  javanicua  belong  to  that  group  which  have  the  feathers 
of  the  forehead  terminating  in  a  long  point  at  the  base  of  the  upper 
mandible,  while  in  rufescens  these  form  a  concave  line  at  the  base 
of  the  culmen.  This  author  appears  to  have  arranged  his  synonymy 
without  having  examined  the  specimens,  which  is  generally  con- 
sidered rather  necessary  when  one  is  defining  species. 

The  second  genus  is  CyrtopeHcanus^  Reich.,  including  the  single 
species  erytkrorkynchus — although  Latham's  name  is  here  employed, 
and  the  synonymy  is  very  much  mixed  up  with  that  properly  be- 
longing to  mo/iike  of  Gray ;  for  although  we  may  not  exactly  be 
able  to  determine  what  thagua  of  Molina  is  referable  to,  it  is  very 
certain  that  it  does  not  belong  to  the  White  PeUcan  of  North 
America.  The  remaining  species,  fuaeua  and  thagus  (Molina),  are 
included  in  Wagler^s  genus  Onocrotalus^  Brisson's  genus  of  the 
same  name,  established  nearly  one  hundred  years  previous,  being 
ignored.  These  genera  are  made  to  comprise  the  subfamily  Pele^ 
catdfUB,  which,  with  Sulitue,  constitutes  his  family  PelecanicUe,  tribe 
Totipalmi,  of  the  order  Gaviee. 

(1864.)  Jerdon,  '  Birds  of  India.*  In  this  valuable  work  the 
species  of  Pelicans  inhabiting  India  are  given : — P,  onoerotalua ;  P. 
mitratus^  which  is  minor,  Kiiopell ;  P.  javanictui,  which,  being 
described  as  possessing  an  occipital  crest,  which  true  javanieua  never 
has,  and  also  having  the  frontal  feathers  truncated  and  not  pointed, 
would  appear  to  be  referable  to  P.  rufescena ;  and,  finally,  P.  philips 
penaist  which  is  young  ru/eacena, 

( 1867.)  Blyth,  in  the '  Ibis.'  In  his  commentary  on  Dr.  Jerdon's 
*  Birds  of  India,'  this  author  here  reviews  the  Pelicans  enumerated 
in  that  work.  He  refers  mitratua  to  onocrotalua  as  identical,  or 
only  a  race.  The  P.  onocrotalua  of  Jerdon  is  mentioned  as  never 
having  any  occipital  crest,  nor  any  tumidity  upon  the  forehead, 
which  does  not  agree  with  onocrotalua  of  Europe,  which,  during  the 
breeding-season,  has  both  of  these.  P.  javanieua  is  considered  a 
race  of  onocrotalua ;  and  a  fourth  race,  a  "  similar  diminutive  of  P. 
mitratua"  is  deemed  to  be  the  Onocrotalua  minor  of  Riippell.  Of 
the  P.  criapua  type,  P.  ru/eacena  is  acknowledged,  and  philippenaia 
doubtfully  separated  from  it. 

(1868.)  Sclater,  *  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society.'  A  list 
of  the  known  species  is  here  given,  with  plates  of  two,  fuacua  and 
rufeacena,  juv. :  javanieua^  Jerdon,  is  referred  to  mitratua^  Lich- 
tenstein ;  and  onocrotalua^  Jerdon,  to  javanieua,  Horsfield.  An 
analytical  table  is  appended  at  the  end  of  the  article.  No  synonymy 
is  given,  the  article  being  intended  more  as  a  list  of  the  species  living 
in  the  gardens  of  the  Society  than  as  a  monograph  of  the  genus. 


576  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANUS.      [NoV.  25, 

Characters  of  the  Subfamily, 

The  Pelicans  form  a  very  strongly  defined  and  well-marked  gronp 
or  division  of  the  great  family  PeleeanicUe,  which  is  distinguished  from 
all  others  hy  its  members  possessing  gular  sacs,  less  extensive  in  the 
Cormorants  and  Gannets,  bnt  having  their  greatest  development  in  the 
hirds  forming  the  genns  now  under  consideration.  Another  peculiar 
characteristic  of  this  family  is,  that  its  members  have  the  four  toes 
connected  by  a  thin  semitransparent  skin ;  the  hind  toe,  articulated 
to  the  inner  side  of  the  tarsus,  pointing  inwards,  sometimes  directed 
slightly  forwards.  Although  so  well  provided  for  a  life  in  the  watery 
element,  they  nevertheless  perch  well  upon  the  branches  of  trees^  in 
many  instances  build  their  nests  upon  the  limbs  raised  high  abofe 
the  water.  The  young  are  incapable  of  providing  for  themselves, 
and  do  not  leave  the  nest  for  a  long  period  after  escaping  from  the 
shell. 

The  family  Peleeanida  is  composed  of  six  subfamilies,  PhtBtonituB^ 
Attagenuue,  Plotinae^  PeleeanincBy  SulintB,  and  Graculiiue,  as  it 
appears  to  the  present  writer.  Gray  comprises  them  in  three, 
making  Pelecanitue  to  include  Sulitue,  Graeulina,  and  AttagenifUB, 
while  many  writers  make  them  all  distinct  families.  These  six  sub- 
families constitute  the  order  Steganopodes.  The  members  of  this 
order  occnpy  a  very  humble  rank  in  the  classification  of  birds,  being 
only  the  second  remove  from  the  lowest,  which  comprises  the  Auks 
and  their  allies,  some  of  which,  in  their  wingless  forms,  or  rather 
being  incapable  of  flight,  are  but  one  step  from  the  inhabitants  of 
the  deep.  As  a  general  rule  the  Pelecans  are  dwellers  in  warm 
countries,  and  are  found  mostly  in  those  lying  towards  the  equator ; 
but  there  are  exceptions  to  this,  the  P.  erythrorhynchus  of  North 
America  having  been  met  with  in  great  numbers  iu  the  fur-countries 
as  high  as  6P  N.  latitude,  and  the  P.  onocro talus  of  Europe  has 
penetrated  into  the  colder  regions  of  that  continent.  Pelicans  are 
altrices,  and  do  not  generally  lay  more  than  two  eggs,  although 
three  are  sometimes  found  in  the  same  nest.  They  are  naturaUy 
arranged  into  two  groups,  according  to  the  shape  of  the  frontal 
feathers.  One,  of  which  we  may  consider  P.  onocrotalus  as  the 
tvpe,  has  the  feathers  prolonged  to  a  point,  which  divides  the  bare 
skin,  and  comes  down  nearly  to  the  culmen ;  the  other,  of  which 
P.  crispus  may  be  taken  as  the  type,  has  the  feathers  coming  down 
upon  the  forehead  and  forming  a  concave  line  upon  the  culmen. 
The  first  of  these  embraces,  beside  the  typical  species,  wunor  and 
javanicus;  the  second  contains  crispus,  rufescens,  conspieiliatus, 
erythrorhynchus,  /uscus,  and  molitue.  All  the  species  fly  and  walk 
well ;  one  only  dives  or  plunges. 

Pelicans  are  the  largest  of  the  water-birds,  some  species  exceeding 
the  Swan  in  size,  and  when  upon  the  wing  have  an  alar  extent  neariy 
as  great  as  any  bird  that  flies.  Their  bodies  are  heavy ;  but  they 
seem  to  be  no  impediment  to  the  bird  when  desirous  of  ascending 
into  the  air,  where  they  frequently  amuse  themselves  sailing  in  wide 
circles  for  hours. 


1869.]  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GBNU8  PELECANUS.  577 

The  general  form  is  stoat,  heavy,  and  cumbersome,  the  apparently 
disproportioned  bill  and  deep  pendent  gular  sac  giving  to  the  bird  an 
awkward,  rather  stupid  appearance.  The  body  is  long,  flattened  be- 
neath ;  the  neck  long  ana  thick.  Head  rather  small,  oblong,  rather 
flat  on  the  top.  The  plumage  is  soft  and  downy  upon  the  head  and 
neck,  excepting  the  feathers  of  the  crest  when  this  appendage  is  pre- 
sent ;  that  of  the  upper  parts  is  usually  lanceolate,  rather  loose ;  of 
the  breast  and  under  parts  thick  and  elastic,  impervious  to  water. 

The  bill  of  the  Pelican  is  of  peculiar  form,  fitted  to  sustain  the 
pouch  which  is  suspended  from  it.  It  is  long,  rather  slender, 
generally  straight,  and  flattened.  The  upper  mandible  is  convex  at 
the  base,  more  so  in  some  species  than  in  others,  becoming  flattened, 
spreads  gradually,  and  reacnes  its  widest  part  near  the  end,  when  it 
narrows  rapidly  and  terminates  in  a  nail,  or  hooked  point.  The 
ridge  is  convex  at  first  and  then  follows  the  shape  of  the  mandible, 
narrowing  towards  the  tip.  The  nail  is  curved  sharply,  concave 
beneath,  with  the  point  acute.  The  crura  of  the  lower  mandible 
are  separated,  and  only  meet  at  the  tip ;  to  these,  filling  up  the 
interspace  which  thus  occupies  the  whole  length  of  the  bill,  is 
appended  the  huge  gular  pouch,  being  a  huge  exaggeration  of  the 
membrane  usually  observed  at  the  base  of  the  under  mandible  in 
other  species  of  birds.  At  the  base,  and  extending  for  about  one- 
half  of  the  length  of  the  bill,  the  lower  mandible  is  wider  than  the 
upper,  but  contracts  and  fits  iiito  the  upper  mandible  for  the 
remainder  of  its  length.  Upon  the  ridge  of  the  upper  mandible,  in 
one  species,  a  bony  crest  is  present  in  the  males  during  the  breeding- 
season,  but  does  not  remain  after  that  period.  The  pouch  is  formed 
of  skin,  which  is  thin,  filled  with  small  blood-vessels,  semitrans- 
parent,  and  capable  of  great  distention.  It  extends  in  a  greater 
or  less  degree  down  the  throat,  reaching  its  greatest  development  in 
P.  molina. 

The  nostrils,  although  visible  and  open  in  the  young,  are  hidden 
in  the  adults,  in  a  groove  which  runs  along  the  side  of  the  ridge  on 
the  upper  mandible.  The  bill  is  covered  with  an  irregular,  rough, 
somewhat  scaly  skin. 

The  wings  are  long,  when  folded  reaching  to  about  half  the 
length  of  the  tail ;  the  second  and  third  primaries  usually  the  long- 
est ;  the  secondaries  are  incurved,  long — sometimes,  when  the  wing  is 
closed,  extending  beyond  the  primaries.  The  feathers  of  the  coverts 
are  long  and  narrow,  in  some  species  lanceolate. 

The  tail  is  rather  short,  broad,  and  rounded,  composed,  in  the 
different  species,  of  various  numbers  of  feathers,  which  are  pointed. 
The  coverts  are  long,  both  upper  and  under  covering  two  thirds  of 
the  length  of  the  tail. 

Thighs  usually  within  the  body ;  the  tarsus  rather  short,  in  some 
species  being  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  middle  toe  without  the 
claw,  in  others  about  equal  to  it.  It  is  covered  with  hexagonally 
shaped  scutellse,  largest  anteriorly.  Feet  rather  small ;  toes  on  an 
equal  plane,  all  connected  by  a  web.  Claws  short,  stout,  curved, 
acute,  concave  beneath. 


578  MR.  D.  O.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANUS.       [NoT.  25, 

Familj  PELSCANIDiB. 

Char, — Feet  small.  The  four  toes  on  a  level,  connected  together 
bj  a  more  or  less  indented  web. 

Subfamily  PELECANiNiB. 
Size  large ;  body  heavy ;  head  with  or  without  occipital  crest. 

Genus  Pelecanus. 

Bill  very  long ;  sac  extending  the  entire  length ;  under  mandible 
wider  than  the  upper  at  the  base.  Upper  mandible  terminating  in 
a  sharp  curved  nail. 

Analytical  Table. 

A.  Bare  loral  space  extending  to  the  mandibles. 

a'.  Feathers  on  the  forehead  extending  to  a  point  fi*  ^*  ^^^f^^^^"*- 

-^^^^^-^ [I  p:jZ::icus. 

b'.  Lower  mandihle  feathered  at  hase 4.  P.  eiytJkrorl^nek¥». 

c\  Feathers  of  the  forehead  forming  a  oonoaye  line    a    »*  ^*2*^, 
at  the  base  of  the  cuhnen.    MandiWes  free    ^'  p^^^ 

^^^«^*^" [a  p:S!l 

B.  Bare  loral  space  separated  from  the  bill  by  a  row  of 

feathers 9.  P.  auttndu. 

Description  of  the  Genera  and  Specie*. 

Subfamily  Pelecanina. 

Pelecanus,  Linneeus. 

Pelecanus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  p.  132  (1758)  (auct.). 

OnocrotaluSt  Briss.  Omithologie  (1/60),  torn.  vi.  p.  519,  type 
P.  onocrotalus;  Wagler  nee  Briss.  Isis  (1832),  p.  1233,  type  P. 
molin€e. 

Catoptropelicanus,  Reich.,  type  P.  conspicillatus. 

Onocrotalus,  Reich.,  nee  Briss.  nee  Wagl.,  type  P.  crispus, 

Cyrtopelicanus,  Reich.  MS.,  type  P.  erythrorhynchus* 

Leptopelicanus,  Reich.  MS.,  type  P.Juseus. 

Largest  in  size  of  all  the  birds  of  this  family.  Head  long,  oval, 
flattened.  Neck  long  and  thick.  Wings  long,  secondaries  exceeding 
the  primaries  when  the  wing  is  folded.  Tail  moderate,  rounded. 
Tarsi  short;  toes  long,  webs  broad,  not  indented.  Bill  very  long; 
gular  sac  attached  to  the  crura  of  the  lower  mandible  for  its  entire 
length.     Nostrils  in  adults  hidden. 

This  genus,  instituted  by  Linnaeus  at  a  much  earlier  date  even 
than  the  one  selected  as  a  starting-point  for  this  monograph,  com- 
prises various  species  of  birds  which  cannot  be  confounded  with 
any  others  known,  and  which,  according  to  the  views  of  the  present 
writer,  do  not  present  any  characters  not  common  to  all,  which  can 
be  considered  of  sofllicient  importance  to  separate  any  of  the  number 
from  the  remainder  into  a  different  genus,  as  has  been  of  late  years 


1869.]  MR.  D.  O.  ELLIOT  ON  THS  6SNUS  PELECANU8.  5/9 

attempted.  Bat  one  species  of  Pelican  seems  to  have  been  known 
to  Linneus  (the  common  P.  onoerotalus  of  Europe)  at  the  date  of 
the  tenth  edition  of  his  '  Sy sterna  Avium,'  although  two  years  later 
Brisson  enumerates  four.  The  various  genera  instituted  by  Reichen- 
bach,  as  above  quoted,  do  not  seem  to  be  founded  upon  sufficient 
reasons,  the  characters  selected  appertaining  more  to  specific  than 
generic  distinctions. 

PeLBCANTJS  ONOCROTALU8. 

Peleeanu8  onoerotalus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  vol.  i.  p.  132  (1758); 
Naum.  Yog.  Deutschl.  t.  282.  1  (ad.),  2  (juv.) ;  Bonnat.  Encycl. 
Method.  Omith.  (1790)  p.  42;  Lath.  Syn.  vol.  iii.  p.  578.  sp.  1 ; 
id.  Ind.  Cm.  ii.  p.  882.  sp.  1 ;  Steph.  Gen.  Zool.  xiii.  p.  109,  t.  12 ; 
Brehm.  Vog.  Deutsch.  p.  824,  t.  40.  d^.  1 ;  Roux,  Orn.  Prov.  t.  342 
(juv.);  Reich.  Syst.  Av.  pL  36.  figs.  376, 377;  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds, 
iii.  p.  668.  sp.  1 ;  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.  i.  pt.  2  (1788),  p.  569  ;  Bree,  Birds 
of  Eur.  vol.  iv.  p.  174 ;  Temm.  Man.  d'Omith.  ii.  p.  891 ;  Jerd.  B. 
of  India,  vol.  iii.  p.  854  ;  Brandt,  Icon.  Animal.  Rossic.  Nov.  (1836) 
p.  44.  sp.  I ;  Schleg.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  4"**  livr.  p.  30 ;  Sclat.  P.  Z.  S. 
(1868)  p.  264 ;  Licht.  Abhandl.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berl.  (1838)  p.  436, 
t.  3.  fig.  1 ;  Donnd.  Zool.  Beitr.  vol.  ii.  pt.  1,  844;  Gould,  B.  of  Eur. 
vol.  V.  pi.  405? 

Le  PSlican,  Buff.  Plan.  Enlum.  87,  p.  169.  tom.  ix. 

Pelecanus  roieus,  Eversm.  in  Script.  Liter.  Imp.  Unive^cint.  Casa- 
nien.  (1835)  fascic.  ii.  p.  369. 

Onoerotalus  al6us,  Brisson,  Omith.  (1760)  p.  519,  tom.  vi. 

Peleeanus  javanicus,  Blyth,  Cat.  B.  Mus.  Asiat.  Soc.  Beng. 
p.  297.  n.  1740. 

Occiput  with  a  rather  elongated  crest  during  the  breeding-season. 
Bare  space  around  the  eye  diamond-shape  behind,  and  reaching  to 
the  base  of  the  upper  mandible.  Gular  pouch  extending  for  about 
six  inches  down  the  throat.  Feathers  of  head  form  a  distinct  point 
upon  the  forehead.  Upper  mandible  reddbh  at  the  base,  becoming 
yellowish  at  the  tip,  with  a  line  of  crimson  along  the  culmen ;  under 
mandible  pale  red.  Pouch  and  bare  space  about  the  eye  flesh-colour. 
Primaries  and  spurious  wing  black.  Occipital  crest  and  the  elon- 
gated feathers  at  the  lower  part  of  the  neck  in  front  light  yellow. 
Rest  of  plumage  white,  tinged  with  rose-colour.  Tarsi  flesh -colour. 
Tail  of  eighteen  feathers.  Length  about  5  feet,  wing  26  inches, 
tarsus  4|  mches,  upper  mandible  16  inches. 

Hab.  Europe  and  northern  part  of  Africa.  Common  in  Hungary, 
Crimea,  E^pt,  and  Ionian  Islands.  Accidental  in  France  and  Al- 
geria. In  West  Africa,  at  Senegambia  and  Mozambique*.  Also  in 
Abyssinia. 

irhe  young  during  the  first  year  are  uniform  greyish  brown,  the 
lanceolate  feathers  of  the  breast  being  entirely  wanting.  The  perfect 
plumage  is  not  acquired  for  some  years ;  and  the  depth  of  the  rosy 
tint  is  increased  at  the  breeding-season. 

♦  Omithologie  Westafrikas,  p.  259  (Hartl.). 
Paoc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXVIII. 


582  MR.  D.  6.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANI7S.      [NoT.  25, 

I  have  never  seen  a  specimen  of  this  bird ;  and  the  type,  which  is 
now  in  the  collection  of  the  East-India  Company,  is  not  at  present 
visible,  on  account  of  the  birds  being  packed  preparatory  to  their 
removal  to  another  location ;  consequently  I  am  not  able  to  give  an 
opinion  upon  its  specific  value. 

It  is  distinguished  from  P.  onocrotalus,  according  to  its  describer, 
by  having  the  margins  of  the  tertiaries  black,  and  by  never  having 
any  pendent  occipital  feathers;  instead  it  has  a  few  recurved 
feathers  upon  the  nape.  According  to  Bly  th,  as  quoted  from  *  The 
Ibis,'  the  forehead  is  never  tumid,  the  bare  skin  of  the  cheeks  is 
deep  purplish  or  livid  cameous,  and  the  pouch  intense  bright  yellow. 

Length,  as  given  by  Blyth,  5  feet  6  in. ;  alar  extent  8  feet  10  in. ; 
wing,  from  carpal  joint,  26  in. ;  tail  8  iu. ;  bill,  along  culmen,  14*5 ; 
tarsus  5*5  in.  Another  had  the  bill  1 5*5  in.,  wing  27  in. ;  in  a  third 
the  bill  was  16  inches  in  length. 

PeLECANUS  CRI8PU8.    * 

PelecanuM  eriapus,  Bruch,  Isis  (1832),  p.  1109;  Licht.  Abhandl. 
Akad.  Wiss.  Berl.  (1838)  t.  3.  fis.  4,  p.  437;  6ould*s  B.  of  Eur. 
pi.  406,  vol.  V. ;  Bree,  B.  of  Eur.  vol.  iv.  p.  1 67  ;  Naum.  Yog.  Deutsch. 
vol.  ii.  p.  180,  pi.  283 ;  Reichen.  Syst.  Av.  vol.  i.  pi.  36.  figs.  378, 
379 ;  Feldegg? ;  Schl^.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  4"*  Hvr.  p.  32 ;  Bon.  Consp. 
Gen.  Av.  vol.  ii.  p.  1 62.  sp.  2 ;  Brandt,  Icon.  Animal.  Rossic.  Nov. 
(1836)  p.  59 ;  ScUt.  P.  Z.  S.  (1868)  p.  267- 

P.  onocrotalus,  Pall.  Ross.-Asiat.  vol.  ii.  p.  292;  Eversra.  in 
Script.  Literar.  a  Csesarea  Universit.  Casanien.  editis  (1835),  fasdc. 
ii.  p.  370. 

P.  patagiatu9,  Brehro,  Isis  (1832),  p.  1109. 

Head  crested;  feathers  of  the  forehead  advancing  on  each  side 
towards  the  nostrils,  forming  a  concave  line  upon  the  culmen.  Ghilar 
pouch  extending  for  about  4  inches  upon  the  throat,  in  a  gently 
curved  line  from  the  base  of  the  lower  mandible.  The  feathers  of 
the  head  and  neck  are  long,  narrow,  and  filamentous.  The  bodj- 
feathers  terminate  in  long  points,  those  of  the  under  surface  being 
ver^  narrow.  The  entire  plumage,  save  the  primaries,  is  silveiy 
white;  a  yellow  tinge  upon  the  long  feathers  of  the  breast;  those 
of  the  back  wings  and  tail  have  black  shafts.  Primaries  black, 
greyish  at  their  bases  and  inclined  to  grey  at  their  tips.  The 
upper  mandible  is  grey,  marked  with  blue  and  red ;  and  on  each 
side,  at  the  base  of  the  under  mandible,  a  spot  of  yellowish  grey. 
Gular  pouch  deep  orange,  intermingled  with  bluish.  Naked  skin 
round  tne  eye  reddish,  with  a  blue  shade  near  the  bill.  Tarsi  and 
feet  light  flesh-colour.     Iris  yellow. 

Wing  26  in. ;  tail  (twenty-two  feathers)  6|  in. ;  bill,  along  cul- 
men, 16  in. ;  tarsus  4|  in. ;  middle  toe  4^  in. 

The  young  are  devoid  of  crest,  have  a  greyish  pouch,  and  the 
entire  plumage  brownish  grey. 

Hab.  Dalmatia,  Greece,  Russia,  Asia,  and  nolthera  parts  of 
AfVioa,  China. 

This  splendid  bird,  the  largest  of  the  genus,  may  stand  as  the 


1869.]  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THK  GENUS  PELECANU8.  583 

type  of  oue  of  the  two  groups  which  the'  Pelicans  seem  naturallj  to 
comprise — that  one  in  which  the  feathers  of  the  forehead  form  a 
concave  line  npon  the  culmen.  It  is  easily  distinguished  in  the 
mature  state  from  all  the  other  species  by  the  thick  mass  of  recurring 
feathers  upon  the  head  (which  are  loose  and  fall  oyer  on  each  side, 
producing  a  conspicuous  crest),  by  the  lanceolate  feathers  of  the 
breast,  and  by  its  comparatively  shorter  tarsus.  The  present  species 
being  comparatively  recently  known,  having  been  described  by 
Bruch,  in  '  Isis,'  in  1832,  its  synonymy  b  not  in  any  way  confused 
— (}uite  a  relief  among  this  family  of  birds,  so  many  of  which  have 
their  synonyms  so  sadly  involved  that  it  seems  to  be  almost  a  hopeless 
task  to  restore  them  all  to  their  proper  places. 

This  species,  according  to  Baron  Feld^g,  arrives  in  Dalmatia  in 
the  spring  and  autumn,  and  prefers  the  river  Naranta,  near  Fort 
Opers,  where  it  is  bordered  with  morasses.  Count  y.  d.  Miihle,  *  Om. 
Griech.'  p.  132,  as  quoted  in  Bree's  '  Birds  of  Europe,*  says  ''it  is 
very  plentiful  in  Greece  the  whole  year  through ;  and  on  many 
lakes  and  swamps,  such  as  Zigeri,  Kopai,  and  Paralynni,  are  broad 
colonies  of  them.  They  are  also  veiy  plentiful  on  the  lakes  of 
Missolonghi  and  Thermopylae.  In  places  iacredibly  difficult  to  reach, 
where  floating  islands  are  found,  they  place  their  nests  very  thickly 
together,  supported  among  the  reeds  and  rushes,  and  generally 
soaked  with  wet.  The  whole  neighbourhood  of  these  congregated 
nests  is  covered  with  their  dull  white  dung  and  a  multitude  of  foul 
fish  which  they  have  dropped  about,  and  which  make  the  spot 
horribly  offensive^  The  yellow-grey  young  birds  have  a  very  un- 
sightly appearance,  and  these  never-satisfied  screamers,  with  their 
shrill  shrieking  voice,  and  the  unformed  head  hanging  on  the  prop, 
make  an  unsightly  picture." 

PelECANUS  RUFESCEN8. 

Red' backed  Pelican,  Lath.  Gen.  Syn.  vol.  Ui.  pt.  2,  p.  584.  sp.  6 
(1785). 

Peiecanus  rufescens,  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.  vol.  i.  (1788)  p.  571. 
sp.  13 ;  Reich.  Syst.  Av.  pi.  38.  fig.  386,  &  pi.  38.  figs.  878  & 
384,  385  (juv.) ;  Riipp.  All.  t.  21,  p.  31 ;  u/.  Reise  im  nordl.  Afrika, 
Zool.  p.  439;  Licht.  Abhandl.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berl.  (1838)  t.  25. 
sp.  5,  &  tab.  3.  fig.  3;  Bon.  Ck)Qsp.  Gen.  Av.  vol.  ii.  p.  162; 
Bonnat.  Ency.  Meth,  Omith.  (1790)  p.  44;  Steph.  Shaw's  Gen. 
Zool.  xiii.  p.  114;  Lath.  Ind.  Ornith.  vol.  il  p.  884.  sp.  6;  Gray, 
Gen.  of  Birds,  vol.  iii.  sp.  6;  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  (1868)  p.  267, 
pi.  26  (juv.). 

P.  cristatua.  Less.  Trait^  d'Ornith.  p.  602  (1831). 

P.phaospilus,  Wagl.  Isis  (1832)  p.  1233. 

P.  roieus,  Donnd.  Zool.  Beitr.  vol.  ii.  pt.  1,  p.  848.  sp.  9; 
Bonnat.  Ency.  Method.  Omith.  (1790)  p.  43  ;  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat. 
(1788)  p.  570.  sp.  9. 

p.  philippenns,  Jerd.  B.  of  Ind.  iii.  p.  858  (juv.) ;  Gmel.  Syst. 
Nat.  (1788)  vol.  i.  p.  571.  sp.  11;  Lath.  Ind.  Oruith.  vol.  ii. 
p.  883.  sp.  5  (1790) ;  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds,  vol.  iii.  sp.  2  (1849); 


584  MR.  D.  G.  BLLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELKCANtJS.       [NoV.  25, 

Reich.  Srst.  At.  vol.  i.  pi.  36.  fig.  877  (j«^)j  I>onnd.  Ornith. 
Beitr.  toI.  ii.  pt.  1,  p.  849-  sp.  12;  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  (1868) 
p.  268. 

Pmean  des  Philippines,  Buff.  PI.  Enl.  965;  Bonnat.  Ency. 
Method.  Oniith.  (1790)  p.  43. 

Rose-coloured  Pelican,  Lath.  Gen.  Syn.  toI.  iii.  p.  579  (1785). 

Pelecanusjavanicus,  Jerd.  B.  of  Ind.  vol.  iii.  p.  857. 

Le  Pilican  rose  de  Pile  de  Lu^n,  Sonn.  Voy.  p.  91,  pl.  54, 
vol.  iii.  (1776). 

Le  Piliean  brun  de  Pile  de  Lu^on,  Sonn.  Voy,  p.  91,  pl.  53, 
vol.  iii. 

Pelecanus  manillensis,  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.  (1788)  vol.  i.  p.  571. 
sp.  II;  Lath.  Ind.  Ornith.  vol.  ii.  p.  883.  sp.  4 ;  Donnd.  Ornith. 
Beitr.  vol.  ii.  pt  1,  p.  849.  sp.  11. 

Onocroialus  philippetisis,  Briss.  torn.  vi.  p.  527.  sp.  3,  t.  46; 
Bon.  Consp.  Gen.  A  v.  ii.  p.  162  ;  Schleg.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  4™>  hvr. 
p.  33. 

Pelecanus  ealorhynchus,  Hodgs. ;  Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  p.  86. 

P.  gangeticus,  Hodgs. ;  Gray,  Zool.  Misc.  p.  86. 

P.  philippensis,  J.  £.  Gray,  Cat.  Mamm.  and  Birds  in  Brit.  Mus. 
presented  by  B.  H.  Hodgson. 

Jdult. — Head  with  a  long,  full,  pendent  crest,  some  of  the  feathers 
5  inches  in  length.  Feathers  of  the  neck  and  head  short,  soft,  rather 
furry  to  the  touch ;  those  of  the  body  and  wing-coverts  long,  and 
narrow  lanceolate  in  form.  Feathers  of  the  forehead  coming  down 
to  the  bill,  forming  a  concave  line  upon  the  culmen.  GuUr  sac, 
starting  from  the  base  of  the  lower  mandible,  descending  in  a  gently 
curved  line  for  about  6  inches  upon  the  neck.  Bare  skin  around 
the  eye  contracted,  of  small  dimensions,  extending  no  distance  be- 
hind the  eye,  reaching  to  base  of  upper  mandible  in  front.  Head 
and  neck  soiled  white;  crest  dark  grey,  tinged  with  rose,  each 
feather  tipped  with  white.  Back  and  upper  tail-coverts  deep  rich 
rose-colour.  Feathers  on  the  crop  long,  stiffened,  yellowish.  Wings 
yellowish  white,  secondaries  silver-grey ;  primaries  black,  with  black 
shafts,  white  at  base,  with  white  shafts,  brownish  at  their  tips.  Tail 
silver-grey ;  shafts  of  greater  and  lesser  coverts,  secondaries,  and  tail- 
feathers  black.  Bill  yellowish,  without  any  spots  upoti  the  upper 
mandible.  Bare  ocular  space  flesh-colour,  with  a  black  conspicuous 
spot  near  the  upper  mandible;  gular  pouch  yellowish,  streaked 
with  reddish  lines.  Tarsi  flesh-colour.  Length  about  60  inches ; 
wings,  fVom  carpal  joint  to  end  of  primaries,  20-24  inches;  tail 
8  inches ;  bill,  along  culmen,  15  inches;  tarsus  3|  inches;  middle 
toe  4^  inches. 

A  second  specimen  is  somewhat  younger,  probably  assuming  for 
the  first  time  the  adult  livery,  and  not  in  as  perfect  plumage  as  the 
first.  It  is  devoid  of  crest ;  the  feathers  of  the  head  and  neck  arc 
short,  brown  tipped  with  white,  giving  to  this  part  a  mottled  appear- 
ance. The  remainder  of  the  plumage  is  dark  grey,  centre  of  the 
feathers  brown,  secondaries  tipped  with  light  brown ;  there  is  more 
of  the  rose-colour,  however,  present,  this  hue  extending  somewhat 


1869.]  MR.  D.  O.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  i-ELECANUS.  585 

upon  the  flanks,  and  also  covering  the  yent  and  entire  under  tail- 
coverts.  The  measurements  are :— wing  24  inches ;  tail  8  inches ;  bill, 
along  culmen,  13^  inches ;  tarsus  3|  inches ;  middle  toe  4  inches. 

A  third  specimen,  still  youuger,  has  the  head  and  neck  covered 
with  a  whitish  down,  a  few  short  feathers  standing  out  from  the  occi- 
put. The  feathers  of  the  body  rounded,  none  of  the  lanceolate 
shape  (so  conspicuous  a  feature  in  the  adult)  yet  present.  Upper 
parts  and  wings  light  brown,  each  feather  with  a  broad  margin  of 
white ;  secondUiries  dark  brown  in  the  centre,  fading  out  ffradually 
to  a  brownish  grey  on  the  edges ;  primaries  brownish  blacK.  Back 
and  upper  tail-coverts  pure  white,  with  none  of  the  roseate  tinee  so 
prevalent  in  the  more  matured  individuals.  Tail  silvery  white  ;  snafts 
of  the  feathers  of  the  tertials,  secondaries,  primaries,  and  tail  black, 
white  at  their  bases.  Bill  clear  yellow  ;  the  upper  mandible  with 
two  rows  of  impressed  black  gpots ;  bare  skin  around  the  eye 
yellow.  (Entire  under  parts  pure  white;  the  feathers  soft  and 
downy.)  The  colours  present  in  life  having  all  disappeared.  Wing, 
from  carpal  joint,  22  inches;  tail  8  inches;  bill,  along  culmen, 
12^  inches  ;  tarsus  3|  inches ;  middle  toe  4  inches. 

Hab,  Nubia,  Abyssinia,  Senegal,  Madagascar,  India,  Oochin- 
china,  MaUcca,  Philippines,  Java,  &c. 

The  synonymy  of  this  species  appears  to  be  in  a  sad  state  of  con- 
fusion, arising  chiefly  from  the  doubts  existing  as  to  whether  this 
bird  and  P.  philippenM  are  distinct — a  circumstance  which  may 
indeed  be  very  seriously  questioned,  as  the  differences  that  are 
claimed  as  sufficient  to  separate  them  are  very  slight,  and  may  only 
be  the  result  of  age.  Latham,  in  his  '  Synopsis,'  is  the  first  to 
describe  this  species,  which  is  sufficiently  well  done  to  leave  no 
doubt  of  the  bird  meant  by  him ;  besides,  the  name  which  he  con- 
ferred upon  it,  that  of  the  Red-backed  Pelican,  indicates  the  adult 
of  this  species,  and  no  other,  a.s  it  is  the  only  one  of  this  genus 
which  has  the  rose-colour  restricted  to  these  particular  portions  of 
the  body.  Gmelin,  three  years  afterwards,  in  his  *  Systema  Na- 
turse,'  confers  upon  Latham's  bird  the  name  of  ru/cMcens,  which, 
by  the  laws  of  priority,  is  the  one  it  now  possesses.  The  Pelecanus 
crittatus  of  Le^n  appears  to  be  a  bird  of  this  species.  The  long 
Unceolate  feathers  of  the  crest  and  back  delicately  tinted  with  yel- 
lowish, together  with  the  square  shape  of  the  frontal  feathers,  would 
seem  to  point  out  the  present  bird.  The  pure  white  of  the  plu- 
mage (**  plumaee  blanc  pur ")  cannot  be  taken  as  referring  to  the 
entire  bird,  as,  further  on,  the  description  says,  **  plumes  du  cou  et 
du  dos  minces,  effil^s,  lighrement  Moufriet,^*  which  is  observed 
also  in  specimens  of  rufescens.  The  absence  of  all  mention  of  the 
rose-colour  on  the  back  arises  probably  from  the  fact  of  liCsson's 
specimen  not  being  in  the  dress  of  the  fully  matured  bird,  which  we 
may  suppose  alone  possesses  this  beautiful  hue.  The  Pelecanus 
phieo^nfus  of  Wagler  is  probably  the  present  species,  although  he 
gives  no  description  to  enable  the  bird  he  has  in  view  to  be  definitely 
ascertained.  He  gives  Senegal  as  the  locality  of  his  species,  which 
is  one  of  the  habitats  of  P,  ru/escens. 


586  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PKLBCANU8.      [NoV.  25, 

The  p.  philippenstB  of  Jerdon  is  ondoubtedlj  the  immatare  bird 
of  P.  ru/escens ;  and  the  young,  as  described  by  him,  is  a  bird  of 
this  species  in  ito  first  stage  of  plumage.  Riippell's  fi^re  exhibite 
very  fairly  the  adult  in  perfect  plumage,  and  is  the  only  one  yet 
given,  by  which  the  species  is  properly  represented,  although  the 
drawing  may  not  be  so  artistic  as  could  be  wished.  A  specimen  of 
this  bird  in  the  British  Museum,  from  Nepaul,  Hodeson's  collec- 
tion,  is  veiy  interesting,  as  it  is  just  changing  to  the  aault  plumage, 
and  exhibits  very  distinctly  the  reddbh  colour  on  the  back  and 
rump,  while  still  retaining  the  black  marks  on  the  upper  mandible, 
thus  combining  the  characteristics  of  ru/escens  and  philippemiSj 
and  showing  that  the  latter  supposed  species  is  but  the  young  of  the 
former. 

It  is  very  difficult  to  decide  what  species  Jerdon  intends  by  his 
P.  javanicus,  as  he  seems  to  confound  three  in  one,  viz.  P.  Java- 
nieus,  P.  minor,  and  P.  ru/escens.  He  describes  his  bird  as 
having  broad  black  margins  on  each  side  of  the  tertiaries,  which  is 
truly  a  character  ofjavanicus;  but  then  he  speaks  of  an  occipital 
crest  and  golden-yellow  breast,  which,  with  the  dimensions  given, 
would  seem  to  refer  his  specimen  to  "  minor ;"  while,  at  the  con- 
clusion of  the  article,  he  says,  "  forehead  with  the  frontal  plumes 
not  narrowed  in  front,  but  truncated  and  emaginate;  bill  with  a 
double  series  of  impressed  dark  spots."  Now  the  form  of  the 
frontal  feathers  here  described  renders  it  impossible  that  the  bird  he 
had  in  view  could  belong  to  any  species  of  the  onoerotalus  style, 
and  therefore  both  javanicus  and  minor  are  excluded  from  all  further 
consideration ;  while  the  truncate  and  emarginate  frontal  plumes, 
with  the  dark  spots  upon  the  bill,  are  characteristics  of  young  ru- 
/escens'^  therefore  I  have  referred  Jerdon's  birds  to  the  present 
species. 

PeLECANTJS  FU8CU8. 

Pelecanus /uscus,  Linn.  Syst.  Nat.  (1766)  p.  215;  Vieill.  Gul. 
Ois.  t.  276 ;  Licht.  Abhand.  Akad.  Wiss.  fieri.  (1838)  t.  3.  f.  6 ; 
Donnd.  Ornith.  Beitr.  vol.  ii.  pt.  1,  p.  848  ;  Aud.  fi.  of  Am.  t.  251. 
fig.  421  ;  id.  Om.  Biog.  vol.  iii.  p.  376;  Reich.  Syst.  Av.  t.  37. 
figs.  382,  383 ;  Schleg.  Mus.  Pays-Bas.  4°»«  livr.  p.  28 ;  ScUt. 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  (1858)  pp.  268  &  269;  Bon.  Consp.  Gen.  Av. 
vol.  ii.  p.  163 ;  Lawr.  B.  of  Am.  p.  870  ;  Lath.  Ind.  Om.  vol.  ii. 
p.  833.  sp.  3  ;  Bonnat,  Ency.  M^th.  Ornith.  (1790)  p.  43. 

Pilican  brun  (TAmhique,  Buff.  Plan.  Enl.  957. 

Charlestown  Pelican,  Penn.  Arct.  Zool.  vol.  ii.  p.  308.  sp.  506 ; 
Lath.  Syn.  vol.  iii.  p.  580.  sp.  3. 

Pelecanus  carolinensis,  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.  (1788)  vol.  i.  pt.  2, 
p.  571 ;  Bonnat.  Ency.  Meth.  Ornith.  (1790)  p.  52;  Lath.  Ind. 
Ornith.  vol.  ii.  p.  884.  sp.  7. 

Onoerotalus /uscus,  Bon.  Consp.  Gen.  Av.  vol.  ii.  p.  163. 

Leptopelecanus /uscus,  Reich.  Syst.  Av.  pi.  70. 

Dushf  Pelican,  Penn.  Arct.  Zool.  vol.  ii.  308.  sp.  507. 

Brown  Pelican,  Lath.  Syn.  vol.  iii.  p.  585.  sp.  7. 


1869.]         MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANU8.  587 

Head  with  slight  occipital  crest.  Feathers  of  the  forehead  form- 
ing a  concave  line  upon  the  colmen.  Bare  space  between  the  bill 
and  the  eye.  Gular  patch  large,  extending  in  nearly  a  straight  line 
from  under  mandible  halfway  down  the  neck.  Feathers  of  the 
neck  and  throat  soft  and  downy,  becoming,  however,  rather  stiff  on 
the  upper  part  of  the  breast.     Tail  22  feathers. 

Jdult  male  in  breeding-plumage, — Fore  part  of  head  brieht  yel- 
low, crown  to  occiput  and  a  narrow  line  running  down  the  neck  along 
the  edge  of  the  pouch  white ;  rest  of  neck  and  a  short  line  between 
the  white  in  front,  at  the  lower  part,  deep  rich  chestnut.  The  neck  at 
other  seasons  of  the  year  is  yellowish  white.  Short  crest  reddish  , 
brown.  Back  and  wings  ash,  with  dusky  edges,  the  latter  colour 
becoming  almost  obsolete  on  the  greater  coverts.  Primaries  blackish 
brown ;  the  shafts  white  for  the  greater  part,  black  towards  the  tips. 
Secondaries  greyish  brown,  margined  with  pale  brown.  Tail  greyish 
ash ;  shafts  of  feathers  blackish  brown,  white  at  their  base.  At  the 
end  of  neck  in  front  a  small  patch  of  light  yellow.  Under  parts 
dark  brown ;  sides  marked  with  narrow  longitudinal  white  lines. 
Bill  greyish  vrith  a  brown  tinge,  spotted  irregularly  with  carmine. 
Under  mandible  for  half  its  length  and  tip  of  upper  mandible  black- 
ish. Bare  space  about  the  eye  blue ;  gular  pouch  blackish,  streaked 
with  brownish  lines.  Tarsi  and  feet  black.  Length  about  50  inches, 
wing  23  inches,  tail  7  inches,  bill  13  inches,  tarsus  2^  inches,  middle 
toe  3|  inches. 

The  female  is  rather  larger  than  the  male,  and  resembles  him  in 
colour  of  plumage. 

Young. — Upper  parts  generally  dark  brown,  secondaries  and 
coverts  tipped  with  lighter  brown.  Primaries  and  tail  brownish 
black,  with  white  shafts.  Bill  and  gular  pouch  greyish  blue. 
Under  parts  white.     Tarsus  and  feet  leaid-colour. 

Rab.  Shores  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  California. 

The  Brown  Pelican  is  very  numerous  on  the  sea-coast  of  the 
Southern  States,  particularly  at  Key  West,  in  Florida,  where  it  fre- 
quents the  salt-water  inlets  and  bays  that  abound  there.  In  its 
habits  it  differs  somewhat  from  the  White  Pelican,  especially  in  its 
mode  of  procuring  food,  which  is  obtained  by  plunging  obliquely 
into  the  water,  frequently  immersing  the  whole  body.  The  prey 
is  scooped  up  and  immediately  swallowed,  and  the  plunge  repeated 
until  its  hunger  is  satisfied.  Audubon  states  that  the  Black-headed 
Gulls  follow  this  bird  when  on  a  fishing-excursion,  and  when  the 
Pelican  has  obtained  a  quantity  of  fish  some  frequently  fall  out  of 
its  pouch  when  the  water  is  allowed  to  escape.  The  Gulls,  to  ob- 
tain these,  alight  upon  the  bill  or  head  of  the  Pelican,  and  seize 
them  before  they  reach  the  water.  I  have  never  witnessed  this 
curious  fact.  The  food  of  this  species  appears  to  be  entirely  fish, 
small  ones  being  usually  selected.  The  Brown  Pelican  goes  in 
flocks  until  the  breeding-time,  which  is  about  the  middle  of  April, 
when  the  old  ones  separate  from  the  younger  birds.  The  nest, 
which  is  constructed  of  sticks,  roots,  and  plants,  is  placed  on  or  near 
the  tops  of  the  mangroves ;  and  the  eggs,  two  to  three  in  number. 


588  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GBNUS  PELECANU8.       [NoV,  25, 

are  white,  with  a  ,few  faint  blotches  of  pale  blae.  The  shell  is 
thick  and  rough.  The  young  are  covered  with  down  of  a  creamy 
colour*)  and  are  fed  by  their  parents,  at  first  with  fish  well  mace- 
rated, but  after  they  acquire  more  strength  it  is  given  to  them 
entire.  The  flight  of  this  bird  is  rather  heavy,  but  well  sustained, 
and  they  proceed  by  regular  flappings  and  sailings.  It  is  fond  in 
warm^  calm  weather  of  rising  high  in  the  air,  which  is  accomplished 
by  wide  circlets  and  then  sailing  for  a  considerable  length  of  time. 
Their  evolutions  at  such  times  are  very  beautiful.  The  flesh  of 
this  bird  is  tough  and  fishy,  unfit  for  food,  although  the  negroes 
are  accustomed  to  eat  the  young. 

There  b  no  difficulty  in  the  synonymy  of  this  species. 

Pelecanus  MOLiNiS.     (Plate  XLIV.) 

PelecanuM  thagusy  Steph.  Gen.  Zool.  vol.  xiii.  p.  117;  Gmel. 
Syst.  Nat.  vol.  i.  p.  577  (1 788) ;  Molina,  Chil.  p.  212  ? ;  Gay,  Hist. 
Chili,  ZooL  vol.  l  p.  494;  Bonnat.  Eucy.  M^th.  Ornith.  (1790) 
p.  46 ;  Donnd.  Ornith.  Beitr.  vol.  ii.  pt.  1,  p.  859.  sp.  30. 

Onocratalus  thagus^  Bon.  Consp.  Gen.  Av.  vol.  ii.  p.  164  (1851?). 

O.  rosiro  denticulato,  Briss.  Orn.  vol.  vi.  p.  523  a. 

Pmcan  d  bee  denteli,  Buff.  Hbt.  Nat.  des  Ois.  8.  p.  309. 

Onocrotalus  hemandeziiy  Wagl.  Isis  (1832),  p.  1233.  sp.  1. 

O.  mexicanus  dentatM,  Raii  Syn.  p.  127* 

Saw-billed  Pelican,  Lath.  Syn.  vol.  iii.  pt.  2,  p.  579  a. 

Pelecanus  molince,  G.  R.  Gray,  Gen.  of  Birds,  vol.  iii.  (1849) ; 
Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  (1868)  p.  269. 

Hab,  South  America ! 

As  it  is  exceedingly  uncertain  what  bird  Molina  meant  when  he 
wrote  his  description  of  Pelecanus  thagus,  and  as  it  will  not  answer 
for  any  bird  known  to  ornithologists  at  the  present  day,  his  name 
must  become  a  synonym  (although  a  doubtful  one)  of  the  present 
species,  for  which  1  have  adoptea  the  appellation  bestowed  upon  it 
by  Mr.  Grav. 

It  is  evidently  a  very  near  ally  of  the  more  northern  P.  fmscus, 
differing  chiefly  in  its  larger  size. 

Beside  the  two  specimens  in  the  British  Museum,  there  is  one 
immature  in  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,  and 
one  in  the  Paris  Museum. 

Pelecanus  erythrorhynchus. 

EomgkMUed  Pelican,  Lath.  Syn.  vol.  ii.  (1785)  p.  586. 

Pelecunut  erytkrorhynchus,  Gmel.  Syst.  Nat.  (1 788)  vol.  i.  p.  571 ; 
Bonnat.  Ency.  M^.  Ornith.  (1791)  p.  44. 

i*.  trackyrkyncAos,  Lath.  Ind.  Ornith.  p.  884.  sp.  8  ;  Gray,  Gen. 
of  Birds  (1845),  p.  309;  Uchten.  Abhandl.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berl. 
(1838)  t.  3.  fig.  5;  Steph.  Shaw's  Gen.  Zool.  vol.  xui.  (1825) 
pt.  I,  p.  117, 

Cryjtto^icanus  trackyrkynckus,  Bon.  Consp.  Av.  vol.  ii.(1865) 
p.  1(>3. 


1869.]  MR.  D.  6.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  6EKU8  PELECANUS.  589 

J^elecanus  onocrotalus.  Boa.  Syn.  (1828)  no.  351  ;  Nutt.  Man. 
Tol.  ii.  (1834)  p.  471  ;  Swains.  Faun.  Bor.-Am.  vol.  ii.  p.  472 
(1831). 

P.  amerieanus,  Aud.  Orn.  Biog.  vol.  iv.  (1838)  p.  88;  id,  Sjn. 
1839 ;  id.  Birds  Amer.  vol.  vii.  p.  20,  pi.  422. 

P.  braehydactylu9,  Licht.  ?  (ubi  ?). 

P.  trachyrhynchw,  Reich.  Syst.  Av.  vol.  i.  t.  38.  figs.  881, 
882. 

P.  amocroialus,  Penn.  Arct.  Zool.  vol.  ii.  p.  306.  sp.  605. 

P.  erythrorhynchusy  Schleg.  Mus.  Pajs-Bas,  4°^  livr.  p.  35. 

P.  trachyrhynchu9y  Sclat.  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  (1868)  p.  269. 

P.  eryihrorkynehus,  Donnd.  Ornith.  Beitr.  vol.  ii.  pt.  1,  p.  850. 
sp.  15. 

Adylt  male, — General  colour  of  plumage  pure  white ;  the  crest 
upon  the  nape,  most  elongated  during  the  breeding-season,  at  other 
periods  of  the  year  but  little  of  it  remaining,  pale  yellowish,  as  are 
also  the  elongated  feathers  upon  the  fore  part  of  the  breast.  Pri- 
maries black,  with  white  shafts,  becoming  blackish  towards  the 
end.  Inner  secondaries  white,  remainder  black,  with  their  bases 
white.  A  thin  crest  upon  the  upper  mandible,  in  the  breeding- 
season,  about  halfway  from  the  point.  Bill,  space  about  the  eye, 
gular  sac,  and  feet  bright  yellow. 

Bare  space  between  the  eye  and  the  bill  not  extending  behind  the 
eye.  Feathers  of  the  throat  extending  for  about  two  inches  upon 
the  sides  of  the  lower  mandible,  dividing  the  gular  sac  from  the  bare 
ocular  space ;  differing  in  this  respect  from  all  the  other  species  of 
this  genus.  Feathers  of  the  forehead  slightly  pointed  at  the  culmen, 
but  not  forming  so  well  defined  an  angle  as  in  onocrotalus  and 
others  of  that  group.  Tail  of  24  feathers.  Gular  sac  extending  in 
a  decidedly  curved  line  down  the  throat  for  about  8  inches. 

Length  60  inches;  wing,  from  carpal  joint,  23  inches;  tail 
6  inches  ;  bill,  along  culmen,  14  inches;  tarsus  4^  inches  ;  middle 
toe  4 1  inches. 

Female  rather  less  in  dimensions,  and  destitute  of  the  horny  crest 
on  the  upper  mandible. 

Hob.  North  America. 

This  Pelican  is  only  found  in  the  New  World,  but  has  been  fre- 
quently confounded  by  authors  with  the  P.  onocrotalus  of  Europe, 
to  which,  indeed,  it  bears  a  very  close  resemblance  in  general  appear- 
ance, but  presents  characters  to  the  investigator  sufficient  to  cause 
its  separation  into  a  distinct  species.  The  homy  crest  on  the  upper 
mandible  is  peculiar  to  the  male  only,  aud  is  assumed  at  the  breed- 
ing-season, after  which  period  it  falls  off,  leaving  no  evidence  of  its 
former  existence.  Mr.  Ridgeway,  durine  an  excursion  to  Pyra- 
mid Lake,  in  Nevada,  found  these  birds  breeding  on  an  island  in 
the  lake ;  and  before  they  left,  the  shores  of  the  island  were  covered 
with  the  homy  crests  which  had  fallen  from  the  mandibles  of  the 
males.  They  seem  to  cast  them  somewhat  as  deer  do  their  horns. 
The  present  species  is  pretty  generally  distributed  throughout  North 
America,  rather  rare,  however,  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  northern 


590  MR.  D.  G.  ELLIOT  ON  THE  GENUS  PELECANU8.       [NoT.  25, 

portion  of  the  United  States,  and  has  been  met  with  in  the  far- 
countries  up  to  the  Gist  parallel.  On  the  southern  coast  of  the 
United  States  they  are  very  abundant ;  and  I  have  witnessed  them 
in  winter  on  the  sea-beach  at  Florida,  standing  close  together  in 
long  rows  of  many  hundreds  of  individuals,  enjoying  a  siesta 
after  fishing.  This  species  does  not  plunge  into  the  water  after  its 
prey,  as  is  the  custom  of  its  relative  the  P.  Juscus,  but  swims  along, 
beating  the  surface  of  the  water  with  its  wings,  and  scooping  up 
great  numbers  of  fish  at  once.  When  raising  the  bill  from  the 
water,  the  point  is  held  downwards  until  all  the  water  has  been  al- 
lowed to  run  out  from  the  sac,  and  then  the  small  fish  contained  in  the 
skinny  bag  are  devoured  at  leisure.  Sometimes  so  many  fish  or  such 
large  ones  are  obtained  that  the  sac  hangs  down  nearly  to  the  ground, 
it  is  so  very  elastic ;  while  at  other  times,  when  empty,  it  is  drawn 
up  between  the  crura  of  the  lower  mandible.  When  flying,  these 
birds  proceed  in  single  file,  flapping  their  wings  two  or  three  times 
in  succession,  and  then  sailing  along  for  some  distance,  when  the 
flappings  are  repeated.  It  is  a  very  agreeable  sight  to  witness  them 
proceed  in  this  manner  along  the  surf,  just  clearing  the  waves  as 
they  roll  and  toss  beneath  them,  and  at  times  disappearing  in  the 
trough  of  the  sea,  to  rise  again  over  the  crest  of  some  mighty 
breaker.  When  on  the  wing,  the  head  is  drawn  in  dose  to  the 
shoulders,  the  webbed  feet  extended  behind.  1  have  never  heard 
them  utter  any  sound  as  they  thus  proceeded. 

The  synonymy  of  this  species  does  not  involve  any  particularly 
doubtful  point ;  several  of  the  old  authors,  such  as  Pennant,  and 
indeed  some  of  the  latter  ones,  as  Swainson  and  Nuttall,  confound 
it  with  the  European  bird.  The  name  erythrorhynchus  given  to  it 
by  Gmelin,  although  perhaps  unfortunate,  since  the  bill  is  not  red, 
yet  has  priority  over  Latham's  more  appropriate  one  of  trackyrhyK- 
chus,  and,  consequently,  must  stand  as  the  name  for  the  species. 
The  efforts  made  by  some  later  writers  to  substitute  Latham's 
name  for  that  of  Gmelin's  cannot  be  countenanced  ;  for  it  is  contrary 
to  the  laws  of  priority,  which  is  professed  to  be  acpepted  as  in- 
fluencing the  nomenclature  of  science ;  and  if,  simply  because  a 
name  may  be  inappropriate,  it  is  to  give  way  to  some  other,  then 
indeed  a  fine  field  is  open  for  some  one  desirous  of  acquiring 
distinction  in  this  line,  as  numerous  names  now  accepted  in  ornitho- 
logy could  very  properly  be  superseded  by  others. 

PSLECANUS  CONSPICILLATUS. 

Pelecanu*  conspiciilatus,  Temm.  PL  Col.  276;  Gould,  B.  of 
Austr.  vol.  vii.  pi.  74  ;  Bon.  Consp.  Gen.  A  v.  vol.  ii.  (1857)  p.  161 ; 
Reichen.  Syst.  Av.  vol.  i.  pi.  37.  figs.  380,  381,  and  pi.  37  b. 
figs.  2318  &  2329;  Schleg.  Mus.  Pays-Bas,  p.  36,  4°«  livraison; 
Less.  Traits  d'Omith.  p.  602.  sp.  3. 

Cmioptropelicanus  conspiciUatus,  Reichenb. 

Peiecanu9  autiralis,  Steph.  Shaw,  Gen.  ZooL  vol.  xiii.  (1825) 
p.  113. 

Xe-rim-6a  and  BiXhdee-luny,  aborigines  of  Australia. 


1869.]  MR.  8CL4TER  ON  A  NEW  MEXICAN  WREN.  591 

A  short  crest  on  back  part  of  head.  Gular  pouch  extending  in 
a  direct  line  from  the  lower  mandible  for  about  3  inches  upon  the 
throat.  Around  the  eje  a  bare  space  separated  from  the  bill  by  a 
narrow  line  of  white  feathers.  Scapulars,  lower  portion  of  greater 
wing-co?erts,  primaries,  and  secondaries,  some  feathers  of  the  upper 
tail-coverts,  and  tail  jet-black.  Rest  'of  plumage  white,  with  a 
^p'ellowish  tint  upon  the  breast.  Gular  pouch  white,  as  are  also  the 
mandibles,  the  latter  having  a  bluish  tinge  darkest  at  the  tip,  the 
cutting  edges  yellow;  nail  of  mandible  greenish  yellow.  Irides 
dark  brown  ;  orbits  pale  sulphur-yellow,  bounded  by  a  narrow  ring 
of  pale  bloish  grey. 

Total  length  about  5  feet ;  upper  mandible  1 8  inches  in  length  along 
the  culmen,  its  greatest  width  \^  inch ;  wing  25  inches ;  tail  10 
inches ;  tarsus  5  inches ;  middle  toe,  without  nail,  4f  inches ; 
outer  toe  4^  inches,  inner  3  inches,  hind  toe  1^  inch. 

£[ab.  Australia,  Van  Diemen's  Land. 

This  fine  species  is  an  inhabitant  of  Van  Diemen's  Land  and  the 
continent  of  Australia,  in  which  countries  it  is  very  abundant.  So 
numerous,  indeed,  is  it  on  the  inland  waters,  that  Capt.  Sturt  states, 
as  related  by  Mr.  Gould,  "that  a  channel  of  a  river  from  70  to 
80  yards  broad  was  literally  covered  with  Pelicans,  and  that  they 
were  in  such  numbers  upon  the  Darling  as  to  be  quite  dazzling 
to  the  eye." 

The  Australian  Pelican  cannot  easily  be  confounded  with  any 
other  species,  its  black  wing-coverts  and  tail  serving  to  distinguish  it 
from  its  fellows. 

The  nest,  according  to  Mr.  Gould,  is  "  a  large  structure  of  sticks 
and  grassy  herbage,  placed  just  above  high-water  mark ;  the  eggs 
are  generally  two  in  number,  of  a  dirty  yellowish  white,  3|  inches 
long  by  2|  inches  broad." 

This  species  appears  to  be  generally  distributed  throughout  Austra- 
lia, although  it  is  gradually  retiring  before  the  advances  of  civilization. 


8.  Description  of  a  new  Species  of  Mexican  Wren.    By  P.  L. 
ScLATEB^  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  Secretary  to  the  Society. 

(Plate  XLV.) 

When  looking  through  the  fine  series  of  American  birds  in  the 
Royal  Zoologicid  Museum  of  Berlin  last  summer,  I  found  an  exam- 
ple of  a  species  of  Wren  from  Mexico,  which  was  quite  new  to  me, 
and  which,  although  long  since  provided  with  a  MS.  name,  ap- 
peared to  be  undescribed.  Dr.  Peters,  with  his  wonted  liberality, 
upon  my  pointing  this  out  to  him,  immediately  offered  me  the  loan 
of  the  specimen  for  examination  and  description,  if  new ;  and  as, 
after  carefully  comparing  it  with  other  species  known  to  me,  I  find 
my  anticipations  verified,  I  propose  to  characterize  the  species  under 
the  specific  name  already  bestowed  upon  it  in  the  Berlin  Museum. 


592  MR.  8CLATER  ON  TWO  SPECIES  OF  MAMMALS.      [NoT.  25, 

Thryothorus  NisoRius,  sp.  nov.     (Plate  XLV.) 
Troglodytes  nisorius,  Licht.  in  Mus.  Berol. ;  ej.  Nomeucl.  p.  34. 
Supra  Uete  rufus,  alls  caudaque  nigro  regulariter  tranafasciatU : 
BuperciliU  elongatU  (Ubis :  lateribus  capitis  albis  nigricanie 
variegatis  :  subtus  albus,  nigro  omnino  transvittattis,  fere  sicut 
in  Sylvia  nisorio :  tectricibus  subalaribus  albo  nigroque  varie- 
gatis:   rostro  et  pedibus  comeis :  long,   tola  5*5,  aUx  2*7, 
Cauda  2*2,  tarsi  0*8.5  poll,  Angl, 
Hah,  In  Mexico,  Real  Arriba  (Deppe). 
Mus.  Berolinensi. 

Obs,  Proximus  T.  pleurosticto,  mihi,  sed  corpore  subtus  omnino 
transfasciato  diversus. 

This  little  Wren  was  one  of  the  many  novelties  discovered  by 
Herrn  Deppe  and  Schiede  during  their  travels  in  Mexico.  In  1830 
a  sale-list  of  the  duplicate  specimens  of  these  travellers  was  printed 
at  Berlin  by  W.  Deppe,  which  contained  very  short  descriptions  of 
some  of  the  new  species  by  the  late  Prof.  Lichtenstein  *.  At  the 
close  of  the  list  is  announced  the  approaching  publication  of  a 

*  Prodromus  Faunee  Mexicanae '  by  the  latter  zoologist,  which  pro- 
mise, however,  was  never  redeemed. 

This  tract  is  now  very  scarce,  and  I  have  never  seen  the  original, 
although  I  have  made  repeated  inquiries  after  it  at  Berlin  and  else- 
where.    It  has,  however,  been  lately  reprinted  by  Dr.  Cabanis  in  his 

*  Journal  fur  Ornithologie '  f.  Dr.  Cabanis  has  Ukewise  promised  us 
a  critique  on  the  new  species  described  in  it  according  to  the  typical 
specimens  of  the  Berlin  Museum,  which  I  hope  will  shortly  appear, 
as  it  will  be  of  great  advantage  to  the  students  of  Mexican  Orni- 
thology. The  characters  given  by  Prof.  Lichtenstein  are,  in  man? 
cases,  so  short  that  without  some  such  assistance  it  is  impossible  to 
ijo  recognize  the  "new  species'*  with  certainty. 


9.  Remarks  on  two  Species  of  Mammals  described  from  spe- 
cimens recently  living  in  the  Society's  Gardens.  By 
P.  L.  ScLATER,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  Secretary  to  the 
Society. 

(Pkte  XLVI.) 

1.  Mico  sERiCEus,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  2.56. 

On  March  21,  1868,  Mr.  Bartlett  purchased  for  the  Society, 
from  a  dealer  in  Liverpool,  a  living  male  specimen  of  a  small  Mar- 
moset Monkey  which  was  quite  new  to  me.  It  was  stated  to  have 
been  obtained  out  of  a  vessel  coming  from  Para,  and  to  be  the  onlj 

*  IVis-Veneichniss  der  Saugethiere,  Vogel,  Amphibieii,  Piache  und  Krebeo, 
irplche  Ton  den  Herren  Deppe  und  Schiede  in  Mexico  gesammelt  wqrden,  umi 
bei  dem  unteraeicfaneten  BevoUmachtigten  in  Berlin  gegen  baare  ^hlung  in 
Pmi«»,  Oourant  lu  erhalten  Bind.    Berlin,  1830. 

t  Jounu  f.  On.  1863»  p.  54. 


1659.J  MR.  8CLATER  ON  TWO  8PECIES  OF  MAMMALS.  593 

sunriTor  of  several  others  of  the  same  species.  Mr.  Bates,  being 
in  the  Gardens  shortly  afterwards,  recognized  this  Monkey  as  one 
that  he  had  met  with  on  the  Tocantins  River,  and  had  spoken 
of  in  his  interesting  travels  as  Midas  argentatus*.  Following 
his  identification,  I  referred  the  species  to  the  Simia  argentata  of 
Linnieus,  and  in  one  of  my  notices  of  the  additions  to  the  Menagerie, 
published  in  the  Society's  *  Proceedings'  for  the  past  year  (P.  Z.  S. 
1868,  p.  262),  spoke  of  the  animal  as  Rapale  argentata.  About 
the  same  time  Dr.  Gray,  having  made  a  cursory  inspection  of  this 
Monkey  at  the  British  Museum,  whither  I  had  sent  it,  in  order  to 
be  compared  with  the  specimens  in  the  National  Collection,  named 
it  Mico\  sericeits,  and  published  under  that  name  a  very  short  de- 
scription of  it  in  the  Society's  'Proceedings*  (1868,  p.  256),  which 
i8>  accompanied  with  an  accurate  figure  by  Mr.  Wolf  (plate  xxiv.). 

When  inspecting  the  fine  collection  of  American  Quadrumana  in 
the  Berlin  Museum  last  summer,  under  the  guidance  of  my  friend 
Dr.  Peters,  I  first  became  aware  that  I  had  made  a  sad  error  in  re- 
ferring our  Hapale  to  H,  argentata.  The  Berlin  Museum  is 
fortunate  in  possessing  authentic  specimens  of  H,  argentata^  as  well 
as  of  the  Uapale  chrgsoleucos  of  Wagner.  On  examining  these 
(which  are  both  deficient  in  the  British  Museum,  and  had  never 
come  under  my  notice  previously),  I  perceived  at  once  that  our 
animal  was  referable  to  the  latter,  and  not  to  the  former  species. 
The  Hapale  argentata,  although  somewhat  resembling  H,  chryach 
leucos  in  colour,  has  the  ear-couch  naked,  as  in  its  close  ally  H.  tne- 
lanura,  Vrhile  in  H.  chrysoleucos  this  organ  is  densely  fringed  with 
hair.  In  order,  however,  to  set  the  question  definitely  at  rest,  ( 
applied  to  my  friend  Herr  August  von  Pelzeln  of  Vienna,  who 
most  kindlv  supplied  me  in  exchange,  from  the  treasures  of  the  Im- 
perial Zoologies  Cabinet,  with  one  of  the  duplicate  specimens  of 

*  "  The  little  Midas  argentatus  is  one  of  the  rarest  of  the  American  Monkeys. 
I  hare  not  heard  of  its  being  found  anywhere  except  near  Cameta.  I  once  saw 
three  individuals  together  running  along  a  branch  in  a  Cacao-grove  near  Oa- 
met4 ;  they  looked  like  white  kittens :  in  their  motions  they  resembled  pre- 
cisely the  Midas  urstdus  already  described.  I  saw  afterwards  a  pet  animal  of 
tiiis  species,  and  heard  that  there  were  many  so  kept,  and  that  they  were 
esteemed  as  choice  treasures.  The  one  I  saw  was  full-^rown,  but  it  measured 
only  7  inchee  in  length  of  body.  It  was  covered  with  long,  white,  silky  hairs, 
the  tail  was  blackish,  and  the  face  nearly  naked  and  flesh-coloured.  It  was  a 
most  timid  and  sensitive  little  thing.  The  woman  who  owned  it  carried  it  con- 
stantly in  her  bosom,  and  no  money  would  induce  her  to  part  with  her  pet. 
She  called  it  3iico.  It  fed  from  her  mouth,  and  allowed  her  to  fondle  it  freely  ; 
but  the  nervous  little  creature  would  not  permit  strangers  to  touch  it.  If  any 
one  attempted  to  do  so,  it  shrank  back,  the  whole  bodv  trembling  with  fear, 
and  its  teeth  chattered,  whilst  it  uttered  its  tremulous  mghtened  tones.  The 
expression  of  its  features  was  like  that  of  its  more  robust  brother,  Midas  ur- 
stutes ;  thp  eyes,  which  were  black,  were  full  of  curiosity  and  mistrust^  and  it 
always  kept  them  fixed  on  the  person  who  attempted  to  advance  towards  it." — 
BeUe^s  *  Naturalist  on  the  River  Amazons*  vol.  i.  p.  162. 

t  The  value  of  this  genus  (!)  may  be  estimated  by  the  fact  that  it  is  charac- 
terized (P.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  734)  as  having  the  "  ears  na/ced,  exposed,'*  wherean  the 
so-called  Mico  aericeus  has  the  ear-conch  thickly  fringed  with  outstanding  white 
hairs. 


594  MR.  8CLATER  ON  TWO  SPECIES  OF  MAMMALS.      [NoV.  25, 

Natterer's  Hapale  chn/soleucos.  This  skin,  which  I  now  exhibit, 
agrees,  it  will  be  observed,  in  every  respect  very  closely  with  the 
original  of  Dr.  Gray's  Mico  sericeus,  also  now  before  us,  which 
died  in  the  Gardens  on  the  2l8t  of  July  last ;  so  that  there  can  be 
no  doubt  of  their  identity. 

The  synonymy  of  this  species  will  therefore  stand  as  follows : — 

Hapale  chrysoleucos. 

Hapale  chrysoleucos,  Wagner,  Wiegm.  Arch.  1842,  i.  p.  357 ; 
Saugeth.  Suppl.  v.  p.  125. 

Midas  argentatuSf  Bates,  Nat.  on  the  Amazons,  i.  p.  162(?). 

Mico  sericeus,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  256,  t.  xxiv. 

Hapale  argentata,  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  262. 

Hab,  Vicinity  of  Borba,  Rio  Madeira  (Natterer), 

This  species  of  Hapale  is  very  well  marked,  from  its  peculiar 
pale  uniform  colour,  in  which  it  resembles  ff.  argentata  and  H, 
melanura.  From  these,  however,  as  already  remarked,  it  may  be 
distinguished  by  its  hairy  ears. 

Herr  v.  Pelzeln  has  most  kindly  informed  me  that  Natterer  col- 
lected seven  examples  of  this  species  of  Hapale  at  Borba,  on  the 
Rio  Madeira,  and  in  its  vicinity,  1829  and  1830.  Four  of  these  are 
still  in  the  Vienna  Museum,  and  one  in  that  of  Berlin. 

Unless  Mr.  Bates  is  in  error  in  his  identification  of  the  Hapale 
observed  near  Cametd  with  the  animal  lately  living  in  our  Gardens, 
the  range  of  this  species  must  extend  from  the  Rio  Madeira  along 
the  southern  bank  of  the  Amazons  to  the  Rio  Tocantins,  which  is 
by  no  means  unlikely,  other  species  being  common  to  these  two 
localities. 

2.  Cephalophtjs  breviceps,  Gray,  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  202, 

On  the  13th  of  February,  1866,  we  purchased  of  a  dealer  at 
Liverpool  a  very  young  female  Antelope,  of  the  genus  Cephalophus, 
stated  to  have  been  received  in  a  vessel  coming  from  Western 
Africa.  Shortly  afterwards.  Dr.  Gray,  having  had  his  attention 
called  to  this  animal  by  the  Superintendent  whilst  visiting  the 
Gardens,  described  and  figured  it  in  our  'Proceedings'  (1866, 
p.  202,  plate  xx.)  as  a  new  species,  under  the  name  Cephcdophus 
breviceps.  Upon  the  animal  attaining  maturity  about  a  year  after- 
wards the  colour  of  the  fur  became  darker  and  more  intense,  and 
it  was  evident  that  the  supposed  new  species  was  nothing  more 
than  the  young  of  the  Bay  Antelope  {Cephalophus  dorsalis  sive 
badius),  which  had  been  previously  living  in  the  Society's  Gardens, 
as  well  as  in  the  former  Surrey  Zoological  Gardens,  and  in  the 
Menagerie  of  the  late  Earl  of  Derby,  at  Knowsley. 

The  history  of  this  species,  as  far  as  I  can  make  it  out,  appears 
to  be  as  follows : — 

In  1846  Dr.  Gray  first  established  Cephalophus  dorsalis  as  a  new 
species  of  the  genus  *,  basing  his  description  on  a  specimen  in  the 
♦  Ann.  Nat.  Hist,  xviii.  p.  164. 


1869.]  MR.  8CLATER  ON  TWO  SPECIES  OF  MAMMALS.  595 

British  Maseum,  which  had  been  brought  to  this  country  living 
by  Mr.  Whitfield,  and  had  died  in  the  Surrey  Zoological  Gardens. 

In  one  of  the  plates  of  the  'Knowsley  Menagerie'  (plate  vii. 
fig.  1 )  an  Antelope  is  figured  under  the  same  name,  and  is  described 
in  the  letterpress  by  Dr.  Gray  in  very  nearly  the  same  terms  as 
in  the  original  description  in  the  'Aiinals.'  This  description  is 
repeated,  word  for  word,  in  Dr.  Gray's  *'  Synopsis  of  Antelopes  " 
published  in  the  Society's  'Proceedings'  for  1850  (p.  123). 

In  1852,  Dr.  Gray  seems  to  have  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
animal  figured  in  the  *  Knowsley  Menagerie '  was  not  the  same  as 
the  true  Cephalophua  dormlis  originally  described  from  Mr.  Whit- 
field's specimen,  and,  accordingly,  in  his  list  of  Ungulata  Furcipeda 
in  the  British  Museum,  named  the  former  Cephalo^hu9  badius,  re- 
taining the  name  Cephalopkus  dorsalis  for  the  latter.  Dr.  Gray, 
however,  does  not  state  exactly  how  the  two  species  are  to  be  dis- 
tinguished, and,  after  examining  the  two  typical  specimens  in  the 
British  Museum,  I  am  unable  to  regard  them  as  more  than  slight 
varieties  of  the  same  animal.  The  typical  specimen  of  C.  breviceps 
is  likewise  now  in  the  National  Collection,  and  appears  to  me  quite 
undistinguishable  from  either  of  the  two  above  mentioned,  though 
most  nearly  resembling  that  called  by  Dr.  Gray  C.  badius. 

The  only  other  original  author  who  appears  to  have  mentioned 
this  Antelope  is  Temminck,  who,  in  his  '  Esquisses  Zoologiques  sur 
la  C6te  de  Guind'  (Leiden,  1853),  tells  us  that  Cephalophus  dor- 
Balis  inhabits  the  forests  of  Ashantee  and  Sierra  Leone,  but  is  rare 
in  the  forests  of  the  sea-coast. 

We  have  had  three  examples  of  this  Antelope  Hving  in  the 
Society's  Menagerie. 

The  first  of  these  {a)  was  purchased  of  a  dealer  in  Liverpool  on 
the  27th  of  August,  1861,  and  lived  more  than  two  years  in  the 
Gardens,  having  died  on  the  6th  of  November,  1863. 

The  second  specimen  (6)  is  that  already  mentioned,  which  was 
received,  when  quite  immature,  on  the  13th  of  February,  1866,  and 
described  by  Dr.  Gray  as  Cephalophus  breviceps.  This  animal  was 
a  female,  and  was  kept  in  the  same  division  of  the  Gazelle-sheds 
with  a  male  of  the  allied  species,  Cephalophus  rufilatus,  with 
nrhich  it  bred  when  adult.  It  produced  a  young  one  on  the  25th  of 
January  last,  and  died  on  the  following  day. 

A  third  specimen  (c)  of  the  same  Antelope  was  brought  from  the 
Gold  Coast,  and  presented  to  the  Society  by  Mr.  C.  B.  Mosse,  Staff- 
Surgeon,  B.N.,  on  the  16th  of  October  last,  but  unfortunately  died 
three  days  afterwards.  Mr.  Smit's  drawing  of  the  present  species 
(Plate  XLVI.)  is  taken  from  this  last-named  individual,  which, 
however,  as  already  stated,  agrees  closely  with  what  Cephalophus 
breviceps  became  when  adult. 

Dr.  Murie  has  kindly  communicated  to  me  the  following  notes 
taken  on  a  comparison  of  our  specimen  b  of  Cephalophus  dorsalis 
and  an  example  of  a  female  of  Cephalophus  mcuswellii  which  died 
about  the  same  period. 

"  As  the  table  shows,  there  is  little  difference  as  to  the  dimen- 
Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XXXIX. 


596    MESSRS.  8CLATER  AND  SALVIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.  [NoT.  25, 

sions  of  the  bodies  of  t^  two ;  but  the  Cephalopkus  doraalis,  never- 
theless, has  much  the  stronger  build.  The  head  and  ear  of  the 
latter  are  relatively  and  absolutely  the  largest,  whilst  the  length  of 
the  tail  preponderates  b  C.  maxwellii.  ^  ^^^^^    ^  ^^^^^^^^ 

in.  in. 

"  Length  from  snout  to  root  of  tail(Uken  Uterally)  27i  26 

Height  at  shoulder  (with  straightened  limb)  . .  16  16 

"        at  hip  (with  straightened  limb) 17  17 

Depth  at  chest 7                 7 

Length  of  tail  to  tips  of  hairs 4                  5^ 

of  tail  to  the  end  of  the  vertebrse   ....  3                 4| 

Head :  length,  muzzle  to  occiput   7                 6| 

Ear,  in  greatest  length 3                 2| 

**  In  the  Bay  Antelope  the  nasal  and  zy^omaxillarv  regions  are 
half  an  inch  broader  than  in  the  other  species,  and  they  are  like- 
wise more  prominent  and  arched  both  across  and  lengthwise. 

"  The  inside  of  the  ear  of  C.  maxwellii  is  covered  with  long  hairs ; 
in  C.  doraalii  the  ears  are  bare,  or  have  but  a  trace  of  short  hairs 
near  the  margin. 

"  Both  species  possess  interdigital  pits  on  all  the  feet,  and  both 
have  shallow,  rudimental  suborbital  glands ;  but  the  Bay  Antelope 
differs  markedly  from  the  other  in  its  possessing  two  deep  inguinal 
sacs :  there  is  neither  an  external  nor  internal  trace  of  these  in  C 
maxwellii. 

"  As  regards  the  internal  organs,  these  are  formed  on  the  same 
ruminant  model,  there  being  four  cavities  in  the  stomach  and  a 
capacious  csecum.  There  is  a  trenchant  difference,  however,  in  the 
comparative  lengths  of  the  intestinal  tract,  the  stronger  animal 
having  the  shorter  gut.    Thus  in  ^  ^^^^       c.,na:r«dln. 

ft.    in.  ft.    in. 

*'  The  small  intestine  measures 22    0  25    3 

The  great  intestine,  minus  ccecum 7     7  10     3 

The  caecum 0    5^  0    8 

"  From  the  animals  being  both  adult,  of  the  same  sex,  and, 
broadly  speaking,  similar  in  size,  it  ma^  reasonably  be  inferred  that 
this  striking  vanation  arises  from  specific  difference.  Our  want  of 
knowledge  of  the  precise  food  and  habits  of  each  in  their  native 
haunts  debars  a  physiological  reason  being  guessed  at." 


10.  On  Peruvian  Birds  collected  by  Mr.  Whitely.  By  P.  L. 
ScLATER,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin, 
M.A.,  F.L.S.— Part  V.* 

Since  our  last  communication  to  the  Society  upon  thb  subject 
two  small  collections  have  been  received  from  Mr.  Whitely.    The 
♦  For  Bftrt  IV.  see  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  151. 


1809.]     MESSRS.  SCLATBR  AND  8ALYIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.      597 

first  of  these  was  formed  in  the  Gosnipata  yallej,  the  second  in  his 
former  collecting-grounds  round  Tinta. 

The  valley  of  Gosnipata,  which  is  well  shown  in  the  map  attached 
to  Mr.  Markham's  '  Travels  in  Peru  and  India,'  is  situated  on  the 
eastern  slope  of  the  Andes  of  Caravaja,  and  is  drained  hy  the  river 
of  the  same  name,  which  is  an  affluent  of  the  Madre  di  Dios,  until 
recently  supposed  to  flow  into  the  Purus,  hut  now  believed  to  pour 
its  waters  into  the  Benif. 

Mr.  Whitely  has  written  a  letter  to  General  Lefroy  concerning  his 
expedition  into  this  valley,  from  which,  by  the  kindness  of  that  gen- 
tleman, we  have  been  enabled  to  extract  the  following  particulars. 

Mr.  Whitely  left  TinU  on  the  12th  of  August,  1868,  and  arrived 
at  Cusco  on  the  17th.  From  Cusco  he  proceeded,  after  a  short 
stay,  to  Paucartambo  on  the  river  of  that  name  (elevation  9400  feet). 
Leaving  Paucartambo  on  the  31st  with  an  arriero  and  one  Indian  he 
ascended  the  bare  ridge  of  the  Andes,  and  after  various  adventures 
reached  Tres  Gmces,  at  the  summit  of  the  pass  (elevation  11,900 
feet),  on  the  2nd  September.  Next  day  he  commenced  the  descent 
into  the  valley  of  Gosnipata,  finding  the  road  so  bad  and  stony  that 
he  was  compelled  to  wtlk  the  whole  eighteen  miles  down  to  San 
Pedro,  a  recent  settlement  consisting  of  two  new  wooden  huts.  On 
the  4th  be  descended  the  valley  five  leagues  ftirther,  to  the  hacienda  of 
Gosnipata. 

This  is  described  as  a  clearing  about  a  mile  long  by  a  mile  broad, 
snd  consisting  of  some  twelve  wooden  huts,  with  about  thirty  work- 
people, more  than  two-thirds  women.  The  principal  products  are 
coca,  coffee,  and  cocoa.  The  houses  are  in  a  wretcned  condition  of 
decay,  and,  if  not  better  looked  after,  must  in  the  course  of  a  few 
years  inevitably  fall  into  the  hands  of  the  Ghunchos.  Mr.  Whitely 
computes  the  height  of  Gosnipata  as  2350  feet  above  the  sea-levet 
but  descended  the  valley  to  some  huts  of  Ghuncho  Indians  which  are 
onlv  1650  feet  above  the  sea-level. 

After  remaining  in  the  valley  three  months,  as  the  rainy  season 
had  set  in,  Mr.  Whitely  set  out  to  return  to  Paucartambo.  The 
journey  back  was  frightral,  as  the  rain  was  pouring  down  in  torrents, 
and  he  had  to  ascend  the  mountain  for  eighteen  miles  on  foot.  He 
accomplished  the  ascent  in  two  days,  and  reached  Paucartambo  on 
the  30th  of  November,  1868,  in  safety. 

The  Gosnipata  collection  contains  about  80  skins,  amongst  which 
are  examples  of  the  following  species,  namely : — 

I.  Passeres.  g^  Eamphocalusjaeapa. 

1 .  Hirundo  erythrogaatra.  9.  Saltator  cLsara. 

2.  leueorrhoa.  10.  Orehesticus  ater. 

*3.  NeocheUdon  tibialvt.  1 1 .  Spermophila  luetuosa. 

4.  Procniaa  Occident  alts,  12.  eoBtaneiventris, 

5.  CaUiate  cyaneieollia.  13.  Volatinia  jacarina, 

6.  Tanagra  ccelestis.  14.  Cfotumiculus  peruanus. 

7.  striata,  1 5.  Chrysomitris  capitalis.  Gab. 

t  Cf.  Chandlers,  J.  B.  G.  S.  zxzri.  p.  114. 


598    MESSRS.  8CLATBR  AND  SALYIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.  [NoT.  25, 


16.  OsHnops  atrotfirens. 

1 7.  Cyanoeorax  violaeeus. 

18.  SynaUaxU  albigularis. 
*19.  Muscisaxicola  fiuviatilis, 

Scl.  et  Saly. 

20.  Elainea  pagana. 

21.  Myiozetetes  cayennensia. 

22.  granadensis. 

23.  Tyrannus  melancholieus. 
*24.  Pipra  ehloromeros,  Tsch. 

25.  Rupicola  peruviana, 

II.   PiCARIiB. 

Tro^on  heliothrix,  Tscb.f 

melanurus. 

Nyetidromus  albicoUia, 
Cypseloidea  fumigatus. 
Crotophaga  ani. 

31.  Ramphastos  cuvieri. 

32.  Bryocopus  trachelopyrus. 

33.  Paittacula  sclateri,  G.  R. 

Gray. 


26. 
27. 
28. 
*29. 
30. 


III.    ACCIPITRES. 

34.  Aaturina  natter eri^  Sd.  et 

Salv. 

IV.    COLUMBA. 

35.  Columba  vinacea,  Temm. 

36.  Leptoptila  ru/axilla.  Rich. 

et  Bern. 

V.  Galling. 

37.  Ortalida  guttata,  Spix. 

38.  Penelope  cumanemU,  Jacq. 


YI.  Grallje. 

39.  Charadrius  mrginieus, 
Bork. 

40.  Actiturus  bartramiuSfWHs. 

4 1 .  Tringa  maeulata  (Vieill.). 

42.  Bhyacophilus  solitarius 
(WUs.). 

We  have  been  much  disappointed  with  the  poverty  of  the  aTi- 
fauna  of  this  district,  as  evidenced  by  Mr.  Whitel/s  collection,  which 
was  the  result  of  nearly  three  months'  assidooos  labour,  and  a  jour- 
ney of  300  miles  altogether.  Not  one  species  is  new,  and  most  of 
them  are  well  known  and  of  wide  range.  The  ^oups  of  TrochiUdae, 
DendrocolaptidsB  and  Formicariidse  are  entirely  unrepresented. 
Almost  the  only  species  of  interest  arc  the  following  four : — 

3.  Neochelidon  tibialis. 

Petrochelidon  tibialis,  Cassm,  Pr.  Acad.  Sc.  Phil.  1853,  p.  370. 
Neochelidon  tibialis,  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  347. 
Atticora  tibialis,  Baird,  Rev.  A.  B.  p.  307. 
The  only  trustworthy  localities  for  this  peculiar  species  hitherto 
recorded  are  Panama  and  New  Granada. 

19.  MUSCISAXICOLA  FLUVIATILIS,  Scl.  P.  Z.  S.  1866,  p.  187. 

Mr.  Whitely's  specimens  of  this  species  agree  with  the  types 
collected  by  Mr.  Bartlett  on  the  Ucayali. 

24.  PiPRA  CHLOROMEROS,  Tsch.  F.  P.  p.  144. 

Discovered  by  Tschudi  in  the  wood-region  of  eastern  Peru :  in 
Sclater's  collection  from  Bolivia. 

29.  Cypseloides  ftjmigatus,  Strenbel;  Sdater,  P.  Z.  S.  1865, 
p.  615. 

Natterer  obtained  the  original  specimens  of  this  species  in  S.E.Br8xil. 
t  Fftun.  Per.  p.  267- 


1869.]    MESSRS.  8CLATBR  AND  8ALV1N  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.      599 

The  last  collection  from  Tints  and  its  vicinity  contains  examples 
of  about  57  species.  Most  of  tbem  have  already  been  recorded  from 
this  locally ;  but  we  subjoin  notes  upon  such  of  them  as  dall  for 
remark  or  have  not  been  noticed  in  our  former  articles.  The  addi- 
tional species  to  the  district  are  13  in  number,  amongst  which  three 
are  new  to  science.  One  of  these,  a  fine  new  Humming-bird,  has 
been  already  described  by  Mr.  Gh)idd. 

1.    CiNCLUS  LEUCOCEPHALT78,  Tsch.  F.  P.  p.  180,  t.  15.  fig.  2. 

Two  skins  of  this  fine  Dipper  from  Pitumarca  are  in  the  collection. 
The  species  is  unmistakable ;  but  in  Tschudi's  figure  the  feet  are 
coloured  yellow,  whereas  in  these  skins  they  are  of  a  dark  plumbeous. 
Por  a  general  account  of  the  group,  see  Salvin's  article, '  Ibis,'  1867, 
p.  109.  The  nearest  ally  of  the  present  species  is  C  leueonotus  of 
New  Granada,  which  has  the  centre  of  the  back  and  the  whole  of 
the  lower  surface  white. 


2.  Atticora  cinbrea  (Gm.). 

Petroehelidon  cinprea^  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  39. 
Atticora  murina,  Baird,  Rev.  A.  B.  p.  312. 
One  example  of  this  Swallow  from  Tinta.     Fraser  obtained  it  at 
Quito  (see  P.  Z.  S.  1860,  p.  74). 

3.  Catamenia  analis  (Lafr.  et  d'Orb.);  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B. 
p.  105. 

One  female  of  this  little  Finch  from  Tinta. 

4.  Sycalis  luteiventris  (Meyen)  ;  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1867$ 
p.  342. 

A  single  skin,  apparently  of  this  species,  but  in  somewhat  abraded 
plumage. 

5.  Phacellodomtis  striaticeps. 

Anumbius  striaticeps^  Lafr.  et  D'Orb.  Syn.  Ay.  in  Mag.  de  Zool. ; 
d'Orb.  Voy.  Gis.  p.  255. 

Two  skins  of  this  bird  were  collected  near  Tinta  in  January  1869. 
The  species  is  allied  to  P.  frontalis  (Scl.  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  154),  but 
easily  distinguishable  by  the  rufous  colour  of  the  wings  and  lateral 
rectrices. 

6.  OCBTHOECA  POLIONOTA,  Sp.  UOV. 

Supra  cinerea,  superciliis  latis  et  elongatis  albis  :  secondariorum 
marginibus  angustis  ru/escentibus  :  cauda /usco-nigra,  rectricis 
utrinque  extimce  pogonio  extemo  albo  late  marginato  :  subtus 
gutture  cinereo,  albicante  mixto,  abdomine  totolate  rufo  :  crisso 
einnamomeo:  subalaribus  albis  rufo  tix  tinctis:  rostro  etpedibus 
nigris  :  long,  tola  6*3,  al€e  3*5,  caucUe  3*0,  tarsi  0*9,  rostri  a 
rietu  0*8  poll.  Angl, 

Uab.  in  Peruvia  alta,  Pitumarca  {Whitely), 


600    MESSRS.  SCLATBR  AND  SALYIN  ON  PBRUVIAN  BIRDS.  [NoV.  25, 

Obs,  Similis  O.  csnanthaidi,  sed  tectricibus  alarom  non  mfo 
marginatiS)  dorso  cinereo,  et  rectricis  ntrinque  exteraee  margine  albo 
differt. 

Mr.  Whitely  obtained  bis  examples  of  tbis  Oekthoeea,  wbicb  we 
at  first  took  for  O.  cmantkaides,  at  Pitumarca,  in  April  and  June  last. 
Anotber  nearly  allied  mpecies  is  O.  /umieolor,  Sclater,  of  New 
Granada  and  Ecuador.  Sclater  bas  skins  of  tbe  true  O,  cenanthaides 
collected  bj  Mr.  David  Forbes  in  Bolivia. 

In  tbe  present  bird  tbe  fourtb  primary  is  sligbtly  longer  tban  tbe 
tbird  and  fiftb,  and  largest.  Tbe  tail  is  nearly  square,  tbe  external 
rectrices  being  only  sligbtly  sborter  tban  the  middle  pair. 

7.  Oreonympha  NOBiLis,  Gould,  F.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  295. 

Mr.  Wbitely  obtained  bis  specimens  of  tbis  fine  Humming-bird 
on  tbe  Cordillera  above  Tinta»  at  an  elevation  of  about  14,500  feet 
above  tbe  sea-leveL 

8.  BuTEO  brachyurus,  Vieill. 

Asturina  albijrons,  Bp. 

Buteo  albifrona,  Scblegel,  Mns.  d.  P.-B.  Buteones,  p.  10. 

A  single  skin  of  wbat  we  believe  to  be  tbe  young  of  this  spedes. 

9.  Columba  maculosa. 

Paloma  eobijaa  manchadas,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  10. 

O.  maculosa,  Temm.  Piff.  et  Gall.  i.  p.  113  (1813;. 

C  pceeiloptera,  Vieill.  N.  D.  xxvi.  p.  344,  et  £.  M.  p.  375. 

O.  maculipennU,  Licbt.  in  Mus.  Berol. 

Patagicenas  maculosa,  Burm.  La-Plata  Reise,  ii.  p.  496. 

Two  examples  of  tbis  Pigeon  from  Pitumarca.  It  must  be  care- 
fully distinguished  from  its  naked-eyed  allies,  Cpicazuro  and  C. 
gymnophthalma,  with  which  Bonaparte  and  other  writers  have  con- 
founded it.  There  are  specimens  of  it  in  tbe  Paris  Museum,  obtained 
in  Sicasica,  Bolivia,  by  d'Orbigny. 

10.  FoLicA  GiGANTEA,  Eyd.  ct  Soul. ;  Sclat.  et  Salv.  Ex.  Orn. 
p.  120 ;  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  463. 

A  single  skin  of  tbis  magnificent  species  from  the  Laguna  of  Lan- 
qui,  south  of  Tints,  obtained  in  February  1869. 

11.  Ibis  melanopis,  Gm. ;  Bp.  Consp.  ii.  p.  155 ;  Tscb.  F.  P. 
p.  298. 

Two  skins  of  tbis  Ibis  from  Pitumarca.  Tscbudi  bas  already  re- 
corded its  occurrence  in  the  highlands  of  Peru. 

12.  Merganetta  turneri,  sp.  nov. 

Merganetta  leucogenya,  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  157. 

Supra  nigra,  interacapulio  et  seapularibusru/omarginatis:  eapite 
coUogue  toto  albis,  linea  rostrum  cingente,  pileo  medio  in  strigam 
nuchalem  producto  et  linea  utrinque  eollum  descendente  niger* 


1869.]    ME88Rfi.  6CLATBR  AND  SALYIN  ON  PERUVIAN  BIRDS.      601 

rimis:  alisexiusc€trHleaeenti'Cinereis:  speculo  atari  tsneo-viridi; 
tectrieibus  alarum  et  seeundariis  albo  augutte  ierminatis :  ah- 
domine  nigra,  ventre  medio  fu9co  variegate :  erisso  et  urapygio 
nigris,  albo  minute  vermiculatie :  cauda  Juacescenti-^nerea 
umcolori;  tectricibus  subalaribui  cinereis:  rostro  et  pedibus 
obscure  rubris:  long,  tola  16*0,  al€B  7*5,  cctuda  5*0,  rostri  a 
rictu  1*5,  tarei  1*8,  digiti  medii  cum  ungue  2*3. 
Fern.  Supra  cinerea,  lateribu9  cervicis  et  urapygio  albo  nigroque 
minute  vermiculatis  ;  dorso  nigra flammulato  ;  alis  albo  btfaaci" 
atis  :  epeeulo  atari  obscure  teneo-viridi  ;  eubtue  fulvo-rufa  uni- 
color :  long,  tola  16*0,  aUe  6*4,  caud^B  4*0,  rostri  a  rictu  1*35. 
Hab,  in  Andibus  Peruvise  meridionalis. 

In  our  paper  on  Mr.  Whitely's  birds  read  before  this  Society  on 
the  11th  of  March  last,  we  have  referred  this  bird  to  the  species 
described  by  Tschudi  as  Merganetta  leucogenys.  Having,  however, 
more  recently  made  a  re-investigation  of  the  group,  we  have  con- 
vinced ourselves  that  Tschudi's  bird  is,  so  far  as  can  be  decided  by 
his  figure  and  description,  inseparable  from  the  Merganetta  Colum- 
biana of  New  Granada,  and  that  the  present  species  must  be  regarded 
as  undescribed,  being  equally  distinct  from  the  New-Granadan 
form,  and  from  the  Chilian  Merganetta  armata.  From  the  former 
it  differs  in  its  larger  size,  and  black  breast  and  flanks,  which 
are  only  relieved  by  some  brownish  marks  in  the  middle  of  the  belly. 
In  the  New-Granadan  bird,  which  is  well  represented  in  Des  Murs's 
'  Iconographie '  (tab.  vi.),  the  whole  abdomen  is  white,  sparingly 
striped  with  narrow  blackish  markings,  and  the  bill  is  narrower 
and  much  less  elevated  than  in  this  species.  Merganetta  armata, 
of  which  an  excellent  figure  will  be  found  in  Gray  and  Mitchell's 
'Genera  of  Birds,'  resembles  the  present  bird  in  having  a  black 
breast ;  but  the  edges  of  the  scapularies  are  white  instead  of  rufous, 
and  the  throat  and  fore  neck  are  black,  instead  of  being  pure 
white  as  in  its  two  northern  allies.  It  would  seem,  therefore,  that 
our  new  species  occupies  an  intermediate  position  as  regards  the 
differential  characters  of  the  male,  just  as  it  does  in  geographical 
range,  between  the  two  known  species.  As  regards  the  female,  our 
specimen  does  not  appear  to  differ  in  colour  from  the  corresponding 
sex  of  Merganetta  armata  (Des  Murs,  Icon.  t.  xlviii.).  We  are  not 
yet  acquainted  with  the  female  of  M,  leucogenys ;  but  in  all  proba- 
bility it  would  also  bear  a  similar  dress. 

The  male  bird  now  described  was  shot  and  skinned  by  Mr.  Turner, 
a  fnend  of  Mr.  Whitely's,  near  Tinta.  We  have  therefore  acceded 
to  Mr.  Whitely's  request  to  call  it,  if  new,  after  his  friend's  name. 
The  female  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Whitely  himself  in  the  same  neigh- 
bourhood. 

13.  Phalacrocorax  brasilianvs  (Gm.). 
Graculus  brasilianus,  6p.  Consp.  ii.  p.  170. 
A  single  skin,  apparently  referable  to  this  vridely  distributed  species 
of  Cormorant. 


J^ 


602        MB.  SCLATER  ON  ADDITIONS  TO  TBS  MENAGERIE.     [DeC.  9, 

11.  Description  of  a  New  Species  of  Dacelo  from  North- 
western Australia.    By  John  Gould,  F.R.S.,  Y.P.Z.S.,  &c. 

I  have  long  had  in  my  collection  a  pair  of  a  species  of  Dacelo  which 
I  could  not  satis&ctorily  determine ;  but  not  having  a  sufficient  series 
of  Dacelo  cervina  for  comparison,  I  have  hesitated  to  describe  it  as 
new.  Having,  however,  recently  obtained  several  examples  of  the 
last-named  bird,  1  find  that  the  species  from  North-western  Aus- 
tralia is  quite  distinct,  and  I  therefore  propose  for  it  the  name  of 

Dacelo  occidentalis,  sp.  nov. 

D.  affinis  D.  cervinae  9ed  diversa,  rastro  tnulto  robusliore,  colon- 
bus  pallidioribus,  et  pnecipue  pogonio  extemo  rectricU  extinue 
coHspicue  albo/asciato  distinguenda. 

Long.  tot.  16'0,  rostri  3'2,  al.  7*5,  caud.  4*5  poll.  Angl. 


December  9,  1869. 

Dr.  £.  Hamilton,  V.P.,  in  the  Chair. 

Mr.  Sclater  made  some  remarks  on  recent  additions  to  the  Society *s 
Menagerie,  amongst  which  were  particularly  noticed : — 

1 .  A  Two-toed  Sloth,  obtained  at  Panama  by  Mr.  C.  Gilman  of 
the  R.M.S.  •  Neva,'  and  purchased  of  him  for  the  Society's  Mena- 
gerie on  the  29th  of  September.  Mr.  Sclater  beUeved  that  this 
Sloth,  which  was  ohviously  distinct  from  the  common  Ckolcepus 
didactylu9  associated  with  it  in  the  collection,  might  ultimately  be 
found  to  be  referable  to  the  newly  described  Cholapus  hoffmanni  of 
Peters*,  but  was  unable  to  decide  this  question  positively  from  an 
examination  of  the  living  specimen. 

2.  Two  Persian  Gazelles  {Oazella  subgutlurosa),  presented  by 
Thomas  Kerr  Lynch,  Esq.,  on  the  1st  of  October,  beine  the  first 
examples  of  this  rare  Gazelle  that  had  been  received  by  the  Society 
since  those  received  in  1852,  and  figured  in  Wolf  and  Sclater's 
•  Zoological  Sketches'  (vol.  i.  pi.  22). 

3.  A  female  of  the  Cape  Ant-bear  {Otycteropus  capensis),  from 
the  same  locaUty  as  the  male  of  this  animal,  purchased  October  6tb. 
This  example  has  been  placed  along  with  the  male  purchased  on  the 
18th  of  June  last ;  and  the  pair  seemed  thriving  and  likely  to  do 
well  together. 

4.  A  Say's  Snake  (Coronella  »ayi)  from  North  America,  par- 
chased  15th  of  October,  being  the  first  example  of  this  species  exhi- 
bited alive. 

.5.  A  second  example  of  the  Collared  Fruit-bat  (CyHongclerU 
collarU)  from  Natal,  purchased  November  1st. 

•  Monat«b.  Berl.  Acad.  1868,  p.  128,  and  1804.  p.  678. 


1869.]   PROF.  FLOWER  ON  A  SKULL  OF  HYRAX  BRUCBI.      603 

6.  A  South-American  Rat-snake  (Spilote*  variabilis)  from  Deme- 
rara,  presented  to  the  Society  by  Thomas  Honnslow,  Esq.,  of 
Georgetown,  Demerara,  and  received  on  the  5th  of  November. 

7.  Two  Gibbons,  deposited  in  the  Society's  Gardens  by  Mr.  G.  S. 
Rodon  of  the  1st  Royals,  Cannanore,  India.  These  Gibbons,  ac- 
cording to  a  letter  received  from  Mr.  Rodon,  had  been  obtained  on 
the  Malayan  peninsula.  The  larger  one  (a  male),  supposed  to  be 
about  three  years  old,  had  been  caught  in  one  of  the  islands  of 
the  Mergui  archipelago,  where  the  species  is  said  to  abound.  The 
smaller  (female),  believed  by  Mr.  Rodon  to  be  about  eighteen  months 
old,  had  been  obtained  in  the  province  of  Tenasserim.  Both  were 
probably  referable  to  the  White-handed  Gibbon  {Hy Mates  lar). 
These  uibbons  were  in  very  feeble  health  when  received,  but  had 
slightly  improved  since  their  arrival,  which  gave  some  hope  of  their 
ultimate  recovery.  

The  following  extract  was  read  from  a  letter  addressed  to  the 
Secretary  by  Capt  G.  E.  Bulger,  C.M.Z.S.  :— 

"  I  suppose  it  is  right  to  tell  you  that  I  committed  a  great  error 
by  including  Corvus  splendens  in  my  list  of  birds  observed  at  Wel- 
lington, in  the  Neilgherry  Hills,  which  was  published  in  the  P.  Z.  S. 
1866,  p.  568.  I  cannot  account  for  the  mistake,  nor  can  I  even  guess 
how  it  occurred.  My  attention  was  first  drawn  to  the  matter  by 
my  friend  Lieut.-Col.  M'Master,  who  assured  me  Corvus  splendens 
was  not  found  in  the  hills.  I  was  difficult  to  convince ;  for,  though 
1  could  not  actually  remember  having  seen  the  bird,  I  had  perfect 
reliance  on  my  notes,  which  were  made  on  the  spot.  I  found,  how- 
ever, on  examination,  that  I  had  nothing  whatever  about  Corvus 
splendens  in  my  notes  about  the  Neilgherries,  and  that  which  ap- 
peared in  the  P.  Z.  S.  referred  not  to  Wellington  but  to  Burmah. 
I  r^ret  I  should  in  any  way  have  been  instrumental  in  propagating 
error.  Corvus  splendens,  I  feel  convinced,  has  not  yet,  at  all  events, 
been  found  in  the  Neilgherry  range  of  mountains." 


Prof.  Flower  exhibited  for  Mr.  Blanford  the  skull  of  a  Hyrax 
{Hyrax  brucei)  collected  by  that  gentleman  in  Abyssinia,  which, 
in  addition  to  the  normal  dentition,  had  a  supernumerary  tooth  at 
the  posterior  end  of  the  molar  series  on  each  side  of  the  upper  jaw. 

The  skull  is  evidently  that  of  an  old  animal  (a  female),  and  the 
teeth  are  much  worn.  The  crown  of  this  supernumerary  tooth  is 
simple,  slender,  tapering,  broad  in  front,  and  sharp-edged  behind, 
and  placed  in  close  apposition  to  the  last  normal  molar.  It  has  a 
slight  curve  forwards  and  a  sharp  apex,  which,  having  nothing  to 
oppose  it  in  the  lower  jaw,  projects  beyond  the  worn  surface  of  the 
tooth  in  front  of  it.  The  crown  of  the  right  tooth,  which  is  rather 
larger  than  the  led,  shows  a  slight  tendency  to  develope  a  second 
cusp  on  its  posterior  edge.  The  root  of  the  left  tooth  is  simple, 
cylindrical,  and  tapering  slightly  to  its  rounded  closed  apex.  The 
root  of  the  right  is  thicker,  and  partially  bifurcated  at  the  apex. 


604  PROF.  W.  H.  FLOWER  Off  FOUR  SPECIMENS  [DeC.  9» 

The  dimensions  of  this  tooth  are: — Entire  length  '4'';  length  of 
portion  ahove  the  alveolar  margin  *25";  diameter  at  the  hase  of  the 
crown,  in  either  direction,  '14". 

The  specimen  b  deposited  in  the  British  Museum,  along  with  a 
large  aeries  of  skins  and  skeletons  of  the  same  species  collected  by 
Mr.  Blanford.  

The  following  papers  were  read : — 

1.  Notes  on  four  Specimens  of  the  Common  Pin-whale  (P%- 
scUus  aniiquarum,  Gray;  Bakenoptera  miisculus,  auct) 
stranded  on  the  South  Coast  of  England.  By  William 
Henry  Flower,  F.R.S.  &c. 

(Pkte  XLVII.) 

On  the  20th  of  Novemher  last  the  crew  of  a  fishine-hoat  belonging 
to  Langston  in  Hampshire  brought  in  the  dead  body  of  a  lai^ 
Whale,  which  they  had  found  floating  in  the  sea  about  fifteen  miles 
from  Havre.  They  succeeded  in  beachi^  the  carcase  near  Fort 
Cumberland,  at  the  entrance  to  Langston  Harbour,  about  two  miles 
east  of  Portsmouth.  Hearing  that  it  was  being  exhibited  at  this 
place,  I  went  to  see  it  on  the  morning  of  the  25th  of  November,  and 
put  down  a  few  notes  upon  its  external  characters,  which  may  be 
worth  the  notice  of  the  Society,  as  it  is  only  by  recording  all  infor- 
mation which  can  be  derived  horn  every  available  example  that  an 
accurate  histoiy  of  these  great  Cetaceans  can  be  obtained. 

Unfortunately  the  present  specimen,  in  some  respects,  afforded 
even  less  information  than  usual,  in  consequence  of  the  very  advanced 
state  of  decomposition  it  was  in.  The  cuticle  had  almost  entirely 
peeled  off  the  surface ;  moreover  fish  and  sea-birds  (with  which  the 
part  of  the  carcase  floating  above  the  surface  of  the  water  was 
covered  when  first  discovered)  had  committed  ravages  upon  many 
parts  of  the  superficial  tissues ;  consequently  the  natural  colour  was 
completely  destroyed,  and  the  whole  animal  appeared  of  a  uniform 
dirty  yellowish  white.  It  was  therefore  in  much  the  same  condition 
as  the  large  Fin- whale  stranded  at  Pevensey  in  November  186.5,  and 
described  in  the  'Proceedings'  of  this  Society  for  that  year,  at 
page  699^.  As  far  as  could  be  judged  by  the  external  characters. 
It  belonged  to  the  same  spedes. 

The  animal  was  lying  on  the  right  side,  which  position  enabled 
me  to  obtain  a  view  of  the  blow-holes  and  also  of  the  dorsal  fin, 
which  were  not  seen  in  the  Pevensey  Whale,  and  to  obtain  a  pretty 
exact  general  outline  of  its  form  (see  Plate  XLVII.  fig.  1). 

All  zoological  figures  of  large  Whales  must  be  looked  upon  in  the 
light  of  compilations  from  various  data,  or  as  restorations  from  roea- 

*  The  skeleton  of  this  animal  is  now  in  the  Anatomical  Museom  of  the  Vni- 
rersitj  of  Cambridge,  baring  been,  fortunatelj,  secured  in  a  perfect  condition 
by  Mr.  J.  W.  Clarl^  the  lealous  onrator  of  that  excellent  coUection. 


186§.]  OF  THE  COMMON  FIN-WHALE.  605 

Burementfl  and  drawings  of  yarions  parts  put  together,  as  the  animal 
when  lying  dead  on  the  beach,  flattenea  and  distorted  bj  its  own 
weight,  or  inflated  bj  the  liberation  of  eases  within  its  cavities,  can 
give  bat  little  idea  of  its  appearance  when  swimming  in  its  native 
element.  Hence  there  are  considerable  discrepancies  between  the 
most  reliable  of  the  figures  we  possess  even  of  the  most  common 
species*. 

The  exact  length  in  a  straight  line,  from  the  iVont  of  the  lower 
jaw  (which  projected  about  18  inches  beyond  the  muzzle)  to  the 
middle  of  the  tail,  was  61  feet,  or  6  feet  less  than  the  Pevensey 
Whale,  and  1  foot  more  than  a  Whale  of  the  same  species  and  sex 
(male)  taken  in  the  Thames  in  1859,  and  which,  as  shown  by  the 
eondidon  of  the  bones,  now  in  the  Rosherville  Ghirdens,  was  fully 
adult.  From  the  end  of  the  muzzle  to  the  axilla  was  1 9  feet  1 0  inches ; 
from  the  same  part  to  the  middle  of  the  eye  1 2  feet,  to  the  hinder 
border  of  the  dorsal  fin  45  feet  6  inches.  The  dorsal  fin  rose  gra- 
dually in  front,  with  a  convex  border,  to  a  vertical  height  of  1  foot 
3  inches,  the  apex  was  short  and  recurved,  the  posterior  border 
hollowed ;  the  base  was  rather  more  than  2  feet  in  length.  The 
flukes  of  the  tail  (Pkte  XLVII.  fig.  3)  measured  1 1  feet  across,  and 
2  feet  10  inches  firom  before  backwards  near  the  middle  hue.  As 
in  the  Pevensey  Whale,  the  right  was  markedly  convex,  and  the  left 
concave,  on  the  upper  surface,  giving  the  characteristic  screw-like 
form  to  the  main  organ  of  propulsion. 

The  terminal  portion  of  the  trunk,  between  the  dorsal  fin  and  the 
flukes  of  the  tail,  was,  as  usual  in  the  species,  strongly  compressed, 
of  great  and  nearly  uniform  vertical  depth  (4  feet),  and  sharply 
ridged  above  and  below. 

The  pectoral  fins,  measured  from  the  axilla  to  the  tip,  were 
5  feet  4  inches  long,  and  1  foot  7  inches  in  greatest  breadth,  which 
was  about  midway  between  those  points.  Towards  the  tip  the  upper 
or  uhiar  border  was  somewhat  excavated.  The  tip  was  rather  sharply 
pointed. 

The  upper  surface  of  the  head  was  on  the  whole  remarkably  flat ; 
but  immediately  in  front  of  the  blow-holes  a  strong  median  ridge 
rose  rather  abruptly,  then  gradually  subsided  to  about  midway  be- 

*  The  most  authentio  representations  of  the  external  characters  of  the  Whale 
under  consideration  with  which  I  am  acquainted  are : — 

1.  FVom  a  specimen,  45  feet  long,  stranded  in  1825  on  the  west  coast  of  Biumn. 
Figured  in  'Einige  Natnrhistor.  fiemerk.  iiber  die  Walle,'  by  F.  Bosenthal. 
Griefewald,  1827.    (Called  Baksna  rostrata,  yar.  mqjor.) 

2.  From  an,  animal,  51  feet  lone,  stranded  on  the  coast  of  Holland.  Schlegel, 
Abhand.  a.  d.  Gebiete  der  Zoologie,  Heft  i.  pi.  6, 1841.  (Called  BaUsna  sulcata 
orcHca.) 

3.  From  an  animal,  40  feet  lonff,  stranded  near  Katwgk,  in  Holland,  in  1841. 
Ibid.  Heft  ii.  pi.  9,  1843.    (Called  BaUmoptera  arctica,) 

4.  From  an  animal,  50  feet  long,  stranded  in  the  Orkney  Isles,  1856.  K. 
Heddle,  Proc  ZooL  Soc.  1856,  pis.  xLiy.  and  xlv.    (Called  Pnysaltis  dvguidii.) 

5.  From  an  animal,  40i  feet  long,  stranded  on  the  Lofoden  Islands.  (Called 
BaUgnoptera  mutculus.)    G.  O.  Sars,  Vid-Solskab.  Forhand.  Christiania,  1865. 

The  yayrious  names  assigned  to  these  specimens  by  their  respectiye  describers 
illustrate  the  diflSculties  of  the  nomenclature  of  thb  group. 


606  PROF.T7.  H.  FLOT7BR  ON  FOUR  SPECIMENS  [DeC.  9, 

tween  the  bbw-boles  and  the  end  of  the  snout ;  in  front  of  this  the 
surface  was  quite  flat.  The  snout  was  pointed,  flat  above  and  below, 
and  rounded  at  the  extreme  end,  which  projected  6^  inches  bejond 
the  anterior  limits  of  the  baleen.  On  this  part,  instead  of  the  rajed 
indentation  observed  in  the  Pevensey  Whale,  there  was  a  roundish 
depression  about  the  size  of  a  halfpenny  piece  on  each  side  of  the 
middle  hue  (see  Plate  XLVII.  fig.  2). 

The  blow-holes  were  situated  m  a  deep  hollow  (wide  behind  and 
narrow  in  front)  behind  the  before-mentioned  median  ridge,  rather 
anterior  to  the  eve,  their  front  end  being  10  feet  4  inches  from  the 
tip  of  the  muzzle.  Between  them  was  a  longitudinal  median  de- 
pression ;  each  aperture  was  13  inches  long,  curved,  with  the  con- 
cavity outwards ;  and  they  were  2  inches  apart  in  front,  and  10  inches 
behind. 

The  lower  jaw  terminated  anteriorly  in  a  sharp  median  ridge,  like 
the  prow  of  a  fast-going  vessel.  On  each  side  of  this  ridge,  about 
1  inch  from  the  middle  line  above  and  rather  nearer  below,  was  a 
vertical  row  of  short  white  bristles,  about  a  dozen  on  each  side,  placed 
rather  irregularly,  but  averaging  |  of  an  inch  between  each.  £ach 
brbtle  was  -^  inch  in  length,  but  not  more  than  ^  inch  projected 
above  the  surface.  They  were  set  in  distinct  fossffi,  which  were  very 
evident,  although  most  of  the  bristles  had  fallen  out.  I  could  de- 
tect no  traces  of  hairs  on  any  part  of  the  surface  of  the  upper  lip. 

The  baleen  of  the  two  sides  was  continuous  around  the  front  of  the 
palate.  The  anterior  narrow  blades  were  7  inches  long,  and  placed 
in  a  very  reclined  position  (see  Plate  XLVII.  fig.  2,  c).  The  longest 
blades  were  1  foot  9  inches  in  length,  including  the  hairy  ends.  There 
were  about  350  blades  on  each  side ;  and  in  the  middle  of  the  series 
24  blades  exactly  occupied  the  space  of  1  foot.  As  in  the  Pevensey 
Whale,  the  baleen  was  slate-coloured  externally,  and  white  at  the 
inner  edge ;  so  that  the  hairy  surface,  forming  the  greater  part  of  the 
roof  of  the  mouth,  was  all  of  a  yellowish-white  colour,  except  quite 
at  the  outer  edge.  Each  blade  was  mainly  of  the  dark  colour,  but 
near  its  inner  border  longitudinally  striated  with  pale  horn-colour. 

The  position  in  which  the  animal  was  lying,  with  the  lower  jaw 
thrown  much  to  one  side,  so  as  to  expose  the  baleen-plates  of  the 
left  side  from  end  to  end,  enabled  me  to  observe  a  structure  which  I 
did  not  see  in  the  Pevensey  Whale,  and  have  not  found  noted  in  any 
description.  Outside  the  main  series  of  baleen- plates,  growing  from 
the  "coronary  band"  ("Hom-Kranzband"  of  Rosenthal*),  which 
encircles  their  base,  was  a  fringe  of  stout  coarse  fibres,  like  those  of  the 
inner  surface  of  the  whalebone,  but  strongly  curled.  Each  of  these 
fibres,  or  hairs,  when  straightened  was  about  3  inches  in  length ;  and 
the  whole  series  extended  from  the  angle  of  the  mouth  for  18  inches 
forwards.     No  trace  of  them  was  to  be  seen  more  anteriorly. 

The  characteristic  longitudinal  furrows  of  the  throat  extended 
forwards  on  the  side  of  the  lower  lip  to  midway  between  the  angle 
of  the  mouth  and  the  end  of  the  chm ;  but  in  the  median  line  they 

*  Ueber  die  Barten  des  Schnabel-Wallfinches  (Akad.  d.  WiBsonachaft.  Berlin, 
1829). 


1869.]  OF  THE  COMMON  FIM-WHALE.  607 

reached  almost  to  the  symphysis  menti,  and  laterally  they  extended 
as  far  as  the  insertion  of  the  pectoral  6ns.  Counting  from  the  pec- 
toral fin  to  the  middle  line  on  the  exposed  side,  there  were  about 
twenty-six  farrows;  they  were  all  widely  distended.  But  all  this 
part  of  the  surface,  as  well  as  the  abdomen,  had  been  so  much  da- 
maged by  the  birds  (as  it  was  the  part  which  floated  uppermost) 
that  it  was  impossible  to  make  any  satisfactory  obserrations  upon  it. 

The  penis  was  completely  protruded,  as  it  always  appears  to  be  in 
Whales  that  have  been  long  dead,  being  probably  forced  from  the 
sheath  in  which  it  naturally  lies  concefded  by  the  pressure  of  the 
gases  arising  from  decomposition  accumulating  within  the  abdominal 
cavity.  The  hinder  ed^  of  its  base  was  21  feet  in  front  of  the  end 
of  the  tail,  or  5  feet  6  inches  in  front  of  the  hinder  border  of  the 
dorsal  fin.  Its  length  was  6  feet  6  inches.  Its  diameter  at  the  base 
1  foot,  from  which  it  gradually  tapered  to  1  inch  at  the  apex.  The 
orifice  of  the  urethra  was  terminal,  and  surrounded  by  four  distinct 
rounded  lobes.  The  nipples  were  placed  about  6  inches  behind  the 
root  of  the  penis,  and  2  inches  apart ;  each  was  lodged  in  a  groove, 
much  compressed,  ridged  or  keeled  on  the  free  edge,  with  the  ante- 
rior border  sloping  gradually  to  the  apex,  and  the  posterior  edge 
almost  vertical,  about  I  inch  from  before  backwards  at  the  base,  and 
I  inch  in  height  at  the  apex,  and  with  a  soft  nodulated  surface. 

I  have  not  had  any  opportunity  of  examining  any  of  the  bones  of 
this  specimen ;  but  I  will  add  to  this  notice  some  observations  upon 
the  skeletons  of  three  other  Whales  presumably  of  the  same  sp^ies 
which  have  been  stranded  on  various  parts  of  the  south  coast  of 
England. 

1.  This  skeleton,  the  smallest  of  the  three,  was  prepared  from  an 
animal  taken  at  Margate  in  1850,  and  was  kept  at  that  place  until 
December  1 864,  when  it  was  brought  to  London  and  exhibited  in  a 
waxwork  show  at  Shoreditch  as  an  additional  Christmas  attraction. 
After  it  had  ceased  to  "  draw,"  I  purchased  it  from  the  proprietor ; 
and  as  it  was  too  imperfect  to  mount  for  any  museum,  the  bones 
have  been  divided  between  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  and  the 
Cambridge  University. 

The  animal  was  very  nearly  adult ;  the  epiphyses  were  united  to 
both  ends  of  the  humerus  and  the  upper  end  of  the  radius  and  ulna, 
though  still  loose  on  the  bodies  of  the  dorsal  vertebrae.  The  ske- 
leton wanted  the  malar  bones,  the  tympanies,  the  stylo-hyals,  the 
pelvic  bones,  almost  all  the  carpals  and  phalanges,  many  of  the 
chevron  bones,  and  the  three  or  four  last  caudal  vertebrse.  The 
spines  and  transverse  processes  of  the  vertebrse  were  much  broken. 

The  entire  length,  the  vertebrae  being  placed  close  together  and 
the  end  of  the  tau  missing,  was  55  feet.  Fifty-seven  vertebrae  were 
present.  The  second,  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  cervical  vertebrae  have 
their  upper  and  lower  transverse  processes  united  so  as  to  form  com- 
plete rings.  The  sixth  has  very  short  lower  processes,  very  unequal 
m  size  on  the  two  sides.     In  the  seventh  they  are  entirely  absent. 

There  are  fifteen  pairs  of  ribs ;  the  first  46''  long  in  a  straight 
line  from  the  tubercle  to  the  inferior  extremity,  with  a  long  capitular 


608  PROF.  Vr,  H.  FLOWS R  ON  FOUR  SPECIMENS  [DeC.  9, 

process ;  the  second  and  third  have  also  moderately  lone  capitular 
processes ;  the  fourth  has  none ;  the  fifteenth  rib  is  slender  and 
twisted^  but  nearly  as  long  as  the  penultimate.  The  sternum  con* 
sists  of  a  broader  anterior  portion,  21"  from  side  to  side,  and  a 
narrow  posterior  prolongation,  turned  somewhat  to  the  right  side. 
Si**  long;  the  wnole  length  from  before  backwards  b  17''.  The 
anterior  border  is  very  thin,  notched,  and  eyidently  incompletely 
ossified ;  about  1"  behind  it  is  an  oval  foramen,  1''  in  length,  situated 
in  the  mesial  line.  The  hyoid  (basihyal  and  thyro-hyiu  ankylosed) 
is  33"  across.  The  scapula  is  25i"  in  height,  and  46"  in  breadth. 
The  humerus  17 i"  long ;  the  radius  28i** ;  the  uhia  32i*\  or  with- 
out the  olecranon  27 i".  The  length  of  the  cranium  is  14'  6",  the 
greatest  breadth  6'  4".  The  length  of  the  rostrum  Itf.  The  breadth 
of  the  middle  of  the  rostrum  30" ;  the  breadth  of  the  maxillary  at 
this  point  Si",  of  the  premaxillary  5|" ;  the  premaxillary  projects 
9"  beyond  the  maxillary.    The  length  of  the  lower  jaw  is  13'  6''. 

2.  The  next  animal  (a  male)  was  stranded  near  ralmouth  in  Au« 
gust  1863.  The  skeleton  was  prepared  by  Mr.  Gerrard,  jun.,  at 
whose  establishment  I  examined  it  m  April  1864.  It  is  now  in  the 
Alexandra  Park.  It  is  (or  was  when  I  last  saw  it)  quite  perfect, 
with  the  exception  of  one  or  two  of  the  terminal  phalanges.  All 
the  epiphyses  of  the  yertebrse  are  completely  united,  so  that  the 
animal  must  haye  been  fully  adult.  The  skeleton  as  articulated 
measures  in  a  straight  line  66',  of  which  the  skull  occupies  15'  6". 
The  yarious  dimensions  of  the  cranium  and  mandible  are  giyen  in 
P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  411*. 

There  are  sixty-one  yertebrse ;  but  the  last  is  elongated  and  con- 
stricted in  the  middle,  as  if  it  really  consisted  of  two  united.  Of 
these,  seyen  are  ceryical,  fifteen  thoracic,  fourteen  lumbar,  and  twenty- 
fiye  or  twenty-six  (according  as  the  last  is  reckoned  as  one  or  two) 
caudal.  The  second  cenr^  has  immense,  expanded,  backward- 
directed  transyerse  processes,  with  a  large  perforation  at  the  proxi- 
mal end.  The  second,  third,  fourth,  and  nfth  haye  the  upper  and 
lower  processes  united  so  as  to  form  rings.  The  sixth  has  a  long 
upper  process ;  but  the  lower  one  is  a  mere  tubercle,  larger  on  one 
side  than  the  other.  In  the  seyenth  the  lower  process  is  entirely 
absent.  The  extreme  width  between  the  ends  of  Uie  transyerse  pro- 
cesses of  the  different  ceryical  yertebrse  is  as  follows : — First  26", 
second  43",  third  34",  fourth  35^",  fifth  35|",  sixth  34",  seyenth 
33^".  The  foramen  in  the  transyerse  process  of  the  second  cenrical 
yertebra  is  6^"  broad,  and  4"  high ;  tne  corresponding  foramen  in 
the  third  yertebra  is  8"  broad,  and  6|"  high;  in  the  fourth  8^" 
broad,  and  6"  high. 

The  cheyron  bones  appear  to  be  all  present.  There  are  eighteen ; 
the  first  and  the  last  three  haye  not  united  in  the  middle  line.  The 
first  is  placed  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  body  of  the  thirty-seyen^ 
yertebra.  The  yertical  perforations  through  the  base  of  the  trans- 
yerse processes  commence  in  the  eighth  caudal  yertebra. 

*  The  atlai^  aziB,  and  fifth  oerrioal  yertebne  of  this  speoimeii  ar«  figured  hj 
Dr.Onj  in  'Cat  of  Seals  and  Whalw  in  Brit  Mas.'  1866,  p.  145. 


1869.]  OP  THE  COMMON  FIN-WHALE.  609 

There  are  fifteen  pairs  of  ribs.  The  first,  second,  and  third  have 
a  capitular  process  extending  about  halfway  from  the  ends  of  the 
transverse  processes  to  the  bodies  of  the  vertebrse.  The  first  is  50" 
in  its  greatest  length  in  a  straight  line,  and  12''  broad  at  the  lower 
end.  It  is  simple,  showing  no  trace  of  the  coalition  of  a  cervical 
rib  with  it.  The  last  pair  were  quite  rudimentary  and  unconnected 
with  the  spinal  column,  corresponding  in  position  with  the  middle 
third  of  the  fourteenth  pair.  They  are  pointed  at  the  upper  end, 
but  shaped  like  the  other  ribs  below.  The  length  of  that  on  the 
right  side  is  19V',  of  the  left  27". 

A  figure  of  the  sternum  is  ffiven  in  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  393.  Its 
anterior  part  is  expanded  lateraUy  into  two  broad  winn ;  and  it  has 
a  long  narrow  posterior  process.  Its  extreme  breadth  is  24",  and 
its  length  21|"«  The  ankylosed  basihyal  and  thyro-hyals  measure 
34"  across,  and  1 IV'  in  greatest  len^h  from  before  backwards.  The 
stylo-hyals  are  IfiX"  long,  and  4"  in  greatest  thickness.  The  sca- 
pula is  51"  in  breadth,  and  29"  in  height ;  from  the  posterior  supe- 
rior angle  to  the  end  of  the  acromium  process  is  464",  from  the 
hinder  edge  of  the  glenoid  fossa  to  the  tip  of  the  coracoid  21".  The 
humerus  is  20"  in  extreme  len|^h,  and  11"  in  greatest  diameter 
near  the  lower  end.    The  radius  is  31^'  long,  7"  in  greatest  diameter 


(at  the  upper  end),  5^"  at  the  middle,  and  7f*  at  the  lower  end.  The 
ulna  is  36"  in  extreme  length,  29^  from  tne  middle  of  its  articula- 
tion with  the  humerus,  9^"  in  width  at  the  olecranon,  4"  at  the 
middle,  and  6^"  at  the  lower  end.  The  lower  epiphyses  of  the  ulna 
and  radius  are  quite  separate  from  the  shafts.  Tnere  are  five  prin- 
cipal ossifications  in  each  carpus,  three  in  the  proximal  and  two 
(soudler)  in  the  distal  row,  besides  a  minute  (pisiform?)  nodule 
situated  on  the  ulnar  side  of  the  wrist.  There  are  four  metacarpal 
bones,  which  measure  respectively,  b^;inning  on  the  radial  side, 
4|",  6",  5",  and  3|".  The  pelvic  bones  are  each  18^"  long,  gently 
carved,  with  one  end  flattened  and  rather  spatulate,  and  the  other 
tapering  and  more  conical,  and  with  a  promment  angular  projection 
firom  near  the  middle  of  the  convex  border. 

3.  The  third  skeleton  was  prepared  from  the  animal  which  was 
washed  ashore  on  the  south  coast  of  the  Isle  of  Wight  in  April 
1842. 

A  short  notice  of  it  has  been  ^ven  by  Dr.  Gray* ;  and  it  once 
received  a  visit  from  the  distinguished  Ihmish  cetologist  Eschricht, 
as  mentioned  in  his  valuable  'IDntersuchuneen  iiber  die  nordlichen 
Wallthiere  ;*  but  no  further  description  of  it  has  ever  b(Mn  published. 
My  notes  are  brief,  but  they  are  sufficient  to  determine  the  species. 
Th^  were  taken  on  the  1 1th  of  last  August.  The  skeleton  belongs 
to  the  proprietor  or  exhibitor  of  the  well-known  gully  in  the  chff 
called  *'  Black  Gang  Chine,"  about  six  miles  west  of  Ventnor,  and  is 
at  present  in  a  stable  attached  to  the  house  which  forms  the  entrance 
for  viators  to  the  "  Chine." 

This  must  have  been  a  considerably  larger  animal  than  the  last, 

*  Zooloffv  of  Brebu0  and  Terror,  p.  50;  Gat  Seals  and  Whales  Brit  Mas. 
(1666)  p.  U8. 


610     ON  FOUR  SPECIMENS  OF  THE  COMMON  FIN-WHALE.    [DeC.  9, 

judging  by  the  size  of  indiyidual  bones ;  for  as  the  skeleton  was  very 
imperfectly  articulated  I  could  form  no  accurate  estimate  of  its 
actual  length.  It  was  therefore  above  the  average  size  of  Whales 
of  this  species,  and,  when  compared  with  the  one  at  the  Roshenrille 
Gardens,  shows  that  there  may  be  a  considerable  amount  of  variation 
in  this  respect.  I  have,  unfortunately,  not  been  able  to  learn  the 
sex  to  which  it  belonged.  It  was  perfectly  adult,  all  the  epiphyses 
of  the  vertebrae  having  united. 

The  skeleton  is  far  from  complete.  One  of  the  lachrymals  and 
jugals  are  missing  from  the  skull ;  and  one  of  the  stylo-hyals,  many 
of  the  chevron  bones,  and  nearly  all  the  bones  of  both  hands  are 
wanting.  The  bones  that  remain  are,  however,  at  present  in  excel- 
lent condition,  free  from  grease,  and  the  processes  of  vertebrae  are 
generally  unbroken.  The  terminal  caudal  vertebrae  are  contained 
within  the  dried  tail-fin,  so  that  their  number  cannot  be  ascertained, 
but  they  are  probably  all  present.  Besides  these  there  are  fifty-four 
vertebrae.  The  axis  has  very  large  transverse  processes,  containing 
a  small  oval  foramen  near  its  base.  The  transverse  processes  of  the 
third,  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  form  complete  rings  on  both  sides ; 
the  seventh  has  only  an  upper  transverse  process.  There  are  fourteen 
pairs  of  ribs  present,  the  last  well  developed  and  articulating  with 
the  transverse  process  of  the  corresponding  vertebra.  There  may 
have  been  a  rudimentary  fifteenth,  as  in  the  Alexandra- Park  skeleton; 
but  the  transverse  process  does  not  show  any  enlargement  at  the 
end.  The  upper  end  of  the  first  rib  has  a  mere  rudiment  of  a  capi- 
tular process;  the  second  and  third  have  moderately  long  necks; 
in  the  fourth  this  process  is  almost  obsolete. 

The  sternum  resembles  in  general  form  that  of  the  Alexandra-Park 
Whale,  but  the  posterior  process  is  longer,  thicker  at  the  base,  and 
more  gradually  tapering.  The  whole  length  is,  therefore,  exactly 
equal  to  the  breadth  (24'') ;  in  all  other  Whales  of  this  species  that 
I  have  examined,  the  sternum  has  been  somewhat  broader  than  long. 
The  scapula  is  59"  in  breadth,  and  37"  in  height ;  the  radius  3T* 
in  length.  I  find  by  my  notes  that  I  estimated  the  length  of  the 
cranium  at  16';  but  it  was  in  a  position  which  rendered  exact  mea- 
surement impossible ;  Dr.  Gray  gives  it  as  16'  7",  and  5'  wide  at  the 
notch. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  main  difiPerences  between  these  three  ske- 
letons, besides  size,  are  in  the  extent  of  the  development  of  the  lower 
transverse  process  of  the  sixth  cervical  vertebra,  in  the  presence  or 
absence  of  C4ipitular  process  to  the  first  rib,  and  in  the  development 
of  the  fifteenth  rib.  These,  with  other  minor  differences,  will  show 
(especially  when  compared  with  the  descriptions  already  published 
of  other  specimens  from  the  same  locaUty*)  how  large  an  amount  of 
variation,  quite  independently  of  age,  may  exist  in  different  mdivi- 
duals  which  may  with  all  reasonable  probability  be  assumed  to  have 
belonged  to  a  single  species. 

*  For  that  in  the  Antwerp  ZooIo||ical  QardenB,  see  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  j^.  414. 
The  skeleton  of  the  specimen  taken  in  the  Thames  in  1859,  and  now  in  the 
Boehenrille  Qardens,  is  described  by  Dr.  Murie,  P.  Z.  S.  1865,  p.  206. 


1869.]  SURGEON  P.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  611 

DESCBIPnON  OF  PLATE  XLVIL 

Fig.  1.  Ifale  Fin-wfaale  (Pk^saku  aniiquorum),  61  feet  in  length,  stranded  near 
Portsmoath,  NoTember  aoth,  1869. 
2.  Anterior  portion  of  the  roof  of  the  mouth,  showing  the  baleen  tn  mtu. 

a.  Smooth  median  ridge  of  the  palate. 

b.  Filamentous  inner  surface  of  the  baleen. 
e.  Small,  anterior,  reclined  baleen-plates. 

a  OtttUaeofthetaiL 


2.  On  some  of  the  fishes  in  the  Calcutta  Museum. 
By  Francis  Day,  P.Z.S.,  P.L.S.— Part  III  * 

At  the  commencement  of  these  papers  on  the  Fishes  in  the  Cal- 
cutta Museum,  I  proposed  offering  some  remarks  on  Hamilton 
Buchanan's  MS.  ichthyological  drawings,  which  I  have  had  the  op- 
portunity of  fully  examining  whilst  in  Calcutta.  I  find,  however, 
objections  exist  to  this  course,  as  it  is  advanced  that  my  observations 
should  be  addressed  to  the  Society  to  whom  those  drawings  belong ; 
consequently,  should  I  give  my  views  publicity,  I  must  reserve  them 
for  the  consideration  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal. 

I  have,  however,  a  few  more  remarks  to  make  upon  the  Fishes  of 
the  Calcutta  Museum.  Amongst  the  specimens  1  have  been  unable 
to  find  some  of  Mr.  Blyth's  types ;  but  having  fortunately  recognized 
several  of  the  species  in  Burma,  I  shall  be  able,  when  adverting  to 
the  fishes  of  that  country,  to  remark  upon  them. 

A  erett  an  the  head,    Danaljin  notched, 

Salarias  andambnsis,  sp.  nov. 

D.  12/22.     P.  15.     V.  4.     A.  22-24.     C.  11, 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  |,  of  caudal  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Hdght  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head. 

Month  very  obhque,  directed  downwards  and  forwards;  snout 
obtuse,  vertical ;  the  maxilla  extends  to  beneath  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  orbit.  Tentacle  above  orbit  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  eye. 
Occipital  crest  rather  high.    A  small  frin^  tentacle  at  the  nostril. 

Teeth  in  a  sugle  row,  with  a  large  camne  internally  on  either  side 
of  the  lower  jaw. 

Fins.  A  rather  deep  notch  between  the  two  divisions  of  the  dorsal 
fin ;  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  dorsal  is  not  connected  by  mem- 
brane to  the  caudal ;  the  central  rays  of  caudal  the  longest. 

Lateral  line  in  upper  fourth  of  body,  commencing  to  curve  down- 
wards opposite  the  eighth  dorsal  spine,  after  which  it  soon  becomes 
lost. 

Coloure,  Brownish,  with  ten  brown  bars  along  the  centre  of  the 
body,  and  a  row  of  oblong  pearl-coloured  spots  with  dark  margins 
along  the  middle  of  the  last  half  of  the  body,  and  a  second  row 
*  See  Part  I.  p.  511,  and  Part  II.  p.  548. 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XL. 


G12  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  [DeC.  Qy 

below.  Dorsal  fin  with  a  dark  margin  edged  with  white,  and  the 
posterior  portion  of  the  second  dorsal  spotted.  Anal  edged  with 
black.  Pectoral  and  yentral  white.  Caudal  barred  in  about  six 
lines  on  either  side  of  the  fin.     Head  dark  in  its  anterior  portion. 

Two  specimens  up  to  4  inches  were  brought  from  the  Andaman 
Islands  and  presented  to  the  Museum  by  Dr.  J.  Anderson. 

One  specimen,  3  inches  long,  from  the  same  locality  was  presented 
by  Capt.  Hodges,  who  also  gave  what  appears  to  be  the  same  spe- 
cies  Ifjj  inch  long,  but  wanting  both  the  crest  and  orbital  tentacle. 

In  the  Museum  I  find  the  specimens  of  Saceobranchus  considered 
to  be  the  8.  /ossilis,  Bloch,  and  that  to  be  identical  with  S,  singio. 
Ham.  Buch.  Dr.  Gunther,  however,  in  his  elaborate  '  Catalogue  of 
Fishes'  (vol.  v.  pp.  30,  31),  holds  a  difiPerent  view.  Having  taken 
some  trouble  to  elucidate  this  question,  I  will  here  offer  a  few  reasons 
for  dissenting  from  this  division  (as  it  appears  to  me)  of  the  species. 
Dr.  Gilnther^s  diagnosis  may  be  summed  up  as  follows : — 

Saccobranchus  SIN610.  A.  68  to  70  rays.  Height  of  body  ^^ 
length  of  head  ^  of  the  length  of  the  body.  Eye  2  diameters  from 
end  of  snout  Maxillary  cirri  extend  to  or  beyond  the  pectoral  fin ; 
pectoral  spine  f  of  length  of  head.  Ventral  fin  reaches  to  third  or 
fourth  anal  ray.     A  notch  between  anal  and  caudal  fin. 

Saccobranchus  fossilis.  A.  70,  Height  of  body  \,  length 
of  head  ^  of  the  length  of  body.  Eye  3  diameters  from  end  of  snout. 
Maxillary  cirri  extend  to  middle  or  end  of  the  pectoral  fin ;  pectoral 
spine  f  as  long  as  head.  Ventral  fin  reaches  the  origin  of  the  anal. 
Anal  and  caudal  fins  scarcely  separated  by  a  notch. 

First,  as  re^rds  coloration,  it  is  no  criterion  in  this  species.  In 
Burmese  specunens,  as  a  rule,  there  are  two  longitudinal  yellowish- 
white  bands ;  this  I  have  never  seen  in  India. 

Next,  as  regards  fin-rays.  Out  of  thirty  specimens  I  found  as 
wide  a  variety  as  from  A.*  60-79,  yet  the  species  was  evidently  the 
same  in  all. 

The  height  of  the  bodv  depends  on  the  time  of  year,  whether  th^ 
are  captur^  from  sluggish  streams  or  tanks,  or  irom  localities  well 
or  badly  supplied  with  food.  Thus,  out  of  several  from  one  tank  at 
Pegu,  where  food  was  plentiful,  the  height  of  the  body  was  from 
^  to  ^  of  the  length  of  the  body ;  in  Malabar  j-  of  the  same ;  in 
Mysore  ^  of  the  body.  Were  the  depth  alone  of  much  specific 
value,  some  of  the  Burmese  species  would  differ  from  the  Malabar, 
and  those  again  from  the  Mysore  ones. 

As  to  the  length  of  the  head,  out  of  thirty  specimens  it  differed 
from  A  to  j-  of  the  length  of  the  body. 

The  size  of  the  eye  differs  with  ase,  as  does  also  the  pectoral  spine. 

As  regards  the  notch  between  the  anal  and  caudal  fins,  its  com- 
parative size  varies  considerably. 

There  is  one  subject,  however,  to  be  kept  in  mind  respecting  this 


1869.]    '  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  INDIAN  FISHES.  613 

species  of  fish,  that  both  it  and  the  Clarias  tnoffur,  H.  B.,  are  exten- 
sively bred  in  India  and  the  East  for  stocking  tanks.  There  is  hardly 
any  thing  which  pays  better,  whilst  the  trouble  is  but  slight.  Do- 
mestication causes  a  wide  diiference  in  a  few  generations  even  in 
fishes ;  and  an  overstocked  tank  will  give  a  larger  proportion  of  the 
lanky  S./ossiUSf  BL,  than  the  stouter-looking  S.  singio,  H.  B. 

In  the  'Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Societv  of  Bengal'  (1860,  p.  156), 
Mr.  Blyth  gives  a  short  description  of  Pteudosilurus  macrophthal^ 
fltM,  sp.  nov.,  from  Burma,  specimens  of  which  I  was  unable  to  find 
in  the  collection,  but  I  recognize  it  in  the  following,  which  I  pro* 
cored  in  the  Irrawaddi. 

Callichrous  macrophthalmus,  Blyth. 

D.  4.    P.  ^.    V.  6.     A.  74-76.    C  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  -j^,  height  of  body  f  of  the  total 
length. 

Eye9.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  2\  diameters  apart 

Lower  Jaw  prominent ;  maxillary  cirri  reach  to  the  middle  of  the 
length  of  the  fish,  their  extremities  being  very  fine;  mandibular 
ones  to  the  gill-opening. 

Teeth  in  cardiform  bands  in  both  jaws ;  in  a  single  or  double  series 
across  the  vomer,  interrupted  in  the  middle. 

Fins.  Pectoral  spine  as  long  as  the  head  without  the  snout, 
strongly  serrated  internally  in  its  last  half.  A  deep  notch  between 
the  posterior  extremity  of  the  anal  and  the  commencement  of  the 
caudal,  which  latter  is  deeply  lobed,  the  lower  one  being  the  longest. 

Colours.  A  well- developed  round  black  blotch  exists  above  the 
posterior  third  of  the  pectoral  fin.  Body  greenish  along  the  back, 
sides  silvery,  abdomen  shot  with  purple.  Opercles  covered  with  fine 
spots  and  glossed  with  a  golden  colour. 

Differs  from  C.  bimaculatus  in  the  larger  size  of  the  eye,  the 
greater  length  of  the  pectoral  spine  and  maxillary  cirri,  as  well  as  in 
the  extent  of  the  anal  fin,  &c. 

Hah,  The  Irrawaddi  and  its  branches. 

PoLOTUS  NiTiDUS,  Blyth  (J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1858,  p.  282),  is 
doubtless  the  Coiua  gttdgutia,  H.  Buch.  (pp.  94,  370),  as  subse- 
quently observed  by  Mr.  Blyth  (/.  c.  1860,  p.  Ill);  but  it  is  not  a 
Mesoprion  as  he  suggested,  but  the  Pristipoma  hasta,  Bl. 

CHiBTODON  LAYARDi,  Blyth,  iu  Kclaart's  '  Prod.  Faun.  Zeylan. 
Appendix'  (p.  50),  is  Chmtodon  vittatus,  Bl.  Schn. 

Phractocephalus  itchkeba,  Sykes  (Trans.  Zool.  Soc.  ii. 
p.  373,  t.  67.  f.  1),  is  not  a  Macrones  as  suggested  by  Dr.  Gunther 
(Catal.  V.  p.  84),  but  is  identical  with  Pimelodus  cenia,  H.  Buch. 
(pp.  174,  376,  pi.  31.  f.  57),  a  Hemipimelodus  of  Bleeker.  It  is 
fully  described  m  my  paper  "On  the  Fishes  of  Orissa."  (See  anteh, 
p.  308.) 


614  8UR6BON  F.  DAY  ON  THK  [DeC.  9» 

Hara  filambntosa,  Blyth  (J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  I860,  p.  152), 
and  which  I  described  when  remarking  on  that  genus  in  the  "  Fishes 
of  Orissa/'  is  doubtless  the  Pimelodus  canto.  Ham.  Buch.  (pp.  191, 
379).    It  is  abundant  in  Burma. 

Perilamptjs  FULVB8CBNS,  Bljth  (J.  A.  S.  of  Bengal,  1860, 
p.  1 63),  is,  I  find,  merely  a  variety  of  the  Perilampus  laubuea  of 
Ham.  Buch.  (pp.  260,  384).  I  have  procured  all  the  intervening 
grades  in  Burma. 


3.  On  the  Freshwater  Fishes  of  Burma. 
By  Francis  Day,  F.Z.S.,  F.L.S.— Part  I. 

In  the  course  of  the  following  papers  I  propose  describing  the 
Freshwater  Fishes  of  Burma,  or  rather  those  which  I  have  obtained 
during  my  tour  whilst  inspecting  the  fisheries  of  Pegu,  and  in  the 
course  of  a  hurried  visit  I  paid  to  the  capital  of  Upper  Burma.  lo 
doing  this  I  shall  first  detail  (without  arrangement)  some  species  which 
appear  to  me  to  be  undescribed  or  doubtful,  next  give  a  snort  general 
notice  of  the  fishes,  with  observations  upon  any  thing  peculiar  which 
I  may  have  observed  respecting  them,  and  lastly  a  retrospect  of  the 
geographical  distribution  of  the  fishes  of  this  portion  of  the  east. 

The  period  of  the  year  during  which  my  investigations  extended 
being  the  monsoon  months,  was  aeainst  collecting ;  but  my  duties 
were  to  investigate  the  fisheries  and  how  the  young  were  being  looked 
after,  consequently  my  own  scientific  collection  was  obliged  to  be  a 
secondary  consideration. 

I  am  unaware  of  any  one  having  written  much  respecting  the  ich- 
thyology of  this  region.  Mason,  in  his  account  of  Burma,  observes 
that  it  is  probably  the  same  as  that  of  Bengal,  but  his  list  is  ve^ 
incorrect  m  many  respects.  Cuvier  and  Val.  received  a  few  spea- 
mens  from  the  Irrawaddi ;  and  Major  Berdmore  transmitted  others 
to  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal. 

My  tour  extended  from  Rangoon  by  boat  to  Bassein  through  the 
various  creeks,  then  up  the  Dugga  river  to  the  Eeen-eay-gyee  Lake 
fishery,  returning  to  Rangoon  by  Bassein,  being  unable  to  pass  into 
the  Irrawaddi.  From  Ruigoon  bv  steamer  about  650  miles  up  the 
Irrawaddi  to  Mandalay,  returning  by  the  same  route  to  Prome ;  thai 
by  boat  down  the  river.  Next  to  Moulmein ;  then,  having  returned 
to  Rangoon  up  the  Pegu  river,  to  Pegu,  across  country  to  Sittoung, 
down  that  river  to  Billing,  then  across  country  to  Salwein,  and  so 
down  again  to  Moulmein — these  last  two  rivers  being  in  Tenasserim. 

No  adipose  eyelids, 

MUGIL  HAMILTON  1 1,  Sp.  UOV. 

J  Mugil  caseasia.  Ham.  Buch. 

D.  4  I  i.    P.  13.    V.  I    A.  3/9.     C.  15.     L.  1.  44.     L.  tr.  18. 


1869.]  FRESHWATER  FISHES  OF  BURMA.  615 

Length  of  head  },  of  pectorals  \,  of  caudal  j^,  height  of  hody  ^  of 
the  toUl  length. 

Ejes  without  adipose  lids,  diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter 
from  end  of  snout,  1  ^  diameter  apart. 

Body  compressed,  tapering  to  ooth  ends ;  snout  somewhat  pointed. 
Least  depth  of  free  portion  of  tail  equal  to  half  the  length  of  head. 
Maxilla  almost  entirely  hidden  hy  the  preeorhital,  which  latter, 
although  not  emarginate,  is  strongly  spinate,  with  eleven  or  twelve 
spines,  the  five  posterior  being  the  coarsest,  and  the  last  one  the 
strongest.  Lips  thin.  Cleft  of  mouth  equal  to  half  its  gape.  Man- 
dibular a^le  somewhat  obtuse.  Lower  jaw  with  a  knob  on  sym- 
physis.    Uncovered  space  on  chin  lanceolate. 

Teeth  absent. 

Fin$,  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of  the 
caudal;  its  spines  are  moderately  strong,  and  the  length  of  the 
longest  eoual  to  that  of  the  head  from  the  middle  of  the  orbit. 
Pectoral  short ;  its  length  equals  that  of  the  head  without  the  snout. 
Second  dorsal  arises  over  the  middle  of  the  anal ;  its  height  equals 
that  of  the  first  dorsal.  Anal  spines  well  developed,  the  third  the 
longest,  lower  surface  of  the  fin  concave.     Caudal  lunate. 

Scales  strongly  ctenoid,  with  a  raised  Une,  more  or  less  apparent, 
along  each,  rew  scales  on  the  vertical  fins;  thirty-eight  rows 
between  the  base  of  the  first  dorsal  and  the  snout.  No  elongated 
scale  in  the  axil. 

Colours.  Silvery  shot  with  gold ;  of  a  leaden  colour  along  the 
upper  half  of  the  body. 

This  is  a  small  species  found  in  the  Irrawaddi,  P^;u,  and  other 
rivers  of  Burma,  but  it  rarely  grows  to  4|  inches  in  length. 

It  may  be  the  M.  easeasia,  H.  B. ;  but  that  is  said  to  have 
D.  4  ||,  A.  2/8,  and  to  be  found  in  the  rivers  of  Northern  Bengal. 

Catopra  nandioidbs?,  Bleeker. 

B.  vi.  D.^.  P.  15.  V.|.  A.  3/8.  C.  13.  L.  1.  27. 
L.  tr.  5^/14^.    CsBC.  pyl.  2. 

Length  of  head  from  f  to  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  ^,  of  height 
of  body  f  ,  of  dorsal  spines  ^,  of  dorsal  rays  A-  of  the  toUd  length. 

Eyei.  Diameter  nearly  |  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end 
of  snout,  1^  diameter  apart. 

Snout  convex  in  the  adult.  Body  oblong,  compressed,  and  rising 
from  the  snout  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin. 

Prseorbital  and  preeopercle  rather  strongly  serrated,  fine  serrations 
in  the  contiguous  portions  of  the  sub-  and  interopercles.  Two  flat 
spines  on  the  opercle,  the  lower  being;  double  in  the  adult.  Poste- 
rior extremity  of  maxilla  extends  to  beneath  the  anterior  margin  of 
the  orbit. 

Teeth  villiform  in  both  jaws,  the  external  row  being  the  largest, 
more  especially  in  the  upper  jaw.  Blunted  teeth  on  the  vomer  and 
pakte.     Tongue  osseous,  toothed. 

Fins,  Dorsal  spines  strong,  interspinous  membrane  deeply  clefl ; 


61 G  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  [DcC.  9, 

rays  much  longer  than  the  spines,  and  central  ones  the  longest. 
Pectoral  rounded.  Second  anal  spine  strongest,  third  the  longest. 
Caudal  rounded. 

Scales  ctenoid. 

Lateral  line  interrupted  opposite  the  posterior  extremity  of  the 
dorsal  fin,  heine  continued  three  scales  lower  down  to  opposite  the 
hase  of  the  caudal,  on  reaching  which  it  curves  slightly  downwards 
and  is  continued  to  the  end  of  the  fin. 

Colours.  Dull  greenish,  havine  a  jet-hlack  mark  in  the  axil  and 
on  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin,  which  otherwise  is  yellow.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  fins  slate-coloured. 

Air-bladder  large.  Two  csecal  appendages  rather  long.  Pseudo- 
branchiae  absent. 

One  specimen,  8  inches  long,  from  Een-gay-gyee  Lake ;  another, 
4-^  inches  long,  from  Hengada ;  two  from  Sittoong,  the  longest 
being  6^  inches. 

This  species  does  not  quite  agree  with  Bleeker's  description,  and 
a  comparison  of  specimens  is  desirable. 

Vomerine  band  of  teeth  interrupted. 

CaI«LICHROU8  NOTATU8,  Sp.  UOY. 

D.4.     P.i     V.8.     A.^.     C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  nearly  lateral,  situated  opposite  the  angle  of  the  moath. 
Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  l|  diameter  from  end  of  snout, 
2\  diameters  apart. 

Nape  not  elerated.  Width  of  head  nearly  equals  its  length,  and 
is  more  than  its  height. 

Clefl  of  mouth  equals  half  its  gape.  Lower  jaw  moderately  pro- 
minent. Maxillary  cirri  reach  to  the  centre  of  the  total  length  of 
the  fish ;  the  mandibular  arise  opposite  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  and 
are  slightly  longer  than  one  diameter  of  the  orbit. 

Teeth  Tilliform  in  the  jaws ;  those  on  the  Tomer  in  two  distinct 
patches. 

FiM.  Dorsal  fin  small,  arising  a  little  in  advance  of  the  yentrals. 
Pectoral  spine  slightly  denticulated  towards  its  extremity ;  it  is  as 
long  as  the  postorbital  portion  of  the  head.  A  notch  exists  between 
the  end  of  the  anal  and  the  caudal ;  the  latter  with  deep  sharp  lobes, 
the  upper  being  the  longest. 

Coiourt.  Silvery,  with  a  deep  black  round  spot  on  the  lateral  Une 
some  distance  above  the  middle  of  the  pectoral  fin. 

Hab.  Rivers  of  Burma.  Many  specimens,  up  to  4  inches  in  length. 

CaLUCHROUS  NI6RE8CBN8,  Sp.  UOV. 

B.  xvi.     D.  5.     P.  1/13.     V.  9.    A.  J^.    C.  17. 


Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of 
the  total  length. 


1869.]  FRESHWATER  FISHES  OF  BURMA.  617 

Eyes  situated  opposite  the  angle  of  the  mouthy  a  portion  hemg 
on  the  lower  surface  of  the  head.  Diameter  |  of  length  of  head, 
1-^  diameter  from  end  of  snout,  2  diameters  apart. 

Nape  of  neck  elevated.  The  width  of  the  head  equak  its  length 
without  the  snout,  and  is  the  same  as  its  height. 

Gape  of  mouth  wide,  cleft  equals  half  its  gape ;  lower  jaw  strongly 
pronuneut.  Maxillaiy  cirri  reach  as  far  as  the  posterior  margin 
of  the  orhit ;  mandibular  pair  opposite  the  angle  of  the  mouth  and 
minute. 

Teeth  villiform  in  both  jaws,  and  in  an  interrupted  band  on  the 
Tomer. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  above  the  ventrals.  Pectoral  spine  weak, 
entire,  as  long  as  the  head  without  the  snout.  Anal  reaches  the 
base  of  the  caudal,  but  is  separated  from  it  by  a  notch.  Caudal 
deeply  forked. 

Colours,  Silvery,  spotted  all  over  with  fine  black  dots,  giving  it  a 
dark  cloudy  appearance.  A  black  finger-mark  on  the  side  above  the 
base  of  the  pectoral  fin.     Caudal  lobes  with  black  tips. 

Hab,  Throughout  the  branches  of  the  Irrawaddi,  in  the  Pegu 
and  Sittoung  rivers. 

Out  of  many  specimens,  the  largest  was  6^  inches  long.  In  one 
the  mandibular  cirri  were  absent,  but  it  was  evidently  the  same 
species. 

The  Pseudeutropius  taakree,  Sykes,  or  the  P.  hngimanus,  Giin- 
ther,  is  tolerably  abundant  in  the  Irrawaddi  and  its  branches — as  is 
also  the  P.  goongwaree^  Svkes,  or  Eutropias  macrophthalmusy  Blyth. 
The  former  has  been  fully  described  by  Dr.  Gunther  (Catalogue  of 
Fishes,  vol.  v.  p.  60) ;  the  latter  has  still  some  points  which  require 
invest^iation,  dthough  it  is  doubtless  Bagrus  exodon,  C.  &  V. 

PSEUDEUTROPIUS  GOONGWAREE,  SykcS. 

D.  J|0.     p.  1/8.     V.  8.     A.  46-54.     C.  17. 

Length  of  head  nearly  ^,  of  pectoral  ^,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body 
nearly  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  behind  the  cleft  of  the  mouth,  and  partlv  on  the  lower  sur- 
face of  the  head.  Diameter  |  of  length  of  head,  1^  diameter  from 
end  of  snout,  2^  diameters  apart. 

Rostral  cirri  as  long  as  the  head ;  maxillary  reaching  the  anal  fin ; 
external  mandibular  pair  slightly  the  longest,  and  extending  to  the 
base  of  the  pectoral  fin.  The  longituounal  furrow  on  the  head 
extends  to  the  base  of  the  occipital  process,  which  is  narrow,  and  of 
neariy  equal  width  throughout.  The  cleft  of  the  mouth  extends  half- 
way to  the  orbit ;  upper  jaw  slightly  the  longest,  anteriorly  rounded. 

Teeth  villiform  in  the  lower  jaw  and  over  the  lower  surface  of  the 
snout,  so  as  to  be  entirely  beyond  the  lower  jaw.  Palatine  teeth  in 
a  narrow  uninterrupted  curved  band. 

Fins.  Dorsal  spine  somewhat  slender,  as  lone  as  the  head  without 
the  snout,  finely  serrated  posteriorly.  Pectoral  spine  about  the  same 
length,  stronger,  and  coarsely  denticulated  along  its  whole  internal 


618  SURGEON  F.  DAY  ON  THE  [DeC.  9, 

margin.  Yeutral  small,  inserted  behind  the  posterior  dorsal  raj. 
Candal  forked. 

Colours.  Silyery,  darkest  above ;  a  small  black  spot  at  base  of  the 
dorsal  fin. 

Hab.  The  Irrawaddi  and  its  branches,  growing  to  8  or  10  inches 
in  length.    It  is  very  common. 

PSEUDEUTROPIUS  ACUTI ROSTRIS,  Sp.  nOT. 

D.i|0.    p.  1/7.    V.  6.    A.  2/44.    C.  17. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  pectoral  |,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of 
the  total  length. 

Eyes  behind  cleft  of  mouth.  Diameter  nearly  ^  of  length  of  head, 
1  diameter  from  end  of  snout,  1 1  diameter  apart. 

A  considerable  rise  occurs  from  the  snout  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal 
fin.  The  upper  jaw  elongated  and  pointed,  extending  some  distance 
beyond  the  lower  jaw. 

Upper  surface  of  head  sliehtly  rugose;  superior  longitudinal 
furrow  extends  to  the  base  of  the  occipital  process,  which  is  narrow, 
^  as  wide  at  base  as  it  is  long ;  the  tnanguiar  bone  in  front  of  the 
dorsal  fin  descends  some  distance  down  to  meet  the  occipital  process, 
which  is  emarginate  to  receive  it.  Cleft  of  mouth  equals  ludf  its 
gape.  Maxillary  cirri  reach  the  base  of  the  anal  fin ;  the  rostral  are 
longer  than  the  head ;  the  two  pairs  of  mandibular,  which  arise  on 
a  transverse  line,  are  longer  than  the  head. 

Teeth  villiform  in  both  jaws,  that  in  the  upper  widest  and  entirdy 
in  advance  of  the  lower  jaw ;  in  two  minute  patches  on  the  Yomer^ 
and  of  the  same  character  in  the  palatines,  not  contmuous  with  those 
on  the  vomer. 

Fins.  Dorsal  spine  sharp,  pointed,  entire,  as  long  as  the  head  to 
the  angle  of  the  mouth.  Ventral  arises  somewhat  behind  the  dorsal 
fin.  Pectoral  spine  very  strong,  coarsely  denticulated,  with  about 
ten  teeth,  as  long  as  the  head  without  the  snout.  Caudal  deeply 
forked. 

Colours.  Silvery,  a  black  spot  on  occiput ;  a  black  base  to  the 
dorsal  fin. 

Hab.  Throughout  Burma.     Rarely  exceeds  4  inches  in  length. 

Arius  burmanicus,  sp.  nov. 

B.vi.    D.||0.    P.  i.     V.6.    A-^.    C.  15, 

Length  of  head  4,  of  pectoral  |,  of  caudal  |  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  head  nearly  l»  of  body  |,  of  dorsal  fin  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  \  of  length  of  head,  2^  diameters  from  end  of 
snout,  1^  diameter  apart. 

Head  depressed ;  lM>dy  elongated  and  compressed. 

Snout  spatulate ;  upper  jaw  longest.  Maxillajry  cirri  reach  the 
base  (or  middle  in  the  immature)  of  the  pectoral  fin ;  the  external 
mandibular  are  nearly  as  long,  the  interiml  slightly  shorter.  The 
longitudinal  furrow  on  the  summit  of  the  head  does  not  extend  so 


1869.]  fRESH WATER  FISHES  OF  BURMA.  619 

far  as  the  base  of  the  occipital  process,  which  is  keeled,  its  length 
being  equal  to  the  breadth  of  its  base.  There  is  no  intemeiimd 
shield  in  the  occipital  region. 

Teeth  Tilliform  in  the  jaws  and  palate ;  on  the  latter  in  a  narrow 
band. 

Fins.  Dorsal  spine  strong,  serrated  on  both  sides,  and  equal  to 
hidf  the  head  in  length.  Pectoral  spine  of  equal  length,  but  stronger; 
it  is  likewise  serrated  on  both  sides.  Base  of  adipose  dorsal  short ; 
it  commences  slightly  posterior  to  the  origin  of  tne  anal.  Caudal 
deeply  forked. 

Lateral  line  at  first  descends ;  opposite  the  centre  of  the  base  of 
the  caudal  it  diTides  into  two  branches — one  going  to  the  upper, 
the  other  to  the  lower  lobe. 

Colours.  Purplish  along  the  back,  silvery  white  on  the  abdomen. 
Dorsal  fin  stained  posteriorly  with  black. 

This  fish  has  a  p;eneral  resemblance  to  Maerones  aor. 

Hub.  Irrawaddi,  Bassem  district,  and  Salwein  in  the  Tenasserim 
provinces. 

Barbus  malabarictjs,  Jerdon,  Madras  Joum.  Lit.  &  Sc.  1849, 
p.  312? 

B.iu.  D.2/9.  P.  17.  V.9.  A.  2/5.  C.17.  L.1.23.   L.tr.3i/4. 

Length  of  head  from  ^  to  f  ,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body  f  of  the 
total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  1^  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  24  diameters  apart. 

Mouth  antero-inferior,  without  enlarged  lips. 

Barbels  four  and  long,  the  rostral  extending  to  beneath  the  middle 
of  the  eye,  the  maxillary  to  opposite  its  posterior  margin.  Upper 
surface  of  head  flat. 

Fins.  Dorsal  spine  strong,  smooth,  and  as  long  as  the  head  with- 
out the  snout ;  it  arises  midway  between  the  snout  and  the  base  of 
the  caudal  fin. 

Scales.  Two  and  a  half  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  the  base 
of  the  ventral  fin. 

Hab.  One  specimen  from  Akyab,  another  from  Moulmein,  to 
1 1  inches  long. 

This  appears  to  be  probablv  Dr.  Jerdon's  fish,  which  did  not 
find  a  place  in  my  '  Fishes  of  Malabar,'  because  it  was  stated  to  be 
found  "  only  in  mountain-streams  in  Malabar,"  whilst  my  descrip- 
tions extended  to  those  captured  inland  as  far  only  as  the  western 
ghawts,  or  to  the  foot  of  the  Malabar  hills. 

Barbus  m'clellandi,  sp.  nov. 

B.iii.   D.2/8.   P.  14.  V.  9.   A.  2/5.  C.  19.  L.L25.  L.tr.5/6. 
Length  of  head  |,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  bodv  ^  of  the  total  length. 
Eyes.  Diameter  nearly  ^  of  length  of  head,  1  diameter  from  end 
of  snout,  1  i  diameter  apart. 
Barbels  absent.     Mouth  small. 


620  SURGKON  P.  DAY  ON  THC  [DeC.  9, 

Teeth  pharyngeal,  crooked,  5,  3,  2/2,  3,  5. 

Fina.  Dorsal  fin  commences  midway  between  snont  and  base  of 
caudal,  which  latter  is  lunate.  Dorsal  spine  not  so  strongly  serrated 
as  in  B,  tieto^  H.  B.,  whilst  the  teeth  are  somewhat  urregolar  in 
their  direction. 

Lateral  line  complete  to  the  base  of  the  caudal.  Three  and  a  half 
rows  of  scales  between  it  and  the  base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Scales  scarcely  striated,  usually  smooth. 

Oolaun,  Silvery ;  a  black  mark  on  the  lateral  line  about  the  third 
scale,  and  a  deep-black  mark  above  and  also  a  little  behind  the  pos- 
terior extremity  of  the  anal  fin ;  it  extends  superioriy  almost  to  the 
back,  and  is  yellow  anteriorly.    Fins  orange,  with  no  blade  marks. 

This  species  bears  a  strong  resemblance  to  the  B.  tieto,  H.  B., 
which  it  appears  to  supersede  in  Eastern  Burma.  But  it  is  distin- 
guished by  a  complete  instead  of  incomplete  lateral  line,  and  its  body 
b  not  so  compressed ;  its  dorsal  spine  and  colouring  also  differ. 

Hab.  Six  specimens  from  Pegu,  and  fifteen  from  Moulmein,  up 
to  4  inches  in  length. 

BaRILIUS  NIGROFA8CIATUS,  Sp.  UOV. 

B.iii.   D.2/7.   P.  15.  V.  7.  A.  2/11.   C.  19.  L.1.30.  L.tr.7. 

Length  of  head  f^,  of  caudal  nearly  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of  the 
total  length. 

£yes.  Diameter  nearly  ^  of  length  of  head,  ^  of  a  diameter  ham 
end  of  snout,  1  diameter  apart. 

Only  the  maxillary  barbels  are  perceptible ;  the^  are  very  fine, 
and  reach  as  far  as  the  middle  of  the  orbit.    Lower  jaw  promment. 

Fins.  Dorsal  is  situated  over  the  first  portion  of  the  anal,  and 
midway  between  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  orbit  and  the  base  <^ 
the  caudal  fin.     Caudal  lunated. 

Lateral  line  abs^t. 

Colours,  Very  similar  to  B.  rerio,  H.  B.  A  dark  band  passes 
along  the  side  of  the  body,  and  a  second  dotted  black  line  below  it. 
Dorsal  and  anal  spotted  with  black  in  lines.  In  some  specimens  the 
body  is  intensely  blue. 

Hab.  Pegu  and  Moulmein.  It  seems  to  be  only  a  minute  spe- 
cies ;  out  of  twenty  specimens  none  exceeded  -j^  of  an  inch  in  length. 

Opsarivs  guttatus,  sp.  nov. 

B.iii.  D.2/7.   P.  15.  V.9.  A. 3/11.  C.  17.  L.1.44.  L.tr.9/5. 

Length  of  head  f  ,  of  caudal  f  ,  height  of  body  ^,  of  dorsal  fin  <^ 
of  the  total  length. 

Hyes.  Diameter  nearly  ^  of  length  of  head,  1^  diameter  from  end 
of  snout  and  apart. 

Cleft  of  mouth  very  deep,  extending  nearly  one  diameter  behind 
the  orbit.  A  strong  knob  on  the  inner  side  of  the  symphysis  of  the 
lower  jaw.  Suborbitals  very  broad,  more  especially  the  last,  which 
is  nearly  behind  the  vertical  from  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 

Fins.  Dorsal  arises  midway  between  the  posterior  extremity  of 


1869.]  FRESHinrATBR  FISHK8  OF  BURMA.  621 

the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal,  beine  opposite  the  interspace 
between  the  ventral  and  anal  fins.  Pectonu  nearly  reaches  ventral. 
Caudal  forked,  lower  lobe  slightly  the  longest. 

Scales  strongly  lineated.  Two  and  a  half  rows  between  the  lateral 
line  and  the  base  of  the  anal  fin. 

Colours,  Silvery,  shot  with  purple ;  two  rows  of  blue  spots  along 
the  side.  Lower  caudal  lobe  orange,  with  a  dark  margin  along  its 
upper  half. 

Hab,  Irrawaddi,  from  Prome  to  Mandalay ;  very  common.  Spe- 
cimens obtained  up  to  7  inches  in  length. 

Danio  stoliczkjc,  sp.  nov. 

B.iii.  D.2/7.  P.  13.  V.7.  A.  2/13.  C.  19.  L.1.33.  L.tx.bys. 

Length  of  head  nearly  ^,  of  caudal  f ,  height  of  body  from  |  to  f 
of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  \  of  length  of  head,  |  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout. 

Body  moderately  compressed. 

Maxillary  barbels  reach  beyond  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin ;  ros- 
tral barbels  as  far  as  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit.  Lower  jaw 
anterior.  Cleft  of  mouth  very  oblique,  extending  halfway  to  bdow 
the  orbit. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  midway  between  the  end  of  the  head  and 
the  base  of  the  caudal,  and  slightly  in  advance  of  the  anal.  Caudal 
lunate. 

Scales.  A  single  row  along  the  base  of  the  anal  fin.  One  and  a 
half  row  between  the  lateral  Une  and  the  base  of  the  ventral. 

Colours,  Greenish  superiorly;  a  scarlet  band  commences  from 
below  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin,  it  graduallv  widens  and  is  continued 
to  the  centre  of  the  base  of  the  caudal,  it  has  a  bkck  lower  edging. 
Dorsal  edged  with  red.    Anal  with  a  yellow  stripe  along  its  centre. 

Hab,  Monlmein,  in  tanks  and  streams.  Upwards  of  100  taken, 
up  to  2  inches  in  length. 

I  have  named  this  species  after  Dr.  Stoliczka,  who  personally 
captured  the  first  three  which  were  obtained. 

Danio  spinosvs,  sp.  nov. 

B.iii.  D.^.  P.  13.  V.7.   A.3/17.  C  19.  L.1.52.   L.tr.15/4. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  4  of  length  of  head,  I  diameter  from  end  of  snout 
and  apart. 

Body  strongly  compressed;  a  slight  concavity  in  dorsal  profile 
over  the  occiput. 

Barbeb  absent.  Lower  jaw  prominent,  having  a  strong  hook, 
whilst  there  is  an  emargination  to  receive  it  in  the  upper  jaw.  In 
the  adult  there  is  rather  a  sharp  spine  pointing  forwards  above  the 
anterior  superior  margin  of  the  orbit,  and  a  second,  broader  and  not 
so  sharp,  before  the  centre  of  the  anterior  orbital  margin.  In  the 
immature  both  these  spines  are  equally  sharp. 


622  SURGKON  P.  DAY  ON  THB  [DeC  9» 

Fin9.  The  dond  arises  midway  between  the  jposterior  extremity 
of  the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  candal.  The  anal  commences  under 
the  anterior  third  of  the  dorsal.     Candal  lunate. 

Seale$.  Three  and  a  half  rows  between  the  lateral  line  and  the 
base  of  the  ventral  fin. 

Cohun.  Silverjy  with  a  badly  defined  lateral  band,  and  some 
vertical  yellow  lines  in  the  antenor  half  of  the  body.  Dorsal  and 
anal  greyish,  with  reddish  marnns  anteriorly.  In  the  immature 
there  is  a  dark  humeral  spot,  and  a  steel-blue  lateral  band  goes  to 
the  centre  of  the  caudal  fin ;  in  its  last  half  it  has  a  scarlet  stripe 
along  its  centre. 

Hab.  A  tank  near  Pegu.  Four  specimens  captured,  from  2^  to 
4  inches  in  length. 

Chela  sladoni,  sp.  nov. 

B.iii.  D.2/8.  P.  11.  V.8.  A.  2/19.  C.2h  L.1.68.  L.tr.  10/8. 

Length  of  head  ^,  of  caudal  ^,  height  of  body  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes.  Diameter  f  of  length  of  head,  |  of  a  (Oameter  from  end  of 
snout. 

Posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla  reaches  to  beneath  the  anterior 
third  of  the  orbit.  The  suborbital  ring  of  bones  is  half  as  deep  as 
the  diameter  of  the  orbit. 

Teeth  pharyngeal,  crooked,  5,  4,  2/2,  4,  5. 

Fins.  Dorsal  commences  opposite  the  anal ;  lower  lobe  of  caudal 
the  longest.  Edge  of  thorax  rounded;  the  serrated  abdominal 
margin  commences  opposite  the  base  of  the  pectoral  fin. 

Colours.  Silvery ;  caudal  black-edged. 

Hab.  Irrawaddi,  as  high  as  Mandalay.     Very  common. 

CHATOiSSUS  MODE8TU8,  Sp.  UOY. 

D.  3/13.    p.  16.    V.  8.    A.  3/25.    C.  21.    L.  I.  47.    L.  tr.  17. 

Length  of  head  h  of  pectoral  4,  of  caudal  nearly  1  of  the  total 
length.  Height  of  head  ^,  of  body  ^,  of  dorsal  fin  ^  of  the  total 
length. 

iyes.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head,  |  of  a  diameter  from  end  of 
snout,  I  diameter  apart. 

Body  strongly  compressed ;  profile  above  the  head  sHghtly  concave;, 
then  a  great  rise  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin.  Abdominal  profile 
equally  convex. 

Mouth  transverse;  snout  moderately  projecting  over  the  lower 
jaw.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  upper  jaw  is  opposite  the 
centre  of  the  anterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 

Fins.  Dorsal  fin  arises  slightly  nearer  to  the  snout  than  to  the 
base  of  the  caudal  fin ;  its  last  ray  is  not  prolonged. 

Scales  regularly  arranged;  eighteen  serrations  anterior  to  the 
ventral  fin,  and  eleven  posterior  to  it. 

Coloration  uniform. 

Hab.  Along  the  Bassein  River  as  high  as  the  Een-gay-gyee  Lake. 
Many  specimens  were  taken,  up  to  5^  inches  in  length. 


1869.]  FBJB8HWATBR  FI8HB8  OF  BURMA.  623 

Clupea  varieoata,  sp.  noT. 

D.  2/13.    p.  17.    V.  8.    A.  3/26.    C.17.    L.  1.  90. 

Length  of  head  f,  of  pectoral  ^.  of  caudal  |  of  the  total  length. 
Height  of  hody  ^  of  the  total  length. 

Eyes  with  broad  adipose  margins.  Diameter  ^  of  length  of  head, 
f  of  a  diameter  from  end  of  snout,  above  1  diameter  apart. 

Abdominal  profile  more  convex  than  the  dorsal. 

Jaws  of  about  equal  length ;  the  posterior  extremity  of  the  maxilla 
extends  to  beneath  the  centre  of  the  orbit.     Opercles  smooth. 

Teeth  on  tongue ;  none  on  jaws,  vomer,  or  palatines. 

FtM.  Dorsal  commences  rather  nearer  to  the  snout  than  to  the 
base  of  the  caudal.  Ventrals  situated  opposite  the  commencement  of 
the  dorsal  fin.  Anal  in  the  posterior  third  of  the  distance  between 
the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  caudal  fin. 

Scales  regularly  arranged  behind  a  line  from  the  opercles  to  the 
base  of  the  anal  fin,  anterior  to  which  they  are  verv  irregular. 
Along  the  back  to  the  base  of  the  dorsal  fin  the  scales  of  the  two  sides 
meet,  so  as  to  form  a  sort  of  line  somewhat  reserabUng  a  lateral 
line  in  appearance.  Serrated  scales  commence  under  the  middle  of 
the  pectoral ;  ten  are  posterior  to  the  ventral  fin,  and  ten  anterior 
to  it. 

Colours,  Silvery  glossed  with  gold.  A  dark  humeral  spot.  A 
row  of  about  eighteen  bars  passes  across  the  back  and  descends  a 
short  way  over  the  sides.  Dorsal  fin  with  a  black  band  in  the  lower 
portion  of  its  posterior  half.     End  of  tail  tipped  with  black. 

Hab,  Irrawaddi  and  its  branches.  Many  specimens  procured,  up 
to  7  inches  in  length. 

PbLLONA  BLADEN  I,  Sp.  UOV. 

D.  i.     p.  1 1.    V.  7.    A.  i.    C.  21.    L.  1.  48.    L.  tr.  10. 

Length  of  head  ^  of  length  of  body,  and  equal  to  its  height. 

Eyes  with  wide  adipose  lids.  Diameter  |  of  length  of  head, 
1  diameter  from  end  of  snout. 

Ridges  on  the  head  slightly  diverge  posteriorly.  Lower  jaw  very 
prominent. 

Fins.  First  two  dorsal  rays  in  advance  of  anal,  the  remainder  of 
the  fin  over  it ;  it  arises  midway  between  the  base  of  the  caudal  and 
the  posterior  extremity  of  the  opercle.  Pectoral  reaches  to  nearly 
the  end  of  the  ventral,  which  is  small.  Caudal  forked.  Twenty 
spinate  scales  exist  on  the  abdominal  profile  anterior  to  the  ventral 
fins,  and  eleven  posterior  to  them. 

Colours.  Silvery ;  opercles  golden.     Caudal  edged  with  black. 

Specimens  up  to  7  inches  from  the  Irrawaddi,  at  Mandal^. 

I  have  named  the  species  after  Miuor  Siaden,  PoUtical  Resident 
at  the  court  of  the  King  of  Burma,  who  greatly  assisted  me  in  col- 
lecting specimens,  as  weU  as  in  acquiring  information  on  the  fishes  of 
that  mismanaged  but  magnificent  country. 


624  MR.  G.  F.  ANGAS  ON  NEIW  8PBCIB8  OF  HBLICIDJL      [DfC.  9, 

4.  Descriptions  of  Eight  New  Species  of  HeUciAe  firom  the 
Western  Pacific  Islands.  By  Georgb  French  Angas^ 
C.M.Z.S.,  F.L.8.,  P.E.G.S.,  &c. 

(PUte  XLVIII.) 

Helix  (Corasia)  psyche,  n.  sp.    (Plate  XLVIII.  fig.  1.) 

Shell  imperforate,  depressed,  thin,  obliquely  irregularly  plicatelj 
striated,  pellucid,  white,  covered  with  a  yellowish-brown  shining 
epidermis ;  spire  scarcely  eleyated,  obtuse  at  the  apex ;  whorb  3, 
flatly  conrex,  margined  at  the  sutures,  the  last  not  descending,  pro- 
minently keeled  at  the  periphery,  flattened  above  and  ventricose 
below ;  columellar  margin  arcuately  descending,  narrowly  excavated, 
sharp  within ;  aperture  large,  obhoue,  subovate ;  peristome  not  con- 
tinuous, white,  slightly  reflected,  the  upper  margin  nearly  straight, 
not  flexuous. 

Diam.  maj.  13,  min.  9,  alt.  7  lines. 

Hab,  New  Greorgia,  Solomon  group. 

This  species,  which  I  have  received  from  Dr.  James  Cox  of  Sydney, 
New  South  Wales,  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  H,  aphrodite^ 
Pfr.,  and  H.  purchasi,  Pfr.  It  differs  from  the  former  in  being 
much  flattened  above  and  very  ventricose  below,  and  especially  in 
the  form  and  amplitude  of  the  aperture,  and  from  the  latter  in  tex- 
ture, form  of  spire,  colour,  and  size.  Dr.  Pfeiffer  erroneously  gives 
New  Caledonia  as  the  habitat  of  H,  aphrodite ;  its  correct  looalitj 
is  San  Christoval,  Solomon  Islands.  H.  purehasi  comes  from  the 
Admiralty  Islands. 

Helix  (Geotrochus)  adonis,  n.  sp.    (Plate  XLVIII.  fig.  4.) 

Shell  narrowly  perforate,  ovately  conical,  thin,  obliquely  sculp- 
tured with  very  fine  irreeular  raised  striae,  rich  orange-yellow  colour 
throughout ;  spire  conoidal ;  whorls  6j|,  slightly  convex,  narrowly 
margined  at  the  suture,  the  last  angled  at  the  periphery  and  flattened 
at  the  base ;  aperture  rhomboidally  oval,  margins  umted  by  a  thin 
callus,  the  right  expanded  and  subreflected,  the  basal  sUghtly  re- 
flexed,  forming  an  obtuse  ansle  with  the  columella,  which  descends 
vertically  and  is  caUously  reflected  over  the  perforation. 

Diam.  maj.  10,  min.  8i,  alt.  13  lines. 

Hab.  Bougainville  Island,  Solomon  group  {Brazier). 

This  delicately  orange-coloured  species  is  intermediate  in  form 
between  H.  meta,  Pfr.,  and  H.  ffoertneriana,  Pfr. 

Helix  (Geotrochus)  cjbrulescens,  n.  sp.  (PUte  XLTIII. 
fig.  6.) 

Shell  subperforate,  conoidal,  thin,  obliquely  striated  and  the  lower 
whorls  decussated  by  irregular  undulating  striae,  bluish  grey,  with 
darker  bands  of  the  same  colour,  chaneing  into  pale  yellowish  olive 
above  and  at  the  base,  the  apical  whorls  being  dark  chestnut,  and 
with  a  flesh-coloured  band  immediately  below  the  suture,  and  a 


1869.]      MR.  G.  F.  ANGAfl  ON  NEW  SPECIES  OF  HBLICIDA.  625 

similar  one  at  the  periphery  with  a  narrow  dark  chestnat  line  in  the 
middle ;  spire  conicaly  rather  obtuse  at  the  apex ;  whorls  4^,  slightlj 
coDTeXy  the  last  descending  in  front,  angled  at  the  periphery ;  aper- 
ture diagonal,  sublunar ;  peristome  white,  margins  converging,  the 
right  scarcely  flexuous,  expanded,  the  basal  one  arcuate,  renexed. 

Diam.  maj.  9,  min.  8,  adt.  8^  Unes. 

Hob.  Guadalcanar  Island,  Solomon  group. 

Helix  (Geotrochus)  deidamia,  n.  sp.  (PlateXLVIII.fig.3.) 

Shell  perforate,  turbinate,  rather  solid,  shining,  obscurely  obliquely 
striated,  yellowish  olive,  gradually  becoming  purple  towarcb  the  apex, 
with  an  opaque  white  band  joining  the  suture  below ;  spire  convexly 
conical ;  whorls  6^,  convex,  attenuated  at  the  upper  part,  the  last 
non-descending,  sUghtly  angled  at  the  periphery  and  a  Uttle  flat- 
tened at  the  base ;  aperture  diagonal,  subovate ;  peristome  purplish 
black,  reflexed,  right  margin  flexuous,  excavated  behind,  columellar 
mar^n  curved,  sloping,  and  broadly  covering  the  perforation. 

Diam.  maj.  11,  min.  10,  alt.  14  fines. 

Hob,  Ysabel  Island,  Solomon  Group. 

In  form  this  species  nearly  approaches  H.  aemella,  Pfr. ;  but  the 
spire  is  more  turbinate  and  peculiarly  contracted  towards  the  apex, 
the  last  whorl  is  less  convex,  and  the  outer  lip  more  flexuous.  The 
painting,  moreover,  is  entirely  different,  and  uniform  in  all  the  spe- 
cimens that  have  come  under  my  notice. 

Helix  (Geotrochus)  hargrbavesi,  n.  sp.  (Plate  XLVIII. 
fig.  2.) 

Shell  imperforate,  turbinate,  rather  solid,  obliquely  faintly  striated, 
creamy  white  sprinkled  here  and  there  with  small  purplish  semi- 
pellucid  spots,  and  ornamented  with  a  narrow  suffused  chestnut  band 
above  and  below  the  suture  and  a  broader  oue  at  the  periphery ; 
spire  turbinate,  apex  very  slightly  obtuse ;  whorb  6,  a  little  convex, 
the  last  abruptly  descending,  convex  below,  with  a  broad  suffused 
chestnut  band  in  the  middle ;  aperture  very  oblique,  truncately  oval ; 
peristome  black,  thickened,  the  right  margin  very  slightly  expanded 
and  sinuous,  the  columellar  margin  a  little  reflexed,  obli<}uely  de- 
scending, spread  over  the  body-whorl,  and  furnished  withm  with  a 
long  straight  callus. 

Diam.  maj.  12,  min.  10,  alt.  10^  lines. 

Hab,  Bougainville  and  Shortland's  Islands,  Solomon  group 
(Brtmer). 

Varieties  of  this  species  occur  in  which  the  chestnut  bands  are 
wanting. 

Helix  (Geotrochus)  hermione,  n.  sp.  (Plate  XLVIII.  fig.  5.) 

Shell  perforate,  ovately  conical,  rather  thin,  very  finely  obliquely 
striated,  purplish  black,  with  a  pale  straw-coloured  band  below  the 
periphery  of  the  last  whorl,  and  sometimes  with  a  second  band 
between  the  periphery  and  the  suture ;  spire  conical,  apex  rather 
obtuse ;  whorls  6|,  a  little  convex,  the  last  angled  at  the  periphery, 


626  MR.  p.  L.  8CLATER  ON  THB  BRBBDINO  OF  [DeC.  9, 

and  slightly  convex  at  the  base;  aperture  diagonal,  rhomboidal-ovate ; 

peristome  white,  right  margin  expanded,  basal  margin  reflexed; 

columella  subvertica^  and  triangularly  expanded  over  the  perforation. 

Diam.  maj.  9,  min.  8,  alt.  11  lines. 

Uab,  Bougainville  Island,  Solomon  group  {Brazier), 

A  very  pretty  species,  distinguishable  from  the  black  variety  of 

H,  meta,  JPfr.,  by  its  invariably  smaller  size,  by  the  presence  of  the 

straw-coloured  band  below  the  keel  instead  of  next  the  suture,  and  by 

the  last  whorl  being  more  distinctly  keeled  and  less  convex  beneath. 

Helix  (Rhytida)  boydi,  n.  sp.     (Plate  XLVIII.  fig.  8.) 

Shell  widely  and  perspectively  umbilicated,  discoidal,  moderately 
solid,  shining,  closely  plicately  striated,  olive-brown,  omam^ited 
with  numerous  dark  brown,  irregular,  more  or  less  interrupted 
stripes ;  spire  almost  flat ;  whorls  6,  shghtlv  convex,  regularly  in- 
creasing, the  last  rounded  and  a  little  descendmg ;  aperture  diagonal, 
roundly  lunate ;  peristome  simple,  not  expanded,  margins  approxi- 
mating. 

Diam.  maj.  14,  min.  11,  alt.  5  lines. 

Hab,  Recherche  Island,  San  Christoval,  Solomon  group. 

I  dedicate  this  fine  shell  to  the  memory  of  the  late  Benjamin 
Boyd,  Esq.,  who  visited  the  Solomon  Islands  in  his  yacht  'The 
Wanderer,^  and  was  murdered  by  the  natives  whilst  pigeon-shooting 
at  Guadalcanar. 

Hblix  (Trochomorpha)  FE880NIA,  u.  sp.  (Plate  XLVIII. 
fig.  7.) 

Shell  narrowly  umbilicated,  trochiform,  thin,  closely  irreeularly 
plicately  striated,  light  brown,  ornamented  here  and  there  with  paler 
diaphanous  irregularly  interrupted  stripes;  spire  rather  convexly 
conical,  apex  somewhat  obtuse,  sutures  with  a  narrow  distinct  pale 
thread-like  margin ;  whorls  6,  a  little  convex,  the  last  not  descend- 
ing, with  an  acute  white  keel,  flattened  below,  pale  hom-coloar, 
with  a  narrow  rufous  band  next  the  keel ;  aperture  diagonal,  trun- 
CMtelv  oval;  peristome  not  continuous,  the  right  margin  arcuate, 
simple,  the  columellar  margin  a  Uttle  thickened  and  slightly  reflexed, 
not  covering  the  umbilicus. 

Diam.  maj.  4|,  min.  4^,  alt.  3  lines. 

Hab.  KanUvu,  Fiji  Islands,  on  trees  {Brazier). 


5.  On  the  Breeding  of  Birds  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoological 
Society  of  London  daring  the  past  Twenty  Years*  By 
P.  L.  ScLATER,  M^.,  Ph.D.,  P.R.S.,  Secretary  to  the 
Society. 

On  the  10th  of  December  last  I  had  the  honour  of  submitting  to 
the  Meeting  a  list  of  the  species  of  Mammals  that  had  bred  in  the 


1869.] 


BIRDS  IN  THE  SOCIETY  8  GARDENS. 


627 


Society's  Ghirdens  during  the  previous  twenty  years*.  To  this  I  now 
beg  leave  to  add  a  list  of  the  birds  that  have  produced  living  young 
in  the  Society's  Gardens  during  the  same  period^  drawn  up  in  a 
corresponding  manner. 

The  first  Table  contains  the  names  of  the  species  of  this  class  that 
have  bred  in  the  Gardens  from  the  1st  of  January  1848  to  the  31st 
of  December  1868,  arranged  according  to  the  last  edition  of  the  List 
of  Vertebrates,  and  the  number  of  instances  in  which  each  species 
has  produced  living  young  during  this  period. 

The  second  Table  gives  the  total  number  of  species  that  have  bred 
in  each  order  of  Birds,  and  the  corresponding  number  of  species  of 
the  same  order  enumerated  in  the  List  of  Vertebrates.  A  compa- 
rison of  these  two  columns  will  give  some  approximate  idea  of  the 
comparative  frequency  of  breeding  in  captivity  in  the  different  orders 
of  this  class  of  animals. 

Table  I. 


No.  of  iiMtanoes 

of  breeding  in 

each  speoiet 

during  the 

jeara  1&48.68. 


No.  of 

ditto  in 

eiu;h 

Ofder. 


I.  Passbris. 


1.  Song-thrush   

2.  Blackbird   

3.  Pied  Wagtail 

4.  Spot-sid^  Finch  

5.  Rofoos-necked  Weaverbird  . 

6.  Black-crested  Cardinal 

7.  CardioAl  Grosbeak    


Turdus  musicus    

mertUa 

MotaciUa  yarreVi 

Amadina  iaihami 

Hi/phantomia  texior 

Gubematrix  cristateUa 
Cardinalia  virginiana  . . 


III.   PREHBNBORES. 


11 


1.  Undulated  Orasa-parrakeet . 

2.  Turquoidne  Parrakeet 

3.  Ele^t  Parrakeet 

4.  Greyed  Gkround-parrakeet    . 

5.  Blood-rumped  Parrakeet .... 


Melopsittaous  undtUatu9  ... 

Euphema  pulchella   

elegans 

Calopai&a  nova-kollandue 
Psephotus  h<BmaionotuB    ... 


3 

13 

5 

6 

1 


IV.   ACOIPITHBS. 

1.  Black  Kite '  Milvusniger .., 

2.  Great  Eagle-owl    \  Bubo  maximu9 


28 


y.   COLUXBJI. 


1.  Naked-eyed  Pifieon  

2.  White-crowned  Pigeon 

3.  Triangular-spotted  Pigeon 

4.  Cambajan  Turtledove  

5.  Yinaoeooa  TurtledoTe  

6.  Barbaiy  Turtledove  

7.  Dwarf  TurtledoTe 

8.  ZenaidaDoTe 

9.  Barred  DoTe 


Columha  gymnophthalma. , 

ieucocephata , 

guinea  , 

Turtur  senegalensis 

vinaceus    , 

riaorius 

humUia 

Zenaida  amahilia 

Geopdia  striata    


6 

4 

2 

13 

28 

2 

2 

17 

2 


•  See  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  623. 
Proc.  Zool  Soc— 1809,  No.  XLI. 


628 


MR.  P.  L.  SCLATER  ON  THE  BREEDING  OF 


[Dec.  9, 


[Ko-of 


jean  184MB. 


Vo.«f 


10.  Bed  Ghround-doTO 

1 1 .  Mountain-witoh  Qround-doTe . 

12.  Crested  Pigeon  

13.  Brome-wing  Pigeon 

14.  Harlequin  Bronze-wing    

15.  Wonga-wonga  Pigeon  

16.  BarUett'8  Pigeon 

17.  Nioobar  Pi^wm 

18.  Crowned  Pigeon    

19.  Yiotoria  Crowned  Pigeon.... ». 


Geotrygon  montana  . 

tyftxUica  

OcypJutps  lophott$. . . . 
PJH^  ckaUxtptera^... 

ktsMamca    .... 

Leueosareia  pieata  . 
PhlogctnoM  crinigera . 
Calanoi  nicobarica  . 
Goura  ooronata  .... 
ifictcrim 


YI.  Gallihjk. 


1.  Pintailed  Sand-groose  ... 

2.  Capercailzie    

3.  Cape  Franoolin 

4.  Bed-l^eged  Partridge  ... 

5.  AnstraUan  Quail   

6.  Califomian  Colin 

7.  Irapeyan  Pheasant    

8.  Pallas*8  Eared  Pheasant 

9.  Ring-necked  Pheasant  ... 

10.  Japanese  Pheasant    

11.  Soemroering's  Pheasant... 

12.  Reeves's  Pheasant 

13.  Cheer  Pheasant 

14.  Gold  Pheasant  

15.  Siamese  Pheaauit 

16.  Swinhoe*s  Pheasant  

17.  Silrer  Pheasant 

18.  Lineated  Pheasant 

19.  Purple  Kaleege 

20.  Black-backed  Kaleege  ... 

21.  White-crested  Kaleege ... 

22.  Sonnerat's  Jungle-fowl... 

23.  Bankira  Jungle-fowl 

24.  Homed  Tragopan 

25.  BUck-wing^  Peafowl  ... 

26.  JaTan  Peeibwl  

27.  Peacock  Pheasant 

28.  Ooellated  Turkey  

29.  Brush  Turkgr    

30.  Variegated  Hemipode  ... 

31.  Rufoos  Tinamou  


Pteroelei  alchata  

Tetrao  urogaUu9  

Francolinus  capmm    . . . 

Caecain$rufa    

Sgnwcui  australis 

Callipepla  ealifomica  ... 
Lopkopharua  impeganuB 
CroaaoptUon  amitum  ... 

Phananua  torqua(u$ 

versicolor 

— —  totfMntrrtfigi    ...... 


waUickii   

Tkaunudea  pieta  

Euplocamus  praUitu$ 

swinkoii    

nycthemerut 

lineatus 

kor^ieldi  

melanoiua 

albicristatus 

Gallus  sonnenUii 

bankiva 

(kriomis  aatyra    

Patfo  nigripemiu  

muHeus 

PolvpUeiron  ekinquis 

Mdeagris  oceUata 

TaUgaOa  lathand 

Tttrnix  variu$  

Rkynekotus  rtrfeaceru 


1.  Common  Rhea  

2.  Cassowarj 

a  Bennett's  Cassowary 
4.  Emu   


Vn.  Struthionbs. 
Rkea 


Casuaritu  gaU(Uu8   

bennetHi  

Dromaus  nova-hoUandia.. 


Vm.  Gballjl 


1.  Mantchurian  Crane 

2.  Common  Crane 

3.  Sun-bittern    

4.  Crested  Coot 


Gru$  mofUignesia , 

dnerta 

Eurypgga  helias    . 
Fu&ca  cristata  .... 


5 

1 

23 

17 

2 
6 
5 
5 
2 


1 
6 
4 
1 
1 

10 

33 

2 

20 

10 

3 

5 

18 

2 

4 

7 

7 

19 

19 

13 

9 

2 

7 

1 

3 

2 

1 

10 
1 
8 


143 


290 


1869.] 


BIRDS  IN  THE  80CIBTY  S  GARDENS. 


629 


t 


No.  of  iniUnoei 

ofbraedin^iii 

each  species 

during  the 

7e*nl848-^ 

No.  of 

ditto  in 

each 

order. 

5.  Scarlet  Ibis    

Ibisrubra  , 

1 
1 

13 
231 

6.  White  Ibis 

alha 

X.  Anbkb 

B8. 

Awierfents 

8 
4 

1 
I 
4 
13 
8 

n 

2 

8 
14 

I 
7 

3 

20 

13 

19 

4 

19 

4 

I 

14 
7 
2 
7 
21 
6 
2 
6 

2.  Wild^Soose   

3.  Chinese  GooM   

4-  TUmsrle  Oooe* 

Bemicla  leucoptii 

5.  Upland  Gkx)Be 

6.  AjBhy-headed  Goose  

7.  Ruddy-headed  Goose    

8.  Sand wicfa-Iflland  Goose 

9.  Egyptian  Goose 

10.  lliiicK-neck^Ml  Swan   ...... r.  .. . 

Ovantu  niaricoUu 

11,  BlftokSw^n               

12.  Common  Sheldrake  

Tadoma  vtUpanBet  ,....,,..,., 

13.  RnddT  Sheldrake 

rutUa    

14.  White-freed  Sheldrake      

15.  Variegated  Sheldrake   

16.  Somm^  Dock   

Aix  apofua 

17  ltf«i,ilii«n  Diick       

"■'- galericulata   

1ft  'Rnhftma  Thiek 

PiBcilonettabakamensi»    

19.  Red-baicd  Duck    

20.  Dusky  Dni^  

jinoM  ooteura 

21.  Yellow-billed  Dock  

xaMthorhyneha 

22.  AnftafiliAn  Wild  Punk 

23.  Gadwall 

24.  Common  TVal    

Q^erquea%Ua  crtoca  

25.  Ghireaney       

cirda    

26.  Sho^l1«r 

Snaiula  cUtpeata  

27.  Tufted  Duok 

FuiiffidaenUata 

28.  C^staneoos  Duck  

29.  Eider  Duck    

30.  Herring^gull  

Table  II. 


No.  of 
spedes 
in  list 

No.  of 
breedioff 
apecaes. 

Proportion 

of  breeding 

Bpedeflto 

total  ntunber. 

I.  Paaseres 

178 

25 
110 
94 
61 
83 
7 
67 
36 
80 

7 

5 
2 
19 
31 
4 
6 

30 

1  in  26-4 

1  in  220 
1  in  47-0 
lin    2-6 
lin    2-7 
lin    1-7 
1  in    9-0 

lin    2-6 

II.  Picariffi  

III.  Prehensoree    

IV.  Aocipitrra 

V.  ColnmbsB    

VI,  €Ulinn  

Vn.  Struthiones 

Vm.  Grsll;?^ 

TX.  TTero^lion**  ..r 

X.  Anseres  

720 

108 

lin    6-6 

630  MR.  R.  B.  8HARPE  ON  A  NEW  KINGFISHER.         [DeC.  9, 

6.  On  a  new  Kingfisher  belonging  to  the  Gtenus  Tanysiptera. 
By  R.  B.  Shabpe. 

While  on  a  recent  visit  to  Paris,  Mr.  D.  G.  Elliot,  F.Z.S.,  saw, 
in  the  hands  of  M.  Jules  Vcrreaux,  what  appeared  to  him  to  be  an 
undescribed  species  of  Tanj/siptera,  The  specimen  in  question  was 
the  property  of  Count  Turati  of  Milan,  and  had  been  sent  to  M. 
Verreaux  for  mounting.  The  latter  gentleman,  with  his  usual  cour 
tesy,  permitted  Mr.  Elliot  to  bring  the  bird  to  England  for  my  in- 
spection. I  certainly  know  of  no  known  species  for  which  it  could 
be  taken,  and  therefore  do  not  hesitate  to  describe  it,  and  propose 
to  call  it  Tanysiptera  ellioti,  after  my  friend  Mr.  Elliot,  as  a  slight 
tribute  of  my  admiration  for  his  talents  as  an  ornithologist. 

TaNYSIPTERA  ELLIOTT,  Sp.  UOV. 

Supra  saturate  ultramarina :  capite  toto  cum  tectricitnu  alarum 

9uperioribu9  latissime  cyaneis  :  dorso  postico  cum  uropygio  et 

rectricibus  omnibus  purissime  albis :  rectricibus  duabus  mediis 

haud  spatulatis,  apice  tantumpaulo  dilatatis :  subtus  pure  alba, 

tibiis  ultramarinis ;  hypochondriis  striis  ultramarinis  lonffiiudi- 

naliter  notatis. 

Head  uniform  brilliant  cobalt ;  cheeks,  ear- coverts,  and  the  whole 

of  the  back  rich  ultramarine ;  lesser  and  least  coverts  brilliant  cobalt, 

the  second  series  bright  ultramarine,  the  cubital  and  primary  coverts 

ultramarine,  uniform  with  the  back  ;  quills  entirely  black,  the  outer 

web  broadly  washed  with  deep  ultramarine ;  lower  part  of  the  back, 

rump,  and  upper  tail-coverts  pure  white ;  tail-feathers  all  pure  white, 

the  middle  ones  with  no  attenuated  end  and  no  perceptible  spatula, 

these  feathers  when  observed  from  a  distance  and  placed  on  a  level 

with  the  eye  having  a  faint  blue  lustre ;  entire  under  surface  white, 

thighs  ultramarine,  and  the  flanks  longitudinally  marked  with  this 

colour  also;  bill  vermilion;  feet  olive-brown.     Total  length  13*5 

inches;  of  bill  from  front  1*4,  from  gape  1*7;  wing  4*5;  tail 4*5, 

middle  rectrices  8*0 ;  tarsus  0*5,  middle  toe  0*7,  hind  toe  0*35. 

Unfortunately  we  are  not  aware  of  the  exact  habitat  of  the  present 
bird.  It  forms  part  of  the  magnificent  collection  of  Count  Turati, 
whose  generosity  in  lending  me  rare  and  valuable  Kingfishers  has 
before  been  acknowledged  by  me. 

Notwithstanding  the  objections  of  Professor  Schlegel  as  to  the 
admission  of  the  different  Tany8%pter€e  enumerated  by  Mr.  Wallace 
(P.  Z.  S.  1863,  p.  24),  I  believe  them  all  to  be  good  species;  but  I 
have  not  replied  to  Professor  Schlegel's  article  on  the  genus  Tony- 
siptera  (Ned.  Tydschr.  1866,  p.  272),  as  the  learned  Professor  has 
such  ample  materials  at  his  command  in  the  Leyden  Museum  that 
it  seems  hardly  fair  to  criticise  his  decisions  with  the  limited  ma- 
terials we  possess  in  this  country.  Nevertheless  I  believe  all  Mr. 
Wallace's  species  are  good,  and  the  following  table  will  illustrate 
the  present  condition  of  the  genus  Tanysiptera  as  acknowledged 


1869.J  ON  BIRDS  FROM  THK  AROBNTINE  REPUBLIC.  631 

by  me.  Of  those  here  enumerated  I  haye  seen  specimens  of  every 
one  except  T.  riedeli^  which^  however,  is  undoubtedly  a  very  distinct 
species. 

A.  ICacula  domli  alba. 

a.  SabtuB  omnamomina    * 1.  T^mflvia, 

h,  SubtuB  alba. 

a\  Soapularibus  saturate  oltramarinis:  tectrioibus 
supracaudalibus   cum   reotricibus  Oferuleo 

marginatis...... 2.  T,doru, 

h\  aoapulajribus  nigris,  nltramarino  clare  lavadB : 
toctrioibua  supraoaudalibus  cum  rectricibos 
albis  a  T.tahrvML, 

B.  Macula  doraali  nulla. 

a.  Uropjgio  ooocineo    4.  T.  n^mpAa. 

h,  Uropygio  albo. 

a\  Cauda  baud  spatulata 6.  T.dUotu 

h\  Cauda  spatulata. 

a".  Qenis,  r^one  parotica  et  coUo  postioo 
nigris. 
ct",  Beotridbus  exterioribus  nigris,  oae- 

ruleo  marginatis 6.  T,  hydroeharii. 

b*",  Beotridbut  exterioribus  albiSiCseru- 

leo  marginatis 7.  T.  aeit, 

b'\  QetUBt  regione  parotica  et  oollo  postioo 
saturate  cflDnueis. 
a'".  Pileo  ultramarino :  superciliis  cum 
nucha  cpaaeiBi  teotricibaB  can- 

dalibus  postremis  nigris    8.  T,  marfforetha, 

b'",  Pileo  oonoolori:  teotrioibus  oaudali- 
bus  omnino  albis. 

a"".  Dorso  oyaneo  maculato    9.  T.  nais. 

b"",  Dorso  concolori 10.  T.  ffolatea. 

e",  Genis,  regione  parotica  et  oollo  postioo 

▼iridi-cyaneis    11.  T.riedeli, 


7.  Third  List  of  Birds  collected  at  Conchitas,  Argentine 
Republic,  by  Mr.  William  H.  Hudson.  By  P.  L.  Sclater, 
M.A.,  Ph.D.,  F.R.S.,  and  Osbert  Salvin,  M.A.,  F.L.S. 

A  third  collection  of  birds  formed  b^  Mr.  Hudson  at  Conchitas 
having  been  submitted  to  our  examination  by  the  authorities  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  we  beg  leave  to  communicate  the  following 
notes  on  it. 

The  collection  contains  about  260  specimens,  referable  to  ninety- 
two  species.  Those  not  included  in  the  two  former  lists  (P.  Z.  S. 
1868,  p.  \37,  and  1869,  p.  158),  or  which  require  further  remarks, 
are  the  following : — 

1.  Parula  pitiaytjmi  (Vieill.). 

Sfflvia  pitiayumi,  Vieill.  N.  D.  xi.  p.  276,  et  E.  M.  p.  479,   ex 
Axara,  no.  109. 
SyUricola  venusta,  Burm.  La  Plata-Reise,  ii.  p.  473. 


632  ME8:$R8.  SOLATBR  AND  8AL^  IN  ON  [DeC.  9, 

Three  examples  obtained  in  September  1868,  and  marked  *'  Sum- 
mer visitor,  Tery  rare." 

2.  Stephanophorus  leucocsphalus  (Vieill.) ;  Scl.  et  Salv. 
P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  161. 

Several  skins  of  this  Tanager. 

3.  Spermophila  ornata  (Licht.);  Burm.  Syst.  Ueh.  iii.  p.  243, 
et  La  PlaU-Reise,  ii.  p.  488. 

Several  skins,  all  males,  of  this  Finch. 

4.  Gubernatrix  CRI8TATELLA  (Vieill.) ;  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  482. 
One  skin  of  this  species. 

5.  DoNACOspizA  ALBIFRON8  (Vieill.) ;  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S. 
1869,  p.  161. 

Three  examples  of  this  bird. 

6.  Sycalis  chloropsis,  Bp. ;  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  161. 
Two  skins  of  this  species. 

7.  Xanthosomus  flayus  (Vieill.)  ;  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  137. 
Tordo  cabeza  amarillay  Azara,  Apunt.  L  p.  299. 

Ten  skins  of  this  bird,  which  is  not  included  by  Burmeister  in  hb 
La  Plata  list. 

8.  Amblyrhamphus  holosericeus  (Scop.);  Scl.  et  Salv.  P.Z.S. 
1869,  p.  161. 

Many  examples  of  this  species. 

9.  LePTASTBBNURA  iBGITHALOIDES  (Kittl.). 

Synallasia  a^ithaUndes,  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  ii.  p.  469. 
Two  examples  of  this  species,  which  was  accidentally  termed  Sya- 
allaxis  albescens  in  our  first  list  (P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  140). 

10.  Synallaxis  spixi,  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  151. 

Three  examples  of  this  SynaUaxis,  which  does  not  appear  to  be 
included  in  Burmeister's  list,  unless  it  be  his  S.  rufieapUla^  L  c, 
p.  468. 

11.  Synallaxib  8ULPBURIFERA,  Burm.  p.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  636. 

Two  immature  birds,  apparently  of  this  new  species,  recently  de- 
scribed by  Dr.  Burmebter. 

1 2.  Synallaxis,  sp.  ? 

One  skin,  in  bad  condition,  of  a  species  belonging  to  the  group 
containing  8,  humicola  (Kittl.),  S.  orbignyii,  Reich.,  and  S,  areqitipa, 
nobis,  P.  Z.  S.  1869,  p.  417.  It  is  marked  "very  rare."  It  b 
perhaps  S.  humicola  of  Burmeister,  /.  c.  p.  468,  but  is  decidedly 
distinct  from  the  Chilian  bird  of  that  name. 


1869. J  BIRDS  FROM  THE  AROBNTIMB  RBPUBLIC.  633 

13.  Phleocryptbs  striaticbps  (Lafr.  et  D'Orb.);  Burm.  /.  c. 
p.  469. 

Five  specimens  of  this  species. 

14.  Tjbnioptera  dominicana  (Vieill.);  Bunn.  /.  c.  p.  460. 
Four  skins  of  this  species^  all  in  female  plumage^  in  which  stage 

it  is  the  Tanioptera  albogrisea  of  Sclaters  Catoloffue  (Tyrannus 
albogriseua  of  Lesson).  Herr.  v.  Pelzeln  has  described  the  female 
dress  (Om.  Bras.  p.  97) ;  and  in  Sclater's  collection  is  one  of  Nat- 
terer's  marked  specimens^  which  agrees  with  the  present  birds.  The 
male  is  well  figured  by  Gould  as  Fluvicola  asara  (Zool.  Voy.  Beagle, 
iii.  pi.  X.). 

15.  Fluvicola  albivbntris  (Spix);  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B.  p.  200. 

Suiriri  domimeo,  Azara,  Apnnt.  ii.  p.  100. 

A  single  skin  of  this  species  is  marked  ''  Summer  bird,  very  rare 
ID  Buenos  Ayres.*'     Burmeister  does  not  mention  it. 

16.  Empidaora  suiriri  (Vieill.) ;  Cab.  et  Hein.  Mus.  Hein.  ii. 
p.  .59. 

TtBniopiera  suiriri,  Burm.  L  c.  p.  464. 
Elainea  albescens,  Burm.  P.Z.  S.  1868*  p.  634. 
Three  examples  of  this  rather  peculiar  form,  the  synonyms  of 
which  are  given  by  Cabanis  and  Heine  (/.  «.  c.)  at  full  length'. 

17.  CoccYZUS  MELANOCORYPHUS  (Vieill.) ;  Sclater,  Cat.  A.  B. 
p.  323 ;  Cab.  et  Hein.  Mus.  Hein.  iy.  p.  77. 

C.  senieulus,  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  444  (partim). 
Many  examples  of  this  widely  distributed  species. 

18.  CoccYZUS  CINEREU8  (Vieill.);  Cab.  et  Hein.  Mus.  Hein.  iv. 
p.  77 ;  Sdater.  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  120 ;  Burm.  P.  Z.  S.  1868,  p.  634. 

Many  examples  of  this  Cuckoo,  which,  as  Burmeister  remarks, 
differs  Jrom  the  typical  Coecyzi  in  having  a  nearly  square  tail.  Coc- 
cffsus  pumilus,  Strickland,  from  Trinidad,  Venezuela,  and  New  Gra- 
nada, b  of  the  same  form. 

19.  LsPTOPTiLA  CHALCAUCHBNiA,  Salyadori,  MS. 

Palamaparda  tapadas  roxas,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  12.  no.  320. 

Peristera  januncensis^  Hartl.  Ind.  Az.  p.  20. 

Peristera  frontalis,  Burm.  L  c.  p.  497. 

Seyeral  examples  of  this  Pigeon,  of  which  the  only  specimen  that 
has  preyiously  occurred  to  us  was  received  from  Dr.  Salyadori  for 
examination  with  the  aboye  MS.  name. 

It  is  nearest  to  L.  brasiliensis,  but  larger  in  size,  has  a  shonc'r 
bill,  is  rather  whiter  on  the  throat,  and  has  ^e  back  of  the  neck 
almost  entirely  bronzy  green,  with  but  a  yery  slight  purplish  tmge. 


634  MESSRS.  SCLATER  AND  8ALVIN  ON  [DfC.  9, 

20.  POLYBORUS  THARUS  (MoL). 

P.  vulgaris,  Burm.  L  e.  p.  434. 
Three  examples. 

21.  UrUBITINGA  MERIDIONALIS  (Lath.). 

Three  examples. 

22.  BuTEO  ALBiCAUDATus,  VieiU.,  ex  Azara,  no.  10. 
B.  pteroeles,  Temm. 

A  young  bird,  probably  referable  to  this  species. 

23.  AsTURiNA  pucHERANi,  Verr. ;  Scl.  et  Salv.  Ex.  Orn.  p.  177, 
t.  86. 

Four  skins,  none  of  them  quite  mature. 

24.  Otus  americanus  (Gm.). 

Nacurutu  chorreado,  Azara,  Apunt.  i.  p.  202. 
O.  mexicanus,  Hartl.  Ind.  Az.  p.  3. 
One  skin  of  this  Owl. 

25.  PoRPHYRiops  M  ELAN  ops  (Vieill.). 

Two  skins  of  this  bird.  In  our  synopsis  of  Raliidee  (P.  Z.S.  1868, 
p.  461)  we  have  admitted  with  doubt  two  species  of  Porphyriop$, 
observing  that  we  could  not  consider  them  established  until  we  had 
had  an  opportunity  of  examining  further  specimens.  We  have  now 
before  us  five  examples  of  this  bird  from  New  Granada,  Chili,  and 
Paraguay,  but  cannot  satisfy  ourselves  that  there  are  grounds  for 
making  two  species  of  them.  The  white  edgings  of  the  exten>al 
secondaries  vary  in  extent,  being  best  shown  in  one  of  the  Bogota 
specimens,  but  apparently  depend  more  upon  age  and  sex  than  upon 
locality.  We  are  of  opinion  therefore  that  there  is  but  one  valid 
species  of  this  genus,  which  must  be  called  P.  tnelanops  (Yieill.). 

26.  Rhynchops  nigra  (Linn.);  Burm.  /.  c  p.  520. 
One  skin. 

27.  Ardba  cocoi,  Linn. ;  Burm.  /.  c.  p.  508. 
One  skin. 

28.  Ardea  sibilatrix  (Temm.) ;  PL  Ool.  271. 

Flauta  del  Sol,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  169. 

Two  examples,  marked  **  very  rare,  eye  white."  Not  mentioned 
by  Burmeister. 

29.  Ardetta  involucris  (Vieill.). 

Garoa  varia,  Azara,  Apunt.  iii.  p.  185. 
Ardea  involucris,  Vieill.  N.  D.  xiv.  p.  424,  et  E.  M.  p.  1127. 
Ardeola  erythromelasy  jr.,  Bp.  Consp.  ii.  p.  135,  et  al.  auct. 
Mr.  Hudson  sends  two  examples  of  a  Little  Bittern,  which  is  cer- 


I869.]  BIRDS  FROM  THE  ARGENTINE  REPUBLIC.  635 

tainly  the  bird  described  by  Azara  and  Bonaparte  as  above  quoted. 
We  are»  howeyer,  inclined  to  doubt  yerj  much  whether  this  is  really 
the  young  of  A,  erythromelas,  as  referred  by  Bonaparte,  Burmeister, 
and  other  authors;  and  prefer  waiting  for  other  examples  before 
arriring  at  a  definite  conclusion  upon  this  point.  We  are  not  at 
present  able  to  distinguish  the  so-called  A,  erythromelas  (adult) 
from  A.  exilis  of  North  America. 

30.  Ibis  cjkrulescens^  Vidll. 

Ibisplumbea,  Temm.  PI.  Col.  235  ;  Burm.  /.  e.  p.  510. 
One  skin  of  this  species. 

31.  Dsndrocygna  fulta. 

Anasjulva,  6m.  S.  N.  i.  p.  530;  Wagl.  Isis,  1831,  p.  532. 

Dendrocygna  fulva^  Baird,  B.  N.  A.  p.  771,  t  63. 

An<u  virffata.  Max.  Beitr.  iv.  p.  918 ;  Burm.  Syst.  Ueb.  iii.  p.  435, 
et  La  Plata-Reise,  ii.  p.  514. 

Dendracygna  fnhoa  et  2>.  virgata^  Sclater,  P.  Z.  S.  1864,  p.  301, 
et  1866,  p.  149. 

A  good  skin  of  this  species,  which  we  have  compared  with  a 
Mexican  specimen,  and  find  to  be  undistingubhable. 

32.  QUERQUEDULA  BRA8ILIEN8I8  (6m.). 

Ana9  brasiliensis,  6m.  S.  N.  i.  p.  517;  Max.  Beitr.  iv.  p.  936; 
Burm.  La  Plata-Reise,  ii.  p.  517. 
Two  skins.     '' Paio  Portuguese,  found  in  pairs.'* 

33.  QUERQUEDULA  TORQUATA. 

Paio  collar  negro,  Azara,  Apunt  iii.  p.  452. 

Anas  iorquala,  Vieill.  N.  D.  v.  p.  1 10,  et  E.  M.  p.  355  ( (J  ). 

Querguedula  iorquata,  6ray,  6en.  iii.  p.  616,  et  List  of  6all. 
(1843)  p.  139;  Hartl.  Ind.  Az.  p.  28  (c?). 

Pato  ceja  blanea,  Azara,  L  c,  p.  453  (  $  ). 

Anas  leueophrys,  Vieill.  N.D.  y.  p.  156,  et  £.  M.  p.  355  ;  Hartl. 
Ind.  Az.  p.  28  ;  6ray,  6en.  iii.  p.  616  (  ?  ). 

Two  males  and  one  female  of  this  fine  duck,  of  which  we  have  only 
previously  seen  the  pair  in  the  British  Museum.  Azara's  Pato  ceja 
blanca,  which  has  puzzled  Hartlaub  and  others,  is  certainly  the 
female.  This  sex  differs  from  the  male  in  the  absence  of  the  dark 
chestnut  on  the  scapularies,  which  are  of  a  dull  brown,  in  the  brown 
head  and  nape,  in  tne  absence  of  the  black  collar,  and  in  the  pure 
white  throat  and  irr^;ular  superciliarv  stripe.  The  breast  is  mottled 
with  brown,  instead  of  being  of  a  salmon-colour  with  distinct  round 
black  spots.  The  flanks  are  white,  with  brown  mottling,  instead  of 
being  white  minutely  freckled  with  grey. 

34.  Mareca  chiloensis  (King). 

Anas  chiloensis,  Burm.  La  Plata-Rebe,  ii.  p.  517. 
Two  examples  of  this  species. 


636     MR.  8CLATKR  Olf  A  NEW  8PBCIB8  OF  SYltAMsiJkXlVM.   [DeC.  9, 

Mr.  Hodflon's  first  collection  contaioed  ezAinples  of  96  specter 
his  second  of  14  additional  spedes,  and  the  present  of  33  species  not 
included  in  the  two  former,  making  altogether  143  spedes  obtained 
by  Bir.  Hudson  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Conchitas. 


8.  On  Two  new  Species  of  SpuMaxtMt.    By  P.  L.  Sclatbk^ 
M.A.,  Fh.D.^  F.B.S.,  Secretary  to  the  Society. 

(Plate  XUX) 

1.  Synaluixis  curtata,  sp.  noT.    (PL  XLIX.  fig.  1.) 

Fusea^  9ubtus  dilutior,  aU$  intus  nigrieantibui :  pileo,  ieeirieum 
alarium  et  remigwn  marffinibut  cum  eauda  tota  Uete  rufis: 
subalanbus  et  remigum  marginibut  intemU  paUide  fidvo-rufit : 
roiiro  palUde  comeo,  mandibula  ad  basin  camea :  pedibus 
fiueis :  Cauda  rectrieibui  duodeeim  valde  graduatU :  long, 
tota  5*0*  oUb  2*5,  caudtB  reetr.  med.  2'3,  ext.  \'2,  tarn  0'7, 
roatri  a  rietu  '75. 
Hab,  in  Nova  Granada  int. 

This  SynallaxiSf  of  which  I  possess  two  **  Bogota ''  skins,  resembles 
in  coloration  the  true  S.  rufieapilla,  but  is  of  the  same  ohve-brown 
below  as  above,  and  has  12  (not  10)  rectrices  in  its  tail.  It  is  also 
not  unlike  8.  erythn^pt^  but  has  the  red  colour  entirely  confined  to 
the  crown  of  the  head. 

2.  Lbptasthbnura  andicola,  sp.  noT.    (Plate  XLIX.  fig.  2.) 

Supra  murnuhfuaea,  pileo  mgro  rufo  striata:  dorso  toto  albo 

Jlammulato :  laris etwpereUm cum mento albis :  tubtus  dilutior 

flammuUB  albis  frequenter  variegata,  hypochondriie  et  venire  in* 

feriore  cum  teetrieibue  eubalarUme  ochraceo  lavatia:  alie  caudo" 

que  /kiseo-nigrieantibue,  eecundariie  intue  ad  baein  macula 

magna  pallide  ru/a  amatie,  et  reetricibue  quatuor  extemie  in 

pogonio  exteriore  Umbo  albicante  pneditie :  roetro  et  pedibus 

nigrie:  long,  tota  6%  aUe  2*9,  eauda  reetr.  ext.  1*3,  med. 

3*4,  roetri  a  rietu  5*55. 

Hab.  in  Andibus  reipubl.  ^qnatorialis  (Fraeer). 

A  specimen  of  this  bird  was  collected  by  Eraser,  at  Panza  on  the 

southern  slope  of  Chimborazo  in  Ecuador,  in  January  1859,  but  was 

confounded  by  me  wiUi  Synalhunsjlammulata*  ( Jardioe,  Contr.  Om. 

1850,  n.  82,  t.  56),  to  which  it  presents  a  yery  considerable  general 

resemblance,  and  has  remained  in  my  collection  unnoticed  ever  since. 

It  belongs,  howeyer,  essentially  to  a  different  group  from  S.JIammU' 

lata,  its  nearest  real  allies  being  8.  eegithaloidee  and  S.fuliginicepe^ 

which  are  peculiar  for  their  smdl,  short,  straight  beaks,  slender  tarsi, 

and  sharp-pointed  tail  of  twelve  rectrices — the  number  of  rectrices 

in  typical  iSyfki//imf  being  ten.     8.  JIammulata  on  the  other  hand 

*  I  b«Te  recently  disoofered  that  my  8.  tHtdtostriaia,  P.  Z. 8. 1857, p.  27d(ex 
Bogot*),* i9.  /UmmukUOj  ex  rep.  ^uaior. 


1869.]     ON  THB  HABITS  OF  MYRMBCOCICHLA  FORMICIVORA.      637 

has  large  md  strong  tarsi  and  a  rather  elongated  bill,  and  appears 
to  belong  to  a  group  which  embraces  8.  antkoidea^  S.  Amwu^HOt  S, 
orbigmi^  and  their  allies.  These  birds  have  also  twelve  rectrices  in 
their  tail.  For  the  former  gronp  the  name  Leptastkenura  (proposed 
by  Reichenbach  for  S,  tiBgithmUnde*)  mAj  be  used ;  the  latter  section 
does  not  seem  to  haTC  yet  had  any  generic  name  applied  to  it,  unless 
it  be  possible  to  employ  for  it  Astkenes  of  Reichenbach. 

Besides  the  skin  in  my  collection,  I  haye  only  seen  one  other 
example  of  this  species,  which  was  reodved  by  Mr.  Gould  from  Loxa 
in  Ecuador  along  with  other  birds,  and  is  now  in  the  collection  of 
Salvin  and  Oodman. 


9.  Note  on  the  Habits  of  MyrmecodMa  formuAoora^  as 
observed  near  Windvogelberg,  S.  Africa.  By  G.  E. 
Bulger,  F.L.S.,  P.R.G.S.,  C.M.Z.S.,  &c. 

The  "  Mockmg-bird,'*  so  called  (Myrmeeociehla  /ormieivora, 
Vieill.),  is  common  abont  Windvogelberg*;  but  I  do  not  remember 
having  seen  it  elsewhere  at  the  Cape.  Its  plumage  is  of  a  very 
unpretending  description,  being  much  the  colour  of  dark  smoke, 
excepting  a  white  patch  on  the  wings,  which  shows  very  distinctly 
when  it  flies.  On  the  dlst  August,  1863,  I  saw  several  of  them 
hopping  about  and  chirping  amongst  the  grass.  One,  mounted 
on  the  summit  of  an  ant-heap,  delighted  me  with  a  very  sweet, 
though  rather  feeble,  song,  which  I  then  heard  for  the  first  time. 
He  jerked  his  tail  violently  up  and  down  during  the  performance. 
Subsequently,  on  the  6th  September,  I  heard  my  friend  the  **  Mock- 
ing-bird" singing  loudly  a  long  continuous  song,  of  which  the 
pnndpal  part  resembled  the  words  "  Peter-wee-wee-Peter."  I  had 
nad  no  idea  that  his  lungs  were  so  powerful,  his  usual  note  bebg 
rather  weak  and  inaudible,  excepting  at  a  short  distance.  I  had  been 
told  by  a  brother  officer  that  these  birds  formed  their  domiciles  in 
holes  m  the  large  ant-heaps  of  the  country ;  and  on  the  5th  Novem- 
ber a  nest,  containing  the  female  and  four  young  ones,  was  brought 
to  me  by  one  of  the  men  of  the  detachment,  who  found  it  in  a  hole 
in  the  ground — a  small  hole,  he  said,  into  which  he  could  scarcely 
get  his  hand,  inside  another  larger  one,  one  of  the  many  kindls 
of  burrow  so  common  on  the  Cape  flats.  The  n^  was  shallow,  cup- 
shi^>ed,  and  loosely  made  of  grass.  We  put  the  whole  concern  into 
a  luge  caee,  and  left  it  for  a  time — within  sight,  however,  of  where 
we  were  sitting.  The  old  bird  did  not  appear  to  be  much  frightened, 
though  she  sat  perfectly  still  upon  one  of  the  perches  of  the  cage, 
seenungly  in  great  astonishment  Thinking  that,  perhaps,  she  might 
come  back  and  feed  her  youne,  if  I  let  her  go,  I  opened  the  cage- 
door,  and  presently  she  hopped  out  on  to  the  wall  close  by,  and  began 
to  chirrup ;  she  then  flew  away,  and  we  saw  no  more  of  her.     We 

*  See,  for  list  of  other  birdi  obseryed  here,  P.  Z.  R  1866,  p.  21. 


638      MR.  BLANFORD  ON  ABYSSINIAN  SPECIES  OF  BYRAX.    [DeC.  9, 

were  obliged  to  kill  the  young  ones,  as  they  would  not  eat.  Whilst 
in  the  cage,  the  old  bird  whbtled,  every  now  and  then,  its  dear, 
peculiar  odl-note. 

I  have  often  seen  these  birds  poised  in  the  air,  almost  stationary, 
with  their  wings  quiverini;  rapidly,  after  the  manner  of  some  King- 
fishers, for  perhaps  a  minute  or  two  at  a  time,  after  which  they 
would  shoot  down  suddenly  to  the  earth,  and  bear  off  in  triumph  the 
victim  of  these  operations,  which,  I  imagine,  must  have  been  some 
insect.  A  friend  of  mine  saw  one  of  them  engaged  in  devouring  a 
large  beetle ;  so  that  the  story  of  their  living  exclusively  on  ants  can- 
not be  true.  They  are,  apparently,  inquisitive  birds ;  for  whenever 
I  approached  one  of  them,  he  stretched  out  his  neck,  and,  figuratively 
speaking,  stood  on  his  '*  tip-toes  "  to  have  a  better  look  at  me.  I 
found  them  exceedingly  tenacious  of  life,  requiring  a  deal  of  killing 
for  so  small  a  bird.  The  origin  of  the  soubriquet  "  Mocking-bird,*' 
which,  I  believe,  is  shared  by  some  others  of  the  Saxicoiinse,  I  have 
been  unable  to  discover.  I  have  never  heard  any  mimicry  in  its 
notes,  though  it  will  readily  answer  if  whistled  to. 


10.  On  the  Species  of  Hyrax  inhabiting  Abyssinia  and  the 
Neighbouring  Countries.  By  William  T.  Blanford, 
C.M.Z.S. 

During  the  last  two  years  Dr.  Gray  has  described,  from  specimens 
in  the  British  Museum,  four  new  species  of  Hynjix  from  Abyssinia. 
Two  of  these,  H,  dructft  and  H,  alpini,  were  described  in  1867>  before 
the  Abyssinian  expedition  (Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  ser.  4.  vol.  i. 
pp.  44,  45) ;  and  two  other  species,  one  belonging  to  each  of  the 
proposed  genera  Euhyras  and  Dendrohyrax,  were  ako  shown  to  have 
been  brought  from  southern  Abyssinia. 

My  attention  was  thus  drawn  to  the  subject  of  the  Abyssinian 
Hyraees  \uBt  when  startmg  for  the  expedition.  During  the  time  spent 
in  Abyssinia,  I  had  many  opportunities  of  collecting  and  observing 
these  animals  ;  and  the  first  few  specimens  obtained  exhibited  such 
an  unusual  amount  of  variation,  that  I  endeavoured  to  procure  as 
large  a  series  as  I  could.  I  collected  altogether  twenty-eight  speci- 
mens from  various  localities,  about  twenty  of  which  are  now  in  the 
British  Museum ;  and  these  enable  me,  I  think,  to  throw  some  hght 
upon  the  specific  characters.  Since  returning  from  Abvssinia  I  have 
had  opportunities  of  examining  both  Dr.  Gray's  types  m  the  British 
Museum  and  the  specimens  now  in  the  Berlin  Museum  described  by 
Hemprich  and  Ehrenberg  in  the  '  Symbolse  Physicee.'  Meantime 
Dr.  Gray  had  described  as  new  H./erruyineus  and  H,  irrorata,  vnth 
a  variety  named  luteoytuter  considered  to  be  probably  also  distinct, 
from  specimens  brought  from  Abyssinia  by  my  friend  Mr.  Jesse. 

Of  the  specimens  obtained  by  me,  one  was  shot  on  the  shores  of 
Annesley  Bay ;  three  in  the  passes  leading  to  the  highbinds,  at  heights 
of  2000  to  4000  feet  above  the  sea;  two  at  Senaf^,  8000  feet;  a  series 


1869.]     MR.  BLANFORD  ON  ABYSSINIAN  8PBCTBS  OF  HYRAX.        639 

of  seyenteen  of  all  nges  at  Adigrat,  also  at  about  8000  feet  (these 
were  procured  by  a  collector  whom  I  left  with  especial  instructions 
to  shoot  and  preserve  as  many  as  he  could);  one  at  Agula,  7000  feet ; 
one  near  Antalo,  7000  feet ;  two  on  the  Wadeia  pUteau^  at  above 
1000  feet ;  and  one  in  the  Anseba  valley  near  Bogos,  at  about  4000 
feet  above  the  sea. 

The  specimen  shot  at  Annesley  Bay  differs  from  all  the  others  in 
its  short  rather  harsh  fur  and  apparently  small  size.  It  is  immature, 
but  seems  smaller  than  specimens  of  similar  age  from  the  highlands ; 
and  other  individuals  seen  about  the  same  burrow  were  equaUy  small. 
Except  in  size,  this  specimen  agrees  very  fairly  with  the  type  of  Hyrax 
abyssinicus*  of  Hemprich  and  Ehrenberg ;  for  it  has  a  rudimentary 
bbick  dorsal  spot,  a  character  which  appears  usually  more  developed 
in  adult  or  aged  specimens  than  in  the  young.  It,  however,  has  not 
the  smallest  resemblance  to  the  skins  from  Shoa  in  the  British  Mu- 
seum identified  by  Dr.  Gray  with  that  species,  but  which  certainly 
belong  to  a  different  species,  much  larger  in  size,  and  with  very  long 
soft  hair  instead  of  the  short  harsh  fur  of  H.  abyssinieus. 

Whether  my  specimen  be  correctly  referred  to  H,  abyssinieus 
of  Hemprich  and  Ehrenberg  or  not,  there  can  be  but  little  doubt 
that  this  species  is  a  well-marked  form  inhabiting  the  shores  of  the 
Bed  Sea,  and  that  Dr.  Gray  is  rieht  in  separating  from  it  the 
common  Hyrax  of  the  Abyssinian  highlands  with  a  yellow  dorsal 
spot. 

It  is  on  the  species  inhabiting  the  highlands  that  my  specimens  throw 
most  light.  The  characters  mainly  relied  upon  for  the  discrimination 
of  the  species  of  Hyrax  are  the  colour  of  tne  dorsal  spot,  the  colour 
and  texture  of  the  fur,  and  the  form  of  the  skidl.  In  all  these  cha- 
racters there  is  so  much  variation  that  I  am  not  in  the  least  surprised 
that  Dr.  Gray  should  have  considered  that  there  were  several  species 
indicated  by  the  few  skins  to  which  he  had  access.  I  cannot,  how- 
ever, quite  coincide  in  this  opinion.  For  some  time  I  thought  that 
I  could  distinguish  two  species  amount  my  collections — one  with  a 
well-marked  yellow  dorsal  spot,  the  other  with  the  same  rudimentary 
or  wanting  (//.  irroratus,  Gray).  But  further  examination  showed 
that  those  specimens  in  which  the  dorsal  streak  is  entirely  absent 
are  immature,  and  that  in  the  adult  it  is  always  slightly  indicated ; 
and  there  is  a  perfect  transition  from  the  merest  indication  to  a  dis- 
tinct well-marked  yellow  spot.  The  colour  of  the  fur  varies  in  the 
most  singular  manner,  the  principal  distinction  being  in  the  greater 
or  less  amount  of  rufous ;  but  that  this  b  simply  an  individual  cha- 
racter is  shown  by  the  circumstance  that  on  several  occasions  I  saw 
one  or  more  rufous  individuals  (H /errugineus.  Gray)  amongst  the 
ordinary  dusky  grey  animals  beloneing  to  the  same  burrow,  and  also 
by  the  variation  in  the  extent  and  shade  of  rufous,  some  skins  having 

*  Hemprich  and  Ehrenberg  write  habeitimeut\  bat  the  other  spelling  is  that 
adopted  by  the  older  writers,  such  as  Gmelin.  The  name  Abyssinia  being  gene- 
rally adopted  from  mediseval  if  not  from  classical  Latin,  it  seems  unnecessary  to 
change  it,  although  the  true  name  of  the  country  is  Habesh. 


G40      MR.  BLANPORD  ON  ABYSSINIAN  SPECIES  OF  HYRAX.   [DeC.  9, 

only  the  head  or  back  thus  coloured,  while  in  others  it  extends  more 
or  less  throughout.  Even  the  texture  of  the  fur  is  Tariable,  some^ 
specimens  being  rather  harsher  than  others.  One  of  my  skins,  which 
appgurs  to  differ  conspicuously  from  all  the  others  in  its  exeessiTe 
souness  and  grey  tint,  is  only  distinguishable  from  a  specimen  of  H. 
brueei  in  the  British  Museum  by  its  greyer  colour  and  rather  longer 
fiir.  Other  specimens  collected  by  me*  are  perfectly  intermediate 
between  the  types  of  H,  brueei  and  H.  alpim^  while  others  com- 

?letely  connect  the  first  named  with  the  two  species  described  by 
)r.  6ray  from  Mr.  Jesse's  collections.  I  am  therefore  obliged 
to  conclude  that  these  species  are  founded  on  characters  whidi, 
however  apparently  marked,  are  in  reality  only  individual  and  not 
specific. 

The  only  skins  which  I  am  inclined  to  consider  possibly  distinct 
from  H.  brueei  are  one  from  Adigrat  and  two  from  Wadela.  These 
may  possibly  be  varieties  of  the  same  species,  as  all  have  a  rudi- 
mentary black  dorsal  spot.  The  first  specimen  is  of  a  very  dark 
brown  colour  mnch  mottled  with  black,  all  the  under-fur  near  the 
skin  being  blackish;  the  hairs  are  yellowish  brown  near  the  end 
and  tipp^  with  black.  The  skull  is  crushed  and  I  have  not  ex* 
tracted  it. 

In  the  two  specimens  from  above  10,000  feet  elevation  the  fur  is 
also  dark,  long,  and  moderately  fine,  with  much  less  mottling  than 
usual.  The  soles  of  the  feet,  of  the  hinder  ones  especially,  appear 
very  short.  The  nasal  bones  of  the  skull  appear  shorter.  This  of 
course  is  a  character  varying  with  age ;  but  the  comparison  is  made 
between  skulls  of  similar  development  The  zygomatic  arch  b  broader 
and  the  series  of  molar  teeth  in  the  upper  jaw  is  very  much  carved 
in  the  Wadela  specimens ;  and  in  one  of  them,  in  whidi  all  the  hinder 
molars  are  well  grown,  although  not  worn,  the  foremost  premolar 
is  wanting  on  each  side  of  both  jaws.  This  tooth  is  fi«qnently 
wanting  here  and  there  in  skulls  oiH,  brueei  and  is  nsnally  deficient 
in  the  lower  jaw  of  aged  specimens ;  but  amongst  eight  aault  skulls 
which  I  examined,  I  could  find  no  instance  of  its  absence  throughout 
both  jaws. 

I  00  not  think  these  skins  belong  to  the  same  species  as  the  speci- 
mens from  Shoa  already  mentioneid  (Euhyrax  abyseinieue,  Grmy>; 
they  appear  to  me  to  belong  to  a  much  smaller  animal,  and  toe 
colour  and  texture  of  the  fur  are  dissimilar.  I  think  they  probably 
belong  to  an  undescribed  form.  I  shall  not,  however,  attempt  to 
name  it  on  the  eridence  of  only  two  skins. 

With  regard  to  the  Abyssinian  Dendrohyrax  I  can  say  nothing. 
Dr.  Ghray  only  indicates  its  existence  from  a  portion  of  an  Abjrssinian 
skull  figured  by  v.  Ja^r.  I  have  already  shown  that  Bukyrax 
abyseinieus.  Gray,  is  not  Hyrax  abyseimeue  of  Hemprich  and  Eh- 
renberg.  Dr.  Gray  states  that  the  skin  of  E.  abyseimieus  is  not 
distinfmishable  from  that  of  Hyrax  eapeiuis,  but  that  the  skull  differs 
in  the  length  of  the  diastema  or  space  between  the  upper  cutting-teeth 
and  the  first  premolar  of  the  upper  jaw,  which  b  very  much  greater 


1869.]    MR.  BLANFORD  ON  ABYSSINIAN  8PBCIB8  Or  HYRAX.        641 

in  Euhyrax^  being  more  than  the  length  of  the  onter  sides  of  the 
first  three  premolars,  whilst  in  Hyrax  it  is  less***. 

It  is  only  with  the  greatest  diffidence  that  I  venture  to  offer  an 
opinion  on  a  subject  with  which  I  have  so  vei^  small  an  acquaintance 
as  osteology ;  but  I  cannot  help  thinking  that  if  the  difference  in  ques- 
tion be  really  of  generic  importance,  it  is  remarkable  that  there  are  no 
external  characters  in  addition ;  and,  so  far  as  my  own  specimens 
enable  me  to  judge,  the  length  of  the  diastema  in  Hyraeea  is  a  very 
variable  character.  That  it  differs  enormously  with  age  is  a  matter 
of  course,  but  I  am  now  speaking  of  adult  skulls.  In  two  from 
Adigrat,  the  lengths  are  as  follows  in  dedmak  of  an  inch :  ^ 

L  n. 

Length  of  diastema  035        045 

Length  of  first  three  premolars 0*48        0*48 

In  these  two,  both  aged  specimens,  the  development  of  the  teeth  is 
precisely  similsr.  The  skins  only  differ  in  one  being  more  ferrugi- 
nous than  the  other,  a  character  certainly  of  no  importance.  Other 
skulls  show  intermediate  proportions  in  the  length  of  parts  of  the 
jaw. 

I  am  inclined  to  conclude  that  the  differences  pointed  out  b^  Dr. 
Gray  may  be  of  specific  value,  but  that,  where  so  much  variation 
exists  wimm  the  limits  of  a  sinele  species,  it  can  scarcely  take  ge- 
neric rank.  But,  as  I  have  already  stated,  my  knowledge  of  osteology 
is  insufficient  to  enable  me  to  judge  fully  on  this  subject ;  and  as  I 
may  be  faUins  into  the  not  uncommon  error  of  underestimating  the 
importance  of  characters  to  which  I  have  not  given  much  study,  I 
can  only  leave  the  matter  in  the  hands  of  those  better  acquainted 
with  them.  Meantime,  if  the  Shoa  animal  be  really  distingubhable 
from  H.  capensis,  it  will  require  a  name. 

The  only  remaining  observation  I  can  add  is,  that,  by  examination 
of  the  specimens  in  both  cases,  I  have  ascertained  that  the  species 
described  by  Dr.  Gray  as  Hyrax  burtoni  is  identical  with  the  type 
in  the  Berlin  Museum  of  Hemprich  and  Ehrenberg's  H.  rufieeps 
Tel  dongolanus.  As  the  former  name  is  objectionable,  the  rufous 
head  being  apparently  an  individual  peculiarity,  I  would  suggest  that 
the  latter  be  retained. 

The  following,  therefore,  appears  to  me  to  be  the  synonymy  of  the 
Hyraeea  hitherto  described  as  inhabiting  North-eastern  Africa. 
The  species  indicated  above  may  have  to  be  added,  and  also,  if  Dr. 
Gray's  suggestion  be  correct,  H.  {Dendrohyrax)  doraalis  or  an  allied 
form.  But  the  last  identification  is  only  based  as  yet  on  a  figure  of 
part  of  a  skull. 

•  In  Gat.  Cam.,  Paohyd.,  and  Edent^  Mamm.  in  Brit  Mua.  1869,  p.  289,  Dr. 
Qray  saya,  "  in  the  H.  brucei  it  (the  diastema)  is  as  long  as  the  length  of  tlie  outer 
aides  of  the  first  three  premolars  and  the  half  of  the  fourth  one ;  in  H.  capensis 
it  is  only  as  long  as  the  outer  sides  of  the  first  two  premolars  and  one-third  of 
the  third  one."  From  the  context  it  is  erident  that  H.  brucei  is  a  misprint  for 
EuMyrax  ahymnicm,  I  have  not  access  at  present  to  the  '  Annals  *  in  which  the 
description  originally  appeared. 


642      MR.  BLANFORD  ON  ABYSSINIAN  8PBCIE8  OF  HYRAX.  [DeC.9, 

I.  Dorsal  streak  black. 
a.  Fur  harshf  mottled;  size  moderate. 

1.  Hyrax  abyssinicus. 

H,  habessinicus.  Hemp.  &  Ebr.  Symb.  Phys.  pi.  2.  f.  2  (the  smaller 
specimen  only). 
Hab,  Shores  of  Red  Sea  near  Massowa  and  Annesley  Bay. 

b.  Fur  soft,  long ;  size  large. 

2.  H.  capbnsis  ? 

Euhyrax  abyssinicus,  GT2ijt  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hbt.  ser.  4.  vol.  i. 
p.  47. 
Hab.  Shoa,  Southern  Abyssinia. 

II.  Dorsal  streak  yellow. 

a.  Fur  soft,  variable  in  colour,  but  usually  dark  brownish 
grey  or  brown,  and  mottled. 

3.  H.  BRUCBI. 

Jshkoko*  of  Bruce»  Travels,  vol.  v.  p.  139. 

Gike  of  Salt. 

Hyrax  brucei  and  H.  alpini,  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  for 

1868,  ser.  4.  vol.  i.  pp.  44,  45 ;  Cat.  Cam.  Mamm.  in  Brit  Mas. 

1869,  p.  287. 

H.  ferrugineus,*  H.  irroratus,  and  H.  irroratus  var.  luteogaster, 
Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1869,  ser.  4.  vol.  iii.  p.  242;  Cat. 
Cam.  Mamm.  Brit.  Mas.  1869,  p.  288. 

IT.  abyssinicus,  auct.  nee  Hempr.  et  Ehr. 

Hab.  Highlands  of  Tigr^  in  northem  Abyssinia,  above  2000  feet. 

b.  Fur  harsh,  yellowish  brown  ;  size  moderate. 

4.  H.  D0N60LANU8. 

H.  ruficeps  vel  dongolanus,  Hempr.  &  Ehr.  Symb.  Phys.  Mimm. 
t.  2.  fig.  1. 

H.  burtoni.  Gray,  Ann.  &  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  1868,  ser.  4.  voL  i. 
p.  43;  Cat.  Cam. 'Mamm.  in  Brit.  Mas.  1869,  p.  285. 

Hab.  Dongola  (H.  ^  E.) ;  Egypt  (Burton). 

H.  syriacus,  Schreb.  {H.  sinaiticus,  H.  &  E.  and  Gray),  approachei 
H.  dongolanus  in  colour,  bein^  dull  isabeUine  with  a  large  pale  dorsal 
spot,  but  the  for  is  soft.  It  inhabits  Palestine,  Syria,  and  Northem 
Arabia.  No  species  of  Hyrax  appears  to  have  been  as  yet  procured 
from  Southem  Arabia. 

*  AMoko  is  Ambaric,  Oikt  Tigrai  or  Geez ;  the  former  tbe  langaage  of  South 
Abyssinia,  Amhara  and  Shoa,  the  latter  of  Northem  Abyssinia  or  'ngr^. 


\1 


1869]  DR.  J.  K.  ORAY  QS  EllYS  rLAVlPBS.  643 

11.  Description  o(  Emysflavipes. 

By  Dr.  J.  E.  Gray,  F.B.S.  &c. 

(Plate  L.) 

The  Zoological  Society  have  lately  received,  as  a  present  from  the 
Rev.  Basil  Wilberforce,  a  series  of  four  specimens  of  a  freshwater 
Tortoise,  which  have  been  for  several  years  in  his  possession.  They 
belong  to  a  most  distinct  species,  and  one  which  has  never  before 
come  under  my  observation  and  is  easily  known  by  its  beautiful  lined 
head  and  neck,  the  presence  of  a  spot  behind  the  eye,  and  a  distinct 
ring  round  the  tympanum,  the  bright  orange^colour  on  the  underside 
of  the  fore  legs,  and  the  narrow  orange  streak  on  the  suture  between 
the  end  of  the  abdominal  and  the  marginal  plates,  and  the  blackness 
of  the  underside  of  the  margin  and  the  sternum.    I  propose  to  call  it 

£mys  plavipes.     (Plate  L.) 

The  crown  olive,  sides  of  the  face  greenish,  with  a  narrow  streak 
from  the  nostril  through  the  eye  extending  on  the  side  of  the  back 
of  the  neck.  Another  streak  from  the  lower  side  of  the  eyes  to  the 
angle  of  the  mouth,  a  short  streak  from  the  sides  of  the  beak.  The 
under  beak  with  a  forked  streak  on  each  side,  a  broader  transverse 
band  behind  it ;  one  long  oval  spot  on  the  hinder  part  of  the  side 
of  the  jaw.  A  line  on  each  side  of  the  temple,  an  oval  spot  behind 
each  eye,  and  a  ring  round  the  ear,  extending  behind  into  a  longi** 
tudinal  streak.  Pupil  round,  with  a  square  spot  on  each  side,  forming 
a  band  obHquely  across  the  eye ;  neck  olive  with  obscure  reddish 
spots ;  sides  of  the  neck  and  throat  with  orange  streaks.  Legs  black, 
varied  with  orange ;  the  lower  side  of  the  fore  legs  orange  ;  the  tail 
tapering,  with  orange  Unes.  Thorax  oblong,  bluntly  keeled ;  the  keel 
narrower  and  more  prominent  behind.  Above  pale  olive-brown, 
slightly  waved  with  reddish  on  the  middle  of  the  shield,  more  marked 
where  it  makes  a  distinct  square  spot  in  the  middle  of  the  first  ver* 
tebral  shield;  the  lateral  margin  slightly  revolute  and  the  hinder  edge 
entire  ;  the  underside  of  the  marginal  shields  and  the  sternum  black, 
with  more  or  less  white  on  the  lateral  margin  of  the  latter  ;  the  su' 
ture  between  the  abdominal  and  the  marginal  plates  marked  by  a 
distinct  narrow  orange  streak. 

The  different  specimens  vary  in  the  quantity  of  white  on  the  ster- 
num ;  in  one  the  sternum  is  nearly  white,  clouded  with  black. 

In  the  British  Museum  there  is  a  specimen  of  a  young  Terrapin 
brought  by  Mr.  Fraser  from  North  Africa,  which  is  very  similar  to 
the  above,  and  has  the  same  black  underside  of  the  margin  ;  but  its 
neck  has  many  much  narrower  streaks,  and  there  is  no  spot  behind 
the  eye  or  rings  round  the  ear.  This  specimen  appears  to  indicate 
the  existence  of  another  species,  which  may  be  called  Emysfraseri. 

In  the  same  collection  there  is  a  young  specimen  of  Terrapin  in  spirit 
that  was  brought  home  in  the  Euphrates  expedition,  which  is  some- 
what like  the  above,  but  there  are  indications  of  dark  rings  on  the 
The  sternum  is  black,  edged  with  white ;  the  whole  of 
ZooL.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XLII. 


644  MK.  HARPER  PEASE  ON  THE  [DeC.  9, 

the  sternum,  costal  process,  and  the  underside  of  the  marginal  shield 
is  white,  there  being  two  small  round  black  spots  on  the  underside 
of  each  of  the  ^ve  front  marginal  shields.  The  head  and  neck  are 
beautifully  marked  with  very  regular  pale  streaks,  but  there  is  no  spot 
behind  the  eye,  and  no  ring  round  the  margin  of  the  ear.  This  in- 
dicates the  existence  of  a  very  distinct  species;  and  Dr.  Gunther  thinks 
that  it  is  the  young  state  of  the  Emys  grayih  which  he  has  lately  de- 
scribed (see  antect^  p.  .504)  from  the  adult  shell,  without  the  animal. 

The  Mauremys  Juliginosa  (anteH,  p.  500)  has  the  markings  on 
the  head  and  neck  somewhat  similar  to  those  of  Emya  flampea^  but 
sufficiently  distinct  to  define  this  species,  which  is  also  at  once  known 
by  the  depressed  and  nearly  uniform  black  shields  of  the  shell. 


12.  On  the  Classification  of  the  Helicterirue. 
By  Harper  Pease^  C.M.Z.S. 

From  a  history  of  the  genus  Helicter  which  I  published  in  this 
Society's  'Proceedings*  (1862,  p.  3)  it  appears  that  it  was  first 
named  and  described  by  Fdrussac  in  1821  *,  and  that  this  term  con- 
sequently takes  precedence  o(  Achatinella  (Swains.),  I828t. 

I  now  propose  to  elevate  it  to  the  rank  of  a  subfamily,  and  to  dis- 
tinguish the  several  groups  of  species  which  it  comprises  by  generic 
names.  They  are  as  distinct,  as  strictly  definable,  and  vary  even 
more  widely  than  those  of  any  other  subfamily  of  land  shells.  From 
the  difference  in  their  habits  and  stations,  we  may  also  expect  to  find 
the  animals  to  vary  correspondingly  when  examined. 

Had  the  several  species  been  received  in  Europe  at  different  times 
without  their  locality  being  known,  they  would  have  been  distributed 
over  five  or  six  old  established  genera.  They  are,  in  fact,  a  natural 
subfamily,  confined  to  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  representing  vrithin 
themselves,  by  the  forms  of  their  shells,  several  genera  inhabiting 
dbtant  localities,  in  a  similar  manner  to  several  other  genera  inhabit- 
ing Polynesia,  such  as  Pitys,  species  of  which  have  been  classed  by 
authors  with  the  European  genus  Patula,  although  the  animals  of 
the  two  are  widely  distinct.  I  will  not  notice  at  present  the  several 
attempts  made  of  late  years  to  dismember  the  Helicteriiuc  and  unite 
several  species  to  foreign  genera,  such  as  Balea  and  others,  as  I  am 
convinced  that  the  "Testaceous  classification'*  adopted  by  those 
authors  will  be  abandoned  so  soon  as  the  result  of  the  researches  of 
persons  now  permanently  located  at  many  localities  in  the  tropics  and 
elsewhere,  formerly  but  rarely  visited  and  hastily  explored,  are  made 
known. 

As  to  the  distribution  of  genera  and  species  over  the  several  islands 
of  the  group,  I  remark  generally  that,  with  the  exception  of  the 
genus  Leptachatina  (the  species  of  which  are  small  and  of  simple 

•  Tableau  Sysfc.  des  An.  MoUusques,  1821,  p.  56 ;  Voy.  par  M.  de  Freydnet, 
1824,  p.  475. 
t  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Royal  Institution,  1828,  p.  81. 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  THE  HBLICTERlNiE. 


645 


character),  no  species  is  common  to  any  two  of  the  islands,  and  but 
few  analogous ;  most  of  the  genera  are  not  only  confiued  to  one 
island,  but  to  a  certain  district  on  that  island.  The  localities  re- 
corded are  in  many  cases  incorrect,  especially  of  those  species  fur- 
nished to  the  late  H.  Cuming  by  Dr.  Frick. 

Ten  subgenera  of  Helieterime  have  been  proposed  by  authors,  all 
of  which,  with  slight  modifications,  I  retain  as  genera,  adding  three. 

388  species  have  been  described,  1 66  of  which  I  class  as  synonyms 
or  varieties ;  222  consequently  remain  distinct.  The  following  Table 
furnishes  the  area  of  each  island  in  square  miles,  and  the  number  of 
species  and  genera  described  from  each  *  : — 


Kauai. 

Oahu. 

Molokai. 

Maui. 

Hawaii. 

Area  . 

630 

610 

220 

650 

150 

3800 

Species. 

21 

128 

24 

31 

12 

6 

Genera. 

2 

9 

7 

8 

6 

3 

I  introduce  only  such  synonyms  as  have  not  been  recorded  here- 
tofore.    They  are  explained  below. 

Family  HELiciDiS. 
Subfamily  HsLicTERiNiB. 

Testa  imperforata  vel  auhperforata ;  sinistrorsa  vel  dextrorsa ;  co- 
lumella plica  torta  munita,  rarius  Bulimi-  vel  Achatiniformi ;  /a- 
bro  intus  plus  minusve  incrassato,  rarius  tenui ;  sape  magis  mi- 
Husve  expanso. 

Animal  ovovivipamm. 

Genus  1.  Helicter  (Fer.). 

T.  crassa,  solida,  polita,  globoso-conica ;  apice  acuto ;  plica  colu- 
meUari  valida  ;  labro  incrassato. 


Helicter  aptycha  (Pfr.). 
— —  bicolor  (Gul.). 

cestus  (Newc). 

decora  (Per.). 

lugubris  (Chem.). 

lorata  (F^r.). 

mustelina  (Migh.). 

morbida  (Pfr.). 


Heticter  multilineata  (Newc). 

ovum  (Pfr.). 

pulchella  (Pfr.). 

perversa  (Swains.)  = 

"  cinerosa  "  (Pfr.). 

swi/ii  (Newc). 

turgida  (Newc). 

vittattt  (Rve.). 


I  retain  the  generic  name  given  by  F^russac  to  the  whole  subfamily 

*  The  Bmall  ialands  of  Eahului,  40  square  miles,  and  Niihau,  10  square  miles, 
have  not  heen  examined.  They  have  a  scan^  growth  of  low  bushes  over  a  por- 
tion of  their  surface,  where  one  or  two  species  of  Leptachatina  may  possibly  be 
found.  [For  a  recent  Map  of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  see  Joum.  K.  Geograph. 
Soc,  1808,  p.  361.— P.  L.  S.] 


646 


MR.  HARPER  PEA6B    ON  THB 


[Dec  9, 


for  the  group  of  species  represented  by  H.  lugubrU  (Chem.),  which 
was  the  first  species  described. 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  thick,  solid,  polished,  globose  conic, 
with  the  apex  acute.  They  are  quite  distinct  from  BuUmella^  with 
which  they  have  heretofore  been  associated. 

Genus  2.  Achatinkllastrum  (Pfr.)* 

Achatinellastrum,  Pfr.  Mai.  Blatt.  1854,  p.  133;  Mon.  Hel.  Yi?. 
1859,  vol.  iv.  p.  531. 
T.  turriia  aut  elongato-conica,  solida,  epiclermide  nilida ;  plica  co- 
lumellari  valida,   iorta,   dentiformi;  perist.   recto;   labro  w> 
incrassato. 


Achatinellastrum  bHineatum 

(Rve.). 

buddi  (Newc). 

castaneum  (Rve.)  = 

''aduatum**  (Rve.). 

cucumis  (Gul.). 

fulgena  (Newc). 

formo9um  (Gul.). 

grayanum  (Pfr.). 


dubium  (Newc). 


Achatinellastrum  johnsoni 
(Newc). 

liliaeeum  (Pfr.). 

olivaceum  (Rve.). 

productum  (Rve.). 

puleherrimum  (Swains.). 

trilineatum  (Gul.). 

vulpinum  (F^r.). 

vertipUU  (Gul.). 


Sec.  2. 


radiatum  (Gld.). 


I  restrict  the  above  genus  to  the  species  allied  to  A,  productum 
(Rve.).  They  are  confined  in  their  habitat  to  the  easterly  end  of 
the  island  of  Oahu. 

Sec.  2  includes  two  aberrant  forms,  which  agree  with  each  other 
in  their  general  characters,  but  differ  from  the  type  in  being  of 
thinner  texture,  not  so  elongate.  A,  dubium  is  witnout  any  cola- 
mellar  fold,  and  A.  radiatum  has  it  but  slightly  developed. 

Genus  3.  Bulimblla  (Pfr.). 

Bulimella,  Pfr.  Mai.  Blatt.  1854,  p.  119  ;  Mon.  Hel.  Viv.  vol.i?. 
1859,  p.  518. 

T.  impefforata,  bulimiformis,  polita,  solida^  ovato-eonica,  apice  o&- 
tuso  ;  plica  columellari  valida ;  labro  intus  incrassato, 

Bulimella  bulimoides  (Swains.).       Bulimella  rosea  (Swains.). 
elegans  (Newc). 


.  faba  (Pfr.). 
glabra  (Newc). 
-  hartley  ana  (Pfr.). 
■  ovata  (Newc). 

byronii  (Gray). 
decipiens  (Newc). 
rugosa  (Newc). 


mtila  (Newc). 
sowerbyana  (Pfr.). 
swainsoni  (Pfr.). 
t€eniolata  (Pfr.). 


Sec.  2. 


subvirens  (Newc). 

tfiridans  (Migh.). 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OP  THB  HELICTBRINiC.  647 

Sec.  3. 

Buiimella  abbreviata  (Rve.)  =  BuUmella  sordida  (Newc). 

"  baeea  "  (Rve.).  solitaria  (Newc). 

eolorata  (Rre.).  multicolor  (Pfr.). 

gerwuina  (Newc). 

This  genus  is  restricted  to  the  species  with  obtuse  apex,  represented 
by  B.  rosea  (Swains.)*  They  inhabit  the  westerly  end  of  the  isknd  of 
Oahu.  A  short  distance  from  their  habitat  sereral  species  are  found, 
which  we  class  under  Sec.  2,  not  so  robust  in  shape,  with  apex  less 
obtuse,  and  surface  rough.  Sec  3  comprises  a  few  species  still  further 
removed  from  the  type,  being  smooth,  and  the  apex  subacute.  They 
might  also  with  propriety  be  classed  under  the  genus  AehatineU 
lasirum. 

Grenus  4.  Eburnella  (Pse.). 

T.  soUda,  polita,  UbvU,   oblongo-ovata,  plica  columellari  valida, 
torta  :  labro  vix  incrasBtUo ;  apice  obtuswsculo,  amt  acuto, 

Eburnella  casta  (Newc).                 Eburnella  recta  (Newc). 
eurta  (Newc).  saccata  (Pfr.). 


livida  (Swains.).  undulata  (Newc). 

porcellana  (Newc). 

Sec  2. 
aemicarinata  (Newc).  variabilis  (Newc). 

This  genus  is  established  for  a  group  of  small,  solid,  polished 
species,  resembling  in  their  texture  those  of  Helicter.  They  are 
of  an  elongate  ovate  form,  the  apex  somewhat  obtuse,  and  the  co- 
lamellar  fold  prominent  and  twisted;  lip  but  slightly  thickened 
within,  its  edge  thin.  They  inhabit  Uie  westerly  end  of  the  island 
of  Oahu. 

I  add  two  species  from  the  island  of  Lanai,  which  are  more  nearly 
allied  to  this  genus  than  any  other. 

Genus  6.  Partulina  (Pfr.). 

Partulina,  Pfr.  Mon.  Hel.  Viv.  vol.  iv.  1859,  p.  516. 

Partulina  compta  (Rve.).  Partulina  rvfa  (Newc). 

dwighti  (Newc).  spletidtda  (Newc). 

gouldi  (Newc).  tappaniana  (C.  B.  Ad.). 

marmorata  (Gld.).  tessellata  (Newc). 

proxima  (Pse.).  virgulata  (Migh.). 

Sec  2. 

crassa  (Newc.)  grisea  (Newc). 

dolium  (Pfr.)" 

The  above  genus  is  confined  to  the  islands  of  Maui  and  Molokai. 


646  MR.  HARPER  PEASE  ON  TUB  [DeC.  9, 

Of  Sec,  2  the  most  aberrant  form  is  Partulina  erassth  which  inhabits 
the  island  of  Lanai. 

Genus  6.  Laminella  (Pfr.)« 

Laminella,  Pfr.  Mai.  Blatt.  1854,  p.  126  ;   Mou.  Hel.  Viv.  1859, 
vol.  iv.  p.  546. 

T,  eUmgatO'Ovata  vel  turrita ;  plica  columellari  iamelUeformi, 
torta,  compressa;  perist,  simplid,  redo;  labro  tenui  ant  sub- 
incrassato, 

Laminella  gramda  (Per.).  Laminella  magna  (C.  B.  Ad.)= 

picta  (Migh.).  "  baldwini  "  (Newc). 

straminea  (Rve.).  violacea  (Newc.)  = 

**  gigantea  "  (Newc). 
Sec.  2. 
bella  (Rve.)  =  remyi  (Newc). 


** polita^*  (Newc).  sanguinea  (Newc). 

coneavospira  (Pfr.).  terebra  (Newc). 

concinna  (Newc).  tetrao  (Newc). 

erecta  (Pse.).  venusta  (Migh.)  = 

Jusoidea  (Newc).  y  dtrina  "  ( Pfr.). 

migheUiana  (Pfr.).  zebra  (Newc). 

Sec  3. 

Laminella  phyaa  (Newc). 

The  typical  species  of  this  genus  are  peculiar  in  having  their  outer 
lip  thin.  We  place  provisionally  under  Sec  2  a  number  of  species 
which  agree  with  the  type  in  the  character  of  the  outer  lip.  They 
are  of  smaller  sise  and  generally  more  elongate  in  shape. 

I  also  add  a  peculiar  species,  inhabiting  Hawaii,  which  has  no 
distinct  allies. 

Gkntis  7.  Frickella  (Pfr.). 

Frickella,  Mai.  Blatt.  1855,  p.  2 ;  Mon.  Hel.  Viv.  1859,  vol.  iv. 
p.  569. 

Frickella  amcena  (Pfr.). 

Genus  8.  Perdicella  (Pse.). 

T.  dextrorsa  vel  sinistrorsa,  bulimi/ormi,  turrita  vel  elongatO'CO- 
nica,  imper/orata,  tenuiter  striata ;  plica  columellari  vix  am- 
spicua  vel  nulla  ;  perist.  simplid  ;  labro  tenui, 

Perdicella  alexandri  (Newc).  Perdicella  sandwicAensis  {?(rX 

Aelena  (Newc).  omata  (Newc). 

minuscula  (Pfr.).  zebrina  (Pfr.). 

manoensis  (Newc). 

A  group  of  prettily  painted  little  shells,  strictly  buHmiforni  iu  ail 
their  characters. 


1869.]  CLASSIFICATION  OP  THE  UKLICTERINifi.  649 

Genus  9.  Newcombia  (Pfr.). 

T.  simistrorsa,  subimper/orata,  elongata,  costata,  pHcata,  out  sul- 
cata ;  plica  columellari  nulla  ;  perist.  simplici,  subrecio, 

Newcombia  cumingi  (Newc).  Nevocombia  plieata  (Migh.). 

cinnamomea  (Pfr.).  philippiana  (Pfr.). 

neweombiana  (Pfr.).  sulcata  (Pfr.). 

Sec.  2. 

hutchinsonii  (Pge.).  obscura  (Newc.)  = 

"ma*/fl"(Newc.). 

The  species  of  this  genus  are  easily  distinguished  by  their  slender 
elongate  shape  and  simple  columella. 

I  add,  in  Sec.  2,  two  species,  similar  in  shape,  but  covered  with  a 
coarse  epidermis,  and  furnished  with  a  slight  columellar  fold ;  one  is 
dextral. 

Genus  10.  Auriculella  (Pfr.). 

Auriculella,  Pfeiff.  Proc.  Zool.'Soc.  1855,  p.  1 ;  Mon.  Hel.  Viv. 
1859,  vol.  iv.  p.  569. 

T.  subperforaia  vel  impetforata,  oblongo-conica  aut  elongata ; 
pariete  aperturali  lamella  spiraliter  intrante  mumto;  plica  co- 
lumellari supera  dentiformi  vel  obsoleta  ;  perist,  expansiusculo, 

Auriculella  auricula  (Fdr.).  Auriculella  obeliscus  (Pfr.). 

ambusta  (Pse.).  pulehra  (Pse.). 

cerea  (Pfr.).  petitiana  (Pfr.). 

chamissoi  (Pfr.).  pumicata  (Migh.). 

expansa  (Pse.).  triplicata  (Pse.). 

lurida  (Pfr.).  uniplieata  (Pse.). 

This  genus  is  the  most  aberrant  in  form  of  the  family.  The  spe- 
cies are  small  and  distinguished  by  a  lamina  on  the  wall  of  the  aper- 
ture, in  addition  to  the  usual  columellar  ibid.  The  young  have  in 
some  cases  been  mistaken  for  Tomatellina. 

Genus  11.  Amastra  (H.  &  A.  Ad.). 

Amastra,  Adams,  Gen.  Molluscs,  1858,  vol.  ii.  p.  137. 

T.  plerumque  dextrorsa,  epidermide  munita;  plica  columellari 
valida,  sublamelUeformi ;  perist.  intus  incrassato,  interdum  sub- 
perforata, 

Amastra  anthonii  (Newc).  Amastra  reticulata  (Newc). 

farcimen  (Pfr.).  similaris  (Pse.). 

inflata  (Pfr.).  solida  (Pse.). 

irregularis  (Pfr.).  spJuerica  (Pse). 

nigra  (Newc).  tristis  (F^r.). 

nucleola  (Gld.).  textilis  (F^r.). 

obesa  (Newc).  ventulus  (Per.). 

parphyrostoma  (Pse.).  biplicata  (Newc.)  = 

rugulasa  (Pse.).  *' deshagesiV^  (Morelet). 


650 


MR.  UARFKR  FKAStS  ON  TH£ 


[Dec.  9, 


Sec.  2. 


Amastra  assimilis  (Newc). 

affiniM  (Newc). 

flavcMcens  (Newc). 

humilu  (Newc). 

lineoiata  (Newc). 

micans  (Pfr.). 

modesta  (C  B.  Ad). 


•  petricola  (Newc). 
8oror  (Newc). 


AmoMtra  matteraii  (Newc). 

mueronata  (Newc). 

'  melanosis  (Newc). 

nubilosa  (  M  igh . ). 

'  pusUla  (Newc). 

rubens  (Gld.). 

variegata  (Pt'r.j. 


Sec  3. 


elonguta  (Newc). 


Sec  4. 


spirizona  (Per.). 
turritella  (Per.)  = 

"luieola*'  (F^r.). 
porphyrea  (Newc). 


-  intermedia  (Newc). 

luctuosa  (Pfr.). 

cylindrica  (Ffr.). 
•  sericea  (Pt'r.). 


All  the  species  of  this  genus  are  terrestrial.  They  are  covered 
with  an  epidermis,  more  or  less  roughened  and  striate,  occasionally 
smooth.  Their  colour  is  of  a  uniform  dark  brown,  sometimes  in- 
clined to  chestnut  on  the  smoother  species,  and  occasionally  reliered 
by  light  yellowish  hands,  at  the  suture  usually.  As  the  genus  is  re- 
presented on  all  the  islands  of  the  group,  they  present  more  variation 
in  shape  than  those  of  the  other  genera,  which  may  lead,  when  more 
fully  known,  to  their  separation. 

A.  obesa  (Newc.)  and  A,  sphariea  (Pse.)  are  quite  distinct  from 
the  other  species.  I  have  separated,  under  Sec.  2,  a  number  of 
lighter  growth,  thin  epidermis,  sometimes  reticulated;  and  three 
species  under  Sec.  3,  of  small  size,  thin,  and  outer  lip  simple  and 
acute.  A.  group  inhabiting  a  separate  range  of  hills  on  Oahu  have 
been  associated  under  Sec.  4.  Although  the  extreme  shapes  appear 
to  be  widely  apart,  they  are  connected  by  intermediate  forms. 

Genus  12.  Leptacbatina  (Gld.). 

Leptachatina,  Gould,  Proc.  Bost.  Soc.  1848,  p.  200;  Mon.  Hel 
Viv.  1859,  vol.  iv.  p.  563. 

r.  ovato-oblonga  vel  turrita,  tenuis,  viirea,  plerumqne  pelluada; 
plica  columellari  debili,  sape  nulla;  perist.  simplici,  acuto, 
recto, 

Achatini-  vel  Bulimiformes. 

Leptachatina  acuminata  (Gld.).  Leptachatina  lucida  (Pse.). 

• accincta  (Migh.).  obsoleta  (Pfr.), 

chrysalis  (Pfr.).  sandwickensis  (Pfr.). 

clausina  (Migh.).  saxatUis  (Gul.). 

—  cylindrata  (Pse.).  -^ —  scutilus  (Migh.). 

—  kanaiensis  (Pfr.).  sculpta  (Pfr.). 


1869.] 


CLASSIFICATION  OP  THE  HELlCTERINiR. 


651 


Sec.  2. 
Litvea  out  tenuiter  striata. 


Leptaekatina  antiqua  (Pse.). 

brevicula  (Pse.). 

cerealU  (Gld.). 

cornea  (Newc). 

cingula  j(  Migh . ) . 

eompacta  (Pse.). 

exilU  (Gul.). 

extineta  (Pfr.). 


•  grana  (Newc). 
guttula  (Gld.). 


Leptaekatina  gracilis  (Pfr.). 

l€ems  (Pse.). 

:  nitida  (Newc). 

obclavaia  (Pfr.). 

obtuM  (Pfr.). 

pyramU  (Pfr.)- 

resinula  (Gul.). 

simplex  (Pse.). 

teres  (Pfr.). 


Custulosa, 


bait  eat  a  (Pse.). 

costulosa  (Pse.). 


•  margarita  (Pfr.). 
oryza  (Pfr.). 
striatula  (Gld.). 
semicostata  (Pfr.). 
tenuicostata  (Pse.). 
terebralis  (Gul.). 
tenebrosa  (Pse.). 


•  dimidiata  (Pfr.). 

extensa  (Pse.). 

fusca  (Newc). 

fuscula  (GuL). 

glutinosa  (Pfr.). 

All  the  species  of  this  genus  are  small,  thin,  and  those  of  the  type 
without  columellar  fold.  They  are  widely  distributed,  being  found 
on  all  parts  of  the  several  islands.  There  are  a  number  of  species 
which  agree  with  the  type  in  their  general  characters^  but  are  usually 
thicker,  and  have  a  columellar  fold  more  or  less  developed,  and  more 
elongate  in  shape.     They  unite  with  species  of  the  genus  Labiella, 

Genus  13.  Labiblla  (Pfr.). 

Labiella,  Pfeiff.  Mon.  Blatt.  1854,  p.  142;  Mon.  Hel.  Viv.  1 859, 
vol.  iv.  p.  530. 

T.  oblonga,  solida  ;  plica  cokmullari  torta ;  perist.  obtuso,  labiato, 
margine  dextro  incrassato^ 


Labiella  callosa  (Pfr.). 
labiatu  (Newc). 


Labiella  packystoma  (Pse.). 


Sec  2. 


succincta  (Newc). 

subrostrata  (Pfr.), 

turgidula  (Pse.). 

vitrea  (Newc). 


comeola  (Pfr.). 

crassilabrum  (Newc). 

ellipsoidea  (Gld.). 

albolabris  (Newc). 

fumosa  (Newc). 

This  genus  was  founded  by  Dr.  Pfeiffer  on  two  species,  of  which 
the  outer  lip  is  unusually  thickoied. 

Mature  specimens  of  these  species  not  more  thickened  than  seve« 
ral  other  species  closely  allied  to  them  in  their  other  characters,  are 
common.  I  have  consequently  added  several  to  this  genus.  They 
approach  through  their  varieties  certain  species  of  Leptaekatina, 

fioth  this  and  the  previous  genus  will  require  revision  as  more 
specimens  and  species  are  collected. 


652  MR.  R.  8WINHOE  ON  THE  [DeC.  9, 

Synontfmy, 

H.  deihayeni  (Morelet).  This  species  appears  to  have  been  over- 
looked by  all  writers  on  the  genus.  I  learn,  however,  from  its 
author  that  it  b  identical  with  H.  biplieata  (Newc.)- 

U.  luteola  (F^r.).  This  is  the  onlv  one  of  the  early  described 
species  which  remauis  unidentined.  It  was  described  by  F^- 
russac  from  the  specimens  collected  at  our  islander  bv  M.  Quoy. 
It  will  be  observed  that  all  the  species  collected  by  him  are  from 
the  island  of  Oahu.  A  variety  of  H,  turriiella  (F^r.)  agrees, 
as  to  colour  and  other  characters,  with  the  description  of  M. 
Deshayes  especially ;  and  we  have  placed  it  consequently  as  a 
synonym  of  this  species. 

if.  mcesia  (Newc.)  inhabits  the  island  of  Lanai,  in  company  with 
H.  obacura  (Newc),  of  which  it  is  a  small  variety. 

H,  citrina  (Mi^h.)  varies  from  H,  tfenusta^  Migh.,  onlv  in  being  of 
a  plain  uniform  yellowish  colour.  This'  species  also  occurs  of 
a  uniform  slate-  or  occasionally  olive-colour.  Most  of  the 
specimens  are  ornamented  with  black  reticulated  lines,  more 
usually  confined  to  the  spire ;  occasionally,  however,  the  whole 
shell  is  densely  covered  with  black  markings. 

//.  b€Kea  (Rve.)  is  a  variety  of  H,  abbreviata  (Rve.),  of  smaller  size, 
and  of  uniform  colour. 

H.  polita  (Newp.)  inhabits  the  island  of  Molokai,  in  company  with 
H,  bella  (Rve.),  from  which  it  varies  onlv  in  the  disposition 
of  its  colours.  This  species  passes  through  more  variations  of 
colour  and  shape  than  have  been  noted  heretofore.  It  may  be 
always  distinguished  by  its  purple-tinted  columella. 


13.  On  the  Cervine  Animak  of  the  Island  of  Hainan  (China). 
By  Robert  Swinhoe^  F.Z.S. 

I  have  brought  with  me  from  Hainan  the  horns  and  skins  of 
three  species  of  Deer  (a  Cervulus,  a  Panolia,  and  a  Rtua),  which, 
with  Mr.  Gerrard's  kind  assistance,  I  have  compared  with  specimens 
in  the  British  Museum. 

1 .  The  Cervulus  I  have  identified  with  the  C.  vaginalis  of  India. 
But,  of  the  seven  flat  skins  I  procured,  only  one  has  the  head  skin 
remaining.  From  the  frontal  markings  on  this  no  doubt  is  left  as 
to  the  Hainan  species  being  the  Indian,  and  not  C.  reeveni  of  China 
as  one  would  rather  have  expected  it  to  be.  The  forehead  of  this 
specimen  is  rich  chestnut,  with  two  tufts  of  black  hair,  about  |  inch 
in  diameter  each,  set  between  the  eyes  but  in  rear  of  their  line.  Its 
upper  parts  are  bright  chestnut,  deeper  along  the  back,  and  yellower 
on  the  sides ;  under  parts  brighter-coloured,  whitish  on  the  throat 
and  under  neck.  Its  short  tail  is  rich  chestnut  above,  pure  white 
below.  In  one  or  two  of  the  skins  the  fore  leg  from  the  shoulder 
to  the  knee  is  strongly  tinged  with  black. 


18690  CERT1NB  ANIMALS  OF  HAINAN.  653 

Judging  from  my  own  skins  and  the  specimens  in  the  Museam, 
Oervulus  vaginalis  attains  a  much  burger  size  (say  one-third)  than 
O,  reevesi.  It  is  of  a  darker  and  richer  colour,  and  is  at  once  dis- 
tinguished by  the  two  round  black  tufls  on  the  forehead.  In  C. 
reevesi  these  tuils  are  replaced  by  black  lines,  with  a  longer  black 
line  starting  between  the  ears  and  running  along  the  back  of  the 
neck  to  the  shoulder. 

I  have  two  pairs  of  horns  of  the  Cenmlus  from  Hainan.  The  one 
I  take  to  have  belonged  to  a  two-year-old.  In  this  the  brow-antler 
is  a  tine  set  inwards  of  the  front  of  the  beam.  Total  length  of  horn 
3|  inches,  cleft  from  base  1,  brow-tine  from  cleft  |.  The  horn 
bends  inwards  at  its  tip;  it  is  mounted  on  a  lon^  bony  pedicle 
2i  inches  long.  Breadth  between  bases  of  bony  pedicles  2^  inches, 
between  horns  at  base  3|,  between  horns  at  tips  4|. 

The  second  pair  belonged  to  an  older  aoimaly  I  should  say  a  3-4- 
year-old.  In«  this  the  brow-antler  is  set  more  inwards  still.  The 
horn  measures  4^  inches,  its  bony  pedicle  1 1 ;  breadth  between  the 
latter  at  bases  2|,  between  horns  at  bases  3 j,  between  horns  at  tips 
3^ ;  circumference  of  horn  at  base  2|.  As  the  animal  grows  older 
the  bony  pedicle  shortens  and  thickens,  and,  as  shown  by  these  two 
cases,  the  horns  grow  more  parallel. 

Mr.  Blyth  agrees  with  me  in  my  identification  of  the  Hainan 
Mnntiac.  He  writes,  '*  Your  Hainan  Cervulua  is  of  the  species  in- 
habiting all  India,  with  Ceylon,  Indo-China,  Malacca,  and  Sumatra, 
as  distinguished  from  that  of  Java.'* 

In  a  native  work,  containing  some  notes  on  the  natural  produc- 
tions of  Hainan,  ho  difference  is  recognized  between  this  and  the 
ordinary  Chinese  species,  (7.  reevesi.  The  work  alludes  to  it  as 
"the  Chang,  like  a  small  deer,  but  more  elegant.  The  male  is 
the  Keun,  the  female  the  Tii.  Delights  in  a  display  of  colours.  The 
hunters  flourish  before  it  rags  of  brilliant  colours,  and  it  stops  to 
stare  at  them."  The  C.  vaginalis  is  known  to  the  Hainanese  as 
the  Bwangkia^  and  under  that  name  is  spoken  of  as  distinct  from 
the  Chang  in  the  above  Chinese  work.  The  note  on  the  Hwangkia 
is  as  follows : — "  Large  as  a  dog,  has  horns,  and  is  in  form  a  good 
deal  like  a  Deer.  Its  flesh,  when  sliced  and  dried,  is  in  taste  some- 
what similar  to  that  of  the  Deer."  The  cry  of  this  species  is  very 
like  the  short  bark-like  grunt  uttered  by  C.  reevesi, 

2.  The  Hainan  Panolia  agrees  with  the  C^rtm^  eldi  of  Burmah 
and  Siam.  I  have  five  pairs  of  horns  and  two  odd  ones,  and  the 
skin  of  a  female  in  summer  coat,  and  one  of  a  fawn.  The  skin  of 
the  fawn  is  of  a  rich  chestnut,  deeper,  with  black  hairs  intermingled, 
on  the  back.  A  line  of  indistinct  yellowish  spots  runs  along  either 
side  of  the  dorsal  centre  from  the  shoulders  to  the  tail,  and  a  few 
more  of  similar  spots  occur  in  rear  of  shoulder-blade  and  about  the 
hip-Joint,  llie  breast-girdle  is  brown.  Between  the  fore  legs  and 
hind  legs  is  pure  white,  the  white  running  down  the  inner  centre 
of  the  hind  legs  to  below  the  shank  ;  the  under  part  of  the  tail  and 
between  the  buttocks  are  also  pure  white ;  a  dark  brown  line  passes 
down  the  front  of  the  fore  legs.  The  female  skin  answers  well  to  the 
skin  of  the  buck,  in  summer  dress,  that  died  in  the  Society's  Gardens 


654  MR.  R.  SWINHOE  ON  THE  [DeC.  9, 

and  is  now  in  the  British  Museum,  except  that  ita  hair  is  shorter 
and  white  spots  are  disposed  in  two  lines,  one  on  either  side  of  the 
dorsal  ridge,  from  the  shoulders  to  the  tail.  The  skin  from  the 
Gardens  has  no  white  spots ;  but  Certms  dimorphe  of  Hodgson,  also 
in  the  Museum,  and  without  doubt  a  male  Panolia,  shows  a  few 
scattered  spots. 

Fig.  1. 


CervM  eldi, 
rt,  6.  Second  year.    c.  Third  year.    d.  Fourth  year. 

Two  pairs  of  my  antlers  (fig.  1,  a  &  6)  are  of  animals  of  about  the 
same  age  \  I  think,  the  second  year.  Both  of  these  have  the  brow- 
antler,  but  a  postlateral  snag  only  on  the  left  horn.  The  brow- 
antlers  appear  to  acquire  their  full  proportionate  growth  at  this 
stage,  but  the  growth  of  the  postlateral  snag  is  irregular.  The 
beams  of  the  horns  lean  backwards  from  their  base,  and  at  first 
approach  one  another,  and  then,  widening  their  distance  apart,  they 
curve  well  forward,  the  points  falling  short  of  the  vertical  line  from 
the  long  brow-antler  tips.  The  brow-antlers  start  forward,  down- 
wards, and  outwards  from  the  base,  and  cunre  upwards  from  the 
middle  of  their  length,  their  tips  inclining  inwards  ;  on  a  side  new 
they  form,  with  the  shaft,  two-thirds  of  a  circle. 

In  a  five-year  old  (fie*  2,  p.  655)  the  postlaterals  have  lengthened 
and  become  lateral,  and  a  diminutive  snag  or  two  show  themseWes 
near  the  points.  In  a  three-year  old  (fig.  I,  c)  the  beams  are  spread 
out  much  more  laterally ;  on  the  left  horn  the  postlateral  occurs 
OS  a  diminutive  snag ;  on  the  right  horn  two  together,  and  on  the 
right  brow-antler,  near  its  base,  is  also  a  small  snag. 

In  another,  somewhat  larger  and  probably  a  year  older  (fig.  \,  d), 
the  postlateral  snags  are  well  determined ;  each  brow-antler  has  a 
small  snag  near  its  base,  and  the  points  have — the  right  one  two 
snags  and  the  left  one  one.  Then  in  order  comes  the  five-year  old, 
on  which  I  have  before  remarked. 

Next  I  have  two  odd  horns  of  still  older  animals,  differing  greatly 
in  their  curve.     The  smaller  one  is  thicker,  has  one  good-sized  soag 


I869.J 


CRRVINK  ANIMALS  OF  HAINAN. 


G55 


Fig.  2. 


Cervus  cldi.     (Fifth  year.) 

Fig.  3. 


Cervweldi, 

at  base  of  brow-antler ;  tbe  postlateral  snag  folly  developed,  with 
two  diminutive  tines  together  in  rear  of  it.  The  point  is  greatly 
flattened  and  forked  on  giving  off  a  snag  from  above  with  a  pimple- 
like tine  lower  on  the  same  surface.  In  the  larger  of  the  old  horns 
the  snag  at  the  base  of  the  brow-antler  is  diminutive ;  the  postlateral 
snag  small,  the  point  somewhat  flattened,  with  two  small  tines  on 
its  upper  edee,  near  the  postlateral,  and  a  larger  tine  higher  up, 
making  a  fork  with  the  tip.  I  exhibit  two  somewhat  similar  horns 
(fig.  3,  a,  6),  perhaps  of  animals  still  more  aged. 

I  conclude  that  the  typical  horn  is  free  from  all  snags  except  the 
postlateral,  which  itself  is  of  uncertain  growth. 

A  pair  of  antlers  in  the  British  Museum  tally  with  my  five- 
year  old  ;  but  most  of  the  horns  there  are  large  and  of  more  adult 


656  MR.  R.  8WINHOE  ON  THE  [DeC.  9, 

animals.  They  hare  none  so  young  as  my  first  four ;  but  the  same 
irregubirity  of  the  growth  of  tines  and  snags  and  the  variability  of 
the  horn  obtains  among  them. 

My  old  single  horns,  with  flattened  tips,  afford  connecting-links 
between  those  of  Panolia  acuticomis.  Gray,  from  Pegu,  and  of  P. 
plaiyeeros.  Gray,  from  Siam. 

Mr.  Blyth  is  of  opinion  that  "  the  Hainan  Panolia  is  identical 
with  that  of  Siam  (P.  platyeeroa  of  Gray),  the  distinction  from  the 
other,  or  western  form,  being  apparent  as  the  horns  increase  in  size." 

The  Chinese  do  not  ralue  the  hide  of  the  Panolia,  as  they  con- 
sider it  too  thin  for  useful  purposes.  They  are  therefore  rarely 
brought  from  the  mountains,  and  I  had  much  difficulty  in  procuring 
the  skins  above  referred  to.  The  Chinese  destroy  this  Deer,  as 
they  do  all  others,  for  the  young  horn.  The  native  work  on  Hainan 
makes  no  distinction  between  this  and  other  spotted  Deer.  It 
simply  gives,  "  Deer  (spotted).  The  male  is  the  Ata,  the  female  the 
Tewy  the  fawn  the  Me,  Its  young  horns  are  like  pink  brinjals, 
three  or  four  inches  in  length,  and  lovely  fresh  red ;  but  in  a  very 
short  time  their  tops  decay  and  their  bases  get  dry.  If  you  break 
one  it  is  like  hard  wood  inside.  These  horns  are  called  '  pink 
horns,'  and  are  not  equal  to  the  product  of  Szechuen."  This  Deer 
is  called  Liak  in  the  Hainan  dialect. 

3.  Of  the  Hainan  Sambur  I  have  three  pairs  of  horns,  and  the 
skins  of  a  male  and  female,  both  adult,  in  winter  coat.  The  skin  of 
the  male  has  coarse  and  stiffish  hair,  which  is  softer  in  the  female. 
The  former  has  blackish-brown  on  the  forehead  and  between  the 
horns,  fading  into  a  brown  line  along  the  back  of  the  neck,  which 
broadens  and  blends  away  along  the  back.  In  the  female  the  neck- 
hair  is  shorter  and  the  line  more  distinct.  General  colour  of  the  male 
skin  umber-brown,  deeper  on  the  back.  Fore  legs  deeper-coloured 
on  the  outer  surface,  buff-white  on  the  under  and  between  the  legs. 
Breast  with  softer  and  more  woolly  hair,  of  a  blackbh  umber-brown. 
Belly,  under  hind  legs,  and  buttocks  white.  The  upper  hair  termi- 
nates at  the  buttocks  and  thighs  with  chestnut,  whicn  is  followed  by 
the  white  of  the  under  sides.  Hind  legs  deep  umber,  white  on  their 
inner  sides.  Hair  of  the  hind  neck  and  hack  with  light  brown  basal 
halves ;  that  of  the  sides  with  white  bases,  which  gives  a  grizzly 
appearance  in  some  lights. 

The  female  fur  is  softer  and  of  a  more  uniform  colour,  with  a 
wash  of  chestnut,  which  is  rather  darker  and  richer  on  the  rump. 
The  white  on  the  under  parts  is  dbposed  as  in  the  male. 

The  male  skin  measures,  from  behind  the  horns  to  the  root  of  the 
tail,  4j|  feet,  the  female  skin  3  feet  8  inches.  The  grizzled  appear- 
ance of  the  fur  struck  me  at  once  as  peculiar,  and  I  felt  sure  tnat  I 
had  got  a  Sambur  different  from  the  dark  Formosan  race.  In  this 
respect  it  is  very  similar  to  the  skins  of  the  Indian  Sambur,  but  ap- 
proaches the  C.  ru9a  of  Java  in  the  whiteness  of  the  under  parts. 

My  three  pairs  of  antlers,  which  are  of  different  ages,  are  all  cha- 
racterized by  having  the  hind  prong  of  the  apical  fork  short.  The 
youngest  pair  (fig.  4,  a)  I  take  to  have  belonged  to  an  animal  of  two 
years,  the  second  pair  (fig.  4,  h)  to  an  animal  of  three  years,  and  the 


1869.] 


CBRVINB  ANIMALS  OF  HAINAN. 


657 


third  pair  (fig.  5)  to  an  animal  of,  say,  five  yiears.  They  all  hare 
brow-antlers  and  a  postlateral  snag  below  the  point  of  the  main  beam. 
The  youngest  pair  incline  away  from  one  another  at  a  very  slight 
angle,  being  3|  inches  apart  at  the  base  and  7  inches  between  the 
upper  forks ;  the  points  stand  8  inches  apart.  The  right  horn  mea- 
sures 13i|  inches  in  length,  the  left  horn  12^.    Their  circumference 

Pig.  4. 


Sambur  from  Hainan. 
a.  Two  years  old.    b.  Three  years  old. 


Fig.  6. 


Sambur  from  Hainan.     (Five  years  old.) 

at  base  of  beam  is  5|,  at  middle  of  beam  3^.  The  brow-antler 
inclines  outwards,  and  measures  from  the  cleft  l|  inch;  the  post- 
lateral  snag  a  little  inwards,  and  measures  from  its  cleft  1|;  the 
point  from  upper  cleft  3|.  From  the  brow-cleft  to  base  of  horn  is 
3^,  and  the  bony  pedestal  below  is  high,  and  inclines  forwards  and 


658  MR.  K.  8WINHOK  ON  THE  [DeC.  9, 

then  backwards.     The  beam  inclines  backwards  and  upwards,  and 
then  ciinres  gradually  forwards  and  sidewards. 

In  the  three-year  pair  the  bony  pedicle  sinks  in  height,  and  the 
brow-antler  lengthens  greatly,  making  a  deeper  cleft;  the  horns 
incline  from  each  other  at  a  much  greater  angle ;  the  hind  snags 
lengthen  and  become  more  lateral,  and  the  points  are  much  larger ; 
the  beam  the  while  remains  much  the  same  m  length  and  thickness. 
The  measurements  are — 

incheft. 

Total  length  of  horn 14^ 

Length  of  brow-antler  from  cleft ol 

of  cleft  to  base  of  horn 2  A 

of  upper  cleft  to  point 6| 

of  postlateral  snag 2f 

Distance  apart  at  base  of  horn 3| 

below  upper  cleft \0^ 

of  brow-antlers 11 

at  tips    16J 

of  hind  snags 10| 

In  the  five-year  old  the  horns  are  in  every  way  larger  and  longer ; 
the  brow-antlers  and  the  points  are  much  lengthened,  and  curve 
inwards.  The  postlateral  snags  become  still  more  lateral,  and  a  rudi- 
mentary tine  shows  itself  on  the  inner  side  of  the  right  brow-antler, 
near  the  cleft. 

Measurements.  .    , 

mooes. 

Total  length  of  horn 18 

Length  of  brow-antler  from  cleft 84 

of  cleft  to  base  of  horn 2^ 

of  upper  cleft  to  point 7% 

of  postlateral  snag 4 

Distance  apart  at  base  of  horns 44 

below  upper  cleft 1 2| 

of  brow-antlers 11^ 

at  points    12 

of  bind  snags 9 

Circumference  at  base  of  beam 5| 

at  centre . .   4 

The  horn  of  the  typical  Sambur  (C.  arUMelis),  of  which  there 
is  a  large  series  in  the  British  Museum,  is  well  marked  by  having 
th^  hind  snag  of  the  apical  fork  prolonged  into  the  main  prong,  while 
the  fore  snac  is  reduced  into  a  secondary  position ;  this  character 
seems  to  hoM  good  throughout  the  series.  But  the  Museum  has 
also  horns  from  unknown  localities,  which  resemble  our  Hainan  spe- 
cimens in  the  shortness  of  the  hind  snag  and  the  prolongation  of  the 
fore  snag;  and  in  Mr.  Flower's  possession  I  have  seen  horns  which 
agree  closely  with  mine.  Mr.  Flower's  specimens  were  received  from 
Mr.  Blyth,  but,  unfortunatelv,  it  is  not  known  in  what  part  of  India 
they  were  collected.  The  horns  of  the  Formosan  Sambur  (C. 
ewinhoii)  are  of  much  the  same  form  as  those  of  the  Hainan  race, 


1869.]  CERVINE  ANIMALS  OF  HAINAN.  659 

bat  are  stouter  in  the  beani,  while  those  of  C,  rusa  of  Java  approxi- 
mate to  those  of  the  typical  Sambur.  I  am  led  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  Hainan  race  is  distinguishable  from  the  Sambur  of  India  proper 
(C.  aristotelis)  by  the  shape  of  its  horns  at  their  apical  bifurcation 
and  by  its  smaller  size,  and  from  the  Cervus  swinhoii,  Sclater,  of 
Formosa,  by  the  longer  and  less  robust  beam  of  horn,  and  by  the 
different  coloration  of  the  fur ;  and  I  believe  it  to  be  identical  with 
the  Cervus  eguinus,  Cuv.,  of  Sumatra  and  Borneo,  a  good  figure  and 
description  of  which  are  given  by  S.  Muller  in  the  *  Verhandelingen,' 
Zool.  p.  213,  pi.  42. 

Mr.  BIyth  was  so  good  as  to  inspect  my  horns  from  Hainan,  and 
has  written  to  me  the  following: — ''As  for  the  Sambur  horns,  I 
consider  Cervi  equinusy  aristotelis^  and  hippelaphus  to  be  one  and  the 
same,  though  showing  some  local  differences,  as  is  equally  the  case 
with  horns  of  C,  elaphus.  Eastwards  of  the  Bay  of  Bengal  the  animal 
seems  to  be  smaller,  and  more  or  less  nigrescent  in  Borneo,  less  so 
in  Malacca  and  Sumatra  than  in  Borneo,  but  always  different  from 
C.  rusa  of  Java,  of  which  C,  molueeensis  is  a  diminutive,  and  C 
timoriensis  a  further  diminutive.  C.  swinhoU  of  Formosa  holds  the 
same  relation  to  C.  hippelaphus  as  C.  taivanus  to  C  mantchurieus, 
and  C.  molueeensis  to  C.  rusa" 

The  Sambur  is  an  abundant  species  on  the  jungly  mountains  of 
the  southern  half  of  Hainan ;  and  large  numbers  are  yearly  slaugh- 
tered by  the  independent  Le  tribes,  and  the  skins  and  horns  bartered 
to  the  Chinese.  The  skins  are  carried  to  the  capital  city,  where  the 
hair  is  planed  off,  and  are  then  exported  as  raw  hides  to  Canton. 

The  only  time  I  saw  the  Hainan  Sambur  in  its  live  state  was  on  the 
19th  March,  at  Nychow  (S.  Hainan).  We  had  scrambled  through 
the  junde  near  the  shore  on  to  an  open  hill.  Beyond  us  and  the 
mountain  was  a  deep  ravine,  with  a  stream  trickling  through  it.  We 
stopped  to  rest  on  the  hill-top  overlooking  the  ravine,  when,  on  the 
opposite  side,  passing  up  from  the  streamlet,  we  noticed  a  fine  horn- 
less buck  and  two  doe  Sambur.  They  did  not  observe  us,  but  con- 
tinued lasily  upwards,  nibbling  off  the  leaves  of  bushes  as  they  went. 
We  crossed  the  ravine  and  ascended  to  the  edge  of  an  open  green- 
sward, which  the  deer  had  already  gained.  At  the  further  corner  of 
the  sward,  about  60  yards  off,  with  jungle  in  rear  of  them,  they 
stood  staring  at  our  intrusion.  My  comrade  bustled  up  behind 
with  his  gun,  and  they  took  alarm.  The  buck  stamped  his  foot  and 
uttered  a  loud  half  grunt,  half  scream,  and  they  all  charged  into  the 
thicket.  After  they  had  attained  a  height  on  the  hill,  the  noise  of 
the  crushing  and  cracking  of  the  brush  before  them  ceased,  as  if  they 
had  stopped  to  have  another  look  at  us ;  but  the  noise  was  soon  re- 
sumed, until  they  were  too  far  off  to  be  heard. 

This  Deer  is  called  by  the  Hainanese  Twab4^  or  Mountain  Horse. 
The  Chinese  work  has  the  following  remarks  on  the  species : — **  The 
ancients  say  it  is  like  a  Deer,  but  larger,  and  assembles  in  herds  of  a 
hundred  or  more.  Its  horns  bend  backward,  and  are  without  tines. 
Its  hair  is  like  that  of  the  Mountain-Cow.  Below  its  eyes  are  two 
other  eyes,  which  close  in  the  day  and  open  at  night.     It  delights 

Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XLIIL 


660  ON  THE  CERVINE  ANIMALS  OF  HAINAN.  [DeC.  9. 

to  enter  tboray  thickets.  The  Le  people  procure  thein»  and  barter 
their  hides  for  cloth.  The  hides  are  good  for  sleeping  upon,  as  thej 
protect  against  the  damp  ground." 

4.  This  allusion  to  the  "  Mountain-Ck>w"  induces  me  to  extract  the 
observations  in  the  same  Chinese  work  on  that  animal.  After  men* 
tioning  domestic  cattle  which  have  run  wild,  the  book  says : — "  There 
is  another  race,  like  cattle,  but  with  red  eyes.  They  walk  about 
among  the  hills  in  herds,  and  are  not  pressed  at  the  sight  of  men. 
They  are  called  '  Mountain  Cows.'  In  the  hills  of  the  Le  terri- 
tory they  are  particularly  abundant.*'  The  "  Mountain  Horse,"  or 
Sambur,  has  similar  hair,  we  are  told.  Can  the  "  Mountain  Cow  " 
be  the  Budorcas  taxicolor  of  Hodgson,  or  some  species  allied  to  it  ? 
This  must  for  the  present  remain  a  question,  as  I  learned  nothing 
of  this  animal  from  the  natives,  and  got  no  samples  of  it. 

5.  The  Eiung  shan  Heen  che  (or  Gazetteer  of  the  Kiungshan 
District  of  Hainan),  the  Chinese  work  referred  to  above,  also  men- 
tions the  King^  an  animal  'Mike  the  Spotted  Deer,  but  smaller, 
and  of  a  black  colour."  The  character  King  (pronounced  Kiu-it^ 
in  Amoy)  is  the  local  name  in  Fokien  for  the  Cervulus  reeved; 
and  the  same  character  is  read  Kia  in  the  Hainan  dialect ;  but  in 
tliis  work  another  character  is  given  for  the  Kia  of  Hwanglda^  the 
Hainan  name  for  the  Cervulus  vaginalis.  I  should  have  thought 
that  the  King  of  the  Chinese  work  might  apply  to  some  species  of 
Capricornis,  perhaps  to  C.  eumatrensU^  which  occurs  in  Malacca  and 
Tenasserim,  but  for  the  following  remarks  made  in  the  same  list  of 
Hainan  animals.  "The  Choo  or  Me  drops  its  horns  in  the  fifth 
moon  (July).  The  velvety  horns  are  of  use,  and  as  good  as  those 
of  the  Spotted  Deer."  A  work  of  the  former  Han  dynasty  says 
that  the  hills  of  Tanurh  and  Choogai  (districts  into  which  Hainan 
was  divided  in  the  last  century  B.C.)  abound  in  Choos  and  Kings. 
Yen  Shekoo,  in  a  commentary  on  the  above,  explains  that  the  Choo 
is  like  a  spotted  deer,  but  larger.  The  ^Ming  Yuen,*  or  "  clear  illus- 
trations," "  affirms  that  a  full-grown  XtiA,  or  spotted  deer,  is  called 
a  Choo.  The  herd  follow  it.  observing  its  tail  as  their  guide.  Its 
tail  is  used  for  brushing  ofi^  dust.  Flap  carpets  with  it,  and  they 
will  not  breed  moths.  Placed  between  crimson  silks,  the  colour  of 
the  silks  will  not  fade  for  years."  It  will  thus  be  seen  that  Choo 
(which  is  written  with  the  radical  for  deer,  and  the  character  for 
lord)  is  simply  the  monarch  or  leader  of  a  herd  of  spotted  deer, 
which  in  Hainan  would  be  Panolia.  In  the  same  way,  with  r^er- 
ence  to  the  Formosan  Deer,  I  have  discovered  that  Me  appUes  to  a 
large  buck  of  the  Sambur  group.  The  character  King  is  here 
adopted,  apparently,  for  the  Panolia  in  its  dark  winter  dress. 

6.  Under  the  head  of  Hare  another  and  the  last  Cervine  animal 
is  spoken  of  as^  <'  a  Urge  species  (uf  Hare),  called  Pi^  of  a  grey 
colour,  with  feet  like  a  deer.  The  Kiungekow  people  often  keep  it 
alive."  This  must  be  a  species  of  Tragultu,  and  probably,  I  think, 
T.  tmeminna^  of  which  the  British  Museum  has  a  specimen  from 
Cambodia.  I  did  not  have  the  good  fortune  to  fidl  across  this  little 
animal  on  my  visit  to  Hainan. 


661 


APPENDIX. 


LIST  OF  ADDITIONS  TO  THE  SOCIETY'S  MENAGERIE 

DURING  THE  YEAR 

1869. 


Jan.    1.  I  Bhck  At^  (Cynopithecus  m§fer)f  $.    Purchased. 

2.  1  Macaque  Monkey  (Macacus  cynomolgua),   S  •     Presented  by 

Miss  Elmhirst 
4.  1  Spotted  HysBna  (I£y€enacrocuta)f  ^,    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
8.  1  Marmoset  Monkev  (Hapalejacchus),  $ .     Presented  by  Miss 

F.  HiU. 

11.  1  Kack  Swan  (Q/gnua  atrakis).    Presented  by  II.  R.  Cox,  Esji. 

12.  1  Black-necked  Swan  {Cygnus  mgncolUs),   cJ.      Received  in 

exchange. 

13.  1  Two- wattled  Cassowary  (Camiarius  hicarunculatm),  $ .    Pur- 

chased. 
1  Cinnamon  Bear  (Urms  amencatmSf  var.  cinrunnomea)^    ^. 

Purchased. 
1  Javan  Civet  (Viverra  tangahmga).    Purchased. 

14.  1  Ring-necked  Parrakeet  {PaUeorms  torquata)^  S .   Presented  by 

Vero  K.  Shaw,  Esq. 

1  Golden  Eagle  {Aqmla  ckrysaeioe),  $.    Presented  by  Alfred 

Dixon,  £^. 

2  pairs  Impeyan  Pheasants  {Lapopharm  impeyatms).    Received 

in  exchange. 

19.  1  King  Vulture  (Oyparchus papa).    Purchased. 
2  Jerboas  (Dintta  ayyptma).    Purchased. 

4  Orange-headed  Conures  (Conurusjendaya),    Purchased. 

20.  1  White  Peafowl  (Pavo  cristatm)^  ^ .    Received  in  exchange. 
600  Sahnon  Ova  (Salmo  Mktr),    Presented  by  F.  T.  Bucklaud, 

Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
200  Great-Trout  Ova  (Salmo  lacmtrU),    Presented  by  F.  T. 

Buckland,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
200  Salmon-Trout  Ova  {Salmo  tnUta),    Presented  by  F.  T. 

BucWand,E8q.,F.Z.S. 
100  Charr  Ova  (Salmo  umbla).    Presented  by  F.  T.  Buckland, 

Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
1  Crowned  Eagle  {SpizoHus  coronattts),  2  •     Purchased. 


662  APPENDIX. 

Jan.  20.  1  Ro86-%rested  Cockatoo  (Ca6atua  tnolttccensii),  <J.     Preaented 
by  Mrs.  Hutton. 
21.  2  Rhesus  Monkeys  (Macacus  etythrceua),  ^.    Presented  by  F. 
Lucky  Esq. 
6  Bass  {Labrax  lupus^    Presented  by  H.  Lee,  Esq. 

2  Soles  (JSolea  vulgaris).    Presented  by  H.  I^ee,  Esq. 

3  Flounders  (Plaiessajflesus).    Presented  by  IL  Lee,  Esq. 
1  Turbot  (P^etta  maxtmay    Presented  by  ft.  Lee,  Esq. 

1  Armed  Bullhead  {Asptdophorus  cataphr actus).    Presented  by 

H.  Lee,  Esq. 
1  Unctuous  Sucker  (Liparis  vulgaris).     Presented  by  H.  Lee, 


22.  1  Arabian  Baboon  (Ct/nocephalus  hamadryas).    Presented  by 

Com.  W.  G.  Aldrich,  R.N. 
1  Chimpanzee  {Troglodytes  niger),  cJ.     Deposited. 

1  Mandarin  Duck  (Aix  galericulata),  ^ .     Purchased. 

23.  4  Red-bellied  Waxbills  {Estrdda  rubrivetUris),    Presented  by 

W.  G.  Dowling,  Esi^. 

2  Nutmeg  Birds  (Munta  undulata),   S*    Presented  by  W.  G. 

Dowling,  Esq. 

1  Red-headed  Weaverbird  {Eupiectes  tnadagascariensis).    Pre- 
sented by  W.  G.  Dowling,  Esq. 

1  American* Badger  (Taxtdea  americana).    Purchased. 

24.  1  Wood-Owl  (Sgrnium  aktco).    Presented  by  F.  Petford,  Esq. 
1  Pallas^s  Eared  Pheasant  (CrossoptiUm  auritum),  ($.    Receiyed 

in  exchange. 

25.  1  Crested  Ground-Parrakeet  (CahpsiUa  nova  hoUandia),    Pre- 

sented by  A.  M.  Speer,  Esq. 
27.  1  Macaque  Monkey  {Macacus  cynomclgus),   S'    Presented  by 
G.  B.  Train,  Eaq. 
1  Marmoset  Monkey  (Hapale  facchus).     Presented  by  T.  W. 
Newman,  Esq. 

1  Dusky  Parrot  (iHonus  violaceus).    Purchased. 

29.  1  Large  Swiss  Trout  (Salmo  lacukris).  Presented  by  Mr.  Groyea. 

30.  1  One-streaked  Hawk  {MeUerax  mcnogrammicus).    Purchased. 

Feb.    2.  1  K\x^ifi]o\l  (CercoUptU  caudivolvulus),  S '    From  Buenos  Ayres. 
Presented  by  Dr.  John  Palin,  C.M.Z.S. 

2  Capybaras   (ilydrochcerus  capyhara).    From  Buenos  Ayies. 

Presented  by  George  Wilks,  Esq.,  C.M.Z.S. 
1  Macaque  Monkey  Qdacacus  cynomolgus),  ^.    Psesented  by 
Charles  James,  lEsq. 
8.  1  Hawk's-billed  Turtle    (Caretta  imbricata).      Preaented  by 
Messrs  Gilson  and  Quelch. 
1  American  Brown  Crane  {Grus  canadensis).    Purchased. 
1  Carolina  Conure  {Cottunts  carolinensis).    Presented  by  F.  G. 
Streatfield,  Esq. 
4.  2  Globose  Curassows  (Crax  globicera).    Received  in  exchange. 

3  Crested  Pigeons  ( Ocyphtms  lophotes).    Received  in  exchange. 

4  Green- winged  Doves  (Chalcophaps  chrysochhra).     Received 

in  exchange. 

4  Barred-shouldered  Doves  (GeopeliahumeraUs).  Received  in  ex- 
change. 

1  Talegalla  (TalcgaUa  lathami).     Received  in  exchange. 

I  Laujfhing  Kingfisher  (Dacelo  giganUa).  Received  in  exchange. 

I I  Kmg  Parrakeets  (Aprosmictm  scapulatus).    Received  in  ex- 
change. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  663 

Feb.    6.  7  River-Lanipreys  {Petromyzonjluviattlis),    Presented  by  F.  T. 
Buckland,  Em.,  F.Z.S. 
6.  1  Grey  Parrot  (Bsktacm  erithacus).    Purchased. 

1  Common  Wild  Cat  (FeUs  catus).     Presented  by  Capt.  the 
Hon.  H.  T.  Fraser. 
10.  1  Dingo  (Cams  dingo),  ^.    Presented  by  J.  C.  Macdonald,  Esq., 

F.Z.S. 
13.  1  Vieillot's  Plre-backed  Pheasant  (Et^ocamus  vieilloti),  ^ .    De- 
posited. 
1  Temminck^s Tragopan  (Cef^mts  (emmtnckii).    Deposited. 

1  West- African  Crocodile  (Crocodilus  vulgaris).    Purchased. 
16.  1  l^^tian  Jerboa  (Dipua  agyptius).    Presented  bv  Capt.  Pain. 

2  Ben^ese  Leopard  Cats  (jRp/m  bengcUensis),     I^resented  by 

Major  J.  Pearse,  Madras  Staff  Corps. 

16.  1  European  Lynx  (Feiis  lynx).    Purchased. 

1  Mallee  Bird  {Letpoa  oceUata).  Presented  by  the  Directors  of 
the  Botanic  Gardens,  Adelaide,  South  Australia. 

3  Australian  Monitors   (^Monitor  gouldii).     Presented  by  the 

Directors  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Adelaide,  S.  Australia. 

4  Stump- tailed  Lizards  (  Trachydosawus  mgosus) .    Presented  by 

the  Directors  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Adelaide,  S.  Australia. 

3  Maug^'s  Dasyures  (Dasgurus  maugtBi).  Presented  by  the 
Directors  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Adelaide,  S.  Australia. 

1  Golden-bellied  Beaver  Rat  (Hgdromgs  chryaogasterX  S .  Pre- 
sented by  the  Directors  of  the  Botanic  Gardens,  Adelaide,  S. 
Australia. 

1  White  Rat  {Mm  raUus).    Presented  by  W.  A.  Forbes,  Esq. 

17.  1  Grey  Ichneumon  (Iferpeates  griseus).    Presented  by  Capt. 

Melville  Clarke. 

18.  1  Grev  Ichneumon  {Her pestes  griseus).    Presented  by  Capt.  R. 

O.'B.  Crowther. 

19.  1  Svrian  Fennec  {Canis  famelicus),  (S.    Presented  by  the  Sinai 

Survey  Expedition. 
1  American  Brown  Crane  (Orus  canadensis).     Purchased. 

1  Emu  (Dromaus  nova  hoUandiae).    Presented  by  H.R.H.  the 

Prince  of  Wales. 

2  Brazilian  Tortoises  (  Testudo  tabulate).    Purchased. 

20.  1  Vulpine  Phalanger  (Phalangista  mtipina),  $.    Presented  by 

Capt.  Jas.  N.  Smart. 
22.  1  Jelerang  Squirrel  (Sciunts  hicohr),  $ .    Purchased. 
24.  2  Yellow-footed  Rock-Kangaroos   {Petrogale  xanthopus),    J . 

Presented  by  Capt.  Bolton,  Edinburgh. 
26.  4  Indian  Chameleons  (^Chamaleon  vulgaris).    Purchased. 
26.  1  Green  Glossy  Starbnff  {LamprocoKus  chalyheus).    Presented 

by  Mr.  Edward  Hawkins. 
1  Teguexin  Lizard  {Teius  teguexin).    Purchased. 
28.  1  Hog  Deer  (Cervus parcinus),  (S.    Born  in  the  Gardens. 

Mar.   2.  2B^'Wmged'P»mkeeiB(Aprosmictuserythropterus).  Deposited. 

4.  2  Vulpine  Phalangers  {Phalangista  vulpina),  (S   and  J .     Pre- 

sented by  J.  W.  Tyas,  Esq. 
1  Sooty  Phalanger  {Phalangi^  fuliginosa)^  ^ .     Presented  by  J. 

W.  Tyas,  Esq. 
1  Cereopsis  Goose  {Cereopsis  tiorte  hollandiec).     Presented  bv  J. 

W.  Tyas,  Escj. 

5.  1  Pike  {Esox  luaus).    Presented  by  Mr.  P.  W.  Madsen. 
1  Senegal  Touracou  {Cory thair per sa).     Piu'chased, 


664  APPENDIX. 

Mar.   5.  2  Leopards  (F0IU  leopardm),  ^  and  $ .    From  Sierra  Leone. 
Presented  by  Mrs.  Thos.  Braasey. 
6.  1  Stump-tailed  Lizard  {Trachydosaurus  rugomtB.    Presented  by 
Capt.  Clarke. 

8.  2  Golden  Agoutis  (Dasyproda  aoauH),  tS  tJid  2.    Presented  by 

H.  M.  Kdley,  Esa. 
1  Restless  Cavy  ( Coma  aptrea).  Presented  by  H.  M.  Ridley,  Esq. 

1  SexiQ^  Coxicfii  {Centropus senegaUnm).    Purchased. 

9.  X  Red  and  Yellow  Macaw  {Ara  chloroptera).    Deposited. 

2  Red-breasted  Pigeons  {PfUogeenoB  eruentata).    Purchased. 

1  Vulpine  Phalanger  (Phdlangista  vtdpma)^  $ .  Presented  by 
James  Boome,  Esq. 

1  Eland  {Oreiu  canna)y  $ .    Bom  in  the  Gkodens. 

3  Menopomas  {Mempoma  aUeahamense),     Presented   by  tbe 

Smitnsonian  Institution,  Washington,  U.S.A. 

2  Florida  Luid-Tortoises  (  Teekido  pol^hemuf).    Presented  by 

the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washmgton,  U.S.A. 

10.  2  Cuvier's  Podargus  {Podargua  cwvieri)^    Purchased. 

11.  1  Coati  {Noma  nasicd),  $ .    Purchaaed. 

12.  8  Barred-tailed  Pheasants  (P^<matttMretft?^'),lcrand2$.   De- 

posited. 

1  Cape-Bunting  (FringiUaria  oapenm).    Presented  by  Miss  C. 

Etoyle. 

4  Yellow-backed  Whydah  Birds  (  Vidua  maenmra).    Presented 

by  Miss  C.  Boyle. 
16.  8  Amaduvade  Finches  (Estrelda  amadava).    Purchased. 
4  Ghrange-cheeked  Waxbills  {Estrelda  melpodd).    Purchased. 
4  Crimson-eared  Waxbills  (Edrslda  phcmicotu).    Purchased. 
4  Common  Waxbills  {Estrdda  cinerea)     Purchased. 
4  African  Silver-bills  {Mwiia  cantans).    Purchased. 
2YeUow-rumpedSeed-eater8(CWi^A4i^a  Purchased. 

2  Occidental  Finches  (QueUa  occidentaUs),    Purchased. 

4  Hooded  Finches  {Amadina  aicuUata).    Received  in  exchange. 
16.  1  Greater  Sulphur-crested  Cockatoo  (Caoatua  galerita).     De- 
posited. 
24  1  Vulpine  Phalanger  (Phaiangista  vti^puia).    Presented  by  Capt 
G.  E.  Bird. 
1  Yaguarundi  Cat  (Felts  jagwirundi).    Presented  by  Capt  G. 

1  Dorsal  Squirrel  (Sdunu  doraalU),  Presented  by  Capt  G.  E.  Bird. 
25.  1  Egyptian  Monitor  {Monitor  nmticusy    Purchased. 

8  Crested  Ground-Parrakeets  (CalopsUta  novtB  holkmdiai),  1  (^, 
2  $ .    Presented  by  John  Lacey,  Esq. 

18  Rufie  or  Pope  {Acerina  cemua).  Presented  by  F.  Jonas,  Esq. 
27.  1  Coati  (iV(Mtt/i  nasica),  S .    Purchased. 

30.  1  Grivet  Monkev  {Cercopithecus  griseo-viridui),  $.     Presented 

by  Capt  J.  Ciracknell. 

31.  1  Musk-Deer  (MoBchus  moseMferus),  $ .    Presented  by  Colonel 

F.  R  Pollock,  C.S.I.  Commissioner,  Pe8hawur,Punjaub,  India. 

Apr.    8.  1  Brown  Bear  (Urmsctrctos),^.    Deposited. 

1  Domestic  Dog  ( CamsfamiUaris),  ^ .    Deposited. 
5.  2  Maguari  Storks  (CXcoma  maguari).     Iresented  by  Georsre 
Wilk8,Esq.,C.M.Z.S. 
1  Great  Eagle-owl  {Btd>o  maxitnus).  From  Gibraltar.  Deposited. 

1  Cape  Eared  Owl  (Otus  capenm).    From  Spain.     Deposited. 

2  Kingfishers  (Alcedo  i^da).    Purchased. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  665 

Apr.    a  2  Black-tailed  Water-hexia  (Tribonyx  ventralU).    Hatched  in 
the  Gardens. 
llAon(Feli8leo)j^.    From  Babylonia.    Deposited. 

1  Aoudad  (Om  tragelaphm),  S .    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

2  African  Tantalus  {Tantalw  tins).    Purchased. 

8.  1  Hybrid  Kangaroo  (between  Hatmatunts  befmeUiif  cf  >  ftnd  Hal' 

maturw  ruficoUiSf  $  ).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

1  Gre«t  Kan^^roo  (Macropm  giganteua),  $ .    Bom  in  the  Mena- 

gerie. 

2  Cretan  Goats  (Ctmra  heden),  cf .    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

1  Red  and  Yellow  Macaw  {Ara  chloroptera).    Presented  by  the 
Earl  Nelson. 

9.  IPTOteuB(Protnuangmmu).  Presented  by  Francis  Halsoy,  Esq. 
1  Blue-crowned  Conure  {Conurus  hiemorrhous).    Presented  by 

Mrs.  Wright. 
1  Cretan  Goat  (Capra  bedm), (^ .    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

10.  1  Ibex  {C(^a  tbejc),(^.    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

1  Common  Adder  (jRcftiM  bents).    Presented  by  \V.  R.  Tate,  Esq. 
1  Tasmanian  Piping  Crow  {Uymnorhina  organica).    Deposited. 

11.  1  Eauine  Deer  (Cervusequintujf  $ .    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

8  Black-tailed  Water-hens  {Tribom/x  ventraUs).    Hatched  in 
the  Gardens. 

12.  2  Pied  Rats  (Mue  raUus),  (^  and  $ .    Presented  by  J.  Mason,  Esq. 

13.  1  Talapoin  Monkey  (CercopUhecua  talapom)^  ^.    Presented  by 

John  Gould,  Esa.,  F.Z.S. 

1  Blackheaded  Gull  {Lanu  ridtbwidw).    Presented  by  John 

Gould,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

2  Common  Peafowls  (Pavo  cristahts),  S  and  $ .    Presented  by 

Maj.-Gen.  J.  K.  WhisUer. 

14.  1  Manigabey  Monkey  (Ceroocebus  eethiopa),  $.     Presented  by 

Col.  Addison. 
2  Common  Sheldrakes  (  Tadoma  vulpanser),  cf  and  $ .     Received 

in  exchange. 
1  Grey  Parrot  (Bnttaeus  erithacus).    Deposited. 
1   Crimson-crowned  Weaverbird    (Euplectes  flamtmceps),  (S . 

Presented  by  Miss  C.  Boyle. 
1  Obscure  Finch  (Serinus,  sp.  ign.),  $ .    Presented  by  Miss  C. 

Boyle. 
1  Iceland  Falcon  {Faleo  isiandicus),  $ .    Presented  by  Capt  J. 

A«Martyn. 

1  Burchell's  Zebra  (Eqtms  burchelUi),  (^ .    Deposited. 

2  Secretary  Vultures  (Serpentarius  reptilrvorus).    Purchased. 

15.  1  Secretanr  Vulture  (SerpenUtrius  reptiUwru$),    Presented  by 

J.  S.  Mackenzie,  Esq. 
1  iElian's  Wart-hog  {Fhacochcerm  (sUani),  $ .     From  Zoula, 

Abyssinia.    Purchased. 
1  Smew  {Mergtu  albeUus),  J .    Purchased. 
5  Golden  Plovers  (CTutradriuB pluvialis).    Purchased. 
12  hxmip^Bh  (Ci/clopteru8 lut»qm$).    Purchased. 

16.  1  Javan  Chevrotain  (Traffukis  javanicua),  $.    Presented  by  J. 

Deacon,  Esq. 
1  Polecat  (Musteia  putorius).    Presented  by  F.  H.  Salvin,  Esq. 
1  Macaque  Monkey  (Macacw  cynomol<fus)j  cJ.      Presented  by 

John  Ferris,  Em. 
1  Marsh  Harrier  (^Vircm  ctruginoms), S  •     Purchased. 
1  Common  Bittem  (Botaurus  stellarts).    Presented  by  the  Hon. 

T.  de  Grey,  M.P.,  F.Z.S. 


(j(}6  APPENDIX. 

Apr.  16.  1  African  Tantalus  (Tantalus  ibis).    Purchased. 

1  Sauirrel  Monkey  (Callithruv  sciurew), cf .    Purchased. 
17.  1  W  ood-Owl  {Symhtm  aluco).    Presented  by  George  W.  Amott, 
Esq. 
1  Coati  (Nasua  nasica),  $ .     Presented  by  Chas.  Denneley,  Esq. 
1  Common  Adder  (PeUas  berm).    Presented  by  F.  D.  Iwwitt, 
Esq. 

1  Nilotic  Trionyx  {Triowyx  nHoticm).    Presented  by  Alexander 

Baird,  Esq. 

19.  2  Bower-birds  {PtUonorhynchm  holoserwem).    Purchaaed- 

2  Blue-crowned  Hanging  Parrots  (Loricuius  gaigulus).      Pur- 

chased. 
1  \iscacha  {Lagostomus  tnchodactylm).   Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
1  Kinkajou  (Cercoleptes  caudivolviUus),  S.    Presented  by  D.  BL 

Eder,  Esq. 

20.  1  Spotted  Cavy  {Ccdogenys  paca).     Presented  by  Dr.  Somer- 

shield. 

5  Cuming's  Octodons  (Octodon  cuimngii).     Bom  in  the  Mena- 

gerie. 

1  Entellus  Monkey  (Semnopitheeus  enteUus),  ^ .     Purchased. 

21.  1  Ring-necked  PfOTakeet,yeUow  var.  (Pa/<5or«M<oryf«<rfa).  Pre- 

sented by  Lieutenant  C.  H.  T.  Marshall. 

2  pairs  Virpnian  Colins  (Orfyx  virginianHs),    Purchased. 

2  pairs  Cahfomian  Quails  (CatUpffia  calif omica).    Purchased. 

22.  1  Grey  Parrot  (PsiUacus  erithacus).    Deposited. 

23.  2  Common  Boas  (Boa  constrictor).    Presented  bv  Capt  Perry. 

1  Common  Badger  (MeUs  tojcus).     Presented  by    the  Lord 

Willouffhby  d*Eresbj. 

2  Tibetan  Wolves  (Cams  laniger).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

26.  1  Temminck*s  Snapper  (Macrodemmys  temnwwkii).    Deposited. 

1  Arabian  Bustard  (Otis  arahs).    Received  in  exdiange. 

6  Bourke's  Parrakeets  (Euphema  bourkii).     Purchased. 

2  Blue-Bonnet  Parrakeets  (Ps^hotus  ludmatoaasier). 

1  Hawk  VbiUed  Turtle  (  Caretia  imbricata).    Presented  by  Capt 
Miles. 

27.  2  Red  Groimd-Doves  (Geotrvgcn  montana).    Deposited. 

4  Mountain  Witch  Doves  (Ueatrygon  syhatica).    Deposited. 

1  Goss's  Owl  (OUts  grammicus).    Deposited. 

4  Zenaida  Doves  (Zenaida  atnMUs).    Deposited. 

4  White-fronted  Doves  (LeptoptUajamaiceMis).    Deposited. 

1  White-crowned  Pigeon  (Cokmiba  leutocqfhala).    Deposited. 

1  Moustache-Pigeon  (Geotrygon  mystacea),    Puichasea. 

2  Zenaida  Doves  (Zenaida  amabilis).    Purchased. 

2  Macaque  Monkeys  {Macacus  cynomolgus),  ^ .    Presented  by 
Mrs.  Stevens. 

28.  1  Red  and  Yellow  Macaw  (Arachhroptera).   Presented  by  Mn. 

Bancroft. 

1  Chec^uered  Elaps  (Elaps  lemniscatus).    Purchased. 

2  Virginian  Colins  (Ortyx  virginianus),   (S  and  $.     Presented 

by  P.  L.  Simon,  Esq. 
1  Dial  Bird  (Copsychus  saularis).     Purchased. 

29.  1  Chimpanzee  ( Troglodytes  nigsr),  S  •    Deposited. 

4  Common  Adders  (Pefias  berus).     Presented  by  W.  R  Hume, 

Esq. 
1  Markboor  ( Capra  niegaceros),  cf  •    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

30.  2  Masked  Paraaoxures  (Pagiwia  larvata).      Bom  in  the  Me- 

nagerie. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MKNA6ERIE.  667 

May  1.  1  Grey  Ichneumon  (Herp$stea  grisetts)^  $ .  Presented  by  George 
Felstead,  Esq. 
1  Ostrich  {Strtakio  camdus),  (S»    Purchased. 
3.  2  Mouflons  (Ovis  mudmon\  tS  ax^d  $  •    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
1  Black-eared  Marmoset  (Hapale  peniciliata),  (S  *    Presented 
by  Miss  Cook. 

5.  1  Bay  Cow-bird   (Molothrus  hadiua).     Presented    by  Geonre 

Wilks,  Esq.,  C.M.Z.S. 
4  Southern  Cow-birds  (Molothrus  bonanenms).     Presented  by 

George  Wilks,  Esq.,  C.M.Z.S. 
1  Azara's  Opossum  (jDtddphya  azarat).  ^ .   Presented  by  Georsre 

Wilks, :foa.,  C.M.Z.S. 
1  Tree-Boa  (CoraUus  hortulanus).    Purchased. 

6.  1  Lumpfish  (Cyclopterua  kimpus).    Purchased. 

1  Armed  Bullhead  {AsMophorus  catapkr actus).    Purchased. 
1  Sordid  Dragonet  {Ccuiicnymus  dracuncukis).    Purchased. 
4  Greenland  Seals  (Hioca  grcenlandica),  (J.    Purchased. 

7.  1  Common  Sturgeon  (Acipenser  sturio).     Presented  by  Messrs. 

Grove  and  Co. 
1  Marmoset  Monkey  (Ht^ale  jacckus),  c^.     Presented  by  Ro- 
bert G.  Moger,  Esq. 

8.  1  Diana  Monkey  (^Cerc^Uhecus  diana)^  cf*    Purchased. 
1  Crested  Porcupine  (JSt/strix  crxstata).    Purchased. 

1  KingVulture  {Cry par ^ms papa).    Purchased. 

2  St -Helena  Seed-eaters  (Onthagra  hutyraeea).    Purchased. 

1  Brush-tailed  Porcupine  {Atherwa  africana).    Purchased. 

2  Yellow-rumped  Seed-eaters  {Orithagra    ehrysopyga).     Pur- 

chased. 
1  Crimson-faced  WaxbiU  (Pytelia  degans).    Purchased. 
1  Common  Boa  {Boa  constrictor),    Piuchased. 


1  Ocelot  {FeUs pardaUs).  (J.    Purchased. 

2  Weasel-headed  Armadillos 


2  Weasel-headed  Armadillos  (Dasypus  encoubert).     Purchased. 
2  Vieillot*s  Pheasants  (Euplocatnus  vieilhti)^  cf  ft^d  $ .     Pre- 
sented by  Col.  A.  S.  Ghi^enlaw. 
9.  1  Alexandrine  Parrakeet  {PaUeomis  alexandrt).    Deposited. 

10.  1  Yellow-footed  Kock-Eangaroo  {Petrogale  xanthopus),  $ .  Bom 

in  the  Menagerie. 

1  Bronze-winged  Pigeon  (/%ap9  chalcoptera).    Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 

11.  1  Ghreenland  Seal  (^Phoca  gromhmdica),  $ .    Purchased. 

2  Spotted-sided  Fmches  {Amadina  lathami).    Purchased. 

1  Cashmere  Shawl-Goat  {Copra  hircus),  $.    Bom  in  the  Me- 

nagerie. 

2  Australian  Wild  Ducks  {Anas  supercUiosa).     Presented  by 

Capt.  S.  Babot. 

12.  6  Variegated  Sheldrakes  {Tadoma  variegala).    Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 

1  Syrian  Wild  Ass  {Equus  hemippus),  (S  •  Bom  in  the  Mena- 
^rie. 

1  Cmereous  Sea-Eagle  (ffaUaetus  aUnciUa),  From  the  Island  of 
Saghalin.    Presented  by  Captain  Blakiston. 

1  Brown  Bear  {Ursus  arctos),  c^.  From  Jesso,  Japan.  Pre- 
sented by  Captain  Blakiston. 

13.  1  Red  and  Yellow  Macaw  (Ara  cJUoroptera),     Deposited. 

1  Grey  Parrot  {PsUtacus  erilhacus).    Presented  by  Mrs.  Ford 

North. 
1  Ursine  Colobus  {Colobus  ur sinus),  $.    Deposited. 


668  APPENDIX. 

May  13.   2  Peacock  Pheasants  (PoiypketroH  ckiftqms).     Hatched  in  the 
Gardens. 

3  Younff  Water-Ousels  {Cmclu$  aquatiaui).    Presented  by  W. 

DimbeT.  Esq. 
14.  1  Pallas's  Eared  Pheai3ant(Ch»Mp^2(matfrdiim)9cf    Purchased. 

1  Golden-headed  Marmoset  {Hapale  cftryaomelas).    Purchased. 

2  Alpine  Choughs  (Pyrrhocorax  alpmus).    Purchased. 

2  Orange-winged  Pamkeets  {Brotogerys  pyrrhopUrus),  Pur- 
chased. 

18.  4  Olive  Weaverbirds  (Hyphantonm  capensia).    Purchased. 

2  White-fronted  Olive  Weaverbirds  {Pyrenedes  aOnfroM),  Pur- 
chased. 

1  Rock-Thrush  (Petrocktda  saxatiUs),  Presented  by  Sir  S. 
Lakeman. 

1  Eastern  Nightingale  (ZcMcmta  mtQor).  Presented  by  Sir  S. 
Lakeman. 

1  Spotted  Ichneumon  (HerpesteB  auropunctatm).    Presented  by 

O.  Emery,  Esq. 

2  Greenland  Seals  (Phoca  grcefdandica).     Presented  by  Sir  C. 

M.  Lampson,  Bart.,  F.Z.S. 
1  Common  Heron  (Ardea  cinerea).    Presented  by  Mr.  Alderman 
and  Sheriff  Cotton. 

19.  8  Ruddy  Sheldrakes  (  Tadcma  rutila).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 
20. 1  Vulpine  Phalanger  {Phalangista  vuipma).     Presented  by  F. 

Egerton  Hine,  Esq. 

1  Stanley  Crane  ( Tetrapteryx  paradtseua).    Purchased. 

2  Secretary  Vultures  (Serpentarius  re^^ilivonu).    Purchased. 
2  Awd-Wolves  {Proteles  lalandii).     Purchased. 

1  Common  Otter  {Lutra  vtdgaris) .   Presented  by  H.  J.  Rope,  Esa. 
1  Vulturine  Eagle  {Aqtdla  imUurina),   Presented  by  E.  L.  Layara, 
Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

21.  1  Ursine  Dasyure  (Dasyurus  wsiHu$),    Presented  by  Dr.  Geo. 

Bennett  F.Z.S. 
1  Grey  Spider  Monkev  (Atelei  hybridm).    Purchased. 

4  Uplana  Geese  (ChUMphaya  mayeUanica).     Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 

22.  1  Panda  (AUurus/ulyefu).    Presented  by  Dr.  Simpson. 

25.  2  Peacock  Pheasants  (Polyplectron  chmquU).    Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 

26.  1  Bonnet-Monkey  (Mactteus  radiatua),  $ .    Presented  by  A.  M. 

Campbell,  Esq. 
6  Common  Chameleons  {Chamaieon  vuigaria).    Purchased. 
1  Red-billed  Tree-Duck  (Dendrocyyna  autumnaUs),    Purchased. 

1  Grey-cheeked  Monkey  {Cercoe^ms  aibiyend),  $.    Purchased. 

2  Sulphur-breasted  Toucans  (Ramphastoa  cartnatm).  Purchased. 

27.  2  Spotted  Hyienas  {Hyana  crvcvta).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

29.  1  White-whiskered  Capuchin  Monlcey  (  CebusfaiueUus),  ^ .  De- 

posited. 
2  Grey-breasted  Conures  {Conurus  monachus).    Purchased. 
2  Red-bellied  Conures  (Conurus  vitUOus),    Purchased. 
4  Temminck's  Tragopans  (CerianUs  tenimmckii).     Hatched  in 

the  Gardens. 
1  Burchell*8  Zebra  (Equus  burcheUit),    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
1  Sulphur-breaAted  Toucan  (Pamphaatos  carinatus).    Presented 

by  J.  C.  Shircore,  Esq. 

30.  1  Brown  Pelican  (Pekcanus  fusciis).     Presented  by  Capt.  Dow. 

31.  1  Cuckoo  {Cuculm  catwrua).    Presented  by  H.  Clark,  Esq. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  669 

June  L  1  Chha:^en%ee  (lyofflodytet  m^er).    Deposited. 

2  Ursine  Dasyiures  (DaitfHnts  ur$imu).  Presented  by  R  Fire- 
brace.  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

1  Australian  Quail  {Synoteua  oudraUs).  Presented  by  Dr.  F. 
von  Mueller,  C.M.Z.S. 

1  Ashy-headed  Goose  {Chloephaga  poUocephaUt),  Hatched  in 
the  Ghundens. 

2.  2  Maocmeen's  Bustards  (O^M  moe^titfentL)    Deposited. 

3.  2  Double-striped  Thicknees(  (Bs^fcnemttf  Mf^rio^      Presented 

by  G.  D.  Rowley,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
4  GetuUan  Squirrels  ^Xerus  getuhts).    Purchased. 

5.  1  Dorsal  Squirrel  (Scturm  dorsalis).  Presented  by  J.  L.  Guy,  Esq. 

6.  8  Egyptian  Geese  {Chenahjoex  agyptiatd).    Hatched. 

4  Ruddy-headed  Geese  {Cmloephaga  rubuUceps),    Hatched. 

7.  1  Anaconda  (Eunectes  murinus).    Purchased. 

1  Egyptian  Monitor  {MonUor  mioticus).    Purchased. 
1  Oommon  Hare  (Z^ptM  europ€Bua),    Purchased. 

8.  1  Red-bellied  Monkey  ( Cercopithecui  erythrogeuter),  ^ .     Pur- 

chased. 
1  Rhesus  Monkey  {Maeacu$  eryihraus)^  $ .    Presented  by  Mrs. 
M  Round. 

9.  1  Red-fronted  Amazon  {ChrwUis  vUtatw),    Purchased. 

1  Black-tailed  Parrakeet  (Platycercua  melanurw).     Presented 

by  Dr.  John  Cooper, 
la  1  Ocelot  (FeUa  pardaUs),  $ .    Presented  by  Capt  Glyn,  H.M.S. 

'Doris.' 
1  Eye-browed  Guan  (Penelope  mtpercUiaris),     I^irchased. 
1  New-Caledonian  Rail  (pcydromuB  lafremiayanui).    Presented 

by  Dr.  Geo.  Bennett,  F.Z.S. 

1  Blue-shouldered  Tanager  (Tanagra  cganoptera),  cf>      Pur- 

chased. 

11.  1  King  Parrakeet  (AproanuctuB  9capukUus)y     Presented  by  Mr. 

Sercombe. 

12.  1  Common  Kestrel  (  Timnmculus  alaudarius).   Presented  by  Miss 

Lucy  Rovle. 
14.  1  Japanese  Deer  (Cervus  sikd).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
16.  2  Petz*8  Conures  ( Conunu  petal).    Purchased. 

2  Crested  Pigeons  (Ocyphaps  lophotes).    Hatched. 

16.  9  Common  Chameleons  {Chanudeon  rndgaru).    Presented  by 

Capt  Thos.  Waite. 
2  Getulian  Squirrels  {Xtrus  getulus).    Presented  by  Capt  Thos. 

Waite. 
4  North- African  Jackals  ( Cams  atUhue),  (S  •    Presented  by  Capt 

Thos.  Waite. 
1  Ocellated  Skink  (Qcngylus  oceUatw),    Presented  by  Henry 

Denn;f ,  Esq. 
1  Turquoisine  Parrakeet  {Euphema  pulchelid),  $ .    Purchased. 
1  Common  Kestrel  (Tinmmcuku  akmdarius).     Presented  by 

Mr.  J.  Stanton. 

17.  2  Red-shouldered  Weaverbirds  (J3upiecte$  axiUana),  S*    Pur- 

diased. 

1  Bengtdese  Ichneumon  (Herpedea  malaccenais),  S,    Presented 

by  W.  Ingram,  Esq. 

2  pairs  of  Common  Wild  Ducks  {Anas  hosckas).    Presented  by 

D.  R  Bullen,  Esq. 

18.  1  Cape  Ant-Bear  (Oiycteropits  capensis)^  S'    Purchased. 

3  Summer-Ducks  {Atr  sponsa).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 


670  APPENDIX. 

June  18.  3  Japanese  Pheasants  {Phofianm  versicolor).    Hatched. 

13  Bsimboo  Partridges  (Bambusicola  thoraeia).    Hatched. 

19.  1  Wedge-tailed  Eaj?le  (Aqt^ila  audax).    Presented  by  H.R.H. 

the  Duke  of  Edinburgh,  F.Z.S. 

20.  1  Honey-Buzzard  (Pemts  apkorus).    Presented  by  J.  Watkins 

Drew,  Esq. 

21.  3  Black-tailed  Water-hens  (Tribanyx  vtntrdlis).    Hatched  in 

the  Gardens. 

1  West-African  Python  {Python  seba).  Presented  by  Charles 
H.  Cox,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

1  Greater  Sulpnur-crested  Cockatoo  (Cacatua  galerita).  Re- 
ceived in  exchange. 

22.  1  Sly  Silurus  (Silurua  glanis).    Presented  by  Messrs.  Gilson  and 

Quelch. 
1  Sun-bird  (Eurypyga  helias).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

1  Conunon  Muebud  {SiaUa  wilsonii).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

2  Mexican  Deer  (Cervtss  mexicanus),  cf  and  $.     Bom  in  the 

Menagerie. 
1  Entellus  Monkey  {Semnoptthecus  entellus)^  ^ .    Purchased. 

23.  1  Conunon  Hare  {Lepus  ewopieui).    Purchased. 

14  Chestnut-breasted  Finches  {Donacola  castaneothorax).  Pre- 
sented by  the  Acclimatization  Society  of  Queensland. 

1  Banded  Grass-Finch  (PoephUa  cincta).  Presented  by  the 
Acclimatization  Society  of  Queensland. 

1  Temminck's  Snapper  (Macrodemmys  temminckn).    Deposited. 

24.  4  Swinhoe*s  Pheasants  {Euplocamus  awmhoei).    Hatchea  in  the 

Gardens. 

25.  1  Japanese  Deer  (Cervus  sika).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

26.  4  Banama  Ducks  (Poecilonetta  hahamerms).    Hatched. 

28.  7Undulated  Grass  Parrakeets (If ji<;p««^toctMtimJii^a^    Hatched. 

3  Common  Adders  (Pelias  berua).    Presented  by  Mr.  Davy. 

2  Wild  Boars  (Sua  scrofa).    Purchased. 

1  Green  Monkey  (CercopUhecus  caMrichus),    Presented  by  Mrs. 

Haynes. 

29.  1  Guacharo  or  Oil-bird  {Steatomis  earipeims).    From  Trinidad. 

Presented  by  the  Hon.  A.  Gordon,  C.M.Z.S. 

4  Australian  Wild  Ducks  (Anas  superciliosa).    Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 

30.  2  Tigers  (Felts  tigris).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

2  Common  Kingfishers  {Akedo  ispida).    Presented    by  J.  J. 

Habisch,  Esq. 
2  Black-headed  Parrots  (Caica  melanocephala).    Deposited. 
2  Yellow-shouldered  Amazons  (  Chrysotts  ochroptera).  Deposited 

by  the  Hon.  A.  Gordon,  C.M.Z.S. 

July    1.  1  Virginian  Deer  (Cervus  virginianus).     Bom  in  the  Mena- 
gerie. 

1  Ortolan  Bunting  {Emberiza  hortuiana).     Presented  by  Mr. 

J.  W.  Smart 

2  Black-headed  Buntings  {Eniberisa  melanocephala).    Presented 

by  Mr.  J.  W.  Smart. 
1  Chimmnzee  (Troglodytes  niger).    Deposited. 
1  Red-footed  Falcon  (Erythropus  vespertmus).    Deposited. 
1  New-Zealand  Hawk  (Hieracidea  nova  hollmdue).     Presented 

by  J.  M.  Quade,  Esq. 
2.  2  Barbarj^  Turtledoves  (Turtur  rtsortus).    Presented  by  Capt. 

James  Tough. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENA6BRIR.  671 

July    2.  2  Moustache-Monkejs  (Cercopithecus    cephus).      Received    in 
exchange. 
3.  2  Temminck^s  Tragopans  (Oeriorms  temminekii).    Hatched. 
1  Macao ue  Monkey  (MacacuSy  sp.).   Presented  by  Mr.  Ridgway. 
1  Red-tnroated  Amazon   (ChrysotU  coUaria),     Present^  by 
J.  W.  Malcolm,  Esq.,  FJS.S. 

1  Yellow-cheeked  Amazon  {Chrysotis  autufnnalis).    Purchased. 

5.  1  Eland  (Oreas  canna),  $ .    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

6.  2  Jays  (Getrruhu  glandariua).     Received  in  exchange. 

2  Common  Magpies  {Pica  caudtUa),     Received  in  exchange. 

7.  1  Boobook  Owl  (Athens  hoobook).    Purchased. 

1  Roebuck  (Cervua  capreohts),  $.    Presented  by  Benjamin  F. 
Turner,  Esq. 

8.  1  Andaman  Monkey  (Macacus  andamanenns),  $ .      Presented 

by  Oapt  R.  A.  Brown,  R.N. 

1  Kusimanse  (Crossarchus  obscurus),  $ .    Purchased. 

9.  6  Mandarin  Ducks  (Aix  gtdericulata).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

2  Hartebeests  (Boselaphus  caamd),  cf  &iid  $ .     Purchased. 

1  Javan  Ohevrotain  (Trttgukts  Javamcus),  $.     Presented  by 

B.  0.  Nicholson,  Esc^. 
4  Conunon  Foxes  (Cams  vuIpe8)jS  S  and  1  $.    Presented  by 

H.R.n.  the  Prince  of  Wales,  F.Z.S.  &c.  &c. 

12.  1  Oazelle  (GazeUa  darcas),  $ .    Purchased. 

13.  I  Ooati  (Nasua  nasiea),  J.     Presented  by  W.  M.  Rose,  Esq. 
1  Brazilian  Mocking  bird  (Minus  satumimts).    Purchased. 

1  Black  Bulbul  (Pycmmotus  pygams).    Purchased. 

1  Cat  bird  (Gaieoscoptes  earoUnensis),    Purchased. 

2  Brown-necked  Parrots  (PcMcephaws  fuscicoUis),    Purchased. 
1  Pied  Crow  Shrike  (Strepera  graculina).    Purchased. 

14.  4  Black-backed  Porpnyrios  {Porphyrio  melanotm).    Hatched  in 

the  Gardens. 
1  Short-eared  Owl  (Otus  brachgotus).    Deposited. 
1  Common  Hare(Z€pf4«  eiirop€nui).    Purchased. 

1  Black  Bear  ( Ursus  americanus).     Presented  by  G.  Stanley 

Oned,E8q. 

16.  1  Bless-bok  Antelope  (DamaUs  aJbifnms).    Bom  in  the  Mena- 

gerie. 
6  Amherst's  Pheasants  (Thaumaha  amherstuB)^  5  $  and  1  S . 
Deposited. 

17.  1  Maug($*s  Dasyure  (Dasyurus  maitgm),  <J .    Presented  by  Wm. 

H.  Holmes,  Esq. 

19.  1  Four-spotted  Opossum  (Diddphys  opossum).    Purchased. 

2  Barrea-shouldered     Ground-Doves     (GeopeUa     humeralis). 

Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

1  Comish  Chough  (Fregilus  graculus).    Presented  by  J.  Ash- 
mead,  Esq. 

1  One-streaked  Hawk  (Melierax  monogrammicus).    Purchased. 

20.  11  Japanese  Pheasants  (I^uisianus  versicolor).    Hatched. 

21.  1  YeUow-fiEu^ed  Amazon  (Chrysotis  xnnthops).    Purchased. 

1  Wild  Boar  (Sus  scrofa\    Presented  by  L.  Levinsohn,  Esq. 

22.  1  Crested  Ground-ParraKeet  (Calopsitta  nova  hollandia).    Pre- 

sented by  Miss  C.  Boyle. 
1  Pair  Hybrid  Cats  (between  Felis  catus  and  F.  domestica). 
Presented  by  S.  E.  B.  Pusey,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

1  Coati,  black  variety  (Nastta  nasica)jS.     Presented  by  Peter 

Campbell,  Eac^, 

2  European  Tortoises  (Testudo  gr<pca).    Presented  by  Mrs.  Lee. 


672  APPENDIX. 

July  22.  2  African  Tantalus  (TofUaitu  ibis).    Purchased. 

2  Saddle-bUled  StorKs  (Xenorhynchus  8enegalen»i$),    Purchased. 

26.  3  Glass  Snakes  (Pseudojms  oaiiam).    Purchased. 

27.  1  Verret  Monkey  (Cereopitktcus  lalandi)^  $.    Purchased. 

1  Vulpine  Phalanger  (Phalangitta  vuipina),  cf  •    Presented  by 

Dr.  Owen  Owen. 

28.  1  Pennant's  Parrakeet  (FltUye^rcus  pemtmUii),    Deposited. 

2  Red  Ground-DoYes  {Oetirygon  montana).    Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 
1  Common  Viper  {Pi$Ua»  berus).    Presented  by  R  P.  R.  Curzon, 
Esq. 

1  Owen's  Aptenrx  {ApUryx  owemi).    Presented  by  the  Accli- 

matization Society  of  Otago. 

29.  2  Blue  Jays  {CyanocUta  crittatd).    Purchased. 

2  Pied  Tanagers  ( Cimtpis  leveriaria).    Purchased. 
2  Spotted  Crakes  CCrex  portana).    Purchased. 

2  liger  Bitterns  (Tigrimnna  brasiUefue),    Purchased. 
1  Vociferous  Eagle  (ffaUaetus  vooifer).    Purchased. 

1  White-bellied  Storis  (Ciroma  abdinm).    Purchased. 

2  Raccoons  (Procyon  lotor),    Presentea  by  C.  Messiter,  Esq. 
1  Red  Fox  (Cmiafidcw).    Presented  by  C.  Messiter,  Esq. 

1  Prairie-Marmot  (Ardamys  ludovioianui).     Presented  oy  C. 

Messiter,  Esq. 
1  Bonnet-Monkey  (Macacua   radiattu).      Presented    by  Miss 

Geikie. 

30.  2  American  Tapirs  {Tapirm  terrettris)^  S  And  $  •  Purchased. 
1  Grey-cheeked  Monkey  {CercocebuB  aibigend)^  9  •  Purchased. 
1  Blue  Grosbeak  (Otdraca  cyanea).     Purchased. 

1  Harlequin  Quail  (Cotumix  histriomca).    Purchased. 
1  Slender  Loris  (Loris  yracilia),  9 .    Purchased. 

31.  3  Common  Wild  Ducks  (Anas  ooschas).    Presented  by  D.  B. 

Buller,  Esq. 

Aug.  2.  2  Chinese  Tailed  Deer  (JElaphurus  danidianus),  (^  and  P .  Pre- 
sented by  HJ:.  Sir  R.  Alcock,  KC.R,  C.M.Z.S. 

1  Lesser  Smphuivcreeted  Cockatoo  (Cacatua  saiphund).  De- 
posited. 

1  White-billed  Parrot  (  TanygmUhus  aUnrodris),    Purchased. 

1  Mueller's  Great-billed  Pairakeet  (Tanyymitkus  muelleri).  Pur- 

chased. 

2  Eider  Ducks  (Somateria  moUissima),  ^  and  J .    Purchased. 
2  Alpine  Choughs  (Pyrrhooorax  alpmm).    Purchased. 

1  Pileated  Vulture  (Neophron  pileatus).    Purchased. 
1  Wild  Cat  (FeUs  catus),  $ ,  from  Hungary.    Purchased. 

3.  1  Common  Seal  {Phoea  vituUna)^  ^ .    Purchased. 

1  Kit  Fox  (Canis  cehx),  <J.    Presented  by  G.  Peacock,  Esa. 
1  Hawk-headed  Parrot  (Deroptyus  acdpUrimui).    Presentea  by 

G.  Peacock,  Esq. 
1  Brown  Capuchin  Monkey  {Cebus  aptUa)j  S*    Presented  by 

G.  Peacock,  Esq. 

4.  1  Feline  Douroucouli  (Nyct^nthecus  felinm).    Purchased. 

5.  3  Common  Hares  (Lepus  ettropteus).    Purchased. 

6.  1  Puma,  red  varie^  (Fdit  concoior),  2,  from  Demerara.    Pre- 

sented by  the  late  W.  D.  Stewart,  Esa. 

7.  2  Snowy  Owls  {Nyclea  mved).    Presentea  by  Lord  Ruthven. 
1  Common  Seal  (Phoca  vitulma)^  2 .    Purchased. 

9.  1  Wheatear  (Saxieola  ctnmUhe).    Purchased. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  673 

Aug.  10.  1  Great  Eagle  Owl  (Bubo  maximus).    Returned. 

1  Common  Bam-Owl  (Strir  Jlammea),     Presented  by  H.  B. 

Harrison,  £80. 
1  pair  Passerine  Parrakeets  (BsiUacula passerina).    Purchased. 
1  Muskj  Parrakeet  (TrichoglosmM  concmmu).    Purchased. 

11.  1  BenneU's  Wallabj  (Hahnatwvs  bennetlu),  $ .    Deposited. 

4  Common  Turtles  (Chelonia  viridis).   Presented  by  Laeut.  C.  B. 
Clark,  R.N. 

12.  6  Wonga-wonga  Pi^ns  {Leucosarcia  picata).    Presented  by 

the  Acclimatization  Society  of  Victoria. 

1  Amherst's  Pheasant  (Thaumalea  amherstia)^  cJ.    Deposited. 

13.  3  Common  Bluebirds  (Sialia  wUsoni),    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

2  Weasel-headed  Armadillos  (Dasypus  encoubert),  $ .     Pur- 

chased. 
1  Pleurodele  Newt  (PleurodeUs  waUit).  From  Spain.  Presented 
by  Lord  Lilford,  F.Z.S. 
14  2  Crested  Curassows  (Crax  aieetor).    Presented  by  Col.  May. 

16.  1  Huanaco  (Auchemahuanaco),  $ .    Presented  by  H.  T.  Balfour, 

Esq. 

17.  1  Wheat-ear  {Seuricola  cenanthe),  J .     Purchased. 

6  Undulated  Gra8s-Parrakeets(ibr«/oyMtittacM9  undulatus).  Hatched. 

1  Kufous-necked  Weaverbird  (Hyphantomis  textor).    Hatched. 

18.  2  Jayan  Pea-fowls  (Pavo  muiieus),  cf  and  $ .    Puichased. 

2  Marabou  Storks  (Ztptoptiiua  crumeniferus),  S  and  $ .    Pur- 

chased. 

19.  1  Bnish-Turkev  (Taleyalla  lathami).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

1  St-Helena  Seed-eater  (Crithagra  hutyracea).    Presented  by 

Miss  Moss. 

3  Australian  Quails  (Synoeeus  anstralis).    Purchased. 

20.  1  Chimpanzee  (Troylodytes  niyer),  ^.    Deposited. 
23.  1  Gamett's  Galago  (Ooid^j^anMi/ti),  (^.    Purchased. 

2  Yellow  Baboons  (Cynocephalus  habouin),  S  and  2 .  Purchased. 

25.  2  Sun-birds  (Eurypyga  helia$).    Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

1  Great  Eagle-Owl  (Bubo  maxitnuB).     Presented  by  Charles 

BamfordyEsq. 

26.  7  Garter-Snakes   (Tropidonotwt  ordinatus).     Presented  by  A. 

Downs,  Esq.,  O.M.Z.S. 

27.  1  Blue  and  Yellow  Maccaw  (Ara  ararauna).     Presented  by 

San^uel  Lander,  Esq. 
13  Barred-tailed  Pheasants  (Fhananus  reevem^.    Deposited. 

2  Temminck's  Tragopans  (CeriomU  temminckk),  S  and  $ .  De- 

posited. 
1  Common  Buzzard  (Buteo  vulgaris) y  $ .     Presented  by  James 
Hartley,  Esq. 

3  Short-headed  Phalangers  (Belideus  brevicept),  2  <S  and  1  $ . 

Presented  by  Robert  G.  Batten,  Esq. 

28.  1  Black  Bear  (Ursui  americamu),  S*      Presented  by  Rees 

Dayies,  Esq. 

4  Egyptian  Mastigures  (  Uromastix  spm^es).    Received  in  ex- 

cnanp:e. 
4  Egyptian  Sand-Lizards  (PsammoMurus  griseui).     Receiyed 

m  exchange. 
1  Tree-Boa  (CoraHus  horiulanus).    Purchased. 

29.  2  Glossy  Ibises  (Ibis  falcmeUus).    Purchased. 

1  Puma  (FeUs  concohr),  S  •    Presented  by  Capt  Dow,  F.Z.S. 

2  Sparrow-Hawks  (Aedpiter  msus\  cf  and  $ .     Presented  by 

Mr.  R.  B.  Sharpe. 


674  APPENDIX. 

Aug.  29.  1  Cashmere  Monkey  (Macactis  pelopft),  J .     Presented  by  Rev. 
T.  P.  Methuen. 

Sept  2.  2  Black-eared  Marmosets  (Hapale  peniciUata),  (^  and  $.     Pre- 
sented by  Mr.  E.  Ball. 

3.  2  Common  Kestrels  (Tinnuneulus  aiaudarius).    Presented  by 

Mr.  W.Lake. 

4.  1  Potto  (Perodicticus  poUo),  <J.     Purchased. 
1  Spanish  Ibex  (Capra^yrenaiea)^  <J.     Presented  by  Major 

Ho 


_Ioward  Irby  (74th  Highlanders). 
23  Edible  Sea-urchins  {Echinus  escuknttu).    Presented  by  Mr. 
A.  D.  BarUett. 

3  Shore-Crabs  {Carcintu  memos).     Presented  by  Mr.  A.  D. 

Bartlett. 

5.  2  Black-tailed  Water-Hens  {Tribonyx  centralis).    Hatched  in 

the  (hardens. 

6.  1  Wanderoo  Monkey  (Macacus  sHenus),  S  •    Preseuted  by  Capt. 

A.  A.  Davidson. 
2  Marmoset  Monkeys  (ffapale  jaechus)^  (^  and  $ .    Presented 
by  H.  M.  Wainwright,  Esq. 

2  Red  Qroimd-Doves  {Geotrygon  mwUana),    Hatched  in  the 

Gardens. 

7.  1  Sooty  Monkey  {CereoeebmfuUginosus)j^,    Purchased. 

4  Cummg*s  Octodons  (Octodon  cumingit).  Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

8.  1  Wood-Pigeon  (Cohmba  palumbus).     Presented  by  ll.  P. 

Hensman,  Esq. 

3  Island  Hen  Galfinules  (GaUimUa  nesiotis).    Presented  by  E.  L. 

Lajard,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

9.  1  White-backed  Piping  Crow  (Gfytimorhina  leuconota).    Pre- 

sented by  Higfora  Burr,  Esq. 
13.  1  Common  Otter  (Lutra  vulgaris).    Presented  by  Mr.  A.  Fair- 
grieve. 
I  Egyptian  Cobra  {Naia  haje).    Purchased. 
9  PuH^ Adders  (  Clotho  arieUms),    Purchased. 

1  Greek  Tortoise  (Testudo  graca).     Presented  by  Mr.  W.  A. 

Jepson. 

2  Greey's    Guans    (Plsnelope   greeyi).      Presented  by  Robert 

Gardner,  Esa. 

15.  1  Grys-bok  (CtUotragus  melanotis)^  S*    Purchased. 

16.  1  Leadbeater's  Cockatoo  (Cacatua  leadbeateri).    Presented  by 

George  M^Leay,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
1  Roseate  Cockatoo  (Cacatua  roseicapiUa),   Presented  by  George 

M^Leay,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
1  Grey  Crow  Shrike  {Strepera  anaphoneusis).  Presented  by  John 

Flezman,  Esq. 

18.  1  Marsh  Harrier  (Circus  arugitwsus).    Purchased. 

19.  1  Zebu  (Bos  indicus),  $ .     Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

20.  2  Vulpine  Phalangers  (Phalangista  vulpina)^  cf .     Bom  in  the 

Menagerie. 
22.  1  Nicobar  Pigeon  (Caksnas  mcobarica).  Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 
1  Crested  Pigeon  (Ocyphaps  lophotes).   Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

1  Blue-winged  Parrakeet  (Brotogerys  tiriacttla).     Presented  by 

Mrs.  M*Mullen. 

2  Royal  Pythons  (Python  regim).    Presented  by  Mrs.  Thomas 

Brassey,  F.Z.S. 
1  Sloth  Bear  (Melursus  hbiatus).    Presented  bv  Capt.  A  Mor- 
rel,  R.N. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MKNAGBRIE.  675 

Sept  24.  1  Son-Bird  {Iktrypyaa  hdiat),    De|>08ited« 

25.  1  Black-crested  Eagle  (^nzaelus  oecip^aUs),    Purchased. 

1  Common   Peafowl  (Fiwo   cristatus).     Presented   by  Lady 
Cranstoun. 

26.  1  Common  Camel  {Camdus  dromedarim),  $.    Purchased. 

1  Eorin  (GaseOa  ruflfrms)^  $ .    Purchased. 

27.  2  Servals  (FeUs  aerval),  (^  and  $ .    Presented  by  J.  J.  Monteiro, 

Esq.,  C.M.Z.S. 

2  Persian  Gazelles  {OaseOa  mthgtdturosa),  $ .    Presented  by  T. 

Kerr  Lynch,  Esq^  F.Z.S. 
1  Lion  {FeUs  leo).    Presented  by  T.  Kerr  Lynch,  Esa.,  F.Z.S. 

1  Superb  Crested  Eagle  (8ptza^u8  omatus),  $ .  From  Costa  Rica. 

Presented  by  Capt  Dow,  F.Z.S. 

28.  1  Patas  Monk^  {Cereopithtlem  rttber).    Presented  by  Clement 

P.  Penny,  Esq. 

29.  1  Two-toed  Sloth  (ChoUepus  hojffhumm?),  firom  Panama.    Pur- 

chased. 

Oct.  1.  1  Bengalese  Leopard  Cat  (FeUs  bengaletms).     Presented  by 
Charles  J.  Sturt,  Esq. 
2.  1  Pair  Swinhoe's  Pheasants  (JEuplocamus  swinhoii).    Deposited. 

2  Pallas's  Eared  Pheasants  (CroeMpHlon  aurUum).    Deposited. 
2  Rough-legged  Buzzards  (ArcMMeo  iagopus).    Presented  by 

Capt  Stuart 
4.  1  West-African  Python  (I)/th(m  sebts).    Presented  by  Mr.  C. 
Czamikow,  F.Z.S. 

6.  1  Cape  Ant-Bear  (Orycteropus  capemis),  $ .    Purchased. 
1  Aard  Wolf  (Proteles  cristaiua).    Purchased. 

7.  2  Common  Chameleons  {Chamakon  vulgaris).     Presented  by 

Mr.  G.  Bashford. 

8.  1  Philantomba  Antelope  (Cephalophus  maxweUii).    Bom  in  the 

Menagerie. 

1  Mooruk  (Casuanus  bennetHi).    Purchased. 

9.  1  Grey  Parrot  (Pinttacus  erithacus).    Presented  by  Miss  Paget 

11.  1  Common   Buzzard  (Buteo   wigartB),     Presented   by  John 

Susini,  Esq. 

2  Homed  Vipers  (Csrastes  hasselqmstiC).      Received    in  ex- 

change. 

12.  4  Sand-Aspe  (^Vipera  cmmodytes).    Received  in  exchange. 

1  Grizzled  Spider  Monkey  (Ateles  ffrisescens),  <J .    Purchased. 
1  Macaque  Monkey  (Macama  cynamolgua),  (J.     Presented  by 
the  Rev.  F.  E.  Dumford. 

13.  1  Cinereous  Sea-Eagle  (Haliaetm  aSnciila),    Presented  by  R. 

Albay ,  Esq. 
1  Squirrel    Monkey   (CaUithHx  sciuretui),  ?.      Presented  by 
F.  G.  H.  Price,  Em. 

14.  1  Bonnet-Monkey  {lH&cacus  radiatus),  (S  *     Presented  by  Mr. 

Lucas. 

1  Macaque  Monkey  (Macacus  cynomolffus),  J .    Deposited. 

2  Axis  Deer  (Ceruus  axis),  cJ  and  $ .      Presented  by  Mrs. 

Moriaon. 

3  Crested  Groimd-Parrakeets  (Calopsitta  nova  hoUandia).    Pre- 

sented by  Dr.  J.  S.  Tulloch,  F.Z.S. 
16.  1  Chimpanzee  (Trogloefytes  mger),  $.    Deposited. 
2  Caspian  Emys  (Emys  camtca).    Purchased. 
2  Mocassin  Snakes  {TropidonotmfcMiiatwt),    Purchased. 
1  Say's  Snake  (Caronella  sayi).    Purchased. 

Pboc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XLIV. 


676  APPENDIX. 

Oct  16.  2  Eve-browed  Guans  (Penelope  wpereiUaris).     Presented  by 
lldward  Harris,  Esq. 
1  Bay  Antelope  {Cephalcphm  dorsalis),  J , from  the  Gold  Coast. 

Presented  DyC.B.  Mosse,  Esq. 
1  Two-spotted  Faradoxure  (Nanaima  binotatd),  from  the  Gold 

Coast    Presented  by  C.  B.  Mosse,  Esq. 
1  Brush-tailed  Porcupine  {Atherura  africand),  from  the  Gold 
Coast    Presented  by  C.  B.  Mosse,  Esq. 

17.  1  Spotted  Cavy  (Ccshgem/s paca).    Presented  by  Mrs.  Hairby. 

18.  1  Vervet  Monkey  ((Urcopuhecua  lalandii).    Presented  by  the 

Kev.  H.  H.  Woods. 

19.  1  Grey  Ichneumon*  (JEerpestes  griseus).     Presented  by  Capt 

Spencer. 
1  Bonnet-Monkey  (Maeacus  radiatm).     Presented  by  Mr.  J. 
Hutchinson.  * 

20.  1  Laughing  Kingfisher  (Dacelo  gigatUed),     Presented  by  W. 

Worsfold,  Esq. 

22.  1  Common  Bam-Owl  (Strix  Jlammea).     Presented  by  E.  H. 

Denison,  Esq. 

23.  1  Macaque  Monkey  (Macacus  cynomolgns).    Presented  by  Mrs. 

Goodall. 

26.  1  Vervet  Monkey  (Cercopithecus  lalandii).    Deposited. 

1  Yellow  Baboon  (Cynocephalus  baboum).    Deposited. 

2  Bing-necked  Parrakeets  (Pakeomis  tarqtmta).    Presented  by 

Mr.  J.  Keene. 

27.  1  Common  Bam-Owl  (Strix  Jlammea),    Presented  by  Thomas 

Johnson,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
1  Kit  Fox  (Ccmu  velox).    Presented  by  A.  Shoobridge,  Esq. 
30.  1  Green  Glossv  Starling  (Lamprocolius  chalyhem).    Presented 

by  N.  L.  Austen,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 
1  Black  Bear  (  Ursus  americanm).    Deposited. 

Nov.  1.  1  Clapperton*s  Francolin  (FrancoUnus  clafperUmU),    Purchased 
1  Collared  Fruit-Bat  {CynonycterU  coOani).    Purchased. 
1  Quebec  Marmot  (Arctomys  empetra).    Presented  by  Norman 
Kerr,  Esq.,  M.D. 

2.  1  Rhesus  Monkey  (Macacus  erythrtetts),  cf  •    Presented  by  J. 

StiUweU,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 

1  Wonfl»-wonga  Pigeon  (Leucosarcia  pieatd).     Presented  by 

C.  H.  Wigram,  Esq. 

3.  1  Great  Eagle-Owl  (Bubo  maximm).    Received  in  exchange. 

2  Canadian  JBeavers  (Cador  carutdenais).    Deposited. 
2  Canada  Geese  (Bemida  canadensis).    Deposited. 

1  Duck-Falcon  (Falco  anatum).    Deposited! 

4.  1  Common  Jackal  (Canis  aureus) j  ^.    Presented  by  Captain 

Gallicher. 
1  Coati,  brown  variety  (Nasua  nasica),  J.    Presented  by  Capt 
J.  Thwaites. 

5.  1  Indian  Leopard  (Felis  lecpardus),  $.     Presented  by  Capt 

Arthur  Hazlerigg. 
1  South-American  Kat-Snake  (Spilotes  variabilis).     Presented 
by  Mr.  Hounslow. 
9.  1  Brazilian  Hang-nest  (Icterus  Jamaicat),    Purchased. 

10.  1  Great  Eojle-Owl  (Btibo  niaxtmus).    From  China.    Presented 

by  Dr.  Somerville. 

11.  1  Red  and  Blue  Macaw  (Ara  macao).      Presented  By  J.  P, 

Wilson,  Esq.,  F.Z.S. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  MENAGERIE.  677 

Not.  11.  1  Blackbird  (Twdw  menda).    Presented  by  the  Hon.  H.  M. 
Best 
3  Chinese  Silk  Fowls  (GaUus  domestiem).    Presented  by  Lady 
Alcock. 
12.  2  Laughing  Kingfishers  {JDaceh  giganted).     Presented  by  the 
Acclimatization  Socie^  of  Queensland. 
2  Indian  Leopurds  {Fdk  Uopardus),  ^  and  $ .     Presented  by 
Henry  Baylev,  Eis^. 
15.  1  Kingfisher  {Aicedo  tspidd).    Presented  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Harrison. 
IG.  2  Common  Hares  (Lepus  europ€Bus),    Purchased. 

1  Barraband's  Parrakeet  (Polytelis  harrabandii).    Presented  by 
Geoige  Cooke,  Esq. 
17.  1  Cape-Crowned  Crane  (Balearica  reguhnm).     Presented  by 


1  Vervet  Monkey  {Cercopithecm  lalandii),  J .      Presented  by 

R.  R.  Juler,  Esq. 
1  Chacma  Baboon  (Cynocephalus  parearim),  ($.    Presented  by 

Alexander  Sinclair^  Esq. 

1  White-tailed  Gnu  (Catodlepas  grm)y  ^,    Deposited. 

2  White-handed  Gibbons  (Hylobates  iar),  cJ  and  $ .    Presented 

by  G.  S.  Rodon,  Esq. 

18.  1  Emu  {DromtBus  novte  hoUandia).    Presented  by  the  Viscount 

Hill,  F.Z.S. 
1  Crested    Ground-Parrakeet     (Calcpntta     nova    hoBandiai). 
Hatched  in  the  Gardens. 

19.  1  Grison  (Oriaama  viUata),  $.    Purchased. 

20.  1  Palm-Squirrel  (Sciurua  palmarum).     Presented  by  J.  Hill, 

Esq. 
1  Macaque  'Honikej  (Miaeacus  eynomolgus),  S,  from  Sumatra. 
Presented  by  L.  T.  Hyde  Martin,  iSq. 

22.  1  Water-Rail  (liaauB  aquaticua).    Purchased. 

1  Mountain-Finch  {FrtngiUa  manUfringiUa).    Purchased. 

23.  2  Nyl^haies  (Portax  picta).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
1  Vanable  Skunk  (MephUis  varians).    Purchased. 

1  Pennsylvanian  Buzzard  (Buteo  pennsylvanicua).    Purchased. 

24.  1  Vervet  Monkey  (Cercopithecus  lalandii),  cJ.     Presented  by 

C.  S.  Robinson,  Esq. 
26.  1  Japanese  Dove  (Turtur  chmensia).    Received. 
30.  1  Bennett's  Wallaby  (Halmatwrus  betmettii),  Q.    Presented  by 

R.  C.  Ross,  Esq.  ^ 

Dec    4.  1  White-fronted  Capuchin  Monkey  (Cebus  aUnfrons),  $.    De- 
posited. 
4  Yellow-footed  Water  Tortoises  (JEmys  Jlavipes),    Presented 
by  the  Rev.  Basil  Wilbeiforce. 

2  Laniarian  Water-Tortoises  {Emys  lauiarid).     Presented  by 

the  Rev.  Basil  Wilberforce. 

6.  1  Bonnet-Monkey  (Macacus   radiatus),  $.      Presented  by  J. 

Norris,  Esq. 
1  Red  Kangaroo  (Macropt48  rufits).    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 
1  Common  Genet  (Genetta  vutgarts).    Deposited. 

7.  1  Stock-Dove   (Columba  cenaa).     Presented  by  John  Attlee, 

Esq. 
1  Rock-Pigeon  (Columba  Hvia).      Presented  by  John  Gould, 
Esq.,  r.Z.S. 

8.  2  Clapperton's  Francolins  {FrancoUnus  clappertonif).    Presented 

by  Capt.  W.  H.  Strachan. 


678  APPENDIX. 

Dec.   9.  1  Honey-Buzzard  (Ptmis  apworw).    Presented  by  James  D. 
Nicol,  Em. 

10.  2  Wigeons  (Mareca  penekme).    Purchased. 

11.  1  Eleuad  (Oreas  eamut),    fiom  in  the  Menagerie. 

1  Grey  Parrot  (Flskiacus  erithaew).  Presented  by  G.  A.  Wilde, 
Esq. 

1  Black-billed  Tree-Duck  (Dendroeygna  arborea).  Purchased. 
13.  1  Common  Boa  (Boa  eonstrietor).    Purchased. 

1  Globose  Curassow  (Crax  globtoera)^  $ .    Purchased. 

1  Ocelot  (FeUa  pard<ui8)y  <J.    Purchased. 

1  White-fronted  Capuchin  Monkey  (Cebus  aHn/rons),  cJ.  Pur- 
chased. 

3  Tigers  ^Fdu  Ugris),    Bom  in  the  Menagerie. 

16.  1  Ouakari  Monkey  {PUheeia  ouakart),  2  •    Deposited. 

17.  1  Common  FajnAoxure  (Faradoxurus  tyjma).    Deposited. 

1  Macaque  Monkey  {Macacus  cynonuigus)^  <J.    Presented  by 
Mrs.  W.  Goslett 
18.  1  Hybrid  Gayal  {Bos  indicus,  <J,  and  Bob  frontalis^  $).    Bom 
m  the  Mena^rie. 

20.  2  Macaque  Monkeys  (Macacua  cynomolffus),  (S,    Presented  by 

Mr.  K.  Low. 
aWater-Rats  (Arvicola  an^hibius).    Presented  by  Mr.  T.  C. 
White.  ^ 

21.  1  Laughing  Kingfisher  (Daoeio  ffigatUea).     Presented  by  Dr. 

Mueller,  CMlZ-S. 
1  Black-backed  Porphyrio  CPorphurio  melUmolm),     Presented 
by  Dr.  Mueller,  C.M.Z.S. 
23.  1  Grey  Ichneumon  (Herpwtes  grisetu).    Presented  by  Mr.  J.  W. 
Batten. 
3  Slaty  Egrets  (EgreUa  ptdaris).    Purchased. 
29.\1  Common  Badger  (Meks  taxus).    Deposited. 


b-AL. 


INDEX. 


Ablabes 

kmnberti,  501. 
Aoanthua 

ckryaorrhoa,  279. 

Imeata,  279,  360. 

fuma,  279,  360. 

AcanthogenjB 

r%fogmari8t  279. 
AoanthopoB 

berdmorei,  550. 

ckoirorrl^fnckuSj  549. 
AoanthorhjnohuB 

tenutrostriSf  279. 
Acanthorus 

ekirurgus,  288. 
Aooipiter 

hieolor,  252. 

/!ofyiia^t»,  279. 
Aohatina 

casMoea,  449. 

yWfco,  62,  64. 

panihera,  62. 

rGle88ii]a)o6/ifM,449. 

I )  twfugiformis, 

449. 
AchfttineUafltnim 

adustum,Q4B. 

MffMohim,  646. 

6tM2e;f,646. 

c<wto9t«tf«i,  646. 

eucumis,  €46. 

<;ti6ttfaii»  646. 

formamtmj  646. 

/iii^«M,646. 

^rayofittm,  646. 

jokns&nif  646. 

fi/uiMtMi,  646. 

o^tooonMi,  646. 

jproc^iic^imi,  646. 

pulckerrmum^  646. 

rAfio^tfm,  646. 

irilineaium,  646. 

verritnUs,  646. 

tru/offittm,  646. 
Acioola 

mauHHana^  62,  64. 


Actinia 

(Ta«nM>n»t8,  248. 
ActiUs 

emptMa,  124. 

hj/poleucos^  571. 
Aetiturus 

ioffromnM,  598. 
^gialites 

coUari9,2&2. 
iEgotheles 

nowB-hoUandim,  279. 
.&alon 

ardmaeus,  437. 
Agelaius 

cAyyff^fortM,  159. 

^Ai&M,  159. 

xan^Aoeorpiw,  153, 159. 
Agelastious 

ckrysopieruSf  159. 

e^tM,  153, 159. 
AgonostomA 

pUcadle^dS. 
Agriornis 

andicoloj  153. 

uifo/lmf,  151,  153. 

|M>aM»,  153. 

aoUiaria,  153. 
Ailift 

benffoUenm,  307. 
Ailums 

yii^wM,  408,  507. 
Aix 

galerieuiata,  Q29. 

aponsa,  629. 
Aliemon 

9'«M»t,430. 
Aloedo 

amboinmsis  eristata, 
568. 

atutralit,  356. 

asureat  355. 

cA^m,  121. 

cMorocephdUij  121. 

ms^o^  568. 

c^afi«}«;^  353. 

ffrandit,  530. 

jpiMfZ/^f,  357. 


Aloedo 

Mbrachys,  356. 
Alcippe 

6ftic^  432. 
Aloithoe 

thatcken,  561. 
Aloyonoelluin 

MMmoAtim,  67,  77,  326, 
344,  345,  347,  348, 
351. 
Alcyone 

affinis,  352,  354. 

(vtirea,  279,  352,  353, 
354,355. 

dfitf^353. 

evanopeetuB,  352,  353. 

dimenaU,  352, 355, 356. 

Amont,  352,  353,  354. 

pukkra,  352,  356,  357. 

ptmlla,  352,  357. 
Alligator 

/KCttM,  400. 

Alopez 
europauM,  247. 

iatkami,  279,  627. 
Amastra 
a#nM,  650. 
antkonii,  649. 
asamilu,  650. 
IfipHeata,  649. 
eylindrica,  650. 
<2«sA<^«m,  649. 
eJon^oto,  650. 
foremen,  649. 
JUiveKens,  650. 
AtimilM,650. 
tn/o^a,  649. 
intermedia^  650. 
irregularis^  649. 
lineolata,  650. 
luetuosa,  650. 
/k^o^,  650. 
masterm^  650. 
melanosis,  650. 
micaiM,  650. 
9ik)«^a,  650. 


dl 


680 


INDBX. 


Amastra 

mucronatOf  650. 

niprat  649. 

nubilosa,  650. 

nucleolar  649. 

obesa,  649,  650. 

petricola^  650. 

porphyrea^  650. 

porphyrostomti,  649. 

|W5t/^650. 

reticulata,  649. 

ru*«w,  660. 

Tugulosa,  649. 

afncea,  650. 

similaris,  649. 

5o/u^,  649. 

«>ror.  650. 

«pWu^  649,  650. 

aptrizona,  650. 

fMT^i^is,  649. 

^m^M,  649. 

turriteUa,  650, 

varieffotOy  650. 

ventulust  649. 
Ambaflds 

a«a,  297. 

baeulis,  515. 

dussumieri,  298. 

/o/o,  298. 

namo,  298. 

notatus,  515. 

^A«/a,  298. 
Ambljoetifl 

cacutiens,  524. 

mangoia,  524. 

^ut^'ranM,  524. 
AmblyopuB 

cacuiusy  304,  518. 

cirrhatuSf  518. 
Amblypbaryngodon 

atkinsonii,  371. 

9710^,370. 

pellucidus,  371. 
AmblTrhampbus 

hohsericeus,  161,  632. 

rwA«r,  161. 
Ammodramus 

hngicaudatust  161. 
Amnemopsjche 

cAormtonf,  44. 

exvandens,  44,  45. 
AmphiprioniohUiyB 

geylonendiy  515. 
Amyda 

fMUtca,  212. 
Anabas 

oligoUpis,  521. 

scandens,  304. 
Anarbynchufl 

/rot2^360,434,435. 

brasilienait,  635. 


Anas 

chilo'enaiSy  635. 

/bZva,  635. 

Uucogenyt,  157. 

leucaphrysy  635. 

tkBvota,  280. 

odaeuro,  629. 

pima,  157. 

punctata,  280. 

apinicauda,  157. 

strepera,  629. 

mperoUiosa,  280,  629. 

^OTTMo^a,  635. 

virgata,  635. 

xanthorhyncha,  629. 
Andamia 

expanaoy  518. 
Anoa 

depresaicomU,  527. 
Anser 

andicola,  156. 

cygnoidn,  629. 

/prt«,  629. 

melancpierus,  156. 

montanus,  156. 
Anseranaa 

melanoUucaf  280. 
Antennarioa 

muUioceUatus,  238. 

nigromaculatus,  239. 

pinniceps,  238. 
Anthiaa 

orietUalia,  240. 

roflor,  429. 

richardsonii,  429. 
Anthochaera 

lunulata,  279. 

meUivora,  279. 
Anthus 

aquaticm,  249. 

australUf  279. 

obacurus,  249. 
Antilooapra 

americana,  528. 
Antilope 

6u5a/ts,51. 

capreolus,  528. 

lichtenstcini  52. 

K;ic<uo«a,  528. 
Anumbiiis 

striaticepB,  599. 
Aphelocoma 

floridana,  362. 
ApbrocalUates 

Wrir,75, 325,327,330. 
Aplonis 

metaUiea,  120. 

tabuensis,  547. 
Apooryptes 

6a^,  303. 

lanceolatus,  303. 


Apocryptes 

punctatus,  303. 
AprosmictoB 

acapulaius,  279. 
Apteryx 

owenni,  468. 
Apua 

/i«oa,549. 
Aquila 

vulturina,  407. 
Aramus 

«»>20;pa(;fus,  160. 
Arctictia 

binturong,  30. 
Arctooephalufl 

nivosus,  108. 
Arotonyx 

collaris,  278. 
Ardea 

atriciqnUa,  570. 

aerulea,  252. 

cocof,  634. 

^etta,  156. 

involucris,  634. 

2n<c«,  156. 

Mcra,  123,  125. 

sibOatrix,  634. 
Aideola 

erythromelas,  634, 635. 

«rt/M,635. 
Ardetta 

involucris,  634. 


Argyropee 
aurdia,  t 


aurdia,  531,  537,  543. 
Ariadne 

m«//ts8ti,  531,  534,543, 
544. 
Arius 

burmanicus,  618. 

«ona,  523. 

^Aa/a<n>ita,306. 
AromoohelyB 

odorata,  181. 
Artamus 

sordidusy  279. 

8Uperciliosu9,  279. 
Arundinicola 

ci^reo/a,  160. 

leucocephala,  252. 
ABpastus 

mi/tocheilus,  162. 
Aspidonectes 

aspilus,  220. 
Aspidoparia 

morar,  Zl*l, 

tardina,  377. 
Aspilus 

carinatui,  501. 

cariniferus,  213. 
Astur 

approximcmt,  279. 


INDEX* 


681 


Astur 

leueorrkaust  134. 

macrarkmchus,  ISl, 
132. 

magnirotiria,  132,  133, 
134. 

mirandoUU,  365,  366. 

niddus,  130. 

nowB'hoU4xnduB,  279. 
Afiturina 

albifrans,  eOO. 

dnereoy  129,  130. 

guUms,  134. 

leucorrhoa,  130, 134. 

maffnirottHsy  129,  131, 
132, 133. 

natteren,  132,  133, 
598. 

nt^M^a,'  129,  130,  131, 
133. 

plagiata,  129, 130, 131. 

pucherani,  133,  134, 
634. 

rt^auda,  133,  134. 
Athene 

boobookf  279. 

sirenua,  279. 

^<»t«Vi^a,  118,  124. 

variegata,  123,  124. 
Attiooni 

cinereOy  599. 

cyanoleuca^  159. 

leucottemon,  279. 

murtna,  599. 

^t6ia/is,  598. 
Attns 

nigro-fuxusy  543. 
Aulaatoma 

eximiostriatumj  814. 

pinnttfn,  313. 
Aulioa 

norrmi,  560. 

rueekeri,  560. 
Auriculella 

om^t^^^o,  649. 

atiru;«/!a,  649. 

Mrea,  649. 

ekamiuoi,  649. 

expansa,  649. 

/t(ru2a,  649. 

obeliteus,  649. 

peHtiana,  649. 

jm/<7Ara,  649. 

pumicata,  649. 

triplicata,  649. 

uniplicata^  649. 
Aoxis 

rocAei,  238. 

Badis 
bitchanani,  304. 


BagariuB 

yarreUU,  309. 
Bagnii 
am»i«9,  523. 
exodon,  617. 
Baikiea 

c^ana,  215,  222,  225. 
Balcena 
rottrata^'nx. major fiOb, 
suUnUa  arctiea,  605. 
Babenoptera 
arc^ti^605. 
miMt^fca,  604,  605. 
Balitora 

aniiura,  553. 
Barbatula 

formosa,^, 
Barbofl 
deavoni,  373. 
ekrysopoma,  374. 
cuminaiy  375. 
m*cleuand%t  619. 
malabaricus,  619. 
ttiom/,  557. 
nigrofiueiatus,  375. 
aophore^  512. 
aopkoroides,  374. 
ruBseUii,  374. 
^uyfo,  620. 
fBarbodes)  %^Ati,  555. 

( )  ekagunio,  373. 

{ )  compresmSf  555. 

{— ^)  ^nomtitofttf, 
556. 

( )  macrocepkalus, 

556. 

saranMy  374. 
90phor€y  376. 
,  ^,  374. 
JCapoeta)  r^a,  374. 
Puntius)  a?nba88ia,S7^. 
•)  comatiSy  376. 
y«/ifw,  374. 
mactdarius,  557. 
phutunioy  375. 
stigma,  375. 
^mo,  376. 
,  ^w?to,  375. 

( )  unimactUatus, 

557. 

( )  w«a^  376. 

Baiilius 

inUrrupia,  559. 
nigrofaaciatuSf  620. 
rmo,620. 
(Bariliue)  Aama,  378. 

( )  papiUatM,  378. 

(BendUfi8]B)5an/;a,378. 
(Pachystomus)     co«ca, 

377. 
( )  Hneatus,  378. 


ooo. 

Eli 


Baflsarifl 

(U^ttto,  10,  31,  527. 
Basta 

marma,51. 
Batagur 

dos/^  200. 

dongoka,  202. 
Bellia 

craamoUia,  197, 198. 
Belone 

cancila,  309. 
Bernida 

ywAo^,  280. 

Uucopais,  629. 

melanopteraf  156. 
BessonomiB 

wmxryfoy  436. 
BiihTiiia 

00r<»n«opoma,  446. 

(TerafUMpo^an^,  446. 

gonu>mphalu9f  446. 

tratiaef  ««a,  446. 

naMa,446. 

^timte,  446. 
Bifiora 

^ote,  280. 
Blauneria 

^aci^60. 

pellucidOjQO. 
Bogota 

infuseata,  515. 
Bola 

;)a«ki,  301,  516. 
Bolborhjnchus 

orbignuitUt  154. 
Boleophthalmus 

boddaertii,  303. 

inamatusy  516. 

pecHnirostriay  516. 
Bombinator 

oxycephaXuSy  289. 
Bos 

<%!/«•,  111. 

aondaiciiSy  527. 
BoBelaphuB 

6i*Aa/w,  51,  52.  53. 528. 

coflwo,  51,  53, 528. 

wuyor,  52,  53. 
BotauniB 

australii,  280. 
Botia 

berdmoreiy  549. 

hisirionicay  550. 

nebulosa,  M9. 
Brachjgalba 

a2%tfi!am.  253. 

goeringi,  252,  253. 

inomatay  253. 

meanlosUmay  253. 
Branohellion 

intybifoUwny  310. 


IKBEX. 


Branohellion 

lineare,  311. 

pinnaium,  312. 

punctatum,  311, 
BranohiobdeUa 

fneneien,  3112. 
Bregmaoeros 

airipinniB,  502, 
Bubo 

maximusy  627. 

virginianui^  155. 
Buooanodon 

anchieUB,  436. 

duehaiUui,  437. 
Buoeroe 

catratuSf  145. 

ccrrugaitu,  142, 150. 

rH/S<»^  122, 124,125. 
Buooraz 

abywinieusy  116. 
Bodoroas 

taxicolor,  470,  660. 
Bulimella 

Mreviata,  647. 

ftoajfl,  647. 

Mtmouics,  646. 

byromit  646. 

colorata,  647. 

dsoipiensy  M6, 

elegans,  646. 

/a&z,646. 

germana,  647. 

<72a5ra,  646. 

nanieyanOt  646. 

multicolor,  647. 

otfato,646. 

roMo,  646. 

rn^oM,  646,  647. 

rtf^aff,646. 

aoUiwria,  647. 

«or(;«2a,  647. 

A>tO0r^ana,  646. 

tubvirensy  646. 

stDoinsoni,  646. 

taniolata,  646. 

viruiafM,  646. 
Bulimus 

fidvicans,  65. 

miltockeilus,  162. 

orttiUus,  62. 
BungaruB 

(TVVTfl^tfUf,  502. 

Buteo 
o^frtcatM^o^  634. 
o/^nm^,  600. 
brachgurus,  130,  600. 
ei^a9M,364. 
erythronotuSf  155. 
penntglvanicuSf  129. 
plagiatua,  131. 
pf erodes,  634. 


BnthraupU 

ar00t,439. 

cttcu^/a^439. 

«f  tO(m28»,  439. 
Butorides 

atriaynlla,  670, 

vireaoenaf  252. 

Caoatna 

duoorpaii,  118,  124. 

^o#n^  122, 124. 
Caocabis 

n</a,628. 
CaoophiB 

blackmanUf  320. 

/ord«,  318,  319. 

harrietta,  319. 
Calamantlius 

/Wm^osim,  279. 
CaLandria 

9»te^a,362. 

nc^alera,  362. 
Gallianassa 

furfMrofui,  530. 
Calliohroas 

bhnaculatus,  613. 

eheckra,  306. 

ffnacfiopAMo/mttj^  613. 

ii^y^eMMM,  616. 

ito^o^iM,  616. 
Callinia 

miorocephala,  232. 

micifera,  214,  222. 
CaUiopaBa 

detftt^  110. 
Callipepla 


fomtca,  ozo. 
CaUirhynchus 

moMstM,  147. 

noMsiM,  147. 
Oalliste 

cvaneicoUis,  252,  597. 

ootrat,  417. 

>Zort<to,  416. 

francetcm,  417. 

^tf^to^417. 

gurohidu,  417. 

AaAiuiJUeff,  252. 

U7^0rooM>Aa/a,  417. 

ici&ranJEt,  417. 
Callomjstaz 

gagaia,  309. 
Callula 

natatrix,  284,  285. 
Caloenas 

nicobarica,  628. 
Calopdita 

nova^hoUanduB,  627. 
Oalomia 

fulvmennis,  124. 

TMUaiica,  120,  124. 


Oalotea 

nemorieola,  SOT, 

rouxi,  501. 

vermeohr,  501. 
Calyptoi^jiichuB 

MOW,  2^. 
OampeAhera 

cMysura,  570, 
Gampylorhynohus 

6a2i«a^  146. 

megalopterus,  147. 

paUesceru,  146,  147. 

sotuUoidei,  146,  147. 
Ganoellaria 

pusUUif  274. 
Ctmis 

a/<)pejr,  247. 

on^Atw,  113. 

cwftio,  149. 

famelicm,  149. 

2tfptM,25. 

iw^247. 
Cap 


fiM^ocjeros,  55. 

nnaittcOy  530. 
CapreoluB 

teucotiif  497. 
Oaprioomis 

swnatreMis,  660. 
Caranx 

<»*fita^tM,  302. 

crMi?tgmytoJiafaiti<»238. 

At>>p(>8,238. 
Carauioa 

auraius,  557. 
Cardinalis 

phomiceus,  251. 

virginialiB,  147. 

virginiana,  627. 
Carmfex 

9ui«>,365. 
Carpodaous 

coMinn,  3( 

|mrp«reu«,  362. 
Carpop' 


pittrinaria,  119,  124. 

ni^rooera,  119,123^121 
Gaiyohium 

mottrt^ftmifm,  62,  65. 
Caryophyllia 

mmMu,92. 
Oaasidix 

0fyWtK>ra,.252. 
Casuariofl 

bennettU,  126, 628. 

biearuneulatuM,  149. 

^0^006^,628. 
Catamenia 

ono/ts,  152,  599. 


DTDBX. 


683 


Catla 

buchanani,  970. 
Catoblepas 

ffnu,h28. 

Catopra 

nandioides,  615. 
CatoptropelioanuB 

conapiciUatus,  590. 
Cayia 

cobi^a^42S, 
CentriteB 

niger,  164. 

oreas,  151,  154. 
CentropuB 

ateralbus,  122,  124. 

milo,  118,  124. 

a09t^aZ07MM,  276. 
Centortu 

albifrons,  3&k 

tantacruziy  364. 
Cephalophus 

&u2m^594,595. 

bretncep8f  594,  595. 

dorsalis,  594,  595, 
596. 

maxweUH,  595,  596. 

rvfiUUus^  595. 
CeroopitheciiB 

erythrogatter^  430, 527. 
Coreopsis 

ncva-hoUanduBt      280, 
629. 
Ceriornis 

M^a,628. 
Certhilauda 

tenuirostriSt  163. 
Ceirulofl 

f«««Jt,  652,  663,  660. 

vaginal$s,eb2, 653,660. 
CerniB 

aru^b^tf^  658,  659. 

cMlmsis,  496.  497. 

dtmorphe,  654. 

elaphus,  659. 

e^,  653,  654,  655. 

equinuSf  659. 

Mppelaphus,  416, 659. 

inan^Auftctta.  659. 

moluccensiSf  659. 

rttM,656,  659. 

minhoii,  658, 659. 

tot«ani««,659. 

timorietuis,  659. 
Ceryle 

amazonot  252. 

ommtraiiiz,  160. 

cabanm,  148. 
Ceyx 

orurea.  354,  365. 

<»|;>/t,  509. 


Cejz 

cyanea,  356. 

cvanopictus,  353. 

diUuwnni,    508,    509, 
510,  511. 

europy^alia,  509,  510. 

innomtnata,  509,  510, 
511. 

/:07>u2a,  509,  510. 

tnelanura,    508,    509, 
510,  511. 

philwpinetmst  352^  363, 
6(S,510. 

pusilla,  357. 

rtifidar$a,    508,    609, 
510,  511. 

aAotyw,  509,  610,  511. 

aolitaria,  352,  509. 

tribrachgs,  356. 

tridactyla,    508,   609, 
510,  511. 

urowgiaiiSy  509. 

waUacii,  500. 
Chjetodon 

diohrou$,  238,  239. 

n^o^  613. 
Chstops 

aurantius,  163,  164. 

burchelli,  163. 

frenatuB,  163, 164. 

yrayt;  163,  164. 
Cnaetostomus 

heteracantkuM,  425. 

la^</ron«,  426. 
Ohietara 

rtf^i^363. 
Cbalcitet 

/ttd<2us,359. 
Ohaloophaps 

ckrysocJuorat  471. 
Chamnpelia 

erytha^thorax,  155. 
CharadriuB 

/r«>n^if,435. 

/u/vtM,  548. 

Ato/uTtf/Sd,  237. 

virginictUj  598. 
Ohasmorhynohus 

variegatus,  251. 
ChatoesBOfl 

monimno,  386. 

m<x2M^622. 
Chela 

6acat/<i,  382. 

^oro,  381. 

novaculoy  382. 

utUrM,  381. 

i)Ai#fo,  381. 

«/<uibi»f,  622. 
Chelodina 

<»2;»0t,  200. 


Cheljdra 

serpentina,  180. 
Chenalopez 

agypHaca,  629. 
Cheraina 

tmgulaia,  174. 
Cbiamela 

Hneata,  501. 
Chirooentrus 

(2ora^,  386. 
Chirodon 

albumue,  424. 
Chiromjs 

madagaacarieneii,  249. 
Chitra 

indica,  216. 
Chloephaga 

maaellanica,  629. 

poHocfphala,  629. 

rubidiceps^  629. 

aandviceneiiy  629. 
Chlorospingus 

ophthalmictu,  440. 

piUatue,  440. 

punottUatuBf  440. 
Cnoloepus 

didactylue,  602. 

^j^nuinnt,  6C@. 
Chondrostoma 

^^wf,  372. 
Cbonnemus 

i^«an,  302. 
Chrysemys 

i»»c^a,  191. 
Chmoooeoyx 

etaaaii,  570. 

/iftmfti^  280. 
Chiysomiti-is 

atrata,  597. 

eapUalUj  597. 

macroptera^  362. 

jHntM,  362. 
Chryaomus 

frontalis,  159. 
ChiysopicuB 

atricoUis,  148. 
Chrysoptilus 

atricolUs,  148. 
Chthonioola 

immma,  360. 
Ciuonia 

abdimii,  468. 
Cinolodes 

/u«^,  163. 
Cincloramphus 

rtf^^'Xi  279. 
Cinolus 

leuoocephalus,  599. 

leuctmofus,  699. 
Cinofttemon 

scorpoides,  181. 


Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No.  XLV. 


684 


INDKZ. 


CirouB 

assimilis,  279. 

cinereus,  156. 

maeropterua^  252. 
Cirrhina 

chinensis,  371. 

leschenaultii,  371. 

mri^alat  371. 
Cirrhinos 

affinis,  372. 
Cifltothorus 

fasciolaiuSt  158. 

platenm,  158. 
Oistudo 

bUmdinaia,  175. 

c&f«a,  175,  176. 
Clarias 

ina^n  306,  613. 
ClAthurella 

robillardi,  272. 
ClemmjB 

cuspica,  190. 

aprenglerit  198. 
Clunaoocercofl 

hrackypterus,  365. 

concentrUmSy  368. 

xanthothoraXf  366. 

zonothorax,  254, 
366. 
Climaoteris 

sccmdenst  279. 
Clubiona 

deinognatha,  532. 

c?u^  532,  543, 
544. 
Clupanodon 

cnapra,  385. 

cortiu8,  385. 

tVtsAa,  385. 
Clupea 

ckcmra,  385. 

inaicat  385. 

palasah,  385. 

variegata^  623. 
Cobitis 

berdmareit  550. 

dncttcaudoy  552. 

^n^eo,  383. 

phoxocheila,  551. 

gonaltemans,  551. 
Coocyzus 

cineretis,  633. 

melanocorvphus,  633. 

pumUtis,  633. 

aeniculuSf  633. 
Coilia 

ramcaratit  384. 
Coius 

audguHay  613. 
Colaptes 

rujpfoo^  154. 


Colluricincla 

harmonieaf  279. 
Colopterus 

wiarM,  252. 
Coluber 

wajfrwr,  400. 
Columba 

guinea^  627. 

gymnophthahnaj  600, 
627. 

lettcocephakty  627. 

iTuzctt/^pmnu,  600. 

maculosa^  600. 

picaruroy  600. 

pcBciloptera,  600. 

vinaeea,  598. 
Ck>nger 

VM/garis,  var.  n^a, 

Oongromur»na 

mellissiit  239. 
Contopus 

lugubriSt  419. 

ocnraceus,  419. 

wrena,  419. 
Conus 

a92#77ton«,  561. 

aplustre,  562. 

^ayf,  562. 

y«A5Mt,  562. 

maculatus,  561, 
562. 

f^t/ua,  562. 

(Coronazis)  (Ttfrniotts, 
272. 
Coracias 

c(mdat(L,  569. 

pi/oM,  569. 
Coralliophila 

coronata^  272. 
Corcorax 

leucopteru9f  279. 
Cordjlophora 

lacustriSt  110. 
Corica 

jodomo,  386. 
Coronella 

anomdloy  135. 

Mj^',  602. 
Corrina 

a/&fc^,  300. 

c(n^<>r,  300,  301. 

<?tya,  516. 

J7M/«5,  300. 

n^t^t,  300. 
CJorrufl 

coronoideSy  279. 

jTiono,  363. 

splendensy  603. 
Corrphospin^ 

piieatusy  f 


Corythaix 

livingstoniiy  437. 
Corjthomis 

cristata,  568. 

cganostigma,  568. 
Coscinoroongia 

hetero/ormis,  85,  99. 
Cossjpha 

subrufescena,  436. 
Coturniculu8 

j90rtMtnt»,  597. 
Cotumix 

Ais^riionu^,  564. 

pectoraUs,  237. 
Crateropus 

<#nt8,436. 

ji^'ii«,436. 
Crax 

yarrdUt  528. 
Crithagra 

chloropsiSy  161. 
CrooodilaB 

bq>orcatuSy  394,  395. 
Crocuta 

maoulata,  245. 
CrossarohoB 

obscumSy  468. 
Crossocheilufl 

ia/?a,  371. 

gohamay  371. 

mosario,  554. 

reia,  372. 

rostraiuSj  371. 
Crossoptilon 

auritum,  628. 
Crotophaga 

an*,  598. 

easasUt  148. 

sulcirasiriSf  148. 
Cr^tobranohos 

japonictUy  256. 
Cryptopelicanus 

trac^hynchu*t  588. 
Cryptoproota 

/«rac,  23. 
Cryptunifl 

strigulosus,  252,  254. 
Ctenops 

fto^is,  519. 
Cuculus 

cineraceuSt  360. 

etTienucens,  279. 

f  i»orfia^  360. 
Cuora 

oTnboineruiSt  177. 
Cunoriufl 

senegalensia,  570. 
pTanocitta 

califomica,  362. 

floridana,  362. 

toooc^Aottfti,  362. 


TITDEX. 


68*5 


Cyanooorax 

violaceui,  508. 
CjanotiB 

iuaray  168,  169. 
Cjathopoxna 

blanfordi,  65. 
Cybiom 

guttatum,  301. 
CjclanosteuB 

senegalensis,  214, 

Cydemys 

arbiculata,  178. 
Cydophis 

fuuoHSf  601. 
Cjolophorus 

exceUenSy  447. 

pearsoniy  447. 

8ubl<Btngahis,  446. 

theobaldianusy  447. 
Cyolorhifl 

flampedusy  159. 

ochroeephaloy  159. 

viridii,  159. 
Cydostomufl 

pulcher,  65. 

(Tropidophora)  jptt^ 
cA«r,  65. 
CygnuB 

airatus,  280,  629. 

nigricolliSy  629. 
OynofflosBUs 

buchanani,  522. 
CynonycsteriB 

collars,  602. 
pynopbis 

nuuabaricua,  501, 
505. 
Cynopithecus 

ii^cr,  149. 
Cypwea 

ihaicheri,  358. 
Cyprinufl 

abrofniaideSy  370. 

dancena,  381. 

i7io«a/,  .374. 

mosariOy  554. 

musihay  373. 

rmo,  378. 
pypseloides 

fitmiffotusy  598. 
CyrtopeUcanus 

erythrarhynchuSf  575. 

Daboia 

russeUii,  502. 
Daoelo 

a#nu,  602. 

cervina,  612. 

gigantea,  279. 

occidentalism  602. 


Dactylooalyx 

boioerbankii,  94,  95, 
100. 

heteroformis,  69, 85, 
87. 

macandrewiat  69,  86, 
94,  95,  99. 

«»a«mf,  69,  71,  82,  91, 
100,346. 

polydiscus,  96,  100. 

j>ra«M,  69.71,72,82, 
87,  89,  99,  346,  389, 
390. 

putnicea,  78,  331,  341. 

pumiceus,  68,  74,  76, 
77,  78,  82,  83,  85, 
98,  99,  331,  333, 
334. 

tuhgloboaa,  329. 
Dafila 

spinicauda,  157. 
Damalis 

albifransy  528. 

^i^u,  52. 

pygargu9,  528. 
Damonia 

hamUtoniiy  195. 

macrocephalay  193, 
194. 

nigricans^  195. 

reetfesii,  194,  195. 
Dangila 

berdmoreiy  554. 
Danio 

micronema,  560. 

spinosuSy  621. 

8toliczk<B,  621. 

(Paradanio)  devariOy 
317. 
Dasomis 

londinenm,  59. 
Deirochelys 

reticulata^  191. 
Delpbinua 

sinensis,  430. 
Dendrocygna 

arborea,  528. 

/w/va,  635. 

viduaia,  160. 

virgata,  635. 
DendroBca 

astiva,  251. 
Dendrohyrax 

dorsaliSy  641. 
Dendropbis 

caudoUneata,  506, 

;nt/a.  502,  506. 
Dendropicus 

hartlaubi,  569. 
Dendromus 

chrysiirusy  570. 


Dendromia 

«u«iirran«,  252. 
Denisonia 

omata,  321. 
Diagramma 

o&a,  514. 

orientale,  240. 

sibbaldii,  240. 
Dicseum 

<9n^m,  118. 124. 

Mrundinaceum,  279. 
Diohelaspifl 

^otoCT,  443. 
Diootylef 

torquatuSf  420. 
Dicrurus 

megarhynchtis.  119, 
124. 
Didos 

ineptuSy  473. 
Dielossa 

brunnnventriSy  151. 
Diplommatina 

martensiy  560. 

paradoxOy  560. 

wisemanniy  560. 

(Diancta)  martensi, 
560. 
Diplopelma 

omaium,  502. 
Dipsas 

beme&iiy  506. 

eeglonensiSy  502. 

forsteniy  502. 

trigonatGy  602. 
Difioognathus 

/iofT^,  554. 
Dogania 

subplanCy  214. 
Doliohonyx 

ruficamliusy  159. 
Domicella 

a<»ti.l27. 

cardinalisy  122,  128. 
129. 

chlorocerca,  122,  127. 

hvpainockroa,  122, 
127. 

rubiginosay  127, 128. 

ru^a,  127. 

scintillatay  127. 
Donaoobius 

atricapittuSy  251. 
Donacospiza 

albifrons,  161,  632. 
Brillia 

barkliensiSy  272. 
Drooueus 

notHB'hoUandia,  628. 
Dromat) 

ardeola,  112. 


686 


iin>Ex. 


DnrooopuB 

traehelopyru$t  696. 
Dyodera 

erythrina,  532. 

rubicunda,  531,  582, 
543. 

Bburnella 

casta,  ^1, 

eurta,  647. 

Uvida,  647. 

poreellana,  647. 

fw^a,  647. 

saceata,  647. 

temicarinata,  647. 

undulata,  647. 

iforiabUiSj  647. 
Echidna 

M^OM,  404. 
Eofais 

arenieola,  502. 

carinataf  502. 
Eolectus 

camelia,  128. 
EdoliuB 

fTu^or^^ncAta,  119. 
Elainea 

albescens^  633. 

poffana,  439,  598. 
ISLanus 

Uucuru8, 158,  160, 
252. 

fnelanopteru8f  570. 
Elaphurus 

davidianus,  468. 
Bleotris 

amboinensia,  303. 

eantoriSf  518. 

cavi/rowa,  517. 

/ttwa,  303,  517. 

feliceps,  517. 

incerta,  517. 

ophiocephaluSt  518. 

scintiUans,  517. 
Embletonia 

yrayt,  109.  110,  111. 

miTtt^a,  109. 

jwz//ttf<r,  109, 110. 

pukhra,  109. 
Empidagra 

attinW,  633. 
Emjda 

granosa,  501. 

punctata,  215. 
Emydooephalus 

annulatus,  322. 

tuberculatus,  S22. 
EmjB 

crasneclUSy  197. 

cumberlandensis,  207. 

dseusaata,  2ff!, 


EmvB 
>Zat^^)«8,  643,  644. 
yrflwrt,  643. 
fidiffitums,  499,  500. 
yroyi,  501,  504, 

644. 
japoniea,  190. 
nigricans^  195. 
n^motffitnM,  204. 
incto,  191. 
reetfem,  194. 
mbtrijuga,  187. 
^Aur^  501. 
^VWo,  187, 194. 

trisirami,  190. 
Bngraulis 

to^amo,  384. 

purava,  384. 

rhinorhynchua,  384. 

^a<y,384. 

^tftera,  884. 
Ennea 

W«)^,  62,  64. 

cmlaniea,  64,  65. 

(Elma)  9im2/t,  63. 
Eolis 

fzono,  110. 

cardinalis,  122,  124, 
129. 

i«nico/!or,  129. 
Epe'ira 

w&r*,  531,  537,  543. 
Ephthianura 

albifrons,  279. 
EquuLft 

interrupta,  302. 

ruconitis,  302. 

gplendetu,  302. 
Erismatura 

leucogenys,  157. 
Erjcina 

cA^irmttm^,  44. 
Eryx 

johniif  502. 
Esomus 

malabaricus,  559. 
Estrelda 

d«/to,  279 

temporalis,  279. 
EtToplua 

suratensis,  305. 
Eublepharis 

hardwickii,  501. 
Eubranohella 

branchiata,  312. 
EuctenogobinB 

«^na^t<«,  303. 
Eubydrina 

hengaliensis,  297. 


Euhyrax 

O^MMI^MM,  640,  641, 
642. 
Eumeces 

hardtoiekiif  501. 

punctatus,  501. 
EuophrjB 

mo<2e8^ii«,  432. 
Euphema 

^a»i«,  279,  627. 

pulckella,G27, 
Euphonia 

ehalybea,  438. 

ehrysopasta,  438. 

xantboaastra,  iSS, 
Eupleotetla 

aspergillwn,  67,  344. 

cucumer,  340, 344. 
Eupleotes 

xanthomelaM,  437. 
Euplooamua 

aOncristatus,  628. 

;k>rVie^t,  628. 

lineatus,  628. 

mdanofus,  628. 

nvc^A«in«rt»,  149, 
628. 

pralaivs,  628. 

Mf^n^oit,  628. 
Eupodotis 

melanogastra,  570. 
EuprepoB 

rtt/esc^fK,  501. 
EupsychorWx 

«09inmt,  z52. 
Eurypyga 

il«/»as,628. 
EarystomuB 

q/Vfr,  569. 

crassirostris,  121, 
124. 

pacificus,  121. 
Euscarthmus 

impiger,  252,  253. 
Eutropias 

macrophthalmtts,  617. 
Eutropiichthjs 

t^Aa,  306. 
Eutropius 

9nurtn<7,  306. 
ExocoetuB 

cyanoptcruSf  239. 
Exostoma 

andersoniiy  524. 

berdmorei,  526. 

%ifAt«,  525. 

labiatum,  525. 

FViirbankia 
bombayana,  446. 
furrifa.  446. 


XHDBX. 


687 


Ealco 

cciumbariuSy  252. 

coneentrietu,2G^. 

gtdaru^  133. 

maectivoru^  131. 

ua6e2Zrnitf.  254. 

kueaucheit,  367. 

leucomdas,  365. 

leueorrAotis,  134. 

tnaanirottriSf    131, 
132. 

melanoffenySj  279. 

iit^tfj,  130. 

percofUator,  365. 

«rfrw)ia/tta,  130. 

xanihothorax,  366, 
367. 
Falcunculus 

frontalis,  279. 
E&rrea 

o«?a,  76,  339,351. 
Felis 

cervaria,  432. 

maniculata^  117. 

ft^ris,  15,  16. 

t<9icfa,  58. 

yaguarundi,  276. 
Flabellum 

marinum,  50. 
Pluvicola 

aUnventris,  633. 

<Lrar«,  633. 
Fordia 

africana,  212,  219. 
Formicarius 

erissalis,  252. 
Francolinus 

capensis,  628. 
Frickella 

amatna,  648. 
Pulica 

ardesiaca^  156. 

australis,  280. 

cristata,  628. 

gipantea,  600. 
Faligula 

orittata,  629. 
Furcifer 

antisiensis,  498. 

huamelt  497. 

Gagata 

ft^^m*,  309. 
Gbuctis 

w^rt^a.  482. 
Gallinago 

oquiTioctialis,  437. 

frenata,  156. 

imperialism  419. 

jamesani,  420. 


Gallinago 

stricMandi,  420. 
Chdlinula 

iMsto^,  469. 

tenebrosa,2SO. 
Gallirallas 

lafresnayanitSf  431. 
GalluB 

bankiva,  628. 

sonneraiU,  628. 
Gambetta 

tnelaTtoleucOt  166. 
Ckmpsonyx 

Mc^msoffii,  252. 
€kiTialis 

ganaeticus,  501. 
Guella 

d^xmo,  528. 

subguttnrosa,  602. 
Gbobairileas 

r^t^/bu^es,  360. 
Gboolemmyg 

callocephalust  188. 

guttata,  188. 

MmUtonii,  195. 

muhlenbergii,  188. 

pttlcheUa.  196. 

reevesii,  194. 

«e6<?,  188. 
Geodia 

barrettii,  72. 
G^oemyda 

grandis,  186. 
G^firoius 

heteroclUus,  122, 
124. 
Gbopelia 

«^rMWa,  627. 
G«ofitta 

tenuirostris,  153. 
Geothljpis 

aquinoctialis,  252. 
G^otrjgon 

montana,  628. 

sylvaiica,  628. 
Gbranoaetus 

TnelanoleucuSj  155. 
GKbbuB 

mauritianus,  62. 

moreUti,  64. 
Glareola 

nordmanni,  571. 

pratincolaj  571. 
Globioera 

rubricera,  123. 
Glossipbonia 

cimiciformis,  317. 

n«fw,  317. 

trisulcata,  317. 
Gljoiphila 

al^frons,  270. 


Glyoiphila 

/tt/r(^rMu,  279. 

8ubfaaciata,  149. 
Gljphidodon 

notatusy  521. 
Gljptemys 

t>tt^A«&i,  196. 
GiVptofiternon 

£zWttf,  525. 
Gljptostemum 

tetchitta,  524. 

trilineatus,  524. 
Gk>biu0 

albopunctaiusy  512. 

breviceps,  512. 

^'t(m.303. 

gobiodon,  516. 
Gongylopbis 

conica,  502. 
GonostomjxuB 

/c>a-i^40. 
Gouldia 

modesta,  275. 
Gbura 

coronaia,  628. 

victoria,  628. 
Gracula 

a9um,  126. 

dumonti,  120,  121, 
126. 

AT«f^-.  120, 124, 
126. 
Ghraculus 

braaHianus,  601. 
Grallaria 

guaiemalensis,  418, 
419. 

wipera/'W,  418. 

mexicana,  419. 

princeps,  418,  419. 

regulus,  418. 

r«r,  418. 
Ghmntia 

compressa,  332. 
Grau(»lu8 

mdanopsis,  279. 
€hni8 

australis,  280. 

einerea,  628. 

montignesia,  628. 
Gubematrix 

cristatella,  627, 
632. 
Ctymnooichia 

chiroleuca,  417. 

nudicepsy  417,  418. 
€Jymnoclactylu8 

deccanensis,  501. 
Gymnorhina 

leuconofa,  270. 

^»Ai«fn,  279. 


686 


HV^693.8W. 


^««,  693.694. 

fiUtmefito^'  614. 
^to&irica,  624. 

i*MtUSt  640. 


^rt«*,  645. 
perversa,  Q^, 

>;i?>W&,646. 

iurgida,  645. 
turriteOa,  652. 
fM^iMto,  652. 
trt^^a,  645. 
Helix 
<K?7n«/^625. 
aphrodite,  624. 
cflsfra,  448. 
<?/ifryi,  163. 
aaertneriana,  624. 
Zoomontono,  448. 
m«te,  624,  626. 
m^/lfa^m,  46. 
mereiana,  46,  163. 
mUitaris,  62. 
nUagarica,  448. 
oldhami,  448. 
^n?Aa«,  47,  624. 
«anM,  448. 
aimUaris,  62. 
tricolor,  47. 

rConulus) ?,  63. 

(Corasia)  pwche, 

624. 

r )  roaitteri,  46. 

(Discus)  serraius,  63. 
(Dorcasia)  aimHarit, 

62. 
(G^otroohus)  adonis. 

624. 

( )  blanfordi,  275. 

( )  blanfordiana, 

275. 
( )  caruiescetu, 

624. 

( )  dampieri,  47. 

( )  deiaamia,  625. 

( )  donna-isabella, 

47. 
( )  haroreaven, 

625. 

( )  hermione,  625. 

(Plectopyli8)an(ier«>nf, 

448. 


^  Helix 

(Pleototropifl)  howardi, 

48 
rBbytida)  dc^t,  626. 
(SiToUa)  percompretaoy 

448. 
(Sfylodonta)  studeri- 
ana,  63. 

r ^^  unidentata,  63. 

(Traonia)  catostoma, 

447. 
(Troohomorpha)  <fne>- 
j>0iay  46. 

)  eudora,  47. 

)/«s«mto,  626. 

HemidaotyluB 
cor^(9i,  501. 
leschenauUa,  501. 
mactUatus,  501. 
^kesii,  501. 
Hemiphraotos 

9cutatus,2M, 
Hemipimelodos 

wwii,  308. 
Hemirhamphufi 

bufonis,  526. 

commertonH,  526. 

ectuntio,  310.  526. 
527. 

neglectta,  526. 

noicLtu9,  526. 

plumatus,  526. 

»^a,526. 
Hemitragus 

Jemlaicus,  135. 
Henieooiohla 

noveboracensis,  251. 
Heptathyra 

freruxta,  215. 
Herodias 

Byrmaiopkorus,  280. 
Herpestes 

tc%n«t<4iM>fi,  21. 
Heterobdella 

merieana,  317. 
Heterooercos 

fiavivertex,  438. 

linUatus,  438. 
Heterodon 

d^orbignyi,  432. 
Heteropelma 

rufum,  438. 
Hippocampus 

anntilosus,  432. 

brevirostris,  432. 
Hippopotamus 

amphibius,  1. 
Hirudo 

ofdmilis,  315. 


INDSX. 


689 


Hirudo 

bdcheri,  315. 

hranchiata,  312. 

grantUoaay  315. 

inconcinna,  314. 

kms,  316. 

lowei,  314. 

maculata,  315. 

gutn^ues^rto^  316. 

semicannaia,  316. 

nntca,  316. 
Hirundo 

andicolOf  151. 

angolentU^  567. 

dornetticOy  159. 

erythroaastrOy  597. 

/(pucorrAoo,  597. 

/ttCM^a,  567. 

neoxena,  279. 

n«^a,  567. 
Homaloptera 

maeulata,  553. 
Homonota 

fasciata,  505. 
HomopsiB 

sanguMorba^  314. 
Hjffina 

crocuta,  493,  495. 

«^rta^  27,  245,  484, 
485,  488,  495. 
Hydrophifl 

cartueseens,  502. 

fcaciaiOy  502. 
Hylobates 

/or,  603. 
Hjlophilus 

acuticauduSf  252. 
Hjlorana 

maUtbancOy  502. 
Hyphantomis 

eoUaria,  564. 

grandiSy  564. 

^crfcr,  627. 
Hypnale 

fiijpa,  502. 
Hypotriorchia 

femoralu,  155,  252. 

rvfiguUarUf  252. 
Hyrax 

abyssmicus,  639,  642. 

o/^ni,  638,  640,  642. 

6ruc<n,  603,  638,  640, 
641,642. 

burtoni,  641,  642. 

eapensis,  640,  641, 
642. 

dongolanust  641, 
642. 

darsalis,  641. 


/€ 


642. 


Hjrax 
Ad6«nsnf<n«,  642. 
irrorata,  638,  639. 
luUogaster,  638,  642. 
rt^/^pa,  641,  642. 
atnaiticuSy  642. 
mfriacuBy  642. 

lanthella 

6a<^a,  51. 

flabeUiformis,  60, 

homei,  51. 
Ibis 

0^629. 

caruie$cenSy  635. 

falcineUus,  156. 

mdanopisy  600. 

orrffi,  156. 

plumbea,  635. 

ru^a,  629. 
loteruB 

o^o^Zin,  362. 

buUockii,  362. 

eayanenms^  159. 
Ictiojon 

venaticttSy  26. 
leracidea 

beriporOy  279. 

occtdenialis,  279. 
lotreron 

eugmia,  118. 
Iphiteon 

4e««rir,  75,  325,  346, 
349  350. 

caUociath^y  75,  333, 
335,344,350. 

t«^a//»,72,74,78,331, 
332,  333,  350. 

paniceay  83,  84,  93, 
98,  99,  323,  324, 
327,  329,  330,  349, 
350. 

Mi^/<>6aM,  329,  350. 
Irrisor 

cyanomelasy  567. 
Ispida 

{spidina 
l>tcto,568. 

Jooare 
ooeUatay  135. 

Kaohnga 
<#nM,  203. 
berdmooreiy  204. 
hardwiekUy  202, 
oldhami,  200,  203. 
pegummy  200, 
201. 


Kachuga 

trilineaiay  200,  202. 
Kaliapsis 

cu^om,  76,  338,  351. 
Kinirys 

beUianOy  174. 
Kinostemon 

hippocrepiSy  182. 

pennaylvanieumy  183. 

acarpoidss,  181. 

Labeo 

6<wa,373. 

caiboiUy  372. 

curM,  372. 

duatumieriy  372. 

ftmbriatusy  372. 

aoniusy  372. 

JeschenauUiiy  372. 

microlepidotuay  372. 

moraiay  373. 

ricnorhynchuBy  373. 

roAi^a,  373. 
Labiella 

albolabriSy  651. 

eallosay  651. 

eomeoiay  651. 

cramlabrumy  651. 

ellipsoideay  651. 

fumota,  651. 

/o^ioto,  651. 

pachystomay  651. 

tubroatrata,  651. 

mccinctOy  651. 

turyidulOy  651. 

vi6^,  651. 
Labriohthys 

cyanotcsniay  241. 
Lalage 

^mz/,  545,  546. 
Laminella 

baldwiniy  648. 

6<^,648. 

ct^na,  648. 

concawspira,  648. 

eoncinnoy  648. 

«recto,  648. 

/u«>i(20a,  648. 

giganteay  648. 

gravidoy  648. 

^no^na,  648. 

mighelsianaf  648. 

|>AyM,  648. 

ptc^a,  648. 

|>o^a,  648. 

rem^  648. 

sanguineoy  648. 

stramineoy  648. 

terebroy  648. 

^^00,648. 

t)€mu^a,648. 


690 


INDEX. 


Laminella 

vioiaceOf  648. 

gebra,64S. 
Lamproooocyz 

basalts,  359,  360. 

plaffosus,  369»  360. 
LamprotomiB 

futvipennis,  118. 

metaUica,  120. 

purpureus,  437. 
Luidemania 

irrorata,  212, 2lb, 
216. 

peroceUata,  216. 
LaniuB 

/a//ar.430. 
Lams 

argentatus,  629. 

minutus,  530,  531. 

peracmatus,  158. 

««rra«t«,  158. 
Latos 

ealcatifer,  297. 
Leistes 

^tan^nns,  252. 
Lepas 

anaiifera,  441. 
LepidocephalidithyB 

iu^oro,  383. 
Leptachalina 

a<;ctnc^650. 

acuminata,  650. 

antiqua,  651. 

6a/^ea^a,  651. 

6retricu/<i,  651. 

oereaUs,  651. 

ckrysalisy  650. 

df^tdcL,  651. 

ckntstnUj  650. 

eompada,  651. 

cornea,  651. 

eostulosa,  651. 

cylindrata,  650. 

ainudiata,  651. 

eari/»0,651. 

extensa,  651. 

extincta,  651. 

/toco,  651. 

fuscula,  651. 

gUttinosa,  651. 

^oci^  651. 

^rafuz,65l. 

mc^^iiZa,  651. 

A^naifnsts,  650. 

2i9m,651. 

/iM^650. 

nutrgarita,  651. 

m^t(2a,651. 

obclavata,  651. 

0^/^650. 

o6<tt«i,651. 


liOptaohatiiia 

ofy*r«,  651. 

pyramis,  651. 

resinula,  651. 

sandwichensis,  650. 

saxatiUs,  650. 

semicostata,  651. 

sctdpta,  650. 

a(?tt^i/u«,  650. 

simplex,  651. 

s^na^u^  651. 

^«»€6roaa,  651. 

tenuicoslata,  651. 

terebrans,  651. 

^M,651. 
Leptasthenura 

<s^Aai<>u2es,  632. 

andkola,  636. 
Leptopelecanus 

/t«««,586. 
Leptoptila 

brakliensis,  633. 

ehalcauchenia,  633. 

fVajritfo,  598. 
Leptoxyura 

ctnikzmom^o,  252. 
Lepus 

americanus,  228,  229, 
230.235. 

campestris,  228. 

glacialis,  228,  236. 

9uznu5,  228. 

^tfiiu;«<,236. 

variabilis,  228, 229, 
236. 
Leuciflcos 

binotatus,  556. 

harengvla,  370. 

melettinus,  370. 

novacula,  382. 

aalmonoides,  379. 
Leucosarcia 

picata,  628. 
Liofaenops 

erythrofterus,  433. 

perspictllatus,  ^32, 

limnocharis 

?.294. 

limosa 

At«2«mtca,  252. 
LobiTanelluB 

2(x/mz/»,  437. 

2o6a^280. 
Lobotes 

surmom^futs,  299. 
LophophoroB 

trnp^aniM,  628. 
Loricaria 

maeronufgtax,  426, 427, 
428. 


LoriuB 

cardinalis,  118,  122, 
127,12a 

chlorocereus,  118,  122, 
124. 

kgpcmochrous,  122, 124. 

Ivfpoinochrous,  122. 
Lumbricas 

/(E^u^4d. 
Latra 

brasUienais,  58. 

solitaria,  57. 
Ljcbas 

o^nmcantM,  543. 

maculatMS,  543. 
Ljoodon 

auUcus,  502. 
Ljcosa 

agretyca,  542. 

inexorabilis,  541, 543, 
544. 

%afa,  540,  543,  544. 

|>M7^  541. 

^rucid^z^rto,  542. 

ICacacos 

a9u2ai?iaf{«fms,  467,468. 

fi«9n«s<rm«u,  468. 

rAcn»,27a 
MacAndiewia 

ojronca,  86,  87.  94^  99, 
39a 
Macrones 

aor,  307.  619. 

eavasius,  307. 

corsula,  307. 

tengara,d07. 
Biacropjgia 

crosMre^^ru,  124. 
MalaclemmjB 

concentriea,  191. 
Malaooriiynohiu 

fRfftn&fwuiceia,  280. 
Malurus 

(nfoneus^  279. 

frtnatus,  163. 

m«i!(Mk>fiu,  279. 
Manouria 

yt*«ca,  171, 174. 
Mareoa 

ekiloensis,  635. 
Marginalia 

(Glabella)  Mtrofti^ 
273. 
Mastaoembeliu 

armatus,  305,  ^1. 

jNmco^  305. 

rf^rmiM,  521. 
Mauremys 

yiiAmasa,  50a  644. 

ianMTta,  499,  50a 


JKBEX. 


691 


Mauritia 

harclayi,  273. 
Majoa 

modestOj  553. 
Megalobrjcon 

cephalus,  423,  424. 
Megalope 

cyprinoides,  386. 
MegapodiuB 

m'oiieri,  529. 

bumabyif  545. 

pritchardi,  5g9. 
M^gaaoolex        ^ 

c<tnUeu8,  4K  ft' 

rffJrffi^«M,  4(^42, 387. 
Melampus 

bridgemiy  66. 

ca^,  66. 

faaciatus,  66. 

lividuSy  65. 

parvulusy  61. 

pusillus,  61. 

(Tralia)  umiplicata,  60. 
Melania 

iravadica,  445. 

variabilis^  446. 

tuberculata,  66. 
Melanochelrt 

trijuga,  187. 
Meleaffiis 

oce^a,  628. 


austraktsiana,  279. 

lonairostriSj  279. 
Melithreptee 

lunulatua,  279. 
Melopsittacus 

undidatus,  279, 627. 
Menioeros 

bicomiSy  241. 
MenobranchuB 

lateralis,  450. 
Menopoma 

aUeghaniense,  254,  276. 
Merganetta 

ar»kite,  158,  601. 

chilensiSf  157. 

Columbiana^  157,  601. 

UuoogenySy  157,  600. 

<Mr«m,600. 
Merops 

motuceensis,  120. 
Morula 

vinitincta,  471. 
Mesoprion 

annularis,  297. 

chirtahf  297. 

«ttaoo,297. 

therapon,  514. 
Metriopelia 

melanoptera,  155. 


Mioo 

acru?««,  592,  593,  594. 
Mioraatur 

braehypterus,  365. 

coneentricus,  367,  368. 

gUvicoUis,  365,  367, 
368,369. 

gueriOa,  365,  367,  368. 

teucauchen,  365.  366, 
367,369. 

macrorhynchus,  365, 
366. 

nUrandotlH,  365,  366. 

rtificoUis,   254,  365. 
366. 

semitorguatus,  365. 

xanthothorax,  25^  366, 
367. 

zonotkorax,  252,  254, 
365,306. 
Miorophia 

cunculus,  387. 
Midas 

argentatus,  593,  594. 

ursulus,  593. 
Milrago 

ehimango,  252. 

megahpUrus,  155. 
MUrulua 

(vrannuSf  252. 
MiiYus 

nt^w*,  627. 
Minolia 

df//K^48. 

pulcherritna,  48. 
Molothrus 

^rpt<raac«n4,  148. 
Morunga 

elephantine,  106, 109. 
Mosdiua 

moschiferus,  276. 
Motacilla 

capensis,  567. 

vidua,  567. 

yarreUi,  627. 
Mugil 

<m^m,  300. 

bomeensts,  300. 

cascasia,  614, 615. 

oorsula,  299. 

Aamt^^ontt,  614. 

parsia^  300. 
Muraena 

flavopicta,  239. 

moringa,  239. 

sanctiB  heletia,  239. 

unicolor,  239. 
Muria 

albolineataf  558. 
Mufloipetia 

melaleuca,  119. 


Proc.  Zool.  Soc— 1869,  No,  XLVI. 


Muaeisaxioola 

jluvio^t/tf,  598. 

maculirostris,  154. 

rt^fivertex,  154. 
Mustela 

putorius,  13. 
Myiarobus 

cantans,  161, 162. 

/mwt,  161,  102. 

swainsoni,  161. 
Myiolestes 

A«nft,  546. 
Mjiozetetes 

cayennensis,  598. 

granadensis,  598. 
Mjletoa 

asterias,  423. 
Mjliusia 

caUocyathes,  76,  333, 
335. 

^flytt,335,350,  351. 
MjripristiB 

jacobus,  238. 
Mjnneoocicbla 

formicivora,  637. 
Mjrrmeoophaga 

ywAfl/o,  432. 
Myrmotherula 

menetriesi,  252. 
Mjrooonger 

oompressus,  239.      * 
Mjzomela 

lafargei,  118,  124. 

soUtaria,  118,  124. 

Naoella 

(Cellana)  eemica,  273. 
Nandinia 

binotata,  20. 
Nandus 

marmoratus,  304. 
Nanina 

climacterica,  449. 

rRotula)  flroAi,  448. 

( )  conulus,  275. 

( ^)  turritetla,  275. 

Nasitema 

^wwo,  124,  126. 

pygmaa,  119. 
Natioa 

marmorata,  274. 
Neotarinia 

eruentata,  566. 

gutturalis,  566. 

jardinO,  566. 

natalensis,  566. 

senegalensis,  566. 
KemacheiluB 

bilturio,  382. 

%^Att,  552. 

6ortVr,  382. 


692 


nn>sx. 


Nemaofaeilos 

cincticaudoj  552. 

mugah,  2)82. 

phoxocheUOf  551. 

terpentariuSt  551. 

eondUtmons,  551. 
Neochelidon 

tibialis,  597,  598. 
Neopipo 

dnnamomeOt  439. 

rubicunda,  438. 
Neorhynohiu 

9taM»t<s,  147. 
Neptomenus 

troTna,  429. 

<2o6d:a,  429. 
Neptunus 

pelofficus,  440,  444. 
Neritma 

gagates,  66. 
Newoombia 

cinnomomea,  649. 

euTningif  649. 

huichinsonOy  649. 

ina»to,  649. 

ftftocom^na,  649. 

ohiewrOj  649. 

phUippittna,  649. 

plicata,  649. 

su/ai^649. 
Niaoria 

spengleri,  189. 
Nisus 

canceniricuB,  368. 

/!n<r«>rr^t»,  134. 

magnirastris,  131,  132. 

ap^KfiM,  115. 
Noctua 

variegaia,  123. 
Notopterus 

<?AiYfl/a,  387. 

kapirat,  387. 
Numenius 

arguatus,  571. 

madagascarieims,  571. 

mqjor,  571. 
Numida 

mitrata,  437. 

truAurtna,  527. 
Nuria 

o/to,  558. 

danrica,  377. 

malabarica,  559. 
Nyctemora 

expandenSj  44,  45. 
Nyctioorax 

ealedonicus,  280. 

maniilensis,  119. 

obtcurus,  156. 
Njctidromut 

a/W«)/?w,  252,  598. 


Nymphious 

nova^koUanduBt  279. 
Nyrooa 

ausiraiis,  280. 

ieucopkthalma,  629. 

Ochthoeoa 

fitmioohr,  600. 

leucophrgSf  154. 

cmanthoides,  600. 

poiionota,  599. 
Oculina 

roaea,  338. 
Ocydromua 

ausfralis,  472,  473. 

«arW,  472. 

lafremeofanus,  431,472. 

nova-zedandia,  431. 

tglvestriSf  472. 
Octyphaps 

kfkotes,  628. 
(Edicnemus 

^is^ria^iM,  430. 
Oliffodon 

fiueiatus,  501. 

suhgriaeus,  501. 
Olios 

tridmHger,  538,  544. 
Onoorotalu3 

fl/ftt«,  572,  579. 

americanust  572. 

/t«««,  572,  586. 

hemandezii,  574,  588. 

minor^  57b, 

phUippensis,  572,  584. 

^WtM,  588. 
Onjchooephalus 

acutuBj  501. 
Ophichthys 

regius,  239. 
OphiooepbaluB 

dorca,  521. 

^ocAuo,  305,  520. 

marulms,  305. 

punetatut,  297,  305. 

striatusy  305. 
Opsariufi 

^oAo,  379. 

guttaius,  620, 
Oroheeticufl 

0^,597. 
Oreas 

derbianuSf  52. 
Oreooincla 

luntUata,  279. 
Oreoioa 

gutturaUa,  279. 
Oreonympha 

no^i^M,  295,  600. 
Ortolus 

viridis,  279. 


Omiamya 

famWt  148. 
Ortalida 

guttata,  59S. 

fnaccalliySG^, 

poliocepkala,2&i. 

vetula,2&i. 
Orihonyx 

apaldingi,  149. 
Oiyoteropus 

capenm,  431,  602. 
Oryx 

&;wa,  117. 

leucoiyx,  528. 
Oryzoborus 

fnito,  252,  253. 
Osphromenus 

fio^t^is,  519. 
Osteobrama 

ropof ,  379. 
Ostinops 

<i/yY>vir0fiSy  598. 
Otaria 

^lyronki,  106. 

god^jfrogij  108. 

Aooim,  108. 

ii«Aaj5a,  101.  103,  104, 
106, 107. 108, 109. 

/Sftmtna.  108. 

nigretcenSy  101, 106, 
109. 

phUippii,  108. 

s^eU:fn,  108. 

tt/:^^,  106. 
Otis 

austraUs,  140. 

Jbrt,  140, 141. 

Garcia.  140. 
Otocyon 

ddalandii,  527. 
Otolithus 

macuiatus,  300. 

rttAfr,  516. 

aulmaeulatus,  516. 
Otostomus 

miltocheilus,  162. 
Otus 

afMricanu$,  634. 

capensis,  276. 

mexicantts,  634. 
Oi^opes 

&^ora/»s,  531. 

Paohybatraohus 

robnstus,  227,  228. 
Pachyoephala 
^^uraliSt  471. 
jacquinoH,  545. 
mdanura,  279. 
orioloides,  118,  124. 
I       pectoralis,  279. 


INBSX. 


693 


Paohjrhamphus 

Bp.  inc.,  252. 
Palaina 

cart,  660. 
Paludina 

balteata,  i45, 

bengaUnsU,  445. 

crtusa^  445. 

decMsaiuloy  4^. 

digona,  445. 

dissimilis,  445. 

doliariSf  445. 

microgramma^  445. 

oxytropis,  A^, 

prcBmorsa^  445. 

Paludomas 

qfanensis,  66. 
Panchsz 

cyanophthaimus,  310. 
Pangasiufl 

^^fiant,  307. 
Pangshora 

dura,  205. 

jmi^Att,  501. 

tecta,  204,  601. 

tentorium,  205. 
Panolia 

aeuiicomiSy  656. 

platyceros,  656. 
Papilio 

charmione^  43,  44. 
Paradoxurua 

bondar,  19. 
PardalotuB 

punctatuMj  279. 
Parodolepas 

fM^^nt,  442,  443. 
Parra 

jaeana,  252. 
Partulina 

eampta,  647. 

c«r«a,  647,  648. 

doUum,  647. 

£^*«,647. 

^ot<2<;»,  647. 

^risea,  647. 

mamwratOy  647. 

proxtmOf  647. 

rt/a,  647. 

aj^endida,  647. 

^<i;>panui9ui,  647. 

6»8e2Za^a,  647. 

vtrguiata,  647. 
Paruk 

piHayumiy  631. 
Pamthea 

^Aro,  631,  540,  543. 

viridiSy  531. 
Passerita 

mycterieam,  502. 


Patagic 

9»actiAwa,  600. 
Patagona 

^a«,  154. 
PaTO 

iTitt^iimM,  628. 

n^r^Mnnif^  628. 
Pectmator 

M>tf^,  113. 

PeoionomuB 

tarquatus,  236,  237. 
Pelamis 

fttcofor,  297,  602. 
Pelecanus 

americanuB,  589. 

australis,  513,  578, 
590. 

hrachudaetyluty  589. 

ccdarhynchus,  584. 

caroUneiMiBy  573,  586. 

amapiciUatus,  280, 573, 

674,  676,  578,  590. 
crtaptw,  573,  574,  576, 

676,  578,  581,  582. 
cristatus,  673,  683» 

585. 
erytkrorkynchus,    673, 

574,  576,  578.  588, 

689,590. 
/ittcnw,  408,  673,  574, 

675,  676.  678,  586, 
690. 

gangeticua,  684. 
javanicus,    bl%    673, 

674.  676,  576,  678, 
579,  680,  581,  684, 
686. 

maniUenaiSy  673,  684. 
megalophua,  680. 
minor,  bli,  576,  676, 

678,  580,  681,  686. 
mitratua,  574,  676, 

580,581. 
nu>lina,  572,  673,  574, 

675,  576,  678,  688. 
onocrotalua,  572,  673, 

674,  676,  676,  678, 

679,  680,  681,  682, 
686,689. 

patagiaiua,  682. 
phaoapilua,  674,  583, 

585. 
pMUppenaia,  573,  674, 

67^  683,  684,  686, 

686 
roaeua,  573,  574,  679, 

683. 
rufeacena,    672,     573, 

574,  575,  576,  678, 

681,  583,  685,  586. 
thagua,  673,  676,  688. 


Pelecanus 

trachyrhfnchua,  673, 
674,  688,  689,  690. 
PeleouB 

fiavipinnia,  382. 
P^ona 

duaaumieri,  386. 

motiua,  386. 

aladeni,  623, 
Pelooheljs 

eantorii,  216. 
PdtastcB 

elongaiua,  171,  172 

geographieua,  173. 

gracua,  173. 

marginatua,  173. 

auicatua,  173. 
Penelope 

ct/ma9ten«»,  598. 
Perdioella 

alexcmdri,  648. 

Ae^a,648. 

manoenaia,  648. 

minuacula,  648. 

omata,  648. 

aandtoichenaia,  648. 

^^irukz,  648. 
Perichieta 

cingulata,  40. 
Perilampus 

oiSpor,  380. 

fiaveacena,  381,  559, 
614. 

laubuca,  380,  614. 

vuxcropodua,  380. 

oateooropKua,  660. 
Periophihalmiis 

fuacaiua,  612. 

ioUreuUri,  616. . 

papilio,  612. 

acintiUma,  516. 
Peristera 

e«^flfM,280. 

^on/o/M,  633. 

Jamaicenaia,  633. 
Perodictioas 

|»«o,  1,  469. 
Petroohelidon 

einerea,  699. 

^»6ta/is,  698. 
Petaroica 

multicolor,  279. 

|>AdmtcM,  279. 
Pezophaps 

jo^»tona,  47a 
PhaoeUodomoB 

yrofi^is,  699. 

airiaticepa,  699. 
PhaoochoeruB 

<9{ian»,  276,  432. 

mthiopieua,  276,  277. 


^ 


694 


na>£X. 


Phaeton 

phcmicunu^  472. 
Phalacrooorax 

braailianus,  601. 

carboidesy  280. 

leucogaster,  280. 

sulcirostris,  280. 
Phaps 

chalcoptera,  280,  628 

histrionica^  628. 
Phasianns 

reevesii,  628. 

soemmerrifwi,  628. 

torpiatiis,o2S. 

versicolor,  628. 

waUichti,  628. 
Pheuctious 

aureiventriSf  147. 

chrysogaxter^  147. 
Philemon 

fnolttccensiSy  120. 

vuUurinus,  120, 124. 
Philodromus 

aureolus,  538. 

cespiticolis,  538. 

sianatus,  537,  543. 
Philonopufl 

eugenue,  124. 
Philydor 

coiumbianust  252. 
Phleocryptes 

striaticeps,  633. 
Phlogoenaa 

crinigerOt  628. 
Phoca 
/aftrffl,  407. 

grctnlandica,  407. 

vittdina,  107,  407. 
PhoenicopteruB 

antiqttorum,  432. 
Pholcus 

opUionideSj  533. 
phalangimdes.  531 , 
533,534,543. 
Pholeoptvnx 

cunicularia,  155. 
PhractocephaluB 

itchkeea,  613. 
Phrygilus 
fruticeti,  152. 
pUbeius^  152. 
Phyllopneuste 

trocniluSf  565. 
Phjsalus 
antiqttorum,  604,  611. 
duguidii,  605. 
Phytotoma 

rj</t/a,  162. 
Pica 
fuliginom,  363. 
morw,  363. 


Pioolaptes 

angustirostris,  161. 

bivittatiM,  161. 
Picus 

aWifroM,  364. 
PodilTmbos 

podiceps,  252. 
Pimelodes 

ni^'ufuftM,  524. 
Pimelodos 

cenia,  613. 

«m^  614. 

«(ma,  523. 
Pionias 

heierodUus,  122,  127. 
Pionos 

cyanicepa,  118,  122. 

heteroclitua,  118,  122. 
Pipilo 

aretictis,  361. 

cristalis,  362. 

/M«?a,  361,  362. 

macronyx,  361. 

mactUatw^  361. 

nugaJUmyx,  361. 

mesoleucus,  361,  362. 

oregonus,  361. 

vireseens,  361. 
Pipra 

chloromeros,  698. 

cinnamamea,  439. 
Pipreola 

formosa,  252. 
Planorbis 

septemvolvis,  275. 
Platalea 

cklororhyncha,  527. 

r^,  280. 
Platjcara 

notata,  554. 
PlatyoerouB 

eanmiuSf  279. 

pennantiiy  279. 

tabuensis,  545. 
PlatypeltiB 

/«rojr,  214. 
Platyrhynehus 

a&ogtUaris,  252. 
PlatjBteira 

melanoptera,  566. 
Pleootrema 

striata,  59. 
Pleorodeles 

«eMZ^,  468. 
Plictolophos 

ducofpsi,  127. 

^<#«t,  122,  124. 
Ploceus 

6<wa,  243. 

eouariSj  564. 

grandiSf  564. 


Podioeps 

australiSy  280. 

ealipareus,  158. 

^u^ons,  280. 

roilandi,  158. 
Poecilonetta 

bahamenms,  629. 

erytkrorhyneka, 
629. 
Polotus 

Mt^tVfuf,  613. 
Polvborua 

^A^rtM,  252,  634. 

fmharis,  634. 
Poljdora 

^tM^tnum,  312. 
Poljmixia 

fio^is,  238. 
Polynemus 

iiidicus,  301. 

paradiseus,  301. 

sextarius,  301. 
Polypedates 

mactUatus,  502. 
Polypleotron 

cAtn^is,  628. 
Pontobdella 

<%/ra,  312. 

jp/!a»<Mft8et<<,  312. 

raynerit  313. 

variegata^  313. 
Poospiza 

aibifrons,  161. 

ctesor,  151, 152. 

oxyrhyncha,  161. 

thoraeiea^  152. 
Porcula 

salifania,  470. 
Popoufl 

guineensit,  56. 
Porphyrio 

mdanotus,  280. 
Porphyriops 

m^ZonojM,  634. 
Porzana 

Carolina,  252. 

erythrops,  148. 
Potamocheljs 

frenatuB,  220. 

microcephalus,  222. 

stelfatus,  213. 
PotamochoBrus 

parens,  56. 
Premnas 

^iocu^do/tfa,  248. 
Prinia 

adamsi,  432. 
Pristipoma 

Ao^^a,  613. 
Proonias 

ocddentalis,  597. 


nrDBZ. 


695 


Procyon 

lotor,  10. 
Progoe 

domestical  159. 

eleganSf  159. 

leucoffosira,  159. 

ptirpureOf  159. 
Prosopodasjs 

leuoogaster^  240. 
ProsUieaoantlius 

spectoMis,  549. 
Proteles 

crisiaius^  474. 

fatencitf ,  28,  407,  475. 
PBaxnmophis 

condanarus,  502. 

leithU,  502, 505. 
Psephotufl 

h<Bmat<motu$,  627. 
Peeudemys 

decustata,  206. 

^m-o^  205,  206. 
Pseudeutropius 

acutirostriSf  618. 

aiherinoides,  dOd. 

garua,  307. 

goonaiDaree^  617. 

Am^maniM,  617. 

mttnus,306. 

teo^ree,  617. 
Pseudorhombos 

ar9tt»,  523. 
Peeadoeilurus 

macrophthalmus^  613. 
PsUorhinus 

iTMxicanuA,  363. 

mono,  363. 
Psittactila 

tclateH,  598. 
PsittacuB 

macaOy  128. 

t«ntco/br,  128. 
Pternistes 

aclateri,  437. 
Pterocles 

o/cAo/o,  628. 
Pteronura 

aandbachii,  57,  58. 
Ptilinopus 

fa$ciatu8,  547,  548. 

perousiij  545,  548. 

parphyraceits,  545, 
547,548. 
PtilotiB 

tturicomi8j  360. 

earunculatat  545. 

peniciUata,  279. 
P^as 

muooso,  501. 
Puntias 

modestus,  375. 


Papina 

pfeiferianOf  27b. 
Porimphonia 

<?/arfc»,  76.  342, 351. 
Pyrazus 

palustriSt  66. 
Pyrooephaluji 

ru^fieua,  252. 
Pyroderus 

orenocensU,  252. 
Pyxidia 

mauhotii,  177. 
Pyxis 

arachnoidea,  173. 

Querquedola 
brasiliensis,  635. 
ctrcio,  629. 
crecca^  629. 
cvanoptera^  160. 
didcors,  252. 
oxypterOt  157. 
jpttwfl,  157. 
torquaia,  635. 
versicolor,  157. 

Baooma 

/lo^to^u^,  558. 
Baoonda 

russeUiana,  386. 
Bafetus 

euphraticuSt  213. 
Ballus 

/or«Jm,  544.  548. 

hypoleucuSf  545. 

tn^ac^,  123.  124. 

7>«?l'ora/ia,  280, 544.548. 

pluTnheiventris,  123. 
Bamphafitos 

ambiguuSf  252. 

cuvieri,  598. 
BampbocoBlos 

jacapa,  597. 
Bana 

cyanophfyctis,  502. 
Basbora 

daniconius,  376. 
Bbea 

americana,  628. 
Bhinaster 

A:et^/(>a,  225. 
Bbinooeros 

Iricomis,  412. 

eifrt<«ct<<,  413.  414, 416. 

/ottjen,  413. 

indums,  412. 

Xtm^^o,  432. 

naaalis,  413. 

atmtM,  412. 

tondaicus,  409.  412. 
413,  414,  415,  416. 


Bbinooeros 

s^«nor^^ncAt».  413. 

mmo^rantM.  412,  413, 
414, 415. 
Bbinoolemmjs 

annttlatu,  189. 

seabra^  189. 
Bhipidura 

aUnscapOj  279. 

o^rt^Mnnis,  119. 

m«2a9M>/!n<ray  119. 

motaciUoides,  279. 

rf(/?/WiM,  279. 
Bhodopis 

vespera,  148. 
Bhombus 

2(^8.474. 

maximtis^  474. 
Bbjaoopbilus 

aolitariua,  598. 
Bbyncbfea 

australis,  280. 
Bbjnobobdella 

aeuleata,  297,  305. 
Bhyncbops 

ni^ra,  634. 
Bbynobotus 

rufeaeens,  628. 
Bbytiodus 

microlepiSt  423. 
Bbyzsena 

r«nt^,  20. 
Bita 

huchanani,  308. 

Arw^me^,  308. 
Bobtee 

alfrediana,  380. 

VMorsiij  379. 

(Cyprinus)  co^w,  379. 
Bostrbamus 

hamaitiBt  160. 

sociabiUSf  160. 
Bupioola 

peruviana,  598. 
Bupomis 

gulari8,  134. 

magnirostris,  131. 

Saocobrancbus 

/o«st/w,  612,  613. 

«w^,  306,  612,  613. 
SaUrias 

andamensis,  611. 

dussumieri,  518. 

leopardus,  518. 

lineatus,  512,  518. 

olivaceus,  512,  518. 
Salmo 

i!rw«a,  473. 
Saltator 

aurantiirostrit,  151. 


r^ 


696 


nrDxx. 


Saltator 

azar^y  597. 

laticlaviut,  151. 
Salticus 

adantoniy  531,  543. 

iUigeri,  531,  543. 

nicro-limbatus,  542, 
543,544. 
Sarbieria 

frtnata,  212,  220. 
Sauloprocta 

mMeuca,  119, 124. 

melanoleuca,  119. 
SauruB 

ailantieus,238, 

myopSy  238. 
Scala 

delicatula,  274. 
Scaphella 

eUioei,  6eo. 

reticulatOy  b&d, 
volva,  560. 
Scatophagus 

Schiffomis 

nuyor,  438. 
Schizothorax 

Sohcmiclus 

australis,  280. 

subarmiatttit  280. 
SoiainoioeB 

OAper,  516. 

hardwickit  516. 
SoiuroB 

palmarum,  244. 
S(X>lopax 

australis,  280. 

frenata,  166. 

rtisticuia,  473. 

saturatoj  419. 

Mi^na^rana,  436. 
Scomber 

kana^urta,  301. 
Segestna 

cellaria,  532. 

florentinaj  532. 

l^jryWfl,  531,  532, 543. 
Seissura 

inquteta^  279. 
Serioomis 

oscuians,  279. 
Serranus 

6<m^  513,  514. 

c^anostitjmiitrtidet,  514. 

karridus,  U\'2.  513. 
laTtc^laf  us,  i}  1 2-51 4. 
ftrifn/itHs,  240. 
i.*nV;Mjr,:>l2,  513,514. 


Serranus 

«onn«ra^  514. 
Sillago 

c20mf«ui,  299. 

«iAa9»a,  299. 
Silundia 

aangetiea,  307. 
SiloriohUiys 

berdmortif  523. 
Silurus 

cocMnckinensis,  523. 
Siljbura 

€//io^  501. 

macrolepU,  501. 
Simla 

argentaia,  593. 
Simotes 

russeUU,  501. 
Sittasomus 

olivaceus,  363. 

i^/viot<2e8,  363. 
Sitfcella 

chrytopterOt  279. 
Smicromia 

brevirosMSf  360. 
Somateria 

moUiaaima,  629. 
Sorubim 

/29na,423. 
Sparyius 

gilvicoUis,  368. 

m«/iaffo/!fuctw,  365. 

n</S^i8,366. 

«fmi^^tMi/ii«,  365. 
Spatula 

clypeata,  629. 
Speirops 

luffubriSj  564. 
Spermophila 

castaneiveniris,  597. 

/t9i^/a,  252. 

luctuosa,  597. 

oce^To^a,  252,1 5a 

oTfw^a,  632. 

^e^oiKX),  147. 
Sphargis 

mercurialiSf  224. 
Sphenodon 

pwnctatum^  227,  395, 
396,397. 
SphenoeacuB 

gramineuSf  279. 
Spilotes 

variabiliSy  603. 
Spiraculum 

andersoniy  447. 

avanum,  447. 
Spizaetus 

nipalensis,  1. 

ortentalis,  1. 

omaiuSf  469. 


Spongia 

&as^51. 

;Za&e0i/brmu^  ^,50,51. 
Squilla 

stylifera^  3. 
Staurotypus 

m/wuu,  179, 180. 
Steatornia 

cam)fnM8, 467. 
Stegophilua 

n«mttrt»,  429. 
Stenostoma 

mocror^^ncibfm,  501. 
StephanophoroB 

^ucocfpAo^tftf,  161, 632. 
Sterna 

arcticOf  531. 

/unoto,  124, 125. 
Stemula 

n«mf,  280. 
StipituroB 

md<iottrtM,  279,  360. 
Strepera 

anaphonetuis,  279. 

graeuUna,  279,  471. 
StrepsiceroB 

imberbis,  54,  55,  58. 

>tMrftt,  54,55, 113,527. 
StreptaxiB 


Strix 

deUcattUa^  545. 

perlata,  155. 

^0ne6r»con»,  279. 
Stromateus 

argentem,  301. 

etn«r0t»,  301. 

Ai^er,  302. 
Strymon 

^i^,  44. 
Stumella 

bellicosa,  147. 

d^Uppii,  161. 

fiUlitaris^  161. 
Stjlodonta 

cepoideSf  62. 

rufocinctOj  275. 

nifozofMUa^  275. 

studeriana,  63,  65. 

unidmtata,  62,  65. 
Subulina 

claifuUnOf  64. 

elavulusy  62,  64. 

gracilis,  64. 

mauriHana,  64. 
Soccinea 

acuminata^  449. 

indicay  449. 

«M<Wa,  62,  64. 
Sjcalis 

brasiliensis,  161. 


I 


^ 


IKDSX. 


697 


Sjoalifl 

chhriM,  153, 

chhropsis,  161,  632. 

luteiventrU,  599. 
Sylm 

atricapUlOf  128. 

ehivi,  160. 

pitiayumiy  631. 

platmsiSf  158. 
SylyioolA 

t>mtts^631. 
STmbranohus 

(?M<?A»a,  387. 
Synallaxifl 

(BoUhdhides,  632,  636, 
637. 

oZftesctfTM,  632. 

albiaularia,  252,  598. 

an^]U(2»,  637. 

are^^,  417f  632. 

cur^o^  636. 

erytkrcps,  Q3S, 

flammtuataj  636. 

/M^niceps,  686. 

ilttmioo^,  632, 637,417. 

mvltostriata,  636. 

or%»it,  417,  632,  637. 

nrf&^nlla,  632,636. 

«^',  632. 

gulphurifera^  632. 
SyncroBsus 

berdmoreif  549. 

SyTKBCUS 

australis,  280,  628. 

diemenensiSt  280. 
Symola 

mtntt^  274. 
SystomuB 

macularius,  557. 

gophore,  375. 

«nma<niZa6«a,  557. 
Swanka 

faaciata,  183. 

maeuUtta^  182. 

scorpaideSf  181. 

Taohyphonus 

ekrysomeUu,  440. 

/uc^tMMiM,  440. 

surinamuSf  440. 
Tadorna 

cana,  629. 

rt^tVo,  629. 

variegata^  629. 

tru/jpan«0r,  629. 
Tsenioptera 

o/^risra,  633. 

dominicana,  633. 

wtrtW,  633. 
Talegalla 

/:aMamt,628. 


Tanam 

ecuestiSf  597. 

darwini,  151. 

leueoeephaluSf  161. 

f^Tfo^,  597. 
Tanysiptera 

acts,  631. 

dbrw,  631. 

«^t<>^  630,  631. 

galaUa,  631. 

nydrocharia,  631. 

margareth€tj  631. 

nais,  631. 

nympha^  631. 

rtnif/i,  631. 

tabrina,  631. 

sylviUt  631. 
Taphroderes 

ai8^Mt»,429. 
Tapirus 

tndicuSf  527. 
Taxidea 

americana,  149. 
Tegenaria 

fljWca,531,533,543. 
Telephoniu 

trtvirffotuSf  437. 
Teratolepis 

fasciata,  501,  505. 
Terelda 

cinerea^  436. 
Terias 

charmiane,  45. 
Testado 

angulata^  174. 

6&&',  168. 

daudini,  171. 

dmtitiuUUa,  168. 

elegans,  501. 

el^hantina^  171. 

eUphantopus,  168, 171. 

elongaia,  171. 

falconeri,  170, 171. 

geoaraphica^  173. 

tw<&?a,  167, 168,  170, 
171,  173. 

/«t/Att,  501,  502,  503. 

nigrita,  171. 

pdtaste^  171. 

perraulHi,  171. 

planicep$,  167, 168, 
171. 

rarfia^,  167,  169. 

«^<f^ate,  174. 

sulcaia,  173. 

tabulata,  167,  168. 

(Scapia)  falconeriy  167, 
1^,  171. 
Tetragnatha 

rf^mi,  535, 537,  544. 

fn%»w,  536,  543,  .544. 


Tetrao 

urogaUus,  628. 
TetraoDTX 

6a«A^,199,200. 

junior,  203. 
Tetrodon 

gularis,  387. 

|»^(x?a,  387. 
Textor 

o/^^,  566. 
Thaumalea 

amherstia,  111,  278, 
468. 

iwcifo,  149,  468,  628. 
THaomastura 

corfl,  148. 

franceaoa,  148. 
Therapon 

tHmttaius,2&9. 
Theridion 

fitlffO'lunulaiumf    531, 
535,543. 

imntcum,  531,  535, 
543. 
Thinoooras 

rumtctvortM,  148. 
ThinomiB 

frontalis,  435. 

fiovtf  gealandia,  360. 

roMtt,360. 
Thracia 

apeciosa,  48. 
Thryothonifl 

nisortiM,  592. 

poiyglotttu,  158. 
ThjsanochiluB 

oma^ua,241. 
Tiliqua 

zmandica,  227. 
Tinamus 

atriguUmiSy  254. 
Tinea 

vulgaris,  250. 
Tintiunculofl 

rupicola,  570. 

apartwriuj,  155,  252, 
254. 
Todirhamphus 

cAfom,  121,  124. 

aordit&s,  121. 
Trachemjs 

hoWrookii,  207. 
Tragulns 

kancha,  226. 

97t«mtn9ia,  660. 

nopu,  226. 
Treron 

<;a/tMZ,  570. 
Trichiurus 

sotKz/a,  301. 


^ 

» 


pp« 


I 

< 
o 

-J 


O 


C) 


P  Z.   S.  1869  Pill, 


A 


'^j 


4bP 


•#) 


V^ 


^J    f^i^ 


ir^  ^ 


NEW  SHELLS  FROM  AUSTRALL^  &  SOLOMON'S  ISLANDS 


M  *  N  "Ha/itiarr.  nap 


-h  -' 


-^  / 


/ 


f2 


■& 


jKB 


G 


J 


if- 


tr^^^- 


?z '."  i869,pny: 


PZ  S  1869, PIT. 


i^^v\y. 


jOdous  del  ttlalik. 


Sihceo-firoua    Sponges. 


Vr  Weet  ixn^ 


EZ  a.  1869.  PL  VI 


i«n«  Aldoua  del.  et  liOr. 


Siliceo-fitrous   Sponges. 


ICWitfiJ  Jiflxp 


Oh 
CD 

00 


M 


< 
< 

< 

o 


p  z  s  18G9  pi."vnr 


12 


-^ 


1 


\ 


s 


.y 


.x'N 


i* 


10 


i^> 


4^  ^^1 


•■'    9 


WaKentdcl.E.T     Smifli  lith 

Embletonia  ^rayii. 


W.Woat  imp. 


F 


4       ^     .           N^ 

t— 

Ct^ 

' 

Uh 

.  /    ^ 

CxJ 

^ 

^^  * '— ,  ^ 

c^-^n^ 

'^_^^^^^^^L                      j^€ 

< 

R^^^SB     0^f 

^^a 

v-t.' '"''' J^^W         ■'  - 

"Zj 

^'^J^m  ( y 

^ 

^  ■'/"'^^SBfcfc 

a: 

K;  *    •T^BIHfc 

o 

PZ.S.1869.P1X 


1 


MAIfXAMBARr    IMP 


RALLUS    INX 


P  Z  S.1869.P1XI 


MANEASKAKT  IMP 


DOMICELLA  CARDINALIS, 


?  z  s  ie.oj  Fixji 


u  •-:«  »iAna\a~  mp 


NEORHYNCHU S   M.-i5r.U6 


a; 


LI 

GO 

C 


o 


^ 

^ 

^ 


< 
o 

< 


PC 


72 
O 

Pi 

o 


?L     » 


C/1 
Q 

X 
o 


o 


H 


;8b9    PI.  XVII 


•       *     *    •! 


SLSTS    0?    PUOCgriS     BAY/ 


P  Z  o    [8G9     P]    >:',". II. 


M      *     N     HAHtURl      IMP 


BRACHY&ALBA    GOERIN&i 


P.Z  5. 1869.  PI  xi>: 


&  B  Sowerty  lith . 


MAN  Hanhorb^mp . 


NEW    MARINE    SHELLS. 


'X 

a 


^Wf-v*^  >"^r 


,  ael  .t  bt>i 


n  _  1  '.  ^  •^  r\ 


-fihrout^ 


Spon&< 


es 


PZ  S  1869  pi:vxi: 


Lens  AMxniB  <ie)  «t  bth 


^rrc^^*^s.^.>r?!v  •  'V-^v 


^ilinp^n-filn-rnuy     BdohIcs. 


wv. 


PZ  S  186y  Pi  aXI: 


ilic^o-lihj'ous   Sp 


m%^ 


V 


P.Z  S.1869.PlJffim. 


cc^A/t^.fibi-niii^    ?)Donfees 


"WWeaL  imp 


P  Z  S  1869.Pij(X[v. 


Ill 


Siliciw^Jiiroiui    Spontfes 


JJ  i,    o    lo^^-^^^" 


X,«i»  Aldou» 


r 
^•^^  Siliceo-fitrous    Sponge 


W:We©t  axnp 


es 


P.Z.S  1869. XXVI. 


GB  Sower.by  Jith.  ¥  i  N  hdnhart  nap 

NEW  AUSTRALIAN  SHELLS. 


A  -■'>  i-^rio  ?^  xT/i: 


t    i 


^  't 


• 


J  «x:t   mtb 


M    *,     r    ICOlAM  1217 


:/:  kAi  [AN     :"rK,:,  ^;  /,-\ 


P  Z  S    1869  PI  XXVllI 


.v.- 


J  aiCIT    LITH 


M    •    K   HAlTHAKr  .<M> 


CA1.LISTE     FLORIDA 


P  Z  3    1869.  PI  XXVllI 


S 


M    •    K   HAVHART   1M». 


LLISTE     FLORIDA 


I 


P  ZS  1863  PI  XXIX 


^ 


NKfru\emaJi5  lith. 


He    H    HiTJ\AVh    ITTTO 


BUCCANOBON    AITCHIETtE. 


P  Z  S  1869. PI  XXX 


J  Stmt  htk 


MicN-Haiihart .  in^ . 


1.2.EUPH0NIA    CHRYSOPASTA. 
3  .  NEOPIPO   RUBICUNDA. 


ct 

% 


'  tt  .«  r.o  J'.dT'.      xu 


r  /  \'  .:\u 


% 


M  A  ^  H^rr.ar-.      a: 


I/.OL-iioiiaAt-cL'*  "■ 


P_,,::iA-'iLE-pA.S    liE^"~'T;;Hi 


r«  J    m 


J :  yA^--i^i 


FA^^^^H>■^^^••' 


X 

CO 
(SI 


•a 


CO 

5 

CO 

> 

>^ 

CO 

a: 

1=3 

o 
ad 

Q 

o 


O 


^ 
^ 


■r-4 

d 


03 

pi 


6 


^ 
^ 


X 


CD 
00 

r— t 

CO 

k: 

Pi 


g 
^ 


I 


CO 

o 

CO 


PZ  S  1869  PIXL. 


imp 


H  Yord 


1    DeTidLropliis       caudolmeolata. 
2.  Dipsas       barnesii. 


I 


5^    .V 


*5 

-o" 


W.Weftt  iin.p 


^^X-  HaUiBJclilii 


jfpw  Spiders  ^r  s^  ^gjp* 


P  Z  S  1863.PI   XLIII 


J.3mit."litK 


M  5c  f^  HanViari  imp 


HIRIJNDO    ANGOLENSIS 


R  Z  S   1869  n  XLIV. 


MAN  iln/ih..rl   imp 


PF.LECANIIS    MOI.INA: 


P  Z  S     1869   PI   \LV 


'  h^h 


M  A.  N    HiTJharl   imp 


THRYOTHCRl  .:•     NISv^PJUS 


p.  Z.S  Pl.lBG^   XLVi;. 


lU^WfP  jp. 


J    T      JL* 


Iw.  .^186^  Xl.VUi 


^^     ^ 


% 


# 


i;  B  Sowerby  del  et  lith.  M   A,    N   Hania-tt  lap 

NEW  HELICES    FROM  THE   WESTERN     PACIFIC    ISLAJ^DS 


< 

o 
o 

< 

< 

:x: 

CO 


<: 

tr-' 
< 

cr; 
o 
CO 


^ 


CO 


I 


P.ZS.ia69PlL. 


O  H  Ford 


WWe,*. 


r 


FALCONih 
HQLjQif  LIB 


tm  C!.iculat;:j 

DO  NO"  ^-'■'^'"- 


I  .... 


FROM  THE  Li::;.... 


c  c